The world surveyed, or The famous voyages & travailes of Vincent le Blanc, or White, of Marseilles ... containing a more exact description of several parts of the world, then hath hitherto been done by any other authour : the whole work enriched with many authentick histories / originally written in French ; and faithfully rendred into English by F.B., Gent.
         Voyages fameux. English
         Leblanc, Vincent, 1554-ca. 1640.
      
       
         
           1660
        
      
       Approx. 1351 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 233 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2008-09 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A49883
         Wing L801
         ESTC R5816
         13213117
         ocm 13213117
         98515
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A49883)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 98515)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1641-1700 ; 425:13)
      
       
         
           
             The world surveyed, or The famous voyages & travailes of Vincent le Blanc, or White, of Marseilles ... containing a more exact description of several parts of the world, then hath hitherto been done by any other authour : the whole work enriched with many authentick histories / originally written in French ; and faithfully rendred into English by F.B., Gent.
             Voyages fameux. English
             Leblanc, Vincent, 1554-ca. 1640.
             Brooke, Francis.
          
           [13], 407, [12] p. : port.
           
             Printed for John Starkey ...,
             London :
             1660.
          
           
             Translation of: Voyages fameux.
             "Epistle dedicatory" signed by the translator: Francis Brooke.
             Errors in pagination.
             In three parts.
             Some pages stained, and p. 188-189 have faded print in filmed copy. Beginning-p. 15 photographed from Cambridge University Library copy and inserted at the end.
             Advertisements: p. [12]-[13] at beginning.
             Reproduction of original in Huntington Library.
             Marginal notes.
             Includes index.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Voyages and travels.
        
      
    
     
        2006-05 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2007-01 SPi Global
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2007-02 Mona Logarbo
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2007-02 Mona Logarbo
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2008-02 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
           
             
               The
               famous
               Trauellour
               Vincent
               le
               Blanc
               of
               Marseilles
               .
            
          
        
      
       
         
         
           THE
           WORLD
           SURVEYED
           :
           Or
           ,
           The
           FAMOUS
           VOYAGES
           &
           TRAVAILES
           OF
           Vincent
           le
           Blanc
           ,
           or
           WHITE
           ,
           of
           Marseilles
           :
           Who
           from
           the
           Age
           of
           Fourteen
           years
           ,
           to
           Threescore
           and
           Eighteen
           ,
           Travelled
           through
           most
           parts
           of
           the
           World.
           
        
         
           Viz.
           The
           East
           and
           West
           
             Indies
             ,
             Persia
             ,
             Pegu
          
           ,
           the
           Kingdoms
           of
           Fez
           and
           
             Morocco
             ,
             Guinny
          
           ,
           and
           through
           all
           Africa
           .
           From
           the
           Cape
           of
           good
           Hope
           into
           Alexandria
           ,
           by
           the
           Territories
           of
           Monomotapa
           ,
           of
           
             Preste
             John
          
           and
           Aegypt
           ,
           into
           the
           Mediterranean
           Isles
           ,
           and
           through
           the
           principal
           Provinces
           of
           EVROPE
           .
        
         
           Containing
           a
           more
           exact
           Description
           of
           several
           parts
           of
           the
           World
           ,
           then
           hath
           hitherto
           been
           done
           by
           any
           other
           Authour
           .
        
         
           The
           whole
           work
           enriched
           ,
           with
           many
           Authentick
           Histories
           .
        
         
           Originally
           written
           in
           French
           ,
           and
           faithfully
           rendred
           into
           English
           by
           
             F.
             B.
          
           Gent.
           
        
         
           LONDON
           ,
           Printed
           for
           
             John
             Starkey
          
           at
           the
           Miter
           ,
           near
           the
           Middle-Temple
           Gate
           in
           Fleet-street
           ,
           1660.
           
        
      
       
         
         
         
           TO
           THE
           Most
           worthy
           of
           all
           Honour
           ,
           PETER
           BROOK
           OF
           MEIRE
           ,
           In
           the
           County
           of
           CHESTER
           ,
           Esq
           .
        
         
           MY
           Name
           being
           to
           appear
           in
           publick
           with
           this
           Translation
           in
           an
           age
           that
           flourishes
           with
           Pens
           ,
           and
           Criticks
           ;
           conscious
           of
           my
           disadvantage
           ,
           I
           apprehended
           a
           Patron
           necessary
           ;
           whose
           Name
           in
           the
           Front
           ,
           like
           a
           Princes
           stamp
           upon
           Lead
           ,
           might
           give
           authority
           and
           make
           it
           currant
           coyne
           .
           In
           my
           low
           condition
           I
           have
           often
           heard
           your
           Name
           glorious
           for
           worth
           and
           goodness
           ,
           which
           made
           me
           hope
           though
           far
           transplanted
           ,
           and
           obscure
           ,
           you
           would
           grant
           me
           priviledge
           to
           claim
           a
           Title
           in
           your
           favour
           ,
           and
           let
           the
           Reader
           opening
           this
           Book
           ,
           see
           it
           is
           something
           belongs
           to
           you
           ;
           it
           will
           I
           am
           confident
           keep
           him
           modest
           ,
           and
           prevent
           his
           discharges
           at
           my
           defects
           .
           The
           Authour
           I
           dare
           say
           will
           ,
           for
           gravity
           ,
           novelty
           ,
           and
           variety
           be
           acceptable
           to
           your
           conversation
           :
           for
           though
           divers
           have
           set
           forth
           accounts
           of
           this
           nature
           ,
           I
           have
           not
           met
           with
           any
           ,
           in
           my
           opinion
           ,
           of
           such
           credit
           as
           this
           .
        
         
           
             Le
             Blanc
          
           was
           a
           traveller
           from
           his
           infancy
           to
           his
           grave
           ,
           64.
           years
           surveying
           the
           Master-piece
           of
           his
           maker
           :
           was
           a
           person
           of
           capacity
           ,
           judgement
           ,
           and
           integrity
           ;
           one
           
           seems
           as
           it
           were
           framed
           and
           designed
           to
           be
           sent
           forth
           ,
           and
           to
           bring
           home
           a
           perfect
           discovery
           ,
           and
           the
           truth
           of
           things
           fables
           and
           vanity
           have
           so
           much
           abused
           .
           You
           will
           finde
           him
           a
           person
           of
           morall
           and
           religious
           principles
           ;
           one
           who
           kept
           select
           company
           ;
           one
           ,
           who
           in
           all
           parts
           he
           arrived
           at
           ,
           took
           not
           his
           information
           at
           the
           shore
           or
           Suburbs
           ,
           but
           either
           for
           occasion
           or
           curiosity
           ,
           visited
           the
           intestines
           and
           supreme
           ,
           whence
           he
           might
           the
           better
           look
           below
           ,
           and
           round
           about
           him
           .
           I
           do
           ingeniously
           acknowledge
           I
           have
           injured
           him
           in
           the
           rudenesse
           of
           translation
           ;
           which
           ,
           next
           to
           my
           want
           of
           faculty
           ,
           I
           beseech
           you
           attribute
           to
           the
           haste
           was
           pressed
           upon
           me
           ,
           for
           I
           had
           no
           more
           dayes
           allowed
           to
           translate
           it
           ,
           then
           would
           sufficiently
           have
           served
           to
           transcribe
           it
           :
           and
           it
           was
           the
           first
           piece
           I
           ever
           attempted
           .
           As
           it
           is
           ,
           I
           petition
           you
           would
           afford
           our
           aged
           Traveller
           to
           take
           up
           a
           resting
           room
           at
           last
           in
           your
           study
           ,
           and
           me
           the
           honour
           to
           be
           owned
           .
        
         
           
             Your
             most
             humble
             ,
             and
             most
             respectfull
             Servant
             ,
             
               FRANCIS
               BROOKE
            
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           THE
           AUTHOURS
           PREFACE
           .
        
         
           I
           Cannot
           look
           but
           with
           admiration
           ,
           upon
           the
           stupidity
           of
           such
           as
           are
           not
           confirmed
           in
           a
           due
           belief
           of
           divine
           Providence
           ,
           since
           all
           mundane
           effects
           shew
           daily
           such
           sensible
           testimonies
           ,
           and
           especially
           humane
           Actions
           ,
           wherein
           this
           wise
           guide
           directing
           all
           things
           to
           their
           end
           ,
           is
           sufficiently
           apparent
           ,
           though
           silently
           ,
           yet
           forcibly
           compelling
           all
           things
           .
           There
           appears
           testimony
           enough
           in
           my
           particular
           ,
           that
           from
           my
           first
           entrance
           into
           the
           world
           ,
           have
           been
           assisted
           by
           this
           divine
           wisdome
           and
           goodnesse
           to
           my
           78.
           year
           ,
           my
           instant
           age
           ,
           so
           as
           I
           can
           give
           most
           reall
           assurance
           .
           I
           have
           been
           sensible
           of
           supernatural
           effects
           in
           my
           continual
           peregrinations
           through
           such
           diverse
           parts
           ,
           and
           so
           remote
           from
           inhabitable
           Land
           for
           above
           sixty
           four
           years
           ,
           in
           such
           several
           dangers
           ,
           both
           by
           Sea
           and
           Land
           ,
           amongst
           people
           so
           discrepant
           in
           Religion
           ,
           Laws
           ,
           Manners
           ,
           Language
           ,
           and
           course
           of
           living
           ,
           through
           all
           by
           divine
           providence
           preserved
           healthful
           ,
           and
           secure
           ,
           with
           the
           blessing
           at
           last
           to
           produce
           something
           that
           may
           be
           beneficial
           to
           my
           country
           and
           posterity
           .
           For
           having
           ever
           had
           an
           obstinate
           Propension
           to
           travail
           ,
           when
           I
           was
           scarce
           advanced
           out
           of
           my
           Infancy
           ,
           and
           of
           judgement
           ,
           neither
           for
           discourse
           ,
           nor
           election
           ;
           I
           felt
           though
           secret
           ,
           such
           vigorous
           motions
           ,
           that
           I
           had
           not
           power
           to
           resist
           them
           :
           So
           as
           
           without
           considering
           why
           ,
           or
           for
           what
           end
           ,
           like
           a
           man
           forlorn
           ,
           I
           threw
           my selfe
           into
           this
           course
           of
           pererration
           ;
           which
           afterward
           ,
           invited
           by
           affaires
           ,
           and
           unspeakable
           content
           ,
           I
           embraced
           with
           design
           and
           resolution
           :
           Nor
           needs
           it
           be
           much
           admired
           ,
           since
           well
           considered
           ,
           our
           life
           is
           but
           a
           continual
           voyage
           ,
           without
           rest
           or
           assured
           home
           ,
           till
           we
           arrive
           at
           the
           end
           ,
           where
           in
           a
           sempiternall
           state
           ,
           our
           Soveraigne
           felicity
           inhabits
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           THE
           CONTENTS
           OF
           THE
           CHAPTERS
           .
        
         
           
             
               
                 CHap.
                 1.
              
               
               The
               Authours
               imbarking
               for
               Alexandria
               ,
               and
               his
               shipwrack
               .
               
                 page
                 1.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 2.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Towns
               of
               Tripoli
               ,
               and
               Damas
               ,
               with
               the
               relation
               of
               a
               Murder
               .
               
                 p.
                 4.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 3.
              
               
               Of
               the
               deserts
               of
               Arabia
               ,
               of
               Spirits
               ,
               or
               Apparitions
               there
               ,
               of
               the
               Sea
               of
               Sodome
               ,
               of
               the
               Hills
               of
               Sina
               and
               Oreb
               ,
               and
               the
               three
               
                 Arabia's
                 .
                 p.
                 7.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 4.
              
               
               Of
               the
               town
               of
               Medina
               ,
               and
               the
               false
               Prophet
               .
               Mahomets
               successors
               .
               
                 p.
                 12.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 5.
              
               
               How
               Mahomet
               compos'd
               his
               Alcoran
               ,
               his
               victories
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               rarities
               and
               ceremonies
               of
               
                 Meka
                 .
                 p.
                 14.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 6.
              
               
               Of
               
                 Arabia
                 Felix
              
               ,
               of
               Prince
               Sequemir
               ,
               Governour
               of
               Cassia
               ,
               and
               other
               commodities
               of
               
                 Sabaea
                 .
                 p.
                 17.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 7.
              
               
               Of
               the
               state
               of
               Sequemir
               ,
               Prince
               of
               the
               Happy
               .
               Arabia
               .
               Of
               his
               Salsidas
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               Califf
               of
               
                 Bagdet
                 .
                 p.
                 20.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 8.
              
               
               Of
               Babylon
               ,
               the
               Red
               Sea
               ,
               
                 Homerites
                 ,
                 Aden
              
               ,
               a
               strong
               Town
               ,
               and
               famous
               Haven
               ,
               Cameran
               ,
               and
               other
               places
               in
               the
               Red
               Sea.
               
                 p.
                 22.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 9.
              
               
               Of
               Dalasci
               ,
               a
               Town
               belonging
               to
               the
               grand
               Neguz
               ,
               of
               the
               Isle
               of
               Socotora
               ,
               with
               a
               description
               of
               a
               prodigious
               tempest
               .
               
                 p.
                 25.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 10.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Island
               and
               Kingdom
               of
               Ormus
               ,
               of
               the
               King
               and
               his
               Government
               ,
               of
               the
               trade
               there
               ,
               and
               of
               his
               several
               Conquests
               .
               
                 p.
                 29.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 11.
              
               
               Of
               Persia
               ,
               her
               Confines
               and
               Provinces
               .
               Of
               Babylon
               ,
               and
               the
               Lake
               of
               pitch
               .
               
                 p.
                 31.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 12.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Town
               of
               
                 Tauris
                 ,
                 Sumachia
                 ,
                 Bachat
                 ,
                 Casbin
                 ,
              
               and
               some
               of
               the
               chiefest
               places
               of
               
                 Persia
                 .
                 p.
                 34.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 13
              
               ,
               Of
               the
               Kings
               of
               Persia
               ,
               their
               power
               ,
               pleasures
               .
               Of
               the
               
                 Sophi
                 ,
                 Hali
              
               ,
               and
               some
               Sects
               of
               Religious
               Persians
               ,
               of
               the
               ancient
               Mages
               ,
               and
               other
               Officers
               of
               the
               kingdom
               .
               
                 p.
                 37.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 14.
              
               
               Of
               the
               East-Indies
               ,
               the
               conquest
               of
               them
               ,
               Sects
               and
               Religion
               of
               the
               East
               ,
               and
               other
               particulars
               of
               the
               country
               .
               
                 p.
                 41.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 15.
              
               
               Of
               Diu
               ,
               her
               State
               and
               Forts
               ,
               and
               the
               neighbouring
               
               countries
               of
               Cambayette
               ,
               of
               the
               fidelity
               of
               the
               
                 Indian
                 Censals
              
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               marvellous
               ebbing
               and
               flowing
               of
               the
               Sea
               ▪
               
                 p.
                 43.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 16.
              
               
               Of
               Deli
               ,
               Malabar
               ,
               of
               Goa
               ,
               the
               Capital
               town
               of
               
                 India
                 .
                 p.
                 49.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 17.
              
               
               Of
               
                 Baticola
                 ,
                 Decan
                 ,
                 Amadiva
              
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               kingdom
               of
               
                 Cananor
                 .
                 p.
                 54.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 18.
              
               
               Of
               the
               kingdom
               ,
               and
               Samorin
               of
               Calicut
               ,
               of
               the
               Natives
               of
               that
               country
               ,
               and
               of
               their
               horrible
               superstitions
               .
               
                 p.
                 57.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 19.
              
               
               Of
               the
               kingdome
               of
               Cochin
               ,
               the
               goodnesse
               of
               the
               soyle
               ,
               customes
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               ,
               with
               a
               strange
               history
               of
               certain
               French
               Pyrats
               .
               
                 p.
                 89.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 20.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Isle
               of
               Zeilan
               where
               they
               fish
               for
               pearles
               ,
               and
               charm
               certain
               great
               fishes
               ;
               an
               Idoll
               of
               a
               
                 Monkeys
                 tooth
              
               ,
               An
               Isle
               deserted
               for
               the
               infestation
               of
               Spirits
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               Isles
               
                 Maldives
                 .
                 p.
                 67.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 21.
              
               
               Of
               the
               kingdom
               of
               Bisnegar
               ,
               or
               Narsingue
               ,
               of
               the
               King
               ,
               his
               Bramins
               or
               Priests
               ,
               of
               Meliapar
               ,
               where
               (
               they
               say
               )
               reposes
               the
               body
               of
               Saint
               Thomas
               the
               Apostle
               ,
               with
               a
               strange
               History
               of
               a
               Bear.
               
                 p.
                 72.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 22.
              
               
               Of
               the
               kingdom
               of
               Bengala
               ,
               and
               Ternassery
               ,
               of
               Musk
               ,
               some
               rare
               remarks
               of
               the
               River
               Ganges
               .
               Of
               the
               Torrid
               Zone
               ,
               and
               the
               conversion
               of
               a
               yong
               Prince
               ,
               Idolater
               to
               Christianisme
               .
               
                 p.
                 80.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 23.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Isles
               of
               Archipelagus
               ,
               of
               Saint
               Lawrence
               ,
               of
               the
               Island
               of
               Sumatra
               ,
               of
               Elephants
               ,
               and
               other
               particulars
               .
               
                 p.
                 90.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 24.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Isle
               of
               Java
               ,
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               ,
               their
               conditions
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               riches
               of
               the
               Country
               .
               
                 p.
                 96.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 25.
              
               
               Of
               the
               kingdomes
               of
               Malaca
               and
               Syam
               ,
               with
               a
               prodigious
               History
               of
               Serpents
               .
               
                 p.
                 102.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 26.
              
               
               Of
               the
               kingdom
               of
               Martaban
               ,
               marvellous
               strength
               of
               Macaraou
               ,
               or
               the
               flowing
               of
               the
               sea
               ;
               particularities
               of
               
                 Pegu.
                 p.
                 106.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 27.
              
               
               Of
               the
               kingdom
               of
               Pegu
               ,
               of
               a
               bloody
               war
               for
               a
               white
               Elephant
               ,
               of
               Crocodiles
               ,
               and
               the
               nature
               of
               Elephants
               .
               
                 p.
                 112.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 28.
              
               
               Continuation
               of
               Pegu
               ,
               of
               the
               Government
               and
               Policy
               ,
               of
               superstitions
               and
               Magicians
               .
               
                 p.
                 120.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 29.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Idols
               in
               Pegu
               ,
               bloody
               sacrifices
               ,
               Exorcismes
               ,
               strange
               Communions
               .
               
                 p.
                 125.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 30.
              
               
               The
               Peguans
               diet
               ,
               their
               military
               exercises
               ,
               their
               medicinable
               drugges
               ,
               their
               Summer
               .
               
                 p.
                 131.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 31.
              
               
               The
               election
               of
               the
               King
               of
               Pegu
               ,
               their
               Officers
               ,
               the
               Homages
               and
               presents
               of
               the
               subjects
               to
               their
               new
               Prince
               .
               
                 p.
                 133.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 32.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Justice
               and
               Policy
               with
               the
               Peguans
               ,
               their
               sacrifices
               ,
               and
               horrible
               dances
               ;
               A
               lamentable
               History
               of
               two
               young
               Princes
               .
               
                 p.
                 139.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 33.
              
               
               Of
               Abdiare
               and
               Vilep
               ,
               Towns
               of
               
                 Pegu
                 ,
                 Fismans
              
               ,
               Apes
               ,
               Vnicorns
               ,
               and
               other
               Animals
               .
               Fotoque
               an
               Idoll
               with
               three
               heads
               .
               
                 p.
                 148.
              
               
            
             
               
               
                 Chap.
                 34.
              
               
               Of
               the
               kingdom
               of
               Casubi
               ,
               their
               Religion
               .
               
                 p.
                 154.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 35.
              
               
               Of
               Macharana
               ,
               the
               hunting
               of
               Tygars
               ,
               and
               other
               wild
               beasts
               ,
               a
               history
               of
               the
               Rhinocerot
               ,
               of
               the
               Escurial
               .
               The
               esteem
               they
               have
               for
               the
               French
               there
               .
               
                 p.
                 158.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 36.
              
               
               Of
               Transiana
               ,
               the
               valour
               of
               their
               women
               .
               
                 p.
                 163.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 37.
              
               
               Of
               the
               kingdom
               of
               Tazatay
               ,
               and
               the
               phylosophy
               of
               the
               
                 Indians
                 .
                 p.
                 169.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 38.
              
               
               Of
               Tartary
               ,
               frightful
               deserts
               ,
               fierce
               dogs
               ,
               a
               strange
               history
               of
               two
               lovers
               ,
               the
               Empire
               of
               the
               Tartars
               ,
               and
               their
               Religion
               .
               
                 p.
                 163.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 39.
              
               
               The
               Authours
               return
               with
               a
               summary
               of
               
                 Asia
                 .
                 p.
                 182.
              
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               The
               Contents
               of
               the
               Second
               Part.
               
            
             
               
                 CHap.
                 1.
              
               
               A
               general
               Description
               of
               
                 Africa
                 .
                 p.
                 177.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 2.
              
               
               A
               Description
               of
               the
               Isle
               of
               Saint
               Lawrence
               ,
               with
               the
               conditions
               of
               the
               people
               .
               
                 p.
                 182.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 3.
              
               
               The
               customes
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               of
               Belugara
               ,
               or
               Monopotapa
               .
               Salubrious
               winds
               venting
               from
               a
               〈◊〉
               .
               
                 p.
                 186.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 4.
              
               
               The
               country
               of
               
                 Monbaze
                 ,
                 Melinde
              
               ,
               and
               Quiloa
               ,
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               ,
               and
               the
               respect
               they
               bear
               their
               Prince
               .
               
                 p.
                 188.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 5.
              
               
               Of
               Mozambique
               ,
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               .
               Cefala
               .
               Mines
               of
               gold
               in
               
                 Ophir
                 .
                 Belugara
                 .
                 p.
                 191.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 6.
              
               
               Of
               Monopotapa
               ,
               the
               Princes
               estates
               ,
               and
               Government
               ,
               his
               way
               of
               living
               ,
               and
               the
               singularity
               of
               his
               country
               .
               
                 p.
                 193.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 7.
              
               
               The
               History
               and
               strange
               adventure
               of
               Prince
               Alfondie
               .
               Another
               of
               the
               Amours
               of
               Princesse
               
                 Abederame
                 .
                 p.
                 204.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 8.
              
               
               The
               Authours
               voyage
               into
               Ethiope
               :
               A
               Description
               of
               
                 Preste
                 Johns
              
               Dominions
               ,
               with
               the
               quality
               of
               his
               people
               .
               
                 p.
                 211.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 9.
              
               
               Of
               the
               town
               of
               Bagamidri
               ,
               and
               the
               coronation
               of
               their
               Kings
               .
               
                 p.
                 218.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 10.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Mansion
               of
               
                 Preste
                 John
              
               ,
               and
               his
               Justice
               .
               A
               History
               upon
               this
               subject
               .
               
                 p.
                 220.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 11.
              
               
               Magnificence
               of
               the
               Negus
               and
               his
               military
               Officers
               .
               
                 p.
                 223.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 12.
              
               
               The
               victory
               of
               the
               Negus
               over
               the
               Goragues
               .
               His
               entrance
               into
               
                 Barua
                 .
                 227.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 13.
              
               
               The
               manner
               of
               service
               at
               the
               Negus's
               table
               ,
               the
               receipt
               of
               the
               Portuguese
               Embassador
               .
               
                 p.
                 229.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 14.
              
               
               Of
               the
               kingdom
               and
               policy
               of
               Mongibir
               ,
               of
               the
               mountain
               Amara
               ,
               where
               the
               Abyssin
               Princes
               are
               ,
               
                 p.
                 233.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 15.
              
               
               Of
               the
               town
               of
               
                 Barua
                 ,
                 Bagamidri
              
               ,
               and
               other
               stories
               of
               Sorcerers
               .
               
                 p.
                 247.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 16.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Queen
               of
               Saba
               ,
               and
               the
               kingdome
               of
               
                 Caraman
                 .
                 p.
                 251.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 17.
              
               
               Gf
               some
               particular
               towns
               in
               Ethiope
               ,
               visited
               by
               the
               Authour
               in
               his
               peregrination
               .
               
                 p.
                 256.
              
               
            
             
               
               
                 Chap.
                 18.
              
               
               A
               prodigious
               History
               of
               a
               young
               Abissin
               Prince
               ,
               by
               name
               Joel
               ,
               by
               enchantment
               transformed
               into
               an
               Ape
               .
               
                 p.
                 261.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 19.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Desert
               Beniermi
               ,
               and
               the
               Towns
               ,
               
                 Dangala
                 ,
                 Machida
                 ,
                 Georgia
              
               ,
               &c.
               
                 p.
                 271.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 20.
              
               
               Of
               
                 Grand
                 Caire
              
               ,
               of
               Balm
               of
               Egypt
               ,
               of
               Nile
               ,
               of
               Crocodiles
               ,
               and
               the
               particulars
               of
               
                 Egypt
                 .
                 p.
                 274.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 21.
              
               
               Of
               the
               town
               of
               Alexandria
               ,
               the
               Isle
               of
               Malta
               ,
               and
               the
               Authors
               return
               to
               
                 Marseils
                 .
                 p.
                 281.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 22.
              
               
               The
               Authours
               voyage
               to
               the
               kingdom
               of
               Morocca
               ,
               he
               is
               taken
               by
               the
               Spaniards
               ,
               an
               accident
               befell
               the
               Authour
               at
               Arache
               ,
               the
               battel
               of
               Sebastian
               King
               of
               
                 Portugal
                 .
                 p.
                 286.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 23.
              
               
               Of
               the
               kingdomes
               of
               Marocca
               and
               
                 Fez.
                 p.
                 297.
              
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               The
               Contents
               of
               the
               third
               Part.
               
            
             
               THe
               Authours
               voyage
               to
               
                 Constantinople
                 .
                 p.
                 305.
              
               
            
             
               The
               Authours
               voyage
               into
               
                 Italy
                 .
                 p.
                 313.
              
               
            
             
               The
               Authours
               voyage
               to
               
                 Guinea
                 .
                 p.
                 320.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 1.
              
               
               The
               Authours
               voyage
               in
               the
               West-Indies
               ,
               the
               description
               ,
               length
               ,
               and
               distances
               of
               
                 America
                 .
                 p.
                 327.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 2.
              
               
               The
               Authours
               Departure
               ,
               particulars
               of
               
                 Demingo
                 .
                 p.
                 331.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 3.
              
               
               A
               violent
               tempest
               ,
               the
               Isle
               of
               Cuba
               and
               Hispaniola
               ,
               the
               customes
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               ,
               and
               their
               Kings
               .
               
                 p.
                 334.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 4.
              
               
               Of
               the
               coasts
               of
               New
               -
               Spain
               ,
               of
               the
               torrid
               Zone
               ,
               and
               winds
               which
               blow
               there
               .
               
                 p.
                 340.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 5.
              
               
               Of
               South
               and
               North
               America
               ,
               the
               Qualities
               ,
               and
               Discovery
               .
               
                 p.
                 344.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 6.
              
               
               Of
               Canada
               or
               New
               -
               
                 France
                 .
                 p.
                 349.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 7.
              
               
               Of
               Virginia
               ,
               and
               Florida
               ,
               Fountains
               of
               youth
               ,
               dangerous
               love
               .
               
                 p.
                 352.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 8.
              
               
               Of
               Mexico
               :
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               ,
               their
               Kings
               ,
               sacrifices
               ,
               &c.
               
                 p.
                 356.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 9.
              
               
               The
               Mexican
               year
               ,
               their
               Paradise
               ,
               Infernal
               ,
               and
               their
               Dances
               .
               
                 p.
                 362.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 10.
              
               
               Burning
               mountains
               ,
               the
               conquest
               of
               Mexico
               ,
               and
               some
               particular
               trees
               .
               
                 p.
                 365.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 11.
              
               
               Of
               New
               -
               Spain
               ,
               the
               Provinces
               thereof
               ,
               and
               of
               
                 Peru.
                 p.
                 370.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 12.
              
               
               Of
               certain
               Fountains
               ,
               Lakes
               ,
               Rivers
               ,
               &c.
               in
               this
               country
               .
               
                 p.
                 377.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 13.
              
               
               The
               Mines
               of
               the
               new
               world
               .
               
                 p.
                 382.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 14.
              
               
               Of
               Peru
               ,
               of
               the
               Kings
               or
               Incas
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               country
               of
               
                 Chila
                 .
                 p.
                 387.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 15.
              
               
               Of
               the
               streight
               of
               
                 Magellan
                 .
                 p.
                 392.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 16.
              
               
               Of
               Brasil
               ,
               the
               Conquest
               of
               it
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               
                 Brasilians
                 ,
                 &c.
                 p.
                 395.
              
               
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 17.
              
               
               The
               Isle
               of
               S.
               Thomas
               ,
               according
               to
               a
               Description
               made
               to
               the
               Athour
               ,
               by
               
                 Sieur
                 de
                 la
                 Courbe
              
               ,
               and
               
                 Cassis
                 .
                 p.
                 404.
              
               
            
          
        
      
       
         
         
           Books
           Printed
           for
           
             John
             Starkey
          
           at
           the
           sign
           of
           the
           Miter
           ,
           near
           the
           Middle-Temple
           Gate
           in
           Fleet-street
           .
        
         
           
             Books
             in
             Divinity
             .
          
           
             MAster
             Hall's
             Practical
             and
             Polemical
             Commentary
             ,
             or
             ,
             Exposition
             upon
             the
             third
             and
             fourth
             Chapters
             of
             the
             latter
             Epistle
             of
             Saint
             Paul
             to
             Timothy
             ,
             wherein
             the
             Text
             is
             explained
             ,
             some
             controversies
             discussed
             ,
             sundry
             cases
             of
             Conscience
             are
             cleared
             ,
             many
             common
             Places
             are
             succinctly
             handled
             ,
             and
             divers
             useful
             ,
             and
             seasonable
             observations
             raised
             .
             Fol.
             
          
           
             Mr.
             
               Thomas
               Halls
               Homesus
               Enervatus
            
             ,
             or
             a
             Confutation
             of
             the
             Millenarian
             opinion
             ,
             plainly
             shewing
             that
             Christ
             will
             not
             Reign
             with
             the
             Saints
             for
             1000.
             years
             on
             Earth
             ,
             with
             a
             Word
             to
             our
             fifth
             Monarchy
             men
             ,
             in
             Octavo
             .
          
           
             Mr.
             
               Thomas
               Halls
               Apologia
               pro
               Ministerio
               Evangelico
               ,
               in
               quâ
               planè
               &
               plenè
               ostenditur
               ejus
               necessitas
               ,
               dignitas
               ,
               Efficacia
               &
               Vtilitas
            
             ;
             in
             Octavo
             .
          
           
             Mr.
             
               Richard
               Baxters
            
             Directions
             ,
             and
             Perswasions
             to
             a
             sound
             Conversion
             ,
             for
             prevention
             of
             that
             deceit
             and
             Damnation
             of
             Souls
             ;
             and
             of
             those
             scandals
             ,
             heresies
             ,
             and
             desperate
             Apostasies
             ,
             that
             are
             the
             consequents
             of
             a
             counterfeit
             or
             superficial
             Change
             ,
             this
             being
             the
             second
             Part
             of
             the
             Call
             to
             the
             Vnconverted
             ,
             in
             Oct.
             
          
           
             Mr.
             
               Richard
               Baxter
            
             of
             saving
             Faith
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             not
             only
             Gradually
             ,
             but
             Specifically
             dictinct
             from
             all
             common
             Faith
             ,
             being
             a
             Treatise
             in
             answer
             to
             Mr.
             Barlow
             of
             Oxford
             ,
             in
             Quarto
             .
          
           
             Dr.
             
               Thomas
               Goodwin
               ,
               Opuscula
               Theologica
            
             ,
             in
             Octavo
             .
          
           
             Mr.
             
               Thomas
               Gataker
            
             ,
             Gods
             Eye
             on
             his
             Israel
             ;
             being
             an
             Exposition
             on
             Numbers
             23.21
             .
             in
             Quarto
             .
          
           
             Mr.
             
               Thomas
               Gataker
               ,
               de
               Justificatione
               ,
               &
               de
               Dipthongis
               ,
            
             in
             120.
             
          
           
             Mr.
             
               William
               Cartwright
            
             of
             Oxford
             ,
             his
             Sermon
             of
             the
             Passion
             of
             Christ
             ,
             in
             Octavo
             .
          
           
             Mr.
             
               Thomas
               Warrens
            
             Justification
             justified
             ,
             or
             a
             Treatise
             of
             Justification
             by
             Faith
             ,
             in
             Octavo
             .
          
           
             Mr.
             
               Thomas
               Coopers
            
             Art
             of
             Giving
             ,
             or
             a
             Guide
             to
             Charity
             ,
             in
             Octavo
             .
          
           
             Mr.
             
               John
               Philips
            
             Christian
             Alphabet
             ,
             Containing
             Grounds
             of
             Knowledge
             unto
             Salvation
             ,
             in
             twelves
             .
          
           
             Mr.
             
               Adam
               Harsnets
            
             Gods
             Summons
             into
             a
             general
             Repentance
             ,
             in
             twelves
             .
          
           
             Mr.
             
               Thomas
               Hooker
            
             of
             New-England
             ,
             his
             Miscelanies
             ,
             containing
             five
             excellent
             Treatises
             in
             Divinity
             ,
             in
             twelves
             .
          
           
             Mr.
             
               Richard
               Sedgwick
            
             .
             The
             Synopsis
             of
             Christianity
             ,
             in
             an
             Exposition
             of
             the
             Commandements
             ,
             Lords
             Prayer
             ,
             and
             the
             Creed
             ,
             in
             Octavo
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Books
             of
             History
             and
             Humanity
             .
          
           
             LEtters
             of
             Affaires
             ,
             Love
             ,
             and
             Courtship
             ,
             written
             to
             several
             Persons
             of
             Honour
             and
             Quality
             ,
             by
             the
             Exquisite
             Pen
             of
             
               Monsieur
               de
               Voiture
            
             ,
             Englished
             by
             
               J.
               D.
            
             in
             Octavo
             .
          
           
             Mr.
             
               Walter
               Montague
            
             ,
             his
             Shepherds
             Paradise
             ,
             a
             Comedy
             privately
             acted
             before
             the
             late
             King
             Charles
             ,
             by
             the
             Queens
             Majesty
             ,
             and
             her
             Ladies
             of
             Honour
             ,
             whose
             names
             are
             prefixt
             ,
             in
             Octavo
             .
          
           
             Mr.
             
               Thomas
               Halls
               Phaetons
            
             Folly
             ,
             being
             a
             Translation
             of
             the
             second
             Book
             of
             
               Ovids
               Metamorphosis
            
             ,
             Paraphrastically
             and
             Grammatically
             ;
             with
             an
             Essay
             on
             
               Ovid
               de
               Tristibus
            
             ,
             in
             Octavo
             .
          
           
             Mr.
             
               Agricola
               Carpentars
            
             Magical
             Description
             of
             the
             soul
             ,
             in
             Oct.
             
          
           
             M.
             
               John
               Hayes
            
             Compleat
             Tradesman
             ,
             or
             a
             Guide
             for
             the
             true
             Stating
             of
             Interest
             ,
             at
             
               Six
               per
               Cent.
               per.
               Annum
            
             ,
             with
             other
             useful
             Tables
             ,
             in
             twelves
             .
          
           
             A
             Relation
             of
             the
             Life
             of
             the
             Famous
             Christina
             ,
             Queen
             of
             Sweden
             ,
             whereunto
             is
             added
             her
             Genius
             ,
             Translated
             out
             of
             French
             ,
             by
             
               J.
               H.
            
             in
             Quarto
             .
          
           
             France
             no
             friend
             to
             England
             ,
             or
             the
             Resentments
             of
             the
             French
             ,
             upon
             the
             successe
             of
             the
             English
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             expressed
             in
             a
             Remonstrance
             to
             the
             King
             of
             France
             ,
             upon
             the
             surrendring
             of
             Dunkirke
             into
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             English
             ,
             wherein
             much
             of
             the
             private
             Transactions
             between
             
               Cardinal
               Mazarine
            
             ,
             and
             the
             late
             
               Protector
               ,
               Oliver
            
             ,
             are
             discovered
             ;
             Translated
             out
             of
             French
             ,
             in
             Quarto
             .
          
           
             Mr.
             
               Henry
               Peachams
               Truth
            
             of
             Time
             ,
             Revealed
             ,
             in
             twelves
             .
          
           
             Aminta
             ,
             the
             Famous
             Pastoral
             ,
             written
             in
             Italian
             ,
             by
             
               Signior
               Torquato
               Tasso
            
             ,
             and
             translated
             into
             English
             Verse
             by
             
               John
               Dancer
            
             ;
             together
             with
             divers
             Ingenious
             Poems
             ,
             in
             Octavo
             .
          
           
             Guillims
             Display
             of
             Heraldry
             ,
             the
             fourth
             Edition
             ,
             unto
             which
             is
             added
             three
             hundred
             new
             Coats
             ,
             in
             Folio
             .
          
           
             The
             History
             of
             the
             English
             and
             Scotch
             Presbytery
             ,
             wherein
             is
             discovered
             their
             Designes
             and
             Practises
             for
             the
             subversion
             and
             government
             in
             Church
             and
             State
             ,
             the
             second
             Edition
             ,
             in
             Octavo
             .
          
        
         
           
             Law-Books
             .
          
           
             JUdge
             Owens
             Reports
             ,
             in
             Folio
             .
          
           
             Juge
             Hattons
             Reports
             ,
             in
             Folio
             .
          
           
             Judge
             Bridgmans
             Reports
             ,
             in
             Folio
             .
          
           
             Sir
             
               James
               Leys
            
             Reports
             ,
             in
             Folio
             .
          
           
             Grounds
             of
             the
             Lawes
             of
             England
             ,
             in
             Octavo
             .
          
           
             The
             Terms
             of
             the
             Law
             ,
             in
             Octavo
             .
          
           
             Hernes
             Law
             of
             Conveyances
             ,
             in
             Octavo
             .
          
           
             Abridgement
             of
             Doctor
             and
             Student
             ,
             in
             Octavo
             .
          
           
             Perkins
             Treatise
             of
             the
             Law
             of
             England
             ,
             in
             Octavo
             .
          
           
             Shepherd
             of
             Corporations
             ,
             in
             Octavo
             .
          
           
             The
             Lay-mans
             Lawer
             ,
             in
             Octavo
             .
             
               Cum
               multis
               aliis
            
             .
          
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           THE
           FIRST
           PART
           OF
           THE
           TRAVAILES
           OF
           VINCENT
           le
           BLANC
           .
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             I.
             The
             Authors
             embarking
             for
             Alexandria
             ,
             and
             his
             shipwrack
             .
          
           
             I
             Was
             not
             fully
             arrived
             at
             my
             fourteenth
             year
             of
             age
             ,
             when
             seeing
             a
             vessell
             making
             ready
             for
             Alexandria
             ,
             and
             the
             Grand
             Caire
             ,
             impulsed
             by
             that
             noble
             ambition
             to
             view
             the
             world
             ,
             I
             resolved
             to
             embark
             with
             the
             Company
             ,
             though
             secretly
             ,
             and
             without
             the
             privity
             of
             my
             dearest
             parents
             .
             Of
             this
             vessel
             ,
             called
             our
             
               Lady
               of
               Victory
            
             ,
             one
             
               Robert
               Pontoine
            
             a
             Merchant
             ,
             and
             my
             Father
             
               Raphael
               le
               Blanc
            
             were
             owners
             ,
             which
             so
             delightfully
             took
             the
             affections
             of
             my
             infancy
             ,
             that
             I
             spent
             the
             better
             part
             of
             my
             time
             aboard
             her
             .
             I
             often
             beg'd
             my
             Fathers
             consent
             for
             the
             voyage
             ;
             but
             he
             ,
             as
             a
             person
             experienced
             in
             such
             affairs
             ,
             foreseeing
             the
             hardship
             and
             dangers
             my
             tender
             age
             was
             to
             encounter
             ,
             still
             denied
             me
             .
             Notwithstanding
             I
             persisted
             in
             
             my
             resolution
             to
             go
             in
             what
             sort
             soever
             ;
             and
             though
             I
             received
             some
             severities
             from
             my
             mother
             on
             this
             occasion
             ,
             yet
             with
             a
             sute
             of
             apparell
             and
             some
             linnens
             I
             had
             provided
             ,
             I
             took
             my
             way
             one
             morning
             towards
             Civitad
             about
             five
             leagues
             distant
             from
             Marseills
             .
             But
             my
             mother
             reflecting
             on
             some
             words
             I
             had
             let
             fall
             (
             that
             they
             should
             never
             see
             me
             more
             )
             sent
             some
             to
             overtake
             me
             ,
             who
             with
             fair
             words
             perswaded
             me
             home
             again
             .
             At
             last
             she
             perceiving
             my
             resolution
             peremptory
             ,
             and
             that
             I
             watched
             all
             opportunities
             to
             escape
             ;
             without
             acquainting
             my
             Father
             ,
             who
             would
             never
             have
             consented
             ,
             she
             gave
             me
             leave
             :
             so
             as
             delivering
             me
             some
             moneys
             ,
             and
             recommending
             me
             to
             one
             
               Baptist
               Cote
            
             a
             Merchant
             of
             integrity
             ,
             she
             acquainted
             not
             the
             Captain
             ,
             who
             was
             my
             Godfather
             ,
             because
             she
             would
             not
             have
             him
             know
             she
             was
             privy
             to
             my
             voyage
             .
             Then
             I
             privately
             went
             aboard
             in
             the
             Victory
             ,
             and
             dealt
             with
             the
             Pilot
             
               Augustine
               Battaillon
            
             to
             conceale
             me
             ;
             which
             for
             the
             affection
             I
             had
             to
             travaile
             ,
             and
             the
             respect
             he
             had
             to
             my
             Father
             he
             performed
             .
          
           
             
             Thus
             leaving
             Marseilles
             ,
             we
             set
             saile
             for
             Alexandria
             ,
             where
             with
             favourable
             winds
             in
             few
             dayes
             we
             safely
             arrived
             :
             and
             from
             thence
             at
             the
             Grand
             Caire
             ,
             of
             which
             place
             I
             shall
             say
             little
             ,
             untill
             my
             return
             from
             my
             great
             Orientall
             voyage
             ,
             when
             I
             travailed
             thorough
             Africa
             ;
             because
             by
             reason
             of
             my
             green
             years
             ,
             I
             was
             not
             then
             able
             to
             make
             those
             remarks
             ,
             I
             shall
             hereafter
             discourse
             of
             :
             but
             shall
             satisfie
             my self
             for
             the
             present
             to
             tell
             you
             ,
             that
             having
             staid
             there
             by
             the
             space
             of
             eight
             whole
             moneths
             ,
             and
             then
             our
             Master
             having
             loaden
             his
             ship
             in
             Alexandria
             ,
             with
             drugs
             of
             all
             sorts
             ,
             spices
             ,
             
             and
             other
             Indian
             commodities
             ,
             was
             bound
             homewards
             :
             we
             sailed
             happily
             for
             some
             few
             dayes
             towards
             the
             coast
             of
             the
             Isle
             of
             Candia
             ;
             where
             we
             first
             felt
             the
             miseries
             ,
             for
             the
             most
             part
             ,
             accompany
             sea
             voyages
             :
             we
             unfortunately
             lost
             our
             rudder
             ,
             which
             being
             a
             principal
             member
             of
             the
             vessel
             was
             a
             most
             dangerous
             accident
             ,
             and
             forced
             us
             to
             shore
             to
             mend
             it
             .
             Both
             our
             Merchants
             and
             Seamen
             on
             a
             festivall
             day
             coming
             ashore
             to
             make
             merry
             ,
             they
             were
             so
             surprized
             with
             the
             beauties
             and
             subtleties
             of
             the
             Island
             Curtizans
             ,
             that
             they
             not
             onely
             exhausted
             all
             their
             money
             but
             sold
             their
             commodities
             to
             undervalews
             to
             satisfie
             their
             pleasures
             ,
             which
             some
             of
             them
             were
             glutted
             with
             to
             the
             losse
             of
             their
             lives
             :
             and
             having
             thus
             spent
             near
             two
             moneths
             ,
             we
             put
             to
             sea
             for
             France
             ,
             and
             two
             or
             three
             dayes
             had
             a
             prosperous
             winde
             ,
             which
             on
             a
             sudden
             turned
             to
             the
             North-East
             ,
             and
             immediately
             to
             a
             furious
             violent
             North-wind
             ,
             that
             drove
             us
             upon
             the
             coast
             of
             Turluru
             ,
             
             an
             Island
             near
             Canee
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             Haven
             ,
             and
             Town
             in
             Candia
             ,
             where
             we
             cast
             anchor
             to
             ride
             out
             the
             tempestuous
             weather
             .
          
           
             Here
             another
             sad
             accident
             befell
             us
             ,
             by
             the
             malice
             of
             some
             of
             our
             Merchants
             ,
             and
             Seamen
             ,
             who
             reduced
             to
             great
             necessitie●
             by
             reason
             of
             their
             immoderate
             and
             vain
             expenses
             in
             
             Candia
             ,
             resolved
             upon
             a
             desperate
             course
             ,
             by
             sinking
             the
             ship
             to
             satisfie
             all
             their
             Creditors
             at
             a
             cast
             ,
             
             and
             sliding
             the
             Anchor
             on
             one
             side
             betwixt
             two
             waters
             ,
             in
             lesse
             than
             a
             quarter
             of
             an
             hour
             our
             ship
             struck
             on
             ground
             ;
             and
             they
             having
             prepared
             the
             cock-boat
             for
             their
             refuge
             ,
             about
             eleven
             at
             night
             got
             into
             it
             ,
             leaving
             some
             thirty
             of
             us
             behind
             them
             to
             the
             mercy
             of
             the
             waters
             ,
             of
             which
             our
             ship
             was
             already
             full
             ;
             thus
             we
             were
             reduced
             to
             the
             very
             brink
             of
             despair
             ,
             nothing
             but
             confused
             cryes
             and
             groanes
             amongst
             us
             ,
             accompanied
             with
             prayers
             to
             God
             ,
             
             whose
             just
             Judgement
             left
             not
             unpunished
             the
             Authours
             of
             their
             own
             ,
             and
             of
             our
             unexpected
             shipwrack
             ,
             for
             their
             boat
             being
             overturned
             within
             a
             hundred
             paces
             of
             the
             ship
             ,
             they
             were
             all
             drowned
             in
             an
             instant
             .
          
           
             And
             it
             is
             worth
             observation
             that
             the
             greatest
             part
             of
             our
             company
             were
             reprobate
             persons
             ,
             and
             absolute
             Atheists
             ,
             for
             some
             of
             our
             Marriners
             seeing
             themselves
             in
             this
             imminent
             danger
             ,
             their
             vessel
             being
             filled
             with
             water
             ,
             secured
             some
             cans
             of
             wine
             which
             they
             pour
             down
             their
             throats
             ,
             amongst
             the
             rest
             one
             Honoratus
             a
             Marseillian
             ,
             put
             on
             his
             best
             apparell
             ,
             and
             with
             some
             French
             coin
             threw
             himself
             into
             the
             Sea
             :
             those
             rascals
             endeavoured
             to
             prevent
             him
             ,
             inviting
             him
             to
             drink
             ,
             saying
             't
             was
             better
             to
             dye
             full
             than
             empty
             ,
             but
             the
             poor
             creature
             not
             able
             to
             swim
             sunk
             immediately
             ,
             his
             body
             was
             within
             few
             dayes
             cast
             upon
             the
             shore
             ,
             the
             Clark
             of
             the
             ship
             stript
             him
             ,
             took
             his
             clothes
             and
             money
             ,
             and
             buried
             him
             ,
             since
             being
             sent
             into
             France
             to
             be
             impowered
             ,
             by
             the
             Merchants
             to
             receive
             four
             or
             five
             thousand
             Zequines
             ,
             which
             the
             goods
             and
             commodities
             saved
             from
             shipwrack
             were
             sold
             for
             ,
             he
             carried
             the
             news
             to
             Honoratus
             widow
             ,
             but
             I
             doubt
             whether
             he
             restored
             her
             his
             goods
             as
             he
             told
             us
             he
             did
             .
             This
             while
             the
             greatest
             part
             of
             us
             perished
             on
             the
             shallowes
             ;
             for
             of
             sixty
             five
             persons
             that
             we
             were
             in
             all
             ,
             but
             five
             escaped
             ,
             whereof
             (
             praised
             be
             God
             )
             I
             was
             one
             ;
             and
             every
             man
             shifting
             for
             himself
             ;
             
             by
             the
             help
             of
             a
             planck
             I
             got
             to
             shore
             ,
             after
             I
             had
             been
             fifteen
             hours
             in
             the
             water
             ,
             and
             thus
             I
             saved
             my self
             ,
             together
             with
             the
             Clerk
             of
             the
             vessel
             .
          
           
             After
             rest
             and
             victuals
             had
             a
             little
             recovered
             us
             ,
             and
             our
             Secretary
             returned
             to
             the
             sea
             side
             ,
             to
             view
             the
             remaines
             of
             the
             wrack
             :
             the
             Consul
             of
             the
             French
             Nation
             ,
             residing
             in
             a
             Town
             in
             Canee
             ,
             eight
             leagues
             distant
             ,
             upon
             notice
             repaired
             with
             speed
             to
             us
             with
             twenty
             Souldiers
             ,
             to
             preserve
             what
             was
             saved
             ,
             who
             took
             good
             order
             to
             see
             the
             commodities
             dryed
             ,
             and
             restored
             to
             the
             right
             owners
             :
             having
             taken
             his
             due
             fees
             ,
             and
             leaving
             our
             Secretary
             with
             the
             Souldiers
             in
             charge
             with
             the
             goods
             ,
             he
             took
             me
             home
             to
             his
             house
             ,
             and
             provided
             me
             clothes
             after
             the
             Greek
             fashion
             and
             other
             necessaries
             that
             I
             wanted
             :
             I
             stayed
             six
             or
             seven
             months
             with
             the
             Consul
             ,
             who
             gave
             me
             noble
             and
             free
             entertainment
             for
             my
             Fathers
             sake
             ,
             whose
             friend
             and
             acquaintance
             he
             
             was
             expecting
             some
             ship
             bound
             for
             Jerusalem
             ,
             for
             I
             had
             vowed
             a
             pilgrimage
             to
             the
             holy
             Sepulcher
             to
             give
             God
             thanks
             for
             my
             preservation
             in
             the
             last
             great
             danger
             .
          
           
             At
             the
             seven
             moneths
             end
             ,
             here
             arrived
             a
             Venetian
             ship
             bound
             for
             Jerusalem
             ,
             the
             Master
             of
             the
             ship
             a
             Marseillian
             ,
             by
             name
             
               Guillem
               de
               Cassis
            
             ,
             who
             stood
             amazed
             at
             sight
             of
             me
             ,
             saying
             he
             had
             attended
             at
             my
             Funeral
             at
             Marseilles
             ,
             and
             that
             my
             Parents
             heard
             I
             was
             cast
             away
             with
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             company
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             bore
             my
             loss
             heavier
             then
             that
             of
             the
             ship
             ,
             wherein
             my
             Father
             had
             halfe
             share
             ,
             (
             as
             I
             shewed
             before
             that
             )
             which
             losse
             broak
             my
             fathers
             partner
             ,
             
               Robert
               Pontoine
            
             ,
             and
             forced
             him
             to
             live
             privately
             at
             home
             ,
             then
             I
             agreed
             with
             
               William
               Cassis
            
             ,
             who
             was
             to
             bring
             me
             to
             Hierusalem
             ,
             and
             the
             Consul
             advanced
             me
             a
             hundred
             Zequines
             towards
             my
             journy
             ,
             advising
             me
             to
             keep
             my
             money
             private
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             II.
             Of
             the
             Townes
             of
             Tripoli
             and
             Damas
             ,
             with
             the
             relation
             of
             a
             Murther
             .
          
           
             LEaving
             Canee
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             August
             ,
             wee
             steered
             out
             course
             towards
             Syria
             ,
             a
             famous
             and
             renowned
             countrey
             ,
             by
             the
             Hebrews
             called
             Aram
             ,
             since
             Halad
             ,
             and
             Sabal
             ,
             formerly
             of
             great
             extent
             ,
             and
             conteined
             the
             Provinces
             of
             
               Comagene
               ,
               Caelesyria
               ,
               Phenicia
               ,
               Palestina
            
             or
             
               Judea
               ,
               Mesopotamia
            
             ,
             and
             one
             part
             of
             Arabia
             ,
             and
             others
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             time
             of
             our
             Holy
             Warres
             ,
             it
             reached
             from
             the
             Tigris
             ,
             unto
             Egypt
             ,
             from
             Cilicia
             or
             Caramania
             ,
             unto
             the
             red
             sea
             ,
             formerly
             Antioche
             ,
             
             was
             the
             chief
             town
             in
             Caelesyria
             .
             The
             first
             place
             we
             landed
             at
             was
             Tripoli
             in
             Syria
             ,
             where
             
               Monsieur
               Toureau
            
             a
             Marseillian
             ,
             most
             generously
             entertained
             us
             .
          
           
             
             Upon
             the
             Mount
             Libanus
             two
             leagues
             distant
             from
             Tripoli
             ,
             you
             may
             see
             snow
             all
             seasons
             of
             the
             year
             ,
             you
             may
             find
             the
             Manna
             ,
             or
             Celestial
             dew
             ,
             
             which
             I
             often
             walking
             the
             fields
             ,
             took
             for
             snow
             ,
             untill
             tasting
             it
             ,
             I
             found
             it
             sweet
             as
             sugar
             ,
             and
             undeceived
             my self
             :
             when
             the
             natives
             perceived
             me
             gather
             any
             ,
             they
             would
             say
             ,
             
               Nazarini
               coul
               sacor
               va
               la
               Tayhon
            
             which
             signifies
             ,
             Christian
             eat
             of
             the
             Manna
             ,
             for
             't
             is
             good
             .
          
           
             
             The
             river
             Chrysorrhoas
             ,
             famous
             for
             her
             waters
             rises
             out
             of
             Libanus
             ,
             and
             runnes
             through
             Damas
             ,
             there
             rises
             also
             another
             river
             called
             Magora
             ,
             and
             loses
             her self
             in
             Tripoli
             :
             In
             this
             mount
             is
             the
             Prophet
             Josua's
             tombe
             visited
             by
             Christian
             pilgrims
             ,
             and
             by
             Turks
             ;
             I
             have
             heard
             from
             the
             Inhabitants
             and
             labourers
             of
             the
             Mountain
             ,
             that
             Vines
             bear
             there
             twice
             a
             year
             ,
             to
             which
             I
             give
             little
             credit
             .
          
           
           
             From
             Tripoli
             we
             travelled
             to
             Aman
             ,
             three
             dayes
             journey
             thence
             :
             
             this
             Town
             was
             formerly
             called
             Emitus
             ,
             by
             the
             
               Arabians
               Camahale
            
             ,
             by
             the
             
               Turks
               Amcus
            
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             
               Indians
               Amsa
            
             ,
             't
             is
             a
             Country
             of
             Mulberries
             ,
             and
             silke
             wormes
             ,
             full
             of
             Gardens
             ,
             and
             most
             excellent
             fruits
             .
             The
             Town
             is
             peopled
             with
             
               Grecians
               ,
               Turkes
               ,
               Mores
               ,
               Armenians
            
             and
             Jewes
             ;
             it
             is
             very
             ruinous
             ,
             nothing
             left
             entire
             ,
             save
             the
             Market
             ,
             &
             exchange
             for
             
               Indian
               ,
               Arabian
               ,
               Aegyptian
               ,
               French
               ,
               Italian
               ,
               English
               ,
               Dutch
            
             Merchants
             ;
             they
             trade
             there
             in
             Cottons
             ,
             Silkes
             ,
             Linnens
             ,
             Carpits
             ,
             Woollens
             ,
             and
             Pot-Ashes
             ;
             the
             land
             is
             very
             fruitfull
             in
             all
             sort
             of
             fruit
             ,
             Corne
             ,
             wines
             and
             Oyles
             .
          
           
             From
             thence
             3.
             days
             journey
             to
             Aleppo
             ,
             some
             time
             Hierapolis
             ,
             
             a
             Town
             of
             the
             same
             ,
             and
             greater
             trade
             then
             Tripoli
             ,
             amongst
             others
             in
             jewells
             ,
             spices
             ,
             and
             perfumes
             ;
             my
             Camarade
             having
             learnt
             here
             what
             he
             looked
             for
             ,
             we
             went
             to
             Damas
             ,
             
             the
             Capitall
             Towne
             of
             all
             Syria
             .
             She
             is
             one
             of
             the
             fairest
             ,
             and
             greatest
             Traders
             in
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             remarkeable
             cheifely
             for
             delightfull
             scituation
             ,
             healthfull
             ayre
             ,
             fruitfull
             Soyle
             ,
             abundance
             of
             waters
             ,
             fruites
             ,
             and
             of
             all
             sorts
             of
             commodities
             necessary
             to
             livelihood
             ;
             her
             vast
             treasures
             ,
             trade
             ,
             and
             number
             of
             souldiers
             ,
             her
             faire
             Structures
             ,
             many
             sword
             &
             knife-cuttlers
             ,
             &
             other
             expert
             Artists
             in
             steele
             ,
             who
             give
             a
             delicate
             temper
             with
             muske
             and
             Amber-greese
             .
             There
             I
             saw
             a
             Marseillian
             Cutler
             who
             spent
             near
             a
             hundred
             Zequins
             in
             forging
             one
             blade
             ,
             
             which
             was
             by
             many
             admired
             :
             I
             met
             him
             ten
             yeares
             after
             at
             Paris
             ,
             he
             told
             me
             he
             sold
             the
             same
             blade
             to
             
               Collo
               Dornano
            
             for
             three
             hundered
             crownes
             .
             Damas
             is
             scituate
             in
             a
             faire
             plaine
             ,
             her
             soyle
             well
             watered
             and
             fruitfull
             ,
             with
             plenty
             of
             Gardens
             ,
             and
             Orchards
             round
             about
             her
             ,
             she
             is
             surrounded
             with
             two
             mountains
             ,
             
             the
             one
             called
             Amon
             ,
             the
             other
             Sahanir
             ;
             There
             are
             many
             grots
             and
             caves
             ,
             (
             as
             't
             is
             said
             )
             formerly
             inhabited
             by
             the
             Christians
             in
             time
             of
             persecution
             ,
             there
             is
             one
             can
             contain
             4000.
             persons
             ,
             
             and
             without
             doubt
             are
             fairer
             and
             larger
             than
             those
             at
             present
             to
             be
             seen
             at
             Saragosa
             in
             Sicily
             :
             towards
             the
             East
             there
             is
             a
             lake
             7.
             or
             8.
             leagues
             about
             ,
             through
             which
             run
             two
             sweet
             streams
             ,
             the
             one
             called
             Aman
             or
             Amma
             ,
             
             which
             runs
             by
             the
             foot
             of
             the
             wall
             ,
             towards
             the
             South
             ,
             the
             other
             Farfar
             ,
             and
             threds
             through
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             Town
             ;
             she
             is
             also
             adorned
             with
             many
             fountains
             ,
             the
             water
             being
             brought
             by
             pipes
             from
             Chrysoran
             .
             The
             houses
             are
             built
             of
             the
             Moresco
             modell
             ,
             with
             galleries
             ,
             do
             almost
             cover
             the
             whole
             streets
             ,
             as
             at
             Aleppo
             .
             The
             Town
             is
             strong
             ,
             and
             begirt
             with
             good
             ditches
             ,
             well
             flank'd
             and
             man'd
             in
             time
             of
             war.
             A
             Bassa
             ,
             or
             Governour
             ,
             keeps
             it
             for
             the
             Turk
             ,
             who
             hath
             a
             strong
             life-guard
             of
             horse
             :
             The
             Suburbs
             are
             greater
             ,
             and
             more
             populous
             than
             the
             Town
             .
             
             There
             are
             twenty
             thousand
             Mulberry
             planters
             for
             the
             trade
             of
             silk
             ,
             and
             an
             infinite
             number
             of
             cutlers
             and
             other
             Artists
             in
             steel
             and
             iron
             .
             On
             the
             East
             there
             stands
             a
             Tower
             where
             you
             may
             yet
             see
             the
             
               Flour
               de
               luces
            
             ,
             the
             arms
             of
             France
             ;
             which
             must
             have
             been
             set
             there
             ,
             when
             the
             French
             were
             Lords
             of
             the
             Holy
             land
             :
             there
             in
             a
             little
             enclosure
             is
             
             to
             be
             seen
             Zacharies
             tomb
             ,
             
             Father
             to
             St.
             
               John
               Baptist
            
             :
             a
             place
             of
             great
             veneration
             ,
             the
             Mahometans
             themselves
             celebrating
             the
             feast
             day
             with
             solemn
             rejoycings
             ,
             
             they
             yet
             shew
             the
             place
             where
             S.
             Paul
             persecuting
             Christians
             fell
             from
             his
             horse
             ,
             and
             the
             place
             of
             his
             imprisonment
             ,
             and
             where
             he
             was
             let
             down
             in
             a
             basket
             .
             They
             shew
             you
             the
             place
             ,
             where
             't
             is
             said
             Cain
             killed
             his
             Brother
             Abel
             .
             There
             is
             an
             Alablaster
             mine
             affords
             them
             great
             store
             of
             fair
             vessels
             ,
             and
             other
             peices
             .
             From
             thence
             commonly
             are
             set
             forth
             the
             Caravans
             ,
             or
             land
             convoys
             for
             Medina
             and
             Meca
             ,
             and
             to
             many
             other
             places
             of
             Arabia
             ,
             and
             the
             east
             .
          
           
             The
             Towne
             is
             farr
             fairer
             without
             then
             within
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             commodious
             scituation
             and
             beautifull
             aspect
             ,
             but
             the
             streets
             are
             not
             so
             well
             contrived
             ;
             the
             Market
             place
             ,
             or
             Baiar
             is
             ample
             ,
             and
             faire
             built
             with
             Piatzza's
             ,
             as
             at
             Bolonia
             ,
             most
             of
             the
             houses
             in
             Town
             are
             served
             with
             fountains
             ,
             derived
             from
             Chrysorrhoas
             ,
             the
             graffs
             are
             planted
             with
             Mulbery
             trees
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             a
             Citadell
             said
             to
             be
             built
             by
             a
             
               Florentine
               Renegado
            
             ,
             who
             then
             commanded
             it
             .
             While
             we
             staid
             at
             Damas
             ,
             one
             day
             walking
             the
             Market
             place
             ,
             we
             saw
             an
             Executioner
             (
             surrounded
             with
             a
             great
             crowd
             of
             people
             )
             upon
             a
             tall
             horse
             ,
             
             and
             dragging
             a
             Malefactor
             (
             tyed
             with
             a
             rope
             )
             by
             the
             leggs
             to
             the
             place
             of
             Execution
             ;
             and
             enquiring
             the
             reason
             of
             this
             Justice
             ,
             we
             were
             told
             he
             was
             a
             Christian
             ,
             and
             had
             killed
             a
             judge
             of
             the
             Country
             :
             This
             poore
             sufferer
             ,
             as
             we
             since
             understood
             ,
             by
             attestations
             ,
             and
             letters
             ,
             he
             carried
             about
             him
             in
             a
             box
             ,
             was
             a
             Frenchman
             ,
             and
             born
             in
             Saintonge
             ,
             his
             name
             was
             Roubie
             ,
             returning
             from
             Jerusalem
             ,
             where
             he
             received
             the
             Cross
             from
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             Patriarch
             ;
             and
             passing
             thorough
             this
             Town
             ,
             met
             a
             judge
             ,
             who
             according
             to
             the
             insolent
             custome
             of
             the
             sworne
             enemies
             to
             Christians
             with
             one
             blow
             struck
             Roubie
             at
             his
             feet
             ;
             which
             for
             the
             present
             he
             seemed
             to
             take
             very
             patiently
             ,
             dissembling
             the
             affront
             ,
             with
             resolution
             nevertheless
             when
             opportunity
             should
             serve
             ,
             cruelly
             to
             revenge
             it
             ,
             he
             absented
             himself
             for
             three
             whole
             yeares
             ,
             and
             in
             that
             time
             having
             perfected
             himselfe
             in
             the
             Turkish
             Language
             ,
             disguised
             in
             the
             habit
             of
             a
             Dervis
             ,
             
             a
             sort
             of
             Religious
             ,
             in
             great
             esteeme
             amongst
             them
             ,
             he
             weares
             a
             Cimitere
             by
             his
             side
             ,
             and
             a
             dagger
             hanging
             at
             his
             girdle
             ,
             to
             see
             the
             commands
             of
             their
             Prophet
             Nabi
             ,
             strictly
             observed
             this
             supposed
             Dervis
             begirt
             with
             his
             hanger
             ,
             returned
             to
             Damas
             ,
             and
             assisted
             dayly
             (
             in
             Court
             )
             the
             judge
             his
             enemy
             ,
             whose
             diligence
             to
             justice
             was
             held
             a
             good
             Omen
             ;
             this
             he
             practised
             for
             three
             whole
             years
             and
             more
             ,
             not
             omitting
             one
             audience
             in
             all
             that
             time
             ,
             dayly
             expecting
             an
             opportunity
             to
             revenge
             himselfe
             .
             Upon
             a
             time
             hearing
             the
             judge
             give
             Sentence
             against
             an
             Orphan
             ,
             who
             was
             sued
             for
             some
             inheritance
             ,
             suddenly
             stept
             up
             to
             him
             ,
             and
             with
             a
             mortall
             wound
             on
             the
             forehead
             laid
             him
             dead
             at
             his
             feete
             ,
             took
             his
             place
             ,
             and
             said
             that
             the
             judgement
             newly
             pronounced
             against
             the
             Orphan
             was
             unjust
             ,
             and
             that
             it
             was
             fit
             to
             repeate
             the
             Evidence
             
             which
             without
             the
             least
             interruption
             ,
             in
             respect
             to
             the
             suppose●
             Dervis
             ,
             was
             immediately
             done
             by
             Councill
             on
             both
             sides
             ,
             
             and
             a
             Herauld
             openly
             declared
             ,
             that
             he
             thought
             it
             Justice
             the
             Orphan
             should
             enjoy
             one
             moity
             of
             the
             land
             in
             question
             ;
             this
             was
             spoken
             to
             the
             satisfaction
             of
             the
             Auditory
             ,
             but
             especially
             of
             the
             Dervis
             ,
             who
             gave
             his
             opinion
             and
             approbation
             in
             few
             words
             ,
             and
             at
             the
             same
             instant
             ,
             judgement
             was
             pronounced
             to
             the
             great
             content
             of
             those
             were
             cast
             by
             the
             former
             sentence
             :
             his
             body
             was
             carried
             home
             to
             his
             house
             ,
             and
             the
             Murtherer
             highly
             commended
             for
             his
             great
             act
             of
             Justice
             .
          
           
             Reubie
             satisfied
             in
             his
             revenge
             ,
             by
             degrees
             retired
             himself
             to
             Tripoli
             ,
             where
             by
             misfortune
             being
             reproached
             by
             a
             certain
             countrey-man
             of
             his
             ,
             who
             had
             seen
             him
             in
             the
             habit
             ;
             he
             inconsiderately
             confest
             it
             ,
             and
             the
             reason
             that
             moved
             him
             so
             to
             do
             :
             and
             some
             Turks
             hearing
             of
             it
             ,
             they
             presently
             caused
             him
             to
             be
             apprehended
             ;
             and
             upon
             search
             found
             uncircumcised
             ,
             he
             was
             brought
             back
             to
             Dama
             ,
             where
             he
             was
             thus
             arraigned
             ,
             and
             executed
             ,
             and
             his
             body
             cast
             to
             the
             dogs
             ,
             to
             be
             devoured
             .
          
           
             Not
             farre
             from
             Damas
             ,
             and
             the
             Jordan
             springs
             is
             the
             town
             of
             Philippa
             ,
             whence
             the
             woman
             was
             ,
             
             that
             our
             Saviour
             cur'd
             of
             the
             flux
             ,
             Belinas
             ,
             sometime
             
               Dan
               ,
               Paneas
            
             ,
             or
             Caesarea
             ,
             it
             lyes
             not
             far
             from
             Libanus
             ,
             and
             between
             her
             and
             Gallilean
             ,
             or
             Tiberiade
             Sea
             is
             a
             great
             vale
             ,
             where
             is
             a
             Lake
             swell'd
             with
             the
             snow
             ,
             that
             falls
             from
             the
             Mount
             Libanus
             ,
             through
             this
             Lake
             runs
             the
             Jordan
             ,
             and
             is
             called
             Es-mal-maron
             ,
             formerly
             the
             waters
             of
             Merac
             ;
             there
             did
             Joshuah
             overthrow
             the
             Kings
             of
             Chananee
             ,
             the
             Lake
             is
             in
             Summer
             almost
             drye
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             unto
             Jope
             ,
             is
             a
             very
             fruitful
             country
             called
             Charon
             .
          
           
             Towards
             the
             Tiberiade
             Sea
             there
             is
             another
             vale
             very
             hollow
             ,
             between
             two
             hills
             ,
             where
             the
             Sun
             is
             hardly
             ever
             seen
             .
             This
             hill
             rises
             not
             far
             from
             the
             Sea
             side
             ,
             and
             reaches
             to
             Sidon
             or
             Sayette
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             other
             side
             they
             both
             reach
             the
             Arabian
             hills
             ,
             near
             Damas
             ,
             and
             there
             lyes
             the
             Country
             formerly
             called
             Palmyrena
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             III.
             Of
             the
             Deserts
             of
             Arabia
             ,
             of
             Spirits
             ,
             or
             Apparitions
             there
             ,
             of
             the
             Sea
             of
             Sodome
             ,
             of
             the
             Hills
             of
             Sina
             and
             Oreb
             ,
             and
             the
             three
             Arabia's
             .
          
           
             AFter
             some
             few
             dayes
             stay
             we
             left
             Damas
             ,
             
             and
             passed
             through
             Benin
             ,
             from
             thence
             we
             came
             to
             Macharaib
             ,
             or
             Macherib
             ,
             and
             Masarib
             three
             dayes
             journey
             from
             Damas
             :
             't
             is
             a
             small
             town
             
             of
             Palestina
             ,
             ,
             not
             very
             pleasant
             ,
             formerly
             called
             Misor
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             Levies
             Cities
             ,
             sometime
             belonging
             to
             King
             Balsan
             ,
             near
             the
             torrent
             of
             Arnon
             in
             the
             tribe
             of
             Reuben
             .
             
             At
             our
             arrivall
             there
             ,
             having
             discharged
             our
             Chioas
             ,
             or
             guide
             ,
             which
             cost
             us
             six
             Duckets
             a
             man
             ;
             my
             companion
             Cassis
             took
             a
             little
             boy
             for
             his
             guide
             ,
             and
             brought
             me
             first
             to
             a
             fair
             house
             in
             the
             Turkish
             quarter
             ,
             and
             inhabited
             by
             a
             Turk
             ;
             instead
             of
             going
             to
             the
             place
             inhabited
             by
             Christians
             ;
             which
             I
             not
             a
             little
             wondred
             at
             ,
             because
             the
             difference
             in
             Religion
             breeds
             a
             discrepance
             between
             them
             and
             us
             ;
             as
             I
             was
             entring
             the
             house
             ,
             a
             Turkish
             Dame
             ,
             well
             fashioned
             ,
             with
             a
             child
             in
             her
             armes
             ,
             briskly
             asked
             me
             in
             the
             Syriack
             tongue
             ,
             
               Achibi
               ,
               Nazarini
               che
               senti
               achelect
               ,
            
             Christian
             what
             do
             you
             here
             ,
             I
             streight
             made
             answer
             ,
             
               Mnaar
               Jenesay
               ana
               cardas
               amisi
               antina
               ,
            
             that
             my
             Camarade
             was
             within
             to
             speak
             with
             some
             body
             ,
             but
             she
             with
             indignation
             thrust
             me
             out
             of
             the
             Porch
             ;
             young
             as
             I
             was
             ,
             I
             had
             the
             wit
             to
             present
             her
             with
             a
             pair
             of
             corall
             pendants
             ,
             which
             she
             liked
             well
             ,
             and
             said
             in
             her
             language
             ,
             Thou
             art
             a
             good
             lad
             ,
             but
             the
             other
             is
             a
             knave
             that
             gave
             me
             nothing
             ;
             and
             as
             I
             was
             retiring
             my self
             ,
             she
             courteously
             invited
             me
             in
             ,
             where
             I
             saw
             my
             companion
             take
             some
             small
             things
             out
             of
             his
             bagge
             ,
             which
             he
             presented
             to
             several
             women
             who
             had
             every
             one
             of
             them
             a
             sucking
             child
             at
             their
             brest
             ,
             they
             wore
             rings
             in
             their
             ears
             of
             twice
             hand
             compasse
             ,
             richly
             set
             with
             Diamonds
             and
             Pearls
             ,
             every
             one
             of
             them
             made
             choice
             of
             some
             Venetian
             curiosity
             ,
             which
             though
             of
             small
             value
             ,
             they
             set
             great
             esteem
             upon
             :
             as
             we
             were
             thus
             entertaining
             these
             Ladies
             ,
             in
             came
             a
             grave
             Moore
             ,
             Counpayniors
             brother
             ,
             who
             upon
             notice
             that
             two
             strangers
             were
             entered
             his
             house
             ,
             came
             presently
             home
             ,
             fir'd
             with
             jealousie
             ,
             a
             passion
             most
             of
             them
             are
             infected
             with
             ,
             as
             was
             easily
             seen
             in
             the
             rage
             and
             distraction
             of
             his
             countenance
             :
             but
             after
             he
             perceived
             his
             brother
             ,
             he
             ran
             to
             his
             embraces
             ,
             with
             many
             caresses
             took
             me
             by
             the
             hand
             ,
             
             in
             French
             said
             we
             were
             most
             welcome
             ;
             and
             told
             us
             he
             was
             the
             Renegado
             Murat
             called
             Silvester
             ,
             compelled
             thereto
             by
             force
             ,
             but
             resolved
             to
             leave
             Turkisme
             ,
             and
             become
             a
             Christian
             again
             ,
             as
             we
             were
             :
             after
             many
             complements
             ,
             invited
             us
             to
             eat
             :
             then
             a
             cloth
             of
             leather
             delicately
             dressed
             ,
             being
             spread
             upon
             the
             ground
             ,
             they
             brought
             in
             boyled
             mutton
             ,
             rice
             ,
             and
             their
             melted
             butter
             called
             Manteque
             ,
             we
             made
             a
             good
             dinner
             ,
             drinking
             Ragui
             their
             common
             drink
             ,
             composed
             of
             water
             ,
             figges
             ,
             and
             Dates
             ,
             and
             is
             a
             sort
             of
             strong
             water
             ,
             for
             wine
             they
             have
             not
             any
             .
             At
             dinner
             I
             seriously
             observed
             the
             Renegado
             Murat
             ,
             a
             man
             of
             graceful
             personage
             ,
             well
             proportioned
             ,
             and
             taller
             by
             the
             head
             then
             my
             fellow-traveller
             ,
             and
             nothing
             like
             him
             ;
             and
             I
             observed
             women
             with
             what
             content
             they
             listened
             to
             our
             manner
             of
             discourse
             .
          
           
             At
             dinner
             the
             two
             brothers
             discoursed
             of
             their
             affaires
             ,
             and
             design
             in
             Arabick
             ,
             conceiving
             I
             understood
             them
             not
             ,
             but
             during
             my
             eight
             moneths
             residence
             at
             the
             Grand
             Caire
             ,
             I
             had
             learnt
             
             enough
             to
             understand
             their
             discourse
             ;
             and
             heard
             my
             fellow
             relate
             this
             shipwrack
             ,
             and
             the
             manner
             thereof
             ;
             and
             that
             he
             came
             to
             crave
             his
             assistance
             to
             recover
             his
             losses
             ;
             the
             Renegado
             told
             him
             ,
             that
             in
             few
             dayes
             he
             should
             take
             a
             journey
             for
             Meka
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             could
             procure
             him
             so
             many
             Cherafs
             ,
             or
             Duckets
             by
             the
             month
             ,
             and
             at
             his
             returne
             from
             that
             voyage
             he
             would
             give
             him
             a
             summe
             of
             money
             ,
             if
             he
             returned
             not
             himselfe
             home
             with
             him
             :
             to
             this
             my
             camarade
             made
             answar
             ,
             he
             had
             undertaken
             to
             conduct
             me
             to
             Jerusalem
             ,
             and
             that
             it
             would
             be
             a
             shame
             to
             him
             to
             leave
             me
             so
             young
             ;
             the
             Renegado
             replyed
             ,
             that
             I
             should
             go
             along
             with
             them
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             would
             furnish
             me
             with
             a
             Camell
             for
             the
             journey
             ,
             and
             that
             coming
             back
             we
             should
             see
             Jerusalem
             .
             All
             this
             I
             understood
             ,
             
             and
             though
             not
             pleased
             to
             see
             my
             intention
             crossed
             ,
             yet
             I
             durst
             not
             take
             the
             least
             notice
             ,
             for
             feare
             they
             should
             put
             some
             trick
             upon
             me
             ,
             considering
             they
             might
             leave
             me
             behind
             ,
             or
             sell
             me
             ,
             or
             exchange
             me
             for
             some
             peeces
             of
             wine
             ,
             which
             in
             those
             Countreys
             is
             both
             rare
             and
             deare
             ,
             sold
             onely
             by
             the
             Apothecaries
             for
             the
             sick
             ,
             or
             by
             Christian
             Merchants
             .
             Thus
             I
             heard
             them
             advise
             how
             to
             be
             rid
             of
             me
             ;
             but
             at
             last
             pittying
             my
             tender
             age
             ,
             they
             resolved
             to
             know
             my
             will
             ,
             and
             then
             my
             Camarade
             freely
             spoke
             his
             brothers
             intention
             ,
             and
             that
             in
             that
             journey
             we
             should
             see
             the
             great
             Desart
             ,
             the
             Mount
             Sinai
             and
             Oreb
             ,
             the
             Townes
             of
             
               Medina
               ,
               La
               Meyur
            
             ,
             and
             many
             other
             remarkable
             places
             ,
             and
             that
             returning
             we
             should
             see
             Jerusalem
             ;
             I
             shewed
             my selfe
             most
             willing
             to
             what
             they
             should
             resolve
             ,
             finding
             no
             other
             way
             to
             save
             my selfe
             ,
             and
             upon
             my
             fellowes
             promise
             coming
             back
             to
             shew
             me
             the
             place
             I
             so
             much
             desired
             .
          
           
             Thus
             resolved
             ,
             they
             provided
             six
             fat
             sheep
             ,
             prize
             two
             ducats
             ,
             
             together
             with
             other
             meat
             ,
             which
             they
             boyled
             in
             a
             great
             chaldron
             ,
             till
             the
             flesh
             came
             from
             the
             bones
             ,
             then
             put
             flesh
             only
             ,
             with
             a
             good
             proportion
             of
             salt
             butter
             in
             the
             same
             Chaldron
             ,
             and
             fryed
             it
             well
             ,
             and
             potted
             it
             up
             for
             our
             journey
             .
             This
             we
             loaded
             upon
             two
             Cammells
             ,
             with
             store
             of
             onyons
             ,
             bisket
             ,
             three
             large
             bottells
             of
             strong
             water
             ,
             with
             others
             full
             of
             fresh
             water
             ,
             and
             other
             necessaries
             ,
             and
             my
             camarade
             and
             self
             had
             a
             camell
             betwixt
             us
             .
             Having
             staid
             eight
             dayes
             at
             Macherib
             ,
             we
             set
             forth
             with
             the
             Caravane
             ,
             
             composed
             of
             great
             numbers
             of
             Merchants
             ,
             and
             of
             above
             twenty
             thousand
             camells
             ,
             loaden
             with
             all
             sorts
             of
             wares
             and
             commodities
             ,
             reaching
             two
             leagues
             in
             length
             .
             The
             Captain
             of
             the
             Town
             accompanied
             us
             with
             five
             hundered
             horse
             unto
             the
             desert
             ,
             but
             further
             he
             could
             not
             go
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             heat
             of
             the
             sands
             ,
             
             that
             burne
             their
             horses
             hoofes
             ,
             and
             founder
             them
             :
             and
             besides
             in
             the
             desert
             there
             is
             extreme
             scarcity
             of
             water
             ,
             which
             we
             carried
             along
             with
             us
             in
             leather
             vessells
             ,
             to
             make
             use
             of
             in
             the
             desert
             of
             Arabia
             ,
             where
             very
             scarcely
             any
             fresh
             is
             found
             .
             We
             crost
             a
             part
             of
             the
             Holy
             Land
             ,
             leaving
             Jerusalem
             on
             the
             right
             hand
             ,
             with
             a
             very
             sensible
             regret
             ,
             to
             be
             within
             a
             dayes
             journey
             of
             that
             place
             ,
             and
             
             not
             to
             see
             the
             City
             .
             The
             nights
             we
             rested
             in
             our
             Tents
             ,
             which
             we
             pitched
             with
             ease
             ,
             fastning
             wooden
             poles
             thorough
             the
             middle
             with
             ropes
             ,
             which
             by
             the
             helpe
             of
             pegs
             struck
             into
             the
             ground
             susteined
             the
             rest
             ;
             drawing
             towards
             the
             south
             ,
             into
             some
             vales
             in
             search
             of
             fresh
             water
             ,
             we
             perceived
             upon
             an
             eminent
             peece
             of
             land
             the
             ruines
             of
             some
             Towns
             ,
             and
             a
             little
             lower
             a
             Lake
             ,
             called
             Sodom
             and
             Gomorra
             ,
             
             or
             the
             Dead
             Sea
             ,
             anciently
             called
             the
             Lake
             Asphaltite
             ,
             which
             to
             this
             day
             doth
             witness
             the
             just
             judgement
             of
             God
             ,
             we
             tasted
             some
             of
             this
             water
             ,
             which
             ,
             although
             very
             brackish
             ,
             yet
             refresht
             us
             for
             the
             present
             .
          
           
             From
             thence
             ,
             after
             seven
             or
             eight
             houres
             rest
             ,
             we
             took
             our
             way
             thorough
             the
             Desert
             ,
             marching
             in
             rank
             and
             file
             ,
             following
             a
             Jurabi
             ,
             
             who
             undertook
             to
             guide
             the
             Caravane
             ,
             making
             use
             of
             the
             Seamans
             compass
             .
          
           
             Upon
             our
             March
             we
             were
             from
             hand
             to
             hand
             advertised
             ,
             that
             some
             one
             of
             our
             company
             was
             missing
             ,
             that
             strayed
             from
             the
             rest
             ,
             't
             was
             the
             companion
             of
             an
             Arabian
             Merchant
             ,
             very
             sad
             for
             the
             losse
             of
             his
             freind
             ;
             
             part
             of
             the
             Caravane
             made
             an
             halt
             ,
             and
             foure
             Moores
             were
             sent
             in
             quest
             of
             him
             ,
             and
             a
             reward
             of
             a
             hundered
             duckets
             was
             in
             hand
             paid
             them
             ,
             but
             they
             brought
             back
             no
             tidings
             of
             him
             ;
             and
             't
             is
             uncertain
             whether
             he
             was
             swallowed
             up
             in
             the
             sands
             ,
             or
             whether
             he
             met
             his
             death
             by
             any
             other
             misfortune
             ,
             as
             it
             often
             happens
             ,
             by
             the
             relation
             of
             a
             Merchant
             then
             in
             our
             company
             ,
             who
             told
             us
             that
             two
             yeares
             before
             (
             travelling
             the
             same
             journey
             )
             a
             camarade
             of
             his
             going
             a
             little
             aside
             from
             the
             company
             about
             his
             necessary
             occasions
             ,
             
             saw
             three
             men
             ,
             who
             called
             him
             by
             his
             name
             ,
             and
             one
             of
             them
             to
             his
             thinking
             favoured
             very
             much
             his
             companion
             ,
             and
             as
             he
             was
             about
             to
             follow
             them
             ,
             his
             reall
             companion
             called
             him
             to
             come
             back
             to
             his
             company
             ,
             and
             the
             strength
             of
             his
             voice
             ,
             found
             himselfe
             deceived
             by
             the
             others
             ,
             and
             thus
             was
             saved
             .
          
           
             And
             all
             Travailers
             in
             these
             parts
             hold
             that
             in
             the
             Deserts
             there
             are
             many
             such
             fantasms
             and
             goblins
             seen
             ,
             that
             strive
             to
             seduce
             the
             Travellers
             ,
             and
             cause
             them
             to
             perish
             with
             hunger
             and
             despaire
             :
             having
             travelled
             fifteen
             dayes
             thorough
             the
             Desert
             ,
             drawing
             still
             towards
             Medina
             ,
             we
             were
             seized
             with
             a
             great
             drowth
             ,
             whereupon
             the
             word
             was
             given
             for
             hand
             to
             hand
             through
             the
             company
             ,
             that
             some
             whose
             Camells
             were
             not
             hard
             loaden
             ,
             should
             go
             seek
             out
             fresh-water
             ,
             amongst
             others
             I
             and
             my
             companion
             offered
             our selves
             ,
             three
             score
             of
             us
             then
             drew
             out
             ,
             who
             waited
             for
             us
             not
             farr
             off
             ,
             ready
             to
             assist
             us
             upon
             the
             least
             notice
             or
             signall
             given
             ;
             we
             were
             guarded
             by
             a
             strong
             Troope
             ,
             assigned
             us
             by
             the
             Captaine
             ,
             
             to
             defend
             us
             against
             the
             Arabian
             theeves
             ,
             who
             have
             no
             other
             livelihoods
             then
             the
             robberies
             they
             commit
             upon
             the
             Caravannes
             ;
             we
             came
             unto
             the
             side
             of
             a
             little
             sandy
             hill
             ,
             where
             we
             found
             great
             store
             of
             little
             trees
             ,
             called
             Salicor
             ,
             of
             which
             they
             make
             their
             pot
             ashes
             for
             glasses
             :
             
             a
             little
             further
             we
             discovered
             an
             Indian
             cane
             with
             a
             flagge
             at
             the
             end
             of
             it
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             sign
             they
             put
             upon
             a
             spring
             in
             those
             parts
             ;
             and
             groaping
             with
             our
             hands
             in
             the
             sand
             ,
             we
             found
             a
             great
             piece
             of
             Camels
             leather
             ,
             that
             stopt
             the
             mouth
             of
             a
             well
             :
             we
             drew
             up
             some
             water
             to
             drink
             our selves
             ,
             and
             some
             to
             carry
             back
             to
             our
             Camarades
             ,
             which
             we
             thought
             pretty
             good
             ,
             though
             very
             salt
             and
             brackish
             :
             a
             piece
             of
             money
             was
             given
             to
             him
             that
             first
             found
             out
             the
             well
             ,
             and
             having
             stayed
             there
             ,
             some
             ten
             houres
             at
             least
             ,
             we
             went
             back
             towards
             our
             company
             ,
             with
             whom
             we
             joyned
             ,
             and
             distributed
             our
             water
             among
             them
             :
             That
             night
             we
             rested
             near
             a
             hill
             ,
             and
             left
             our
             lodging
             an
             hour
             before
             day
             ,
             entring
             into
             very
             white
             sands
             ,
             and
             so
             small
             ,
             that
             the
             dust
             troubled
             us
             very
             much
             .
             We
             had
             then
             entred
             the
             stony
             Arabia
             ,
             and
             the
             desert
             ,
             and
             proceeding
             in
             our
             way
             ,
             we
             came
             to
             the
             foot
             of
             Mount
             Sina
             ,
             
             called
             by
             the
             
               Arabians
               ,
               Lurle
            
             ,
             or
             Tur
             ,
             so
             famous
             in
             the
             Holy
             Scripture
             ,
             Exod.
             19.
             being
             the
             place
             where
             God
             gave
             the
             law
             to
             Moses
             ,
             and
             is
             therefore
             to
             this
             day
             called
             Gods
             Mountain
             ,
             and
             joyned
             to
             Oreb
             ,
             now
             called
             Saint
             Catherines
             Mount
             ,
             because
             't
             is
             believed
             that
             Saint
             Catherines
             shryne
             reposes
             there
             ,
             The
             Arabians
             pay
             ,
             
             great
             reverence
             to
             Mount
             Sina
             ,
             and
             do
             not
             suffer
             beasts
             to
             feed
             thereon
             :
             They
             yet
             remark
             the
             Rock
             Moses
             miraculously
             drew
             water
             out
             of
             ,
             Exod.
             17.
             but
             there
             is
             none
             there
             for
             the
             present
             ,
             although
             there
             be
             plenty
             in
             several
             other
             places
             of
             the
             Hill
             ,
             for
             both
             the
             Priests
             Caloires
             ,
             and
             Mahometans
             ,
             that
             inhabit
             the
             hill
             ,
             have
             several
             good
             springs
             .
          
           
             Some
             hold
             Sina
             and
             Oreb
             to
             be
             two
             Hills
             ,
             others
             hold
             them
             to
             be
             but
             one
             ,
             divided
             onely
             in
             two
             
               Copps
               ,
               Sina
            
             on
             the
             East
             ,
             and
             Oreb
             on
             the
             West
             ,
             and
             is
             not
             so
             eminent
             as
             the
             former
             ;
             at
             the
             foot
             of
             this
             Hill
             Justinian
             the
             Emperor
             founded
             a
             Monastery
             called
             Saint
             Catherines
             ,
             possessed
             by
             the
             Caloires
             ,
             Monks
             of
             the
             order
             of
             Saint
             Basil
             ,
             as
             those
             are
             at
             Mount
             Athos
             ,
             or
             Mount
             Santo
             in
             Greece
             ;
             this
             Mountain
             abounds
             in
             herbage
             and
             pasture
             .
          
           
             The
             three
             Arabia's
             are
             commonly
             called
             
               Petrea
               ,
               Deserta
            
             ,
             
             and
             Faelix
             ,
             this
             is
             properly
             Petrea
             ,
             or
             the
             stony
             Arabia
             ,
             through
             which
             the
             children
             of
             Israel
             went
             into
             the
             land
             of
             Promise
             :
             thus
             called
             ,
             not
             from
             the
             stones
             or
             rocks
             ,
             but
             from
             Petra
             ,
             a
             very
             ancient
             town
             ,
             since
             called
             Herac
             ,
             or
             Arach
             ,
             which
             was
             the
             chief
             town
             of
             that
             division
             of
             Arabia
             ,
             also
             called
             by
             some
             Nabathea
             ;
             in
             this
             Arabia
             were
             the
             several
             countries
             or
             Provinces
             of
             
               Amalec
               ,
               Edom
               ,
               Moab
            
             ,
             and
             Madian
             ,
             containing
             several
             deserts
             ,
             as
             that
             of
             
               Sin
               ,
               Sur
               ,
               Cedat
               ,
               &
               Cadez
               ,
            
             and
             others
             ,
             it
             begins
             near
             the
             Jordan
             ,
             and
             ends
             Southward
             towards
             the
             desert
             Arabia
             ,
             with
             great
             hills
             interposed
             ,
             and
             the
             desert
             of
             Benascali
             ,
             of
             great
             extent
             ;
             where
             for
             the
             benefit
             of
             passengers
             ,
             are
             wells
             built
             with
             bones
             of
             dead
             men
             and
             beasts
             ,
             for
             want
             of
             stones
             .
             The
             desert
             Arabia
             hath
             great
             want
             of
             water
             ,
             and
             is
             called
             by
             some
             Estreiemin
             ,
             by
             others
             Soball
             ,
             the
             Sarasens
             call
             it
             Barraab
             ,
             it
             contains
             Meka
             and
             Medina
             .
          
           
           
             The
             happy
             Arabia
             towards
             Ader
             is
             called
             Ayman
             ;
             The
             stony
             hath
             been
             peopled
             with
             Sarasens
             or
             Aragenes
             ,
             the
             spring
             of
             Mahometanisme
             :
             The
             desert
             is
             chiefly
             possessed
             by
             robbers
             ,
             cut-throats
             ,
             and
             rogues
             ;
             The
             happy
             called
             Sabea
             ,
             part
             of
             it
             is
             subject
             to
             the
             Turk
             ,
             part
             of
             it
             to
             the
             Sophy
             of
             Persia
             ,
             the
             rest
             hath
             Kings
             ,
             and
             particular
             Lords
             ,
             and
             Masters
             .
          
           
             The
             stony
             is
             surrounded
             with
             great
             hills
             ,
             and
             is
             well
             stored
             with
             water
             ,
             having
             West-ward
             Egypt
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             two
             Arabia's
             ,
             Northward
             ,
             Judaea
             and
             Syria
             ,
             and
             from
             Syria
             ,
             through
             the
             stony
             the
             chiefest
             part
             of
             the
             desert
             ,
             is
             least
             on
             the
             left
             hand
             .
             This
             desert
             hath
             vast
             wildernesses
             utterly
             uninhabited
             ,
             except
             in
             few
             places
             where
             there
             are
             small
             rivers
             ;
             
             and
             hath
             onely
             the
             towns
             of
             Medina
             and
             Meka
             ,
             and
             the
             Castle
             of
             Metar
             where
             some
             say
             Mahomet
             writ
             his
             Alcoran
             ,
             the
             great
             desert
             of
             Benhali
             ,
             or
             Benaseali
             ,
             of
             which
             I
             late
             spoke
             of
             runnes
             quite
             through
             her
             ,
             is
             twelve
             dayes
             journey
             over
             ,
             covered
             with
             white
             sand
             ,
             and
             small
             as
             dust
             :
             The
             happy
             called
             by
             the
             
               Arabians
               Rahahac
            
             ,
             is
             divided
             from
             the
             desert
             at
             the
             Haven
             Ziden
             ,
             
             and
             hath
             very
             fair
             Provinces
             ,
             as
             
               Aden
               ,
               Agias
            
             ,
             and
             others
             ,
             unto
             the
             Isles
             of
             Maera
             ,
             and
             Mazira
             ,
             towards
             the
             
               Cape
               Rosolgate
            
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             IV.
             Of
             the
             town
             of
             Medina
             ,
             and
             the
             false
             Prophet
             ,
             Mahomets
             successors
             .
          
           
             FRom
             Mount
             Sina
             ,
             we
             came
             in
             few
             dayes
             to
             a
             little
             hill
             ,
             where
             there
             stands
             a
             Village
             called
             Jusoreh
             ,
             inhabited
             allmost
             by
             Jews
             onely
             ,
             
             and
             a
             well
             of
             the
             best
             water
             can
             be
             drunk
             :
             those
             Jews
             hide
             their
             secret
             parts
             ,
             with
             a
             linnen
             cloth
             ,
             and
             are
             naked
             for
             the
             rest
             of
             their
             bodies
             :
             they
             are
             naturally
             crafty
             and
             malicious
             ,
             
             much
             given
             to
             stealing
             ,
             which
             is
             esteemed
             a
             vertue
             amongst
             them
             .
             They
             once
             cunningly
             stole
             my
             Camarades
             Cassock
             which
             he
             wore
             ;
             one
             amongst
             them
             feigning
             himself
             mad
             ,
             begged
             an
             almes
             of
             him
             ,
             and
             seeing
             he
             had
             a
             Cassock
             of
             good
             fine
             cloth
             ,
             maliciously
             threw
             abundance
             of
             vermine
             which
             he
             had
             in
             a
             basket
             upon
             his
             clothes
             ,
             and
             forced
             my
             companion
             to
             strip
             himself
             of
             Cassock
             ,
             
             Doublet
             ,
             and
             all
             ,
             to
             shake
             off
             the
             vermine
             ;
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Jewes
             gave
             their
             seeming
             assistance
             ,
             correcting
             the
             pretended
             mad-man
             ,
             or
             cheat
             ,
             whilst
             he
             run
             away
             with
             coat
             ,
             and
             doublet
             ;
             which
             my
             fellow
             never
             after
             heard
             of
             ;
             but
             it
             made
             us
             merry
             in
             the
             rest
             of
             our
             journey
             .
          
           
             At
             length
             having
             travelled
             five
             and
             forty
             dayes
             travail
             from
             Macharib
             ,
             without
             much
             rest
             ,
             but
             on
             Frydaies
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             Mahometans
             Sabbath
             :
             we
             approached
             near
             
               Medinat
               al
               Nabi
            
             ,
             or
             the
             Prophets
             City
             ,
             
             and
             there
             stopt
             the
             Caravane
             ,
             every
             one
             pitching
             
             his
             tent
             :
             't
             was
             a
             delight
             to
             behold
             our
             company
             ,
             that
             seemed
             a
             numerous
             Army
             rank't
             in
             order
             round
             about
             a
             well
             ,
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             divers
             Date
             trees
             .
             We
             arrived
             at
             Medina
             ,
             formerly
             Jesrab
             ,
             
             a
             Town
             of
             the
             desert
             Arabia
             ,
             where
             Mahomet
             died
             and
             was
             buried
             ;
             he
             was
             born
             at
             Jetrib
             ,
             or
             Meka
             ;
             in
             this
             town
             there
             are
             very
             good
             waters
             ,
             for
             which
             cause
             it
             is
             well
             peopled
             :
             There
             my
             Camarade
             put
             a
             base
             cheat
             upon
             his
             brother
             ;
             telling
             him
             that
             if
             he
             would
             intrust
             him
             with
             certain
             commodities
             ,
             he
             would
             go
             trade
             with
             them
             at
             Ziden
             (
             a
             Haven
             in
             the
             red
             sea
             ,
             near
             to
             Meka
             )
             where
             were
             arrived
             some
             ships
             from
             the
             India's
             ,
             as
             he
             understood
             by
             some
             Abyssins
             he
             met
             in
             pilgrimage
             at
             Mount
             Sina
             ,
             
             the
             Renegado
             Murat
             believed
             him
             ,
             and
             bought
             six
             Camels
             at
             Medina
             ,
             and
             loaded
             them
             with
             several
             commodities
             ,
             which
             he
             committed
             to
             his
             brother
             Cassis
             ,
             and
             to
             account
             for
             them
             at
             his
             return
             :
             but
             instead
             of
             going
             to
             the
             place
             ,
             he
             pretended
             to
             his
             brother
             ,
             he
             turned
             his
             course
             towards
             the
             happy
             
               Arabia
               ,
               Zibit
               ,
               Aden
               ,
               Ormus
               ,
            
             
             from
             thence
             through
             Persia
             ,
             to
             the
             East
             India's
             and
             to
             the
             
               Preste
               Johns
            
             countrey
             ,
             and
             to
             other
             places
             as
             you
             shall
             hear
             .
          
           
             Some
             have
             said
             ,
             that
             either
             at
             Medina
             or
             Meka
             ,
             
             was
             Mahomets
             tombe
             all
             of
             iron
             ,
             suspended
             in
             the
             ayre
             with
             a
             loadstone
             ;
             but
             I
             have
             heard
             for
             certain
             ,
             that
             the
             false
             Prophet
             died
             at
             Medina
             ,
             and
             is
             there
             buried
             ,
             where
             to
             this
             day
             his
             tombe
             is
             frequently
             visited
             by
             Mahometan
             pilgrims
             ,
             
             from
             all
             parts
             of
             the
             world
             ;
             as
             the
             holy
             Sepulcher
             at
             Jerusalem
             ,
             is
             visited
             by
             Christians
             :
             thither
             go
             the
             Caravanes
             ,
             from
             
               Aleppo
               ,
               Damas
            
             ,
             
             and
             the
             grand
             Cair
             ,
             and
             from
             other
             places
             :
             there
             meet
             sometimes
             ,
             above
             forty
             or
             fifty
             thousand
             persons
             ,
             and
             as
             many
             Camels
             ,
             with
             some
             guards
             of
             souldiers
             .
             This
             tombe
             is
             built
             of
             white
             marble
             ,
             with
             the
             tombs
             of
             
               Ebubeker
               ,
               Ali
               ,
               Omar
            
             ,
             and
             
               Ottman
               ,
               Califfs
            
             ,
             and
             Mahomets
             successors
             ,
             and
             every
             one
             a
             book
             lying
             by
             them
             of
             their
             lives
             ,
             
             and
             their
             Sect
             or
             opinion
             ,
             which
             are
             very
             discrepant
             :
             there
             are
             also
             a
             great
             number
             of
             Lamps
             alwayes
             lighted
             ;
             we
             were
             desirous
             to
             be
             informed
             by
             Murats
             means
             ,
             whether
             the
             monument
             had
             ever
             been
             held
             up
             in
             the
             ayre
             ,
             we
             were
             answered
             by
             an
             Alfaquis
             ,
             or
             Turkish
             Priest
             ,
             that
             formerly
             Mahomets
             body
             had
             there
             reposed
             ;
             but
             that
             since
             the
             Angels
             had
             translated
             his
             body
             before
             God
             ,
             to
             assist
             him
             at
             his
             great
             Judgement
             ;
             and
             told
             us
             many
             other
             fopperies
             ,
             that
             occasioned
             Murat
             to
             ask
             why
             that
             tombe
             was
             built
             ,
             to
             which
             we
             received
             some
             frivolous
             answer
             :
             the
             tombe
             is
             three
             steps
             or
             thereabouts
             in
             ground
             ,
             the
             steps
             are
             white
             marble
             ;
             and
             the
             Turks
             believe
             to
             this
             day
             ,
             that
             the
             Tombe
             hangs
             in
             the
             ayre
             ,
             and
             wonder
             very
             much
             ,
             when
             we
             tell
             them
             we
             have
             seen
             the
             contrary
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             V.
             How
             Mahomet
             composed
             his
             Alcoran
             ,
             his
             victories
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             rarities
             and
             ceremonies
             of
             Meka
             .
          
           
             
             THe
             people
             of
             this
             Country
             were
             called
             Saracenes
             ,
             since
             Sarazins
             from
             a
             town
             called
             Saraco
             ,
             or
             rather
             from
             Elfarack
             ,
             which
             in
             their
             language
             signifies
             ,
             to
             live
             by
             robbery
             ;
             as
             all
             the
             inhabitants
             there
             have
             ever
             been
             great
             thieves
             and
             robbers
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             the
             chiefest
             part
             of
             the
             desert
             ,
             Arabians
             ,
             and
             
               Africanian
               Arabians
            
             are
             at
             present
             .
             
             The
             Impostor-Prophet
             Mahomet
             was
             born
             amongst
             them
             at
             Itrarib
             ,
             or
             Jetrib
             ;
             a
             small
             village
             now
             called
             Meka
             ,
             or
             near
             unto
             it
             .
             He
             derived
             his
             Pedegree
             from
             Ismael
             ,
             from
             his
             youth
             inventing
             his
             false
             law
             ;
             being
             a
             subtle
             ,
             crafty
             ,
             undertaking
             person
             ;
             he
             took
             advantage
             of
             the
             discontents
             of
             some
             Sarazins
             ,
             that
             were
             not
             paid
             their
             pay
             by
             the
             Grecian
             Emperour
             Heraclius
             his
             officers
             ,
             and
             made
             use
             of
             them
             to
             run
             over
             that
             Empire
             ,
             with
             such
             success
             from
             the
             beginning
             ,
             that
             he
             undertook
             greater
             things
             ;
             which
             the
             easier
             to
             compasse
             ,
             
             he
             gave
             them
             a
             newer
             Law
             ,
             compiled
             with
             a
             mixture
             of
             their
             old
             one
             ,
             making
             them
             believe
             't
             was
             revealed
             and
             inspired
             into
             him
             from
             above
             :
             but
             which
             in
             truth
             he
             had
             forged
             and
             composed
             himself
             ,
             by
             the
             help
             of
             some
             Christian
             Apostates
             ,
             among
             others
             of
             two
             Christians
             ,
             sword-cutlers
             ,
             and
             slaves
             then
             in
             Meka
             ,
             
             and
             very
             ignorant
             fellowes
             ,
             and
             thus
             fill'd
             his
             Alcoran
             full
             of
             fopperies
             and
             Impertinencies
             ,
             which
             he
             published
             by
             the
             sword
             ;
             and
             by
             force
             of
             of
             arms
             ,
             forced
             all
             persons
             he
             could
             to
             receive
             it
             .
             Three
             principal
             means
             he
             made
             use
             of
             ,
             to
             establish
             his
             Sect
             :
             First
             of
             all
             Sorceries
             ,
             impostures
             ,
             and
             deceits
             ;
             Secondly
             ,
             of
             a
             liberty
             of
             conscience
             ,
             sensuality
             ,
             and
             licentiousnesse
             .
             Thirdly
             ,
             and
             lastly
             ,
             of
             the
             force
             of
             arms
             .
             
             Medina
             was
             the
             first
             town
             he
             reduced
             ,
             and
             there
             was
             proclaimed
             King
             by
             his
             Captains
             and
             Officers
             .
             
               Ebubeker
               ,
               Ali
               ,
               Omar
               ,
               Ottman
               :
            
             and
             the
             others
             that
             succeeded
             him
             ,
             were
             called
             Califfs
             ,
             afterwards
             he
             sent
             them
             to
             conquer
             Asia
             and
             Africa
             ,
             and
             in
             few
             years
             they
             reduced
             both
             those
             parts
             wholly
             to
             their
             obedience
             ,
             setting
             up
             their
             law
             which
             hath
             there
             continued
             ever
             since
             ;
             for
             they
             and
             their
             successors
             have
             founded
             the
             greatest
             Empires
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             so
             continue
             at
             this
             day
             ,
             as
             the
             Turk
             ,
             the
             Persian
             ,
             the
             great
             Mogull
             ,
             the
             Tartar
             ,
             the
             Jerez
             ,
             and
             Moracko
             ,
             and
             infinite
             more
             Kings
             in
             Africa
             and
             Asia
             ,
             the
             East
             India's
             ,
             and
             the
             adjacent
             Isles
             :
             from
             this
             cursed
             Doctrine
             are
             sprouted
             forth
             many
             diverse
             Sects
             .
          
           
             We
             left
             Medina
             and
             came
             to
             Meka
             another
             town
             of
             the
             desert
             Arabia
             ,
             in
             the
             two
             and
             twentieth
             degree
             ,
             and
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             impurity
             of
             the
             ayr
             ,
             there
             is
             scarce
             any
             more
             then
             these
             two
             townes
             
             in
             the
             whole
             country
             :
             it
             is
             two
             dayes
             journey
             from
             Medina
             ,
             pretty
             large
             ,
             of
             the
             quantity
             of
             Roan
             ,
             or
             twice
             as
             big
             as
             Marseils
             ,
             't
             is
             surrounded
             with
             great
             and
             steep
             hills
             ,
             which
             serves
             her
             for
             defence
             ,
             and
             makes
             the
             accesse
             difficult
             ,
             there
             are
             abundance
             of
             Merchants
             ,
             and
             very
             rich
             ,
             having
             upon
             the
             23.
             of
             May
             yearly
             ,
             a
             famous
             Fair
             which
             they
             call
             their
             Jubile
             .
             To
             facilitate
             the
             passage
             from
             the
             plain
             there
             are
             four
             avenues
             cut
             through
             the
             Mountain
             ,
             easie
             to
             be
             maintained
             ;
             near
             unto
             the
             Town
             is
             the
             Hill
             called
             Jubara
             ,
             
             where
             't
             is
             believed
             Abraham
             would
             have
             sacrificed
             his
             Son
             Isaac
             ,
             and
             in
             a
             certain
             place
             there
             ,
             the
             Marabouts
             immolate
             at
             this
             time
             ;
             there
             the
             pilgrims
             offer
             sheep
             ,
             and
             distribute
             the
             flesh
             and
             offalls
             to
             the
             poor
             ,
             who
             are
             very
             numerous
             ,
             and
             give
             them
             water
             to
             drink
             ,
             they
             devour
             those
             entrails
             half
             raw
             ,
             impatient
             to
             stay
             the
             dressing
             of
             them
             ;
             they
             make
             holes
             in
             the
             sand
             and
             bake
             them
             therein
             ;
             this
             Abrahams
             Mountain
             is
             a
             league
             and
             a
             half
             distant
             from
             the
             Town
             ,
             and
             near
             it
             is
             scituate
             a
             village
             of
             a
             hundred
             and
             fifty
             houses
             or
             thereabouts
             ,
             with
             a
             Mosquee
             or
             Temple
             ,
             frequently
             called
             Meka
             stately
             ,
             high
             ,
             and
             built
             upon
             pillars
             ;
             those
             dayes
             they
             sacrifice
             ,
             they
             let
             water
             run
             through
             pipes
             at
             the
             portall
             ,
             wherewith
             they
             wash
             their
             feet
             ,
             there
             are
             no
             springs
             in
             those
             parts
             ,
             water
             being
             brought
             from
             other
             places
             ,
             and
             is
             extream
             scarce
             and
             dear
             ,
             and
             the
             least
             quantity
             you
             can
             drink
             will
             cost
             you
             an
             estere
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             a
             crown
             .
             The
             Turks
             ascending
             this
             Hill
             throw
             stones
             in
             three
             places
             ,
             where
             are
             great
             heaps
             ;
             and
             this
             (
             they
             say
             )
             they
             do
             to
             spite
             the
             Devil
             ,
             because
             he
             endeavoured
             in
             those
             three
             places
             to
             divert
             Abraham
             from
             his
             sacrifice
             ;
             for
             (
             they
             say
             )
             that
             the
             Devil
             appeared
             to
             Isaac
             ascending
             the
             hill
             ,
             and
             said
             to
             him
             ,
             that
             his
             Father
             would
             sacrifice
             him
             ;
             Isaac
             made
             no
             reply
             ,
             and
             the
             Devil
             tempting
             Isaac
             the
             second
             time
             ,
             he
             threw
             a
             stone
             at
             him
             ;
             and
             from
             hence
             begun
             this
             custom
             of
             the
             pilgrims
             ,
             from
             thence
             by
             a
             little
             descent
             the
             pilgrims
             come
             to
             the
             Mosquee
             or
             Temple
             ,
             a
             league
             distant
             ,
             or
             thereabouts
             ,
             from
             the
             top
             of
             the
             Hill
             ,
             their
             heads
             bowed
             down
             ,
             and
             their
             armes
             acrosse
             ,
             
             the
             Cherifs
             deputy
             casts
             a
             paile
             of
             water
             upon
             their
             heads
             ,
             wetting
             them
             from
             top
             to
             toe
             ,
             which
             they
             hold
             a
             purification
             or
             expiation
             of
             their
             sins
             ,
             pronouncing
             these
             words
             ,
             
               Ala
               rahmani
               Ala
               ila
            
             ,
             which
             signifies
             ,
             God
             purifie
             thee
             ,
             next
             they
             proceed
             to
             prayers
             in
             the
             Mosquee
             or
             Temple
             ,
             which
             are
             onely
             made
             at
             the
             time
             (
             they
             call
             )
             Zilaite
             ,
             which
             is
             upon
             the
             three
             and
             twentieth
             of
             May
             ;
             and
             at
             the
             same
             time
             without
             changing
             their
             clothes
             they
             pray
             standing
             ,
             with
             a
             great
             modesty
             ;
             and
             when
             they
             keep
             their
             fasts
             they
             neither
             eat
             nor
             drink
             by
             day
             ,
             but
             they
             eat
             all
             the
             next
             night
             .
          
           
             The
             Mosca
             or
             Temple
             of
             Meka
             is
             a
             masse
             of
             stones
             built
             round
             ,
             and
             much
             like
             St.
             Sophya
             at
             Constantinople
             ,
             you
             ascend
             unto
             it
             fifteen
             or
             sixteen
             steps
             ,
             without
             and
             round
             about
             it
             are
             built
             fair
             piazza's
             ,
             or
             galleries
             ,
             where
             the
             Merchants
             keep
             their
             Exchange
             ,
             and
             expose
             to
             sale
             their
             drugs
             ,
             perfumes
             ,
             jewels
             ,
             and
             
             severall
             other
             sorts
             of
             commodities
             ;
             in
             this
             Town
             is
             vented
             the
             richnesse
             of
             the
             India's
             ,
             and
             Merchants
             flock
             hither
             from
             all
             parts
             of
             the
             world
             ;
             they
             come
             to
             unlade
             at
             Ziden
             a
             Haven
             in
             the
             red
             Sea
             ,
             twelve
             leagues
             distant
             from
             Meka
             :
             the
             road
             between
             Ziden
             and
             Meka
             is
             very
             full
             of
             Merchants
             ,
             they
             carry
             their
             merchandizes
             upon
             Camels
             ,
             some
             bound
             for
             Syria
             ,
             others
             for
             Egypt
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             for
             Europe
             .
          
           
             The
             Christians
             are
             not
             admitted
             into
             the
             Mosque
             ,
             they
             view
             it
             onely
             through
             the
             gate
             in
             disguise
             ,
             you
             are
             not
             sooner
             entred
             but
             you
             see
             Mahomets
             Tomb
             upon
             your
             left
             hand
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             his
             two
             Sons
             in
             law
             ;
             to
             visit
             it
             you
             descend
             three
             or
             four
             steps
             ,
             yet
             't
             is
             generally
             believed
             the
             Tomb
             is
             empty
             ,
             for
             their
             Marabouts
             say
             that
             the
             Angels
             translated
             his
             body
             into
             heaven
             :
             at
             the
             end
             of
             that
             side
             there
             is
             as
             't
             were
             a
             little
             turret
             richly
             adorned
             ,
             where
             the
             treasure
             belonging
             to
             the
             Soudan
             or
             Governour
             of
             the
             Town
             is
             kept
             .
          
           
             A
             little
             further
             within
             stands
             an
             altar
             without
             any
             figure
             ,
             and
             at
             each
             side
             are
             twelve
             bookes
             sumptuously
             bound
             ,
             all
             the
             pillars
             are
             hung
             with
             rich
             tapestry
             ,
             very
             faire
             ,
             and
             of
             lively
             colours
             ,
             but
             without
             the
             figure
             or
             image
             of
             any
             animall
             .
             the
             Town
             is
             Governed
             by
             a
             Sultan
             ,
             or
             Cherif
             ,
             he
             is
             their
             Head
             both
             in
             Temporall
             and
             Spirituall
             Affaires
             ,
             and
             held
             in
             great
             esteeme
             amongst
             them
             ,
             for
             he
             gives
             absolution
             to
             all
             that
             visit
             the
             Mosque
             ,
             the
             sacrifice
             ended
             ,
             he
             uses
             a
             certain
             washing
             ,
             in
             lieu
             of
             Baptisme
             :
             The
             Mosque
             is
             most
             gorgeously
             adorn'd
             ,
             and
             hung
             with
             tapistry
             without
             any
             Imagary
             worke
             ,
             you
             descend
             unto
             it
             eighteen
             or
             twenty
             steps
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             larger
             in
             compass
             then
             the
             Colisee
             at
             
               Rome
               ;
               Mahometans
            
             esteeme
             the
             Town
             Sacred
             ,
             as
             well
             in
             respect
             of
             the
             excellent
             things
             (
             they
             say
             )
             were
             there
             revealed
             unto
             their
             impostor
             Prophet
             ,
             as
             for
             the
             magnificent
             Temple
             dedicated
             to
             his
             name
             ;
             which
             they
             imagine
             built
             by
             the
             Angells
             ,
             visited
             by
             Adam
             ,
             translated
             into
             the
             sixth
             Heaven
             during
             the
             deluge
             ,
             to
             preserve
             it
             from
             the
             waters
             ,
             and
             since
             reedified
             by
             Abraham
             ,
             by
             the
             Modell
             of
             the
             former
             sent
             from
             Heaven
             ;
             they
             give
             great
             reverence
             thereunto
             ,
             and
             also
             to
             a
             stone
             called
             Alkible
             ,
             or
             Aliete
             ,
             which
             they
             adore
             ,
             and
             relate
             a
             thousand
             fables
             of
             it
             .
             The
             Cherif
             ,
             or
             Sultan
             ,
             Governour
             of
             Meka
             stiles
             himselfe
             
               Alaman
               Alhascemi
            
             ,
             which
             signifies
             the
             Prince
             ,
             descended
             from
             Hascem
             ,
             Great
             Great
             Grandfather
             to
             Mahomet
             ;
             formerly
             he
             was
             subject
             to
             the
             Soudan
             of
             Aegypt
             ,
             and
             now
             to
             the
             Turk
             ,
             but
             in
             such
             manner
             as
             he
             retains
             a
             great
             Authority
             ;
             nor
             doth
             the
             Turke
             stile
             himself
             King
             ,
             or
             Lord
             of
             Meka
             ,
             but
             her
             humble
             Subject
             ,
             he
             is
             called
             also
             Emir
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             Prince
             .
          
           
             The
             Cherif
             is
             said
             to
             be
             of
             Mahomets
             race
             ,
             he
             presented
             ,
             and
             acknowledged
             Selinus
             to
             be
             the
             Turkish
             Emperour
             ,
             when
             he
             had
             conquered
             Egypt
             ,
             and
             abolished
             the
             Empire
             of
             Mamelus
             ,
             and
             Selinus
             ,
             returned
             him
             a
             great
             respect
             ,
             and
             made
             him
             the
             same
             present
             ,
             of
             a
             silken
             sheet
             large
             enough
             to
             spread
             over
             the
             Prophets
             
             house
             ;
             a
             present
             the
             Soldans
             used
             yearly
             to
             make
             :
             they
             are
             there
             much
             vext
             with
             the
             continuall
             rovings
             and
             robberies
             of
             the
             Arabians
             .
          
           
             Among
             the
             greatest
             rarities
             we
             saw
             in
             this
             Town
             ,
             were
             two
             pearls
             the
             Sultane
             wore
             in
             her
             ears
             ;
             the
             three
             I
             since
             saw
             at
             Lisboe
             ,
             which
             paid
             off
             sixteen
             thousand
             ducates
             of
             the
             Gabelle
             ,
             were
             not
             like
             them
             ,
             for
             these
             go
             beyond
             them
             both
             in
             bignesse
             and
             beauty
             .
             I
             saw
             also
             in
             the
             
               Sultans
               Seraglio
            
             an
             Unicorn
             ,
             as
             since
             I
             have
             seen
             others
             in
             the
             India's
             ,
             and
             at
             the
             Escuriall
             :
             I
             know
             many
             miscreants
             ,
             that
             doubt
             whether
             the
             world
             hath
             such
             a
             beast
             ,
             but
             besides
             those
             ,
             I
             have
             read
             many
             grave
             Authors
             that
             witnesse
             the
             same
             ,
             and
             Bartheme
             sayes
             he
             hath
             seen
             one
             in
             the
             very
             same
             Town
             of
             Meka
             ,
             I
             shall
             say
             something
             more
             of
             it
             in
             my
             treaty
             of
             Pegu
             and
             Canarane
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             VI.
             Of
             Arabia
             Felix
             ,
             of
             Prince
             Sequemir
             Governour
             ,
             of
             Cassia
             ,
             and
             other
             commodities
             of
             Sabaea
             .
          
           
             WE
             left
             Meka
             after
             a
             short
             stay
             there
             ,
             and
             as
             I
             thought
             my
             companion
             would
             have
             struck
             into
             the
             road
             for
             Ziden
             towards
             the
             red
             Sea
             ,
             as
             he
             pretended
             to
             his
             Brother
             Murat
             ,
             and
             my self
             ,
             I
             wondered
             he
             left
             the
             chiefest
             part
             of
             his
             company
             bound
             for
             Ziden
             ,
             and
             that
             with
             the
             other
             part
             he
             took
             his
             way
             towards
             Zibit
             ,
             in
             the
             happy
             Arabia
             ;
             I
             asked
             him
             why
             he
             altered
             his
             resolution
             ,
             and
             laughing
             ,
             he
             made
             me
             this
             answer
             ,
             
             that
             the
             commodities
             he
             carried
             along
             with
             him
             were
             not
             his
             brothers
             ,
             as
             I
             imagined
             ,
             but
             his
             own
             ,
             and
             that
             since
             his
             brother
             had
             denied
             Jesus
             Christ
             he
             deserved
             them
             not
             ,
             and
             thought
             it
             fitter
             to
             make
             them
             his
             own
             ,
             and
             resolved
             to
             see
             the
             world
             at
             his
             charge
             and
             expenses
             .
          
           
             From
             thence
             I
             gathered
             my
             companions
             inclinations
             ,
             since
             thus
             perfidiously
             he
             used
             his
             Brother
             who
             had
             trusted
             him
             ;
             yet
             for
             fear
             he
             should
             play
             me
             some
             trick
             ,
             I
             dissembled
             ,
             in
             hopes
             ,
             that
             by
             the
             grace
             of
             God
             I
             should
             be
             delivered
             from
             him
             ,
             and
             safely
             accomplish
             my
             intended
             journey
             .
          
           
             Thus
             we
             took
             our
             way
             for
             Zibit
             ,
             accompanied
             with
             severall
             Christians
             ,
             and
             other
             Merchants
             ,
             we
             Inn'd
             the
             first
             night
             at
             a
             little
             village
             called
             Ferragous
             ,
             where
             we
             were
             but
             ill
             accommodated
             :
             the
             next
             day
             we
             came
             to
             Outor
             a
             Castle
             ,
             
             noted
             by
             some
             travellers
             ,
             not
             far
             remote
             from
             the
             red
             Sea.
             
          
           
           
             
             There
             is
             a
             deep
             well
             whence
             they
             draw
             water
             ,
             with
             a
             wheel
             turned
             round
             by
             a
             yoke
             of
             Bulls
             ,
             the
             water
             was
             sharp
             and
             hard
             ,
             but
             nothing
             brackish
             ,
             necessity
             made
             us
             like
             it
             :
             at
             two
             leagues
             from
             Outor
             we
             left
             the
             most
             part
             of
             our
             company
             ,
             they
             took
             the
             right
             hand
             the
             ready
             way
             to
             Ziden
             ,
             and
             we
             followed
             our
             tract
             for
             the
             Happy
             Arabia
             ,
             and
             reached
             a
             Town
             called
             Gaza
             ,
             and
             thence
             to
             Zibit
             .
          
           
             
             Thus
             we
             left
             the
             desert
             to
             enter
             the
             Happy
             Arabia
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             Peninsula
             between
             the
             red
             and
             the
             Persick
             Sea
             ,
             scituate
             under
             the
             Tropick
             Cancer
             ;
             her
             length
             is
             from
             the
             Soltania
             of
             Sanna
             towards
             the
             red
             Sea
             ,
             unto
             Agior
             towards
             the
             Persick
             gulf
             ,
             or
             the
             Elcatif
             Sea
             ,
             so
             called
             by
             the
             Arabians
             ,
             I
             have
             often
             travelled
             there
             for
             trade
             sake
             ,
             and
             have
             visited
             most
             of
             her
             Towns
             ;
             this
             Arabia
             is
             of
             large
             extent
             ,
             divided
             into
             fair
             Provinces
             and
             Kingdoms
             .
          
           
             
             We
             arrived
             at
             Zibit
             ,
             a
             Town
             of
             Soltania
             ,
             in
             the
             Company
             of
             a
             Jewish
             Merchant
             ,
             native
             of
             Alibenali
             ,
             a
             great
             Province
             of
             Arabia
             ,
             and
             married
             at
             Zibit
             ,
             he
             lodg'd
             us
             in
             his
             own
             house
             ,
             finding
             he
             could
             make
             a
             gain
             of
             us
             ,
             accompanying
             us
             where
             ever
             we
             would
             go
             ,
             carrying
             with
             him
             on
             horse-back
             things
             to
             refresh
             us
             ,
             being
             a
             man
             versed
             in
             the
             customs
             of
             the
             Countrey
             :
             and
             some
             reason
             he
             had
             to
             be
             kind
             to
             us
             ,
             for
             I
             am
             sure
             my
             camarade
             was
             so
             to
             his
             wife
             ;
             she
             advised
             her
             husband
             to
             be
             thus
             familiarly
             assistant
             to
             us
             ,
             and
             he
             offered
             me
             a
             Daughter
             of
             his
             in
             marriage
             ,
             beleeving
             my
             Camarade
             to
             be
             my
             Father
             .
          
           
             Zibit
             is
             five
             leagues
             from
             the
             red
             sea
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             Haven
             where
             ships
             are
             laden
             and
             unladen
             ,
             and
             from
             this
             place
             commodities
             are
             transported
             from
             the
             India's
             ,
             to
             
               Ziden
               ,
               Suez
            
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             .
             From
             Ziden
             we
             went
             to
             Aden
             ,
             from
             thence
             thorough
             all
             the
             Provinces
             of
             Arabia
             ,
             trading
             ,
             and
             visiting
             the
             chiefest
             and
             fairest
             Townes
             and
             Kingdomes
             .
          
           
             Although
             there
             be
             but
             one
             great
             Prince
             (
             named
             Sequemir
             or
             Sechemir
             )
             chief
             Commander
             of
             the
             fairest
             Provinces
             of
             the
             Happy
             Arabia
             ,
             yet
             there
             are
             severall
             Lords
             that
             acknowledge
             ,
             some
             the
             Persian
             ,
             others
             the
             Turke
             .
             The
             King
             of
             Bacharin
             ,
             or
             Bescharin
             ,
             the
             nearest
             to
             Persia
             ,
             was
             not
             many
             yeares
             since
             subdued
             by
             the
             Sophy
             ;
             and
             was
             likely
             to
             have
             given
             Lawes
             unto
             Elcatif
             ,
             had
             not
             the
             Inhabitants
             of
             Erit
             ,
             and
             other
             Neighbours
             opposed
             him
             ,
             with
             a
             considerable
             Army
             composed
             of
             the
             people
             of
             Massa
             or
             
               Maffa
               ,
               Fartac
               ,
               Mascalat
               ,
               Amazarit
               ,
               Jurmalamam
               ,
               Gubelaemam
               ,
               Machyra
               ,
            
             or
             
               Macyra
               ,
               Suza
            
             ,
             and
             others
             .
          
           
             This
             army
             had
             for
             their
             General
             the
             Sultan
             of
             Sanna
             ,
             that
             commanded
             the
             Van
             ,
             the
             Sultan
             of
             Elcatif
             the
             rear
             ,
             and
             gave
             a
             notable
             blow
             to
             the
             Persian
             ,
             with
             whom
             since
             they
             have
             
             made
             a
             peace
             ,
             and
             have
             thus
             preserved
             themselves
             .
             The
             Soltania
             of
             Tabubari
             ,
             is
             not
             now
             governed
             by
             the
             Sechemir
             ,
             
             but
             by
             the
             Turk
             that
             subdued
             it
             ,
             in
             the
             last
             warre
             against
             the
             Persian
             ;
             this
             countries
             sand
             is
             very
             different
             from
             that
             I
             have
             seen
             in
             other
             places
             ,
             being
             as
             black
             as
             a
             coale
             ,
             and
             not
             so
             troublesome
             to
             travellers
             ,
             being
             something
             heavier
             and
             firmer
             ;
             upon
             this
             countries
             hills
             you
             find
             great
             store
             of
             Frankincense
             ,
             of
             Storax
             ,
             
             and
             Beniamin
             ,
             growing
             upon
             trees
             ,
             and
             other
             sweet
             gummes
             ,
             and
             persons
             are
             purposely
             appointed
             to
             gather
             them
             :
             all
             this
             country
             is
             properly
             called
             Sabaea
             ,
             
             so
             famous
             in
             ancient
             times
             .
          
           
             There
             growes
             great
             store
             of
             Olive
             trees
             ,
             Myrrhe
             ,
             Aloes
             ,
             
             Cinnamon
             ,
             and
             Cassia
             trees
             in
             abundance
             ,
             Falcons
             ,
             Sparhawkes
             ,
             and
             other
             birds
             feede
             thereupon
             ;
             and
             an
             innumerable
             company
             of
             flies
             bred
             out
             of
             the
             corruption
             of
             the
             Cassia
             ,
             causes
             so
             great
             an
             inconvenience
             ,
             as
             the
             Arabians
             are
             forced
             to
             burne
             part
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             in
             some
             other
             places
             they
             gather
             it
             not
             ,
             because
             being
             remote
             from
             the
             sea
             ,
             the
             Portage
             would
             stand
             them
             in
             more
             then
             the
             value
             of
             the
             Commodity
             ,
             though
             in
             many
             great
             Towns
             they
             use
             much
             of
             it
             ;
             where
             by
             reason
             of
             their
             greate
             heats
             they
             distill
             ,
             or
             melt
             the
             juice
             out
             of
             the
             canes
             ,
             and
             drink
             it
             .
             I
             observed
             that
             the
             inhabitants
             of
             
               Arcora
               ,
               Ara
               ,
               Teza
               ,
               Samacara
               ,
            
             and
             of
             other
             Townes
             and
             places
             ,
             delighted
             much
             in
             this
             kinde
             of
             drinke
             ,
             which
             not
             only
             refreshed
             them
             ,
             but
             loosened
             them
             also
             ;
             and
             in
             the
             Townes
             of
             
               Andrivara
               ,
               Lagi
            
             and
             Dante
             ,
             it
             is
             the
             ordinary
             drinke
             used
             the
             summer
             time
             ;
             The
             fruite
             of
             this
             tree
             being
             ripe
             ,
             hath
             an
             unsavory
             sweet
             tast
             ,
             Apes
             and
             Squirells
             flock
             to
             it
             to
             feed
             ;
             
             and
             another
             beast
             called
             Masari
             (
             those
             of
             Fez
             call
             it
             Chicali
             )
             not
             much
             unlike
             a
             Fox
             ,
             a
             beast
             that
             unburies
             the
             dead
             ,
             to
             feed
             upon
             their
             carcasses
             ;
             they
             creepe
             up
             the
             trees
             ,
             shake
             down
             the
             fruit
             ,
             and
             make
             a
             great
             spoyle
             ,
             it
             is
             that
             sweetnesse
             that
             engenders
             those
             flyes
             we
             have
             already
             mentioned
             ,
             which
             were
             no
             small
             trouble
             to
             us
             passing
             by
             .
          
           
             This
             Arabia
             is
             full
             of
             faire
             great
             Townes
             ,
             whether
             by
             reason
             of
             Traffick
             ,
             Merchants
             come
             from
             all
             parts
             ,
             as
             are
             
               Taesa
               ,
               Cana
               ,
               Asigni
            
             ,
             and
             Kada
             ,
             where
             is
             kept
             the
             Sequemirs
             principall
             Magazine
             ,
             or
             store
             house
             .
             The
             chiefest
             haven
             ,
             
             and
             the
             nearest
             to
             this
             side
             of
             the
             Countrey
             is
             Pecher
             ,
             in
             the
             Soltania
             of
             Fartac
             ,
             whither
             those
             of
             
               Bangale
               ,
               Baticala
               ,
               Dabul
               ,
               Cambaye
            
             and
             Malabar
             ,
             bring
             their
             commodities
             to
             Bartar
             ,
             for
             
               Aromatick
               Drugges
            
             ,
             which
             in
             that
             Countrey
             are
             most
             excellent
             ;
             but
             the
             Jewes
             that
             inhabit
             those
             places
             are
             such
             cheates
             ,
             they
             sophisticate
             all
             that
             comes
             thorough
             their
             hands
             :
             it
             is
             a
             particular
             trade
             to
             gather
             the
             Frankinsence
             ,
             Storax
             ,
             Benjamin
             and
             Mastick
             ;
             that
             harvest
             is
             got
             in
             July
             ,
             during
             the
             dog-dayes
             .
             for
             then
             the
             trees
             are
             in
             their
             perfect
             ripenesse
             ;
             they
             gather
             some
             in
             other
             seasons
             ,
             but
             by
             a
             different
             manner
             ,
             making
             an
             incision
             in
             the
             tree
             towards
             spring
             ;
             from
             those
             holes
             runs
             forth
             a
             licquor
             ,
             or
             gumme
             ,
             which
             thickens
             of
             it selfe
             ,
             
             and
             is
             of
             a
             reddish
             colour
             ,
             but
             not
             so
             strong
             nor
             good
             as
             the
             other
             ,
             nor
             of
             so
             great
             a
             value
             ;
             the
             gumme
             that
             issues
             from
             the
             young
             trees
             is
             whiter
             then
             that
             is
             gathered
             from
             the
             old
             ones
             ,
             they
             have
             Myrrhe
             trees
             too
             ,
             but
             what
             of
             that
             is
             brought
             in
             to
             our
             parts
             ,
             
             is
             compounded
             and
             falsified
             :
             all
             the
             Myrrhe
             that
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Ciussimi
             or
             Elcatif
             affords
             ,
             is
             for
             the
             Sequemirs
             own
             use
             ,
             being
             the
             most
             perfect
             ,
             and
             the
             purest
             ;
             what
             the
             Prince
             uses
             not
             ,
             he
             sells
             ,
             and
             is
             therefore
             called
             
               Sequemir
               Pure
            
             ,
             and
             is
             sold
             at
             
               Naban
               ,
               Quesibi
               ,
               Naziri
               ,
               Carmon
               ,
               Liva-Orba
               ,
               Lanua-Orba
               ,
               Costague
               ,
               Manabon
               ,
               Batan
               ,
               Caybir
               ,
               Jague
               ,
               Aloron
               ,
            
             and
             in
             other
             places
             in
             the
             furthest
             parts
             of
             Arabia
             ,
             in
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Anna
             ,
             through
             which
             runs
             the
             river
             ,
             
             Cosan
             ,
             or
             Cosara
             ,
             very
             swift
             ,
             and
             loses
             her self
             in
             the
             Persick
             sea
             ,
             near
             the
             mouth
             of
             Euphrates
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             VII
             .
             Of
             the
             state
             of
             Sequemir
             Prince
             of
             the
             Happy
             Arabia
             ,
             of
             his
             Salsidas
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Califf
             of
             Bagdet
             .
          
           
             
             SEquemir
             whom
             we
             have
             spoken
             of
             ,
             is
             supreme
             Lord
             of
             almost
             the
             whole
             
               Arabia
               Felix
            
             ,
             and
             is
             called
             Sequemir
             ,
             as
             you
             may
             say
             ,
             Holy
             Lord
             ,
             for
             his
             goodnesse
             and
             clemency
             ,
             because
             he
             puts
             none
             to
             death
             ,
             except
             prisoners
             of
             warre
             :
             but
             when
             a
             person
             hath
             committed
             a
             crime
             ,
             he
             keeps
             him
             fetter'd
             in
             prison
             during
             life
             ,
             without
             debarring
             him
             from
             the
             sight
             of
             the
             Sunne
             ,
             saying
             that
             God
             hath
             liberally
             distributed
             that
             light
             to
             all
             persons
             without
             exception
             ;
             there
             have
             been
             twenty
             thousand
             prisoners
             in
             irons
             at
             one
             and
             the
             same
             time
             .
             His
             Court
             is
             stately
             and
             magnificent
             ,
             he
             hath
             a
             great
             number
             of
             men
             devoted
             to
             his
             service
             ,
             who
             freely
             offer
             up
             their
             lives
             for
             him
             at
             his
             command
             ,
             believing
             they
             go
             streight
             to
             heaven
             ,
             dying
             for
             their
             Prince
             .
          
           
             They
             relate
             of
             a
             Turkish
             Emperour
             returning
             home
             from
             the
             Persick
             war
             through
             this
             country
             ,
             desired
             the
             sight
             of
             the
             Prince
             Sequemir
             ,
             and
             of
             his
             Salsidas
             ,
             
             or
             Saldridas
             ,
             for
             so
             his
             devotes
             were
             called
             ;
             having
             visited
             him
             in
             his
             towne
             of
             Samacara
             ,
             capital
             of
             that
             country
             ;
             after
             many
             Caresses
             ,
             and
             a
             Princely
             entertainment
             ,
             he
             desired
             the
             sight
             of
             his
             Salsidas
             ,
             and
             a
             proof
             of
             that
             great
             love
             and
             fidelity
             they
             bore
             unto
             their
             Prince
             :
             Sequemir
             called
             some
             of
             them
             in
             ,
             and
             only
             spoke
             these
             words
             
               Amissi
               Barou
            
             ,
             and
             instantly
             four
             of
             them
             threw
             themselves
             out
             of
             the
             window
             ,
             and
             more
             of
             them
             attempting
             it
             ,
             were
             hindred
             by
             the
             Grand
             Seignior
             ,
             satisfied
             with
             the
             proof
             he
             had
             already
             made
             ,
             which
             he
             held
             so
             admirable
             ,
             
             that
             he
             demanded
             twelve
             of
             them
             to
             take
             back
             into
             his
             Country
             ,
             which
             the
             Sequemir
             willingly
             granted
             ;
             and
             being
             asked
             whether
             they
             would
             have
             as
             great
             an
             affection
             for
             a
             new
             Master
             ,
             and
             if
             they
             would
             as
             willingly
             dye
             for
             him
             ,
             as
             for
             their
             old
             Lord
             ;
             one
             of
             them
             made
             answer
             to
             the
             Turk
             :
             if
             our
             Prince
             commands
             us
             to
             dye
             for
             thee
             ,
             we
             are
             from
             this
             very
             instant
             ready
             to
             obey
             him
             :
             The
             Turk
             told
             them
             ,
             in
             time
             he
             should
             have
             need
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             would
             preserve
             them
             ,
             and
             esteem
             them
             his
             best
             friends
             ;
             and
             taking
             them
             away
             with
             him
             ,
             he
             maintained
             them
             handsomely
             ,
             and
             near
             his
             person
             ;
             but
             after
             the
             death
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Emperour
             ,
             they
             all
             returned
             back
             to
             their
             old
             Master
             ,
             esteeming
             it
             the
             greatest
             happinesse
             and
             safety
             to
             be
             near
             unto
             that
             Prince
             .
             They
             accompany
             him
             yearly
             to
             Meka
             ,
             
             upon
             the
             three
             and
             twentieth
             of
             May
             ,
             to
             celebrate
             their
             great
             feast
             of
             
               Romadan
               .
               Sequemir
            
             wears
             alwayes
             a
             sheeps-skin
             before
             and
             behind
             ,
             in
             imitation
             of
             Saint
             
               John
               Baptist
            
             ,
             who
             is
             there
             in
             great
             respect
             and
             honour
             ;
             he
             travels
             a
             foot
             with
             his
             whole
             Court
             ,
             
             yet
             his
             Courtiers
             go
             as
             they
             please
             ,
             carrying
             their
             wives
             and
             other
             trains
             ,
             upon
             able
             and
             good
             horses
             .
          
           
             This
             King
             is
             Lord
             of
             the
             Soltania's
             of
             
               Fertac
               ,
               Siligni
               ,
               D●efar
            
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             ,
             he
             was
             once
             Master
             of
             the
             entire
             happy
             Arabia
             ;
             but
             the
             Turk
             ,
             and
             the
             Persian
             ,
             have
             got
             several
             Provinces
             from
             him
             ;
             his
             chief
             residence
             is
             at
             Almacarama
             ,
             or
             ,
             Samacara
             ,
             a
             town
             very
             strong
             and
             impregnable
             ,
             scituate
             upon
             the
             top
             of
             a
             high
             hill
             ,
             but
             two
             wayes
             leading
             unto
             it
             ,
             and
             those
             craggy
             ,
             and
             easily
             maintained
             against
             the
             foe
             ;
             the
             town
             is
             big
             ,
             and
             well
             peopled
             ,
             and
             full
             of
             Nobility
             and
             Gentry
             :
             there
             he
             keeps
             his
             treasure
             ,
             and
             his
             women
             ;
             this
             Prince
             cannot
             be
             made
             King
             ,
             but
             by
             the
             consent
             of
             the
             Califf
             of
             Bagdet
             ,
             likewise
             as
             the
             Prince
             of
             Mefra
             ,
             in
             pursuance
             of
             an
             ancient
             Law
             ,
             for
             that
             Califf
             ,
             though
             at
             present
             ,
             retaines
             nothing
             but
             the
             bare
             name
             ,
             yet
             keeps
             his
             ancient
             and
             undoubted
             right
             ,
             to
             elect
             and
             confirm
             the
             Kings
             of
             
               Assyria
               ,
               Arabia
            
             ,
             and
             others
             ;
             and
             Soliman
             himself
             passing
             through
             
               Babylon
               ,
               for
               form-sake
               was
               installed
               by
               his
               hand
               .
               Next
               unto
               the
            
             Sequemir
             ,
             
               are
               severall
               Officers
               ,
               as
               the
            
             Gouvera
             ,
             Armicahir
             ,
             Almiracher
             ,
             the
             Cayet
             ,
             the
             Sidibir
             ,
             the
             Admimia
             ,
             the
             Bosoldar
             ,
             Amiseriech
             ,
             the
             Tababait
             ,
             
               and
               several
               others
            
             ;
             the
             
               Tacay
               Pacou
            
             is
             Master
             of
             the
             house
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             VIII
             .
             Of
             Babylon
             ,
             the
             red
             sea
             ,
             
               Homerites
               ,
               Aden
            
             ,
             a
             strong
             Town
             ,
             and
             famous
             Haven
             ,
             Cameran
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             in
             the
             red
             sea
             .
          
           
             WE
             travel'd
             stil
             through
             Arabia
             ,
             from
             town
             to
             town
             ,
             venting
             and
             trucking
             our
             commodities
             ,
             with
             an
             earnest
             desire
             to
             reach
             Persia
             ;
             all
             the
             towns
             of
             Arabia
             are
             fair
             ones
             and
             yield
             a
             great
             revenue
             to
             the
             Sequemir
             ;
             between
             Zidem
             and
             Zibit
             there
             are
             several
             ,
             and
             well
             peopled
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             to
             Aden
             many
             more
             ;
             Zibit
             is
             not
             so
             near
             Aden
             ,
             as
             by
             some
             shee
             is
             said
             to
             be
             ,
             as
             they
             relate
             Dalatia
             in
             Aethiopia
             ,
             
             to
             be
             opposite
             to
             Meka
             ,
             and
             they
             stand
             three
             hundred
             leagues
             asunder
             .
          
           
             This
             Arabia
             joynes
             to
             Persia
             Northward
             ,
             and
             the
             way
             thither
             lyes
             through
             
               Taeza
               Sanna
               ,
               Soufar
               ,
               Erit
               ,
               Almacara
               ,
            
             and
             other
             towns
             ,
             Almacara
             stands
             upon
             a
             hill
             but
             Eastward
             upon
             Gaza
             ,
             a
             bigge
             town
             ,
             and
             well
             inhabited
             where
             there
             is
             weekly
             a
             Fair
             or
             Market
             kept
             by
             night
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             heats
             ,
             and
             there
             all
             sorts
             of
             Merchandizes
             are
             exposed
             to
             sale
             ,
             perfumes
             especially
             .
          
           
             The
             Nobility
             of
             the
             Country
             affect
             much
             to
             eat
             
               Ambar
               ,
               Musk
            
             ,
             and
             other
             sweets
             :
             the
             Soudan
             of
             Aden
             ,
             subject
             to
             Sequemir
             ,
             spends
             yearly
             six
             thousand
             Duccats
             therein
             ,
             for
             his
             self
             ,
             wife
             ,
             and
             family
             ,
             their
             kitchins
             may
             be
             taken
             for
             perfumers
             shops
             so
             sweet
             and
             odoriferous
             .
          
           
             The
             Red
             Seas
             coast
             towards
             Aden
             ,
             is
             thick
             of
             good
             towns
             ,
             and
             well
             traded
             ;
             and
             among
             the
             Merchants
             are
             many
             thieves
             ,
             which
             you
             must
             have
             a
             care
             on
             ;
             you
             see
             the
             towns
             called
             
               Ahra
               ,
               Damican
               ,
               Coubita
               ,
               Erit
               ,
               Aridan
               ,
               Magora
               ,
               Rabon
               ,
               Salta
               ,
            
             and
             others
             ;
             with
             many
             villages
             subjects
             to
             the
             Sequemir
             ,
             who
             commands
             six
             Soltania's
             ,
             or
             kingdomes
             ,
             all
             fill'd
             with
             good
             towns
             :
             upon
             the
             Sea
             side
             grow
             store
             of
             reeds
             or
             Canes
             ,
             which
             in
             time
             make
             little
             Islands
             ,
             rendring
             the
             landing
             difficult
             ;
             and
             from
             thence
             the
             Hebrewes
             call
             that
             Sea
             Souf
             ,
             which
             signifies
             a
             reed
             .
          
           
             
             Caravanes
             come
             to
             a
             town
             called
             Albir
             or
             Debir
             ,
             and
             there
             load
             their
             wares
             they
             carry
             unto
             Babylon
             ;
             as
             we
             found
             several
             travelling
             thither
             ;
             I
             intreated
             one
             of
             them
             to
             furnish
             me
             with
             as
             many
             Maps
             of
             the
             chiefest
             cities
             he
             could
             conveniently
             ;
             for
             I
             was
             very
             desirous
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             amongst
             the
             rest
             he
             procured
             me
             the
             Mappe
             of
             Babylon
             ,
             or
             Bagdet
             ,
             printed
             upon
             a
             Cotton
             ,
             which
             Mappe
             is
             made
             in
             a
             kinde
             of
             ceremony
             ,
             when
             the
             Sequemir
             receives
             his
             Crown
             and
             blessing
             from
             the
             Califf
             of
             Bagdet
             ,
             as
             the
             most
             ancient
             of
             Meka
             ,
             and
             to
             instruct
             him
             in
             his
             way
             ;
             they
             delineate
             Samacara
             ,
             from
             whence
             he
             sets
             forth
             for
             Babylon
             ,
             he
             goes
             through
             Byr
             ,
             then
             in
             twelve
             dayes
             reaches
             Falouchia
             ,
             in
             a
             flat
             
             boat
             ,
             from
             thence
             to
             Babylon
             ,
             in
             one
             day
             more
             .
          
           
             As
             we
             were
             making
             sale
             of
             our
             commodities
             with
             intention
             to
             visit
             the
             East
             India's
             ,
             amongst
             other
             things
             we
             got
             some
             pieces
             of
             Velvet
             ,
             which
             we
             had
             in
             exchange
             for
             our
             wares
             :
             I
             shall
             by
             the
             way
             advise
             those
             who
             intend
             to
             make
             the
             voyage
             of
             Arabia
             ,
             
             to
             store
             themselves
             with
             great
             horse
             bits
             ;
             for
             that
             is
             a
             commodity
             goes
             off
             there
             at
             a
             good
             rate
             ,
             you
             may
             make
             your
             own
             price
             ,
             not
             exceeding
             ten
             Duccats
             a
             piece
             .
          
           
             Thus
             we
             travelled
             through
             Sanna
             ,
             passing
             through
             many
             fine
             towns
             ,
             as
             Adimar
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             fairest
             of
             all
             Arabia
             ,
             with
             intention
             to
             passe
             over
             into
             the
             Isle
             of
             Cameran
             ,
             where
             were
             three
             Portugais
             vessels
             bound
             for
             Calicut
             ;
             but
             we
             had
             so
             ill
             a
             passage
             ,
             
             that
             we
             altered
             our
             resolutions
             ,
             and
             sailed
             the
             coast
             of
             Avisa
             ,
             then
             to
             Mount
             Bacour
             ,
             where
             we
             sold
             our
             Camels
             ,
             upon
             condition
             they
             should
             carry
             our
             goods
             in
             to
             Aden
             ,
             within
             two
             leagues
             of
             that
             place
             .
          
           
             The
             Red
             Sea
             from
             Suez
             to
             the
             
               Cape
               Cardafu
            
             ,
             is
             in
             the
             eighteenth
             degree
             ,
             in
             length
             four
             hundred
             leagues
             ,
             and
             in
             breadth
             fifty
             ;
             
             is
             navigable
             ,
             but
             not
             without
             great
             danger
             ,
             especially
             by
             night
             ;
             because
             't
             is
             full
             of
             shelvy
             rocks
             ,
             reeds
             ,
             and
             Isles
             ;
             and
             by
             day
             (
             besides
             the
             common
             Pilot
             )
             they
             have
             a
             man
             placed
             upon
             the
             Mast
             to
             discover
             ,
             and
             direct
             the
             ship
             :
             from
             Cameran
             ,
             't
             is
             not
             so
             dangerous
             ;
             but
             we
             were
             forced
             to
             make
             this
             voyage
             by
             land
             ,
             to
             escape
             the
             dangers
             at
             Sea
             :
             the
             water
             to
             my
             thinking
             ,
             was
             of
             the
             colour
             of
             other
             Sea-water
             ,
             both
             in
             her
             Superficies
             and
             bottom
             ;
             the
             name
             of
             red
             onely
             excepted
             ,
             which
             was
             given
             her
             by
             allusion
             to
             the
             name
             of
             King
             Erithreus
             ,
             who
             named
             it
             so
             ;
             
             or
             because
             of
             the
             sands
             ,
             which
             in
             some
             places
             are
             of
             a
             reddish
             colour
             :
             The
             Moors
             call
             it
             
               Babar
               Corzum
            
             ,
             which
             signifies
             an
             inclosed
             sea
             ,
             the
             havens
             upon
             it
             are
             at
             Babel-Mandel
             ,
             which
             is
             in
             the
             twelfth
             degree
             ,
             't
             is
             called
             by
             some
             the
             sea
             of
             
               Meka
               ;
               Arabia
            
             upon
             the
             red
             sea
             side
             ,
             was
             formerly
             inhabited
             by
             several
             people
             ,
             
             principally
             the
             Sabaeans
             ,
             since
             called
             the
             Homerites
             ;
             they
             received
             the
             Christian
             Faith
             in
             the
             dayes
             of
             the
             Emperour
             Constantius
             ;
             and
             some
             will
             have
             it
             ,
             that
             rather
             from
             thence
             then
             Aethiopia
             ,
             came
             Queen
             Saba
             ,
             and
             since
             Queen
             Candaces
             Eunuch
             .
          
           
             At
             the
             end
             of
             this
             Sea
             in
             the
             Streights
             of
             Babel-Mandel
             ,
             is
             the
             town
             and
             Haven
             of
             Aden
             ,
             
             called
             by
             those
             of
             that
             countrey
             Adedoun
             ,
             a
             town
             of
             the
             greatest
             fame
             in
             all
             the
             East
             ,
             and
             one
             of
             the
             strongest
             of
             Arabia
             ,
             and
             of
             greatest
             importance
             ▪
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             trade
             and
             concourse
             of
             all
             the
             Nations
             of
             the
             
               Indies
               ,
               Persia
               ,
               Tartary
               ,
               Arabia
               ,
               Aethiopia
               ,
            
             and
             the
             Levant
             :
             she
             was
             formerly
             subject
             to
             Sequemir
             ,
             since
             conquered
             by
             the
             Portugais
             ,
             and
             now
             in
             the
             possession
             of
             the
             Turk
             ;
             on
             the
             land
             side
             stands
             that
             famous
             Mountaine
             Albacoure
             ,
             or
             Dartzira
             ;
             
             which
             must
             be
             travell'd
             over
             to
             reach
             hither
             ;
             the
             passage
             is
             streight
             ,
             and
             difficult
             ,
             defended
             by
             two
             strong
             Castles
             on
             each
             side
             of
             the
             way
             one
             ;
             from
             the
             top
             of
             the
             hill
             you
             discover
             
             Aden
             ,
             standing
             in
             a
             large
             plain
             ;
             her
             Haven
             is
             great
             and
             good
             ,
             butting
             upon
             the
             
               Cape
               Gardafu
            
             ;
             the
             Town
             is
             grown
             famous
             since
             the
             Portugais
             set
             footing
             in
             the
             East
             Indies
             .
             for
             the
             Merchants
             leaving
             the
             red
             sea
             ,
             for
             feare
             of
             the
             Portugais
             rest
             here
             in
             their
             journy
             to
             the
             Indies
             ,
             whereas
             before
             they
             went
             throughout
             ,
             without
             landing
             here
             .
          
           
             Here
             are
             unladen
             ,
             from
             the
             Indies
             and
             other
             places
             ,
             the
             Spices
             ,
             
             Aloes
             ,
             Brasil
             ,
             Pearles
             ,
             and
             pretious
             stones
             ,
             Myrobolan
             ,
             Safron
             ,
             Wax
             ,
             Steel
             ,
             Sugars
             ,
             Rice
             ,
             Purcelaines
             ,
             Linnens
             ,
             Quick-silver
             ,
             Vermillions
             ,
             Cottons
             ,
             Silks
             ,
             Scarlets
             ,
             Chamlets
             ,
             Musk
             ,
             Amber
             ,
             Beniamin
             ,
             Storax
             ,
             Azure
             ,
             and
             other
             Commodities
             vented
             in
             several
             places
             .
          
           
             
             Here
             time
             out
             of
             mind
             ,
             were
             the
             Spices
             landed
             ,
             and
             from
             hence
             by
             the
             red
             sea
             ,
             and
             the
             Nile
             ,
             transported
             into
             Alexandria
             :
             formerly
             (
             they
             say
             )
             that
             the
             Soudan
             Governour
             of
             this
             place
             ,
             was
             so
             puissant
             ,
             as
             to
             send
             an
             Army
             of
             thirty
             thousand
             horse
             ,
             and
             forty
             thousand
             Cammels
             to
             assist
             the
             Soudan
             of
             Egypt
             against
             the
             Christians
             ;
             and
             waged
             ordinary
             warre
             ,
             besides
             against
             the
             Abyssins
             :
             
             Aden
             is
             well
             walled
             ,
             and
             fortified
             with
             several
             Castles
             on
             the
             East
             side
             ;
             on
             the
             North
             stands
             Bacoure
             ,
             which
             divides
             her
             from
             the
             Happy
             Arabia
             ,
             and
             on
             all
             other
             sides
             she
             is
             incompast
             with
             the
             sea
             ;
             Westward
             the
             sea
             ,
             enters
             the
             land
             so
             far
             through
             a
             gulf
             ,
             that
             you
             would
             think
             the
             Mountaigne
             were
             an
             Island
             ;
             the
             Haven
             is
             Eastward
             ,
             and
             large
             ,
             scituate
             under
             the
             foot
             of
             the
             Hill
             ;
             coming
             from
             Arabia
             ,
             you
             would
             take
             the
             towne
             to
             stand
             upon
             the
             top
             of
             the
             hill
             ,
             whereas
             it
             stands
             in
             a
             plain
             almost
             surrounded
             with
             the
             Sea
             ,
             guarded
             by
             a
             strong
             Block-house
             in
             a
             little
             Isle
             adjacent
             ,
             that
             defends
             the
             Towne
             and
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             Haven
             ,
             as
             by
             the
             side
             of
             the
             Hill
             there
             are
             severall
             Forts
             ,
             that
             command
             those
             passages
             ;
             The
             opposite
             to
             Aden
             of
             this
             side
             of
             the
             Isle
             ,
             and
             streight
             of
             Babel-Mandel
             is
             in
             Aethiopia
             ,
             subject
             (
             most
             of
             it
             )
             to
             the
             grand
             Neguz
             ,
             with
             a
             creek
             of
             Sea
             ,
             and
             a
             fair
             Haven
             ,
             and
             the
             Cape
             called
             Foubical
             ,
             or
             Guardufu
             ,
             anciently
             the
             Promontory
             called
             Aromata
             :
             from
             one
             side
             to
             the
             other
             ,
             the
             streight
             is
             forty
             thousand
             paces
             over
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             midst
             stands
             this
             little
             Island
             ,
             in
             length
             some
             two
             leagues
             ;
             the
             mouth
             is
             very
             dangerous
             to
             enter
             at
             low
             water
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             Shelves
             ,
             Rocks
             ,
             and
             Reeds
             ,
             and
             a
             number
             of
             Isles
             ,
             of
             different
             bignesse
             ,
             some
             of
             them
             inhabited
             ,
             some
             not
             ;
             wee
             travelled
             most
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             the
             chiefest
             I
             saw
             was
             Cameran
             ,
             
             near
             the
             coast
             of
             Arabia
             ,
             in
             the
             fifteenth
             degree
             of
             Elevation
             ,
             fifteene
             miles
             round
             ,
             or
             thereabouts
             ;
             she
             hath
             plenty
             of
             fresh
             water
             ,
             and
             her
             Haven
             is
             of
             the
             continent
             side
             but
             two
             leagues
             off
             ,
             or
             thereabouts
             ;
             the
             Town
             is
             small
             ,
             but
             increases
             dayly
             ,
             subject
             to
             the
             Sequemir
             ,
             and
             inhabited
             by
             Moores
             .
          
           
           
             On
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             in
             Aethiopia
             ,
             is
             Dalascia
             ,
             or
             Dalaca
             ,
             
             a
             faire
             Town
             ,
             inhabited
             by
             an
             Idolatrous
             King
             ,
             tributary
             to
             the
             King
             of
             the
             Abyssins
             ,
             since
             the
             conquest
             that
             Alexander
             the
             
               Preste
               John
            
             made
             of
             it
             ,
             which
             hath
             ever
             since
             obeyed
             his
             Lawes
             ,
             together
             with
             Rocca
             ,
             or
             Eroca
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             a
             faire
             Haven
             ,
             inhabited
             by
             
               Christians
               ,
               Abyssins
            
             ;
             very
             good
             people
             ,
             they
             weep
             for
             joy
             ,
             to
             see
             any
             Christians
             of
             these
             parts
             ,
             they
             call
             them
             Romatas
             ,
             or
             Roume
             ,
             make
             very
             much
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             distribute
             what
             they
             have
             amongst
             them
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             charitable
             practise
             of
             the
             Primitive
             Church
             :
             They
             have
             a
             little
             higher
             ,
             another
             faire
             Isle
             ,
             called
             Mesua
             ,
             or
             Mezuan
             ,
             peopled
             with
             Christians
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             a
             good
             Haven
             ,
             
             that
             saves
             many
             good
             ships
             from
             shipwrack
             ,
             sayling
             in
             this
             dangerous
             sea
             :
             a
             little
             above
             Mesua
             is
             another
             Isle
             called
             Ibrani
             on
             Aethiopia
             side
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             a
             good
             Haven
             ,
             and
             most
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             fishermen
             :
             
             beyond
             that
             is
             the
             Isle
             of
             Camera
             ,
             subject
             to
             the
             
               Preste
               John
            
             ,
             she
             hath
             two
             Havens
             ,
             one
             southward
             ,
             the
             other
             eastward
             ,
             hath
             good
             water
             ,
             and
             a
             good
             well
             ,
             two
             hundered
             paces
             from
             the
             Sea
             ,
             in
             an
             orchard
             ,
             called
             Magodu
             ,
             or
             Magot
             ,
             conteyning
             twenty
             or
             thirty
             houses
             ,
             and
             every
             house
             a
             boate
             ,
             ready
             to
             take
             the
             water
             to
             fish
             ,
             which
             is
             their
             onely
             livelihood
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             IX
             .
             Of
             Dalascia
             Town
             ,
             belonging
             to
             the
             Grand
             Neguz
             ,
             of
             the
             Isle
             of
             Socotora
             ,
             with
             a
             description
             of
             a
             prodigious
             tempest
             .
          
           
             THe
             Caravans
             that
             come
             from
             the
             Abyssins
             Countrey
             ,
             
             are
             imbarked
             at
             Dalascia
             ,
             or
             Dalaca
             ,
             or
             at
             the
             Isle
             of
             Suachen
             belonging
             to
             the
             Grand
             Neguz
             ,
             and
             bound
             from
             thence
             for
             the
             Holy
             Land
             ;
             most
             of
             these
             places
             are
             inhabited
             by
             Christians
             .
          
           
             Suachen
             is
             an
             Island
             in
             the
             eighteenth
             degree
             of
             latitude
             ,
             drawing
             from
             east
             to
             south
             ;
             within
             a
             bow
             shoote
             off
             the
             Continent
             .
             Dalascia
             belongs
             to
             the
             Neguz
             ,
             governed
             by
             a
             Mahometan
             ,
             tributary
             to
             him
             ,
             and
             allowes
             liberty
             of
             conscience
             .
             They
             have
             fair
             Churches
             ,
             their
             Priests
             marrying
             as
             the
             Grecians
             do
             ,
             who
             are
             subordinate
             to
             the
             Abuma
             ,
             or
             Patriark
             of
             Ethiopia
             .
          
           
           
             The
             air
             is
             exceeding
             benign
             ,
             and
             productive
             of
             all
             excellent
             fruits
             ,
             as
             oranges
             ,
             citrons
             ,
             melons
             ,
             figs
             ,
             raisins
             ,
             there
             are
             good
             store
             of
             cattle
             ,
             
             especially
             those
             great
             goats
             ,
             of
             whose
             hair
             Camelots
             fine
             as
             any
             silk
             are
             made
             ,
             which
             hair
             is
             very
             long
             ,
             white
             ,
             soft
             ,
             and
             delicate
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             stuffs
             so
             fine
             they
             look
             like
             white
             linnen
             ,
             which
             they
             traffick
             in
             ,
             and
             sell
             at
             dear
             rates
             .
             They
             have
             here
             likewise
             the
             finest
             and
             best
             Lacca
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             produced
             from
             minute
             insects
             like
             Bees
             ,
             which
             feed
             on
             a
             red
             gum
             that
             issues
             out
             of
             a
             tree
             like
             a
             cherry
             tree
             ,
             which
             the
             more
             purgative
             it
             is
             ,
             the
             finer
             and
             more
             delicate
             they
             render
             the
             Lacca
             .
             
             There
             are
             some
             who
             practice
             no
             other
             trade
             than
             to
             take
             it
             immediately
             upon
             the
             production
             ,
             and
             laying
             it
             upon
             little
             Tables
             cleanse
             it
             ,
             then
             put
             it
             up
             in
             small
             pots
             of
             various
             colours
             ,
             not
             above
             half
             an
             ounce
             in
             a
             pot
             ,
             which
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             excellency
             they
             sell
             dear
             ,
             and
             call
             it
             
               Laca
               d'
               Alaca
            
             ,
             whereof
             the
             most
             excellent
             colours
             are
             made
             for
             Limners
             .
             Of
             this
             is
             likewise
             made
             Spanish
             hard
             wax
             .
             
             The
             Island
             abounds
             in
             cattle
             ,
             pasturage
             ,
             fish
             of
             all
             sorts
             ,
             pure
             spring
             waters
             ,
             which
             make
             their
             gardens
             flourish
             .
             They
             have
             also
             of
             the
             best
             ginger
             ,
             notwithstanding
             not
             much
             esteemed
             ,
             
             by
             reason
             that
             for
             the
             too
             much
             moysture
             't
             will
             not
             last
             long
             .
             Here
             is
             likewise
             great
             store
             of
             the
             wood
             called
             Santall
             ,
             red
             ,
             
             white
             ,
             and
             citron
             colour
             ,
             store
             of
             Ebony
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             exquisite
             Rose
             wood
             ,
             also
             another
             sort
             of
             wood
             called
             Sorba
             ,
             much
             like
             Brasill
             ,
             but
             makes
             a
             very
             deep
             dye
             :
             also
             an
             herb
             called
             Lagarozo
             ,
             that
             in
             perfect
             ripenesse
             makes
             a
             most
             excellent
             crimson
             ,
             and
             being
             put
             in
             cotton
             cloth
             ,
             the
             more
             't
             is
             washed
             the
             more
             lively
             it
             becomes
             .
          
           
             The
             Inhabitants
             of
             this
             Island
             are
             great
             Libertines
             ,
             partly
             Moors
             ,
             partly
             Christians
             ,
             each
             living
             according
             to
             his
             custome
             ,
             without
             either
             confusion
             or
             disorder
             .
             The
             Mahometan
             Prince
             is
             gracious
             ,
             obliges
             much
             his
             Subjects
             ,
             wears
             the
             Turkish
             fashions
             ,
             with
             many
             rich
             jewels
             ,
             and
             is
             honourably
             attended
             .
          
           
             
             Those
             of
             the
             Continent
             speak
             of
             this
             Town
             by
             way
             of
             proverb
             ,
             
               Sarbayt
               Dalca
            
             ,
             which
             signifies
             ,
             Dalascian
             Asses
             ,
             because
             of
             those
             beasts
             they
             have
             the
             best
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             which
             do
             them
             marvellous
             good
             service
             ,
             and
             are
             better
             to
             travel
             the
             deserts
             than
             any
             other
             beasts
             they
             have
             :
             In
             Persia
             I
             have
             known
             them
             sold
             at
             a
             hundred
             duckets
             a
             piece
             ,
             and
             more
             ,
             because
             they
             are
             good
             travellers
             ,
             and
             of
             little
             expense
             ,
             they
             will
             go
             thirty
             miles
             a
             day
             without
             any
             wearinesse
             .
          
           
             
             The
             King's
             Father
             that
             ruled
             this
             Countrey
             in
             the
             time
             of
             my
             travels
             there
             ,
             had
             a
             fish
             of
             a
             marvellous
             bignesse
             ,
             which
             he
             called
             
               Caymans
               ,
               (
               Caymans
            
             is
             a
             kind
             of
             Lezard
             ,
             or
             Crocodile
             ,
             in
             the
             Indies
             )
             he
             kept
             this
             fish
             in
             a
             Pond
             near
             the
             Sea
             side
             ,
             and
             delighted
             much
             to
             feed
             him
             with
             his
             own
             hand
             ,
             the
             fish
             being
             very
             mansuete
             ,
             he
             bred
             it
             of
             a
             young
             one
             ,
             but
             't
             was
             grown
             so
             large
             't
             would
             come
             out
             of
             the
             water
             alone
             ,
             three
             hundred
             paces
             on
             land
             .
          
           
           
             As
             we
             were
             sailing
             in
             the
             Arabick
             Sea
             ,
             
             in
             company
             of
             many
             Merchants
             of
             several
             Nations
             ,
             and
             Religions
             ,
             there
             arose
             a
             dispute
             touching
             the
             diversity
             of
             Religions
             ,
             one
             holding
             (
             as
             our
             Deists
             and
             Atheists
             this
             day
             do
             )
             that
             all
             Religions
             were
             indifferent
             and
             sufficient
             ,
             and
             that
             all
             persons
             acknowledging
             a
             God
             should
             infallibly
             be
             saved
             :
             mis-calling
             the
             Christians
             ,
             and
             blaming
             them
             ,
             for
             having
             good
             opinions
             of
             themselves
             ,
             and
             bad
             of
             others
             ,
             to
             whom
             a
             Christian
             discreetly
             and
             learnedly
             replyed
             ,
             shewing
             the
             purity
             of
             our
             religion
             ,
             and
             that
             a
             Christian
             dying
             in
             mortal
             sin
             would
             be
             damned
             as
             well
             as
             Turk
             or
             Infidel
             ;
             at
             this
             the
             Masters
             mate
             offered
             presumptuously
             to
             perswade
             us
             that
             we
             were
             all
             abused
             ,
             and
             that
             Duma
             governed
             the
             Universe
             ,
             
             another
             acknowledged
             no
             other
             divinity
             but
             nature
             ,
             to
             this
             our
             Abyssin
             presently
             replyed
             that
             Duma
             had
             been
             a
             servant
             to
             the
             great
             and
             onely
             God
             ,
             but
             thorough
             pride
             ,
             from
             an
             angel
             of
             light
             was
             cast
             into
             the
             depth
             of
             hell
             ,
             where
             he
             remains
             a
             fiend
             ,
             and
             hath
             no
             power
             but
             by
             Gods
             permission
             :
             after
             many
             other
             discourses
             as
             we
             were
             sailing
             towards
             Guardufu
             the
             weather
             grew
             very
             cloudy
             ,
             and
             we
             perceived
             far
             enough
             from
             us
             a
             thing
             like
             unto
             a
             thick
             black
             smoak
             dropt
             into
             the
             Sea
             :
             
             one
             of
             our
             company
             ,
             a
             Grecian
             of
             the
             Isle
             of
             Chio
             ,
             drew
             his
             sword
             ,
             and
             having
             said
             a
             Prayer
             or
             two
             ,
             and
             made
             the
             sign
             of
             the
             crosse
             ,
             left
             not
             hacking
             and
             hewing
             upon
             the
             hatches
             ,
             until
             he
             had
             cut
             out
             three
             or
             four
             pieces
             ,
             which
             action
             set
             the
             company
             a
             laughing
             ,
             yet
             we
             perceived
             it
             to
             dissipate
             ,
             and
             remove
             that
             smoak
             from
             the
             ship
             :
             the
             horrible
             thunder
             and
             lightning
             which
             presently
             followed
             ,
             strook
             us
             all
             with
             terrour
             ;
             for
             my
             part
             I
             prayed
             heartily
             ,
             and
             the
             tempest
             so
             hugely
             encreased
             ,
             that
             nothing
             but
             lamentations
             and
             groans
             were
             heard
             among
             us
             ;
             bidding
             adieu
             to
             this
             world
             :
             some
             were
             maimed
             ;
             for
             this
             Monster
             or
             whirling
             smoak
             ,
             run
             in
             the
             shape
             of
             a
             baloon
             from
             rope
             to
             rope
             ,
             and
             up
             the
             masts
             of
             the
             ship
             ,
             exceeding
             swiftly
             ,
             surrounded
             with
             a
             sparkling
             fire
             ,
             making
             a
             most
             hideous
             noyse
             that
             astonisht
             us
             all
             ,
             and
             tore
             and
             mangled
             the
             sailes
             into
             a
             thousand
             pieces
             :
             some
             Indian
             Gentlemen
             defended
             themselves
             from
             this
             terrible
             thing
             ,
             with
             their
             cimeters
             ,
             running
             up
             and
             down
             ,
             and
             bearing
             one
             another
             down
             ;
             many
             were
             killed
             and
             hurt
             ,
             some
             hid
             themselves
             under
             hatches
             ;
             others
             like
             madmen
             threw
             themselves
             into
             the
             water
             :
             our
             poor
             Christian
             received
             a
             great
             blow
             upon
             the
             head
             ,
             and
             all
             in
             a
             gore
             of
             blood
             ,
             and
             upon
             his
             knees
             read
             St.
             Johns
             Gospel
             ,
             and
             immediately
             the
             Spirit
             vanished
             ,
             having
             haunted
             us
             an
             hour
             and
             a
             half
             :
             we
             were
             all
             ready
             to
             yield
             up
             the
             Ghost
             ,
             my
             companion
             was
             so
             bruised
             ,
             that
             he
             wore
             his
             arm
             in
             a
             scarf
             for
             two
             months
             after
             ,
             with
             a
             bruise
             black
             as
             pitch
             ,
             we
             all
             testified
             our
             astonishment
             by
             our
             silence
             ,
             gazing
             upon
             one
             another
             ,
             struck
             with
             amazement
             to
             see
             so
             many
             dead
             corps
             lye
             of
             all
             sides
             of
             us
             :
             at
             length
             by
             Gods
             permission
             we
             landed
             ,
             for
             which
             mercy
             we
             yielded
             our
             humble
             thanks
             ;
             we
             could
             not
             find
             the
             man
             that
             
             held
             there
             was
             neither
             God
             nor
             Devil
             ,
             our
             Masters
             mate
             was
             strucken
             lame
             of
             a
             leg
             and
             thigh
             ,
             which
             remained
             black
             many
             dayes
             after
             ,
             yet
             without
             sense
             of
             the
             least
             pain
             :
             amongst
             the
             rest
             a
             young
             man
             of
             our
             company
             told
             me
             ,
             he
             was
             in
             great
             fear
             during
             the
             tempest
             ,
             because
             of
             his
             guilty
             conscience
             :
             that
             venting
             his
             commodities
             in
             a
             certain
             Town
             we
             had
             made
             some
             short
             stay
             in
             ,
             a
             Moorish
             dame
             under
             pretence
             of
             buying
             musk
             ,
             and
             pretending
             she
             would
             shew
             it
             her
             husband
             ,
             left
             a
             pearl
             of
             extraordinary
             bignesse
             with
             him
             in
             pawn
             ,
             she
             immediately
             returned
             asking
             the
             price
             of
             the
             whole
             parcell
             ;
             which
             was
             five
             duckets
             at
             the
             lowest
             ,
             she
             took
             him
             at
             his
             word
             ,
             and
             bade
             him
             follow
             her
             home
             for
             his
             money
             ,
             which
             he
             did
             ,
             and
             there
             she
             detained
             ,
             and
             treated
             him
             for
             three
             dayes
             together
             :
             
             Thus
             those
             Country
             Ladies
             seek
             their
             servants
             ,
             and
             especially
             strangers
             ,
             of
             whom
             they
             are
             very
             amorous
             .
          
           
             
             Near
             the
             
               Cape
               Guardufu
            
             is
             the
             Isle
             Socotora
             ,
             famous
             for
             amber-greece
             ,
             and
             gum
             called
             Dragons
             blood
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             plant
             that
             produces
             aloes
             ,
             which
             is
             there
             the
             best
             of
             the
             world
             .
          
           
             This
             Island
             was
             discovered
             by
             
               Fernand
               Bereyta
            
             ,
             a
             Portuguese
             ,
             and
             Aristotle
             sayes
             that
             Alexander
             conquered
             this
             Isle
             ,
             in
             his
             return
             from
             the
             India's
             ,
             and
             peopled
             it
             with
             Grecians
             ,
             purposely
             to
             plant
             aloes
             .
          
           
             Before
             Portugall
             had
             here
             any
             Interest
             ,
             the
             Indians
             trade
             both
             of
             spices
             and
             other
             precious
             commodities
             ,
             came
             from
             Malaca
             by
             Ormus
             ,
             and
             Aden
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             by
             Caravanes
             to
             the
             Leuante
             ,
             some
             by
             the
             Persick
             Sea
             ,
             Balsera
             ,
             and
             the
             mouth
             of
             Euphrates
             ,
             thence
             through
             Armenia
             into
             Trebisonde
             ,
             by
             the
             Majorka
             sea
             into
             Tartaria
             ,
             or
             by
             
               Damas
               ,
               Barut
            
             ,
             or
             Aleppo
             ,
             where
             the
             Venetians
             ,
             the
             Genovais
             ,
             and
             the
             Catalonians
             fetched
             them
             ,
             others
             by
             the
             red
             Sea
             ,
             the
             Grand
             Caire
             ,
             and
             Alexandria
             ,
             as
             we
             have
             already
             said
             ,
             others
             by
             the
             rivers
             Indus
             and
             Oxus
             ,
             from
             thence
             thorough
             Caspia
             into
             our
             Western
             regions
             ,
             but
             they
             have
             taken
             another
             road
             round
             Africa
             ,
             which
             is
             kept
             to
             this
             very
             day
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             X.
             Of
             the
             Island
             and
             Kingdom
             of
             Ormus
             ,
             of
             the
             King
             ,
             and
             his
             Government
             ,
             of
             the
             trade
             there
             ,
             and
             of
             his
             severall
             Conquests
             .
          
           
             HAving
             sayled
             thorough
             the
             Arabick
             Gulfe
             ,
             and
             those
             Coasts
             ,
             we
             returned
             to
             Aden
             ,
             where
             we
             spent
             some
             dayes
             ,
             trading
             and
             exchanging
             our
             commodies
             ,
             then
             we
             embarked
             our selves
             for
             Ormus
             ,
             
             to
             pay
             custome
             for
             some
             Persian
             horses
             we
             had
             shipt
             with
             us
             ,
             because
             they
             pay
             no
             tax
             thorough
             the
             cheifest
             part
             of
             the
             Indies
             ,
             taking
             a
             Cartaco
             ,
             or
             passe
             ,
             which
             the
             severall
             Governors
             upon
             demand
             ,
             are
             bound
             to
             give
             .
             Thus
             sayling
             from
             Aden
             ,
             by
             the
             Coast
             of
             Arabia
             ,
             and
             the
             Cape
             
               Taratque
               ,
               Rosolgate
            
             and
             Moncadon
             ,
             or
             Moalandaon
             ,
             unto
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             Persick
             Gulfe
             ,
             or
             the
             Streight
             of
             Bazora
             ,
             at
             length
             we
             arrived
             at
             Ormus
             ,
             The
             name
             of
             a
             Town
             ,
             an
             Island
             ,
             and
             Kingdome
             ,
             winding
             to
             and
             fro
             into
             the
             Continent
             of
             Persia
             and
             Arabia
             :
             In
             Ormus
             we
             lodged
             with
             a
             Portuguais
             ,
             who
             took
             state
             upon
             him
             ,
             his
             man
             still
             carrying
             after
             him
             a
             guilt
             sword
             ,
             and
             a
             dagger
             ,
             with
             a
             silver
             cup
             to
             drink
             in
             ,
             scorning
             to
             touch
             anothers
             ,
             yet
             nevertheless
             he
             kept
             an
             Inn
             common
             to
             all
             passengers
             .
             The
             Town
             of
             Ormus
             is
             scituate
             in
             an
             Isle
             ,
             in
             the
             26
             or
             27
             th
             .
             degree
             ,
             9
             miles
             distant
             from
             Persia
             ,
             thirty
             from
             Arabia
             ,
             the
             Isle
             is
             between
             35
             and
             40
             miles
             compass
             ,
             wholly
             barren
             ;
             the
             Town
             is
             faire
             ,
             and
             hath
             a
             strong
             Fort
             ,
             begirt
             with
             high
             walls
             ,
             and
             eight
             turrets
             ,
             in
             the
             forme
             of
             Castles
             ,
             one
             halfe
             of
             the
             Town
             is
             incompast
             with
             the
             sea
             ,
             and
             hath
             foure
             large
             cisterns
             ,
             or
             conduits
             of
             fresh
             water
             ,
             brought
             in
             pipes
             from
             the
             Continent
             .
             The
             Inhabitants
             are
             some
             Christians
             ,
             some
             Mahometans
             ,
             and
             others
             Idolaters
             :
             There
             Reigned
             a
             Potent
             King
             here
             for
             300
             yeares
             ,
             since
             this
             state
             was
             established
             .
             'T
             was
             in
             the
             Raigne
             of
             Ceyfadin
             ,
             
             that
             
               Alphonsus
               Albuquerque
            
             ,
             reduced
             both
             the
             King
             and
             Country
             to
             the
             obedience
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Portugall
             ,
             and
             ever
             since
             the
             Kings
             of
             Ormus
             ,
             were
             tributary
             to
             that
             King
             ,
             who
             yet
             meddles
             not
             with
             his
             Lawes
             and
             Rights
             :
             the
             native
             King
             hath
             vast
             Revenues
             ,
             both
             in
             the
             Island
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             Continent
             of
             Persia
             and
             Arabia
             .
             He
             is
             onely
             sworne
             to
             keepe
             league
             and
             fidelity
             with
             Portugall
             ,
             and
             the
             Vice-Roy
             acknowledges
             him
             ,
             honours
             him
             ,
             
             and
             visits
             him
             frequently
             in
             his
             Palace
             :
             The
             Isle
             onely
             at
             this
             day
             payes
             tribute
             to
             the
             Portugais
             .
             The
             King
             lives
             most
             splendidly
             and
             magnificently
             amongst
             his
             Subjects
             .
          
           
             The
             confines
             of
             his
             State
             towards
             the
             north
             ,
             are
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Dori
             ,
             toward
             Persia
             ,
             and
             reaches
             unto
             the
             Cape
             of
             Rosolgate
             ,
             at
             
             the
             very
             Gulph
             ,
             from
             thence
             unto
             the
             
               Cape
               Moncadon
            
             ,
             containing
             the
             Isles
             called
             Gedri
             ,
             
             from
             a
             great
             river
             ,
             that
             runs
             into
             another
             named
             Dale
             ,
             that
             separates
             Persia
             from
             Carmania
             ,
             or
             Chirmania
             .
             In
             the
             Gulph
             ,
             is
             Baharen
             ,
             
             an
             Isle
             famous
             for
             the
             fishing
             of
             the
             rarest
             and
             most
             pretious
             Oriental
             pearls
             ,
             where
             the
             Portugais
             have
             a
             Factor
             :
             the
             Inhabitants
             of
             Ormus
             are
             very
             voluptuous
             ,
             walking
             the
             streets
             ,
             they
             have
             carryed
             after
             them
             a
             Cuppe
             or
             Box
             full
             of
             Araca
             ,
             a
             dainty
             ,
             very
             delicious
             ,
             and
             much
             used
             amongst
             the
             Indians
             .
             
          
           
             They
             have
             little
             Cabans
             in
             the
             Sea
             covered
             with
             boughs
             and
             leaves
             ,
             where
             they
             refresh
             ,
             and
             shelter
             themselves
             against
             the
             wind
             ,
             Abrazador
             ,
             
             so
             named
             by
             the
             Portugais
             ,
             which
             blowes
             in
             the
             afternoon
             .
             This
             wind
             is
             so
             subtle
             ,
             and
             stirres
             up
             so
             small
             a
             dust
             ,
             that
             it
             choaks
             people
             ;
             and
             if
             a
             stranger
             be
             ignorant
             of
             the
             custom
             of
             the
             countrey
             ,
             he
             is
             in
             very
             great
             danger
             ;
             the
             people
             are
             courteous
             ,
             and
             ready
             to
             advertize
             strangers
             .
             Their
             greatest
             inconvenience
             is
             the
             scarcity
             of
             fresh
             water
             ,
             which
             they
             fetch
             nine
             or
             ten
             mile
             out
             of
             the
             firm
             land
             :
             They
             have
             two
             or
             three
             wells
             nearer
             at
             hand
             ,
             five
             or
             six
             miles
             from
             the
             town
             ,
             in
             a
             place
             called
             Terrabaguen
             .
             The
             Isle
             hath
             two
             good
             Havens
             ,
             one
             in
             the
             East
             ,
             the
             other
             in
             the
             West
             ,
             the
             others
             are
             not
             secure
             .
             There
             is
             near
             the
             Town
             a
             sulpher
             Myne
             ,
             and
             a
             little
             salt-hill
             ,
             of
             the
             like
             goodnesse
             to
             that
             of
             Cardonne
             in
             Catalonia
             ,
             from
             which
             they
             draw
             great
             profit
             ;
             it
             is
             used
             in
             many
             places
             ,
             and
             the
             Prince
             receives
             a
             Gabel
             out
             of
             it
             ;
             in
             the
             town
             of
             Ormus
             there
             is
             a
             Mart
             of
             all
             commodities
             ,
             from
             the
             
               Indies
               ,
               Persia
               ,
               Arabia
            
             ,
             and
             Aethiopia
             ,
             in
             which
             places
             the
             Indians
             trade
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             
               Persians
               ,
               Levantins
               ,
               Turkes
               ,
               Abyssins
               ,
               Venetians
               ,
               Portugais
               ,
            
             and
             others
             ;
             the
             Caravane
             or
             Casile
             ,
             arrives
             here
             twice
             a
             year
             by
             land
             from
             Aleppo
             ,
             
             the
             first
             in
             April
             ,
             the
             second
             in
             September
             .
          
           
             
             From
             Aleppo
             they
             travell
             through
             Babylon
             to
             Balsora
             ,
             guarded
             by
             the
             Janissaries
             ,
             from
             thence
             to
             Ormus
             .
             They
             travel
             seven
             or
             eight
             thousand
             in
             a
             company
             ,
             at
             Aleppo
             there
             are
             English
             ,
             French
             ,
             and
             Venetian
             Consuls
             .
          
           
             From
             hence
             they
             trade
             in
             spices
             ,
             perfumes
             ,
             pearles
             ,
             precious
             stones
             ,
             Carpets
             ,
             Silks
             ,
             Chamlets
             ,
             horses
             ,
             conserves
             ,
             and
             several
             sorts
             of
             sweet
             meats
             .
          
           
             
             We
             came
             hither
             opportunely
             ,
             to
             see
             the
             Creation
             or
             Election
             of
             their
             new
             King
             ,
             which
             is
             performed
             with
             many
             ceremonies
             ,
             to
             which
             the
             Viceroy
             of
             Portugal
             contributes
             great
             summes
             ,
             for
             the
             Honour
             and
             State
             of
             his
             Master
             .
             A
             Prince
             of
             the
             Royal
             Mahometan
             Blood
             is
             elected
             and
             sworne
             to
             maintain
             his
             kingdom
             ,
             under
             the
             King
             of
             Portugals
             obedience
             ;
             and
             although
             all
             his
             Lands
             and
             Lordships
             are
             scituate
             in
             the
             Continent
             of
             Persia
             and
             Arabia
             ,
             where
             no
             Christian
             can
             reach
             them
             ,
             yet
             neverthelesse
             the
             King
             is
             sworne
             to
             this
             Fealty
             and
             obedience
             by
             the
             Viceroy
             ,
             that
             delivers
             him
             his
             Scepter
             in
             the
             Fort
             ,
             and
             accompanies
             him
             with
             a
             great
             
             train
             ,
             and
             magnificence
             into
             his
             Royal
             Palace
             ,
             where
             having
             made
             his
             submission
             and
             obeysance
             ,
             takes
             his
             leave
             ,
             and
             returns
             unto
             his
             Citadell
             .
             This
             King
             amongst
             other
             things
             ,
             is
             sworne
             never
             to
             hold
             a
             great
             Assembly
             ,
             without
             giving
             notice
             to
             the
             Viceroy
             ,
             and
             thus
             they
             live
             peacefully
             ,
             and
             keep
             a
             good
             correspondence
             ;
             
             some
             yeares
             since
             the
             King
             of
             Persia
             ,
             by
             the
             help
             of
             the
             English
             and
             Hollander
             ,
             hath
             regained
             Ormus
             ,
             and
             reduced
             it
             to
             his
             obedience
             as
             formerly
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XI
             .
             Of
             Persia
             ,
             her
             confines
             ,
             and
             provinces
             :
             Of
             Babylon
             ,
             and
             the
             Lake
             of
             Pitch
             .
          
           
             LEaving
             Ormus
             we
             resolved
             to
             travel
             through
             all
             Persia
             ,
             
             before
             we
             begun
             our
             East-Indian
             voyage
             ,
             as
             we
             first
             had
             designed
             .
             'T
             was
             occasioned
             by
             a
             Merchant
             I
             have
             already
             spoken
             of
             :
             having
             travelled
             to
             and
             fro
             ,
             through
             very
             many
             towns
             and
             countries
             of
             Persia
             ;
             I
             could
             not
             so
             exactly
             remark
             the
             dayes
             journies
             ,
             nor
             the
             distances
             ,
             order
             ,
             or
             proceed
             of
             the
             voyage
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             my
             youth
             ;
             I
             will
             content
             my self
             to
             discover
             a
             view
             of
             the
             country
             ,
             as
             faithfully
             ,
             and
             exactly
             as
             my
             memory
             will
             serve
             .
             And
             first
             I
             will
             affirm
             ,
             that
             Persia
             ,
             called
             
               Azemia
               ,
               Azimir
            
             ,
             and
             Farsi
             ,
             is
             a
             vast
             Empire
             extending
             from
             the
             confines
             of
             Turky
             towards
             Armenia
             betwixt
             the
             River
             Tigris
             ,
             and
             the
             Persick
             or
             Elcatiff
             Sea.
             The
             Caspien
             ,
             or
             the
             Bachu
             ,
             the
             Indian
             ,
             
             and
             the
             river
             Chesel
             anciently
             Jaxartes
             .
             Westward
             't
             is
             bounded
             by
             the
             Turkish
             Empire
             ,
             Eastward
             it
             lyes
             upon
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Samarcant
             ,
             the
             Empire
             of
             the
             Grand
             Mogul
             ,
             and
             Cambaye
             ,
             Northward
             upon
             the
             Caspian
             Sea
             ,
             Southward
             upon
             the
             great
             Indian
             Sea
             ,
             towards
             the
             desert
             Carmania
             ,
             and
             Guzarate
             .
             This
             Empire
             containes
             many
             great
             Provinces
             ,
             or
             rather
             kingdomes
             ;
             and
             a
             great
             number
             of
             fair
             ,
             and
             flourishing
             Towns
             and
             Cities
             ,
             having
             ever
             continued
             famous
             since
             the
             first
             settlement
             under
             the
             Grand
             Cyrus
             two
             thousand
             two
             hundred
             years
             since
             ,
             untill
             it
             was
             possessed
             by
             the
             Grecians
             and
             Parthians
             ;
             and
             since
             she
             returned
             unto
             the
             natural
             Persians
             ,
             about
             the
             year
             of
             Grace
             two
             hundred
             ,
             they
             kept
             it
             many
             ages
             ,
             untill
             about
             foure
             hundred
             years
             since
             ,
             the
             Sarasins
             and
             Mahometans
             obtained
             it
             ,
             and
             have
             kept
             it
             ever
             since
             ,
             by
             many
             changes
             ,
             and
             diverse
             races
             of
             Kings
             ,
             and
             Lords
             ,
             
               Arabians
               Sarasins
               ,
               Parthians
               ,
               Turks
               ,
            
             and
             natural
             Persians
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             last
             settlement
             of
             the
             Sophyes
             not
             many
             yeares
             since
             .
          
           
             The
             chiefest
             Provinces
             are
             
               Sequel
               pech
            
             ,
             formerly
             Susiania
             ,
             
             Chirmania
             ,
             or
             
               Carmania
               ,
               Struan
            
             ,
             or
             
               Media
               ,
               Corozan
               ,
               Zagathay
            
             ,
             or
             Hircania
             ,
             
             and
             the
             
               Bactriane
               ,
               Jex
            
             ,
             or
             
               Parthia
               ,
               Guzerat
            
             ,
             or
             Gedrosia
             .
             then
             
               Arac
               ,
               Podel
               ,
               Iselbas
               ,
               Sigestan
               ,
               Sablestan
               ,
               Chabul
               ,
               Candahar
               ,
            
             and
             others
             .
          
           
             
             The
             chiefest
             rivers
             are
             the
             Euphrates
             or
             Aforat
             ,
             the
             
               Tigris
               ,
               Araxes
            
             ,
             or
             
               Arasse
               ,
               Oxus
            
             ,
             and
             others
             .
          
           
             Euphrates
             hath
             upon
             her
             banks
             many
             fair
             towns
             ,
             as
             Babylon
             ,
             where
             inhabit
             a
             great
             number
             of
             Christians
             ,
             as
             likewise
             at
             
               Mazestan
               ,
               Astmosia
               ,
               Artasara
               ,
               Tunisse
               perbent
               ,
            
             and
             elsewhere
             ,
             who
             freely
             exercise
             their
             religion
             being
             tributary
             to
             the
             Prince
             .
             Northward
             are
             the
             famous
             town
             of
             Giett
             ,
             six
             days
             journy
             from
             
               Solstania
               ,
               Saban
               ,
               Comer
               ,
               Cozan
               ,
               Egex
               ,
               Jelli
               ,
               Sengan
               ,
               Maluchia
               ,
               Scio
               ,
               Mesen
               ,
               Ere
               .
            
          
           
             
             Then
             towards
             the
             Persick
             gulph
             stands
             Guerdi
             upon
             the
             river
             Bindinimar
             ,
             or
             Bindamach
             ,
             and
             going
             up
             the
             river
             ,
             you
             discover
             
               Marous
               ,
               Viegan
               ,
               Maain
               ,
               Sana
               ;
               in
               Media
               ,
            
             are
             
               Tauris
               ,
               Rip
               ,
               Sidan
               ,
               Estrana
               ,
               Barbariben
               ;
               Bacchat
               ,
               Madranelli
               ,
               Samachi
               ,
            
             and
             others
             ;
             then
             the
             Royal
             townes
             of
             
               Soltania
               ,
               Espahan
               ,
               Casbin
               ,
               Siras
               ,
            
             without
             reckoning
             many
             other
             towns
             upon
             the
             river
             Benmir
             ,
             
             called
             by
             the
             
               Russes
               Bragadet
            
             ,
             where
             they
             trade
             much
             in
             cloth
             of
             gold
             ,
             silver
             ,
             and
             silk
             .
             Thither
             they
             repair
             from
             all
             parts
             of
             the
             world
             for
             that
             trade
             ,
             as
             from
             the
             
               Indies
               ,
               Aethiopia
               ,
               Arabia
               ,
               Aegypt
               ,
               Turkie
               ,
               Tartary
               ,
            
             and
             other
             countries
             which
             yields
             a
             great
             profit
             to
             the
             Sophy
             of
             Persia
             .
          
           
             
             We
             ran
             through
             most
             of
             these
             towns
             ,
             making
             but
             short
             stayes
             ,
             but
             better
             profit
             of
             our
             small
             commodities
             .
             Babylon
             ,
             or
             Bagdet
             ,
             so
             famous
             ,
             and
             formerly
             the
             eye
             and
             marvail
             of
             all
             the
             Eastern
             towns
             ,
             scituate
             upon
             the
             great
             
               Euphrates
               ,
               Erat
            
             ,
             and
             Aforat
             ,
             which
             was
             fifty
             miles
             about
             ;
             there
             is
             nothing
             remaining
             at
             this
             day
             of
             that
             ancient
             town
             but
             the
             ruines
             ,
             since
             a
             total
             destruction
             given
             her
             by
             the
             Sarazens
             about
             900.
             years
             since
             ,
             and
             instead
             of
             her
             ,
             upon
             the
             other
             side
             of
             the
             Euphrates
             ,
             some
             four
             leagues
             distant
             ,
             upon
             the
             current
             of
             the
             Tigris
             and
             Euphrates
             ,
             is
             built
             the
             town
             of
             Bagded
             ,
             
             or
             at
             this
             day
             the
             new
             Babylon
             ,
             whither
             the
             remains
             of
             the
             ancient
             were
             transported
             into
             a
             town
             formerly
             named
             Seleucia
             by
             the
             
               Califf
               Almanzor
            
             ,
             or
             Elmantzur
             ;
             It
             lyes
             Northward
             upon
             Armenia
             ,
             Westward
             upon
             the
             desert
             Arabia
             ,
             upon
             the
             happy
             Southward
             ,
             and
             Eastward
             upon
             Persia
             ,
             the
             Tigris
             washes
             her
             walls
             ;
             upon
             the
             other
             side
             is
             a
             pleasant
             village
             ,
             with
             a
             bridge
             of
             boats
             rising
             and
             falling
             ,
             with
             the
             flow
             ,
             and
             ebbe
             ;
             in
             this
             Burrough
             is
             the
             Fair
             kept
             ,
             and
             here
             inhabit
             most
             of
             the
             Merchants
             ,
             who
             trade
             freely
             ;
             The
             town
             is
             large
             ,
             and
             full
             of
             Merchants
             ,
             well
             rounded
             both
             with
             walls
             ,
             &
             gardens
             and
             Arable
             land
             .
             There
             was
             a
             strong
             Castle
             well
             provided
             with
             Artillery
             ;
             where
             a
             Bassa
             then
             Lieutenant
             General
             for
             the
             Turk
             lived
             ,
             but
             since
             the
             Persian
             regained
             it
             of
             the
             Turk
             ,
             having
             ever
             been
             subject
             to
             the
             Persian
             ,
             untill
             it
             was
             reduced
             by
             Soliman
             the
             magnicent
             ,
             who
             caused
             himself
             to
             be
             crown'd
             King
             by
             the
             Califf
             ,
             (
             living
             there
             at
             this
             present
             day
             )
             but
             without
             any
             power
             ,
             retaining
             the
             name
             onely
             ,
             and
             some
             rights
             to
             receive
             ,
             and
             crown
             the
             Emperours
             
             of
             Assyria
             ;
             There
             goes
             from
             this
             town
             monethly
             ,
             Caravane●
             ,
             to
             all
             parts
             of
             the
             world
             :
             In
             lieu
             of
             floats
             ,
             they
             transport
             their
             commodities
             down
             the
             river
             upon
             goat
             skins
             blown
             ,
             then
             they
             load
             the
             skins
             upon
             Camels
             ,
             for
             service
             again
             at
             need
             :
             They
             say
             that
             the
             tower
             of
             Babel
             so
             much
             spoken
             of
             ,
             stood
             in
             a
             plain
             ,
             some
             two
             leagues
             off
             that
             she
             was
             three
             thousand
             paces
             about
             ,
             and
             that
             her
             foundation
             is
             onely
             at
             this
             day
             seen
             upon
             a
             hill
             covered
             with
             her
             ruines
             :
             a
             Merchant
             that
             had
             seen
             the
             place
             related
             unto
             me
             ,
             that
             the
             Tower
             was
             built
             with
             a
             clay
             or
             earth
             ,
             so
             strongly
             cimented
             ,
             that
             endeavouring
             to
             take
             up
             a
             piece
             ,
             he
             could
             not
             ;
             and
             that
             there
             was
             a
             bed
             or
             course
             of
             that
             earth
             first
             laid
             ,
             then
             another
             of
             reeds
             platted
             like
             a
             matte
             ,
             not
             at
             all
             decayed
             ,
             but
             strong
             ,
             beyond
             imagination
             .
             He
             told
             me
             he
             had
             passed
             over
             the
             lake
             of
             pitch
             ,
             proceeding
             from
             a
             great
             precipice
             ,
             
             which
             they
             trade
             withall
             into
             diverse
             places
             ;
             and
             that
             the
             great
             town
             of
             Nineve
             ,
             and
             the
             walls
             of
             Babylon
             were
             built
             with
             this
             Bitumen
             ,
             they
             burn
             of
             it
             in
             Holland
             instead
             of
             Turf
             ,
             for
             it
             casts
             a
             great
             light
             :
             this
             lake
             or
             river
             of
             pitch
             is
             between
             Babylon
             ,
             and
             another
             town
             called
             Nane
             ;
             whence
             springs
             this
             pitch
             distilling
             out
             of
             a
             rock
             in
             several
             clefts
             ,
             and
             so
             plentifully
             ,
             especially
             at
             the
             full
             of
             the
             Moon
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             both
             strange
             and
             terrible
             ;
             from
             thence
             those
             springs
             disgorge
             themselves
             into
             this
             lake
             of
             their
             own
             composing
             ,
             Marriners
             thereabouts
             make
             use
             of
             it
             to
             calk
             their
             ships
             .
             The
             inhabitants
             believe
             it
             to
             be
             Hels
             mouth
             .
             'T
             is
             the
             Bitumen
             ,
             or
             soft
             sulphurous
             mould
             so
             much
             spoken
             of
             by
             the
             ancients
             :
             which
             they
             made
             use
             of
             ,
             and
             do
             to
             this
             very
             day
             ,
             instead
             of
             chalk
             .
             I
             remember
             I
             have
             seen
             the
             like
             in
             Albema
             ,
             a
             Region
             in
             the
             Indies
             ,
             which
             the
             Inhabitants
             and
             neighbours
             thereunto
             burn
             in
             Torches
             ,
             which
             yields
             so
             black
             ,
             thick
             ,
             and
             ill-sented
             a
             smoak
             ,
             that
             the
             very
             birds
             flying
             over
             ,
             are
             giddyed
             therewith
             ,
             and
             fall
             down
             dead
             .
             In
             Cuba
             ,
             an
             Isle
             in
             the
             West-Indies
             ,
             is
             such
             pitch
             ,
             towards
             the
             
               Cape
               Magdalen
            
             ,
             in
             the
             country
             of
             Aute
             ,
             and
             Province
             of
             Apalihen
             ,
             which
             Bituminous
             liquor
             flows
             upon
             the
             water
             with
             such
             a
             stink
             ,
             that
             often
             ships
             lost
             in
             their
             road
             ,
             by
             means
             of
             the
             sent
             ,
             retrive
             their
             way
             .
          
           
             Euphrates
             and
             Tigris
             incorporate
             near
             Babylon
             ,
             and
             both
             run
             into
             the
             Persick
             sea
             near
             Balsora
             ,
             
             a
             town
             of
             great
             trade
             ,
             fifteen
             miles
             distant
             from
             the
             main
             sea
             .
          
           
             The
             Town
             of
             Bagded
             or
             Babylon
             ,
             is
             divided
             into
             four
             quarters
             ,
             
             Precincts
             ,
             or
             Wards
             ,
             and
             in
             time
             of
             war
             or
             troubles
             the
             four
             States
             or
             Councels
             ,
             withdraw
             themselves
             into
             their
             respective
             limits
             ;
             and
             call
             their
             Councels
             ,
             and
             he
             that
             hath
             best
             advised
             ,
             makes
             it
             out
             to
             the
             Councel
             ,
             that
             his
             advice
             is
             most
             necessary
             and
             useful
             ,
             injoyes
             royal
             liberty
             of
             freedom
             ,
             without
             paying
             taxe
             ,
             assessement
             ,
             or
             imposition
             ,
             what
             lands
             soever
             he
             be
             possessed
             of
             .
             He
             is
             much
             esteemed
             and
             respected
             by
             the
             Prince
             ,
             being
             ever
             after
             freely
             admitted
             unto
             the
             general
             Councel
             ,
             which
             is
             held
             annually
             for
             the
             kingdomes
             good
             and
             welfare
             .
             This
             is
             also
             an
             observation
             
             as
             in
             many
             townes
             in
             Persia
             ,
             which
             inclines
             the
             people
             very
             much
             to
             the
             study
             of
             Astronomy
             ,
             divination
             ,
             and
             all
             sorts
             or
             kinds
             of
             Philosophy
             that
             may
             make
             them
             wise
             ,
             and
             prudent
             ,
             and
             understanding
             ;
             they
             are
             much
             given
             to
             vertues
             ,
             chastity
             only
             excepted
             ;
             being
             a
             large
             and
             lascivious
             people
             ,
             the
             women
             in
             these
             countries
             are
             the
             fairest
             ,
             and
             the
             sweetest
             in
             the
             whole
             world
             ,
             which
             verifies
             the
             Proverb
             ,
             a
             Persian
             woman
             ,
             and
             horse
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XII
             .
             Of
             the
             Town
             of
             
               Tauris
               ,
               Sumachia
               ,
               Bachat
               ,
               Casbin
               ,
            
             and
             some
             of
             the
             chiefest
             places
             of
             Persia
             ,
          
           
             FRom
             Babylon
             we
             passed
             through
             all
             the
             other
             towns
             of
             Persia
             ,
             the
             chiefest
             whereof
             I
             will
             only
             mention
             ,
             
             as
             Tauris
             in
             Media
             ,
             a
             great
             town
             ,
             and
             full
             of
             Merchants
             ;
             some
             take
             her
             for
             the
             ancient
             Ecbatanes
             ,
             a
             Royal
             town
             belonging
             to
             the
             primitive
             Kings
             of
             Media
             ;
             it
             hath
             been
             several
             times
             taken
             ,
             and
             retaken
             by
             the
             Turks
             and
             Persians
             ;
             untill
             't
             was
             strongly
             maintained
             by
             the
             Persian
             ,
             since
             the
             last
             battailes
             given
             by
             the
             Persian
             to
             the
             Turk
             ,
             she
             was
             lost
             when
             the
             King
             of
             Persia
             assisted
             Prince
             Zagathay
             ;
             
             which
             occasioned
             the
             revolt
             of
             a
             good
             part
             of
             his
             country
             contrived
             by
             his
             eldest
             son
             .
             This
             King
             to
             recover
             his
             country
             ,
             
             and
             to
             ensnare
             his
             son
             ,
             devised
             a
             stratagem
             ,
             which
             was
             to
             report
             himself
             dead
             ,
             and
             caused
             his
             obsequies
             publickly
             to
             be
             celebrated
             ;
             concealing
             himself
             in
             the
             place
             his
             treasure
             was
             kept
             in
             ,
             hither
             his
             abused
             Son
             streight
             repaired
             ,
             was
             seized
             on
             ,
             and
             ended
             his
             dayes
             in
             prison
             ;
             after
             this
             ,
             the
             King
             with
             a
             great
             Army
             went
             to
             regain
             what
             he
             had
             lost
             of
             his
             dominions
             ,
             as
             
               Sequetpee
               ,
               Aremnia
            
             ,
             the
             towns
             of
             Siras
             ,
             and
             divers
             others
             upon
             the
             
               Euphrates
               ,
               Tigris
            
             ,
             and
             Araxes
             .
             The
             town
             of
             Tauris
             hath
             been
             several
             times
             burnt
             and
             plundered
             ,
             in
             the
             several
             conquests
             she
             yielded
             unto
             :
             she
             may
             be
             very
             near
             as
             great
             as
             London
             :
             The
             Prince
             receives
             yearly
             great
             revenues
             ,
             by
             trade
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             from
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             for
             they
             are
             all
             tributary
             ,
             as
             also
             all
             artificers
             are
             acccording
             to
             their
             faculties
             and
             callings
             :
             The
             Merchants
             that
             only
             passe
             through
             the
             town
             without
             making
             any
             stay
             ,
             pay
             for
             their
             commodities
             at
             the
             rate
             of
             five
             
               per
               centum
            
             for
             toll
             or
             custome
             ,
             or
             the
             rights
             of
             passage
             ;
             and
             if
             they
             are
             minded
             to
             stay
             in
             town
             ,
             they
             pay
             ten
             
               per
               centum
            
             :
             but
             notwithstanding
             the
             height
             of
             the
             custome
             ,
             thither
             resort
             very
             many
             Merchants
             ,
             with
             all
             sorts
             of
             wares
             ,
             from
             all
             places
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             in
             spight
             ;
             they
             come
             from
             the
             
               Indies
               ,
               Africa
            
             ,
             
             
               Aethiopia
               ,
               Baldec
               ,
               Mosul
               ,
               Cremesol
               ,
               Cambalec
               ,
               Melusia
               ,
               Vaouta
               ,
               Decherin
               ,
               Saltamach
               ,
               Chelmodate
               ,
               Cotestan
               ,
            
             and
             from
             other
             parts
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             which
             brings
             an
             inestimable
             treasure
             to
             the
             Sophy
             .
             Besides
             ,
             
             the
             many
             other
             towns
             that
             pay
             the
             like
             gabels
             and
             customs
             ,
             as
             
               Giac
               ,
               Soltania
               ,
               Jaban
               ,
               Comer
               ,
               Casera
               ,
               Erget
               ,
            
             all
             very
             rich
             Towns
             :
             
             Then
             towards
             Cusistan
             ,
             the
             great
             City
             of
             Guerd
             upon
             the
             River
             
               Bindamar
               ,
               Virgan
               ,
               Marout
               ,
               Asana
               ,
            
             with
             Nain
             ,
             all
             iunumerably
             peopled
             ,
             
               Sidan
               ,
               Reib
               ,
               Estrana
               ,
               Barbarihen
               ,
               Samachir
               ,
            
             and
             in
             other
             parts
             
               Maluchia
               ,
               Sengan
               ,
               Sio
               ,
               Meson
               ,
               Ere
               ,
            
             and
             many
             more
             ,
             the
             Country
             being
             five
             hundred
             leagues
             over
             from
             Babylon
             ,
             to
             Corozan
             ,
             and
             from
             the
             Persick
             to
             the
             Caspian
             Sea
             ,
             all
             inhabited
             by
             people
             civilized
             ,
             yet
             most
             of
             them
             Mahometans
             of
             the
             Sect
             of
             Hali.
             
          
           
             A
             little
             above
             Tauris
             drawing
             towards
             the
             North
             ,
             
             and
             the
             bounds
             of
             Media
             stands
             Arbena
             ,
             or
             Derbent
             ,
             which
             they
             say
             was
             built
             and
             so
             named
             by
             Alexander
             the
             Great
             ,
             formerly
             called
             the
             Port
             of
             Caucase
             ,
             or
             Iberia
             ,
             because
             it
             is
             a
             strait
             of
             land
             ,
             or
             narrow
             passage
             ,
             between
             the
             Caspian
             Sea
             and
             the
             hills
             ,
             which
             hindred
             the
             Scythians
             entry
             upon
             Media
             ,
             since
             she
             is
             called
             Temircapi
             ,
             or
             Iron
             gate
             ,
             and
             Derbent
             ,
             which
             signifies
             a
             Strait
             and
             there
             be
             many
             Iron
             gates
             ,
             with
             a
             strong
             garrison
             ,
             to
             stop
             the
             Northern
             peoples
             passage
             ,
             as
             the
             
               Circassians
               ,
               Albanians
               ,
               Tartars
            
             ,
             and
             others
             .
          
           
             Beneath
             Derbent
             stands
             Sumachia
             ,
             
             a
             rich
             Town
             and
             full
             of
             gentry
             ;
             then
             Bachat
             ,
             or
             Bacha
             ,
             another
             Town
             of
             great
             commerce
             upon
             the
             Caspian
             Sea
             ,
             and
             a
             most
             famous
             one
             being
             the
             nursery
             of
             the
             fairest
             women
             of
             all
             Persia
             ,
             and
             the
             Persian
             dames
             do
             far
             excell
             in
             beauty
             ,
             sweetnesse
             ,
             graces
             ,
             and
             are
             more
             taking
             than
             any
             Ladies
             in
             that
             part
             of
             the
             world
             ;
             and
             they
             have
             a
             proverb
             in
             Persia
             ,
             that
             he
             that
             hath
             a
             mind
             to
             see
             a
             fair
             and
             handsom
             woman
             must
             go
             to
             Bachat
             .
          
           
             They
             are
             visited
             from
             all
             parts
             ,
             for
             they
             are
             of
             amiable
             complexions
             ,
             and
             there
             is
             a
             certain
             place
             in
             the
             Town
             called
             Gezempee
             ,
             
             whither
             most
             of
             the
             Curtizans
             do
             retire
             ,
             and
             are
             frequently
             visited
             by
             strangers
             .
             The
             Jewes
             that
             inhabit
             this
             Town
             ,
             do
             carefully
             take
             up
             all
             the
             poor
             girles
             that
             have
             in
             any
             measure
             received
             natures
             favour
             ,
             they
             cloath
             them
             richly
             ,
             and
             lodge
             them
             in
             a
             large
             street
             near
             to
             that
             quarter
             called
             Machif
             :
             
             which
             signifies
             a
             stews
             ,
             and
             make
             a
             great
             benefit
             of
             them
             ,
             they
             are
             all
             sumptuously
             lodged
             ,
             apparelled
             like
             Princesses
             :
             and
             although
             they
             are
             poor
             yet
             they
             find
             friends
             that
             provide
             for
             them
             ,
             you
             spy
             them
             at
             the
             windows
             as
             at
             Rome
             ,
             their
             keeping
             open
             houses
             gives
             a
             free
             access
             unto
             all
             persons
             to
             trade
             with
             them
             ,
             yet
             for
             the
             most
             part
             they
             are
             married
             to
             rogues
             ,
             or
             mean
             conditioned
             people
             ,
             as
             Porters
             ,
             Car-men
             ,
             Butchers
             ,
             or
             Hangmen
             ,
             who
             often
             interrupt
             your
             entertainments
             or
             conversation
             with
             their
             rudenesse
             ;
             shewing
             themselves
             to
             be
             masters
             :
             
             there
             I
             saw
             a
             Marseillian
             dame
             named
             
               Louysa
               Campane
            
             ,
             brought
             hither
             by
             her
             husband
             to
             keep
             a
             house
             ,
             she
             became
             so
             haughty
             and
             proud
             of
             her
             gallantry
             ,
             that
             a
             certain
             Merchant
             desirous
             to
             buy
             her
             favour
             at
             ten
             crowns
             price
             ,
             she
             threw
             it
             him
             out
             at
             the
             window
             very
             scornfully
             ,
             and
             yet
             was
             not
             of
             the
             ablest
             to
             live
             amongst
             them
             ;
             neverthelesse
             she
             maintained
             
             her
             husband
             in
             silks
             and
             satins
             ,
             who
             was
             but
             a
             poor
             Seaman
             ugly
             and
             ill
             behaved
             ,
             but
             it
             is
             rare
             if
             this
             sort
             of
             women
             become
             not
             most
             miserable
             at
             last
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             their
             vaste
             and
             continuall
             expenses
             ,
             they
             will
             thorough
             vanity
             give
             a
             crown
             or
             two
             at
             a
             time
             ,
             to
             a
             beggar
             in
             the
             street
             :
             This
             Marseillian
             had
             lived
             five
             or
             six
             years
             ,
             in
             a
             great
             heighth
             in
             Tauris
             ,
             where
             by
             her
             trade
             she
             had
             got
             above
             a
             thousand
             crowns
             ,
             which
             through
             her
             pride
             and
             vanity
             she
             wholly
             consumed
             ,
             being
             banisht
             the
             Town
             for
             braving
             and
             giving
             a
             box
             on
             the
             ear
             to
             a
             Lord
             that
             kept
             her
             for
             a
             time
             since
             she
             retired
             to
             Bachat
             .
          
           
             
             There
             are
             many
             more
             fair
             Towns
             in
             Persia
             ,
             as
             
               Spahan
               ,
               Casbin
               ,
               Siras
            
             ,
             Royall
             Towns
             ;
             at
             Spahan
             is
             kept
             one
             of
             the
             Sophy's
             Courts
             ,
             well
             peopled
             and
             rich
             ,
             there
             are
             made
             many
             silke
             stuffs
             ,
             and
             is
             plenty
             of
             a
             certain
             stone
             called
             Besouart
             ,
             (
             which
             they
             say
             )
             goats
             breed
             in
             their
             stomacks
             :
             The
             Turky-stone
             mine
             is
             not
             far
             from
             thence
             ,
             't
             is
             a
             very
             amorous
             Town
             ,
             both
             men
             and
             women
             thinking
             of
             nothing
             but
             their
             pleasures
             ,
             and
             coolness
             during
             the
             heats
             :
             fruit
             is
             there
             very
             plentiful
             ,
             &
             most
             excellent
             of
             all
             sorts
             .
          
           
             
             Casbin
             is
             another
             big
             and
             Royal
             Town
             ,
             well
             inhabited
             ;
             then
             there
             is
             Siras
             the
             most
             delicious
             ,
             and
             most
             pleasing
             of
             all
             Persia
             ,
             which
             affords
             you
             fair
             gardens
             ,
             fountains
             ,
             and
             other
             refreshments
             during
             the
             great
             heats
             ,
             there
             are
             many
             stately
             and
             good
             horses
             ,
             some
             imagine
             this
             Town
             to
             be
             built
             upon
             the
             ruines
             of
             old
             Persepolis
             ,
             the
             City-royal
             of
             the
             ancient
             Persian
             Monarchs
             ,
             scituate
             near
             the
             Araxes
             ,
             now
             called
             Bradamir
             ,
             and
             not
             far
             from
             thence
             are
             to
             this
             day
             seen
             the
             admirable
             ruines
             of
             that
             famous
             pallace
             of
             the
             Persian
             Kings
             ,
             which
             Alexander
             caused
             to
             be
             burnt
             to
             please
             his
             Thais
             ,
             
             of
             Siras
             more
             hereafter
             .
          
           
             Going
             on
             our
             Journey
             we
             went
             from
             place
             to
             place
             without
             keeping
             a
             streight
             rode
             ,
             to
             put
             off
             our
             commodities
             at
             a
             better
             rate
             ,
             drawing
             right
             upon
             the
             Cusistan
             ;
             of
             that
             side
             we
             found
             all
             the
             keyes
             or
             passages
             of
             Persia
             ,
             bad
             and
             difficult
             ,
             for
             which
             reason
             the
             Turk
             effected
             not
             his
             design
             in
             those
             parts
             ,
             we
             found
             it
             a
             strange
             Countrey
             ,
             and
             all
             that
             part
             of
             Persia
             but
             a
             vaste
             solitude
             unpeopled
             ,
             and
             very
             dangerous
             travelling
             :
             The
             Mountains
             were
             inhabited
             by
             harbarous
             or
             insolent
             persons
             ,
             then
             we
             met
             with
             great
             fens
             or
             bogs
             very
             deep
             ,
             and
             forrests
             impenetrable
             ,
             which
             renders
             the
             passages
             so
             uncertain
             and
             arduous
             ,
             that
             the
             merchants
             have
             much
             ado
             to
             find
             them
             ,
             although
             they
             are
             well
             guided
             ,
             and
             have
             often
             travelled
             them
             ;
             when
             you
             have
             met
             with
             the
             guide
             that
             undertakes
             to
             conduct
             from
             one
             kingdom
             to
             another
             ,
             he
             must
             give
             account
             to
             the
             Belierbeit
             ,
             or
             Governour
             ,
             what
             persons
             he
             carries
             out
             of
             his
             dominions
             ,
             for
             you
             may
             not
             return
             into
             the
             same
             country
             ,
             without
             producing
             good
             license
             and
             discharge
             ,
             with
             a
             certificate
             or
             note
             of
             the
             places
             you
             have
             travelled
             ;
             which
             is
             a
             laudable
             order
             of
             the
             Princes
             ,
             for
             having
             such
             a
             care
             both
             of
             strangers
             and
             of
             his
             own
             Subjects
             ,
             that
             he
             wills
             and
             
             endeavours
             their
             free
             and
             secure
             trading
             in
             all
             his
             Territories
             .
             We
             went
             towards
             Vacharin
             to
             enter
             upon
             Tartary
             ,
             and
             raught
             unto
             the
             Province
             of
             Samarcant
             ,
             
             where
             is
             a
             Town
             bears
             the
             same
             name
             ,
             famous
             ,
             for
             having
             been
             the
             seat
             of
             Tamberland
             the
             Great
             ,
             so
             much
             mentioned
             in
             our
             Histories
             these
             two
             or
             three
             hundered
             yeares
             .
          
           
             We
             being
             sensible
             of
             the
             hardship
             and
             inconveniencies
             in
             travelling
             further
             this
             way
             ,
             besides
             the
             best
             experienced
             Merchants
             disswaded
             us
             from
             it
             ;
             for
             we
             discovered
             that
             that
             Countrey
             coyne
             was
             not
             of
             any
             value
             ,
             being
             neither
             gold
             nor
             silver
             ,
             but
             of
             some
             other
             base
             metall
             ,
             and
             some
             of
             the
             barke
             of
             trees
             ,
             as
             
               Marke
               Pole
            
             remarkes
             of
             
               Tartarye
               ,
               Li.
            
             2.
             
             Cap.
             18.
             we
             turned
             back
             again
             into
             Persia
             ,
             from
             thence
             by
             great
             dayes
             journey
             to
             the
             happy
             Arabia
             and
             Ormus
             ;
             we
             now
             had
             associated
             our selves
             to
             a
             jolly
             company
             of
             Merchants
             ,
             and
             my
             companion
             privately
             acquainted
             me
             he
             had
             resolved
             to
             see
             the
             east
             Indies
             ,
             and
             that
             if
             I
             were
             unwilling
             to
             take
             so
             long
             a
             journey
             ,
             he
             would
             recommend
             me
             to
             some
             French
             Merchant
             at
             Ormus
             ,
             that
             should
             safely
             reconduct
             me
             into
             Europe
             .
             I
             willingly
             resolved
             to
             go
             along
             with
             him
             ,
             or
             whither
             else
             he
             would
             ,
             but
             not
             to
             leave
             him
             :
             this
             resolution
             taken
             ,
             we
             came
             back
             thorough
             many
             Towns
             of
             Persia
             ,
             as
             Sorismell
             ,
             
             twelve
             leagues
             thence
             Sinderate
             ,
             upon
             the
             river
             Adalout
             ,
             where
             we
             were
             lodged
             at
             a
             Renegades
             ,
             that
             gave
             us
             good
             entertainment
             ,
             his
             house
             was
             built
             halfe
             upon
             the
             water
             :
             the
             Armenian
             Merchant
             that
             desired
             to
             go
             thorough
             Pegu
             to
             buy
             rubies
             ,
             resolved
             Cassis
             to
             passe
             thorough
             Indostan
             ,
             we
             advised
             together
             to
             regain
             our
             way
             ,
             and
             to
             escape
             the
             excises
             ,
             or
             payments
             ,
             are
             paid
             towards
             Samarcant
             ,
             and
             Corozan
             ;
             we
             had
             much
             recreation
             in
             this
             voyage
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XIII
             .
             Of
             the
             Kings
             of
             Persia
             ,
             their
             Power
             ,
             pleasures
             ,
             of
             the
             
               Sophy
               ,
               Hali
            
             ,
             and
             of
             some
             Sects
             of
             Religious
             Pericans
             ,
             of
             the
             antient
             Mages
             ,
             and
             other
             Officers
             of
             the
             Kingdome
             .
          
           
             THe
             King
             of
             Persia
             is
             one
             of
             the
             greatest
             ,
             and
             most
             Powerfull
             Princes
             of
             the
             World
             ,
             as
             well
             in
             the
             extent
             of
             Territory
             ,
             
             treasure
             and
             riches
             ,
             as
             in
             number
             of
             men
             of
             warr
             ;
             he
             can
             ordinarily
             set
             forth
             a
             hundered
             thousand
             Cavalry
             ,
             and
             of
             infantry
             foure
             score
             thousand
             .
             The
             state
             of
             his
             Court
             is
             most
             ample
             and
             Magnificant
             :
             his
             people
             warlike
             ,
             with
             a
             great
             number
             of
             generous
             
             Nobility
             ;
             the
             King
             is
             served
             ,
             and
             attended
             by
             the
             greatest
             Lords
             of
             the
             Land.
             
             He
             is
             Cheif
             ,
             or
             Head
             of
             the
             Religion
             ,
             or
             his
             Church
             ,
             throughout
             his
             whole
             Empire
             ,
             and
             leades
             a
             very
             lascivious
             and
             voluptuous
             life
             ,
             keepes
             many
             women
             Royally
             clad
             ;
             he
             uses
             the
             most
             exquisite
             perfumes
             ,
             not
             in
             his
             apparrell
             and
             furniture
             only
             ,
             but
             also
             in
             his
             meate
             ;
             he
             weares
             Jewells
             ,
             of
             an
             inestimable
             value
             ;
             and
             he
             hath
             leave
             to
             marry
             as
             many
             wives
             as
             he
             pleases
             ,
             as
             the
             Grand
             Seignior
             hath
             ;
             He
             keepes
             Seleris
             ,
             
             persons
             well
             qualified
             ,
             whose
             duties
             are
             to
             travell
             thorough
             the
             whole
             Empire
             ,
             to
             see
             and
             chuse
             the
             fairest
             and
             rarest
             women
             ,
             having
             leave
             to
             enter
             all
             places
             ,
             
             nay
             their
             very
             bed-chambers
             ,
             to
             view
             them
             ,
             in
             what
             postures
             they
             please
             ,
             but
             chiefely
             to
             know
             whether
             they
             snore
             ,
             or
             stir
             much
             in
             their
             sleepe
             ,
             or
             whether
             they
             sleepe
             quietly
             ,
             and
             having
             made
             choice
             of
             them
             ,
             as
             they
             ought
             to
             be
             qualified
             ,
             they
             carry
             them
             in
             a
             littar
             to
             the
             Princes
             service
             ,
             and
             their
             parents
             are
             much
             honoured
             and
             esteemed
             .
             When
             the
             King
             hath
             seen
             them
             ,
             and
             hath
             chosen
             which
             please
             him
             most
             ,
             he
             presents
             the
             others
             to
             the
             greatest
             Lords
             and
             favourites
             of
             his
             Court
             ;
             which
             are
             much
             happier
             then
             those
             remain
             with
             the
             Prince
             ,
             for
             so
             great
             store
             he
             hath
             of
             them
             ,
             that
             few
             of
             them
             have
             the
             Honour
             to
             enjoy
             his
             Person
             ;
             they
             are
             kept
             ,
             or
             guarded
             by
             Eunuches
             ,
             as
             they
             are
             in
             Turky
             :
             Those
             are
             most
             in
             his
             favour
             the
             King
             takes
             often
             a
             hunting
             with
             him
             :
             
             they
             are
             not
             seen
             of
             any
             ,
             although
             they
             can
             see
             others
             ;
             he
             goes
             a
             hunting
             ,
             as
             to
             the
             Wars
             ,
             his
             men
             carry
             severall
             sorts
             of
             Armes
             ,
             as
             bowes
             and
             arrowes
             ,
             cymiters
             ,
             axes
             ,
             marching
             in
             rank
             ,
             carefully
             guarding
             their
             Kings
             Person
             ,
             whom
             they
             adore
             as
             a
             God.
             
          
           
             Their
             Military
             discipline
             is
             very
             exact
             ,
             and
             they
             suffer
             much
             in
             their
             exercises
             ,
             they
             eate
             nothing
             untill
             their
             chase
             be
             ended
             ,
             then
             they
             drive
             heards
             of
             savage
             beasts
             before
             the
             Concubines
             litters
             ,
             to
             recreate
             ,
             and
             delight
             them
             ,
             killing
             those
             the
             Ladies
             have
             most
             minde
             unto
             ,
             sometimes
             they
             cause
             of
             them
             to
             be
             taken
             alive
             ,
             and
             restore
             liberty
             to
             the
             rest
             ;
             this
             Countrey
             is
             fuller
             of
             great
             and
             pleasant
             Forrests
             ,
             
             then
             all
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             east
             .
          
           
             
             The
             Prince
             is
             called
             Sophy
             ,
             rather
             for
             his
             Religion
             then
             for
             any
             other
             reason
             ,
             he
             maintains
             the
             Law
             of
             Hali
             ,
             son
             in
             Law
             to
             Mahomet
             ,
             and
             therefore
             weares
             a
             woolen
             cap
             ,
             and
             a
             red
             turban
             flock't
             with
             white
             ,
             from
             whence
             he
             is
             called
             Sophy
             ,
             which
             signifies
             a
             red
             flock't
             cap
             ,
             and
             Caselbas
             signifies
             read
             head
             ,
             although
             some
             would
             have
             it
             an
             Arabick
             word
             ,
             and
             to
             signifie
             a
             man
             purer
             in
             Religion
             then
             the
             rest
             .
          
           
             They
             differ
             in
             Religion
             from
             the
             Turks
             :
             that
             follow
             the
             feast
             of
             Hamar
             ,
             another
             of
             Mahomets
             disciples
             ,
             and
             successor
             ,
             which
             occasions
             mortall
             hatred
             ,
             and
             continuall
             Warre
             betwixt
             them
             .
          
           
             
             The
             
               Persians
               Hali
            
             was
             by
             Mahomet
             chosen
             Calife
             ,
             and
             hi●
             successor
             after
             his
             death
             :
             but
             was
             supplanted
             by
             
               Ebubeker
               ,
               
               Homar
            
             ,
             
             and
             Otman
             ,
             from
             whence
             this
             Sect
             was
             divided
             .
             Hali
             was
             buried
             at
             Cufa
             ,
             
             not
             far
             from
             Bagded
             ,
             this
             place
             is
             much
             esteemed
             by
             the
             Mahometans
             ,
             and
             the
             Turkish
             Emperours
             are
             crowned
             by
             the
             Calife
             ,
             near
             unto
             his
             tomb
             called
             Massadali
             or
             rather
             house
             of
             Ali
             ;
             The
             Turks
             hold
             the
             Persians
             hereticks
             ,
             and
             the
             Persians
             have
             the
             same
             opinion
             of
             the
             Turks
             ,
             the
             one
             following
             their
             Prophet
             Hali's
             interpretation
             upon
             the
             Alcoran
             ,
             the
             other
             following
             Hamars
             .
          
           
             The
             Persians
             since
             the
             destruction
             of
             their
             Kings
             and
             Califes
             ,
             were
             governed
             by
             the
             Sophy's
             of
             the
             race
             of
             Ismael
             :
             
             This
             Ismael
             pretends
             himself
             descended
             from
             Hali
             ,
             by
             a
             prophet
             named
             Sophy
             ,
             and
             since
             they
             retain
             the
             title
             of
             Sophy
             .
          
           
             In
             their
             Sect
             they
             have
             many
             orders
             ,
             
             among
             others
             one
             called
             Sacar
             ,
             people
             using
             great
             austerities
             ,
             and
             abstinencies
             ,
             and
             are
             exceeding
             indigent
             :
             they
             carry
             about
             the
             barren
             places
             ,
             and
             the
             Forest
             vessels
             of
             water
             ,
             which
             in
             charity
             they
             distribute
             unto
             the
             passengers
             ,
             in
             the
             name
             of
             Hali
             ,
             without
             exacting
             any
             thing
             therefore
             ,
             onely
             taking
             what
             is
             freely
             given
             them
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             another
             order
             called
             Jcorma
             ,
             
             consisting
             of
             pilgrims
             ,
             they
             are
             cloathed
             in
             a
             long
             Cassock
             ,
             bare-foot
             ,
             and
             bare-legged
             ,
             begirt
             with
             rich
             girdles
             ,
             hung
             round
             with
             silver
             bells
             ,
             and
             are
             called
             Jonabam
             ,
             which
             means
             ,
             Religion
             of
             love
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             others
             called
             Calenden
             as
             among
             the
             Turks
             ,
             those
             vow
             chastity
             ,
             and
             have
             places
             appointed
             for
             their
             prayers
             called
             Tachie
             ,
             
             or
             Tachiat
             ,
             upon
             their
             gate
             these
             words
             are
             written
             ,
             
               Caeda
               ,
               Normac
               ,
               Dilersin
               Cousionge
               Al
               cachercuir
               ,
            
             which
             signifies
             ,
             
               who
               ever
               enters
               here
               ,
               must
               preserve
               virginity
               ,
               and
               for
               this
               purpose
               they
               are
               rung
               with
               silver
               rings
               to
               prevent
               carnal
               copulation
               :
            
             Next
             are
             the
             Deruis
             ,
             
             they
             wear
             rich
             rings
             in
             their
             ears
             ,
             are
             clothed
             in
             sheep
             skins
             ;
             and
             wear
             hangers
             ,
             with
             which
             they
             cut
             and
             mangle
             themselves
             ,
             when
             they
             feel
             the
             emotions
             of
             the
             flesh
             ,
             having
             eaten
             of
             a
             certain
             herb
             ,
             that
             renders
             them
             frantick
             and
             furious
             ;
             then
             they
             cure
             themselves
             with
             Nicotiane
             .
             Some
             of
             them
             dye
             of
             those
             wounds
             ,
             
             which
             they
             place
             in
             the
             number
             of
             their
             Saints
             .
             These
             Deruis
             are
             rogues
             and
             thieves
             ,
             kill
             all
             they
             meet
             upon
             the
             road
             ,
             that
             are
             not
             of
             their
             religion
             ,
             thinking
             they
             do
             their
             Prophet
             good
             service
             ;
             they
             ask
             an
             almes
             in
             the
             name
             of
             Hali
             ,
             saying
             
               Ferdaxtiay
               ,
               Malday
               Chinaila
            
             ,
             
             Eli
             ,
             this
             order
             hath
             not
             been
             in
             so
             great
             esteem
             amongst
             the
             Turks
             ,
             since
             Amurath
             was
             killed
             by
             one
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             endevoured
             to
             murther
             Bajazeth
             the
             second
             ,
             and
             in
             Persia
             the
             Sophy
             .
          
           
             One
             of
             them
             killed
             a
             Bassa
             at
             Babylon
             in
             the
             voyd
             place
             called
             Sambacarayma
             which
             signifies
             a
             place
             of
             liberty
             ,
             and
             was
             not
             prosecuted
             because
             he
             was
             esteemed
             the
             Minister
             of
             God
             ;
             one
             of
             them
             disguised
             ,
             killed
             a
             Judge
             at
             Damas
             ,
             as
             I
             have
             before
             related
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             another
             Sect
             called
             Durmisar
             ,
             
             and
             they
             are
             sooth-sayers
             ,
             
             and
             casters
             of
             nativities
             ,
             they
             are
             called
             Durmisarnari
             which
             signifies
             Prophets
             ,
             and
             Fortune-tellers
             ,
             they
             deal
             with
             the
             devil
             ,
             and
             the
             eldest
             of
             them
             are
             esteemed
             Saints
             ,
             the
             younger
             obey
             them
             as
             their
             Charif
             ,
             or
             high
             Priest
             .
             They
             are
             abominable
             Hypocrites
             ,
             and
             make
             strange
             faces
             :
             some
             of
             them
             are
             very
             skilful
             in
             Astronomy
             ,
             others
             learned
             in
             the
             countries
             lawes
             ;
             and
             others
             great
             Preachers
             ;
             they
             talk
             extravagantly
             in
             their
             Sermons
             ,
             and
             speak
             predictions
             ,
             which
             sometimes
             come
             to
             passe
             :
             much
             credit
             is
             given
             to
             them
             by
             the
             vulgar
             ,
             as
             also
             of
             those
             of
             the
             best
             note
             ;
             nay
             if
             the
             Sophy
             himself
             happens
             to
             passe
             by
             the
             place
             they
             are
             preaching
             in
             ,
             he
             steps
             with
             all
             his
             house
             to
             hear
             him
             ;
             they
             have
             a
             house
             in
             Bagdet
             ,
             near
             the
             Royal
             Palace
             :
             they
             seem
             to
             be
             remainder
             of
             the
             ancient
             Chaldeans
             ,
             or
             
               Persian
               Mages
            
             so
             famous
             .
             Amongst
             the
             Persians
             there
             is
             a
             sort
             of
             people
             called
             Erade
             ,
             
             which
             are
             wrestlers
             ,
             they
             are
             often
             exposed
             to
             wild
             beasts
             ,
             armed
             with
             shining
             leather
             ,
             liquored
             ,
             and
             very
             slippy
             ,
             hard
             to
             be
             taken
             hold
             of
             :
             there
             are
             others
             called
             Pluviander
             ,
             
             armed
             in
             another
             fashion
             ,
             these
             people
             are
             welcome
             to
             the
             King
             from
             what
             place
             soever
             they
             come
             ,
             be
             they
             but
             strong
             and
             valiant
             ;
             they
             are
             exercised
             in
             publick
             Schools
             ,
             and
             great
             use
             made
             of
             them
             in
             war
             ,
             the
             strongest
             amongst
             them
             commands
             the
             rest
             ,
             
             and
             is
             called
             Barcas
             :
             and
             some
             of
             them
             will
             carry
             ten
             men
             upon
             their
             arms
             like
             kids
             ,
             and
             they
             will
             strangle
             a
             man
             with
             grasping
             ,
             their
             strength
             is
             such
             :
             others
             are
             like
             the
             
               Arabian
               Salsidas
            
             that
             will
             obey
             their
             King
             to
             death
             it self
             ,
             
             hold
             their
             King
             a
             God
             ,
             and
             think
             their
             chiefest
             happinesse
             and
             salvation
             depends
             upon
             the
             execution
             of
             his
             command
             ;
             and
             hold
             it
             unlawful
             (
             the
             King
             only
             excepted
             ,
             and
             their
             General
             )
             to
             be
             subjected
             to
             the
             power
             of
             any
             man
             :
             There
             are
             Aussares
             persons
             still
             attending
             upon
             the
             King
             ;
             like
             unto
             Xerxes
             his
             immortals
             .
          
           
             
             In
             the
             Sophy's
             Court
             there
             are
             many
             places
             or
             offices
             as
             Amicabir
             ,
             or
             Captain
             General
             ,
             who
             keeps
             a
             great
             Court
             ,
             leads
             on
             ,
             and
             drawes
             the
             Army
             into
             battalia
             ,
             appoints
             the
             Governours
             to
             towns
             and
             places
             ,
             and
             fils
             up
             several
             offices
             ,
             using
             the
             publick
             treasure
             as
             he
             needs
             .
             There
             is
             next
             the
             Naibessan
             ,
             or
             Nabassan
             ,
             as
             Lord
             Treasurer
             of
             the
             Kings
             Exchequer
             ,
             
             his
             place
             is
             next
             unto
             the
             Amicabir
             ,
             and
             hath
             a
             good
             number
             of
             Cavalry
             under
             his
             command
             .
             Next
             there
             is
             the
             Estodar
             or
             Ostader
             ,
             
             who
             guards
             the
             Palace
             ,
             and
             finds
             persons
             capable
             for
             the
             Royal
             Army
             .
             There
             is
             likewise
             
               L'
               Amirachor
            
             ,
             or
             Amiracher
             ,
             
             who
             is
             Master
             of
             the
             horse
             ,
             hath
             charge
             of
             all
             the
             horse
             ,
             and
             other
             cattle
             of
             carriage
             belonging
             to
             the
             Army
             .
             The
             Caidsidibir
             or
             Field-Master
             ,
             
             and
             he
             manages
             or
             orders
             the
             battle
             .
          
           
             
             The
             Cassandera
             Pay-Master
             general
             ,
             receives
             the
             Kings
             revenues
             to
             pay
             off
             the
             Army
             .
             The
             Amiseralif
             ,
             takes
             a
             care
             of
             the
             Sophyes
             armes
             :
             the
             Testacane
             or
             Master
             of
             the
             Wardrobe
             :
             then
             the
             
               Zebedare
               Farassin
               ,
               Tabucaina
            
             ,
             and
             other
             Commanders
             ,
             they
             march
             in
             great
             pomp
             and
             order
             .
             There
             are
             four
             sorts
             of
             troops
             ,
             severally
             paid
             ,
             
             viz.
             the
             Cachias
             persons
             slightly
             armed
             ,
             all
             gentry
             ,
             and
             very
             active
             ,
             the
             Athesia's
             that
             wear
             a
             Cymeter
             only
             ,
             the
             Caraniza
             or
             Archers
             armed
             with
             bowes
             and
             arrowes
             ,
             and
             Cymeters
             ,
             the
             Ageleps
             ,
             
             or
             renegats
             ,
             which
             are
             slaves
             ,
             
               Armenians
               ,
               Russians
               ,
               Guserates
            
             ,
             and
             of
             other
             nations
             ;
             all
             warlike
             and
             stout
             men
             ,
             keeping
             good
             order
             ,
             never
             breaking
             their
             ranks
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XIV
             .
             Of
             the
             East
             Indies
             ,
             the
             conquest
             of
             them
             ,
             Sects
             ,
             and
             Religion
             of
             the
             East
             ,
             and
             other
             particulars
             of
             the
             country
             .
          
           
             HAving
             travel'd
             the
             chiefest
             part
             of
             Persia
             and
             Arabia
             backward
             and
             forward
             ,
             we
             returned
             to
             Aden
             ,
             from
             thence
             to
             Ormus
             ,
             to
             fall
             into
             the
             East-India
             road
             ,
             according
             to
             our
             first
             intention
             .
             At
             Aden
             we
             agreed
             upon
             't
             ,
             and
             embarked
             our selves
             with
             our
             commodities
             ,
             and
             sailed
             along
             the
             coast
             of
             the
             Indian
             Sea
             ,
             as
             far
             as
             
               Carmania
               ,
               Deserta
               Rasigut
            
             ,
             and
             Guzerate
             ,
             passing
             through
             the
             
               Cape
               Jacobo
               ,
               Guadel
            
             ,
             and
             others
             ,
             we
             landed
             at
             Cambay
             at
             Diu
             ,
             neare
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             great
             Indus
             .
             But
             before
             I
             treat
             of
             that
             country
             ,
             for
             a
             clearer
             intelligence
             of
             the
             worthiest
             remarkes
             we
             made
             in
             that
             great
             journey
             ,
             I
             say
             that
             the
             East-Indies
             have
             bin
             discovered
             time
             out
             of
             mind
             ,
             since
             Alexanders
             conquests
             ,
             and
             of
             his
             successors
             ,
             the
             several
             Kings
             of
             
               Syria
               ,
               Assyria
            
             ,
             and
             Aegypt
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             Romans
             ;
             and
             in
             these
             latter
             ages
             ,
             by
             the
             Mahometans
             means
             ,
             
             trading
             in
             our
             Western
             parts
             ,
             amongst
             the
             Venetians
             and
             Genoeses
             ,
             and
             others
             :
             but
             they
             have
             been
             further
             discovered
             and
             inhabited
             by
             the
             Portuguais
             ,
             since
             they
             found
             out
             a
             new
             way
             thither
             through
             Africa
             ,
             in
             the
             time
             of
             Prince
             Henry
             of
             Portugal
             ,
             brother
             to
             King
             Edward
             ,
             who
             through
             his
             rare
             insight
             into
             the
             Mathematicks
             ,
             first
             caused
             a
             Navigation
             to
             be
             made
             ,
             unto
             the
             Capes
             of
             Non
             ,
             and
             Boyador
             ;
             where
             the
             French
             having
             conquered
             the
             Canaries
             ,
             had
             already
             been
             ,
             since
             that
             Alfonsus
             the
             fifth
             his
             Nephew
             continued
             his
             discovery
             unto
             the
             
               Cape
               Verd
            
             and
             Guinny
             ,
             and
             other
             Kings
             since
             have
             reached
             to
             
               Conge
               ,
               Maniconge
               ,
               Angolal
            
             ,
             unto
             the
             Cape
             of
             good
             hope
             ,
             discovered
             by
             the
             Grand
             Vasque
             of
             Gama
             1497.
             few
             years
             after
             the
             new
             world
             in
             the
             West
             ,
             had
             been
             found
             out
             by
             
               Christopher
               Columbus
            
             :
             from
             hence
             the
             way
             is
             open
             into
             the
             whole
             East-Indies
             ,
             by
             
               Cephala
               ,
               Mozambick
               ,
               Quiloa
               ,
               Monbase
               ,
            
             
             the
             coasts
             of
             
               Aben
               ,
               Arabia
               ,
               Carmania
               ,
               Cambaye
               ,
               Malabar
               ,
               Coromandel
               ,
               Harsnique
               ,
               Bengal
               ,
               Aracan
               ,
               Pegu
               ,
               Sian
               ,
               Malaca
               ,
               Camboye
               ,
               Champa
               ,
               Cochinchine
               ,
            
             and
             China
             ,
             the
             furthest
             part
             of
             the
             East
             ,
             together
             with
             the
             innumerable
             Islands
             ,
             opposite
             to
             these
             coasts
             ,
             as
             S.
             Helena
             ,
             S.
             
               Laurence
               ,
               Socotora
               ,
               Maldives
               ,
               Quilan
               ,
               Sumatre
               ,
               Jave
               ,
               Bandan
               ,
               Moluques
               ,
            
             the
             Phillippines
             ,
             
             and
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Antchidel
             sea
             ,
             or
             Archipelago
             ,
             of
             S.
             Lazarus
             ,
             unto
             Japan
             .
          
           
             
             The
             Portugais
             made
             themselves
             Masters
             of
             it
             ,
             under
             the
             famous
             Albukerke
             of
             Goa
             ,
             1510.
             and
             since
             of
             
               Matacha
               ,
               Diu
               ,
               Ormus
            
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             where
             they
             establisht
             their
             Empire
             ,
             trade
             ,
             and
             the
             Christian
             faith
             ,
             finding
             the
             wayes
             easie
             and
             short
             ,
             by
             their
             knowledge
             of
             several
             currants
             of
             the
             seas
             ,
             and
             annual
             or
             constant
             winds
             that
             sit
             for
             six
             or
             seven
             moneths
             together
             in
             one
             point
             ,
             and
             as
             long
             in
             another
             ,
             when
             they
             change
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             West-Indies
             ;
             the
             Eastern
             winds
             predominate
             ,
             through
             the
             torrid
             Zone
             ,
             between
             the
             Tropicks
             :
             and
             notwithstanding
             this
             exact
             knowledge
             and
             practice
             of
             the
             Eastern
             ,
             and
             Southern
             Seas
             ,
             these
             two
             ages
             past
             ,
             many
             shipwracks
             have
             hapned
             ;
             many
             ships
             ,
             men
             ,
             and
             great
             treasures
             cast
             away
             ,
             all
             which
             the
             earth
             stript
             off
             ,
             the
             sea
             solely
             inherits
             ;
             neverthelesse
             't
             is
             a
             miracle
             of
             providence
             ,
             that
             a
             handful
             of
             men
             with
             small
             means
             ,
             have
             bin
             able
             to
             establish
             themselves
             ,
             in
             those
             vast
             Indies
             ,
             to
             resist
             and
             overcome
             the
             oppositions
             of
             the
             richest
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             puissant
             Kings
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             that
             their
             example
             hath
             since
             drawne
             to
             their
             mitution
             the
             
               English
               ,
               Dutch
            
             ,
             and
             French
             ;
             who
             trade
             therein
             great
             numbers
             .
             In
             a
             word
             ,
             the
             Portugais
             ,
             in
             matter
             of
             commerce
             ,
             dealt
             not
             only
             with
             the
             Indians
             ,
             Idolaters
             ,
             &
             Sarasins
             ,
             but
             also
             with
             the
             Mameluckes
             and
             Turks
             ,
             from
             whom
             they
             got
             their
             richest
             trade
             ;
             they
             have
             got
             the
             superiority
             likewise
             in
             the
             spiritual
             ,
             against
             all
             Sects
             ,
             long
             since
             broached
             by
             the
             Gentiles
             ,
             Mahometans
             ,
             Jews
             ,
             and
             the
             Nestorians
             ,
             Christians
             ,
             and
             do
             daily
             root
             out
             and
             extirpate
             those
             Sects
             and
             false
             religions
             ,
             not
             without
             much
             danger
             ,
             and
             trouble
             ;
             but
             they
             take
             the
             greatest
             paines
             with
             the
             least
             successe
             against
             the
             Mahometans
             for
             their
             liberty
             ,
             and
             sensuality
             ,
             hinders
             much
             the
             progresse
             of
             our
             religion
             ;
             although
             they
             find
             great
             difficulty
             in
             the
             obstinacy
             of
             the
             Jews
             ,
             and
             little
             lesse
             in
             the
             foolish
             ,
             horrible
             ,
             and
             senselesse
             superstitions
             of
             the
             Idolaters
             ,
             backt
             by
             long
             custom
             ,
             and
             more
             by
             the
             ambition
             ,
             covetousnesse
             ,
             and
             presumption
             of
             their
             
               Bramins
               ,
               Jogues
               ,
               Talipoyes
               ,
               Manigrepes
               ,
               Bonses
               ,
            
             and
             other
             of
             their
             Priests
             ,
             and
             religious
             of
             their
             belief
             ,
             from
             hence
             is
             gather'd
             a
             plentiful
             and
             glorious
             harvest
             ,
             by
             the
             travels
             and
             labours
             of
             many
             regulars
             ,
             and
             seminaries
             of
             
               Goa
               ,
               Malaco
               ,
               Machat
            
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             :
             The
             Franciscans
             were
             the
             first
             labourers
             in
             this
             vine-yard
             ,
             
             in
             the
             year
             1500.
             or
             rather
             sooner
             ,
             and
             the
             first
             Bishop
             setled
             at
             Goa
             ,
             was
             of
             that
             order
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             1541.
             
             S.
             
               Francis
               Xaverius
            
             was
             since
             there
             ,
             who
             preached
             through
             all
             those
             countries
             ,
             and
             Isles
             ,
             unto
             Japan
             ,
             and
             China
             ,
             where
             he
             died
             in
             the
             year
             1552.
             and
             therefore
             was
             called
             the
             Apostle
             of
             the
             Indies
             ,
             his
             order
             continues
             their
             mission
             thither
             stil
             ,
             where
             they
             gain
             an
             infinite
             number
             to
             Christianisme
             .
             At
             
               Magor
               ,
               Pegu
               ,
               Sian
               ,
               China
               ,
               Japan
               ,
               Jaso
               ,
            
             and
             other
             places
             ,
             the
             Colledge
             of
             S.
             Paul
             at
             Goa
             ,
             being
             their
             chiefest
             Seminarie
             ,
             where
             the
             Archbishop
             inhabits
             ;
             who
             is
             Primate
             and
             Patriarch
             of
             the
             Indies
             ,
             having
             under
             him
             the
             Bishops
             of
             
               Cochin
               ,
               Malaca
            
             ,
             and
             Macao
             .
             The
             Viceroy
             rules
             the
             temporal
             affaires
             ,
             and
             all
             
             Governours
             ,
             Captains
             ,
             and
             Governments
             of
             Africa
             ,
             and
             the
             East
             -
             Indies
             ,
             are
             at
             his
             disposal
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XV.
             Of
             Diu
             ,
             her
             state
             and
             Forts
             ,
             and
             the
             neighbouring
             Countryes
             of
             Cambayette
             ,
             of
             the
             fidelity
             of
             the
             Indian
             Sensalls
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             marvelous
             ebbing
             and
             flowing
             of
             the
             Sea.
             
          
           
             LEt
             us
             return
             to
             our
             voyage
             ,
             and
             arrivall
             at
             Diu
             ,
             which
             I
             shall
             treat
             more
             fully
             of
             here
             ,
             as
             of
             
               Cambaye
               ,
               Goa
               ,
               Cochin
               ,
               Calicut
               ,
            
             and
             others
             ,
             having
             seen
             them
             often
             since
             .
             Diu
             is
             a
             little
             neat
             Town
             ,
             scituate
             in
             an
             Isle
             joyning
             unto
             the
             Continent
             of
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Cambaye
             ,
             whereof
             it
             is
             a
             part
             ;
             there
             have
             the
             Portuguais
             a
             Fort
             ,
             or
             Castle
             inexpugnable
             ,
             no
             man
             being
             permitted
             entrance
             there
             ,
             without
             a
             Cartaco
             ,
             or
             passe
             from
             the
             Vice-Roy
             ,
             and
             the
             ships
             pay
             Custom
             ,
             if
             they
             are
             small
             vessells
             they
             may
             enter
             into
             Cambayette
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             Haven
             of
             the
             Town
             .
             The
             Isle
             of
             Diu
             is
             by
             the
             Indians
             ,
             called
             Marmayrdina
             ,
             60.
             miles
             from
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             Gulf
             of
             Cambaye
             ,
             and
             100.
             from
             the
             Royall
             Town
             of
             Cambaye
             ,
             she
             joyns
             almost
             to
             the
             Continent
             ,
             in
             the
             23
             th
             .
             degree
             and
             a
             half
             of
             elevation
             ,
             it
             abounds
             in
             cattell
             ,
             vast
             trade
             ,
             used
             by
             all
             the
             Indian
             Nations
             :
             for
             the
             abundance
             of
             all
             sorts
             of
             Commodities
             ,
             which
             are
             there
             to
             be
             bought
             and
             sold
             ,
             as
             Gold
             ,
             Silver
             ,
             Spices
             ,
             Medicinal
             drugs
             ,
             Brasil
             ,
             Jewels
             ,
             Pearles
             ,
             Perfumes
             ,
             Amber
             ,
             Musk
             ,
             Mastick
             ,
             Cloves
             ,
             Safron
             ,
             Corrall
             ,
             Brass
             ,
             Lead
             ,
             Mercury
             ,
             Vermillion
             ,
             and
             Lacca
             ;
             the
             Town
             is
             as
             big
             as
             Marseills
             ,
             little
             lesse
             then
             Goa
             ;
             there
             are
             many
             fair
             Churches
             .
             The
             Hospitall
             is
             large
             ,
             rich
             ,
             and
             very
             well
             provided
             .
             The
             West
             Indians
             traffick
             here
             ,
             come
             in
             a
             shorter
             time
             ,
             and
             with
             more
             surety
             ,
             thorough
             the
             sea
             of
             Sur
             ,
             then
             by
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               Good
               Hope
            
             a
             very
             dangerous
             passage
             ,
             occasioned
             by
             the
             great
             winds
             ,
             and
             frequent
             tempests
             ,
             as
             you
             shall
             hear
             hereafter
             .
             The
             Portuguais
             having
             taken
             this
             Town
             out
             of
             the
             hand
             of
             Badurius
             ,
             King
             of
             Cambaye
             ,
             at
             their
             first
             settlemen
             there
             .
          
           
             The
             Town
             of
             Diu
             was
             built
             by
             a
             King
             of
             Guzerate
             ,
             and
             Cambaye
             ,
             constituted
             Governour
             there
             of
             a
             
               Melique
               ,
               As
            
             or
             Tas
             ,
             that
             made
             the
             Haven
             ,
             made
             himselfe
             Soveraign
             ,
             and
             was
             guarded
             by
             Turks
             ;
             since
             ,
             in
             the
             yeare
             1508.
             the
             Natives
             ,
             assisted
             by
             
               Campson
               ,
               Soldan
            
             of
             Aegypt
             ,
             fell
             upon
             the
             Portuguais
             ,
             defeated
             them
             ,
             and
             stormed
             Diu
             severall
             times
             so
             fiercely
             ,
             that
             it
             occasioned
             ,
             
               Nonio
               Acugna
            
             the
             Vice-roy
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             1535
             ,
             to
             build
             a
             strong
             Fort
             ,
             with
             the
             consent
             of
             King
             Badurius
             ,
             which
             they
             maintained
             against
             the
             Tartars
             and
             Mogors
             ;
             the
             strength
             and
             importance
             of
             the
             place
             ,
             drawing
             both
             hatred
             and
             envy
             from
             the
             Indians
             ,
             The
             King
             
             of
             Cambaye
             ,
             and
             other
             neighbouring
             Kings
             ,
             indeavoured
             to
             recover
             it
             by
             meer
             strength
             ,
             but
             all
             in
             vain
             ;
             for
             the
             gallant
             opposition
             and
             defence
             of
             the
             Portugall
             ,
             hath
             kept
             them
             masters
             of
             it
             to
             this
             day
             .
          
           
             The
             Indians
             had
             some
             reason
             for
             what
             they
             did
             ,
             for
             from
             thence
             depended
             the
             whole
             Trade
             of
             the
             Kingdom
             ,
             and
             adjacent
             Countreyes
             ;
             and
             the
             Portuguais
             keep
             all
             that
             Countrey
             in
             subjection
             ;
             from
             Diu
             to
             Goa
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Cape
               Comarin
            
             ,
             270.
             leagues
             in
             length
             .
             The
             chiefest
             part
             of
             the
             East
             is
             furnished
             with
             commodities
             from
             hence
             ,
             a
             place
             very
             rich
             ,
             well
             peopled
             ,
             and
             full
             of
             good
             Townes
             ,
             and
             of
             great
             trade
             .
             In
             the
             adjacent
             parts
             ,
             to
             Diu
             ,
             upon
             the
             Continent
             ,
             are
             the
             Kingdomes
             of
             Circan
             ,
             and
             Reytenbura
             ,
             where
             stands
             the
             Royall
             Town
             of
             Ardanat
             ,
             then
             Campanell
             ,
             capitall
             Town
             of
             Cambaye
             stands
             beyond
             the
             River
             Indus
             ,
             and
             the
             Townes
             of
             
               Albiran
               ,
               Casdar
               ,
               Masura
               ,
               Sudustan
               ,
               Abedit
            
             ;
             all
             great
             Townes
             rich
             ,
             and
             well
             traded
             ,
             and
             inhabited
             by
             many
             Merchants
             ,
             
               Gentills
               ,
               Mores
               ,
               Jewes
            
             ,
             and
             Christians
             ,
             in
             this
             Town
             Malefactors
             are
             put
             to
             death
             by
             poyson
             only
             ,
             and
             not
             by
             the
             sword
             .
          
           
             Beyond
             the
             River
             Araba
             stand
             many
             fair
             Townes
             ,
             viz.
             
               Savadir
               ,
               Barca
               ,
               Bermen
               ,
               Patenisir
               ,
            
             a
             fair
             haven
             ,
             where
             divers
             of
             the
             rarest
             ,
             
             and
             richest
             Carpets
             of
             the
             World
             are
             made
             in
             silke
             ,
             and
             figured
             ,
             which
             are
             transported
             to
             
               Bengale
               ,
               Malaco
            
             ,
             and
             Pegu
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             ;
             there
             are
             also
             made
             Calicoes
             ,
             stained
             of
             divers
             colours
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             chiefest
             and
             ordinary
             cloathing
             the
             Natives
             use
             ,
             and
             there
             is
             brought
             of
             it
             into
             all
             parts
             of
             the
             world
             .
          
           
             Halfe
             a
             dayes
             journey
             from
             Batenisir
             stands
             Diu
             ,
             upon
             a
             creek
             of
             land
             ,
             separate
             by
             a
             river
             from
             the
             Continent
             ;
             there
             are
             paid
             great
             Customes
             upon
             all
             sorts
             of
             commodities
             ,
             which
             brings
             in
             a
             great
             profit
             to
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             having
             the
             least
             share
             in
             it
             ,
             and
             what
             he
             hath
             imployed
             to
             the
             maintenance
             of
             the
             Garrisons
             ,
             most
             of
             those
             payments
             fall
             to
             the
             Officers
             and
             receivers
             shares
             ,
             who
             agree
             very
             well
             with
             the
             Vice-Roy
             :
             The
             King
             is
             often
             of
             a
             mind
             to
             quit
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             but
             his
             Councill
             is
             not
             of
             the
             same
             opinion
             ,
             the
             Countrey
             being
             too
             considerable
             to
             their
             Prince
             ,
             for
             strength
             and
             reputation
             ;
             and
             besides
             't
             would
             indanger
             the
             losse
             of
             Christianity
             ,
             that
             is
             so
             hopefully
             rooted
             in
             those
             parts
             ,
             for
             the
             Turkes
             assault
             them
             often
             ,
             and
             took
             and
             sack't
             the
             Castle
             of
             Diu
             twice
             ,
             and
             had
             reduced
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Town
             ,
             
             but
             for
             the
             help
             of
             three
             ships
             that
             came
             into
             their
             assistance
             from
             Cochin
             ,
             that
             preserved
             the
             rest
             ,
             and
             beat
             the
             Turks
             out
             of
             what
             they
             had
             already
             got
             .
          
           
             The
             Portuguais
             ,
             in
             defence
             of
             them
             and
             the
             Nations
             ,
             have
             built
             two
             strong
             Forts
             ,
             the
             one
             in
             the
             sea
             ,
             the
             other
             that
             commands
             all
             passages
             by
             Land
             ;
             but
             the
             Natives
             having
             often
             fallen
             upon
             them
             ,
             to
             their
             own
             losse
             ,
             are
             now
             the
             Spaniards
             good
             friends
             ,
             according
             unto
             Articles
             and
             Agreements
             made
             between
             them
             .
          
           
           
             The
             Inhabitants
             of
             Cambaye
             are
             strict
             observers
             of
             many
             superstitious
             customs
             ,
             they
             will
             not
             eat
             with
             a
             Christian
             although
             they
             visit
             them
             often
             ;
             if
             you
             touch
             their
             meat
             they
             think
             themselves
             polluted
             ,
             and
             this
             they
             have
             from
             the
             Guzerates
             ,
             in
             which
             they
             are
             more
             rigidly
             superstitious
             than
             the
             Jews
             themselves
             .
          
           
             Those
             of
             any
             quality
             eat
             upon
             silken
             carpets
             diversly
             colour'd
             ,
             and
             to
             preserve
             their
             silks
             serve
             the
             dishes
             upon
             green
             leaves
             ,
             they
             are
             temperate
             in
             their
             diet
             ,
             and
             drink
             of
             severall
             sorts
             of
             liquors
             ,
             and
             they
             mingle
             some
             Areca
             to
             them
             all
             ,
             
             a
             fruit
             very
             common
             in
             the
             India's
             ,
             it
             is
             also
             held
             very
             wholesom
             ,
             preserves
             them
             and
             cures
             them
             of
             several
             diseases
             :
             it
             preserves
             the
             teeth
             strangely
             ,
             for
             the
             Inhabitants
             are
             never
             troubled
             with
             any
             pains
             or
             aches
             in
             them
             ;
             women
             are
             there
             in
             very
             great
             esteem
             ,
             especially
             the
             great
             Ladies
             ,
             who
             never
             stir
             out
             of
             their
             houses
             :
             some
             delight
             themselves
             never
             to
             see
             day
             light
             ,
             and
             are
             served
             all
             by
             candle
             light
             .
          
           
             The
             whole
             Countrey
             is
             inhabited
             by
             Gentills
             ,
             and
             Guzerates
             ;
             The
             justest
             ,
             the
             most
             reasonable
             and
             religious
             of
             the
             East
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             ancient
             Pythagorean
             rule
             ,
             they
             never
             feed
             upon
             any
             living
             Creature
             whatever
             :
             their
             chiefest
             food
             is
             rice
             ,
             white
             and
             black
             ,
             milk
             ,
             cheese
             ,
             garden
             stuffe
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             ;
             they
             do
             wrong
             to
             no
             persons
             ,
             nay
             they
             spare
             the
             bloud
             and
             lives
             of
             their
             mortallest
             enemies
             ;
             the
             Countrey
             towards
             Rasigut
             produces
             great
             store
             of
             Turkey
             stones
             ,
             of
             
               Storax
               ,
               Cornelians
            
             red
             and
             white
             .
             This
             Kingdom
             extends
             it self
             towards
             South-east
             ,
             and
             the
             Sea
             Southward
             ,
             Westward
             it
             buts
             upon
             Guzerate
             ,
             Eastward
             are
             the
             lands
             of
             Mandao
             ,
             and
             Paleucate
             ,
             and
             Northward
             it
             reaches
             unto
             
               Sangan
               ,
               Dulcinde
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Territories
             of
             the
             Grand
             Mogull
             :
             Through
             this
             kingdom
             runs
             the
             famous
             River
             of
             Indus
             ,
             called
             
               Indus
               Inder
            
             ,
             or
             Schind
             ,
             and
             hath
             given
             her
             name
             to
             the
             whole
             Countrey
             ,
             and
             chiefly
             to
             Indostan
             ,
             and
             other
             neighbouring
             Countries
             ;
             which
             make
             up
             the
             
               India
               citerior
            
             ,
             her
             head
             springs
             forth
             of
             the
             Mountain
             
               Caucasus
               Paropamisus
            
             ,
             called
             at
             this
             day
             Naugracot
             and
             Vssonte
             ,
             and
             taking
             her
             course
             thorough
             many
             great
             Kingdoms
             ,
             is
             swel'd
             by
             many
             great
             Rivers
             ,
             that
             lose
             themselves
             in
             her
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             discharges
             her self
             into
             the
             Indian
             Sea
             at
             two
             several
             mouths
             near
             unto
             the
             Town
             of
             Cambaye
             .
          
           
             Cambaye
             is
             a
             large
             and
             flourishing
             Town
             ,
             
             seated
             upon
             a
             River
             called
             by
             the
             Inhabitants
             Amondoua
             ,
             and
             separates
             the
             Provinces
             of
             Guzerate
             and
             Cambaye
             ,
             both
             making
             one
             Kingdom
             :
             This
             Town
             stands
             a
             league
             from
             the
             Sea
             ,
             and
             about
             the
             same
             distance
             from
             the
             River
             Indus
             ,
             which
             affords
             her
             a
             haven
             in
             two
             places
             ,
             the
             chiefest
             is
             in
             a
             corner
             of
             the
             Town
             Northward
             ,
             and
             is
             so
             narrow
             that
             in
             case
             of
             necessity
             the
             ships
             may
             be
             chained
             in
             the
             harbour
             ,
             the
             ships
             come
             and
             go
             with
             the
             ebbe
             and
             flow
             ,
             and
             are
             often
             very
             numerous
             ,
             and
             't
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             that
             the
             tides
             are
             weakest
             at
             the
             full
             of
             the
             Moon
             ,
             which
             is
             wonderfull
             ,
             
             and
             contrary
             
             to
             ours
             ,
             the
             reason
             thereof
             is
             not
             yet
             found
             out
             by
             any
             Naturalist
             .
             The
             same
             happens
             in
             Pegu
             ,
             as
             we
             shall
             speak
             of
             hereafter
             .
          
           
             This
             Town
             is
             one
             of
             the
             richest
             of
             the
             Orient
             ,
             built
             very
             stately
             at
             the
             Italian
             model
             ,
             and
             the
             passages
             leading
             to
             her
             strengthened
             by
             many
             forts
             .
             The
             Portuguais
             have
             often
             endeavoured
             to
             possesse
             themselves
             of
             it
             ,
             being
             plentifully
             furnisht
             with
             all
             things
             necessary
             to
             mankind
             ;
             and
             here
             are
             most
             excellent
             fruits
             :
             Here
             Diu
             provides
             her self
             with
             what
             she
             wants
             at
             home
             ,
             Cambaye
             and
             she
             being
             Confederates
             :
             she
             produces
             the
             best
             
               Turbith
               ,
               Galanga
               ,
               Nardus
               ,
               Assa
               foetida
               ,
            
             and
             other
             drugs
             ,
             is
             rich
             in
             silks
             ,
             cottons
             ,
             rice
             ,
             and
             all
             sorts
             of
             seeds
             ,
             and
             abounds
             in
             precious
             stones
             and
             Jewels
             ;
             
             The
             Prince
             that
             governs
             is
             a
             Mahometan
             ,
             gives
             liberty
             of
             conscience
             to
             all
             his
             Subjects
             ,
             to
             the
             Christians
             ,
             Jews
             ,
             Idolaters
             ,
             his
             guard
             consists
             of
             2000.
             horse
             ,
             and
             3000
             foot
             ,
             armed
             with
             bows
             and
             cimeters
             .
          
           
             He
             keeps
             fifty
             Elephants
             taught
             to
             reverence
             him
             dayly
             ,
             and
             are
             sumptuously
             trapped
             and
             caparisoned
             ,
             upon
             dayes
             of
             publick
             shews
             or
             festivals
             ,
             their
             stable
             well
             and
             neatly
             furnished
             ,
             painted
             ,
             and
             well
             set
             forth
             ,
             and
             are
             fed
             in
             silver
             vessels
             ,
             and
             their
             grooms
             or
             Governours
             dresse
             them
             with
             great
             respect
             and
             humility
             ,
             without
             ever
             offering
             any
             rudenesse
             ;
             they
             are
             animals
             approaching
             very
             near
             to
             reason
             ,
             and
             want
             speech
             onely
             to
             expresse
             themselves
             ;
             
             they
             understand
             the
             language
             of
             the
             Country
             ,
             and
             do
             very
             readily
             conceive
             what
             is
             taught
             them
             :
             The
             Prince
             feeds
             upon
             venemous
             Creatures
             ,
             which
             he
             hath
             ever
             so
             used
             himself
             to
             ,
             that
             he
             is
             become
             venemous
             himself
             ,
             and
             a
             fly
             stinging
             of
             him
             immediately
             dies
             :
             he
             presently
             killed
             all
             the
             women
             that
             ever
             lay
             with
             him
             ,
             infecting
             them
             with
             his
             breath
             ,
             so
             that
             he
             had
             change
             daily
             .
          
           
             The
             furniture
             within
             their
             houses
             is
             rich
             ,
             which
             they
             have
             from
             the
             Portuguais
             ,
             they
             ride
             in
             littars
             ,
             and
             are
             great
             Lovers
             of
             Musick
             ;
             their
             houses
             are
             sumptuously
             dressed
             at
             Diu
             ,
             and
             Ormus
             ,
             many
             of
             them
             beautified
             and
             enriched
             ,
             with
             Turkey-stones
             ,
             
               Amarists
               ,
               Topases
            
             ,
             and
             other
             jewels
             .
             At
             Lymadura
             a
             village
             within
             three
             miles
             of
             the
             Town
             there
             is
             a
             mine
             of
             Calcedonians
             ,
             whence
             they
             have
             of
             three
             sorts
             of
             them
             ,
             white
             ,
             red
             ,
             and
             mingled
             ,
             called
             Bazayora
             ,
             Merchants
             from
             divers
             places
             furnish
             themselves
             with
             many
             of
             them
             ,
             they
             saile
             with
             their
             ships
             into
             Nogar
             ,
             a
             Port
             not
             far
             from
             the
             Mine
             ,
             the
             commodities
             laded
             from
             this
             Town
             are
             transported
             into
             divers
             parts
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             to
             
               Ormus
               ,
               Ziden
               ,
               Meka
            
             ;
             others
             are
             transported
             through
             the
             mouth
             of
             Euphrates
             unto
             
               Bazora
               ,
               Babylon
               ,
               Byr
               ,
               Aleppo
               ,
            
             and
             Damas.
             
          
           
             The
             imported
             commodities
             from
             Meka
             ,
             are
             scarlets
             ,
             velvets
             ,
             fine
             woollen
             cloaths
             Iron
             ware
             ,
             Amsian
             which
             is
             a
             drug
             like
             unto
             Opium
             ,
             which
             the
             Indians
             frequently
             take
             ,
             chiefly
             in
             their
             Armies
             ,
             
             it
             makes
             the
             Souldiers
             valiant
             and
             furious
             ,
             fighting
             to
             the
             last
             drop
             of
             bloud
             :
             and
             is
             therefore
             a
             rich
             commodity
             ,
             the
             
               Assa
               foetida
            
             ,
             Turbith
             ,
             Agathes
             ,
             and
             other
             jewels
             are
             brought
             from
             Diu
             ,
             where
             there
             are
             many
             Goldsmiths
             and
             Jewellers
             ,
             thither
             the
             Merchants
             bring
             them
             to
             have
             them
             cut
             into
             several
             figures
             .
          
           
             Silks
             ,
             purslanes
             ,
             sendals
             ,
             velvets
             ,
             ivory
             ,
             brasile
             ,
             mirabolans
             ,
             confections
             ,
             and
             preserves
             ,
             of
             all
             sorts
             ,
             spices
             ,
             and
             all
             sorts
             of
             grocery
             come
             from
             China
             ,
             and
             from
             other
             places
             of
             the
             Levant
             :
             The
             Town
             affords
             you
             of
             the
             best
             Borrax
             in
             the
             world
             :
             Trade
             is
             very
             faithfully
             carried
             on
             there
             ,
             for
             the
             Factors
             and
             Retalers
             are
             persons
             of
             quality
             ,
             and
             good
             reputation
             ;
             and
             are
             as
             carefull
             in
             venting
             and
             preserving
             other
             persons
             wares
             ,
             as
             if
             they
             were
             their
             own
             proper
             goods
             ;
             they
             are
             also
             obliged
             to
             furnish
             the
             Merchants
             with
             dwelling
             houses
             ,
             and
             ware-houses
             ,
             diet
             ,
             
             and
             oftentimes
             with
             divers
             sorts
             of
             commodities
             :
             the
             houses
             are
             large
             and
             pleasant
             ,
             where
             you
             are
             provided
             with
             women
             of
             all
             ages
             for
             your
             use
             ,
             you
             buy
             them
             at
             certain
             rates
             ,
             and
             sell
             them
             again
             when
             you
             have
             made
             use
             of
             them
             ,
             if
             you
             like
             them
             not
             ,
             you
             may
             choose
             the
             wholsomest
             and
             the
             most
             agreeable
             to
             your
             humour
             :
             all
             things
             necessary
             to
             livelihood
             maybe
             made
             your
             own
             at
             cheap
             rates
             ,
             and
             you
             live
             there
             with
             much
             liberty
             ,
             without
             great
             incoveniences
             ;
             if
             you
             discharge
             the
             customs
             rated
             upon
             merchandizes
             ,
             nothing
             more
             is
             exacted
             ,
             and
             all
             strangers
             live
             with
             the
             same
             freedom
             and
             liberty
             as
             the
             Natives
             ,
             do
             ,
             making
             open
             profession
             of
             their
             own
             Religions
             .
          
           
             Ivory
             is
             in
             very
             great
             esteem
             in
             this
             place
             ,
             
             and
             the
             neighbouring
             Countries
             ,
             and
             very
             much
             is
             consumed
             ;
             Ladies
             of
             the
             best
             note
             wear
             bracelets
             of
             several
             fashions
             made
             thereof
             ,
             and
             at
             the
             death
             of
             any
             friend
             or
             alliance
             they
             break
             them
             in
             many
             pieces
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             greatest
             expression
             of
             sadnesse
             among
             their
             sex
             ;
             as
             the
             shaving
             of
             beard
             close
             is
             to
             the
             men
             ,
             and
             when
             their
             time
             of
             mourning
             is
             over
             ,
             they
             make
             themselves
             new
             bracelets
             .
          
           
             The
             Town
             of
             Cambaye
             is
             much
             of
             the
             bignesse
             of
             Roan
             ,
             or
             rather
             bigger
             ,
             besides
             the
             Suburbs
             ,
             and
             not
             much
             unlike
             unto
             the
             Grand
             Caire
             ,
             only
             that
             she
             is
             much
             lesse
             ,
             
             the
             inhabitants
             call
             her
             
               Byr
               ,
               Armadouar
            
             ,
             Parents
             that
             are
             overcharged
             with
             children
             sell
             those
             they
             have
             supernumerary
             .
          
           
             Here
             I
             will
             relate
             you
             an
             accident
             that
             happened
             to
             my
             Camarade
             at
             Cambaye
             ;
             Having
             spent
             some
             dayes
             there
             trading
             ,
             
             he
             met
             a
             Countreyman
             of
             his
             born
             at
             Xaintonge
             ,
             who
             feigned
             himself
             a
             Merchant
             ,
             and
             a
             great
             dealer
             ,
             but
             proved
             at
             last
             an
             impostor
             .
             This
             counterfeit
             ,
             under
             the
             pretense
             of
             trading
             ,
             stole
             from
             my
             Camarade
             a
             pack
             of
             wares
             worth
             300.
             crowns
             ,
             which
             by
             the
             opportunity
             of
             a
             Caravane
             bound
             for
             Ormus
             ,
             there
             he
             imbarked
             himself
             to
             preserve
             his
             theft
             ,
             timely
             notice
             being
             given
             my
             Companion
             ,
             he
             pursued
             him
             in
             another
             ship
             ,
             together
             with
             another
             Merchant
             ,
             who
             had
             formerly
             been
             the
             like
             served
             in
             a
             greater
             consequence
             .
          
           
           
             This
             diligence
             was
             a
             little
             rash
             ,
             for
             I
             was
             immediately
             advised
             by
             our
             host
             ,
             a
             rich
             broker
             or
             merchant
             ,
             that
             my
             camarade
             had
             taken
             his
             journey
             in
             vain
             ,
             having
             not
             with
             him
             a
             roll
             of
             his
             goods
             stoln
             ,
             nor
             the
             Viceroy's
             Cartaco
             ;
             I
             streight
             resolved
             to
             follow
             him
             with
             the
             papers
             and
             passe-port
             he
             stood
             in
             need
             of
             :
             Cassis
             overtook
             this
             venturer
             at
             Ormus
             ,
             where
             he
             debauched
             at
             his
             charge
             ,
             and
             for
             want
             of
             the
             list
             of
             wares
             nothing
             could
             be
             proved
             against
             him
             .
             The
             cheat
             put
             my
             companion
             to
             his
             wits
             ,
             denying
             whatever
             was
             alledged
             against
             him
             ,
             with
             an
             injurious
             insolence
             .
             The
             Judge
             or
             Alcade
             ,
             to
             whom
             my
             friend
             had
             addressed
             himself
             for
             justice
             and
             satisfactiō
             ,
             weighing
             the
             others
             confidence
             with
             the
             slender
             evidence
             my
             friend
             could
             bring
             against
             him
             ,
             and
             having
             received
             a
             feeling
             in
             the
             case
             ,
             was
             ready
             to
             commit
             our
             friends
             to
             prison
             for
             barrettors
             ,
             and
             impostors
             ,
             had
             I
             not
             come
             to
             town
             three
             dayes
             after
             with
             comfortable
             news
             ,
             I
             shewed
             my self
             in
             Court
             ,
             and
             giving
             information
             of
             the
             whole
             truth
             ,
             my
             testimony
             and
             evidence
             was
             taken
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             the
             Alcade
             ,
             and
             a
             Portugais
             Gentleman
             ,
             named
             
               Seignior
               Jacomo
               de
               Mendez
            
             ,
             purposely
             sent
             by
             the
             Viceroy
             ;
             he
             gave
             me
             charge
             to
             take
             great
             care
             of
             my self
             ,
             telling
             me
             that
             if
             I
             were
             found
             a
             liar
             it
             concerned
             my
             life
             ,
             being
             sworn
             ,
             imposing
             my
             hand
             upon
             a
             Crosse
             held
             out
             to
             me
             upon
             the
             end
             of
             a
             Vare
             ,
             or
             wand
             ;
             I
             gave
             up
             my
             evidence
             at
             large
             ,
             and
             informed
             the
             Judicature
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             stoln
             pack
             there
             was
             a
             memorial
             of
             what
             was
             therein
             contained
             ,
             besides
             I
             particularly
             named
             the
             chiefest
             goods
             therein
             ,
             which
             Cassis
             had
             wholly
             forgotten
             .
          
           
             Then
             I
             produced
             the
             Cartaco
             ,
             and
             other
             notes
             ,
             that
             witnessed
             the
             discharging
             of
             the
             excises
             and
             customes
             ,
             as
             by
             advice
             received
             from
             our
             host
             
               Josepho
               Groyna
            
             ,
             who
             witnessed
             the
             same
             :
             The
             cheat
             being
             examined
             in
             my
             sight
             whether
             he
             knew
             me
             or
             no
             ,
             he
             begun
             his
             own
             defense
             injuring
             and
             abusing
             me
             ,
             striving
             to
             break
             my
             evidence
             by
             multiplicity
             of
             words
             ,
             with
             a
             strange
             boldnesse
             ,
             or
             rather
             impudence
             practised
             by
             such
             persons
             ,
             saying
             he
             had
             taken
             no
             exact
             account
             of
             his
             commodities
             ,
             pretending
             himself
             a
             Gentleman
             and
             not
             used
             thereunto
             ;
             his
             many
             words
             availed
             him
             little
             ,
             for
             I
             pressing
             the
             pack
             might
             be
             opened
             ,
             my
             evidence
             proved
             true
             ,
             and
             the
             roll
             compared
             to
             my
             book
             of
             accounts
             ,
             found
             answerable
             all
             was
             verified
             ,
             and
             the
             miserable
             man
             having
             not
             a
             word
             left
             in
             his
             own
             excuse
             ,
             was
             convicted
             ,
             and
             condemned
             to
             the
             Galleys
             during
             life
             .
             Thus
             we
             found
             justice
             ,
             and
             recovered
             our
             commodities
             with
             little
             losse
             ,
             and
             returning
             thanks
             to
             
               Seignior
               Mendez
            
             we
             came
             back
             to
             Cambaye
             :
             This
             I
             have
             related
             to
             the
             faithfulnesse
             and
             integrity
             of
             our
             Landlord
             ;
             and
             really
             their
             sincerity
             and
             integrity
             is
             such
             ,
             that
             the
             Justices
             esteem
             their
             words
             and
             writings
             to
             equal
             sacred
             things
             ;
             and
             when
             a
             Merchant
             happens
             to
             die
             ,
             leaving
             his
             goods
             in
             one
             of
             these
             persons
             hands
             ,
             they
             are
             very
             faithfully
             restored
             to
             his
             heir
             ,
             or
             next
             of
             kindred
             .
          
           
           
             From
             Diu
             and
             Cambaye
             ,
             unto
             the
             
               Cape
               Comorin
            
             ,
             by
             the
             Coast
             of
             Malabar
             ,
             it
             is
             some
             300
             leagues
             sayle
             :
             and
             neer
             to
             Cambaye
             is
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             Jogues
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XVI
             .
             Of
             
               Deli
               ,
               Malabar
            
             ,
             of
             Goa
             ,
             the
             capitall
             Town
             of
             India
             .
          
           
             NEer
             to
             Cambaye
             we
             fell
             into
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Deli
             ,
             and
             Decan
             ;
             
             they
             say
             that
             300.
             yeares
             since
             ,
             Sanosaradin
             King
             of
             Deli
             ,
             conquered
             
               Decan
               ,
               Canary
               ,
               Bellagatte
               ,
               Concam
               ,
               Goa
               ,
            
             
             and
             all
             the
             Countreyes
             reaching
             unto
             Comori
             ,
             but
             since
             ,
             under
             his
             severall
             Successors
             ,
             those
             Countreys
             were
             divided
             ,
             and
             allotted
             to
             severall
             Captains
             ,
             that
             have
             possessed
             themselves
             thereof
             ,
             acknowledging
             (
             for
             forme
             sake
             only
             )
             the
             King
             of
             
               Deli
               ;
               Idalcan
            
             was
             at
             Goa
             ,
             since
             Nysamaluco
             ,
             and
             the
             Negatana
             ,
             and
             many
             neighbouring
             Countreys
             are
             subjected
             to
             the
             Great
             Mogull
             ;
             who
             this
             last
             age
             hath
             conquered
             the
             chiefest
             part
             of
             the
             east
             Indies
             ,
             and
             threatens
             hard
             to
             the
             rest
             .
          
           
             Malabar
             lies
             upon
             the
             Westerne
             Coaste
             ,
             from
             Goa
             to
             Comori
             ,
             as
             eastward
             on
             the
             other
             side
             lies
             Coromandell
             ,
             where
             are
             the
             Kingdomes
             of
             Bisnagar
             ,
             or
             
               Narsingue
               ,
               Orixa
               ,
               Menduo
            
             ,
             and
             severall
             others
             ,
             from
             Ormus
             to
             Goa
             it
             is
             500.
             leagues
             ,
             or
             thereabouts
             .
          
           
             We
             sailed
             all
             along
             this
             Coaste
             ,
             and
             we
             arrived
             at
             Goa
             ,
             an
             Isle
             and
             Towne
             of
             Malabar
             ,
             as
             faire
             ,
             rich
             ,
             and
             stately
             a
             Town
             ,
             as
             is
             this
             day
             in
             the
             east
             ,
             being
             as
             a
             key
             to
             the
             India's
             ,
             in
             the
             sixteenth
             degree
             of
             elevation
             ,
             devided
             from
             the
             Continent
             by
             a
             large
             River
             ,
             
             called
             Mandova
             ,
             as
             big
             as
             the
             Euphrates
             ,
             and
             by
             another
             little
             River
             named
             Guari
             ,
             from
             whence
             the
             Towne
             took
             her
             name
             ,
             formerly
             belonging
             to
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Narsingue
             ,
             since
             unto
             Decan
             ,
             or
             Dealcan
             ,
             and
             since
             't
             was
             conquered
             by
             the
             Portugall
             ,
             under
             
               Alphonsus
               Albukerke
            
             ,
             of
             the
             
               Moore
               Sabaco
            
             ,
             Generall
             unto
             the
             King
             of
             Decan
             ,
             in
             the
             yeare
             1500.
             she
             hath
             eastward
             ,
             and
             northward
             ,
             the
             Countrey
             of
             Decan
             ,
             westward
             the
             great
             sea
             ,
             and
             southward
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Mangalor
             ,
             subject
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Narsingue
             .
          
           
             The
             Insularies
             ,
             or
             Inhabitants
             ,
             having
             ever
             been
             well
             addicted
             to
             trading
             ,
             they
             are
             people
             stout
             and
             haughty
             .
             There
             is
             a
             great
             concourse
             of
             all
             the
             Indians
             ,
             a
             Haven
             at
             the
             village
             called
             Bonastariu
             ,
             
             with
             a
             block
             house
             ,
             that
             commands
             the
             entrance
             of
             it
             ,
             though
             it
             be
             strong
             of
             it selfe
             :
             They
             have
             severall
             other
             good
             Ports
             ,
             as
             at
             
               Danda
               ,
               Alinga
               ,
               Banda
               ,
               Amolapole
               ,
            
             and
             Puntadasall
             ,
             then
             old
             
               Goa
               ,
               
               Rama
               ,
               Guisantole
               ,
            
             and
             Amadina
             ,
             each
             having
             her
             particular
             river
             :
             on
             the
             continent
             side
             ,
             there
             are
             many
             Towns
             and
             Plantations
             ,
             most
             of
             them
             Mahometans
             and
             Idolaters
             ,
             kept
             in
             by
             the
             Portugais
             ,
             they
             have
             stately
             ship-timber
             .
             They
             are
             pretty
             well
             awed
             for
             the
             present
             ,
             since
             they
             were
             punisht
             for
             a
             treacherous
             conspiracy
             ,
             which
             by
             the
             assistance
             of
             some
             neighbouring
             Countries
             ,
             they
             intended
             to
             have
             put
             in
             execution
             ,
             but
             was
             by
             Gods
             permission
             discovered
             by
             the
             Barbarians
             ,
             inhabitants
             of
             Paleacate
             ,
             and
             although
             they
             were
             100
             Gentills
             for
             one
             Christian
             ,
             and
             had
             almost
             gained
             the
             Fort
             ,
             yet
             they
             were
             gallantly
             repulsed
             by
             
               Don
               Garcias
               Acugna
            
             ,
             Governour
             of
             the
             Fort
             ,
             he
             very
             liberally
             rewarded
             those
             that
             gave
             him
             so
             timely
             advice
             ,
             distributing
             the
             Kings
             Treasure
             amongst
             them
             ;
             and
             since
             those
             freindly
             neighbours
             of
             Paleacate
             ,
             injoyed
             the
             same
             freedomes
             and
             Priviledges
             with
             the
             Portugais
             ,
             they
             were
             made
             subsidy
             and
             customes-free
             ;
             and
             so
             strict
             an
             alliance
             and
             unity
             contracted
             between
             them
             that
             many
             of
             them
             since
             are
             baptized
             ,
             turned
             Christians
             ,
             and
             do
             frequently
             enter-marry
             :
             the
             Plotters
             were
             most
             of
             them
             put
             to
             death
             ,
             the
             rest
             banish't
             ,
             and
             their
             goods
             confiscated
             .
          
           
             
             The
             Isle
             of
             Goa
             is
             some
             15
             or
             16
             miles
             about
             ,
             the
             Inhabitants
             are
             strong
             ,
             and
             able
             bodyed
             ,
             almost
             of
             an
             olive
             colour
             :
             The
             Town
             is
             infinitely
             rich
             ,
             and
             the
             great
             street
             very
             full
             of
             goldsmiths
             ,
             that
             have
             their
             shops
             well
             stored
             with
             gold
             ,
             silver
             ,
             and
             Jewells
             .
          
           
             
             The
             Gentills
             had
             a
             most
             magnificent
             Temple
             built
             of
             stone
             ,
             in
             a
             little
             Island
             neere
             to
             Goa
             ,
             called
             Dinary
             ,
             where
             they
             adored
             the
             Devill
             that
             appeared
             to
             them
             in
             diverse
             most
             terrible
             and
             horrid
             shapes
             .
          
           
             The
             Portugais
             seeing
             this
             diabolicall
             profanation
             ,
             demolish't
             the
             Temple
             and
             the
             Idols
             ,
             without
             leaving
             the
             least
             marke
             behind
             them
             ,
             and
             with
             the
             stones
             they
             fortified
             the
             Town
             ,
             and
             built
             many
             fair
             houses
             ,
             which
             bred
             a
             great
             malice
             and
             hatred
             amongst
             the
             Idolaters
             .
             The
             Temple
             was
             built
             of
             a
             black
             stone
             ,
             and
             their
             Pagodes
             ,
             or
             Idolls
             ,
             were
             most
             horribly
             shaped
             .
             When
             the
             Portugais
             managed
             that
             great
             Warr
             against
             Samorin
             of
             Calicut
             ,
             it
             was
             then
             in
             their
             power
             to
             demolish
             this
             Temple
             .
          
           
             But
             the
             respect
             they
             bore
             to
             an
             Image
             of
             our
             blessed
             Lady
             ,
             Mother
             of
             God
             ,
             
             made
             them
             spare
             it
             for
             that
             time
             :
             They
             call
             the
             Blessed
             Virgin
             Sannacarin
             ,
             which
             signifies
             a
             bird
             ,
             and
             hold
             she
             is
             the
             spirit
             of
             God
             ;
             they
             give
             great
             honour
             to
             the
             holy
             Crosse
             ,
             and
             say
             that
             at
             the
             founding
             of
             the
             Town
             ,
             a
             perfect
             one
             was
             found
             in
             the
             ground
             .
          
           
             The
             Inhabitants
             live
             very
             deliciously
             ,
             feed
             much
             upon
             Areca
             ,
             and
             are
             carried
             in
             rich
             Sedans
             by
             their
             slaves
             ,
             and
             the
             inhabitants
             have
             liberty
             of
             conscience
             .
          
           
             Having
             been
             often
             at
             Goa
             ,
             amongst
             other
             things
             I
             admired
             the
             great
             commerce
             ,
             the
             richest
             good
             order
             and
             administration
             
             of
             Justice
             ,
             and
             above
             all
             ,
             a
             most
             admirable
             government
             in
             an
             Hospital
             ,
             which
             is
             very
             rich
             ,
             where
             notwithstanding
             are
             great
             number
             of
             sick
             ,
             and
             maim'd
             ,
             from
             the
             Armies
             :
             The
             Viceroy
             and
             Archbishop
             contribute
             liberally
             thereunto
             ;
             the
             Portugais
             prove
             themselves
             ,
             of
             an
             affable
             ,
             and
             compassionate
             nature
             ,
             although
             the
             Indians
             hold
             them
             rough
             and
             uncharitable
             ,
             because
             they
             possesse
             much
             of
             their
             land
             .
          
           
             This
             Hospital
             is
             the
             fairest
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             accomplisht
             ,
             in
             all
             necessaries
             I
             know
             in
             the
             world
             ;
             and
             I
             dare
             affirm
             that
             neither
             that
             of
             the
             Holy
             Ghost
             at
             Rome
             ,
             nor
             the
             infirmary
             of
             Malta
             ,
             although
             they
             are
             served
             in
             plate
             in
             both
             those
             places
             ,
             do
             equall
             her
             in
             riches
             ,
             good
             orders
             ,
             and
             services
             :
             that
             are
             farre
             better
             observed
             and
             tended
             ,
             then
             you
             can
             expect
             to
             be
             in
             your
             own
             house
             ,
             as
             I
             often
             was
             a
             witnesse
             of
             ,
             visiting
             the
             French
             that
             were
             there
             sick
             :
             the
             Fathers
             of
             the
             society
             have
             the
             keeping
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             are
             very
             charitable
             therein
             ;
             It
             is
             built
             upon
             a
             River
             ,
             founded
             by
             the
             Kings
             of
             Portugal
             ;
             besides
             the
             charity
             and
             gifts
             of
             the
             Nobility
             ,
             which
             are
             great
             ;
             they
             have
             for
             the
             most
             part
             a
             Factor
             at
             Cambaye
             ;
             a
             Country
             plentiful
             in
             all
             sorts
             of
             grain
             ,
             who
             makes
             their
             provision
             at
             the
             cheapest
             rates
             :
             there
             a
             great
             number
             of
             slaves
             ,
             that
             are
             employed
             in
             all
             inferiour
             offices
             ;
             and
             are
             also
             made
             use
             of
             in
             the
             other
             Indian
             Hospitals
             ,
             and
             other
             Monasteries
             .
             Perfumes
             are
             daily
             burnt
             ,
             to
             prevent
             infection
             ,
             and
             to
             lessen
             the
             unwholesome
             sents
             that
             would
             otherwise
             very
             much
             offend
             :
             they
             use
             very
             fine
             linnen
             ,
             and
             wine
             of
             Dates
             is
             their
             onely
             drinke
             ,
             and
             is
             full
             as
             delicious
             as
             that
             of
             Grapes
             :
             the
             Portugais
             are
             very
             voluptuous
             ;
             and
             great
             sensualists
             and
             are
             served
             in
             Purcelain
             ,
             
             which
             will
             not
             hold
             poyson
             .
             This
             Country
             is
             much
             infected
             with
             the
             great
             pox
             ,
             and
             with
             another
             infection
             called
             Mordesin
             ,
             
             that
             begins
             with
             vomiting
             ,
             and
             pains
             in
             the
             head
             ,
             and
             is
             infectious
             .
             There
             is
             another
             disease
             very
             common
             amongst
             the
             natives
             called
             Scorbus
             ,
             and
             other
             diseases
             proceed
             from
             the
             enchantments
             of
             bad
             women
             ;
             They
             are
             no
             sooner
             sick
             ,
             but
             are
             carried
             to
             the
             Hospital
             ,
             where
             remedies
             are
             presently
             used
             for
             their
             recovery
             :
             they
             are
             lodged
             in
             well-furnished
             and
             pleasant
             chambers
             ,
             and
             have
             very
             fine
             gardens
             .
          
           
             The
             Churches
             of
             Goa
             are
             fair
             and
             well
             adorned
             ,
             the
             Windores
             of
             Mother
             of
             pearl
             ,
             very
             curiously
             carved
             .
             At
             Pegu
             they
             are
             made
             of
             Tortoise
             shells
             of
             diverse
             colours
             ,
             and
             are
             the
             fairest
             of
             the
             world
             ;
             the
             Lanthornes
             belonging
             to
             the
             Hospital
             ,
             are
             made
             of
             the
             shell
             of
             a
             fish
             ,
             a
             kind
             of
             Mother
             of
             pearl
             .
          
           
             They
             burn
             nothing
             but
             wax
             in
             the
             Churches
             ,
             nor
             little
             else
             in
             the
             town
             ,
             it
             is
             so
             well
             provided
             therewith
             .
          
           
             This
             town
             being
             some
             eight
             thousand
             paces
             about
             ,
             may
             be
             of
             the
             bignesse
             of
             Roan
             or
             Avignon
             ,
             built
             ,
             and
             tyled
             ,
             as
             the
             fashion
             is
             in
             Europe
             ;
             Goa
             is
             an
             Archbishops
             See
             ,
             and
             hath
             four
             Bishopricks
             depending
             to
             her
             ,
             and
             her
             jurisdiction
             reaches
             unto
             Mosambick
             .
          
           
           
             
             There
             are
             many
             magnificent
             Churches
             ,
             and
             Monasteries
             ,
             of
             Jesuites
             ,
             
               Franciscans
               ,
               Austin
               Friars
            
             discalceate
             ,
             and
             many
             Nunneries
             of
             Virgins
             ,
             and
             penitents
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             great
             commerce
             of
             all
             wares
             and
             merchandise
             ,
             of
             slaves
             especially
             ,
             both
             males
             and
             females
             ;
             't
             is
             but
             a
             peccadillie
             ,
             for
             a
             Master
             to
             lye
             with
             his
             slave
             ,
             but
             if
             she
             proves
             with
             child
             ,
             the
             law
             enfranchises
             her
             ,
             and
             she
             may
             go
             whither
             she
             pleases
             .
          
           
             The
             waters
             are
             good
             and
             well
             tasted
             ,
             and
             although
             the
             tyde
             goes
             up
             beyond
             the
             town
             ,
             yet
             there
             remaines
             not
             the
             least
             brackishnesse
             in
             the
             water
             ,
             the
             best
             is
             fetched
             halfe
             a
             mile
             from
             the
             town
             ,
             from
             a
             place
             called
             Banquenin
             ,
             which
             is
             sold
             .
             The
             Portugais
             are
             richly
             clad
             ,
             with
             breeches
             like
             Sea-men
             ,
             very
             rich
             buttons
             ,
             coats
             ,
             and
             Cassocks
             ,
             pretty
             short
             ,
             and
             broad
             hats
             ;
             they
             have
             their
             Parasols
             carried
             by
             them
             ,
             with
             bottles
             full
             of
             Colos
             ,
             and
             other
             pleasing
             drinks
             ,
             and
             they
             weare
             very
             rich
             swords
             ;
             and
             in
             a
             word
             ,
             they
             are
             very
             vain
             and
             proud
             ,
             as
             the
             Prophet
             speaks
             them
             ,
             
               Pocos
               y
               Locos
            
             .
          
           
             The
             Haven
             is
             very
             good
             ,
             onely
             there
             is
             a
             shelf
             of
             sand
             ,
             as
             at
             Larack
             in
             Fez
             ,
             they
             have
             an
             inquisition
             ,
             or
             Court
             of
             Parliament
             ,
             which
             is
             their
             Judicature
             ;
             The
             Viceroy
             is
             removed
             every
             third
             year
             .
             The
             profit
             there
             accrues
             to
             the
             Governours
             and
             officers
             ,
             and
             little
             comes
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             that
             depends
             much
             upon
             his
             Armies
             ;
             besides
             the
             pay
             of
             three
             thousand
             officers
             .
          
           
             The
             Isle
             is
             mountainous
             ,
             sandy
             ,
             and
             reddish
             ,
             yet
             very
             fertile
             ,
             being
             well
             water'd
             with
             many
             springs
             ,
             and
             rivers
             :
             of
             this
             red
             earth
             or
             clay
             ,
             are
             made
             many
             sorts
             of
             cups
             and
             vases
             white
             ,
             some
             gray
             ,
             others
             red
             ,
             and
             as
             clear
             and
             fine
             as
             glasse
             ,
             as
             Bolarmeni
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             two
             crops
             a
             year
             ,
             of
             Rice
             and
             French
             Wheat
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             green
             all
             the
             year
             long
             :
             this
             land
             is
             scituate
             under
             the
             Tropick
             Cancer
             ,
             near
             to
             the
             Equinoctial
             .
          
           
             There
             grow
             many
             Date-trees
             ,
             and
             ships
             come
             daily
             into
             the
             Haven
             ,
             laden
             with
             Cocos
             ,
             and
             other
             commodities
             vented
             in
             the
             town
             .
          
           
             The
             ships
             stay
             at
             the
             barre
             or
             mouth
             of
             the
             Haven
             wanting
             water
             to
             bring
             them
             up
             :
             They
             hold
             it
             two
             miles
             from
             the
             town
             to
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             river
             ,
             where
             are
             two
             strong
             Block-houses
             or
             Forts
             ,
             to
             defend
             the
             ships
             that
             sayle
             in
             the
             middle
             .
             Then
             a
             league
             higher
             there
             is
             another
             called
             Pangari
             ,
             where
             dwells
             the
             Captain
             Major
             ,
             that
             grants
             the
             Cartacoes
             to
             trade
             ,
             both
             within
             ,
             and
             with
             out
             :
             but
             since
             many
             have
             written
             of
             the
             Judicature
             ,
             Government
             ,
             Nobility
             ,
             souldiers
             ;
             the
             manner
             of
             life
             of
             both
             the
             Sexes
             of
             this
             town
             ,
             as
             well
             Portugais
             ,
             as
             Indians
             ,
             I
             will
             say
             no
             more
             ;
             I
             will
             onely
             relate
             a
             sad
             accident
             happened
             to
             some
             poor
             French-men
             ,
             that
             had
             stolne
             a
             ship
             laden
             with
             pepper
             ,
             but
             having
             suffered
             shipwrack
             some
             twelve
             leagues
             from
             Goa
             upon
             a
             shelve
             of
             sand
             ,
             the
             ship
             was
             taken
             and
             saved
             ,
             
             belonging
             to
             a
             Portugal
             Merchant
             of
             Goa
             ,
             the
             poor
             men
             arraigned
             ,
             and
             condemned
             to
             be
             hanged
             ,
             
             for
             the
             Pyracy
             committed
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             for
             their
             murdering
             the
             Captain
             ;
             the
             chief
             of
             these
             Malefactors
             was
             called
             Raymondin
             ;
             they
             were
             assisted
             at
             the
             time
             of
             their
             suffering
             by
             some
             good
             Fathers
             of
             the
             Church
             of
             the
             five
             wounds
             of
             our
             Saviour
             ,
             near
             to
             the
             publick
             place
             of
             execution
             ;
             and
             the
             fathers
             of
             our
             Ladies
             of
             Mercy
             cloathed
             them
             all
             in
             white
             according
             to
             their
             custom
             with
             white
             caps
             ,
             and
             a
             crosse
             in
             their
             hands
             ;
             they
             died
             very
             couragiously
             and
             penitently
             ,
             fully
             contrite
             and
             sorry
             for
             their
             sin
             and
             shame
             ;
             some
             were
             hanged
             at
             Saint
             Katherines
             key
             ,
             others
             in
             the
             Corne-Market
             .
             Six
             of
             them
             were
             hanged
             there
             ,
             whereof
             the
             youngest
             broak
             two
             ropes
             ,
             and
             fell
             down
             from
             the
             Gibbet
             ;
             the
             good
             father
             that
             assisted
             at
             his
             death
             ,
             obtained
             his
             pardon
             ,
             and
             caused
             him
             to
             be
             taken
             back
             to
             the
             prison
             ,
             he
             turned
             Franciscan
             ,
             to
             the
             great
             contentment
             of
             the
             whole
             order
             ,
             and
             was
             visited
             by
             all
             the
             Nobility
             of
             the
             town
             :
             he
             was
             born
             at
             Diepe
             ,
             his
             name
             Ratelin
             ,
             and
             fell
             into
             Raymondins
             company
             with
             no
             intention
             to
             Pyracy
             ,
             but
             to
             see
             the
             world
             ;
             and
             thus
             God
             gave
             him
             grace
             miraculously
             to
             escape
             .
          
           
             I
             remember
             that
             being
             in
             Provence
             ,
             a
             young
             man
             borne
             at
             Aubayne
             ,
             was
             upon
             suspicion
             of
             a
             certain
             crime
             cast
             in
             prison
             ,
             
             and
             arraigned
             at
             Aubayne
             ,
             and
             being
             convicted
             thereof
             ,
             was
             condemned
             to
             be
             hanged
             ;
             he
             broak
             two
             new
             halters
             ,
             and
             fell
             without
             the
             least
             harm
             from
             the
             Gallows
             to
             the
             ground
             ;
             which
             accident
             caused
             the
             multitude
             to
             cry
             out
             for
             pardon
             ,
             for
             the
             poor
             man
             ,
             which
             was
             immediately
             granted
             him
             ,
             but
             miserable
             ,
             as
             he
             was
             ignorant
             of
             his
             own
             happinesse
             ,
             he
             ended
             his
             life
             by
             the
             Gibbet
             for
             some
             detestable
             crime
             by
             him
             committed
             in
             another
             place
             .
          
           
             A
             Sicilian
             Gentleman
             was
             accused
             by
             thirty
             false
             witnesses
             to
             have
             intended
             the
             sale
             of
             Messina
             to
             the
             Turk
             ,
             
             and
             sentenced
             for
             that
             offence
             to
             be
             hanged
             ,
             and
             his
             children
             to
             be
             decapited
             ,
             protesting
             his
             own
             innocency
             upon
             the
             ladder
             ,
             the
             Rope
             breaking
             ,
             they
             tyed
             another
             to
             him
             newer
             and
             stronger
             ,
             which
             broak
             also
             ,
             the
             people
             saved
             him
             ,
             and
             his
             proces
             was
             reviewed
             ,
             the
             false
             witnesses
             examined
             ,
             condemned
             ,
             and
             executed
             ,
             the
             wronged
             Innocent
             with
             his
             children
             undertook
             a
             pilgrimage
             to
             our
             Lady
             of
             Loretto
             ,
             where
             I
             saw
             him
             .
          
           
             At
             Goa
             as
             also
             at
             the
             other
             townes
             in
             the
             Portugais
             possession
             ,
             the
             Merchants
             may
             trade
             with
             great
             security
             ,
             with
             leave
             from
             the
             Viceroy
             or
             Deputy
             ,
             and
             paying
             the
             rights
             and
             customes
             ,
             otherwise
             their
             goods
             are
             confiscated
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XVII
             .
             Of
             
               Baticola
               ,
               Decan
               ,
               Amadiva
            
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             Cananor
             .
          
           
             
             FRom
             Goa
             unto
             Comorin
             ,
             which
             is
             properly
             the
             Coast
             of
             Malabar
             ,
             are
             many
             Forts
             belonging
             to
             the
             Portugais
             ,
             as
             at
             Onor
             ,
             which
             is
             distant
             14.
             degrees
             ,
             at
             Barcelor
             ,
             13.
             degrees
             ,
             called
             by
             the
             
               Indians
               Barcelan
            
             ,
             at
             Mangalor
             12.
             at
             Mosiri
             or
             Cananor
             ,
             2.
             at
             Cranganor
             10.
             the
             natives
             call
             it
             Cagnanora
             ,
             then
             at
             Cochin
             8.
             degrees
             distant
             ,
             and
             at
             Coulan
             which
             is
             called
             Cosmans
             ,
             and
             at
             other
             places
             .
          
           
             
             From
             Goa
             we
             came
             to
             Baticola
             which
             is
             a
             kingdom
             ,
             the
             town
             is
             large
             ,
             rich
             ,
             and
             plenteous
             in
             all
             commodities
             ,
             scituate
             upon
             a
             pleasant
             and
             deep
             river
             ,
             which
             yields
             her
             accesse
             easie
             ;
             the
             haven
             is
             a
             quarter
             of
             a
             league
             distant
             ,
             for
             the
             most
             part
             full
             of
             vessels
             ,
             that
             yield
             great
             commerce
             .
             The
             Inhabitants
             are
             partly
             Gentiles
             ,
             partly
             Mahometans
             ,
             but
             much
             civilized
             ;
             of
             complection
             between
             fair
             and
             brown
             ,
             of
             good
             statures
             ,
             and
             dispositions
             ,
             both
             Sexes
             .
             The
             town
             is
             invironed
             with
             many
             good
             Barroughs
             ,
             that
             reach
             unto
             Decan
             ,
             some
             five
             leagues
             off
             ;
             the
             town
             is
             strongly
             wall'd
             ,
             and
             frequented
             by
             Jewes
             ,
             who
             drive
             a
             great
             trade
             ,
             and
             inhabited
             by
             all
             nations
             :
             she
             is
             tributary
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Marsingue
             ,
             they
             are
             carried
             in
             littars
             by
             Cammels
             ,
             of
             horses
             they
             have
             very
             few
             ,
             we
             served
             our selves
             sometimes
             with
             oxen
             ,
             which
             they
             harnise
             ,
             and
             ride
             ,
             they
             eat
             bread
             made
             of
             Rice
             ,
             which
             is
             more
             savory
             then
             wheaten
             ,
             there
             grows
             no
             grain
             ,
             but
             the
             Country
             beares
             most
             excellent
             fruit
             ,
             their
             drink
             is
             wine
             of
             dates
             .
          
           
             About
             3.
             
             Musket
             shot
             from
             the
             town
             ,
             there
             is
             an
             Isle
             named
             Amadiva
             ,
             which
             hath
             a
             large
             haven
             ,
             on
             the
             continent
             side
             ,
             inhabited
             by
             Moores
             ,
             and
             abounding
             in
             pastures
             ,
             and
             cattle
             .
             The
             inhabitants
             are
             the
             Portugaises
             mortal
             ,
             and
             irreconcilable
             enemies
             ,
             but
             their
             Island
             being
             small
             ,
             not
             above
             8.
             leagues
             about
             ;
             they
             are
             not
             capable
             to
             trouble
             them
             .
             The
             town
             is
             rich
             ,
             and
             is
             called
             Centacola
             ,
             subject
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Baticola
             :
             there
             are
             some
             Jews
             amongst
             them
             that
             may
             easily
             be
             distinguisht
             by
             the
             complexion
             ,
             the
             Moores
             be
             tawny
             ,
             the
             Jews
             clearer
             :
             women
             use
             waters
             and
             other
             washes
             that
             make
             them
             very
             beautiful
             ,
             and
             they
             are
             held
             the
             prettiest
             of
             all
             the
             East
             ,
             the
             fairest
             are
             Jews
             ,
             and
             they
             very
             chaste
             ,
             and
             strangers
             can
             only
             obtain
             to
             visit
             them
             ,
             in
             certain
             assemblies
             of
             fair
             girles
             ;
             but
             they
             go
             meanly
             clad
             ,
             contrary
             to
             the
             customes
             of
             all
             other
             towns
             :
             they
             sing
             certain
             songs
             like
             K.
             Davids
             Psalms
             ,
             gracefully
             pronouncing
             their
             words
             ,
             and
             mingling
             instrumental
             musick
             with
             their
             vocal
             ;
             and
             thus
             they
             entertain
             their
             gallants
             .
             They
             refuse
             no
             present
             is
             made
             them
             ,
             but
             if
             you
             offer
             none
             ,
             they
             are
             never
             
             a
             whit
             displeased
             :
             The
             doores
             of
             those
             places
             of
             Assemblies
             are
             alwayes
             open
             ,
             there
             they
             keep
             their
             Synagogues
             ,
             every
             one
             professes
             his
             Religion
             at
             liberty
             ;
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             this
             Isle
             is
             a
             Lake
             ,
             called
             Vecharin
             ,
             which
             breeds
             good
             store
             of
             fish
             of
             severall
             sorts
             ,
             but
             causes
             the
             ayre
             to
             be
             a
             little
             unwholesome
             to
             those
             are
             not
             accustomed
             to
             the
             Clymate
             ;
             from
             thence
             fish
             is
             transported
             into
             diverse
             places
             ,
             for
             a
             sort
             of
             good
             lasting
             fish
             .
             They
             have
             great
             store
             of
             poultry
             ,
             which
             they
             feed
             with
             grosse
             rice
             ,
             called
             Jeracoly
             .
          
           
             Baticola
             hath
             lost
             much
             of
             her
             trade
             since
             the
             Portuguais
             took
             Goa
             :
             for
             according
             to
             the
             Chafa's
             ,
             or
             the
             Clark
             of
             the
             Customes
             account
             the
             Revenew
             is
             half
             diminished
             ,
             which
             keeps
             the
             Princes
             far
             in
             the
             Continent
             ,
             for
             fear
             of
             being
             surprised
             by
             the
             Portugais
             ,
             who
             wage
             open
             warr
             with
             them
             ,
             exacting
             great
             ransomes
             for
             the
             liberty
             of
             the
             prisoners
             they
             take
             ;
             neverthelesse
             the
             Portugais
             trade
             much
             amongst
             them
             ,
             endeavouring
             to
             draw
             them
             to
             an
             alliance
             ;
             but
             they
             are
             not
             so
             soon
             driven
             out
             of
             their
             fears
             and
             jealousies
             ;
             those
             of
             Baticola
             say
             they
             formerly
             inhabited
             Sian
             ;
             in
             this
             Kingdome
             is
             the
             Town
             of
             Onor
             ,
             that
             furnishes
             all
             the
             Countrey
             with
             rice
             .
          
           
             From
             Baticola
             we
             came
             to
             
               Cananor
               Mosiri
            
             ,
             a
             great
             Town
             unwalled
             ,
             under
             the
             subjection
             of
             a
             particular
             King
             ,
             where
             the
             Portugais
             have
             two
             Forts
             ,
             and
             is
             inhabited
             by
             many
             new
             Christians
             ,
             who
             observe
             the
             rules
             and
             precepts
             of
             our
             Religion
             stricter
             then
             the
             old
             ones
             :
             the
             Portugais
             have
             built
             about
             their
             Fort
             many
             dwellings
             for
             Merchants
             and
             others
             ,
             which
             make
             up
             a
             Burrough
             ,
             called
             Cananon
             ,
             where
             they
             trade
             securely
             ,
             and
             when
             the
             Indians
             have
             a
             mind
             to
             trade
             with
             them
             ,
             they
             must
             have
             the
             Vice-Roy
             of
             
               Goa's
               Cartaco
            
             ;
             yet
             the
             Portuguais
             never
             kept
             so
             good
             intelligence
             with
             the
             Natives
             ,
             as
             to
             prevent
             many
             dissentions
             and
             disorders
             ,
             as
             is
             often
             seen
             in
             other
             places
             ,
             as
             at
             Pegu
             and
             Calicut
             ,
             which
             occasioned
             the
             ruine
             of
             the
             Castle
             ,
             and
             the
             death
             of
             many
             Christians
             ,
             which
             the
             Portugais
             have
             since
             sufficiently
             revenged
             ;
             for
             they
             are
             of
             a
             very
             cruell
             nature
             ,
             and
             revengefull
             ,
             for
             which
             reason
             they
             maintain
             a
             fleet
             well
             armed
             at
             sea
             ,
             to
             resist
             those
             of
             Portugall
             ,
             who
             wage
             a
             warr
             against
             the
             Indians
             ,
             not
             alwayes
             to
             their
             success
             .
             It
             happened
             on
             a
             time
             to
             
               Don
               Alanso
               De
               Comera
            
             ,
             to
             pursue
             with
             two
             men
             of
             warr
             a
             Mahometan
             Frigate
             ,
             richly
             laden
             ,
             and
             bound
             from
             some
             part
             of
             the
             India's
             ,
             for
             Gaza
             ,
             a
             sea
             Town
             in
             Arabia
             .
          
           
             There
             were
             many
             families
             ,
             with
             the
             goods
             they
             had
             gathered
             in
             many
             years
             abode
             there
             ,
             making
             homewards
             ,
             accidentally
             falling
             into
             the
             hands
             of
             this
             Portugais
             ,
             they
             hoised
             saile
             ,
             and
             thinking
             themselves
             too
             weak
             ,
             offered
             a
             composition
             ,
             to
             the
             value
             of
             two
             hundred
             duckats
             ;
             
               Don
               Alonso
            
             eager
             and
             covetous
             of
             the
             prey
             ,
             which
             he
             held
             himself
             sure
             of
             ,
             gave
             her
             a
             broad
             side
             ,
             with
             many
             great
             shots
             ,
             
             and
             
             boarded
             her
             ,
             she
             ,
             reduced
             to
             desperation
             ,
             put
             her self
             in
             a
             posture
             of
             defence
             ,
             and
             resolved
             to
             sell
             both
             life
             and
             liberty
             at
             a
             deare
             rate
             ,
             and
             the
             very
             women
             spared
             them
             not
             ,
             so
             their
             Alonso
             got
             nothing
             but
             blowes
             ,
             but
             lost
             an
             eye
             ,
             and
             many
             of
             his
             men
             ,
             and
             thus
             was
             forced
             to
             retreate
             ,
             and
             the
             Frigat
             by
             a
             favourable
             wind
             got
             away
             without
             any
             losse
             :
             this
             shewes
             the
             damage
             presumption
             brings
             with
             it
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Portugais
             are
             not
             unjustly
             accused
             of
             vanity
             and
             folly
             ,
             which
             often
             costs
             them
             deare
             ,
             and
             makes
             them
             hated
             by
             the
             Indians
             ,
             as
             it
             hapned
             to
             them
             at
             Calicut
             ,
             where
             the
             peoples
             rage
             was
             so
             raised
             against
             them
             ,
             that
             in
             an
             instant
             they
             demolished
             them
             a
             fair
             Castle
             ,
             not
             leaving
             one
             stone
             upon
             another
             ,
             and
             whoever
             could
             present
             the
             King
             with
             any
             of
             the
             ruines
             ,
             was
             rewarded
             ,
             which
             hath
             caused
             the
             spilling
             of
             much
             blood
             amongst
             them
             :
             The
             King
             of
             Coulan
             hath
             often
             besieged
             their
             Forts
             ,
             but
             after
             long
             Warres
             they
             now
             enjoy
             a
             peace
             .
          
           
             
             The
             King
             of
             Cananor
             is
             very
             potent
             ,
             and
             elected
             out
             of
             the
             Princes
             of
             the
             blood
             ,
             as
             at
             Ormus
             :
             He
             can
             send
             100000.
             men
             into
             the
             field
             ,
             armed
             with
             targets
             and
             swords
             ,
             they
             wear
             red
             bonnets
             turned
             up
             on
             one
             side
             ,
             and
             go
             almost
             naked
             ,
             the
             third
             part
             of
             them
             are
             Naires
             ,
             
             or
             Gentlemen
             ,
             very
             resolute
             and
             valiant
             ;
             they
             weare
             red
             hats
             ,
             and
             are
             not
             niggards
             of
             their
             lives
             in
             their
             Princes
             service
             .
          
           
             The
             Portugais
             have
             a
             strong
             Castle
             on
             the
             side
             of
             the
             Town
             ,
             and
             another
             on
             the
             sea
             side
             ,
             both
             well
             provided
             with
             Amunition
             and
             Artillery
             ,
             and
             have
             done
             them
             good
             service
             ,
             having
             often
             been
             assaulted
             by
             the
             Naires
             ,
             very
             gallant
             Persons
             ;
             Many
             of
             them
             are
             since
             Baptized
             ,
             and
             grown
             so
             devout
             ,
             that
             if
             they
             hear
             the
             
               Ave
               Maria
            
             bell
             ,
             though
             they
             are
             in
             their
             Coaches
             ,
             or
             Litters
             ,
             they
             are
             set
             on
             ground
             ,
             and
             say
             certain
             prayers
             on
             both
             their
             knees
             .
          
           
             At
             Cananor
             they
             have
             a
             quarry
             of
             a
             stone
             ,
             called
             Azazimit
             which
             is
             much
             esteemed
             amongst
             the
             Indians
             ,
             and
             hath
             many
             vertues
             ,
             
             it
             cures
             feavers
             ,
             stops
             fluxes
             ,
             and
             causes
             digestion
             ,
             and
             is
             a
             preservative
             against
             poyson
             :
             they
             use
             it
             in
             their
             cures
             against
             the
             pox
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             very
             neere
             as
             Soveraigne
             ,
             as
             that
             famous
             Eastern
             wine
             ,
             that
             if
             a
             man
             be
             so
             rotten
             as
             to
             fall
             in
             peeces
             ,
             yet
             bathed
             therein
             for
             one
             month
             ,
             he
             will
             infallibly
             be
             cured
             .
          
           
             This
             Countrey
             produces
             Myraboian-Citterns
             ,
             ,
             a
             most
             excellent
             fruit
             ,
             and
             very
             common
             amongst
             them
             :
             their
             leaves
             are
             like
             unto
             our
             prune
             leaves
             ,
             they
             preserve
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             use
             them
             often
             ;
             
             there
             growes
             the
             tree
             of
             Ebony
             ,
             which
             growes
             to
             the
             bignesse
             of
             an
             olive
             tree
             ,
             the
             leaves
             like
             unto
             sage
             ,
             but
             as
             smooth
             as
             Mastick
             leaves
             ,
             and
             the
             blossomes
             like
             white
             roses
             ;
             the
             wood
             is
             black
             ,
             and
             very
             hard
             when
             't
             is
             dry
             and
             seasoned
             :
             
             they
             have
             great
             store
             of
             trees
             that
             bear
             Areca
             ,
             those
             of
             Malaca
             ,
             call
             it
             Faoufell
             ,
             the
             
               Portugais
               Araguerou
            
             ,
             
             in
             other
             places
             't
             is
             called
             Pinan
             ,
             the
             leafe
             is
             of
             the
             bignesse
             of
             a
             palm
             leafe
             ,
             the
             stalk
             is
             full
             of
             strings
             ,
             which
             are
             very
             usefull
             ,
             the
             nut
             or
             fruit
             is
             huskt
             up
             ,
             when
             the
             husk
             pills
             off
             ,
             the
             nut
             hangs
             upon
             the
             tree
             of
             an
             orange
             colour
             ,
             and
             is
             very
             juycy
             and
             savoury
             ,
             and
             the
             vertue
             of
             Succory
             ,
             cold
             and
             dry
             ;
             and
             hath
             another
             quality
             astringent
             ,
             the
             shell
             or
             nut
             is
             not
             of
             the
             bignesse
             of
             the
             other
             palm
             fruit
             ;
             but
             lesse
             ,
             as
             the
             peach
             ,
             and
             ovale
             ,
             nothing
             like
             a
             nutmeg
             ,
             being
             mingled
             with
             white
             and
             red
             streaks
             ,
             and
             of
             this
             fruit
             the
             Areca
             is
             made
             ,
             excellent
             against
             the
             tooth-ach
             ,
             they
             have
             abundance
             of
             other
             palm-trees
             that
             bear
             Dates
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XVIII
             .
             Of
             the
             Kingdom
             ,
             and
             Samorin
             of
             Calicut
             ,
             of
             the
             Natives
             of
             that
             Countrey
             ,
             and
             of
             their
             horrible
             superstitions
             .
          
           
             FRom
             Cananor
             to
             Calicut
             ,
             in
             the
             9.
             degree
             ,
             although
             the
             ancients
             hold
             it
             in
             the
             2.
             
             Before
             our
             arrivall
             three
             upon
             a
             Sunday
             morning
             ,
             drawing
             towards
             the
             East
             ,
             before
             Sun
             rising
             ,
             we
             heard
             a
             Marriner
             cry
             out
             ,
             
               Jasan
               ,
               Jasan
               ,
               Malabar
            
             ,
             but
             we
             were
             not
             so
             near
             it
             as
             he
             thought
             ,
             for
             they
             were
             the
             mountains
             of
             Calicut
             ,
             which
             are
             discovered
             afar
             off
             ,
             for
             we
             put
             into
             the
             haven
             not
             till
             night
             .
          
           
             Calicut
             is
             a
             great
             Town
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             fairest
             ,
             richest
             ,
             
             and
             of
             the
             greatest
             commerce
             of
             all
             the
             India's
             :
             some
             will
             have
             it
             anciently
             called
             Barygaze
             ,
             yet
             the
             Mores
             hold
             she
             hath
             been
             built
             many
             years
             since
             ,
             and
             that
             six
             hundred
             years
             agone
             ,
             
               Asarama
               Perimel
            
             ,
             was
             Emperour
             of
             Malabar
             ,
             and
             the
             Natives
             reckon
             upon
             the
             years
             since
             his
             reign
             ,
             which
             is
             their
             most
             famous
             Callander
             :
             He
             kept
             his
             Court
             at
             Coulan
             ,
             where
             was
             the
             chiefest
             trade
             of
             spices
             ,
             
             and
             gave
             the
             Countrey
             of
             Calicut
             to
             the
             Arabians
             ,
             who
             frequented
             it
             very
             much
             for
             commerce
             ;
             they
             made
             this
             King
             a
             Mahometan
             ,
             who
             went
             through
             devotion
             to
             end
             his
             dayes
             at
             Meka
             ,
             distributing
             his
             estate
             to
             divers
             Lords
             ,
             leaving
             them
             the
             Title
             of
             Kings
             ,
             as
             of
             
               Cananor
               ,
               Coulan
            
             ,
             and
             others
             .
             Calicut
             fell
             unto
             a
             Nephew
             of
             his
             named
             Samorin
             ,
             which
             signifies
             soveraign
             Emperour
             over
             all
             the
             rest
             ,
             in
             temporall
             affairs
             ,
             as
             he
             of
             Coulan
             was
             chief
             in
             Spiritualls
             ,
             surnamed
             
               Cobritin
               ,
               viz.
            
             high
             Pontife
             of
             the
             
               Bramins
               .
               Samorin
            
             built
             this
             Town
             ,
             the
             Metropolitan
             of
             Calicut
             ,
             inhabited
             by
             the
             Meres
             ,
             where
             was
             the
             greatest
             trade
             of
             groceries
             ,
             since
             removed
             by
             the
             Portugais
             to
             Cochin
             .
          
           
           
             The
             Prince
             is
             an
             Idolater
             at
             this
             present
             ,
             although
             the
             Town
             be
             peopled
             by
             all
             Religions
             ,
             Gentils
             ,
             Mahometans
             ,
             Jewes
             ,
             and
             Christians
             .
             The
             building
             is
             very
             good
             ,
             though
             the
             houses
             are
             very
             low
             ,
             because
             they
             stand
             upon
             an
             ill
             foundation
             ,
             the
             Sea
             water
             appearing
             if
             you
             dig
             but
             a
             little
             depth
             ,
             yet
             they
             have
             by
             art
             and
             industry
             raised
             the
             Temples
             ,
             and
             Pallaces
             ,
             whereof
             there
             are
             four
             Royal
             ones
             ,
             inhabited
             by
             the
             Kings
             wives
             ,
             and
             concubines
             ;
             there
             stands
             one
             of
             them
             without
             the
             Town
             ,
             fair
             to
             the
             sight
             ,
             and
             high
             .
             Their
             Temples
             are
             so
             too
             ,
             and
             built
             round
             ,
             the
             first
             of
             that
             form
             I
             saw
             in
             those
             parts
             ;
             they
             adore
             the
             Devil
             ,
             and
             put
             his
             picture
             upon
             their
             coin
             ,
             in
             most
             horrid
             postures
             :
             They
             put
             two
             Demons
             embracing
             ,
             with
             cloven
             or
             cocks
             feet
             at
             one
             side
             ,
             on
             the
             other
             a
             certain
             Character
             ,
             which
             signifies
             ,
             think
             upon
             this
             people
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             is
             impiously
             devout
             ,
             and
             every
             Wednesday
             performs
             a
             most
             strange
             adoration
             of
             Satan
             ;
             he
             is
             pictured
             sitting
             in
             a
             chair
             ,
             with
             a
             Crown
             upon
             his
             head
             ,
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             many
             little
             Devils
             ,
             most
             strangely
             and
             terribly
             represented
             ;
             after
             the
             King
             hath
             offered
             him
             incenses
             ,
             he
             prostrates
             himself
             on
             the
             ground
             in
             sign
             of
             submission
             ,
             then
             begins
             his
             prophane
             prayers
             ,
             then
             he
             stretches
             himself
             at
             length
             upon
             a
             rich
             carpet
             ,
             leaning
             his
             head
             upon
             his
             left
             arm
             ,
             thus
             he
             dines
             ,
             inviting
             the
             Devil
             to
             his
             repast
             ;
             four
             Bramins
             assist
             him
             in
             this
             impious
             sacrifice
             ,
             and
             hearken
             very
             attentively
             to
             the
             discourse
             ,
             or
             Sermon
             ,
             the
             King
             makes
             during
             his
             dinner
             ;
             representing
             to
             them
             the
             service
             they
             owe
             to
             their
             Idol
             ,
             they
             answer
             him
             not
             in
             words
             at
             that
             time
             ,
             but
             give
             him
             Betel
             and
             Areca
             mingled
             together
             ,
             which
             he
             drinks
             without
             touching
             the
             cup
             ,
             according
             to
             their
             superstitious
             custom
             :
             because
             that
             day
             his
             mouth
             is
             sacred
             ,
             and
             filled
             with
             the
             praises
             of
             Sathan
             ;
             when
             he
             hath
             ended
             his
             repast
             ,
             the
             meat
             he
             leaves
             is
             carried
             into
             a
             garden
             near
             at
             hand
             to
             be
             devoured
             by
             Crows
             ,
             that
             there
             expect
             it
             ,
             in
             so
             great
             numbers
             ,
             that
             they
             hardly
             get
             two
             bits
             a
             piece
             .
          
           
             Calicut
             I
             conceive
             is
             as
             big
             as
             Millan
             ,
             but
             not
             so
             well
             built
             nor
             ordered
             .
             The
             Strangers
             and
             Merchants
             are
             upon
             their
             arrivall
             put
             (
             to
             a
             great
             inconvenience
             )
             to
             buy
             houses
             to
             dwell
             in
             ,
             which
             troubled
             us
             very
             much
             ,
             being
             forced
             at
             our
             departure
             to
             leave
             it
             for
             half
             it
             cost
             us
             :
             you
             buy
             women
             for
             your
             service
             ,
             and
             put
             them
             off
             again
             ,
             but
             not
             without
             some
             losse
             .
             The
             Port
             is
             a
             pretty
             way
             distant
             from
             the
             Town
             ;
             there
             is
             but
             one
             channell
             ;
             which
             the
             ships
             cannot
             reach
             by
             a
             mile
             and
             a
             half
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             shelves
             of
             sand
             ,
             and
             therefore
             they
             use
             flat
             bottoms
             ,
             which
             do
             great
             services
             upon
             the
             River
             :
             The
             King
             keeps
             a
             frigate
             or
             pinnace
             called
             Jonques
             ,
             
             for
             his
             pleasure
             ,
             which
             he
             treats
             the
             Ladies
             in
             ,
             as
             the
             Venetians
             do
             in
             their
             Gondola's
             ,
             
             all
             the
             houses
             in
             the
             Towne
             are
             covered
             with
             palm-leaves
             ,
             the
             Kings
             onely
             excepted
             that
             are
             tyled
             ;
             because
             no
             private
             person
             may
             have
             means
             to
             fortifie
             himself
             .
             
             the
             town
             is
             very
             subject
             to
             fires
             ;
             and
             therefore
             the
             houses
             are
             built
             farre
             asunder
             .
             'T
             is
             surrounded
             with
             pleasant
             fields
             and
             pastures
             ,
             but
             they
             never
             eat
             beef
             ;
             they
             are
             so
             superstitious
             ,
             esteeming
             them
             holy
             and
             sacred
             cattle
             ,
             that
             their
             Dume
             hath
             appointed
             them
             to
             cultivate
             the
             land
             onely
             ,
             which
             makes
             them
             hard
             to
             be
             bought
             and
             sold
             ;
             this
             superstition
             is
             only
             publickly
             observed
             ,
             for
             some
             of
             the
             Bramins
             treated
             us
             with
             beef
             ,
             who
             borrowed
             a
             christian
             Cook
             ,
             and
             entertained
             us
             with
             a
             whole
             calf
             ,
             the
             head
             and
             intrals
             stewed
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             rosted
             as
             we
             use
             :
             He
             feasted
             us
             because
             one
             of
             the
             company
             had
             cured
             him
             of
             a
             certain
             disease
             ,
             and
             refused
             any
             reward
             ,
             and
             thus
             they
             do
             like
             the
             Turkes
             ,
             who
             abstain
             from
             wine
             in
             publick
             ,
             but
             drink
             it
             privately
             :
             neverthelesse
             these
             Bramins
             have
             the
             devil
             pictured
             open
             mouthed
             ,
             red
             ,
             and
             flaming
             ,
             ready
             to
             devoure
             ,
             the
             law-breaker
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             have
             offended
             ,
             the
             sacrifice
             to
             him
             a
             white
             cock
             :
             which
             is
             derived
             from
             a
             very
             ancient
             and
             superstitious
             Idolotry
             of
             the
             Pagan
             ,
             who
             offered
             a
             white
             cock
             to
             Hercules
             ,
             to
             the
             night
             ,
             to
             Aesculapius
             ,
             and
             to
             Annubis
             :
             thus
             the
             devil
             renews
             these
             old
             superstitions
             ,
             and
             appears
             visibly
             unto
             them
             ,
             some
             believing
             him
             to
             be
             God
             ,
             some
             a
             creature
             of
             Gods
             ,
             some
             hold
             him
             good
             ,
             others
             bad
             ,
             these
             serve
             and
             adore
             him
             ,
             for
             fear
             he
             should
             do
             them
             harm
             .
          
           
             Not
             far
             from
             Calicut
             ,
             is
             an
             ancient
             Temple
             or
             Bagode
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Dumana
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             a
             general
             pardon
             to
             be
             gained
             ,
             certain
             dayes
             of
             the
             year
             ,
             they
             have
             fifteen
             dayes
             of
             liberty
             ,
             and
             freedom
             ,
             which
             time
             the
             thieves
             ,
             and
             banisht
             persons
             ,
             may
             appear
             with
             safety
             to
             sacrifice
             ;
             the
             Temple
             is
             built
             in
             a
             Marsh
             ,
             held
             up
             by
             great
             pillars
             ,
             with
             many
             trees
             of
             diverse
             sorts
             growing
             about
             it
             ,
             each
             pilgrim
             chuseth
             himself
             one
             for
             his
             rest
             ,
             and
             to
             hang
             his
             cloaths
             in
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             many
             burning
             lamps
             which
             the
             pilgrims
             offer
             up
             to
             be
             purified
             of
             their
             sins
             :
             The
             Bramins
             say
             prayers
             aloud
             ,
             and
             sprinkle
             them
             with
             water
             ,
             in
             expiation
             of
             their
             crimes
             ;
             and
             after
             this
             ablution
             ,
             they
             present
             themselves
             to
             the
             Idol
             ,
             and
             adore
             it
             :
             from
             thence
             they
             return
             to
             their
             trees
             ,
             having
             provided
             their
             lamps
             with
             oyle
             and
             wick
             to
             burn
             at
             night
             ;
             'T
             is
             pleasant
             to
             see
             so
             much
             light
             .
             The
             next
             morning
             they
             bathe
             themselves
             all
             together
             in
             a
             Lake
             ,
             men
             ,
             women
             ,
             boys
             ,
             and
             girles
             ,
             without
             the
             least
             shame
             of
             their
             nakednesse
             ;
             then
             dresse
             themselves
             in
             their
             best
             clothes
             ,
             and
             return
             to
             the
             sacrifices
             ,
             which
             ended
             ,
             the
             Bramin
             makes
             them
             a
             short
             Sermon
             clothed
             in
             a
             white
             surplice
             ,
             reaching
             down
             to
             the
             kneees
             ,
             and
             bare-foot
             ,
             the
             legs
             rounded
             with
             bands
             wrought
             ,
             and
             hung
             round
             with
             silver
             bels
             ,
             and
             standing
             thus
             before
             the
             picture
             of
             the
             devil
             ,
             represented
             gaping
             ,
             ready
             to
             swallow
             the
             spectators
             crowned
             ,
             and
             with
             sparkling
             eyes
             ;
             Thus
             the
             Bramin
             begins
             his
             sacrifice
             ,
             casting
             himself
             upon
             the
             ground
             murmuring
             something
             ,
             and
             beats
             himself
             so
             furiously
             ,
             that
             he
             seems
             enraged
             ;
             then
             he
             turnes
             himselfe
             to
             the
             people
             (
             who
             are
             very
             attentive
             ,
             
             shewing
             them
             the
             Devil
             ,
             at
             which
             sight
             they
             begin
             to
             howle
             and
             cry
             for
             mercy
             with
             so
             furious
             and
             horrid
             a
             noyse
             ,
             as
             Gods
             thunder
             could
             scarce
             be
             heard
             .
             Next
             he
             takes
             a
             white
             cock
             ,
             and
             wrings
             off
             his
             head
             ,
             and
             mingles
             his
             blood
             with
             water
             ,
             which
             he
             sprinkles
             upon
             the
             multitude
             ,
             who
             retire
             as
             contented
             as
             if
             they
             had
             gained
             an
             Empire
             .
             In
             the
             mid-way
             they
             meet
             a
             man
             of
             good
             presence
             ,
             but
             distracted
             ,
             with
             the
             devils
             picture
             about
             his
             neck
             ,
             and
             clothed
             in
             a
             white
             Tunick
             or
             Albe
             .
             At
             the
             head
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             the
             devils
             picture
             is
             carried
             by
             eight
             devotes
             clothed
             in
             cotton
             robes
             ,
             followed
             by
             four
             Bramins
             ,
             and
             many
             others
             ,
             frantick-like
             ,
             running
             ,
             leaping
             ,
             singing
             ,
             and
             dancing
             before
             the
             devil
             :
             stabbing
             themselves
             into
             the
             faces
             and
             arms
             ;
             and
             he
             is
             esteemed
             the
             holyest
             ,
             that
             hath
             given
             himself
             the
             deepest
             wounds
             ,
             of
             which
             many
             dye
             ,
             when
             they
             come
             before
             the
             distracted
             person
             who
             is
             exposed
             upon
             theatre
             ;
             they
             stand
             still
             to
             fulfill
             the
             ceremony
             of
             the
             sacrifice
             ;
             and
             having
             burnt
             some
             perfumes
             ,
             the
             Choourt
             or
             Bramin
             sprinkles
             him
             ,
             with
             the
             bloud
             and
             water
             ,
             the
             people
             offer
             him
             their
             charities
             ,
             and
             dedicating
             their
             clothes
             and
             lampes
             to
             him
             ,
             they
             enter
             the
             Temple
             at
             another
             gate
             ,
             leave
             their
             Idol
             in
             the
             place
             they
             found
             him
             ,
             and
             thus
             they
             end
             their
             Idolatrous
             procession
             .
             From
             thence
             they
             go
             to
             dinner
             ,
             which
             they
             sprinkle
             with
             the
             same
             water
             ;
             and
             feeding
             upon
             the
             Vyands
             ,
             they
             sacrificed
             ,
             and
             of
             others
             they
             brought
             thither
             ,
             the
             sacrifice
             is
             ended
             .
          
           
             These
             Bramins
             ,
             and
             other
             religious
             ,
             never
             eat
             any
             thing
             that
             hath
             received
             life
             in
             publick
             ;
             although
             we
             eat
             flesh
             with
             them
             in
             private
             ,
             they
             keep
             company
             with
             none
             but
             their
             fellowes
             .
          
           
             They
             wear
             white
             Turbants
             ,
             Cotton
             gownes
             that
             reach
             to
             their
             heeles
             ,
             red
             shooes
             ;
             under
             this
             they
             wear
             a
             long
             linnen
             cloth
             or
             towel
             ,
             that
             goes
             twice
             or
             thrice
             round
             about
             them
             ,
             a
             fine
             girdle
             ,
             long
             haire
             ,
             their
             eares
             bored
             ,
             and
             pearles
             hanging
             at
             them
             :
             they
             wear
             next
             to
             their
             flesh
             certain
             strings
             ,
             the
             badge
             of
             their
             order
             ,
             which
             are
             given
             them
             with
             great
             ceremony
             ;
             there
             are
             of
             them
             of
             several
             sorts
             ,
             some
             of
             them
             go
             to
             the
             warres
             with
             the
             Naires
             ,
             others
             trade
             ,
             and
             are
             rich
             Merchants
             ,
             and
             they
             are
             generally
             peaceable
             ,
             and
             meek
             natured
             .
             The
             King
             himself
             is
             of
             the
             order
             ,
             wearing
             the
             string
             in
             a
             scarf
             ,
             they
             are
             much
             esteemed
             throughout
             the
             Indies
             ,
             and
             some
             of
             them
             are
             very
             able
             Physicians
             .
             When
             they
             affirm
             any
             thing
             to
             be
             a
             truth
             ,
             they
             lay
             their
             hand
             upon
             their
             string
             ,
             or
             upon
             their
             Cabaye
             ,
             or
             gown
             .
             The
             Portugais
             did
             live
             pretty
             peaceably
             amongst
             them
             ,
             but
             the
             Moores
             have
             set
             them
             together
             by
             the
             eares
             .
             Some
             of
             the
             Moores
             are
             permitted
             to
             weare
             the
             Aspagates
             ,
             or
             habit
             of
             of
             the
             Bramins
             ,
             but
             't
             is
             to
             favourites
             only
             ,
             that
             such
             leave
             is
             given
             .
             When
             they
             eat
             they
             strip
             themselves
             stark
             naked
             ,
             they
             tye
             a
             cloth
             only
             to
             hide
             their
             privie
             
             members
             ;
             the
             women
             affect
             to
             have
             their
             noses
             bor'd
             wirh
             wyars
             ,
             either
             silver
             or
             gold
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             another
             sort
             of
             Bramins
             in
             
               Surate
               ,
               Guzerate
            
             and
             Cambayes
             ,
             not
             so
             austere
             ,
             and
             are
             under
             the
             obedience
             of
             the
             Grand
             Mogull
             .
          
           
             Those
             delight
             to
             eat
             flower
             of
             Mandel
             that
             comes
             from
             Brasil
             ,
             and
             live
             very
             abstemiously
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XIX
             .
             Of
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             Cochin
             ,
             the
             goodnesse
             of
             the
             soyle
             ,
             customes
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             with
             a
             strange
             History
             of
             certain
             French
             Pyrates
             .
          
           
             FRom
             Calicut
             we
             went
             to
             Cochin
             ,
             about
             the
             eighth
             degree
             ,
             
             and
             twelve
             leagues
             from
             Calicut
             .
             This
             kingdome
             is
             confederate
             with
             Calicut
             ,
             professing
             the
             same
             religion
             ,
             the
             town
             is
             scituate
             in
             a
             sweet
             and
             temperate
             ayre
             ,
             the
             country
             abounds
             in
             cattle
             and
             fruit
             ,
             
             grain
             is
             scarce
             but
             is
             plentifully
             supplyed
             from
             Cambaye
             .
             Pepper
             growes
             there
             of
             three
             sorts
             ,
             of
             the
             long
             excellent
             conserves
             are
             made
             :
             throughout
             the
             coast
             of
             Malabar
             ,
             which
             reaches
             from
             Goa
             to
             Comori
             ,
             grows
             the
             white
             and
             black
             pepper
             .
             The
             Ginger
             whereof
             much
             is
             confected
             for
             their
             use
             in
             all
             seasons
             ,
             is
             called
             Aliah
             ,
             in
             the
             Malaicke
             tongue
             .
          
           
             The
             Portugueses
             are
             in
             good
             esteem
             at
             Cochin
             ,
             the
             King
             being
             their
             friend
             and
             allye
             ,
             Since
             Triumpara
             shewed
             himself
             constantto
             them
             ,
             against
             Calicut
             ;
             since
             ,
             when
             the
             Kings
             of
             Cochin
             have
             never
             broken
             their
             promises
             ,
             whatever
             made
             to
             them
             ;
             but
             have
             inviolably
             kept
             their
             Articles
             ,
             viz.
             to
             give
             unto
             the
             King
             of
             Portugal
             a
             tribute
             of
             twelve
             pearles
             ,
             
             of
             the
             weight
             of
             a
             Miticale
             a
             piece
             ,
             which
             is
             about
             a
             crown
             and
             a
             halfe
             .
          
           
             The
             Portugais
             do
             chiefly
             trade
             in
             pepper
             ,
             which
             they
             transport
             to
             all
             parts
             of
             the
             world
             ;
             that
             which
             they
             transport
             into
             
               Arabia
               ,
               Suria
               ,
               Persia
               ,
               Babylon
               ,
            
             and
             other
             places
             along
             those
             coasts
             ,
             is
             farre
             better
             then
             that
             they
             carry
             into
             Portugal
             ,
             because
             much
             of
             its
             strength
             and
             vertue
             is
             lost
             ,
             in
             the
             long
             navigation
             ;
             and
             the
             price
             falling
             ,
             they
             put
             off
             the
             worst
             ,
             and
             often
             most
             of
             it
             green
             ,
             which
             neverthelesse
             the
             Portuguese
             carry
             into
             Spain
             .
          
           
             Besides
             ,
             they
             load
             their
             vessels
             with
             refuse
             ,
             and
             never
             bagge
             any
             of
             it
             ;
             whereas
             the
             Mores
             ,
             that
             are
             bound
             for
             the
             red
             sea
             ,
             the
             Persick
             Gulph
             ,
             and
             other
             parts
             of
             the
             Levant
             ,
             give
             a
             good
             price
             for
             it
             ,
             and
             therefore
             deserve
             the
             best
             .
          
           
           
             The
             Pepper
             tree
             doth
             not
             resemble
             any
             tree
             I
             ever
             saw
             growing
             in
             Europe
             :
             'T
             is
             a
             faire
             and
             great
             tree
             ,
             the
             leafe
             pretty
             long
             ,
             and
             large
             ,
             full
             of
             strings
             ,
             she
             beares
             her
             fruit
             as
             our
             vines
             do
             grapes
             ,
             or
             rather
             like
             the
             Provence
             wilde
             grape
             ,
             in
             abundance
             .
             I
             have
             seen
             of
             severall
             sorts
             ,
             one
             which
             the
             West
             Indians
             ,
             at
             Carthagene
             ,
             and
             Caramel
             ,
             call
             Jerac
             ,
             which
             signifies
             white
             ,
             and
             laid
             in
             the
             sun
             becomes
             as
             black
             as
             the
             other
             ,
             and
             though
             a
             little
             different
             ,
             yet
             hath
             great
             vertue
             ,
             and
             is
             like
             a
             young
             beane
             ,
             but
             something
             longer
             :
             the
             grain
             is
             inclosed
             in
             a
             little
             cod
             ,
             as
             the
             beane
             :
             This
             sort
             of
             tree
             beares
             no
             leaves
             ,
             the
             others
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             ordinary
             sort
             ,
             beare
             many
             both
             long
             and
             large
             .
             They
             use
             it
             much
             to
             heate
             them
             ,
             and
             put
             it
             in
             their
             pottage
             ;
             resting
             my self
             one
             day
             over
             a
             store-house
             which
             was
             full
             ,
             I
             never
             felt
             the
             like
             heate
             .
          
           
             The
             other
             druggs
             ,
             made
             in
             the
             Territories
             of
             Cochin
             ,
             are
             sold
             to
             the
             Portugais
             only
             .
             But
             to
             save
             their
             pay
             they
             passe
             merchandizes
             in
             exchanga
             ;
             'T
             is
             true
             that
             every
             buyer
             payes
             some
             small
             earnest
             ,
             for
             if
             their
             dealing
             were
             discovered
             ,
             their
             goods
             would
             be
             wholly
             confiscated
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             and
             sometime
             the
             very
             ships
             themselves
             .
             When
             the
             Portugais
             have
             bought
             at
             certain
             rates
             ,
             if
             the
             Mores
             offer
             more
             ,
             the
             former
             bargain
             is
             void
             :
             which
             to
             prevent
             ,
             the
             King
             orders
             certain
             punishments
             to
             keep
             them
             in
             awe
             .
             The
             Prince
             ,
             though
             not
             very
             potent
             ,
             yet
             can
             draw
             three-score
             thousand
             men
             into
             the
             field
             .
          
           
             
             The
             Town
             of
             Cochin
             is
             built
             upon
             a
             faire
             river
             ,
             a
             mile
             remote
             from
             the
             sea
             .
             There
             is
             another
             place
             called
             Cochin
             ,
             joyning
             to
             the
             sea
             ,
             which
             belonging
             to
             the
             Portugueses
             ,
             there
             are
             many
             Christians
             ,
             who
             to
             enjoy
             the
             priviledges
             of
             the
             City
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             exempted
             from
             payments
             ,
             are
             married
             there
             ,
             all
             other
             Christians
             pay
             foure
             
               Per
               Cent.
            
             at
             both
             the
             Cochins
             ,
             which
             are
             a
             mile
             distant
             one
             from
             the
             other
             .
          
           
             
             There
             are
             many
             Christians
             married
             ,
             of
             severall
             Nations
             and
             Sects
             ,
             as
             
               Italians
               ,
               English
               ,
               French
               ,
               Germans
               ,
            
             Christians
             of
             the
             Girdle
             of
             St.
             Thomas
             ,
             who
             passe
             for
             Portuguesses
             ,
             and
             are
             all
             Merchants
             .
             The
             commodities
             pay
             severall
             customes
             ,
             as
             for
             the
             sugars
             brought
             from
             Bengalo
             ,
             the
             strangers
             pay
             eight
             
               Per
               Cent.
            
             those
             married
             upon
             the
             place
             are
             freed
             .
             There
             are
             many
             Amuchies
             Gentlemen
             ,
             wearing
             swords
             and
             bucklers
             ,
             who
             upon
             all
             occasions
             expose
             themselves
             gallantly
             to
             death
             ,
             for
             the
             safety
             of
             their
             Prince
             .
             
             Their
             wives
             are
             in
             common
             ,
             and
             the
             Natives
             lend
             them
             one
             another
             ;
             when
             they
             enter
             any
             house
             they
             leave
             their
             swords
             and
             bucklers
             at
             the
             doore
             ,
             and
             no
             man
             dare
             enter
             while
             another
             is
             within
             .
          
           
             All
             ships
             bound
             for
             Portugall
             are
             prepared
             for
             Sea
             in
             the
             moneths
             of
             December
             and
             January
             ,
             from
             thence
             they
             sayle
             to
             Coulan
             ,
             72
             miles
             from
             Colchin
             ,
             where
             they
             have
             a
             noble
             Fort
             in
             the
             Territories
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Coulan
             ,
             from
             thence
             to
             the
             Cape
             Comori
             ,
             unto
             the
             lower
             part
             of
             Chiloa
             ,
             or
             Chilao
             ,
             about
             200.
             miles
             .
             
             near
             wholly
             converted
             by
             the
             Fathers
             of
             the
             society
             of
             St.
             Paul
             at
             Goa
             ,
             who
             have
             built
             many
             fair
             Churches
             ;
             they
             had
             made
             a
             greater
             progresse
             in
             Calicut
             ,
             had
             they
             not
             been
             hindred
             by
             the
             malice
             of
             the
             Moors
             ,
             mortall
             enemies
             to
             the
             Christians
             ,
             since
             they
             caused
             the
             Cittadell
             built
             by
             the
             Portuguais
             to
             be
             demolished
             .
          
           
             The
             Harbour
             at
             new
             Cochin
             is
             very
             large
             ,
             but
             very
             rocky
             .
             The
             Town
             is
             full
             of
             fair
             Churches
             ,
             Monasteries
             ,
             Hospitalls
             ,
             and
             Colledges
             .
             The
             River
             that
             waters
             the
             soyle
             is
             pleasant
             and
             large
             ,
             and
             helps
             to
             make
             up
             a
             good
             haven
             ,
             where
             ships
             ride
             safe
             .
             On
             the
             North
             is
             a
             pretty
             Isle
             where
             the
             Bishops
             pallace
             is
             of
             most
             stately
             edifice
             ;
             and
             although
             many
             Gentiles
             inhabit
             there
             ,
             yet
             nothing
             but
             Christianity
             is
             practised
             amongst
             them
             ,
             and
             who
             ever
             will
             idolatrize
             must
             remove
             to
             old
             Cochin
             ,
             which
             stands
             upon
             the
             River
             ,
             joyned
             with
             a
             long
             row
             of
             houses
             like
             a
             Suburb
             .
             There
             is
             great
             commerce
             from
             all
             parts
             of
             the
             Indies
             .
          
           
             The
             greatest
             inconvenience
             to
             the
             vessels
             is
             ,
             that
             sometimes
             they
             must
             lie
             three
             or
             four
             months
             or
             more
             ,
             at
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             River
             ,
             because
             the
             entrance
             is
             filled
             with
             sand
             ,
             that
             choakes
             her
             passage
             ,
             which
             happens
             from
             May
             to
             September
             ,
             when
             fall
             great
             raines
             ,
             which
             raise
             a
             Sea
             wind
             called
             by
             the
             West-Indians
             Toumacaut
             ,
             
             which
             by
             the
             help
             of
             the
             flouds
             ,
             blows
             and
             bears
             down
             those
             shelves
             of
             sand
             ,
             which
             do
             dissipate
             ,
             and
             are
             spent
             in
             the
             sea
             .
             Thus
             't
             is
             almost
             with
             all
             Towns
             that
             stand
             upon
             Rivers
             ,
             as
             I
             observed
             at
             Jenibaron
             ,
             in
             the
             harbour
             of
             the
             Isle
             of
             St.
             Laurence
             ,
             which
             carries
             after
             this
             manner
             all
             the
             sand
             into
             the
             Sea
             ,
             and
             then
             hath
             one
             of
             the
             surest
             havens
             in
             the
             world
             .
          
           
             But
             before
             I
             leave
             the
             coast
             of
             Cochin
             and
             Malabar
             ,
             
             you
             must
             know
             that
             the
             fleet
             of
             Portugall
             once
             laden
             at
             Cochin
             ,
             doth
             not
             return
             to
             Goa
             ,
             but
             sailes
             strait
             for
             Portugall
             ,
             passing
             through
             Maldiue
             ;
             and
             all
             the
             Armado's
             ,
             Fleets
             ,
             and
             other
             vessels
             whatsoever
             ,
             that
             come
             from
             the
             South
             and
             the
             Western
             parts
             of
             Goa
             ,
             at
             36.
             leagues
             from
             thence
             ,
             are
             at
             their
             journeys
             end
             ;
             having
             reached
             the
             Cape
             of
             Ramos
             ,
             where
             in
             sign
             of
             joy
             they
             pitch
             their
             flags
             and
             standarts
             ,
             and
             draw
             forth
             their
             whole
             artillery
             ,
             as
             being
             safe
             and
             free
             from
             Pirates
             ,
             because
             in
             that
             nook
             is
             divided
             the
             coast
             of
             Malabar
             ,
             from
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Tacara
             or
             Dealcan
             .
             The
             like
             rejoycements
             make
             the
             Fleets
             that
             come
             from
             the
             North-side
             ,
             when
             they
             reach
             an
             Isle
             thirty
             six
             miles
             from
             Goa
             ,
             called
             Quemada
             .
          
           
             
               Don
               Sancho
               Sapatero
            
             ,
             
             a
             Portuguese
             Captain
             met
             not
             with
             the
             like
             successe
             ;
             who
             as
             I
             have
             since
             heard
             ,
             being
             arrived
             at
             the
             Isle
             ,
             fired
             some
             guns
             in
             sign
             of
             joy
             ,
             and
             set
             a
             plume
             of
             feathers
             upon
             his
             mast
             :
             a
             certain
             Captain
             and
             Pirate
             born
             at
             Rochelle
             ,
             named
             Boudard
             ,
             having
             cast
             Anchor
             at
             Cananor
             ,
             laid
             wait
             for
             a
             hulk
             laden
             with
             pepper
             ,
             then
             at
             Cochin
             ,
             expecting
             fair
             weather
             to
             put
             out
             to
             Sea
             for
             Portugall
             ,
             meeting
             with
             another
             ship
             bound
             for
             
             Achez
             for
             lading
             ,
             was
             advertized
             of
             
               Don
               Sancho's
            
             passing
             here
             ,
             which
             occasioned
             the
             Rocheller
             to
             expect
             him
             with
             all
             security
             ,
             pretending
             to
             be
             a
             Merchant
             of
             that
             Countrey
             ,
             and
             at
             his
             first
             meeting
             with
             Sapatero
             he
             gave
             him
             a
             broad-side
             ,
             killed
             five
             of
             his
             marriners
             ,
             and
             burnt
             his
             plume
             ,
             which
             so
             terrified
             the
             Captain
             that
             his
             courage
             being
             lost
             ,
             he
             took
             down
             his
             colours
             ,
             and
             craving
             his
             life
             offered
             the
             Rocheller
             what
             he
             had
             in
             his
             ship
             .
             
             Here
             the
             Rocheller
             came
             off
             magnanimously
             ,
             for
             having
             power
             to
             enslave
             him
             and
             his
             ,
             and
             to
             seize
             his
             ship
             ,
             he
             contented
             himself
             seeing
             the
             list
             of
             goods
             ,
             to
             take
             one
             of
             the
             ships
             laden
             with
             certain
             pieces
             of
             cannon
             and
             ammunition
             out
             of
             the
             other
             ships
             ,
             releasing
             Capt.
             Sancho
             ,
             with
             the
             rest
             of
             his
             company
             ,
             which
             much
             revived
             him
             ,
             and
             the
             more
             ,
             because
             the
             prize
             of
             those
             commodities
             belonged
             to
             certain
             Jewish
             Portuguese
             Merchants
             ,
             he
             thought
             to
             bear
             no
             losse
             himself
             ,
             since
             Boudart
             took
             nothing
             out
             of
             his
             ship
             but
             two
             pieces
             of
             cannon
             ,
             and
             some
             ammunition
             ,
             with
             a
             present
             of
             some
             of
             the
             Country
             rarities
             .
             But
             he
             was
             much
             deceived
             ,
             for
             arrived
             at
             Goa
             he
             was
             called
             in
             question
             ,
             and
             the
             loss
             appearing
             to
             have
             proceeded
             through
             his
             slender
             forecast
             and
             small
             courage
             ,
             he
             being
             far
             stronger
             than
             his
             enemies
             ;
             it
             was
             ordered
             that
             the
             three
             ships
             should
             equally
             partake
             in
             the
             losse
             ,
             since
             they
             were
             all
             preserved
             from
             Lisboe
             ,
             and
             he
             for
             the
             fault
             he
             had
             carelesly
             committed
             was
             forbidden
             ever
             to
             wear
             feather
             ,
             under
             pain
             of
             forfeiting
             a
             1000.
             
             Croysades
             ,
             which
             struck
             the
             poor
             man
             with
             such
             regret
             ,
             that
             he
             fell
             desperately
             sick
             ,
             and
             cast
             himself
             into
             the
             Hospitall
             ,
             
             yielding
             willingly
             to
             death
             for
             the
             shamefull
             losse
             he
             had
             sustained
             :
             he
             was
             sufficiently
             revenged
             by
             the
             unhappy
             end
             miserable
             Boudart
             at
             length
             met
             withall
             ,
             who
             swolne
             with
             prosperities
             and
             with
             abundance
             of
             ill
             gotten
             wealth
             ,
             partly
             of
             those
             three
             Portuguais
             ships
             ,
             and
             of
             another
             vessel
             bound
             from
             Cambaye
             to
             Malaca
             ,
             laden
             with
             gold
             ,
             silver
             ,
             and
             precious
             stones
             ,
             and
             other
             rich
             commodities
             ,
             as
             he
             returned
             towards
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               Good
               Hope
            
             ,
             with
             intention
             to
             spend
             the
             remainder
             of
             his
             life
             in
             his
             own
             Countrey
             in
             pleasure
             and
             content
             ,
             he
             met
             with
             so
             terrible
             a
             tempest
             ,
             that
             although
             he
             was
             a
             most
             expert
             Sea-man
             he
             could
             not
             long
             resist
             ,
             receiving
             small
             assistance
             from
             his
             Company
             ,
             most
             of
             them
             being
             lost
             in
             former
             sights
             ,
             and
             many
             lying
             sick
             of
             the
             Scorbus
             ,
             a
             cruell
             Sea
             distemper
             ,
             and
             finding
             himself
             too
             weak
             to
             make
             any
             longer
             resistance
             ,
             having
             for
             three
             dayes
             withstood
             the
             tempest
             ,
             and
             wearied
             with
             lading
             the
             water
             that
             almost
             sunk
             his
             ship
             ,
             he
             was
             forced
             at
             last
             to
             save
             himself
             in
             another
             bark
             ,
             with
             those
             few
             half-dead
             Camarades
             ,
             leaving
             his
             other
             ship
             with
             all
             his
             pirac'd
             riches
             to
             the
             mercy
             of
             the
             water
             ,
             which
             in
             a
             moment
             sunk
             before
             his
             face
             .
             Nor
             was
             this
             the
             worst
             ,
             his
             bark
             meeting
             with
             as
             bad
             successe
             ,
             for
             having
             discovered
             the
             coast
             of
             Brasile
             towards
             the
             Cape
             St.
             Austen
             ,
             and
             Fernamboue
             ,
             he
             was
             forced
             to
             leave
             this
             last
             vessel
             ,
             that
             sprung
             a
             leak
             15.
             miles
             from
             Fernamboue
             ,
             
             make
             use
             of
             skill
             and
             strength
             to
             save
             himself
             in
             the
             cock-boat
             ,
             and
             come
             ashore
             ,
             with
             some
             20.
             persons
             ,
             to
             a
             sugar
             plantation
             belonging
             to
             some
             Portuguese
             ,
             who
             beholding
             the
             arrivall
             of
             these
             miserable
             shipwracks
             ,
             and
             moved
             to
             compassion
             ,
             with
             the
             naturall
             affection
             they
             bear
             unto
             the
             French
             ,
             helped
             them
             to
             drag
             their
             boat
             on
             shore
             ,
             where
             they
             kindly
             entertained
             them
             ,
             and
             furnisht
             them
             with
             victuals
             and
             cloaths
             ,
             and
             the
             poor
             men
             after
             a
             while
             helped
             them
             in
             the
             Sugar-works
             ,
             which
             is
             there
             made
             up
             in
             great
             abundance
             ,
             and
             also
             be
             sold
             at
             so
             cheap
             a
             rate
             that
             a
             quartern
             is
             worth
             but
             a
             Crusado
             ,
             which
             doth
             not
             amount
             to
             two
             pence
             a
             pound
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             Sugar
             that
             comes
             into
             these
             parts
             from
             Madera
             ,
             is
             made
             in
             America
             .
             Thus
             our
             Captain
             having
             refresht
             himself
             and
             his
             company
             by
             a
             quarters
             residence
             in
             this
             place
             ,
             with
             many
             boards
             and
             planks
             the
             Sea
             had
             cast
             upon
             the
             shore
             ,
             he
             resolved
             to
             build
             himself
             a
             little
             boat
             for
             his
             return
             into
             France
             ,
             wherein
             he
             was
             assisted
             by
             the
             Master
             of
             the
             Sugar-work
             and
             his
             servants
             ,
             and
             having
             finished
             and
             perfected
             it
             ,
             and
             stored
             it
             with
             all
             necessaries
             ;
             especially
             with
             meal
             of
             Mandoe
             ,
             sugars
             ,
             flesh
             ,
             and
             salt-fish
             ,
             with
             fruit
             and
             Potato's
             ,
             a
             great
             dainty
             in
             those
             parts
             ,
             which
             have
             the
             taste
             of
             a
             chesnut
             ,
             and
             with
             roots
             of
             Casha
             and
             other
             refreshments
             ;
             
             They
             imbarked
             themselves
             aboard
             this
             small
             vessel
             ,
             with
             millions
             of
             thanks
             ,
             for
             the
             curtesies
             received
             ,
             with
             many
             promises
             and
             protestations
             to
             requite
             their
             charities
             ;
             for
             these
             honest
             men
             gave
             their
             very
             sheets
             to
             make
             them
             sailes
             ,
             for
             which
             they
             were
             but
             ill
             rewarded
             .
             They
             left
             the
             Cape
             St.
             Austen
             ,
             otherwise
             called
             Lieneo
             ,
             because
             all
             that
             coast
             is
             white
             ,
             and
             sailed
             happily
             within
             the
             sight
             of
             Fernamboue
             ,
             where
             riding
             the
             French
             road
             they
             met
             with
             a
             small
             ship
             returning
             from
             Spain
             ,
             laden
             with
             apparell
             ,
             linnen
             ,
             and
             woollen
             ,
             oyles
             ,
             and
             wines
             bearing
             towards
             Brasile
             ;
             amongst
             the
             rest
             were
             five
             Portug●ese
             women
             ,
             
             who
             with
             their
             whole
             fortunes
             were
             returning
             unto
             their
             husbands
             at
             the
             Sugar-work
             in
             the
             Cape
             St.
             Austen
             ,
             the
             same
             that
             had
             so
             kindly
             entertained
             these
             Pyrates
             .
             Here
             the
             most
             unfortunate
             Captain
             committed
             one
             of
             the
             most
             horrid
             acts
             can
             be
             imagined
             ,
             for
             drawing
             near
             to
             the
             ship
             ,
             under
             pretense
             of
             giving
             the
             women
             an
             account
             of
             their
             husbands
             ,
             he
             seized
             the
             vessell
             ,
             and
             forced
             most
             of
             the
             passengers
             to
             leap
             into
             the
             Sea
             ,
             where
             they
             perisht
             :
             The
             rest
             together
             with
             the
             five
             women
             he
             retained
             prisoners
             :
             three
             whereof
             they
             immediately
             exchanged
             with
             the
             Salvages
             for
             certain
             refreshing
             Commodities
             ,
             
             and
             those
             barbarous
             people
             killed
             one
             of
             them
             before
             their
             faces
             ,
             to
             feed
             on
             ,
             the
             other
             two
             were
             since
             ransomed
             by
             their
             husbands
             ,
             not
             above
             six
             leagues
             from
             thence
             ,
             wondring
             at
             the
             cruell
             ingratitude
             of
             this
             Pirate
             and
             his
             followers
             they
             had
             so
             much
             obliged
             .
          
           
             Meanwhile
             the
             perfidious
             Captain
             drew
             towards
             the
             two
             
             other
             women
             ,
             he
             saved
             for
             his
             unlawfull
             and
             sensuall
             uses
             ,
             they
             begged
             mercy
             for
             nine
             more
             Portugueses
             ,
             who
             otherwise
             had
             shared
             in
             the
             generall
             fate
             ,
             but
             at
             length
             God
             shewed
             his
             just
             indignation
             against
             this
             savage
             Monster
             ,
             casting
             him
             with
             a
             sudden
             tempest
             towards
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               Good
               Hope
            
             ,
             and
             Dargagullas
             ,
             and
             forced
             him
             to
             run
             a
             shore
             against
             his
             will
             at
             Mozambick
             ,
             an
             Isle
             and
             Fort
             belonging
             to
             Portugall
             ,
             on
             the
             Coast
             of
             Affrica
             ,
             and
             whereas
             his
             ship
             was
             ready
             to
             enter
             the
             Harbour
             ,
             a
             Frigate
             of
             Warr
             demanded
             what
             she
             was
             ,
             The
             women
             couragiously
             from
             the
             Hatches
             replyed
             they
             came
             from
             Spain
             ,
             and
             seeing
             two
             ships
             of
             Warr
             more
             make
             up
             to
             them
             ,
             they
             grew
             more
             confident
             ,
             giving
             them
             notice
             to
             board
             them
             boldly
             ,
             which
             they
             did
             accordingly
             ,
             and
             requiring
             the
             Captain
             to
             come
             before
             the
             Governour
             ,
             he
             went
             ,
             though
             trembling
             for
             fear
             ,
             with
             three
             of
             his
             Camarades
             .
             This
             while
             the
             Merchants
             that
             remained
             in
             the
             ship
             animated
             with
             this
             assistance
             of
             their
             freinds
             ,
             cryed
             out
             ,
             that
             the
             Vessell
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             Merchandise
             therein
             belonged
             to
             them
             ;
             The
             Captains
             Complices
             made
             answer
             ,
             they
             claimed
             no
             share
             therein
             ,
             upon
             condition
             they
             might
             be
             set
             on
             shore
             ,
             which
             was
             immediately
             promised
             them
             :
             and
             being
             landed
             ,
             the
             women
             and
             all
             ,
             they
             began
             their
             just
             complaints
             ,
             and
             required
             justice
             of
             the
             Governour
             for
             the
             wrong
             they
             had
             sustained
             ;
             the
             Governour
             immediately
             seised
             them
             ,
             and
             was
             sending
             them
             to
             Goa
             ,
             that
             the
             Viceroy
             might
             understand
             their
             Crimes
             .
          
           
             But
             the
             women
             pleaded
             their
             own
             cause
             so
             well
             ,
             that
             the
             Governour
             with
             his
             Counsell
             having
             well
             examined
             the
             matter
             ,
             condemned
             the
             Captain
             ,
             and
             three
             of
             his
             chiefest
             men
             to
             be
             hanged
             ,
             and
             their
             bodies
             burnt
             :
             The
             sentence
             was
             suddenly
             executed
             ,
             and
             at
             their
             death
             they
             confest
             ,
             not
             this
             crime
             alone
             ,
             but
             many
             ,
             more
             enormous
             ,
             they
             had
             committed
             .
             After
             this
             ,
             the
             women
             wel●
             satisfied
             ,
             reembarked
             themselves
             with
             their
             goods
             ,
             and
             returned
             happily
             to
             their
             husbands
             at
             Brasil
             .
          
           
             The
             rest
             of
             these
             Pirates
             were
             sent
             to
             Goa
             to
             be
             executed
             ,
             but
             arriving
             there
             sick
             ,
             by
             hard
             usage
             and
             grief
             ,
             at
             the
             intreaty
             of
             the
             Fathers
             of
             the
             Society
             ,
             they
             were
             put
             into
             the
             Hospital
             ,
             where
             they
             staid
             three
             moneths
             before
             they
             recovered
             their
             healths
             ;
             Then
             they
             were
             sent
             to
             prison
             ,
             from
             whence
             they
             were
             carried
             in
             a
             boate
             to
             the
             place
             they
             had
             robbed
             ,
             
               Don
               Sancho
               Sapatero
            
             ,
             where
             their
             right
             hands
             were
             cut
             off
             ,
             and
             brought
             back
             to
             Goa
             ,
             hanged
             ,
             and
             burnt
             :
             behold
             the
             shamefull
             and
             just
             end
             of
             those
             miserable
             Pirates
             ,
             which
             may
             serve
             for
             example
             to
             all
             those
             that
             take
             such
             unjust
             ,
             and
             dangerous
             course
             of
             life
             .
          
           
             Now
             returning
             to
             Malabar
             and
             Coromandell
             ,
             I
             will
             relate
             amongst
             others
             the
             Wonder
             of
             those
             two
             Coasts
             ,
             so
             different
             ,
             that
             being
             divided
             by
             the
             long
             Mountains
             of
             Gates
             ,
             one
             to
             the
             West
             ,
             the
             other
             to
             the
             East
             ,
             they
             have
             contrary
             seasons
             ,
             for
             in
             that
             that
             reaches
             from
             Cambaye
             to
             Comori
             ,
             they
             have
             their
             winter
             
             from
             Aprill
             to
             September
             ,
             with
             rains
             ,
             tempests
             ,
             thunders
             and
             windes
             ,
             
             and
             the
             same
             time
             in
             the
             other
             appeares
             a
             summer
             ,
             most
             pleasant
             and
             benign
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             other
             moneths
             the
             contrary
             ,
             and
             this
             contrariety
             in
             the
             same
             degree
             and
             elevation
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             wonder
             puzles
             all
             Astronomers
             and
             naturall
             Philosophers
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XX.
             Of
             the
             Isle
             of
             Zeilan
             ,
             where
             they
             fish
             for
             pearles
             ,
             and
             charme
             certain
             great
             fishes
             ,
             an
             Idole
             of
             a
             Monkeyes
             tooth
             ,
             an
             Isle
             deserted
             for
             the
             intestation
             of
             spirits
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Isles
             Maldives
             .
          
           
             LEaving
             the
             Coast
             of
             Malabar
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Cape
               Comori
            
             ,
             that
             discover
             the
             Isle
             Malaberi
             ,
             or
             Zeilan
             ,
             and
             Geilan
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             best
             in
             all
             India
             ,
             extending
             from
             North
             to
             South
             .
             Southward
             lies
             the
             Cape
             Berebeli
             ,
             or
             Berbert
             ,
             opposite
             to
             Comori
             ;
             on
             an
             other
             side
             lies
             the
             Coast
             of
             Coromandell
             ,
             divided
             from
             the
             other
             by
             a
             Gulfe
             :
             South-west
             lie
             the
             Maldives
             ,
             Northward
             the
             Gulfe
             Bengala
             ,
             and
             the
             Indian
             and
             Sumatian
             sea
             Eastward
             ,
             The
             Inhabitants
             call
             her
             Tenarisin
             ,
             well
             peopled
             ,
             hath
             many
             great
             Towns
             ,
             faire
             and
             navigable
             rivers
             ,
             large
             and
             safe
             harbours
             ;
             this
             Isle
             yeilds
             such
             plenty
             both
             of
             riches
             and
             pleasures
             ,
             that
             the
             Inhabitants
             grow
             very
             grosse
             and
             corpulent
             ,
             and
             as
             if
             their
             bellies
             were
             blown
             up
             .
          
           
             The
             aire
             is
             temperate
             ,
             the
             soyle
             fruitfull
             in
             all
             things
             ,
             and
             chiefly
             in
             wood
             ,
             cinamon
             ,
             
             called
             Esquisde
             ,
             the
             best
             and
             finest
             of
             the
             East
             :
             it
             abounds
             also
             in
             pepper
             ,
             ginger
             ,
             and
             nutmeggs
             ;
             they
             gather
             the
             cinnamon
             in
             March
             and
             Aprill
             ,
             which
             cleaves
             with
             much
             ease
             ,
             then
             lay
             it
             a
             fortnight
             a
             sunning
             ,
             which
             increases
             it's
             strength
             and
             vertue
             ;
             They
             gather
             it
             but
             every
             second
             year
             ,
             because
             the
             bark
             of
             one
             yeares
             growth
             is
             little
             worth
             ,
             yet
             they
             distill
             it
             with
             certain
             juices
             ,
             and
             Ladies
             use
             them
             with
             the
             water
             to
             make
             them
             smell
             sweet
             ,
             mingled
             with
             orange
             flowers
             ,
             and
             other
             perfumes
             .
          
           
             This
             tree
             is
             of
             the
             height
             and
             shape
             of
             a
             laurell
             tree
             ,
             bearing
             kernells
             ,
             or
             berries
             ,
             the
             trunk
             or
             body
             is
             longer
             and
             streighter
             ,
             the
             leafe
             larger
             ,
             and
             fuller
             of
             strings
             ,
             hath
             no
             smell
             at
             all
             ,
             and
             full
             ripe
             ,
             and
             ready
             to
             pill
             ,
             the
             leaves
             fall
             ,
             which
             tast
             and
             smell
             like
             the
             barke
             ,
             but
             without
             any
             vertue
             .
             This
             cinnamon
             ,
             or
             barke
             ,
             newly
             pilled
             ,
             hath
             no
             tast
             ,
             more
             then
             any
             other
             common
             wood
             ,
             but
             laid
             in
             the
             Sun
             fifteen
             dayes
             ,
             gets
             so
             great
             a
             
             a
             strength
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             impossible
             to
             eat
             above
             the
             bignesse
             of
             a
             good
             pea
             ,
             such
             is
             the
             heat
             and
             vigour
             .
             I
             have
             seen
             of
             this
             spice
             at
             Zeilan
             onely
             ,
             and
             in
             another
             country
             of
             the
             West-Indies
             ,
             26.
             degrees
             off
             this
             side
             the
             lyne
             ,
             called
             Cheit
             ,
             where
             the
             Inhabitants
             burn
             more
             ,
             then
             eat
             of
             it
             ;
             they
             use
             it
             in
             their
             sacrifices
             ,
             and
             to
             burn
             their
             treasure
             in
             .
             The
             Arabians
             call
             the
             Cinamon
             Quirsa
             ,
             the
             
               Persians
               Darchini
            
             ,
             the
             
               Zeilaners
               Cardo
            
             ,
             in
             Malabar
             't
             is
             called
             Camea
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             
               Malayans
               Caysmon
            
             .
          
           
             That
             country
             abounds
             in
             most
             excellent
             fruits
             ,
             pasture
             ,
             and
             all
             sorts
             of
             beasts
             ,
             in
             Elephants
             ,
             and
             all
             sorts
             of
             fowl
             ,
             which
             are
             very
             cheap
             .
             
             Most
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             plant
             Cinamon
             ,
             and
             make
             great
             esteem
             of
             the
             oyle
             they
             draw
             from
             it
             ,
             which
             is
             very
             odoriferous
             ,
             and
             useful
             for
             many
             things
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             gold
             and
             silver
             mynes
             ,
             but
             they
             have
             great
             want
             of
             workmen
             .
             For
             the
             Islanders
             are
             slothful
             ,
             and
             vicious
             .
             The
             country
             is
             well
             stored
             with
             butter
             and
             hony
             ,
             
             but
             not
             in
             sugar
             ,
             which
             is
             brought
             them
             from
             their
             neighbouring
             countries
             :
             There
             are
             many
             mynes
             and
             precious
             stones
             and
             jewels
             ,
             whereof
             the
             most
             in
             esteeme
             is
             one
             of
             Rubies
             ,
             
             which
             is
             at
             one
             end
             of
             the
             Isle
             towards
             the
             East
             ;
             and
             although
             they
             are
             not
             of
             the
             best
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             yet
             they
             are
             passable
             .
             There
             are
             
               Chrysolites
               ,
               Topazes
               ,
               Jacinthes
            
             ,
             and
             Granatts
             .
             At
             one
             side
             of
             the
             Isle
             called
             
               Betala
               ,
               Batecalon
            
             ,
             
             there
             is
             a
             fishing
             of
             pearls
             ,
             dangerous
             ,
             for
             the
             Turbets
             a
             fish
             that
             devoures
             ,
             both
             fishermen
             and
             nets
             ;
             yet
             they
             have
             an
             art
             to
             charm
             them
             ,
             and
             make
             them
             uncapable
             of
             doing
             harm
             .
             They
             fish
             for
             pearl
             only
             in
             April
             ,
             in
             other
             places
             in
             May
             ,
             and
             in
             some
             others
             in
             June
             .
             The
             King
             receives
             great
             profit
             from
             this
             fishing
             ,
             taking
             the
             tenths
             of
             the
             fairest
             for
             his
             share
             .
             'T
             is
             said
             that
             the
             King
             hath
             the
             fairest
             ,
             and
             largest
             Ruby
             in
             the
             world
             called
             Matouca
             ,
             
             and
             that
             a
             Prince
             of
             Tartarge
             offered
             him
             a
             fair
             and
             rich
             Province
             in
             exchange
             .
          
           
             In
             a
             word
             ;
             this
             Isle
             is
             one
             of
             the
             richest
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             of
             great
             commerce
             in
             all
             commodities
             ,
             which
             renders
             the
             King
             both
             wealthy
             and
             potent
             ;
             for
             from
             the
             Ruby
             myne
             alone
             ,
             he
             deduces
             a
             vast
             treasure
             ,
             though
             he
             hath
             sold
             a
             corner
             of
             it
             which
             is
             of
             great
             value
             ,
             yet
             all
             those
             that
             surpasse
             four
             or
             five
             Abir
             or
             Carrats
             ,
             belong
             unto
             him
             .
          
           
             The
             Rubies
             of
             Pegu
             are
             something
             high
             coloured
             ,
             and
             the
             finest
             of
             the
             East
             .
             The
             Master
             workmen
             can
             adde
             to
             their
             colour
             ,
             and
             make
             them
             finer
             ,
             in
             which
             they
             shew
             much
             experience
             .
             In
             this
             Isle
             the
             Portuguese
             have
             a
             Fort
             on
             India
             side
             without
             the
             town
             of
             Columbo
             ,
             by
             which
             means
             they
             keep
             the
             town
             in
             subjection
             .
          
           
             All
             this
             Isle
             for
             the
             most
             part
             is
             governed
             by
             a
             King
             ,
             elected
             like
             him
             of
             Ormus
             ,
             
             but
             this
             King
             is
             not
             tributary
             to
             Portugal
             ,
             as
             the
             other
             is
             ;
             so
             that
             he
             stands
             but
             in
             a
             voluntary
             subjection
             ,
             having
             permitted
             that
             Fort
             for
             commerce
             sake
             ,
             esteeming
             the
             Portuguese
             valiant
             and
             faithful
             to
             their
             allyes
             .
          
           
           
             This
             King
             hath
             formerly
             possessed
             great
             territories
             and
             kingdomes
             in
             the
             continent
             .
             He
             is
             a
             Gentill
             in
             religion
             ,
             magnanimous
             and
             liberal
             ,
             Governs
             his
             subjects
             in
             peace
             ,
             and
             quietnesse
             ,
             and
             keeps
             good
             correspondence
             with
             his
             neighbour
             Princes
             :
             The
             Isle
             is
             held
             to
             be
             500.
             miles
             about
             .
             The
             people
             are
             rather
             fair
             then
             Brown
             ,
             there
             dwell
             no
             Jewes
             ,
             but
             many
             Mahometans
             .
             Both
             men
             and
             women
             are
             richly
             apparelled
             ,
             begirt
             with
             girdles
             of
             jewels
             of
             value
             .
             Women
             do
             but
             overcharge
             their
             eares
             with
             pearles
             ,
             Rubies
             ,
             and
             Diamonds
             ;
             The
             country
             language
             is
             the
             same
             as
             is
             spoken
             at
             Malabar
             .
             There
             grow
             great
             store
             of
             Oranges
             in
             this
             Isle
             ,
             and
             the
             Inhabitants
             delight
             in
             eating
             the
             rinde
             ,
             which
             is
             as
             good
             as
             those
             of
             Lemmons
             .
             They
             drink
             Areca
             ,
             and
             other
             delicious
             drinks
             ,
             mingled
             with
             sugar
             and
             cinnamon
             .
             They
             make
             some
             drinks
             will
             inebriate
             like
             wine
             ,
             both
             men
             and
             women
             drink
             of
             it
             ;
             and
             when
             they
             are
             intoxicated
             ,
             they
             go
             to
             sleep
             .
             They
             have
             five
             sorts
             of
             Date
             trees
             ,
             which
             augments
             their
             trade
             ;
             there
             grows
             a
             herb
             called
             Nabuc
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             oyle
             ,
             as
             well
             tasted
             as
             that
             of
             Palmes
             ;
             the
             cinnamon
             oyle
             is
             too
             strong
             .
          
           
             The
             Inhabitants
             of
             Bengale
             ,
             and
             Coromandel
             ,
             trade
             much
             in
             this
             Isle
             ,
             whither
             they
             come
             to
             truck
             Indian
             rarities
             ,
             but
             they
             go
             as
             much
             to
             make
             merry
             ,
             and
             carrouze
             with
             them
             ,
             as
             for
             commerce
             ;
             they
             eat
             Rice-bread
             ,
             as
             they
             do
             throughout
             the
             Indies
             .
             
             Trees
             are
             green
             throughout
             the
             year
             ,
             and
             one
             fruit
             extrudes
             another
             ,
             the
             soyle
             is
             so
             fertile
             ;
             the
             trade
             of
             Cinnamon
             belongs
             to
             the
             King
             onely
             ,
             as
             do
             the
             mynes
             ,
             gemmes
             ,
             gold
             ,
             and
             silver
             ;
             the
             best
             haven
             of
             the
             Isle
             is
             Camouch
             ,
             or
             Cosmuche
             ,
             at
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             River
             ,
             the
             town
             is
             ill
             built
             .
             The
             ayr
             is
             good
             on
             Coromandel
             side
             ,
             
             and
             is
             divided
             ,
             but
             by
             a
             little
             streight
             ,
             not
             much
             longer
             then
             Gibraltar
             ,
             but
             more
             dangerous
             ,
             because
             the
             waves
             raise
             banks
             of
             sand
             which
             make
             it
             the
             more
             dangerous
             for
             vessels
             of
             great
             burthen
             ,
             forced
             to
             enter
             the
             Isle
             on
             the
             other
             side
             called
             Betala
             ,
             or
             the
             pearl-fishing
             .
          
           
             Zeilan
             is
             held
             to
             be
             the
             ancient
             Taprobane
             ,
             and
             others
             with
             more
             reason
             say
             she
             was
             anciently
             called
             Sumatra
             ,
             however
             this
             Isle
             hath
             ever
             been
             potent
             ,
             formerly
             governed
             by
             one
             King
             ,
             of
             the
             race
             of
             the
             Sun
             ,
             or
             at
             least
             from
             thence
             he
             pretended
             himself
             descended
             .
          
           
             This
             King
             was
             dethroned
             by
             one
             of
             Jafanapatan
             ,
             
             and
             since
             the
             country
             hath
             been
             divided
             into
             several
             kingdomes
             .
             The
             Portuguais
             warred
             with
             the
             King
             of
             Jafanapatan
             ,
             who
             overthrown
             ,
             was
             constrained
             to
             deliver
             up
             the
             Isle
             of
             Manar
             ,
             
             which
             they
             fortified
             ,
             and
             inhabit
             to
             this
             day
             :
             the
             Christians
             were
             grievously
             oppressed
             ,
             by
             the
             Badages
             their
             neighbours
             ,
             barbarous
             people
             ,
             &
             great
             thieves
             ,
             
             but
             the
             Portuguese
             subdued
             them
             at
             last
             .
             In
             this
             invasion
             the
             Portuguese
             amongst
             other
             things
             took
             that
             famous
             Idol
             made
             of
             the
             tooth
             of
             a
             Monkey
             ,
             adored
             by
             all
             the
             Indians
             of
             those
             parts
             ,
             
             and
             enriched
             with
             Jewels
             .
             The
             King
             of
             Pegu
             so
             highly
             esteemed
             it
             ,
             that
             he
             sent
             yearly
             Ambassadours
             thither
             ,
             to
             take
             the
             print
             of
             it
             upon
             
             
               Amber
               ,
               Musk
            
             ,
             and
             other
             perfumes
             which
             he
             had
             great
             reverence
             unto
             :
             
             and
             since
             it
             was
             taken
             ,
             he
             offered
             to
             redeem
             it
             at
             a
             great
             rate
             ,
             but
             they
             christian-like
             ,
             chose
             rather
             to
             destroy
             that
             Idolatry
             ,
             then
             to
             reap
             a
             profit
             thereby
             ,
             and
             so
             they
             burnt
             it
             ;
             and
             from
             it
             ,
             there
             came
             a
             most
             stinking
             and
             black
             smoak
             .
             They
             relate
             many
             fables
             of
             that
             white
             Monky
             named
             Hanimam
             ,
             that
             he
             had
             been
             a
             God
             ,
             expelled
             heaven
             ,
             for
             some
             fault
             committed
             ,
             and
             Metamorphosed
             into
             a
             Monkey
             ,
             coming
             from
             the
             land
             of
             Badages
             ,
             or
             —
             thence
             into
             Ceitan
             where
             after
             his
             death
             he
             was
             adored
             ,
             and
             his
             tooth
             kept
             as
             a
             relique
             .
             The
             sea
             between
             the
             
               Cape
               Comori
            
             ,
             the
             lower
             Chilao
             ,
             
             and
             the
             Isle
             Zelan
             was
             called
             
               Pescaria
               Delle
               Perse
            
             ,
             a
             place
             of
             pearl-fishing
             ,
             which
             lasts
             about
             50.
             days
             ,
             and
             at
             the
             point
             where
             they
             begin
             to
             fish
             ,
             upon
             a
             sudden
             many
             Cabbins
             and
             Booths
             are
             erected
             ,
             
             to
             last
             during
             the
             fishing
             onely
             ;
             then
             they
             that
             can
             ,
             dyne
             ,
             and
             fill
             their
             bagges
             with
             oysters
             ,
             and
             by
             a
             rope
             tyed
             about
             their
             middle
             ,
             are
             pulled
             up
             again
             ,
             and
             every
             fisher
             makes
             his
             own
             heap
             .
             The
             seasons
             are
             not
             alwayes
             favourable
             alike
             ,
             some
             more
             ,
             some
             lesse
             ,
             and
             some
             seasons
             very
             dangerous
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             several
             fishes
             that
             devour
             the
             fishers
             ,
             and
             other
             fishes
             will
             crop
             off
             a
             thigh
             or
             arme
             of
             a
             man
             ,
             as
             close
             and
             even
             as
             a
             hangar
             ,
             and
             those
             the
             Portugais
             call
             Poccaspada
             ,
             this
             fish
             hath
             two
             rowes
             of
             teeth
             ,
             very
             sharp
             and
             long
             :
             and
             therefore
             to
             prevent
             the
             danger
             ,
             they
             have
             Magicians
             that
             charme
             the
             fishes
             :
             upon
             a
             time
             a
             fisher-man
             ready
             to
             be
             devoured
             by
             a
             fish
             had
             his
             mouth
             open
             ,
             and
             within
             two
             fingers
             of
             reaching
             him
             ,
             
             suddenly
             the
             Wisard
             (
             who
             was
             present
             )
             cryed
             out
             Veruas
             ,
             which
             signifies
             ,
             come
             out
             or
             charm
             ,
             and
             the
             fish
             left
             him
             ;
             and
             the
             man
             having
             a
             sword
             in
             his
             hand
             ,
             struck
             a
             blow
             or
             two
             ,
             and
             the
             fish
             swam
             away
             ,
             leaving
             the
             Sea
             dy'd
             with
             his
             blood
             .
             At
             night
             when
             they
             go
             to
             rest
             ,
             they
             dissolve
             their
             charmes
             ,
             
             because
             no
             one
             should
             venture
             to
             fish
             ;
             There
             are
             certain
             Commissioners
             to
             set
             a
             rate
             upon
             the
             pearle
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             season
             :
             and
             there
             are
             of
             fine
             sorts
             of
             pearls
             ,
             some
             like
             stars
             ,
             others
             half
             stars
             ,
             others
             called
             Pedrati
             ,
             which
             are
             much
             esteemed
             ,
             and
             divided
             into
             five
             parts
             ;
             The
             Merchants
             stand
             in
             order
             to
             buy
             them
             .
          
           
             The
             Portugese
             have
             those
             of
             greatest
             price
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Quercos
             ,
             the
             Bengalians
             the
             seconds
             ,
             the
             Canaranians
             the
             thirds
             ;
             the
             Cambayans
             have
             the
             smallest
             :
             and
             the
             last
             which
             are
             of
             little
             worth
             ,
             fall
             to
             the
             Jewes
             there
             ,
             which
             they
             polish
             for
             deceit
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             gallant
             sight
             to
             see
             so
             many
             Merchants
             together
             ,
             and
             so
             many
             heaps
             of
             pearles
             ,
             before
             every
             Cabbin
             ,
             which
             within
             few
             dayes
             are
             all
             pull'd
             down
             .
             The
             best
             pearl
             is
             fished
             in
             the
             Channel
             of
             Setin
             ,
             
             near
             to
             Zeilan
             ,
             where
             they
             use
             flat-bottome
             boats
             ,
             called
             Tune
             ,
             because
             they
             have
             little
             bottome
             :
             some
             are
             gotten
             at
             the
             other
             side
             of
             Chilao
             between
             Manar
             ,
             and
             the
             Continent
             .
             There
             is
             no
             pearl
             to
             be
             found
             in
             all
             the
             East
             ,
             except
             in
             this
             place
             ,
             and
             at
             Baharem
             ,
             
             in
             the
             Persick
             gulph
             ,
             and
             the
             Isle
             Aynan
             near
             
             China
             ;
             those
             taken
             at
             Baharem
             are
             bigger
             ,
             but
             they
             are
             taken
             here
             in
             greater
             number
             .
             The
             whole
             Coast
             of
             Malabar
             ,
             from
             Comori
             fifty
             leagues
             in
             length
             ,
             or
             thereabouts
             ,
             inhabited
             by
             people
             called
             Paravians
             ,
             is
             much
             frequented
             for
             this
             fishing
             ,
             
             where
             fifty
             or
             three
             score
             thousand
             Merchants
             resort
             to
             that
             purpose
             .
          
           
             The
             Paravians
             are
             Christians
             ,
             and
             were
             instructed
             by
             St.
             
               Francis
               Ilaverius
            
             ,
             and
             live
             under
             the
             protection
             of
             the
             Portuguesse
             ,
             who
             have
             protected
             them
             from
             the
             Tyranny
             of
             the
             Mahometans
             ,
             their
             neighbours
             .
          
           
             South-west
             of
             the
             Isle
             of
             Zeilan
             ,
             are
             the
             Maldives
             ,
             many
             in
             number
             ,
             dangerous
             to
             Saylers
             ,
             for
             the
             shelves
             of
             sand
             and
             rocks
             :
             
             I
             will
             say
             no
             more
             of
             them
             ,
             because
             my
             knowledge
             is
             but
             small
             ,
             besides
             ,
             they
             have
             amply
             and
             exactly
             been
             described
             by
             others
             ;
             but
             I
             will
             say
             something
             of
             a
             wonderfull
             Isle
             ,
             on
             the
             Coast
             of
             Malduce
             ,
             Southward
             ,
             some
             ten
             degrees
             remote
             from
             the
             Line
             ,
             and
             called
             Patovi
             ,
             or
             Polovis
             ,
             now
             deserte
             ,
             though
             formerly
             inhabited
             and
             flourishing
             ;
             which
             (
             as
             I
             learnt
             since
             at
             Pegu
             ,
             )
             was
             Governed
             by
             a
             Prince
             ,
             called
             Argiac
             ,
             a
             Potent
             King
             of
             many
             Ilands
             and
             Kingdomes
             ,
             he
             having
             many
             children
             by
             severall
             wives
             ,
             gave
             this
             Island
             to
             one
             of
             the
             gallantest
             amongst
             them
             ,
             
             called
             Abdenac
             ,
             for
             his
             portion
             ,
             with
             several
             Treasures
             :
             this
             Abdenac
             was
             possest
             of
             it
             peaceably
             for
             five
             yeares
             space
             ;
             his
             elder
             brother
             called
             Argiac
             ,
             after
             their
             Father
             ,
             and
             King
             of
             Achez
             ,
             in
             Sumatra
             ,
             refused
             him
             the
             share
             of
             Treasure
             his
             father
             had
             left
             him
             ,
             the
             other
             enraged
             ,
             craved
             the
             assistance
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Bengala
             ,
             who
             furnished
             him
             with
             ships
             ,
             with
             which
             he
             invaded
             his
             brother
             ,
             burnt
             his
             Townes
             ,
             and
             put
             to
             death
             most
             part
             of
             his
             followers
             ,
             but
             received
             a
             mortall
             wound
             himself
             ,
             and
             returning
             into
             his
             Island
             with
             the
             Treasures
             he
             had
             regained
             of
             his
             brother
             ,
             and
             finding
             himself
             near
             death
             ▪
             distributed
             his
             wealth
             ,
             and
             bequeathed
             his
             Island
             to
             be
             inherited
             by
             his
             Duma
             ,
             or
             evill
             spirit
             ,
             intreating
             him
             to
             preserve
             it
             till
             the
             day
             of
             Judgement
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             then
             hoped
             to
             return
             into
             the
             World.
             
          
           
             This
             Will
             made
             ,
             he
             dyed
             ,
             and
             had
             no
             other
             sepulchre
             then
             the
             bowells
             of
             his
             Alliance
             and
             Friends
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             Custome
             of
             that
             Countrey
             ,
             where
             in
             many
             places
             they
             eat
             the
             dead
             flesh
             of
             their
             Kindered
             ,
             and
             near
             Relations
             ;
             perswading
             themselves
             ,
             the
             Soule
             to
             be
             sooner
             at
             rest
             ,
             then
             if
             they
             permitted
             the
             corpes
             to
             putrifie
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             consumed
             by
             the
             wormes
             ,
             and
             that
             there
             could
             be
             no
             Sepulchre
             so
             Honourable
             ,
             as
             the
             bowells
             of
             a
             deare
             friend
             .
          
           
             This
             Island
             falling
             to
             the
             devils
             share
             ,
             he
             became
             so
             turbulent
             ,
             that
             from
             the
             very
             time
             he
             took
             possession
             ,
             the
             Island
             was
             not
             habitable
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             Inhabitants
             forced
             to
             retire
             into
             the
             adjacent
             Isles
             :
             ever
             since
             this
             place
             remained
             desert
             ,
             yet
             there
             are
             great
             store
             of
             birds
             and
             beasts
             ▪
             sometimes
             the
             
             Maldivians
             have
             landed
             there
             by
             chance
             ,
             but
             have
             been
             forced
             immediately
             to
             retreate
             ,
             
             the
             evill
             spirits
             do
             so
             perplex
             them
             ,
             they
             raise
             great
             tempests
             on
             that
             sea
             .
             Being
             at
             Pegu
             ,
             I
             heard
             a
             Magitian
             had
             promised
             the
             King
             to
             bring
             him
             some
             birds
             ,
             and
             the
             Treasures
             of
             Abdena
             out
             of
             the
             Country
             ,
             but
             the
             Demons
             did
             so
             perturb
             him
             ,
             he
             could
             not
             effect
             his
             promise
             ;
             for
             as
             he
             was
             taking
             footing
             in
             the
             Isle
             ,
             and
             beginning
             his
             conjurations
             ,
             he
             had
             writ
             upon
             a
             leafe
             ,
             and
             put
             into
             the
             hands
             of
             one
             of
             his
             boldest
             disciples
             ,
             they
             were
             by
             the
             illusions
             of
             the
             devill
             so
             suddenly
             terrified
             ,
             that
             the
             miserable
             disciple
             fell
             dead
             upon
             the
             place
             ,
             and
             the
             Master
             Magician
             was
             so
             horridly
             beaten
             ,
             and
             dragged
             by
             the
             devills
             to
             the
             ship
             side
             ,
             that
             his
             companions
             had
             onely
             time
             to
             reembarke
             him
             ,
             and
             hoist
             sayles
             for
             Pegu.
             All
             the
             rest
             were
             strangely
             tormented
             and
             beaten
             ,
             except
             the
             Masters
             Mate
             ,
             and
             the
             Seamen
             ,
             that
             were
             wiser
             ,
             for
             knowing
             the
             condition
             of
             the
             place
             ,
             they
             would
             not
             put
             foot
             on
             land
             ,
             which
             afterwards
             they
             were
             very
             glad
             of
             .
          
           
             Thus
             was
             the
             Magitian
             soundly
             beaten
             ,
             and
             't
             was
             almost
             past
             his
             skill
             to
             recover
             himselfe
             ,
             but
             more
             of
             him
             another
             time
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXI
             .
             Of
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Bisnegar
             ,
             or
             Narsingue
             ,
             of
             the
             King
             ,
             his
             Bramins
             ,
             or
             Priests
             ,
             of
             Melia-par
             ,
             where
             (
             they
             say
             )
             reposes
             the
             body
             of
             St.
             Thomas
             the
             Apostle
             ,
             with
             a
             strange
             History
             of
             a
             Beare
             .
          
           
             
             UPon
             the
             Coast
             of
             Coromandell
             ,
             in
             the
             East
             of
             Malabar
             are
             the
             Kingdomes
             of
             
               Bisnegar
               ,
               Orixa
               ,
               Mandao
            
             ,
             and
             others
             .
             Besnaga
             ,
             or
             Marsingue
             ,
             hath
             a
             King
             ,
             formerly
             the
             most
             puissant
             of
             the
             India's
             ,
             amongst
             the
             Gentills
             ,
             and
             was
             esteemed
             their
             Emperour
             ,
             and
             gave
             his
             Lawes
             from
             Gemora
             ,
             to
             Orixa
             and
             Bengale
             ,
             to
             
               Goa
               ,
               Onoe
            
             ,
             and
             Baticola
             ,
             and
             many
             other
             places
             were
             under
             his
             Dominion
             ,
             but
             at
             this
             time
             he
             is
             much
             weakned
             ,
             yet
             he
             esteemes
             himself
             very
             potent
             ,
             and
             assumes
             very
             superbous
             and
             high
             Titles
             ,
             as
             God
             of
             the
             great
             Provinces
             ,
             King
             of
             Kings
             ,
             and
             Lord
             of
             the
             whole
             Universe
             .
          
           
             
             'T
             is
             reported
             that
             in
             an
             expedition
             against
             Italca
             ,
             he
             Mustered
             seven
             hundered
             thousand
             of
             Infantry
             ,
             forty
             thousand
             Cavalry
             ,
             horse-armed
             ,
             and
             seven
             hundered
             Elephants
             ;
             Bisnegar
             is
             the
             name
             of
             the
             Kingdom
             ,
             and
             cheife
             Town
             ,
             Negapatan
             her
             Haven
             ,
             the
             Towne
             of
             Bisnegar
             is
             faire
             and
             large
             ,
             lying
             
             in
             the
             17.
             degree
             10.
             dayes
             journey
             from
             Narsingue
             ,
             and
             eight
             from
             Goa
             :
             we
             came
             for
             trade
             ,
             and
             to
             put
             off
             our
             commodities
             ,
             that
             paid
             4.
             
               per
               cent
            
             .
             viz.
             those
             that
             came
             from
             the
             West
             ,
             as
             cloaths
             ,
             scarlets
             ,
             paper
             ,
             saffron
             ,
             all
             sorts
             of
             Iron
             and
             Lary
             ware
             ,
             except
             horse-bits
             ,
             that
             pay
             but
             two
             
               per
               cent
            
             .
             in
             the
             India's
             :
             
             Horses
             are
             very
             small
             here
             as
             in
             Swethland
             ,
             but
             very
             high
             prized
             ;
             the
             Persian
             horses
             are
             the
             dearest
             ,
             because
             they
             are
             the
             biggest
             and
             strongest
             :
             The
             Prince
             of
             Bisnegar
             ,
             is
             stiled
             Benganera
             ,
             or
             
               Vente
               cupati
            
             ,
             which
             signifies
             great
             King
             ,
             and
             most
             magnificent
             in
             his
             State
             ,
             potent
             in
             Elephants
             and
             Horses
             ,
             which
             he
             maintaines
             with
             the
             Gabells
             of
             the
             Countrey
             ;
             and
             the
             easier
             to
             procure
             horse
             to
             strengthen
             himself
             against
             his
             enemies
             the
             toles
             are
             abated
             .
          
           
             Some
             few
             years
             before
             we
             came
             to
             this
             Town
             of
             Bisnegar
             ,
             
             it
             was
             assaulted
             and
             sack't
             by
             four
             Kings
             of
             the
             Mores
             ,
             all
             very
             potent
             and
             united
             to
             ruine
             this
             Prince
             :
             These
             Kings
             were
             
               Idalcan
               ,
               Nisamulaco
               ,
               Cotamulaco
            
             ,
             and
             a
             Brother-in-law
             of
             his
             called
             
               Sultan
               Jordas
            
             ,
             Prince
             of
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Viridi
             or
             Var
             :
             
             Their
             hatred
             was
             that
             this
             King
             of
             Bisnegar
             was
             an
             Idolater
             ,
             and
             they
             Mahometans
             .
          
           
             Two
             Moorish
             Captains
             were
             corrupted
             to
             betray
             their
             Masters
             ,
             and
             the
             day
             the
             battle
             was
             fought
             they
             turned
             about
             ,
             and
             proved
             the
             destruction
             of
             the
             Town
             ,
             that
             was
             that
             day
             sack't
             ,
             and
             taken
             by
             the
             confederate
             Kings
             ,
             and
             the
             King
             thereof
             put
             to
             flight
             into
             another
             strong
             Town
             called
             Panigont
             ,
             
             or
             Panicota
             ,
             where
             there
             stood
             a
             strong
             Castle
             surrounded
             with
             a
             great
             River
             ,
             and
             deep
             trenches
             ,
             ten
             dayes
             journey
             off
             Bisnegar
             .
             The
             enemies
             pursued
             him
             thither
             ,
             and
             gave
             him
             a
             second
             battle
             ,
             where
             this
             Prince
             met
             with
             better
             successe
             ,
             and
             defeated
             them
             ,
             and
             had
             utterly
             dispersed
             them
             ,
             without
             the
             auxiliaries
             lent
             them
             by
             the
             King
             of
             Transiane
             ,
             a
             mortall
             enemy
             of
             this
             Prince
             :
             
             There
             he
             took
             prisoner
             one
             of
             the
             perfidious
             Captains
             ,
             made
             him
             an
             example
             ,
             
             causing
             him
             to
             be
             nailed
             on
             a
             Crosse
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             shot
             to
             death
             with
             arrows
             ,
             having
             rallied
             a
             puissant
             Army
             to
             recover
             his
             Town
             of
             Besnegar
             ,
             he
             boldly
             resolved
             to
             fall
             upon
             Transiane
             ,
             
             and
             to
             seize
             of
             Timeragi's
             Countrey
             ,
             who
             had
             given
             his
             enemies
             their
             greatest
             assistance
             ;
             there
             he
             made
             great
             spoyle
             ,
             sacking
             ,
             and
             burning
             all
             before
             him
             ,
             before
             Timeragi
             could
             resist
             him
             .
          
           
             He
             destroyed
             22.
             
             Towns
             ,
             being
             advanced
             unto
             Gondariane
             Capitall
             of
             that
             Kingdom
             ,
             he
             put
             all
             to
             fire
             and
             sword
             ,
             
             and
             burnt
             Timeragi's
             sumptuous
             pallace
             ,
             his
             wife
             and
             children
             ,
             before
             Timeragi
             could
             stop
             his
             cruelties
             ,
             passing
             thorough
             Lazaray
             ,
             leaving
             all
             places
             desolate
             where
             ever
             he
             past
             ,
             untill
             he
             returned
             to
             Panigoni
             ,
             having
             spent
             but
             three
             months
             in
             this
             expedition
             .
          
           
             He
             returned
             not
             soon
             enough
             to
             recover
             Bisnegar
             ,
             for
             his
             enemies
             had
             strongly
             fortified
             it
             ,
             and
             every
             one
             had
             their
             post
             
             assigned
             them
             ,
             Dealcan
             ,
             on
             Panigont
             side
             ,
             the
             others
             at
             other
             places
             :
             the
             mean
             time
             these
             four
             Kings
             enjoyed
             this
             Countrey
             which
             they
             plundered
             ,
             and
             to
             strengthen
             themselves
             against
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             most
             affectionate
             and
             faithfull
             to
             their
             Prince
             ,
             they
             commanded
             all
             Merchants
             and
             other
             persons
             of
             estate
             in
             that
             Isle
             to
             bring
             in
             horse
             ,
             and
             Elephants
             promising
             payment
             :
             They
             were
             brought
             in
             in
             great
             numbers
             ,
             
             but
             when
             they
             had
             possession
             of
             them
             they
             turned
             back
             the
             right
             owners
             without
             any
             satisfaction
             ,
             which
             was
             no
             small
             losse
             to
             them
             .
          
           
             
             The
             Town
             of
             Bisnegar
             ,
             otherwise
             called
             Chandegry
             ,
             is
             eight
             leagues
             about
             ,
             and
             is
             so
             populous
             and
             powerfull
             ,
             that
             she
             finds
             her
             Prince
             a
             hundred
             thousand
             horse
             .
          
           
             
             Narsingue
             the
             Capitall
             of
             the
             Country
             is
             of
             the
             compass
             of
             Florence
             ,
             stately
             built
             ,
             but
             their
             covering
             takes
             much
             from
             their
             beauty
             ,
             being
             not
             permitted
             to
             use
             tyle
             ,
             which
             otherwise
             they
             have
             great
             store
             of
             .
             This
             Town
             is
             partly
             scituate
             upon
             a
             hill
             pretty
             eminent
             3.
             leagues
             round
             :
             There
             is
             a
             most
             sumptuous
             pallace
             ,
             covered
             with
             tyle
             ,
             where
             symmetry
             and
             uniformity
             is
             exactly
             observed
             ;
             
             the
             Town
             is
             bounded
             on
             one
             side
             with
             the
             Sea
             ,
             the
             other
             side
             with
             a
             great
             River
             ,
             the
             Town
             is
             well
             peopled
             ,
             and
             thatched
             ,
             with
             a
             course
             straw
             reed
             or
             rush
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             maintaines
             a
             numerous
             Militia
             ,
             that
             makes
             him
             formidable
             to
             all
             the
             East
             .
             No
             man
             can
             inhabit
             there
             without
             expresse
             leave
             from
             the
             King
             :
             and
             no
             person
             is
             admitted
             that
             appears
             not
             an
             honest
             and
             candid
             person
             ,
             Merchants
             ,
             strangers
             ,
             and
             passengers
             ,
             have
             commodious
             habitations
             allotted
             them
             ,
             paying
             the
             ordinary
             duties
             .
             
             They
             live
             quietly
             ,
             for
             justice
             is
             impartially
             dispensed
             ,
             and
             the
             lawes
             are
             so
             well
             observed
             ,
             that
             none
             breaks
             them
             for
             fear
             of
             punishment
             .
             The
             Citizens
             are
             obliged
             by
             oath
             to
             serve
             the
             king
             when
             ere
             he
             commands
             upon
             pain
             of
             life
             ,
             or
             amputation
             of
             hands
             and
             feet
             ,
             to
             keep
             his
             army
             more
             full
             he
             entertains
             the
             fairest
             women
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             
             most
             gallantly
             dressed
             ,
             and
             are
             onely
             courted
             by
             the
             great
             ones
             ,
             and
             the
             gallantest
             persons
             :
             many
             strange
             Lords
             and
             Princes
             flock
             hither
             ,
             to
             fight
             under
             Mars
             and
             Venus
             ,
             but
             they
             are
             not
             admitted
             to
             the
             Ladies
             ,
             untill
             they
             have
             shewed
             some
             Trophies
             of
             their
             valour
             ,
             in
             some
             gallant
             exploit
             for
             the
             Princes
             service
             ;
             then
             they
             are
             courted
             by
             the
             Ladies
             ,
             honoured
             and
             respected
             by
             the
             King
             ,
             who
             by
             frequent
             presents
             and
             obligations
             ,
             hurry
             them
             on
             to
             greater
             actions
             .
             Some
             of
             them
             abstain
             from
             women
             to
             keep
             their
             strength
             and
             vigour
             ,
             boasting
             to
             feed
             upon
             Lions
             ,
             Bears
             ,
             and
             Tigars
             ,
             and
             drink
             the
             bloud
             of
             the
             cruellest
             and
             wildest
             beasts
             ,
             such
             is
             their
             Gallantry
             ,
             and
             thus
             they
             decline
             effeminacy
             .
             They
             use
             themselves
             to
             very
             violent
             exercises
             ,
             to
             war
             ,
             wrastling
             ,
             hunting
             ,
             feeding
             on
             strengthning
             foods
             onely
             .
             They
             anoint
             their
             bodies
             with
             certain
             unxious
             commixtions
             or
             oyles
             to
             harden
             their
             skin
             .
             They
             seldome
             fight
             in
             battle-ray
             ,
             their
             High-Priests
             or
             
             Bramins
             ,
             lead
             on
             their
             Armies
             ,
             who
             dare
             not
             stir
             ,
             
             if
             the
             Bramins
             are
             not
             in
             the
             head
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             when
             two
             Parties
             or
             Armies
             cannot
             agree
             ,
             several
             persons
             are
             called
             out
             to
             decide
             the
             quarrell
             :
             and
             when
             they
             have
             fought
             sufficiently
             ,
             a
             retreat
             is
             sounded
             ,
             and
             judgement
             is
             given
             of
             the
             victory
             ,
             sometimes
             they
             are
             commanded
             to
             fall
             on
             again
             .
             Those
             Bramins
             are
             wise
             ,
             
             and
             well-composed
             persons
             ,
             they
             never
             permit
             their
             Kings
             to
             engage
             their
             whole
             Armies
             ,
             at
             the
             great
             expense
             of
             their
             Subjects
             bloud
             ,
             and
             therefore
             few
             pitched
             battles
             are
             fought
             ,
             between
             those
             Indian
             Kings
             ;
             at
             least
             the
             Idolaters
             ;
             for
             the
             Mahometans
             they
             are
             otherwise
             governed
             .
          
           
             When
             this
             King
             intends
             war
             to
             any
             neighbouring
             Prince
             ,
             
             or
             Stranger
             ,
             he
             marches
             forth
             of
             his
             capitall
             Town
             ,
             accompanied
             with
             all
             his
             Nobility
             ,
             in
             battle-ray
             ,
             with
             all
             his
             horse
             and
             foot
             ,
             and
             Elephants
             in
             good
             order
             ,
             as
             if
             he
             were
             ready
             to
             march
             ,
             Then
             the
             King
             mounted
             on
             a
             stately
             courser
             ,
             marches
             towards
             the
             Country
             he
             declares
             war
             unto
             ,
             and
             le
             ts
             fly
             an
             arrow
             :
             immediately
             many
             persons
             ride
             their
             circuits
             with
             flaming
             torches
             in
             their
             hands
             ,
             to
             give
             notice
             of
             the
             day
             they
             are
             to
             attend
             their
             King
             ,
             at
             the
             capitall
             Town
             ;
             and
             the
             field
             Marshals
             ,
             keep
             the
             passages
             ,
             and
             let
             none
             passe
             but
             who
             are
             fit
             for
             war
             ;
             if
             war
             be
             carried
             far
             off
             ,
             their
             houses
             are
             commanded
             to
             be
             burnt
             ,
             that
             the
             whole
             families
             may
             go
             to
             war
             ,
             they
             onely
             uncover
             their
             houses
             ,
             for
             their
             houshold-stuffe
             ,
             and
             goods
             are
             preserved
             in
             a
             publick
             place
             built
             for
             that
             purpose
             .
             The
             people
             thus
             disposed
             follow
             their
             Prince
             with
             resolution
             ,
             and
             most
             freely
             expose
             themselves
             to
             all
             danger
             .
          
           
             They
             load
             their
             Elephants
             ,
             and
             Horses
             ,
             
             with
             iron
             and
             steel
             hoops
             three
             fingers
             broad
             ,
             keen
             as
             rasors
             ,
             which
             they
             use
             in
             fight
             ;
             they
             dart
             them
             with
             so
             strange
             and
             dextrous
             a
             strength
             ,
             and
             fleetnesse
             ,
             that
             an
             arrow
             shot
             from
             a
             good
             arm
             flyes
             not
             swifter
             ,
             with
             these
             instruments
             they
             make
             large
             wounds
             ,
             most
             of
             them
             mortall
             and
             incurable
             ,
             poysoning
             the
             instruments
             ,
             besides
             these
             Armes
             they
             carry
             swords
             and
             bucklers
             of
             severall
             fashions
             ,
             javelines
             ,
             bowes
             ,
             and
             crosse-bowes
             ,
             and
             some
             fire-pikes
             ,
             they
             go
             so
             furiously
             to
             fight
             ,
             little
             regarding
             their
             lives
             to
             serve
             their
             Prince
             .
             Paleacate
             is
             another
             noble
             Town
             and
             haven
             in
             Bisnegar
             ,
             
             upon
             the
             gulf
             Bengale
             ;
             The
             Inhabitants
             are
             Gentiles
             ,
             and
             profess
             the
             same
             law
             as
             at
             Malabar
             and
             Calicut
             ,
             never
             eating
             beef
             ;
             they
             war
             perpetually
             with
             Ternassari
             ,
             onely
             for
             Religion
             sake
             ,
             and
             are
             friends
             with
             Calicut
             ;
             so
             are
             most
             of
             the
             Town
             upon
             the
             same
             gulf
             ,
             as
             
               Aremogan
               ,
               Bigara
               ,
               Caricola
               ,
               Putifama
               ,
            
             and
             other
             fair
             harbours
             belonging
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Bisnegar
             .
          
           
             The
             inhabitants
             of
             Paleacate
             are
             courteous
             ,
             and
             civil
             ,
             yet
             you
             must
             be
             cautious
             of
             them
             ,
             they
             wear
             neither
             breeches
             nor
             drawers
             but
             a
             loose
             long
             cassock
             ,
             and
             cloak
             over
             it
             ,
             of
             silk
             ,
             or
             some
             fine
             stuf
             ,
             with
             a
             cap
             of
             the
             same
             ,
             and
             pumps
             very
             neatly
             made
             ,
             and
             go
             bare-leg'd
             ,
             
             their
             cassocks
             reach
             to
             their
             ankles
             .
             The
             women
             wear
             Turkish
             coats
             loose
             ,
             silk
             stockings
             ,
             and
             buskins
             richly
             faced
             :
             this
             town
             hath
             great
             commerce
             ,
             and
             hither
             are
             brought
             from
             Pegu
             and
             other
             places
             all
             their
             rich
             commodities
             and
             jewels
             .
          
           
             Between
             Paleacate
             and
             Narsingue
             ,
             is
             a
             great
             vale
             ,
             overgrown
             with
             stately
             trees
             like
             Sicamores
             ,
             yielding
             a
             continuall
             moysture
             ,
             like
             unto
             those
             in
             the
             Isle
             of
             Fer
             in
             the
             Canaries
             ;
             this
             vale
             is
             continually
             covered
             with
             clouds
             ,
             and
             very
             deep
             ,
             it
             resembles
             a
             perpetuall
             night
             ,
             the
             Sun
             never
             appearing
             ,
             the
             roads
             are
             hard
             to
             hit
             ,
             this
             vale
             is
             a
             good
             mile
             in
             length
             ,
             and
             discovering
             the
             great
             and
             adjacent
             plains
             ,
             you
             are
             in
             another
             world
             ;
             there
             runs
             a
             little
             River
             out
             of
             the
             vale
             ,
             one
             end
             of
             the
             plain
             is
             planted
             with
             Sugar-canes
             :
             there
             are
             three
             Sugar
             works
             that
             furnish
             the
             Inhabitants
             with
             work
             all
             the
             year
             long
             ;
             They
             have
             not
             the
             art
             to
             refine
             it
             ,
             but
             make
             it
             up
             in
             powder
             ,
             with
             these
             canes
             they
             feed
             their
             cattle
             ;
             as
             horses
             ,
             bufflers
             ,
             and
             swine
             ,
             which
             makes
             their
             flesh
             very
             sweet
             &
             delicious
             ,
             and
             Doctors
             prescribe
             swines
             flesh
             to
             sick
             persons
             ,
             and
             indeed
             it
             is
             sweeter
             and
             wholsomer
             than
             mutton
             ,
             because
             of
             the
             clean
             feeding
             .
          
           
             
             Near
             Paleacate
             stands
             Meliapur
             ,
             or
             St.
             Thomas
             ,
             a
             pretty
             fair
             Town
             ,
             where
             the
             Portuguese
             have
             a
             Fort
             ;
             here
             't
             is
             said
             St.
             Thomas
             the
             Apostle
             preached
             ,
             and
             is
             interred
             ;
             for
             the
             province
             of
             Parthia
             falling
             to
             his
             lot
             ,
             he
             came
             into
             the
             Indies
             ,
             and
             to
             Coulan
             :
             others
             say
             he
             was
             first
             at
             Socotora
             ,
             towards
             the
             Arabick
             gulf
             ,
             from
             thence
             to
             Granganor
             ,
             then
             to
             Coulan
             ,
             where
             being
             persecuted
             by
             the
             King
             of
             that
             place
             ,
             he
             came
             to
             Coromandell
             ,
             and
             to
             this
             Town
             of
             Meliapur
             ,
             where
             he
             suffered
             martyrdom
             .
             Many
             are
             of
             opinion
             he
             came
             into
             Pegu
             ,
             
             and
             to
             China
             ,
             for
             there
             are
             many
             monuments
             of
             Christianism
             all
             over
             the
             Indies
             ;
             yet
             't
             is
             likelier
             that
             the
             Indies
             were
             since
             converted
             by
             one
             Panthenus
             a
             Grecian
             Philosopher
             ,
             about
             the
             year
             200.
             and
             rather
             since
             by
             Aedesius
             ,
             and
             Frumentius
             ,
             who
             planted
             there
             the
             Christian
             faith
             ;
             the
             latter
             whereof
             was
             the
             first
             Bishop
             ,
             in
             the
             time
             of
             S.
             Athanasius
             ,
             as
             hereafter
             we
             shall
             say
             more
             at
             large
             ,
             since
             this
             they
             sent
             into
             Armenia
             ,
             for
             sit
             instructers
             ,
             and
             the
             Patriark
             sent
             them
             some
             itinerant
             ones
             ,
             and
             have
             continued
             thus
             ever
             since
             .
             The
             Armenians
             had
             the
             holy
             Bible
             in
             the
             Chaldean
             tongue
             ;
             
             however
             't
             is
             generally
             believed
             St.
             Thomas
             was
             buried
             here
             ,
             where
             he
             was
             martyred
             by
             the
             Bracmanes
             ,
             and
             the
             King
             of
             Sagamo
             :
             others
             say
             he
             dyed
             in
             the
             Town
             of
             Calamine
             ,
             and
             was
             buried
             at
             Meliapur
             ,
             which
             are
             one
             and
             the
             same
             Town
             ;
             
             and
             indeed
             to
             this
             day
             the
             memory
             and
             name
             of
             him
             is
             much
             esteemed
             ,
             and
             reverenced
             by
             the
             Natives
             ,
             by
             the
             Gentiles
             ,
             and
             Moors
             themselves
             .
             Many
             other
             places
             of
             these
             Indies
             pretend
             to
             have
             the
             shrine
             of
             this
             glorious
             Saint
             :
             from
             thence
             't
             is
             said
             he
             was
             translated
             to
             Edesse
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             into
             Europe
             to
             Otoa
             :
             There
             are
             many
             more
             Churches
             dedicated
             to
             St.
             Thomas
             ,
             
             five
             leagues
             from
             Cochin
             there
             is
             a
             fair
             one
             ,
             but
             abused
             by
             the
             Gentiles
             ,
             who
             have
             got
             it
             by
             force
             ,
             
             and
             the
             Christians
             revenues
             ;
             many
             miracles
             are
             wrought
             at
             the
             shrine
             of
             this
             great
             Saint
             ,
             and
             amongst
             the
             Panaims
             ,
             many
             are
             devout
             unto
             him
             .
          
           
             It
             was
             revealed
             to
             one
             ,
             he
             was
             not
             in
             the
             true
             way
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             should
             go
             into
             Aethiopia
             towards
             Albana
             ,
             to
             be
             instructed
             in
             the
             true
             faith
             ,
             which
             he
             did
             accordingly
             ,
             and
             was
             baptized
             ,
             and
             by
             his
             piety
             and
             holy
             life
             ,
             succeeded
             in
             the
             charge
             of
             Albuna
             .
          
           
             The
             Christians
             of
             this
             place
             do
             yet
             retain
             some
             of
             the
             instructions
             left
             them
             by
             Saint
             Thomas
             ,
             but
             are
             very
             ignorant
             of
             the
             principle
             Articles
             of
             faith
             ;
             they
             do
             not
             understand
             prayer
             ,
             and
             there
             is
             great
             difficulty
             to
             reduce
             them
             to
             the
             right
             way
             :
             they
             have
             left
             the
             Idolatries
             ,
             they
             yearly
             practised
             ,
             sacrificing
             yearly
             to
             this
             S.
             (
             at
             Coulan
             )
             a
             youth
             ,
             either
             slave
             ,
             or
             Freeman
             ,
             voluntarily
             offering
             himself
             .
          
           
             When
             a
             person
             of
             quality
             desires
             to
             dye
             in
             honour
             of
             this
             Saint
             ,
             he
             makes
             it
             his
             request
             to
             the
             King
             ;
             he
             instantly
             referres
             it
             to
             his
             Councel
             :
             They
             considering
             of
             the
             importance
             of
             the
             person
             ,
             and
             the
             service
             he
             may
             do
             his
             country
             ,
             present
             another
             request
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             not
             be
             permitted
             to
             dye
             ,
             for
             the
             use
             ,
             the
             State
             can
             make
             of
             him
             :
             the
             last
             being
             granted
             ;
             four
             of
             the
             chief
             of
             the
             Councel
             are
             deputed
             to
             apprehend
             him
             ,
             and
             bring
             him
             before
             the
             King
             ,
             who
             embraced
             him
             ,
             and
             shewes
             him
             that
             both
             the
             State
             and
             himself
             ,
             stand
             in
             need
             of
             him
             ,
             and
             that
             't
             was
             necessary
             to
             preserve
             him
             ,
             and
             promise
             him
             in
             marriage
             ;
             one
             of
             his
             favourites
             ,
             making
             him
             many
             rich
             presents
             ,
             he
             is
             easily
             altered
             by
             the
             Kings
             perswasions
             ,
             acknowledges
             many
             thanks
             for
             those
             great
             favours
             ,
             and
             returns
             with
             his
             new
             bride
             very
             well
             pleased
             and
             contented
             .
             I
             have
             heard
             of
             many
             more
             ridiculous
             superstitions
             ,
             which
             are
             at
             present
             totally
             abolished
             .
          
           
             The
             Town
             of
             Calamine
             or
             Meliapur
             ,
             since
             Santhome
             ,
             is
             a
             good
             haven
             town
             ,
             on
             the
             coast
             of
             Coromandel
             ,
             53.
             degrees
             from
             the
             Gulph
             Bengale
             ,
             subjected
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Bisnegar
             or
             Narsingue
             .
          
           
             They
             relate
             many
             miracles
             wrought
             by
             the
             intercession
             of
             this
             Saint
             ,
             a
             certain
             Princesse
             of
             Narsingue
             ,
             daughter
             to
             King
             Zamaluco
             ,
             or
             Nizamaluco
             ,
             was
             shut
             up
             by
             her
             husband
             King
             of
             Narsingue
             ,
             in
             a
             fair
             and
             rich
             Seraglio
             ;
             she
             was
             faire
             ,
             vertuous
             ,
             and
             discreet
             ,
             and
             reputed
             a
             Christian
             ;
             before
             her
             marriage
             she
             was
             sought
             for
             by
             another
             Prince
             her
             neighbour
             ;
             after
             three
             years
             imprisonment
             in
             this
             stately
             Palace
             ;
             upon
             a
             time
             the
             guards
             through
             some
             illusion
             ,
             saw
             at
             a
             window
             the
             lively
             image
             of
             the
             Prince
             her
             first
             lover
             ,
             the
             place
             being
             extremely
             well
             fenced
             ,
             begirt
             with
             double
             ditches
             ,
             almost
             impossible
             for
             any
             person
             to
             make
             surreptitious
             entrance
             ,
             the
             guard
             was
             much
             astonished
             ;
             the
             King
             her
             husband
             being
             made
             acquainted
             ,
             moved
             with
             anger
             and
             jealousie
             ,
             accused
             the
             Princesse
             of
             adultery
             ,
             and
             condemned
             her
             to
             drink
             off
             a
             glasse
             of
             poyson
             ;
             no
             excuses
             her
             modest
             innocence
             could
             make
             ,
             prevailing
             ,
             she
             begged
             of
             her
             husband
             she
             might
             dye
             neare
             unto
             Saint
             Thomas
             his
             shryne
             ;
             't
             was
             granted
             ,
             and
             
             she
             immediately
             led
             to
             the
             place
             of
             execution
             ,
             where
             a
             fire
             was
             kindled
             to
             consume
             her
             body
             :
             she
             cloathed
             all
             in
             white
             ,
             her
             hair
             hanging
             over
             her
             eares
             ,
             covered
             almost
             all
             her
             body
             ;
             took
             the
             golden
             bowle
             ,
             and
             made
             her
             prayer
             to
             God
             ,
             and
             Saint
             Thomas
             ,
             to
             vouchsafe
             to
             grant
             her
             mercy
             ;
             and
             to
             discover
             her
             innocency
             ;
             which
             done
             ,
             she
             drunk
             the
             poyson
             ,
             and
             threw
             her self
             into
             the
             fire
             ,
             where
             without
             the
             least
             harme
             either
             to
             her
             person
             ,
             or
             cloathes
             ,
             she
             remained
             upon
             her
             knees
             ,
             continuing
             her
             prayers
             to
             almighty
             God
             ,
             untill
             all
             the
             wood
             was
             consumed
             ;
             she
             safely
             came
             out
             of
             it
             to
             the
             great
             astonishment
             ,
             and
             admiration
             of
             all
             the
             admiring
             spectators
             ;
             and
             being
             helped
             into
             her
             litter
             ,
             was
             carried
             to
             Narsingue
             ,
             brought
             into
             her
             chamber
             ,
             and
             was
             never
             since
             in
             the
             power
             of
             the
             King
             her
             husband
             :
             she
             spent
             the
             remainder
             of
             her
             dayes
             ,
             recluse
             ,
             in
             great
             abstinence
             and
             austerity
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             many
             Christians
             in
             Meliapur
             ,
             and
             some
             Churches
             ,
             as
             Saint
             Paul
             belonging
             to
             the
             society
             Saint
             Bartholomew
             ,
             Saint
             Thomas
             ,
             the
             most
             honoured
             ,
             and
             reverenced
             in
             the
             Indies
             :
             The
             ships
             arriving
             here
             ,
             of
             the
             Christians
             ,
             Idolaters
             ,
             and
             Mahometans
             too
             ,
             give
             great
             charities
             in
             honour
             of
             this
             Saint
             .
             From
             Paleacate
             ,
             
             and
             other
             places
             they
             come
             hither
             on
             pilgrimage
             .
             The
             Portuguese
             that
             inhabit
             here
             ,
             are
             imployed
             in
             making
             Indian
             or
             earthen
             vessels
             ,
             diversely
             ,
             and
             prettily
             painted
             ,
             they
             do
             it
             with
             the
             juyce
             of
             a
             root
             called
             Saya
             ,
             and
             the
             more
             you
             wash
             them
             ,
             the
             livelyer
             the
             colours
             appear
             .
             There
             is
             a
             good
             harbour
             ,
             
             and
             great
             trading
             ,
             they
             resort
             hither
             from
             all
             parts
             of
             the
             Indies
             .
             The
             people
             of
             Sandanes
             exchange
             their
             Nutmegs
             for
             that
             earthen
             ware
             ,
             
             and
             other
             commodities
             are
             brought
             from
             Malaca
             and
             Goa
             ,
             They
             trade
             much
             in
             Clove-Gilliflowers
             ,
             which
             are
             cheap
             .
          
           
             But
             before
             I
             leave
             Bisnegar
             ,
             you
             shall
             hear
             what
             I
             learnt
             at
             a
             town
             called
             Sigistan
             ,
             or
             Sagistan
             ,
             near
             that
             country
             ,
             being
             upon
             a
             time
             in
             one
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             houses
             ,
             who
             are
             very
             civill
             ,
             and
             courteous
             ,
             
             and
             much
             taken
             with
             our
             conversation
             :
             By
             chance
             I
             spyed
             the
             picture
             of
             a
             Bear
             playing
             with
             a
             young
             girle
             ,
             and
             inquiring
             the
             meaning
             thereof
             ,
             a
             most
             prodigious
             story
             (
             if
             true
             ,
             which
             I
             question
             much
             )
             was
             related
             me
             .
             A
             Prince
             named
             Ismahan
             ,
             
             that
             raigned
             many
             Moones
             ,
             (
             for
             so
             they
             reckon
             their
             years
             )
             in
             the
             Province
             of
             Bozari
             ,
             
             since
             Sigistan
             ,
             going
             a
             hunting
             ,
             took
             a
             female
             Beare
             ,
             and
             her
             cub
             that
             followed
             her
             ,
             which
             he
             preserved
             ,
             till
             on
             a
             time
             one
             of
             the
             Lords
             servants
             ,
             bitten
             by
             the
             Dam
             ,
             killed
             her
             ,
             then
             the
             cub
             was
             kept
             alone
             ,
             run
             up
             and
             down
             the
             house
             ,
             and
             in
             time
             grew
             tame
             .
          
           
             This
             Prince
             had
             a
             daughter
             about
             eight
             yeares
             of
             age
             ,
             that
             delighted
             much
             to
             play
             with
             the
             Cub
             ,
             &
             fed
             him
             with
             her
             own
             hands
             ;
             the
             young
             Bear
             was
             continually
             at
             her
             heeles
             .
             The
             young
             Lady
             (
             Agarida
             was
             her
             name
             )
             fell
             sick
             ,
             
             the
             Bear
             lay
             under
             her
             bed
             and
             
             refused
             all
             food
             that
             came
             not
             from
             her
             own
             hand
             ;
             she
             recovering
             continued
             her
             care
             ,
             in
             keeping
             of
             him
             sweet
             and
             clean
             ,
             teaching
             him
             many
             tricks
             ,
             which
             he
             readily
             learnt
             ,
             and
             most
             dexterously
             performed
             .
             The
             Lady-Mother
             one
             day
             perceiving
             the
             Bear
             to
             pull
             up
             her
             daughters
             coats
             ,
             to
             lick
             her
             feet
             ;
             angry
             to
             see
             such
             familiarities
             and
             carresses
             ;
             commanded
             a
             servant
             to
             beat
             Sagistan
             ,
             (
             for
             so
             was
             the
             Bear
             named
             )
             the
             beast
             of
             an
             immense
             growth
             ,
             though
             but
             15.
             months
             old
             ,
             flew
             upon
             the
             man
             (
             armed
             with
             a
             cudgel
             onely
             )
             very
             furiously
             ,
             and
             strangled
             him
             ,
             and
             another
             servant
             came
             to
             help
             him
             ,
             upon
             the
             place
             :
             this
             set
             a
             strange
             Alarum
             through
             the
             house
             ,
             all
             running
             headlong
             to
             kill
             the
             beast
             ,
             that
             made
             a
             most
             strange
             slaughter
             ,
             and
             got
             into
             the
             wood
             ,
             and
             of
             three
             years
             there
             was
             no
             tidings
             of
             him
             .
             The
             unfortunate
             Lady
             Agarida
             took
             a
             walk
             by
             a
             little
             Rivers
             side
             ,
             accompanied
             with
             many
             Ladyes
             more
             :
             The
             Bear
             suddenly
             appeared
             ,
             soon
             scattered
             the
             company
             ,
             snatched
             up
             Agarida
             in
             his
             pawes
             ,
             and
             made
             away
             with
             her
             so
             swiftly
             ,
             't
             was
             impossible
             to
             rescue
             her
             ;
             nor
             could
             she
             be
             found
             ,
             for
             any
             search
             they
             made
             :
             The
             Bear
             carried
             her
             to
             a
             remote
             and
             obscure
             cave
             ,
             where
             he
             kept
             her
             many
             years
             ,
             and
             stole
             another
             girle
             to
             attend
             her
             :
             These
             two
             women
             made
             a
             shift
             to
             get
             food
             ,
             and
             other
             commodities
             ,
             and
             have
             since
             related
             strange
             stories
             of
             the
             beast
             ,
             and
             actions
             worthier
             a
             rational
             ,
             then
             an
             irrational
             creature
             ;
             I
             was
             told
             most
             strange
             things
             of
             the
             animal
             ;
             That
             Agarida
             had
             five
             sonnes
             by
             him
             ,
             all
             gallant
             men
             ,
             without
             the
             least
             shape
             or
             resemblance
             of
             the
             beast
             .
             That
             they
             left
             the
             woods
             at
             ten
             years
             of
             age
             ,
             and
             built
             themselves
             a
             Cabbin
             or
             house
             to
             dwell
             in
             .
             But
             one
             of
             Agarida's
             Brothers
             hunting
             in
             the
             woods
             ,
             kild
             Sagistan
             with
             a
             dart
             .
             She
             enraged
             with
             disdain
             ,
             sent
             her
             sons
             to
             her
             fathers
             Palace
             to
             revenge
             him
             ,
             and
             accordingly
             they
             kild
             their
             two
             Uncles
             :
             Ismahan
             their
             Grand-father
             ,
             endeavoring
             to
             have
             them
             seized
             on
             ,
             and
             ignorant
             who
             they
             were
             ,
             was
             slain
             also
             with
             two
             of
             the
             five
             brothers
             ;
             The
             other
             three
             escaping
             ,
             made
             themselves
             so
             Formidable
             ,
             that
             none
             durst
             meddle
             with
             them
             ;
             and
             hearing
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Bisnagar's
             wars
             ,
             they
             offered
             him
             their
             service
             ,
             bearing
             for
             arms
             ,
             the
             figure
             of
             Sagistan
             their
             father
             .
             The
             King
             informed
             of
             their
             strange
             birth
             ,
             and
             adventures
             ;
             gave
             them
             great
             commands
             in
             his
             Army
             ,
             their
             behaviour
             shewed
             their
             desert
             ,
             for
             they
             exploited
             so
             high
             and
             unconceivable
             actions
             ,
             that
             one
             of
             them
             married
             the
             Sultane
             of
             Bisnegar
             ,
             
             the
             other
             the
             Sultanes
             daughter
             ,
             from
             whence
             sprung
             that
             illustrious
             family
             of
             the
             Sagistans
             ,
             that
             hath
             given
             the
             name
             to
             that
             town
             :
             whereof
             those
             two
             brothers
             were
             the
             first
             founders
             .
          
           
             This
             was
             related
             me
             of
             this
             history
             ,
             or
             fable
             rather
             ,
             held
             for
             a
             verity
             in
             those
             parts
             to
             this
             day
             :
             all
             Peoples
             ,
             States
             ,
             Townes
             ,
             
             and
             illustrious
             families
             have
             their
             springs
             ,
             and
             beginnings
             ,
             fabulous
             ,
             and
             Romantick
             .
             I
             have
             heard
             a
             story
             affirmed
             of
             a
             Spanish
             Captains
             wife
             ,
             caught
             in
             adultery
             with
             another
             by
             her
             husband
             ;
             
             for
             punishment
             he
             was
             satisfied
             to
             expose
             them
             both
             into
             a
             desert
             Island
             ;
             the
             man
             presently
             dying
             ,
             the
             woman
             was
             accosted
             by
             a
             great
             Monkey
             or
             Drill
             ,
             by
             which
             she
             had
             two
             children
             ,
             and
             at
             the
             three
             years
             end
             a
             ship
             sayling
             by
             ,
             discovered
             this
             miserable
             creature
             ,
             liker
             a
             phantasme
             then
             a
             human
             creature
             ,
             she
             naked
             with
             teares
             in
             her
             eyes
             begged
             to
             be
             released
             from
             this
             horrid
             and
             cruell
             captivity
             ,
             which
             they
             did
             ,
             and
             reembarking
             ,
             the
             Monkey
             perceiving
             ,
             full
             of
             rage
             ,
             in
             her
             sight
             tore
             his
             whelps
             in
             pieces
             ,
             and
             threw
             them
             at
             her
             ;
             she
             was
             carried
             to
             Lisbon
             ,
             where
             the
             Inquisitors
             informed
             of
             her
             case
             ,
             caused
             her
             to
             be
             apprehended
             ;
             and
             had
             been
             proceeded
             against
             ,
             had
             not
             Cardinal
             Cayetan
             ,
             the
             then
             Popes
             Nuntio
             ,
             taken
             her
             cause
             in
             hand
             ,
             and
             setting
             forth
             the
             violent
             necessity
             she
             was
             forced
             to
             ,
             to
             yield
             to
             that
             beast
             ,
             that
             had
             found
             her
             sustenance
             for
             three
             whole
             yeares
             ;
             saved
             her
             from
             the
             execution
             ,
             and
             she
             ended
             her
             dayes
             in
             all
             holinesse
             and
             sanctity
             of
             life
             and
             repentance
             .
             There
             are
             many
             ancient
             and
             modern
             histories
             to
             this
             purpose
             ;
             all
             which
             I
             refer
             to
             Naturalists
             ,
             and
             Divines
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXII
             .
             Of
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Bengala
             ,
             and
             Ternassery
             ,
             of
             musk
             ,
             some
             rare
             remarks
             of
             the
             River
             Ganges
             ,
             of
             the
             Torrid
             Zone
             ,
             and
             the
             conversion
             of
             a
             young
             Prince
             Idolater
             ,
             to
             Christianisme
             .
          
           
             
             FOllowing
             the
             coast
             of
             Coromandel
             ,
             and
             the
             gulph
             Bengale
             you
             come
             to
             Ternassery
             ,
             which
             is
             held
             to
             be
             between
             the
             Cosamba
             of
             Ptolome
             ,
             a
             kingdom
             lying
             between
             
               Bengal
               ,
               Narsingue
               ,
               Orixa
            
             ,
             and
             the
             sea
             ;
             the
             Capital
             town
             ,
             bearing
             the
             same
             name
             ,
             is
             scituate
             upon
             the
             side
             of
             the
             sea
             ,
             and
             a
             fair
             River
             called
             Zayta
             ,
             making
             a
             little
             Island
             where
             stands
             another
             town
             of
             the
             same
             name
             .
             She
             hath
             plenty
             of
             all
             things
             ,
             necessary
             to
             life
             .
             Their
             cowes
             are
             low
             ,
             and
             their
             horns
             grow
             only
             skin
             deep
             .
             The
             sheep
             have
             neither
             horns
             nor
             wool
             ,
             their
             skin
             as
             smooth
             as
             a
             calves
             ,
             there
             grows
             great
             store
             of
             long
             Pepper
             called
             Casay
             ,
             they
             preserve
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             eat
             it
             all
             the
             year
             long
             with
             sugar
             &
             vinegar
             ,
             which
             gives
             it
             a
             pleasant
             taste
             ;
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             Isle
             is
             a
             Lake
             that
             breeds
             good
             fish
             ,
             better
             then
             any
             the
             River
             affords
             ,
             it
             is
             called
             Ademas
             .
             It
             affords
             you
             Trouts
             (
             the
             most
             savory
             fish
             of
             the
             East
             )
             Pykes
             and
             Shads
             taken
             in
             March
             only
             ,
             &
             are
             Sea-fish
             .
             They
             never
             eat
             the
             head
             ,
             because
             there
             is
             a
             worm
             found
             in
             it
             ,
             which
             makes
             that
             fish
             chuse
             the
             rapid
             waters
             ,
             and
             swim
             aloft
             ,
             by
             the
             streams
             affording
             him
             much
             refreshment
             .
          
           
           
             The
             Town
             of
             Ternassery
             is
             large
             and
             pleasant
             ,
             well
             built
             ,
             
             not
             walled
             on
             the
             River
             side
             ,
             but
             strengthned
             by
             some
             Forts
             well
             fortified
             and
             provided
             :
             she
             is
             scituate
             in
             a
             plain
             ,
             with
             a
             Castle
             on
             the
             North
             ,
             with
             an
             inclosure
             or
             Parke
             ,
             fenced
             with
             a
             great
             ditch
             ,
             where
             the
             Queen
             keepes
             a
             breed
             of
             stately
             Mares
             ,
             given
             her
             by
             her
             Father
             ,
             who
             recovered
             them
             of
             an
             Indian
             Prince
             that
             owed
             him
             money
             ,
             which
             he
             could
             no
             otherwise
             recover
             ,
             for
             in
             that
             Country
             horses
             beare
             a
             great
             value
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             of
             Ternassery
             is
             provided
             with
             good
             Cavalry
             ,
             which
             renders
             him
             potent
             and
             formidable
             ,
             he
             is
             of
             Person
             strong
             ,
             and
             Robuste
             ,
             and
             wars
             continually
             with
             the
             King
             of
             Narsingue
             ,
             and
             Bengale
             .
             The
             Narsinguer
             would
             indamage
             him
             much
             ,
             did
             he
             joyne
             with
             the
             other
             ,
             but
             he
             is
             so
             generous
             he
             scornes
             it
             .
          
           
             This
             King
             is
             a
             Gentill
             ,
             and
             hath
             above
             a
             thousand
             Elephants
             trained
             up
             to
             Warr
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             largest
             size
             of
             the
             East
             ;
             covered
             to
             the
             very
             ground
             with
             beefes
             hides
             ,
             and
             severally
             trapped
             ;
             those
             hides
             are
             fastned
             underneath
             the
             belly
             ,
             with
             iron
             chaines
             ,
             and
             are
             hardly
             got
             off
             ,
             four
             men
             may
             fight
             on
             their
             backs
             at
             a
             time
             ,
             without
             the
             least
             incumbrance
             to
             one
             another
             ,
             bearing
             broad
             bucklers
             ,
             made
             of
             Tortoyse
             shells
             ,
             taken
             in
             that
             River
             ;
             he
             that
             rides
             the
             trunk
             to
             guide
             the
             beast
             ,
             is
             the
             best
             Armed
             of
             the
             five
             ,
             because
             he
             lies
             open
             to
             the
             enemy
             ;
             their
             darts
             have
             three
             very
             sharp
             points
             ,
             or
             heads
             ,
             with
             a
             ball
             of
             iron
             upon
             the
             middle
             ,
             which
             serves
             for
             counterpoise
             .
             'T
             is
             a
             warr-like
             Nation
             ,
             yet
             curteous
             ,
             civill
             ,
             and
             voluptuous
             ;
             they
             have
             fair
             women
             ,
             which
             they
             Court
             and
             Treat
             in
             gardens
             full
             of
             rare
             fruits
             .
             They
             have
             Cattell
             ,
             Poultry
             ,
             and
             fowle
             of
             all
             sorts
             ,
             they
             delight
             much
             in
             perfumes
             in
             their
             meates
             and
             dresses
             ,
             and
             chiefly
             in
             Musk
             ,
             called
             Sagay
             .
             
             The
             best
             Musk
             is
             not
             drawne
             from
             the
             codd
             ,
             nor
             blood
             of
             the
             beast
             ,
             but
             from
             a
             certain
             swelling
             ,
             or
             rising
             upon
             the
             lower
             part
             of
             his
             belly
             ,
             at
             the
             full
             of
             the
             Moone
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             the
             sweetest
             of
             all
             :
             for
             there
             gather
             the
             humors
             mixt
             with
             the
             blood
             ,
             and
             Impostume-like
             rise
             and
             break
             ,
             which
             dryed
             cast
             so
             lively
             and
             searching
             sent
             ,
             that
             it
             drawes
             blood
             from
             the
             very
             nose
             .
             The
             codds
             and
             skin
             ,
             with
             some
             of
             the
             flesh
             are
             tyed
             fast
             together
             ,
             from
             which
             they
             draw
             their
             ordinary
             Musk
             ,
             mingling
             therewith
             a
             little
             of
             the
             better
             sort
             .
          
           
             I
             quartered
             at
             a
             Jewes
             ,
             who
             confest
             to
             me
             he
             had
             drawne
             thirteen
             or
             foureteen
             codds
             or
             bunches
             from
             one
             beast
             ;
             They
             are
             of
             the
             bignesse
             of
             a
             Goate
             ,
             and
             have
             foure
             teeth
             bigger
             then
             the
             rest
             ,
             two
             ascending
             streight
             upward
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             two
             oppositely
             descending
             .
             Their
             childrenweare
             of
             those
             teeth
             about
             their
             necks
             ,
             set
             in
             silver
             &
             gold
             ,
             as
             in
             some
             places
             of
             France
             they
             wear
             wolve's
             ;
             Persons
             of
             Quality
             set
             them
             in
             a
             wood
             ,
             called
             Betell
             ,
             that
             hath
             a
             strange
             vertue
             against
             poyson
             ,
             called
             by
             the
             
               Aethiopians
               ,
               Euate
            
             ,
             
             whereof
             they
             make
             dishes
             ,
             and
             trenchers
             of
             severall
             sorts
             ,
             much
             esteemed
             ,
             and
             sought
             for
             by
             the
             Great
             Ones
             ,
             studded
             and
             garnished
             
             with
             gold
             and
             silver
             ,
             jewells
             ,
             ivory
             ,
             and
             hart's-horn
             ,
             which
             they
             hold
             to
             be
             an
             antidote
             against
             poyson
             :
             which
             I
             have
             experienced
             in
             many
             other
             diseases
             ,
             as
             the
             green
             sicknesse
             in
             women
             ,
             taken
             in
             the
             juyce
             of
             a
             reddish
             cich
             pea
             boyled
             ,
             with
             harts-horn
             poudred
             ,
             mingled
             with
             steel
             ,
             the
             weight
             of
             half
             a
             Crown
             ,
             with
             the
             double
             quantity
             of
             sugar
             ,
             taken
             every
             morning
             for
             twelve
             or
             fifteen
             dayes
             together
             :
             This
             is
             an
             approved
             and
             infallible
             remedy
             against
             the
             green-sickness
             ,
             and
             jaundize
             ,
             yellow
             or
             black
             ;
             they
             have
             a
             beastly
             custome
             ,
             to
             betray
             the
             virginity
             of
             their
             young
             daughters
             to
             any
             strangers
             that
             are
             not
             tawny
             ,
             be
             they
             Christians
             ,
             or
             Mahometans
             ,
             but
             not
             to
             Gentiles
             nor
             Idolaters
             ,
             the
             women
             burn
             themselves
             after
             the
             decease
             of
             their
             husbands
             .
          
           
             From
             Fernassery
             we
             passed
             to
             Ausly
             ,
             a
             Town
             upon
             the
             North
             of
             Narsingue
             ,
             on
             the
             east
             of
             Bengale
             ,
             and
             lyes
             southward
             ,
             to
             the
             main
             sea
             ,
             Governed
             by
             a
             Mahometan
             Prince
             ,
             Potent
             by
             sea
             and
             Land
             ,
             and
             sworn
             enemy
             to
             the
             Portuguese
             ,
             with
             whom
             they
             make
             Warr.
             The
             Town
             is
             provided
             with
             all
             necessaries
             for
             Warr
             ,
             and
             hath
             a
             large
             Harbor
             ,
             of
             capacity
             to
             contain
             a
             good
             Fleet
             ,
             the
             mouth
             thereof
             Southward
             ,
             which
             is
             chained
             in
             ,
             in
             case
             of
             necessity
             .
             He
             is
             Master
             of
             another
             Town
             ,
             called
             Quelba
             ,
             
             since
             Maturane
             ,
             strong
             ,
             and
             well
             furnished
             with
             shipping
             ,
             and
             small
             Frigates
             ,
             wherewith
             they
             scowr
             that
             sea
             ,
             to
             the
             damage
             of
             the
             Portuguese
             ,
             they
             often
             fight
             on
             both
             sides
             ,
             reduced
             to
             streights
             .
             This
             Kings
             Treasure
             chiefly
             consists
             in
             three
             ,
             Diamond
             ,
             Rubies
             ,
             and
             Jacynth
             mines
             ,
             besides
             all
             sorts
             of
             Groceries
             and
             Spices
             ,
             Their
             frigats
             ,
             or
             Busses
             ,
             are
             caulked
             with
             a
             certain
             hearb
             ,
             and
             Mastick
             is
             used
             in
             stead
             of
             Pitch
             ;
             They
             are
             built
             in
             such
             a
             manner
             they
             can
             hardly
             sink
             ,
             and
             saile
             with
             much
             security
             ,
             The
             Vice-Roy
             of
             Indies
             being
             upon
             a
             time
             informed
             of
             that
             Kings
             intentions
             ,
             to
             send
             his
             fleet
             to
             the
             Grand
             Jave
             ,
             to
             wait
             for
             the
             Spice
             fleet
             ;
             he
             set
             forth
             two
             great
             men
             of
             warr
             ,
             with
             two
             more
             ,
             St.
             Maloes
             men
             ,
             who
             drawing
             towards
             that
             Haven
             ,
             feigned
             an
             escape
             from
             shipwrack
             ,
             and
             the
             better
             to
             play
             their
             game
             ,
             tore
             all
             their
             sayles
             in
             peeces
             ,
             hiding
             their
             Canon
             and
             Soldiers
             under
             Deck
             .
          
           
             They
             met
             with
             those
             Busses
             loaden
             ,
             and
             returning
             home
             ,
             desired
             their
             assistance
             ,
             to
             hale
             ,
             and
             tow
             them
             along
             unto
             Maturane
             ,
             that
             there
             they
             might
             mend
             their
             sayles
             ,
             and
             they
             promis'd
             a
             reward
             for
             their
             service
             ,
             the
             Mahometans
             ,
             enemies
             to
             the
             Christians
             ,
             resolved
             to
             conduct
             them
             thither
             ,
             and
             there
             to
             use
             them
             at
             will
             ,
             and
             having
             tow'd
             them
             two
             nights
             and
             a
             day
             to
             that
             Haven
             ,
             suddenly
             the
             others
             plaid
             with
             their
             Canon
             ,
             and
             seizing
             unawares
             of
             the
             place
             ,
             made
             great
             slaughter
             amongst
             those
             miserable
             creatures
             ,
             burnt
             their
             fleet
             ,
             sack't
             the
             Town
             ,
             and
             full
             fraught
             with
             rich
             plunder
             ,
             they
             retired
             .
             The
             two
             French
             ships
             not
             satisfied
             with
             the
             pillage
             ,
             let
             the
             Town
             all
             on
             fire
             ,
             which
             was
             easie
             to
             effect
             ,
             (
             as
             I
             have
             said
             of
             other
             places
             )
             the
             houses
             were
             all
             thatched
             with
             palme
             ;
             returning
             homeward
             ,
             not
             victualled
             sufficiently
             for
             so
             
             much
             company
             ,
             their
             thoughts
             having
             been
             wholly
             taken
             up
             with
             Treasure
             ,
             they
             cast
             the
             men
             over
             Decks
             ,
             and
             landed
             the
             women
             in
             an
             Isle
             .
             The
             mean
             time
             two
             Portuguais
             ships
             sayling
             by
             ,
             and
             seeing
             the
             Town
             a
             fire
             ,
             the
             Inhabitants
             fled
             ,
             seized
             of
             the
             Haven
             ,
             plundered
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Town
             at
             leisure
             ,
             and
             loaden
             with
             rich
             prises
             they
             found
             in
             a
             Magazine
             untouched
             ,
             They
             retired
             with
             their
             booty
             ,
             ignorant
             of
             the
             cause
             and
             manner
             of
             the
             destruction
             of
             the
             Town
             ;
             such
             are
             the
             good
             ,
             and
             bad
             fortunes
             of
             sea-faring
             men
             .
          
           
             Leaving
             the
             Coast
             of
             Coromandell
             ,
             we
             came
             to
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Bengale
             ,
             
             the
             chiefe
             Town
             whereof
             beares
             the
             name
             ,
             or
             at
             least
             so
             called
             by
             the
             Portuguese
             ,
             and
             other
             Nations
             ,
             &
             by
             the
             Natives
             Batacouta
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             greatest
             antiquity
             in
             the
             Indies
             .
             Some
             would
             have
             it
             to
             be
             old
             Ganges
             ,
             a
             Royall
             Town
             upon
             the
             River
             Ganges
             .
             This
             Kingdom
             of
             Bengale
             was
             300
             years
             since
             subdued
             by
             the
             great
             Cham
             of
             Tartary
             ,
             freed
             her selfe
             since
             ,
             and
             after
             that
             conquerred
             by
             the
             Parthians
             ,
             or
             Patates
             ,
             and
             is
             at
             last
             ,
             and
             remains
             stil
             subjected
             to
             the
             great
             Mogull
             ,
             Prince
             of
             Tartary
             ,
             and
             Supreme
             Lord
             of
             all
             Indostan
             :
             and
             yet
             there
             remaine
             some
             Lords
             in
             that
             Countrey
             ,
             that
             are
             Soveraignes
             ,
             and
             obey
             the
             Mogull
             in
             a
             Noble
             manner
             :
             This
             Kingdom
             reaches
             200.
             leagues
             upon
             the
             sea
             side
             ,
             and
             containes
             the
             Kingdomes
             of
             
               Sirapu
               ,
               Chandecan
               ,
               Bacal
               ,
               Aracan
               ,
            
             or
             Mogor
             ,
             and
             others
             .
             The
             Inhabitants
             of
             Bengale
             are
             Idolaters
             ,
             Mahometans
             ,
             and
             some
             Christians
             ,
             for
             there
             are
             Portuguaises
             ,
             and
             Fathers
             of
             the
             Society
             .
          
           
             The
             Town
             is
             scituate
             upon
             one
             of
             the
             mouthes
             of
             Ganges
             ,
             
             whereof
             there
             are
             two
             Principall
             ,
             in
             regard
             that
             river
             (
             as
             some
             persons
             believe
             ,
             with
             what
             reason
             judge
             ye
             )
             is
             one
             of
             the
             four
             rivers
             of
             the
             Terrestriall
             Paradice
             ,
             called
             Whiton
             ,
             or
             Giho
             .
          
           
             The
             opinions
             of
             the
             Antient
             and
             modern
             Authors
             do
             not
             agree
             ,
             whether
             't
             is
             the
             true
             Ganges
             of
             the
             Antients
             ,
             or
             whether
             old
             Ganges
             be
             not
             rather
             a
             Canton
             in
             China
             ,
             or
             some
             more
             Eastern
             then
             this
             is
             ;
             I
             leave
             to
             be
             decided
             by
             the
             most
             curious
             ,
             and
             shall
             only
             say
             that
             the
             Portuguese
             take
             this
             for
             the
             true
             one
             ,
             relying
             chiefly
             upon
             the
             name
             Guenga
             ,
             or
             Gangen
             ,
             which
             she
             retaines
             to
             this
             day
             ;
             and
             't
             is
             confirmed
             by
             many
             relations
             from
             the
             great
             Kingdom
             of
             Tebet
             ,
             or
             Tibet
             ,
             and
             Cathay
             ,
             and
             the
             Fathers
             of
             the
             Society
             say
             ,
             they
             have
             followed
             that
             River
             a
             great
             way
             since
             their
             leaving
             of
             Lahir
             .
          
           
             The
             Moors
             and
             Gentills
             hold
             there
             is
             much
             holiness
             and
             vertue
             in
             that
             River-water
             ,
             and
             wash
             themselves
             therein
             thorough
             Ceremony
             and
             Superstition
             ,
             as
             you
             shall
             hear
             hereafter
             .
             They
             say
             't
             is
             the
             best
             and
             the
             wholesomest
             water
             in
             the
             World
             ,
             and
             sent
             for
             500.
             leagues
             off
             .
          
           
             Forty
             or
             fifty
             thousand
             persons
             bathe
             themselves
             therein
             at
             a
             time
             ,
             and
             many
             Kings
             come
             disguised
             thither
             ,
             her
             head
             springs
             out
             of
             the
             great
             hill
             Inde
             ,
             not
             far
             from
             Indus
             ,
             the
             Natives
             think
             she
             
             springs
             out
             of
             the
             Terrestriall
             Paradise
             ;
             at
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             River
             is
             the
             Gulfe
             Gangetick
             ,
             
             or
             Bengale
             ,
             500.
             leagues
             in
             circumference
             ,
             containing
             the
             Coasts
             of
             the
             Kingdomes
             of
             
               Narsingue
               ,
               Orixa
               ,
               Ternessari
               ,
               Bengale
               ,
               Pegu
               ,
               Sian
               ,
            
             and
             others
             ,
             unto
             Malaca
             .
             I
             have
             been
             told
             that
             a
             Frenchman
             ,
             named
             
               Malherbe
               Breton
            
             ,
             a
             great
             traveller
             ,
             had
             taken
             a
             particular
             view
             of
             this
             River
             ,
             and
             had
             gone
             400.
             leagues
             up
             the
             River
             ,
             and
             that
             she
             hath
             three
             Mouths
             ,
             or
             places
             ,
             she
             disgorges
             her self
             into
             the
             sea
             ;
             the
             one
             toward
             Pegu
             ,
             the
             second
             in
             the
             middle
             ,
             that
             makes
             some
             Islands
             ,
             and
             the
             third
             in
             the
             Country
             of
             Chingara
             ,
             and
             each
             eight
             or
             ten
             leagues
             over
             .
             That
             at
             Labas
             (
             a
             Royall
             Town
             of
             Mogor
             )
             and
             fourty
             dayes
             journey
             from
             Bengale
             ,
             towards
             the
             North
             ,
             This
             River
             is
             a
             league
             over
             ,
             her
             mouth
             towards
             Bengale
             is
             in
             the
             three
             and
             twentieth
             degree
             .
          
           
             The
             Kingdom
             of
             Bengale
             borders
             Northward
             upon
             Tartary
             ,
             or
             Mogor
             ,
             and
             is
             bounded
             by
             the
             River
             Hieropec
             ,
             sometime
             Hyphasis
             ,
             that
             looses
             her self
             in
             the
             Indus
             ,
             the
             bounds
             of
             Alexander
             the
             great
             's
             Conquest
             's
             in
             the
             East
             .
             Eastward
             is
             the
             Province
             Edaspa
             ,
             that
             joynes
             to
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Aracan
             ;
             on
             an
             other
             side
             is
             the
             Province
             of
             Mien
             ,
             and
             Tapacura
             ,
             under
             the
             obedience
             of
             Bengale
             ;
             Westward
             is
             Orixae
             ,
             where
             is
             the
             Diamond
             mine
             ,
             and
             the
             deserts
             of
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Deli
             ,
             Southward
             the
             maine
             Indian
             sea
             .
          
           
             The
             Kings
             of
             Bengale
             were
             able
             to
             conquer
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Deli
             ,
             were
             not
             the
             great
             deserts
             of
             Damida
             ,
             and
             the
             Inpenetrable
             Forrests
             of
             Sacara
             interposed
             the
             two
             limits
             Southward
             ,
             on
             the
             one
             side
             is
             the
             Cape
             Sogora
             ,
             or
             Sagagora
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             other
             ,
             that
             of
             Castigan
             ,
             or
             Catigan
             ,
             at
             the
             third
             mouth
             of
             the
             Ganges
             ,
             over
             against
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Verma
             ,
             where
             are
             the
             mines
             of
             
               Chrysolites
               ,
               Sardonix
            
             ,
             and
             Topases
             .
          
           
             Verma
             hath
             formerly
             belonged
             unto
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Bengale
             ,
             the
             people
             are
             very
             civill
             ,
             and
             given
             to
             trade
             .
             And
             all
             Nations
             have
             free
             traffick
             ,
             as
             
               Persians
               ,
               Greekes
               ,
               Abyssins
               ,
               Chineses
               ,
               Guserates
               ,
               Malabares
               ,
               Turkes
               ,
               Moores
               ,
               Jewes
               ,
               Ruffes
               ,
            
             or
             Georgians
             ,
             and
             many
             others
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             great
             commerce
             of
             Jewells
             ,
             and
             other
             Merchandises
             ,
             brought
             by
             the
             Mouth
             of
             Ganges
             streight
             to
             Bengale
             ,
             going
             up
             six
             miles
             by
             land
             ,
             but
             above
             twenty
             by
             water
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             ebb
             and
             flow
             ,
             which
             (
             as
             I
             have
             already
             said
             )
             is
             different
             from
             other
             seas
             ,
             the
             smallest
             tides
             falling
             out
             at
             the
             full
             of
             the
             Moone
             ,
             but
             when
             the
             water
             is
             at
             the
             lowest
             't
             is
             three
             fadome
             deepe
             round
             the
             Walls
             of
             the
             Town
             ,
             so
             that
             ships
             safely
             enter
             the
             Haven
             ,
             and
             are
             there
             very
             numerous
             .
             'T
             is
             thought
             there
             are
             fourty
             thousand
             families
             in
             the
             Town
             ,
             and
             the
             King
             dwells
             in
             a
             stately
             Pallace
             built
             of
             brick
             ,
             with
             faire
             gardens
             unto
             it
             .
             The
             Town
             is
             pleasantly
             seated
             .
          
           
           
             The
             King
             keepes
             a
             great
             Court
             ,
             followed
             by
             a
             gallant
             Nobility
             ,
             and
             his
             chiefest
             guard
             consists
             of
             women
             ,
             as
             the
             custom
             is
             in
             
               Jave
               ,
               Sumatra
            
             and
             Fransiane
             ,
             they
             put
             more
             trust
             in
             them
             then
             in
             men
             ,
             they
             march
             very
             gravely
             ,
             are
             very
             valiant
             ,
             and
             expert
             horseriders
             and
             vaulters
             ,
             use
             the
             Cimitere
             and
             buckler
             ,
             and
             battle
             axes
             very
             dexterously
             :
             you
             must
             take
             a
             care
             to
             come
             neer
             them
             in
             their
             March
             ,
             for
             they
             will
             abuse
             you
             ,
             calling
             you
             Gueriaer
             ,
             which
             signifies
             bold
             villain
             ,
             the
             King
             maintains
             a
             great
             many
             of
             them
             in
             his
             Pallace
             ,
             and
             the
             handsommest
             are
             richly
             attired
             .
          
           
             The
             Sun
             once
             set
             ,
             't
             is
             forbidden
             to
             any
             man
             to
             come
             neere
             the
             quarter
             ,
             the
             Seraglio
             is
             kept
             in
             ,
             it
             lookes
             upon
             a
             faire
             garden
             ,
             
             on
             the
             side
             of
             a
             pleasant
             river
             ,
             where
             the
             Ladies
             walke
             at
             night
             ,
             and
             't
             is
             death
             for
             any
             man
             to
             be
             found
             there
             .
             The
             Captain
             of
             the
             guard
             carries
             in
             his
             hand
             a
             poysoned
             nosegay
             ,
             which
             (
             as
             it
             were
             by
             chance
             )
             he
             puts
             to
             the
             nose
             of
             any
             person
             he
             hath
             a
             mind
             to
             kill
             ,
             and
             he
             dies
             within
             two
             houres
             ,
             or
             thereabouts
             ,
             
             or
             else
             he
             causes
             his
             hands
             and
             feet
             to
             be
             cut
             off
             .
             This
             customary
             law
             is
             with
             more
             rigour
             executed
             upon
             the
             inhabitants
             ,
             then
             upon
             strangers
             .
          
           
             If
             the
             women
             are
             surprized
             in
             their
             amours
             ,
             they
             run
             no
             danger
             ,
             and
             men
             are
             very
             seldom
             exempt
             from
             punishments
             .
             One
             of
             those
             women
             being
             caught
             with
             a
             slave
             ,
             was
             brought
             before
             the
             King
             ,
             weeping
             ,
             to
             excuse
             her
             fault
             ,
             she
             said
             ,
             that
             had
             she
             not
             consented
             to
             that
             act
             ,
             the
             strangling
             of
             her
             matrix
             had
             killed
             her
             ,
             which
             the
             King
             took
             for
             an
             excuse
             ,
             and
             sentenc'd
             the
             slave
             to
             death
             ,
             who
             was
             a
             Knight
             of
             Malta
             ,
             and
             married
             his
             wife
             richly
             to
             a
             Lord
             of
             his
             Court.
             
          
           
             The
             King
             of
             Bengale
             is
             an
             Idolater
             ,
             as
             generally
             all
             the
             Eastern
             are
             ,
             he
             is
             valiant
             of
             Person
             ,
             and
             can
             draw
             into
             the
             field
             a
             great
             Army
             ,
             both
             of
             horse
             and
             foot
             ,
             wanting
             not
             wherewithall
             to
             maintain
             them
             ,
             for
             his
             Countrey
             is
             rich
             in
             gold
             ,
             silver
             ,
             and
             jewels
             ,
             he
             can
             draw
             forth
             two
             thousand
             Elephants
             caparison'd
             ,
             their
             teeth
             are
             shodd
             with
             steele
             ,
             and
             they
             will
             carry
             as
             many
             men
             as
             those
             of
             Narsingue
             ,
             they
             use
             hand-guns
             ,
             muskets
             ,
             swords
             ,
             javelins
             ,
             hallebards
             ,
             and
             pikes
             .
          
           
             The
             Bengalians
             are
             the
             gallantest
             Persons
             of
             the
             East
             ,
             both
             men
             and
             women
             ,
             both
             sexes
             go
             richly
             apparel'd
             and
             perfumed
             .
             All
             other
             Nations
             of
             the
             Indies
             flock
             thither
             to
             spend
             their
             money
             ,
             and
             chiefly
             to
             buy
             young
             slaves
             to
             attend
             and
             guard
             their
             women
             ,
             and
             manage
             their
             businesse
             ;
             they
             are
             bought
             and
             sold
             as
             horses
             are
             here
             :
             they
             buy
             them
             young
             the
             safer
             to
             geld
             them
             ;
             the
             Parents
             being
             poore
             ,
             do
             not
             scruple
             to
             sell
             their
             children
             to
             strangers
             for
             three
             score
             ,
             four
             score
             ,
             and
             a
             hundred
             Ducates
             ,
             more
             or
             lesse
             ,
             
             for
             they
             are
             sure
             their
             children
             run
             no
             hazardous
             fortune
             ,
             they
             being
             instructed
             in
             all
             manner
             of
             Vertues
             .
             The
             Law
             is
             ,
             that
             if
             a
             slave
             return
             to
             his
             
             father
             ,
             they
             are
             both
             enslaved
             to
             the
             master
             ,
             untill
             redemption
             .
          
           
             
             The
             King
             of
             Bengale
             hath
             many
             Kings
             tributary
             to
             him
             ,
             as
             the
             King
             of
             Apura
             ,
             who
             payes
             him
             fifty
             Elephants
             yearly
             ,
             twelve
             pearls
             of
             the
             weight
             of
             a
             Miticale
             ,
             he
             yields
             this
             for
             the
             ransome
             of
             six
             Towns
             this
             King
             had
             taken
             of
             him
             in
             open
             war
             ;
             he
             made
             the
             King
             of
             Dimali
             tributary
             to
             him
             also
             ,
             for
             assisting
             his
             enemy
             King
             Apura
             ,
             and
             makes
             him
             pay
             50.
             horses
             with
             50000.
             cherats
             or
             crowns
             yearly
             .
             The
             King
             of
             Orixa
             payes
             him
             tribute
             too
             ,
             and
             many
             more
             Gentiles
             and
             Mahometans
             ,
             although
             he
             himself
             in
             some
             manner
             acknowledges
             the
             great
             Mogull
             :
             he
             hath
             an
             Army
             ever
             ready
             to
             draw
             into
             the
             field
             upon
             an
             instant
             ,
             the
             Nobility
             being
             generally
             tributary
             ,
             and
             released
             from
             that
             duty
             ,
             are
             obliged
             to
             serve
             their
             Prince
             upon
             his
             first
             summons
             ,
             with
             a
             certain
             number
             of
             horse
             ,
             and
             other
             necessaries
             .
          
           
             And
             when
             they
             are
             engaged
             and
             obliged
             to
             it
             ,
             the
             war
             once
             ended
             ,
             the
             King
             rewards
             them
             with
             money
             and
             favour
             ,
             imbracing
             them
             as
             his
             children
             ,
             and
             after
             a
             solemn
             feast
             prepared
             for
             them
             ,
             dismisses
             them
             home
             to
             repose
             .
             The
             Kings
             benign
             and
             gratefull
             entertninment
             so
             highly
             obliges
             them
             ,
             that
             they
             spare
             nothing
             for
             their
             Princes
             service
             .
          
           
             
             The
             Climate
             is
             very
             temperate
             ,
             and
             well
             air'd
             ,
             that
             makes
             them
             live
             long
             ,
             witnesse
             the
             Moor
             of
             Bangale
             ,
             aged
             three
             hundred
             and
             thirty
             years
             ,
             in
             1537.
             the
             oldest
             of
             the
             Countrey
             never
             knew
             him
             but
             old
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             same
             growth
             ,
             and
             remembred
             Cambaye
             without
             a
             Mahometan
             ,
             his
             hair
             chang'd
             colour
             four
             times
             ,
             from
             black
             to
             white
             ,
             and
             he
             lost
             his
             teeth
             as
             often
             ,
             and
             still
             they
             came
             again
             ,
             he
             had
             about
             700.
             wives
             in
             his
             life
             time
             ,
             he
             was
             an
             Idolater
             for
             a
             100.
             years
             together
             ,
             and
             was
             the
             rest
             of
             his
             time
             a
             Mahometan
             ,
             he
             was
             maintained
             by
             the
             Soldan
             of
             Cambaye
             ,
             since
             by
             the
             Governour
             of
             Diu
             ,
             although
             the
             Bengaliens
             lye
             under
             the
             Torrid
             Zone
             ,
             they
             are
             cooled
             with
             much
             rain
             ,
             that
             falls
             from
             May
             to
             mid
             -
             August
             ,
             it
             rains
             from
             mid-day
             to
             mid-night
             ,
             the
             other
             twelve
             hours
             there
             falls
             none
             ,
             and
             that
             's
             the
             time
             they
             have
             to
             travell
             and
             trade
             in
             .
          
           
             Such
             is
             the
             disposition
             of
             the
             air
             under
             the
             Torrid
             Zone
             ,
             otherwise
             she
             would
             be
             dis-inhabitable
             for
             the
             great
             heats
             ,
             as
             the
             Ancients
             believed
             ,
             being
             not
             acquainted
             with
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             nor
             the
             rains
             ,
             besides
             many
             other
             reasons
             ,
             as
             the
             nights
             being
             of
             the
             same
             length
             with
             the
             dayes
             ,
             the
             winds
             ,
             and
             other
             causes
             daily
             observed
             .
          
           
             The
             Bengalians
             are
             curious
             ,
             and
             delicious
             in
             their
             diet
             ,
             they
             feed
             much
             upon
             preserves
             ,
             and
             sweet-meats
             ,
             for
             having
             all
             sorts
             of
             spices
             green
             ,
             they
             confect
             of
             all
             sorts
             :
             the
             husk
             of
             the
             nutmegs
             makes
             an
             excellent
             conserve
             ,
             so
             doth
             the
             long
             pepper
             and
             ginger
             bruised
             together
             .
             They
             compound
             an
             admirable
             drink
             with
             Areca
             ,
             mingled
             with
             the
             confection
             of
             the
             leaves
             of
             Bettel
             ;
             they
             preserve
             Tamur
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             sort
             of
             palm
             called
             Tamarindi
             ,
             myrabolans
             
             or
             plums
             ,
             the
             roots
             of
             a
             certain
             Bul-rush
             ,
             Clove
             Gillyflower
             tops
             or
             buds
             ,
             another
             root
             called
             Cucuma
             ,
             and
             many
             others
             .
             They
             are
             of
             complexion
             more
             fair
             than
             black
             ,
             their
             cloathings
             are
             stuffs
             of
             cotton
             ,
             silk
             ,
             damask
             ,
             satin
             and
             velvet
             .
          
           
             Their
             breeches
             ,
             cassocks
             ,
             or
             coats
             ,
             are
             almost
             of
             the
             Italian
             mode
             ,
             especially
             when
             they
             visit
             Ladies
             ,
             as
             at
             Ormus
             .
             Their
             chiefest
             drink
             is
             milk
             ,
             with
             Sugar
             and
             Cinamon
             ;
             they
             make
             it
             of
             three
             sorts
             ,
             Sugar
             and
             Cinamon
             are
             still
             added
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             pepper
             ,
             Durions
             ,
             Mancoustan
             ,
             and
             Bananes
             .
          
           
             The
             Banane
             tree
             is
             fifteen
             handfull
             high
             ,
             the
             trunk
             juycy
             ,
             
             and
             covered
             with
             a
             bark
             ,
             and
             leaves
             growing
             like
             the
             scales
             of
             fish
             ,
             two
             foot
             large
             and
             five
             foot
             long
             ,
             of
             a
             light
             green
             :
             her
             root
             growing
             in
             the
             ground
             casts
             out
             sprouts
             ,
             that
             in
             time
             grow
             up
             to
             trees
             :
             when
             this
             tree
             is
             come
             to
             full
             growth
             ,
             she
             puts
             forth
             from
             the
             middle
             of
             her
             stock
             ,
             a
             flower
             of
             a
             reddish
             colour
             ,
             about
             the
             bignesse
             and
             shape
             of
             an
             artichoke
             ,
             whence
             springs
             a
             bough
             hung
             with
             fruit
             ,
             to
             the
             number
             of
             a
             hundred
             ,
             each
             a
             handfull
             in
             length
             ,
             and
             four
             fingers
             large
             ,
             and
             bears
             but
             once
             a
             year
             ,
             which
             is
             held
             a
             wonder
             .
             From
             incisions
             made
             into
             the
             tree
             ,
             there
             flowes
             good
             store
             of
             juyce
             or
             water
             ,
             very
             pleasant
             and
             gustfull
             ,
             in
             some
             places
             of
             the
             Indies
             they
             are
             called
             Masa
             ,
             in
             others
             Pican
             ,
             and
             say
             't
             is
             the
             tree
             that
             bears
             the
             fruit
             of
             life
             .
             In
             that
             Country
             Partridges
             are
             all
             white
             ,
             and
             bigger
             than
             ours
             ;
             there
             is
             plenty
             of
             all
             other
             fowle
             .
          
           
             We
             went
             from
             Bengale
             in
             the
             company
             of
             many
             Merchants
             ,
             to
             trade
             at
             Castigan
             ,
             where
             were
             arrived
             some
             Portuguese
             ships
             ,
             and
             in
             those
             meetings
             much
             is
             got
             ,
             by
             the
             trade
             of
             gold
             and
             silver
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             exchange
             of
             our
             own
             commodities
             ,
             Castigan
             or
             Catigan
             belongs
             to
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Bengale
             ,
             which
             reaches
             over
             400.
             leagues
             of
             land
             ,
             and
             the
             Lordship
             of
             Aracan
             ,
             a
             Kingdom
             between
             Bengale
             and
             Pegu
             ,
             stronger
             by
             Sea
             than
             land
             ,
             and
             wages
             often
             war
             with
             Pegu
             ,
             and
             some
             years
             since
             (
             they
             say
             )
             hath
             swallowed
             up
             Pegu
             ,
             but
             ruined
             by
             neighbours
             ,
             and
             therefore
             the
             King
             is
             called
             King
             of
             
               Aracan
               ,
               Tiparat
               ,
               Chacomas
               ,
               Bengale
               ,
            
             and
             Pegu.
             
          
           
             This
             King
             hath
             entertained
             the
             Fathers
             of
             the
             society
             at
             Chandecan
             ,
             his
             Royal
             Town
             ;
             and
             his
             whole
             state
             is
             strangely
             altered
             on
             a
             suddain
             ,
             as
             all
             the
             East
             is
             subject
             to
             innovations
             and
             changes
             :
             the
             strongest
             still
             overcomming
             the
             weaker
             .
          
           
             Catigan
             is
             a
             good
             Haven
             Town
             ,
             in
             the
             Mogor
             ,
             or
             Mogull's
             Country
             ,
             a
             great
             Kingdom
             ,
             and
             rich
             in
             all
             sorts
             of
             cattle
             ,
             in
             fish
             ,
             rice
             white
             and
             black
             ,
             spices
             ,
             especially
             pepper
             ,
             myrabolans
             ,
             and
             ginger
             ,
             which
             they
             candy
             and
             preserve
             ,
             and
             is
             better
             than
             any
             grows
             at
             Cananor
             ;
             the
             Prince
             of
             this
             Town
             called
             Banastarin
             ,
             his
             Son
             Achamu
             was
             converted
             by
             the
             Fathers
             of
             the
             society
             ,
             and
             obtained
             leave
             of
             the
             King
             his
             father
             ,
             to
             have
             a
             Church
             built
             for
             them
             ,
             
             he
             married
             the
             Princesse
             Cassubi
             a
             Christian
             Lady
             newly
             baptized
             ,
             
             he
             followed
             herein
             the
             advice
             of
             those
             holy
             Fathers
             ,
             for
             otherwise
             he
             intended
             to
             have
             ended
             his
             dayes
             in
             Celibat
             .
             They
             relate
             many
             miracles
             of
             him
             ,
             amongst
             others
             ,
             that
             (
             the
             first
             night
             they
             were
             bedded
             ,
             offering
             both
             their
             prayers
             to
             God
             upon
             their
             knees
             )
             they
             were
             suddenly
             enlightned
             by
             a
             glorious
             light
             ,
             and
             smelt
             many
             sweet
             perfumes
             ,
             whereupon
             they
             mutually
             resolved
             to
             abstain
             from
             enjoyment
             ,
             and
             dedicate
             the
             remainder
             of
             their
             lives
             to
             chastity
             and
             sanctity
             .
          
           
             He
             left
             his
             kingdom
             to
             his
             Brother
             Agazima
             ,
             desiring
             justice
             might
             be
             preserved
             in
             his
             Kingdom
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             would
             follow
             the
             advice
             of
             Father
             Philip
             of
             the
             society
             .
             Agazima
             promis'd
             a
             performance
             :
             but
             those
             Princes
             are
             all
             so
             jealous
             of
             our
             religion
             ,
             holding
             that
             the
             Christians
             adore
             one
             God
             ,
             great
             above
             the
             rest
             ,
             that
             wil
             not
             suffer
             any
             others
             ,
             
             disdaining
             to
             communicate
             himself
             to
             any
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             sets
             a
             greater
             esteem
             and
             value
             ,
             upon
             innocent
             poor
             and
             simple
             people
             ,
             then
             upon
             the
             rich
             Kings
             and
             Princes
             ;
             and
             that
             Princes
             had
             need
             to
             preserve
             to
             themselves
             the
             affections
             and
             obedience
             of
             their
             subjects
             ,
             to
             reign
             with
             more
             ease
             :
             these
             were
             the
             seeming
             reasons
             Agazima
             offered
             his
             Brother
             ,
             and
             't
             is
             those
             poor
             abused
             creatures
             ordinary
             discourse
             and
             opinion
             ,
             and
             the
             difficulty
             they
             find
             in
             our
             religion
             ,
             ignorant
             of
             the
             true
             and
             pure
             grounds
             thereof
             ,
             that
             teach
             subjects
             their
             obedience
             ,
             and
             subjection
             to
             their
             temporall
             Kings
             and
             Princes
             above
             all
             others
             .
             Of
             Cassubi
             ,
             or
             Chasubi
             ,
             subject
             to
             Aracan
             ,
             I
             will
             hereafter
             speak
             .
          
           
             
             In
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Bengale
             is
             the
             Town
             of
             Sartagan
             ,
             or
             Sartogan
             ,
             scituate
             upon
             a
             River
             ,
             that
             runs
             and
             loses
             her self
             in
             Ganges
             ,
             where
             the
             Portuguese
             have
             a
             fort
             .
             There
             are
             great
             plenty
             of
             rice
             ,
             fine
             linnen
             cloaths
             ,
             sugar
             ,
             myrabolans
             ,
             and
             many
             other
             drugs
             .
             The
             people
             are
             Gentils
             ,
             and
             in
             their
             Temples
             adore
             many
             Idols
             strangely
             and
             horridly
             shap'd
             ,
             others
             adore
             the
             first
             they
             meet
             ,
             my
             Camarade
             and
             I
             being
             lodg'd
             at
             a
             Brokers
             house
             ,
             who
             was
             happy
             in
             a
             sweet
             disposition'd
             ,
             &
             a
             modest
             wife
             ,
             as
             we
             accompanied
             her
             one
             day
             from
             the
             market
             :
             
             some
             of
             those
             Idolaters
             prostrated
             themselves
             at
             our
             feet
             ,
             and
             begun
             to
             make
             their
             prayers
             to
             us
             :
             and
             were
             extreamly
             incensed
             ,
             when
             they
             saw
             we
             only
             endeavored
             to
             disabuse
             them
             ,
             and
             to
             laugh
             them
             out
             of
             their
             fopperies
             and
             idolatries
             ,
             they
             answered
             ,
             they
             were
             thus
             instructed
             by
             their
             parents
             ,
             and
             therefore
             thought
             it
             just
             and
             equitable
             .
             They
             told
             me
             they
             were
             not
             of
             the
             Guzerates
             religion
             ,
             but
             were
             absolutely
             opposite
             to
             Mahometanism
             .
             They
             esteem
             it
             a
             happiness
             to
             be
             near
             the
             Ganges
             ,
             believing
             that
             water
             purifies
             them
             from
             all
             filth
             and
             sin
             ,
             and
             therefore
             are
             carried
             thither
             both
             in
             health
             and
             sickness
             ;
             some
             leave
             orders
             ,
             that
             after
             their
             deaths
             their
             bodies
             may
             be
             burnt
             ,
             and
             their
             ashes
             cast
             therein
             ,
             that
             so
             they
             may
             go
             strait
             to
             heaven
             ,
             
             others
             hold
             the
             same
             of
             Euphrates
             ;
             and
             for
             this
             reason
             the
             Portuguese
             and
             other
             Christians
             abominate
             these
             rivers
             ,
             and
             never
             make
             anyuse
             of
             the
             water
             but
             of
             
             force
             and
             necessity
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             little
             superstitious
             ,
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             the
             water
             of
             Ganges
             ,
             being
             the
             sweetest
             &
             the
             wholsomest
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             many
             drinking
             of
             it
             have
             been
             cured
             of
             great
             paines
             of
             the
             stomach
             which
             hardly
             afforded
             them
             any
             rest
             before
             ;
             
             't
             is
             soveraign
             against
             many
             other
             pains
             ,
             aches
             ,
             and
             diseases
             .
             The
             Indian
             Priests
             sing
             in
             their
             Temples
             from
             break
             of
             day
             to
             noon
             ,
             and
             after
             dinner
             they
             have
             other
             prayers
             ,
             which
             last
             till
             night
             ;
             when
             they
             hear
             this
             service
             ,
             they
             wash
             their
             hands
             ,
             feet
             ,
             and
             faces
             ,
             then
             walk
             barefoot
             upon
             stone
             laid
             on
             purpose
             to
             the
             Temple
             ,
             which
             is
             matted
             ,
             and
             there
             they
             stand
             upright
             without
             the
             least
             motion
             ,
             and
             after
             awhile
             they
             sit
             crosse-legged
             like
             Taylors
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             two
             Altars
             ,
             one
             for
             the
             rising
             ,
             the
             other
             for
             the
             setting
             Sun
             ,
             and
             so
             they
             turn
             their
             faces
             ever
             to
             the
             Sunne
             .
             They
             bury
             their
             dead
             in
             their
             Churches
             as
             we
             do
             ,
             and
             maintain
             women
             to
             lament
             and
             weep
             over
             the
             dead
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             ancient
             Roman
             fashion
             .
             These
             women
             are
             clothed
             in
             mantles
             of
             the
             Spanish
             fashion
             ,
             which
             reach
             lower
             then
             their
             girdles
             ,
             and
             of
             a
             purple
             colour
             ;
             and
             beneath
             that
             have
             skirts
             of
             blew
             cotton
             ,
             that
             trayle
             upon
             the
             ground
             ,
             and
             ten
             or
             twelve
             of
             them
             are
             dressed
             after
             this
             manner
             .
             The
             corps
             this
             while
             is
             laid
             forth
             in
             some
             great
             room
             ,
             covered
             with
             a
             rich
             cloth
             or
             pall
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             quality
             of
             the
             person
             with
             four
             of
             those
             women
             waiting
             ,
             whilst
             the
             rest
             of
             them
             are
             sent
             abroad
             the
             town
             ,
             to
             deplore
             and
             lament
             the
             dead
             person
             ,
             the
             last
             whereof
             a
             little
             separate
             from
             her
             fellow-sisters
             ,
             declares
             the
             name
             ,
             quality
             ,
             and
             life
             of
             the
             defunct
             ,
             that
             all
             persons
             may
             prepare
             themselves
             to
             assist
             at
             the
             funerals
             .
          
           
             They
             ejulate
             ,
             weep
             ,
             and
             lament
             with
             exotick
             gestures
             ,
             and
             tortions
             ,
             and
             in
             these
             postures
             having
             walked
             round
             the
             town
             ,
             they
             return
             to
             the
             corps
             with
             numbers
             of
             people
             ,
             and
             when
             the
             body
             is
             borne
             to
             the
             Temple
             ,
             then
             they
             raise
             yet
             lowder
             cries
             and
             ejulations
             .
          
           
             One
             of
             these
             women
             makes
             a
             Panegyrick
             of
             the
             dead
             ,
             setting
             forth
             the
             great
             losse
             he
             is
             to
             his
             wife
             ,
             children
             ,
             friends
             ,
             and
             kindred
             :
             then
             the
             multitude
             expresse
             their
             sadnesse
             ,
             acknowledging
             the
             losse
             ;
             they
             howle
             and
             cry
             out
             so
             hideously
             all
             together
             ,
             that
             you
             would
             think
             them
             distracted
             ,
             or
             at
             least
             at
             the
             brink
             of
             despaire
             ;
             when
             the
             body
             is
             carried
             out
             of
             the
             house
             .
             Flutes
             ,
             Kettles
             ;
             and
             other
             Instruments
             play
             to
             the
             Church
             ,
             whither
             the
             Parents
             ,
             Kindred
             ,
             and
             Friends
             follow
             ;
             a
             most
             pitiful
             and
             sad
             sight
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXIII
             .
             Of
             the
             Isles
             of
             Archi-Pelagus
             ,
             of
             S.
             Laurance
             ,
             of
             the
             Island
             of
             Sumatra
             ,
             of
             Elephants
             ,
             and
             other
             particulars
             .
          
           
             AT
             the
             opening
             of
             the
             Gulph
             Bengale
             ,
             are
             many
             Isles
             great
             and
             small
             ,
             which
             make
             the
             Archi-pelagus
             ,
             called
             S.
             Lazarey
             ,
             and
             near
             80.
             leagues
             in
             length
             ,
             and
             end
             about
             the
             Philippines
             ,
             and
             the
             Japon
             ;
             the
             chiefest
             thereof
             are
             ,
             
               Sumatra
               ,
               Javes
               ,
               Boraco
               ,
               Banda
               ,
            
             the
             Molukes
             ,
             the
             Philippines
             ,
             and
             others
             .
             Towards
             Sumatra
             ,
             are
             the
             Isles
             of
             Andreman
             ,
             or
             Andemaon
             ,
             which
             signifies
             golden
             mynes
             ,
             inhabited
             by
             Antropophayes
             ;
             who
             warre
             with
             one
             another
             ,
             
             and
             eat
             their
             prisoners
             :
             They
             make
             the
             like
             provision
             of
             humane
             flesh
             ,
             as
             we
             do
             of
             beef
             or
             bacon
             ;
             each
             of
             those
             Isles
             have
             their
             Kings
             .
          
           
             It
             happened
             once
             to
             a
             Portuguese
             vessel
             ,
             (
             having
             passed
             the
             Canall
             of
             Micobar
             ,
             
             and
             Sombrero
             ,
             called
             by
             the
             
               Indians
               ,
               Jenibra
            
             ,
             lying
             between
             Sumatra
             and
             the
             Continent
             ,
             the
             Portuguais
             call
             it
             ;
             Call
             or
             Canall
             of
             Sombrero
             ,
             because
             the
             place
             is
             covered
             by
             the
             winding
             and
             shade
             of
             the
             Isle
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             with
             a
             great
             brimmed
             hat
             .
             )
             One
             night
             by
             a
             sudden
             storme
             she
             was
             cast
             upon
             the
             Isles
             of
             Andreman
             ,
             otherwise
             Maduca
             ,
             within
             two
             leagues
             ,
             whereof
             is
             a
             shelf
             or
             bottome
             of
             white
             rock
             ,
             very
             dangerous
             ,
             hardly
             possible
             to
             sayle
             by
             ,
             without
             shipwrack
             .
             The
             Portuguais
             call
             the
             place
             
               Pedra
               bianca
            
             .
          
           
             Those
             in
             the
             shippe
             foreseeing
             the
             danger
             they
             were
             in
             ,
             threw
             over-board
             all
             their
             Artilery
             ,
             and
             all
             other
             things
             of
             weight
             they
             had
             therein
             ,
             and
             threw
             away
             their
             main
             Mast
             ;
             and
             by
             this
             means
             ,
             they
             escaped
             the
             shelve
             and
             rock
             ,
             being
             suddenly
             thrown
             out
             of
             that
             narrow
             passage
             ,
             by
             a
             great
             wave
             ;
             but
             behold
             their
             greatest
             misfortune
             ,
             escaping
             one
             danger
             ,
             they
             fell
             into
             another
             ;
             for
             seeing
             their
             ship
             begin
             to
             fill
             with
             water
             ,
             having
             sprung
             a
             leake
             ,
             they
             were
             forced
             to
             commit
             themselves
             to
             the
             mercy
             of
             their
             fiercest
             enemy
             .
          
           
             The
             Captain
             
               Don
               sano
               Mendo
            
             advised
             them
             to
             prepare
             for
             land
             ,
             and
             to
             resolve
             to
             sell
             their
             lives
             dear
             ,
             since
             there
             was
             no
             hopes
             for
             a
             handful
             of
             people
             to
             escape
             the
             cruelties
             of
             so
             many
             barbarous
             villaines
             ,
             they
             suddenly
             cut
             and
             broak
             the
             ship
             to
             flitters
             ,
             every
             one
             snatching
             a
             planck
             ,
             endeavouring
             to
             reach
             the
             shore
             ,
             which
             was
             about
             halfe
             a
             league
             off
             ,
             and
             having
             put
             themselves
             in
             the
             best
             order
             ,
             could
             be
             expected
             in
             the
             like
             disorder
             or
             confusion
             ,
             with
             such
             arms
             they
             could
             carry
             as
             swords
             and
             axes
             ;
             as
             they
             were
             
             ready
             to
             land
             ,
             these
             barbarous
             insularies
             met
             them
             with
             their
             bows
             and
             arrowes
             ,
             and
             truncks
             and
             killed
             some
             20.
             at
             the
             first
             onset
             ;
             the
             remainder
             of
             them
             about
             sixty
             ,
             having
             got
             footing
             on
             land
             by
             force
             ,
             made
             a
             great
             slaughter
             amongst
             the
             Infidels
             ,
             and
             seized
             of
             two
             Merchants
             houses
             ,
             where
             they
             fortified
             themselves
             ,
             the
             best
             they
             could
             ;
             untill
             their
             bloody
             irritated
             enemy
             fell
             upon
             them
             ,
             and
             besieged
             their
             sconce
             .
             The
             Portugais
             reduced
             to
             this
             sad
             extremity
             ,
             resolved
             to
             sally
             forth
             ,
             with
             firebrands
             in
             their
             hands
             ,
             and
             to
             fire
             the
             adjacent
             town
             or
             village
             ,
             which
             being
             built
             with
             reeds
             ,
             and
             covered
             with
             palme
             ,
             was
             presently
             consumed
             ;
             then
             they
             thought
             to
             have
             escaped
             in
             boats
             belonging
             to
             the
             Isle
             ;
             but
             knowing
             not
             how
             to
             use
             them
             ;
             they
             returned
             back
             again
             ,
             and
             fortified
             themselves
             in
             the
             Caselba
             or
             Temple
             ;
             where
             with
             certain
             provisions
             they
             brought
             thither
             ,
             and
             others
             they
             found
             ,
             
             they
             maintained
             the
             place
             eleven
             or
             twelve
             dayes
             ;
             at
             the
             end
             of
             which
             time
             ,
             seeing
             there
             was
             no
             hope
             of
             a
             composition
             to
             be
             made
             with
             that
             furious
             people
             ,
             they
             resolved
             to
             dye
             gallantly
             with
             their
             weapons
             in
             hand
             ,
             and
             after
             a
             mutual
             and
             unanimous
             preparation
             ,
             and
             resignation
             of
             themselves
             ,
             
             they
             threw
             themselves
             amongst
             those
             barbarous
             infidels
             ,
             killed
             double
             or
             trebble
             their
             number
             ,
             but
             at
             last
             yielded
             all
             to
             the
             same
             doome
             ,
             and
             were
             eaten
             ,
             and
             salted
             by
             those
             sanguinary
             
               Barbarians
               .
               Sumatra
            
             is
             one
             of
             the
             fairest
             Isles
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             sometime
             Taprobane
             ,
             and
             Palesimonde
             ,
             some
             would
             have
             it
             to
             be
             ,
             that
             which
             in
             old
             time
             was
             the
             Chersonese
             of
             gold
             ,
             and
             Ophir
             ,
             most
             renowned
             for
             Salomon
             .
             It
             is
             called
             by
             some
             Tasan
             ,
             which
             signifies
             a
             great
             Isle
             ,
             because
             she
             hath
             800.
             leagues
             compasse
             .
             The
             Inhabitants
             of
             Malaca
             say
             it
             was
             formerly
             joyned
             to
             their
             continent
             ,
             but
             divided
             by
             an
             earthquake
             ;
             lyes
             directly
             under
             the
             Equinoctial
             lyne
             ,
             in
             the
             first
             climate
             ,
             her
             dayes
             and
             nights
             are
             all
             of
             a
             length
             :
             is
             divided
             into
             many
             Provinces
             ,
             which
             make
             three
             kingdomes
             ,
             the
             chiefest
             whereof
             is
             Sougar
             ,
             commonly
             called
             Pedir
             ,
             and
             have
             all
             mynes
             of
             gold
             ,
             silver
             ,
             and
             other
             mettals
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             best
             sorts
             of
             Drugges
             and
             Spices
             :
             the
             Pepper
             that
             growes
             there
             is
             larger
             ,
             and
             more
             biting
             then
             any
             other
             ,
             growing
             under
             the
             Torrid
             zone
             ,
             which
             causes
             the
             country
             to
             be
             the
             most
             temperate
             ,
             and
             best
             inhabited
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             for
             the
             reasons
             I
             have
             already
             spoken
             of
             .
             The
             ayre
             is
             very
             wholesome
             ,
             and
             people
             live
             there
             very
             long
             ,
             and
             with
             good
             health
             ;
             
             the
             natives
             are
             very
             tractable
             ,
             but
             of
             little
             truth
             ;
             so
             't
             is
             not
             safe
             trading
             with
             them
             ,
             for
             they
             will
             falsifie
             their
             word
             for
             their
             profit
             .
             The
             kingdom
             of
             Assy
             is
             the
             richest
             in
             gold
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             finest
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             Achen
             is
             the
             most
             potent
             .
             The
             Isle
             is
             inhabited
             by
             Gentiles
             ,
             Moores
             ,
             and
             Jewes
             ,
             Many
             Turks
             have
             of
             late
             planted
             there
             for
             the
             goodnesse
             of
             the
             country
             ,
             and
             purity
             of
             the
             ayre
             .
             The
             Idolaters
             only
             are
             natives
             ,
             all
             others
             come
             from
             other
             parts
             .
             
             The
             earth
             is
             strangely
             fruitful
             in
             all
             products
             :
             the
             onely
             inconvenience
             is
             the
             great
             flouds
             from
             rain
             ,
             which
             incessantly
             falls
             from
             
             Mid
             -
             May
             ,
             untill
             Mid
             -
             August
             ;
             and
             from
             mid-day
             ,
             to
             mid-night
             ;
             onely
             ,
             as
             at
             Bengale
             ,
             and
             as
             it
             happens
             ,
             in
             most
             of
             the
             countries
             under
             that
             Zone
             .
             The
             King
             of
             the
             country
             discovering
             his
             subjects
             falshood
             ,
             (
             which
             causes
             him
             no
             small
             contempt
             and
             prejudice
             )
             he
             forbids
             trading
             ,
             and
             takes
             notice
             of
             what
             quantity
             of
             pepper
             or
             other
             Drugge
             or
             commodities
             each
             subject
             hath
             ,
             and
             sets
             such
             a
             rate
             upon
             them
             ,
             as
             they
             may
             gain
             thereby
             ;
             then
             he
             sends
             one
             of
             his
             chief
             officers
             with
             them
             to
             the
             Magazine
             ,
             to
             trade
             and
             vent
             these
             commodities
             to
             strange
             Merchants
             ;
             &
             they
             usually
             exchange
             or
             put
             off
             their
             commodities
             for
             half
             the
             rate
             in
             ready
             mony
             ,
             the
             other
             half
             in
             other
             sorts
             of
             commodities
             .
             The
             Bahar
             of
             pepper
             which
             is
             360.
             pound
             weight
             ,
             
             is
             worth
             three
             crowns
             and
             a
             half
             ,
             or
             four
             at
             the
             dearest
             ,
             which
             amounts
             to
             about
             a
             Ducatoon
             ,
             or
             55.
             pence
             .
             Notwithstanding
             this
             order
             ,
             many
             are
             privately
             licensed
             ,
             to
             trade
             freely
             ,
             and
             by
             help
             of
             the
             Portuguais
             interpreters
             ,
             much
             is
             to
             be
             got
             .
             They
             have
             many
             sorts
             of
             jewels
             ,
             aromatick
             drugs
             ,
             and
             most
             excellent
             balms
             ;
             there
             is
             great
             plenty
             of
             all
             sorts
             of
             fowl
             and
             fruit
             ;
             they
             feed
             much
             upon
             Buffle
             ,
             which
             they
             esteem
             an
             excellent
             meat
             ;
             their
             beefs
             have
             a
             swelling
             upon
             the
             top
             of
             their
             necks
             (
             like
             their
             Cammels
             )
             which
             is
             only
             fat
             :
             sheep
             of
             no
             wool
             .
             There
             are
             many
             tame
             Elephants
             ,
             and
             great
             store
             of
             wild
             ones
             in
             the
             woods
             .
             
             Those
             of
             Malaca
             who
             live
             upon
             the
             Continent
             with
             the
             Kings
             leave
             ,
             come
             hither
             to
             hunt
             the
             Elephant
             ,
             with
             their
             huntsmen
             and
             engines
             ,
             with
             many
             trumpets
             ,
             hoboyes
             ,
             and
             drums
             ,
             with
             fire
             ,
             to
             fright
             and
             to
             drive
             them
             up
             into
             a
             streight
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             have
             taken
             them
             ,
             they
             almost
             famish
             them
             ;
             then
             they
             bring
             them
             amongst
             the
             tame
             ones
             ;
             and
             by
             degrees
             make
             them
             so
             ,
             feeding
             them
             gently
             ,
             and
             otherwise
             instructing
             them
             ,
             and
             in
             time
             they
             become
             very
             ready
             to
             learn
             ,
             and
             serviceable
             in
             all
             things
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             himselfe
             takes
             much
             content
             to
             feed
             them
             ,
             and
             at
             such
             times
             ,
             
             their
             allowance
             is
             doubled
             .
             This
             Isle
             breeds
             many
             Hermophrodites
             (
             which
             is
             very
             remarkable
             )
             and
             proceeds
             from
             an
             overflowing
             of
             imperfect
             seed
             in
             both
             sexes
             ,
             caused
             by
             the
             drugges
             ,
             and
             hot
             spices
             of
             the
             Country
             .
          
           
             I
             have
             been
             assured
             by
             some
             ,
             they
             have
             found
             of
             Bezar
             stones
             in
             the
             bowels
             of
             swine
             ,
             which
             have
             been
             of
             great
             vertue
             .
             They
             would
             have
             given
             me
             some
             in
             exchange
             for
             Cimeters
             .
             I
             believe
             this
             sort
             of
             Bezar
             is
             that
             the
             
               Portuguese
               call
               Pedra
               de
               Porco
            
             ,
             so
             as
             I
             will
             not
             charge
             my self
             with
             what
             I
             know
             not
             .
          
           
             That
             chaine
             of
             Isles
             from
             Nicuba
             to
             Pegu
             ,
             is
             called
             the
             Archipelagus
             of
             Andemaon
             ,
             where
             the
             inhabitants
             warre
             amongst
             themselves
             ,
             with
             burkes
             ,
             and
             eat
             one
             another
             .
             They
             cannot
             read
             at
             all
             ,
             nor
             have
             coyne
             :
             They
             make
             stuffes
             of
             the
             bark
             of
             a
             tree
             ,
             to
             cover
             their
             nakednesse
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             plenty
             of
             cattle
             ,
             of
             wool
             ,
             and
             poultry
             ,
             which
             they
             feed
             at
             home
             ,
             and
             of
             all
             necessaries
             to
             life
             .
             We
             have
             
             their
             best
             commodities
             in
             exchang
             for
             some
             trifles
             of
             ours
             ;
             for
             what
             we
             esteem
             least
             ,
             are
             of
             greatest
             value
             there
             ,
             and
             they
             give
             us
             in
             exchange
             
               Pepper
               ,
               Ginger
               ,
               Benjamin
            
             ,
             and
             other
             drugs
             which
             they
             abound
             in
             .
          
           
             And
             indeed
             we
             trade
             not
             with
             them
             without
             some
             danger
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             their
             cruelty
             ,
             and
             brutishnesse
             ,
             since
             some
             ships
             coming
             from
             Malaca
             ,
             to
             Sumatra
             ,
             killed
             some
             of
             their
             people
             passing
             by
             ,
             ever
             since
             they
             stood
             upon
             their
             guards
             ,
             and
             have
             surprised
             as
             many
             as
             they
             could
             ,
             and
             have
             struck
             such
             a
             terrour
             into
             those
             parts
             ,
             that
             whoever
             passes
             there
             ,
             must
             be
             strong
             and
             well
             advised
             ,
             otherwise
             they
             are
             sure
             to
             be
             robbed
             ,
             murdered
             and
             eaten
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             none
             but
             forreign
             coyne
             ,
             
             which
             they
             break
             into
             many
             pieces
             ,
             as
             the
             Abussins
             do
             ,
             because
             they
             cannot
             otherwise
             put
             it
             off
             .
             The
             King
             keeps
             long
             boats
             to
             pillage
             in
             ,
             and
             the
             easier
             to
             escape
             if
             pursued
             ,
             as
             they
             have
             often
             been
             by
             the
             English
             ,
             and
             Dutch
             ,
             and
             surprised
             in
             their
             habitations
             ,
             where
             they
             load
             themselves
             with
             their
             pepper
             and
             other
             spices
             ,
             on
             free-cost
             ,
             and
             so
             retreat
             :
             they
             have
             built
             some
             Forts
             in
             that
             Isle
             ,
             and
             by
             that
             meanes
             force
             many
             tributes
             from
             the
             people
             ,
             who
             otherwise
             pay
             at
             will
             ;
             and
             whoever
             should
             assault
             them
             but
             with
             four
             men
             of
             warre
             ,
             resolutely
             man'd
             ,
             would
             make
             it
             a
             good
             businesse
             ,
             for
             they
             have
             many
             mynes
             of
             gold
             and
             silver
             .
          
           
             Besides
             the
             kingdomes
             of
             Pedir
             and
             Pacem
             ,
             there
             are
             those
             of
             Campa
             ,
             and
             Manan
             ,
             all
             watered
             with
             pleasant
             Rivers
             ;
             There
             is
             found
             Gold
             refined
             ,
             and
             Corral
             branches
             ,
             forced
             from
             the
             mynes
             by
             the
             strength
             of
             the
             water
             ;
             There
             is
             also
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             Zabas
             ,
             plentiful
             in
             Pepper
             ,
             Sugar
             ,
             Brasil
             ,
             and
             Mastick
             ,
             Camphire
             ,
             Mines
             of
             Gold
             and
             Silver
             .
          
           
             At
             Pacem
             there
             is
             plenty
             of
             Pepper
             ,
             and
             the
             best
             silver
             of
             the
             East
             .
             The
             Town
             of
             Pacem
             hath
             a
             strong
             Fort
             ,
             and
             three
             Avenues
             ,
             where
             you
             passe
             by
             a
             creek
             of
             land
             Northward
             .
          
           
             From
             this
             Town
             you
             discover
             the
             Pole-Artick
             ,
             and
             the
             Crasero
             ;
             There
             the
             Sea
             ebbes
             and
             flowes
             every
             sixth
             houre
             .
          
           
             The
             Town
             of
             Achen
             is
             well
             built
             ,
             well
             walled
             ,
             the
             houses
             stand
             upon
             piles
             or
             pillars
             ,
             and
             covered
             with
             Palmes
             ,
             and
             onely
             two
             stories
             high
             .
             'T
             is
             very
             good
             living
             there
             ,
             for
             you
             have
             your
             own
             wishes
             ,
             with
             most
             excellent
             fruit
             ,
             different
             from
             ours
             ,
             viz.
             the
             Macoudou
             like
             unto
             the
             Lemmon
             ,
             
             
               Durions
               ,
               Ananes
               ,
               Mangues
               ,
               Jacas
               ,
               Mangostan
               ,
               Bananes
               ,
            
             and
             
               Cocos
               ,
               Oranges
            
             ,
             and
             Lemmons
             in
             abundance
             .
          
           
             The
             Merchants
             weare
             the
             Turkish
             dresse
             :
             you
             must
             recede
             and
             keep
             at
             distance
             ,
             when
             you
             meet
             women
             ,
             who
             otherwise
             will
             abuse
             you
             ,
             and
             spit
             upon
             the
             ground
             to
             shew
             your
             indiscretion
             .
          
           
             Many
             Nations
             of
             the
             Indies
             trade
             here
             .
             
             They
             have
             Gold-coyne
             ,
             
             called
             Ma●
             ,
             nine
             of
             them
             make
             a
             crowne
             ,
             and
             are
             stamped
             with
             two
             Lyon-cells
             .
             They
             have
             Lead
             also
             ,
             called
             Casse
             ,
             and
             two
             thousand
             of
             them
             go
             to
             a
             piece
             of
             gold
             ;
             all
             the
             rest
             of
             their
             coyne
             is
             called
             Dran
             ,
             and
             Tale.
             Here
             are
             many
             slaves
             sold
             and
             bartered
             ,
             and
             prove
             very
             faithfull
             servants
             .
          
           
             The
             Kings
             of
             Achen
             are
             Mahometans
             ,
             and
             warre
             continually
             with
             Idolaters
             ;
             as
             formerly
             a
             King
             of
             Achen
             did
             with
             him
             of
             Butos
             ,
             because
             he
             would
             not
             be
             Mahometan
             ,
             nor
             repudiate
             his
             wife
             to
             marry
             another
             ,
             sister
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Achens
             ,
             and
             having
             subdued
             him
             ,
             
             made
             him
             pay
             the
             yearely
             tribute
             of
             five
             barres
             of
             Gold
             ,
             worth
             two
             hundred
             thousand
             Crowns
             ;
             and
             since
             endeavouring
             further
             to
             enslave
             him
             ,
             and
             take
             all
             from
             him
             ,
             he
             implored
             the
             ayde
             of
             the
             portuguais
             of
             Malaca
             ,
             by
             whose
             assistance
             he
             freed
             himselfe
             .
          
           
             The
             accesses
             to
             this
             Isle
             are
             very
             difficult
             and
             dangerous
             ,
             for
             the
             shelves
             and
             rocks
             in
             two
             places
             .
          
           
             
             Southward
             and
             Northward
             are
             two
             Armes
             of
             the
             Sea
             navigable
             ,
             but
             not
             without
             much
             care
             and
             caution
             .
          
           
             One
             of
             those
             Armes
             is
             called
             the
             Canall
             of
             Nicobar
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             Catarana
             ,
             and
             the
             Portuguais
             as
             they
             sayle
             along
             the
             coast
             ,
             name
             it
             Sombrero
             .
          
           
             Most
             of
             the
             Insularies
             are
             Idolaters
             ,
             and
             call
             their
             chief
             Idol
             Pagode
             ,
             a
             general
             name
             among
             the
             Indians
             ;
             Their
             Bramins
             or
             Priests
             incourage
             the
             women
             to
             burn
             themselves
             after
             the
             decease
             of
             their
             husbands
             ,
             unlesse
             they
             will
             be
             esteemed
             unchaste
             :
             yet
             notwithstanding
             those
             Bramins
             freely
             frequent
             the
             company
             of
             women
             of
             all
             ages
             ,
             and
             of
             their
             nearest
             relations
             :
             they
             have
             little
             esteem
             of
             Christians
             ,
             and
             if
             they
             give
             a
             cuppe
             of
             drink
             ,
             they
             presently
             break
             the
             cuppe
             ,
             although
             it
             be
             rich
             Porcelaine
             ,
             because
             they
             hold
             it
             polluted
             .
          
           
             
             The
             inhabitants
             of
             Polloue
             an
             Island
             ,
             assured
             us
             those
             Insularies
             eat
             the
             dead
             bodies
             ,
             but
             we
             have
             found
             the
             contrary
             ,
             for
             we
             have
             seen
             them
             buried
             ;
             they
             believe
             that
             the
             soules
             of
             the
             deceased
             enter
             into
             other
             bodies
             ,
             as
             Pythagoras
             held
             ,
             and
             therefore
             they
             welcome
             strangers
             ;
             they
             raise
             them
             brave
             monuments
             and
             tombes
             of
             stone
             ;
             and
             in
             honour
             to
             their
             bodies
             ,
             accompany
             them
             with
             winde-musick
             to
             their
             graves
             .
             Parents
             exceedingly
             lament
             ,
             and
             abstain
             for
             a
             time
             from
             Areca
             ,
             and
             Betell
             .
          
           
             They
             use
             a
             pretty
             recreative
             manner
             of
             fowling
             .
             Their
             country
             abounding
             in
             many
             sorts
             of
             fruit
             ,
             which
             near
             unto
             their
             full
             ripenesse
             ,
             are
             easily
             corrupted
             by
             the
             raines
             ;
             they
             gather
             such
             as
             are
             rotten
             ,
             (
             as
             they
             may
             not
             spoyle
             the
             rest
             )
             and
             cast
             them
             into
             rivers
             ,
             or
             into
             the
             Sea.
             
          
           
             These
             fruits
             being
             of
             many
             sorts
             ,
             as
             
               Melons
               ,
               Pumpions
               ,
               
               Pomegranates
               ,
            
             and
             others
             ;
             they
             are
             not
             sooner
             throwne
             into
             the
             water
             ,
             but
             great
             number
             of
             birds
             flock
             to
             them
             ,
             and
             feed
             upon
             the
             fruit
             ,
             the
             fowler
             stripping
             himself
             ,
             and
             hidden
             behind
             a
             tree
             with
             his
             head
             in
             a
             hollow
             Pumpion
             ,
             that
             covers
             his
             very
             shoulders
             ,
             they
             throw
             themselves
             thus
             into
             the
             water
             ,
             with
             a
             bagge
             under
             their
             arm
             ,
             the
             silly
             birds
             not
             discovering
             the
             men
             ,
             perch
             upon
             those
             fruits
             ,
             and
             come
             so
             neare
             to
             them
             ,
             that
             with
             ease
             they
             catch
             them
             by
             the
             legges
             ,
             and
             ring
             off
             their
             necks
             ,
             and
             put
             them
             in
             their
             bagge
             ,
             in
             this
             manner
             they
             take
             great
             store
             ;
             which
             makes
             fowl
             little
             worth
             .
             There
             are
             birds
             sometimes
             too
             bigge
             and
             strong
             for
             a
             man
             to
             master
             ,
             and
             they
             get
             away
             ,
             not
             without
             a
             hideous
             noise
             ,
             tha●
             alarms
             the
             rest
             for
             that
             day
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             hard
             to
             be
             caught
             :
             but
             the
             next
             day
             hunger
             banishes
             their
             fear
             ,
             and
             thus
             they
             are
             taken
             again
             .
          
           
             The
             Kings
             of
             this
             Isle
             live
             in
             a
             most
             miserable
             condition
             ,
             being
             daily
             in
             danger
             of
             being
             slaine
             by
             the
             first
             person
             ,
             shall
             have
             courage
             and
             resolution
             to
             undertake
             it
             :
             for
             such
             a
             person
             shall
             be
             esteemed
             a
             God
             ;
             and
             by
             all
             acknowledged
             their
             King
             ;
             crying
             ,
             
               God
               save
               our
               lawfull
               prince
               ,
               and
               naturall
               Lord.
               
            
          
           
             He
             that
             raigned
             at
             Pedir
             ,
             during
             our
             travels
             ,
             was
             called
             Arioufar
             ,
             and
             had
             been
             a
             poor
             fisherman
             ,
             overcharged
             with
             children
             ,
             who
             used
             to
             carry
             fish
             to
             the
             Kings
             Pallace
             ,
             and
             being
             known
             ,
             had
             free
             entrance
             .
          
           
             He
             having
             on
             a
             time
             lost
             his
             nets
             ,
             came
             straight
             to
             the
             Pallace
             towards
             the
             King
             ,
             (
             who
             had
             reigned
             many
             yeares
             ,
             and
             was
             very
             good
             to
             his
             people
             )
             and
             finding
             him
             alone
             ,
             the
             guards
             not
             mistrusting
             him
             ,
             because
             he
             was
             beloved
             of
             the
             King
             ,
             and
             finding
             free
             egresse
             ,
             murthered
             the
             King
             ,
             and
             assisted
             by
             one
             of
             his
             sons
             ,
             he
             seized
             of
             all
             the
             treasure
             ,
             and
             the
             people
             received
             him
             for
             their
             King
             ,
             saying
             't
             was
             the
             will
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             The
             Assassin
             ,
             by
             force
             of
             money
             having
             raised
             a
             potent
             Army
             ,
             conquered
             the
             whole
             kingdom
             of
             Pedir
             ,
             and
             most
             of
             the
             other
             States
             of
             this
             Isle
             .
             Thus
             the
             Kings
             establish
             themselves
             then
             ,
             and
             to
             such
             misfortunes
             are
             subject
             .
             From
             Sumatra
             we
             went
             to
             Java
             the
             great
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXIV
             .
             Of
             the
             Isle
             of
             Java
             ,
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             their
             conditions
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             riches
             of
             the
             Countrey
             .
          
           
             JAva
             the
             Great
             lies
             Eastward
             from
             Sumatra
             ,
             and
             is
             distant
             from
             her
             five
             and
             fourty
             miles
             only
             ,
             and
             the
             streight
             between
             them
             is
             called
             Sunde
             ,
             whence
             all
             those
             Isles
             in
             general
             take
             name
             ;
             the
             Isle
             is
             of
             good
             compass
             ,
             and
             unknown
             ,
             containing
             many
             Dominions
             ,
             or
             Kingdomes
             ,
             whereof
             the
             chiefest
             is
             Bentan
             ,
             or
             Bantan
             ,
             the
             Clymate
             sweet
             and
             temperate
             .
          
           
             They
             say
             it
             is
             150
             l.
             long
             ,
             the
             breadth
             is
             undiscovered
             ,
             and
             some
             think
             it
             reaches
             the
             Continent
             Southward
             ,
             runs
             from
             East
             to
             West
             ,
             and
             South
             ,
             
             the
             Inhabitants
             are
             Idolaters
             ,
             grosse
             and
             brutish
             ,
             and
             some
             are
             Anthropophager
             ,
             it
             containes
             severall
             Kingdomes
             ,
             as
             
               Drasima
               ,
               Dragoyan
               ,
               Lembri
               ,
               Falec
               ,
               Sumara
               ,
               Balambua
               ,
               Bavarucam
               ,
               Passeruan
               ,
               Andrageda
               ,
               Auri
               ,
               Sandacanda
               ,
               Bacani
               ,
               Javara
               ,
            
             and
             others
             .
          
           
             The
             Javanians
             say
             they
             came
             from
             China
             ,
             being
             oppressed
             with
             slavery
             ,
             they
             left
             that
             place
             ,
             and
             planted
             here
             ,
             they
             were
             for
             a
             time
             Tributary
             to
             the
             great
             Cham
             of
             Tartarye
             ,
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Falec
             abounds
             in
             gold
             ,
             silver
             ,
             spices
             ,
             and
             all
             sorts
             of
             cattell
             :
             the
             capitall
             Town
             is
             Bismari
             ,
             two
             dayes
             journey
             from
             an
             Island
             called
             Cambahar
             ,
             where
             is
             Basma
             ,
             a
             Town
             scituate
             upon
             the
             Sea
             ,
             towards
             the
             East
             ,
             where
             are
             bred
             Elephants
             ,
             Monkeys
             ,
             and
             Unicorns
             .
             Dragoyen
             produces
             the
             Camphire
             ,
             as
             Borneo
             the
             Brasill
             ,
             and
             all
             Groceries
             ;
             neer
             this
             place
             are
             the
             Isles
             of
             
               Bombe
               ,
               Bacheli
            
             ,
             and
             Java
             the
             lesse
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             of
             Passeruan
             is
             a
             Mahometan
             ,
             he
             demanded
             the
             daughter
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Balambua
             in
             Marriage
             ,
             and
             obtained
             her
             ,
             and
             having
             enjoyed
             her
             ,
             murthered
             her
             and
             all
             her
             train
             ,
             because
             she
             was
             not
             of
             his
             Religion
             .
             Sandacanda
             and
             Bacani
             afford
             good
             store
             of
             spices
             ,
             their
             Kings
             are
             Mahometans
             ,
             they
             were
             infected
             with
             that
             imposture
             by
             a
             famous
             Pyrate
             ,
             named
             
               Mahomet
               Chap
            
             ,
             who
             left
             them
             two
             of
             his
             ships
             full
             of
             men
             to
             instruct
             them
             ;
             there
             are
             still
             some
             Idolaters
             amongst
             them
             ,
             
             who
             have
             not
             left
             their
             old
             error
             ,
             of
             strangling
             their
             neerest
             kindred
             ,
             when
             they
             think
             them
             taken
             with
             incurable
             diseases
             .
             I
             was
             told
             of
             one
             named
             Basaram
             ,
             being
             sick
             ,
             
             and
             ready
             to
             be
             thus
             dispatched
             ,
             desired
             a
             slave
             of
             his
             to
             bear
             him
             company
             to
             death
             ,
             which
             he
             durst
             not
             deny
             ,
             and
             being
             tyed
             together
             ,
             were
             both
             cast
             into
             the
             Sea
             ;
             and
             the
             slave
             (
             a
             lusty
             strong
             fellow
             )
             striving
             for
             his
             own
             life
             ,
             drag'd
             his
             Master
             to
             shore
             ,
             untied
             him
             ,
             and
             put
             him
             to
             bed
             ,
             and
             conspired
             with
             another
             slave
             to
             save
             themselves
             from
             the
             Alerir
             ,
             or
             Magicians
             ,
             when
             they
             should
             
             come
             (
             as
             the
             custom
             was
             )
             to
             devour
             them
             ,
             and
             indeed
             as
             they
             came
             to
             strangle
             the
             poore
             men
             ,
             they
             cudgelled
             them
             so
             lustily
             that
             they
             left
             the
             sport
             ,
             and
             the
             man
             recovering
             his
             health
             ,
             lived
             many
             years
             after
             ;
             and
             thus
             was
             discovered
             the
             roguerie
             of
             those
             Magitians
             ,
             who
             thorough
             an
             insatiate
             thirst
             of
             blood
             ,
             when
             a
             man
             was
             the
             least
             indisposed
             ,
             made
             him
             believe
             he
             could
             not
             live
             ,
             advising
             him
             to
             hast
             to
             their
             fathers
             God.
             Then
             the
             poore
             patient
             with
             teares
             in
             his
             eyes
             ,
             desired
             them
             to
             cleanse
             their
             bones
             ,
             when
             they
             should
             have
             consumed
             their
             flesh
             ,
             believing
             that
             their
             soules
             would
             not
             be
             at
             rest
             ,
             til
             their
             flesh
             were
             wholly
             consumed
             ,
             &
             that
             then
             they
             would
             reunite
             to
             the
             body
             ,
             and
             to
             remain
             in
             peace
             for
             all
             eternity
             .
          
           
             Meanwhile
             the
             King
             understanding
             what
             had
             happened
             to
             Basaram
             and
             his
             slave
             ,
             caused
             him
             to
             be
             brought
             before
             him
             ,
             and
             laughing
             told
             him
             ,
             that
             (
             if
             he
             would
             not
             devour
             the
             Magitian
             )
             he
             would
             put
             him
             to
             death
             .
             The
             other
             most
             willing
             ,
             replyed
             ,
             he
             was
             ready
             to
             obey
             his
             Prince
             ,
             and
             that
             if
             the
             Magitian
             were
             brought
             him
             ,
             he
             would
             eat
             him
             up
             raw
             in
             his
             very
             sight
             .
             The
             Judges
             had
             already
             condemned
             him
             ,
             and
             others
             for
             their
             deceipts
             and
             villanies
             to
             be
             banished
             ,
             and
             he
             &
             others
             were
             fled
             into
             the
             I
             le
             of
             Camorre
             for
             safety
             ,
             but
             was
             taken
             ,
             &
             brought
             to
             Basaram
             ,
             
             who
             with
             his
             slaves
             made
             a
             plenteous
             feast
             of
             him
             .
             Thus
             ,
             for
             the
             most
             part
             ,
             live
             those
             brutish
             Islanders
             ;
             and
             although
             they
             have
             Rubarbe
             ,
             Scammone
             ,
             Agric
             ,
             and
             many
             other
             very
             Soveraine
             Medicinall
             druggs
             at
             command
             ,
             yet
             they
             seldome
             use
             them
             ,
             for
             when
             they
             are
             sick
             ,
             they
             wholly
             pin
             themselves
             upon
             the
             advice
             of
             those
             Magitians
             ,
             who
             tyrannize
             over
             them
             ,
             and
             by
             their
             enchantments
             reduce
             them
             to
             such
             miserable
             conditions
             ,
             and
             make
             many
             a
             dainty
             bit
             of
             them
             ,
             being
             possest
             of
             that
             notorious
             imposture
             of
             the
             immortality
             of
             the
             soul
             ,
             
             and
             that
             she
             transmigrates
             from
             one
             body
             into
             another
             ,
             and
             often
             into
             strangers
             ,
             and
             therefore
             they
             make
             very
             much
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             when
             one
             of
             them
             dies
             ,
             they
             either
             bury
             him
             privately
             ,
             or
             cast
             him
             into
             the
             sea
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             not
             be
             devoured
             .
          
           
             These
             Canniballs
             say
             ,
             we
             are
             very
             ignorant
             to
             suffer
             mans
             flesh
             ,
             (
             that
             is
             so
             sweet
             and
             delicious
             )
             to
             rot
             under
             ground
             .
             The
             King
             keepes
             his
             Court
             in
             Gazima
             ,
             guarded
             by
             women
             ,
             which
             he
             trusts
             ,
             rather
             then
             such
             unnaturall
             and
             sanguinary
             men
             :
             he
             maintains
             three
             or
             foure
             score
             of
             the
             handsomest
             he
             can
             pick
             out
             ,
             armed
             with
             Bowes
             and
             Arrowes
             ,
             and
             Cimiteres
             .
             They
             are
             expert
             Archers
             ,
             he
             traines
             them
             up
             ,
             and
             sends
             them
             to
             other
             Maritime
             Towns
             ,
             as
             Japatra
             ,
             and
             others
             .
          
           
             Though
             these
             Islanders
             have
             many
             gold
             and
             silver
             mines
             ,
             yet
             they
             dare
             not
             digg
             them
             ,
             for
             going
             almost
             naked
             ,
             the
             stones
             fall
             so
             sharp
             ,
             and
             keen
             upon
             them
             ,
             they
             are
             not
             able
             to
             endure
             it
             ,
             neither
             do
             they
             value
             that
             treasure
             at
             all
             ,
             being
             very
             well
             stored
             with
             flesh
             ,
             fish
             ,
             herbs
             and
             fruits
             ,
             all
             in
             great
             abundance
             ;
             but
             as
             I
             have
             said
             ,
             they
             are
             very
             likorous
             of
             mans
             flesh
             ,
             and
             of
             their
             neerest
             kin
             ,
             pretending
             they
             do
             it
             thorough
             charity
             ,
             as
             they
             may
             
             not
             be
             consumed
             by
             the
             wormes
             .
          
           
             I
             was
             informed
             by
             a
             Merchant
             of
             an
             accident
             happened
             to
             two
             Fathers
             of
             the
             order
             of
             S.
             Francis
             ,
             pushed
             on
             with
             a
             fervent
             zeale
             to
             endeavour
             the
             conversion
             of
             that
             Countrey
             ,
             by
             the
             help
             of
             the
             language
             they
             had
             learnt
             ,
             but
             they
             got
             nothing
             in
             requital
             but
             scorns
             and
             jeers
             ,
             of
             those
             Barbarians
             who
             let
             them
             live
             ,
             
             believing
             their
             Idols
             would
             revenge
             them
             ,
             but
             some
             of
             them
             beginning
             to
             taste
             and
             disgest
             their
             rationall
             discourses
             ,
             it
             bred
             some
             differences
             amongst
             them
             ;
             of
             which
             the
             King
             being
             informed
             ,
             and
             fearing
             that
             their
             instructions
             might
             bring
             prejudice
             unto
             his
             State
             ,
             commanded
             the
             good
             Fathers
             to
             be
             thrown
             into
             the
             Sea
             ,
             those
             villains
             unwilling
             to
             lose
             their
             flesh
             ,
             drained
             their
             bloud
             dry
             ,
             and
             fed
             upon
             it
             ,
             then
             brought
             them
             to
             the
             publick
             place
             of
             execution
             ,
             dead
             and
             disfigured
             .
          
           
             All
             those
             that
             had
             tasted
             of
             their
             blood
             dyed
             suddenly
             ,
             by
             the
             permission
             or
             vengeance
             of
             God
             ,
             which
             the
             King
             hearing
             of
             ,
             asked
             why
             they
             were
             not
             drowned
             according
             to
             his
             commands
             ,
             and
             their
             false
             Priests
             replyed
             ,
             it
             was
             not
             in
             their
             power
             to
             kill
             them
             :
             but
             the
             King
             satisfied
             of
             the
             manner
             of
             their
             death
             ,
             all
             astonished
             ,
             went
             to
             his
             Temple
             to
             ask
             his
             Idols
             forgiveness
             :
             some
             fourty
             Dutchmen
             having
             lost
             their
             ship
             upon
             a
             shelve
             ,
             saved
             themselves
             upon
             this
             coast
             ,
             but
             taken
             by
             these
             Islanders
             were
             cruelly
             murdered
             ,
             
             and
             eaten
             .
             The
             Inhabitants
             of
             Japara
             ,
             (
             a
             Sea
             Town
             )
             adore
             the
             Sun
             ,
             and
             are
             all
             flat-nosed
             ,
             have
             great
             eyes
             ,
             and
             are
             thin
             bearded
             like
             the
             Chyneses
             .
             They
             eat
             bread
             made
             of
             a
             root
             they
             call
             Igname
             or
             Gouera
             ,
             
             their
             complexions
             (
             the
             womens
             especially
             )
             are
             rather
             fair
             than
             black
             :
             they
             wear
             nothing
             on
             their
             heads
             but
             their
             naturall
             hair
             platted
             ,
             like
             the
             Italian
             Curtizans
             ,
             and
             if
             any
             person
             offers
             to
             cover
             them
             with
             any
             thing
             ,
             they
             are
             in
             danger
             of
             being
             abused
             to
             death
             .
          
           
             Their
             houses
             are
             low
             ,
             being
             but
             one
             story
             high
             ,
             for
             they
             will
             suffer
             nothing
             over
             their
             heads
             ,
             they
             are
             all
             Pyrates
             ,
             Thieves
             ,
             and
             Magicians
             ,
             they
             are
             skilfull
             in
             Astrology
             .
             They
             obey
             and
             reverence
             (
             an
             old
             Magician
             called
             Manguin
             )
             as
             their
             lawfull
             Prince
             :
             when
             any
             Pyrates
             land
             upon
             their
             coast
             ,
             to
             rob
             them
             of
             their
             cattle
             ,
             
             or
             other
             commodities
             ,
             the
             Wizard
             makes
             a
             round
             hole
             in
             the
             ground
             ;
             and
             causes
             some
             young
             virgin
             voted
             ,
             to
             be
             sacrificed
             in
             their
             feast
             of
             Fotoque
             )
             to
             urine
             therein
             ,
             and
             at
             the
             same
             time
             there
             rises
             a
             storm
             ,
             so
             that
             the
             theeves
             have
             onely
             time
             to
             save
             themselves
             ,
             flying
             to
             their
             boats
             ,
             and
             if
             any
             are
             left
             behind
             ,
             they
             are
             devoured
             ,
             nor
             do
             they
             kill
             them
             out-right
             ,
             but
             prolong
             their
             dying
             pains
             ,
             they
             pinnacle
             them
             ,
             and
             deliver
             them
             up
             to
             the
             fury
             of
             the
             children
             ,
             who
             put
             them
             to
             tedious
             torments
             ,
             walking
             them
             about
             the
             Town
             ,
             and
             expose
             them
             to
             the
             scoffs
             and
             abuses
             of
             the
             multitude
             :
             some
             will
             clap
             a
             pompion
             on
             their
             heads
             hung
             round
             with
             plumes
             of
             feathers
             ,
             
             and
             every
             woman
             and
             child
             runs
             out
             with
             their
             bodkins
             and
             aules
             ,
             to
             prick
             and
             torment
             them
             :
             
             then
             having
             walked
             them
             warm
             ,
             (
             as
             they
             do
             the
             Buls
             in
             Spain
             ,
             to
             make
             their
             flesh
             tender
             )
             they
             cut
             them
             in
             pieces
             ,
             and
             divide
             their
             flesh
             ,
             if
             there
             be
             not
             enough
             for
             them
             all
             ,
             they
             play
             at
             ball
             for
             it
             ,
             and
             the
             gainers
             treat
             their
             friends
             therewith
             .
             This
             is
             the
             sad
             fortune
             travailers
             are
             subject
             to
             ,
             who
             according
             to
             the
             Spanish
             proverb
             ,
             
               Buscan
               la
               vida
               y
               topan
               la
               muerte
               ,
            
             searching
             for
             life
             they
             find
             death
             .
          
           
             'T
             is
             very
             pretty
             sport
             to
             see
             them
             play
             at
             that
             sort
             of
             ball
             ,
             
             or
             tennis
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Masiris
             ,
             without
             ever
             striking
             with
             their
             armes
             or
             hands
             ;
             but
             with
             their
             feet
             ,
             knees
             ,
             head
             ,
             elbows
             ,
             heels
             ,
             and
             other
             parts
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             with
             great
             dexterity
             .
          
           
             Bantan
             is
             the
             chief
             Town
             of
             the
             Isle
             with
             a
             good
             and
             commodious
             haven
             ,
             where
             the
             Hollanders
             have
             a
             Magazine
             or
             Store-house
             ,
             
             and
             whither
             many
             other
             people
             for
             commerce
             do
             resort
             ,
             as
             
               Chyneses
               ,
               Guzerates
               ,
               Portuguais
               ,
               Persians
               ,
               Peguans
               ,
               Milacans
               ,
               Turks
               ,
               Arabians
               ,
            
             and
             others
             .
             This
             Town
             is
             of
             the
             size
             of
             Roan
             ,
             peopled
             with
             divers
             nations
             ,
             the
             Chineses
             have
             a
             Temple
             wherein
             they
             adore
             a
             triple-crown'd
             Demon
             ,
             offer
             fruit
             and
             other
             things
             to
             him
             ,
             
             and
             they
             say
             because
             he
             is
             malicious
             he
             must
             be
             appeased
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             great
             and
             good
             God
             hath
             no
             need
             of
             such
             offerings
             or
             adorations
             .
          
           
             They
             bring
             into
             this
             Town
             their
             silks
             ,
             jewels
             ,
             and
             other
             rarities
             :
             here
             their
             King
             resides
             ,
             a
             Mahometan
             ,
             who
             governs
             his
             own
             subjects
             and
             strangers
             with
             great
             justice
             ,
             allowing
             all
             persons
             free
             liberty
             of
             traffick
             .
             He
             is
             a
             great
             Politician
             ,
             well
             belov'd
             and
             honoured
             by
             his
             subjects
             ,
             and
             observes
             good
             orders
             in
             commerce
             ,
             wherein
             consists
             the
             glory
             of
             his
             greatness
             :
             of
             late
             the
             English
             and
             Dutch
             have
             traded
             there
             with
             good
             success
             ,
             and
             very
             few
             years
             since
             some
             French
             have
             travelled
             thither
             ,
             and
             have
             been
             courteously
             received
             ;
             
             they
             have
             a
             great
             esteem
             of
             the
             King
             of
             France
             ,
             and
             have
             permitted
             Dominicans
             (
             sent
             out
             of
             France
             )
             to
             inhabit
             there
             ,
             and
             promise
             them
             favour
             and
             assistance
             .
             The
             commodities
             that
             go
             off
             best
             there
             are
             iron
             and
             steel
             ,
             lead
             ,
             paper
             ,
             and
             sulphure
             .
          
           
             At
             Fedeyda
             (
             a
             Town
             in
             Java
             )
             is
             got
             the
             best
             amber-greece
             of
             the
             East
             ,
             
             that
             which
             is
             found
             in
             Aniane
             (
             an
             Isle
             adjacent
             )
             is
             equal
             unto
             the
             former
             in
             goodnesse
             .
          
           
             Not
             long
             since
             the
             greatest
             part
             of
             Java
             ,
             and
             the
             adjacent
             Countryes
             ,
             as
             
               Bali
               ,
               Madura
            
             ,
             and
             others
             ,
             obeyed
             a
             potent
             Prince
             or
             Emperour
             ,
             who
             kept
             his
             court
             in
             the
             great
             town
             of
             Demaa
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             at
             Japara
             ;
             he
             was
             a
             Mahometan
             ,
             the
             Portuguese
             relate
             how
             he
             had
             a
             mind
             to
             propagate
             his
             law
             ,
             and
             observing
             the
             King
             of
             Pasaruan
             (
             an
             Idolater
             )
             to
             slight
             it
             ;
             he
             resolved
             to
             invade
             him
             with
             a
             strong
             Army
             made
             up
             of
             his
             own
             subjects
             ,
             and
             the
             Portuguese
             of
             Malaca
             :
             his
             greatest
             strength
             consisted
             in
             certain
             Souldiers
             called
             Anoco
             ,
             which
             signifies
             resolute
             ,
             and
             despisers
             of
             their
             lives
             ,
             persons
             who
             used
             to
             anoint
             themselves
             with
             certain
             oyls
             ,
             to
             shew
             their
             forwardness
             to
             dye
             ,
             with
             these
             men
             he
             besieged
             the
             King
             of
             Pasaruan
             ,
             who
             stood
             gallantly
             upon
             his
             defence
             ,
             but
             probably
             had
             in
             time
             bin
             
             overcome
             ,
             
             had
             a
             favourable
             accident
             to
             him
             ,
             and
             a
             most
             unfortunate
             one
             happened
             to
             the
             Emperour
             ,
             who
             during
             the
             Siege
             ,
             was
             stab'd
             by
             one
             of
             his
             young
             pages
             ,
             incensed
             with
             a
             blow
             given
             him
             by
             his
             Master
             upon
             his
             head
             in
             jest
             ,
             which
             is
             one
             of
             the
             greatest
             affronts
             can
             be
             given
             there
             .
             The
             boy
             taken
             ,
             and
             put
             upon
             the
             rack
             ,
             confessed
             no
             other
             reason
             ,
             was
             staked
             through
             with
             his
             father
             ,
             brothers
             ,
             and
             60.
             of
             his
             kindred
             ,
             and
             his
             whole
             generation
             according
             to
             their
             laws
             :
             and
             thus
             by
             this
             strange
             accident
             the
             King
             of
             Pasaruan
             was
             freed
             ,
             and
             the
             Empire
             of
             Demaa
             reduced
             to
             confusion
             .
          
           
             The
             most
             signall
             thing
             in
             Java
             is
             the
             bone
             of
             a
             fish
             (
             found
             no
             where
             else
             )
             called
             Caball
             ,
             that
             stops
             bleeding
             ,
             as
             't
             was
             experienced
             upon
             a
             Captain
             of
             Malabar
             ,
             called
             
               Neoboada
               Beguea
            
             ,
             who
             killed
             in
             a
             fight
             against
             the
             Portuguais
             ,
             in
             the
             time
             of
             Albukerke
             ,
             his
             bloud
             never
             issued
             at
             his
             wounds
             untill
             that
             bone
             was
             taken
             away
             ,
             which
             he
             wore
             about
             him
             .
             That
             rarity
             was
             lost
             by
             shipwrack
             ,
             as
             it
             was
             carried
             to
             King
             Emanuel
             .
          
           
             The
             Isles
             of
             
               Sumatra
               ,
               Java
            
             and
             others
             more
             remote
             ,
             are
             very
             temperate
             ,
             rich
             ,
             and
             fruitfull
             in
             most
             of
             them
             ,
             they
             live
             very
             long
             without
             any
             infirmity
             ,
             the
             air
             is
             so
             healthfull
             in
             other
             places
             ,
             if
             any
             person
             fall
             sick
             he
             is
             left
             by
             kindred
             and
             friends
             ,
             as
             defiled
             with
             sin
             ,
             and
             visited
             by
             God
             for
             expiation
             ,
             whereupon
             many
             hide
             themselves
             when
             they
             are
             sick
             ,
             and
             die
             in
             holes
             without
             any
             help
             ,
             some
             live
             to
             seven-score
             years
             active
             and
             jolly
             ,
             and
             for
             that
             reason
             many
             strangers
             come
             thither
             to
             inhabit
             .
          
           
             Others
             resort
             thither
             ,
             for
             the
             trade
             of
             spices
             ,
             which
             are
             extream
             cheap
             there
             .
          
           
             As
             in
             other
             parts
             there
             is
             such
             plenty
             of
             Cattle
             ,
             that
             they
             will
             give
             you
             four
             Cowes
             for
             an
             old
             shirt
             ,
             a
             dozen
             of
             sheep
             for
             a
             pewter
             spoon
             ,
             a
             Sea-man
             once
             shewed
             an
             old
             brazen
             dish
             to
             a
             Shepherd
             ,
             who
             asked
             the
             price
             ,
             the
             Sea-man
             said
             his
             whole
             flock
             ,
             the
             other
             wondred
             not
             much
             at
             it
             ;
             onely
             replyed
             't
             was
             something
             too
             dear
             ;
             I
             remember
             that
             in
             the
             Isle
             of
             S.
             Laurence
             I
             saw
             a
             sheep
             given
             for
             a
             counter
             ,
             and
             as
             much
             for
             a
             sheet
             of
             paper
             ;
             this
             shews
             the
             goodnesse
             of
             those
             Countries
             ,
             and
             the
             Inhabitants
             simplicity
             :
             most
             of
             them
             are
             civilized
             ,
             living
             in
             the
             fear
             of
             one
             onely
             God
             ,
             and
             believe
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             next
             world
             the
             good
             will
             be
             rewarded
             ,
             and
             the
             bad
             punished
             ;
             some
             have
             no
             religion
             ,
             yet
             they
             hold
             naturally
             the
             immortality
             of
             the
             soul
             ,
             and
             one
             providence
             .
          
           
             
             As
             touching
             the
             spices
             that
             grow
             in
             these
             Isles
             .
             The
             nutmegs
             grow
             chiefly
             in
             the
             Isle
             of
             Banda
             ,
             the
             tree
             that
             bears
             them
             is
             like
             a
             peach
             tree
             ,
             the
             leaves
             onely
             bigger
             ,
             the
             nut
             is
             enclosed
             in
             a
             slender
             shell
             ,
             like
             an
             almond
             ,
             (
             or
             as
             when
             a
             peach
             opens
             it self
             ,
             and
             shews
             the
             stone
             )
             the
             nut
             is
             inclosed
             with
             a
             red
             husk
             ,
             which
             they
             preserve
             at
             Malaca
             :
             when
             this
             fruit
             comes
             to
             ripenesse
             the
             shell
             opens
             ,
             and
             the
             nut
             drops
             out
             ,
             if
             it
             's
             left
             upon
             the
             tree
             beyond
             the
             time
             of
             maturity
             .
             
             They
             sell
             these
             nutmegs
             by
             a
             measure
             called
             Touman
             ,
             
             about
             a
             pint
             ,
             they
             are
             called
             Cani
             ,
             by
             those
             of
             
               Banda
               ,
               Palla
            
             ,
             the
             places
             they
             grow
             in
             are
             unwholesom
             :
             These
             trees
             grow
             naturally
             in
             the
             deserts
             ,
             and
             who
             ever
             please
             may
             gather
             them
             ,
             some
             are
             planted
             and
             kept
             by
             particular
             persons
             .
          
           
             The
             Calenfour
             ,
             or
             carnation
             Clove-tree
             ,
             growing
             in
             the
             Melukes
             is
             a
             shrub
             leafed
             like
             to
             the
             almond
             ,
             but
             is
             larger
             and
             longer
             ,
             and
             bears
             Gillyflowers
             like
             wild
             grapes
             ,
             it
             needs
             a
             prop
             to
             bear
             it
             up
             ,
             for
             't
             is
             weak
             ;
             they
             grow
             naturally
             ,
             and
             from
             every
             flower
             that
             falls
             a
             tree
             or
             plant
             springs
             up
             in
             a
             short
             time
             ,
             and
             they
             suffer
             no
             other
             trees
             to
             grow
             about
             them
             .
          
           
             In
             Sumatra
             the
             stalk
             is
             bigger
             ,
             and
             can
             subsist
             alone
             ,
             having
             the
             collar
             and
             trunk
             like
             a
             quince
             tree
             ,
             but
             very
             upright
             ,
             and
             casts
             forth
             great
             store
             of
             white
             blossoms
             ,
             that
             become
             yellow
             ,
             then
             red
             ,
             and
             thickning
             they
             become
             of
             a
             blackish
             colour
             as
             they
             do
             here
             ,
             they
             preserve
             them
             green
             ,
             and
             are
             excellent
             for
             the
             stomach
             ,
             they
             are
             gathered
             from
             September
             to
             January
             .
          
           
             The
             Cocuma
             that
             grows
             in
             Java
             ,
             is
             a
             root
             like
             to
             Ginger
             ,
             
             her
             blossoms
             like
             Lillies
             broken
             off
             green
             ,
             draws
             near
             to
             the
             yellow
             ,
             and
             dried
             is
             easily
             broken
             ,
             is
             sharp
             and
             quick
             ,
             and
             is
             used
             thoroughout
             the
             Indies
             ,
             to
             season
             meats
             ,
             thought
             better
             than
             other
             spices
             ;
             what
             they
             have
             left
             of
             their
             store
             ,
             they
             preserve
             or
             pickle
             ,
             and
             vent
             thoroughout
             the
             East
             ,
             where
             't
             is
             much
             in
             request
             .
          
           
             There
             grows
             great
             store
             of
             ginger
             in
             the
             East-Indies
             ,
             
             and
             chiefly
             in
             
               Nova
               Hispaniola
            
             ,
             whence
             they
             transport
             yearly
             for
             Seville
             a
             hundred
             thousand
             weight
             ,
             this
             root
             is
             best
             if
             removed
             every
             third
             year
             ,
             and
             best
             of
             all
             if
             removed
             yearly
             ,
             when
             they
             gather
             it
             ,
             they
             take
             away
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             cull
             the
             young
             root
             :
             from
             the
             old
             ones
             ,
             which
             they
             replant
             and
             do
             easily
             take
             root
             in
             the
             west
             't
             is
             little
             worth
             ,
             for
             in
             the
             Isles
             of
             Barlovento
             a
             Spaniard
             may
             have
             seven
             hundred
             weight
             for
             a
             crown
             .
          
           
             The
             Betell
             which
             we
             have
             so
             often
             spoken
             of
             ,
             
             is
             a
             tree
             very
             common
             in
             all
             the
             Easterne
             parts
             ,
             and
             also
             in
             the
             West-Indies
             ,
             where
             are
             many
             ,
             as
             at
             Caramell
             ,
             and
             called
             Escarucou
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             some
             also
             growing
             at
             Souac
             in
             Aethiopia
             ,
             't
             is
             the
             onely
             tree
             (
             I
             know
             )
             bears
             a
             leaf
             better
             than
             the
             fruit
             ,
             she
             is
             almost
             of
             the
             heigth
             and
             shape
             of
             a
             pear-tree
             ,
             the
             leaf
             is
             thicker
             ,
             and
             not
             so
             full
             of
             strings
             .
             The
             Arabians
             and
             Syrians
             call
             it
             Bamboni
             ,
             this
             leaf
             hath
             an
             excellent
             taste
             ,
             but
             makes
             the
             teeth
             black
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             of
             them
             in
             the
             Preste-Johns
             Country
             ,
             and
             are
             kept
             for
             the
             Kings
             own
             use
             where
             er'e
             they
             grow
             ;
             and
             't
             is
             death
             for
             any
             tradesman
             or
             Merchant
             to
             eat
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             he
             that
             watches
             the
             tree
             may
             kill
             any
             such
             person
             ,
             and
             not
             be
             questioned
             :
             for
             those
             trees
             belong
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             and
             none
             dare
             touch
             them
             ,
             
             but
             the
             Siramis
             ,
             who
             are
             Lords
             and
             gentry
             .
             Those
             that
             feed
             of
             it
             have
             very
             black
             teeth
             ,
             a
             thing
             held
             honourable
             ,
             because
             they
             are
             occasioned
             by
             a
             Royal
             food
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             severall
             sorts
             of
             fruit
             in
             the
             East
             ,
             Malaca
             produces
             Durions
             in
             great
             plenty
             ,
             
             and
             few
             of
             them
             grow
             in
             the
             West-Indies
             ,
             't
             is
             a
             fruit
             like
             a
             Melon
             ,
             but
             whiter
             ,
             and
             covered
             with
             a
             very
             tender
             rind
             or
             skin
             .
             'T
             is
             firm
             ,
             and
             tasts
             rather
             better
             than
             the
             Melon
             ,
             within
             are
             many
             little
             holes
             wherein
             lye
             their
             seed
             ,
             and
             is
             very
             carefully
             kept
             :
             the
             leaf
             is
             of
             an
             exceeding
             bignesse
             ,
             as
             that
             of
             the
             vine
             or
             figge
             ;
             The
             tree
             is
             pretty
             high
             ,
             her
             boughs
             like
             those
             of
             the
             cherry
             ,
             the
             wood
             is
             well
             sented
             ,
             they
             provide
             it
             against
             their
             womens
             lying
             in
             ,
             and
             then
             sacrifice
             it
             to
             their
             Idols
             .
             I
             have
             seen
             much
             of
             it
             at
             the
             Grand
             Caire
             ,
             and
             in
             Alexandria
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXV
             .
             Of
             the
             Kingdomes
             of
             Malaca
             and
             Siam
             ,
             with
             a
             prodigious
             History
             of
             Serpents
             .
          
           
             LEaving
             all
             those
             Isles
             ,
             to
             return
             into
             the
             Continent
             ,
             over
             against
             Sumatra
             Northward
             ,
             stands
             the
             Town
             and
             Kingdom
             of
             Malaca
             ,
             
             where
             is
             that
             so
             famous
             a
             spot
             of
             land
             ,
             with
             her
             Cape
             and
             Streight
             called
             Sicapura
             ,
             at
             one
             degree
             northward
             .
             Malaca
             is
             a
             potent
             kingdom
             ,
             formerly
             the
             golden
             Chersonese
             ,
             (
             as
             some
             yet
             hold
             )
             and
             the
             Ophir
             of
             Salomon
             ,
             because
             much
             gold
             is
             found
             in
             many
             places
             of
             Sumatra
             ,
             contiguous
             to
             the
             other
             :
             the
             Ancients
             believed
             her
             joyned
             to
             the
             Continent
             ,
             as
             you
             have
             heard
             already
             .
             This
             Country
             obeyed
             the
             King
             of
             Siam
             ,
             untill
             a
             Lord
             of
             Java
             subjected
             her
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             assistance
             of
             some
             fishermen
             ,
             and
             Pyrates
             built
             the
             Town
             of
             Malaca
             .
             Since
             the
             Malacans
             became
             Mahometans
             ,
             trading
             with
             the
             Persians
             ,
             and
             Guzerates
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             
               Alphonsus
               Albukerke
            
             ,
             surprized
             the
             Town
             for
             the
             King
             of
             Portugall
             ;
             it
             is
             the
             center
             of
             the
             East
             for
             trade
             ,
             
             and
             the
             mart
             for
             all
             Merchandizes
             of
             the
             East-Indies
             ,
             which
             improves
             her
             in
             grandeur
             ,
             treasure
             ,
             and
             power
             .
             The
             language
             is
             esteemed
             the
             smoothest
             ,
             most
             elegant
             ,
             and
             copious
             of
             the
             Indies
             ,
             as
             the
             mother
             of
             all
             their
             other
             tongues
             ,
             which
             they
             diligently
             study
             :
             they
             are
             much
             addicted
             to
             Poetry
             ,
             Amours
             ,
             and
             other
             Gallantries
             .
             Malaca
             is
             scituate
             upon
             a
             pleasant
             river
             called
             Crisorant
             ,
             alluding
             to
             Chrise
             ,
             or
             land
             of
             gold
             ,
             which
             others
             rather
             believe
             to
             be
             China
             and
             Japan
             :
             this
             river
             is
             not
             altogether
             so
             big
             as
             the
             Thames
             ,
             and
             divides
             the
             Town
             in
             two
             parts
             ,
             coupled
             by
             fair
             bridges
             stately
             built
             ,
             as
             is
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Town
             .
             The
             people
             are
             very
             civill
             ,
             of
             a
             good
             stature
             ,
             but
             a
             little
             tann'd
             ;
             the
             Country
             
             abounds
             in
             fruit
             ,
             subject
             to
             the
             King
             Siam
             ,
             though
             the
             Town
             belongs
             to
             the
             Portuguese
             ,
             where
             they
             have
             a
             strong
             Fort
             ,
             and
             a
             Haven
             that
             brings
             in
             great
             Revenues
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             customes
             imposed
             upon
             the
             infinite
             number
             of
             Merchandizes
             ,
             are
             imported
             from
             forreign
             parts
             .
             Those
             imposts
             or
             customes
             were
             formerly
             paid
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Siam
             .
             The
             Captain
             hath
             two
             good
             ships
             ,
             well
             rigged
             ,
             and
             man'd
             ,
             with
             which
             he
             scowres
             those
             seas
             ,
             and
             sailes
             into
             China
             ,
             loaden
             with
             wedges
             of
             gold
             and
             silver
             ,
             cloves
             ,
             pepper
             ,
             cinamon
             ,
             linnen
             and
             woollen
             cloth
             ,
             scarlets
             ,
             saffron
             ,
             corrall
             ,
             mercury
             ,
             vermillion
             ,
             and
             all
             other
             exquisite
             commodities
             of
             the
             Indies
             ,
             and
             brings
             back
             from
             thence
             silks
             ,
             purcelaines
             ,
             satins
             ,
             damask
             ,
             harts-horn
             ,
             musk
             ,
             rubarbe
             ,
             pearles
             ,
             salt-peter
             ,
             iron
             ,
             ivory
             ,
             boxes
             ,
             and
             fanns
             ;
             These
             two
             places
             are
             eight
             hundred
             l.
             distant
             ,
             
             and
             a
             great
             river
             ,
             upon
             which
             (
             they
             say
             )
             ships
             are
             drawn
             by
             Elephants
             to
             Quinsay
             ,
             capitall
             of
             Tabin
             ,
             or
             China
             ,
             where
             the
             ships
             arriving
             ,
             salute
             the
             King
             with
             three
             peeces
             of
             Canon
             ,
             and
             the
             Town
             with
             one
             ,
             if
             they
             think
             good
             ;
             then
             the
             Captain
             setting
             foot
             on
             land
             ,
             is
             sworn
             upon
             the
             Kings
             Picture
             ,
             that
             he
             comes
             
               Bona
               Fide
            
             ,
             to
             negotiate
             ,
             and
             then
             he
             is
             admitted
             .
             The
             ayre
             of
             Malaca
             is
             not
             very
             wholesom
             to
             strangers
             ,
             nor
             natives
             .
          
           
             From
             Malaca
             we
             went
             to
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Siam
             ,
             very
             potent
             formerly
             ,
             containing
             many
             Kingdomes
             .
             Their
             neighbour
             ,
             
             the
             King
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             got
             many
             of
             them
             in
             a
             Warr
             ,
             he
             maintained
             against
             Siam
             for
             a
             white
             Elephant
             ,
             which
             the
             Peguans
             adore
             ;
             
             and
             ever
             since
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Siam
             hath
             been
             weak
             ,
             and
             divided
             into
             many
             Provinces
             ,
             or
             Dominions
             ,
             where
             the
             King
             is
             hardly
             acknowledged
             :
             formerly
             it
             contained
             sixteen
             or
             seventeen
             Kingdomes
             ,
             or
             Principalityes
             ,
             and
             did
             reach
             from
             Tanansterin
             ,
             or
             Tarnatsery
             ,
             unto
             Champaa
             ,
             above
             700.
             leagues
             from
             Coast
             to
             Coast
             ,
             between
             Malaca
             ,
             
             the
             Isles
             
               Pacanes
               ,
               Passiloco
               ,
               Capimper
               ,
               Chiammay
            
             ;
             the
             Lahos
             and
             Gutt●s
             :
             'T
             is
             called
             the
             Empire
             of
             Sornao
             ;
             the
             King
             
               Prechau
               Saleu
            
             ,
             who
             kept
             his
             Court
             at
             the
             great
             Town
             of
             Odiva
             ,
             whither
             the
             Kings
             were
             tied
             to
             come
             yearly
             ,
             to
             acknowledge
             the
             Princes
             ,
             
             and
             pay
             their
             tribute
             ,
             kissing
             the
             Cimiter
             at
             his
             side
             .
             Then
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             great
             distance
             ,
             and
             the
             many
             Rivers
             ,
             which
             lengthen
             their
             journeys
             ,
             and
             render
             them
             difficult
             ,
             he
             remitted
             this
             kind
             of
             acknowledgment
             to
             be
             made
             to
             a
             Lieutenant
             ,
             or
             Vice-Roy
             ,
             
             in
             the
             Town
             of
             Lugor
             ,
             neerer
             ,
             and
             more
             commodious
             .
          
           
             This
             Country
             confines
             upon
             Pegu
             westward
             ,
             northward
             upon
             Chiammay
             ,
             southward
             towards
             the
             Province
             of
             Caburi
             ,
             and
             the
             main
             sea
             ,
             and
             eastward
             upon
             the
             Gulfe
             of
             Cambaye
             ,
             't
             is
             one
             of
             the
             plentifullest
             ,
             and
             best
             Isles
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             abounding
             in
             all
             fruits
             ,
             victualls
             ,
             silver
             mines
             ,
             iron
             ,
             lead
             ,
             pewter
             ,
             salt-peter
             ,
             sulphure
             ,
             silkes
             ,
             honey
             ,
             wax
             ,
             sugars
             ,
             sweet-woods
             ,
             benjamin
             ,
             cottons
             ,
             rubies
             ,
             saphyres
             ,
             ivory
             ,
             and
             great
             plenty
             of
             all
             spices
             ,
             and
             other
             commodities
             imported
             from
             other
             parts
             .
          
           
             The
             inhabitants
             are
             not
             warlike
             ;
             The
             women
             are
             very
             lovely
             ,
             
             and
             well
             disposed
             ,
             
             they
             are
             richly
             adorned
             with
             Jewells
             ,
             their
             coates
             tuck
             't
             up
             to
             their
             knees
             ,
             their
             feet
             and
             legs
             bare
             ,
             to
             shew
             how
             they
             are
             decked
             ,
             and
             loaded
             with
             gemms
             ;
             they
             weare
             jewells
             upon
             their
             armes
             ,
             also
             their
             haire
             is
             platted
             ,
             and
             covered
             therewith
             ,
             in
             imitation
             of
             the
             Peguans
             .
             They
             are
             carried
             in
             chariots
             ,
             richly
             covered
             ,
             their
             gownes
             open
             before
             ,
             discover
             their
             naked
             breasts
             (
             their
             smocks
             being
             likewise
             slit
             ,
             )
             when
             they
             walke
             they
             hold
             both
             their
             hands
             before
             them
             ,
             to
             hide
             their
             nakedness
             ,
             and
             yet
             so
             as
             t
             is
             plainly
             seen
             .
             They
             say
             that
             custom
             was
             first
             brought
             up
             by
             Queen
             Tirada
             ,
             the
             wisest
             of
             her
             time
             ,
             and
             her
             bones
             are
             to
             this
             day
             kept
             ,
             
             with
             great
             reverence
             :
             perceiving
             her
             Subjects
             to
             be
             besotted
             ,
             or
             violently
             addicted
             to
             Sodomie
             ;
             she
             thought
             by
             such
             charming
             allurements
             ,
             to
             withdraw
             them
             from
             that
             bestiality
             ,
             as
             indeed
             they
             are
             since
             wholly
             taken
             off
             from
             that
             abominahle
             sensuality
             :
             and
             in
             truth
             that
             Countrey
             women
             are
             very
             faire
             ,
             and
             well
             shaped
             ,
             they
             play
             upon
             certain
             Musicall
             instruments
             ,
             which
             they
             are
             diligently
             instructed
             in
             from
             their
             infancy
             ;
             the
             men
             may
             marry
             two
             wives
             ,
             but
             they
             pay
             double
             customes
             for
             the
             second
             ,
             and
             most
             of
             them
             therefore
             are
             contented
             with
             one
             ,
             the
             women
             are
             very
             tractable
             ,
             humble
             ,
             and
             discreet
             ,
             their
             greatest
             care
             is
             to
             be
             beloved
             of
             their
             husbands
             .
             
             They
             cruelly
             sacrifice
             Virgins
             ,
             and
             their
             manner
             of
             burying
             the
             dead
             is
             as
             inhumane
             ;
             for
             as
             soone
             as
             one
             of
             their
             alliance
             is
             deceased
             ,
             they
             erect
             him
             a
             Monument
             in
             the
             fields
             ,
             according
             to
             their
             conditions
             and
             abilities
             :
             then
             they
             shave
             their
             whole
             body
             ,
             in
             signe
             of
             mourning
             :
             Women
             cast
             off
             their
             jewels
             ,
             and
             are
             cloathed
             in
             white
             ,
             the
             doleful
             colour
             there
             ;
             all
             the
             deceased's
             friends
             and
             alliance
             are
             invited
             ,
             solemnly
             to
             attend
             the
             Corps
             to
             the
             Interment
             .
             The
             Corps
             is
             clothed
             in
             a
             rich
             habit
             ,
             exposed
             upon
             a
             Chariot
             ,
             in
             a
             bed
             of
             state
             ,
             and
             drawn
             by
             six
             of
             his
             nearest
             kindred
             ,
             of
             the
             best
             of
             his
             family
             ,
             and
             six
             more
             of
             his
             best
             friends
             ,
             covered
             with
             an
             ash-colour
             canopy
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             same
             colour
             ,
             his
             Relations
             are
             cloathed
             ;
             before
             the
             Corpes
             go
             six
             flutes
             ,
             who
             with
             two
             kettle
             drums
             ,
             
             or
             tabors
             ,
             make
             so
             lamentable
             a
             noise
             ,
             that
             it
             drawes
             teares
             from
             the
             Assistants
             :
             The
             slutes
             are
             hired
             ,
             and
             discharged
             by
             the
             Publick
             ;
             drawing
             neer
             to
             the
             buriall
             place
             ,
             they
             throw
             perfumes
             upon
             the
             Chariot
             .
             This
             done
             ,
             they
             all
             retire
             ,
             the
             parents
             and
             kindred
             only
             excepted
             ,
             who
             strip
             the
             body
             ,
             and
             make
             it
             clean
             ,
             multiplying
             their
             cries
             and
             lamentations
             ;
             then
             roast
             it
             with
             their
             sweet
             woods
             ,
             gather
             round
             about
             it
             ,
             and
             with
             many
             sad
             groanes
             ,
             
             they
             make
             of
             it
             a
             most
             mournfull
             repast
             :
             This
             done
             ,
             they
             scrape
             the
             bones
             clean
             ,
             and
             perfume
             them
             with
             much
             ceremony
             ,
             and
             lap
             them
             up
             in
             linnen
             cloaths
             (
             made
             of
             Arbeste
             )
             which
             wil
             never
             consume
             by
             fire
             ,
             but
             grow
             whiter
             ,
             and
             cleaner
             ,
             nor
             rot
             under
             ground
             ,
             but
             will
             keep
             for
             ever
             .
             I
             have
             got
             of
             the
             cloath
             in
             my
             Travels
             ,
             which
             I
             have
             shown
             to
             curious
             persons
             .
             These
             Ceremonies
             ended
             ,
             and
             the
             bones
             laid
             in
             the
             Tombe
             ,
             every
             one
             drawes
             homeward
             .
             Such
             is
             their
             strange
             manner
             of
             sepulture
             .
          
           
           
             The
             Town
             of
             Siam
             stands
             upon
             the
             fair
             and
             large
             river
             of
             Mecan
             ,
             that
             springs
             from
             the
             famous
             Lake
             of
             
               Chiamay
               ;
               Sian
            
             is
             stately
             walled
             ,
             and
             conteines
             thirty
             thousand
             houses
             ,
             with
             a
             Castle
             strongly
             fortified
             ,
             built
             upon
             the
             water
             ,
             as
             Penivitan
             ,
             and
             Venice
             .
             
             The
             Country
             breeds
             Elephants
             ,
             Rinocerots
             ,
             Giraffs
             ,
             Tygers
             ,
             Lions
             ,
             Leopards
             ,
             and
             all
             sorts
             of
             savage
             beasts
             ,
             the
             fairest
             Hermines
             of
             the
             East
             ,
             Camels
             ,
             Dromodaries
             ,
             and
             some
             say
             Unicornes
             ,
             which
             being
             very
             timerous
             beasts
             ,
             seldom
             appear
             in
             sight
             .
          
           
             Some
             of
             them
             are
             found
             about
             Chyamay
             lake
             ,
             I
             will
             speak
             of
             them
             in
             another
             place
             .
             This
             Lake
             is
             200.
             miles
             about
             ,
             
             whence
             many
             great
             and
             famous
             rivers
             arise
             ,
             as
             
               Ava
               ,
               Caypumo
               ,
               Menan
            
             ,
             
             Cosmin
             ,
             and
             others
             ,
             they
             overflow
             like
             the
             Nilus
             .
             This
             Lake
             is
             bounded
             Eastward
             ,
             with
             vast
             forrests
             ,
             and
             impassible
             Marshes
             and
             Fens
             ,
             and
             very
             dangerous
             ,
             prodigious
             Serpents
             are
             bread
             there
             ,
             with
             wings
             like
             bats
             ,
             which
             bear
             them
             from
             the
             ground
             ,
             and
             carry
             them
             with
             a
             strange
             swiftness
             ;
             flying
             ,
             they
             rest
             themselves
             upon
             the
             end
             of
             their
             tailes
             ,
             which
             are
             sharp
             ,
             they
             did
             once
             so
             swarm
             ,
             
             that
             they
             made
             a
             whole
             Province
             desert
             ,
             and
             desolate
             ,
             and
             without
             the
             juice
             of
             fig-leaves
             ,
             (
             which
             was
             an
             antidote
             against
             their
             poison
             )
             not
             one
             had
             escaped
             .
             The
             Prince
             of
             those
             parts
             having
             armed
             his
             subjects
             ,
             made
             vast
             trenches
             and
             ditches
             in
             that
             Province
             ,
             and
             with
             the
             help
             of
             dogs
             ,
             tigers
             ,
             lions
             ,
             and
             other
             savage
             beasts
             ,
             trained
             up
             to
             hunting
             young
             ,
             and
             disguised
             in
             other
             skins
             ;
             he
             armed
             many
             other
             beasts
             against
             them
             ,
             he
             destroyed
             an
             innumerable
             number
             of
             those
             Serpents
             ,
             that
             cast
             themselves
             headlong
             into
             those
             ditches
             :
             then
             he
             set
             a
             prize
             (
             to
             be
             given
             to
             those
             that
             should
             kill
             any
             of
             them
             )
             and
             by
             these
             meanes
             that
             breed
             was
             soon
             destroyed
             :
             Notwithstanding
             there
             are
             some
             seen
             still
             in
             the
             forrest
             ,
             and
             I
             have
             seen
             of
             them
             of
             incredible
             length
             ;
             they
             prey
             upon
             sheep
             ,
             and
             other
             cattell
             .
             There
             is
             another
             beast
             in
             the
             same
             Country
             faced
             like
             a
             man
             ,
             but
             all
             wricnkled
             ,
             which
             appeares
             by
             night
             only
             ,
             and
             is
             called
             Espaulouco
             .
             
          
           
             This
             beast
             gets
             up
             upon
             the
             top
             of
             trees
             ,
             and
             makes
             a
             bewailing
             noise
             ,
             a
             purpose
             to
             catch
             something
             :
             when
             she
             lights
             of
             no
             prey
             ,
             she
             feedes
             upon
             earth
             .
             'T
             is
             a
             very
             slow
             beast
             ,
             and
             there
             are
             of
             that
             kind
             in
             many
             places
             .
          
           
             The
             Kingdom
             of
             Siam
             hath
             formerly
             suffered
             many
             changes
             some
             few
             yeares
             before
             we
             were
             there
             .
             The
             King
             a
             most
             renowned
             and
             victorious
             Prince
             ,
             was
             by
             his
             own
             Queen
             poisoned
             ,
             who
             after
             married
             one
             of
             the
             stewards
             of
             her
             household
             ,
             with
             whom
             she
             had
             lived
             in
             adultery
             ,
             and
             made
             him
             King
             ,
             having
             likewise
             put
             to
             death
             her
             own
             son
             ,
             that
             succeeded
             his
             father
             :
             since
             they
             were
             (
             by
             conjurations
             )
             both
             murthered
             at
             a
             feast
             ,
             and
             the
             Kingdom
             subject
             to
             continuall
             revolutions
             ,
             till
             Bramaa
             ,
             King
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             took
             occasion
             to
             besiege
             Odiaa
             ,
             but
             leaving
             his
             life
             in
             the
             siege
             ,
             h●r
             successor
             utterly
             demolished
             the
             Town
             ,
             and
             obtained
             the
             white
             Elephant
             I
             spoke
             of
             ,
             since
             that
             Siam
             hath
             revenged
             
             her self
             upon
             Pegu.
             Thus
             the
             Kingdomes
             of
             the
             Indies
             are
             very
             various
             ,
             never
             remaining
             long
             under
             the
             same
             condition
             ,
             or
             Government
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXVI
             .
             Of
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Martaban
             ,
             marvellous
             strength
             of
             Macaraou
             ,
             or
             the
             flowing
             of
             the
             sea
             .
             Particularities
             of
             Pegu.
             
          
           
             
             FRom
             Siam
             we
             came
             to
             the
             Kingdom
             and
             Town
             of
             Martaban
             ,
             sometime
             subject
             to
             Pegu
             ,
             but
             since
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Syam
             .
             It
             buts
             Westward
             upon
             the
             Gulfe
             of
             Bengale
             ,
             Northward
             upon
             Pegu
             ,
             Eastward
             upon
             Siam
             ,
             and
             Southward
             upon
             Tanasserim
             and
             Jangome
             .
             The
             Fathers
             of
             St.
             Francis
             ,
             and
             those
             of
             the
             Society
             have
             built
             them
             Churches
             there
             .
             The
             soyle
             is
             very
             fertile
             ,
             yielding
             ordinarily
             three
             crops
             ,
             the
             year
             ;
             there
             is
             plenty
             of
             Rice
             ,
             and
             other
             sorts
             of
             grain
             ,
             fruit
             ,
             trees
             ,
             sweet
             and
             medicinall
             hearbes
             of
             all
             sorts
             ,
             mines
             of
             all
             mettalls
             ,
             rubies
             and
             other
             stones
             ,
             and
             the
             aire
             is
             very
             wholesom
             .
          
           
             
             The
             Capitall
             Town
             is
             Martaban
             ,
             sixteen
             degrees
             towards
             the
             North
             ,
             hath
             a
             good
             harbor
             ,
             and
             scituate
             upon
             the
             river
             Gaypoumo
             ,
             or
             rather
             upon
             an
             arme
             of
             the
             sea
             ,
             where
             the
             tide
             runs
             strangely
             toward
             Pegu
             ;
             for
             whereas
             ordinarily
             it
             flowes
             by
             degrees
             ,
             with
             an
             easie
             motion
             ,
             without
             violence
             ,
             here
             it
             fills
             that
             arme
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             or
             River
             ,
             on
             a
             sudden
             ,
             and
             flowes
             with
             such
             fury
             and
             impetuosity
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             mountains
             rolled
             up
             in
             water
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             rapid
             torrent
             in
             the
             world
             doth
             not
             parallel
             this
             in
             swiftnesse
             ;
             and
             by
             three
             passages
             fills
             the
             harbor
             ,
             and
             other
             receptacles
             ,
             with
             a
             most
             fearefull
             force
             and
             rapidity
             .
             This
             arme
             is
             by
             the
             Indians
             called
             Macaroou
             (
             which
             signifies
             )
             beware
             the
             Tyger
             ,
             for
             the
             vehemence
             of
             the
             waves
             ,
             which
             I
             will
             more
             amply
             speak
             of
             in
             another
             place
             .
          
           
             
             Martaban
             joynes
             to
             the
             Territories
             of
             Dougon
             ,
             the
             remotest
             Town
             of
             Pegu.
             The
             Inhabitants
             are
             given
             very
             much
             to
             trading
             ,
             
             and
             especially
             in
             Lacca
             ,
             a
             kind
             of
             gumm
             they
             draw
             out
             of
             trees
             ,
             very
             fine
             ,
             and
             better
             then
             that
             is
             made
             in
             Dalascia
             ,
             in
             Aethiopia
             ,
             which
             I
             have
             already
             spoken
             of
             .
             They
             have
             many
             more
             Droggues
             ,
             as
             Galingall
             ,
             Turbith
             ,
             or
             Camomell
             ,
             Rubarb
             ,
             
             found
             upon
             the
             mountains
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             and
             is
             called
             Jubara
             :
             The
             leafe
             is
             broad
             ,
             and
             bitter
             as
             gall
             ,
             they
             gather
             it
             in
             May
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             latter
             end
             of
             their
             winter
             ,
             the
             root
             is
             of
             a
             tan'd
             collour
             ,
             some
             is
             yellow
             ,
             purple
             ,
             and
             red
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             land
             
             that
             bears
             it
             .
             Some
             season
             their
             meat
             therewith
             ,
             and
             't
             is
             a
             preservative
             against
             many
             infirmities
             ;
             't
             is
             sold
             very
             cheap
             ,
             and
             is
             mingled
             with
             perfumes
             :
             there
             growes
             wood
             of
             Aloes
             ,
             red
             Sendal
             ,
             
             and
             Cittern
             upon
             the
             hills
             .
             Women
             burn
             of
             all
             these
             to
             make
             concoctions
             ,
             and
             use
             them
             in
             their
             labours
             ,
             and
             delivered
             ,
             they
             seek
             for
             a
             black-headed
             lamb
             ,
             and
             carry
             the
             child
             to
             the
             Temple
             ,
             covered
             with
             flowers
             ,
             drugges
             ,
             and
             perfumes
             .
          
           
             Then
             they
             begin
             their
             sacrifice
             ,
             
             delivering
             their
             child
             and
             lamb
             into
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             Banean
             ,
             or
             Priest
             called
             Satalico
             ,
             the
             skin
             ,
             head
             ,
             feet
             ,
             and
             entrals
             ,
             fals
             to
             his
             share
             ,
             this
             is
             done
             in
             honour
             of
             Castigay
             their
             Idol
             .
             All
             those
             Flamins
             are
             great
             Magicians
             ;
             They
             cast
             the
             childrens
             nativities
             new-borne
             ,
             and
             set
             down
             ,
             what
             shall
             befall
             them
             during
             their
             lives
             .
             This
             writing
             is
             carefully
             kept
             by
             the
             parents
             ,
             for
             to
             prevent
             the
             bad
             accidents
             .
             For
             they
             esteem
             whatever
             those
             Baneans
             say
             infallible
             ,
             and
             when
             any
             person
             is
             sick
             ,
             they
             are
             consulted
             whether
             the
             party
             will
             dye
             or
             recover
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             have
             given
             their
             opinion
             ,
             't
             is
             believed
             as
             Gospel
             .
             One
             being
             once
             (
             as
             I
             may
             say
             )
             condemned
             or
             sentenced
             to
             death
             by
             a
             Wizard
             ,
             and
             left
             off
             ;
             was
             undertaken
             by
             one
             of
             our
             company
             ,
             and
             recovered
             in
             nine
             dayes
             ,
             which
             made
             them
             believe
             the
             Christians
             were
             more
             knowing
             then
             their
             Magicians
             :
             the
             like
             happened
             to
             another
             ,
             whose
             wife
             was
             by
             a
             Christian
             perswaded
             ,
             to
             shut
             out
             the
             Magician
             that
             had
             given
             his
             opinion
             of
             her
             husband
             ;
             he
             recovering
             ,
             was
             satisfied
             of
             the
             abuses
             and
             falsehoods
             of
             their
             Magicians
             ,
             Pagodes
             ,
             and
             Castigais
             ,
             and
             of
             their
             false
             Priests
             ,
             and
             was
             also
             instructed
             in
             the
             truth
             ,
             and
             purity
             of
             our
             Religion
             ,
             that
             he
             might
             leave
             his
             own
             Idolatries
             :
             but
             Alas
             ,
             the
             poor
             creatures
             heart
             being
             hardened
             ,
             replyed
             :
             I
             believe
             (
             said
             he
             )
             that
             thy
             God
             is
             great
             ,
             and
             more
             powerful
             then
             ours
             ,
             and
             that
             being
             so
             great
             and
             Majestical
             ,
             he
             will
             not
             vouchsafe
             to
             make
             himself
             known
             to
             such
             miserable
             simple
             creatures
             ,
             as
             we
             are
             ;
             and
             it
             would
             be
             very
             unfit
             to
             believe
             a
             God
             were
             not
             willing
             to
             command
             us
             .
             Ours
             (
             said
             he
             )
             makes
             his
             will
             known
             to
             us
             ,
             which
             we
             all
             submit
             unto
             ,
             and
             obey
             ,
             but
             I
             shall
             never
             more
             trust
             the
             Baneans
             ,
             for
             they
             are
             false
             Prophets
             :
             and
             upon
             these
             accidents
             ,
             many
             of
             them
             remove
             their
             habitations
             .
             It
             were
             easie
             to
             perswade
             them
             to
             the
             truth
             ,
             they
             being
             simple
             ,
             and
             very
             credulous
             ;
             and
             besides
             ,
             they
             bear
             a
             great
             respect
             to
             the
             memorie
             of
             Saint
             Thomas
             :
             but
             opportunities
             to
             destroy
             their
             Idols
             are
             wanting
             ,
             that
             they
             might
             see
             ,
             they
             have
             neither
             force
             nor
             motion
             .
             'T
             were
             dangerous
             to
             attempt
             it
             ,
             without
             a
             considerable
             strength
             .
             Those
             deceitful
             Baneans
             ,
             do
             so
             enslave
             the
             people
             ,
             that
             they
             believe
             things
             strange
             ,
             and
             absurd
             ,
             beyond
             relation
             .
          
           
             In
             their
             festivals
             ,
             when
             their
             Idols
             are
             carried
             in
             state
             upon
             chariots
             ,
             some
             of
             them
             (
             through
             zeal
             )
             throw
             themselves
             under
             the
             wheels
             ,
             and
             are
             broken
             in
             pieces
             .
             Others
             thrust
             their
             heads
             into
             steel
             hoops
             ,
             keen
             as
             razers
             ,
             and
             cut
             their
             own
             throats
             ,
             putting
             
             their
             feet
             in
             a
             rope
             fastened
             thereunto
             :
             and
             such
             are
             afterwards
             esteemed
             Saints
             ,
             and
             registred
             in
             their
             Temples
             ;
             others
             cut
             a
             hole
             in
             their
             sides
             ,
             and
             fasten
             a
             rope
             thereto
             ,
             and
             are
             dragged
             by
             the
             Chariot
             after
             their
             Idol
             ,
             then
             their
             friends
             say
             to
             them
             (
             remember
             that
             I
             have
             ever
             been
             thy
             friend
             )
             and
             believe
             he
             hath
             power
             to
             save
             them
             .
          
           
             Parents
             are
             reverenced
             ,
             and
             if
             poor
             ,
             they
             are
             assisted
             upon
             the
             publick
             account
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             a
             solemn
             feast
             wherein
             they
             reckon
             up
             the
             twelve
             moons
             or
             moneths
             ,
             with
             the
             twelve
             signes
             ,
             and
             make
             great
             jollity
             ;
             when
             they
             draw
             their
             Idols
             upon
             Chariots
             ,
             another
             of
             Virgins
             is
             drawn
             off
             one
             hand
             ,
             to
             incense
             and
             perfume
             it
             .
          
           
             At
             Martaban
             there
             growes
             a
             fruit
             ,
             which
             opened
             ,
             represents
             the
             perfect
             figure
             of
             a
             Crosse
             .
             At
             Martaban
             some
             years
             before
             ,
             we
             made
             our
             travels
             there
             ;
             a
             rich
             and
             potent
             King
             (
             as
             the
             Portuguais
             relate
             )
             named
             Chaubaina
             was
             besieged
             by
             Bramaa
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             
             and
             reduced
             to
             extremity
             ,
             he
             implored
             the
             assistance
             of
             Portugal
             ,
             offering
             great
             treasures
             ,
             which
             for
             some
             considerations
             was
             denied
             ;
             and
             the
             distressed
             Prince
             forced
             to
             deliver
             up
             himself
             ,
             wife
             ,
             and
             children
             ,
             to
             that
             inhumane
             Tyrant
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             who
             contrary
             to
             his
             promise
             ,
             put
             them
             all
             to
             cruel
             deaths
             ,
             and
             sack't
             that
             flourishing
             town
             ;
             and
             the
             Portuguais
             were
             much
             blamed
             for
             refusing
             their
             assistance
             .
             There
             was
             a
             vast
             treasure
             ,
             and
             (
             they
             say
             )
             six
             and
             thirty
             thousand
             Merchants
             all
             strangers
             ,
             that
             repaired
             thither
             from
             fourty
             several
             nations
             of
             the
             Indies
             ,
             and
             other
             remoter
             places
             ;
             as
             
               Portuguais
               ,
               Greeks
               ,
               Venetians
               ,
               French
               ,
               English
               ,
               Abyssins
               ,
               Turks
               ,
               Jewes
               ,
               Arabians
               ,
               Armenians
               ,
               Tartars
               ,
               Mogors
               ,
               Corozans
               ,
               Persians
               ,
               Malabarians
               ,
               Javans
               ,
            
             and
             many
             others
             .
             This
             Town
             had
             24.
             gates
             .
          
           
             
             We
             went
             from
             Martaban
             to
             Pegu
             ,
             four
             small
             dayes
             journey
             distant
             by
             land
             ,
             and
             no
             more
             by
             sea
             ,
             although
             't
             is
             much
             further
             ;
             but
             their
             Frigates
             fleet
             sayling
             ,
             bring
             all
             to
             one
             ;
             and
             putting
             forth
             with
             the
             tyde
             ;
             if
             your
             ship
             strikes
             upon
             a
             Rock
             ,
             and
             is
             able
             to
             bear
             the
             shock
             ,
             it
             glides
             over
             ,
             like
             a
             Balon
             ,
             for
             no
             arrow
             flyes
             fleeter
             .
             I
             have
             shot
             seven
             or
             eight
             times
             through
             the
             streight
             of
             Gibraltar
             against
             tyde
             ,
             but
             with
             full
             sayles
             ,
             and
             so
             you
             may
             stop
             in
             those
             seas
             ,
             without
             casting
             Anchor
             ,
             in
             expectation
             of
             better
             weather
             ,
             but
             in
             Macaraou
             ,
             the
             road
             to
             Pegu
             ,
             't
             is
             impossible
             with
             the
             strongest
             winds
             against
             tyde
             ,
             to
             make
             a
             stand
             ,
             for
             the
             waves
             there
             over-powre
             the
             winds
             ,
             I
             have
             not
             seen
             the
             like
             fury
             of
             the
             seas
             in
             any
             place
             of
             the
             world
             as
             in
             Martaban
             and
             Pegu
             ,
             for
             there
             is
             a
             gulph
             of
             water
             ,
             and
             the
             tyde
             taking
             her
             course
             ,
             meets
             with
             those
             waters
             ,
             the
             one
             roling
             against
             the
             main
             body
             of
             the
             sea
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             terrible
             conflict
             ,
             they
             withstand
             each
             other
             for
             a
             time
             ,
             at
             length
             the
             weakest
             must
             yield
             ,
             the
             two
             bodies
             separate
             with
             such
             swiftnesse
             and
             vehemency
             ,
             that
             it
             seems
             a
             great
             hill
             overturned
             ;
             nor
             is
             there
             a
             courage
             so
             great
             it
             daunts
             not
             ,
             and
             where
             before
             a
             
             hollow
             was
             seen
             empty
             and
             dry
             ,
             covered
             over
             with
             ships
             ;
             on
             a
             suddain
             ,
             the
             Surges
             are
             so
             violent
             ,
             you
             would
             believe
             ,
             the
             infernal
             powers
             were
             all
             united
             ,
             to
             tosse
             those
             ships
             .
             I
             never
             yet
             heard
             a
             reason
             given
             for
             it
             ,
             a
             search
             worthy
             the
             labour
             of
             the
             greatest
             wits
             in
             the
             world
             .
             I
             remember
             that
             some
             yeares
             after
             ,
             meeting
             with
             a
             most
             famous
             Sea-Captain
             at
             Calis
             or
             Cales
             ,
             I
             related
             him
             this
             wonder
             of
             Macaraou
             (
             saying
             that
             I
             should
             not
             be
             credited
             ,
             if
             I
             made
             any
             such
             relation
             in
             print
             )
             he
             answered
             me
             that
             the
             words
             ,
             or
             little
             faith
             of
             ignorant
             persons
             ,
             could
             not
             prejudice
             the
             experience
             of
             knowing
             men
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             himself
             (
             had
             he
             not
             seen
             )
             could
             not
             have
             believed
             the
             impetuous
             ,
             
             and
             most
             violent
             encounter
             of
             two
             seas
             ,
             from
             the
             North
             and
             South
             ,
             in
             the
             streight
             of
             Magellan
             ,
             from
             the
             North
             the
             water
             entred
             60.
             leagues
             within
             the
             streight
             ,
             from
             the
             South
             forty
             ,
             where
             meeting
             with
             an
             unconceivable
             fury
             ,
             they
             strike
             horrour
             and
             amazement
             into
             all
             beholders
             ;
             which
             made
             him
             believe
             the
             discourses
             ,
             and
             opinions
             of
             all
             natural
             Philosophers
             to
             be
             uncertain
             ,
             since
             his
             own
             experience
             so
             often
             contradicted
             them
             .
          
           
             He
             told
             me
             he
             was
             very
             desirous
             to
             go
             witnesse
             what
             I
             related
             of
             Macaraou
             ,
             at
             Cambay
             ,
             and
             Pegu
             ,
             but
             since
             I
             have
             discovered
             ,
             that
             there
             is
             nothing
             liker
             to
             what
             I
             have
             said
             of
             Macaraou
             ,
             
             then
             the
             Mascaret
             of
             Bourdeaux
             .
             That
             is
             well
             known
             to
             be
             a
             mountain
             of
             water
             gathered
             together
             (
             in
             the
             River
             of
             Dourdonne
             )
             while
             the
             waters
             are
             all
             quiet
             ;
             that
             mountain
             is
             framed
             on
             a
             sudden
             ,
             and
             rolles
             down
             the
             river
             ,
             overturning
             what
             boats
             soever
             are
             in
             the
             way
             ,
             which
             every
             man
             endeavours
             to
             avoyd
             ,
             making
             with
             all
             haste
             to
             the
             shoare
             .
          
           
             I
             have
             asked
             the
             reason
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             who
             have
             told
             me
             it
             proceeded
             from
             the
             height
             of
             the
             Seas
             ,
             meeting
             with
             the
             ebbe
             of
             the
             River
             ,
             and
             by
             that
             encounter
             this
             water
             gathers
             together
             ,
             but
             others
             agree
             not
             to
             this
             ,
             for
             (
             if
             so
             )
             the
             like
             would
             happen
             in
             the
             Garonne
             ,
             and
             in
             other
             places
             ,
             which
             I
             never
             heard
             of
             :
             
             so
             that
             with
             more
             reason
             they
             attribute
             the
             cause
             to
             some
             ayre
             inclosed
             in
             some
             channel
             or
             spring
             under
             ground
             ,
             running
             from
             Garonne
             to
             Dourdonne
             ,
             which
             raises
             this
             mountain
             of
             water
             when
             the
             Sea
             flows
             :
             but
             I
             know
             not
             whether
             the
             same
             reason
             might
             be
             given
             for
             Macaraou
             .
          
           
             The
             Kingdom
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             is
             one
             of
             the
             largest
             ,
             richest
             ,
             
             and
             most
             potent
             of
             the
             Indies
             ,
             next
             to
             Mogor
             ,
             and
             China
             ,
             but
             to
             the
             two
             last
             are
             lately
             happened
             strange
             revolutions
             ,
             they
             are
             extremely
             fallen
             off
             from
             their
             state
             ,
             and
             have
             been
             dismembred
             by
             the
             Kings
             of
             Tangu
             ,
             and
             Aracan
             ,
             who
             had
             in
             my
             time
             the
             possession
             of
             the
             white
             Elephant
             ,
             that
             bred
             so
             much
             contention
             in
             Siam
             .
             
             This
             kingdom
             in
             my
             days
             contained
             many
             others
             ,
             viz.
             two
             Empires
             containing
             26.
             crowned
             States
             ;
             Southward
             ,
             Pegu
             confines
             upon
             Martaban
             and
             Siam
             ,
             Eastward
             upon
             
               Brama
               ,
               Cambay
            
             ,
             and
             
               Cochin
               ,
               China
            
             ,
             Northward
             upon
             
               Ava
               Tazatay
            
             ,
             &
             Aracan
             ,
             Westward
             upon
             Bengale
             and
             the
             gulf
             .
          
           
           
             The
             Town
             of
             Pegu
             is
             very
             large
             and
             square
             ,
             5.
             gates
             at
             every
             square
             or
             side
             ,
             encompassed
             with
             a
             deep
             work
             or
             trench
             full
             of
             Water-Crocodils
             ,
             and
             other
             dangerous
             Serpents
             .
             The
             walls
             are
             built
             of
             wood
             ,
             with
             Watch-towers
             of
             rich
             work
             ,
             and
             gilt
             ,
             repaired
             every
             tenth
             year
             .
             The
             houses
             are
             stately
             edifice
             .
             At
             new
             Pegu
             the
             King
             keeps
             his
             Court
             ,
             the
             streets
             are
             exactly
             streight
             ,
             and
             large
             ;
             about
             the
             heart
             of
             the
             town
             you
             discover
             almost
             all
             the
             streets
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             gallant
             curiosity
             ;
             old
             Pegu
             is
             built
             after
             the
             same
             model
             ,
             and
             there
             the
             Merchants
             inhabit
             :
             In
             new
             Pegu
             the
             streets
             are
             set
             with
             Palm-trees
             ,
             and
             Cocos
             loaden
             with
             fruit
             ;
             the
             new
             was
             framed
             and
             built
             by
             the
             line
             near
             a
             forest
             of
             Palmes
             towards
             the
             North
             in
             a
             large
             field
             :
             in
             the
             trenches
             (
             filled
             with
             water
             by
             the
             river
             that
             washes
             that
             coast
             )
             there
             are
             certain
             baths
             accommodated
             purposely
             ;
             and
             very
             safe
             from
             Crocodils
             ,
             otherwise
             swimming
             were
             very
             dangerous
             .
             The
             Town
             is
             as
             bigge
             as
             Fez
             ,
             whereof
             there
             is
             the
             old
             and
             new
             ,
             as
             Pegu.
             
          
           
             The
             King
             of
             Pegu
             is
             so
             potent
             that
             he
             never
             goes
             to
             war
             without
             a
             million
             and
             a
             half
             of
             men
             ,
             well
             armed
             ,
             with
             Arquebuses
             and
             other
             Guns
             :
             they
             are
             the
             best
             Gunners
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             but
             not
             many
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             their
             Guns
             are
             far
             better
             then
             ours
             ,
             being
             made
             of
             better
             iron
             ,
             better
             temper'd
             ,
             and
             better
             wrought
             .
             They
             have
             a
             100000.
             good
             souldiers
             .
             
             they
             live
             of
             little
             ,
             and
             for
             need
             upon
             leaves
             and
             roots
             ,
             and
             are
             gallant
             and
             resolute
             men
             .
             His
             guard
             consists
             of
             30000.
             horse
             ,
             
             either
             Turk
             or
             Persian
             :
             and
             to
             have
             them
             plenty
             at
             a
             pinch
             ,
             there
             is
             an
             edict
             or
             law
             ,
             that
             what
             Merchant
             soever
             brings
             20.
             horses
             to
             be
             sold
             ,
             shall
             have
             the
             rest
             of
             his
             commodities
             free
             ,
             which
             make
             them
             furnisht
             from
             all
             parts
             of
             the
             
               Indies
               ,
               Persia
            
             ,
             and
             Soltania
             in
             Arabia
             ,
             where
             are
             the
             best
             of
             the
             world
             ;
             the
             souldiers
             exercise
             themselves
             much
             at
             marks
             ,
             and
             often
             ,
             the
             King
             gives
             rewards
             to
             the
             best
             marks-men
             .
             He
             may
             have
             5000.
             
             Elephants
             ,
             and
             many
             other
             beasts
             .
             Merchants
             follow
             the
             Armies
             upon
             bulls
             and
             oxen
             .
          
           
             The
             country
             is
             rich
             in
             Mynes
             of
             Gold
             and
             Silver
             ,
             Rubies
             ,
             Saphyrs
             ,
             Garnets
             ,
             and
             other
             stones
             :
             These
             daily
             augment
             the
             Kings
             treasures
             :
             his
             Magazines
             may
             passe
             for
             the
             treasure
             of
             the
             East
             .
             In
             one
             Court
             of
             his
             Pallace
             at
             new
             Pegu
             ,
             there
             is
             such
             store
             ,
             that
             't
             is
             little
             esteemed
             ,
             
             not
             one
             man
             to
             guard
             it
             ,
             nor
             the
             dores
             kept
             shut
             :
             There
             stands
             the
             figure
             or
             statue
             of
             a
             proper
             tall
             man
             ,
             all
             of
             beaten
             gold
             ,
             a
             crown
             upon
             his
             head
             of
             the
             same
             ,
             enriched
             with
             rubies
             of
             inestimable
             value
             ;
             and
             round
             it
             four
             statues
             more
             of
             youths
             all
             of
             gold
             ,
             which
             seem
             to
             be
             Idols
             ,
             (
             yet
             they
             say
             )
             they
             were
             made
             for
             delight
             .
             
             In
             another
             Court
             is
             represented
             a
             Gyant
             sitting
             ,
             of
             silver
             ,
             with
             a
             Crown
             of
             the
             same
             ,
             but
             far
             richer
             set
             with
             Jewels
             :
             in
             ●ther
             Courts
             stand
             statues
             made
             of
             Ganze
             ,
             
             a
             mixture
             of
             many
             mettals
             ,
             whereof
             their
             Byzes
             are
             made
             ,
             a
             sort
             of
             coyn
             ,
             but
             not
             royal
             .
             
             The
             Crowns
             of
             these
             latter
             are
             richer
             then
             the
             others
             ,
             with
             rubies
             and
             Saphyrs
             ,
             the
             biggest
             I
             ever
             saw
             .
          
           
           
             The
             Peguans
             go
             all
             cloathed
             alike
             ,
             in
             Cottons
             ,
             linnens
             ,
             and
             silks
             the
             best
             ,
             and
             all
             are
             barefoot
             ever
             ,
             whether
             walking
             or
             riding
             ;
             the
             country
             abounds
             in
             Sugars
             ,
             which
             they
             make
             great
             and
             many
             uses
             of
             ,
             they
             cover
             their
             houses
             with
             it
             ,
             and
             mingle
             it
             with
             ciment
             ,
             Their
             buildings
             are
             costly
             carved
             and
             wrought
             ,
             sparing
             neither
             Gold
             nor
             Azure
             .
             When
             the
             King
             or
             any
             Noble-man
             builds
             a
             Pallace
             ,
             he
             provides
             himself
             with
             the
             purest
             gold
             to
             guild
             it
             .
             For
             there
             ,
             as
             in
             many
             other
             places
             of
             the
             Indies
             Gold
             is
             not
             coyned
             ,
             but
             is
             merchandize
             :
             at
             Tahaba
             ,
             or
             old
             Pegu
             ,
             
             are
             many
             refyners
             ,
             and
             gold
             and
             silver
             beaters
             ,
             they
             work
             it
             into
             leaves
             (
             as
             we
             do
             )
             for
             the
             ease
             and
             benefit
             of
             the
             Gilders
             ,
             without
             committing
             much
             waste
             ,
             for
             they
             gild
             ,
             (
             as
             I
             have
             said
             )
             the
             very
             walls
             and
             towers
             ,
             and
             their
             houses
             after
             the
             Persian
             fashion
             .
             New
             Pegu
             is
             almost
             all
             so
             built
             ,
             and
             nothing
             spared
             to
             make
             up
             a
             sumptuous
             splendid
             structure
             ,
             they
             cover
             them
             with
             tortoise
             shell
             ,
             which
             they
             place
             and
             joyn
             very
             neatly
             .
             There
             is
             a
             certain
             place
             ,
             where
             Coaches
             ,
             Litters
             ,
             Trunks
             ,
             Boxes
             ,
             Saddles
             ,
             Harness
             for
             Elephants
             and
             horses
             ,
             are
             only
             made
             ,
             covered
             with
             gold
             and
             silver
             ;
             I
             saw
             there
             a
             saddle
             and
             furniture
             for
             an
             Elephant
             ,
             bought
             at
             a
             very
             high
             rate
             ,
             for
             their
             King.
             
          
           
             What
             is
             most
             remarkable
             of
             their
             buldings
             is
             ,
             that
             those
             that
             live
             of
             their
             own
             rents
             or
             estates
             are
             contented
             with
             the
             meanest
             and
             poorest
             houses
             :
             they
             are
             convenient
             ,
             but
             like
             country
             houses
             ,
             and
             thatch'd
             with
             straw
             ,
             and
             only
             able
             to
             preserve
             them
             from
             the
             injuries
             of
             the
             weather
             .
             The
             Merchants
             and
             other
             tradesmen
             ,
             
             and
             shop-keepers
             ,
             who
             have
             something
             to
             lose
             out
             of
             their
             shops
             ,
             or
             warehouses
             ,
             they
             live
             in
             strong
             houses
             well
             built
             ,
             of
             stone
             &
             brick
             ,
             close
             shut
             with
             strong
             gates
             and
             locks
             ,
             and
             call
             those
             houses
             Godons
             .
          
           
             Throughout
             all
             the
             Towns
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             there
             are
             the
             Taregha
             ,
             
             or
             persons
             sworn
             ,
             to
             see
             good
             measure
             and
             weight
             made
             of
             commodities
             ,
             to
             the
             Merchants
             they
             have
             charge
             of
             :
             and
             if
             a
             bad
             bargain
             be
             made
             ,
             the
             fault
             is
             laid
             on
             them
             ,
             
             with
             discredit
             and
             reproaches
             ,
             which
             they
             escape
             sometimes
             very
             narrowly
             :
             so
             you
             take
             much
             pleasure
             to
             trade
             with
             them
             ,
             they
             are
             so
             faithful
             and
             sincere
             ,
             and
             a
             most
             excellent
             order
             is
             observed
             both
             in
             buying
             and
             selling
             :
             and
             whatever
             is
             either
             bought
             or
             sold
             ,
             is
             put
             in
             a
             lump
             into
             the
             Sensals
             ,
             who
             gives
             notice
             of
             the
             number
             ,
             and
             sets
             a
             price
             upon
             them
             ;
             and
             sets
             a
             rate
             of
             what
             they
             ought
             freely
             to
             get
             over
             and
             above
             all
             charges
             whatever
             :
             if
             the
             price
             be
             liked
             ,
             the
             mony
             is
             payed
             ,
             and
             the
             Sensal
             keeps
             an
             exact
             account
             ;
             for
             they
             are
             able
             chosen
             men
             .
             There
             is
             no
             danger
             of
             any
             deceit
             ;
             besides
             ,
             
             they
             do
             all
             to
             the
             advantage
             of
             those
             that
             refer
             themselves
             unto
             them
             :
             and
             in
             case
             the
             price
             doth
             not
             please
             buyer
             and
             seller
             ,
             they
             have
             the
             whole
             day
             to
             confirm
             or
             avoyd
             it
             ,
             although
             't
             is
             to
             the
             Sensals
             discredit
             and
             infamy
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXVII
             .
             Of
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             of
             a
             bloody
             war
             for
             a
             white
             Elephant
             ,
             of
             Crocodiles
             ,
             and
             the
             nature
             of
             Elephants
             ,
          
           
             THe
             Empire
             of
             Pegu
             is
             provided
             with
             all
             things
             necessary
             and
             commodious
             to
             life
             ,
             and
             vyes
             with
             others
             as
             rich
             ,
             and
             good
             as
             her self
             ,
             as
             
               Cochinchine
               ,
               Siam
               ,
               Tangu
               ,
               Marsin
               ,
               Jangoma
               ,
               Bengale
               ,
               Ava
               ,
               Aragan
               ,
            
             and
             others
             .
             It
             is
             cut
             through
             in
             many
             places
             by
             that
             great
             river
             ,
             called
             (
             by
             the
             higher
             
               Indies
               )
               Amoucherat
            
             ,
             and
             (
             the
             natives
             the
             river
             of
             Pegu
             or
             Caipumo
             ,
             
             or
             Martaban
             ,
             that
             runs
             (
             by
             several
             branches
             )
             through
             the
             level
             ,
             and
             fertilizes
             the
             soyle
             .
             This
             River
             abounds
             in
             Fish
             and
             Crocodiles
             ,
             which
             they
             feed
             on
             in
             the
             Indies
             :
             
             mean
             while
             our
             Geographers
             are
             mistaken
             ,
             who
             say
             that
             the
             river
             that
             runs
             through
             Tangus
             ,
             is
             the
             same
             that
             waters
             Pegu
             ,
             although
             they
             be
             different
             countries
             ,
             and
             remote
             .
             This
             River
             rises
             at
             the
             Lake
             Chiammay
             ,
             passes
             through
             Brema
             ,
             or
             Brama
             ,
             washing
             in
             with
             her
             waves
             refined
             gold
             ,
             which
             she
             drawes
             from
             several
             mynes
             the
             country
             is
             full
             of
             .
          
           
             She
             runs
             through
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Prom
             ,
             where
             are
             the
             famous
             towns
             of
             
               Milintay
               ,
               Calamba
            
             ,
             and
             Amirandou
             .
             Those
             territories
             joyn
             to
             Alva
             ,
             then
             to
             Boldia
             ,
             called
             by
             the
             high
             
               Indians
               Siami
            
             ,
             where
             they
             are
             very
             courteous
             ,
             
             and
             it
             passes
             for
             a
             Proverb
             ,
             (
             courteous
             as
             a
             
               Siamite
               )
               Siami
            
             is
             a
             vast
             kingdom
             called
             the
             Empire
             of
             Siammon
             .
             Then
             to
             Berma
             ,
             or
             Verma
             ,
             whereof
             the
             capital
             is
             Carpa
             ,
             and
             butts
             upon
             Tazatay
             ,
             and
             the
             kingdomes
             of
             Pandior
             ,
             and
             Muantay
             .
             The
             King
             of
             Pegu
             subjugated
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Berma
             ,
             two
             years
             after
             he
             conquered
             Siam
             ;
             then
             there
             are
             
               Vilet
               ,
               Abdiar
            
             ,
             and
             Caypuma
             ,
             
             whereof
             the
             chief
             is
             Canarane
             ,
             of
             which
             more
             hereafter
             .
          
           
             
             The
             King
             by
             his
             Talcada
             or
             Lieutenant
             ,
             hath
             conquered
             many
             other
             countries
             ,
             who
             subdued
             all
             the
             Provinces
             of
             
               Siam
               ,
               Berma
               ,
               Javay
            
             ,
             
             Manar
             ,
             and
             others
             unto
             the
             kingdom
             of
             
               Perperi
               ,
               Tarnasseri
               ,
               Maragoura
               ,
               Guertale
               ,
               Langoura
               ,
               Nigrane
               ,
            
             and
             Joncolan
             ,
             that
             touches
             Malaca
             .
             Winning
             Siam
             he
             got
             
               Ban
               ,
               Ploan
               ,
               Odian
               ,
               Macaon
               ,
            
             and
             others
             conquered
             before
             by
             the
             King
             of
             Siam
             .
          
           
             This
             Prince
             is
             a
             great
             lover
             of
             strange
             beasts
             ,
             and
             hath
             of
             divers
             sorts
             brought
             him
             from
             all
             parts
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             land
             at
             several
             places
             ,
             as
             at
             Dagon
             two
             dayes
             journey
             from
             
               Pegu
               ,
               Martaban
            
             ,
             which
             is
             four
             ;
             at
             Guzan
             two
             dayes
             journey
             from
             Caponin
             ,
             where
             beginnes
             the
             great
             Gulph
             of
             Saharic
             ,
             at
             the
             mouth
             of
             Caypumo
             .
             This
             River
             ,
             with
             that
             of
             Ava
             ,
             and
             Siam
             ,
             overflows
             like
             the
             Nile
             ,
             from
             Mid
             -
             May
             ,
             to
             Mid
             -
             August
             ,
             which
             
             improves
             the
             Country
             very
             much
             ,
             she
             draws
             refined
             gold
             by
             wyres
             ,
             wherewith
             the
             King
             enriches
             his
             Temples
             and
             Idols
             ,
             for
             gold
             and
             silver
             in
             those
             parts
             ,
             are
             but
             merchandizes
             ,
             their
             coin
             of
             brasse
             ,
             lead
             ,
             and
             pewter
             ,
             called
             Ganze
             or
             Ganza
             ,
             and
             any
             man
             coins
             with
             the
             Lieutenants
             leave
             ,
             who
             is
             Generall
             .
             That
             coin
             is
             currant
             thorough
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Tauay
             ,
             the
             last
             of
             the
             territories
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             Province
             of
             Manar
             ,
             watered
             by
             that
             famous
             River
             of
             Marsina
             or
             Menan
             .
          
           
             Pegu
             is
             so
             temperate
             that
             't
             is
             green
             all
             the
             year
             long
             ,
             
             the
             people
             are
             rather
             whites
             than
             blacks
             ,
             and
             well
             shap'd
             women
             ,
             amiable
             ,
             gay
             ,
             and
             neatly
             dressed
             .
             There
             are
             many
             hermaphrodites
             ,
             as
             at
             Sumatra
             .
             There
             is
             plenty
             of
             pepper
             ,
             vermillion
             ,
             mercury
             ,
             cloves
             .
             They
             make
             Chamlets
             ,
             hangings
             of
             feathers
             ,
             silk
             stuffs
             ,
             have
             store
             of
             rice
             ,
             and
             beasts
             for
             chase
             .
             They
             want
             nothing
             but
             good
             horses
             ,
             which
             the
             Prince
             is
             curious
             to
             procure
             from
             other
             parts
             bating
             merchants
             their
             imposts
             to
             bring
             of
             them
             in
             .
             )
          
           
             The
             Kings
             Palace
             stands
             at
             the
             farther
             end
             of
             new
             Pegu
             ,
             sheltered
             from
             the
             Northwind
             by
             a
             little
             hill
             :
             there
             grow
             all
             sorts
             of
             trees
             ,
             five
             sorts
             of
             palm
             trees
             ,
             inclosed
             with
             a
             wall
             like
             a
             park
             ,
             where
             they
             keep
             all
             sorts
             of
             beasts
             you
             can
             meet
             with
             in
             any
             part
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             which
             the
             King
             carefully
             seeks
             after
             ,
             
             never
             regarding
             each
             price
             ,
             as
             it
             appeared
             ,
             by
             that
             long
             war
             made
             by
             him
             ,
             and
             the
             King
             of
             Siam
             ,
             who
             refused
             him
             the
             white
             Elephant
             ,
             to
             put
             into
             his
             Calachar
             ,
             or
             park
             .
             'T
             was
             Aleager
             or
             Chaumigrem
             King
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             begun
             this
             cruell
             war
             with
             an
             Army
             of
             a
             million
             of
             martiall
             men
             ,
             two
             hundred
             thousand
             horse
             ,
             five
             thousand
             Elephants
             ,
             and
             three
             thousand
             Camels
             .
             The
             Vaunt-guard
             was
             composed
             but
             of
             50000.
             horse
             :
             he
             sack't
             ,
             and
             ruined
             his
             principall
             Town
             Lagi
             or
             Siam
             ,
             which
             was
             reputed
             to
             be
             twice
             as
             big
             as
             Paris
             ,
             
             and
             thrice
             as
             Fez.
             The
             siege
             lasted
             22.
             months
             .
             From
             Pegu
             to
             Siam
             't
             is
             sixty
             five
             dayes
             journey
             ,
             by
             camels
             ;
             he
             took
             all
             his
             treasure
             ,
             wife
             ,
             and
             children
             ,
             and
             brought
             them
             prisoners
             into
             Pegu
             with
             the
             white
             Elephant
             :
             This
             deplorable
             King
             reduced
             to
             extremities
             ,
             cast
             himself
             down
             from
             the
             highest
             turret
             in
             his
             Palace
             ,
             and
             broke
             himself
             in
             pieces
             ,
             some
             of
             his
             daughters
             and
             Princesses
             made
             themselves
             away
             ,
             with
             a
             hoop
             or
             circle
             of
             iron
             ,
             edg'd
             about
             ,
             that
             closed
             it self
             when
             they
             thrust
             their
             necks
             therein
             ,
             with
             their
             feet
             in
             a
             noose
             hung
             thereunto
             ,
             which
             strangles
             them
             immediately
             :
             and
             if
             Adigola
             and
             the
             other
             Ladies
             had
             had
             time
             ,
             they
             would
             never
             have
             been
             brought
             away
             alive
             :
             there
             was
             but
             one
             Lady
             saved
             ,
             wife
             to
             the
             Grand
             Mogull's
             Son
             ,
             This
             Prince
             followed
             the
             Peguan
             Army
             ,
             to
             recover
             his
             wife
             ,
             was
             taken
             prisoner
             ,
             and
             by
             his
             frequent
             prayers
             ,
             and
             desires
             ,
             he
             obtained
             leave
             to
             visit
             his
             wife
             ,
             and
             mother-in-law
             :
             The
             King
             himself
             gives
             them
             much
             comfort
             by
             his
             visits
             ,
             representing
             unro
             them
             the
             change
             and
             revolution
             of
             affairs
             ,
             he
             gave
             them
             freedom
             ,
             and
             remitted
             them
             ransomlesse
             ,
             sent
             them
             all
             back
             again
             ,
             with
             many
             and
             rich
             
             presents
             ,
             and
             married
             the
             young
             Prince
             to
             his
             Lady
             ,
             who
             were
             before
             but
             affianced
             ,
             conducted
             them
             to
             his
             confines
             ,
             with
             great
             honour
             and
             magnificence
             ,
             whence
             grew
             the
             greatnesse
             of
             the
             
               Mogor
               ,
               Mogoz
            
             ,
             or
             Mogull
             ,
             tributary
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             who
             hath
             since
             broke
             his
             faith
             ,
             making
             himself
             a
             Soveraign
             .
          
           
             You
             hear
             for
             what
             reasons
             the
             King
             of
             Pegu
             waged
             this
             war
             ,
             that
             bred
             so
             much
             ruine
             and
             desolation
             ,
             for
             a
             white
             Elephant
             onely
             ,
             a
             fatal
             and
             unhappy
             beast
             ,
             as
             Sejans
             horse
             hath
             proved
             to
             all
             that
             ever
             possessed
             him
             ,
             and
             hath
             cost
             five
             Kings
             their
             lives
             ,
             and
             whole
             Estates
             ,
             as
             it
             happened
             to
             the
             last
             King
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             who
             had
             it
             lately
             taken
             from
             him
             by
             the
             King
             of
             Aracan
             ,
             by
             the
             treachery
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Tangus
             his
             Brother-in-law
             .
             White
             Elephants
             are
             very
             rare
             ,
             yet
             they
             are
             so
             besotted
             as
             to
             adore
             them
             ;
             at
             Siam
             festivals
             were
             kept
             in
             his
             honour
             ,
             called
             
               Quinday
               Pileu
            
             ,
             (
             which
             is
             to
             say
             )
             honest
             mens
             delight
             .
             
             The
             King
             of
             Pegu
             drew
             four
             in
             his
             coach
             ,
             and
             I
             believe
             that
             in
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             East
             there
             were
             not
             more
             to
             be
             found
             .
             The
             Kings
             Palace
             called
             Chalousbemba
             ,
             was
             built
             square
             ,
             with
             a
             Dosme
             ,
             at
             every
             corner
             stands
             the
             statue
             of
             a
             Gyant
             ,
             of
             polisht
             marble
             ,
             who
             Atlas-like
             upheld
             this
             goodly
             fabrick
             ;
             and
             are
             represented
             with
             such
             tortions
             of
             face
             ,
             you
             would
             think
             they
             complain
             of
             their
             load
             .
             The
             stone
             't
             is
             built
             with
             is
             smooth
             and
             resplendent
             as
             glasse
             ,
             for
             the
             adjacent
             forrests
             ,
             and
             gardens
             ,
             are
             therein
             perfectly
             discovered
             .
          
           
             'T
             is
             inviron'd
             in
             with
             a
             deep
             trench
             ,
             you
             enter
             over
             a
             draw
             bridge
             ,
             thorough
             a
             gate
             of
             excessive
             heighth
             and
             strength
             ,
             where
             are
             the
             figures
             of
             a
             Gyant
             and
             his
             wife
             ,
             each
             of
             a
             piece
             ,
             and
             of
             a
             mixt
             coloured
             marble
             ,
             the
             pavement
             is
             of
             the
             same
             ,
             and
             represents
             (
             like
             the
             Sea
             )
             this
             massy
             structure
             .
          
           
             They
             spare
             neither
             gold
             nor
             azure
             ,
             and
             in
             Galleries
             you
             shall
             see
             carved
             the
             Histories
             of
             all
             the
             wars
             those
             Kings
             have
             made
             against
             their
             enemies
             .
          
           
             From
             thence
             you
             descend
             some
             steps
             of
             marble
             into
             a
             lower
             Court
             ,
             encompassed
             with
             ballisters
             or
             railes
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             a
             pleasant
             fountain
             ,
             whence
             the
             water
             is
             conducted
             into
             severall
             gardens
             by
             pipes
             ;
             the
             gardens
             fenced
             with
             strong
             walls
             ,
             one
             of
             them
             is
             three
             miles
             long
             ,
             where
             grow
             various
             sorts
             of
             trees
             ,
             of
             a
             marvellous
             height
             ,
             that
             cast
             most
             pleasant
             and
             delicious
             shades
             .
             The
             River
             Caypomo
             runs
             thorough
             one
             end
             of
             the
             garden
             ,
             westward
             :
             and
             at
             the
             other
             end
             there
             is
             a
             large
             and
             long
             walk
             ,
             whence
             you
             discover
             ,
             fair
             pastures
             for
             Cattle
             ,
             that
             are
             very
             numerous
             ,
             under
             the
             shade
             of
             those
             trees
             that
             bear
             variety
             of
             fruit
             ,
             and
             great
             plenty
             ;
             There
             are
             many
             Monkeys
             ,
             Pea-birds
             both
             wild
             and
             tame
             ,
             pa●rats
             ,
             white
             partridges
             ,
             and
             other
             birds
             .
             There
             are
             many
             other
             gardens
             and
             Palaces
             nearer
             hand
             ,
             built
             of
             marble
             ,
             and
             Porphyry
             ,
             and
             a
             lake
             a
             mile
             about
             .
          
           
             One
             of
             thee
             Palaces
             is
             allotted
             the
             Queen
             and
             her
             Court
             ,
             (
             not
             far
             unlike
             the
             Escurial
             )
             which
             joyns
             to
             a
             Park
             stored
             with
             
             exquisite
             and
             rare
             beasts
             ,
             as
             Agouari
             ,
             that
             give
             the
             musk
             ,
             civets
             ,
             
             girafs
             ,
             the
             Sindero
             ,
             (
             like
             the
             Stags
             are
             bred
             in
             Swedeland
             ,
             and
             are
             put
             to
             the
             same
             use
             as
             Horses
             ,
             and
             are
             called
             Arsinga
             :
             )
             Abada
             ,
             or
             Rhinocerot
             .
             There
             is
             an
             Unicorn
             called
             Drougala
             ,
             
             and
             the
             head
             of
             another
             ,
             with
             the
             horn
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             upper
             part
             of
             the
             forehead
             ,
             set
             fast
             upon
             a
             fountain
             side
             ,
             with
             many
             more
             curious
             rarities
             .
             In
             the
             Sultanes
             garden
             there
             is
             a
             cage
             of
             birds
             ,
             we
             call
             birds
             of
             Paradise
             ,
             the
             
               Portuguais
               Saxaror
               Dell
               Sol
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Indians
             Manucodiata
             :
             some
             of
             our
             Europeans
             believe
             those
             birds
             have
             no
             feet
             ,
             but
             certain
             nerves
             or
             strings
             onely
             ,
             but
             't
             is
             a
             falshood
             ,
             for
             I
             am
             certain
             they
             have
             feet
             which
             they
             use
             as
             other
             birds
             :
             They
             hold
             to
             that
             they
             never
             light
             upon
             the
             ground
             ,
             but
             that
             they
             build
             their
             nests
             upon
             their
             males
             backs
             ;
             but
             't
             is
             apparent
             by
             those
             that
             are
             brought
             into
             our
             parts
             ,
             that
             their
             feet
             are
             dexterously
             cut
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             seem
             more
             strange
             and
             admirable
             .
             I
             saw
             one
             at
             Goa
             ,
             which
             a
             Portuguais
             fed
             with
             the
             sweetest
             flowers
             ,
             as
             Jasemin
             ,
             Gilly-flowers
             and
             others
             ,
             which
             the
             bird
             delighted
             in
             .
             In
             those
             parks
             or
             gardens
             are
             Besouarts
             ,
             and
             swine
             ,
             
             that
             breed
             the
             same
             stone
             within
             them
             .
          
           
             In
             that
             cage
             there
             are
             other
             birds
             of
             strange
             shapes
             ,
             one
             hath
             the
             bill
             long
             and
             sharp
             ,
             and
             is
             ravenous
             ,
             feeds
             on
             flesh
             ,
             and
             is
             called
             Tanarif
             .
             Another
             called
             Tiscan
             ,
             white
             all
             over
             the
             body
             ,
             
             and
             upon
             the
             breast
             ,
             hath
             a
             bunch
             of
             feather
             ,
             like
             a
             dried
             Rose
             ,
             his
             bill
             strong
             and
             thick
             like
             an
             Eagles
             ,
             but
             bigger
             and
             blacker
             ,
             can
             break
             a
             sheeps
             bone
             in
             two
             .
             I
             think
             't
             is
             the
             Griffin
             ,
             though
             it
             hath
             but
             two
             legs
             :
             
             for
             I
             never
             could
             hear
             of
             any
             four
             leg'd
             ,
             as
             they
             are
             represented
             unto
             us
             .
             This
             bird
             is
             an
             enemy
             to
             the
             Tanarif
             ,
             and
             are
             therefore
             separated
             .
             There
             are
             many
             more
             strange
             birds
             ,
             brought
             from
             
               Molukes
               ,
               Maldives
               ,
               Java
               ,
               Sumatra
               ,
            
             and
             other
             Isles
             in
             the
             Indian
             Sea
             ,
             there
             are
             Ostriches
             which
             they
             call
             Zangir
             ,
             from
             the
             name
             of
             the
             Isle
             whence
             they
             come
             ,
             of
             a
             prodigious
             bignesse
             .
             
          
           
             In
             the
             Lake
             belonging
             to
             the
             Sultan's
             Palace
             ,
             
             are
             seen
             all
             sorts
             of
             water-fowle
             ,
             of
             many
             different
             colours
             ,
             they
             feed
             on
             fish
             ,
             and
             a
             slime
             bred
             therein
             ,
             that
             is
             very
             sweet
             ,
             and
             when
             once
             they
             have
             tasted
             it
             ,
             they
             never
             leave
             it
             ,
             but
             breed
             often
             ;
             There
             are
             Connills
             or
             water-Rats
             ,
             without
             tayles
             ,
             they
             feed
             about
             this
             lake
             under
             the
             shades
             ,
             they
             delight
             to
             dive
             into
             the
             slime
             or
             mud
             :
             There
             live
             little
             Apes
             ,
             their
             hair
             or
             down
             softer
             than
             silk
             ,
             of
             a
             violet
             colour
             admirable
             pretty
             .
             There
             was
             in
             this
             lake
             a
             Crocodile
             brought
             from
             the
             river
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             but
             because
             ●e
             committed
             great
             spoyl
             upon
             these
             birds
             and
             beasts
             ,
             the
             King
             commanded
             him
             to
             be
             killed
             ,
             and
             with
             much
             ado
             they
             took
             him
             ,
             although
             wounded
             in
             many
             places
             under
             the
             belly
             .
          
           
             We
             happened
             to
             be
             there
             at
             his
             death
             ,
             a
             month
             after
             the
             King
             had
             given
             order
             for
             it
             ,
             he
             gave
             many
             loud
             groanes
             ,
             and
             sighs
             at
             his
             death
             :
             it
             was
             flead
             ,
             and
             the
             flesh
             distributed
             amongst
             the
             Courtiers
             ,
             and
             is
             as
             sweet
             as
             musk
             ,
             which
             occasioned
             
             one
             of
             our
             gang
             to
             say
             ,
             he
             thought
             Ambergris
             proceeded
             from
             those
             creatures
             ,
             as
             he
             was
             informed
             in
             Portugall
             ,
             for
             my
             part
             I
             am
             not
             of
             that
             opinion
             ,
             for
             in
             the
             Isles
             Ambergris
             is
             gathered
             ,
             there
             was
             never
             known
             any
             Crocodiles
             :
             and
             as
             I
             have
             learn't
             in
             my
             travells
             ,
             it
             rather
             appeares
             to
             be
             bred
             in
             the
             bottom
             of
             the
             seas
             (
             as
             some
             Islanders
             (
             that
             have
             gathered
             it
             )
             have
             remarked
             )
             like
             a
             bitume
             ,
             or
             thick
             mud
             :
             I
             much
             lesse
             believe
             it
             proceeds
             from
             a
             whale
             ,
             having
             often
             both
             seen
             ,
             and
             helped
             to
             take
             of
             them
             ,
             we
             have
             made
             diligent
             searches
             into
             their
             bowells
             ,
             but
             could
             never
             find
             out
             any
             such
             thing
             .
             A
             
               Portuguais
               ,
               Don
               Jamo
            
             ,
             informed
             us
             that
             he
             had
             seen
             many
             taken
             at
             Malaca
             ,
             or
             Tacola
             ,
             where
             five
             or
             six
             were
             taken
             in
             two
             years
             ,
             of
             an
             immense
             bigness
             ,
             their
             entrails
             were
             all
             searched
             into
             ,
             nothing
             near
             Ambergreece
             was
             discovered
             .
          
           
             
             Near
             this
             Palace
             there
             is
             another
             Park
             ,
             stored
             with
             tame
             beasts
             and
             birds
             ,
             as
             Francolins
             ,
             Pea-birds
             ,
             Turkeys
             ,
             their
             ordinary
             Poultry
             for
             the
             use
             of
             the
             Court
             ,
             kept
             and
             look't
             to
             by
             young
             slaves
             ,
             to
             gather
             their
             eggs
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             There
             are
             many
             white
             ,
             red
             ,
             and
             gray
             Partidges
             ,
             which
             are
             fed
             once
             a
             day
             with
             a
             small
             grain
             ,
             called
             Naver
             ,
             like
             unto
             buck
             wheat
             ,
             but
             much
             blacker
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             a
             park
             for
             Lions
             ,
             Tigers
             ,
             and
             other
             fierce
             beasts
             ,
             called
             Siparo
             ,
             and
             't
             is
             a
             sad
             and
             dayly
             sight
             to
             see
             criminalls
             devoured
             by
             them
             .
             There
             was
             a
             Church
             founded
             there
             ,
             in
             memory
             of
             a
             miracle
             that
             happened
             to
             a
             Christian
             in
             the
             year
             1572.
             who
             was
             exposed
             to
             the
             Lions
             ,
             
             next
             to
             the
             Elephants
             ,
             and
             thirdly
             to
             the
             Tigars
             ,
             the
             siercest
             of
             the
             three
             ,
             and
             came
             off
             from
             them
             all
             safe
             and
             intire
             ,
             none
             of
             the
             beasts
             would
             touch
             him
             ,
             he
             was
             presented
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             (
             who
             gave
             him
             a
             pension
             during
             his
             life
             ,
             )
             and
             inquiring
             who
             he
             was
             (
             he
             replyed
             )
             he
             was
             a
             poore
             Christian
             pilgrim
             ,
             come
             out
             of
             France
             ,
             with
             intention
             to
             visit
             the
             Holy
             Sepulcher
             at
             Jerusalem
             ;
             that
             since
             he
             had
             travelled
             unto
             Mount
             Sinay
             with
             the
             Caravane
             ,
             whence
             he
             thorough
             devotion
             came
             to
             the
             Town
             of
             St.
             Thomas
             ,
             to
             visit
             the
             shrine
             of
             that
             glorious
             Saint
             ;
             there
             he
             was
             bidden
             go
             to
             Caranganor
             ,
             where
             that
             St.
             suffered
             Martyrdom
             ;
             and
             that
             then
             he
             had
             a
             curiosity
             to
             see
             the
             Court
             of
             that
             great
             Monarch
             ,
             so
             famous
             throughout
             the
             Indies
             ,
             and
             was
             not
             permitted
             to
             crosse
             the
             river
             of
             Pegu
             without
             money
             (
             which
             he
             was
             but
             slightly
             stored
             withall
             )
             but
             cast
             himself
             into
             the
             water
             ,
             to
             swim
             it
             over
             ,
             and
             being
             re-taken
             ,
             was
             condemned
             to
             the
             beasts
             .
          
           
             After
             this
             worthy
             miracle
             ,
             some
             French
             Jesuites
             at
             San-Thomas
             ,
             obtained
             leave
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Pegu
             to
             build
             a
             Church
             in
             remembrance
             of
             the
             miracle
             .
             Those
             Fathers
             go
             on
             cheerfully
             and
             successfully
             in
             the
             conversion
             of
             those
             parts
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             in
             those
             Parkes
             ponds
             of
             clear
             water
             ,
             where
             they
             
             feed
             Tortoyses
             of
             a
             middle
             size
             ,
             Their
             shells
             are
             a
             mixture
             of
             many
             colours
             ,
             as
             black
             ,
             red
             ,
             tawny
             ,
             yellow
             ,
             and
             others
             ,
             and
             there
             are
             none
             fairer
             in
             the
             world
             .
          
           
             They
             work
             up
             many
             things
             therewith
             ,
             as
             Cabinets
             ,
             Trunks
             ,
             Boxes
             ,
             and
             other
             furniture
             ,
             't
             is
             very
             neat
             work
             ,
             for
             the
             shells
             are
             polished
             ,
             like
             diamonds
             ,
             and
             are
             transparent
             ,
             which
             make
             a
             fine
             show
             ,
             and
             would
             be
             much
             valued
             here
             ,
             but
             he
             hazards
             his
             life
             that
             adventures
             for
             them
             .
             This
             Prince
             makes
             it
             his
             only
             pastime
             every
             January
             ,
             when
             their
             summer
             drawes
             near
             (
             for
             at
             Pegu
             ,
             and
             all
             other
             places
             under
             the
             Tropick
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Torrid
               Zone
            
             ;
             winter
             begins
             in
             May
             ,
             because
             of
             the
             disordinate
             raines
             which
             fall
             from
             that
             Moneth
             to
             the
             end
             of
             August
             ,
             that
             is
             their
             winter
             ,
             their
             Summer
             begins
             with
             our
             Autumne
             ,
             and
             lasts
             all
             our
             winter
             moneths
             for
             other
             reasons
             ,
             and
             't
             is
             the
             same
             in
             Cochin-China
             ,
             where
             they
             have
             three
             moneths
             winter
             ,
             and
             nine
             summer
             )
             to
             visit
             his
             Tortoyses
             ,
             which
             he
             calls
             Elisar
             ,
             he
             drawes
             out
             of
             the
             ponds
             those
             of
             the
             highest
             colours
             ,
             and
             he
             keeps
             fishermen
             to
             that
             purpose
             only
             ,
             and
             which
             case
             them
             so
             gently
             of
             their
             shells
             ,
             that
             they
             do
             not
             die
             ,
             and
             within
             three
             yeares
             their
             shells
             are
             as
             well
             grown
             ,
             and
             as
             bright
             as
             before
             :
             and
             thus
             they
             last
             15
             or
             20
             yeares
             ,
             at
             that
             age
             they
             turned
             red
             ,
             and
             their
             shels
             are
             of
             a
             good
             colour
             for
             three
             yeares
             :
             when
             the
             King
             hath
             a
             mind
             to
             eat
             of
             them
             ,
             they
             cut
             off
             their
             heads
             ,
             and
             five
             dayes
             after
             they
             are
             prepared
             ,
             and
             yet
             after
             those
             five
             dayes
             they
             are
             alive
             ,
             as
             we
             have
             often
             experienced
             .
          
           
             In
             those
             ponds
             there
             is
             a
             certain
             male
             animall
             ,
             whose
             skin
             is
             gray
             ,
             
             and
             silver
             coloured
             ,
             wherewith
             they
             cover
             their
             furniture
             .
             This
             animal
             is
             a
             great
             multiplyer
             ,
             and
             is
             called
             Asoufa
             ,
             like
             our
             sea
             Calfe
             ,
             and
             as
             bigg
             as
             a
             small
             mule
             ,
             and
             much
             esteemed
             amongst
             them
             .
             They
             have
             another
             kind
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             bucklars
             ,
             and
             coats
             of
             Armor
             ,
             no
             steele
             will
             pierce
             them
             ,
             they
             are
             so
             strong
             and
             hardned
             :
             The
             King
             himself
             and
             his
             foure
             white
             Elephants
             in
             war
             time
             are
             Armed
             with
             those
             skins
             ,
             but
             covered
             over
             with
             slight
             silke
             stuffes
             .
             Those
             Elephants
             are
             exceeding
             strong
             ,
             
             the
             King
             takes
             great
             content
             to
             be
             drawn
             upon
             a
             Telanzin
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             kind
             of
             litter
             ,
             but
             with
             four
             wheeles
             :
             One
             day
             I
             heard
             him
             command
             his
             Nangin
             ,
             or
             chiefe
             Coachman
             ,
             to
             make
             his
             Telanzin
             ready
             ,
             desirous
             to
             take
             the
             aire
             .
             Two
             of
             the
             Elephants
             being
             brought
             forth
             to
             be
             shewen
             the
             Prince
             Souac
             ,
             he
             praised
             them
             to
             be
             two
             of
             the
             strongest
             in
             the
             World
             ,
             he
             let
             one
             of
             them
             loose
             out
             of
             his
             hand
             ,
             that
             took
             up
             the
             litter
             ,
             (
             with
             all
             belonging
             thereunto
             ,
             as
             wheeles
             and
             draughts
             )
             in
             his
             teeth
             ,
             and
             carried
             it
             before
             the
             Prince
             ,
             and
             set
             it
             softly
             down
             ,
             as
             if
             it
             had
             been
             a
             small
             weight
             ,
             and
             yet
             it
             was
             500.
             weight
             .
             This
             action
             so
             highly
             pleased
             pleased
             the
             King
             ,
             that
             he
             commanded
             that
             ten
             pound
             of
             sugar
             should
             be
             added
             to
             his
             dayly
             allowance
             .
             Their
             chiefest
             food
             is
             rice
             boiled
             in
             milk
             ,
             made
             up
             in
             balls
             :
             and
             they
             have
             dayly
             
             fifty
             pounds
             to
             their
             portions
             ,
             besides
             they
             are
             turned
             into
             the
             fields
             ,
             and
             feed
             upon
             sycamore
             leaves
             ,
             and
             other
             pleasing
             leaves
             ,
             they
             love
             cooleness
             ,
             and
             bathe
             in
             those
             ponds
             :
             they
             are
             subject
             to
             the
             bloody
             flux
             ,
             and
             heat
             is
             very
             troublesom
             to
             them
             .
             When
             the
             waters
             are
             not
             high
             enough
             to
             cover
             them
             ,
             they
             lie
             down
             and
             tumble
             ,
             their
             naturall
             discretion
             is
             such
             ,
             that
             they
             never
             mingle
             with
             females
             before
             company
             ,
             they
             go
             two
             years
             with
             their
             young
             ,
             and
             live
             two
             hundred
             .
          
           
             'T
             is
             a
             beast
             highly
             valued
             by
             all
             Easterne
             Princes
             ,
             and
             are
             very
             serviceable
             ;
             They
             are
             taken
             thorough
             the
             whole
             Empire
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             and
             beyond
             the
             river
             Savara
             ,
             at
             
               Bremu
               ,
               Ava
               ,
               Bengala
            
             ,
             and
             Malaca
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             because
             he
             hath
             such
             a
             number
             of
             Elephants
             ,
             is
             surnamed
             
               Quiber
               Sencal
               Jasel
            
             ;
             that
             is
             ,
             the
             grand
             Monarch
             of
             Elephants
             .
             In
             the
             palme
             Forrest
             ,
             neer
             to
             new
             Pegu
             ,
             they
             set
             their
             snares
             to
             catch
             those
             beasts
             .
             'T
             is
             a
             very
             pretty
             sight
             to
             see
             a
             tame
             female
             lead
             a
             wild
             male
             thorough
             the
             streets
             ,
             when
             he
             sees
             himself
             fast
             ,
             and
             caught
             ,
             he
             condoles
             himself
             with
             many
             fearfull
             cries
             and
             emulations
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             striking
             furiously
             upon
             pillars
             ,
             wherewith
             the
             houses
             are
             susteined
             ,
             breaks
             his
             teeth
             ,
             and
             having
             sufficiently
             tormented
             himself
             all
             in
             water
             ,
             &
             being
             sensible
             of
             the
             heat
             of
             that
             water
             which
             lies
             in
             his
             belly
             ,
             he
             thrusts
             his
             trunk
             into
             his
             mouth
             ,
             or
             throat
             ,
             and
             drawes
             up
             all
             the
             water
             ,
             that
             smells
             extreamly
             ,
             and
             is
             boyling
             hot
             :
             Then
             with
             goades
             and
             pricks
             they
             force
             him
             into
             a
             dungeon
             ,
             where
             in
             five
             or
             six
             dayes
             he
             is
             tamed
             with
             the
             female
             .
          
           
             When
             they
             are
             tame
             they
             are
             lodged
             in
             a
             Princely
             roome
             ,
             painted
             over
             ,
             with
             imagary
             and
             forrest
             work
             ,
             and
             are
             fed
             in
             silver
             ,
             the
             King
             esteems
             them
             the
             strength
             of
             his
             Army
             ,
             they
             are
             richly
             attired
             ,
             and
             eat
             bread
             ,
             they
             are
             fed
             with
             severall
             sorts
             of
             corn
             ,
             or
             grain
             boyled
             ,
             as
             barly
             ,
             rice
             ,
             lupins
             ,
             and
             others
             ,
             they
             love
             fruit
             ,
             but
             care
             neither
             for
             flesh
             ,
             nor
             sish
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             delights
             himselfe
             to
             see
             them
             monthly
             exercised
             in
             Battalia
             ,
             richly
             harnessed
             ,
             marching
             ten
             of
             breast
             ,
             the
             Captain
             marches
             in
             the
             head
             ,
             armed
             with
             a
             Crocodile
             skin
             ,
             covered
             over
             with
             a
             cloath
             of
             gold
             :
             his
             forehead
             peece
             of
             the
             same
             ,
             the
             riders
             cloathed
             in
             cloath
             of
             gold
             upon
             a
             green
             ground
             ,
             with
             a
             lance
             ,
             and
             a
             lyons
             skin
             hanging
             thereat
             ;
             even
             with
             the
             Captain
             march
             twelve
             Negroes
             women
             ,
             young
             ,
             and
             cloathed
             in
             Indian
             gownes
             of
             many
             colours
             ,
             with
             drums
             handsomely
             painted
             ,
             they
             leap
             and
             dance
             before
             the
             Elephants
             ,
             making
             many
             grimoces
             ,
             and
             ridiculous
             gesticulations
             ,
             their
             faces
             painted
             red
             and
             violet
             ;
             when
             the
             Elephants
             go
             to
             war
             they
             weare
             the
             skin
             onely
             ,
             with
             bars
             of
             steele
             over
             their
             trunks
             ,
             and
             are
             richly
             trapped
             upon
             their
             festivalls
             ,
             a
             squadron
             of
             a
             thousand
             Elephants
             well
             managed
             
             follow
             the
             Captain
             ,
             next
             the
             Kings
             Throne
             ,
             or
             State
             ,
             with
             his
             children
             thereon
             ,
             high
             and
             exalted
             ,
             like
             a
             Ganopy
             drawn
             by
             those
             famous
             white
             ones
             ,
             followed
             by
             many
             Nobles
             mounted
             on
             others
             ,
             with
             silken
             bridles
             ,
             all
             this
             is
             accompanied
             with
             Trumpets
             ,
             flutes
             ,
             and
             other
             instruments
             ,
             at
             which
             sound
             they
             leap
             and
             dance
             ,
             and
             seeme
             to
             take
             great
             content
             ,
             and
             between
             times
             they
             march
             with
             a
             gravity
             ,
             becoming
             a
             rationall
             creature
             .
          
           
             I
             remember
             that
             in
             this
             solemnity
             a
             base
             fellow
             crossed
             the
             street
             before
             the
             Royal
             Throne
             ,
             the
             beasts
             stopt
             suddenly
             ,
             and
             could
             not
             be
             driven
             on
             till
             the
             Criminal
             was
             brought
             unto
             them
             ,
             who
             expected
             death
             ,
             a
             tosse
             or
             two
             at
             the
             least
             .
             They
             gazing
             upon
             one
             another
             scorned
             to
             touch
             him
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             riders
             beat
             the
             fellow
             sorely
             with
             his
             bridle
             ;
             Their
             Governour
             told
             them
             with
             fair
             words
             ,
             that
             they
             had
             done
             an
             act
             worthy
             themselves
             ;
             the
             beasts
             satisfied
             ,
             continued
             their
             march
             .
          
           
             I
             saw
             a
             mighty
             big
             one
             presented
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             by
             him
             of
             Siam
             his
             Tributary
             .
             The
             King
             immediately
             commanded
             meat
             to
             be
             brought
             him
             ,
             to
             know
             his
             breeding
             ,
             for
             the
             best
             bred
             eat
             with
             great
             modesty
             ;
             but
             he
             that
             brought
             him
             said
             ,
             that
             if
             he
             had
             drink
             ,
             he
             could
             live
             without
             food
             :
             he
             that
             had
             the
             charge
             of
             the
             rest
             ,
             either
             for
             scorne
             ,
             or
             to
             disparage
             the
             beast's
             nature
             ,
             brought
             him
             water
             in
             a
             foule
             vessell
             ,
             the
             Elephant
             gave
             him
             a
             disdainfull
             look
             ,
             and
             putting
             his
             tronk
             into
             his
             mouth
             ,
             spouted
             a
             great
             quantity
             of
             stinking
             and
             hot
             water
             upon
             the
             Masters
             head
             ,
             who
             returned
             him
             a
             blow
             with
             a
             staff
             upon
             the
             head
             ,
             the
             Elephant
             immediately
             killed
             him
             with
             his
             tronk
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             admired
             his
             prudence
             ,
             and
             caused
             him
             water
             to
             be
             brought
             in
             a
             clean
             silver
             vessell
             ,
             and
             bought
             him
             harnesse
             ,
             most
             rich
             and
             magnificent
             ;
             they
             are
             sometimes
             served
             in
             golden
             vessells
             ,
             and
             with
             great
             respect
             ,
             otherwise
             they
             will
             kill
             their
             Keeper
             for
             the
             least
             offence
             .
          
           
             They
             are
             capable
             both
             of
             hearing
             and
             understanding
             ,
             and
             learn
             whatever
             is
             taught
             them
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXVIII
             .
             Continuation
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             of
             the
             Government
             and
             Policy
             ,
             of
             Superstitions
             ,
             and
             Magicians
             .
          
           
             PEgu
             is
             innumerably
             peopled
             with
             very
             good
             subjects
             ,
             ready
             upon
             the
             least
             command
             to
             give
             obedience
             ,
             and
             execute
             ,
             (
             and
             they
             say
             )
             that
             to
             serve
             their
             Prince
             ,
             is
             to
             serve
             God
             :
             and
             hold
             their
             companions
             most
             happy
             ,
             who
             dye
             in
             the
             Kings
             service
             ;
             when
             the
             King
             will
             raise
             an
             Army
             ,
             he
             enrolls
             ,
             the
             number
             he
             requires
             ,
             with
             their
             names
             ,
             their
             qualities
             ,
             by
             certain
             itinerant
             Heralds
             ,
             or
             Calfenes
             who
             publish
             the
             war
             abroad
             ,
             with
             flaming
             Torches
             in
             their
             hands
             ,
             
             as
             I
             have
             already
             said
             .
             They
             ride
             on
             Dromadaries
             ,
             and
             change
             often
             :
             and
             they
             are
             kept
             in
             most
             towns
             for
             the
             Princes
             service
             ,
             as
             are
             our
             Post-horses
             .
             When
             the
             people
             are
             acquainted
             with
             the
             Kings
             will
             ,
             they
             generally
             leave
             home
             ,
             wife
             ,
             and
             children
             ,
             and
             follow
             the
             King
             ;
             every
             town
             and
             village
             hath
             a
             treasurer
             ,
             who
             duely
             pay
             the
             pensions
             allotted
             by
             the
             King
             ,
             and
             every
             one
             is
             sure
             of
             a
             livelyhood
             ,
             according
             to
             his
             merit
             in
             the
             Kings
             service
             ,
             which
             is
             faithfully
             discharged
             .
          
           
             
             The
             Governours
             of
             all
             towns
             have
             triennial
             commissions
             ,
             and
             are
             promoted
             according
             to
             their
             birth
             to
             the
             kings
             favour
             ,
             and
             the
             peoples
             free
             consent
             .
             They
             behave
             themselves
             with
             great
             integrity
             ,
             and
             discretion
             ;
             and
             take
             care
             the
             Kings
             treasure
             should
             be
             distributed
             to
             them
             that
             serve
             best
             ,
             to
             their
             wives
             and
             children
             ,
             and
             implore
             them
             in
             honourable
             occupations
             ,
             according
             to
             quality
             ,
             capacity
             ,
             and
             the
             occasion
             of
             service
             ,
             there
             being
             publick
             work-houses
             purposely
             maintained
             ;
             where
             the
             third
             part
             of
             the
             people
             are
             continually
             imployed
             :
             as
             Mynes
             ,
             Paper-mils
             ,
             Silk-works
             ,
             Sugar
             engines
             ,
             and
             other
             trades
             ,
             and
             works
             belonging
             to
             the
             King.
             If
             a
             soldier
             returned
             from
             war
             complains
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             that
             his
             General
             had
             not
             distributed
             to
             his
             family
             ,
             what
             the
             King
             had
             commanded
             :
             The
             General
             is
             presently
             sent
             for
             ,
             laid
             flat
             upon
             the
             ground
             or
             table
             ,
             where
             some
             Courtier
             takes
             a
             cudgel
             (
             with
             three
             whip-cords
             at
             the
             end
             ,
             and
             a
             ball
             of
             ciment
             fastned
             thereto
             )
             striking
             upon
             the
             ground
             without
             touching
             the
             man
             ,
             and
             the
             King
             asks
             why
             he
             had
             not
             payd
             the
             Zimbou
             ,
             or
             allowance
             to
             the
             soldiers
             family
             :
             
             the
             other
             must
             confesse
             the
             truth
             ,
             and
             if
             he
             doth
             alledge
             any
             reasonable
             excuse
             ,
             he
             hath
             not
             so
             many
             stripes
             ,
             but
             he
             hath
             three
             at
             least
             given
             him
             however
             .
             The
             executioner
             strikes
             upon
             the
             ground
             ,
             untill
             the
             King
             commands
             otherwise
             .
          
           
           
             The
             criminal
             is
             next
             helped
             up
             by
             his
             friends
             ,
             and
             makes
             the
             King
             a
             low
             reverence
             ,
             giving
             thanks
             for
             the
             mercy
             he
             had
             shewed
             in
             not
             stripping
             him
             .
             Then
             the
             King
             either
             invites
             him
             to
             dinner
             himself
             ,
             or
             some
             other
             Noble-man
             ,
             and
             the
             punishment
             he
             suffered
             ,
             is
             not
             held
             disgraceful
             ,
             nor
             ignominious
             .
             The
             trumpets
             sound
             gives
             the
             King
             notice
             of
             his
             coming
             ,
             and
             at
             his
             going
             it
             sounds
             twice
             ,
             and
             the
             multitude
             cry
             out
             ,
             that
             the
             General
             or
             Governour
             of
             such
             a
             place
             was
             retiring
             .
             The
             General
             casts
             himself
             at
             the
             Kings
             feet
             ,
             and
             kisses
             the
             ground
             ,
             the
             King
             imbraces
             him
             ,
             and
             presents
             him
             with
             some
             rich
             Carcanet
             ,
             
             or
             chain
             of
             Gold
             ,
             or
             Jewels
             :
             so
             dismisses
             him
             ,
             as
             content
             ,
             as
             if
             he
             had
             got
             a
             kingdom
             ,
             and
             this
             is
             a
             credit
             to
             them
             .
          
           
             Suits
             in
             Law
             are
             soon
             decided
             ,
             for
             if
             a
             man
             be
             at
             difference
             with
             his
             neighbour
             ,
             the
             first
             Danubir
             ,
             or
             Justice
             ,
             
             they
             appeale
             to
             ,
             decides
             it
             upon
             the
             place
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             once
             a
             week
             ,
             sits
             in
             his
             seat
             of
             Justice
             and
             decides
             differences
             of
             the
             greatest
             importance
             ,
             by
             ,
             and
             with
             the
             assistance
             of
             a
             Naire
             or
             Gentleman
             ,
             that
             holds
             him
             a
             golden
             cup
             to
             spit
             in
             :
             'T
             is
             held
             shameful
             to
             spit
             on
             the
             ground
             in
             the
             Kings
             sight
             ,
             but
             they
             spit
             in
             handkerchers
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             before
             he
             rises
             ,
             drinks
             Areca
             and
             Betel
             ,
             
             brought
             him
             by
             one
             of
             his
             women
             ,
             and
             another
             of
             his
             favourites
             annoints
             his
             body
             with
             a
             certain
             oyle
             ,
             or
             sweet
             balsome
             ,
             to
             preserve
             his
             health
             .
             Most
             of
             those
             nations
             eat
             on
             the
             ground
             ,
             and
             use
             leaves
             ,
             instead
             of
             cloathes
             ,
             they
             eat
             in
             curious
             woodden
             vessels
             ,
             artificially
             painted
             ,
             in
             various
             manners
             ;
             others
             are
             served
             in
             Purcelain
             ,
             which
             will
             not
             endure
             poyson
             ,
             no
             more
             then
             the
             wood
             Avate
             .
             At
             his
             rising
             from
             his
             seat
             of
             justice
             ,
             a
             Merchant
             presents
             him
             with
             some
             delicate
             drink
             ;
             he
             hath
             a
             guard
             of
             a
             hundred
             Naires
             ,
             armed
             with
             short
             swords
             hanging
             by
             their
             sides
             ,
             in
             scarses
             richly
             embroydered
             with
             gold
             and
             jewels
             :
             There
             are
             many
             Gold-smiths
             ,
             as
             are
             in
             most
             parts
             of
             the
             East
             .
             He
             hath
             other
             Gentlemen
             of
             his
             guard
             armed
             with
             steele
             bowes
             gilt
             ,
             and
             neatly
             enamel'd
             :
             
             they
             are
             expert
             bowmen
             ,
             and
             are
             trained
             up
             from
             their
             infancy
             ;
             the
             guard
             of
             100.
             
             Naires
             ,
             besides
             their
             swords
             bear
             quivers
             and
             arrows
             gilt
             ,
             
             with
             a
             marvellous
             strong
             Cane
             that
             never
             breaks
             with
             a
             Pike
             or
             Fork
             at
             one
             end
             ;
             azured
             at
             both
             ends
             like
             a
             walking
             staffe
             :
             They
             march
             in
             order
             .
             A
             Noble-man
             bears
             the
             Kings
             sword
             before
             him
             ,
             another
             his
             buckler
             ,
             made
             of
             Tortoise
             shels
             ,
             garnished
             with
             Diamonds
             ,
             and
             Rubies
             ,
             as
             bright
             as
             the
             Sun.
             
          
           
             The
             King
             weares
             the
             Tiara
             richly
             adorned
             with
             gemmes
             :
             at
             one
             side
             of
             him
             a
             Lord
             carries
             a
             Parasoll
             ,
             before
             him
             walk
             two
             jesters
             ,
             with
             ridiculous
             motions
             and
             gestures
             ,
             relating
             how
             they
             had
             like
             to
             have
             killed
             one
             another
             :
             the
             King
             is
             very
             much
             pleased
             with
             such
             Fictions
             and
             Drolleries
             .
          
           
             One
             of
             these
             Bouffoones
             ,
             known
             in
             many
             languages
             ,
             frequented
             
             very
             much
             Father
             Joseph
             of
             the
             societies
             company
             ,
             by
             whom
             ,
             
             he
             was
             instructed
             ,
             and
             satisfied
             of
             the
             truth
             of
             our
             religon
             ,
             and
             resolved
             to
             be
             baptized
             .
          
           
             The
             Father
             advertised
             the
             King
             ,
             he
             consented
             ,
             and
             the
             man
             was
             presently
             baptized
             ,
             and
             entertained
             for
             a
             time
             amongst
             those
             good
             fathers
             :
             mean
             while
             ,
             his
             wife
             not
             willing
             to
             follow
             her
             husbands
             example
             ,
             assembled
             her
             friends
             and
             celebrated
             her
             husbands
             funeral
             ,
             as
             for
             a
             dead
             man
             ,
             and
             built
             him
             a
             tombe
             ,
             where
             they
             made
             pitiful
             moanes
             ,
             with
             many
             seperstitions
             ,
             bringing
             the
             women
             thither
             to
             weep
             and
             lament
             ,
             and
             they
             all
             dined
             together
             upon
             his
             Tomb.
             They
             do
             this
             ,
             that
             the
             wife
             of
             a
             newly
             baptized
             Christian
             ,
             may
             marry
             ;
             otherwise
             they
             hold
             her
             consenting
             to
             her
             husbands
             Christianity
             .
          
           
             This
             new
             Convert
             was
             named
             James
             ,
             he
             came
             fourty
             days
             after
             his
             Baptisme
             ,
             to
             salute
             the
             King
             ,
             who
             desired
             to
             know
             whether
             he
             would
             perform
             his
             office
             as
             before
             ,
             and
             that
             his
             pension
             should
             be
             still
             continued
             (
             he
             replyed
             )
             Sir
             ,
             I
             served
             you
             in
             the
             stead
             of
             a
             dead
             man
             ,
             but
             now
             I
             will
             serve
             you
             alive
             ,
             and
             retyring
             with
             the
             Fathers
             ,
             he
             was
             not
             seen
             of
             two
             moneths
             ,
             in
             which
             time
             his
             wife
             married
             another
             of
             meaner
             quality
             .
             But
             as
             I
             have
             heard
             ,
             she
             would
             have
             returned
             to
             her
             first
             husband
             ,
             and
             become
             a
             Christian
             ,
             being
             satisfied
             and
             perswaded
             thereunto
             by
             a
             Portuguais
             ,
             but
             her
             husband
             would
             not
             consent
             thereunto
             ;
             knowing
             it
             could
             not
             availe
             him
             much
             .
             
             Then
             she
             married
             a
             Rope-maker
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             great
             trade
             there
             ,
             for
             they
             have
             great
             need
             of
             Lines
             ,
             Ropes
             ,
             Reeds
             ,
             and
             Canes
             ,
             which
             they
             cleave
             ,
             besides
             the
             Cables
             ,
             and
             other
             tackling
             for
             ships
             .
             The
             biggest
             of
             those
             Canes
             they
             make
             Pikes
             or
             Lances
             of
             for
             Horse-men
             ,
             as
             the
             Mores
             use
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             strongest
             they
             make
             ,
             Chests
             or
             boxes
             ;
             for
             they
             never
             break
             ;
             of
             others
             they
             make
             hoops
             ,
             barrels
             ,
             and
             halfe
             barrels
             ,
             to
             keep
             their
             drink
             or
             water
             in
             .
             There
             are
             of
             them
             ,
             of
             an
             incredible
             size
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             country
             (
             as
             well
             as
             throughout
             the
             Indies
             )
             they
             bear
             a
             great
             respect
             to
             the
             Image
             of
             the
             blessed
             Virgin
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             memory
             of
             Saint
             Thomas
             ,
             who
             hath
             wrought
             many
             miracles
             in
             the
             country
             .
             He
             raised
             from
             death
             to
             life
             a
             brother
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Granganor
             ,
             who
             became
             christian
             thereupon
             ,
             and
             built
             a
             Church
             upon
             the
             side
             of
             a
             little
             hill
             near
             the
             Sea
             ,
             dedicated
             to
             that
             Saint
             ,
             and
             left
             great
             revenues
             thereunto
             ,
             which
             are
             continued
             to
             this
             day
             ,
             but
             are
             very
             ill
             deserved
             .
             They
             say
             that
             the
             same
             King
             of
             Granganor
             ,
             and
             another
             brother
             named
             Abanachacon
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             King
             of
             Pegu
             desired
             S.
             Thomas
             to
             vouchsafe
             him
             a
             visit
             ,
             who
             promised
             to
             become
             a
             Christian
             ,
             upon
             condition
             he
             might
             enjoy
             all
             his
             women
             ,
             which
             (
             as
             he
             alledged
             )
             he
             could
             not
             live
             without
             ,
             by
             the
             frequent
             prayers
             and
             intercession
             of
             this
             Saint
             ,
             his
             concupiscence
             was
             wholly
             allayed
             and
             asswaged
             ;
             and
             in
             a
             vision
             this
             King
             
             thought
             himself
             dipped
             in
             a
             pond
             by
             three
             celestial
             vertues
             ,
             
             to
             cleanse
             him
             of
             all
             filth
             and
             sensuality
             ,
             from
             thence
             lifted
             up
             into
             heaven
             ,
             and
             made
             partaker
             of
             the
             heavenly
             glory
             ,
             and
             received
             knowledge
             of
             his
             salvation
             ,
             and
             was
             baptized
             by
             St.
             Thomas
             ,
             and
             by
             his
             good
             prayers
             obtained
             of
             God
             Almighty
             ,
             that
             his
             tomb
             (
             built
             of
             transparent
             marble
             )
             should
             be
             ever
             full
             of
             that
             water
             wherein
             he
             was
             purified
             ,
             that
             shortly
             after
             this
             King
             ended
             his
             dayes
             wounded
             in
             a
             battle
             he
             fought
             ,
             to
             assist
             a
             Brother
             of
             his
             against
             King
             Sangiscan
             .
          
           
             The
             Bramins
             who
             at
             present
             have
             the
             possession
             of
             this
             Church
             ,
             where
             stands
             this
             Tomb
             ,
             say
             that
             his
             body
             is
             covered
             over
             with
             water
             to
             this
             very
             day
             ,
             which
             is
             seen
             through
             the
             transparency
             of
             the
             marble
             ,
             at
             the
             light
             of
             three
             bright-burning
             lamps
             ,
             and
             that
             this
             Tomb
             is
             four
             fathom
             height
             raised
             from
             the
             ground
             .
             This
             they
             relate
             of
             it
             .
             And
             I
             remember
             I
             have
             seen
             at
             Arles
             (
             in
             Rolands
             Chappel
             ,
             in
             the
             Church
             of
             St.
             Honoretus
             ,
             )
             an
             ancient
             Marble
             monument
             replete
             with
             water
             ,
             which
             increases
             and
             diminishes
             according
             to
             the
             motions
             of
             the
             Moon
             ;
             and
             let
             the
             air
             be
             never
             so
             hot
             or
             dry
             ,
             yet
             at
             full
             Moon
             the
             Tomb
             is
             full
             of
             water
             .
             They
             relate
             as
             much
             of
             another
             in
             the
             Church
             of
             St.
             Severinus
             ,
             in
             the
             Suburbs
             of
             Bourdeaux
             ,
             a
             German
             Lord
             visiting
             this
             wonder
             ,
             assured
             me
             he
             had
             seen
             the
             like
             in
             Austria
             ,
             as
             at
             Verona
             in
             St.
             Zeno's
             Church
             ,
             the
             sepulture
             of
             Pepin
             ,
             King
             of
             Italy
             ,
             Son
             of
             
               Carolus
               Magnus
            
             ,
             is
             seen
             full
             of
             water
             :
             many
             things
             are
             naturally
             known
             to
             rise
             and
             fall
             according
             to
             the
             course
             of
             the
             Moon
             ,
             as
             the
             ebbe
             and
             flow
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             stones
             ,
             plants
             ,
             and
             animals
             .
             They
             hold
             that
             St.
             Thomas
             (
             as
             I
             have
             already
             said
             )
             was
             martyred
             at
             Granganor
             ,
             
             by
             a
             Huntsman
             ,
             making
             his
             offerings
             to
             Oysima
             ,
             their
             three-headed
             Idol
             ,
             who
             shot
             the
             Saint
             with
             an
             arrow
             ,
             aiming
             at
             some
             wild
             beast
             ,
             much
             more
             they
             relate
             of
             this
             glorious
             Saint
             ,
             which
             they
             hold
             by
             tradition
             ,
             although
             the
             ancient
             testimonies
             have
             left
             us
             little
             of
             his
             memory
             .
          
           
             The
             Ecclesiastical
             History
             saith
             that
             his
             body
             was
             translated
             from
             Meliapur
             ,
             or
             Calamina
             ,
             to
             Edesse
             ,
             from
             thence
             to
             Ortuna
             in
             Pouilla
             .
             The
             Christians
             (
             that
             are
             in
             the
             Indies
             ,
             who
             stile
             themselves
             of
             St.
             Thomas
             ,
             and
             say
             they
             are
             instructed
             from
             Father
             to
             Son
             ,
             by
             that
             Saint
             ,
             are
             Nestorians
             ,
             
             and
             infected
             with
             many
             more
             heresies
             ,
             for
             to
             this
             day
             they
             are
             instructed
             by
             the
             Syrian
             hereticks
             .
          
           
             Those
             Indian
             Kings
             rely
             much
             upon
             Magicians
             and
             Conjurers
             :
             the
             King
             of
             Pegu
             maintains
             one
             in
             his
             Court
             ,
             to
             foretell
             what
             he
             desires
             to
             know
             ;
             he
             was
             called
             Bongi
             or
             Bonze
             ,
             (
             as
             their
             sacrificators
             are
             called
             )
             a
             bruitish
             man
             addicted
             to
             all
             sorts
             of
             vices
             and
             abominations
             ,
             yet
             he
             is
             the
             Kings
             minion
             .
             He
             carries
             ever
             in
             his
             hand
             a
             very
             keen
             hanger
             ,
             like
             a
             Turkish
             Cymeter
             ,
             onely
             more
             bow'd
             ,
             dressed
             in
             two
             Monkeys
             skins
             ,
             which
             he
             wears
             ,
             the
             one
             before
             the
             other
             behind
             ,
             hung
             all
             over
             with
             bells
             ,
             to
             the
             weight
             
             of
             fifty
             pounds
             ,
             which
             make
             a
             hideous
             noyse
             :
             upon
             a
             time
             the
             King
             taking
             the
             air
             in
             a
             chariot
             ,
             spied
             one
             of
             his
             choicest
             Ladies
             at
             a
             window
             ,
             he
             sent
             for
             her
             to
             take
             the
             air
             upon
             the
             lake
             in
             a
             barge
             ,
             or
             Gondola
             ,
             covered
             and
             richly
             adorned
             ,
             they
             were
             no
             sooner
             both
             in
             ,
             
             but
             a
             sudden
             and
             dangerous
             storm
             arose
             from
             the
             west
             ;
             that
             overcast
             and
             clouded
             the
             skies
             .
             The
             King
             presently
             called
             to
             his
             Bongi
             ,
             to
             clear
             the
             air
             ;
             the
             Conjurer
             immediately
             made
             a
             hole
             in
             the
             ground
             ,
             wherein
             he
             urined
             ,
             and
             using
             strange
             Conjurations
             ,
             many
             Devils
             came
             forth
             of
             the
             earth
             ,
             making
             a
             most
             horrid
             and
             fearfull
             din
             ,
             and
             howling
             ,
             scattered
             the
             clouds
             ,
             and
             tempest
             ;
             the
             King
             made
             with
             all
             speed
             to
             his
             Palace
             ,
             putting
             no
             great
             confidence
             in
             his
             Duma
             ,
             for
             fear
             of
             being
             overturned
             .
          
           
             
             The
             Enchanter
             full
             of
             mirth
             and
             vanity
             threatned
             with
             his
             Cymiter
             the
             tempestuous
             winds
             ,
             jumping
             and
             leaping
             incessantly
             ,
             he
             made
             a
             confused
             noyse
             with
             his
             bels
             ,
             and
             mad-man
             like
             ran
             to
             the
             Kings
             Palace-gate
             ,
             where
             he
             skipped
             and
             leaped
             ,
             until
             he
             frightned
             ,
             and
             scared
             away
             all
             the
             birds
             and
             tame
             beasts
             that
             were
             kept
             in
             the
             Park
             .
             'T
             was
             the
             same
             Magician
             ,
             (
             who
             as
             I
             have
             already
             said
             ,
             treating
             of
             the
             Maldives
             )
             undertook
             to
             bring
             birds
             and
             beasts
             out
             of
             the
             inchanted
             Isle
             of
             Pallouis
             ,
             and
             was
             soundly
             beaten
             for
             his
             rash
             undertaking
             ,
             and
             brought
             back
             onely
             with
             life
             enough
             to
             witnesse
             his
             shame
             .
          
           
             The
             great
             Cham
             of
             Tartary
             entertaines
             of
             those
             Magicians
             ,
             and
             puts
             great
             confidence
             in
             them
             ;
             but
             more
             of
             them
             hereafter
             .
          
           
             As
             throughout
             Arabia
             they
             obey
             the
             Seque
             ,
             or
             Sequemir
             ,
             in
             spirituals
             ,
             so
             do
             they
             in
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Pegu
             their
             Abedale
             ,
             of
             a
             Sect
             called
             Abedali
             ,
             and
             there
             are
             of
             them
             at
             Malabar
             .
             They
             are
             Santons
             ,
             
             or
             Hermites
             ,
             otherwise
             called
             Jogues
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             Mahometans
             Marabouts
             .
             A
             people
             that
             observe
             a
             religious
             poverty
             ,
             holding
             property
             in
             nothing
             ,
             of
             austere
             life
             ,
             and
             as
             the
             Guzarates
             ,
             never
             feed
             on
             any
             animated
             creature
             .
             Though
             ready
             to
             perish
             with
             hunger
             they
             ask
             nothing
             ,
             but
             the
             people
             furnish
             them
             abundantly
             with
             all
             necessaries
             .
             If
             any
             one
             have
             rob'd
             ,
             murther'd
             ,
             or
             committed
             other
             crime
             ,
             he
             presently
             repairs
             to
             his
             Charif
             ,
             who
             supplies
             the
             place
             of
             principal
             Abedale
             ,
             confesses
             entirely
             what
             he
             hath
             done
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             enjoyns
             a
             punishment
             and
             penance
             according
             to
             discretion
             .
             Though
             he
             perpetrated
             all
             the
             iniquities
             on
             earth
             ,
             if
             his
             Superiour
             give
             him
             absolution
             ,
             no
             man
             can
             further
             question
             him
             ,
             or
             call
             him
             to
             account
             .
             Sometimes
             they
             punish
             with
             death
             ,
             
             as
             it
             happened
             to
             one
             Vldarin
             ,
             a
             Native
             ,
             who
             in
             a
             savage
             quarrel
             having
             killed
             and
             privately
             buried
             his
             Brother
             under
             a
             tree
             ,
             confessed
             it
             to
             his
             Charif
             ,
             who
             caused
             him
             to
             take
             up
             the
             dead
             body
             ,
             
             and
             seeing
             it
             so
             cruelly
             dealt
             with
             ,
             condemned
             him
             living
             to
             be
             buried
             ,
             together
             with
             the
             dead
             .
             Another
             time
             he
             caused
             another
             to
             be
             cast
             into
             a
             pond
             ,
             for
             that
             he
             
             had
             denied
             their
             Duma
             .
             These
             people
             have
             abundance
             of
             zealous
             followers
             ,
             who
             provide
             them
             whatsoever
             they
             want
             .
             Likewise
             are
             they
             vertuous
             people
             did
             they
             not
             want
             our
             true
             Religion
             .
             There
             were
             some
             who
             instructed
             by
             the
             Jesuites
             ,
             
             yet
             continuing
             their
             belief
             ,
             embraced
             burning
             from
             the
             Mahometans
             ,
             for
             holding
             Mahomet
             was
             damned
             ,
             and
             Jesus
             Christ
             was
             God
             ,
             and
             born
             of
             the
             Virgin
             Mary
             .
             One
             Ali
             a
             Merchant
             of
             Guzerate
             ,
             inhabitant
             of
             Amiadiva
             ,
             told
             me
             he
             saw
             at
             Bagdet
             fifteen
             Religious
             ,
             called
             the
             Deruis
             of
             the
             Sect
             of
             Ali
             ,
             burned
             for
             the
             like
             confession
             .
             Some
             of
             this
             order
             I
             have
             seen
             wear
             rich
             girdles
             ,
             
             others
             with
             diamond
             pendants
             in
             their
             ears
             ;
             one
             at
             Pegu
             ,
             with
             two
             curious
             and
             costly
             Cassocks
             ,
             one
             of
             a
             Munkeys
             skin
             of
             divers
             colours
             ,
             the
             hair
             fine
             as
             silk
             ,
             the
             other
             given
             him
             by
             the
             King
             ,
             covered
             with
             a
             Tortoise
             shell
             ,
             but
             of
             a
             most
             splendid
             delicacy
             .
             These
             
               Santons
               ,
               Joguies
            
             ,
             or
             Indian
             Anchorites
             ,
             lodge
             in
             the
             field
             ,
             in
             hollow
             trees
             ,
             seldom
             speak
             ,
             have
             some
             Disciples
             exceeding
             obedient
             to
             the
             least
             notice
             given
             them
             ,
             addict
             themselves
             to
             Magick
             ,
             and
             to
             recompense
             their
             austerities
             ,
             the
             Devil
             perswades
             them
             either
             to
             the
             precipice
             ,
             or
             to
             take
             a
             death
             from
             their
             disciples
             hands
             ,
             who
             afterwards
             interre
             them
             ,
             and
             build
             a
             Chappel
             over
             them
             as
             to
             a
             God.
             Besides
             these
             the
             generall
             name
             of
             Religious
             in
             Pegu
             and
             Siam
             is
             Talapoyes
             .
             
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXIX
             .
             Of
             the
             Idols
             in
             Pegu
             ,
             bloudy
             Sacrifices
             ,
             Exorcisms
             ,
             strange
             Communions
             .
          
           
             WE
             have
             mentioned
             before
             how
             the
             Rivers
             of
             the
             Country
             yield
             the
             King
             of
             Pegu
             a
             grand
             revenue
             in
             fine
             gold
             ,
             
             which
             he
             designs
             for
             embellishment
             of
             his
             Temples
             and
             Idols
             ,
             whereof
             they
             have
             abundance
             of
             such
             extravagant
             effigies
             ,
             as
             the
             Devil
             presents
             to
             their
             fancies
             .
             They
             have
             excellent
             casters
             and
             sculptors
             ,
             that
             draw
             these
             apparitions
             to
             the
             life
             ,
             which
             generally
             are
             exceeding
             hideous
             and
             formidable
             :
             for
             the
             Devil
             becomes
             visibly
             conversant
             with
             these
             poor
             wretches
             ,
             shewing
             them
             any
             thing
             they
             desire
             ,
             the
             more
             firmly
             to
             engage
             them
             to
             his
             service
             .
             At
             the
             Princes
             Palace
             in
             the
             back
             Court
             ,
             there
             are
             abundance
             of
             these
             Idols
             ,
             all
             of
             pure
             gold
             ,
             with
             Crowns
             ,
             enriched
             with
             gems
             ,
             as
             I
             said
             before
             ;
             one
             amongst
             the
             rest
             of
             a
             prodigious
             heighth
             ,
             they
             call
             Apalita
             ,
             who
             assists
             pilgrims
             and
             travellers
             ,
             through
             the
             world
             ,
             whose
             Temple
             no
             man
             visits
             but
             with
             some
             present
             ,
             which
             is
             converted
             to
             the
             use
             of
             the
             Priests
             ,
             who
             ordinarily
             have
             wives
             and
             children
             .
             Such
             as
             enter
             these
             Tambous
             and
             Gouias
             ,
             or
             places
             of
             
             adoration
             would
             think
             to
             have
             some
             miserable
             end
             before
             they
             returned
             home
             ,
             if
             they
             brought
             not
             some
             offering
             with
             them
             ,
             so
             as
             he
             that
             hath
             but
             a
             leather
             to
             cover
             his
             pudenda
             ,
             will
             take
             it
             off
             to
             offer
             to
             the
             Idol
             :
             others
             will
             present
             little
             bels
             of
             silver
             and
             gold
             which
             they
             hang
             at
             their
             genitories
             ,
             in
             little
             rings
             drawn
             through
             the
             flesh
             ,
             which
             they
             do
             to
             be
             the
             better
             esteemed
             of
             women
             ,
             testifying
             herein
             that
             they
             delight
             in
             no
             other
             sex
             but
             theirs
             .
             Some
             there
             are
             so
             superstitiously
             devout
             ,
             
             that
             they
             will
             cut
             themselves
             to
             immolate
             the
             bloud
             to
             their
             Idol
             .
             'T
             is
             something
             probable
             that
             the
             Turks
             who
             so
             scarifie
             their
             bodies
             for
             devotion
             ,
             learnt
             it
             of
             the
             Indians
             ,
             because
             the
             Alcoran
             contains
             no
             such
             precept
             .
          
           
             The
             Priests
             confirm
             them
             vigorously
             in
             this
             Idolatry
             ,
             and
             some
             there
             have
             been
             who
             meeting
             poor
             Portuguese
             Merchants
             and
             travellers
             ,
             ignorant
             of
             their
             custom
             passing
             by
             their
             Temple
             ,
             have
             cruelly
             cut
             their
             throats
             ,
             and
             sacrificed
             them
             to
             their
             Apalita
             .
             But
             the
             Jesuites
             complaining
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             and
             shewing
             him
             the
             horrour
             and
             indignity
             of
             such
             an
             execration
             ,
             he
             sentenced
             to
             death
             70.
             of
             these
             abominable
             Priests
             ,
             and
             the
             sentence
             had
             passed
             further
             even
             to
             their
             wives
             and
             children
             ,
             but
             for
             the
             mediation
             of
             the
             Fathers
             .
             Notwithstanding
             their
             devotion
             ,
             the
             people
             looked
             upon
             this
             execution
             patiently
             ,
             and
             without
             the
             least
             commotion
             ,
             for
             the
             affection
             they
             bear
             their
             Prince
             .
             Likewise
             through
             the
             supplications
             of
             those
             Fathers
             ,
             they
             were
             freed
             from
             a
             pestilentiall
             disease
             then
             reign'd
             amongst
             rhem
             .
          
           
             Some
             amongst
             these
             Priests
             use
             holy
             ashes
             and
             holy
             water
             also
             .
             They
             are
             the
             ashes
             of
             things
             sacrificed
             to
             the
             Idols
             ,
             and
             amongst
             the
             rest
             of
             such
             as
             have
             made
             themselves
             voluntary
             sacrifices
             .
             There
             is
             another
             Idol
             of
             silver
             ,
             in
             the
             proportion
             of
             a
             Gyant
             ,
             
             who
             as
             an
             Oracle
             makes
             answer
             to
             demands
             ,
             foretells
             things
             to
             come
             ,
             but
             with
             a
             thousand
             lyes
             and
             abuses
             .
             They
             believe
             this
             Pagode
             ,
             assists
             them
             in
             their
             wars
             ,
             and
             as
             their
             Mars
             renders
             them
             victorious
             :
             They
             coin
             money
             in
             honour
             of
             him
             ,
             and
             stamp
             his
             name
             upon
             it
             :
             But
             he
             is
             not
             alwaies
             effectuall
             in
             his
             assistance
             ,
             for
             at
             the
             time
             they
             sacrificed
             the
             poor
             Portuguese
             I
             told
             you
             of
             ,
             the
             Inhabitants
             of
             Goa
             and
             Malacca
             for
             revenge
             mann'd
             eight
             Gallions
             and
             some
             Carvells
             ,
             put
             in
             at
             one
             of
             their
             Towns
             ,
             which
             they
             took
             possession
             of
             ,
             
             thence
             advanced
             to
             another
             which
             they
             pillaged
             ,
             burnt
             the
             Temples
             and
             Idols
             ,
             with
             all
             the
             Priests
             ,
             their
             wives
             and
             children
             .
          
           
             'T
             was
             at
             the
             time
             the
             King
             of
             Pegu
             was
             gone
             to
             the
             Conquest
             of
             Siam
             ,
             so
             as
             the
             Portuguese
             alarm'd
             the
             whole
             Countrey
             ,
             and
             had
             
               Don
               Alouse
               d'
               Aquila
            
             ,
             who
             commanded
             the
             Foot
             ,
             arrived
             in
             time
             ,
             they
             had
             easily
             carried
             the
             Town
             of
             Pegu
             it self
             ,
             taken
             the
             Kings
             treasure
             ,
             with
             the
             Idols
             rich
             in
             gold
             ,
             silver
             ,
             and
             precious
             stones
             ,
             which
             had
             been
             a
             wealth
             inestimable
             .
             
             They
             put
             abundance
             to
             the
             sword
             ,
             and
             carried
             away
             numbers
             of
             prisoners
             :
             But
             at
             the
             Kings
             return
             the
             Jesuites
             reconciled
             the
             difference
             betwixt
             them
             ;
             at
             which
             time
             't
             was
             accorded
             that
             at
             new
             Pegu
             ,
             in
             honour
             of
             the
             Conception
             of
             the
             blessed
             Virgin
             ,
             a
             Church
             should
             be
             built
             at
             the
             Kings
             charges
             ,
             which
             in
             these
             parts
             is
             no
             novelty
             ,
             where
             from
             time
             out
             of
             memory
             ,
             as
             I
             said
             ,
             they
             have
             had
             an
             image
             in
             honour
             of
             the
             Virgin
             with
             her
             infant
             ,
             illustrated
             with
             three
             lamps
             ,
             and
             the
             Temple
             of
             God
             where
             this
             image
             was
             reverenced
             ,
             was
             served
             with
             divers
             sorts
             of
             Priests
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             of
             Pegu
             this
             while
             was
             much
             incensed
             for
             the
             affront
             ,
             the
             violence
             and
             indiscretion
             of
             these
             Priests
             had
             brought
             upon
             him
             ,
             and
             conceived
             a
             hope
             that
             the
             very
             Idols
             would
             take
             some
             revenge
             for
             the
             injuries
             they
             had
             suffered
             from
             the
             
               Franques
               Ramatas
            
             ,
             so
             they
             call
             the
             Portuguese
             ,
             but
             he
             was
             perplexed
             ,
             when
             instead
             thereof
             ,
             
             he
             observed
             them
             persever
             prosperous
             ,
             daily
             overturning
             more
             Idols
             ,
             as
             they
             had
             amongst
             others
             burnt
             the
             famous
             Apes
             tooth
             adored
             in
             Zelan
             ,
             which
             he
             would
             have
             purchased
             at
             the
             rate
             of
             so
             many
             thousand
             crowns
             ,
             as
             I
             said
             before
             .
          
           
             Another
             Idoll
             they
             have
             ,
             called
             Fotoque
             ,
             (
             as
             likewise
             in
             Japan
             and
             China
             )
             of
             the
             same
             stature
             as
             the
             other
             ,
             
             but
             of
             different
             matter
             ,
             of
             lead
             and
             brasse
             mixt
             ,
             such
             as
             their
             money
             is
             made
             of
             .
             They
             tell
             us
             this
             Idol
             with
             his
             intercession
             inclines
             their
             Duma
             ,
             and
             obtains
             grace
             for
             all
             ,
             in
             particular
             ,
             for
             soules
             condemned
             to
             black
             and
             dark
             places
             .
             The
             Palpas
             are
             obliged
             to
             sacrifice
             to
             him
             every
             Saturday
             a
             black
             swine
             ,
             and
             three
             pullets
             of
             the
             same
             colour
             .
             Poultry
             in
             this
             Country
             contrary
             to
             the
             ordinary
             ,
             have
             their
             flesh
             black
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Fare
             ,
             
             and
             makes
             the
             pottage
             black
             ,
             neverthelesse
             very
             savoury
             .
             All
             the
             Sacrifices
             passe
             into
             the
             Priests
             bellies
             ,
             for
             they
             burn
             nothing
             but
             the
             liver
             with
             aromatick
             odours
             ,
             and
             pulverizing
             the
             bones
             ,
             mix
             it
             with
             their
             holy
             waters
             .
          
           
             When
             they
             would
             have
             any
             sacrifices
             brought
             to
             their
             Idol
             ,
             they
             go
             about
             the
             Town
             ,
             ringing
             a
             Bell
             made
             like
             a
             Still
             ,
             
             and
             say
             this
             is
             to
             supplicate
             for
             some
             of
             their
             friends
             ,
             who
             are
             tormented
             in
             the
             black
             shades
             ;
             for
             as
             to
             those
             which
             immitted
             into
             other
             bodies
             ,
             as
             of
             oxen
             or
             cows
             there
             to
             be
             kept
             till
             the
             day
             of
             judgement
             ,
             they
             hold
             them
             well
             quartered
             ,
             
             and
             to
             have
             no
             need
             of
             prayers
             .
          
           
             For
             this
             cause
             the
             Peguans
             had
             a
             custome
             to
             eat
             none
             of
             these
             sorts
             of
             flesh
             ,
             as
             in
             Malabar
             and
             other
             places
             ;
             but
             since
             such
             time
             as
             their
             Duma
             in
             a
             vision
             gave
             precept
             to
             one
             of
             their
             Chaouris
             ,
             to
             use
             all
             living
             beasts
             indifferently
             ,
             and
             that
             a
             soule
             condemned
             to
             the
             body
             of
             one
             beast
             ,
             when
             that
             dyed
             ,
             passed
             into
             the
             body
             of
             another
             ,
             they
             have
             made
             no
             further
             difficulty
             to
             eat
             it
             .
             For
             such
             beasts
             they
             have
             
             a
             reverence
             ,
             
             and
             bow
             to
             them
             as
             they
             would
             salute
             a
             friend
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             a
             sort
             of
             small
             Asses
             that
             come
             from
             the
             Province
             of
             Beluacarin
             ,
             almost
             all
             red
             and
             black
             ,
             or
             black
             and
             white
             ,
             which
             they
             hunt
             and
             take
             with
             hayes
             like
             Conies
             ,
             and
             being
             brought
             to
             hand
             serve
             for
             many
             uses
             ,
             but
             are
             of
             low
             price
             ,
             by
             reason
             they
             hold
             soules
             never
             enter
             them
             ,
             their
             flesh
             is
             so
             faint
             and
             disagreeable
             :
             we
             met
             with
             heards
             of
             them
             in
             the
             Champian
             ,
             which
             appeared
             to
             be
             tame
             ,
             suffering
             one
             to
             come
             so
             near
             as
             to
             lay
             hand
             on
             their
             neck
             ;
             when
             on
             a
             suddain
             they
             sprung
             away
             like
             Munkeys
             ,
             and
             returned
             about
             a
             quarter
             of
             an
             hour
             after
             .
             They
             are
             not
             so
             courtly
             to
             them
             as
             to
             other
             beasts
             ,
             for
             the
             opinion
             the
             Priests
             have
             put
             in
             them
             :
             and
             as
             we
             in
             derision
             would
             salute
             them
             ,
             they
             would
             reprove
             us
             ,
             and
             tell
             us
             ,
             their
             great
             Duma
             had
             commanded
             Fotoque
             to
             curse
             the
             generation
             of
             Asses
             ,
             and
             the
             soules
             that
             should
             take
             up
             habitation
             in
             them
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             likewise
             many
             other
             Gods
             ,
             as
             that
             they
             call
             the
             god
             of
             atomes
             in
             the
             Sun
             ,
             and
             others
             .
             Hell
             ,
             they
             call
             the
             dark
             cavern
             of
             the
             house
             of
             smoak
             ,
             where
             a
             horrible
             Serpent
             devoures
             soules
             ,
             and
             whence
             one
             of
             their
             gods
             frees
             them
             by
             his
             power
             .
          
           
             In
             a
             word
             ,
             't
             is
             stupendous
             to
             consider
             the
             number
             of
             gods
             and
             Idols
             in
             their
             severall
             temples
             ;
             their
             Monasteries
             ,
             Priests
             ,
             Monks
             ,
             Hermits
             ,
             Sects
             ,
             Sacrifices
             ,
             &c.
             
             Their
             belief
             likewise
             of
             the
             Creation
             of
             the
             world
             is
             strange
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             sin
             of
             the
             first
             man
             ,
             all
             disfigured
             with
             a
             thousand
             fables
             .
             For
             in
             the
             year
             1557.
             a
             Cordelier
             ,
             one
             Bonfer
             a
             Frenchman
             ,
             being
             at
             Goa
             ,
             moved
             with
             a
             pious
             vocation
             ,
             went
             to
             preach
             the
             Gospel
             in
             these
             parts
             ,
             and
             going
             to
             
               San
               Thomas
            
             ,
             and
             thence
             by
             Sea
             to
             Port
             Cosmin
             ,
             and
             Pegu
             ,
             did
             what
             could
             be
             done
             by
             Sermon
             to
             impresse
             the
             faith
             in
             these
             people
             ,
             but
             with
             small
             effect
             they
             were
             so
             hardned
             ,
             
             so
             as
             after
             some
             sufferings
             ,
             he
             was
             constrained
             to
             return
             from
             whence
             he
             went.
             He
             learnt
             ,
             that
             't
             is
             held
             the
             Peguans
             descended
             originally
             from
             certain
             Jews
             ,
             sometimes
             banished
             ,
             
             and
             by
             Salomon
             condemned
             to
             work
             in
             the
             mines
             of
             Ophir
             :
             that
             they
             believed
             an
             infinity
             of
             successive
             worlds
             to
             all
             eternity
             ,
             innumerable
             gods
             receding
             respectively
             to
             the
             diverse
             worlds
             ,
             and
             lyable
             to
             death
             at
             last
             .
             That
             men
             having
             passed
             thorough
             all
             sorts
             of
             animalls
             at
             last
             became
             Gods
             ,
             and
             that
             these
             Soules
             after
             many
             ages
             being
             purified
             in
             certain
             appointed
             places
             ,
             and
             having
             returned
             diverse
             times
             into
             these
             new
             worlds
             at
             last
             ,
             were
             placed
             some
             in
             Paradise
             ,
             others
             in
             Hell
             ,
             and
             some
             reduced
             to
             Niban
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             nothing
             ,
             and
             a
             thousand
             other
             dreams
             .
             After
             this
             Cordelier
             ,
             came
             the
             Jesuites
             with
             better
             successe
             ,
             by
             means
             of
             some
             
             signal
             services
             they
             did
             them
             ,
             
             in
             certain
             popular
             maladies
             they
             were
             infected
             with
             .
             As
             amongst
             others
             ,
             Father
             Andrew
             of
             the
             society
             ,
             at
             the
             time
             that
             an
             epidemical
             pestilence
             destroyed
             innumerable
             people
             in
             Pegu
             ,
             a
             Christian
             Townsman
             came
             and
             besought
             his
             intercession
             for
             his
             family
             ,
             that
             was
             wholly
             infected
             ;
             and
             the
             Father
             demanding
             wherefore
             he
             had
             not
             caused
             his
             wife
             and
             children
             to
             be
             baptized
             ,
             he
             answered
             ,
             he
             had
             such
             a
             real
             intention
             ,
             but
             that
             their
             Pagode
             had
             prohibited
             him
             ,
             
             and
             that
             his
             wife
             would
             not
             permit
             it
             ,
             but
             threatned
             ,
             if
             he
             forced
             Baptisme
             upon
             her
             or
             hers
             ,
             she
             would
             publish
             his
             obsequies
             according
             to
             custom
             ,
             and
             marry
             another
             :
             which
             excuse
             the
             Father
             took
             for
             some
             satisfaction
             ,
             and
             at
             his
             supplications
             the
             people
             were
             cured
             .
             Whereupon
             many
             more
             repaired
             to
             him
             for
             the
             same
             cause
             ,
             but
             he
             would
             not
             grant
             them
             any
             such
             assistances
             but
             upon
             engagement
             to
             receive
             Baptisme
             ;
             which
             their
             Priests
             vigorously
             sought
             to
             hinder
             ,
             telling
             them
             't
             were
             better
             to
             dy
             of
             that
             malady
             then
             be
             damned
             by
             the
             cure
             of
             Baptisme
             .
          
           
             These
             Indians
             ,
             ,
             amongst
             other
             superstitions
             ,
             
             which
             they
             have
             derived
             by
             corruption
             from
             Christianisme
             ,
             they
             have
             one
             exceeding
             remarkable
             ,
             which
             is
             ,
             that
             once
             a
             year
             they
             make
             a
             solemn
             communion
             .
             Having
             immolated
             a
             white
             sheep
             ,
             and
             mingled
             the
             blood
             with
             meal
             ,
             they
             call
             Agricar
             ;
             on
             the
             day
             of
             the
             great
             feast
             of
             Duma
             ,
             they
             give
             it
             to
             the
             whole
             congregation
             in
             form
             of
             a
             heart
             ,
             with
             exhortations
             and
             remonstrance
             ,
             that
             this
             which
             they
             take
             ,
             is
             the
             blood
             of
             their
             God
             ,
             and
             upon
             that
             day
             strangers
             are
             not
             admitted
             to
             celebrate
             the
             solemnity
             :
             but
             on
             the
             morrow
             they
             are
             received
             ,
             and
             before
             they
             communicate
             ,
             a
             Sermon
             is
             made
             to
             excite
             them
             to
             devotion
             ,
             telling
             them
             their
             God
             receives
             them
             into
             his
             alliance
             ,
             embraces
             them
             as
             his
             children
             ,
             to
             whom
             he
             gives
             his
             grace
             by
             meanes
             of
             the
             blood
             they
             have
             taken
             .
             Behold
             how
             they
             transform
             and
             prophane
             what
             they
             have
             been
             heretofore
             taught
             of
             the
             Mystery
             of
             the
             Paschal
             lamb
             ,
             and
             the
             Eucharist
             .
             In
             Mexica
             and
             Peru
             they
             have
             likewise
             confession
             and
             Communion
             after
             their
             manner
             .
             But
             they
             have
             another
             sort
             of
             sacrifice
             yet
             more
             strange
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             they
             buy
             a
             slave
             of
             a
             high
             price
             ,
             of
             thirty
             yeares
             age
             ,
             beautiful
             ,
             sound
             ,
             and
             jolly
             ,
             and
             having
             washed
             him
             in
             a
             lake
             ,
             or
             other
             water
             three
             mornings
             by
             the
             rising
             of
             the
             Sun
             ,
             they
             cloath
             him
             in
             a
             white
             gown
             ,
             keep
             him
             fourty
             dayes
             ,
             and
             shew
             him
             to
             the
             people
             ,
             telling
             them
             ,
             this
             is
             the
             innocent
             that
             must
             be
             sacrificed
             for
             the
             sins
             of
             the
             people
             .
             Then
             every
             one
             brings
             presents
             to
             him
             ,
             and
             with
             humility
             beseeches
             him
             to
             remember
             them
             when
             he
             shall
             come
             before
             the
             great
             God.
             All
             this
             while
             they
             take
             a
             heedful
             care
             he
             escape
             not
             ,
             giving
             him
             good
             cheer
             ,
             and
             Areca
             .
             Every
             morning
             for
             the
             fourty
             dayes
             when
             they
             shew
             him
             ,
             they
             beat
             a
             kind
             of
             Pan
             ,
             and
             melodiously
             play
             on
             flutes
             doleful
             ,
             and
             pathetical
             straines
             ,
             to
             excite
             devotion
             ,
             in
             which
             conset
             every
             one
             beares
             a
             part
             that
             he
             
             may
             be
             mindful
             of
             them
             .
             Thirty
             dayes
             expired
             ,
             the
             ten
             Priests
             called
             Gaica
             ,
             persons
             of
             veneration
             and
             antiquity
             ,
             habited
             like
             the
             Victim
             ,
             come
             to
             advertise
             him
             ,
             that
             within
             ten
             days
             he
             goes
             to
             inhabit
             with
             the
             great
             God
             ,
             and
             observe
             diligently
             if
             his
             countenance
             change
             at
             the
             sound
             of
             death
             ;
             and
             take
             it
             for
             an
             ominous
             augury
             ,
             if
             he
             shew
             the
             least
             fear
             :
             For
             which
             cause
             on
             the
             day
             appointed
             ,
             they
             give
             him
             a
             certain
             potion
             that
             renders
             him
             as
             't
             were
             frantick
             ,
             and
             takes
             all
             apprehension
             from
             him
             .
             After
             diverse
             other
             ceremonies
             on
             the
             fortith
             ,
             they
             sacrifice
             him
             ,
             and
             after
             eat
             him
             .
          
           
             They
             lead
             him
             to
             the
             very
             top
             of
             their
             Temple
             ,
             stretch
             him
             as
             it
             were
             into
             an
             oval
             upon
             a
             stone
             of
             the
             same
             figure
             ,
             rip
             up
             his
             belly
             alive
             ,
             tear
             out
             his
             heart
             which
             they
             burn
             ,
             and
             sacrifice
             to
             their
             Idol
             ,
             besmearing
             their
             cheeks
             with
             the
             blood
             .
             This
             flesh
             they
             eat
             as
             a
             sanctified
             and
             sacred
             Viand
             .
          
           
             During
             this
             space
             ,
             they
             religiously
             abstain
             from
             all
             inordinate
             pleasures
             .
             See
             but
             to
             what
             deformities
             they
             have
             changed
             the
             mysteries
             of
             our
             faith
             ,
             as
             Father
             Andrew
             often
             made
             appear
             to
             them
             ,
             though
             few
             made
             profit
             of
             it
             :
             we
             must
             attend
             till
             God
             of
             his
             mercy
             open
             their
             understanding
             .
          
           
             
             But
             amongst
             the
             abuses
             and
             Idolatrie
             of
             these
             wretched
             people
             ,
             't
             is
             most
             lamentable
             to
             see
             how
             they
             are
             tormented
             by
             these
             Demons
             ,
             
             where
             there
             are
             some
             called
             Zibi
             ,
             which
             at
             their
             grand
             Festivals
             ,
             enter
             into
             them
             while
             they
             dance
             ,
             counterfeiting
             the
             deaf
             and
             dumb
             ,
             contemning
             all
             sort
             of
             conjurations
             :
             so
             as
             to
             eject
             them
             ,
             they
             must
             make
             new
             suffumigations
             and
             sacrifices
             ;
             call
             in
             the
             Magicians
             to
             implore
             the
             favour
             of
             their
             Duma
             for
             deliverance
             of
             these
             miserable
             possessed
             creatures
             ,
             
             who
             all
             this
             while
             neither
             eat
             ,
             drink
             ,
             nor
             sleep
             ,
             become
             meer
             skelitons
             ,
             so
             lean
             ,
             and
             disfigured
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             the
             horrour
             and
             pitty
             of
             all
             that
             see
             them
             .
             Now
             doth
             the
             Magician
             repaire
             to
             the
             Devil
             to
             know
             the
             quality
             of
             this
             Demon
             usurper
             ,
             and
             what
             is
             to
             be
             done
             to
             enfranchise
             the
             possessed
             ,
             whom
             they
             carry
             by
             night
             into
             a
             field
             ,
             and
             put
             him
             in
             a
             cave
             or
             tent
             without
             light
             :
             Then
             instructed
             by
             the
             devil
             ,
             they
             seek
             out
             an
             hearb
             called
             Sacathy
             ,
             which
             gives
             light
             by
             night
             ,
             containing
             a
             splendour
             that
             may
             be
             perceived
             at
             a
             large
             distance
             ,
             but
             as
             they
             say
             so
             pestiferous
             ,
             that
             he
             who
             gathers
             it
             dyes
             immediately
             ;
             
             for
             prevention
             whereof
             ,
             they
             tye
             a
             dog
             with
             a
             line
             to
             it
             ,
             and
             so
             pull
             it
             up
             ,
             then
             they
             burn
             it
             in
             the
             room
             with
             the
             Demoniacle
             ;
             and
             the
             Demon
             in
             the
             instant
             ,
             leaves
             him
             ,
             as
             not
             able
             to
             endure
             the
             sent
             of
             this
             hearb
             .
             'T
             is
             not
             unlike
             to
             the
             root
             of
             Bachaza
             mentioned
             by
             Josesephus
             ,
             which
             growes
             near
             the
             town
             Machera
             in
             Judea
             .
             They
             never
             have
             their
             Festival
             the
             Corouita
             ,
             
             but
             some
             one
             is
             unfortunate
             in
             this
             kind
             .
             For
             as
             they
             carry
             along
             their
             Idol
             upon
             a
             six-wheel
             chariot
             drawn
             by
             Oxen
             ,
             or
             Bufflers
             covered
             with
             flowers
             ,
             and
             attended
             by
             the
             multitude
             ,
             along
             the
             town
             ,
             there
             are
             ever
             two
             or
             three
             pitiful
             wretches
             on
             a
             Scaffold
             in
             
             long
             gowns
             of
             gray
             cloth
             ,
             who
             declare
             to
             the
             people
             how
             they
             are
             ready
             to
             sacrifice
             themselves
             for
             the
             sanctification
             of
             the
             rest
             ;
             Then
             down
             they
             come
             with
             a
             countenance
             pale
             and
             disfigur'd
             with
             apprehension
             of
             death
             ,
             and
             cast
             themselves
             under
             the
             wheels
             of
             the
             chariot
             ,
             where
             they
             are
             crushed
             to
             death
             .
             One
             there
             was
             who
             after
             he
             had
             been
             well
             fed
             by
             the
             Palpas
             or
             Priests
             for
             five
             dayes
             together
             ,
             as
             a
             thing
             sacred
             ,
             when
             the
             houre
             of
             sacrifice
             was
             come
             ,
             his
             nose
             bled
             ,
             and
             he
             would
             not
             dye
             upon
             any
             terms
             ,
             for
             whatsoever
             the
             Priests
             could
             say
             so
             to
             encourage
             him
             ,
             but
             at
             the
             same
             instant
             there
             was
             another
             ,
             who
             voluntarily
             offered
             to
             take
             his
             place
             ,
             and
             was
             broken
             under
             the
             wheels
             :
             afterwards
             his
             corps
             was
             laid
             in
             the
             chariot
             by
             the
             Idol
             on
             the
             side
             of
             felicity
             .
             For
             the
             Idol
             bears
             in
             one
             hand
             a
             number
             of
             Serpents
             ,
             to
             punish
             such
             as
             obey
             not
             his
             commands
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             other
             a
             cup
             of
             some
             exquisite
             liquor
             ,
             to
             recompense
             his
             good
             servants
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             special
             honour
             for
             these
             miserable
             Votaries
             ,
             and
             all
             their
             Alliance
             .
             The
             sacrifice
             ended
             ,
             they
             take
             the
             murthered
             bodies
             ,
             and
             give
             them
             honourable
             burial
             wrapped
             in
             a
             sear-cloath
             ,
             and
             entombe
             them
             with
             solemn
             ceremonies
             ,
             and
             instrumental
             musick
             ,
             all
             their
             alliances
             coming
             for
             certain
             dayes
             to
             rejoyce
             over
             the
             Sepulcher
             .
             When
             ,
             any
             one
             being
             sick
             ,
             the
             Magician
             shall
             declare
             him
             irrecoverable
             ,
             he
             is
             put
             apart
             in
             a
             garden
             ,
             one
             of
             his
             family
             being
             appointed
             to
             attend
             him
             .
             But
             if
             he
             chances
             to
             recover
             ,
             he
             is
             held
             as
             a
             reprobate
             ,
             and
             no
             man
             will
             visit
             or
             converse
             with
             him
             ;
             saying
             ,
             that
             had
             he
             been
             any
             thing
             of
             good
             ,
             their
             God
             had
             not
             disdained
             his
             company
             .
             And
             if
             he
             desires
             to
             be
             admitted
             in
             society
             ,
             the
             Chaouri
             or
             Sorcerer
             must
             make
             a
             sacrifice
             of
             Purification
             for
             him
             :
             then
             being
             purified
             ,
             he
             makes
             his
             friends
             a
             feast
             of
             the
             flesh
             of
             black
             cattle
             onely
             ,
             especially
             a
             goat
             ,
             which
             is
             eaten
             with
             a
             grand
             ceremony
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXX
             .
             The
             Peguans
             dyet
             ,
             their
             Military
             exercises
             ,
             their
             medicinable
             drugges
             ,
             their
             Summer
             .
          
           
             AS
             to
             the
             ordinary
             dyet
             of
             the
             Peguans
             ,
             with
             their
             lawful
             wives
             they
             feed
             soberly
             ;
             but
             with
             their
             friends
             ,
             their
             slaves
             ,
             
             or
             others
             they
             regard
             not
             to
             drink
             excessively
             ,
             and
             be
             drunk
             with
             their
             sort
             of
             drink
             :
             notwithstanding
             they
             have
             a
             commendable
             custom
             not
             to
             stirre
             out
             of
             dores
             upon
             what
             termes
             soever
             ,
             till
             
             they
             are
             sober
             ,
             lyars
             are
             detestable
             to
             them
             ,
             and
             they
             decline
             their
             company
             .
          
           
             
             They
             use
             diverse
             manners
             of
             salutations
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             diversity
             of
             Countreys
             :
             the
             most
             ordinary
             with
             Persons
             of
             Quality
             ,
             and
             equals
             is
             to
             kiss
             ;
             first
             the
             cheek
             ,
             then
             the
             hands
             :
             the
             meaner
             sort
             bow
             the
             knee
             to
             their
             betters
             ,
             who
             are
             such
             as
             keep
             more
             slaves
             ,
             and
             Concubines
             to
             bring
             them
             children
             to
             serve
             the
             King
             in
             his
             Wars
             .
             So
             are
             they
             likewise
             of
             more
             honour
             ,
             and
             the
             King
             gives
             them
             allowance
             for
             the
             learning
             of
             Military
             Exercises
             ,
             as
             to
             ride
             ,
             to
             vault
             ,
             and
             others
             ,
             for
             which
             they
             have
             Masters
             ;
             but
             their
             method
             is
             different
             from
             that
             of
             our
             Cavaliers
             .
             For
             this
             reason
             the
             King
             keepes
             a
             good
             number
             of
             horses
             ,
             of
             purpose
             for
             his
             subjects
             exercise
             ;
             Gentlemen
             themselves
             unfurnished
             ,
             sometimes
             taking
             them
             for
             a
             year
             ,
             or
             more
             ,
             and
             then
             employ
             them
             on
             other
             occasions
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             likewise
             Masters
             for
             shooting
             in
             a
             bow
             ,
             backward
             upon
             retreat
             ,
             
             as
             it
             were
             upon
             a
             charge
             ,
             like
             the
             Parthians
             heretofore
             ,
             and
             the
             Arabians
             at
             this
             day
             .
             They
             use
             it
             to
             draw
             on
             the
             enemy
             ,
             and
             learn
             it
             of
             the
             Tartars
             their
             neighbours
             :
             likewise
             they
             practice
             to
             tosse
             the
             pike
             ,
             and
             push
             with
             it
             on
             horseback
             without
             loosing
             it
             ,
             sliding
             it
             dexterously
             in
             their
             hand
             ;
             they
             likewise
             use
             the
             Azagaye
             ,
             or
             javelin
             ,
             and
             the
             Tamaca
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             staffe
             ,
             with
             a
             stone
             at
             one
             end
             ,
             sharp
             as
             a
             razour
             ;
             then
             they
             throw
             the
             ring
             ,
             and
             three
             or
             four
             sorts
             of
             balls
             ,
             very
             dangerous
             ,
             sword
             and
             bucklars
             they
             use
             ,
             and
             other
             armes
             much
             differing
             from
             ours
             .
             They
             have
             had
             the
             use
             of
             Cannon
             ,
             
             and
             other
             guns
             from
             all
             antiquity
             ,
             like
             the
             Chineses
             ,
             as
             they
             say
             .
             In
             a
             word
             ,
             they
             hold
             Military
             discipline
             in
             great
             esteem
             ,
             and
             every
             one
             lives
             happily
             ,
             according
             to
             his
             vocation
             ,
             the
             greater
             part
             at
             the
             Kings
             charges
             ,
             who
             in
             time
             of
             peace
             employes
             them
             in
             mills
             of
             severall
             sorts
             ,
             and
             sugar-workes
             ;
             for
             you
             must
             know
             they
             spend
             more
             sugar
             here
             ,
             then
             in
             any
             part
             of
             the
             world
             ;
             for
             that
             as
             I
             told
             you
             ,
             they
             make
             the
             very
             plaister
             of
             it
             that
             covers
             the
             Tarasses
             of
             their
             houses
             ,
             mingling
             it
             with
             pounded
             shells
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             a
             mortar
             ,
             that
             being
             dryed
             becomes
             firm
             ,
             as
             marble
             .
          
           
             They
             are
             a
             numerous
             people
             ,
             but
             were
             they
             more
             they
             could
             find
             meanes
             to
             employ
             them
             ,
             for
             every
             man
             labours
             ,
             and
             you
             see
             no
             man
             in
             want
             ;
             and
             if
             they
             see
             one
             in
             poverty
             ,
             their
             charity
             is
             such
             ,
             that
             if
             he
             be
             able
             ,
             he
             is
             immediately
             employed
             ,
             or
             his
             necessities
             relieved
             .
          
           
             
             For
             account
             of
             the
             Medicinall
             Drugs
             of
             this
             Country
             ,
             the
             river
             Pegu
             with
             the
             inundation
             brings
             in
             the
             fruit
             of
             Cocos
             ,
             of
             great
             esteem
             amongst
             the
             Indians
             ,
             of
             great
             vertue
             to
             purge
             all
             humours
             ,
             and
             proper
             for
             all
             diseases
             .
             For
             my
             part
             I
             never
             used
             it
             ;
             for
             we
             used
             a
             method
             of
             Physick
             ,
             approved
             of
             by
             Persons
             of
             Quality
             in
             those
             parts
             :
             
             That
             is
             about
             the
             entrance
             of
             summer
             ,
             which
             there
             begins
             early
             with
             the
             going
             out
             of
             January
             ,
             whence
             Debla
             
             or
             Scammony
             thrusts
             forth
             it's
             buds
             ,
             and
             a
             sort
             of
             little
             birds
             feed
             upon
             them
             ;
             when
             we
             would
             purge
             ,
             we
             got
             of
             these
             birds
             that
             go
             in
             flights
             like
             our
             Snipes
             ,
             and
             eating
             three
             or
             foure
             ,
             we
             find
             the
             same
             effect
             ,
             as
             if
             we
             had
             taken
             a
             physicall
             medicine
             ;
             another
             sort
             they
             have
             ,
             likewise
             easie
             enough
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             to
             take
             the
             husk
             of
             a
             certain
             chich
             pease
             ,
             a
             grain
             like
             
               Palma
               Christi
            
             ,
             of
             wonderfull
             operation
             .
             Likewise
             Scammony
             water
             ,
             which
             they
             draw
             like
             rose-water
             ,
             to
             make
             it
             more
             operative
             :
             at
             the
             same
             time
             they
             take
             the
             root
             of
             Rubarb
             ,
             when
             the
             leaves
             are
             on
             ,
             which
             are
             large
             as
             the
             great
             Lunary
             ,
             and
             bitter
             as
             gall
             ;
             when
             t
             is
             first
             pulled
             up
             t
             is
             full
             of
             juice
             ,
             near
             orange
             colour
             ,
             though
             the
             root
             new
             gotten
             be
             violent
             .
             
             you
             need
             but
             break
             it
             ,
             and
             the
             water
             within
             distills
             by
             little
             and
             little
             .
             Others
             pound
             it
             ,
             and
             distill
             it
             with
             Scammony
             ,
             and
             take
             the
             quantity
             of
             half
             a
             spoonfull
             .
             For
             purging
             they
             use
             likewise
             the
             water
             of
             Jelac
             and
             Mechouacan
             ,
             and
             other
             drugs
             ,
             the
             substance
             whereof
             they
             know
             how
             to
             draw
             very
             exquisitly
             ;
             as
             they
             can
             the
             quintessenece
             of
             cinamon
             and
             cloves
             ,
             which
             they
             put
             up
             in
             Borrachoes
             and
             skins
             ,
             and
             with
             other
             drugs
             ,
             load
             them
             for
             the
             red
             sea
             ,
             so
             to
             Meca
             ,
             thence
             to
             Suria
             ,
             where
             the
             Venetians
             fetch
             them
             ,
             who
             know
             sufficiently
             how
             to
             choose
             them
             ,
             
             leaving
             the
             worst
             to
             the
             Sensall
             ,
             who
             distributes
             them
             to
             Provence
             ,
             and
             thence
             to
             the
             other
             parts
             of
             France
             ,
             where
             in
             stead
             of
             good
             drugs
             ,
             they
             have
             nothing
             oft-times
             but
             pieces
             of
             wood
             ,
             and
             things
             of
             small
             value
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXXI
             .
             The
             Election
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             their
             Officers
             ,
             the
             Homages
             ,
             and
             presents
             of
             the
             Subjects
             to
             their
             new
             Prince
             .
          
           
             FOr
             account
             of
             this
             Great
             King
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             his
             creation
             ,
             
             and
             Militia
             ,
             I
             will
             say
             in
             few
             words
             what
             I
             there
             learnt
             .
             A
             Prince
             of
             high
             Quality
             in
             the
             Empire
             ,
             called
             the
             Califerech
             ,
             is
             as
             it
             were
             Constable
             ,
             and
             grand
             Master
             ,
             who
             by
             prescription
             assists
             at
             the
             Election
             and
             Coronation
             of
             the
             Prince
             ,
             which
             cannot
             be
             done
             without
             him
             .
             His
             Residence
             is
             in
             the
             Town
             of
             Mandranelle
             ,
             
             towards
             Tazatay
             .
             When
             a
             new
             King
             is
             to
             be
             Crown'd
             ,
             this
             Caleferech
             comes
             to
             Pegu
             in
             barks
             of
             war
             ,
             and
             at
             his
             arrivall
             the
             Prince
             goes
             to
             receive
             ,
             and
             entertain
             him
             ,
             kissing
             his
             shoulder
             ;
             the
             other
             bowes
             to
             the
             very
             ground
             ,
             and
             kisses
             his
             leg
             ;
             then
             the
             people
             cry
             out
             ,
             
               Este
               lansar
            
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             God
             be
             praised
             ;
             then
             they
             both
             ascend
             into
             the
             Princes
             Chariot
             ,
             no
             one
             presuming
             to
             approach
             near
             
             them
             ;
             and
             returning
             in
             gracefull
             order
             to
             the
             Town
             ,
             a
             thousand
             sorts
             of
             fireworks
             play
             ,
             the
             Fortress
             Cannon
             is
             fired
             ,
             and
             all
             in
             good
             order
             to
             receive
             them
             .
             Being
             arrived
             at
             the
             Pallace
             ,
             abundance
             of
             Clarions
             and
             Trumpets
             sound
             ,
             and
             a
             Noble
             man
             sayes
             with
             a
             loud
             voice
             .
             The
             Califerech
             commands
             you
             all
             to
             joyn
             in
             prayers
             ,
             that
             if
             our
             Prince
             be
             not
             worthy
             ,
             he
             may
             die
             before
             his
             inauguration
             ,
             and
             the
             people
             cry
             out
             aloud
             ,
             
               God
               grant
               it
            
             .
             Immediately
             after
             a
             repast
             they
             create
             Officers
             ,
             being
             necessary
             they
             should
             be
             chosen
             with
             the
             good
             liking
             of
             the
             Prince
             .
             The
             better
             part
             of
             the
             Officers
             have
             Arabian
             names
             ,
             in
             imitation
             of
             Sechemir
             of
             Arabia
             ,
             and
             the
             Court
             of
             Persia
             ,
             to
             which
             almost
             all
             the
             Princes
             of
             the
             East
             conform
             themselves
             ,
             as
             the
             most
             magnificent
             .
             The
             first
             that
             is
             made
             is
             the
             Gadalaro
             ,
             
             who
             disposes
             and
             rules
             all
             that
             belongs
             to
             the
             Empire
             ,
             and
             keepes
             a
             magnificent
             Court.
             The
             second
             is
             the
             Amicassen
             ,
             
             or
             Generall
             of
             the
             Army
             ,
             who
             commands
             all
             that
             have
             conduct
             of
             any
             Souldiers
             ,
             commissioning
             Governors
             ,
             and
             disposing
             the
             Kings
             Treasure
             in
             all
             things
             necessary
             to
             war.
             Then
             there
             is
             the
             Libaganir
             ,
             and
             Libasan
             ,
             joynt
             officers
             ,
             one
             whereof
             administers
             the
             Revenewes
             of
             the
             Provinces
             ,
             the
             other
             the
             tributes
             ,
             imposts
             ,
             gabells
             ,
             and
             rents
             Royall
             :
             they
             have
             both
             a
             good
             strength
             of
             Souldiers
             to
             assist
             them
             ,
             and
             these
             attend
             the
             Prince
             every
             where
             ,
             never
             leaving
             him
             .
             There
             is
             the
             Ostades
             ,
             or
             Captain
             of
             the
             Pallace
             ,
             who
             takes
             order
             for
             the
             Provision
             .
          
           
             The
             Amiracho
             ,
             or
             Master
             of
             horse
             ,
             that
             disposes
             of
             the
             Kings
             horses
             ,
             mules
             ,
             elephants
             ,
             camels
             ,
             dromedaries
             .
             The
             Amural
             that
             governs
             the
             Elephants
             .
             The
             Cansidibir
             Master
             of
             the
             Pages
             and
             Eunuches
             .
             The
             Madrecon
             that
             drawes
             forth
             the
             Army
             ,
             and
             ranges
             it
             in
             battalia
             .
             The
             Amiraf
             ,
             Agitant
             Generall
             .
             The
             Armermirac
             that
             beares
             the
             Kings
             Poleax
             .
             The
             Casandera
             ,
             who
             gives
             order
             to
             the
             Captains
             ,
             and
             distributes
             the
             troops
             where
             he
             thinks
             necessary
             .
             The
             Ostender
             ,
             the
             Treasurer
             of
             the
             Army
             .
             The
             Bicassen
             ,
             Master
             of
             the
             Wardrobe
             .
             The
             Testacavir
             ,
             Master
             of
             the
             Robes
             ,
             and
             divers
             others
             ;
             all
             Noble
             Men
             belonging
             to
             the
             Palace
             Royall
             ,
             Persons
             of
             Honour
             ,
             and
             well
             attended
             .
          
           
             Besides
             these
             there
             are
             abundance
             of
             inferiour
             Officers
             ,
             and
             Honourable
             Persons
             of
             War
             ,
             who
             receive
             pay
             by
             the
             moneth
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             occurrence
             of
             Affaires
             ,
             to
             which
             the
             Merchants
             many
             times
             contribute
             for
             convoy
             of
             their
             free
             Commodities
             .
             Strangers
             are
             there
             exceedingly
             respected
             and
             honoured
             ,
             
             and
             if
             one
             have
             use
             of
             an
             Amersent
             ,
             who
             are
             as
             the
             Chaoux
             in
             Turki
             ,
             or
             the
             French
             Exempts
             ,
             they
             will
             bear
             him
             company
             every
             whither
             with
             the
             Kings
             provision
             ,
             whereof
             they
             have
             the
             weekly
             disposall
             ,
             and
             a
             reasonable
             matter
             is
             satisfaction
             to
             them
             .
             Then
             there
             are
             the
             Cachi
             ,
             men
             of
             war
             ,
             armed
             with
             Cassocks
             ,
             quilted
             with
             agglet
             holes
             ,
             expert
             horsemen
             ,
             and
             dextrous
             at
             their
             bow
             ,
             or
             the
             Zanfart
             or
             Zagaye
             ,
             
             with
             three
             pikes
             ,
             which
             in
             full
             speed
             
             they
             will
             most
             actively
             cast
             and
             catch
             again
             ,
             These
             I
             take
             for
             the
             Captains
             of
             Forts
             and
             Sconces
             ,
             and
             Governours
             of
             holds
             .
             There
             is
             another
             sort
             of
             souldiers
             called
             Atefiar
             ,
             
             who
             are
             paid
             by
             Country
             rents
             ,
             not
             of
             the
             Kings
             Demesus
             ,
             but
             things
             left
             by
             Heroes
             ,
             and
             Persons
             of
             Armes
             ,
             the
             Souldiers
             right
             after
             their
             decease
             .
          
           
             They
             weare
             no
             other
             Armes
             then
             the
             Alfange
             ,
             or
             Cimeterre
             ,
             with
             the
             steel
             ring
             ,
             and
             are
             skilfull
             wrastlers
             .
             
             The
             Caranizi
             leads
             the
             souldiers
             ,
             who
             have
             nothing
             but
             meat
             and
             clothes
             ,
             being
             a
             Conquered
             people
             ,
             and
             obliged
             to
             serve
             the
             King
             :
             
             When
             one
             dies
             another
             succeeds
             ,
             from
             father
             to
             son
             .
             The
             Archilet
             is
             a
             conflux
             of
             people
             of
             all
             qualities
             ,
             and
             religions
             ,
             like
             the
             Grand-Seniors
             ,
             Spai
             :
             These
             have
             no
             pay
             till
             they
             have
             done
             some
             signall
             service
             ;
             as
             also
             they
             are
             placed
             in
             the
             wings
             of
             the
             battell
             ,
             most
             commonly
             ;
             prepared
             with
             Afarca
             ,
             a
             compounded
             drink
             ,
             that
             renders
             them
             so
             furious
             ,
             they
             apprehend
             not
             death
             ;
             they
             are
             armed
             with
             the
             Cimitterre
             ,
             Cris
             ,
             or
             Poniard
             ,
             and
             a
             Target
             .
             The
             Chesonana
             ,
             who
             conducts
             the
             Elephants
             to
             battell
             ,
             their
             teeth
             armed
             with
             steel
             :
             He
             that
             sits
             upon
             the
             beasts
             neck
             to
             guide
             him
             ,
             is
             called
             Dramont
             ,
             
             and
             for
             this
             purpose
             is
             chosen
             with
             a
             strong
             and
             loud
             voice
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             great
             noise
             in
             fight
             .
             Their
             armour
             is
             the
             skin
             of
             Crocodills
             ,
             fastned
             with
             strong
             iron
             buckels
             ,
             and
             have
             double
             pay
             ,
             when
             they
             are
             expert
             in
             the
             conduct
             of
             these
             beasts
             ,
             who
             once
             heated
             grow
             furious
             .
             They
             put
             twelve
             of
             the
             largest
             ,
             with
             abundance
             of
             feathers
             before
             the
             rest
             ,
             to
             guide
             them
             .
             These
             beasts
             once
             stirred
             to
             fury
             ,
             
             make
             strange
             slaughter
             in
             an
             Army
             ,
             whereof
             no
             Indian
             Prince
             is
             so
             stored
             as
             the
             Peguan
             ,
             where
             I
             saw
             foure
             thousand
             five
             hundered
             belonging
             to
             him
             ;
             and
             for
             this
             cause
             is
             he
             stiled
             the
             Prince
             of
             the
             Elephants
             ,
             as
             I
             said
             before
             .
             They
             are
             exceeding
             chargeable
             ,
             being
             kept
             with
             boyled
             rice
             ,
             fifty
             pounds
             a
             day
             a
             peice
             :
             the
             females
             have
             not
             their
             teeth
             so
             long
             and
             big
             ,
             who
             ,
             if
             they
             are
             governed
             by
             young
             youths
             ,
             out
             of
             sence
             and
             civility
             will
             lift
             them
             gently
             to
             their
             shoulders
             .
          
           
             It
             hath
             sometimes
             happened
             that
             the
             enemy
             hath
             turned
             the
             Elephants
             upon
             their
             own
             men
             ,
             with
             fire-brands
             ,
             which
             they
             extreamly
             dread
             .
          
           
             But
             to
             come
             back
             to
             the
             creation
             of
             the
             Prince
             ,
             
             all
             the
             Princes
             and
             Nobles
             of
             the
             Kingdom
             must
             be
             there
             present
             ,
             and
             if
             any
             one
             hath
             exceptions
             against
             him
             for
             injury
             or
             indignity
             received
             ,
             before
             Coronation
             he
             may
             bring
             his
             complaint
             before
             the
             Caleferech
             .
             Then
             is
             the
             Prince
             brought
             by
             him
             into
             the
             middle
             of
             a
             field
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             built
             a
             Theater
             of
             extraordinary
             height
             ,
             with
             a
             bridge
             ,
             or
             ascent
             to
             it
             ,
             covered
             with
             a
             coloured
             cloth
             :
             then
             the
             first
             Prince
             ,
             whose
             office
             it
             is
             ,
             pronounces
             with
             a
             loud
             voice
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             but
             necessary
             they
             should
             have
             a
             Prince
             to
             Govern
             and
             Rule
             them
             ,
             to
             Protect
             the
             Common-Wealth
             ,
             and
             administer
             Justice
             ▪
             
             then
             takes
             a
             ball
             of
             gold
             ,
             with
             three
             points
             ,
             exceeding
             refulgent
             ,
             and
             lifts
             it
             very
             high
             ,
             all
             the
             people
             observing
             a
             profound
             silence
             :
             then
             he
             declares
             to
             them
             what
             the
             Councill
             hath
             decreed
             ,
             and
             names
             the
             Prince
             to
             be
             Elected
             ,
             whom
             he
             causes
             to
             stand
             stark
             naked
             upon
             a
             stone
             ,
             with
             his
             face
             toward
             the
             Congregation
             ,
             and
             tells
             them
             ,
             this
             is
             he
             whose
             Ancestors
             governed
             the
             Empire
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             hopes
             by
             Gods
             grace
             he
             will
             not
             degenerate
             from
             their
             vertue
             .
          
           
             At
             the
             instant
             one
             makes
             an
             Oration
             of
             his
             Endowments
             ,
             his
             Benignity
             ,
             Valour
             ,
             and
             Magnanimity
             ,
             and
             in
             breif
             ,
             all
             of
             Galantry
             he
             hath
             ever
             done
             ;
             and
             that
             if
             there
             be
             any
             one
             who
             hath
             cause
             of
             complaint
             ,
             he
             should
             speak
             ,
             and
             order
             shall
             be
             taken
             before
             his
             Creation
             :
             then
             all
             the
             people
             cry
             out
             ,
             
               God
               hath
               blessed
               and
               ordained
               him
               for
               our
               Prince
               .
            
             After
             this
             they
             keep
             silence
             for
             a
             good
             quarter
             of
             an
             hour
             ,
             to
             see
             if
             any
             complainant
             appeare
             .
             This
             done
             ,
             the
             Hoboys
             sound
             ,
             and
             the
             Principal
             Castle
             discharges
             the
             whole
             Artillery
             .
             
             Proceeding
             ,
             they
             set
             a
             Crown
             of
             lead
             upon
             his
             head
             ,
             and
             put
             an
             axe
             in
             his
             hand
             ,
             apparrell
             him
             in
             a
             sheet
             of
             white
             silk
             ,
             with
             a
             short
             cassock
             of
             the
             same
             colour
             ,
             but
             embroydered
             with
             silk
             of
             various
             other
             coloures
             .
             
             One
             then
             presents
             to
             him
             how
             he
             ought
             to
             Govern
             with
             Presidents
             of
             his
             Predecessors
             .
             That
             the
             
               Crown
               of
               lead
               signified
               ,
               that
               in
               all
               things
               he
               should
               use
               both
               weight
               and
               measure
               :
               and
               the
               axe
               ,
               that
               he
               ought
               to
               Administer
               Justice
               ,
               and
               maintaine
               peace
               and
               concord
               in
               his
               Dominions
               ;
               and
               that
               the
               Principall
               strength
               of
               a
               Prince
               is
               the
               hearts
               of
               his
               Subjects
               .
            
          
           
             After
             these
             wordes
             they
             bring
             him
             in
             a
             Vessell
             of
             Emerald
             the
             ashes
             of
             the
             first
             King
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             upon
             which
             he
             takes
             his
             oath
             to
             observe
             and
             keep
             all
             that
             his
             Predecessors
             have
             observed
             and
             kept
             ,
             at
             the
             cost
             of
             his
             very
             life
             .
             Then
             they
             take
             off
             his
             Crown
             and
             Robe
             ,
             which
             are
             laid
             up
             as
             things
             Sacred
             ;
             and
             they
             put
             on
             him
             a
             Cap
             of
             Crimson
             Tissu
             ,
             with
             a
             Chapplet
             of
             gold
             ,
             that
             hath
             a
             peake
             before
             ,
             not
             unlike
             the
             Flower-Deluces
             ,
             set
             with
             very
             resplendent
             stones
             .
             They
             invest
             him
             in
             a
             Turkish
             Robe
             ,
             furred
             with
             the
             skins
             of
             white
             hares
             ,
             to
             denote
             the
             innocence
             of
             his
             life
             .
             They
             say
             these
             hares
             change
             their
             coate
             twice
             in
             a
             year
             ,
             winter
             and
             summer
             .
          
           
             Presently
             the
             musick
             sounds
             ,
             and
             the
             three
             Princes
             that
             assisted
             him
             ,
             support
             him
             in
             his
             descent
             from
             the
             stone
             he
             was
             Crowned
             on
             ,
             which
             emblem'd
             the
             stability
             of
             his
             life
             .
             The
             ash-colour
             he
             treads
             on
             ,
             
             and
             the
             ashes
             in
             the
             cup
             represents
             to
             him
             death
             ,
             and
             the
             incertainty
             of
             life
             ,
             that
             therefore
             he
             must
             imploy
             himselfe
             in
             goodnesse
             ,
             to
             gain
             immortality
             ,
             that
             his
             people
             may
             pray
             for
             him
             .
             Then
             being
             conducted
             to
             the
             Palace
             ,
             they
             present
             to
             the
             3
             Princes
             three
             golden
             censors
             ,
             hung
             in
             leaden
             chaines
             ,
             with
             odorous
             perfumes
             ,
             and
             the
             Falcada
             in
             a
             white
             Robe
             with
             the
             golden
             axe
             
             pronounces
             a
             loud
             
               De
               Cysimar
               Caradacy
            
             ,
             that
             is
             God
             hath
             created
             him
             ,
             not
             the
             people
             .
          
           
             As
             he
             passes
             by
             ,
             all
             prostrate
             on
             the
             ground
             ,
             in
             reverence
             ,
             
             and
             reciprocally
             kissing
             shoulders
             ,
             congratulate
             with
             one
             another
             for
             their
             new
             Prince
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             field
             where
             the
             Ceremony
             is
             performed
             are
             abundance
             of
             Tents
             of
             severall
             colours
             ,
             belonging
             to
             the
             Princes
             and
             Nobility
             ,
             and
             under
             Coco
             and
             other
             trees
             are
             tables
             covered
             with
             clothes
             of
             Cocos
             ,
             and
             reeds
             ,
             
             the
             wood
             or
             leaves
             painted
             the
             China
             way
             ,
             set
             with
             meat
             to
             feast
             the
             people
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             being
             come
             to
             the
             Palace
             ,
             sits
             down
             to
             eat
             with
             the
             three
             Princes
             ,
             and
             round
             about
             for
             the
             subject
             Kings
             and
             Princes
             are
             many
             tables
             sumptuously
             set
             forth
             and
             furnished
             ,
             with
             a
             device
             on
             each
             of
             them
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             a
             crown
             of
             gold
             ,
             with
             the
             arms
             of
             the
             King
             that
             eats
             at
             it
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             of
             Siam
             as
             Emperour
             hath
             three
             Crowns
             ,
             and
             eats
             with
             the
             Princes
             :
             Of
             Tazatay
             hath
             two
             Crowns
             ,
             and
             eats
             likewise
             with
             the
             Princes
             .
             The
             Caleferech
             hath
             a
             single
             Crown
             ,
             and
             eats
             alone
             .
             Mandranele
             hath
             two
             .
             Gilolo
             but
             one
             :
             as
             likewise
             
               Verma
               ,
               Salaca
               ,
               Aua
               ,
               Martaban
               ,
            
             
             
               Paleacute
               ,
               Capouin
               ,
               Campa
               ,
               Tauay
               .
            
             These
             are
             all
             in
             the
             first
             room
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             second
             are
             the
             Princes
             ,
             Nobles
             ,
             and
             Governours
             of
             Provinces
             ,
             as
             
               Ternassary
               ,
               Manugaron
               ,
               Pepery
               ,
               Micoan
               ,
               Malaca
            
             ;
             and
             Bengala
             ,
             all
             heretofore
             Subjects
             ,
             but
             now
             for
             the
             greater
             part
             are
             infranchiz'd
             :
             Odiata
             since
             did
             the
             like
             ,
             but
             is
             returned
             again
             to
             subjection
             .
             The
             Tables
             orderly
             rank'd
             ,
             covered
             and
             served
             royally
             ,
             and
             what
             multitude
             soever
             there
             be
             ,
             all
             is
             done
             with
             order
             and
             wonderful
             silence
             .
          
           
             The
             three
             Princes
             that
             bear
             the
             Censers
             walk
             thrice
             about
             the
             Chamber
             incensing
             the
             King
             ,
             then
             sit
             down
             and
             dine
             with
             him
             at
             distance
             ,
             notwithstanding
             when
             the
             King
             calls
             for
             drink
             ,
             four
             Princes
             who
             have
             charge
             of
             the
             Talcadifs
             ,
             or
             his
             Cup-bearers
             ,
             every
             one
             with
             his
             cup
             of
             Purcelain
             ,
             hoop'd
             with
             horn
             of
             Unicorne
             ,
             taste
             the
             drinke
             and
             present
             it
             to
             him
             ,
             while
             the
             hoboys
             and
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             musick
             sounds
             .
             These
             four
             Talcadifs
             who
             are
             of
             the
             Princes
             blood
             ,
             cry
             aloud
             ,
             
             
               The
               Prince
               whom
               God
               hath
               newly
               ordained
               us
               ,
            
             drinks
             to
             all
             the
             Princes
             and
             loyall
             Subjects
             :
             then
             every
             one
             drinks
             his
             health
             ,
             the
             three
             assistants
             stand
             up
             and
             salute
             him
             ,
             then
             sit
             down
             again
             ,
             and
             the
             King
             continually
             presents
             plates
             of
             meat
             ,
             sometimes
             to
             one
             ,
             sometimes
             to
             another
             ,
             so
             that
             for
             the
             feast
             time
             there
             is
             businesse
             enough
             .
          
           
             The
             meat
             is
             seasoned
             with
             musk
             and
             amber
             .
             At
             the
             Feast
             there
             are
             Buffons
             to
             delight
             the
             King
             and
             Company
             ,
             
             who
             have
             a
             thousand
             anticks
             and
             devices
             .
             The
             King
             having
             done
             at
             Table
             ,
             the
             Emperour
             of
             Siam
             kissing
             his
             buskin
             ,
             as
             an
             homage
             ,
             
             presents
             him
             a
             rich
             Crown
             of
             gold
             ,
             
             which
             the
             King
             receives
             with
             embraces
             ,
             and
             kisses
             his
             cheek
             in
             testimony
             of
             perpetuall
             amity
             :
             Then
             the
             rest
             kissing
             his
             buskin
             ,
             lay
             every
             one
             their
             presents
             at
             his
             feet
             .
             The
             Kings
             bring
             Crowns
             ,
             the
             Princes
             chains
             and
             collars
             ;
             the
             rest
             present
             according
             to
             their
             quality
             ,
             all
             in
             gracefull
             order
             :
             for
             the
             kingdoms
             and
             provinces
             ,
             march
             all
             according
             to
             their
             rank
             ,
             without
             confusion
             :
             Then
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             people
             present
             other
             things
             both
             rare
             and
             curious
             .
             These
             presents
             are
             brought
             in
             such
             quantity
             ,
             that
             every
             four
             hours
             they
             are
             forced
             to
             remove
             them
             :
             at
             the
             coronation
             ,
             which
             was
             in
             my
             time
             ,
             the
             presents
             lasted
             five
             dayes
             from
             morning
             till
             night
             ,
             with
             unparallel'd
             wealth
             and
             magnificence
             ;
             during
             this
             time
             the
             people
             are
             all
             provided
             for
             at
             the
             Kings
             charge
             ,
             and
             take
             up
             fifteen
             leagues
             of
             land
             ,
             with
             wonderful
             regularity
             .
             The
             Presents
             delivered
             ,
             they
             stay
             five
             days
             for
             dismission
             to
             return
             .
          
           
             
             Amongst
             other
             things
             the
             King
             delights
             much
             in
             Cock-fights
             ,
             for
             which
             he
             hath
             Cocks
             from
             Besistan
             ,
             with
             beards
             ,
             which
             beard
             is
             properly
             but
             a
             carnosity
             hanging
             under
             the
             throat
             ,
             very
             brown
             ,
             growing
             of
             a
             burnt
             bloud
             ,
             the
             bird
             being
             exceeding
             hot
             :
             for
             sport
             they
             match
             them
             with
             the
             Cocks
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             that
             are
             not
             altogether
             so
             fiery
             ,
             but
             more
             heavy
             ,
             and
             mortall
             enemies
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             and
             his
             Court
             have
             this
             recreation
             once
             a
             week
             .
             Their
             pens
             are
             close
             together
             ,
             with
             mats
             of
             palm
             that
             cover
             the
             windows
             ,
             at
             which
             they
             are
             fed
             .
             At
             the
             creation
             which
             was
             in
             my
             time
             ,
             they
             had
             this
             game
             ,
             and
             lifting
             up
             the
             mats
             ,
             the
             Cocks
             immediately
             fell
             to
             fighting
             with
             their
             bils
             ,
             through
             the
             spaces
             of
             the
             lattice
             ,
             but
             the
             keepers
             parted
             them
             with
             switches
             ,
             till
             they
             had
             taken
             their
             portions
             ,
             which
             is
             of
             a
             small
             black
             grain
             ,
             they
             call
             Versin
             ,
             as
             big
             as
             a
             grape
             stone
             ,
             of
             quality
             exceeding
             hot
             .
             The
             mats
             taken
             away
             ,
             then
             is
             the
             sport
             ,
             to
             see
             how
             they
             will
             range
             themselves
             in
             Battalions
             for
             the
             assault
             ,
             frowning
             with
             rage
             ,
             and
             the
             window
             once
             open
             they
             fall
             on
             in
             good
             earnest
             ;
             till
             they
             most
             cruelly
             tear
             one
             another
             ,
             and
             fill
             the
             place
             with
             blood
             ,
             for
             a
             good
             hour
             together
             :
             then
             they
             part
             them
             ,
             many
             lying
             dead
             in
             the
             place
             ,
             which
             they
             eat
             ,
             the
             flesh
             being
             reddish
             like
             beef
             ,
             but
             exceeding
             tender
             and
             tastefull
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXXII
             .
             Of
             the
             Justice
             and
             Policy
             with
             the
             Peguans
             ,
             their
             Sacrifices
             and
             horrible
             dances
             .
             A
             lamentable
             History
             of
             two
             young
             Princes
             .
          
           
             AS
             to
             the
             revenues
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             
             when
             peoples
             ordinary
             payments
             are
             brought
             in
             ,
             there
             is
             Proclamation
             through
             the
             Dominions
             ,
             that
             no
             Subject
             is
             obliged
             to
             pay
             any
             Royall
             right
             ,
             gabell
             ,
             subsidy
             ,
             or
             impost
             ,
             for
             a
             whole
             year
             .
             What
             Handicraftsmen
             alone
             pay
             him
             amounts
             to
             three
             millions
             ,
             or
             as
             they
             reckon
             so
             many
             Baselins
             ,
             a
             sort
             of
             weight
             .
             Every
             house-keeper
             payes
             him
             so
             much
             by
             the
             year
             .
             When
             a
             new
             King
             is
             elected
             ,
             all
             Towns
             and
             Villages
             send
             Deputies
             to
             make
             their
             acknowledgement
             ,
             with
             presents
             of
             rarities
             ,
             and
             things
             extraordinary
             :
             As
             to
             the
             elect
             in
             our
             time
             ,
             were
             sent
             three
             white
             Cowes
             ,
             with
             tayles
             differing
             from
             others
             ,
             like
             swine
             ,
             hornes
             growing
             in
             their
             skins
             only
             ,
             not
             on
             the
             top
             of
             the
             head
             ,
             which
             they
             could
             move
             as
             their
             eares
             ,
             decked
             bard
             bridles
             ,
             covered
             with
             cloathes
             of
             crimson
             silk
             ,
             and
             hung
             over
             with
             bells
             of
             gold
             ,
             silver
             ,
             and
             Calin
             ,
             a
             mettal
             like
             silver
             ,
             much
             used
             in
             the
             Indies
             .
          
           
             This
             present
             was
             very
             acceptable
             to
             him
             ,
             notwithstanding
             't
             was
             done
             in
             derision
             of
             another
             people
             ,
             his
             Subjects
             ,
             
             who
             wear
             the
             like
             bells
             at
             their
             genitories
             ,
             to
             content
             their
             Mistresses
             ,
             with
             little
             hooks
             ,
             and
             rings
             to
             take
             them
             off
             when
             they
             go
             to
             visit
             them
             ,
             and
             testifie
             to
             them
             they
             have
             satisfaction
             in
             nothing
             but
             themselves
             ;
             for
             amongst
             them
             there
             are
             that
             are
             addicted
             to
             the
             unnaturall
             sin
             ,
             no
             more
             prohibited
             there
             than
             amongst
             the
             Turks
             ,
             except
             there
             be
             violence
             used
             ,
             for
             which
             there
             is
             severe
             punishment
             .
             
             When
             the
             first
             Prince
             of
             the
             kingdom
             comes
             to
             take
             his
             leave
             ,
             he
             embraces
             him
             and
             kisses
             his
             cheek
             ,
             then
             presents
             him
             with
             ten
             fair
             white
             Persian
             coursers
             ,
             barded
             with
             cloth
             of
             gold
             ,
             of
             diverse
             colours
             ,
             
             their
             feet
             hang'd
             round
             with
             bells
             of
             gold
             ,
             to
             shew
             the
             people
             they
             are
             proper
             onely
             for
             beasts
             to
             wear
             .
          
           
             These
             bells
             so
             disquieted
             the
             horses
             ,
             four
             or
             five
             men
             could
             but
             hold
             them
             ,
             so
             unruly
             they
             were
             :
             likewise
             to
             the
             Prince
             of
             Siam
             at
             his
             departure
             he
             gave
             a
             collar
             of
             rubies
             of
             inestimable
             value
             ,
             in
             brief
             there
             was
             neither
             Prince
             nor
             Nobleman
             ,
             that
             parted
             without
             satisfaction
             .
             'T
             was
             thought
             the
             King
             distributed
             the
             best
             part
             of
             the
             horses
             in
             his
             stable
             ,
             where
             he
             had
             above
             thirty
             thousand
             ,
             
             which
             are
             the
             most
             magnificent
             present
             can
             be
             made
             in
             that
             country
             .
             
             He
             gave
             besides
             many
             pieces
             of
             scarlet
             cloth
             ,
             silks
             of
             divers
             colours
             ,
             and
             other
             stuffes
             sufficient
             to
             load
             twenty
             thousand
             cammels
             .
             An
             Elephant
             he
             never
             bestowes
             ,
             but
             on
             the
             contrary
             ,
             all
             Princes
             diligently
             endevour
             to
             get
             them
             for
             him
             .
             All
             the
             horses
             he
             gives
             ,
             arise
             to
             the
             advantage
             of
             the
             State
             ;
             for
             when
             he
             hath
             occasion
             for
             them
             in
             war
             ,
             the
             subjects
             upon
             the
             least
             orders
             are
             all
             ready
             ,
             so
             well
             they
             affect
             him
             ,
             esteeming
             them
             amongst
             the
             blessed
             that
             dye
             in
             his
             service
             ,
             and
             for
             such
             the
             Priests
             never
             make
             prayers
             ,
             as
             being
             already
             in
             the
             number
             of
             the
             Saints
             ,
             and
             happy
             .
          
           
             
             For
             their
             justice
             't
             is
             equally
             administred
             to
             all
             offices
             and
             estates
             ,
             depending
             on
             the
             Kings
             will
             ,
             who
             gives
             them
             gratis
             ,
             and
             payes
             all
             officers
             out
             of
             his
             own
             Coffers
             ;
             which
             keeps
             them
             from
             doing
             any
             thing
             against
             Law
             and
             Justice
             ;
             for
             their
             punishments
             are
             very
             severe
             .
          
           
             
             Creditours
             may
             by
             right
             take
             their
             Debtors
             for
             slaves
             when
             they
             have
             not
             wherewithall
             to
             pay
             them
             ,
             and
             if
             they
             will
             ,
             may
             sell
             them
             at
             the
             price
             of
             their
             debt
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             sell
             their
             wives
             and
             children
             by
             Port-sale
             ,
             till
             they
             are
             fully
             satisfied
             .
             The
             charge
             of
             suit
             amounts
             to
             little
             or
             nothing
             .
             They
             all
             live
             in
             good
             awe
             ,
             and
             all
             apply
             themselves
             to
             labour
             :
             who
             hath
             no
             meanes
             of
             his
             own
             ,
             betakes
             himself
             to
             Mills
             ,
             Buildings
             ,
             and
             Mines
             ,
             
             where
             the
             King
             entertains
             them
             ,
             so
             as
             no
             one
             wants
             a
             way
             to
             live
             .
             Poor
             orphans
             are
             brought
             up
             at
             the
             Kings
             charge
             .
             
             There
             are
             diverse
             enclosed
             places
             for
             girles
             ,
             where
             they
             are
             employed
             in
             working
             silk
             ,
             and
             many
             other
             ingenuous
             arts
             .
             A
             stranger
             passing
             through
             the
             country
             ,
             may
             be
             employed
             if
             he
             will
             ,
             or
             they
             will
             give
             him
             a
             passe
             to
             another
             town
             .
             The
             King
             hath
             four
             hundred
             slaves
             ,
             but
             they
             are
             only
             for
             the
             service
             of
             the
             houshold
             ,
             without
             regard
             to
             either
             Nation
             or
             Religion
             ,
             so
             they
             are
             honest
             and
             serviceable
             :
             They
             have
             no
             wages
             ,
             yet
             never
             want
             money
             ,
             for
             all
             that
             have
             occasion
             at
             Court
             ,
             still
             give
             them
             something
             .
             Two
             hundred
             slaves
             more
             there
             are
             ,
             who
             have
             no
             other
             office
             then
             to
             hunt
             the
             Woods
             and
             Marshes
             for
             triple-coloured
             tortoises
             for
             the
             Kings
             Vivary
             :
             likewise
             they
             gather
             the
             silk
             Cottons
             which
             the
             trees
             bear
             naturally
             ,
             
             whereof
             they
             gather
             sufficient
             ,
             and
             leave
             enough
             for
             the
             year
             following
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             another
             sort
             of
             silk
             called
             Fongi
             ,
             gotten
             in
             December
             ,
             it
             proceeds
             from
             the
             great
             Erpo
             ,
             which
             we
             call
             Alove
             ,
             whence
             there
             comes
             a
             silk
             More
             short
             ,
             but
             stronger
             and
             better
             then
             the
             rest
             .
             I
             made
             trial
             if
             the
             like
             could
             be
             produced
             here
             by
             drawing
             threads
             out
             of
             the
             leaves
             ,
             and
             found
             it
             might
             be
             done
             ,
             there
             being
             no
             defect
             but
             want
             of
             experience
             ;
             For
             though
             the
             Climats
             differ
             ,
             nevertheless
             nature
             is
             every
             where
             assisted
             by
             art
             and
             labour
             .
             All
             these
             silks
             come
             to
             the
             benefit
             of
             the
             
             people
             ,
             though
             the
             King
             takes
             a
             good
             share
             by
             reason
             of
             his
             slaves
             employed
             in
             it
             ,
             besides
             abundance
             of
             Orphanes
             and
             poor
             girles
             brought
             up
             at
             his
             cost
             ,
             under
             the
             tuition
             of
             matrons
             and
             ancient
             women
             ,
             to
             govern
             and
             correct
             them
             for
             their
             neglects
             :
             and
             the
             same
             for
             men
             ,
             all
             with
             great
             order
             and
             policy
             .
             
             When
             one
             hath
             committed
             a
             haynous
             crime
             ,
             't
             is
             best
             if
             he
             communicate
             it
             to
             some
             friend
             that
             may
             acquaint
             the
             King
             before
             the
             Justice
             is
             informed
             of
             it
             :
             for
             the
             King
             is
             most
             clement
             and
             supremely
             absolute
             :
             then
             the
             King
             being
             informed
             the
             quality
             of
             the
             crime
             ,
             person
             ,
             and
             matter
             ;
             it
             may
             be
             ,
             that
             without
             hearing
             the
             parties
             ,
             he
             may
             grant
             his
             pardon
             .
             The
             custom
             of
             the
             country
             is
             ,
             that
             as
             soon
             as
             one
             hath
             perpetrated
             a
             crime
             ,
             he
             layes
             by
             his
             apparel
             ,
             puts
             on
             a
             white
             shirt
             that
             drawes
             on
             the
             ground
             ,
             like
             persons
             doing
             pennance
             with
             us
             ,
             goes
             bare-head
             ,
             and
             bare-foot
             ,
             lies
             stretched
             out
             upon
             the
             ground
             ,
             and
             so
             attends
             his
             sentence
             .
          
           
             Some
             there
             are
             sit
             down
             ,
             others
             stand
             upright
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             nature
             of
             the
             offence
             .
             Many
             that
             presume
             upon
             the
             Princes
             grace
             ,
             are
             deceived
             ,
             and
             meet
             their
             death
             .
          
           
             They
             who
             are
             condemned
             ,
             are
             immediately
             given
             to
             the
             Elephants
             ,
             who
             with
             their
             trunks
             lift
             them
             on
             high
             ,
             
             then
             let
             them
             fall
             ,
             and
             so
             they
             are
             broken
             in
             pieces
             ;
             then
             the
             bodies
             are
             given
             to
             the
             Lions
             ,
             and
             Tigars
             ,
             whereof
             there
             is
             a
             great
             number
             .
             Adulterers
             are
             severely
             punished
             ,
             as
             well
             men
             as
             women
             ,
             and
             especially
             ,
             if
             they
             are
             of
             a
             good
             family
             .
             One
             was
             taken
             on
             a
             time
             with
             his
             slave
             ,
             who
             were
             both
             bound
             together
             ,
             and
             buried
             alive
             .
          
           
             For
             account
             of
             their
             marriages
             ,
             
             when
             persons
             of
             quality
             will
             marry
             ,
             they
             consult
             their
             Divines
             ,
             and
             Magies
             ,
             to
             know
             the
             successe
             :
             when
             children
             are
             born
             ,
             they
             have
             their
             nativity
             cast
             to
             know
             if
             good
             or
             ill
             shall
             befall
             them
             ,
             whereof
             I
             shall
             rehearse
             a
             remarkable
             example
             hereafter
             .
          
           
             When
             these
             Grandees
             ,
             lose
             their
             affection
             to
             their
             first
             wives
             ,
             
             they
             are
             allowed
             to
             espouse
             another
             ,
             without
             any
             injustice
             to
             the
             first
             ,
             who
             must
             suffer
             till
             her
             husband
             pleases
             to
             call
             her
             back
             ,
             this
             happening
             most
             commonly
             for
             dislike
             and
             change
             of
             diet
             .
             Where
             the
             husband
             and
             wife
             preserve
             a
             perfect
             amity
             all
             their
             life
             ,
             when
             the
             husband
             dies
             ,
             if
             the
             wife
             will
             do
             according
             to
             the
             custom
             of
             the
             country
             ,
             the
             obsequies
             ended
             ,
             she
             remains
             with
             her
             friends
             for
             a
             certain
             time
             to
             bewaile
             his
             death
             ,
             then
             makes
             them
             a
             great
             feast
             ,
             in
             token
             of
             rejoycing
             ,
             distributes
             her
             jewels
             and
             chiefest
             goods
             to
             them
             ,
             who
             are
             dearest
             to
             her
             ;
             and
             having
             embraced
             and
             kissed
             her
             Parents
             ,
             Kindred
             ,
             and
             Friends
             ,
             they
             conduct
             her
             with
             Flute
             and
             Hoboys
             ,
             to
             her
             husbands
             monument
             under
             a
             Tent
             ,
             adorned
             with
             Folliage
             ,
             and
             covered
             with
             flowers
             ,
             where
             they
             drink
             ,
             eat
             ,
             dance
             ,
             and
             make
             merry
             ,
             and
             the
             poor
             woman
             takes
             a
             potion
             ,
             that
             makes
             her
             as
             it
             were
             frantick
             :
             then
             dancing
             ,
             
             and
             carowsing
             ,
             she
             sacrifices
             her self
             to
             her
             husbands
             ghost
             ,
             throwing
             her selfe
             into
             a
             fire
             ,
             having
             distributed
             to
             her
             friends
             the
             rest
             of
             her
             rings
             and
             jewels
             .
             Their
             Priests
             and
             Magicians
             confirm
             them
             in
             these
             abominable
             customs
             ,
             which
             they
             observe
             in
             divers
             other
             parts
             of
             India
             ,
             as
             at
             
               Narsinga
               ,
               Cambaya
               ,
               Coromandel
            
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             .
             But
             they
             take
             diligent
             care
             in
             these
             marriages
             of
             the
             great
             ones
             ,
             that
             the
             women
             have
             free
             choyce
             with
             the
             consent
             of
             their
             kindred
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             it
             may
             be
             the
             vehemence
             of
             affection
             that
             obliges
             them
             to
             so
             cruel
             a
             testimony
             .
             Likewise
             men
             to
             assure
             their
             affection
             to
             their
             Mistresses
             ,
             
             use
             strange
             testimonies
             :
             some
             with
             a
             Torch
             will
             burn
             their
             Arms
             before
             them
             ,
             others
             will
             cut
             and
             stab
             themselves
             with
             poniards
             :
             others
             taking
             a
             cloth
             dip'd
             in
             oyle
             ,
             will
             light
             it
             ,
             and
             have
             the
             patience
             to
             let
             it
             burn
             out
             and
             extinguish
             upon
             their
             arm
             :
             which
             obliges
             a
             woman
             to
             the
             like
             love
             ,
             and
             to
             render
             the
             like
             proof
             at
             his
             death
             .
          
           
             But
             that
             truculent
             sacrifice
             they
             immolate
             to
             their
             Gods
             of
             their
             poor
             and
             wretched
             daughters
             ,
             is
             no
             lesse
             strange
             and
             truculent
             :
             for
             in
             a
             part
             of
             this
             vast
             Empire
             to
             celebrate
             the
             feast
             of
             their
             great
             Crocouatas
             ,
             
             they
             bring
             up
             their
             daughters
             in
             the
             Temple
             ,
             Virgins
             devoted
             to
             prayer
             and
             fasting
             ,
             who
             are
             consecrated
             and
             preserved
             for
             the
             solemn
             sacrifice
             in
             such
             sort
             ,
             as
             when
             Father
             ,
             Mother
             ,
             or
             kindred
             visits
             them
             ,
             they
             do
             it
             with
             reverence
             and
             adoration
             ,
             as
             to
             Saints
             and
             celestial
             persons
             ,
             and
             entreat
             they
             would
             be
             mindful
             of
             them
             ,
             when
             they
             have
             the
             honour
             to
             come
             before
             their
             great
             God
             :
             for
             this
             consideration
             they
             bring
             them
             for
             an
             offering
             all
             sorts
             of
             dainties
             .
             Every
             year
             they
             sacrifice
             one
             of
             these
             poor
             girles
             .
             In
             the
             front
             of
             the
             altar
             stands
             a
             marble
             stone
             very
             radiant
             ,
             and
             of
             various
             colours
             ,
             where
             they
             imagine
             they
             behold
             the
             figure
             of
             that
             furious
             Demon
             they
             adore
             .
             The
             maid
             devested
             of
             her
             rich
             attire
             ,
             
             beholds
             her
             God
             ,
             and
             observes
             if
             he
             yet
             call
             her
             ,
             for
             they
             say
             the
             Demon
             calls
             her
             by
             name
             ,
             and
             invites
             her
             to
             union
             :
             then
             their
             Palpes
             or
             Priests
             vested
             in
             their
             garments
             sacerdotal
             ,
             take
             her
             ,
             and
             setting
             her
             stark
             naked
             upon
             this
             stone
             ;
             after
             divers
             incensings
             both
             to
             the
             Demon
             and
             the
             maid
             ,
             they
             strangle
             her
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             father
             and
             mother
             ,
             who
             observe
             well
             if
             she
             be
             dead
             ,
             that
             she
             may
             not
             suffer
             a
             second
             martyrdom
             ;
             and
             having
             with
             a
             stone
             sharp
             as
             a
             razor
             ripped
             up
             her
             body
             ,
             they
             tear
             out
             her
             heart
             ,
             which
             they
             throw
             in
             their
             Demons
             face
             ,
             burn
             it
             ,
             and
             sprinkle
             the
             ashes
             mingled
             with
             water
             upon
             their
             Idols
             :
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             body
             they
             burn
             at
             leisure
             with
             aromatick
             woods
             ,
             for
             the
             use
             of
             the
             Temples
             .
             In
             other
             places
             the
             Priests
             eat
             the
             Victim
             .
             The
             sacrifice
             ended
             ,
             they
             go
             to
             dinner
             ,
             the
             congregation
             assists
             at
             the
             service
             ,
             and
             prayers
             made
             by
             the
             Priests
             with
             many
             incensings
             :
             the
             Priests
             then
             change
             their
             vestments
             ,
             and
             take
             others
             of
             a
             horrible
             form
             ,
             and
             mounting
             upon
             a
             Scaffold
             ,
             as
             soon
             as
             the
             Musick
             playes
             ,
             begin
             to
             dance
             .
             They
             begin
             in
             a
             low
             
             key
             ,
             then
             they
             rise
             ,
             with
             prayers
             and
             imprecations
             mingled
             ,
             til
             healed
             with
             keeping
             time
             to
             the
             cadence
             of
             the
             musick
             they
             become
             franick
             ,
             some
             falling
             to
             the
             ground
             ,
             others
             continue
             dancing
             ,
             holding
             bells
             which
             accord
             with
             the
             instruments
             :
             So
             soon
             as
             any
             one
             falls
             to
             the
             ground
             ,
             none
             but
             would
             think
             the
             devil
             enters
             into
             him
             ,
             they
             change
             the
             tune
             ,
             and
             dance
             with
             more
             violence
             and
             fury
             ,
             without
             missing
             the
             least
             point
             of
             the
             cadence
             .
          
           
             But
             what
             is
             most
             strange
             of
             all
             ,
             they
             say
             at
             the
             same
             time
             they
             see
             the
             the
             devils
             dance
             with
             them
             ,
             
             and
             that
             they
             easily
             know
             them
             by
             the
             agility
             of
             their
             motion
             ,
             for
             otherwise
             they
             are
             attired
             like
             the
             Priests
             .
             They
             observe
             visibly
             that
             they
             must
             needs
             be
             Demons
             ;
             because
             only
             a
             certain
             number
             of
             Priests
             mounting
             the
             Scaffold
             ;
             when
             any
             of
             them
             fall
             ,
             you
             still
             see
             the
             same
             number
             dancing
             ,
             without
             diminution
             .
             By
             reason
             whereof
             ,
             the
             beholders
             suffer
             strange
             distempers
             ,
             and
             their
             hair
             standing
             an
             end
             .
             
             I
             remember
             that
             being
             present
             on
             a
             time
             for
             curiosity
             ,
             on
             the
             suddain
             I
             felt
             my self
             seized
             with
             a
             swimming
             in
             my
             head
             ,
             that
             so
             inflamed
             me
             ,
             I
             was
             almost
             suffocated
             ,
             not
             able
             to
             speak
             a
             word
             ,
             nor
             draw
             my
             breath
             ,
             and
             striving
             to
             cry
             out
             and
             call
             for
             help
             to
             my
             company
             that
             was
             not
             far
             off
             ;
             I
             could
             not
             possibly
             bring
             forth
             a
             word
             :
             so
             as
             being
             all
             in
             a
             lavour
             with
             agony
             and
             distresse
             ,
             that
             held
             me
             a
             quarter
             of
             an
             houre
             ,
             in
             my
             heart
             I
             made
             my
             prayers
             to
             Almighty
             God
             ,
             by
             whose
             grace
             I
             was
             deliver'd
             ,
             having
             never
             known
             the
             like
             torment
             in
             my
             life-time
             ;
             for
             I
             felt
             I
             know
             not
             what
             pass
             betwixt
             my
             legges
             ,
             then
             leapt
             upon
             my
             shoulders
             ,
             the
             phantasm
             continually
             grasping
             me
             fast
             .
             I
             was
             so
             dejected
             ,
             as
             nothing
             could
             be
             more
             ,
             but
             my
             companions
             reassured
             me
             the
             best
             they
             could
             ;
             and
             as
             soon
             as
             I
             was
             gotten
             away
             ,
             I
             went
             to
             tell
             it
             to
             Father
             Hipolita
             of
             Saint
             Francis
             order
             ,
             who
             assured
             me
             't
             was
             a
             diabolical
             illusion
             to
             have
             destroyed
             me
             ,
             had
             not
             God
             with
             his
             grace
             secured
             me
             .
             He
             counselled
             me
             to
             be
             thankful
             to
             Almighty
             God
             ,
             and
             come
             no
             more
             where
             such
             abominations
             were
             ,
             the
             curiosity
             whereof
             had
             cost
             me
             so
             dear
             ;
             for
             I
             was
             a
             glad
             man
             to
             see
             it
             end
             in
             a
             mockery
             ;
             but
             thenceforward
             I
             had
             a
             care
             how
             I
             came
             within
             their
             Temples
             ,
             and
             congregations
             to
             see
             their
             accursed
             Idolatries
             .
          
           
             But
             to
             end
             the
             feast
             ,
             when
             the
             ceremonies
             and
             dances
             have
             lasted
             four
             dayes
             ,
             the
             Nobility
             makes
             a
             feast
             in
             some
             Palace
             of
             account
             ,
             
             where
             the
             principal
             of
             the
             city
             ,
             men
             and
             women
             ,
             are
             invited
             ,
             and
             come
             most
             richly
             apparelled
             ,
             and
             covered
             with
             jewels
             ,
             and
             rubies
             sometimes
             as
             bigge
             as
             a
             nut
             ,
             blazing
             like
             burning
             coales
             :
             then
             after
             a
             sacrifice
             ,
             these
             Nobles
             command
             the
             Musick
             play
             some
             pleasant
             ayre
             ,
             and
             one
             of
             them
             takes
             a
             dame
             ,
             whom
             he
             likes
             best
             forth
             to
             dance
             ,
             not
             touching
             her
             hand
             nevertheless
             ,
             but
             holding
             by
             a
             handcherchief
             of
             silk
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             rest
             do
             the
             like
             till
             the
             ball
             be
             ended
             .
             They
             dance
             round
             ,
             and
             't
             is
             prety
             to
             see
             this
             humble
             
             dance
             ,
             
             artificiall
             for
             the
             many
             changes
             are
             in
             it
             .
             This
             ended
             ,
             the
             musick
             changes
             to
             a
             very
             solemn
             base
             ,
             as
             't
             were
             for
             repose
             ,
             with
             certain
             stanzoes
             sung
             in
             praise
             of
             their
             deceased
             Ancestors
             ,
             celebrating
             their
             valours
             with
             a
             thousand
             encomiums
             for
             the
             most
             part
             false
             .
             Then
             they
             sit
             round
             ,
             discoursing
             still
             of
             the
             valour
             of
             these
             deceased
             ,
             and
             the
             women
             more
             tender
             of
             heart
             fall
             a
             weeping
             ,
             and
             amidst
             their
             lamentations
             all
             cry
             out
             ,
             they
             shall
             never
             be
             like
             their
             Fathers
             ,
             who
             did
             such
             and
             such
             high
             feats
             :
             after
             having
             invited
             each
             other
             joyntly
             to
             complaints
             ,
             at
             last
             being
             tired
             ,
             they
             take
             a
             collation
             together
             ,
             and
             so
             the
             ceremony
             ends
             .
          
           
             By
             what
             is
             said
             't
             is
             plainly
             seen
             ,
             how
             strangely
             superstitious
             these
             people
             are
             ,
             and
             how
             serious
             an
             honour
             they
             bear
             their
             gods
             or
             demons
             ,
             to
             which
             their
             Priests
             cease
             not
             dayly
             to
             excite
             them
             more
             and
             more
             ,
             and
             omit
             not
             the
             least
             diminutive
             Ceremony
             for
             their
             honour
             or
             profit
             .
             These
             Priests
             bear
             a
             wonderfull
             authority
             over
             them
             ,
             which
             as
             I
             said
             before
             ,
             is
             more
             remarkable
             in
             their
             wars
             ,
             than
             in
             any
             other
             thing
             .
          
           
             
             For
             these
             Eastern
             Princes
             in
             raising
             war
             differ
             much
             from
             us
             ,
             insomuch
             as
             having
             a
             considerable
             war
             to
             be
             commenc'd
             with
             their
             neighbour
             Princes
             or
             others
             ,
             the
             Priests
             take
             upon
             them
             authority
             to
             arbitrate
             the
             matter
             ,
             having
             such
             priviledge
             ,
             as
             freely
             to
             remonstrate
             to
             their
             Prince
             his
             duty
             to
             the
             people
             :
             whereupon
             two
             Bramins
             or
             Priests
             for
             both
             sides
             ,
             without
             passion
             ,
             confer
             together
             of
             their
             Princes
             complaint
             ,
             to
             find
             a
             means
             to
             accommodate
             the
             matter
             :
             when
             they
             cannot
             effect
             it
             ,
             they
             draw
             a
             hundred
             of
             the
             prime
             horse
             ,
             and
             as
             many
             foot
             out
             o●
             their
             Armies
             ,
             ranked
             in
             battalia
             ,
             consisting
             many
             times
             of
             three
             or
             four
             hundred
             thousand
             men
             ,
             rarely
             ever
             making
             war
             but
             with
             equality
             ,
             the
             stronger
             still
             giving
             law
             to
             the
             weaker
             .
             And
             though
             one
             Bramin
             find
             his
             party
             stronger
             by
             a
             hundred
             thousand
             ,
             he
             yet
             makes
             a
             conscience
             to
             use
             his
             advantage
             as
             much
             as
             may
             be
             ,
             to
             prevent
             combat
             ,
             and
             if
             of
             necessity
             it
             must
             be
             ,
             he
             uses
             a
             thousand
             protestations
             to
             his
             Prince
             to
             hinder
             it
             ;
             but
             not
             effecting
             it
             ,
             they
             order
             the
             two
             small
             parties
             to
             joyn
             ,
             giving
             their
             benediction
             to
             them
             ,
             and
             exhorting
             every
             one
             to
             do
             his
             best
             ,
             the
             Victor
             giving
             conditions
             to
             the
             other
             ,
             who
             is
             compelled
             to
             yield
             ,
             and
             so
             their
             wars
             are
             concluded
             for
             the
             most
             part
             .
             To
             them
             who
             in
             this
             action
             shall
             have
             done
             any
             thing
             signall
             ,
             the
             Prince
             gives
             a
             favour
             which
             they
             keep
             as
             sacred
             ,
             though
             many
             times
             't
             is
             but
             a
             scarf
             or
             silly
             taffeta
             ribbon
             ,
             
             with
             a
             certain
             character
             or
             figure
             in
             the
             middle
             ,
             that
             denotes
             he
             hath
             behav'd
             himself
             well
             in
             fight
             for
             his
             Princes
             cause
             ,
             
             which
             they
             wear
             on
             festivals
             in
             hats
             or
             palm
             bonnets
             ,
             and
             some
             there
             are
             who
             have
             divers
             of
             them
             respective
             to
             the
             occasions
             they
             served
             in
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             example
             I
             touched
             upon
             in
             the
             predictions
             at
             the
             marriages
             of
             great
             ones
             ,
             and
             the
             fortune
             of
             their
             children
             ,
             
             't
             is
             thus
             .
             In
             the
             land
             of
             Transiane
             there
             was
             a
             Prince
             tributary
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             and
             his
             near
             Kinsman
             ,
             who
             married
             a
             sister
             of
             the
             Prince
             Tazatay
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             greatest
             beauties
             in
             the
             Eastern
             parts
             .
             The
             nuptials
             were
             kept
             with
             great
             joy
             and
             solemnity
             ,
             amongst
             other
             things
             the
             Divines
             were
             consulted
             of
             the
             successe
             of
             the
             marriage
             ,
             and
             't
             was
             found
             that
             never
             two
             persons
             had
             loved
             ,
             and
             should
             love
             so
             well
             as
             these
             two
             ;
             the
             Prince
             and
             Princesse
             Alfonge
             and
             Abelara
             ,
             this
             hariolation
             doubled
             the
             joy
             and
             celebrity
             ;
             and
             in
             effect
             they
             lived
             a
             sweet
             and
             a
             happy
             life
             ,
             with
             intire
             affection
             ,
             and
             for
             their
             greater
             felicity
             they
             had
             two
             twin-sons
             ,
             who
             in
             their
             under-growth
             discovered
             something
             of
             great
             and
             lofty
             ,
             and
             appeared
             singularly
             hopefull
             for
             the
             future
             :
             These
             Infants
             having
             attained
             their
             ten
             yeares
             age
             ,
             loved
             so
             cordially
             they
             could
             not
             live
             asunder
             ,
             
             and
             the
             ones
             desire
             ,
             still
             met
             with
             the
             others
             consent
             in
             all
             things
             ;
             but
             the
             Devil
             ,
             that
             enemy
             of
             concord
             ,
             inspires
             a
             curiosity
             into
             the
             minds
             of
             the
             Father
             and
             Mother
             to
             know
             their
             fates
             ,
             and
             to
             their
             grief
             were
             told
             ,
             the
             time
             should
             come
             when
             these
             two
             brothers
             that
             now
             loved
             so
             fondly
             ,
             should
             cut
             one
             anothers
             throats
             ;
             
             which
             much
             astonished
             the
             poor
             Princes
             ,
             and
             filled
             them
             with
             fearfull
             apprehensions
             .
          
           
             The
             two
             Princes
             being
             come
             to
             their
             fifteen
             yeares
             ,
             one
             said
             to
             the
             other
             ,
             Brother
             it
             must
             be
             you
             that
             must
             murther
             me
             ,
             for
             I
             will
             sooner
             dye
             a
             hundred
             deaths
             ,
             then
             do
             you
             the
             lest
             harm
             imaginable
             :
             the
             other
             reply'd
             ,
             believe
             it
             not
             good
             Brother
             ;
             I
             desire
             you
             ,
             for
             you
             are
             as
             dear
             ,
             and
             dearer
             to
             me
             than
             my self
             .
             But
             the
             Father
             to
             prevent
             the
             misfortune
             ,
             resolved
             to
             separate
             them
             ,
             whereupon
             they
             grew
             so
             troubled
             and
             melancholly
             ,
             he
             was
             constrained
             to
             protract
             his
             design
             ,
             till
             an
             occasion
             happened
             that
             invited
             all
             three
             ,
             the
             Father
             and
             two
             Sons
             ,
             to
             a
             war
             betwixt
             the
             Kings
             of
             Narsinga
             and
             Pegu
             ,
             upon
             Title
             of
             Territories
             ,
             one
             detained
             from
             the
             other
             :
             but
             by
             mediation
             of
             the
             Bramins
             a
             peace
             was
             concluded
             ,
             upon
             condition
             these
             two
             young
             Princes
             should
             espouse
             the
             two
             daughters
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Narsinga
             ,
             and
             the
             King
             of
             Baticalas
             Sister
             ,
             two
             Princesses
             of
             transcendent
             beauty
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             King
             of
             Pegu
             on
             him
             that
             should
             marry
             the
             elder
             ,
             should
             conferre
             all
             the
             Countryes
             he
             took
             in
             the
             last
             war
             ,
             with
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             Martaban
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             Brother
             ,
             besides
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             Tazatay
             ,
             should
             have
             that
             of
             Verma
             ,
             which
             containes
             the
             Seniory
             of
             Zait
             ,
             that
             payes
             yearly
             for
             tribute
             twelve
             pearles
             ,
             weighing
             two
             Serafs
             of
             Gold
             ,
             and
             of
             intire
             perfection
             .
             These
             contracts
             agreed
             upon
             ,
             were
             signified
             to
             the
             two
             Princesses
             of
             Narsinga
             ,
             who
             ,
             though
             then
             very
             young
             ,
             
             told
             their
             Father
             they
             consented
             to
             the
             marriages
             ,
             but
             on
             this
             condition
             ,
             that
             their
             husbands
             happening
             to
             die
             before
             them
             ,
             if
             they
             made
             
             not
             voluntary
             sacrifice
             of
             themselves
             ,
             it
             should
             not
             be
             imputed
             an
             infamy
             to
             them
             ,
             because
             they
             were
             unacquainted
             with
             them
             .
          
           
             This
             was
             agreed
             to
             ,
             and
             the
             Nuptials
             consummated
             to
             the
             generall
             joy
             of
             all
             men
             for
             the
             common
             peace
             accompanied
             them
             ,
             and
             great
             feasting
             there
             was
             every
             where
             .
             The
             one
             of
             these
             Princes
             stayed
             with
             his
             Lady
             in
             Narsinga
             ,
             the
             other
             went
             to
             possesse
             the
             Province
             of
             Verma
             ,
             lands
             spaciously
             divided
             :
             so
             as
             a
             long
             time
             they
             were
             without
             inter-view
             ,
             visiting
             each
             other
             onely
             by
             missius
             and
             presents
             of
             value
             or
             curiosity
             .
             Now
             it
             fell
             out
             the
             King
             of
             Tazatay
             was
             engaged
             in
             a
             sharp
             war
             with
             the
             King
             of
             Mandranella
             ,
             and
             sent
             to
             the
             two
             Brother-Princes
             his
             Sons
             ,
             for
             aid
             :
             who
             both
             hastening
             with
             a
             good
             strength
             of
             Souldiers
             ,
             one
             knowing
             nothing
             of
             the
             other
             ,
             the
             one
             declining
             his
             direct
             way
             ,
             marched
             up
             to
             the
             enemy
             ,
             and
             in
             a
             bloudy
             fight
             defeated
             him
             :
             thence
             went
             to
             present
             himself
             to
             his
             Father
             ,
             but
             by
             sad
             destiny
             on
             the
             morrow
             ,
             his
             Brother
             arriving
             from
             Verma
             with
             his
             Lady
             ,
             in
             the
             evening
             came
             secretly
             into
             the
             Town
             to
             visit
             a
             Lady
             ,
             once
             their
             ancient
             Mistresse
             :
             
             the
             other
             Brother
             being
             on
             the
             same
             design
             they
             met
             at
             the
             Ladies
             gate
             by
             night
             ,
             not
             knowing
             one
             another
             ,
             where
             furious
             with
             jealousie
             ,
             after
             some
             words
             they
             drew
             and
             killed
             each
             other
             .
             One
             of
             them
             dying
             ,
             amongst
             many
             other
             things
             said
             he
             ,
             gave
             humble
             thanks
             to
             God
             that
             he
             had
             prevented
             the
             direfull
             destiny
             of
             his
             Horoscope
             ,
             in
             not
             making
             him
             the
             assassine
             of
             his
             Brother
             ,
             as
             't
             was
             prejudicated
             :
             Hereupon
             the
             other
             finding
             him
             by
             his
             voice
             and
             discourse
             ,
             drawing
             near
             his
             end
             himself
             ,
             crept
             to
             him
             ,
             and
             embraced
             him
             with
             tears
             and
             lamentations
             ,
             and
             so
             both
             dolefully
             ended
             their
             dayes
             together
             .
          
           
             The
             Father
             being
             advertized
             of
             it
             ,
             seeing
             his
             white
             haires
             led
             by
             his
             own
             fault
             to
             so
             hard
             a
             fortune
             ,
             overborn
             with
             grief
             and
             despair
             ,
             came
             and
             slew
             himself
             upon
             the
             bodies
             of
             his
             Sons
             ,
             and
             with
             the
             grief
             and
             tears
             of
             all
             the
             people
             ,
             were
             buried
             all
             three
             in
             the
             same
             monument
             :
             which
             shews
             us
             the
             danger
             of
             too
             great
             curiosity
             ,
             nor
             is
             it
             an
             easie
             question
             how
             this
             can
             be
             found
             by
             knowledge
             of
             the
             stars
             ,
             or
             if
             they
             are
             things
             inevitable
             ,
             which
             I
             leave
             to
             be
             decided
             by
             the
             more
             learned
             .
          
           
             But
             before
             I
             end
             this
             Chapter
             I
             shall
             observe
             ,
             that
             amongst
             such
             a
             diversity
             of
             Idols
             ,
             as
             well
             of
             the
             great
             Corcouitas
             ,
             who
             is
             the
             principal
             and
             most
             ancient
             ,
             on
             whom
             all
             the
             others
             depend
             ,
             as
             of
             the
             Oysima
             ,
             the
             promotor
             of
             all
             things
             ,
             and
             diverse
             other
             strange
             and
             horrible
             shapes
             ,
             every
             one
             with
             Temples
             and
             Sacrifices
             peculiar
             ,
             amongst
             all
             this
             they
             have
             ,
             as
             I
             said
             ,
             the
             image
             of
             the
             blessed
             Virgin
             with
             her
             infant
             ,
             which
             with
             lighted
             lamps
             they
             honour
             reverently
             .
             These
             lamps
             are
             not
             of
             glasse
             ,
             but
             Talc
             
             stone
             ,
             of
             which
             they
             have
             abundance
             ,
             
             whole
             mountains
             at
             one
             point
             of
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             eastward
             .
             They
             work
             it
             very
             artificially
             ,
             and
             make
             of
             it
             severall
             sorts
             of
             Utensills
             ,
             compounding
             the
             mettle
             Calin
             ,
             so
             much
             esteemed
             through
             the
             Indies
             ,
             from
             Persia
             ,
             as
             far
             as
             China
             ,
             like
             silver
             ;
             but
             as
             easily
             melted
             as
             tin
             .
             Of
             this
             they
             likewise
             make
             their
             windowes
             ,
             and
             lantorns
             :
             lantorns
             they
             likewise
             make
             of
             the
             triple
             coloured
             tortoise
             shell
             I
             spoke
             of
             before
             .
          
           
             I
             omitted
             to
             tell
             you
             that
             for
             their
             dances
             they
             use
             a
             sort
             of
             pans
             ,
             which
             being
             wel
             handled
             ,
             yeild
             an
             elegant
             melody
             ,
             
             but
             to
             play
             well
             requires
             long
             practice
             .
             They
             have
             other
             Musicall
             instruments
             ,
             not
             of
             use
             in
             Europe
             ,
             amongst
             the
             rest
             a
             sort
             of
             pans
             ,
             flat
             and
             double
             ,
             the
             cover
             whereof
             stands
             two
             fingers
             distant
             ,
             set
             with
             wyar
             strings
             ,
             they
             call
             it
             a
             Hydrac
             ,
             it
             is
             tedious
             ,
             
             and
             difficult
             to
             learn.
             For
             the
             quality
             of
             their
             yeares
             ,
             I
             could
             not
             well
             understand
             their
             manner
             of
             account
             ,
             but
             in
             generall
             I
             find
             they
             reckon
             by
             Moones
             ,
             as
             the
             greater
             part
             of
             the
             east
             ,
             
             and
             their
             dayes
             by
             the
             sun
             ;
             out
             of
             these
             Moones
             they
             raise
             five
             dayes
             ,
             allowing
             thirteen
             Moones
             to
             the
             year
             ;
             and
             the
             fift
             day
             being
             come
             ,
             about
             midnight
             they
             make
             a
             solemn
             sacrifice
             in
             their
             Temples
             ,
             where
             they
             universally
             meet
             .
             I
             conferd
             with
             some
             about
             this
             matter
             ,
             who
             told
             me
             ,
             the
             Peguan
             year
             was
             like
             that
             they
             use
             in
             China
             ,
             which
             is
             Lunary
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             compare
             it
             as
             neer
             as
             may
             be
             to
             the
             Solary
             ;
             for
             their
             year
             consisting
             of
             twelve
             moneths
             ,
             twice
             in
             five
             years
             they
             gain
             a
             Lunary
             month
             ,
             making
             that
             year
             of
             thirteen
             Moones
             ,
             so
             as
             they
             have
             no
             knowledg
             of
             the
             golden
             number
             ,
             nor
             the
             nineteen
             years
             circle
             ,
             and
             the
             anticipation
             of
             one
             hour
             and
             twenty
             eight
             minutes
             ,
             which
             remits
             the
             new
             Moones
             to
             the
             golden
             number
             ,
             with
             them
             is
             accommoded
             by
             the
             annuall
             supputation
             :
             for
             they
             neither
             have
             ,
             nor
             will
             have
             a
             perpetuall
             Calander
             ,
             but
             at
             great
             charge
             print
             every
             year
             a
             new
             one
             ,
             which
             they
             send
             through
             all
             the
             Provinces
             of
             China
             .
          
           
             It
             may
             be
             our
             Peguans
             would
             imitate
             this
             after
             their
             fashion
             ,
             and
             according
             to
             their
             understanding
             ,
             which
             is
             very
             weak
             for
             such
             matters
             ,
             which
             the
             best
             wits
             amongst
             us
             find
             task
             hard
             enough
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             Philosophy
             of
             the
             Indians
             ,
             and
             their
             opinions
             in
             Astronomy
             and
             Geography
             ,
             I
             shall
             say
             something
             hereafter
             .
          
           
             Before
             I
             leave
             the
             state
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             I
             will
             not
             omit
             what
             some
             of
             the
             Peguans
             told
             me
             ,
             and
             have
             mentioned
             in
             writing
             in
             their
             Travailes
             .
             That
             some
             yeares
             before
             we
             arrived
             ,
             there
             was
             in
             the
             Countrey
             a
             King
             of
             the
             ancient
             Royall
             Race
             ,
             who
             had
             many
             Deputies
             in
             the
             Countrey
             of
             Bramaa
             ,
             towards
             the
             Lake
             Chiamay
             ,
             amongst
             the
             rest
             ,
             one
             in
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Tangu
             that
             rebelled
             against
             him
             ,
             defeated
             and
             slew
             him
             ,
             and
             made
             himself
             King
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             
             they
             called
             him
             the
             Bramaa
             of
             Tangu
             ,
             a
             great
             Tyrant
             ,
             and
             a
             Potent
             Prince
             ,
             who
             by
             force
             of
             Armes
             joyned
             many
             Kingdomes
             to
             his
             Empire
             ,
             as
             
               Pram
               ,
               Melintay
               ,
               Calani
               ,
               Bacam
               ,
               Mirandu
               ,
               Aua
               ,
               Martaban
               ,
            
             
             and
             others
             ;
             He
             afterwards
             was
             put
             to
             death
             by
             a
             Peguan
             Lord
             ,
             called
             Xemin
             ,
             of
             Zatan
             ,
             who
             made
             himself
             King
             ,
             but
             was
             defeated
             ,
             and
             slain
             by
             another
             ,
             called
             Xemindoo
             ,
             who
             likewise
             being
             made
             King
             ,
             was
             not
             long
             after
             defeated
             ,
             and
             put
             to
             death
             by
             Chaumigren
             ,
             of
             near
             aliance
             to
             Bramaa
             ,
             who
             became
             one
             of
             the
             most
             Powerfull
             Kings
             hath
             raigned
             in
             Pegu
             ,
             who
             brought
             totally
             under
             the
             Empire
             of
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Syan
             ,
             with
             twelve
             great
             Kingdomes
             more
             .
             
             They
             report
             that
             in
             the
             War
             of
             Syan
             ,
             he
             led
             into
             the
             field
             seventeen
             hundered
             thousand
             Combatants
             ,
             and
             seventeen
             thousand
             Elephants
             ,
             whereof
             nine
             thousand
             were
             for
             fight
             ,
             the
             rest
             for
             carriage
             .
             To
             which
             the
             immense
             Armies
             brought
             heretofore
             by
             the
             Persian
             Kings
             against
             the
             Grecians
             ,
             may
             induce
             us
             to
             give
             credit
             ;
             the
             cause
             is
             ,
             that
             in
             all
             these
             Eastern
             Countreys
             ,
             the
             greater
             part
             of
             the
             people
             go
             to
             the
             wars
             ,
             and
             that
             there
             are
             not
             amongst
             them
             so
             many
             Ecclesiasticks
             ,
             Lawyers
             ,
             Clarks
             ,
             Book-men
             ,
             and
             idle
             Persons
             as
             are
             with
             us
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             that
             raigned
             in
             Pegu
             in
             our
             time
             ,
             called
             the
             Brama
             ,
             was
             as
             I
             think
             ,
             the
             son
             of
             this
             Chaumigren
             ,
             afterwards
             hard
             enough
             dealt
             with
             by
             the
             Kings
             of
             
               Tangu
               ,
               Aracan
            
             ,
             and
             Syan
             ,
             as
             I
             said
             before
             .
          
           
             But
             it
             is
             time
             to
             advance
             to
             the
             Provinces
             and
             Towns
             of
             high
             India
             ,
             subject
             ,
             or
             confining
             ,
             and
             neighbours
             to
             Pegu
             ,
             as
             
               Abdiare
               ,
               Vilep
               ,
               Canarane
               ,
               Cassubi
               ,
               Transiane
               ,
               Tasata
               ,
               Mandranella
               ,
               Tartary
               ,
            
             and
             others
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXXIII
             .
             Of
             Abdiare
             and
             Vilep
             ,
             Towns
             of
             Pegu
             Fismans
             ,
             Apes
             ,
             Unicornes
             ,
             and
             other
             animalls
             .
             Fotoque
             ,
             an
             Idol
             with
             three
             Heads
             .
          
           
             PErsevering
             constantly
             in
             our
             trafick
             ,
             thorough
             the
             Towns
             and
             Provinces
             of
             this
             great
             Empire
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             and
             the
             Countreyes
             adjacent
             ;
             amongst
             others
             ,
             in
             the
             Town
             of
             Abdiare
             and
             Vilep
             ,
             a
             Kingdom
             in
             high
             India
             ,
             subject
             to
             the
             Peguan
             ;
             and
             having
             traded
             with
             certain
             Merchants
             (
             whom
             we
             found
             open
             and
             reall
             )
             treating
             with
             the
             Sensall
             ,
             or
             factor
             ,
             not
             by
             words
             ,
             but
             by
             fingers
             ,
             and
             joynts
             of
             the
             hand
             ,
             the
             practise
             of
             all
             the
             Indies
             ,
             to
             conceale
             the
             price
             of
             Merchandises
             .
             We
             parted
             from
             Vilep
             with
             good
             company
             ,
             and
             within
             three
             houres
             came
             to
             the
             descent
             of
             a
             hill
             ,
             exceeding
             shady
             ;
             upon
             the
             hanging
             whereof
             was
             a
             pleasant
             fountain
             ,
             where
             the
             whole
             company
             stayed
             for
             refreshment
             ,
             
             but
             we
             had
             not
             been
             long
             there
             when
             there
             came
             about
             us
             an
             extraordinary
             number
             of
             Apes
             ,
             the
             greater
             part
             black
             as
             jet
             ,
             some
             small
             ones
             black
             and
             white
             ,
             very
             lepid
             :
             one
             of
             them
             addressed
             himself
             to
             me
             ,
             as
             it
             had
             been
             to
             crave
             something
             of
             that
             I
             was
             eating
             ,
             and
             thinking
             to
             fright
             him
             away
             ,
             he
             was
             not
             scared
             at
             all
             ,
             as
             if
             he
             were
             accustomed
             to
             passengers
             :
             I
             cast
             a
             piece
             of
             bread
             to
             him
             ,
             which
             he
             took
             very
             modestly
             ,
             and
             divided
             with
             his
             company
             and
             two
             young
             ones
             he
             had
             with
             him
             ;
             
             presently
             there
             came
             three
             more
             ,
             which
             seemed
             to
             crave
             their
             share
             ,
             I
             gave
             them
             something
             and
             they
             eat
             very
             quietly
             :
             but
             on
             a
             sudden
             part
             of
             our
             company
             arose
             and
             took
             their
             Armes
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             a
             heard
             of
             Fismans
             ,
             
             or
             wilde
             dogs
             they
             discovered
             ,
             making
             towards
             us
             ,
             which
             with
             one
             musket
             shot
             were
             all
             scared
             away
             :
             in
             our
             sight
             they
             fed
             on
             grasse
             like
             sheep
             .
          
           
             Proceeding
             on
             our
             way
             we
             met
             with
             abundance
             of
             other
             sorts
             of
             strange
             animalls
             ,
             as
             likewise
             of
             fruits
             ,
             some
             whereof
             of
             growth
             much
             to
             be
             admired
             :
             some
             that
             bore
             rosin
             ,
             
             that
             smell
             like
             Mastick
             ;
             others
             a
             red
             berry
             ,
             wherewith
             they
             dye
             carnation
             ,
             which
             never
             fades
             ,
             but
             dayly
             becomes
             more
             lively
             .
             Having
             thus
             travelled
             ten
             or
             twelve
             dayes
             through
             diversity
             of
             soyles
             ,
             meeting
             with
             many
             rivers
             ,
             animalls
             ,
             trees
             ,
             and
             other
             things
             unknown
             to
             us
             ,
             amongst
             others
             abundance
             of
             civit
             Cats
             ,
             whereof
             they
             have
             some
             domesticall
             ,
             which
             you
             may
             buy
             foure
             for
             one
             Pardai
             ,
             
             but
             they
             are
             stinking
             ,
             and
             their
             dung
             smells
             like
             Mans.
             At
             length
             we
             took
             to
             the
             River
             Jiame
             ,
             and
             in
             three
             dayes
             came
             to
             the
             Village
             called
             Tanza
             ,
             on
             the
             morrow
             to
             Canarane
             ,
             a
             faire
             Town
             ,
             rich
             and
             flourishing
             as
             any
             Town
             in
             India
             ,
             the
             Capitall
             of
             a
             Kingdom
             ,
             bearing
             the
             same
             name
             ,
             confining
             eastward
             ,
             on
             the
             Country
             of
             Tazatay
             ,
             south
             on
             Carpa
             ,
             and
             northward
             on
             Moantay
             ,
             another
             great
             Kingdom
             .
             The
             Town
             is
             seated
             betwixt
             two
             great
             rivers
             ,
             Jiame
             and
             Pegu
             ,
             it
             is
             in
             circuit
             about
             foure
             leagues
             ,
             magnificently
             built
             :
             in
             customes
             and
             conditions
             the
             people
             differ
             much
             from
             those
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             for
             they
             never
             go
             barefoot
             as
             the
             others
             do
             .
             Princes
             and
             Noble
             Men
             weare
             rich
             buskins
             ,
             and
             sandalls
             set
             with
             gold
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             of
             Canarane
             is
             Potent
             and
             Wealthy
             in
             Mines
             of
             gold
             and
             silver
             .
             He
             hath
             also
             one
             of
             Emerald
             ,
             the
             finest
             in
             the
             east
             ,
             
             whence
             he
             drawes
             great
             profit
             .
             This
             Prince
             was
             never
             known
             to
             diminish
             ,
             but
             augment
             his
             Treasure
             .
             Likewise
             they
             have
             Mines
             of
             Turkesses
             .
          
           
             When
             a
             King
             dies
             ,
             they
             interr
             all
             his
             Treasure
             with
             him
             ,
             and
             sweare
             his
             Successor
             not
             to
             meddle
             with
             it
             .
             For
             the
             first
             year
             he
             and
             his
             Court
             are
             maintained
             at
             the
             Subjects
             charge
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             Nobility
             by
             obligation
             come
             to
             make
             their
             acknowledgment
             with
             rich
             presents
             ,
             and
             sue
             to
             be
             establisht
             in
             their
             Estates
             ,
             Offices
             ,
             Seniories
             ;
             for
             the
             King
             hath
             right
             to
             sell
             estates
             of
             all
             sorts
             then
             vacant
             ;
             and
             hereupon
             all
             his
             
             people
             high
             and
             low
             ,
             are
             tied
             with
             petition
             in
             hand
             ,
             and
             with
             presents
             ,
             to
             sue
             for
             their
             offices
             and
             vacancies
             ,
             which
             raises
             him
             in
             this
             year
             a
             marvellous
             treasure
             .
             No
             one
             can
             wear
             shooes
             ,
             rings
             ,
             nor
             girdles
             of
             gold
             ,
             without
             the
             Kings
             license
             ,
             which
             brings
             him
             in
             a
             great
             gabel
             ,
             a
             share
             whereof
             belongs
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Pegu
             as
             soveraign
             ,
             who
             granted
             him
             the
             grace
             ,
             because
             the
             Countrey
             is
             colder
             than
             Pegu
             ,
             and
             I
             have
             heard
             it
             of
             Merchants
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             winter
             here
             rage
             certain
             in
             windes
             ,
             
             or
             Mounsons
             which
             come
             from
             the
             North
             ,
             so
             cold
             that
             travellers
             lose
             their
             toes
             the
             cold
             is
             so
             sharp
             and
             rigorous
             .
             Their
             custom
             is
             ,
             if
             a
             Merchant
             will
             oblige
             himself
             ,
             he
             obliges
             likewise
             all
             his
             goods
             ,
             wife
             ,
             and
             children
             ,
             and
             failing
             at
             the
             day
             promised
             ,
             the
             Creditor
             may
             seize
             on
             all
             for
             slaves
             .
          
           
             The
             usual
             money
             is
             called
             Canza
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             Peguan
             is
             currant
             there
             ,
             which
             the
             King
             stamps
             in
             gold
             or
             silver
             ,
             through
             the
             Indies
             called
             Jamis
             ,
             besides
             what
             every
             particular
             Prince
             coins
             of
             his
             own
             .
             They
             have
             another
             sort
             of
             silver
             money
             called
             Pardain
             and
             Tazifo
             .
             They
             make
             some
             likewise
             of
             tin
             mixt
             with
             copper
             ,
             which
             being
             no
             coyn
             royal
             is
             lawfull
             for
             any
             man
             to
             stamp
             ;
             as
             also
             another
             sort
             called
             Bise
             ,
             wherewith
             they
             may
             buy
             any
             thing
             :
             one
             must
             be
             carefull
             in
             taking
             it
             ,
             or
             he
             may
             be
             deceived
             .
             The
             King
             keeps
             abundance
             of
             slaves
             for
             his
             Elephants
             and
             stables
             .
             In
             their
             structures
             they
             use
             ciment
             mixt
             with
             sugar
             ,
             as
             in
             Pegu
             ,
             which
             mixt
             with
             calcin'd
             shels
             becomes
             very
             firm
             ,
             
             the
             shels
             are
             dear
             and
             sold
             by
             measure
             .
             They
             have
             many
             plantations
             of
             sugar
             ,
             the
             canes
             whereof
             they
             give
             their
             Elephants
             ,
             who
             love
             them
             exceedingly
             ,
             so
             as
             when
             they
             commit
             any
             fault
             they
             deprive
             them
             of
             that
             food
             ,
             and
             so
             easily
             chastize
             and
             instruct
             them
             ;
             
             when
             their
             keeper
             speaks
             to
             them
             they
             will
             moove
             their
             great
             ears
             to
             understand
             what
             he
             sayes
             .
             They
             are
             decently
             lodg'd
             ,
             and
             ,
             as
             at
             Pegu
             ,
             fed
             in
             silver
             vessels
             .
             The
             better
             sort
             of
             people
             live
             after
             the
             Persian
             way
             ,
             their
             houses
             ennobled
             with
             gold
             and
             azure
             .
             They
             have
             onely
             one
             lawfull
             wife
             ,
             
             but
             divers
             concubines
             who
             go
             richly
             apparelled
             ,
             their
             face
             vail'd
             in
             the
             streets
             ,
             as
             in
             Spain
             and
             Italy
             ,
             but
             within
             door
             their
             faces
             are
             uncovered
             ,
             and
             are
             very
             sociable
             .
             They
             are
             Gentiles
             and
             Idolaters
             ,
             and
             easie
             to
             be
             dealt
             withall
             .
             If
             a
             Merchant
             make
             stay
             in
             Town
             ,
             he
             shall
             have
             a
             couple
             of
             young
             women
             will
             furnish
             him
             with
             a
             house
             ,
             and
             all
             necessaries
             ,
             and
             serve
             him
             like
             slaves
             ;
             nay
             't
             is
             lawfull
             to
             beat
             and
             chastize
             them
             if
             they
             do
             not
             what
             they
             are
             commanded
             ,
             having
             once
             submitted
             to
             it
             .
             They
             go
             well
             apparelled
             and
             decent
             as
             may
             be
             ,
             are
             very
             affable
             ,
             dance
             ,
             and
             sing
             well
             ;
             preserve
             a
             Merchants
             goods
             with
             great
             care
             ,
             Larceny
             amongst
             them
             being
             held
             a
             notorious
             ignominy
             .
             Almost
             all
             the
             women
             are
             clothed
             in
             white
             ,
             as
             all
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             men
             and
             women
             in
             
               Arabia
               Felix
            
             .
          
           
             We
             lay
             in
             the
             Town
             of
             Canarena
             ,
             at
             one
             Chamuts
             ,
             a
             Brokers
             house
             ,
             
             who
             had
             two
             Unicorns
             horns
             ,
             one
             whereof
             had
             half
             the
             head
             remaining
             to
             it
             .
          
           
           
             We
             put
             the
             end
             in
             water
             to
             see
             if
             't
             would
             make
             it
             boyle
             as
             the
             horn
             doth
             ,
             but
             I
             thought
             it
             boyled
             more
             vivaciously
             ,
             and
             it
             came
             out
             like
             pearle
             .
             I
             asked
             him
             if
             he
             ever
             saw
             of
             these
             creatures
             alive
             ,
             he
             told
             me
             he
             never
             saw
             but
             two
             ,
             which
             were
             very
             young
             ;
             and
             not
             come
             to
             have
             hornes
             .
             That
             the
             King
             going
             a
             hunting
             ,
             took
             one
             of
             them
             ,
             but
             they
             could
             not
             take
             the
             damme
             ,
             whatsoever
             they
             could
             do
             ,
             because
             as
             they
             say
             ,
             they
             shun
             and
             fly
             from
             the
             aspect
             and
             presence
             of
             a
             man
             ,
             and
             the
             places
             where
             the
             Serpents
             haunt
             ,
             whereof
             we
             spoke
             before
             ,
             who
             make
             a
             cruel
             warre
             upon
             them
             for
             greedinesse
             of
             their
             blood
             ,
             which
             is
             said
             to
             be
             of
             excellent
             scent
             ,
             as
             it
             hath
             been
             divers
             times
             proved
             ;
             particularly
             ,
             when
             one
             was
             sent
             by
             their
             Prince
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Pegu
             :
             which
             stung
             by
             a
             fly
             ,
             the
             bloud
             which
             issued
             out
             ,
             was
             put
             in
             a
             bottle
             and
             brought
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             who
             made
             no
             great
             esteem
             of
             it
             ,
             not
             finding
             the
             scent
             agreeable
             ,
             though
             notwithstanding
             he
             found
             it
             more
             odorous
             then
             Civet
             ,
             This
             the
             Sensal
             or
             Broker
             told
             us
             .
             I
             my self
             saw
             a
             perfect
             Unicorn
             in
             the
             King
             of
             
               Regues
               Seraglio
            
             ,
             who
             had
             the
             tongue
             differing
             from
             other
             beasts
             ,
             very
             long
             ,
             and
             jagged
             ;
             the
             head
             more
             like
             a
             horse
             then
             a
             hart
             ,
             and
             there
             are
             of
             several
             haires
             .
             The
             Keeper
             said
             ,
             't
             is
             but
             an
             uncleanly
             beast
             ,
             delights
             in
             his
             own
             soyle
             ,
             and
             that
             having
             often
             seen
             him
             drink
             ,
             he
             never
             observed
             him
             to
             put
             his
             horn
             in
             the
             water
             .
          
           
             The
             Indians
             report
             many
             other
             things
             of
             them
             ,
             but
             so
             strange
             and
             various
             ,
             there
             is
             no
             great
             assurance
             ,
             as
             that
             they
             breed
             but
             once
             in
             their
             life-time
             ,
             and
             like
             Elephants
             ,
             go
             two
             yeares
             with
             their
             young
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             .
             A
             Bramin
             (
             an
             order
             Kings
             themselves
             hold
             it
             an
             honour
             to
             be
             of
             )
             told
             me
             once
             with
             a
             protestation
             ,
             laying
             his
             hand
             on
             the
             wreath
             of
             his
             order
             ,
             that
             he
             was
             present
             with
             the
             King
             of
             Casubi
             at
             the
             taking
             of
             one
             of
             these
             Unicorns
             ,
             which
             was
             all
             white
             ,
             and
             very
             old
             ,
             the
             chops
             so
             hanging
             down
             ,
             all
             her
             teeth
             were
             seen
             ,
             that
             she
             was
             so
             fierce
             in
             her
             owne
             defence
             ,
             she
             broke
             her
             horn
             amongst
             the
             boughs
             ,
             that
             being
             taken
             ,
             they
             brought
             her
             bound
             to
             the
             Kings
             Pallace
             ,
             but
             being
             so
             bruised
             with
             blowes
             ,
             for
             having
             hurt
             the
             Kings
             Nephew
             ,
             she
             would
             not
             eat
             ,
             and
             so
             died
             within
             five
             dayes
             ,
             which
             shewes
             she
             is
             a
             cholerick
             and
             sullen
             beast
             ,
          
           
             The
             Queens
             had
             bracelets
             made
             of
             the
             bones
             ,
             as
             Indian
             Ladies
             have
             a
             curiosity
             in
             wearing
             bracelets
             of
             Ivory
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             of
             Casubi
             reserved
             the
             horne
             of
             this
             beast
             to
             himselfe
             :
             about
             five
             moneths
             after
             being
             at
             this
             Princes
             Court
             ,
             who
             was
             both
             courteous
             and
             curious
             ,
             I
             desired
             the
             
               Sieur
               de
               la
               Courb
            
             ,
             one
             of
             our
             own
             company
             ,
             to
             request
             the
             favour
             we
             might
             see
             this
             horne
             ,
             which
             he
             did
             ;
             and
             the
             
             King
             immediately
             sent
             for
             it
             ,
             and
             gave
             it
             him
             ,
             and
             the
             Sieur
             in
             requital
             ,
             gave
             him
             a
             delicate
             watch
             .
          
           
             This
             horne
             was
             of
             different
             colour
             to
             those
             I
             had
             seen
             in
             the
             Sultan
             of
             
               Mecaes
               Serallio
            
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             ,
             for
             this
             drew
             neare
             a
             white
             gray
             ,
             whereas
             the
             other
             were
             of
             a
             black
             gray
             .
          
           
             I
             have
             been
             told
             that
             
               Lewis
               de
               Bartheme
            
             in
             his
             travailes
             ,
             recounts
             how
             he
             saw
             at
             the
             Seldans
             of
             Meca
             in
             Arabia
             ,
             two
             of
             these
             Unicornes
             ,
             which
             were
             sent
             him
             by
             the
             King
             of
             Aethiopia
             ,
             high
             ,
             as
             a
             two
             year
             old
             colt
             ,
             of
             a
             dark
             colour
             ,
             the
             head
             like
             a
             Hart
             ,
             the
             horne
             three
             fathome
             long
             ,
             a
             little
             Mane
             ,
             small
             legges
             ,
             cloven
             feet
             ,
             and
             a
             Goats
             cley
             ;
             likewise
             the
             English
             and
             the
             Hollanders
             report
             ,
             that
             in
             their
             last
             voyage
             towards
             Spiteberg
             ,
             in
             a
             place
             called
             Horendsond
             ,
             they
             found
             Unicornes
             hornes
             ,
             not
             knowing
             of
             what
             beast
             they
             were
             .
          
           
             The
             Prince
             of
             Casubi
             moreover
             shewed
             us
             his
             Ladies
             bracelets
             ,
             made
             of
             the
             other
             piece
             of
             this
             horn
             ,
             which
             had
             a
             very
             sweet
             scent
             .
          
           
             He
             shewed
             us
             likewise
             the
             bones
             of
             an
             intire
             head
             ,
             which
             one
             of
             his
             Princes
             kept
             in
             a
             Cabinet
             ,
             and
             divers
             other
             curiosities
             ;
             amongst
             the
             rest
             an
             Estrif
             ,
             that
             which
             we
             call
             a
             Griffin
             ,
             but
             the
             head
             was
             wanting
             ,
             because
             at
             the
             time
             it
             was
             killed
             ,
             
             it
             fell
             amongst
             brakes
             ,
             so
             thick
             and
             thorney
             ,
             they
             could
             not
             finde
             it
             till
             the
             morrow
             ;
             by
             which
             time
             the
             Marmosets
             had
             eaten
             the
             whole
             head
             ;
             the
             feet
             were
             of
             strange
             length
             ,
             and
             the
             Tallons
             would
             well
             have
             seized
             a
             bushel
             ,
             his
             plume
             was
             white
             ,
             and
             reddish
             upon
             the
             brest
             ;
             they
             have
             but
             two
             feet
             ,
             and
             a
             Tallon
             is
             a
             good
             halfe
             ell
             long
             ,
             from
             one
             end
             to
             the
             other
             :
             I
             have
             seen
             of
             them
             of
             prodigious
             strength
             ,
             and
             furiously
             ravenous
             ,
             that
             would
             have
             carried
             away
             a
             calfe
             of
             six
             moneths
             old
             ,
             and
             eaten
             him
             .
             There
             are
             abundance
             of
             them
             about
             the
             lake
             Chiammay
             ,
             whereof
             we
             spoke
             before
             .
          
           
             
             From
             Canarana
             we
             made
             some
             dayes
             to
             Mandranella
             ,
             a
             fair
             Town
             ,
             fifty
             leagues
             from
             Tasatay
             upon
             Zingis
             ,
             a
             large
             and
             deep
             river
             ,
             that
             bears
             great
             vessels
             .
          
           
             They
             traffick
             with
             the
             Tabins
             ,
             or
             Chineses
             ;
             and
             the
             people
             of
             Bugazan
             come
             thither
             for
             all
             necessaries
             .
          
           
             
             This
             is
             the
             residence
             of
             the
             grand
             Caleferech
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             whereof
             we
             spoke
             before
             :
             All
             persons
             of
             quality
             that
             passe
             this
             way
             ,
             go
             kisse
             the
             Princes
             buskin
             ,
             who
             is
             as
             affable
             and
             courteous
             as
             may
             be
             .
             There
             is
             another
             Town
             of
             the
             same
             name
             in
             Indostan
             towards
             Persia
             ,
             above
             six
             hundred
             leagues
             from
             this
             .
             In
             this
             countrey
             there
             is
             a
             sort
             of
             domestical
             fowle
             ,
             they
             call
             Bouiagui
             ,
             which
             live
             for
             the
             greater
             part
             in
             the
             water
             ,
             and
             feed
             on
             what
             is
             thrown
             them
             :
             such
             as
             have
             
             house
             and
             lands
             upon
             the
             river
             ,
             keep
             abundance
             of
             them
             ,
             being
             of
             little
             charge
             ,
             and
             great
             profit
             ;
             he
             who
             can
             get
             two
             hundred
             of
             them
             ,
             thinks
             himself
             wealthy
             ;
             for
             he
             needs
             no
             more
             then
             one
             little
             lad
             to
             drive
             them
             a
             field
             ,
             with
             a
             basket
             to
             gather
             up
             the
             eggs
             ,
             whereof
             he
             will
             not
             loose
             one
             ;
             for
             they
             sit
             down
             to
             lay
             ,
             and
             are
             very
             fruitfull
             .
             They
             have
             a
             custom
             every
             evening
             to
             stay
             an
             houre
             in
             the
             water
             ,
             then
             to
             call
             them
             out
             to
             seat
             ;
             they
             have
             an
             usual
             signe
             ,
             which
             they
             readily
             observe
             .
             They
             are
             very
             good
             meat
             ,
             and
             delicious
             .
             The
             nature
             of
             them
             is
             ,
             that
             turn
             them
             into
             a
             ground
             sowed
             with
             Mil
             ,
             or
             Rice
             ,
             they
             will
             most
             strangely
             pull
             up
             all
             the
             weedes
             by
             the
             root
             ,
             without
             touching
             the
             grain
             .
          
           
             The
             grain
             they
             call
             Taffin
             ,
             is
             like
             our
             Millet
             ,
             and
             hath
             a
             leaf
             like
             a
             reed
             ,
             which
             these
             birds
             will
             in
             no
             sort
             meddle
             with
             ,
             whether
             for
             aversion
             ,
             or
             other
             cause
             .
             They
             are
             very
             cheap
             ,
             we
             had
             two
             for
             a
             halfe
             fanon
             ,
             which
             is
             no
             more
             then
             two
             pence
             with
             us
             ,
             
             and
             are
             as
             big
             as
             a
             hen
             ,
             and
             very
             fat
             .
             We
             found
             them
             to
             be
             excellent
             meat
             ,
             we
             bought
             more
             of
             them
             ,
             my
             Companion
             and
             I
             ,
             for
             our
             recreation
             ,
             walking
             by
             the
             river
             side
             ,
             to
             turn
             them
             into
             such
             grounds
             to
             see
             them
             cull
             ,
             and
             pluck
             up
             the
             no
             cent
             hearbs
             .
             We
             were
             considering
             how
             to
             transport
             of
             the
             eggs
             into
             France
             ,
             and
             specially
             to
             Arlids
             ,
             a
             corn
             Countrey
             ,
             where
             they
             are
             at
             so
             great
             charge
             in
             weeding
             ,
             but
             making
             tryall
             of
             them
             in
             a
             ground
             sowed
             with
             Chiza
             ,
             which
             in
             other
             places
             is
             called
             Moussa
             ,
             a
             sort
             of
             round
             beanes
             ,
             
             but
             twice
             as
             big
             as
             ours
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             same
             taste
             ,
             only
             the
             skin
             more
             thick
             and
             hard
             ,
             of
             chesnut
             colour
             ,
             the
             leaf
             flat
             ;
             but
             we
             found
             they
             eat
             the
             corn
             ,
             and
             let
             the
             weeds
             stand
             ,
             so
             we
             learnt
             of
             the
             Indians
             these
             birds
             are
             not
             weeders
             for
             all
             grains
             .
             For
             two
             Fanons
             ,
             which
             in
             our
             money
             amounts
             not
             to
             eight
             pence
             ;
             one
             may
             sometimes
             buy
             a
             hundred
             :
             they
             take
             paines
             from
             morning
             till
             night
             ,
             without
             intermission
             ,
             and
             cost
             little
             the
             keeping
             .
          
           
             In
             other
             parts
             of
             India
             we
             saw
             another
             sort
             ,
             of
             a
             different
             colour
             ,
             drawing
             towards
             green
             and
             gray
             ,
             
             called
             Artipan
             ,
             serving
             for
             that
             use
             ,
             and
             others
             ;
             For
             in
             November
             they
             Mue
             ,
             and
             cast
             all
             their
             feathers
             ,
             with
             which
             the
             Inhabitants
             stuffe
             cushions
             and
             pillowes
             of
             Coco
             mats
             ,
             to
             sit
             and
             sleep
             upon
             ,
             to
             cover
             their
             Country
             houses
             ,
             for
             lattices
             ,
             and
             diverse
             other
             things
             :
             they
             are
             so
             large
             ,
             they
             eat
             all
             sorts
             of
             vermin
             ,
             flesh
             ,
             and
             fish
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             Town
             of
             Mandranella
             ,
             an
             Indian
             of
             good
             quality
             frequented
             our
             company
             ,
             and
             often
             eat
             with
             us
             ,
             bringing
             of
             his
             Countrey
             fruits
             with
             him
             ;
             of
             whom
             I
             demanded
             one
             day
             ,
             if
             he
             made
             no
             scruple
             ,
             we
             being
             Ramata
             ,
             so
             they
             call
             the
             Portugues
             ,
             
             and
             all
             Christians
             on
             this
             side
             ,
             to
             eat
             with
             us
             ,
             since
             the
             greater
             part
             of
             the
             Indians
             esteem
             themselves
             polluted
             by
             it
             .
             But
             he
             told
             us
             no
             ,
             and
             that
             their
             three
             headed
             God
             ,
             Fotoco
             ,
             was
             esteemed
             a
             friend
             to
             the
             
               Franques
               Ramata
            
             ,
             and
             that
             one
             of
             them
             had
             brought
             a
             
             Sanacarin
             ,
             
             or
             image
             of
             the
             Virgin
             ,
             as
             they
             terme
             it
             ,
             which
             their
             great
             Oysima
             had
             honoured
             with
             such
             high
             vertues
             and
             attributes
             ,
             that
             it
             had
             the
             priviledg
             to
             make
             the
             third
             head
             of
             their
             Fotoco
             ,
             for
             which
             reason
             this
             God
             hath
             ever
             since
             been
             the
             most
             accomplished
             ,
             the
             greatest
             and
             highest
             of
             all
             ,
             to
             whose
             excelsitude
             none
             can
             attain
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             day
             will
             come
             when
             he
             shall
             judge
             all
             the
             other
             Gods
             for
             abusing
             his
             faithful
             people
             ,
             but
             for
             being
             cruell
             to
             the
             wicked
             ,
             that
             they
             shall
             be
             quit
             of
             .
          
           
             
             In
             Cambaya
             likewise
             they
             adore
             a
             triple
             headed
             God
             ,
             and
             say
             the
             God
             the
             first
             cause
             of
             all
             things
             ,
             had
             three
             children
             ,
             on
             whom
             he
             conferred
             his
             Divinity
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             had
             all
             but
             one
             will.
             In
             Tazatay
             likewise
             they
             have
             the
             same
             God
             ,
             with
             three
             heads
             ,
             which
             they
             say
             is
             three
             Gods
             united
             in
             one
             .
             In
             other
             places
             they
             adore
             a
             fowle
             ,
             which
             they
             hold
             to
             be
             the
             Holy
             Spirit
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             many
             things
             of
             like
             sort
             ,
             by
             which
             may
             be
             seen
             these
             poore
             Indians
             have
             heretofore
             had
             some
             Doctrine
             of
             the
             blessed
             Trinity
             ,
             and
             other
             Mysteries
             of
             our
             Religion
             ,
             but
             they
             have
             confounded
             all
             with
             fables
             and
             imaginations
             .
             The
             Bramins
             themselves
             ,
             to
             signify
             this
             ,
             weare
             three
             cords
             tyed
             on
             one
             knot
             ,
             and
             a
             cross
             on
             others
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXXIV
             .
             Of
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Casubi
             :
             their
             Religion
             .
          
           
             FRom
             Mandranella
             we
             went
             to
             Casubi
             ,
             both
             a
             Kingdom
             and
             a
             Town
             (
             sometime
             subject
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Bengala
             )
             where
             we
             first
             discovered
             a
             most
             high
             mountain
             ,
             and
             then
             the
             Town
             ,
             and
             drawing
             nearer
             we
             perceived
             abundance
             of
             lighted
             torches
             ,
             and
             a
             multitude
             of
             people
             :
             We
             stayed
             to
             observe
             the
             matter
             ,
             and
             saw
             some
             bring
             the
             body
             of
             a
             Tree
             ,
             which
             immediately
             was
             laid
             in
             the
             ground
             ,
             with
             lime
             and
             ciment
             ,
             attended
             with
             women
             clothed
             in
             red
             jackets
             as
             low
             as
             the
             girdle
             ,
             and
             a
             cotton
             ski●t
             thence
             to
             the
             foot
             ,
             
             in
             which
             colour
             they
             likewise
             were
             cloathed
             that
             carried
             the
             Tree
             ,
             in
             which
             was
             enclosed
             a
             Corps
             wrapt
             in
             linnen
             ,
             and
             aromatically
             imbalmed
             with
             mastick
             and
             other
             drugs
             ,
             that
             prevent
             corruption
             ,
             then
             laid
             in
             this
             Coffin
             ,
             and
             covered
             with
             the
             same
             timber
             ,
             and
             fastned
             with
             pins
             of
             the
             same
             ,
             all
             pargetted
             over
             ,
             within
             and
             without
             with
             mastick
             ,
             frankincense
             ,
             and
             bitumen
             .
             Forty
             dayes
             they
             spend
             in
             feasting
             over
             the
             sepulchre
             ,
             near
             to
             which
             there
             is
             a
             booth
             built
             ,
             of
             purpose
             to
             dress
             and
             season
             the
             Viands
             ,
             with
             Aromaticks
             ,
             that
             ,
             they
             say
             ,
             the
             soule
             of
             the
             deceased
             may
             sent
             the
             prefume
             .
          
           
             They
             go
             then
             before
             their
             Pagode
             ,
             or
             Idol
             ,
             without
             weeping
             ,
             
             because
             they
             think
             the
             dead
             all
             go
             streight
             to
             heaven
             .
             These
             fourty
             dayes
             terminated
             ,
             they
             employ
             fourty
             more
             in
             erecting
             a
             Piramis
             ,
             made
             sillily
             enough
             of
             earth
             and
             water
             ,
             but
             as
             high
             as
             a
             Tower
             ,
             proportionable
             to
             the
             elevation
             of
             the
             person
             .
             This
             done
             ,
             the
             wife
             of
             the
             deceased
             all
             alone
             ,
             retires
             to
             her
             house
             for
             fourty
             dayes
             more
             ,
             incessantly
             weeping
             for
             her
             husband
             ;
             her
             kindred
             mean
             while
             supplying
             her
             with
             all
             necessaries
             ,
             for
             she
             would
             sooner
             be
             her
             own
             death
             ,
             then
             go
             forth
             to
             demande
             any
             thing
             .
          
           
             During
             these
             six
             score
             dayes
             there
             is
             continual
             treaty
             of
             a
             new
             marriage
             for
             the
             widow
             ,
             
             who
             is
             led
             forth
             in
             a
             delicate
             virgin
             garment
             ,
             accompanied
             with
             other
             delicate
             young
             dames
             ,
             that
             make
             a
             set
             to
             play
             at
             tennis
             ,
             or
             ball
             ,
             made
             of
             a
             spungy
             Ciment
             ,
             
             that
             bounds
             higher
             then
             one
             filled
             with
             wind
             .
             The
             women
             affect
             it
             much
             more
             then
             men
             ,
             and
             use
             this
             game
             to
             get
             them
             husbands
             ,
             by
             their
             agility
             and
             addresse
             .
          
           
             While
             we
             were
             in
             this
             Country
             ,
             there
             was
             one
             ,
             who
             after
             she
             had
             ended
             her
             widow
             Ceremonies
             ,
             was
             found
             dead
             in
             her
             bed
             ,
             
             by
             having
             slept
             upon
             an
             hearb
             ,
             called
             Sapony
             ,
             absolutely
             mortall
             to
             such
             as
             lie
             on
             it
             .
          
           
             The
             Town
             of
             Casubi
             is
             faire
             ,
             great
             ,
             and
             of
             good
             traffick
             .
             
             The
             men
             are
             of
             good
             stature
             ,
             something
             tawny
             ,
             the
             women
             very
             beautiful
             ,
             and
             kind
             ,
             well
             apparelled
             ,
             of
             blith
             and
             jolly
             humour
             ,
             
             their
             garments
             are
             something
             lascivious
             ,
             for
             being
             cut
             ,
             and
             open
             their
             skin
             is
             seen
             ,
             and
             discovered
             ;
             the
             aire
             there
             is
             likewise
             temperare
             enough
             .
          
           
             The
             Town
             is
             environed
             with
             high
             mountains
             ,
             garnished
             with
             pure
             fountains
             ,
             and
             fruit
             of
             all
             sorts
             ,
             chiefly
             quinces
             of
             the
             largest
             size
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             kindly
             of
             any
             other
             part
             of
             the
             east
             ,
             they
             call
             them
             Goncha
             :
             here
             grew
             likewise
             excellent
             grapes
             ,
             
             the
             same
             as
             at
             Aleppo
             ,
             which
             they
             bag
             up
             in
             sacks
             ,
             made
             of
             Coco
             cloth
             ,
             and
             load
             ,
             and
             unload
             upon
             the
             ground
             ,
             as
             they
             were
             nuts
             ,
             without
             hurting
             the
             least
             grain
             ,
             upon
             the
             trees
             there
             is
             abundance
             of
             Manna
             ,
             which
             they
             gather
             diligently
             before
             sun
             rising
             ,
             for
             it
             dissipates
             ,
             and
             vanishes
             so
             soon
             ,
             
             as
             the
             sun
             rayes
             come
             upon
             it
             .
             They
             sell
             it
             very
             cheap
             ,
             though
             it
             is
             very
             purgative
             ;
             I
             remember
             that
             gathering
             some
             once
             of
             a
             tree
             that
             resembles
             our
             salleyes
             ,
             I
             thought
             I
             had
             taken
             Scammony
             .
          
           
             In
             these
             parts
             people
             live
             long
             ,
             
             sometimes
             above
             a
             hundered
             and
             fifty
             yeares
             ,
             and
             they
             who
             retire
             beyond
             the
             Mountain
             live
             yet
             longer
             .
          
           
             The
             Town
             is
             crossed
             with
             the
             great
             river
             Paroget
             ,
             stored
             with
             Merchandizes
             of
             all
             sorts
             ,
             and
             a
             good
             company
             of
             Merchants
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             a
             vast
             space
             incircled
             with
             walls
             ,
             as
             at
             Goa
             ,
             in
             the
             middle
             whereof
             stands
             the
             Pallace
             Royall
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             kept
             a
             great
             market
             ,
             and
             where
             every
             Saturday
             all
             sorts
             of
             Marchandizes
             are
             brought
             ,
             chiefly
             ermyn
             skins
             ,
             
             and
             Martins
             of
             
             three
             kinds
             ,
             very
             exquisite
             .
             The
             mountains
             round
             about
             are
             stocked
             with
             cattle
             and
             venison
             ,
             the
             inhabitants
             being
             great
             hunters
             ,
             and
             given
             to
             nothing
             but
             to
             husband
             their
             land
             ,
             and
             make
             profit
             of
             their
             commodity
             ;
             women
             when
             they
             work
             ,
             wear
             buskins
             ,
             and
             the
             Otoyac
             shooes
             .
             They
             make
             in
             their
             houses
             great
             store
             of
             cloth
             for
             their
             use
             ,
             
             and
             decent
             living
             .
             Likewise
             they
             make
             a
             thousand
             delicates
             ,
             and
             artificers
             of
             Cocos
             ,
             as
             flaskets
             ,
             baskets
             ,
             boxes
             ,
             mats
             of
             diverse
             colours
             ,
             singularly
             wrought
             ,
             this
             fruit
             serving
             them
             for
             meat
             ,
             drink
             ,
             and
             all
             other
             humane
             necessities
             .
          
           
             They
             are
             exceedingly
             addicted
             to
             Idolatry
             ,
             and
             fond
             superstitions
             ,
             testifying
             much
             religion
             and
             devotion
             in
             their
             ceremonies
             ,
             and
             affectionate
             to
             their
             Priests
             ,
             who
             are
             married
             :
             they
             have
             a
             sort
             of
             remarkable
             confession
             ,
             which
             holds
             something
             of
             Christianism
             .
          
           
             Before
             the
             great
             day
             of
             jubily
             ,
             which
             they
             make
             at
             their
             Oyzima
             ,
             
             they
             go
             to
             a
             lake
             to
             wash
             themselves
             ,
             where
             they
             stay
             some
             part
             of
             the
             night
             ,
             then
             wrap
             themselves
             in
             sheets
             of
             cotton
             ,
             they
             call
             Bambou
             ,
             and
             retire
             under
             trees
             ,
             where
             there
             hangs
             abundance
             of
             lights
             .
          
           
             The
             day
             of
             confession
             being
             come
             ,
             they
             go
             to
             their
             Catibe
             ,
             or
             Priest
             ,
             and
             falling
             on
             their
             knees
             ,
             throw
             off
             their
             mantle
             ,
             which
             they
             wear
             on
             the
             bare
             shirt
             ,
             then
             presenting
             some
             small
             matter
             to
             the
             Priest
             ,
             confesse
             their
             sins
             ,
             and
             the
             Priest
             with
             a
             small
             ball
             made
             of
             a
             root
             ,
             beats
             them
             ,
             often
             repeating
             Gazay
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             speak
             ,
             speak
             .
          
           
             Confession
             ended
             ,
             he
             enjoyns
             them
             a
             penance
             ,
             and
             again
             they
             go
             to
             wash
             in
             the
             lake
             ,
             and
             after
             all
             they
             go
             in
             procession
             ,
             
             together
             with
             their
             Idols
             ,
             which
             they
             bear
             along
             likewise
             in
             procession
             :
             when
             they
             have
             gone
             quite
             round
             the
             Town
             ,
             the
             Priests
             cry
             out
             ,
             
               Go
               eat
               in
               the
               name
               of
               our
               God
               ,
            
             and
             his
             peace
             be
             upon
             you
             all
             ,
             then
             kissing
             in
             sign
             of
             peace
             ,
             and
             such
             as
             have
             had
             any
             difference
             ,
             or
             animosity
             betwixt
             them
             ,
             embrace
             and
             kisse
             ,
             weeping
             as
             heartily
             as
             for
             the
             greatest
             matter
             that
             could
             befall
             them
             .
          
           
             
             Whereupon
             their
             friends
             and
             kindred
             come
             to
             comfort
             them
             ,
             telling
             them
             they
             must
             forget
             all
             ;
             so
             as
             thus
             reconciled
             ,
             they
             go
             dine
             together
             ,
             and
             continue
             ever
             after
             perfect
             friends
             .
          
           
             They
             take
             not
             easily
             offence
             one
             of
             another
             ,
             never
             using
             bad
             language
             one
             of
             another
             .
          
           
             These
             Priests
             esteem
             us
             polluted
             people
             ,
             and
             I
             remember
             that
             some
             of
             them
             once
             conferring
             with
             us
             ,
             washed
             their
             garments
             ,
             and
             would
             not
             eat
             of
             the
             meat
             we
             had
             touched
             .
          
           
             All
             the
             people
             are
             much
             addicted
             to
             sciences
             and
             manual
             arts
             .
             
             The
             soyle
             is
             good
             and
             fertile
             ,
             and
             their
             land
             bears
             twice
             a
             year
             as
             their
             sheep
             do
             likewise
             .
          
           
             Being
             there
             we
             came
             acquainted
             with
             a
             Christian
             Merchant
             born
             at
             Aracan
             ,
             expert
             in
             Greek
             ,
             in
             the
             
               Abissine
               ,
               Syriack
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Spanish
             language
             ,
             who
             was
             converted
             at
             Diu.
             He
             took
             much
             satisfaction
             in
             our
             company
             ,
             and
             told
             us
             how
             his
             mother
             was
             an
             Abissine
             ,
             and
             that
             his
             Father
             dying
             young
             she
             bred
             him
             up
             to
             Greek
             and
             Abissine
             ,
             and
             shewed
             me
             a
             Greek
             Author
             he
             ever
             carried
             with
             him
             ,
             where
             he
             met
             with
             many
             worthy
             Histories
             ,
             amongst
             others
             ,
             how
             the
             Christian
             faith
             was
             brought
             into
             the
             Indies
             ,
             and
             particularly
             into
             this
             Countrey
             of
             Casubi
             .
          
           
             That
             St.
             Thomas
             was
             to
             preach
             to
             the
             Parthians
             ,
             and
             at
             Bengala
             ,
             St.
             Matthew
             in
             Ethiope
             ,
             and
             St.
             Bartholomew
             in
             the
             further
             India
             ,
             towards
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             
               Verma
               ,
               Aua
               ,
               Pegu
            
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             .
          
           
             Since
             that
             ,
             about
             three
             hundred
             yeares
             after
             ,
             
             a
             Christian
             Philosopher
             Native
             of
             Tyre
             in
             Phenicia
             ,
             by
             name
             Meropius
             ,
             came
             into
             the
             Indies
             with
             two
             young
             Children
             ,
             his
             Nephews
             ,
             called
             Edesius
             and
             Frumentius
             ,
             out
             of
             curiosity
             onely
             to
             see
             the
             Country
             ,
             at
             the
             example
             of
             another
             Philosopher
             called
             Metrodorus
             ,
             some
             years
             before
             ,
             and
             that
             having
             well
             view'd
             and
             considered
             those
             Countries
             ,
             about
             to
             return
             ,
             his
             vessel
             was
             assaulted
             by
             the
             barbarous
             Idolaters
             ,
             and
             he
             and
             all
             his
             slain
             ,
             except
             the
             two
             young
             youths
             ,
             who
             were
             brought
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Casubi
             ,
             and
             he
             taken
             with
             their
             Gentilesses
             ,
             caused
             them
             to
             be
             brought
             up
             carefully
             ,
             afterwards
             made
             Aedesius
             his
             Cup-bearer
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             Frumentius
             Steward
             of
             his
             houshold
             ,
             whereof
             they
             did
             both
             acquit
             themselves
             very
             worthily
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             Kings
             content
             ,
             who
             loved
             them
             exceedingly
             ,
             as
             also
             the
             Queen
             Arsinda
             and
             her
             onely
             son
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             dying
             ,
             the
             Queen
             became
             Regent
             with
             her
             onely
             son
             ,
             who
             had
             a
             speciall
             favour
             for
             the
             two
             Christians
             ,
             to
             whose
             charge
             the
             King
             had
             committed
             his
             Son
             for
             instruction
             ,
             till
             he
             came
             to
             age
             ;
             wherefore
             the
             Queen
             had
             a
             speciall
             regard
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             they
             behaved
             themselves
             laudably
             in
             their
             office
             ,
             all
             this
             while
             continuing
             in
             the
             right
             Religion
             ,
             reaping
             still
             some
             benefit
             amongst
             such
             Christians
             as
             came
             into
             those
             parts
             ,
             who
             were
             Merchants
             ,
             or
             Roman
             negotiators
             ,
             whom
             they
             ever
             confirmed
             in
             their
             faith
             ,
             and
             by
             permission
             royall
             they
             built
             a
             kind
             of
             Church
             ,
             or
             Oratory
             ,
             to
             meet
             and
             make
             their
             prayers
             in
             .
             Notwithstanding
             wanting
             such
             freedome
             as
             they
             desired
             ,
             and
             inclining
             to
             their
             naturall
             Countrey
             ,
             the
             young
             King
             being
             now
             of
             age
             to
             reign
             ,
             they
             requested
             his
             license
             ,
             and
             whatsoever
             the
             King
             or
             his
             Mother
             could
             say
             to
             disswade
             them
             ,
             they
             could
             not
             prevaile
             ,
             they
             aiming
             to
             
             carry
             neither
             gold
             ,
             silver
             ,
             nor
             other
             wealth
             with
             them
             .
             So
             they
             both
             came
             back
             into
             the
             Roman
             Empire
             ,
             and
             the
             Aedesius
             retired
             to
             Tyre
             ,
             his
             native
             Countrey
             ,
             where
             he
             became
             Priest
             .
          
           
             We
             staid
             some
             time
             at
             Casubi
             ,
             to
             sell
             and
             truch
             our
             Marchandises
             ,
             where
             we
             made
             good
             profit
             ;
             and
             amongst
             other
             things
             of
             some
             safron
             we
             had
             ,
             of
             which
             they
             make
             no
             other
             use
             then
             to
             die
             their
             nailes
             ,
             mingling
             it
             with
             brasill
             ,
             whereby
             they
             make
             a
             dainty
             colour
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             men
             and
             women
             that
             make
             incisions
             in
             their
             Armes
             ,
             with
             a
             pointed
             piece
             of
             wood
             ,
             out
             of
             which
             wood
             they
             get
             fire
             ,
             
             putting
             the
             end
             of
             one
             of
             these
             sticks
             in
             the
             cleft
             of
             another
             ,
             and
             turning
             it
             hard
             about
             till
             smoak
             and
             fire
             come
             .
             In
             these
             incisions
             they
             then
             paint
             what
             they
             list
             in
             severall
             colours
             ,
             and
             ordinarily
             cover
             it
             with
             a
             pole-cat
             skin
             newly
             flawed
             ,
             which
             makes
             the
             colours
             more
             lively
             ,
             without
             ever
             fading
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXXV
             .
             Of
             Macharana
             ,
             the
             hunting
             of
             Tigars
             ,
             and
             other
             wild
             beasts
             ,
             a
             History
             of
             a
             Rhinocerot
             of
             the
             Escuriall
             .
             The
             esteem
             they
             have
             for
             the
             French
             there
             .
          
           
             
             FRom
             Casubi
             we
             took
             our
             way
             towards
             Macharana
             ,
             a
             dayes
             journey
             and
             a
             halfe
             from
             thence
             ,
             which
             I
             may
             reckon
             about
             fifteen
             leagues
             ,
             and
             came
             to
             a
             Village
             entirely
             surrounded
             with
             Palisadoes
             ,
             close
             by
             a
             pleasant
             river
             ,
             wherein
             we
             saw
             diverse
             women
             and
             girles
             bathing
             and
             smimming
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             the
             generall
             custom
             of
             the
             Indies
             ,
             
             where
             the
             women
             are
             as
             expert
             in
             swimming
             as
             the
             men
             ,
             and
             some
             take
             great
             delight
             in
             it
             ,
             so
             as
             to
             be
             more
             proper
             they
             shave
             all
             their
             haire
             ,
             except
             a
             lock
             on
             the
             fore
             part
             of
             their
             head
             .
             The
             women
             of
             this
             Countrey
             have
             all
             very
             black
             hair
             ,
             which
             they
             hold
             for
             a
             great
             beauty
             ,
             with
             a
             white
             plump
             body
             .
          
           
             
             They
             use
             an
             oyle
             called
             Quinzin
             ,
             which
             dyes
             their
             hair
             ,
             and
             makes
             it
             shine
             like
             ebony
             .
             We
             were
             at
             a
             brothers
             house
             ,
             who
             had
             foure
             beautiful
             daughters
             shaved
             in
             this
             manner
             ,
             only
             a
             lock
             on
             the
             fore
             part
             of
             their
             head
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             the
             fashion
             throughout
             the
             Indies
             ,
             though
             in
             some
             parts
             they
             shave
             only
             the
             girles
             of
             eight
             or
             ten
             yeares
             old
             .
             These
             maids
             brought
             us
             certain
             coros
             to
             eat
             with
             them
             ,
             
             called
             Budomel
             ,
             in
             shape
             like
             a
             quince
             ,
             with
             a
             thin
             skin
             upon
             it
             ,
             which
             bruised
             betwixt
             two
             stones
             yields
             
             a
             kind
             of
             musty
             flower
             ;
             but
             laid
             it
             the
             Sun
             ,
             or
             before
             the
             fire
             becomes
             like
             wheaten
             starch
             ,
             boyling
             it
             with
             Cocoes
             of
             Palm
             mingled
             with
             yolks
             of
             egges
             and
             sugar
             ,
             they
             make
             the
             most
             delicate
             dish
             India
             affords
             .
          
           
             Of
             Poultry
             and
             Turkies
             they
             have
             abundance
             ,
             
             as
             of
             white
             and
             gray
             Partridges
             ,
             and
             Pheasants
             ,
             which
             are
             there
             as
             domestical
             as
             Turkies
             :
             Peacocks
             both
             wild
             and
             tame
             of
             no
             great
             price
             :
             their
             money
             except
             the
             royal
             coyn
             is
             all
             tin
             or
             brasse
             .
             
             They
             have
             for
             another
             dainty
             a
             grain
             in
             the
             Islands
             called
             Bindi
             ,
             
             very
             small
             and
             black
             ,
             they
             boyl
             it
             with
             milk
             and
             sugar
             ,
             or
             honey
             drawn
             from
             Palm
             ,
             and
             eat
             it
             upon
             broad
             leaves
             ,
             which
             serve
             but
             for
             once
             :
             they
             invited
             us
             to
             this
             as
             a
             great
             dainty
             .
          
           
             Still
             as
             we
             travelled
             through
             these
             parts
             ,
             
             we
             were
             every
             where
             troubled
             with
             Apes
             and
             Monkeys
             ,
             which
             haunted
             us
             continually
             ,
             and
             whensoever
             we
             rested
             ,
             they
             were
             importunate
             to
             get
             something
             of
             us
             .
             'T
             was
             our
             custom
             in
             the
             fields
             to
             erect
             a
             little
             tent
             of
             cotton
             cloth
             with
             a
             pole
             in
             the
             middle
             ,
             and
             cords
             to
             hold
             it
             ;
             and
             having
             made
             our
             repast
             ,
             we
             went
             to
             rest
             ,
             while
             two
             stood
             Centinel
             to
             see
             that
             our
             horses
             ,
             or
             beasts
             of
             carriage
             strayed
             not
             away
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             a
             kind
             of
             beast
             called
             Azoufa
             ,
             
             which
             haunts
             most
             commonly
             Church-yards
             ,
             to
             scrape
             up
             dead
             bodies
             ,
             and
             feed
             on
             the
             flesh
             ,
             whereof
             they
             are
             very
             ravenous
             .
          
           
             I
             have
             seen
             many
             of
             them
             at
             
               Fez
               ,
               Morocca
            
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             in
             Africa
             ,
             where
             they
             call
             them
             Chicali
             ;
             
             I
             my self
             saw
             them
             one
             day
             pull
             up
             one
             of
             our
             company
             that
             died
             suddenly
             .
             There
             is
             another
             beast
             called
             an
             Ira
             ,
             exceeding
             greedy
             of
             mans
             flesh
             ,
             
             they
             go
             in
             heards
             ,
             and
             if
             they
             meet
             with
             any
             straying
             ,
             they
             will
             devoure
             him
             :
             these
             likewise
             unbury
             the
             dead
             for
             food
             ;
             but
             the
             skins
             of
             these
             have
             an
             odour
             so
             excellent
             ,
             that
             nature
             seems
             to
             have
             given
             it
             them
             ,
             that
             men
             may
             be
             incited
             to
             hunt
             and
             take
             them
             for
             the
             repose
             of
             the
             living
             and
             dead
             .
          
           
             Really
             the
             importunity
             of
             the
             Apes
             is
             great
             and
             troublesome
             ,
             but
             they
             take
             good
             order
             for
             them
             by
             shutting
             them
             out
             of
             the
             high
             wayes
             ,
             as
             every
             one
             hath
             notice
             to
             do
             carefully
             ,
             but
             the
             Azoufa
             and
             Iras
             are
             both
             troublesome
             and
             dangerous
             .
             Throughout
             these
             countries
             there
             are
             abundance
             of
             other
             wild
             and
             sanguinary
             beasts
             ,
             as
             Tygars
             extremely
             fierce
             ,
             
             and
             are
             not
             daunted
             with
             men
             ,
             though
             never
             so
             troop'd
             and
             armed
             .
             They
             are
             as
             big
             as
             small
             Asses
             ,
             and
             go
             night
             and
             day
             in
             great
             heards
             ,
             their
             heads
             are
             like
             the
             Cats
             of
             Suria
             ,
             but
             more
             furious
             ,
             a
             Lions
             paws
             ,
             and
             their
             colour
             white
             ,
             red
             ,
             and
             black
             ,
             and
             very
             shining
             .
             
             The
             skins
             are
             very
             precious
             with
             them
             ,
             because
             from
             
               Persia
               ,
               Indostan
               ,
               Samarcant
            
             and
             China
             ,
             they
             come
             to
             be
             furnished
             here
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             and
             and
             the
             whole
             Court
             make
             a
             great
             businesse
             of
             this
             chase
             ,
             and
             take
             a
             strong
             number
             along
             for
             it
             ,
             
             though
             notwithstanding
             some
             still
             come
             to
             misfortune
             ;
             at
             narrow
             passages
             
             no
             man
             dare
             assault
             them
             ,
             for
             they
             will
             fly
             most
             furiously
             at
             men
             on
             horse-back
             ,
             strangle
             and
             tear
             them
             to
             pieces
             in
             an
             instant
             ,
             and
             in
             another
             instant
             leap
             away
             to
             flight
             so
             swift
             ,
             't
             is
             impossible
             to
             reach
             them
             :
             the
             Kings
             make
             this
             chase
             their
             delight
             and
             glory
             ,
             and
             the
             people
             pray
             for
             him
             for
             destroying
             this
             pernicious
             race
             .
          
           
             
             They
             likewise
             chase
             the
             Elephant
             and
             Rhinocerot
             ,
             beasts
             so
             huge
             and
             robustious
             ,
             there
             needs
             both
             art
             and
             craft
             to
             take
             them
             ;
             for
             the
             Elephant
             which
             they
             call
             Cheses
             and
             Gusier
             ,
             is
             so
             forcible
             and
             impetuous
             ,
             they
             could
             never
             gain
             him
             ,
             but
             by
             means
             of
             a
             female
             ,
             as
             I
             said
             before
             .
          
           
             
             As
             to
             the
             Rhinocerot
             ,
             there
             must
             be
             good
             heed
             taken
             of
             him
             ,
             because
             he
             is
             armed
             from
             head
             to
             foot
             ,
             with
             his
             dark
             gray
             horn
             on
             his
             nose
             ,
             exceeding
             sharp
             ,
             of
             two
             foot
             long
             ,
             his
             scales
             not
             penetrable
             by
             any
             thing
             whatsoever
             ,
             of
             Chesnut
             colour
             :
             if
             they
             can
             lay
             hold
             on
             man
             and
             horse
             ,
             they
             will
             fling
             them
             six
             paces
             from
             them
             .
             At
             the
             Escurial
             in
             Spain
             I
             saw
             one
             that
             was
             brought
             from
             the
             Indies
             ;
             but
             because
             he
             had
             overturned
             a
             Chariot
             full
             of
             Nobility
             ,
             though
             fortunately
             no
             harm
             was
             done
             ,
             the
             King
             commanded
             his
             eyes
             should
             be
             put
             out
             ,
             and
             his
             horn
             cut
             off
             .
          
           
             The
             difficulty
             was
             in
             the
             execution
             ;
             for
             they
             were
             constrained
             to
             put
             him
             in
             a
             close
             place
             to
             bind
             him
             ,
             which
             was
             done
             with
             so
             much
             trouble
             and
             danger
             ,
             that
             nothing
             more
             ;
             for
             he
             wounded
             and
             maimed
             divers
             :
             there
             was
             one
             Casabuena
             ,
             a
             bold
             resolute
             man
             ,
             who
             to
             prevent
             danger
             ,
             put
             an
             armour
             of
             proof
             under
             his
             Cassock
             ,
             the
             beast
             came
             upon
             him
             with
             such
             force
             ,
             that
             he
             threw
             him
             against
             the
             wall
             with
             such
             violence
             ,
             he
             was
             carried
             forth
             for
             dead
             ,
             bleeding
             both
             at
             mouth
             and
             nose
             .
             The
             Duke
             of
             Medina
             advised
             the
             King
             to
             kill
             him
             with
             a
             Musket
             ,
             because
             he
             had
             maimed
             a
             Gentleman
             of
             his
             ,
             one
             
               Cavalier
               Mortel
            
             ,
             but
             the
             King
             would
             not
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             they
             compassed
             their
             ends
             ;
             and
             his
             eyes
             were
             put
             out
             ,
             and
             his
             horn
             cut
             off
             .
             By
             this
             we
             may
             see
             how
             dangerous
             the
             chase
             is
             .
             They
             are
             chiefly
             found
             in
             
               Bengala
               ,
               Patana
            
             ,
             and
             Macharana
             .
          
           
             
             There
             is
             another
             kind
             of
             beast
             like
             to
             our
             Wolf
             ,
             but
             black
             ,
             and
             so
             fierce
             ,
             they
             will
             venture
             on
             a
             man
             armed
             with
             sword
             and
             buckler
             ,
             and
             he
             must
             quit
             himself
             well
             to
             escape
             ;
             the
             skin
             is
             hard
             as
             a
             Bufflers
             .
             The
             Indian
             Kings
             delight
             much
             to
             see
             the
             fury
             of
             this
             beast
             ,
             exercised
             upon
             some
             unfortunate
             criminal
             ,
             and
             't
             is
             lamentable
             to
             see
             how
             they
             will
             tear
             their
             throats
             out
             .
             
             For
             this
             purpose
             I
             remember
             the
             King
             of
             Casubi
             had
             a
             great
             black
             Monkey
             chained
             ,
             who
             armed
             with
             his
             staffe
             ,
             the
             King
             would
             set
             to
             fight
             against
             a
             man
             ;
             such
             as
             came
             without
             arms
             he
             strangled
             :
             but
             he
             met
             at
             last
             with
             an
             Indian
             so
             valiant
             and
             resolute
             ,
             he
             subdued
             him
             ,
             and
             ordered
             him
             so
             handsomely
             ,
             the
             King
             gave
             him
             to
             him
             for
             his
             trophy
             .
          
           
             He
             made
             him
             cleanse
             the
             streets
             ,
             and
             carry
             the
             filth
             out
             of
             
             town
             ,
             and
             when
             he
             muttered
             or
             grumbled
             he
             gave
             him
             the
             cudgel
             soundly
             ;
             so
             as
             he
             got
             his
             Master
             a
             livelyhood
             ,
             who
             was
             a
             poor
             man
             newly
             come
             out
             of
             slavery
             .
             We
             often
             met
             upon
             the
             way
             with
             several
             of
             these
             savage
             beasts
             ,
             but
             we
             never
             met
             with
             any
             so
             safe
             as
             are
             the
             Lyons
             ,
             who
             will
             not
             rise
             at
             the
             approach
             of
             men
             ,
             be
             they
             never
             so
             few
             .
          
           
             They
             seem
             to
             look
             for
             nothing
             from
             passengers
             ,
             but
             if
             they
             are
             sought
             for
             ,
             and
             assaulted
             ,
             they
             defend
             themselves
             in
             a
             furious
             manner
             ,
             and
             are
             light
             and
             strong
             runners
             .
          
           
             One
             day
             as
             we
             went
             from
             Casubi
             ,
             to
             Transiana
             ,
             with
             a
             numerous
             convoy
             of
             all
             nations
             ,
             
               Moores
               ,
               Gentiles
               ,
               Malabates
            
             and
             others
             ,
             because
             there
             is
             no
             other
             travailing
             through
             these
             forests
             ,
             repleat
             with
             such
             beasts
             ,
             and
             every
             water
             and
             river
             swimming
             with
             Crocodiles
             or
             Caymans
             ,
             a
             youth
             who
             waited
             on
             
               de
               la
               Courb
            
             in
             his
             chamber
             ,
             a
             Frenchman
             one
             of
             our
             company
             ,
             of
             a
             daring
             spirit
             ,
             had
             a
             desire
             to
             shoot
             at
             a
             Lyon
             he
             had
             spy'd
             ,
             for
             which
             purpose
             he
             left
             the
             way
             some
             twenty
             paces
             ,
             and
             had
             with
             him
             an
             Indian
             called
             Talmassac
             a
             person
             of
             courage
             likewise
             :
             a
             Bramin
             advised
             them
             as
             soon
             as
             they
             had
             given
             fire
             to
             make
             all
             haste
             with
             the
             best
             speed
             of
             their
             horses
             for
             fear
             of
             mischief
             .
          
           
             The
             Lyon
             lay
             along
             under
             a
             tree
             ,
             and
             though
             he
             received
             two
             shots
             at
             the
             same
             instant
             one
             in
             the
             head
             ,
             the
             other
             in
             the
             left
             shoulder
             ,
             notwithstanding
             finding
             himself
             wounded
             ,
             he
             sprung
             so
             vigorously
             after
             them
             ,
             that
             though
             they
             made
             good
             haste
             ,
             he
             overtook
             one
             of
             them
             in
             going
             two
             hundred
             paces
             ,
             and
             caught
             his
             horse
             by
             the
             Crouper
             ,
             which
             he
             killed
             like
             lightning
             ,
             though
             his
             strength
             was
             spent
             .
             Poor
             Talmassac
             was
             so
             astonied
             with
             a
             blow
             he
             gave
             with
             his
             head
             on
             the
             side
             ,
             that
             he
             fell
             sick
             ,
             and
             we
             were
             fain
             to
             send
             him
             back
             to
             Casubi
             in
             a
             Palanquin
             or
             Litter
             with
             four
             Camalous
             or
             Porters
             ,
             yet
             for
             a
             further
             mischief
             he
             was
             stript
             by
             the
             way
             .
             The
             Naires
             ,
             with
             leave
             of
             the
             hunters
             took
             the
             Lyon
             ,
             and
             presented
             it
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Transiana
             ,
             who
             admired
             his
             growth
             ,
             having
             teeth
             great
             and
             thick
             ,
             as
             a
             pullets
             egge
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             recompensed
             Talmassac
             with
             another
             horse
             in
             lieu
             of
             that
             he
             had
             lost
             ,
             
             which
             was
             looked
             upon
             as
             a
             great
             liberality
             for
             the
             esteem
             they
             make
             of
             horses
             in
             that
             country
             ,
             and
             our
             Frenchman
             had
             a
             gown
             of
             razed
             cloth
             of
             gold
             ,
             and
             the
             King
             caused
             us
             all
             to
             be
             treated
             and
             entertained
             in
             his
             Palace
             ,
             enquiring
             diverse
             things
             of
             
               Sieur
               de
               la
               Courbe
            
             ,
             amongst
             others
             the
             state
             of
             our
             King
             ;
             and
             because
             I
             understood
             something
             of
             the
             country
             language
             ,
             I
             was
             called
             to
             the
             conference
             ,
             and
             I
             know
             not
             if
             he
             were
             pleased
             with
             my
             discourse
             ,
             but
             he
             called
             one
             of
             his
             grooms
             of
             his
             chamber
             to
             bring
             him
             a
             handful
             of
             gold
             ,
             which
             he
             gave
             me
             ,
             telling
             me
             ,
             if
             I
             would
             stay
             with
             him
             ,
             he
             would
             give
             me
             every
             Moon
             as
             much
             ,
             and
             that
             I
             should
             have
             care
             of
             his
             person
             ,
             for
             the
             
               Sieur
               de
               la
               Courbe
            
             had
             intimated
             to
             him
             
             that
             I
             applyed
             my self
             to
             Physick
             .
             I
             made
             him
             an
             humble
             reverence
             and
             acknowledgement
             ,
             saying
             :
             I
             was
             of
             such
             a
             humour
             ,
             I
             should
             never
             serve
             Princes
             for
             their
             money
             ,
             but
             I
             should
             be
             sufficiently
             satisfied
             with
             the
             honour
             to
             be
             near
             his
             Majesty
             :
             
             he
             was
             exceedingly
             pleased
             with
             my
             answer
             ,
             saying
             the
             French
             are
             the
             flower
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             I
             am
             delighted
             with
             your
             conversation
             .
          
           
             Afterwards
             he
             shewed
             us
             two
             Culverins
             given
             him
             by
             a
             Captain
             of
             Diepe
             ,
             well
             wrought
             ,
             and
             upon
             either
             of
             them
             a
             Dragon
             for
             Armes
             .
          
           
             
             The
             
               Sieur
               de
               la
               Courbe
            
             presented
             him
             with
             a
             steel
             sword
             of
             Damis
             ,
             which
             he
             had
             gotten
             in
             the
             Indies
             ,
             a
             thing
             the
             Prince
             highly
             prized
             ,
             and
             instantly
             taking
             a
             ring
             off
             his
             finger
             ,
             with
             three
             rich
             Rubies
             ,
             would
             have
             given
             it
             him
             ,
             but
             the
             Sieur
             would
             not
             receive
             it
             ,
             rendring
             thanks
             ;
             and
             saying
             ,
             't
             were
             a
             great
             indiscretion
             in
             him
             to
             acccept
             of
             such
             a
             rarity
             ,
             that
             was
             worth
             a
             thousand
             times
             more
             then
             his
             present
             ;
             and
             that
             it
             was
             a
             full
             satisfaction
             ,
             and
             ample
             recompence
             ,
             that
             his
             Majesty
             would
             vouchsafe
             to
             accept
             so
             poor
             a
             thing
             ;
             with
             many
             more
             respects
             and
             compliments
             ,
             which
             gained
             the
             Kings
             esteem
             much
             more
             ;
             saying
             ,
             't
             was
             apparent
             there
             was
             something
             of
             great
             amongst
             the
             Christians
             ,
             because
             their
             discourse
             was
             more
             elegant
             and
             polite
             then
             the
             ordinary
             language
             of
             other
             Merchants
             ;
             and
             if
             he
             would
             stay
             at
             Court
             ,
             he
             would
             conferre
             upon
             him
             any
             office
             in
             his
             Palace
             ,
             he
             should
             like
             of
             ,
             and
             would
             tender
             him
             as
             his
             brother
             ;
             the
             Sieur
             rendring
             his
             acknowledgement
             with
             reverence
             and
             submission
             .
             In
             brief
             ,
             we
             were
             obligingly
             treated
             by
             this
             Prince
             ,
             on
             whom
             we
             waited
             to
             chases
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             thing
             truly
             royal
             and
             magnificent
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             country
             there
             is
             another
             kinde
             of
             savage
             beast
             ,
             exceeding
             fierce
             ,
             that
             indifferently
             falls
             on
             all
             things
             come
             before
             her
             .
             She
             hath
             four
             teeth
             that
             cut
             like
             a
             razor
             .
             About
             the
             size
             of
             a
             midling
             oxe
             ,
             a
             head
             like
             a
             Bear
             ,
             and
             a
             taile
             like
             a
             hogge
             .
          
           
             These
             beasts
             are
             naturally
             black
             ,
             they
             hunt
             them
             for
             their
             hydes
             which
             are
             of
             admirable
             strength
             to
             resist
             blows
             :
             the
             flesh
             is
             good
             and
             spends
             like
             Pork
             ,
             though
             it
             be
             something
             red
             .
          
           
             This
             chase
             is
             exceeding
             dangerous
             ,
             and
             some
             alwayes
             perish
             ,
             for
             she
             flyes
             most
             furiously
             on
             the
             first
             that
             attempts
             her
             ,
             and
             failes
             not
             to
             strangle
             him
             ,
             though
             a
             hundred
             should
             come
             to
             his
             rescue
             ,
             if
             they
             kill
             her
             not
             at
             the
             first
             stroake
             .
             She
             is
             exceeding
             licorous
             of
             a
             fruit
             they
             call
             Coeoma
             ,
             which
             is
             of
             excellent
             taste
             ,
             and
             great
             refreshment
             ,
             so
             as
             in
             Summer
             't
             is
             much
             sought
             after
             :
             for
             one
             shall
             no
             sooner
             eat
             of
             it
             ,
             but
             he
             perceives
             an
             entire
             refreshment
             ,
             nay
             a
             chilness
             if
             he
             eat
             a
             quantity
             .
             
             The
             Indians
             make
             hollowes
             in
             great
             trees
             ,
             near
             this
             fruit
             ,
             and
             hide
             themselves
             within
             to
             wait
             for
             this
             beast
             ,
             and
             kill
             her
             ,
             when
             she
             comes
             to
             feed
             :
             but
             when
             she
             findes
             her selfe
             surprized
             ,
             She
             enters
             into
             such
             rage
             ,
             that
             she
             tears
             up
             the
             tree
             for
             spight
             .
             There
             are
             so
             many
             other
             sorts
             of
             savage
             beasts
             ,
             that
             it
             were
             too
             troublesome
             to
             rehearse
             them
             all
             .
             They
             have
             divers
             birds
             of
             delicate
             plumage
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             divers
             works
             ,
             the
             most
             quaint
             and
             lively
             in
             the
             world
             ;
             and
             birds
             so
             great
             ,
             they
             will
             take
             a
             calf
             up
             into
             the
             ayre
             .
             They
             have
             Griffins
             ,
             which
             in
             my
             opinion
             ,
             are
             ,
             no
             other
             then
             that
             they
             call
             a
             Tofon
             ,
             of
             white
             plumage
             ,
             and
             reddish
             under
             the
             belly
             ;
             but
             they
             have
             not
             four
             feet
             ,
             as
             our
             Painters
             draw
             them
             ;
             but
             two
             only
             long
             and
             great
             ,
             as
             likewise
             Tallons
             like
             a
             Falcon
             ,
             but
             large
             ,
             and
             exceeding
             strong
             ;
             the
             beake
             like
             an
             Eagle
             ,
             but
             much
             thicker
             ;
             they
             are
             cruel
             creatures
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             here
             likewise
             those
             we
             call
             the
             birds
             of
             Paradise
             ,
             
             the
             Irico
             :
             they
             cut
             the
             feet
             off
             ,
             and
             sell
             them
             so
             to
             Merchants
             ;
             as
             I
             said
             in
             another
             place
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             abundance
             of
             Turkies
             ;
             and
             wild
             ones
             ,
             that
             go
             in
             flocks
             ,
             as
             Peacocks
             ,
             white
             Partridges
             ,
             and
             other
             birds
             and
             fowles
             of
             divers
             kinds
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXXVI
             .
             Of
             Transiana
             ,
             the
             valour
             of
             their
             women
             .
          
           
             THe
             Town
             of
             Transiana
             ,
             
             which
             is
             likewise
             the
             name
             of
             the
             kingdome
             ,
             lying
             between
             the
             Towns
             of
             Sian
             and
             Tinco
             ,
             is
             the
             last
             in
             subjection
             to
             the
             Empire
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             towards
             the
             North
             ,
             having
             Westward
             the
             Province
             or
             kingdome
             of
             Tazatay
             ,
             Northward
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Carforan
             ,
             South
             Pegu
             ,
             and
             Eastward
             Cauchinchine
             ,
             situate
             upon
             a
             pleasant
             river
             ,
             that
             comes
             from
             the
             lake
             Daracan
             .
          
           
             The
             countrey
             is
             temperate
             enough
             ,
             except
             in
             the
             extreme
             heats
             of
             Summer
             ,
             when
             they
             must
             of
             necessity
             travel
             by
             night
             .
          
           
             Here
             they
             have
             a
             Myne
             of
             Diamonds
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Geay
             ,
             besides
             those
             of
             Gold
             and
             Silver
             in
             abundance
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             purest
             in
             the
             East
             ,
             abundance
             of
             grain
             and
             fruits
             of
             all
             sorts
             ,
             and
             Palm-wine
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Serolle
             .
          
           
             The
             people
             are
             insolent
             and
             proud
             ;
             of
             make
             ,
             and
             fashion
             like
             the
             Persians
             :
             the
             women
             exceeding
             beautiful
             ,
             
             more
             then
             in
             other
             parts
             ;
             but
             something
             lascivious
             ,
             and
             affecting
             the
             coversation
             of
             strangers
             .
          
           
             They
             love
             to
             dance
             to
             the
             musick
             of
             their
             Pan
             ,
             and
             delight
             much
             
             in
             melody
             and
             banquets
             :
             they
             wear
             their
             hair
             at
             length
             in
             knots
             ,
             and
             platted
             with
             silk
             ribbands
             very
             quaintly
             in
             divers
             manners
             ,
             with
             rings
             and
             jewels
             according
             to
             their
             quality
             .
             For
             none
             but
             Princesses
             and
             Ladies
             of
             the
             better
             rank
             may
             wear
             Diamonds
             set
             in
             gold
             ;
             
             rubies
             and
             other
             stones
             are
             for
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             nobility
             whom
             they
             call
             Canubi
             ;
             amongst
             whom
             are
             comprehended
             the
             whole
             Militia
             of
             the
             King.
             For
             the
             vulgar
             they
             wear
             bracelets
             and
             rings
             ,
             of
             silver
             ,
             tin
             ,
             brasse
             ,
             and
             Ivory
             ,
             neatly
             made
             and
             enamel'd
             with
             all
             colours
             ,
             and
             they
             hold
             the
             same
             custom
             I
             have
             observed
             in
             other
             places
             to
             break
             them
             all
             in
             token
             of
             mourning
             at
             the
             death
             of
             their
             kindred
             .
             If
             any
             one
             will
             wear
             jewels
             above
             his
             degree
             ,
             he
             must
             agree
             with
             the
             Kings
             Officers
             ,
             to
             be
             rank'd
             in
             the
             Nobility
             ,
             for
             there
             as
             in
             other
             places
             all
             is
             carried
             by
             money
             .
             The
             women
             affect
             to
             be
             courted
             ,
             wear
             their
             gowns
             slash'd
             like
             the
             French
             ,
             and
             go
             habited
             like
             our
             Europeans
             ,
             quite
             different
             from
             the
             other
             Indians
             .
          
           
             
             Women
             of
             what
             degree
             or
             condition
             soever
             are
             obliged
             to
             nurse
             and
             suckle
             their
             own
             children
             .
             Adultery
             is
             there
             punished
             with
             death
             ,
             for
             which
             cause
             there
             are
             divers
             will
             never
             marry
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             live
             with
             more
             liberty
             :
             for
             maids
             and
             widowes
             are
             subject
             to
             no
             law
             ,
             without
             any
             dishonour
             neverthelesse
             ,
             
             and
             having
             taken
             their
             pleasure
             ,
             they
             may
             marry
             without
             any
             mark
             of
             infamy
             ;
             and
             if
             she
             have
             had
             children
             by
             any
             others
             ,
             each
             Father
             is
             bound
             to
             take
             his
             own
             and
             breed
             it
             .
          
           
             
             When
             the
             King
             goes
             into
             the
             field
             ,
             whether
             to
             chase
             or
             war
             ,
             he
             hath
             a
             Van-guard
             of
             a
             hundred
             women
             ,
             who
             carry
             Crosse-bowes
             ,
             wherein
             they
             will
             shoot
             so
             directly
             ,
             they
             will
             hit
             the
             breadth
             of
             a
             peny
             ,
             they
             call
             them
             Memeytas
             ,
             and
             succeed
             one
             another
             for
             their
             portion
             Royal
             ,
             which
             is
             great
             and
             honourable
             ;
             which
             they
             gain'd
             for
             a
             signal
             service
             they
             performed
             for
             King
             Bugunda
             ,
             great
             Grandfather
             to
             Amaous
             ,
             who
             reigned
             in
             our
             time
             .
             They
             have
             this
             place
             for
             their
             valour
             and
             fidelity
             ,
             and
             are
             excellent
             in
             all
             things
             :
             they
             keep
             slaves
             ,
             and
             may
             wear
             jewels
             as
             the
             nobility
             of
             the
             first
             rank
             .
             They
             attend
             the
             Prince
             in
             his
             wars
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             the
             gallantest
             Cavaliers
             of
             his
             Court
             ,
             and
             they
             are
             more
             welcome
             to
             the
             Prince
             at
             his
             Table
             ,
             then
             any
             other
             ;
             
             esteeming
             them
             for
             their
             magnanimity
             .
             Sometimes
             for
             his
             recreation
             armed
             with
             skins
             of
             beasts
             covered
             with
             scales
             ,
             they
             will
             enter
             the
             Palace
             four
             and
             four
             ,
             and
             present
             the
             King
             with
             a
             civil
             combat
             ,
             with
             sword
             ,
             buckler
             ,
             and
             cask
             of
             wood
             ,
             and
             all
             with
             such
             grace
             ,
             that
             the
             King
             will
             leave
             both
             meat
             and
             drink
             ,
             to
             judge
             of
             the
             blowes
             and
             addresse
             :
             for
             they
             combat
             in
             order
             and
             measure
             ,
             without
             missing
             a
             single
             step
             to
             the
             purpose
             ;
             like
             a
             dance
             well
             consorted
             .
             And
             they
             have
             their
             Masters
             to
             instruct
             them
             in
             the
             use
             of
             all
             sorts
             of
             arms
             ,
             which
             they
             practice
             diligently
             .
          
           
           
             When
             they
             have
             performed
             any
             noble
             act
             of
             dexterity
             ,
             or
             feat
             of
             arms
             ,
             they
             are
             assured
             of
             a
             chain
             of
             gold
             from
             the
             King
             :
             they
             are
             all
             lodg'd
             in
             the
             Kings
             Palace
             .
             There
             was
             one
             that
             performed
             a
             combat
             once
             with
             such
             grace
             ,
             boldnesse
             ,
             and
             dexterity
             ,
             that
             the
             King
             could
             not
             forbear
             ,
             but
             taking
             off
             her
             cask
             upon
             the
             field
             ,
             he
             kissed
             her
             before
             all
             the
             Court
             ,
             and
             put
             about
             her
             neck
             a
             chain
             he
             wore
             himself
             ,
             of
             rubies
             ,
             pierced
             in
             form
             of
             pearls
             ,
             and
             garnished
             at
             the
             ends
             with
             fauset
             diamonds
             of
             inestimable
             value
             :
             opinion
             was
             ,
             that
             after
             the
             King
             had
             so
             blandished
             her
             ,
             and
             given
             her
             such
             a
             gift
             ,
             without
             doubt
             he
             would
             marry
             her
             .
          
           
             She
             was
             indeed
             one
             of
             the
             most
             amiable
             Ladies
             of
             the
             Indies
             ,
             of
             twenty
             years
             age
             ,
             her
             skin
             admirably
             white
             ,
             her
             hair
             dis-shevel'd
             ,
             black
             as
             jet
             ,
             her
             name
             was
             Langir
             ,
             and
             I
             asking
             mine
             host
             who
             the
             maid
             was
             ,
             and
             if
             't
             were
             probable
             the
             King
             would
             marry
             her
             ?
             smiling
             he
             told
             me
             in
             my
             ear
             ,
             't
             was
             surmis'd
             she
             was
             sister
             to
             the
             Prince
             himself
             ,
             so
             passionately
             his
             Father
             Amaycan
             lov'd
             her
             Mother
             Acosrias
             ,
             who
             was
             so
             gallant
             and
             valiant
             ,
             that
             at
             wrastling
             she
             had
             not
             her
             match
             ,
             and
             that
             she
             threw
             all
             the
             strangers
             she
             wrastled
             with
             :
             and
             if
             they
             took
             it
             with
             disdain
             she
             would
             strangle
             them
             in
             the
             place
             :
             she
             was
             a
             Lady
             of
             perfect
             beauty
             ,
             and
             was
             unfortunately
             slain
             by
             a
             Lion
             :
             whereupon
             the
             King
             her
             lover
             was
             violently
             grieved
             ,
             he
             buried
             her
             with
             royall
             obsequies
             ,
             and
             mourned
             with
             solemnity
             a
             long
             time
             ,
             abstaining
             some
             dayes
             from
             eating
             Areca
             or
             Betel
             ,
             being
             shav'd
             ,
             in
             sign
             of
             grief
             and
             sorrow
             .
             In
             his
             huntings
             the
             King
             takes
             great
             pleasure
             to
             see
             these
             women
             shoot
             in
             their
             crosbows
             ,
             whence
             they
             will
             discharge
             three
             arrows
             at
             a
             time
             ,
             with
             such
             celerity
             and
             vigour
             ,
             that
             lighting
             upon
             a
             tree
             they
             strike
             themselves
             so
             deep
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             not
             to
             be
             drawn
             out
             .
             They
             use
             also
             fire-locks
             ,
             and
             other
             arms
             ,
             wherein
             they
             are
             well
             exercised
             .
             These
             women
             are
             not
             at
             liberty
             to
             marry
             without
             the
             Princes
             license
             ,
             who
             allows
             them
             not
             but
             to
             Favourites
             ,
             who
             at
             the
             same
             time
             have
             charge
             or
             office
             at
             Court
             ,
             or
             some
             other
             place
             ,
             for
             they
             never
             displace
             any
             .
             There
             are
             other
             guards
             called
             the
             Viluaires
             ,
             
             who
             bear
             no
             more
             before
             the
             King
             than
             the
             bow
             made
             of
             Indian
             cane
             ,
             or
             Palm-wood
             which
             never
             breaks
             .
             The
             servitors
             and
             domestick
             Officers
             of
             the
             Palace
             are
             called
             the
             Lambri
             ,
             
             who
             are
             for
             carriage
             of
             all
             necessaries
             to
             the
             Palace
             ,
             and
             serve
             likewise
             in
             war
             ,
             being
             honourably
             habited
             ,
             and
             armed
             with
             great
             Indian
             canes
             ,
             which
             they
             know
             how
             to
             manage
             very
             well
             ,
             and
             these
             take
             orders
             from
             the
             King.
             
          
           
             The
             Prince
             is
             very
             powerfull
             both
             in
             Foot
             and
             Horse
             ,
             
             being
             provided
             alwaies
             of
             a
             thousand
             Elephants
             ,
             and
             fifty
             thousand
             Horse
             ,
             which
             are
             lesse
             ,
             but
             stronger
             than
             the
             Persian
             ,
             whereof
             he
             keeps
             divers
             races
             ;
             for
             the
             Country
             hath
             the
             fairest
             and
             most
             fertile
             herbage
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             abounds
             in
             all
             sorts
             of
             commodities
             .
             This
             King
             is
             tributary
             to
             the
             great
             Emperour
             ,
             to
             whom
             he
             
             payes
             yearly
             so
             many
             horses
             ,
             the
             best
             in
             the
             Indies
             ,
             being
             indefatigable
             in
             travaile
             ,
             
             he
             is
             likewise
             exceeding
             carefull
             ,
             and
             breedes
             them
             of
             an
             extraordinary
             manner
             ,
             getting
             Mares
             from
             Persia
             :
             when
             there
             is
             a
             number
             of
             foles
             ,
             of
             foure
             or
             five
             moneths
             old
             ,
             they
             are
             put
             to
             certain
             wild
             cowes
             ,
             that
             are
             expresly
             for
             this
             purpose
             kept
             in
             the
             race
             :
             so
             as
             the
             little
             cowes
             ,
             the
             mares
             ,
             and
             the
             colts
             are
             all
             together
             ;
             then
             taking
             the
             calves
             from
             their
             dams
             ,
             they
             put
             the
             colts
             to
             suck
             them
             :
             This
             course
             continued
             for
             some
             time
             ,
             makes
             them
             more
             strong
             and
             lasting
             then
             can
             be
             imagined
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             observable
             their
             hoofes
             are
             more
             durable
             then
             any
             others
             .
             All
             their
             fault
             is
             ,
             they
             are
             not
             so
             sleet
             as
             the
             Persian
             ,
             which
             horses
             are
             most
             esteemed
             of
             all
             in
             the
             Indies
             ,
             and
             next
             to
             them
             those
             of
             Transiana
             .
             This
             King
             hath
             so
             great
             a
             number
             of
             them
             ,
             they
             render
             him
             formidable
             throughout
             the
             Indies
             ;
             he
             is
             exceeding
             peaceful
             ,
             and
             beloved
             of
             his
             people
             .
             In
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             though
             it
             be
             very
             fertile
             ,
             and
             well
             tilled
             ,
             there
             are
             notwithstanding
             vast
             and
             profound
             forrests
             ,
             stocked
             with
             wilde
             beasts
             ,
             who
             often
             intercept
             the
             passengers
             ,
             and
             devoure
             them
             ;
             as
             Ounces
             ,
             Lions
             ,
             Tigars
             ,
             beares
             ,
             Wolves
             ,
             and
             dangerous
             Boares
             of
             an
             incredible
             size
             .
             The
             King
             hath
             huntsmen
             for
             the
             purpose
             ,
             well
             skill'd
             in
             the
             woodes
             ,
             with
             little
             dogs
             proper
             for
             finding
             out
             the
             beasts
             .
             They
             have
             also
             tame
             Lions
             ,
             and
             Hart-Wolves
             brought
             up
             to
             hunt
             their
             own
             kinde
             ,
             and
             so
             animated
             against
             their
             own
             Species
             ,
             that
             there
             are
             not
             in
             the
             world
             more
             cruell
             enemies
             ,
             as
             man
             hath
             not
             a
             more
             mortall
             foe
             then
             man
             himselfe
             ,
             
             and
             amongst
             men
             Renegado
             Christians
             more
             cruell
             to
             true
             Christians
             then
             the
             other
             Infidels
             .
             These
             Lions
             ,
             wolves
             ,
             and
             other
             beastes
             of
             chase
             are
             taught
             to
             it
             ,
             when
             they
             are
             young
             ,
             and
             trained
             in
             parkes
             to
             hunt
             others
             ,
             till
             they
             are
             at
             growth
             ;
             and
             then
             they
             take
             them
             abroad
             to
             the
             grand
             chase
             ,
             armed
             with
             caps
             and
             pointed
             collars
             ,
             which
             with
             the
             assistance
             of
             the
             hunters
             makes
             them
             more
             dangerous
             ,
             so
             as
             they
             make
             a
             great
             slaughter
             amongst
             the
             other
             beasts
             .
             There
             are
             likewise
             abundance
             of
             harts
             ,
             large
             as
             heifers
             ,
             which
             lie
             in
             the
             fields
             ,
             and
             will
             not
             stir
             for
             a
             passinger
             .
             When
             the
             King
             goes
             into
             the
             Country
             ,
             he
             is
             attended
             with
             a
             thousand
             horse
             at
             least
             ,
             and
             when
             he
             goes
             to
             the
             grand
             chase
             ,
             he
             takes
             along
             abundance
             of
             Pioneers
             ,
             to
             stop
             up
             the
             Avenues
             with
             walls
             of
             clay
             ,
             and
             turf
             ,
             to
             secure
             himselfe
             and
             his
             Court.
             There
             will
             be
             sometimes
             twelve
             or
             fifteen
             thousand
             hunters
             ,
             the
             greater
             part
             Lords
             ,
             Persons
             of
             Quality
             ,
             and
             the
             Kings
             domesticks
             ,
             who
             frequently
             engage
             themselves
             ;
             there
             being
             pleasure
             without
             danger
             .
             Sometimes
             these
             beasts
             come
             in
             such
             heards
             ,
             they
             are
             forced
             to
             open
             for
             their
             passage
             ,
             and
             fall
             upon
             the
             last
             ;
             and
             notwithstanding
             the
             walls
             are
             strong
             and
             high
             ,
             being
             made
             of
             palms
             ,
             and
             earth
             mixt
             with
             brakes
             ,
             there
             are
             beasts
             so
             light
             and
             nimble
             ,
             
             they
             will
             leap
             over
             them
             ;
             and
             before
             the
             souldiers
             ,
             (
             who
             lie
             concealed
             )
             can
             take
             them
             ,
             they
             will
             do
             incredible
             things
             ,
             making
             such
             strange
             assaults
             ,
             and
             such
             havock
             with
             teeth
             
             and
             nailes
             ;
             but
             the
             whole
             Court
             ,
             with
             the
             female
             guard
             ,
             stands
             in
             order
             upon
             the
             curtain
             and
             parapet
             of
             the
             walls
             ,
             to
             attend
             them
             at
             the
             passage
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             a
             great
             slaughter
             .
             But
             after
             this
             tragicall
             danger
             ,
             comes
             a
             comedy
             of
             the
             Marmosets
             ,
             Apes
             ,
             and
             Monkeys
             ,
             and
             others
             of
             that
             kind
             ,
             for
             the
             greater
             part
             unknown
             to
             us
             :
             The
             young
             ones
             will
             be
             there
             so
             fastned
             to
             the
             necks
             of
             their
             dams
             ,
             
             you
             would
             think
             they
             grew
             there
             :
             all
             together
             makes
             a
             very
             pleasant
             prize
             .
             The
             hair
             of
             these
             Apes
             is
             soft
             as
             silk
             ,
             and
             their
             genitories
             violet
             colour
             ,
             or
             pale
             red
             .
             There
             are
             huge
             Munkeyes
             white
             as
             snow
             ,
             that
             make
             a
             thousand
             ridiculous
             faces
             ,
             seeming
             to
             crave
             liberty
             ,
             and
             they
             of
             the
             guard
             that
             know
             their
             humour
             ,
             give
             them
             a
             signe
             to
             climbe
             upon
             a
             tree
             ,
             and
             save
             themselves
             ,
             where
             of
             she
             faile
             not
             ,
             but
             then
             the
             sport
             is
             to
             see
             the
             trees
             covered
             over
             with
             them
             ,
             with
             the
             confused
             chattering
             they
             make
             one
             at
             another
             .
          
           
             For
             wild
             swine
             ,
             wild
             goats
             ,
             harts
             ,
             hindes
             ,
             fallow-Deer
             ,
             and
             Aloroc
             ,
             with
             beasts
             of
             Beasar
             there
             are
             abundance
             ;
             as
             also
             of
             porcupines
             ,
             the
             Country
             yeilding
             such
             plenty
             of
             grain
             ,
             and
             wild
             fruits
             for
             their
             sustenance
             .
             The
             boares
             are
             very
             dangerous
             ,
             panching
             all
             they
             meet
             with
             their
             tushes
             :
             Elephants
             they
             hunt
             but
             seldom
             ,
             being
             forfeit
             of
             life
             to
             kill
             one
             .
             They
             go
             with
             such
             vehemency
             ,
             they
             break
             all
             before
             them
             ;
             and
             when
             by
             subtlety
             they
             are
             once
             enclosed
             ,
             they
             make
             most
             horrible
             cries
             and
             roarings
             ,
             for
             rage
             breaking
             all
             that
             is
             near
             them
             :
             being
             tyred
             ,
             they
             lie
             along
             ,
             and
             thrusting
             their
             trunk
             down
             their
             throat
             ,
             they
             fetch
             up
             a
             loathsom
             water
             ,
             as
             hot
             as
             if
             it
             came
             out
             of
             a
             furnace
             .
          
           
             When
             all
             the
             dangerous
             beasts
             are
             either
             killed
             or
             scaped
             ,
             the
             King
             for
             his
             pleasure
             kills
             the
             boares
             ,
             the
             goats
             ,
             and
             others
             with
             the
             Ront
             ,
             the
             most
             assured
             armes
             ,
             and
             makes
             the
             widest
             wound
             .
             Then
             the
             hunters
             all
             choose
             their
             marke
             ,
             
             taking
             pleasure
             in
             darting
             their
             lances
             ,
             taking
             what
             serves
             for
             provision
             of
             the
             Palace
             ,
             leaving
             the
             rest
             for
             another
             time
             .
             The
             skins
             of
             bears
             ,
             
             ounces
             ,
             lions
             ,
             leopards
             ,
             serve
             to
             Arme
             the
             foot
             and
             horse
             ,
             and
             to
             bard
             the
             horses
             ,
             Elephants
             ,
             and
             other
             beasts
             for
             use
             in
             hunting
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             them
             caps
             ,
             that
             cover
             so
             well
             the
             head
             and
             neck
             ,
             it
             is
             not
             easie
             for
             the
             savage
             beasts
             to
             endanger
             them
             ,
             there
             being
             steel
             piques
             that
             make
             them
             loose
             their
             hold
             ;
             nor
             is
             there
             great
             or
             small
             ,
             who
             hath
             not
             his
             horse
             capped
             with
             these
             skins
             .
             Towns
             and
             Villages
             circumiacent
             to
             the
             hunting
             ,
             come
             with
             a
             thousand
             presents
             and
             rejoycings
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             esteeming
             themselves
             much
             honoured
             to
             have
             any
             share
             of
             the
             prize
             ,
             wherewith
             they
             make
             a
             publik
             feast
             ,
             as
             of
             a
             thing
             sacred
             and
             solemn
             .
             For
             their
             falconry
             and
             hawkes
             ,
             the
             King
             hath
             eagles
             and
             ravens
             ,
             so
             well
             trained
             both
             for
             furr
             and
             feather
             ,
             that
             nothing
             more
             .
             Fishing
             is
             there
             likewise
             much
             practised
             .
             As
             we
             travailed
             through
             the
             Country
             ,
             we
             came
             one
             day
             to
             a
             
             mountain
             of
             extraordinary
             height
             ,
             they
             call
             the
             Culma
             ,
             or
             Columa
             ,
             grown
             over
             with
             all
             sorts
             of
             trees
             ,
             as
             Sendal
             ,
             Danum
             ,
             Ebony
             ,
             Palmes
             of
             all
             sorts
             ,
             and
             others
             .
             All
             the
             ground
             we
             passed
             over
             was
             full
             of
             Rhubarbe
             ,
             
             with
             leaves
             large
             ,
             and
             very
             bitter
             ,
             and
             round
             the
             skirt
             of
             the
             mountain
             Tombes
             orderly
             ranged
             ,
             cut
             in
             the
             rock
             ,
             
             ingenuously
             carved
             .
             Maritime
             windes
             are
             frequent
             there
             which
             the
             Indians
             call
             Sourou
             ,
             and
             other
             windes
             exceeding
             drying
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             the
             Mounsons
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Portuguese
               Abrazador
            
             ,
             which
             consume
             even
             iron
             .
          
           
             These
             mountains
             have
             a
             reasemblance
             of
             the
             Cordilleras
             of
             Peru
             of
             a
             long
             extent
             .
             Amongst
             the
             rest
             there
             is
             one
             mountain
             that
             rain
             never
             falls
             upon
             ,
             by
             reason
             the
             southern
             windes
             which
             continually
             blow
             there
             ,
             force
             back
             the
             cloudes
             ,
             so
             as
             the
             mountain
             is
             exceeding
             barren
             .
          
           
             The
             mountain
             of
             Columa
             being
             fanned
             with
             the
             maritime
             windes
             on
             one
             side
             ,
             preserves
             and
             keepes
             incorruptible
             all
             the
             bodies
             brought
             thither
             .
             The
             other
             side
             towards
             the
             North
             ,
             being
             defended
             by
             the
             heads
             of
             trees
             ,
             enjoyes
             rains
             in
             abundance
             :
             but
             both
             the
             one
             and
             the
             other
             side
             are
             fertilized
             with
             large
             streams
             ,
             that
             nourish
             these
             trees
             of
             excellent
             odour
             .
          
           
             
             When
             they
             will
             bury
             a
             body
             ,
             they
             wash
             it
             ,
             and
             taking
             out
             the
             heart
             and
             bowells
             ,
             they
             burn
             them
             with
             Aromatick
             woods
             ,
             sacrifising
             them
             to
             their
             Duma
             ,
             then
             put
             the
             ashes
             within
             the
             Corpes
             again
             ,
             that
             nothing
             ,
             as
             they
             say
             ,
             may
             be
             wanting
             at
             the
             day
             of
             Resurrection
             .
             For
             this
             purpose
             there
             are
             six
             men
             engaged
             ,
             who
             buy
             their
             offices
             of
             the
             King
             ,
             and
             whosoever
             will
             cut
             a
             Tombe
             there
             ,
             must
             pay
             great
             rates
             to
             the
             King
             :
             Their
             burialls
             are
             so
             considerable
             to
             them
             ,
             that
             so
             soon
             as
             they
             are
             marrried
             they
             provide
             for
             it
             .
          
           
             
             By
             the
             way
             I
             shall
             tell
             you
             they
             are
             much
             inclined
             to
             divorces
             ,
             which
             they
             may
             make
             three
             severall
             times
             ,
             and
             accept
             again
             ,
             but
             not
             the
             fourth
             time
             ;
             for
             he
             must
             stay
             till
             the
             wife
             be
             married
             to
             another
             ,
             and
             after
             divorce
             she
             may
             marry
             with
             her
             first
             husband
             ,
             and
             the
             children
             stay
             with
             the
             father
             .
          
           
             As
             to
             the
             dead
             bodies
             ,
             they
             who
             order
             them
             ,
             cleanse
             them
             exceeding
             carefully
             ,
             putting
             within
             them
             a
             perfume
             like
             Mastick
             ,
             then
             the
             ashes
             put
             in
             again
             ,
             as
             I
             told
             you
             ;
             the
             Nubis
             ,
             
             or
             Priests
             in
             their
             Ceremonies
             recommends
             them
             to
             their
             God
             ,
             with
             severall
             prayers
             ,
             and
             having
             dined
             with
             their
             kindered
             ,
             six
             women
             approach
             the
             corps
             ,
             with
             loud
             cries
             and
             lamentations
             ,
             which
             last
             till
             evening
             ,
             meanwhile
             six
             sworne
             men
             put
             the
             body
             in
             a
             sheet
             of
             Chantli
             ,
             or
             cotton
             ,
             the
             better
             sort
             have
             Taffeta
             ,
             with
             cotton
             under
             or
             over
             ,
             so
             disposing
             the
             hands
             ,
             that
             one
             lies
             on
             the
             eare
             ,
             the
             other
             stretched
             down
             by
             the
             thigh
             .
          
           
             Then
             having
             watched
             by
             it
             all
             night
             ,
             they
             restore
             it
             to
             the
             kindred
             ,
             to
             be
             laid
             in
             a
             coffin
             ,
             and
             thence
             to
             be
             borne
             
             to
             a
             Tomb
             at
             the
             foot
             of
             the
             mountain
             ,
             where
             they
             remain
             incorruptible
             ,
             as
             well
             by
             reason
             of
             these
             drying
             winds
             ,
             as
             a
             composition
             they
             apply
             .
             There
             are
             abundance
             of
             them
             in
             this
             place
             ,
             and
             if
             any
             through
             fatnesse
             ,
             which
             causes
             humidity
             ,
             and
             by
             consequence
             putrefaction
             ,
             chance
             to
             be
             consumed
             by
             worms
             ,
             they
             hold
             the
             soule
             that
             left
             this
             body
             lost
             ,
             and
             condemned
             to
             darknesse
             amongst
             the
             Devils
             .
             When
             they
             bear
             the
             body
             to
             the
             Tomb
             they
             go
             all
             bare-headed
             ,
             and
             the
             women
             their
             hair
             dischevelled
             ,
             weeping
             and
             lamenting
             ,
             but
             wear
             no
             sort
             of
             mourning
             ,
             onely
             their
             nearest
             kindred
             will
             be
             shaved
             ,
             and
             abstain
             from
             eating
             Betel
             .
             In
             this
             Mountain
             there
             are
             intire
             dryed
             bodies
             ,
             which
             they
             say
             are
             of
             seven
             or
             eight
             hundred
             years
             ,
             
             and
             this
             is
             the
             right
             Mummy
             brought
             into
             severall
             parts
             of
             the
             world
             ;
             For
             that
             Mummy
             that
             is
             taken
             out
             of
             the
             sands
             is
             a
             meer
             fable
             ,
             since
             there
             is
             nothing
             but
             bones
             to
             be
             found
             there
             ,
             the
             rest
             being
             eaten
             by
             the
             worms
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXXVII
             .
             Of
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Tazatay
             ,
             and
             the
             Philosophy
             of
             the
             Indians
             .
          
           
             WEst
             of
             Transiana
             lies
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Tazatay
             ,
             or
             Tasatail
             ,
             otherwise
             called
             the
             red
             kingdom
             ,
             or
             the
             land
             of
             Liarrean
             ,
             or
             Hiarcan
             ,
             and
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             the
             Sun
             ,
             for
             the
             severall
             apparitions
             the
             Sun
             makes
             there
             during
             his
             twenty
             four
             hours
             course
             ,
             as
             they
             say
             .
             While
             we
             were
             in
             Transiana
             ,
             a
             Country
             appertaining
             to
             the
             Empire
             of
             Pegu
             ,
             hearing
             speech
             of
             Tazatay
             ,
             and
             the
             wonders
             of
             a
             Mountain
             there
             ,
             I
             prevailed
             with
             my
             companion
             to
             go
             thither
             ,
             so
             with
             an
             Interpreter
             two
             small
             Elephants
             ,
             and
             two
             Hacambals
             or
             Camels
             ,
             we
             parted
             thence
             ,
             leaving
             all
             our
             goods
             and
             Merchandizes
             with
             our
             Host
             ,
             having
             registred
             them
             in
             the
             
               Casa
               de
               la
               contration
            
             ,
             
             in
             the
             Indies
             thoroughout
             there
             being
             such
             order
             that
             a
             Merchant
             can
             loose
             nothing
             ,
             though
             he
             should
             dye
             ,
             all
             being
             faithfully
             kept
             and
             restored
             to
             his
             heirs
             ,
             paying
             onely
             the
             dues
             of
             custome
             and
             impost
             .
          
           
             After
             three
             dayes
             travaile
             we
             came
             on
             the
             top
             of
             a
             mountain
             ,
             where
             there
             was
             a
             small
             Town
             called
             Brasifir
             ,
             here
             we
             had
             convenient
             accommodation
             that
             night
             ;
             in
             the
             morning
             going
             down
             we
             crossed
             a
             River
             ,
             and
             came
             to
             the
             other
             great
             Mountain
             we
             so
             much
             desired
             to
             see
             ,
             
             that
             appeared
             exceeding
             high
             and
             arduous
             :
             neverthelesse
             having
             ascended
             
             about
             two
             good
             leagues
             we
             met
             a
             man
             mounted
             on
             a
             Dromedary
             coming
             down
             the
             Mountain
             ,
             and
             asking
             him
             if
             we
             had
             far
             to
             the
             next
             habitation
             ,
             he
             answered
             we
             had
             but
             the
             tenth
             part
             of
             one
             Sun
             ,
             as
             through
             the
             Indies
             they
             count
             Suns
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             by
             dayes
             journies
             .
             Then
             travailing
             about
             an
             hour
             ,
             we
             came
             to
             Tambo
             ,
             and
             alighting
             from
             our
             beasts
             that
             were
             all
             in
             a
             water
             for
             the
             difficult
             travaile
             ,
             we
             found
             there
             plenty
             of
             provision
             for
             our
             refreshment
             .
             There
             was
             a
             good
             old
             man
             and
             his
             wife
             that
             gave
             us
             freely
             what
             they
             had
             ,
             
             and
             amongst
             other
             things
             Areca
             ,
             the
             best
             methought
             I
             ever
             drunk
             .
          
           
             At
             the
             same
             time
             there
             arrived
             a
             man
             we
             took
             by
             his
             carriage
             to
             be
             a
             fool
             ,
             he
             sate
             down
             with
             us
             at
             table
             ,
             neverthelesse
             would
             eat
             nothing
             but
             what
             we
             entreated
             him
             to
             ,
             and
             while
             we
             were
             at
             meat
             he
             told
             us
             severall
             stories
             answerable
             to
             the
             opinion
             we
             had
             of
             him
             .
             Our
             Host
             asked
             us
             if
             we
             would
             not
             go
             see
             the
             Lord
             of
             the
             place
             at
             his
             Chabacaran
             ,
             or
             Palace
             :
             to
             which
             we
             agreed
             ,
             and
             went
             this
             visit
             on
             foot
             ,
             for
             't
             was
             on
             the
             top
             of
             the
             next
             mountain
             ,
             not
             far
             off
             .
          
           
             
             Being
             arrived
             we
             went
             to
             make
             our
             respects
             to
             him
             ,
             and
             he
             returned
             us
             great
             civilities
             ,
             and
             discoursing
             of
             our
             voyage
             ,
             he
             told
             us
             't
             was
             truth
             ,
             that
             at
             the
             top
             of
             the
             Mountain
             the
             Sun
             rose
             three
             severall
             times
             in
             four
             and
             twenty
             hours
             ,
             as
             we
             might
             easily
             perceive
             if
             we
             ascended
             :
             whereupon
             out
             of
             curiositie
             I
             requested
             my
             companion
             we
             might
             go
             thither
             early
             in
             the
             morning
             ,
             and
             hereupon
             I
             asked
             the
             Lord
             being
             there
             two
             houres
             before
             day
             ,
             if
             I
             should
             see
             the
             rayes
             of
             the
             Sun
             ;
             he
             told
             me
             for
             this
             purpose
             I
             must
             be
             on
             the
             top
             of
             the
             Mountain
             upon
             a
             structure
             we
             saw
             some
             two
             leagues
             and
             a
             half
             above
             us
             in
             a
             bending
             of
             the
             Mountain
             ,
             and
             that
             below
             ,
             where
             his
             Castle
             stood
             ,
             it
             was
             not
             seen
             but
             twice
             a
             year
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             once
             three
             houres
             before
             day
             ,
             and
             another
             time
             an
             hour
             and
             a
             quarter
             before
             Sun
             rising
             :
             and
             seeking
             to
             be
             informed
             by
             the
             most
             ancient
             Inhabitants
             ,
             they
             all
             told
             me
             the
             same
             thing
             .
          
           
             But
             I
             found
             my
             companion
             so
             incredulous
             of
             this
             matter
             ,
             as
             he
             had
             reason
             ,
             that
             we
             desisted
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             morrow
             took
             the
             way
             to
             return
             whence
             we
             came
             :
             and
             since
             ,
             meeting
             with
             a
             Gentleman
             of
             great
             curiositie
             ,
             he
             told
             me
             he
             had
             been
             in
             a
             Countrey
             beyond
             Swedeland
             ,
             where
             for
             four
             moneths
             together
             the
             Sun
             continually
             appeared
             ,
             which
             must
             needs
             be
             in
             Lapland
             ,
             
             in
             seventy
             eight
             degrees
             ,
             from
             May
             to
             August
             .
             And
             a
             Merchant
             of
             Sabooram
             assured
             me
             that
             in
             his
             Countrey
             the
             longest
             dayes
             were
             one
             and
             twenty
             hours
             of
             Sun
             ,
             
             with
             little
             or
             no
             night
             ,
             which
             is
             in
             about
             sixty
             four
             or
             sixty
             five
             degrees
             .
          
           
           
             Hereupon
             I
             will
             say
             something
             of
             the
             Astronomy
             used
             amongst
             these
             East
             Indians
             ;
             their
             opinion
             is
             ,
             the
             earth
             is
             not
             round
             but
             flat
             ,
             
             and
             that
             there
             are
             not
             ,
             nor
             can
             be
             Antipodes
             ,
             else
             say
             they
             ,
             there
             must
             be
             two
             suns
             ,
             one
             to
             lighten
             us
             ,
             the
             other
             them
             ;
             that
             there
             is
             but
             one
             Hemisphere
             for
             the
             Sun
             and
             Moon
             to
             move
             in
             ;
             that
             the
             sun
             is
             not
             of
             the
             bignesse
             we
             make
             it
             ,
             nor
             so
             great
             as
             the
             earth
             ,
             whereof
             it
             is
             but
             the
             sixtieth
             part
             ,
             that
             the
             Sun
             never
             leaves
             our
             Hemisphere
             ,
             no
             not
             by
             night
             ;
             but
             then
             conceales
             himselfe
             behind
             certain
             Mountains
             .
             That
             't
             were
             a
             great
             folly
             to
             say
             the
             earth
             were
             higher
             then
             the
             heavens
             ,
             which
             notwithstanding
             must
             needs
             be
             ,
             if
             we
             allow
             Antipodes
             .
             That
             the
             Poles
             held
             immovable
             are
             not
             so
             ,
             but
             that
             these
             two
             starres
             turn
             within
             two
             degrees
             round
             the
             Pole.
             That
             't
             is
             an
             errour
             the
             Sun
             should
             by
             night
             go
             hide
             himself
             under
             us
             :
             that
             the
             two
             Poles
             are
             not
             diametrically
             opposite
             ,
             since
             ,
             as
             they
             say
             ,
             they
             may
             be
             seen
             at
             the
             same
             time
             ,
             upon
             sea
             and
             land
             ,
             though
             very
             low
             neverthelesse
             .
             That
             if
             there
             were
             Antipodes
             ,
             that
             must
             be
             the
             bottom
             of
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             all
             rivers
             would
             naturally
             run
             thither
             ,
             contrary
             to
             experience
             ,
             and
             a
             thousand
             other
             opinions
             as
             strange
             ,
             as
             absurd
             ,
             for
             want
             of
             knowledge
             in
             the
             spheare
             and
             Astronomy
             :
          
           
             So
             they
             laugh
             as
             at
             a
             thing
             childish
             and
             fabulous
             ,
             at
             the
             opinion
             of
             the
             Ancients
             and
             Moderns
             on
             this
             side
             ,
             of
             the
             rotundity
             of
             the
             earth
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             the
             Ubiquitary
             habitation
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Sun
             turns
             quite
             round
             from
             East
             to
             West
             .
             They
             hold
             for
             certain
             ,
             that
             the
             Sunne
             rises
             in
             all
             other
             points
             ,
             as
             they
             observe
             in
             Tazatay
             where
             they
             imagine
             it
             to
             rise
             as
             't
             were
             North
             ,
             and
             North-West
             .
             They
             think
             to
             prove
             their
             phantastical
             imaginations
             ,
             when
             they
             describe
             the
             Iliaca
             ,
             a
             bright
             starre
             in
             the
             West
             ,
             
             and
             opposite
             to
             that
             Biliaca
             ,
             which
             appears
             beyond
             the
             Line
             ;
             and
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             shepheards
             fear
             so
             much
             ,
             
             by
             the
             Persians
             called
             Zobona
             ,
             so
             mortiferous
             to
             cattle
             ;
             for
             which
             cause
             they
             house
             them
             while
             that
             starre
             raignes
             ,
             and
             the
             better
             to
             preserve
             them
             ,
             they
             make
             them
             turn
             tayle
             to
             the
             starre
             ,
             for
             if
             they
             face
             it
             ,
             it
             makes
             them
             languish
             ,
             and
             dye
             in
             the
             end
             .
          
           
             They
             say
             that
             these
             two
             opposite
             starres
             may
             be
             seen
             in
             a
             Line
             at
             the
             same
             time
             through
             a
             trunck
             ,
             and
             that
             each
             moves
             about
             his
             Pole
             in
             twenty
             four
             houres
             ,
             but
             that
             these
             are
             not
             the
             same
             ,
             as
             the
             North
             ,
             and
             the
             Crusero
             .
          
           
             The
             North
             being
             no
             more
             distant
             from
             the
             Pole
             then
             two
             degrees
             and
             a
             quarter
             ,
             and
             one
             of
             the
             other
             two
             ,
             a
             degree
             and
             a
             half
             onely
             .
          
           
             And
             whereas
             the
             ancients
             observed
             onely
             two
             Poles
             ,
             each
             in
             his
             Hemisphere
             ,
             they
             make
             six
             Poles
             in
             the
             same
             Hemispheare
             ,
             
             which
             are
             Casara
             ,
             
             the
             pole
             of
             the
             World
             ,
             that
             of
             the
             Zodiack
             ,
             the
             Artick
             ,
             and
             Antartick
             ,
             and
             these
             two
             starrs
             ,
             and
             a
             thousand
             other
             fancies
             as
             incomprehensible
             ,
             as
             they
             are
             farr
             from
             the
             sence
             of
             reason
             and
             experience
             ,
             And
             that
             which
             confirmes
             them
             in
             their
             errors
             ,
             is
             ,
             that
             they
             can
             discerne
             the
             two
             polar
             starrs
             from
             the
             same
             place
             ,
             as
             in
             Japaca
             ,
             seven
             degrees
             beyond
             the
             Line
             in
             Java
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             in
             Sumatra
             ,
             and
             other
             parts
             ,
             and
             accordingly
             in
             travell
             ,
             they
             make
             a
             strange
             calculation
             of
             the
             distances
             of
             places
             .
          
           
             They
             jeer
             likewise
             at
             the
             frame
             of
             our
             spheare
             ,
             and
             the
             division
             of
             the
             Zodiack
             into
             twelve
             signes
             ;
             some
             to
             the
             North
             ,
             some
             to
             the
             South
             ,
             and
             understand
             not
             this
             but
             after
             their
             own
             way
             .
          
           
             
             They
             call
             the
             Zodiack
             Cazatoni
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             Significator
             .
             The
             signes
             they
             call
             
               Ant
               ,
               Ronia
               ,
               Amiessem
               ,
               Emisen
               ,
               Courpsa
               ,
               Cheoser
               ,
               Irat
               ,
               Metrias
               ,
               Escorgat
               ,
               Tamasee
               ,
               Besir
               ,
               Bizihir
               ,
               Azourac
               ,
               Persan
               ,
            
             the
             highest
             spheare
             
               Birquen
               ,
               Emine
            
             ,
             the
             Ecliptick
             Zoberna
             ,
             that
             is
             obscurity
             ,
             because
             Ecclipses
             proceed
             thence
             .
             That
             the
             Zodiack
             is
             an
             oblike
             circle
             ,
             and
             that
             from
             thence
             and
             the
             Region
             of
             fire
             ,
             the
             Sun
             takes
             his
             course
             ,
             and
             thence
             makes
             generation
             of
             all
             inferiour
             things
             .
             Like
             some
             of
             the
             ancients
             ,
             likewise
             they
             hold
             that
             the
             Heaven
             stands
             like
             a
             vault
             over
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             floates
             ,
             and
             swimmes
             upon
             the
             waters
             .
          
           
             
             In
             breife
             ,
             I
             shewed
             them
             the
             work
             of
             
               Paul
               Rao
            
             the
             Italian
             ,
             who
             speakes
             of
             all
             this
             Astronomy
             of
             the
             Ancients
             ,
             which
             supposes
             the
             Equinoctiall
             divides
             the
             Zodiack
             in
             two
             parts
             ,
             South
             and
             North
             ,
             at
             which
             they
             scoffed
             ,
             and
             grew
             cholerick
             ,
             saying
             ,
             so
             base
             a
             book
             was
             fit
             for
             the
             fire
             ,
             that
             held
             nothing
             but
             errors
             ,
             and
             wondered
             our
             Prince
             would
             suffer
             such
             frauds
             and
             impostures
             ,
             as
             they
             called
             them
             ,
             to
             be
             published
             in
             his
             Dominions
             ;
             they
             believing
             as
             well
             the
             lands
             inhabited
             from
             East
             to
             West
             ,
             as
             from
             South
             to
             North
             ,
             are
             in
             view
             of
             the
             pole
             Artick
             ,
             and
             that
             it
             is
             false
             there
             should
             be
             any
             part
             of
             India
             under
             the
             Antartick
             ,
             since
             ,
             as
             they
             think
             ,
             they
             have
             the
             North
             as
             much
             elevated
             as
             we
             in
             Europe
             ,
             and
             many
             extravagancies
             hereupon
             ,
             which
             I
             leave
             to
             be
             argued
             ,
             and
             confuted
             by
             the
             learned
             in
             Astronomy
             and
             Cosmography
             .
          
           
             Hearkning
             to
             these
             Indian
             opinions
             ,
             I
             have
             been
             told
             ,
             that
             the
             Chineses
             ,
             
             that
             speculative
             Nation
             ,
             hold
             the
             Heavens
             to
             be
             round
             ,
             but
             the
             Earth
             square
             ,
             and
             the
             Empire
             of
             China
             stands
             punctually
             in
             the
             middle
             ,
             as
             being
             the
             excellence
             and
             Principality
             of
             the
             World
             ,
             other
             parts
             being
             but
             as
             the
             skirts
             and
             accessaries
             ,
             so
             as
             they
             were
             a
             little
             cholerick
             when
             they
             saw
             our
             cards
             designe
             their
             Countrey
             in
             the
             extremity
             of
             the
             East
             ,
             as
             an
             indignity
             to
             the
             Grandeur
             ,
             and
             Majesty
             
             of
             their
             Country
             and
             King
             ,
             whom
             they
             call
             the
             sonne
             of
             the
             sun
             .
          
           
             And
             truly
             these
             poore
             Indians
             wanting
             the
             knowledg
             of
             sciences
             and
             experience
             ,
             
             are
             not
             so
             much
             to
             be
             blamed
             for
             their
             opinions
             ,
             since
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             sage
             and
             learned
             Greece
             ,
             there
             were
             of
             the
             ancient
             Philosophers
             that
             maintained
             almost
             the
             same
             ;
             that
             the
             earth
             was
             not
             round
             ,
             but
             some
             as
             Lucipus
             ,
             that
             it
             was
             like
             a
             drum
             ,
             others
             ,
             that
             it
             was
             hollow
             like
             a
             barke
             ,
             as
             Heraelitus
             ,
             others
             like
             a
             Cilinder
             ,
             or
             Roler
             ,
             as
             Anaximandrus
             ,
             and
             Democritus
             ;
             others
             that
             it
             was
             absolutely
             flat
             ,
             as
             Empodocles
             and
             Anaximines
             :
             some
             have
             wandered
             as
             far
             as
             this
             Paradox
             ,
             to
             release
             it
             from
             the
             center
             ,
             
             and
             make
             it
             run
             in
             the
             heavens
             ,
             about
             the
             immovable
             sun
             ,
             which
             with
             no
             less
             extravagancy
             hath
             been
             renewed
             in
             our
             times
             .
             But
             for
             the
             Antipodes
             ,
             they
             who
             held
             the
             rotundity
             of
             the
             earth
             ,
             allowed
             them
             not
             for
             all
             that
             ,
             holding
             those
             parts
             inhabitable
             ,
             either
             for
             being
             covered
             with
             innavigable
             seas
             ,
             or
             for
             the
             insupportable
             heats
             of
             the
             Torrid
             Zone
             :
             even
             some
             of
             the
             ancient
             fathers
             have
             for
             other
             considerations
             been
             taken
             with
             this
             opinion
             ,
             as
             Lactantius
             ,
             St.
             Augustine
             ,
             and
             others
             ,
             
             and
             they
             say
             a
             learned
             Germane
             Bishop
             was
             accused
             of
             Heresie
             ,
             for
             maintaining
             there
             was
             Antipodes
             .
          
           
             But
             besides
             the
             reasons
             of
             science
             ,
             experience
             of
             Navigation
             ,
             and
             modern
             voyages
             shewes
             sufficiently
             the
             truth
             of
             this
             matter
             ,
             whereof
             I
             leave
             the
             large
             discourse
             to
             the
             more
             learned
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXXVII
             .
             Of
             Tartary
             ,
             Frightfull
             deserts
             ,
             fierce
             dogs
             ,
             a
             strange
             History
             of
             two
             lovers
             ,
             the
             Empire
             of
             the
             Tartars
             ,
             and
             their
             Religion
             .
          
           
             OF
             Grand
             Tartary
             ,
             which
             lies
             on
             the
             North
             of
             all
             the
             Provinces
             I
             have
             spoken
             of
             ,
             I
             know
             nothing
             but
             by
             the
             relation
             I
             received
             in
             these
             parts
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             Memorialls
             of
             a
             certain
             Hollander
             ,
             who
             was
             at
             Pegu.
             The
             Inhabitants
             of
             these
             Countreys
             then
             tould
             me
             ,
             that
             beyond
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             
               Tazatay
               ,
               Mandranella
               ,
               Transiana
            
             ,
             and
             Casubi
             ,
             towards
             the
             North
             ,
             are
             vast
             solitudes
             ,
             and
             sandy
             deserts
             ,
             
             which
             you
             must
             travell
             for
             many
             dayes
             ,
             before
             you
             can
             arrive
             at
             a
             Kingdom
             called
             Sinabo
             ,
             which
             at
             one
             end
             ,
             towards
             the
             East
             confines
             with
             Cochinchina
             ,
             subject
             to
             the
             great
             King
             of
             Tabin
             or
             China
             .
          
           
           
             To
             passe
             these
             vast
             sands
             ,
             there
             must
             be
             made
             good
             provision
             of
             victualls
             ,
             water
             ,
             and
             beast
             ;
             for
             as
             a
             Merchant
             of
             Drogomania
             told
             me
             ,
             
             a
             Country
             confining
             Eastward
             upon
             these
             Kingdomes
             ,
             the
             deserts
             of
             Arabia
             are
             little
             in
             comparison
             to
             them
             :
             and
             when
             I
             told
             him
             the
             fourty
             tedious
             days
             it
             cost
             us
             ,
             betwixt
             Suria
             and
             Medina
             ,
             through
             the
             deserts
             of
             Arabia
             ,
             he
             answered
             ,
             this
             was
             nothing
             in
             respect
             ,
             since
             by
             the
             help
             of
             guides
             they
             might
             here
             and
             there
             find
             a
             well
             ,
             whereas
             in
             the
             deserts
             of
             Asia
             ,
             in
             two
             and
             twenty
             dayes
             journey
             together
             ,
             nothing
             was
             to
             be
             found
             but
             sand
             ,
             and
             that
             one
             day
             as
             he
             travailed
             along
             with
             the
             convoy
             ,
             by
             misfortune
             one
             of
             the
             jarrs
             of
             water
             broke
             ,
             which
             was
             a
             great
             mischiefe
             to
             them
             ,
             and
             a
             very
             important
             losse
             ,
             being
             forced
             for
             want
             of
             it
             to
             kill
             one
             of
             their
             Camells
             ,
             to
             drink
             the
             loathsome
             water
             within
             him
             ,
             and
             eat
             his
             flesh
             .
          
           
             He
             told
             me
             then
             for
             more
             commodious
             passage
             ,
             above
             all
             things
             it
             was
             necessary
             to
             provide
             good
             beasts
             ,
             and
             chiefly
             Persian
             Asses
             ,
             
             the
             best
             beast
             the
             world
             affords
             for
             carriage
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             proper
             for
             those
             wayes
             ,
             and
             are
             worth
             as
             much
             as
             a
             good
             horse
             .
          
           
             That
             after
             these
             sands
             they
             came
             to
             huge
             Mountains
             ,
             absolutely
             barren
             ,
             which
             in
             my
             opinion
             must
             needs
             be
             mineralls
             ,
             but
             they
             try
             them
             not
             ,
             they
             are
             so
             far
             distant
             ,
             and
             the
             way
             so
             troublesom
             .
          
           
             I
             observed
             in
             my
             East
             and
             Western
             voyages
             ,
             that
             where
             the
             Mines
             of
             gold
             ,
             silver
             ,
             and
             precious
             stones
             ,
             where
             the
             Mountains
             were
             ordinarily
             barren
             ,
             having
             nothing
             growing
             about
             them
             ,
             as
             they
             observe
             of
             the
             Calanfour
             ,
             or
             clove
             ,
             which
             suffers
             no
             plant
             near
             it
             .
          
           
             The
             Merchant
             observed
             likewise
             ,
             that
             in
             these
             Mountains
             ,
             which
             must
             be
             those
             the
             Ancients
             called
             Juac
             ,
             dividing
             high
             and
             low
             Asia
             ;
             there
             are
             abundance
             of
             serpents
             of
             prodigious
             bignesse
             ,
             
             but
             are
             more
             advantage
             then
             damage
             to
             them
             ;
             for
             being
             free
             from
             venom
             ,
             and
             of
             an
             excellent
             substance
             and
             nourishment
             ,
             they
             eat
             there
             nothing
             else
             .
             As
             I
             remember
             I
             saw
             in
             the
             Mountains
             of
             Syr
             ,
             in
             Africa
             .
          
           
             For
             ,
             passing
             these
             Mountains
             ,
             and
             lodging
             with
             the
             Arabians
             under
             their
             tents
             ,
             't
             was
             our
             admiration
             to
             see
             huge
             serpents
             play
             with
             children
             ,
             who
             would
             give
             them
             morsells
             of
             bread
             .
          
           
             But
             to
             return
             to
             our
             Tartarian
             Merchant
             ,
             he
             told
             me
             ,
             that
             having
             passed
             this
             Mountainous
             Country
             ,
             they
             came
             to
             another
             desert
             ,
             of
             twenty
             dayes
             over
             ,
             void
             of
             all
             food
             ,
             where
             he
             was
             constrained
             to
             stray
             a
             good
             dayes
             journey
             to
             hunt
             for
             water
             ,
             and
             other
             commodities
             ,
             and
             this
             too
             with
             weapon
             in
             hand
             ,
             because
             there
             lives
             a
             certain
             Horde
             or
             nation
             of
             
             Shepherds
             or
             
               Tartars
               Nomades
            
             ,
             who
             keep
             huge
             Mastifes
             ,
             
             the
             most
             fierce
             and
             bloody
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             which
             indeed
             have
             more
             of
             the
             wolf
             then
             the
             dog
             :
             they
             keep
             these
             dogs
             to
             destroy
             passengers
             on
             the
             way
             ,
             to
             which
             they
             train
             them
             for
             diet
             for
             themselves
             .
          
           
             He
             told
             me
             that
             about
             three
             yeares
             before
             this
             breed
             of
             Rascals
             were
             almost
             all
             devoured
             by
             their
             own
             dogs
             ,
             after
             their
             cruell
             usage
             of
             certain
             Merchants
             who
             passed
             that
             way
             ,
             these
             to
             revenge
             themselves
             made
             an
             Ambush
             ,
             and
             having
             taken
             them
             ,
             served
             them
             as
             they
             had
             done
             others
             .
          
           
             He
             told
             me
             many
             other
             curiosities
             of
             this
             country
             ,
             and
             amongst
             others
             ,
             that
             about
             twenty
             years
             before
             ,
             he
             passed
             by
             the
             Isle
             of
             Volmous
             or
             Ayman
             ,
             near
             to
             Cauchinchina
             ,
             and
             the
             country
             of
             the
             Meores
             ,
             that
             the
             people
             are
             haughty
             ,
             great
             souldiers
             ,
             
             well
             clothed
             ,
             and
             very
             civil
             ,
             lovers
             of
             honour
             and
             vertue
             ,
             and
             of
             complexion
             rather
             white
             then
             black
             :
             that
             the
             land
             is
             full
             of
             impenitrable
             Forests
             ,
             but
             well
             stor'd
             with
             Venison
             ,
             and
             betwixt
             the
             Mountains
             good
             pasturadge
             ;
             that
             they
             had
             there
             a
             potent
             King
             by
             the
             title
             of
             Emperour
             ,
             on
             the
             day
             of
             his
             birth
             ,
             wearing
             on
             his
             head
             three
             Crowns
             ,
             in
             form
             of
             a
             Tiara
             ,
             for
             the
             three
             kingdomes
             he
             possessed
             :
             that
             this
             Prince
             was
             King
             of
             Sinabo
             ,
             the
             Magers
             ,
             and
             Patanes
             .
          
           
             Amongst
             other
             particulars
             of
             this
             country
             ,
             
             he
             related
             to
             me
             a
             strange
             History
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             true
             :
             Thus
             ,
             that
             in
             a
             mountanous
             country
             vulgarly
             called
             Ismanca
             ,
             very
             fertile
             ,
             where
             there
             are
             clownes
             very
             wealthy
             in
             cattell
             ,
             whereof
             they
             drive
             a
             great
             trade
             ;
             as
             also
             in
             skins
             of
             divers
             beasts
             :
             there
             was
             a
             rich
             shepherd
             called
             Ismahan
             ,
             who
             amongst
             other
             children
             ,
             had
             a
             daughter
             of
             excellent
             beauty
             ,
             who
             according
             to
             the
             custome
             of
             the
             country
             ,
             
             kept
             her
             fathers
             flocks
             .
          
           
             This
             maid
             of
             twenty
             yeares
             of
             age
             ,
             loved
             a
             young
             shepherd
             her
             neighbour
             and
             kinsman
             ,
             but
             poor
             ,
             and
             to
             whose
             Father
             the
             rich
             shepherd
             had
             sent
             some
             corn
             ,
             who
             seeing
             he
             could
             not
             be
             paid
             ,
             and
             being
             aware
             of
             his
             daughters
             affection
             ,
             he
             told
             his
             debtor
             ,
             that
             on
             condition
             he
             would
             send
             his
             son
             to
             live
             in
             some
             remote
             parts
             ,
             he
             would
             forgive
             the
             debt
             ,
             which
             the
             other
             did
             ;
             the
             young
             man
             being
             thus
             banished
             by
             force
             ,
             the
             maid
             was
             extremely
             afflicted
             ,
             and
             as
             one
             day
             she
             walked
             alone
             in
             the
             fields
             ,
             lamenting
             the
             absence
             of
             her
             beloved
             Liza
             ,
             so
             he
             was
             called
             ;
             a
             Fiend
             in
             the
             same
             shape
             appeared
             to
             her
             ,
             and
             demanded
             for
             whom
             she
             was
             so
             much
             tormented
             ,
             since
             she
             had
             him
             assuredly
             present
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             loved
             her
             more
             then
             the
             world
             besides
             .
          
           
             Some
             say
             this
             poor
             young
             man
             being
             banished
             the
             presence
             of
             his
             dear
             Mistresse
             ,
             sought
             out
             a
             Magician
             ,
             who
             promised
             he
             should
             see
             and
             enjoy
             her
             ;
             but
             bringing
             into
             a
             room
             to
             him
             a
             spirit
             in
             the
             form
             of
             the
             maid
             ,
             as
             the
             spirits
             of
             joy
             and
             love
             made
             him
             fly
             
             to
             embrace
             her
             ,
             the
             Demon
             strangled
             him
             afterwards
             ,
             taking
             the
             shape
             ,
             or
             rather
             the
             body
             of
             the
             dead
             youth
             ,
             continued
             his
             visits
             a
             long
             time
             to
             the
             maid
             ,
             whereof
             her
             Father
             and
             Brothers
             having
             notice
             ,
             resolved
             to
             surprize
             him
             ;
             and
             in
             effect
             breaking
             up
             her
             chamber
             door
             ,
             they
             found
             a
             stinking
             carcasse
             in
             bed
             by
             her
             ,
             at
             which
             both
             she
             and
             the
             rest
             were
             extremely
             frighted
             ;
             and
             the
             King
             of
             the
             country
             having
             notice
             of
             it
             ,
             sent
             for
             the
             maid
             to
             know
             the
             truth
             ,
             which
             she
             related
             as
             it
             was
             .
             The
             King
             sent
             her
             to
             live
             with
             an
             Aunt
             of
             his
             ,
             where
             they
             say
             the
             Devil
             still
             frequented
             her
             ,
             and
             would
             visit
             her
             publickly
             in
             the
             shape
             of
             her
             friend
             ,
             wherein
             she
             took
             extreme
             content
             ,
             nor
             could
             she
             be
             disswaded
             from
             his
             conversation
             .
             How
             I
             know
             not
             ,
             but
             they
             say
             she
             conceived
             ,
             and
             was
             delivered
             of
             two
             children
             ;
             who
             grown
             up
             ,
             became
             the
             most
             valiant
             and
             strong
             in
             the
             country
             :
             so
             as
             since
             spirits
             are
             incapable
             of
             generation
             ,
             as
             the
             best
             Divines
             conclude
             ;
             we
             may
             suppose
             this
             was
             the
             youth
             himself
             ,
             who
             by
             the
             Magicians
             means
             enjoyed
             the
             maid
             ,
             and
             was
             afterwards
             killed
             by
             the
             devil
             that
             abused
             him
             ;
             and
             indeed
             some
             authentick
             authours
             mention
             such
             another
             History
             of
             one
             Phillinnion
             ,
             and
             Machetus
             ,
             and
             others
             .
             
          
           
             
             But
             let
             us
             come
             back
             to
             Tartary
             ,
             where
             I
             learnt
             many
             other
             things
             of
             one
             
               Amador
               Baliora
            
             a
             Limner
             ,
             with
             whom
             I
             met
             coming
             back
             from
             Pegu
             ,
             and
             saw
             good
             part
             of
             his
             Memorials
             .
             He
             had
             been
             in
             the
             Indies
             twelve
             or
             thirteen
             years
             ,
             and
             had
             drawn
             the
             plots
             of
             several
             Towns
             excellently
             well
             ,
             insomuch
             as
             having
             escaped
             shipwrack
             ,
             and
             arrived
             in
             health
             at
             Diu
             ,
             when
             all
             his
             company
             was
             hanged
             ;
             for
             his
             qualification
             the
             Governour
             saved
             his
             life
             ,
             and
             he
             drew
             him
             many
             exquisite
             pictures
             ,
             for
             which
             he
             gave
             him
             five
             hundred
             Croysades
             .
          
           
             He
             had
             about
             fifty
             draughts
             of
             the
             principal
             townes
             in
             the
             
               Indies
               ,
               Persia
            
             ,
             and
             Tartary
             ;
             and
             had
             leave
             of
             the
             Vice-roy
             to
             draw
             the
             plots
             of
             as
             many
             more
             as
             he
             would
             ;
             his
             design
             being
             to
             compile
             them
             in
             a
             large
             volume
             ,
             and
             present
             it
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             ;
             but
             I
             understood
             afterwards
             ,
             that
             returning
             for
             Europe
             ,
             he
             died
             upon
             the
             sea
             of
             Scarbut
             ,
             and
             for
             that
             his
             Comerade
             had
             disgusted
             him
             ,
             he
             would
             not
             give
             him
             his
             memorials
             and
             draughts
             ,
             but
             by
             Testament
             bequeathed
             them
             to
             the
             Captain
             of
             the
             ship
             he
             was
             in
             ,
             
               Joseph
               Grogne
            
             a
             Portuguese
             ,
             esteemed
             a
             Jew
             though
             he
             dissembled
             the
             Christian
             .
             The
             Memorials
             was
             a
             great
             losse
             ;
             for
             besides
             the
             draughts
             ,
             there
             was
             abundance
             of
             remarkable
             singularities
             he
             had
             noted
             in
             his
             travailes
             ,
             whereof
             the
             Captain
             made
             small
             account
             ,
             for
             that
             he
             had
             written
             them
             in
             French
             ,
             which
             he
             understood
             not
             ,
             and
             withall
             in
             an
             imperfect
             and
             bad
             character
             :
             But
             the
             plots
             and
             draughts
             were
             excellently
             done
             ,
             and
             besides
             the
             deliniation
             of
             the
             towns
             ,
             he
             had
             drawn
             the
             inhabitants
             and
             their
             garments
             to
             the
             life
             .
          
           
             I
             drew
             some
             my self
             though
             rudely
             ,
             which
             is
             not
             hard
             to
             compasse
             ,
          
        
      
       
         
         
           THE
           SECOND
           PART
           OF
           THE
           TRAVAILES
           OF
           VINCENT
           le
           BLANC
           IN
           AFRICA
           .
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             I.
             A
             generall
             Description
             of
             AFRICA
             .
          
           
             HAving
             left
             the
             
               East
               Indies
            
             ,
             as
             I
             said
             in
             the
             former
             part
             of
             this
             work
             towards
             the
             end
             ,
             and
             having
             taken
             the
             road
             of
             Africa
             Westward
             ,
             the
             first
             land
             we
             came
             on
             was
             the
             Isle
             of
             S.
             Laurence
             .
             Before
             I
             relate
             the
             particulars
             either
             of
             this
             Isle
             ,
             or
             other
             places
             I
             have
             seen
             in
             Africa
             ,
             I
             conceive
             it
             not
             improper
             to
             draw
             a
             general
             Description
             of
             this
             third
             part
             of
             the
             Universe
             ,
             as
             well
             for
             that
             I
             have
             traversed
             it
             from
             one
             end
             to
             the
             other
             in
             three
             severall
             voyages
             ,
             as
             to
             shew
             the
             errour
             of
             modern
             
             Geographers
             ,
             who
             in
             their
             Maps
             of
             Africa
             ,
             have
             left
             out
             more
             then
             fifty
             kingdoms
             or
             Provinces
             of
             note
             ,
             
             as
             I
             sometime
             made
             appear
             to
             the
             late
             Mr.
             
               du
               Vair
            
             ,
             then
             chief
             President
             of
             the
             Province
             ,
             and
             afterwards
             Keeper
             of
             the
             Great
             Seale
             of
             France
             .
          
           
             And
             first
             to
             take
             it
             from
             the
             streight
             of
             Gibraltar
             ,
             or
             rather
             from
             
               Porto
               Farina
            
             towards
             Tunes
             to
             the
             
               Cape
               Bona
               Esperanza
            
             ,
             the
             greatest
             extent
             from
             North
             to
             South
             ,
             
             there
             ,
             is
             found
             to
             be
             seventy
             degrees
             ,
             which
             are
             above
             two
             thousand
             leagues
             :
             And
             from
             Cape-Verd
             to
             
               Cape
               de
               Guardafu
            
             or
             Guardafy
             ,
             from
             East
             to
             West
             there
             is
             near
             upon
             eighty
             Degrees
             ,
             which
             are
             about
             two
             thousand
             five
             hundred
             leagues
             of
             Teritory
             ,
             comprehending
             a
             space
             most
             prodigious
             ,
             such
             as
             our
             Europe
             is
             a
             very
             small
             matter
             in
             comparison
             of
             ;
             the
             greatest
             part
             lying
             betwixt
             the
             two
             Tropicks
             ,
             the
             rest
             on
             this
             side
             and
             beyond
             .
          
           
             For
             from
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Budonell
             passing
             through
             the
             Negres
             ,
             lyes
             Eastward
             the
             Empire
             of
             Tombut
             ,
             or
             Tombotu
             ;
             by
             the
             Arabians
             called
             Iza
             ,
             containing
             thirteen
             large
             kingdomes
             watered
             by
             the
             famous
             River
             Nigrite
             or
             Niger
             ,
             with
             Senega
             ,
             a
             part
             of
             
               Guinee
               ,
               Melli
            
             ,
             
             and
             many
             other
             Countreyes
             ,
             as
             far
             as
             the
             
               Cape
               Verdi
            
             .
             The
             people
             here
             so
             savage
             ,
             they
             scarce
             know
             how
             to
             speak
             ;
             so
             sordid
             ,
             they
             eat
             beast-entrailes
             uncleansed
             ,
             and
             so
             brutish
             ,
             they
             are
             more
             like
             ravenous
             dogs
             ,
             then
             men
             of
             reason
             .
          
           
             The
             people
             toward
             the
             Western
             Coast
             are
             better
             civilized
             ,
             in
             the
             Provinces
             of
             
               Gavaga
               ,
               Azemay
               ,
               Galata
            
             ,
             by
             the
             Arabians
             called
             Abugazai
             ,
             or
             Zenaga
             and
             Azanaga
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             Coast
             of
             Cape-blanc
             ,
             where
             they
             drive
             a
             great
             trade
             in
             white
             salt
             .
             Senega
             ,
             where
             the
             River
             Niger
             waters
             large
             territories
             ,
             abounds
             in
             Crocodills
             and
             fish
             ,
             with
             which
             it
             furnishes
             
               Budonel
               ,
               Meli
               ,
               Gago
               ,
               Guber
               ,
               Agades
               ,
               Cano
               Gazena
            
             or
             
               Cassena
               ,
               Zegzog
               ,
               Zanfara
               ,
               Burneo
               ,
            
             or
             
               Borno
               ,
               Gangara
               ,
               Gaoga
            
             ,
             and
             others
             where
             it
             reaches
             .
             The
             kingdome
             of
             Gangara
             contains
             seven
             others
             ,
             as
             that
             of
             Borneo
             nine
             ,
             who
             to
             gain
             a
             single
             dominion
             ,
             have
             often
             come
             to
             Battell
             ,
             but
             in
             the
             end
             satiated
             with
             blood
             ,
             were
             constrained
             to
             agree
             again
             .
             Then
             have
             you
             the
             kingdomes
             or
             
               Temian
               ,
               Daouma
               ,
               Medra
               ,
               Benin
               ,
               Gorbani
               ,
               Giafiar
               ,
            
             or
             
               Biafar
               ,
               Amas
            
             or
             Amasen
             ,
             which
             towards
             the
             South
             fronts
             Damula
             and
             Vangue
             ,
             lying
             towards
             the
             Zaire
             .
          
           
             From
             Senega
             towards
             the
             North
             ,
             we
             find
             
               Scombaya
               ,
               Musmuda
               ,
               Zenera
            
             or
             
               Havia
               ,
               Gumea
               ,
               Guzula
               ,
               Hea
               ,
               Sus
               ,
            
             with
             others
             called
             the
             Whites
             of
             Africa
             ,
             who
             speak
             not
             Arabian
             ,
             but
             use
             the
             tongue
             of
             Songay
             ,
             
             as
             they
             term
             it
             ;
             Likewise
             the
             usuall
             Language
             in
             Nue●edia
             through
             the
             kingdomes
             of
             
               Terga
               ,
               Gaziga
               ,
               Lemta
            
             ,
             and
             Berdoa
             .
             These
             people
             have
             a
             black
             or
             gray
             cloth
             hanging
             from
             their
             Turbith
             over
             their
             face
             ,
             that
             while
             they
             eat
             their
             mouth
             may
             not
             be
             seen
             ,
             which
             were
             a
             great
             incivility
             .
             There
             are
             moreover
             ,
             the
             Countries
             of
             
               Guzulan
               ,
               Belu
               ,
               Benin
               ,
               Belbee
               ,
               Toga
               ,
               Afar
               ,
               Alates
               ,
               Crin
               ,
               Beni
               ,
               Gumi
               ,
               Muzali
               ,
               Abubenam
               ,
               Zuir
               ,
               Cazai
               ,
               Dura
               ,
               Zinzaler
               ,
            
             and
             others
             .
             The
             vast
             kingdome
             of
             
               Fezor
               Morocco
            
             ,
             contains
             Agar
             or
             
             
               Agal
               ,
               Elebat
               ,
               Eris
               ,
               Geres
               ,
               Elcanus
               ,
               Elegazar
               ,
            
             or
             Elgezair
             ,
             with
             the
             kingdomes
             of
             
               T●nes
               ,
               Bugie
               ,
               Constantine
               ,
               ●ipoli
               ,
               Telensin
               ,
               Tremesen
               ,
               Telche
               ,
               Te●es●e
               ,
            
             &c.
             
             There
             is
             here
             a
             River
             which
             issuing
             from
             the
             bowels
             of
             Africa
             ,
             passes
             through
             many
             countries
             ,
             and
             threads
             Fesse
             where
             it
             se●
             three
             hundred
             and
             threescore
             mill-wheels
             of
             extraordinary
             compasse
             at
             work
             ,
             and
             gliding
             from
             thence
             under
             Miquin●
             and
             Elcassour
             ,
             throwes
             it self
             in
             sea
             at
             Mamocre
             ,
             under
             Arache
             ,
             little
             distant
             from
             Arzille
             .
             Towards
             Tombut
             and
             Meli
             on
             the
             other
             side
             Senega
             lyes
             the
             wide-stretcht
             kingdome
             of
             Gago
             ,
             the
             King
             whereof
             is
             highly
             potent
             ,
             
             compelling
             in
             a
             manner
             adoration
             from
             his
             people
             ,
             who
             how
             great
             soever
             speak
             not
             to
             him
             but
             on
             knees
             ,
             holding
             in
             their
             hand
             a
             cup
             of
             sand
             ,
             which
             they
             cast
             on
             their
             head
             while
             they
             prostrate
             before
             him
             ,
             and
             retire
             without
             tergiversation
             .
          
           
             He
             affords
             not
             audience
             to
             his
             subjects
             ,
             but
             at
             certain
             houres
             ,
             morning
             and
             evening
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             are
             found
             guilty
             in
             any
             crime
             ,
             he
             chastises
             them
             with
             confiscation
             of
             goods
             ,
             and
             sale
             of
             their
             wives
             and
             children
             ,
             for
             slaves
             to
             strangers
             .
          
           
             The
             two
             great
             Rivers
             Niger
             or
             Gambra
             ,
             and
             
               Senega
               ,
               Wash
            
             a
             very
             great
             part
             of
             the
             country
             ,
             overflowing
             in
             the
             same
             sort
             and
             times
             as
             Nile
             doth
             .
             Budomel
             which
             is
             in
             like
             manner
             a
             River
             of
             the
             same
             denomination
             ,
             as
             the
             country
             it
             travailes
             through
             ,
             unites
             it self
             with
             Gambra
             ,
             and
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Melli
             is
             upon
             a
             branch
             of
             Senega
             ,
             environed
             with
             dismal
             deserts
             ,
             and
             impenetrable
             Forests
             .
             This
             river
             on
             the
             North
             and
             South
             ,
             is
             banked
             with
             the
             Deserts
             of
             Gilolef
             and
             Jalofel
             ,
             on
             the
             West
             it
             hath
             the
             vast
             Forest
             of
             Abacara
             ,
             and
             Gago
             on
             the
             West
             .
             Next
             you
             come
             to
             Guber
             ,
             Mount
             Chigi
             ,
             or
             Gigi
             ,
             or
             
               Sierra
               de
               Meleguete
            
             ,
             then
             Guinga
             or
             Guinee
             ,
             or
             Guinoy
             .
             These
             people
             are
             all
             black
             like
             quenched
             coles
             .
             Salt
             in
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Gago
             is
             more
             precious
             then
             gold
             ,
             which
             there
             abounds
             ;
             as
             likewise
             Fruit
             and
             Cattle
             .
          
           
             
               Guber
               abutts
            
             Northward
             on
             Cano
             ,
             Eastward
             on
             Zeger
             or
             Zegzeg
             ,
             a
             woody
             and
             desert
             country
             ,
             peopled
             with
             an
             infinite
             heard
             of
             beasts
             .
             In
             these
             Deserts
             you
             meet
             with
             Cassena
             ,
             then
             drawing
             towards
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               bona
               Esperonza
            
             ;
             You
             enter
             upon
             the
             kingdomes
             of
             Benin
             and
             Zanfara
             ,
             under
             the
             Equatour
             ,
             well
             inhabited
             ,
             containing
             in
             length
             two
             hundred
             and
             forty
             leagues
             ,
             where
             from
             mid
             -
             May
             to
             the
             middle
             of
             August
             ,
             it
             rains
             for
             the
             most
             part
             ,
             and
             almost
             constantly
             from
             noon
             till
             mid-night
             ,
             as
             I
             have
             observed
             it
             to
             do
             in
             other
             countries
             under
             the
             same
             line
             .
             In
             fine
             ,
             so
             fertile
             are
             these
             countries
             ,
             that
             like
             those
             water'd
             by
             the
             river
             Nile
             ,
             they
             yield
             two
             harvests
             annually
             ,
             and
             each
             harvest
             of
             sufficiency
             to
             furnish
             the
             people
             with
             provision
             for
             five
             years
             .
             Whence
             it
             comes
             ,
             that
             storing
             up
             their
             corn
             in
             Cavernes
             under
             ground
             ,
             which
             the
             Moores
             call
             Mattamorres
             ,
             calked
             against
             moysture
             with
             a
             cement
             made
             of
             Sea-shels
             ,
             —
             where
             being
             first
             dryed
             in
             the
             Sun
             ,
             they
             keep
             it
             what
             time
             they
             please
             ;
             they
             never
             think
             of
             sowing
             more
             
             while
             they
             have
             any
             thing
             to
             live
             on
             ,
             so
             as
             the
             land
             being
             thus
             laid
             up
             at
             rest
             ,
             becomes
             more
             fertile
             .
             Their
             sheep
             breed
             twice
             a
             year
             ,
             and
             often
             two
             or
             three
             lambs
             at
             a
             time
             .
          
           
             The
             Cape
             of
             Palmes
             is
             in
             the
             territory
             of
             Isma
             towards
             Guinnee
             ,
             with
             the
             Castle
             of
             Mina
             which
             the
             Portugues
             built
             upon
             this
             coast
             ,
             drawing
             towards
             the
             
               Cape
               de
               bona
               Esperanza
            
             ,
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Manicongo
             extends
             it self
             from
             the
             River
             
               Val
               de
               Biraco
            
             ,
             or
             
               da
               Borca
            
             ,
             as
             far
             as
             the
             River
             of
             
               S.
               Paul.
            
             This
             River
             
               da
               Borca
            
             ,
             otherwise
             called
             
               Rio
               de
               Los
               Reyes
            
             ,
             is
             a
             quarter
             of
             a
             dayes
             journey
             from
             that
             of
             Agina
             or
             Asicera
             .
          
           
             True
             it
             is
             ,
             there
             are
             Maps
             which
             place
             it
             near
             to
             Biafar
             ,
             though
             it
             be
             distant
             thence
             more
             then
             five
             hundred
             leagues
             ;
             Biafar
             lying
             near
             to
             Amasan
             and
             Medra
             ;
             the
             cause
             of
             this
             errour
             is
             ,
             that
             they
             take
             it
             for
             the
             River
             called
             the
             Infanta
             of
             Portugal
             ,
             which
             on
             the
             East
             hath
             the
             River
             Angra
             which
             waters
             the
             Town
             of
             Masire
             ,
             or
             Maciera
             ,
             directly
             over
             against
             the
             Isle
             of
             S.
             Thomas
             ,
             and
             fronts
             the
             great
             kingdome
             of
             Damute
             ,
             through
             the
             middle
             whereof
             passes
             the
             River
             of
             
               Bancara
               ,
               Vibris
            
             and
             Vamta
             ,
             with
             a
             branch
             of
             Noir
             ,
             all
             which
             conjoyne
             in
             
               Zaire
               .
               Zaire
            
             overflowes
             like
             Nilus
             ,
             and
             runs
             through
             many
             countries
             ,
             
             some
             Mahometan
             ,
             some
             Pagan
             ,
             who
             adore
             the
             Sun
             ,
             and
             about
             the
             break
             of
             day
             compose
             themselves
             on
             some
             eminent
             place
             ,
             to
             make
             their
             Salema
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             their
             prayer
             ;
             at
             his
             Rising
             ,
             casting
             themselves
             covered
             with
             a
             large
             cloth
             a
             hundred
             times
             to
             the
             ground
             ,
             and
             kissing
             it
             most
             devoutly
             .
             Some
             say
             that
             these
             two
             great
             kingdomes
             Damute
             and
             Monicongo
             bound
             upon
             Goyame
             or
             Guiame
             ,
             which
             by
             reason
             of
             their
             great
             distance
             is
             most
             incredible
             .
             It
             is
             rather
             on
             one
             side
             ,
             for
             on
             the
             South
             and
             West
             side
             ,
             Monicongo
             is
             divided
             by
             the
             River
             Bancara
             ,
             which
             lyes
             three
             degrees
             on
             the
             other
             side
             the
             line
             ,
             and
             two
             from
             
               Cape
               de
               Lopo
            
             ,
             or
             Loubo
             ,
             at
             his
             disgorging
             near
             the
             river
             Gouan
             ,
             or
             Gabam
             ,
             not
             far
             from
             the
             
               Cape
               Gonzal
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Cape
             St
             Catherine
             directly
             opposite
             to
             
               Cape
               Primaco
            
             ,
             something
             near
             the
             Torrent
             of
             Fremo
             ,
             which
             the
             Natives
             call
             Gouira
             .
             The
             last
             Cape
             of
             Damute
             is
             Almada
             or
             Almadias
             ,
             into
             the
             Gulph
             whereof
             one
             branch
             of
             Zaire
             ,
             and
             the
             River
             of
             Saint
             Helen
             issuing
             forth
             at
             the
             same
             place
             do
             cast
             themselves
             ,
             having
             on
             the
             North
             Abidara
             ,
             which
             joynes
             it self
             to
             the
             Cataracts
             ;
             On
             the
             West
             the
             land
             of
             Jair
             and
             Gubara
             ,
             on
             the
             East
             Cogira
             ,
             where
             begins
             the
             
               Cape
               de
               Corrientes
            
             ,
             twenty
             four
             degrees
             from
             the
             South
             .
          
           
             
             Next
             we
             come
             to
             the
             great
             Empire
             of
             the
             Abissins
             ,
             containing
             more
             then
             thirty
             five
             kingdomes
             ,
             insomuch
             as
             some
             would
             have
             it
             equall
             with
             all
             Europe
             .
             The
             people
             for
             the
             greatest
             part
             are
             grosse
             and
             bruitish
             ,
             clothed
             with
             beasts
             skins
             ;
             though
             the
             country
             abound
             with
             gold
             ,
             which
             the
             Rivers
             wash
             in
             with
             their
             streams
             .
             The
             women
             carry
             their
             Infants
             at
             their
             back
             in
             Goat
             skins
             ,
             and
             never
             go
             into
             the
             field
             without
             their
             staffe
             ,
             and
             victualls
             ,
             and
             cast
             their
             hanging
             breasts
             over
             their
             shoulders
             for
             their
             children
             to
             
             suck
             .
             For
             the
             generality
             ,
             they
             are
             a
             very
             wretched
             people
             ,
             subjects
             to
             the
             great
             Neguz
             ,
             who
             Commissions
             certain
             Deputies
             for
             administration
             of
             Justice
             amongst
             them
             .
          
           
             But
             these
             Deputies
             finding
             them
             so
             voyd
             of
             reason
             retire
             themselves
             to
             Townes
             twenty
             or
             thirty
             leagues
             distant
             ,
             and
             the
             others
             will
             not
             afford
             the
             paines
             to
             go
             so
             far
             ;
             so
             as
             when
             any
             difference
             happens
             ,
             they
             entreat
             the
             next
             Passenger
             to
             decide
             it
             ,
             and
             in
             case
             he
             refuses
             ,
             they
             way-lay
             him
             with
             bow
             and
             arrows
             ,
             and
             by
             force
             oblige
             him
             to
             give
             sentence
             ,
             which
             be
             it
             good
             or
             bad
             is
             observed
             most
             religiously
             ,
             for
             recompense
             presenting
             him
             with
             some
             beast
             to
             carry
             his
             baggadge
             ,
             most
             commonly
             with
             a
             Dent
             which
             is
             much
             like
             to
             a
             little
             Mule
             ,
             only
             it
             hath
             a
             hogs
             taile
             ,
             and
             little
             horns
             ,
             which
             grow
             only
             skin
             deep
             ,
             which
             it
             moves
             as
             the
             eares
             ,
             and
             is
             much
             more
             swift
             :
             travelling
             on
             the
             sands
             his
             hoof
             will
             burn
             and
             cleave
             ,
             so
             as
             't
             is
             impossible
             to
             get
             him
             wag
             a
             foot
             :
             then
             their
             only
             way
             is
             to
             make
             meat
             of
             him
             ,
             his
             flesh
             being
             exceeding
             delicate
             ,
             though
             without
             salt
             not
             long
             to
             be
             kept
             from
             corrupting
             to
             worms
             .
          
           
             The
             greatnesse
             of
             this
             part
             of
             the
             world
             is
             particularly
             seen
             in
             that
             we
             find
             within
             it
             a
             hundred
             and
             fifty
             large
             kingdoms
             ,
             
             without
             reckoning
             many
             more
             of
             lesse
             quantity
             ;
             which
             people
             this
             vast
             Peninsula
             of
             above
             two
             thousand
             leagues
             in
             length
             and
             latitude
             .
             It
             is
             water'd
             with
             many
             fair
             rivers
             ,
             some
             whereof
             have
             their
             overflowes
             like
             the
             River
             Nile
             ,
             and
             as
             beneficiall
             ;
             others
             role
             before
             them
             sands
             of
             gold
             ,
             besides
             Lakes
             ,
             Marshes
             ,
             and
             impenetrable
             Forests
             ,
             rich
             gold
             mines
             ,
             numerous
             heards
             of
             cattle
             ,
             double
             harvests
             ,
             the
             horrible
             monsters
             ,
             the
             diversity
             of
             people
             ;
             some
             civilized
             ,
             others
             so
             bruitish
             ,
             they
             know
             neither
             religion
             nor
             articulate
             language
             :
             some
             christians
             of
             various
             Sects
             ,
             others
             Mahometans
             ,
             and
             a
             great
             part
             Gentiles
             and
             Idolaters
             ,
             under
             the
             dominion
             of
             several
             Princes
             ,
             of
             which
             the
             chiefest
             are
             the
             Grand
             Seigniour
             ,
             who
             possesses
             Egypt
             wholly
             ,
             with
             great
             part
             of
             the
             Coast
             of
             Barbary
             .
             The
             great
             King
             of
             the
             Abissins
             ,
             who
             holds
             almost
             all
             the
             intestine
             Africa
             ,
             with
             both
             the
             strands
             of
             Nile
             .
             The
             great
             Monomotapa
             Lord
             of
             almost
             all
             the
             Southerne
             Verges
             ,
             even
             to
             the
             
               Cape
               de
               bona
               Esperanza
            
             .
             The
             potent
             King
             of
             Fez
             ,
             and
             Marocco
             ,
             and
             a
             multitude
             of
             other
             Kings
             and
             particular
             Princes
             ,
             as
             those
             of
             
               Tombut
               ,
               Ganga
               ,
               Borno
            
             ,
             who
             possesse
             many
             kingdomes
             .
             
             Of
             this
             so
             spacious
             and
             populous
             Africa
             ,
             the
             Ancients
             had
             discovered
             but
             some
             few
             countries
             under
             the
             name
             of
             
               Egypt
               ,
               Cirenaica
               ,
               Numidia
               ,
               Libia
               ,
               Mauritania
               ,
               Ethiopia
               ,
               Nigrites
               ,
               Garamantes
               ,
               Atlantes
               ,
            
             and
             very
             few
             more
             .
          
           
             The
             Arabians
             at
             this
             day
             make
             a
             quadrupart
             division
             of
             it
             ,
             notwithstanding
             that
             it
             is
             not
             intirely
             known
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             dismal
             deserts
             which
             shut
             up
             passages
             ,
             and
             deprive
             us
             of
             discovery
             .
             The
             first
             begins
             at
             the
             Cape
             of
             Babouchi
             or
             Guardafuni
             ,
             where
             they
             insert
             many
             countries
             out
             of
             Africa
             ,
             taken
             in
             by
             a
             Prince
             named
             
             Tramurat
             ,
             who
             subdued
             
               Arabia
               Felix
            
             ,
             and
             went
             in
             Arms
             as
             far
             as
             Carmanio
             ,
             to
             which
             they
             call
             Erac
             ,
             and
             amongst
             these
             are
             the
             kingdomes
             of
             Macran
             and
             Guadel
             ,
             which
             are
             contained
             herein
             .
             The
             second
             called
             Biledugerid
             ,
             heretofore
             Numidia
             terminates
             Egypt
             at
             the
             Town
             Eleocat
             .
             The
             third
             is
             a
             vast
             and
             horrid
             wildernesse
             ,
             which
             stretches
             it self
             to
             the
             bounds
             of
             Lible
             by
             them
             called
             Saria
             ,
             or
             the
             Desert
             ,
             because
             it
             takes
             beginning
             at
             Nile
             ,
             and
             ends
             at
             the
             Desert
             of
             Saria
             .
             The
             fourth
             begins
             at
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Gonaga
             ,
             and
             ends
             at
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Galata
             .
          
           
             Some
             make
             another
             division
             likewise
             into
             four
             parts
             ,
             which
             are
             
               Barbary
               ,
               Numidia
               ,
               Libia
            
             ,
             and
             
               Nigres
               .
               Barbary
            
             extends
             it self
             by
             the
             side
             of
             Mount
             Atlas
             upon
             the
             Mediterranean
             ,
             from
             Egypt
             to
             Messa
             upon
             the
             Ocean
             ,
             and
             comprehends
             the
             kingdomes
             of
             
               Morocca
               ,
               Fez
               ,
               Telessin
               ,
               Tunes
               ,
            
             &c.
             
             Numidia
             or
             Biledugerid
             hath
             in
             it
             
               Segelmesse
               ,
               Bugie
               ,
               Zeb
            
             ,
             &c.
             
             Libia
             is
             Saira
             .
             And
             the
             land
             of
             Negres
             containes
             
               Galata
               ,
               Tombut
               ,
               Melli
               ,
               Gaigo
               ,
               Guber
               ,
               Guinee
               ,
            
             and
             others
             ,
             as
             far
             as
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               bona
               Esperanza
            
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             II.
             A
             Description
             of
             the
             Isle
             
               S.
               Laurence
            
             ,
             with
             the
             conditions
             of
             the
             People
             .
          
           
             
             WE
             came
             then
             on
             shore
             in
             the
             Isle
             of
             S.
             Laurence
             ,
             or
             Madagascar
             one
             of
             the
             largest
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             scituate
             under
             the
             Tropick
             Capricorn
             between
             fourteen
             and
             twenty
             six
             degrees
             of
             Latitude
             ,
             in
             circumference
             about
             eight
             hundred
             leagues
             ,
             double
             the
             quantity
             of
             Candia
             .
             Upon
             one
             point
             thereof
             towards
             the
             Meridian
             line
             ,
             stands
             a
             reasonable
             good
             Town
             called
             
               Sancta
               Maria
            
             ,
             under
             it
             is
             the
             Coast
             of
             Saint
             Sebastian
             ,
             which
             compacts
             a
             Gulph
             full
             of
             small
             Islands
             ,
             inhabited
             only
             by
             an
             excessive
             number
             of
             fowle
             .
          
           
             That
             point
             which
             looks
             towards
             the
             
               Cape
               de
               Corientes
            
             in
             Africa
             contains
             six
             hundred
             leagues
             or
             thereabouts
             ,
             betwixt
             the
             river
             Monica
             ,
             and
             Mount
             Monica
             ,
             and
             is
             called
             Gouara
             or
             S.
             Augustins
             ,
             almost
             under
             the
             Tropick
             .
             Here
             is
             a
             very
             pleasant
             being
             ,
             the
             Inhabitants
             civill
             ,
             and
             well
             clothed
             ,
             yet
             the
             heat
             is
             extream
             ,
             where
             a
             River
             stuff't
             with
             fish
             frames
             a
             good
             harbour
             ,
             and
             the
             soyle
             is
             fertile
             in
             fruits
             .
          
           
             
             In
             progresse
             upon
             this
             coast
             of
             
               Sancta
               Maria
            
             ,
             we
             meet
             with
             a
             gallant
             Town
             called
             Antipara
             ,
             between
             two
             Rivers
             ,
             one
             of
             which
             forms
             the
             
               Cape
               Salido
            
             ,
             so
             called
             from
             the
             saltnesse
             of
             the
             water
             ,
             and
             is
             precisely
             the
             point
             of
             one
             end
             of
             the
             Island
             .
             Going
             on
             we
             
             fall
             upon
             the
             Bay
             of
             S.
             
               Rochon
               de
               Machara
            
             near
             the
             
               Cape
               of
            
             S.
             Roch
             ,
             which
             gives
             it
             name
             ;
             then
             winding
             about
             eight
             miles
             from
             thence
             ,
             we
             arrive
             at
             the
             Cape
             of
             Turmey
             ,
             four
             miles
             downwards
             from
             the
             Bay
             
               Sancta
               Maria
            
             ,
             directly
             underneath
             the
             Tropick
             .
             The
             country
             abounds
             in
             fleecelesse
             sheep
             ,
             cattle
             ,
             and
             fruits
             of
             all
             sorts
             .
             Fourty
             leagues
             from
             hence
             ,
             ascending
             towards
             the
             Indies
             ,
             you
             shall
             see
             Manalba
             a
             gentile
             Town
             ,
             then
             Moropata
             a
             good
             Port
             ,
             
               Manazero
               ,
               Arco
               ,
               Pescado
               de
            
             S.
             Antonio
             ,
             and
             about
             a
             hundred
             paces
             from
             thence
             ,
             the
             Point
             of
             Soulatar
             ,
             by
             Mariners
             called
             the
             Cape
             of
             Amtar
             ,
             and
             between
             them
             lye
             two
             Islands
             called
             the
             Irmanos
             ,
             by
             the
             Islanders
             Bema
             .
          
           
             Passing
             on
             from
             the
             Cape
             of
             Natall
             in
             Africa
             ,
             the
             Coast
             is
             well
             peopled
             ,
             there
             the
             Point
             of
             S.
             Anthony
             is
             ,
             and
             the
             fair
             river
             Omzel
             with
             fertile
             Plaines
             all
             along
             from
             the
             Cape
             of
             S.
             Vincent
             ,
             to
             that
             of
             S.
             Anthony
             .
             Here
             it
             is
             that
             Christianity
             was
             first
             embraced
             :
             likewise
             have
             you
             there
             many
             Townes
             ,
             and
             many
             Villages
             ,
             as
             
               Acousia
               ,
               Nabrada
               ,
               Monalega
               ,
               Dolaganza
               ,
               Zanabi
               ,
               Zarcara
               ,
               Franonzara
               ,
               Manatape
               ,
               Babonda
               ,
               Mancaua
            
             ;
             with
             very
             good
             Havens
             almost
             throughout
             ,
             with
             rivers
             and
             shallows
             ,
             where
             the
             Sea
             flows
             and
             ebbes
             ,
             as
             in
             Europe
             .
             Mancauia
             abounds
             in
             all
             sorts
             of
             necessaries
             for
             livelihood
             ,
             and
             the
             Inhabitants
             of
             a
             kind
             disposition
             ,
             because
             that
             part
             is
             much
             frequented
             :
             On
             the
             contrary
             ,
             they
             of
             Alocanza
             or
             Aleganza
             ,
             where
             the
             coast
             abounds
             with
             fish
             ,
             are
             fierce
             ,
             and
             proud
             .
             The
             more
             Southern
             Coast
             towards
             the
             Cape
             of
             Ambar
             is
             not
             so
             populous
             ,
             though
             throughout
             the
             Island
             there
             are
             sufficient
             ,
             and
             some
             are
             savage
             ,
             others
             civil
             ,
             and
             some
             of
             them
             as
             well
             men
             as
             women
             ,
             richly
             clad
             and
             adorned
             with
             jewels
             and
             precious
             stones
             .
          
           
             The
             Inhabitants
             of
             Secora
             and
             Ambia
             ,
             are
             handsomely
             housed
             ,
             
             and
             well
             accommodated
             ,
             they
             reach
             as
             far
             as
             
               Cape
               Salido
            
             ,
             from
             whence
             to
             
               Cape
               Dental
            
             is
             taken
             the
             breadth
             of
             the
             Island
             .
             In
             generall
             ,
             this
             Island
             abounds
             in
             all
             sorts
             of
             good
             fruits
             ,
             as
             Oranges
             ,
             Lemons
             ,
             and
             Spices
             ,
             which
             the
             Inhabitants
             eat
             confectioned
             ,
             but
             Ginger
             especially
             ;
             Cecuma
             ,
             or
             Corcuma
             ,
             and
             long
             Peper
             .
             They
             likewise
             boast
             of
             Clove-Gilli●lowers
             ,
             which
             I
             dare
             not
             affirm
             ,
             because
             I
             know
             it
             not
             .
             Of
             woods
             they
             have
             
               Ebony
               ,
               Sendall
            
             ,
             red
             ,
             white
             ,
             and
             Citron
             colour
             ,
             Brasil
             whereof
             they
             make
             their
             bowes
             and
             arrowes
             ,
             Sicamores
             ,
             and
             Mastick
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             moreover
             ,
             Mines
             of
             excellent
             silver
             ,
             but
             such
             is
             their
             sloth
             ,
             they
             had
             rather
             live
             from
             hand
             to
             mouth
             ,
             then
             work
             ;
             here
             is
             gotten
             the
             best
             Indian
             Safron
             ,
             and
             very
             excellent
             Sugar
             ,
             which
             they
             order
             but
             very
             grossely
             ,
             because
             they
             have
             not
             the
             perfect
             art
             to
             refine
             it
             ;
             though
             neverthelesse
             they
             make
             a
             great
             Trade
             of
             it
             .
             They
             have
             Melons
             of
             incredible
             bignesse
             ,
             yellow
             ,
             red
             ,
             and
             white
             ,
             much
             more
             delicate
             then
             Provence
             or
             Spain
             hath
             .
             Throughout
             the
             whole
             Island
             there
             growes
             a
             root
             they
             call
             Igname
             ,
             or
             Patata
             ,
             
             from
             whence
             the
             invention
             was
             brought
             to
             Spain
             ,
             of
             taste
             like
             a
             
             Chestnut
             ,
             but
             more
             dainty
             ,
             particularly
             when
             it
             is
             boyled
             ,
             rather
             then
             roasted
             .
             This
             root
             is
             of
             great
             use
             to
             the
             poorer
             sort
             ,
             which
             though
             it
             be
             produced
             from
             seed
             sown
             ,
             yet
             it
             multiplies
             in
             a
             prodigious
             manner
             ,
             being
             cut
             in
             gobbits
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             Dates
             of
             five
             severall
             kindes
             ,
             and
             other
             trees
             which
             yield
             them
             excellent
             drinks
             ,
             besides
             fruits
             to
             eat
             ,
             and
             strings
             which
             they
             pull
             out
             to
             make
             Akpargates
             ,
             or
             thread
             shooes
             after
             the
             Spanish
             manner
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Pargas
             or
             Otayas
             :
             they
             have
             also
             thread
             from
             another
             tree
             called
             Langir
             ,
             or
             Coatir
             in
             another
             language
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             cloth
             as
             fine
             as
             silk
             .
          
           
             Then
             from
             one
             certain
             nut
             they
             draw
             oyle
             sundry
             wayes
             ,
             pressing
             what
             is
             within
             ,
             and
             pouring
             thereon
             hot
             water
             ,
             which
             makes
             an
             oyle
             like
             that
             of
             Almunds
             ,
             or
             else
             pressing
             a
             little
             kernell
             which
             growes
             within
             the
             nut
             ,
             when
             't
             is
             ripe
             like
             that
             of
             a
             Pastique
             ,
             or
             Pumpion
             ;
             Likewise
             from
             a
             grain
             or
             nut
             which
             is
             in
             common
             Dates
             ,
             they
             draw
             a
             very
             good
             oyle
             ,
             and
             the
             strong
             prickles
             which
             grow
             about
             the
             leaves
             serve
             them
             for
             needles
             to
             few
             their
             sayles
             ,
             and
             the
             apparell
             of
             the
             poorer
             sort
             ;
             which
             needle
             they
             call
             Cambiza
             .
          
           
             As
             for
             the
             drinks
             they
             make
             of
             these
             trees
             ,
             being
             drawne
             by
             distillation
             they
             are
             incorruptible
             ,
             otherwise
             they
             grow
             sowre
             and
             dead
             in
             four
             and
             twenty
             houres
             ;
             they
             make
             a
             certain
             compound
             of
             the
             juyce
             of
             Igname
             or
             Joucas
             ,
             which
             in
             taste
             is
             like
             good
             
               Aqua
               vitae
            
             ,
             and
             mixt
             with
             sugar
             and
             cinamon
             ,
             is
             a
             good
             and
             kindly
             nourishment
             .
          
           
             The
             Inhabitants
             of
             this
             Island
             take
             thought
             for
             nothing
             but
             how
             to
             live
             jovially
             ,
             and
             which
             is
             admirable
             ,
             in
             so
             great
             a
             number
             of
             people
             ,
             you
             see
             neither
             beggers
             nor
             vagabonds
             ,
             as
             in
             Europe
             .
             
             They
             all
             live
             happily
             without
             injuring
             others
             ;
             some
             content
             with
             little
             ,
             others
             will
             have
             more
             ,
             and
             no
             man
             wants
             imployment
             ,
             if
             he
             will
             take
             paines
             .
             Here
             some
             give
             themselves
             to
             gardening
             ,
             others
             there
             labour
             in
             the
             Mines
             ,
             some
             apply
             themselves
             to
             Merchandizes
             ,
             others
             to
             fishing
             ,
             with
             their
             boats
             made
             of
             neats
             leather
             ,
             so
             well
             joyned
             and
             liquored
             ,
             that
             water
             cannot
             pierce
             them
             .
          
           
             They
             live
             in
             perfect
             amity
             ,
             such
             as
             if
             one
             man
             take
             fish
             ,
             he
             parts
             freely
             with
             it
             to
             him
             that
             asks
             him
             .
             Some
             there
             are
             who
             addict
             themselves
             to
             hunt
             wild
             beasts
             ,
             whereby
             they
             get
             skins
             of
             price
             ,
             as
             Ermins
             ,
             the
             Girafe
             striped
             with
             white
             and
             red
             ,
             which
             breed
             in
             this
             Isle
             ,
             with
             all
             sorts
             of
             wild
             creatures
             ,
             as
             
               Elephants
               ,
               Rhinoceros
            
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Couzan
             ,
             and
             a
             certain
             sort
             of
             Asses
             ,
             which
             are
             like
             the
             usual
             Asses
             ,
             being
             almost
             all
             dapled
             gray
             ,
             and
             white
             or
             black
             ,
             and
             bay
             ;
             they
             will
             suffer
             you
             to
             come
             close
             to
             them
             ,
             but
             if
             you
             touch
             them
             ,
             though
             never
             so
             gently
             ,
             they
             spring
             away
             with
             most
             stupendious
             leaps
             .
          
           
             
             There
             are
             in
             this
             Island
             six
             kingdoms
             ,
             the
             Kings
             whereof
             delight
             much
             in
             field-sports
             ,
             as
             Hawks
             ,
             for
             the
             Hare
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             Partridge
             ,
             
             which
             with
             them
             are
             called
             Gits
             ,
             and
             others
             for
             fishing
             .
             Here
             are
             likewise
             the
             birds
             of
             Paradise
             ,
             which
             live
             on
             Muschroms
             ,
             and
             fragrant
             flowers
             ;
             some
             call
             them
             Lapi
             ,
             others
             Mie
             :
             The
             Rivers
             feed
             Tortoises
             to
             a
             wonderful
             bignesse
             ,
             excellent
             meat
             ,
             and
             very
             fat
             ,
             but
             are
             so
             laxative
             ,
             they
             cause
             even
             Disenterias
             ,
             as
             it
             happened
             to
             the
             
               Sieur
               Amador
            
             and
             his
             company
             ,
             of
             whom
             we
             made
             mention
             in
             the
             first
             part
             .
          
           
             We
             finde
             there
             likewise
             Crocodils
             ,
             
             in
             the
             world
             again
             none
             so
             cruell
             and
             bloody
             ,
             which
             come
             sometimes
             above
             a
             mile
             on
             land
             to
             feed
             on
             beasts
             ,
             which
             they
             devoure
             at
             a
             morsell
             .
             They
             are
             tataken
             with
             hooks
             fasten'd
             to
             a
             strong
             twisted
             cord
             made
             of
             canes
             ,
             by
             them
             called
             Restant
             ,
             laying
             some
             raschal
             sheep
             or
             goat
             for
             a
             bait
             ,
             which
             the
             Crocodile
             swallows
             at
             a
             bit
             ,
             and
             so
             is
             caught
             .
          
           
             'T
             is
             almost
             incredible
             ,
             what
             hideous
             cries
             ,
             groans
             ,
             and
             tears
             ,
             this
             creature
             sends
             forth
             ,
             finding
             himself
             taken
             ;
             as
             if
             foreseeing
             ,
             he
             were
             now
             to
             be
             the
             fishers
             diet
             ,
             who
             feast
             it
             merrily
             ,
             the
             flesh
             being
             white
             ,
             in
             taste
             like
             Capon
             ,
             and
             of
             an
             excellent
             favour
             ,
             but
             in
             Lent
             't
             is
             not
             to
             be
             eaten
             .
          
           
             For
             which
             reason
             some
             have
             thought
             
               Amber
               gris
            
             to
             come
             from
             this
             creature
             ,
             though
             there
             is
             more
             likelihood
             that
             it
             comes
             from
             the
             bottome
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             and
             not
             from
             a
             fish
             as
             we
             said
             elsewhere
             .
          
           
             To
             conclude
             ,
             the
             Island
             is
             so
             plentiful
             of
             cattle
             ,
             that
             they
             have
             often
             given
             a
             fat
             sheep
             for
             a
             Counter
             ,
             or
             a
             leafe
             of
             paper
             ;
             and
             a
             Marriner
             told
             me
             for
             truth
             ,
             that
             being
             at
             the
             point
             of
             
               Cape
               Salido
            
             ,
             to
             take
             in
             fresh
             water
             ;
             an
             inhabitant
             of
             the
             Town
             of
             Antipara
             ,
             gave
             him
             four
             Cowes
             for
             a
             scurvie
             piece
             of
             leather
             ,
             he
             was
             about
             to
             throw
             into
             the
             Sea
             with
             his
             dead
             Master
             .
          
           
             I
             remember
             
               Sieur
               Amador
            
             told
             me
             ,
             how
             that
             passing
             through
             this
             Island
             ,
             Alitadir
             King
             of
             Janiharou
             sent
             for
             him
             to
             have
             a
             piece
             of
             Scarlet
             ,
             and
             that
             being
             upon
             a
             River
             imbarked
             with
             a
             Mahometan
             ,
             they
             sayled
             two
             dayes
             compleat
             from
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             River
             ;
             then
             landed
             ,
             where
             were
             ready
             for
             them
             two
             Chariots
             drawn
             by
             four
             bufflers
             a
             piece
             ,
             which
             brought
             them
             to
             the
             King.
             
          
           
             This
             River
             is
             called
             Janiharou
             from
             the
             name
             of
             the
             chiefe
             Town
             ,
             where
             they
             have
             extream
             heats
             in
             the
             month
             of
             February
             ,
             
             which
             is
             their
             Summer
             .
             It
             takes
             name
             from
             a
             fair
             fountain
             called
             
               Maraca
               Jenehar
            
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             the
             fountain
             of
             Janiharon
             ,
             then
             joyning
             with
             another
             called
             Marouca
             ,
             it
             divides
             into
             two
             large
             streames
             ,
             the
             one
             whereof
             presents
             it self
             directly
             face
             to
             face
             with
             Natal
             on
             the
             Ethiopian
             Coast
             ;
             the
             other
             swelled
             with
             that
             of
             Macarahou
             ,
             falls
             down
             to
             twenty
             two
             degrees
             near
             the
             coast
             —
             of
             S.
             Augustine
             ,
             which
             is
             in
             twenty
             three
             .
             There
             we
             suffered
             such
             violent
             heat
             ,
             that
             each
             moment
             we
             were
             forced
             to
             go
             into
             the
             river
             or
             sea
             for
             refreshment
             .
          
           
             These
             people
             are
             of
             Olive
             hue
             ,
             their
             humour
             docile
             enough
             ,
             The
             women
             are
             kind
             and
             courteous
             ;
             handsomely
             clad
             in
             Mantles
             ;
             of
             amiable
             complexion
             ,
             and
             take
             much
             delight
             in
             dancing
             to
             the
             
             musick
             of
             certain
             Cimbals
             ,
             which
             as
             they
             say
             they
             learnt
             from
             the
             Isles
             of
             Comore
             ,
             or
             the
             Isles
             of
             Theives
             ,
             not
             far
             from
             thence
             ,
             Ethiopia
             lying
             betwixt
             them
             in
             twelve
             degrees
             and
             a
             halfe
             ,
             and
             200.
             miles
             from
             Mozombique
             .
             
             Of
             these
             Isles
             of
             Cemore
             there
             are
             five
             principal
             ,
             which
             are
             of
             reasonable
             greatnesse
             ,
             besides
             many
             small
             ones
             ;
             almost
             all
             inhabited
             ,
             whereof
             the
             most
             considerable
             is
             Malaquil
             .
          
           
             As
             for
             the
             Edifice
             in
             the
             Isles
             of
             S.
             Laurence
             ,
             their
             houses
             are
             covered
             with
             the
             leaves
             of
             Coco
             tree
             ,
             
             whence
             they
             produce
             their
             principal
             sustenance
             ;
             as
             the
             people
             of
             the
             Maladines
             doe
             ,
             and
             have
             great
             store
             ,
             because
             this
             tree
             furnishes
             them
             with
             all
             necessaries
             ,
             though
             here
             they
             are
             not
             so
             good
             ,
             as
             with
             the
             Maladines
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             moreover
             another
             root
             called
             Joguia
             ,
             which
             being
             dried
             yields
             flower
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             a
             very
             delicate
             pudding
             ,
             mingling
             it
             with
             milk
             ,
             with
             sugar
             ,
             or
             honey
             ,
             and
             with
             the
             yelks
             of
             egs
             .
             
             They
             eat
             also
             ,
             as
             likewise
             throughout
             all
             India
             ,
             bats
             of
             extraordinary
             greatness
             ,
             and
             very
             good
             taste
             .
             They
             who
             dwell
             along
             the
             Sea
             coast
             ,
             apply
             themselves
             chiefly
             to
             fishing
             ,
             making
             their
             houses
             of
             turfs
             —
             dried
             at
             the
             Sun
             ,
             or
             of
             Date
             leaves
             ,
             aptly
             tempered
             with
             stone
             and
             morter
             ,
             and
             some
             again
             for
             coverings
             ,
             use
             the
             shells
             of
             large
             Tortoises
             ,
             which
             live
             both
             on
             land
             and
             water
             like
             Crocodiles
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             III.
             The
             Customes
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             of
             Belugara
             ,
             or
             Monopotapa
             .
             Salubrious
             windes
             venting
             from
             a
             Cave
             .
          
           
             AT
             our
             departure
             from
             the
             Isle
             of
             S.
             Laurence
             ,
             we
             steer'd
             our
             course
             towards
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               bona
               Esperanza
            
             ,
             and
             in
             a
             short
             space
             arrived
             at
             the
             Arme
             
               del
               Spiritu
               Sancto
            
             ,
             a
             renowned
             river
             which
             descends
             from
             high
             Ethiopia
             ,
             and
             thence
             in
             two
             dayes
             we
             reacht
             to
             Belugara
             ,
             
             a
             Town
             scituated
             upon
             the
             river
             of
             S.
             Lucie
             in
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Monopotapa
             ,
             below
             Cephala
             in
             five
             degrees
             beyond
             the
             Tropick
             Capricorne
             ,
             upon
             the
             side
             of
             the
             Mountain
             Bezula
             which
             stands
             in
             the
             middle
             .
             Winter
             is
             there
             in
             the
             months
             of
             
               June
               ,
               July
               ,
               August
            
             .
             The
             country
             is
             fertile
             ,
             and
             abounding
             with
             game
             for
             Chase
             .
             As
             we
             stay'd
             by
             the
             way
             to
             refresh
             our selves
             at
             a
             fountain
             ,
             and
             make
             some
             repast
             ,
             The
             
               Sieur
               de
               la
               Courbe
            
             ,
             of
             whom
             I
             made
             mention
             in
             the
             first
             part
             ,
             went
             on
             hunting
             ,
             where
             he
             took
             some
             Hares
             ,
             and
             many
             white
             Partridges
             ,
             which
             did
             us
             much
             courtesy
             .
             A
             league
             or
             thereabouts
             from
             the
             Town
             is
             a
             Cave
             ,
             where
             during
             the
             violence
             of
             the
             heat
             the
             windes
             are
             very
             frequent
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             Monsons
             of
             the
             East
             ,
             and
             the
             Tournacaui
             of
             Potozzi
             ,
             or
             Peron
             .
             And
             to
             make
             free
             passage
             
             for
             this
             anniversary
             gale
             ,
             the
             inhabitants
             have
             slit
             the
             Mountain
             ,
             
             through
             which
             it
             blowes
             to
             the
             very
             Town
             ,
             refreshing
             it
             exceedingly
             ,
             and
             purifies
             bodies
             in
             such
             sort
             ,
             that
             it
             renders
             them
             in
             a
             manner
             incorruptible
             .
             For
             which
             reason
             the
             Belugarians
             and
             they
             of
             Zenzana
             ,
             and
             Albigara
             burying
             their
             dead
             in
             this
             Cavern
             ,
             the
             winde
             dries
             them
             and
             preserves
             them
             from
             corruption
             ,
             as
             I
             noted
             in
             another
             place
             of
             another
             Mountain
             ,
             
             and
             like
             windes
             blowing
             in
             the
             East
             Indies
             .
          
           
             The
             People
             are
             either
             Idolaters
             or
             Mahometans
             .
             The
             greatest
             part
             at
             the
             rising
             of
             the
             Sun
             ,
             prostrate
             themselves
             many
             times
             on
             the
             ground
             ,
             muttering
             between
             their
             teeth
             I
             know
             not
             what
             prayers
             ;
             and
             all
             ,
             as
             well
             Moores
             as
             Gentiles
             ,
             
             are
             given
             to
             these
             ceremonies
             .
             You
             have
             there
             men
             both
             white
             and
             black
             ,
             well
             civilized
             and
             courteous
             ,
             of
             handsome
             carriage
             and
             addresse
             ;
             there
             are
             amongst
             them
             some
             who
             have
             received
             documents
             of
             Christianity
             ;
             for
             one
             of
             them
             observing
             one
             of
             ours
             reading
             in
             a
             Primmer
             ,
             had
             a
             curiosity
             to
             see
             what
             it
             was
             ,
             where
             perceiving
             a
             Crosse
             ,
             he
             kissed
             it
             with
             tears
             ,
             requiring
             of
             Captain
             Inart
             if
             there
             were
             a
             Priest
             in
             our
             company
             ,
             and
             being
             brought
             to
             one
             called
             Chaousandre
             ,
             who
             afterwards
             became
             a
             Capchin
             ,
             he
             confessed
             to
             him
             ,
             and
             told
             us
             that
             he
             had
             formerly
             travailed
             three
             hundred
             leagues
             to
             finde
             one
             to
             confesse
             to
             ,
             but
             at
             that
             time
             he
             was
             not
             in
             capacity
             for
             voyages
             of
             that
             length
             being
             guide
             of
             a
             family
             ;
             that
             he
             had
             but
             one
             single
             wife
             ,
             though
             fully
             as
             perverse
             as
             she
             was
             faire
             ,
             and
             deprived
             of
             the
             light
             of
             Religion
             ,
             as
             the
             rest
             of
             his
             houshold
             were
             .
          
           
             He
             feasted
             us
             at
             his
             home
             with
             great
             kindenesse
             ,
             and
             we
             presented
             him
             with
             a
             Roman
             Primmer
             ,
             which
             he
             held
             in
             high
             esteem
             ,
             for
             the
             pictures
             onely
             ;
             for
             our
             characters
             were
             unknown
             to
             him
             ,
             nor
             did
             he
             understand
             our
             language
             .
             He
             bestowed
             upon
             us
             a
             Girafe
             and
             a
             sheep
             all
             white
             ,
             but
             the
             head
             ,
             which
             was
             black
             ,
             as
             they
             are
             all
             in
             that
             countrey
             .
             For
             Girafes
             ,
             they
             are
             docile
             beasts
             ,
             white
             and
             spotted
             with
             red
             ,
             their
             fore-feet
             very
             short
             in
             proportion
             to
             the
             hinder
             ,
             with
             a
             Deers
             head
             ,
             and
             very
             short
             horns
             ,
             there
             is
             great
             store
             of
             them
             in
             the
             land
             of
             Cefala
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             IV.
             The
             Country
             of
             
               Monbaze
               ,
               Melinde
            
             ,
             and
             Quiloa
             :
             the
             nature
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             and
             the
             respect
             they
             bear
             their
             PRINCE
             .
          
           
             HAving
             left
             Bulgara
             ,
             we
             run
             all
             along
             that
             stretched
             forth
             coast
             of
             Ethiope
             ,
             where
             we
             visited
             
               Melindo
               ,
               Monbaze
               ,
               Quiloa
               ,
               Mozambique
               ,
               Cefala
               ,
            
             and
             other
             Townes
             ,
             for
             truck
             of
             our
             commodities
             .
          
           
             The
             country
             of
             Monbaze
             takes
             name
             from
             a
             Town
             and
             Island
             so
             called
             ,
             which
             on
             the
             East
             hath
             the
             vast
             Indian
             sea
             ,
             on
             the
             North
             Melinde
             ,
             on
             the
             South
             Quiloa
             ,
             and
             Westward
             the
             spacious
             lake
             of
             Zaflan
             ,
             and
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Xoa
             belonging
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Abyssins
             .
             Heretofore
             this
             kingdome
             was
             subject
             to
             a
             great
             Prince
             styled
             the
             King
             of
             Monemuge
             ,
             neighbouring
             to
             
               Ethiope
               ,
               Monatapa
            
             ,
             
             and
             Mozambique
             .
             As
             for
             Monbaze
             't
             is
             a
             Town
             about
             the
             rate
             of
             Monpellier
             ,
             built
             almost
             after
             the
             Italian
             model
             :
             the
             people
             are
             of
             Olive
             colour
             ,
             affable
             ,
             courteous
             ,
             and
             well
             apparelled
             ,
             specially
             the
             women
             ,
             who
             delight
             in
             rich
             apparel
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             a
             good
             Sea-port
             ,
             strong
             ,
             and
             much
             frequented
             by
             the
             Indians
             ,
             who
             drive
             a
             great
             trade
             in
             spices
             ,
             drugges
             ,
             and
             precious
             stones
             ,
             which
             much
             enriches
             the
             place
             ,
             and
             brings
             a
             great
             conflux
             of
             people
             from
             
               Zanzbar
               ,
               Penda
               ,
               Agair
            
             ,
             and
             other
             parts
             of
             Africa
             .
             There
             is
             gold
             ,
             silver
             ,
             precious
             stones
             ,
             and
             Ivory
             in
             great
             quantity
             .
             The
             country
             abounds
             in
             good
             fruit
             of
             all
             sorts
             ,
             particularly
             in
             Citrons
             and
             Oranges
             of
             prodigious
             bignesse
             ,
             and
             of
             excellent
             taste
             ,
             whereof
             the
             rind
             is
             sweet
             ,
             and
             good
             to
             eat
             .
             There
             are
             likewise
             Peaches
             without
             stones
             ,
             but
             of
             little
             savour
             ,
             Pomegranates
             exceeding
             large
             ;
             and
             above
             all
             ,
             excellent
             waters
             ,
             fresh
             and
             light
             ,
             herein
             surpassing
             Quiloa
             ,
             which
             is
             defective
             .
          
           
             The
             People
             are
             of
             a
             sweet
             disposition
             ,
             contrary
             to
             other
             Maritime
             places
             ,
             where
             the
             natives
             are
             ordinarily
             mutinous
             ,
             and
             litigious
             .
             We
             had
             there
             an
             Host
             called
             
               Francesco
               Cosmel
            
             ,
             of
             complexion
             between
             black
             and
             white
             ,
             as
             he
             were
             born
             of
             a
             Father
             black
             ,
             and
             a
             Mother
             white
             ,
             he
             gave
             us
             testimonies
             of
             a
             generous
             soule
             ,
             and
             seemed
             to
             be
             of
             good
             extraction
             .
             He
             lodged
             us
             in
             the
             chief
             chamber
             of
             the
             house
             hanged
             with
             Matte
             ,
             both
             walls
             and
             floore
             ,
             with
             abundance
             of
             well-wrought
             cushions
             ,
             with
             an
             artificial
             fountain
             on
             one
             side
             which
             water'd
             little
             trees
             ,
             where
             was
             a
             whole
             flight
             of
             birds
             of
             Paradise
             male
             and
             female
             ,
             which
             contrary
             to
             the
             common
             opinion
             had
             feet
             ,
             as
             I
             said
             elsewhere
             ;
             whereupon
             I
             shall
             relate
             a
             pleasant
             passage
             which
             befell
             us
             .
             My
             companion
             resolving
             to
             go
             
             to
             a
             jolly
             town
             not
             far
             thence
             to
             put
             off
             some
             Safron
             which
             he
             had
             ,
             was
             taken
             with
             an
             extreme
             cholick
             ,
             which
             made
             him
             go
             to
             stool
             oftner
             then
             he
             would
             ,
             in
             our
             chamber
             there
             was
             a
             little
             Cistern
             full
             of
             pure
             water
             ,
             he
             finding
             himself
             pressed
             ,
             and
             conceiving
             this
             Cistern
             to
             be
             a
             place
             of
             purpose
             for
             discharge
             ,
             seats
             himself
             on
             it
             .
             
          
           
             By
             misfortune
             there
             was
             a
             young
             maid
             washing
             clothes
             ,
             who
             finding
             this
             nasty
             showre
             fall
             upon
             her
             ,
             began
             to
             cry
             out
             ,
             and
             I
             that
             knew
             what
             the
             matter
             was
             ,
             immediately
             went
             out
             ;
             pretending
             I
             had
             something
             to
             buy
             ;
             so
             as
             my
             companion
             ,
             who
             suspected
             nothing
             ,
             was
             amazed
             ,
             when
             he
             saw
             two
             slaves
             fall
             upon
             him
             with
             cudgels
             ,
             who
             cured
             his
             disease
             with
             a
             new
             sort
             of
             Cataplasme
             .
          
           
             Returning
             up
             again
             I
             saw
             this
             lucky
             adventure
             ,
             and
             my
             companion
             as
             well
             as
             he
             could
             defending
             himself
             .
             In
             fine
             ,
             after
             many
             excuses
             ,
             the
             matter
             was
             taken
             up
             ,
             by
             mediation
             of
             twenty
             seven
             Miticales
             ,
             each
             being
             in
             value
             four
             French
             Livers
             ;
             which
             my
             companion
             was
             forced
             to
             pay
             for
             mundifying
             the
             Cistern
             .
             True
             it
             is
             he
             was
             cured
             of
             his
             cholick
             ,
             but
             so
             ashamed
             of
             the
             accident
             ,
             he
             had
             not
             confidence
             to
             suppe
             with
             us
             .
          
           
             The
             Territory
             of
             Monbaze
             is
             of
             no
             great
             extent
             ,
             confining
             on
             one
             side
             on
             the
             Town
             of
             Orgaba
             ,
             or
             Orgabea
             seated
             on
             the
             river
             Onchir
             ,
             which
             runs
             to
             powre
             it self
             into
             Nile
             near
             Mount
             Amara
             ,
             where
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Melinde
             begins
             ,
             having
             Amara
             on
             the
             North
             ,
             and
             Monbaze
             on
             the
             East
             .
             The
             common
             diet
             of
             the
             country
             is
             honey
             and
             rice
             ,
             their
             drink
             
               Areta
               ,
               Fatigar
            
             ,
             and
             Belinganze
             ,
             which
             they
             keep
             in
             great
             Oxe
             hornes
             ,
             cut
             in
             severall
             figures
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             be
             the
             more
             useful
             .
          
           
             This
             sort
             of
             vessel
             is
             much
             used
             in
             the
             Ethiopian
             Court
             ,
             as
             well
             for
             their
             capacity
             ,
             as
             their
             not
             being
             liable
             to
             break
             ,
             especially
             with
             the
             Monbazians
             ,
             who
             neverthelesse
             will
             make
             no
             use
             of
             any
             but
             of
             a
             beast
             that
             had
             his
             throat
             cut
             ,
             deriving
             this
             custome
             from
             the
             Jews
             .
          
           
             In
             their
             traffick
             with
             Merchants
             they
             apply
             charms
             to
             force
             them
             to
             their
             intent
             ,
             a
             thing
             I
             never
             observed
             in
             any
             other
             nation
             .
             
             When
             notice
             comes
             that
             some
             neighbour
             Prince
             hath
             sent
             Embassadours
             to
             their
             King
             upon
             affaires
             of
             importance
             ,
             they
             doe
             then
             much
             more
             .
             They
             take
             a
             wilde
             goat
             by
             them
             called
             Machorati
             ,
             and
             having
             laid
             some
             charmes
             upon
             it
             ,
             mounted
             upon
             his
             Elephant
             ,
             the
             Prince
             passes
             three
             times
             over
             him
             with
             most
             horrible
             cries
             and
             imprecations
             ,
             which
             their
             Labis
             or
             Priests
             pronounce
             against
             their
             Singiscan
             or
             Demon
             :
             Then
             having
             made
             three
             cries
             more
             in
             manner
             of
             prayer
             ,
             they
             require
             to
             know
             if
             this
             Embassadour
             comes
             for
             Peace
             or
             Warre
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             answered
             for
             Peace
             ,
             they
             march
             before
             him
             with
             abundance
             of
             perfumes
             ,
             and
             signes
             of
             joy
             ;
             and
             being
             arrived
             at
             the
             Town
             ,
             the
             perfumes
             are
             cast
             into
             the
             water
             ,
             to
             shew
             that
             all
             this
             was
             only
             to
             do
             him
             honour
             ,
             and
             to
             endear
             him
             .
             But
             if
             it
             be
             for
             Warre
             ,
             they
             testify
             the
             plain
             contrary
             .
          
           
           
             I
             have
             heard
             since
             my
             return
             ,
             that
             the
             town
             and
             Port
             of
             Monbaze
             is
             by
             the
             Portugals
             taken
             and
             demolished
             .
          
           
             
             For
             a
             draught
             of
             Melinde
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             kingdom
             lying
             above
             Monbaze
             ,
             and
             subject
             to
             the
             same
             King
             ,
             the
             Capitall
             Town
             of
             the
             same
             name
             is
             scituate
             on
             the
             sea
             in
             two
             degrees
             and
             a
             halfe
             beyond
             the
             Line
             ,
             the
             Port
             is
             at
             some
             distance
             ,
             by
             reason
             that
             on
             the
             water
             side
             't
             is
             pester'd
             with
             many
             craggy
             rocks
             ,
             which
             render
             the
             landing
             dangerous
             .
             
             The
             country
             abounds
             in
             all
             sorts
             of
             Fruits
             and
             Viands
             ,
             bread
             excepted
             ;
             instead
             whereof
             they
             make
             use
             of
             Parates
             ,
             which
             are
             both
             good
             and
             wholesom
             .
             They
             have
             likewise
             variety
             of
             flesh
             which
             they
             roast
             and
             dresse
             in
             several
             manners
             ,
             the
             fruits
             excell
             ,
             and
             chiefly
             the
             Melons
             ,
             called
             there
             Dormous
             ,
             admirable
             in
             taste
             ,
             which
             they
             eat
             not
             but
             in
             Summer
             ,
             because
             they
             are
             excessive
             cooling
             ,
             and
             as
             it
             were
             freeze
             the
             stomack
             ,
             being
             neverthelesse
             not
             ill
             of
             digestion
             ,
             or
             causing
             chollicks
             ;
             what
             quantity
             soever
             one
             eats
             .
             They
             are
             for
             the
             most
             part
             Idolaters
             ,
             except
             some
             Mahometans
             ,
             who
             dissemble
             their
             Religion
             ;
             for
             which
             cause
             ,
             the
             Prince
             hath
             but
             a
             sinister
             look
             for
             them
             .
             This
             Prince
             hath
             a
             high
             veneration
             from
             his
             people
             ,
             who
             subjugate
             their
             shoulders
             for
             his
             support
             ,
             burn
             perfumes
             to
             him
             when
             he
             appeares
             in
             publick
             ,
             as
             they
             do
             likewise
             for
             all
             Princes
             or
             Potentates
             who
             come
             to
             visit
             them
             .
             But
             indeed
             this
             Prince
             is
             most
             laudable
             in
             this
             particular
             ,
             that
             he
             himself
             will
             take
             cognizance
             of
             whatsoever
             is
             acted
             by
             his
             Governours
             and
             Magistrates
             ,
             and
             if
             any
             one
             impleads
             other
             before
             him
             ,
             it
             behoves
             him
             on
             the
             price
             of
             his
             head
             ,
             to
             be
             assured
             of
             the
             fact
             .
          
           
             When
             a
             complaint
             is
             made
             to
             him
             ,
             immediately
             he
             sends
             for
             the
             party
             accused
             :
             If
             he
             be
             a
             Noble
             man
             ,
             when
             he
             arrives
             at
             the
             Palace
             gate
             ,
             
             he
             gives
             notice
             to
             the
             Officers
             of
             his
             presencce
             ,
             by
             the
             sound
             of
             a
             Cornet
             ,
             who
             cause
             him
             to
             ascend
             single
             before
             the
             Prince
             ,
             who
             with
             great
             patience
             hears
             hoth
             parties
             in
             presence
             of
             his
             Council
             .
             If
             ●oth
             are
             found
             culpable
             ,
             the
             inferiour
             is
             remitted
             to
             the
             ordinary
             Justice
             ,
             who
             punisheth
             him
             with
             stripes
             of
             cudgell
             ,
             the
             Grandee
             is
             punished
             by
             fine
             :
             But
             if
             the
             Noble-man
             prove
             only
             guilty
             ,
             the
             King
             leads
             him
             to
             his
             chamber
             ,
             where
             being
             disrobed
             ,
             prostrate
             on
             the
             ground
             ,
             craving
             pardon
             ,
             he
             receives
             from
             the
             Kings
             own
             hand
             certain
             stripes
             with
             a
             cudgell
             ,
             more
             or
             fewer
             ,
             in
             proportion
             to
             the
             crime
             and
             services
             he
             hath
             done
             .
             Which
             done
             he
             revests
             ,
             kisses
             the
             Kings
             feet
             ,
             and
             with
             all
             humility
             thanks
             him
             for
             the
             favour
             received
             .
             Then
             without
             further
             shew
             of
             any
             thing
             attends
             the
             King
             to
             his
             Hall
             ,
             who
             in
             presence
             of
             all
             the
             Court
             ,
             gives
             him
             a
             dismission
             ,
             and
             recommends
             ●o
             him
             administration
             of
             Justice
             to
             his
             people
             ,
             causes
             him
             to
             be
             accompanied
             out
             of
             town
             with
             ordinary
             ceremony
             ,
             so
             as
             what
             hath
             passed
             ,
             is
             not
             perceived
             by
             any
             ,
             and
             this
             Grandee
             returns
             as
             well
             content
             ,
             as
             if
             he
             had
             received
             a
             rich
             treasure
             .
             The
             charges
             of
             suit
             are
             defrayed
             out
             of
             the
             Kings
             Coffers
             ,
             or
             if
             he
             please
             by
             the
             
             criminall
             ,
             without
             the
             knowledge
             of
             any
             one
             .
          
           
             When
             as
             this
             King
             who
             by
             his
             subjects
             is
             esteemed
             a
             Saint
             ,
             makes
             a
             progresse
             into
             the
             Country
             ,
             he
             is
             mounted
             on
             a
             horse
             richly
             trapp'd
             ,
             and
             going
             out
             of
             his
             Palace
             passes
             over
             a
             new
             kill'd
             heifer
             ,
             where
             the
             people
             raise
             a
             loud
             outcry
             ,
             and
             instantly
             go
             view
             the
             entrails
             of
             the
             beast
             ,
             to
             judge
             by
             sorcery
             if
             this
             voyage
             shall
             be
             successeful
             ,
             or
             no.
             When
             he
             makes
             entrance
             into
             any
             town
             ,
             all
             the
             fairest
             Ladies
             walk
             before
             him
             with
             censers
             of
             perfumes
             burning
             in
             their
             hands
             ,
             some
             singing
             his
             encomiums
             ,
             others
             melodiously
             playing
             on
             Basons
             ,
             with
             fine
             nods
             ,
             endeavouring
             to
             render
             themselves
             as
             complaisant
             as
             possibly
             they
             can
             .
          
           
             To
             conclude
             ,
             their
             territories
             confine
             upon
             the
             country
             of
             Zangueliac
             and
             
               Ethiopia
               .
               Aquiloa
            
             is
             a
             Kingdome
             with
             an
             Isle
             and
             a
             Town
             of
             the
             same
             appellation
             ,
             where
             the
             Portugals
             have
             a
             Fort
             ,
             the
             Governour
             whereof
             drives
             a
             main
             trade
             by
             means
             of
             the
             vessels
             he
             sends
             for
             the
             Indies
             .
             The
             King
             of
             Quiloa
             was
             Lord
             heretofore
             of
             Mozambique
             .
          
           
             All
             these
             are
             countries
             of
             Zanguebar
             ,
             or
             Zanzibar
             ,
             which
             comprehends
             that
             large
             extent
             of
             ground
             which
             lyes
             between
             the
             Oriental
             and
             Occidental
             seas
             ,
             of
             the
             people
             called
             
               Cafres
               .
               Zanzibar
            
             ,
             properly
             speaking
             ,
             is
             an
             Island
             which
             faces
             directly
             Monbaze
             ,
             but
             the
             country
             I
             intend
             to
             speak
             of
             is
             Zanguebar
             ,
             named
             so
             by
             the
             Arabians
             ,
             because
             in
             their
             language
             ,
             this
             word
             Zangue
             signifies
             black
             ,
             and
             this
             country
             for
             the
             greatest
             part
             is
             inhabited
             by
             Blacks
             .
             
               Mark
               Pol
            
             esteems
             it
             an
             Island
             of
             above
             a
             thousand
             leagues
             in
             circuit
             ,
             being
             water'd
             with
             many
             rivers
             ,
             making
             as
             it
             were
             an
             Island
             .
          
           
             Concerning
             the
             Town
             of
             Quiloa
             't
             was
             built
             ,
             
             as
             Tradition
             sayes
             ,
             above
             six
             hundred
             years
             past
             by
             one
             Hali
             son
             of
             Hocen
             King
             of
             Siras
             in
             Persia
             ,
             who
             came
             to
             live
             there
             .
             Women
             here
             go
             exceeding
             well
             arrayed
             ,
             richly
             adorned
             with
             Jewels
             and
             Ivory
             bracelets
             quaintly
             wrought
             ,
             which
             upon
             death
             of
             husband
             and
             allies
             ,
             they
             break
             in
             signe
             of
             sorrow
             ,
             as
             the
             men
             forbear
             to
             eat
             and
             shave
             their
             hair
             ,
             as
             I
             before
             recounted
             of
             the
             East
             Indies
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             V.
             Of
             Mozambique
             ,
             the
             nature
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             .
             Cefala
             .
             Mines
             of
             gold
             in
             
               Ophir
               .
               Belugara
            
             .
          
           
             HAving
             passed
             by
             Viada
             ,
             where
             the
             people
             for
             the
             best
             part
             dwell
             upon
             the
             river
             Dumes
             or
             Humes
             ,
             
             since
             the
             vast
             inundation
             of
             this
             and
             other
             rivers
             in
             the
             country
             ,
             upon
             the
             day
             of
             Saint
             Abiblicane
             ,
             we
             entered
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Mozambique
             ;
             this
             River
             runs
             towards
             the
             East
             ,
             passing
             by
             the
             foot
             of
             the
             Mountain
             Zet
             ,
             
             out
             of
             which
             issues
             one
             of
             the
             heads
             of
             Nile
             ,
             the
             other
             from
             the
             Mount
             Betzoan
             ,
             which
             ancients
             called
             the
             Mountains
             of
             the
             Moon
             streaming
             towards
             the
             points
             Maestro
             and
             Tramontanus
             .
             The
             branch
             which
             runs
             Southward
             ,
             is
             divided
             not
             far
             from
             the
             head
             by
             a
             rock
             into
             two
             streams
             ,
             the
             one
             watering
             the
             land
             of
             Sefala
             ,
             the
             other
             running
             to
             disgorge
             it self
             in
             the
             sea
             right
             over
             against
             the
             Isle
             of
             Saint
             Laurence
             .
          
           
             
             Mozambique
             is
             a
             small
             Island
             hard
             upon
             the
             firm
             land
             ,
             with
             a
             Haven
             and
             a
             Fort
             of
             the
             Portugals
             within
             fifteen
             degrees
             of
             the
             Line
             .
             'T
             was
             subject
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Quiloa
             ,
             till
             the
             Portugals
             became
             Masters
             ,
             where
             now
             in
             their
             voyages
             from
             Portugal
             to
             the
             Indies
             is
             one
             of
             their
             securest
             harbours
             to
             rest
             and
             refresh
             themselves
             .
             The
             greatest
             part
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             who
             are
             all
             Blacks
             ,
             professe
             Mahometisme
             ,
             the
             rest
             Idolatry
             .
          
           
             They
             upon
             the
             firm
             land
             are
             absolute
             brutes
             ,
             going
             stark
             naked
             ,
             their
             privities
             only
             covered
             with
             a
             cotten
             cloth
             .
             Adorers
             of
             the
             Sun
             ,
             like
             them
             of
             Sephala
             speaking
             the
             same
             language
             as
             they
             ;
             their
             traffick
             is
             Gold
             ,
             Ivory
             ,
             and
             Ebony
             ;
             their
             chief
             food
             the
             flesh
             of
             Elephants
             .
             They
             delight
             much
             to
             parget
             their
             bodies
             with
             a
             reddish
             earth
             ,
             perswading
             themselves
             that
             so
             dawb'd
             ,
             the
             world
             shewes
             not
             finer
             men
             .
             The
             better
             sort
             paint
             themselves
             with
             a
             certain
             Folliage
             ,
             which
             to
             make
             azure
             ,
             they
             use
             Indico
             and
             other
             compounds
             .
             There
             are
             amongst
             them
             who
             bore
             their
             lips
             like
             the
             Americans
             ,
             enchasing
             some
             delicate
             stone
             .
          
           
             
             Some
             say
             this
             count●y
             in
             times
             past
             depended
             upon
             Ethiopia
             ,
             and
             and
             't
             was
             hither
             Salomon
             sent
             his
             Fleets
             for
             gold
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Queen
             of
             Saba
             stil'd
             her self
             likewise
             Queen
             of
             Mozambique
             and
             Melindo
             ;
             moreover
             that
             their
             speech
             resembles
             in
             some
             sort
             that
             of
             Senega
             .
             Though
             to
             speak
             truth
             ,
             't
             is
             more
             likelihood
             Salomon
             fetched
             his
             gold
             from
             the
             mines
             of
             Sefala
             ,
             which
             are
             not
             farre
             thence
             ,
             or
             may
             be
             from
             the
             East
             Indies
             .
          
           
             
             Touching
             the
             country
             of
             Cefala
             ,
             or
             Sefala
             and
             Zinguebar
             ,
             which
             takes
             up
             in
             a
             sort
             the
             whole
             breadth
             of
             that
             end
             of
             Africa
             ,
             even
             to
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               Bona
               Esperanza
            
             ,
             which
             coast
             is
             inhabited
             with
             Blacks
             ,
             called
             Cafares
             ,
             or
             Cafres
             ,
             they
             appertain
             to
             the
             great
             Empire
             of
             Monomotapa
             ,
             of
             which
             we
             are
             to
             speak
             presently
             .
          
           
             In
             particular
             for
             what
             concerns
             Zinguebar
             ,
             or
             Zanzibar
             ,
             which
             ancients
             called
             Agezymba
             ,
             and
             which
             they
             placed
             above
             the
             high
             and
             interiour
             Ethiopia
             ,
             't
             is
             as
             it
             were
             an
             Island
             environed
             with
             seas
             ,
             and
             rivers
             ,
             't
             is
             a
             plentifull
             country
             of
             all
             kinds
             of
             commodities
             for
             livelihood
             .
          
           
             The
             town
             of
             the
             same
             appellation
             in
             twenty
             four
             degrees
             and
             a
             half
             ,
             hath
             a
             good
             Port
             well
             frequented
             upon
             a
             lake
             ,
             excellently
             well
             built
             ,
             of
             stone
             ,
             lime
             and
             sand
             ,
             after
             the
             manner
             of
             the
             Italian
             Towns
             ,
             embellished
             with
             pleasant
             gardens
             ,
             entirely
             beguirt
             with
             water
             ,
             as
             Meroc
             is
             ,
             but
             there
             is
             no
             drink
             but
             the
             draw-well
             .
             The
             Princes
             Palace
             seems
             very
             lofty
             ,
             which
             defends
             the
             
             mouth
             of
             the
             haven
             ,
             before
             which
             there
             is
             a
             convenient
             place
             for
             calking
             vessels
             .
             'T
             is
             scituate
             in
             the
             best
             part
             of
             Monomotapa
             ,
             and
             fronts
             Eastward
             with
             the
             Province
             of
             Simen
             or
             Simis
             ,
             which
             joynes
             with
             the
             land
             of
             Melinde
             .
             The
             Inhabitants
             are
             well
             civilized
             ,
             and
             't
             is
             thought
             this
             is
             the
             same
             Monomotapa
             which
             lies
             upon
             the
             river
             of
             the
             Holy
             Ghost
             ,
             where
             all
             the
             houses
             are
             flat
             roofed
             —
             as
             they
             are
             at
             Naples
             ,
             and
             the
             Palace
             royall
             like
             that
             at
             Calicut
             ,
             there
             is
             not
             one
             but
             hath
             his
             Alfongi
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             boat
             of
             one
             peice
             .
             The
             Presterian
             or
             Natahachi
             ,
             
             and
             Abassi
             hath
             often
             attempted
             to
             take
             in
             this
             country
             ,
             but
             failed
             ,
             only
             he
             plundered
             it
             ,
             taking
             away
             a
             number
             of
             slaves
             to
             make
             Christians
             of
             his
             kinde
             .
             Amongst
             his
             other
             warres
             he
             took
             the
             Region
             of
             Canfild
             ,
             which
             Geographers
             place
             where
             they
             should
             not
             .
          
           
             This
             country
             stretches
             very
             far
             even
             to
             the
             lake
             of
             Zaflan
             ,
             
             which
             makes
             the
             faire
             Island
             of
             Zunan
             or
             Zanan
             ,
             near
             which
             is
             Garga
             ,
             or
             Gorga
             ,
             the
             capitall
             town
             of
             the
             countrey
             ,
             beautified
             with
             pleasant
             gardens
             ,
             and
             abounding
             in
             fowle
             and
             cattle
             ,
             rice
             ,
             and
             other
             commodities
             for
             livelihood
             .
             This
             lake
             of
             Zaftan
             is
             as
             't
             were
             a
             wide
             and
             vast
             sea
             of
             sweet
             water
             ;
             
             lying
             close
             upon
             the
             great
             Province
             of
             Gazasele
             ,
             which
             confines
             upon
             
               Cafates
               ,
               Cara
               ,
               Esaui
               ,
               Noua
               ,
               Ambian
               ,
            
             all
             which
             meet
             at
             Agag
             ,
             scituate
             between
             the
             two
             Cataracts
             called
             by
             the
             Inhabitants
             Zembra
             ,
             with
             the
             entire
             kingdome
             of
             Aygamar
             .
             As
             to
             Cofala
             ,
             't
             is
             likewise
             a
             reasonable
             large
             country
             ,
             rich
             and
             fertile
             at
             least
             from
             the
             lake
             Gourantes
             to
             the
             Cuama
             :
             for
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Coast
             ,
             
             from
             the
             River
             Magnice
             to
             the
             Cape
             ,
             is
             but
             barren
             .
             This
             Magnice
             ,
             or
             the
             River
             
               de
               Espiritu
               Sancto
            
             ,
             as
             the
             Portugalls
             call
             it
             ,
             rises
             from
             one
             of
             the
             lakes
             whence
             Nile
             takes
             its
             Origine
             ,
             called
             Zembra
             ;
             or
             as
             others
             will
             have
             it
             more
             probably
             from
             Zachaf
             ,
             and
             crossing
             the
             mountaines
             of
             the
             Moon
             ,
             and
             the
             great
             Empire
             of
             Monomotapa
             ,
             deliver
             themselves
             in
             the
             Meridian
             Sea
             ,
             in
             twenty
             three
             degrees
             and
             a
             halfe
             forth
             of
             the
             same
             lake
             Cuama
             or
             Couesme
             takes
             his
             birth
             ,
             which
             disgorges
             it selfe
             at
             seven
             mouthes
             ,
             a
             little
             above
             the
             Cape
             of
             Courantes
             ,
             in
             sort
             that
             this
             kingdome
             of
             Sefala
             is
             invironed
             with
             two
             great
             Rivers
             ,
             which
             towards
             Mid
             -
             August
             make
             exceeding
             inundations
             ,
             and
             fatten
             the
             soyle
             ,
             as
             Nile
             ,
             by
             its
             overflowes
             ,
             fertilizes
             the
             countries
             of
             
               Egypt
               ,
               Beniermi
               ;
               Nubie
               ,
               Tamatas
               ,
               Soba
               ,
               Bugamidei
               ,
               Goyame
               ,
            
             and
             others
             .
          
           
             These
             two
             rivers
             then
             launch
             out
             of
             the
             lake
             Zaire
             and
             Zembre
             or
             Goyame
             as
             some
             think
             ,
             and
             moderne
             writers
             say
             ,
             
             from
             a
             lake
             called
             Zuman
             ,
             or
             Zuama
             ,
             or
             Sachaf
             ,
             as
             two
             great
             branches
             ,
             one
             whereof
             which
             is
             Magnice
             ,
             runnes
             into
             the
             sea
             ,
             as
             at
             a
             place
             by
             the
             Portugalls
             called
             Punca
             ,
             or
             
               Labras
               
               del
               Spiritu
               sancto
            
             .
             The
             other
             is
             called
             Fuama
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             faint
             ,
             because
             it
             failes
             at
             threescore
             and
             fifteene
             miles
             from
             Cefala
             ,
             and
             is
             lost
             in
             the
             sand
             ,
             whence
             it
             rises
             again
             afterwards
             .
             The
             large
             lake
             of
             Zembre
             bears
             great
             vessels
             ,
             and
             some
             report
             they
             have
             sailed
             upon
             it
             above
             two
             hundred
             and
             fifty
             leagues
             .
             It
             receives
             other
             rivers
             ,
             as
             the
             Paname
             sixty
             leagues
             beneath
             Cefala
             ,
             others
             about
             twenty
             leagues
             ,
             as
             the
             
               Libia
               Mariancia
            
             ,
             called
             by
             the
             
               Abissins
               Eshusula
            
             and
             Sancola
             ,
             both
             great
             inundations
             ,
             laying
             the
             whole
             country
             under
             water
             ,
             and
             in
             Marshes
             of
             difficult
             passage
             .
          
           
             
             The
             soyle
             of
             Cefala
             is
             exceeding
             rich
             in
             gold
             ,
             and
             the
             river
             Cuama
             brings
             it
             ready
             fn'd
             in
             small
             threads
             which
             are
             found
             in
             the
             sand
             ,
             so
             as
             this
             river
             passes
             through
             mines
             of
             gold
             ,
             for
             which
             reason
             the
             Portugals
             by
             permission
             of
             a
             Mahometan
             Prince
             who
             rules
             the
             Country
             ,
             have
             here
             built
             a
             Fort
             to
             facilitate
             their
             negotiation
             with
             the
             Inhabitants
             .
             Before
             they
             arrived
             here
             ,
             some
             Mahometans
             of
             Quiloa
             and
             Magadoxo
             built
             the
             town
             of
             Sefala
             in
             one
             of
             the
             Islands
             made
             by
             Geuesme
             ,
             
             this
             river
             augmented
             by
             Paname
             which
             takes
             birth
             near
             the
             town
             Amara
             ,
             and
             swelled
             by
             Laanga
             ,
             who
             leads
             with
             it
             the
             Arrouia
             ,
             and
             joyns
             with
             Monoua
             at
             the
             Ruenia
             ,
             and
             the
             Inedita
             called
             Iradi
             by
             the
             Ethiopians
             ,
             which
             together
             water
             many
             countries
             ,
             making
             vast
             inundations
             and
             Marshes
             ,
             which
             render
             the
             land
             so
             dangerous
             to
             passe
             ,
             that
             there
             needs
             well
             experienc'd
             guides
             ,
             and
             to
             make
             Mount
             Masima
             ,
             by
             the
             natives
             called
             Manica
             ,
             the
             way
             to
             Ethiopia
             ,
             there
             are
             many
             fair
             Provinces
             ,
             
             rich
             in
             ore
             of
             gold
             and
             silver
             .
             They
             term
             the
             gold
             mine
             Manica
             ,
             the
             country
             Matuca
             or
             Mataca
             ,
             and
             those
             which
             get
             the
             gold
             Bothones
             .
             There
             is
             another
             an
             exceeding
             rich
             one
             in
             the
             Province
             of
             Torta
             or
             Toroa
             ,
             and
             in
             that
             of
             Gag
             or
             Agag
             one
             of
             silver
             ,
             as
             there
             is
             also
             at
             Bocaua
             or
             
               Batua
               ,
               Boror
               ,
               Tacouir
            
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             ,
             and
             the
             soyle
             is
             universally
             very
             fertile
             ;
             as
             likewise
             at
             Potozzy
             and
             Perou
             .
             To
             avoid
             these
             immense
             Marshes
             ,
             as
             I
             said
             ,
             one
             is
             forced
             to
             take
             the
             way
             of
             Mount
             Manica
             ,
             bending
             towards
             Ambea
             ,
             and
             Sabaim
             ,
             where
             at
             this
             day
             are
             seen
             huge
             ruines
             of
             ancient
             structures
             ,
             which
             resemble
             the
             greatnesse
             and
             magnificence
             of
             those
             of
             the
             ancient
             Romanes
             ,
             chiefly
             in
             the
             kingdomes
             Batua
             and
             Toroa
             ,
             where
             are
             the
             most
             ancient
             mines
             of
             gold
             in
             Africa
             .
             
             There
             you
             finde
             likewise
             store
             of
             stones
             of
             excessive
             bulke
             so
             excellently
             pollished
             ,
             they
             never
             lose
             their
             lustre
             ,
             fixed
             together
             without
             Cement
             ,
             so
             fine
             ,
             it
             is
             not
             perceivable
             .
          
           
             In
             like
             manner
             we
             finde
             there
             Remainders
             of
             walls
             of
             above
             twenty
             five
             handfulls
             thick
             ,
             with
             certain
             hieroglyphick
             characters
             engraved
             ,
             not
             to
             be
             read
             ,
             as
             the
             like
             is
             observed
             in
             Persia
             among
             the
             ruines
             of
             the
             town
             Persepolis
             .
             Many
             do
             conceive
             't
             was
             from
             hence
             Salomon
             fetcht
             his
             gold
             ,
             as
             I
             said
             elsewhere
             ;
             
             and
             these
             great
             ruines
             to
             have
             been
             of
             that
             Ages
             building
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             same
             King.
             
          
           
             Howsoever
             we
             took
             not
             this
             road
             by
             the
             Mountain
             ,
             for
             being
             come
             from
             the
             
               Cape
               Gourantes
            
             ,
             with
             a
             Portugall
             Captain
             called
             Baccheo
             ,
             a
             fiery
             and
             insolent
             person
             ,
             with
             whom
             we
             had
             contracted
             for
             our
             passage
             ,
             with
             design
             to
             come
             for
             Spain
             ,
             by
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               Bona
               Esperanza
            
             ,
             and
             along
             the
             coast
             of
             Africa
             ,
             we
             were
             constrained
             to
             go
             on
             shore
             at
             
               Agoas
               de
               san
               Biasio
            
             ,
             by
             some
             called
             the
             coast
             of
             S.
             Rafuel
             ,
             to
             avoid
             the
             tyranny
             of
             this
             Captain
             .
             
             'T
             is
             scarce
             credible
             what
             discommodities
             one
             suffers
             in
             these
             Portugal
             vessels
             ;
             for
             though
             he
             shift
             his
             clothes
             and
             linnen
             a
             hundred
             times
             the
             day
             ,
             he
             is
             eaten
             up
             with
             lice
             ;
             have
             you
             need
             but
             of
             a
             glasse
             of
             water
             ,
             you
             must
             make
             insupportable
             submissions
             to
             a
             very
             boy
             ,
             contest
             every
             evening
             for
             your
             lodging
             ,
             run
             every
             hour
             to
             the
             drudgery
             of
             the
             ship
             ,
             and
             depend
             on
             a
             Captain
             more
             cruell
             then
             a
             Comet
             ;
             finding
             my self
             in
             this
             distresse
             ,
             I
             resolved
             to
             disbark
             at
             what
             rate
             soever
             ,
             and
             I
             took
             my
             time
             when
             I
             saw
             them
             putting
             some
             Hogs-heads
             in
             boat
             ,
             to
             put
             in
             a
             little
             chest
             of
             mine
             also
             covered
             with
             red
             leather
             ,
             and
             locked
             ,
             pretending
             I
             went
             to
             fell
             some
             commodities
             .
             Being
             now
             on
             land
             ,
             I
             followed
             a
             path
             towards
             a
             village
             called
             
               Git
               Bulgara
            
             with
             my
             mantle
             on
             my
             shoulders
             where
             meeting
             by
             the
             way
             with
             a
             country-man
             ,
             who
             understood
             me
             not
             ,
             because
             I
             spoke
             Indian
             ,
             he
             only
             apprehended
             some
             Arabian
             words
             ,
             and
             made
             signes
             to
             me
             ,
             that
             at
             the
             next
             village
             I
             should
             be
             understood
             ,
             and
             helped
             me
             himself
             to
             carry
             my
             Baggadge
             .
             Being
             come
             to
             a
             Fishers
             house
             we
             found
             him
             mending
             his
             nets
             ,
             who
             at
             first
             accost
             cryed
             to
             me
             ,
             Afartas
             ,
             as
             to
             bid
             me
             I
             should
             not
             be
             afraid
             .
             I
             took
             him
             by
             his
             countenance
             to
             be
             an
             honest
             man
             ,
             he
             had
             many
             children
             ,
             and
             amongst
             the
             rest
             two
             tall
             girles
             ,
             who
             gazed
             upon
             me
             with
             wonder
             at
             the
             strangenesse
             of
             my
             habit
             ,
             which
             was
             Persian
             ,
             with
             long
             Bases
             ,
             a
             Cassock
             ,
             and
             a
             vest
             like
             a
             Honger-line
             over
             all
             of
             a
             neat
             stuffe
             :
             I
             opened
             my
             chest
             ,
             and
             took
             out
             some
             bracelets
             made
             of
             Venetian
             Beads
             of
             several
             colours
             ,
             wherewith
             I
             presented
             them
             ,
             
             which
             they
             accepted
             with
             much
             content
             ,
             even
             ravished
             with
             the
             prettinesse
             of
             these
             little
             toyes
             of
             glasse
             :
             but
             the
             Father
             restored
             them
             to
             me
             again
             ,
             and
             rebuked
             them
             sharply
             for
             having
             taken
             them
             ,
             conceiving
             them
             to
             be
             precious
             stones
             ,
             till
             with
             entreaties
             I
             prevailed
             with
             him
             to
             take
             them
             ,
             and
             gave
             them
             back
             to
             his
             daughters
             ,
             who
             had
             never
             before
             seen
             themselves
             so
             richly
             deck'd
             .
             This
             good
             man
             having
             hidden
             my
             chest
             ,
             and
             given
             me
             notice
             by
             signes
             that
             I
             should
             not
             speak
             a
             word
             of
             it
             to
             any
             one
             ,
             lest
             it
             should
             be
             enquired
             after
             ,
             caused
             a
             Moor
             to
             be
             brought
             to
             me
             ,
             who
             had
             on
             his
             arme
             a
             Crosse
             ,
             by
             whom
             I
             understood
             he
             had
             been
             at
             Tunis
             ,
             and
             ,
             what
             was
             more
             content
             to
             me
             ,
             told
             me
             I
             might
             travell
             throughout
             Africa
             as
             far
             as
             Cair
             and
             Alexandria
             ,
             going
             from
             town
             to
             town
             ,
             and
             from
             dwelling
             to
             dwelling
             ,
             with
             security
             .
          
           
           
             
             I
             had
             a
             curiosity
             to
             know
             why
             he
             bore
             that
             crosse
             upon
             his
             arme
             ,
             he
             replyed
             ,
             his
             Father
             lived
             at
             Magadeli
             ,
             and
             was
             a
             Mahometan
             ,
             but
             that
             he
             and
             the
             rest
             to
             exempt
             themselves
             from
             paying
             tribute
             to
             the
             N●gus
             ,
             imprinted
             this
             mark
             ,
             that
             they
             might
             be
             known
             for
             Christians
             .
             In
             the
             mean
             while
             my
             courteous
             Host
             killed
             a
             kid
             ,
             and
             made
             ready
             plenty
             of
             fish
             to
             entertain
             me
             ,
             adding
             that
             ,
             though
             I
             should
             stay
             a
             twelve
             moneth
             entire
             in
             his
             house
             ,
             he
             could
             not
             make
             satisfaction
             for
             the
             present
             I
             had
             given
             his
             daughters
             ,
             who
             would
             get
             husbands
             much
             the
             sooner
             .
             And
             really
             all
             the
             neighbours
             near
             at
             hand
             flocked
             to
             behold
             and
             admire
             them
             with
             these
             splendid
             bracelets
             ,
             and
             christall
             pendants
             red
             and
             garnisht
             with
             guilt
             ,
             which
             I
             hung
             at
             their
             ears
             when
             we
             rose
             from
             table
             ,
             notwithstanding
             their
             fathers
             opposition
             ,
             who
             was
             ashamed
             and
             confounded
             at
             my
             prodigality
             .
             Some
             three
             houres
             after
             ,
             or
             thereabout
             ,
             the
             boat
             belonging
             to
             our
             ship
             came
             to
             shore
             ,
             where
             I
             presently
             saw
             my
             Comrades
             arrive
             ,
             who
             had
             been
             at
             sharp
             words
             with
             the
             Captain
             ,
             for
             that
             he
             permitted
             me
             to
             leave
             the
             ship
             ,
             and
             importunely
             entreated
             me
             to
             return
             ,
             rather
             then
             to
             expose
             my self
             single
             to
             the
             hazard
             of
             being
             devoured
             by
             wild
             beasts
             ,
             till
             being
             satisfied
             by
             the
             Moore
             ,
             that
             we
             might
             securely
             travel
             through
             the
             midst
             of
             Africa
             ,
             they
             took
             my
             design
             themselves
             ,
             and
             resolved
             to
             go
             strait
             to
             Alexandria
             by
             the
             River
             Cuame
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             branch
             of
             Zaire
             as
             I
             said
             before
             ;
             which
             falls
             very
             gently
             ;
             and
             the
             sea
             at
             full
             tide
             comes
             in
             ,
             and
             goes
             above
             twenty
             five
             leagues
             upward
             ;
             upon
             this
             design
             we
             bought
             two
             Almadies
             ,
             wherein
             we
             stowed
             our
             carriage
             ,
             
               Sieur
               de
               la
               Courbe
               ,
               Cassis
            
             my
             companion
             and
             I
             ,
             with
             our
             Moore
             ,
             and
             one
             Ismaro
             who
             came
             aboard
             with
             us
             at
             the
             Cape
             of
             Courantes
             to
             go
             for
             Lisbon
             ,
             we
             took
             our
             leave
             of
             our
             Hoste
             ,
             whose
             name
             was
             Adilau
             ,
             and
             going
             along
             up
             the
             River
             ,
             we
             arrived
             the
             first
             evening
             at
             a
             Town
             called
             Alzizir
             ,
             the
             Lord
             whereof
             ,
             whom
             we
             presented
             with
             a
             paire
             of
             knives
             ,
             treated
             us
             with
             much
             humanity
             ,
             and
             having
             feasted
             us
             with
             good
             cheer
             ,
             lodged
             us
             upon
             cotton
             quilts
             .
          
           
             On
             the
             morrow
             we
             took
             the
             tyde
             ,
             and
             in
             our
             Almadies
             going
             up
             the
             river
             ,
             he
             met
             two
             men
             ,
             one
             of
             which
             spake
             Arabian
             to
             us
             ,
             which
             was
             much
             comfort
             to
             us
             ,
             he
             embarked
             with
             us
             ,
             promising
             to
             wait
             on
             us
             three
             Moones
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             three
             moneths
             for
             a
             Capos
             which
             I
             gave
             him
             .
             At
             night
             we
             landed
             at
             Aiasita
             ,
             a
             convenient
             town
             ,
             but
             meanly
             built
             ,
             whose
             situation
             my
             companion
             took
             with
             his
             Astrolabe
             ,
             and
             found
             it
             distant
             from
             the
             Line
             twenty
             four
             degrees
             .
             Being
             arrived
             ,
             although
             there
             were
             no
             danger
             for
             the
             rest
             of
             our
             journey
             ,
             we
             thought
             best
             to
             go
             together
             to
             Belugara
             ,
             to
             visit
             the
             Lord
             of
             the
             place
             ,
             and
             get
             a
             passe
             from
             him
             .
             He
             was
             very
             glad
             to
             see
             us
             ,
             and
             much
             the
             more
             for
             a
             present
             we
             made
             him
             of
             a
             little
             neat
             basket
             ,
             a
             diverse
             coloured
             glasse
             ,
             and
             a
             pair
             of
             knives
             ,
             which
             he
             so
             highly
             esteemed
             ,
             that
             he
             caused
             us
             to
             dine
             at
             his
             own
             table
             ,
             and
             gave
             us
             a
             piece
             of
             Parchment
             of
             Azure
             colour
             ,
             
             about
             the
             bignesse
             of
             a
             card
             for
             play
             ,
             with
             a
             writing
             for
             our
             passage
             ;
             gave
             us
             a
             favour
             two
             Gazells
             ,
             and
             two
             Pea-Birds
             ,
             and
             caused
             four
             small
             Elephants
             be
             made
             ready
             to
             carry
             us
             to
             our
             Barks
             ,
             which
             lay
             some
             two
             leagues
             from
             thence
             ,
             and
             he
             himself
             bore
             us
             company
             for
             a
             quarter
             of
             a
             league
             ,
             mounted
             on
             a
             another
             little
             Elephant
             decently
             trapped
             with
             cotton
             cloth
             of
             several
             colours
             .
             The
             rest
             of
             the
             day
             we
             traveld
             not
             far
             by
             reason
             the
             tide
             was
             spent
             ,
             as
             also
             for
             that
             we
             went
             a
             shooting
             in
             the
             woods
             with
             our
             Guns
             ,
             where
             we
             found
             such
             abundance
             of
             white
             rabbets
             ,
             that
             they
             were
             troublesome
             ,
             and
             great
             store
             of
             tame
             Partridges
             ,
             and
             went
             through
             no
             other
             then
             onely
             the
             town
             called
             Langada
             ,
             belonging
             to
             the
             Prince
             of
             Atasinga
             .
             The
             Candi
             came
             himself
             to
             visit
             us
             ,
             inviting
             us
             to
             stay
             that
             night
             there
             ,
             but
             in
             respect
             the
             day
             was
             far
             spent
             ,
             we
             held
             on
             our
             way
             ,
             and
             arrived
             something
             late
             at
             a
             town
             called
             Suguelane
             ,
             subject
             to
             the
             Subacchi
             ,
             
             whither
             we
             sent
             one
             of
             our
             men
             before
             to
             take
             a
             lodging
             for
             us
             .
             On
             a
             sudden
             behold
             a
             company
             of
             young
             girles
             ,
             who
             came
             to
             us
             with
             Pipes
             ,
             and
             Tabors
             ,
             made
             of
             the
             bark
             of
             a
             tree
             of
             one
             entire
             piece
             ,
             drawn
             over
             with
             certain
             fruit
             ,
             which
             sound
             much
             like
             Cimballs
             ,
             danceing
             and
             tripping
             to
             the
             musick
             of
             these
             instruments
             .
             
               Sieur
               de
               la
               Courbe
            
             gave
             them
             a
             piece
             of
             money
             ,
             which
             on
             one
             side
             had
             certain
             characters
             ,
             on
             the
             other
             a
             crown'd
             head
             ,
             with
             a
             kind
             of
             Nosegay
             in
             the
             form
             of
             a
             Pyramid
             ,
             with
             a
             great
             many
             flowers
             round
             about
             .
             They
             beheld
             this
             piece
             with
             much
             curiosity
             ,
             and
             one
             of
             them
             holding
             it
             aloft
             to
             the
             view
             of
             the
             party
             ,
             the
             rest
             fell
             to
             dancing
             after
             their
             fashion
             ,
             till
             such
             time
             as
             perceiving
             a
             troop
             of
             about
             fifty
             men
             ,
             wrapt
             in
             woollen
             cloth
             ,
             which
             covered
             their
             whole
             bodies
             ,
             we
             made
             a
             soft
             retreat
             to
             our
             Barks
             .
             Then
             we
             saw
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             company
             one
             raised
             above
             the
             rest
             ,
             borne
             on
             a
             Palanquin
             ,
             having
             on
             his
             head
             a
             Miter
             ,
             enriched
             with
             stones
             ,
             who
             being
             come
             near
             our
             boates
             ,
             descended
             ,
             and
             having
             said
             Afrares
             ,
             which
             signifies
             come
             nigh
             ,
             entered
             affably
             into
             one
             of
             our
             Barks
             ,
             and
             saluted
             us
             with
             the
             word
             Erga●i
             ,
             which
             is
             ,
             welcome
             .
             The
             
               Sieur
               de
               la
               Courbe
            
             understanding
             this
             to
             be
             the
             Lord
             of
             Suguelane
             ,
             kissed
             his
             hand
             ,
             and
             by
             an
             Interpreter
             delivered
             him
             the
             occasion
             and
             design
             of
             our
             voyage
             .
             This
             whole
             night
             was
             divided
             into
             good
             chear
             ,
             and
             dancing
             with
             the
             wives
             of
             this
             Potentate
             ,
             the
             Principall
             of
             whom
             ,
             The
             
               Sieur
               de
               la
               Courbe
            
             presented
             with
             a
             chain
             of
             various
             colour'd
             glasse
             beads
             ,
             which
             caus'd
             as
             much
             wonder
             and
             envie
             in
             the
             other
             Ladies
             ,
             as
             contentment
             in
             the
             Prince
             ,
             who
             reciprocally
             gave
             him
             a
             cup
             of
             Euate
             ,
             filled
             with
             Pepitaian
             gold
             ,
             which
             he
             forced
             upon
             our
             country-man
             by
             the
             strength
             of
             entreaties
             ,
             but
             in
             retribution
             ,
             out
             of
             the
             civility
             naturall
             to
             his
             country
             ,
             he
             presented
             a
             guilt
             Cimeterre
             with
             hangers
             of
             China
             work
             .
             I
             likewise
             presented
             the
             Ladies
             with
             some
             rare
             pendants
             of
             red
             Pausell
             christall
             ,
             and
             very
             glittering
             ,
             who
             immediately
             cast
             off
             their
             upper
             garments
             ,
             and
             fell
             to
             dancing
             .
          
           
           
             To
             conclude
             ,
             having
             seen
             Jerma
             ,
             and
             Simbada
             ,
             a
             great
             and
             huge
             Town
             erected
             in
             the
             water
             ,
             where
             is
             the
             right
             country
             of
             Agisimba
             ,
             
             staid
             fifteen
             dayes
             at
             Rifa
             ,
             where
             we
             became
             known
             to
             the
             Chanubi
             or
             Governour
             ,
             who
             gave
             us
             good
             instructions
             for
             our
             journey
             ,
             and
             brought
             us
             better
             then
             half
             the
             way
             to
             Cheticoura
             in
             a
             boat
             of
             his
             ;
             The
             
               Sieur
               de
               Courbe
            
             ,
             and
             I
             ,
             who
             had
             a
             particular
             curiosity
             to
             see
             the
             country
             ,
             resolved
             there
             to
             go
             render
             a
             deference
             to
             the
             great
             Taboqui
             or
             Monomotapa
             ,
             who
             was
             at
             his
             capital
             Town
             of
             Zanguebar
             or
             Monopotapa
             ,
             who
             bestowed
             many
             indulgements
             on
             us
             while
             we
             staid
             ,
             our
             boats
             being
             left
             with
             the
             rest
             of
             our
             company
             ,
             who
             had
             no
             such
             curiosity
             ,
             with
             order
             to
             meet
             all
             together
             at
             a
             certain
             place
             called
             Calboute
             ,
             without
             parting
             any
             more
             thenceforward
             .
             I
             cannot
             give
             a
             particular
             account
             of
             the
             distance
             of
             places
             ,
             I
             may
             be
             excused
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             deviations
             and
             turnings
             we
             were
             forced
             to
             make
             ,
             returning
             sometimes
             the
             same
             way
             we
             came
             :
             notwithstanding
             I
             shall
             speak
             precisely
             enough
             of
             what
             concerns
             Monopotapa
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             VI.
             Of
             Monopotapa
             ,
             the
             Princes
             estates
             ,
             and
             Government
             ,
             his
             way
             of
             living
             ,
             and
             the
             singularity
             of
             his
             Country
             .
          
           
             
             THis
             Prince
             is
             by
             some
             called
             the
             Benemotapa
             or
             Benemataxa
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             native
             people
             the
             Grand
             Tahaqui
             ,
             he
             possesses
             so
             large
             an
             Empire
             ,
             that
             't
             is
             given
             for
             a
             thousand
             leagues
             in
             circuit
             ,
             invironed
             with
             seas
             and
             great
             Rivers
             ,
             which
             render
             it
             inaccessable
             and
             inexpugnable
             ;
             for
             on
             the
             North
             it
             hath
             the
             vast
             lake
             Zembré
             or
             Zembaré
             ,
             on
             the
             South
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               Bona
               Esperanza
            
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             other
             sides
             the
             Eastern
             and
             Western
             seas
             .
             Towards
             the
             Siroch
             it
             stretches
             it self
             as
             far
             as
             the
             Mountaines
             of
             Manice
             where
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Toroca
             or
             Toroa
             takes
             beginning
             ,
             whereof
             the
             principal
             town
             is
             Zenebra
             ,
             next
             is
             Tatuca
             rich
             in
             gold
             ,
             silver
             ,
             and
             ivory
             .
          
           
             Then
             there
             are
             the
             kingdomes
             of
             Agag
             and
             Boro
             ,
             which
             on
             the
             Blacks
             side
             face
             towards
             the
             Beche
             ,
             on
             the
             West
             towards
             Tacui
             ,
             which
             goes
             as
             far
             as
             Mozambique
             .
             Likewise
             within
             this
             Empire
             the
             Province
             of
             Butua
             lyes
             ,
             as
             also
             that
             of
             Simbage
             or
             Simbatni
             ,
             plentiful
             in
             Ivory
             ,
             
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             great
             multitude
             of
             Elephants
             ,
             in
             salt
             of
             the
             rock
             whence
             good
             part
             of
             Africa
             is
             furnished
             ,
             though
             at
             dear
             rates
             in
             some
             places
             ;
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             great
             distance
             and
             difficulty
             of
             the
             roads
             .
          
           
             These
             people
             for
             the
             greatest
             part
             are
             Idolaters
             ,
             stiling
             their
             chief
             God
             Maziri
             ,
             the
             maker
             of
             all
             things
             ;
             others
             call
             him
             Atuno
             .
             
             In
             great
             reverence
             they
             have
             likewise
             a
             Virgin
             by
             name
             Peru
             ,
             and
             have
             Monasteries
             where
             live
             recluse
             maids
             ;
             moreover
             ,
             they
             are
             grand
             magicians
             ,
             as
             they
             are
             through
             the
             whole
             country
             of
             Guynee
             .
             There
             came
             a
             certain
             one
             who
             reported
             he
             had
             passed
             the
             kingdomes
             of
             
               Candabar
               ,
               Couzani
               ,
               Transiani
               ,
               Vsbeque
               ,
            
             and
             many
             other
             countries
             of
             the
             East
             ,
             as
             
               China
               ,
               San
               ,
               Pegu
               ,
               Bengale
               ,
               Besnagari
               ,
               Calicut
               ,
            
             and
             the
             wide
             sea
             of
             Alondon
             ,
             to
             have
             runne
             through
             all
             the
             dominions
             of
             
               Preste
               John
            
             ,
             to
             have
             been
             in
             the
             floods
             of
             the
             Torrid
             without
             wetting
             himselfe
             ,
             clothed
             with
             a
             meer
             Sattin
             ,
             walking
             upon
             the
             clouds
             ,
             to
             have
             passed
             the
             Zember
             upon
             the
             back
             of
             a
             devill
             ,
             and
             to
             have
             arrived
             in
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Sahama
             ,
             to
             finde
             the
             Monopotapa
             to
             declare
             his
             Religion
             to
             him
             ,
             having
             in
             few
             dayes
             gone
             thirteen
             thousand
             leagues
             .
             He
             added
             far
             more
             ,
             the
             particular
             satisfaction
             he
             received
             after
             so
             long
             a
             travell
             ,
             in
             that
             the
             Prince
             caused
             four
             Christians
             their
             hateful
             enemies
             to
             be
             massacred
             ,
             and
             engaged
             in
             honour
             of
             their
             God
             to
             pray
             at
             the
             Temple
             five
             times
             the
             day
             ,
             under
             pain
             of
             the
             scourge
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             building
             a
             faith
             in
             this
             sorcerer
             ,
             made
             an
             ordinance
             that
             all
             should
             yield
             obedience
             to
             this
             Mulila
             and
             his
             associates
             ,
             whom
             they
             named
             the
             Jubacumba
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             first
             time
             the
             people
             presented
             themselves
             at
             their
             ceremonies
             ,
             but
             being
             absent
             the
             second
             time
             ,
             these
             impostor
             Priests
             ,
             coming
             forth
             ,
             fell
             upon
             them
             with
             scourges
             made
             of
             Elephants
             hyde
             ,
             and
             beat
             them
             most
             rudely
             ,
             persevering
             in
             this
             harsh
             way
             of
             treatment
             ,
             till
             on
             a
             day
             a
             young
             Portugues
             ,
             called
             
               Francisco
               Sanche
            
             ,
             who
             lived
             in
             the
             Fort
             of
             Safala
             ,
             being
             come
             to
             the
             town
             for
             trade
             ,
             and
             to
             visit
             a
             Mistresse
             he
             had
             ,
             a
             Merchants
             daughter
             ,
             received
             some
             lashes
             in
             the
             street
             from
             these
             magicians
             ,
             whereupon
             being
             sensible
             of
             his
             injury
             ,
             le
             ts
             flye
             his
             cimeterre
             at
             one
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             lays
             him
             dead
             on
             the
             ground
             ,
             without
             much
             trouble
             ,
             confiding
             in
             the
             Kings
             favour
             ,
             to
             whom
             he
             had
             brought
             a
             present
             from
             the
             Governour
             of
             the
             Fort
             
               Henrique
               Mendez
            
             ,
             and
             they
             joyning
             in
             their
             defence
             ,
             he
             killed
             four
             ,
             and
             wounded
             four
             more
             ,
             then
             mounted
             on
             horse
             ,
             and
             went
             safe
             off
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             being
             told
             of
             it
             fell
             into
             laughter
             ,
             and
             praised
             the
             Portugues
             for
             his
             courage
             ,
             which
             ingratiated
             him
             with
             his
             Mistris
             ;
             so
             as
             she
             after
             married
             him
             .
          
           
             True
             it
             is
             ,
             this
             Prince
             had
             not
             long
             before
             put
             some
             Jesuits
             to
             death
             ,
             but
             he
             made
             them
             ample
             satisfaction
             ,
             by
             putting
             to
             death
             all
             the
             Mahometans
             ,
             who
             gave
             him
             such
             councell
             ,
             whereupon
             the
             Fathers
             of
             Cochin
             being
             advertised
             of
             it
             ,
             sent
             others
             presently
             ,
             who
             declared
             to
             the
             King
             the
             benefit
             they
             were
             to
             all
             mankind
             ,
             in
             instruction
             and
             salvation
             of
             souls
             ,
             and
             gain'd
             so
             highly
             upon
             his
             grace
             ,
             that
             besides
             other
             particular
             favours
             which
             he
             did
             them
             ,
             he
             granted
             free
             liberty
             to
             his
             people
             to
             be
             converted
             ,
             and
             embrace
             the
             Christian
             faith
             .
             So
             it
             is
             that
             Christian
             faith
             was
             introduced
             by
             the
             fathers
             of
             the
             society
             ,
             where
             to
             this
             day
             't
             is
             preserved
             
             and
             practised
             by
             them
             and
             the
             Dominicans
             ,
             and
             though
             the
             Prince
             be
             an
             Idolater
             ,
             he
             is
             a
             well-wisher
             to
             the
             Christians
             .
             He
             holds
             a
             stately
             gravity
             ,
             allowing
             audience
             to
             none
             but
             on
             the
             knee
             ,
             nor
             tergiversation
             in
             retiring
             .
             No
             man
             hath
             accesse
             but
             upon
             extreme
             submissions
             ,
             and
             prostrating
             himself
             on
             the
             ground
             on
             six
             paces
             distance
             ,
             the
             Princes
             answers
             are
             briefe
             .
             He
             delights
             at
             be
             decked
             with
             chains
             and
             stones
             as
             women
             are
             ,
             bestowes
             little
             ,
             and
             loves
             to
             be
             presented
             with
             all
             curiosities
             possible
             .
             He
             keeps
             a
             great
             Pack
             or
             Seraglio
             of
             wives
             ,
             and
             some
             say
             he
             hath
             a
             guard
             of
             armed
             Ladies
             ,
             like
             Amazons
             ,
             and
             a
             number
             of
             fierce
             great
             dogges
             .
          
           
             
             The
             capitall
             town
             where
             he
             keeps
             his
             Court
             is
             called
             Madrogan
             ,
             where
             he
             hath
             a
             stately
             Palace
             ;
             the
             houses
             are
             good
             building
             ,
             the
             materialls
             are
             wood
             and
             loome
             ,
             which
             being
             well
             tempered
             and
             whitened
             over
             ,
             are
             sufficiently
             gracefull
             and
             inhabitable
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             must
             not
             go
             robed
             ,
             but
             after
             the
             manner
             of
             his
             Ancestors
             ;
             that
             is
             ,
             a
             Cassock
             of
             his
             own
             country
             silk
             ,
             for
             stuffes
             brought
             from
             forrain
             parts
             he
             wears
             not
             for
             fear
             of
             poyson
             ,
             over
             this
             a
             large
             and
             long
             scarfe
             ,
             like
             a
             womans
             mantle
             ,
             which
             comes
             betwixt
             his
             legs
             ,
             and
             is
             brought
             up
             to
             be
             tucked
             under
             his
             girdle
             ,
             with
             a
             rich
             handcherchief
             over
             his
             shoulders
             ,
             he
             hath
             buskins
             embroydered
             with
             gold
             ,
             and
             rich
             carkanets
             on
             his
             neck
             ,
             with
             a
             band
             about
             his
             hat
             interwoven
             with
             big
             pearles
             ,
             rubies
             ,
             and
             emeralds
             .
             He
             makes
             great
             use
             of
             Elephants
             ,
             and
             of
             a
             beast
             called
             an
             Alsinge
             ,
             seldome
             ridden
             on
             ,
             which
             resembles
             a
             hart
             ,
             never
             using
             horses
             ,
             for
             that
             rhere
             are
             so
             few
             .
          
           
             What
             is
             most
             remarkable
             in
             this
             place
             is
             ,
             that
             there
             is
             no
             sort
             of
             prison
             ,
             the
             reason
             ,
             because
             all
             matters
             of
             justice
             are
             finally
             concluded
             upon
             the
             place
             .
             Here
             as
             in
             other
             parts
             't
             is
             a
             crime
             capitall
             ,
             to
             deflowre
             a
             maid
             before
             her
             years
             of
             maturity
             ,
             because
             she
             ought
             to
             be
             capable
             of
             bearing
             children
             .
          
           
             The
             Kings
             wives
             are
             most
             richly
             and
             artificially
             attired
             ,
             who
             live
             separate
             in
             several
             apartements
             ,
             without
             any
             knowledge
             of
             one
             another
             ,
             unlesse
             when
             through
             speciall
             grace
             he
             convokes
             them
             .
             'T
             is
             pain
             of
             death
             for
             him
             that
             but
             goes
             about
             the
             lodgeings
             of
             these
             Ladies
             .
          
           
             Many
             Colledges
             likewise
             where
             youth
             is
             instructed
             in
             vertue
             .
             The
             Ladies
             of
             quality
             held
             it
             an
             honour
             to
             dresse
             the
             Princes
             meat
             ,
             and
             wait
             by
             turnes
             ,
             taking
             charge
             of
             his
             diet
             at
             meals
             ,
             at
             which
             time
             he
             hath
             Musicians
             for
             his
             alacrity
             ,
             but
             they
             are
             hoodblinded
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             not
             view
             his
             face
             ,
             and
             when
             he
             drinks
             ,
             a
             great
             person
             calls
             out
             aloud
             ,
             
               Pray
               for
               the
               Kings
               health
            
             .
          
           
             His
             drink
             is
             wine
             of
             distilled
             Dates
             ,
             with
             
               Manna
               ,
               Ambar
            
             ,
             and
             Musk.
             His
             odours
             and
             perfumes
             for
             each
             day
             ,
             come
             to
             two
             pound
             weight
             of
             gold
             ,
             provided
             him
             by
             certain
             Merchants
             .
             The
             Tapers
             for
             his
             service
             are
             compounded
             with
             odours
             .
             When
             he
             goes
             forth
             in
             a
             morning
             ,
             if
             the
             Sun
             with
             his
             rayes
             have
             not
             refined
             the
             
             ayre
             ,
             he
             hath
             four
             great
             perfumed
             torches
             borne
             before
             him
             ,
             himself
             being
             carried
             by
             foure
             Gentlemen
             ,
             in
             a
             Chaire
             Richly
             adorned
             ,
             with
             a
             Curtaine
             ,
             or
             Canopy
             over
             it
             :
             an
             Umbrella
             ,
             enriched
             with
             jewells
             ,
             and
             a
             numerous
             Attendance
             of
             Nobility
             ;
             Before
             him
             goes
             a
             Guard
             of
             two
             hundered
             Mastiffs
             ,
             each
             lead
             by
             his
             keeper
             ;
             and
             amongst
             these
             (
             for
             his
             desport
             )
             a
             Buffon
             .
             Upon
             the
             way
             he
             never
             gives
             audience
             to
             any
             one
             ,
             and
             goes
             not
             out
             of
             his
             Pallace
             ,
             whether
             on
             foot
             ,
             or
             mounted
             either
             on
             Horse
             ,
             Elephant
             ,
             or
             Alsigne
             ,
             but
             he
             bestrides
             some
             new-killed
             beast
             (
             as
             I
             related
             of
             Monbase
             ,
             )
             and
             being
             pas'd
             ,
             they
             raise
             a
             loud
             cry
             ,
             making
             inspection
             on
             the
             intralls
             ,
             to
             know
             ,
             if
             there
             be
             good
             or
             bad
             towards
             the
             Prince
             ,
             whereof
             their
             Flamins
             make
             report
             .
             His
             Chaire-bearers
             are
             dawb'd
             all
             over
             with
             a
             red
             earth
             ,
             wherin
             they
             work
             folliage
             of
             divers
             sorts
             ,
             after
             the
             manner
             of
             the
             Mozambiques
             .
          
           
             The
             Royall
             Pallace
             is
             very
             commodious
             ,
             flank'd
             with
             Towers
             without
             ,
             within
             furnish'd
             with
             cotton
             cloth
             of
             diverse
             colours
             ,
             gold
             tissue
             :
             the
             floore
             costly
             pav'd
             with
             plates
             of
             gold
             cut
             in
             figures
             ,
             with
             great
             Candlesticks
             of
             ivory
             hung
             in
             chaines
             of
             silver
             ;
             Seats
             enriched
             with
             gold
             Folliage
             ,
             properly
             beautified
             with
             colours
             ,
             and
             Transparent
             Ennamell
             ,
             and
             foure
             Principall
             Gates
             ,
             sumptuously
             wrought
             ;
             and
             Guarded
             by
             those
             they
             call
             Sequender
             .
             His
             Family
             is
             by
             a
             number
             of
             Officers
             ,
             very
             orderly
             govern'd
             ,
             who
             observe
             him
             with
             a
             most
             profound
             silence
             .
             While
             he
             sits
             at
             Table
             ,
             you
             heare
             not
             a
             whisper
             ,
             nor
             the
             least
             noise
             .
             His
             Vessell
             is
             Purcelan
             ,
             garnish'd
             and
             set
             round
             with
             sprigs
             of
             gold
             ,
             fashion'd
             like
             Corall
             .
             The
             Captain
             of
             the
             Gate
             is
             called
             Cadira
             .
             The
             Captain
             of
             the
             Guard
             Acar
             .
             The
             Treasurer
             ,
             or
             he
             who
             disposes
             the
             Revennues
             ,
             Cabacada
             .
             The
             Seniglaren
             is
             as
             't
             were
             Constable
             ,
             or
             Lieutenant
             Generall
             ,
             who
             are
             all
             in
             array
             of
             Honour
             ,
             of
             cotton
             cloth
             ,
             or
             silke
             of
             diverse
             colours
             ,
             girdles
             inrich'd
             with
             stones
             ,
             guilt
             falchions
             ,
             or
             swords
             ,
             with
             hilts
             of
             Massie
             gold
             carv'd
             and
             enammell'd
             ,
             which
             is
             for
             ordinary
             ;
             on
             high
             dayes
             ,
             of
             Diamonds
             ,
             Rubies
             ,
             and
             other
             stones
             of
             inestimable
             price
             .
             I
             saw
             there
             the
             pommell
             of
             an
             Alfange
             ,
             or
             cimeterre
             ,
             made
             of
             one
             fausell
             Ruby
             of
             extraordinary
             bignesse
             ,
             of
             one
             peice
             entire
             ,
             which
             was
             given
             for
             the
             Ransom
             of
             a
             Province
             .
          
           
             For
             ,
             the
             Father
             of
             Tabachi
             ,
             who
             reigned
             at
             the
             time
             we
             were
             there
             ,
             having
             disburs'd
             a
             Masse
             of
             gold-ingotts
             ,
             to
             releive
             the
             King
             Vidarati
             ,
             the
             other
             gave
             him
             a
             Province
             for
             security
             ,
             and
             when
             he
             came
             to
             redeem
             it
             ,
             Tabachi
             chose
             rather
             this
             gorgious
             sword
             ,
             then
             all
             the
             gold
             they
             would
             restore
             him
             ,
             which
             was
             a
             great
             quantity
             .
          
           
             When
             this
             King
             Marches
             to
             the
             Warr
             in
             Magnificence
             ,
             he
             weares
             a
             Robe
             of
             silke
             ,
             with
             hanging
             sleeves
             ,
             a
             girdle
             enchas'd
             with
             stones
             of
             peculiar
             vertues
             ,
             as
             the
             Magicians
             make
             him
             beleive
             ;
             a
             Poniard
             at
             his
             girdle
             ,
             and
             his
             sword
             borne
             before
             him
             by
             a
             Prince
             ,
             with
             a
             small
             casket
             of
             jewells
             ;
             Himself
             in
             a
             Littar
             ,
             born
             by
             Gentlemen
             ,
             called
             Singaro
             ,
             one
             Page
             marches
             before
             him
             ,
             with
             his
             Umbrella
             ,
             another
             with
             a
             fan
             of
             Austrich
             feathers
             ,
             which
             are
             here
             in
             
             abundance
             ,
             some
             as
             large
             as
             oxen
             .
             The
             Princes
             and
             Gentry
             habited
             in
             the
             Turkish
             dress
             ,
             saving
             that
             for
             a
             Turban
             ,
             they
             weare
             little
             round
             bonnets
             ,
             all
             bravely
             mounted
             on
             Elephants
             ,
             or
             Horses
             ,
             which
             are
             bred
             and
             suckled
             by
             Cowes
             ,
             and
             train'd
             by
             Jaloses
             ,
             so
             expert
             at
             it
             ,
             that
             running
             at
             high
             speed
             ,
             they
             will
             throw
             a
             dart
             ,
             and
             riding
             catch
             it
             again
             ,
             so
             dexterously
             ,
             and
             with
             such
             agility
             ,
             that
             without
             stop
             ,
             they
             will
             (
             stooping
             )
             take
             a
             stone
             off
             the
             ground
             .
             He
             hath
             with
             him
             a
             hundred
             Elephants
             ,
             caparison'd
             with
             the
             skins
             of
             Sea-oxen
             ,
             unpeirceable
             by
             any
             dart
             ,
             each
             carrying
             foure
             Eunukes
             ,
             with
             cross-bowes
             ,
             of
             farther
             reach
             then
             long-bowes
             .
             Upon
             the
             neck
             sits
             the
             Bes●gu
             ,
             who
             guides
             and
             commandes
             him
             ;
             and
             during
             the
             clamour
             and
             confusion
             ,
             layes
             his
             mouth
             to
             his
             eare
             ,
             hollowing
             to
             him
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             understand
             him
             ;
             and
             so
             docile
             is
             this
             creature
             ,
             that
             he
             will
             turn
             back
             his
             long
             eare
             ,
             to
             hearken
             ,
             and
             obey
             what
             he
             bids
             him
             .
             This
             Besigu
             beares
             a
             bow
             and
             quiver
             ,
             a
             short
             sword
             ,
             and
             a
             coat
             of
             Sea-oxe
             .
             In
             the
             Van
             of
             the
             Elephants
             march
             great
             Mastiffs
             ,
             cap'd
             in
             the
             same
             manner
             ,
             to
             each
             a
             keeper
             ,
             who
             hath
             him
             linked
             to
             his
             girdle
             with
             an
             iron
             chaine
             .
             In
             summe
             ,
             t
             is
             of
             Faith
             with
             all
             of
             them
             ,
             
             that
             he
             who
             dies
             for
             his
             King
             ,
             gains
             salvation
             ,
             though
             in
             other
             points
             they
             embrace
             all
             sorts
             of
             Religions
             ,
             telling
             you
             they
             cannot
             be
             damn'd
             ,
             for
             that
             they
             are
             freinds
             with
             all
             the
             Gods
             in
             Heaven
             ,
             and
             cheifely
             with
             
               Runia
               ,
               Adula
               ,
               Isaten
            
             ,
             those
             are
             the
             Christian
             Gods.
             
          
           
             In
             the
             Head
             of
             this
             Mastiffe-Regiment
             ,
             Marches
             a
             body
             of
             Musketteirs
             ,
             who
             do
             good
             service
             with
             their
             fire-clubs
             :
             before
             them
             above
             two
             thousand
             chariots
             ,
             covered
             with
             leather
             ,
             drawn
             with
             six
             oxen
             ,
             which
             carry
             each
             fifteen
             men
             ,
             of
             those
             called
             Arbesrait
             ,
             with
             short
             guns
             ,
             like
             Carabins
             .
             One
             part
             of
             the
             Army
             may
             shade
             by
             day
             under
             these
             Charrets
             ,
             which
             again
             will
             shelter
             them
             by
             night
             ,
             while
             the
             Mastiffs
             with
             their
             keepers
             lye
             in
             the
             Head
             ,
             under
             Tents
             ,
             who
             by
             turns
             stand
             centinell
             abroad
             .
             The
             whole
             Army
             Marches
             divided
             in
             three
             Squadrons
             .
          
           
             The
             Eunuques
             go
             clothed
             like
             women
             ,
             and
             do
             all
             sorts
             of
             service
             ,
             dress
             their
             Masters
             diet
             ,
             made
             of
             Rice
             ,
             Mill
             ,
             or
             the
             Root
             Igname
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             cakes
             ,
             which
             are
             heavy
             ,
             and
             offensive
             to
             the
             stomack
             ,
             and
             soon
             hurt
             it
             .
             Their
             ordinary
             fare
             is
             powder'd
             beef
             ,
             milke
             a
             little
             turn'd
             their
             drink
             ;
             The
             King
             ,
             &
             Great
             ones
             drink
             honnyed-wine
             ,
             which
             they
             keep
             in
             oxe-hornes
             ,
             as
             they
             do
             in
             Ethiopia
             .
          
           
             The
             Vulgar
             are
             cloathed
             only
             from
             the
             girdle
             downwards
             ,
             casing
             up
             their
             privities
             in
             little
             purses
             ,
             or
             pumpions
             ,
             made
             hollow
             like
             sheaths
             ,
             when
             they
             go
             into
             the
             field
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             certain
             venimous
             creatures
             ,
             which
             sting
             cruelly
             ,
             wherewith
             some
             have
             been
             sore
             handled
             .
          
           
             All
             that
             belong
             to
             the
             Court
             ,
             are
             known
             by
             the
             priviledge
             they
             have
             ,
             to
             weare
             upon
             the
             shoulder
             the
             Talmassaca
             ,
             or
             Mantle
             of
             severall
             stuffs
             ,
             according
             to
             quality
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             sort
             the
             King
             wears
             it
             ,
             which
             is
             very
             costly
             ,
             and
             t
             is
             a
             high
             Honour
             to
             weare
             the
             Mantle
             of
             the
             Kings
             make
             .
          
           
           
             Poyson
             is
             very
             common
             throughout
             the
             Empire
             ,
             and
             at
             deare
             rates
             ,
             there
             being
             some
             that
             is
             sold
             at
             a
             hundred
             Miticales
             ,
             or
             Sequins
             the
             ounce
             ;
             The
             reason
             so
             much
             is
             used
             ,
             is
             ,
             the
             rigour
             of
             the
             King
             ,
             and
             his
             Ministers
             of
             Justice
             ,
             who
             inflict
             such
             cruell
             punishments
             upon
             Offenders
             .
          
           
             For
             ,
             no
             sooner
             hath
             a
             person
             committed
             a
             Crime
             ,
             but
             he
             is
             punished
             in
             the
             instant
             ,
             and
             if
             the
             Crime
             requires
             the
             Offender
             should
             be
             suspended
             some
             dayes
             ,
             to
             render
             his
             punishment
             more
             long
             and
             greivous
             ,
             he
             is
             tyed
             to
             a
             tree
             ,
             with
             strong
             guards
             ,
             there
             being
             no
             Prisons
             ,
             as
             I
             said
             before
             ;
             so
             ,
             as
             the
             Criminall
             seeing
             no
             possible
             escape
             ,
             the
             best
             remedy
             is
             to
             poyson
             himself
             ,
             by
             a
             speedy
             death
             to
             cut
             off
             the
             rigour
             of
             a
             long
             paine
             .
          
           
             Nor
             will
             the
             Prince
             be
             clothed
             with
             any
             thing
             but
             what
             is
             made
             within
             his
             own
             Palace
             ,
             for
             fear
             of
             poyson
             .
             There
             are
             certain
             trees
             called
             Coscoma
             ,
             which
             beare
             fruit
             like
             the
             golden
             apple
             ,
             of
             violet
             sent
             ,
             which
             tastes
             well
             ,
             but
             ,
             being
             eaten
             in
             any
             quantity
             ,
             purges
             so
             violently
             ,
             that
             it
             voids
             blood
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             is
             mortall
             .
             There
             are
             those
             that
             ingross
             the
             poyson
             by
             Patent
             ,
             for
             which
             they
             pay
             a
             high
             excise
             to
             the
             Prince
             ,
             by
             reason
             there
             are
             so
             many
             who
             use
             it
             for
             there
             death
             ,
             to
             free
             themselves
             from
             the
             Torments
             of
             Justice
             ,
             for
             there
             is
             no
             pardon
             to
             be
             expected
             for
             offences
             .
             If
             one
             injures
             another
             without
             cause
             ,
             he
             is
             cruelly
             bastinado'd
             ,
             as
             they
             are
             in
             Turky
             ,
             where
             I
             have
             seen
             Judges
             themselves
             ,
             for
             that
             they
             have
             failed
             in
             Justice
             ,
             punished
             in
             that
             manner
             .
          
           
             They
             are
             laid
             naked
             upon
             the
             ground
             ,
             and
             the
             Officer
             ,
             or
             Executioner
             ,
             is
             to
             beat
             them
             with
             a
             cord
             knotted
             ,
             and
             buttond
             at
             the
             end
             ,
             and
             when
             the
             President
             gives
             the
             word
             ,
             then
             he
             doth
             his
             Office
             :
             having
             done
             ,
             he
             gets
             up
             ,
             puts
             on
             his
             clothes
             again
             ,
             and
             gives
             thanks
             to
             the
             Judges
             ,
             and
             Executioner
             ,
             for
             their
             Justice
             ,
             without
             any
             disgrace
             for
             the
             matter
             ,
             and
             returns
             to
             his
             function
             ,
             as
             if
             no
             such
             thing
             had
             happened
             .
             This
             makes
             the
             Judges
             candid
             in
             their
             sentences
             .
             The
             greatest
             Lords
             and
             Magistrates
             find
             the
             like
             from
             the
             King
             ,
             as
             I
             observed
             before
             ,
             speaking
             of
             Melnida
             .
             For
             ,
             he
             hath
             them
             castigated
             in
             his
             presence
             privately
             ,
             and
             then
             with
             instructions
             dismisses
             to
             their
             charge
             .
             Justice
             thus
             severely
             executed
             ,
             without
             exception
             of
             persons
             ,
             preserves
             the
             Nation
             in
             firm
             Peace
             and
             Tranquillity
             ,
             and
             gets
             the
             King
             as
             't
             were
             a
             Divine
             Adoration
             ,
             so
             really
             ,
             that
             as
             he
             passes
             thorough
             the
             streets
             ,
             the
             people
             praying
             for
             him
             ,
             cast
             themselves
             to
             the
             ground
             on
             their
             face
             ,
             not
             presuming
             so
             much
             as
             to
             look
             upon
             him
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             some
             Princes
             and
             particular
             Lords
             ,
             fancy
             much
             to
             hang
             bells
             at
             their
             neck
             or
             leg
             ,
             conceiving
             it
             well
             becomes
             them
             .
          
           
             At
             Court
             every
             man
             goes
             habited
             as
             pleases
             him
             best
             ,
             so
             ,
             
             as
             there
             are
             Courtiers
             :
             but
             they
             are
             of
             the
             highest
             rank
             ,
             who
             ,
             over
             all
             ,
             weare
             a
             large
             cassock
             ,
             of
             a
             Lions
             skin
             ,
             made
             up
             unshapely
             enough
             ,
             as
             they
             use
             in
             
               Preste
               Johns
            
             Court
             ;
             but
             no
             man
             can
             weare
             this
             Lions
             garment
             ,
             but
             a
             Prince
             of
             the
             blood
             .
             Others
             
             go
             to
             the
             wars
             in
             coats
             of
             sea-oxe
             covered
             with
             ivory
             ,
             to
             defend
             the
             thrust
             of
             a
             sword
             ,
             for
             't
             is
             not
             their
             custome
             to
             cut
             .
             They
             also
             use
             Swords
             and
             Bucklers
             faced
             with
             ivory
             ,
             or
             skins
             of
             sea-oxe
             ,
             or
             Crocodiles
             ,
             with
             which
             all
             their
             Rivers
             abound
             ,
             the
             flesh
             whereof
             they
             eat
             throughout
             all
             Africa
             and
             India
             ,
             as
             an
             excellent
             meat
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             VII
             .
             The
             History
             and
             strange
             adventure
             of
             Prince
             Alfondie
             .
             Another
             of
             the
             Amours
             of
             Princesse
             Abederane
             .
          
           
             BEeing
             here
             ,
             we
             further
             came
             to
             understand
             that
             Alfumigarbachi
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             last
             who
             raigned
             in
             this
             Empire
             ,
             dying
             suddenly
             at
             the
             age
             of
             47.
             years
             ,
             without
             leasure
             to
             call
             a
             prudent
             councell
             ,
             or
             settle
             the
             succession
             in
             the
             child
             ,
             that
             of
             all
             the
             rest
             ,
             he
             most
             desired
             ,
             amongst
             the
             sixty
             four
             sons
             and
             eleven
             daughters
             ,
             which
             he
             had
             by
             several
             wives
             ,
             whose
             name
             was
             Abditsinda
             ,
             his
             minion
             ,
             a
             gallant
             and
             generous
             Prince
             .
          
           
             This
             change
             bred
             great
             tumults
             and
             dissentions
             at
             Court
             ,
             each
             of
             these
             wives
             striving
             to
             thrust
             her
             childs
             head
             under
             the
             crown
             ,
             so
             as
             to
             attain
             more
             easily
             to
             it
             ,
             and
             to
             gain
             the
             Peers
             and
             Officers
             of
             the
             Crown
             ,
             to
             purchase
             the
             Scepter
             ,
             they
             spared
             not
             whatsoever
             was
             dearest
             to
             them
             ,
             a
             cause
             of
             much
             blood
             and
             murther
             .
             Of
             these
             sons
             there
             were
             four
             principal
             ,
             whose
             names
             were
             
               Abgarou
               ,
               Adala
               ,
               Corcut
            
             ,
             and
             Gulman
             ,
             who
             having
             seap'd
             some
             enterprises
             upon
             their
             persons
             ,
             united
             themselves
             against
             their
             other
             brothers
             ,
             of
             whom
             they
             put
             to
             death
             as
             many
             as
             they
             could
             lay
             hold
             on
             ,
             the
             rest
             saved
             themselves
             in
             several
             places
             ,
             flying
             the
             cruelty
             of
             those
             who
             proclaimed
             Offices
             and
             places
             of
             trust
             to
             whosoever
             brought
             in
             their
             heads
             .
             During
             this
             state
             of
             things
             ,
             here
             raged
             great
             warres
             ,
             and
             many
             bloody
             encounters
             passed
             ,
             wherein
             two
             of
             the
             four
             brothers
             payed
             their
             lives
             ,
             and
             there
             remained
             only
             Corgut
             and
             Gulman
             ,
             who
             at
             last
             reconciled
             with
             a
             general
             peace
             ,
             and
             lived
             in
             great
             amity
             ,
             copartners
             in
             the
             royalty
             ,
             so
             as
             after
             the
             modell
             of
             Eteocles
             and
             Polinice
             ,
             those
             ancient
             Kings
             of
             Thebes
             ,
             each
             governed
             six
             moneths
             by
             turns
             .
             This
             lasted
             for
             a
             time
             ,
             till
             Corcut
             took
             to
             wife
             the
             Princesse
             Dafila
             ,
             an
             ambitious
             Lady
             ,
             who
             six
             moneths
             after
             her
             nuptials
             ,
             perswaded
             her
             consort
             to
             murther
             his
             brother
             ,
             and
             reign
             without
             a
             partner
             ,
             which
             was
             done
             accordingly
             ,
             calling
             him
             to
             Court
             under
             pretence
             of
             communicating
             some
             affaires
             of
             consequence
             ,
             and
             so
             he
             became
             sole
             King
             ,
             and
             reigned
             thirteen
             years
             ,
             till
             an
             Uncle
             of
             his
             called
             Nahi
             ,
             
             in
             revenge
             ,
             put
             both
             him
             ,
             his
             wife
             ,
             children
             ,
             and
             all
             his
             allies
             to
             death
             ,
             to
             the
             great
             content
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             for
             the
             hatred
             he
             bore
             to
             this
             unfortunate
             Fratricide
             .
             Then
             they
             imagined
             an
             ancient
             Prophecy
             which
             they
             kept
             amongst
             them
             ,
             was
             accomplished
             :
             
               That
               the
               Lamb
               should
               kill
               both
               the
               Wolfe
               and
               his
               wife
               :
            
             She
             was
             called
             Gildada
             ,
             and
             was
             drowned
             .
             But
             the
             King
             of
             Dafila
             incensed
             with
             the
             death
             of
             his
             daughter
             and
             Son-in-law
             ,
             brought
             a
             most
             cruell
             warre
             upon
             the
             new
             King
             Nahi
             ,
             wherein
             fell
             numbers
             on
             both
             sides
             .
             In
             the
             mean
             while
             ,
             amongst
             the
             Princes
             who
             had
             scap'd
             the
             truculent
             hands
             of
             their
             brothers
             ,
             one
             there
             was
             who
             strayed
             far
             off
             ,
             and
             got
             into
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Deli
             ,
             where
             contenting
             himself
             to
             live
             meanly
             as
             an
             unknown
             private
             person
             ,
             he
             purchased
             a
             small
             possession
             for
             his
             livelihood
             ,
             and
             betook
             himself
             to
             labour
             :
             where
             taking
             a
             wife
             ,
             she
             brought
             him
             a
             son
             they
             called
             Alfondi
             ;
             who
             at
             seven
             or
             eight
             years
             of
             age
             ,
             gave
             the
             world
             great
             hopes
             of
             his
             person
             ,
             for
             the
             excellent
             parts
             which
             began
             to
             bud
             in
             him
             ,
             and
             which
             made
             him
             amiable
             to
             all
             men
             ;
             in
             so
             much
             that
             addicting
             himselfe
             to
             the
             words
             ,
             as
             yeares
             encreased
             his
             vigour
             ,
             he
             did
             wonders
             in
             the
             slaying
             of
             Lions
             ,
             Beares
             ,
             Tigars
             ,
             and
             other
             furious
             beasts
             ,
             and
             in
             all
             his
             actions
             appeared
             nothing
             but
             what
             was
             great
             and
             noble
             ;
             insomuch
             as
             hearing
             spoken
             on
             day
             how
             strenuous
             a
             war
             there
             raged
             betwixt
             Tahachi
             his
             unknown
             great
             Uncle
             ,
             and
             the
             King
             of
             Dafila
             ,
             he
             was
             transported
             with
             emulation
             to
             be
             a
             Party
             ,
             and
             being
             furnished
             with
             a
             good
             horse
             and
             Arms
             ,
             with
             the
             society
             of
             a
             Troop
             of
             brave
             young
             men
             ,
             he
             hasted
             to
             those
             parts
             ,
             where
             ,
             in
             the
             service
             of
             Tahachi
             ,
             he
             soon
             gave
             proofe
             of
             his
             Courage
             ,
             and
             abilities
             in
             warr
             ;
             but
             ,
             amongst
             others
             ,
             on
             one
             signall
             occasion
             which
             presented
             it selfe
             ,
             where
             ,
             with
             a
             small
             party
             of
             Souldiers
             ,
             he
             defeated
             the
             much
             more
             numerous
             Enemy
             ;
             and
             the
             King
             of
             Dafila
             admiring
             his
             Valour
             ,
             endeavoured
             under-hand
             to
             win
             him
             to
             his
             side
             ,
             by
             offering
             a
             Daughter
             of
             his
             in
             Marriage
             ,
             with
             a
             Province
             ,
             which
             he
             had
             taken
             from
             Tahachi
             .
             To
             which
             Afondi
             seeming
             to
             give
             eare
             ,
             dexterously
             made
             use
             of
             the
             opportunity
             ,
             to
             seize
             upon
             the
             Towne
             of
             Amazen
             ,
             a
             most
             considerable
             place
             ,
             which
             exceedingly
             pleased
             Tahachi
             ,
             and
             heightned
             his
             affection
             to
             him
             ,
             feeling
             ,
             I
             know
             not
             what
             secret
             motion
             in
             his
             soul
             ,
             which
             pushed
             him
             on
             to
             this
             Dearnesse
             ,
             without
             any
             apprehension
             that
             he
             was
             his
             Nephew
             ;
             but
             ,
             Good
             blood
             ,
             as
             they
             say
             ,
             cannot
             dissemble
             .
             At
             length
             ,
             Alfondi
             ,
             assisted
             with
             his
             Uncles
             Forces
             ,
             did
             such
             Atcheivements
             and
             Exploits
             ,
             that
             within
             six
             Months
             ,
             he
             delivered
             the
             Empire
             Zanzibar
             from
             the
             oppression
             of
             the
             Enemy
             ,
             which
             obliged
             Tahachi
             for
             recompense
             ,
             to
             give
             him
             one
             of
             his
             Daughters
             in
             Marriage
             ,
             without
             any
             deeper
             knowledg
             of
             him
             ,
             then
             his
             Heroick
             Actions
             ,
             and
             Noble
             Aspect
             ;
             forall
             the
             Orientall
             and
             Meridionall
             Princes
             ,
             regard
             more
             the
             Mind
             ,
             and
             Physiognomy
             of
             a
             Man
             ,
             then
             they
             do
             the
             extraction
             ,
             or
             Nobility
             of
             Blood.
             
          
           
           
             Alfondi
             raised
             to
             so
             high
             a
             degree
             ,
             reflects
             upon
             his
             father
             the
             honest
             labourer
             ,
             whom
             he
             omitted
             not
             to
             send
             for
             ,
             who
             being
             arrived
             ,
             and
             having
             declared
             who
             he
             was
             ,
             begat
             an
             unparalleld
             joy
             in
             Tabochi
             and
             his
             whole
             kingdome
             ,
             every
             one
             shedding
             teares
             for
             his
             discovery
             ,
             rendring
             praise
             to
             God
             ,
             and
             his
             just
             providence
             for
             reducing
             things
             to
             so
             unhoped
             for
             a
             point
             ,
             and
             after
             so
             many
             years
             reposing
             the
             inheritance
             on
             him
             ,
             to
             whom
             of
             right
             it
             appertained
             .
             For
             this
             Prince
             was
             immediately
             acknowledged
             by
             all
             ,
             even
             Tahachi
             himselfe
             ,
             who
             voluntarily
             released
             the
             Empire
             ,
             which
             he
             surrendred
             into
             the
             hands
             of
             his
             Daughter
             ,
             his
             Son-in-law
             ,
             and
             Nephew
             Alfondi
             ,
             who
             with
             the
             consent
             of
             the
             good
             man
             his
             Father
             ,
             to
             the
             general
             joy
             of
             all
             was
             received
             and
             crowned
             King
             ,
             and
             governed
             with
             so
             much
             equity
             and
             justice
             ,
             that
             he
             gained
             the
             hearts
             and
             suffrage
             of
             his
             people
             ,
             who
             adored
             him
             as
             a
             God
             :
             nor
             failed
             he
             in
             rendring
             to
             his
             Father
             and
             Uncle
             while
             they
             lived
             ,
             a
             due
             honour
             and
             respect
             .
             This
             Prince
             had
             reigned
             forty
             seven
             yeares
             ,
             when
             he
             arrived
             in
             the
             countrey
             .
          
           
             Before
             I
             conclude
             my
             discourse
             of
             Tahachi
             ,
             and
             his
             condition
             ,
             I
             shall
             not
             omit
             another
             story
             ,
             which
             testifies
             the
             singular
             justice
             he
             dispenses
             with
             indifferency
             to
             all
             his
             subjects
             .
             He
             had
             constituted
             in
             the
             Province
             of
             Quame
             one
             Abdalami
             ,
             a
             person
             of
             high
             quality
             ,
             his
             confident
             ,
             a
             gallant
             Cavalier
             ,
             and
             one
             who
             had
             done
             most
             signal
             services
             in
             the
             war
             with
             the
             King
             of
             Dafila
             ;
             but
             being
             inclined
             to
             avarice
             ,
             and
             hord
             up
             wealth
             ,
             he
             played
             the
             Tyrant
             ,
             and
             sacked
             the
             country
             to
             satiate
             his
             own
             humour
             ,
             and
             the
             desires
             of
             some
             women
             he
             gave
             entertainment
             to
             :
             When
             Tahachi
             was
             informed
             thereof
             ,
             he
             was
             much
             displeased
             ,
             for
             't
             was
             his
             rule
             to
             maintain
             equal
             justice
             ,
             peace
             and
             freedome
             amongst
             his
             subjects
             :
             Notwithstanding
             he
             concealed
             his
             resentments
             for
             a
             while
             ,
             giving
             way
             to
             his
             proceedings
             as
             well
             for
             his
             great
             services
             ,
             as
             for
             that
             he
             had
             bestowed
             on
             him
             a
             kinswoman
             to
             wife
             ,
             called
             Abiasinda
             ,
             by
             whom
             he
             had
             children
             .
             He
             admonished
             him
             often
             by
             letter
             ,
             to
             bear
             himselfe
             more
             temperately
             ,
             but
             perceiving
             his
             small
             regard
             ,
             by
             the
             constant
             intrusion
             of
             complaints
             that
             came
             to
             him
             ,
             he
             sent
             expresse
             command
             that
             he
             should
             repaire
             immediately
             to
             Court
             to
             give
             account
             of
             his
             actions
             upon
             pain
             of
             death
             ,
             and
             being
             proclaimed
             rebell
             ,
             and
             guilty
             of
             his
             treason
             .
             Abdalami
             understanding
             his
             own
             wealth
             and
             power
             ,
             slighted
             this
             summons
             ,
             and
             fortified
             himself
             in
             the
             holds
             of
             his
             Government
             .
             Whereupon
             the
             King
             caused
             his
             wife
             and
             children
             to
             be
             apprehended
             and
             brought
             prisoners
             to
             his
             city
             royall
             .
             This
             Princesse
             with
             her
             best
             art
             excused
             her
             husband
             ,
             beseeching
             his
             Majesties
             mercy
             towards
             him
             ,
             for
             his
             former
             services
             ,
             adding
             withall
             that
             these
             complaints
             ,
             were
             but
             a
             calumny
             raised
             by
             the
             malice
             of
             his
             enemies
             .
             The
             King
             covering
             his
             resentments
             ,
             mildely
             answered
             her
             ,
             that
             she
             should
             only
             procure
             her
             husband
             to
             come
             to
             Court
             ,
             but
             she
             fearing
             to
             bring
             his
             person
             in
             danger
             ,
             thought
             best
             only
             to
             advise
             him
             
             to
             send
             a
             certain
             Casket
             of
             rings
             ,
             and
             all
             sorts
             of
             rich
             jewels
             for
             a
             present
             to
             the
             Queen
             ,
             and
             by
             that
             means
             work
             his
             peace
             :
             This
             he
             did
             ,
             and
             she
             having
             presented
             it
             ,
             the
             Queen
             shewed
             them
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             who
             wondred
             at
             so
             great
             a
             treasure
             ,
             where
             amongst
             others
             were
             five
             hundred
             pearles
             ,
             each
             being
             a
             Miticale
             or
             Crown
             and
             half
             in
             weight
             ,
             besides
             many
             other
             jewels
             of
             value
             ,
             sufficient
             to
             buy
             a
             kingdome
             .
             'T
             was
             much
             affliction
             to
             the
             Prince
             to
             see
             such
             treasures
             gotten
             at
             the
             price
             of
             his
             peoples
             blood
             ,
             and
             then
             he
             commanded
             the
             Princesse
             his
             kinswoman
             to
             bring
             her
             husband
             to
             Court
             by
             a
             day
             appointed
             ,
             or
             he
             would
             make
             feel
             the
             weight
             of
             his
             displeasure
             .
             Poor
             Abdalami
             was
             amazed
             at
             the
             news
             ,
             and
             fearing
             not
             without
             cause
             ,
             the
             Kings
             incensement
             ,
             failed
             not
             to
             come
             accordingly
             ;
             and
             without
             calling
             on
             his
             wife
             and
             children
             ,
             went
             strait
             to
             the
             Palace
             ,
             where
             having
             sounded
             the
             Trumpet
             according
             to
             the
             custome
             ,
             as
             I
             observed
             before
             ;
             he
             unclothed
             himself
             ,
             and
             sitting
             on
             the
             ground
             stark
             naked
             ,
             only
             a
             linnen
             cloth
             before
             his
             concealed
             parts
             ,
             he
             attended
             in
             this
             manner
             the
             mercy
             of
             the
             King
             :
             whereof
             notice
             being
             brought
             to
             his
             Lady
             ,
             she
             with
             her
             children
             disrobed
             in
             like
             manner
             ,
             went
             to
             the
             Palace
             gate
             ,
             and
             there
             seated
             themselves
             on
             the
             ground
             by
             him
             ,
             with
             each
             a
             great
             stone
             on
             their
             head
             .
          
           
             The
             Queen
             espying
             them
             from
             her
             window
             ,
             in
             this
             deplorable
             condition
             ,
             moved
             with
             compassion
             ,
             shewed
             them
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             who
             gave
             order
             they
             should
             be
             bidden
             to
             revest
             themselves
             ,
             go
             back
             to
             their
             lodgings
             ,
             and
             there
             attend
             his
             further
             pleasure
             ;
             so
             they
             did
             ,
             trembling
             with
             expectation
             of
             the
             consequence
             .
          
           
             Many
             advised
             Abdalami
             to
             make
             escape
             ,
             and
             his
             wife
             her self
             was
             of
             that
             opinion
             ;
             but
             he
             would
             not
             be
             perswaded
             ,
             his
             services
             raising
             him
             a
             confidence
             of
             the
             Kings
             clemency
             .
             Now
             moreover
             to
             compleat
             his
             calamity
             ,
             when
             the
             King
             began
             to
             relent
             ,
             the
             suits
             and
             supplications
             which
             came
             on
             all
             sides
             in
             his
             behalf
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             principal
             persons
             in
             the
             Court
             called
             Isman
             ,
             charges
             him
             with
             a
             new
             crime
             ,
             complaining
             to
             the
             King
             that
             he
             had
             seduced
             &
             debauched
             a
             daughter
             of
             his
             ,
             for
             which
             he
             craves
             justice
             ,
             which
             suspended
             the
             Kings
             clemency
             ,
             resolving
             to
             examine
             the
             truth
             of
             the
             matter
             ,
             which
             proved
             ,
             in
             fine
             ,
             to
             be
             but
             a
             meer
             supposall
             .
          
           
             For
             it
             was
             most
             true
             ,
             that
             Abdalami
             being
             a
             Prince
             of
             an
             amiable
             form
             and
             beauty
             ,
             and
             of
             high
             esteem
             for
             his
             valour
             ,
             this
             Lords
             daughter
             had
             so
             impetuous
             a
             Love-passion
             for
             him
             ,
             that
             she
             fell
             sick
             to
             death
             ,
             and
             Abdalamies
             Lady
             visiting
             her
             as
             a
             friend
             ,
             observed
             she
             fell
             on
             weeping
             as
             oft
             as
             she
             beheld
             her
             ,
             whereupon
             one
             day
             she
             importuned
             to
             know
             the
             reason
             ,
             conjuring
             her
             to
             speak
             freely
             if
             she
             had
             in
             any
             thing
             offended
             her
             ,
             protesting
             she
             was
             ready
             to
             make
             her
             as
             ample
             satisfaction
             ,
             as
             she
             could
             desire
             .
             The
             poor
             Lady
             confounded
             with
             shame
             ,
             was
             sometime
             before
             she
             could
             form
             her
             answer
             ,
             but
             at
             length
             love
             taking
             place
             of
             Virgin-modesty
             ,
             she
             ingenuously
             confessed
             the
             eause
             of
             her
             distemper
             ,
             
             with
             such
             abundance
             of
             tears
             ,
             sighs
             ,
             and
             supplications
             of
             pardon
             for
             the
             affront
             she
             offered
             her
             ,
             that
             the
             other
             was
             moved
             to
             such
             tendernesse
             ,
             she
             promised
             her
             notwithanding
             one
             so
             near
             and
             dear
             to
             her
             as
             a
             husband
             was
             aimed
             at
             ;
             neverthelesse
             in
             pity
             of
             her
             violent
             passion
             ,
             which
             deserved
             some
             pardon
             ,
             she
             would
             contribute
             what
             was
             possible
             to
             her
             reliefe
             ;
             hereupon
             the
             young
             Lady
             told
             her
             ,
             how
             she
             had
             presented
             by
             her
             bond-maid
             a
             chain
             of
             pearl
             and
             rubies
             to
             her
             husband
             ,
             with
             request
             that
             he
             would
             wear
             them
             for
             her
             sake
             ,
             which
             he
             accepted
             as
             well
             for
             the
             value
             of
             the
             thing
             ,
             as
             for
             that
             the
             slave
             was
             a
             gay
             and
             pretty
             girle
             ,
             to
             whom
             he
             gave
             a
             pair
             of
             pendants
             of
             Fauser
             diamonds
             ,
             of
             an
             Olive
             figure
             ;
             but
             for
             the
             Mistresse
             ,
             he
             returned
             her
             a
             bare
             meagar
             thanks
             ,
             without
             further
             acknowledgement
             ,
             which
             the
             slave
             notwithstanding
             dissembled
             ,
             making
             her
             Mistresse
             believe
             he
             had
             a
             strong
             affection
             for
             her
             ,
             and
             for
             love
             of
             her
             ,
             wore
             her
             favour
             :
             and
             so
             this
             slave
             treated
             her
             with
             these
             fictions
             ,
             in
             hope
             to
             give
             some
             remission
             to
             the
             violence
             of
             her
             passion
             ,
             and
             t
             was
             she
             who
             first
             embarked
             her
             in
             these
             amorous
             follies
             .
          
           
             The
             Lady
             was
             amazed
             at
             these
             passages
             ,
             and
             remembred
             the
             chain
             ,
             because
             her
             husband
             had
             given
             it
             to
             her self
             ,
             without
             acquainting
             her
             where
             he
             had
             it
             .
          
           
             Now
             being
             desirous
             to
             invert
             some
             cure
             for
             her
             malady
             ,
             though
             a
             most
             perfect
             reciprocal
             affection
             animated
             both
             her
             husband
             and
             self
             ,
             notwithstanding
             compassion
             forced
             her
             inclinations
             to
             offer
             her
             a
             nights
             concubitation
             with
             her
             husband
             ;
             which
             so
             reviv'd
             this
             Damsells
             heart
             ,
             that
             immediately
             she
             arose
             from
             her
             bed
             ,
             and
             in
             few
             dayes
             was
             perfectly
             recover'd
             .
             To
             compasse
             this
             without
             her
             husbands
             discovery
             ,
             she
             consulted
             both
             with
             the
             daughter
             ,
             and
             the
             Lady
             her
             Mother
             ,
             who
             was
             likewise
             of
             the
             Party
             ;
             so
             ,
             as
             returning
             home
             ,
             she
             told
             her
             husband
             she
             found
             some
             unusuall
             distemper
             in
             the
             state
             of
             health
             ,
             and
             entreated
             him
             he
             would
             forbear
             her
             enjoyments
             for
             some
             nights
             ,
             which
             expir'd
             Abdalami
             passionate
             for
             her
             commpany
             :
             she
             ,
             to
             heighten
             his
             flame
             ,
             shewed
             some
             unwillingness
             ,
             till
             pressing
             her
             with
             importunity
             ,
             she
             consented
             for
             the
             ensuing
             night
             ,
             upon
             condition
             that
             for
             that
             night
             he
             should
             not
             speak
             a
             word
             to
             her
             .
             Being
             thus
             agreed
             ,
             she
             gives
             the
             Lady
             notice
             to
             be
             ready
             at
             the
             houre
             appointed
             ,
             so
             being
             conveyed
             into
             the
             wives
             roome
             ,
             she
             conceived
             with
             child
             ,
             without
             the
             husbands
             knowledge
             of
             the
             juggle
             .
             Meanwhile
             ,
             time
             making
             the
             Father
             perceive
             the
             growth
             of
             his
             daughter
             ,
             and
             understanding
             by
             her
             acknowledgment
             ,
             whose
             act
             it
             was
             ,
             fired
             with
             rage
             ,
             accompanied
             with
             his
             Allies
             and
             Relations
             ,
             without
             delay
             he
             repaires
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             with
             a
             violent
             complaint
             of
             this
             injury
             ,
             as
             I
             said
             before
             .
             Hereupon
             Tahachi
             enters
             into
             a
             deep
             consideration
             of
             these
             two
             Persons
             ,
             whereof
             the
             one
             was
             his
             Kinsman
             ,
             and
             of
             high
             deserts
             for
             his
             services
             ,
             the
             other
             was
             Lord
             of
             the
             Province
             of
             Essen
             ,
             between
             Dafila
             and
             Ganfilira
             ,
             below
             Barnagasso
             ,
             
             heretofore
             tributary
             to
             the
             great
             Negus
             ,
             but
             being
             not
             inclined
             to
             be
             a
             Christian
             himself
             ,
             nor
             be
             subject
             to
             a
             Christian
             King
             ,
             had
             put
             himself
             voluntarily
             under
             the
             dominion
             of
             Tahachi
             an
             Infidel
             .
             In
             conclusion
             the
             King
             resolved
             to
             have
             the
             matter
             examined
             ,
             and
             to
             pronounce
             Justice
             as
             the
             cause
             merited
             .
             And
             hereupon
             notice
             was
             given
             to
             Abdalami
             of
             the
             accusation
             ,
             wherein
             being
             conscious
             of
             his
             own
             innocence
             ,
             he
             was
             much
             satisfied
             that
             the
             Kings
             anger
             lay
             on
             that
             side
             ,
             and
             conferring
             with
             his
             Lady
             ,
             told
             her
             he
             admired
             the
             impudence
             of
             that
             Lord
             ,
             to
             accuse
             him
             of
             a
             a
             thing
             he
             was
             so
             ignorant
             of
             ,
             and
             much
             more
             at
             the
             insolency
             of
             his
             daughter
             ,
             that
             laid
             two
             bastards
             to
             his
             charge
             :
             The
             Lady
             smiled
             ,
             as
             who
             should
             say
             it
             may
             be
             true
             ,
             whereupon
             as
             he
             was
             about
             to
             make
             oaths
             and
             protestations
             to
             the
             contrary
             she
             acknowledged
             and
             related
             the
             whole
             to
             him
             ,
             and
             how
             the
             businesse
             was
             brought
             to
             passe
             by
             her
             invention
             ,
             whereat
             he
             was
             strangely
             amazed
             ,
             admiring
             his
             Ladies
             goodnesse
             ,
             that
             was
             so
             charitable
             to
             her
             own
             injury
             .
             In
             this
             conjuncture
             ,
             the
             King
             gave
             licence
             to
             Lord
             Isman
             to
             take
             revenge
             of
             Abdalami
             in
             what
             sort
             he
             could
             ,
             under
             his
             assured
             grace
             ;
             so
             he
             now
             layes
             wait
             for
             all
             occasions
             to
             effect
             it
             ,
             and
             to
             surprise
             him
             on
             the
             water
             as
             he
             went
             to
             take
             the
             Ayre
             ,
             for
             the
             town
             of
             Zanzibar
             ,
             or
             Zanguebar
             ,
             is
             compleatly
             encircled
             with
             water
             ,
             which
             runs
             both
             within
             and
             without
             ,
             and
             almost
             every
             inhabitant
             hath
             his
             Almady
             or
             flat
             boat
             ,
             wherein
             they
             recreate
             upon
             the
             Lake
             .
             But
             Abdalami
             ,
             whether
             advertised
             ,
             or
             suspecting
             it
             ,
             stood
             upon
             his
             constant
             guard
             ,
             so
             as
             passing
             one
             day
             upon
             the
             water
             ,
             before
             the
             windowes
             of
             the
             Palace-royall
             ,
             that
             the
             King
             might
             have
             the
             prospect
             ,
             if
             any
             one
             attacked
             him
             ,
             Isman
             comes
             up
             with
             his
             boats
             to
             assault
             his
             enemy
             ,
             who
             was
             not
             unprovided
             :
             then
             there
             succeeded
             a
             fierce
             combat
             between
             them
             ,
             where
             Abdalami
             did
             miracles
             in
             his
             own
             defence
             ;
             so
             effectually
             ,
             that
             he
             put
             the
             adverse
             barks
             to
             flight
             ,
             to
             the
             extraordinary
             delight
             of
             the
             King.
             In
             the
             mean
             while
             Princesse
             Abasinda
             waits
             upon
             the
             Queen
             ,
             and
             recounts
             to
             her
             the
             plain
             truth
             of
             the
             mystery
             ,
             which
             being
             told
             the
             King
             ,
             he
             sent
             to
             Isman
             to
             let
             him
             know
             ,
             that
             if
             the
             case
             were
             found
             such
             as
             he
             apprehended
             ,
             he
             would
             lay
             the
             head
             of
             Abdalami
             in
             his
             hands
             ,
             to
             carry
             into
             his
             own
             country
             ;
             whereof
             ,
             though
             spight
             &
             shame
             of
             his
             defeat
             had
             made
             him
             their
             Bedfellow
             ,
             and
             he
             had
             not
             stirr'd
             forth
             of
             twenty
             dayes
             ;
             he
             was
             so
             satisised
             ,
             he
             came
             immediately
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             who
             remitting
             the
             matter
             to
             Councell
             ,
             't
             was
             concluded
             that
             the
             Mother
             and
             daughter
             should
             be
             brought
             to
             Court
             ,
             to
             answer
             what
             should
             be
             demanded
             of
             them
             .
             At
             the
             same
             time
             the
             King
             made
             a
             personall
             visit
             to
             Abdalami
             ,
             who
             upon
             this
             vouchsafed
             descent
             to
             come
             thus
             alone
             to
             his
             house
             ,
             conceived
             some
             hopes
             of
             his
             businesse
             ,
             and
             casting
             himself
             at
             his
             feet
             ,
             said
             he
             held
             himself
             over
             happy
             in
             the
             favour
             his
             Prince
             had
             done
             him
             ,
             and
             for
             ever
             after
             he
             should
             esteem
             it
             an
             honour
             to
             lay
             down
             his
             life
             for
             his
             service
             .
             The
             King
             causing
             him
             
             to
             rise
             ,
             embraced
             him
             ,
             assuring
             him
             of
             pardon
             for
             what
             was
             pass'd
             ,
             for
             which
             he
             and
             his
             Lady
             rendring
             humble
             thanks
             ,
             attended
             him
             to
             his
             Pallace
             .
             Three
             dayes
             after
             ,
             the
             Mother
             and
             her
             daughter
             arrived
             in
             their
             Pelanquins
             ,
             born
             on
             their
             slaves
             shoulders
             ,
             then
             the
             Councell
             being
             sate
             ,
             three
             Calsena
             or
             Officers
             were
             sent
             for
             Abdalami
             ,
             as
             who
             understood
             not
             the
             matter
             looking
             on
             him
             as
             a
             lost
             person
             ,
             and
             Isman
             for
             his
             part
             conceiving
             he
             durst
             not
             appear
             ,
             but
             rather
             trust
             to
             flight
             ,
             had
             laid
             souldiers
             to
             wait
             and
             intercept
             him
             on
             the
             way
             .
             But
             they
             were
             strangely
             amazed
             when
             they
             saw
             him
             appear
             at
             the
             Palace
             in
             his
             
               Talia
               Massara
            
             ,
             or
             Persian
             mantle
             down
             to
             the
             foot
             ,
             under
             a
             Cassock
             ,
             a
             figur'd
             cloth
             of
             gold
             ,
             covered
             with
             a
             white
             Cipresse
             in
             testimony
             of
             his
             innocence
             ,
             and
             about
             his
             head
             a
             cord
             made
             of
             small
             reeds
             according
             to
             custome
             ,
             in
             testimony
             of
             self-punishment
             ,
             if
             he
             were
             found
             guilty
             .
             The
             Judges
             then
             examined
             both
             parties
             ,
             and
             finding
             they
             could
             produce
             no
             sufficient
             evidence
             ,
             they
             took
             the
             Mother
             and
             daughter
             apart
             ,
             and
             learning
             from
             their
             mouthes
             the
             pure
             and
             reall
             truth
             ,
             they
             thought
             fit
             to
             have
             Princesse
             Abiasinda
             to
             be
             brought
             ,
             and
             since
             't
             was
             through
             her
             charity
             this
             affair
             was
             consented
             to
             and
             contrived
             ,
             't
             was
             but
             reason
             she
             should
             speak
             her
             opinion
             :
             Then
             placing
             her
             on
             the
             Bench
             with
             the
             Judges
             ,
             Abdalami
             was
             called
             forth
             ,
             who
             being
             asked
             if
             he
             would
             stand
             to
             what
             sentence
             his
             Lady
             should
             pronounce
             ,
             answered
             ,
             Yea
             most
             willingly
             :
             then
             raising
             her
             voyce
             ,
             she
             pronounced
             ,
             that
             since
             Alberane
             had
             so
             firm
             an
             affection
             to
             her
             husband
             ,
             and
             had
             born
             for
             him
             two
             lovely
             children
             ,
             by
             the
             good
             favour
             and
             permission
             of
             his
             Majesty
             ,
             she
             condemned
             him
             to
             espouse
             her
             presently
             ,
             and
             she
             would
             receive
             her
             for
             her
             faithful
             companion
             .
             The
             judgment
             was
             admired
             by
             the
             whole
             Assembly
             ,
             and
             the
             Father
             being
             asked
             if
             he
             held
             this
             Award
             sufficient
             reparation
             of
             his
             honour
             ,
             was
             so
             confounded
             with
             the
             unfolding
             of
             what
             he
             was
             before
             kept
             ignorant
             ,
             he
             knew
             not
             what
             to
             say
             ,
             but
             the
             King
             pressing
             his
             resolution
             ,
             in
             testimony
             of
             submission
             ,
             he
             cast
             himself
             on
             the
             earth
             ,
             saying
             ,
             If
             Abdalami
             would
             honour
             him
             with
             marrying
             his
             daughter
             ,
             he
             would
             give
             with
             her
             the
             Province
             of
             Assen
             ,
             with
             the
             mines
             ,
             and
             threescore
             carriages
             of
             fine
             gold
             ,
             which
             he
             had
             gotten
             that
             present
             year
             .
             The
             businesse
             so
             well
             accommomodated
             ,
             the
             King
             gave
             order
             for
             great
             rejoycings
             ,
             with
             solemn
             feastings
             ,
             and
             open
             court
             for
             fifteen
             dayes
             ,
             for
             all
             Princes
             and
             Lords
             of
             his
             Train
             .
             The
             Councell
             would
             have
             had
             the
             moity
             of
             this
             treasure
             dispensed
             ,
             for
             satisfaction
             to
             the
             complaining
             province
             of
             Zuamin
             ,
             but
             the
             King
             opposed
             ,
             content
             only
             to
             abridge
             him
             of
             the
             Crown
             rights
             for
             five
             yeares
             ,
             which
             amounted
             to
             much
             more
             then
             all
             that
             treasure
             :
             which
             was
             done
             accordingly
             ,
             to
             the
             content
             of
             all
             ,
             and
             these
             two
             Ladies
             with
             sincere
             affection
             ,
             lived
             dear
             companions
             in
             peace
             and
             unity
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             VIII
             .
             The
             Authours
             voyage
             into
             Ethiope
             :
             A
             description
             of
             
               Preste
               Johns
            
             Dominions
             ,
             with
             the
             Quality
             of
             his
             People
             .
          
           
             HAving
             staid
             some
             dayes
             in
             the
             Court
             of
             Tahachi
             ,
             and
             learnt
             what
             is
             here
             before
             rehearsed
             ,
             we
             took
             our
             way
             back
             to
             our
             company
             ,
             whom
             we
             left
             at
             Chesicoure
             ,
             who
             were
             something
             troubled
             for
             us
             having
             spent
             two
             and
             twenty
             dayes
             in
             this
             short
             voyage
             :
             for
             passing
             by
             Aruama
             a
             beautifull
             town
             ,
             the
             
               Sieur
               de
               la
               Courbe
            
             for
             some
             occasion
             would
             needs
             stay
             ;
             then
             upon
             a
             streame
             from
             Zuama
             we
             came
             to
             
               Gazira
               ,
               Sequesma
               ,
               Boagiara
               ,
               Salera
               ,
               Aimaca
               ,
            
             or
             Armeta
             ,
             and
             many
             other
             Townes
             and
             Villages
             .
             At
             length
             being
             come
             to
             Gustigoari
             we
             understood
             there
             had
             happened
             a
             difference
             in
             our
             company
             whereby
             some
             were
             wounded
             ,
             and
             being
             come
             to
             Sigara
             ,
             three
             dayes
             journey
             thence
             ,
             we
             took
             the
             other
             part
             of
             the
             River
             ,
             which
             bears
             name
             with
             the
             Town
             of
             Zuama
             ,
             crossing
             the
             Province
             of
             Almadrega
             ,
             which
             with
             the
             country-men
             is
             called
             Calhouras
             ,
             because
             the
             capitall
             Town
             bears
             the
             same
             name
             ;
             't
             is
             but
             small
             ,
             governed
             by
             the
             King
             of
             
               Tigrai
               ,
               Vassail
            
             to
             the
             grand
             Zeguz
             ,
             facing
             Westward
             the
             Province
             of
             Bagamidri
             :
             we
             made
             it
             four
             dayes
             from
             Calhouras
             to
             the
             town
             of
             Bagamidri
             ,
             and
             it
             happened
             well
             we
             covered
             our
             Almadies
             ,
             for
             the
             rain
             much
             inconvenienced
             us
             travelling
             these
             four
             dayes
             through
             a
             waste
             country
             ,
             
             where
             land-Tortoises
             abound
             of
             exceeding
             bignesse
             ,
             which
             were
             very
             commodious
             for
             our
             diet
             ,
             and
             within
             them
             there
             were
             great
             numbers
             of
             egges
             which
             purged
             us
             strangely
             ,
             this
             being
             very
             laxative
             meat
             .
          
           
             Our
             fellows
             lying
             at
             Chasicours
             had
             intelligence
             that
             we
             were
             on
             the
             other
             side
             the
             River
             ,
             and
             enquiring
             ,
             found
             us
             at
             Carboran
             ,
             a
             Village
             three
             leagues
             distant
             from
             Bagamidri
             ,
             where
             you
             may
             imagine
             the
             joy
             this
             review
             diffused
             through
             all
             of
             us
             .
             In
             the
             first
             place
             we
             considered
             and
             reconciled
             their
             discord
             ,
             on
             the
             morrow
             together
             went
             we
             all
             to
             dine
             at
             Bagamidri
             ,
             where
             we
             rested
             some
             dayes
             to
             truck
             and
             put
             off
             our
             commodities
             ,
             as
             well
             in
             Town
             ,
             as
             the
             adjacent
             Villages
             .
             We
             had
             all
             the
             same
             desire
             to
             behold
             the
             Court
             ,
             and
             person
             of
             the
             grand
             Negus
             ,
             who
             ever
             resides
             in
             field
             under
             Tents
             and
             Pavillions
             ,
             ranged
             about
             like
             a
             formall
             City
             .
             To
             which
             we
             were
             rather
             induced
             for
             the
             meeting
             with
             a
             Portugal
             
             Lord
             who
             came
             from
             the
             Indies
             expressely
             to
             visit
             the
             grand
             Negus
             in
             the
             name
             of
             the
             Spanish
             King
             his
             Master
             ,
             who
             went
             aboard
             on
             the
             coast
             of
             the
             red
             Sea
             ,
             and
             landed
             on
             the
             territories
             of
             Barnabas
             ,
             who
             accompanied
             him
             to
             the
             place
             we
             found
             him
             at
             ,
             and
             brought
             us
             together
             as
             far
             as
             Barra
             upon
             Moraba
             ,
             where
             we
             expected
             to
             finde
             the
             Prince
             .
             To
             be
             short
             ,
             I
             set
             not
             down
             the
             wayes
             and
             distances
             betwixt
             Bagamidri
             and
             Barra
             ,
             another
             town
             of
             Ethiope
             ,
             because
             for
             our
             negotiation
             we
             made
             diversions
             to
             both
             hands
             ,
             as
             we
             did
             through
             
               Arabia
               ,
               Persia
            
             ,
             and
             India
             .
             But
             from
             Barra
             to
             our
             compleat
             return
             ,
             we
             observed
             as
             near
             as
             might
             be
             .
             Before
             we
             discourse
             of
             Bagamidri
             ,
             it
             seems
             not
             improper
             to
             tell
             you
             that
             't
             is
             the
             beginning
             of
             the
             vast
             Empire
             of
             Ethiope
             ,
             or
             the
             grand
             Negus
             ,
             
             whom
             commonly
             we
             stile
             the
             
               Preste
               John
            
             of
             Ethiopia
             ,
             in
             distinction
             from
             another
             who
             was
             sometimes
             in
             high
             India
             .
             He
             is
             also
             titled
             
               Kibir
               Negus
            
             and
             Senab
             ,
             and
             King
             of
             the
             Abissins
             .
             They
             report
             him
             to
             have
             in
             possession
             above
             thirty
             five
             kingdomes
             or
             Provinces
             ,
             which
             containes
             a
             strange
             scope
             of
             a
             populous
             countrey
             ,
             of
             more
             then
             three
             moneths
             travell
             .
             True
             it
             is
             ,
             he
             is
             not
             at
             instant
             of
             such
             power
             as
             heretofore
             by
             reason
             the
             neighbouring
             Mahometans
             ,
             and
             amongst
             others
             the
             King
             of
             Adel
             ,
             with
             the
             Zeilan
             ,
             by
             a
             continual
             war
             have
             deprived
             him
             of
             many
             territories
             ,
             even
             of
             the
             best
             part
             of
             the
             towns
             and
             havens
             he
             held
             about
             the
             red
             Sea
             ,
             the
             chief
             whereof
             are
             
               Zuachim
               Manzua
            
             ,
             
             an●
             Ercoco
             .
             So
             as
             at
             present
             this
             Empire
             is
             much
             diminished
             ,
             both
             in
             extent
             ,
             strength
             ,
             and
             dominion
             ,
             only
             that
             by
             the
             assistance
             of
             the
             Portugues
             of
             the
             East
             ,
             he
             hath
             regained
             some
             places
             of
             late
             years
             .
             And
             though
             at
             this
             day
             he
             is
             very
             ample
             ,
             so
             must
             we
             not
             give
             credit
             to
             many
             things
             of
             Grandeur
             and
             Magnificence
             we
             finde
             in
             Spanish
             Authours
             tasting
             somewhat
             of
             the
             fable
             ,
             
             published
             in
             a
             Romantick
             way
             :
             which
             are
             sufficiently
             refuted
             by
             the
             Fathers
             of
             the
             society
             ,
             in
             their
             more
             authentick
             works
             ,
             extracted
             from
             the
             very
             notes
             of
             those
             who
             were
             ,
             and
             are
             constantly
             in
             person
             there
             ,
             from
             whom
             we
             have
             exact
             information
             both
             for
             the
             spiritual
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             temporal
             .
          
           
             The
             countrey
             of
             the
             Abissins
             was
             known
             to
             our
             Ancestours
             by
             the
             name
             of
             Ethiope
             under
             Egypt
             ,
             afterwards
             the
             lesser
             India
             .
             This
             Ethiopia
             is
             divided
             into
             the
             Eastern
             ,
             the
             Western
             ,
             and
             the
             middle
             .
             The
             bounds
             at
             this
             day
             are
             the
             red
             Sea
             on
             the
             East
             ,
             Egypt
             on
             the
             North
             ,
             the
             Mountains
             along
             
               Nile
               ,
               Maniconge
            
             ,
             the
             Black
             River
             and
             Nubia
             on
             the
             West
             ,
             and
             Southward
             the
             Mountains
             of
             the
             Moone
             ,
             and
             the
             Lakes
             where
             the
             Nile
             rises
             ,
             or
             rather
             the
             borders
             of
             the
             Empire
             of
             Monopotapa
             .
             Some
             afford
             it
             fifty
             kingdomes
             and
             more
             ,
             others
             are
             satisfied
             with
             five
             and
             thirty
             or
             lesse
             .
             For
             absurdly
             some
             would
             make
             this
             Empire
             greater
             then
             all
             our
             Europe
             ,
             and
             that
             it
             should
             hold
             out
             from
             Egypt
             to
             the
             Promontory
             of
             Guardasu
             ,
             and
             to
             Babelmandel
             and
             Mogadoxo
             ,
             and
             of
             another
             side
             to
             the
             Southern
             or
             Ethiopian
             
             Ocean
             ,
             the
             
               Cape
               of
               Good
               Hope
            
             ,
             allowing
             for
             Tributaries
             many
             Moorish
             Kings
             ,
             to
             Monomotapa
             it selfe
             ,
             with
             the
             S.
             Laurence
             Islanders
             :
             though
             at
             this
             day
             he
             hath
             his
             hands
             full
             to
             defend
             himself
             against
             the
             Mahometans
             ,
             the
             Gales
             or
             Galois
             ,
             and
             the
             Agays
             ,
             a
             people
             that
             are
             Blacks
             ,
             by
             whom
             for
             these
             threescore
             years
             he
             hath
             been
             rudely
             jostled
             ;
             till
             the
             Prince
             was
             constrained
             to
             supplicate
             the
             aid
             of
             the
             Portugals
             who
             brought
             effectuall
             assistance
             ,
             and
             by
             degrees
             have
             restored
             him
             to
             a
             recovering
             condition
             .
          
           
             As
             you
             go
             from
             the
             red
             Sea
             Westward
             lye
             these
             Kingdomes
             ,
             
             
               Tigrai
               ,
               Dancaly
               ,
               Angote
               ,
               Xoa
               ,
               Amara
               ,
               Leca
               ,
               Baga
               ,
               Midai
               ,
               Dambea
               ,
               Datali
               ,
               Fatigar
               ,
               Ambra
               ,
               Anogotera
               ,
               Bernagas
               ,
               Belinganza
               ,
               Damure
               ,
               Edear
               ,
               Guiame
               ,
            
             there
             are
             the
             Cataracts
             of
             
               Nile
               ,
               Vangui
               ,
               Masmude
               ,
               Cafates
               ,
               Gilama
               ,
            
             and
             others
             ;
             some
             whereof
             Christians
             inhabit
             ,
             the
             rest
             Mahometans
             and
             Gentiles
             .
          
           
             The
             people
             of
             these
             kingdomes
             when
             they
             bring
             their
             Gibre
             or
             tribute
             to
             the
             Prince
             ,
             They
             have
             wound
             a
             rope
             about
             their
             head
             ,
             and
             proclaim
             with
             a
             loud
             voice
             ,
             The
             Revenue
             of
             such
             a
             Province
             ,
             My
             Lord
             I
             am
             here
             present
             .
             Then
             doth
             the
             Negar
             distribute
             this
             Gibre
             or
             revenue
             to
             three
             uses
             ,
             the
             first
             to
             relieve
             the
             poor
             of
             the
             Nation
             ,
             and
             support
             the
             Church
             ,
             a
             second
             for
             pay
             and
             maintenance
             of
             his
             army
             ,
             and
             the
             third
             to
             his
             Coffers
             for
             the
             exhibition
             of
             his
             houshold
             .
             Now
             is
             the
             Revenue
             small
             ,
             for
             they
             have
             trees
             ,
             of
             which
             we
             finde
             many
             growing
             upon
             the
             high
             ways
             loaded
             with
             silk
             ,
             not
             by
             the
             work
             of
             art
             but
             nature
             ,
             whereof
             the
             gatherers
             pay
             a
             fift
             to
             the
             Prince
             ,
             as
             they
             do
             of
             their
             gold
             and
             silver
             mines
             ,
             where
             they
             employ
             their
             slaves
             ,
             as
             sometimes
             they
             do
             the
             children
             of
             them
             who
             have
             not
             paid
             the
             King
             dues
             for
             their
             harvest
             of
             silk
             .
             Of
             
               Benjamin
               ,
               Storax
            
             ,
             and
             other
             Aromaticks
             ,
             't
             is
             the
             same
             thing
             ,
             for
             the
             gathering
             whereof
             they
             make
             choyce
             of
             young
             lads
             ,
             as
             concerning
             their
             smell
             to
             be
             more
             exquisit
             ,
             and
             more
             firm
             ,
             and
             indeed
             the
             Merchants
             have
             a
             speciall
             regard
             for
             these
             gatherers
             ,
             and
             the
             younger
             ,
             the
             more
             they
             give
             them
             .
             They
             who
             get
             Safron
             ,
             pay
             the
             same
             rates
             ,
             but
             they
             observe
             not
             the
             like
             niceness
             in
             the
             gathering
             .
             The
             Farmers
             of
             these
             customes
             have
             a
             set
             day
             to
             bring
             it
             in
             to
             the
             Prince
             himself
             ,
             who
             receives
             it
             in
             person
             ,
             who
             so
             much
             delights
             in
             odours
             ,
             that
             whatsoever
             used
             in
             Court
             even
             to
             the
             Flambeaus
             is
             perfumed
             .
             But
             when
             these
             are
             brought
             in
             ,
             they
             are
             attended
             with
             Drums
             ,
             Hoboyes
             ,
             
             with
             other
             instruments
             and
             consorts
             of
             musick
             ,
             which
             the
             towns
             are
             by
             duty
             to
             provide
             .
             The
             same
             Prince
             hath
             likewise
             his
             fift
             out
             of
             the
             souldiers
             booty
             in
             time
             of
             warre
             ,
             as
             the
             Spanish
             King
             hath
             out
             of
             the
             Merchants
             mines
             ,
             but
             that
             he
             exacts
             an
             impost
             from
             thieves
             or
             Curtizans
             ,
             is
             a
             mistake
             .
          
           
             This
             State
             was
             known
             to
             all
             Antiquity
             ,
             but
             upon
             uncertainty
             enough
             ,
             till
             about
             120.
             years
             since
             ,
             the
             Portuguese
             gave
             us
             a
             better
             information
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             specially
             since
             these
             last
             threescore
             years
             that
             the
             Fathers
             of
             the
             society
             came
             thither
             .
          
           
           
             The
             soyle
             in
             some
             part
             is
             exceeding
             fertile
             ,
             in
             others
             not
             ,
             It
             abounds
             in
             mines
             of
             gold
             ,
             silver
             ,
             brasse
             ,
             lead
             ,
             sulphure
             ,
             fruits
             of
             all
             sorts
             ,
             as
             citrons
             ,
             oranges
             ,
             but
             vines
             are
             scarce
             :
             The
             air
             is
             temperate
             enough
             ,
             though
             under
             the
             torrid
             Zone
             ,
             the
             people
             there
             are
             black
             for
             the
             greater
             part
             ,
             and
             of
             long
             life
             .
             Their
             principall
             traffick
             is
             salt
             ,
             which
             they
             carry
             very
             deep
             into
             the
             Provinces
             ,
             and
             sell
             dear
             ,
             making
             it
             serve
             as
             't
             were
             for
             their
             money
             ,
             trucking
             it
             for
             all
             sorts
             of
             commodities
             ,
             whereof
             they
             have
             square
             pieces
             of
             severall
             proper
             weights
             ,
             as
             we
             have
             gold
             and
             silver
             .
             In
             the
             sacred
             History
             ,
             the
             land
             of
             Ethiope
             is
             called
             Chuz
             ,
             or
             Phut
             ,
             from
             the
             two
             sons
             of
             Cham.
             who
             lived
             there
             .
          
           
             'T
             is
             said
             the
             name
             of
             Abassie
             ,
             or
             Abissine
             ,
             came
             from
             the
             Arabians
             ,
             who
             called
             them
             Elbabassi
             ,
             and
             Abex
             .
             Others
             say
             't
             was
             given
             by
             the
             Egyptians
             ,
             who
             by
             this
             name
             understand
             all
             such
             as
             inhabit
             a
             Countrey
             encircled
             with
             deserts
             ,
             as
             we
             find
             this
             is
             .
          
           
             But
             the
             Ancients
             made
             ordinarily
             two
             Ethiopes
             ,
             the
             one
             East
             on
             the
             other
             side
             the
             red
             sea
             ,
             in
             Sabia
             ,
             or
             Arabia
             the
             happy
             ,
             the
             other
             west
             ,
             on
             this
             side
             ,
             or
             under
             Egypt
             .
             And
             indeed
             the
             Homerists
             ,
             a
             people
             of
             Arabia
             ,
             along
             the
             coast
             of
             the
             red
             sea
             are
             called
             Ethiopians
             ,
             and
             there
             is
             some
             evidence
             ,
             that
             heretofore
             Kings
             of
             Ethiopia
             reigned
             on
             both
             sides
             the
             Gulph
             ;
             also
             some
             do
             opinion
             the
             Queen
             of
             Saba
             came
             from
             Arabia
             ,
             others
             from
             the
             true
             Ethiopia
             .
             The
             west
             Ethiopia
             was
             either
             the
             lower
             from
             Egypt
             to
             Meroe
             ,
             
             or
             the
             high
             from
             Meroe
             to
             the
             Mountains
             of
             the
             Moon
             .
             Some
             there
             are
             again
             ,
             who
             confound
             the
             Eastern
             with
             the
             Abissins
             ,
             place
             the
             Western
             towards
             the
             Atlantique
             sea
             ,
             then
             will
             have
             tho
             interiour
             towards
             Zanzibar
             .
          
           
             Some
             hold
             the
             Ethiopians
             to
             have
             been
             the
             first
             Idolaters
             ,
             as
             descending
             from
             Chus
             the
             son
             of
             Cham
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             first
             received
             Judaisme
             ,
             and
             circumcision
             upon
             the
             Queen
             of
             Saba's
             voyage
             to
             Salomon
             ;
             and
             after
             Chritianisme
             ,
             by
             the
             Queen
             Candace's
             Ennuch
             .
             Times
             past
             the
             Ethiopian
             Kings
             were
             very
             potent
             ,
             and
             brought
             under
             yoke
             Egypt
             it self
             ,
             and
             being
             by
             Semiramis
             and
             Cambyses
             assaulted
             ,
             defeated
             their
             armies
             ,
             nor
             durst
             Hercules
             and
             Bacchus
             ,
             those
             famous
             Victors
             ,
             invade
             them
             :
             The
             Poets
             had
             this
             land
             in
             such
             esteem
             ,
             were
             it
             for
             the
             goodnesse
             ,
             or
             for
             Religion
             ,
             that
             here
             they
             would
             celebrate
             their
             Deities
             festivals
             ,
             and
             inthrone
             
               Alemnon
               ,
               Cephee
            
             and
             Perset
             ,
             mighty
             and
             illustrious
             Kings
             of
             this
             Countrey
             .
             There
             was
             one
             Melilec
             ,
             who
             holds
             the
             chief
             renown
             amongst
             them
             ,
             who
             they
             report
             to
             have
             been
             the
             son
             of
             Salomon
             ,
             and
             Mecheda
             Queen
             of
             Saba
             ,
             and
             of
             whose
             race
             by
             lineal
             descent
             ,
             from
             Father
             to
             Son
             ,
             all
             their
             Kings
             to
             this
             day
             report
             themselves
             descended
             :
             I
             know
             not
             how
             justly
             it
             can
             be
             proved
             .
             Howsoever
             it
             be
             ,
             the
             most
             ancient
             Histories
             attest
             ,
             that
             about
             the
             year
             521.
             in
             the
             time
             of
             Justin
             the
             Emperour
             ,
             there
             was
             one
             Elesbaan
             King
             of
             Ethiopia
             ,
             a
             Christian
             ,
             who
             subdued
             Dunaam
             a
             Jew
             ,
             King
             of
             Arabia
             the
             happy
             ,
             who
             infesting
             the
             Homerites
             being
             Christians
             ,
             
             Elesbaan
             he
             freed
             them
             ,
             and
             being
             returned
             into
             his
             Countrey
             ,
             became
             Hermite
             .
             Afterwards
             there
             was
             another
             King
             named
             Hellisteus
             ,
             a
             Christian
             also
             ,
             who
             entred
             confidence
             with
             Justinian
             the
             Emperour
             ,
             and
             brought
             famous
             victories
             from
             the
             Infidels
             in
             Arabia
             .
          
           
             These
             kings
             made
             the
             royal
             town
             of
             Cachumo
             ,
             sometimes
             called
             Aucumo
             ,
             their
             mansion
             ,
             which
             stil
             holds
             the
             name
             since
             those
             times
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             length
             and
             difficulty
             of
             roads
             ,
             we
             have
             had
             little
             or
             no
             intelligence
             of
             the
             Ethiopian
             Kings
             ,
             the
             Turks
             and
             Saracins
             having
             constant
             possession
             of
             the
             passages
             ,
             til
             the
             voyages
             of
             the
             Portuguese
             ,
             who
             have
             given
             us
             some
             light
             since
             this
             latter
             age
             .
             As
             to
             spiritualty
             this
             Countrey
             hath
             ever
             submitted
             to
             the
             direction
             of
             the
             Patriarch
             of
             Alexandria
             ,
             who
             for
             the
             danger
             of
             coming
             thither
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             Saracins
             who
             ruled
             in
             Egypt
             ,
             
             sent
             them
             a
             Prelate
             called
             Abuma
             ,
             for
             Governor
             ;
             as
             the
             Patriarch
             of
             Antioch
             sends
             one
             into
             the
             East
             ,
             called
             Catholica
             .
             Some
             say
             that
             in
             the
             year
             1439.
             the
             Abissins
             came
             to
             render
             obedience
             ,
             and
             to
             acknowledge
             Pope
             Clement
             5.
             at
             Auignon
             ,
             that
             they
             sent
             since
             to
             the
             Council
             of
             Florence
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             1439.
             
             But
             't
             is
             more
             certain
             that
             since
             the
             Portuguese
             conversed
             with
             them
             ,
             the
             Kings
             have
             made
             a
             fuller
             acknowledgement
             of
             the
             Romane
             Church
             .
             As
             to
             their
             Religion
             ,
             though
             it
             be
             Christian
             ,
             yet
             they
             retain
             divers
             Jewish
             ceremonies
             ,
             and
             other
             heresies
             ,
             received
             as
             wel
             from
             Pagans
             ,
             as
             from
             the
             heretical
             Eutiches
             and
             Dioscorus
             ,
             sent
             to
             them
             by
             schismatical
             Patriarchs
             from
             Alexandria
             ,
             whereof
             at
             present
             they
             begin
             to
             be
             purged
             ,
             and
             better
             instructed
             by
             the
             Jesuite
             Fathers
             ,
             and
             the
             Patriarks
             sent
             to
             them
             from
             Rome
             ,
             as
             we
             find
             in
             modern
             relations
             .
          
           
             For
             a
             long
             time
             there
             have
             regular
             Religious
             been
             in
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             and
             Anchorites
             of
             the
             order
             of
             St.
             Anthony
             ,
             St.
             Macharius
             ,
             and
             St.
             Basile
             ,
             but
             no
             Dominicans
             ,
             as
             some
             would
             have
             us
             believe
             .
          
           
             From
             St.
             Anthonies
             order
             is
             proceeded
             another
             ,
             they
             call
             Estefarrus
             ,
             which
             must
             be
             St.
             Stephen
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             nature
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             they
             have
             a
             strong
             propensity
             to
             vertue
             ,
             and
             orthodox
             religion
             ,
             render
             exact
             obedience
             to
             their
             Prince
             ,
             and
             most
             high
             veneration
             to
             Church
             and
             Clergie
             ,
             are
             severely
             chast
             ,
             and
             addicted
             to
             pennance
             ,
             and
             austerity
             of
             life
             ,
             very
             charitable
             and
             very
             hospitable
             .
             
             Priests
             while
             they
             celebrate
             mass
             are
             covered
             with
             a
             vail
             ,
             after
             the
             Greek
             manner
             ,
             and
             the
             men
             divided
             a
             part
             from
             the
             women
             in
             the
             Church
             .
          
           
             The
             whole
             Court
             lodges
             alwaies
             under
             pavilions
             in
             the
             field
             ,
             rang'd
             in
             the
             form
             of
             a
             Town
             ,
             for
             places
             and
             streets
             drawn
             to
             a
             direct
             line
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             assigned
             for
             every
             one
             a
             Captain
             ,
             or
             Justiciar
             to
             prevent
             tumults
             .
             't
             is
             of
             great
             circuit
             ,
             sometimes
             containing
             two
             leagues
             of
             land
             ,
             with
             twelve
             ports
             in
             honour
             of
             the
             Apostles
             :
             within
             this
             circuit
             there
             are
             two
             Churches
             ,
             one
             for
             the
             
             Emperour
             and
             Nobility
             ,
             of
             seven
             or
             eight
             hundred
             paces
             in
             circumference
             ,
             the
             other
             for
             the
             vulgar
             .
          
           
             
             Within
             there
             is
             one
             Altar
             onely
             ,
             and
             upon
             it
             the
             figure
             of
             a
             Crosse
             of
             a
             gray
             colour
             ,
             shadowed
             with
             a
             vail
             of
             white
             silk
             ,
             on
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             Altar
             stands
             a
             picture
             of
             the
             blessed
             Virgin
             in
             colours
             ,
             betwixt
             two
             more
             of
             the
             Apostles
             ,
             St.
             Peter
             ,
             and
             St.
             Paul
             :
             upon
             solemn
             Feasts
             the
             Emperours
             white
             tent
             is
             changed
             for
             a
             red
             :
             through
             all
             the
             Churches
             there
             is
             said
             but
             one
             Masse
             a
             day
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             observed
             such
             reverence
             ,
             that
             't
             is
             not
             lawfull
             to
             spit
             ,
             speak
             ,
             or
             sit
             down
             ,
             upon
             any
             occasion
             whatsoever
             ;
             the
             Temple
             of
             our
             Lord
             ,
             as
             they
             say
             ,
             being
             a
             place
             neither
             for
             uncleanness
             nor
             discourse
             :
             If
             one
             be
             constrained
             to
             passe
             by
             on
             horseback
             ,
             he
             alights
             ,
             and
             walks
             with
             hat
             in
             hand
             .
             When
             the
             Sacrament
             is
             elevated
             ,
             one
             rings
             a
             bell
             of
             stone
             ,
             the
             clapper
             of
             wood
             ,
             (
             as
             are
             all
             the
             bells
             in
             Ethiope
             )
             and
             immediately
             all
             fall
             upon
             their
             knees
             .
             The
             Emperour
             himself
             if
             he
             be
             on
             horseback
             ,
             alights
             in
             haste
             ,
             and
             continues
             on
             his
             knees
             till
             another
             sign
             be
             given
             .
             The
             Priest
             is
             never
             seen
             while
             he
             consummates
             ,
             because
             he
             is
             covered
             and
             surrounded
             with
             a
             white
             vail
             ,
             as
             likewise
             the
             people
             never
             behold
             the
             blessed
             Sacrament
             ,
             but
             they
             bow
             their
             face
             to
             the
             ground
             ,
             jogging
             their
             bodies
             in
             a
             dancing
             manner
             ,
             and
             standing
             on
             their
             toes
             .
             The
             Offertory
             is
             made
             at
             the
             end
             of
             Masse
             .
             They
             give
             the
             Sacrament
             to
             little
             children
             as
             well
             as
             others
             ,
             causing
             them
             to
             abstain
             before
             .
          
           
             The
             Negus
             never
             eats
             in
             gold
             or
             silver
             ,
             but
             in
             vessels
             of
             Euate
             onely
             ,
             which
             endures
             no
             poyson
             ,
             but
             breaks
             immediately
             .
             For
             wine
             there
             is
             none
             made
             but
             in
             his
             Palace
             ,
             or
             in
             the
             Abuma's
             house
             .
             As
             for
             the
             Abissine
             ,
             or
             Nubian
             language
             ,
             't
             is
             a
             distinct
             tongue
             ,
             but
             much
             compounded
             as
             they
             say
             ,
             with
             
               Hebrew
               ,
               Chaldean
               ,
               Syriack
            
             ,
             and
             Arabick
             words
             ,
             which
             reaches
             to
             the
             very
             East
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             soft
             and
             sweet
             pronunciation
             ,
             and
             because
             't
             is
             plain
             and
             easie
             to
             learn.
             So
             the
             Abissins
             when
             they
             travel
             ,
             as
             I
             have
             often
             mark'd
             ,
             make
             themselves
             easily
             understood
             ,
             with
             the
             Guinoii
             themselves
             .
             They
             use
             the
             Chaldaick
             for
             sacred
             matters
             and
             sciences
             ,
             in
             which
             all
             their
             books
             are
             written
             ,
             and
             Masse
             celebrated
             ,
             as
             the
             Abissins
             do
             in
             their
             Church
             of
             St.
             Stephen
             of
             India
             at
             Rome
             ,
             in
             like
             manner
             as
             the
             Maronites
             and
             other
             Syrians
             .
             Now
             for
             the
             Rivers
             in
             this
             Countrey
             there
             are
             many
             very
             great
             ones
             ,
             but
             the
             principal
             is
             the
             so
             famous
             Nile
             ,
             which
             cuts
             it
             from
             one
             end
             to
             the
             other
             ,
             sallying
             ,
             as
             some
             say
             ,
             out
             of
             an
             unsoundable
             lake
             in
             the
             Country
             of
             Guyame
             ,
             others
             will
             have
             it
             from
             the
             Mountains
             of
             the
             Moon
             ,
             or
             Cafartes
             ,
             and
             from
             Befsi
             or
             Zech
             ,
             whence
             likewise
             issues
             the
             Zaire
             and
             the
             Aquilonde
             ,
             which
             run
             Westward
             ,
             and
             the
             Zuama
             southward
             .
             But
             the
             Nile
             towards
             the
             West
             ,
             falls
             into
             the
             lake
             of
             Zambra
             or
             Zaire
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             passing
             betwixt
             the
             Kingdoms
             of
             Damus
             and
             Ambea
             ,
             inclining
             towards
             the
             East
             ,
             then
             on
             the
             other
             side
             the
             Equinoctial
             enters
             Beleguanza
             ,
             corporates
             with
             another
             River
             flowing
             
             from
             the
             lake
             Zanflan
             ,
             likewise
             called
             the
             Nile
             ,
             and
             thence
             betwixt
             
               Bagamidri
               ,
               Vangue
            
             ,
             and
             Abiancantiva
             ,
             it
             visits
             Tigremabon
             ;
             and
             having
             swallowed
             the
             Tagazzi
             ,
             or
             Tecassin
             ,
             and
             other
             Rivers
             ,
             swel'd
             with
             so
             many
             flouds
             ,
             it
             creates
             the
             famous
             Isle
             of
             Meroe
             ,
             with
             two
             arms
             ,
             by
             the
             Ancients
             called
             Astapus
             and
             Astaboras
             ,
             at
             this
             time
             Tecassin
             and
             Ahambi
             ;
             afterwards
             re-uniting
             ,
             passes
             the
             Tropick
             Cancer
             ,
             and
             at
             Siena
             or
             Asma
             ,
             makes
             the
             renowned
             Cataracts
             ,
             or
             falls
             amongst
             the
             Mountains
             ,
             which
             so
             compresse
             it
             ,
             that
             it
             seems
             a
             shot
             or
             lightning
             in
             quicknesse
             ,
             and
             thunder
             in
             horrid
             noyse
             ;
             till
             having
             crossed
             Egypt
             ,
             and
             entertained
             some
             Rivers
             of
             Nubia
             ,
             branching
             it self
             into
             many
             streams
             ,
             which
             compose
             the
             so
             much
             celebrated
             ,
             fair
             and
             fertile
             Countrey
             of
             Delta
             ,
             comes
             to
             render
             it self
             into
             the
             Mediterranean
             at
             mouthes
             and
             sluces
             ,
             which
             our
             Ancestors
             took
             for
             seven
             ,
             others
             nine
             ;
             at
             this
             day
             the
             most
             known
             and
             remarkable
             ,
             are
             those
             of
             
               Damiete
               Rosete
            
             ,
             heretofore
             called
             Heracleotique
             and
             Pelusiaque
             ,
             which
             compose
             the
             two
             sides
             of
             the
             triangle
             .
          
           
             As
             to
             the
             surfluxes
             and
             inundations
             which
             fertilize
             all
             Egypt
             ,
             
             and
             serve
             instead
             of
             fructiferous
             rains
             from
             June
             to
             September
             ,
             laying
             the
             Countrey
             like
             an
             Archipelagus
             ,
             covered
             with
             innumerable
             little
             Islands
             ,
             wherein
             stand
             their
             habitations
             more
             excelse
             then
             the
             rest
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             piece
             of
             water
             ,
             I
             leave
             to
             Philosophers
             to
             search
             the
             causes
             ,
             who
             in
             all
             ages
             were
             much
             perplext
             and
             much
             divided
             ,
             some
             attributing
             it
             to
             the
             dissolving
             of
             snows
             from
             the
             Ethiopian
             mountains
             ,
             where
             snow
             never
             fell
             :
             others
             to
             anniversary
             winds
             forcing
             the
             waters
             to
             remount
             ,
             and
             so
             overflow
             :
             others
             with
             more
             probability
             to
             the
             continual
             rains
             of
             the
             torrid
             Zone
             in
             this
             season
             ,
             as
             I
             my self
             have
             seen
             it
             happen
             all
             along
             this
             Zone
             to
             the
             Indies
             ,
             both
             East
             and
             West
             .
             Yea
             there
             are
             some
             who
             go
             further
             for
             a
             cause
             ,
             and
             will
             have
             it
             proceed
             from
             winds
             and
             furious
             tempests
             ,
             which
             at
             this
             season
             rage
             about
             the
             
               Cape
               of
               good
               Hope
            
             ;
             swelling
             the
             Sea
             ,
             which
             by
             certain
             secret
             Subterranian
             channels
             ,
             communicates
             it self
             with
             the
             Ethiopian
             Lakes
             ,
             which
             makes
             Nile
             and
             other
             Rivers
             taking
             birth
             from
             thence
             ,
             to
             surfeit
             .
             But
             howsoever
             it
             is
             ,
             and
             whencesoever
             it
             proceeds
             ,
             certainly
             the
             effect
             is
             altogether
             admirable
             ,
             the
             encrease
             lasting
             fourty
             daies
             ,
             as
             likewise
             the
             decrease
             ,
             and
             some
             say
             the
             River
             Noir
             ,
             or
             Cambra
             ,
             or
             Senega
             do
             the
             same
             .
             The
             course
             of
             this
             River
             from
             birth
             to
             dissolution
             ,
             is
             esteemed
             to
             be
             nine
             hundred
             leagues
             in
             right
             line
             ,
             and
             windings
             and
             bosomes
             considered
             to
             be
             above
             two
             thousand
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             longest
             course
             of
             any
             River
             in
             the
             Universe
             ,
             except
             the
             Plate
             and
             Maragnon
             in
             Brasile
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             IX
             .
             Of
             the
             Town
             of
             Bagamidri
             ,
             and
             the
             coronation
             of
             their
             Kings
             .
          
           
             TO
             return
             to
             our
             voyage
             ,
             I
             shal
             tell
             you
             that
             Bagamidri
             is
             a
             Town
             in
             Ethiopia
             ,
             in
             three
             degrees
             of
             altitude
             beyond
             the
             line
             ,
             in
             a
             fair
             champion
             upon
             the
             River
             Zuama
             ,
             which
             disbanks
             as
             Nile
             do's
             .
             For
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Bagamidri
             it
             reaches
             to
             the
             Tropick
             ,
             watered
             by
             Zuama
             ,
             called
             by
             the
             inhabitants
             Zimbada
             ,
             which
             crosses
             the
             deserts
             of
             Manica
             ,
             where
             are
             dismal
             Mountains
             ,
             and
             goes
             til
             it
             ingulphs
             it self
             in
             the
             Oriental
             and
             Meridian
             sea
             ,
             composing
             a
             most
             commodious
             shore
             ,
             where
             vessels
             take
             in
             fresh-water
             and
             fuel
             .
             Here
             are
             abundance
             of
             wild
             goats
             ,
             and
             small
             Buls
             and
             Cows
             so
             fierce
             ,
             that
             he
             must
             be
             very
             skilfull
             that
             takes
             them
             ,
             they
             have
             little
             horns
             which
             grow
             but
             skin-deep
             ,
             mooving
             them
             as
             their
             ears
             ,
             as
             I
             observed
             in
             another
             place
             .
             This
             River
             of
             Zuama
             is
             by
             the
             Portugalls
             called
             ,
             
               Rio
               del
               Spiritu
               sancto
            
             ,
             for
             the
             content
             they
             receive
             who
             saile
             upon
             it
             .
          
           
             Moreover
             ,
             in
             passing
             or
             bathing
             in
             this
             River
             ,
             there
             ought
             great
             caution
             to
             be
             had
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             well
             arm'd
             against
             the
             Crocodiles
             ,
             which
             are
             here
             in
             great
             numbers
             :
             nor
             is
             the
             danger
             on
             land
             much
             lesse
             ,
             for
             the
             Tigars
             ,
             of
             which
             there
             are
             great
             Troupes
             ,
             and
             will
             very
             sawcily
             dismount
             you
             ,
             either
             from
             Horse
             or
             Mule.
             
          
           
             Towards
             the
             West
             the
             Countrey
             borders
             on
             Mancigonge
             ,
             Eastward
             on
             Cafates
             ,
             to
             the
             North
             it
             lyes
             on
             Gidada
             ,
             which
             some
             call
             the
             Countrey
             of
             Amazons
             ,
             South-ward
             on
             Monopotapa
             .
          
           
             The
             Town
             of
             Bagamidri
             is
             called
             Imperial
             ,
             by
             reason
             the
             King
             of
             Tigrai
             ,
             or
             Tigremahon
             ,
             having
             received
             his
             first
             Crown
             at
             the
             place
             of
             his
             election
             ,
             receives
             the
             second
             here
             .
          
           
             
             This
             Ceremonie
             was
             first
             instituted
             in
             the
             time
             of
             St.
             Abiblicanus
             ,
             who
             lived
             in
             a
             cave
             near
             the
             Town
             ,
             in
             so
             high
             repute
             ,
             that
             the
             King
             who
             then
             reigned
             would
             have
             the
             honour
             to
             be
             crown'd
             by
             so
             great
             a
             Saint
             ,
             since
             which
             time
             there
             is
             an
             Ordinance
             ,
             that
             all
             the
             Kings
             of
             Tigray
             shal
             be
             crown'd
             here
             ,
             (
             as
             the
             several
             Crowns
             of
             our
             Emperours
             were
             received
             at
             
               Aix
               ,
               Milan
            
             ,
             and
             Rome
             )
             and
             the
             third
             he
             receives
             from
             the
             hand
             of
             the
             Grand
             Negus
             ,
             his
             Soveraign
             ,
             who
             hath
             onely
             a
             crown
             of
             silver
             ,
             whereas
             the
             King
             of
             Tigray
             hath
             his
             of
             inestimable
             value
             .
          
           
             Here
             I
             shal
             tell
             you
             by
             the
             way
             ,
             that
             in
             Tigramahon
             I
             saw
             a
             Church
             of
             one
             intire
             piece
             ,
             wrought
             in
             a
             Rock
             near
             
             to
             Tecassin
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             the
             Church
             of
             Creatures
             ,
             for
             that
             't
             is
             dedicated
             to
             the
             four
             Evangelists
             .
             In
             the
             lower
             Ethiopia
             ,
             there
             is
             the
             like
             which
             they
             call
             the
             
               Maiant
               Calassen
            
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             the
             Seat
             of
             Eternity
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             the
             Amazons
             they
             report
             it
             to
             be
             betwixt
             the
             country
             of
             Damut
             and
             Gorage
             ,
             or
             Goraga
             and
             Gongara
             where
             they
             recount
             many
             things
             ,
             not
             unlike
             the
             stories
             of
             our
             Ancestors
             ;
             as
             that
             the
             women
             have
             the
             authority
             ,
             are
             exceeding
             valiant
             ,
             and
             excellent
             Archers
             ,
             that
             they
             cut
             off
             their
             right
             breast
             to
             draw
             a
             how
             the
             better
             ,
             with
             other
             things
             of
             that
             kinde
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             mention
             made
             of
             the
             like
             women
             in
             many
             other
             parts
             of
             the
             world
             .
             Some
             say
             the
             word
             Amazon
             is
             derived
             from
             a
             country
             belonging
             to
             the
             Negus
             ,
             or
             Monopotapa
             ,
             near
             Mancinconge
             ,
             where
             the
             women
             are
             of
             great
             courage
             ,
             
             though
             the
             men
             are
             Masters
             ,
             and
             
               Preste
               John
            
             makes
             use
             of
             them
             in
             his
             warres
             .
             In
             this
             country
             stands
             the
             faire
             city
             Felucia
             ,
             or
             Falacia
             ,
             where
             they
             say
             is
             a
             sumptuous
             Tombe
             of
             a
             Princesse
             called
             Agagina
             ,
             built
             all
             of
             a
             black
             marble
             ,
             clear
             and
             transparent
             as
             glasse
             .
             The
             people
             of
             these
             countries
             ,
             
             are
             of
             severall
             complexions
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             place
             that
             gives
             them
             breath
             :
             For
             under
             the
             line
             they
             are
             neither
             white
             nor
             black
             ,
             but
             of
             a
             swart
             tawny
             colour
             ,
             though
             the
             world
             affords
             not
             a
             more
             temperate
             climate
             then
             they
             are
             under
             .
          
           
             They
             who
             live
             Westward
             from
             the
             countrey
             of
             Agagne
             to
             Ambian
             are
             intirely
             black
             ,
             and
             four
             degrees
             from
             the
             Line
             ,
             troubled
             with
             excessive
             raines
             for
             three
             moneths
             together
             .
             But
             they
             of
             the
             Province
             of
             Zembre
             ,
             are
             more
             white
             and
             very
             docile
             ,
             especially
             the
             women
             who
             are
             passably
             beautifull
             and
             gracefull
             ,
             and
             good
             Christians
             ,
             though
             they
             were
             the
             last
             that
             received
             the
             faith
             ,
             since
             the
             Eunuch
             baptized
             by
             Saint
             Philip
             planted
             it
             in
             the
             better
             part
             of
             the
             Provinces
             of
             Ethiope
             ,
             and
             as
             some
             will
             have
             in
             Arabia
             the
             happy
             it self
             ,
             and
             as
             far
             as
             Tuprobane
             ▪
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             X.
             Of
             the
             Mansion
             of
             
               Preste
               John
            
             ,
             and
             his
             Justice
             .
             A
             History
             upon
             this
             subject
             .
          
           
             BEing
             at
             Bagamidri
             ,
             some
             of
             us
             more
             curious
             then
             the
             rest
             of
             our
             company
             ,
             agreed
             to
             go
             see
             the
             Court
             of
             the
             Grand
             Negus
             ,
             or
             King
             of
             the
             Abissins
             ;
             and
             to
             this
             purpose
             leaving
             them
             that
             had
             no
             such
             desire
             we
             took
             a
             side-way
             towards
             the
             towns
             Barra
             ,
             and
             Barua
             ,
             where
             we
             were
             told
             the
             Prince
             most
             commonly
             resided
             :
             Following
             on
             this
             road
             ,
             and
             having
             crossed
             many
             Provinces
             and
             Kingdomes
             ,
             at
             length
             we
             arrived
             at
             Barra
             the
             chief
             town
             of
             the
             Country
             ,
             where
             we
             found
             a
             numerous
             multitude
             of
             people
             living
             under
             Tents
             ,
             to
             the
             number
             of
             ten
             thousand
             ,
             or
             more
             .
             Amongst
             these
             there
             was
             one
             covered
             with
             white
             cloth
             conspicuous
             above
             the
             rest
             ,
             with
             twelve
             gates
             of
             marvellous
             largenesse
             belonging
             to
             it
             .
             We
             Inn'd
             in
             an
             Abyssins
             tent
             ,
             who
             obliged
             us
             with
             curtesies
             ,
             and
             while
             meat
             was
             making
             ready
             ,
             they
             brought
             us
             in
             an
             oxe
             horne
             honied
             wine
             ,
             whereof
             we
             drunk
             .
             Not
             long
             after
             ,
             we
             perceived
             upon
             the
             way
             ,
             a
             troop
             diversly
             armed
             with
             twelve
             Vgandes
             or
             Trumpets
             before
             them
             ;
             then
             came
             a
             Prince
             mounted
             on
             a
             black
             and
             white
             Elephant
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             great
             rarity
             ,
             accompanied
             with
             four
             Noble-men
             ,
             who
             bore
             over
             him
             a
             Canopy
             of
             gray
             damask
             .
             Being
             advanced
             near
             the
             Kings
             tent
             ,
             he
             dismounted
             and
             presently
             was
             attended
             with
             a
             numerous
             and
             honourable
             train
             .
             Next
             with
             great
             submission
             he
             suffered
             his
             garments
             to
             be
             taken
             off
             ;
             they
             were
             of
             silk
             ,
             interwoven
             with
             gold
             ,
             and
             embroydered
             with
             pearles
             of
             exceeding
             greatnesse
             :
             He
             was
             a
             potent
             Prince
             ,
             who
             having
             received
             injury
             from
             another
             King
             ,
             came
             to
             seek
             justice
             at
             his
             Majesties
             hands
             .
             'T
             was
             not
             for
             want
             of
             power
             to
             take
             revenge
             himself
             ,
             but
             he
             would
             shew
             this
             deference
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             who
             inflicts
             most
             severely
             on
             all
             transgressors
             .
             
             Now
             this
             Prince
             ,
             called
             Aranuhi
             ,
             stript
             off
             his
             gorgious
             habilliments
             ,
             cast
             over
             him
             a
             Lions
             skin
             ,
             which
             in
             the
             Soveraigns
             presence
             all
             are
             obliged
             to
             weare
             ,
             with
             a
             large
             shirt
             of
             silk
             trailing
             on
             the
             ground
             .
             Being
             come
             before
             the
             Palace
             ,
             the
             Trumpets
             began
             in
             a
             dolefull
             sound
             ,
             and
             the
             King
             having
             notice
             ,
             gave
             order
             he
             should
             enter
             ;
             for
             this
             Prince
             in
             times
             past
             had
             done
             famous
             military
             services
             ,
             then
             casting
             himself
             on
             the
             ground
             ,
             framed
             his
             complaint
             ,
             that
             the
             other
             King
             his
             enemy
             had
             violently
             carried
             away
             his
             wife
             ,
             with
             a
             daughter
             which
             he
             had
             heretofore
             refused
             him
             ,
             intending
             to
             marry
             her
             to
             another
             a
             greater
             Prince
             then
             he
             ,
             and
             had
             taken
             besides
             40.
             
             Quintalls
             of
             gold
             .
             
             Upon
             this
             complaint
             the
             Negus
             immediately
             dispatched
             a
             Calscena
             to
             summon
             the
             Prince
             offender
             ,
             
             whom
             he
             met
             upon
             the
             road
             ,
             
             hasting
             to
             Court
             to
             clear
             himself
             of
             the
             accusation
             .
          
           
             Then
             instantly
             the
             Prince
             complaynant
             was
             called
             aside
             ,
             revested
             with
             a
             rich
             habit
             given
             him
             by
             the
             Negus
             ,
             with
             a
             hat
             of
             more
             then
             usuall
             largenesse
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             custome
             .
             When
             the
             latter
             was
             arrived
             and
             disrobed
             as
             the
             former
             ,
             and
             mantled
             with
             a
             Lions
             skin
             ,
             he
             took
             a
             stone
             ,
             carried
             for
             him
             by
             a
             Gentleman
             to
             the
             Palace
             gate
             ,
             and
             having
             caused
             the
             Trumpets
             sound
             ,
             he
             could
             not
             be
             admitted
             ;
             but
             for
             above
             two
             houres
             waited
             in
             this
             posture
             ,
             taken
             for
             a
             bad
             omen
             amongst
             them
             ,
             till
             a
             slave
             brought
             orders
             he
             should
             repair
             to
             his
             lodgings
             ,
             and
             attend
             there
             till
             he
             were
             called
             for
             .
             Some
             dayes
             passed
             in
             this
             manner
             ,
             before
             any
             commands
             came
             from
             the
             Negus
             ,
             then
             having
             laid
             down
             his
             apparell
             ,
             and
             put
             on
             the
             Lions
             skin
             ,
             he
             seated
             himself
             on
             the
             ground
             with
             a
             heavie
             stone
             upon
             his
             head
             ,
             as
             a
             criminall
             ,
             till
             the
             Alicassin
             or
             Steward
             of
             houshold
             came
             ,
             who
             caused
             him
             to
             reassume
             his
             apparell
             ,
             which
             put
             him
             in
             some
             hope
             of
             grace
             .
             This
             Officer
             conducting
             him
             by
             the
             hand
             ,
             brought
             him
             before
             his
             Majesty
             in
             state
             ,
             under
             a
             rich
             Canopy
             ,
             with
             a
             Curtain
             of
             silk
             of
             the
             same
             colour
             as
             the
             Canopy
             ,
             screening
             his
             face
             ,
             then
             cryed
             aloud
             ;
             
               Most
               mighty
               Emperour
               ,
               I
               bring
               thee
               here
               this
               Prince
               thy
               servant
               ,
               and
               tributary
               according
               to
               thy
               command
               .
            
             At
             that
             time
             the
             King
             was
             complementing
             a
             Princesse
             wife
             to
             the
             Tigraian
             King
             ,
             arrived
             lately
             at
             Court
             in
             a
             very
             plain
             habit
             of
             frized
             Cottons
             .
             The
             Prince
             no
             sooner
             entered
             ,
             but
             he
             cast
             himself
             on
             the
             ground
             ,
             the
             complainant
             who
             was
             summoned
             being
             present
             ,
             of
             whom
             the
             Negus
             demanded
             what
             he
             had
             to
             object
             against
             this
             person
             ;
             the
             other
             answered
             ,
             that
             this
             Prince
             of
             Jauas
             had
             stolne
             away
             his
             daughter
             ,
             and
             a
             great
             quantity
             of
             fined
             gold
             .
             To
             which
             the
             Negus
             commanded
             the
             Defendant
             to
             make
             answer
             ,
             and
             deliver
             the
             very
             truth
             ;
             who
             first
             putting
             his
             hand
             to
             the
             ground
             ,
             then
             laying
             it
             on
             his
             head
             ,
             with
             eyes
             lifted
             to
             heaven
             ,
             a
             sad
             pale
             countenance
             ,
             fell
             on
             his
             knees
             ,
             not
             presuming
             to
             turn
             an
             eye
             towards
             the
             Kings
             face
             ,
             who
             is
             alwayes
             screen'd
             ,
             and
             answered
             .
          
           
             Most
             excelse
             and
             redoubted
             Sir
             ,
             most
             true
             it
             is
             ,
             I
             sent
             to
             request
             this
             Prince
             for
             his
             daughter
             Adila
             in
             mariage
             ,
             and
             being
             denied
             without
             further
             instance
             I
             desisted
             ,
             content
             to
             seek
             another
             of
             my
             own
             degree
             .
             But
             not
             long
             after
             ,
             the
             Queen
             her
             mother
             accompanied
             with
             many
             of
             her
             Alliance
             brought
             her
             to
             me
             ,
             together
             with
             gold
             ,
             which
             she
             told
             me
             was
             of
             her
             own
             proper
             treasury
             ,
             and
             not
             her
             husbands
             ,
             and
             thereupon
             gave
             me
             both
             reason
             and
             license
             to
             marry
             her
             ,
             and
             that
             with
             her
             own
             free
             mind
             and
             consent
             ,
             without
             the
             least
             violence
             imposed
             upon
             her
             ,
             whom
             I
             love
             and
             honour
             more
             then
             the
             whole
             world
             besides
             .
          
           
             The
             Negus
             having
             then
             taken
             the
             matter
             into
             consideration
             ,
             told
             Prince
             Aranuhi
             ,
             he
             found
             not
             the
             other
             so
             guilty
             as
             was
             pretended
             ;
             that
             his
             sentence
             was
             ,
             he
             for
             his
             part
             should
             repay
             the
             gold
             
             doubled
             ,
             that
             the
             Princesses
             ,
             his
             wife
             ,
             and
             daughter
             should
             be
             bor'd
             through
             the
             lips
             ,
             and
             confin'd
             during
             pleasure
             ,
             to
             what
             place
             he
             should
             appoint
             .
             The
             Prince
             of
             Jauas
             to
             this
             sentence
             durst
             make
             no
             reply
             further
             ,
             then
             to
             desire
             time
             for
             payment
             :
             two
             moneths
             was
             allowed
             him
             ,
             and
             immediately
             Commissioners
             were
             dispatched
             to
             see
             the
             Arrest
             of
             the
             Court
             executed
             ,
             nor
             did
             either
             of
             the
             Princes
             quit
             the
             Court
             till
             the
             King
             bad
             them
             retire
             .
             But
             in
             this
             conjuncture
             ,
             the
             Princesse
             of
             Tigremahon
             ,
             moved
             with
             compassion
             for
             the
             condemned
             young
             Lady
             ,
             casting
             her selfe
             at
             the
             Negus
             feet
             ,
             besought
             him
             ,
             that
             for
             a
             singular
             grace
             and
             favour
             to
             her
             ,
             he
             would
             vouchsafe
             the
             young
             Lady
             might
             continue
             with
             her
             husband
             ;
             and
             the
             Queen
             having
             applyed
             her
             prevalency
             to
             Aranubi
             for
             his
             consent
             ,
             by
             the
             mediation
             of
             these
             two
             Ladies
             ,
             all
             was
             ended
             in
             peace
             ,
             and
             the
             two
             Princes
             embraced
             as
             friends
             and
             Allies
             .
             Mean
             while
             the
             Commissaries
             ignorant
             of
             what
             had
             passed
             ,
             had
             already
             done
             execution
             upon
             the
             mother
             ,
             and
             had
             likewise
             on
             the
             daughter
             ,
             but
             that
             she
             made
             a
             seasonable
             escape
             ,
             to
             the
             joy
             of
             the
             whole
             Court
             ,
             and
             the
             Negus
             causing
             them
             to
             come
             to
             Court
             ,
             would
             have
             the
             Nuptialls
             solemnized
             there
             with
             all
             sorts
             of
             rejoycing
             ,
             feasts
             ,
             and
             combats
             of
             savage
             beasts
             .
          
           
             Then
             certain
             Lords
             of
             the
             Court
             with
             the
             Kings
             Sister
             were
             sent
             to
             the
             Sea-side
             to
             bring
             the
             Ladies
             ,
             who
             being
             arrived
             ,
             covered
             with
             a
             white
             linnen
             cloth
             ,
             and
             bare-footed
             ,
             cast
             themselves
             on
             the
             ground
             before
             the
             King
             and
             the
             Father
             .
             At
             that
             time
             the
             King
             wore
             a
             Crown
             of
             silver
             for
             some
             mystery
             which
             I
             could
             not
             learn
             by
             any
             enquiry
             I
             could
             make
             ,
             and
             the
             treasure
             and
             jewels
             being
             brought
             ,
             were
             distributed
             by
             the
             Father
             to
             his
             two
             children
             ,
             and
             the
             King
             in
             token
             of
             his
             favour
             and
             indulgement
             released
             to
             Prince
             Aranubi
             all
             rights
             of
             Signeurie
             ,
             with
             letters
             Patents
             of
             free
             and
             absolute
             Principality
             .
          
           
             Amongst
             the
             Combats
             at
             this
             solemnity
             ,
             one
             was
             of
             a
             white
             shaggie
             Ape
             put
             within
             an
             inclosed
             list
             ,
             with
             a
             Serpent
             that
             had
             six
             wings
             ,
             and
             was
             14.
             foot
             in
             length
             .
             The
             Ape
             was
             armed
             with
             a
             wooden
             helmet
             ,
             having
             a
             pike
             on
             the
             top
             exceeding
             sharp
             ,
             and
             his
             body
             mailed
             with
             leather
             ,
             liquored
             ,
             and
             made
             fit
             ,
             so
             as
             he
             could
             use
             his
             teeth
             at
             pleasure
             ,
             the
             lists
             were
             rounded
             with
             painted
             cloth
             ,
             with
             pieces
             of
             timber
             ,
             and
             cords
             hard
             straind
             ,
             under
             which
             the
             Ape
             might
             shift
             when
             he
             was
             hard
             pressed
             upon
             ,
             he
             made
             most
             horrible
             faces
             when
             the
             Serpent
             came
             to
             assault
             him
             ,
             who
             raised
             himself
             upon
             little
             feet
             like
             a
             Gooses
             .
             Next
             was
             brought
             in
             an
             Ape
             of
             extraordinary
             size
             ,
             armed
             with
             silvered
             Paste-board
             ,
             mounted
             upon
             a
             great
             sheep
             ,
             with
             a
             small
             lance
             ,
             against
             a
             beast
             they
             call
             a
             Chilacou
             ,
             like
             a
             wolf
             ,
             whose
             design
             was
             to
             attack
             the
             Palfrey
             ,
             not
             the
             Cavalier
             ,
             who
             during
             the
             conflict
             ,
             fretted
             ,
             and
             made
             mouthes
             in
             a
             strange
             manner
             ;
             at
             length
             they
             were
             parted
             .
          
           
             After
             them
             was
             brought
             in
             a
             small
             Lion
             of
             a
             brave
             courage
             ,
             who
             finding
             nothing
             to
             combat
             ,
             laid
             him
             down
             along
             ,
             but
             he
             no
             
             sooner
             saw
             a
             Creature
             called
             a
             Bachuro
             enter
             ,
             arm'd
             with
             scales
             ,
             but
             with
             a
             loud
             roar
             ,
             he
             nimbly
             flew
             upon
             him
             ;
             for
             a
             good
             hour
             the
             fight
             lasted
             ,
             with
             terrible
             assaults
             on
             both
             sides
             ,
             till
             at
             last
             the
             Lion
             had
             the
             day
             ,
             strangled
             his
             foe
             and
             eat
             him
             ,
             for
             the
             flesh
             is
             exceeding
             good
             .
          
           
             Then
             the
             Cheger
             ,
             or
             Elephant
             with
             the
             Rhinocerot
             ,
             which
             was
             a
             most
             furious
             combat
             ,
             but
             of
             little
             delight
             ,
             because
             for
             their
             bulk
             and
             weight
             ,
             they
             could
             shew
             but
             little
             agility
             or
             motion
             .
             Then
             was
             brought
             in
             play
             another
             sort
             of
             Elephant
             ,
             called
             by
             the
             Indians
             a
             Gachias
             ,
             and
             against
             him
             four
             dogs
             of
             exceeding
             greatnesse
             ,
             of
             which
             at
             the
             very
             first
             bout
             he
             kil'd
             one
             :
             The
             fiercenesse
             of
             the
             beasts
             made
             this
             fight
             of
             much
             recreation
             .
             Next
             was
             a
             Crocodile
             and
             a
             Tigar
             ,
             who
             treated
             each
             other
             very
             rudely
             .
             After
             them
             two
             great
             Dogs
             against
             a
             Targout
             ,
             a
             kind
             of
             wolf
             ,
             but
             much
             different
             from
             ours
             ,
             't
             was
             a
             bloudy
             combat
             ,
             where
             one
             of
             the
             dogs
             was
             kil'd
             ,
             and
             the
             Targout
             hurt
             .
          
           
             So
             this
             day
             was
             concluded
             with
             the
             combats
             ,
             for
             other
             dayes
             there
             were
             other
             Triumphs
             ,
             which
             I
             omit
             ,
             to
             avoid
             prolixitie
             .
          
           
             This
             is
             all
             of
             remark
             which
             happened
             at
             Court
             ,
             while
             we
             staid
             at
             Barra
             ,
             which
             I
             thought
             fit
             to
             recount
             ,
             for
             information
             of
             the
             nature
             and
             manners
             of
             the
             people
             .
          
           
             We
             stayed
             something
             the
             longer
             at
             Barra
             ,
             in
             expectation
             to
             see
             his
             Majesty
             the
             Negus
             who
             was
             suddenly
             to
             come
             thither
             ,
             and
             because
             he
             had
             not
             been
             there
             of
             a
             long
             time
             ,
             a
             magnificent
             entrance
             was
             prepared
             for
             him
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XI
             .
             Magnificence
             of
             the
             Negus
             and
             his
             military
             Officers
             .
          
           
             THey
             have
             a
             custom
             that
             whensoever
             the
             Prince
             visits
             their
             Towns
             ,
             he
             makes
             each
             to
             observe
             ,
             whatsoever
             his
             Predecessors
             ,
             and
             himself
             at
             his
             coronation
             engag'd
             for
             ,
             as
             to
             worship
             one
             onely
             God
             ,
             to
             have
             but
             one
             Faith
             ,
             and
             one
             Law
             ,
             to
             uphold
             the
             Christian
             and
             Apostolick
             Church
             ,
             some
             say
             of
             late
             years
             they
             have
             added
             Romane
             ,
             acknowledging
             now
             obedience
             to
             the
             Pope
             ,
             then
             to
             administer
             Justice
             ,
             love
             the
             poor
             ,
             observe
             continency
             ,
             to
             impugn
             with
             all
             his
             power
             the
             
               Moores
               ,
               Jews
            
             ,
             and
             Idolaters
             ,
             in
             sum
             all
             who
             believe
             not
             in
             Jesus
             Christ
             ,
             to
             innovate
             no
             new
             laws
             ,
             nor
             coyn
             other
             money
             than
             the
             Ordinary
             ,
             not
             to
             stay
             above
             three
             dayes
             in
             any
             one
             Town
             ,
             not
             to
             admit
             any
             Prince
             of
             the
             blood
             ,
             or
             next
             in
             succession
             to
             be
             at
             large
             ,
             but
             to
             keep
             them
             immur'd
             in
             the
             Mountain
             of
             Amara
             ,
             with
             other
             things
             of
             like
             sort
             .
             To
             be
             
             brief
             ,
             The
             Negus
             was
             received
             into
             the
             Town
             ,
             with
             a
             sumptuous
             state
             and
             magnificence
             ,
             and
             we
             had
             the
             satisfaction
             to
             see
             his
             whole
             Court
             march
             .
          
           
             Here
             the
             Portuguese
             Embassadour
             arriv'd
             ,
             of
             whom
             I
             spoke
             ,
             with
             a
             train
             of
             twenty
             men
             ,
             all
             mounted
             upon
             Mules
             ;
             having
             staid
             ,
             as
             they
             told
             us
             ,
             three
             months
             ,
             at
             the
             famous
             monastery
             of
             the
             Vision
             in
             the
             Country
             of
             Bamazaz
             towards
             the
             red
             sea
             ,
             where
             report
             goes
             are
             2000.
             religious
             gray-Friers
             ,
             who
             live
             in
             great
             austerity
             without
             want
             either
             of
             victuals
             or
             habit
             .
             He
             addressed
             himself
             to
             receive
             audience
             of
             the
             Negus
             ,
             but
             was
             deferr'd
             to
             another
             time
             ;
             by
             reason
             his
             Majesty
             having
             staid
             some
             dayes
             at
             Barra
             ,
             was
             constrained
             to
             depart
             that
             night
             to
             go
             towards
             Sacouon
             three
             leagues
             from
             thence
             ,
             two
             dayes
             march
             for
             the
             Army
             ,
             which
             moves
             not
             above
             three
             or
             four
             miles
             a
             day
             :
             and
             here
             we
             saw
             the
             order
             of
             the
             Armies
             march
             .
          
           
             
             About
             break
             of
             day
             the
             Vaunt-guard
             marched
             first
             ,
             consisting
             of
             some
             twenty
             thousand
             Horse
             without
             shoes
             ,
             which
             in
             those
             mountainous
             and
             stony
             waies
             ,
             is
             a
             great
             inconvenience
             to
             them
             .
             They
             ride
             as
             the
             Arabians
             do
             with
             a
             bill
             ,
             their
             stirrups
             very
             short
             ,
             wearing
             certain
             cimeters
             ,
             and
             generally
             a
             certain
             two-edg'd
             arms
             they
             call
             Perdagalzes
             :
             This
             troop
             was
             led
             by
             a
             great
             Prince
             called
             Lychano
             ,
             
             which
             in
             vulgar
             Greek
             signifies
             Light
             ,
             but
             his
             proper
             name
             in
             Abissine
             speech
             ,
             is
             Betudete
             .
             This
             troop
             being
             passed
             in
             very
             regular
             order
             ,
             came
             the
             baggage
             of
             the
             court
             ,
             amongst
             whom
             were
             a
             multitude
             for
             removal
             and
             ordering
             of
             the
             Tents
             .
             Then
             the
             officers
             and
             servants
             of
             the
             kitchin
             ,
             about
             three
             thousand
             ,
             who
             carried
             the
             kings
             fare
             in
             baskets
             ,
             and
             his
             drink
             in
             small
             barrels
             marked
             and
             sealed
             :
             next
             followed
             a
             great
             number
             of
             horses
             ,
             mules
             ,
             elephants
             ,
             Alsinges
             ,
             and
             other
             kinds
             of
             beasts
             with
             carriage
             .
             Amongst
             others
             there
             were
             four
             Lions
             ,
             as
             tall
             as
             mules
             ,
             under
             one
             mans
             charge
             ,
             who
             never
             ceas'd
             raving
             and
             rating
             after
             them
             ,
             to
             keep
             them
             from
             straying
             from
             their
             company
             :
             They
             were
             gentle
             and
             tame
             as
             sheep
             ;
             and
             by
             the
             way
             ,
             't
             is
             a
             strange
             thing
             to
             see
             these
             beasts
             feed
             ;
             their
             keeper
             to
             shew
             us
             a
             rarity
             ,
             hung
             up
             a
             joynt
             of
             mutton
             ,
             upon
             the
             wall
             of
             the
             stable
             or
             den
             ,
             all
             the
             four
             gaz'd
             upon
             it
             ,
             and
             then
             lay
             down
             ,
             as
             knowing
             their
             share
             was
             in
             it
             :
             afterwards
             the
             first
             that
             was
             hungry
             came
             ,
             and
             at
             two
             or
             three
             mounts
             &
             active
             leaps
             spear-high
             ,
             fetches
             down
             the
             piece
             of
             meat
             .
             But
             after
             this
             train
             of
             seven
             or
             eight
             thousand
             head
             was
             past
             ,
             came
             12.
             or
             1500.
             
             Foot
             ,
             with
             bows
             ,
             quivers
             ,
             and
             short
             swords
             ,
             led
             by
             one
             they
             called
             Abagarindas
             :
             after
             them
             followed
             another
             part
             of
             the
             Cavalry
             ,
             and
             the
             body
             of
             the
             Army
             in
             handsom
             order
             ,
             with
             trumpets
             and
             hoboys
             before
             them
             ,
             to
             cheer
             and
             recreate
             them
             .
             Lastly
             came
             twelve
             or
             fifteen
             thousand
             Musqueteers
             upon
             the
             wings
             ,
             as
             't
             were
             in
             the
             form
             of
             a
             half
             moon
             ,
             carrying
             their
             guns
             strait
             upright
             ;
             cimeters
             they
             had
             ,
             and
             wore
             a
             very
             large
             cap
             or
             hood
             ,
             which
             they
             folded
             up
             ,
             and
             let
             hang
             upon
             their
             shoulders
             ,
             
             because
             they
             are
             troublesome
             and
             inconvenient
             .
          
           
             The
             Army
             which
             consisted
             of
             fourscore
             or
             a
             hundred
             thousand
             men
             ,
             being
             past
             the
             Negus
             ,
             his
             Majesty
             followed
             ,
             of
             whom
             we
             could
             not
             then
             have
             a
             sight
             :
             Afterwards
             he
             came
             to
             Church
             with
             Standart
             borne
             before
             him
             by
             the
             Berenega
             upon
             an
             Elephant
             ;
             't
             was
             the
             figure
             of
             a
             plain
             crosse
             in
             a
             piece
             of
             silk
             .
             And
             't
             is
             remarkable
             ,
             that
             you
             finde
             not
             the
             figure
             of
             our
             Saviour
             nailed
             to
             the
             Crosse
             in
             any
             Church
             of
             the
             Abissins
             ,
             and
             their
             reason
             is
             ,
             because
             we
             are
             not
             worthy
             to
             behold
             him
             in
             his
             passion
             .
          
           
             Before
             this
             Ensigne
             march
             about
             fifty
             Priests
             singing
             Psalmes
             ,
             and
             Hymnes
             ,
             and
             four
             in
             Pontifical
             robes
             ,
             who
             carry
             a
             hollowed
             stone
             large
             and
             square
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             the
             Tabuco
             ,
             which
             they
             use
             when
             they
             celebrate
             Masse
             before
             the
             Negus
             :
             before
             it
             vested
             as
             the
             four
             are
             ,
             marches
             another
             who
             going
             backward
             ,
             
             incences
             the
             stone
             :
             then
             followes
             the
             Standart
             ,
             and
             some
             five
             hundred
             gentlemen
             of
             quality
             ,
             all
             on
             horse-back
             ,
             and
             clad
             in
             large
             white
             shirts
             of
             silk
             ,
             and
             plaited
             like
             a
             Chanons
             Surplice
             .
             One
             part
             of
             this
             company
             they
             call
             Calsena
             ,
             who
             are
             exempt
             Officers
             in
             readinesse
             to
             execute
             the
             Kings
             commands
             .
             After
             this
             attended
             with
             Musick
             and
             Hoboyes
             ,
             appears
             a
             Canopy
             high
             exalted
             ,
             and
             before
             it
             one
             whom
             they
             call
             Licadona
             mounted
             on
             an
             Elephant
             ,
             bearing
             in
             his
             hand
             a
             lump
             of
             gold
             or
             silver
             guilt
             ,
             who
             seemed
             to
             be
             the
             chief
             of
             this
             musick
             .
             Four
             Princes
             ,
             upon
             four
             of
             the
             highest
             Elephants
             can
             be
             gotten
             ,
             bear
             the
             Queens
             Canopy
             ,
             plainly
             habited
             with
             Lions
             skins
             over
             their
             shirts
             ,
             and
             broad
             hats
             on
             their
             heads
             :
             the
             Queen
             her self's
             in
             a
             Littar
             ,
             and
             with
             her
             commonly
             a
             little
             childe
             for
             her
             recreation
             ,
             accompanied
             with
             a
             numerous
             train
             of
             Littars
             ,
             Chariots
             ,
             and
             other
             attendance
             in
             great
             magnificence
             .
             Next
             comes
             a
             man
             mounted
             on
             a
             great
             horse
             ,
             trapped
             with
             Aiofar
             ,
             a
             sort
             of
             stuffe
             which
             the
             tree
             Areca
             bears
             ,
             and
             he
             often
             cries
             aloud
             ,
             Tacar
             and
             Etefra
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             same
             ;
             as
             take
             heed
             ,
             and
             make
             room
             .
             Then
             three
             hundred
             Elephants
             follow
             richly
             mail'd
             with
             Sea-wolf
             skins
             ,
             lin'd
             with
             skins
             of
             Crocodile
             ,
             of
             four
             or
             five
             hundred
             pound
             weight
             ,
             and
             of
             such
             firmenesse
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             Musquet
             proof
             .
             One
             clothed
             in
             Velvet
             ,
             embroydered
             with
             gold
             ,
             sits
             for-most
             upon
             the
             head
             ;
             the
             principal
             rider
             beares
             a
             banner
             of
             a
             Lions
             skin
             at
             the
             end
             of
             an
             Indian
             Cane
             :
             upon
             the
             neck
             sits
             one
             who
             guides
             the
             beast
             with
             two
             barres
             of
             steele
             fastened
             to
             his
             jaws
             ,
             hanging
             downwards
             ,
             not
             turning
             up
             ,
             as
             our
             Printers
             represent
             them
             ;
             the
             Saddles
             are
             girt
             with
             chaines
             of
             iron
             ,
             four
             men
             besides
             the
             guides
             may
             conveniently
             mount
             them
             .
             They
             call
             the
             guide
             the
             Digali
             ,
             who
             is
             armed
             with
             a
             most
             hard
             skinne
             ,
             and
             in
             time
             of
             battel
             hath
             a
             Trumpet
             or
             Cornet
             to
             put
             in
             the
             beasts
             eare
             ,
             to
             make
             him
             know
             his
             meaning
             ,
             who
             otherwise
             could
             not
             for
             the
             confused
             noyse
             :
             after
             follow
             many
             chariots
             ,
             some
             of
             four
             ,
             some
             of
             six
             wheels
             ,
             bound
             with
             massie
             bonds
             
             of
             iron
             drawn
             by
             horses
             ,
             mules
             ,
             and
             other
             beasts
             ,
             wherein
             the
             baggage
             of
             the
             Army
             is
             carryed
             .
             They
             also
             use
             these
             chariots
             against
             the
             Elephants
             ,
             who
             at
             first
             onset
             falling
             into
             fury
             by
             the
             instigation
             of
             the
             riders
             ,
             make
             bloody
             havock
             .
             Against
             which
             the
             enemy
             sometime
             provides
             fire-works
             ,
             which
             thrown
             into
             their
             eyes
             before
             their
             feet
             ,
             terrifies
             them
             ,
             and
             makes
             them
             turn
             and
             rush
             over
             their
             owne
             men
             ;
             but
             being
             backed
             with
             these
             strong
             chariots
             ,
             and
             managed
             by
             souldiers
             skilfull
             in
             the
             art
             of
             war
             ,
             they
             maintaine
             battell
             .
             Two
             thousand
             foot
             next
             with
             bows
             arrowes
             ,
             
             and
             broad
             short
             well
             temper'd
             hangers
             .
             In
             the
             middle
             of
             them
             twelve
             men
             march
             ,
             termed
             the
             Ariates
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             the
             Apostles
             :
             after
             them
             came
             a
             Prince
             mounted
             on
             a
             white
             Elephant
             ,
             bearing
             upon
             his
             lance
             a
             banner
             of
             a
             Lions
             skin
             ,
             who
             marched
             with
             solemne
             gravity
             before
             2000.
             horse
             ,
             richly
             caparisson'd
             with
             a
             certain
             stuffe
             ,
             down
             as
             low
             as
             the
             Cambrell
             ,
             a
             forehead-piece
             of
             a
             hard
             skin
             doubled
             ,
             which
             arm
             's
             the
             whole
             head
             ,
             except
             the
             ears
             .
             The
             Prince
             that
             led
             these
             ,
             they
             called
             the
             Betudete
             or
             Generall
             ,
             who
             had
             to
             wait
             on
             him
             a
             company
             of
             the
             Neguses
             pages
             ,
             whom
             they
             called
             Legameneos
             .
             Next
             to
             these
             marched
             another
             great
             Lord
             they
             called
             the
             Alicassin
             ,
             upon
             a
             gallant
             horse
             in
             the
             head
             of
             two
             thousand
             horse
             more
             ,
             armed
             with
             swords
             ;
             and
             woodden
             bucklers
             ,
             who
             are
             Gentlemen
             of
             Guard
             to
             the
             Prince
             ,
             with
             them
             called
             Cumali
             .
             Then
             another
             great
             Lord
             mounted
             on
             an
             Elephant
             ,
             and
             two
             horse-men
             advanceing
             something
             before
             others
             ,
             who
             often
             cry
             out
             Imbrane
             ,
             room
             ,
             room
             :
             next
             two
             thousand
             barded
             Cammels
             ,
             each
             mounted
             ,
             with
             two
             men
             armed
             with
             halfe-pikes
             ,
             and
             strong
             bucklers
             of
             leather
             :
             then
             another
             on
             horse-back
             with
             a
             banner
             of
             a
             Lions
             skin
             ,
             the
             like
             as
             I
             saw
             before
             the
             King
             of
             Angotera
             ,
             with
             a
             company
             of
             four
             thousand
             horse
             ;
             this
             Prince
             bore
             a
             ball
             of
             silver
             ,
             with
             four
             pages
             riding
             bare
             ,
             excellently
             mounted
             ,
             called
             
               Laga
               Menegus
            
             .
             The
             Audrugez
             ,
             or
             high
             Steward
             ,
             with
             a
             thousand
             horse
             in
             rich
             equipage
             :
             at
             the
             heeles
             of
             these
             came
             twenty
             venerable
             old
             men
             in
             gowns
             so
             large
             ,
             they
             almost
             covered
             the
             horse
             ,
             then
             as
             many
             on
             foot
             ,
             who
             seemed
             to
             be
             of
             the
             family
             of
             those
             they
             call
             Snachagora
             ,
             who
             are
             Physicians
             ,
             Philosophers
             ,
             and
             Counsellours
             .
             Then
             appears
             a
             most
             rich
             Canopy
             ,
             with
             Valence
             of
             gold
             and
             silver
             ,
             borne
             by
             four
             Noble-men
             ,
             with
             a
             numerous
             cavalry
             ,
             no
             body
             under
             it
             ,
             and
             four
             Beteneguz
             ,
             who
             carry
             lumps
             of
             silver
             gilt
             ,
             all
             accompanied
             with
             musick
             of
             Hoboys
             ,
             and
             other
             Instruments
             .
          
           
             Then
             comes
             the
             King
             of
             Tigrai
             with
             his
             standart
             and
             a
             numerous
             company
             ;
             and
             not
             farre
             after
             the
             Abuna
             ,
             or
             grand
             Patriarck
             ,
             with
             four
             Lycanates
             ,
             or
             Prelates
             ,
             who
             beare
             a
             Tabutt
             ,
             with
             the
             Logatera
             ,
             and
             march
             reversed
             ,
             giving
             incense
             ,
             facing
             the
             Catamar
             ,
             or
             body
             of
             the
             Army
             .
          
           
             Lastly
             ,
             the
             Baldaguin
             or
             Canopy
             of
             State
             of
             the
             grand
             Negus
             ,
             appears
             ,
             accompanied
             by
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Princes
             ,
             himself
             mounted
             
             on
             a
             horse
             richly
             trapped
             ,
             with
             excellent
             musick
             .
             Two
             Kings
             on
             foot
             hold
             his
             bridle
             ,
             two
             more
             at
             his
             stirrups
             ,
             and
             two
             at
             the
             crupper
             ;
             all
             in
             white
             silk
             shirts
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Aotila
             ,
             the
             Princes
             wearing
             over
             all
             a
             Lions
             skin
             ,
             a
             thing
             allowed
             to
             none
             but
             those
             of
             the
             blood
             ,
             except
             some
             few
             upon
             speciall
             favour
             .
             The
             Negus
             goes
             under
             the
             State
             with
             a
             vaile
             over
             his
             face
             ,
             nor
             does
             he
             appear
             unvail'd
             to
             his
             people
             more
             then
             foure
             times
             in
             the
             year
             ,
             and
             some
             years
             only
             at
             New-years
             tyde
             ,
             and
             Easter
             ,
             when
             he
             keeps
             open
             Court.
             But
             since
             the
             death
             of
             
               Negus
               Nahut
            
             was
             concealed
             so
             many
             moneths
             after
             his
             decease
             ,
             this
             custome
             is
             changed
             ,
             and
             't
             was
             enacted
             by
             the
             Councell
             generall
             ,
             or
             States
             assembled
             ,
             that
             he
             should
             shew
             himself
             four
             times
             the
             year
             at
             solemn
             feasts
             .
          
           
             When
             these
             times
             come
             ,
             the
             people
             expresse
             extraordinary
             joy
             ,
             as
             if
             the
             Deity
             it self
             descended
             to
             them
             ,
             by
             reason
             this
             Prince
             is
             exceeding
             just
             ,
             compassionate
             and
             mercifull
             ,
             dividing
             his
             revenue
             in
             three
             parts
             ,
             one
             for
             his
             family
             ,
             a
             second
             for
             the
             Church
             ,
             and
             a
             third
             for
             Orphans
             ,
             widowes
             ,
             and
             others
             in
             want
             ,
             for
             which
             purpose
             he
             builds
             abundance
             of
             well-founded
             Hospitalls
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XII
             .
             The
             victory
             of
             the
             Negus
             over
             the
             Goragues
             .
             His
             entrance
             into
             Barua
             .
          
           
             LEaving
             Barra
             we
             went
             to
             the
             town
             of
             Barua
             out
             of
             desire
             to
             see
             more
             of
             the
             Negus
             ,
             and
             the
             triumphant
             entrance
             provided
             for
             him
             ,
             for
             a
             victory
             lately
             had
             over
             the
             Soldan
             of
             Gorago
             ,
             a
             people
             so
             wilde
             and
             savage
             ,
             that
             of
             how
             many
             soever
             are
             taken
             in
             war
             ,
             't
             is
             impossible
             to
             preserve
             one
             alive
             ;
             by
             reason
             they
             are
             no
             sooner
             prisoners
             ,
             but
             by
             the
             sent
             of
             a
             certain
             poyson
             they
             have
             in
             readinesse
             ,
             they
             die
             in
             the
             very
             instant
             ,
             or
             suddainly
             after
             .
             In
             this
             war
             the
             King
             of
             Tigray
             brought
             him
             very
             effectuall
             auxiliations
             ,
             else
             he
             had
             had
             a
             bad
             match
             of
             the
             Goragues
             ,
             a
             mortall
             enemy
             to
             the
             Abissine
             ,
             whom
             they
             call
             Israelites
             .
          
           
             In
             conclusion
             ,
             after
             he
             had
             put
             them
             to
             the
             rout
             ,
             he
             pursued
             and
             besieged
             them
             in
             Tamar
             ,
             a
             town
             surrounded
             with
             strong
             walls
             ,
             and
             good
             ditches
             ,
             where
             they
             were
             provided
             of
             Engines
             ,
             made
             of
             great
             timber-pieces
             so
             drawne
             and
             bent
             by
             cordage
             and
             wheeles
             ,
             fixt
             opposite
             ,
             that
             the
             reverse
             was
             so
             vigorous
             ,
             they
             would
             founder
             or
             break
             a
             ship
             in
             pieces
             .
             For
             which
             reason
             the
             Negus
             ,
             after
             the
             trench
             was
             filled
             forbore
             to
             storme
             ,
             nor
             indeed
             ,
             but
             for
             the
             help
             of
             a
             Genoese
             had
             he
             accomplished
             his
             designe
             without
             extream
             losse
             .
             This
             Genoese
             by
             mine
             blew
             up
             a
             Tower
             ,
             which
             opened
             a
             marvelous
             breach
             .
             Then
             the
             people
             ,
             
             mad
             with
             despaire
             ,
             choosing
             rather
             to
             dye
             ,
             then
             be
             reduced
             to
             servitude
             ,
             exposed
             their
             wives
             and
             children
             in
             the
             face
             of
             the
             assault
             .
             In
             the
             end
             ,
             the
             town
             was
             taken
             and
             demolished
             ,
             and
             the
             inhabitants
             to
             a
             man
             put
             to
             the
             sword
             ,
             not
             one
             amongst
             them
             yielding
             to
             accept
             of
             mercy
             .
             The
             Negus
             took
             prisoners
             the
             Kings
             wife
             and
             daughters
             ,
             and
             while
             he
             was
             using
             perswasions
             to
             gain
             them
             to
             come
             live
             with
             his
             Queen
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             would
             wealthily
             bestow
             the
             daughters
             ,
             the
             mother
             and
             one
             of
             the
             daughters
             had
             dispatched
             themselves
             with
             poyson
             :
             The
             other
             who
             was
             faire
             in
             perfection
             had
             no
             ambition
             of
             death
             .
             The
             Negus
             gave
             her
             to
             his
             wife
             ,
             who
             richly
             clothed
             her
             ,
             and
             used
             all
             sorts
             of
             blandishments
             to
             comfort
             her
             .
          
           
             After
             this
             victory
             in
             Gorago
             ,
             against
             the
             Negus
             was
             to
             visit
             Barra
             ,
             the
             inhabitants
             amongst
             other
             magnificences
             had
             erected
             to
             him
             a
             stately
             Pyramid
             of
             timber
             ,
             covered
             with
             
               Fausell
               garnets
            
             ,
             either
             cut
             by
             the
             hand
             of
             Lapidaries
             ,
             or
             coming
             so
             from
             the
             mine
             ,
             supported
             by
             four
             Gyansts
             :
             with
             a
             spacious
             Palace
             of
             divers
             works
             and
             Niches
             ,
             furnished
             with
             statues
             of
             Ladies
             ,
             gloriously
             adorned
             with
             gold
             and
             silver
             ,
             and
             laid
             with
             colours
             to
             the
             life
             ,
             many
             Trophies
             of
             victories
             .
             Upon
             the
             town
             River
             ,
             called
             Morabo
             ,
             was
             erected
             a
             sumptuous
             Pageant
             ,
             with
             the
             figures
             of
             an
             Elephant
             ,
             and
             a
             Rhinocerot
             .
             The
             Elephant
             was
             filled
             with
             fire
             ,
             and
             the
             Rhinocerot
             was
             so
             contrived
             with
             springs
             that
             suck'd
             in
             water
             ,
             and
             spouted
             it
             against
             the
             Elephant
             ;
             the
             whole
             supported
             upon
             piles
             ,
             by
             which
             the
             fire
             was
             conveyed
             with
             a
             singular
             sleight
             :
             for
             from
             the
             bank
             to
             the
             Elephant
             there
             ●ere
             secretly
             lines
             drawn
             ,
             whereon
             were
             hanged
             cartridges
             filled
             with
             powder
             ,
             which
             being
             sired
             with
             a
             cane
             ,
             
             the
             blazing
             cartridge
             flew
             like
             lightening
             upon
             the
             Rhinocerot
             ;
             and
             at
             the
             same
             instant
             the
             springs
             being
             set
             on
             work
             ,
             the
             Rhinocerot
             encountered
             the
             Elephant
             with
             such
             a
             stream
             of
             water
             ,
             that
             the
             cartridges
             (
             the
             fire
             not
             being
             wilde-fire
             )
             lost
             their
             effect
             .
             It
             could
             not
             but
             be
             delightfull
             to
             see
             these
             flaming
             squibs
             of
             such
             velocity
             ,
             and
             in
             such
             a
             multitude
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             a
             bulk
             of
             water
             which
             opposed
             ,
             and
             vanquished
             their
             fury
             .
          
           
             The
             Negus
             and
             all
             the
             Court
             were
             much
             delighted
             therewith
             ,
             and
             the
             Divertisement
             discharged
             a
             good
             part
             of
             those
             griefes
             ,
             which
             oppressed
             the
             captive
             Princesse
             ,
             to
             whom
             the
             combate
             of
             the
             artificiall
             beasts
             was
             very
             pleasant
             ,
             it
             continued
             above
             two
             houres
             ,
             till
             at
             last
             the
             conflict
             grew
             so
             robustious
             ,
             they
             overturned
             the
             Fabrick
             under
             them
             ;
             and
             all
             fell
             at
             once
             ,
             and
             vanished
             in
             the
             River
             together
             ,
             to
             the
             exceeding
             pleasure
             of
             all
             the
             Beholders
             ,
             and
             thus
             was
             this
             day
             spent
             .
             The
             Negus
             on
             the
             morrow
             went
             to
             Masse
             ,
             and
             as
             he
             passed
             ,
             the
             Militia
             of
             the
             town
             saluted
             him
             with
             fire-works
             of
             ingenious
             invention
             .
             Being
             returned
             from
             Masse
             ,
             and
             going
             to
             Dinner
             ,
             unexpected
             came
             in
             a
             strange
             Prince
             ,
             who
             falling
             to
             his
             feet
             ,
             petitioned
             him
             he
             would
             bestow
             upon
             him
             the
             captive
             Princesse
             ,
             or
             vouchsafe
             to
             impose
             a
             ransom
             on
             her
             ,
             
             The
             King
             looked
             upon
             him
             as
             admiring
             how
             he
             passed
             the
             guards
             ,
             a
             thing
             extraordinary
             ,
             and
             unusual
             amongst
             them
             ;
             neverthelesse
             admitting
             his
             passion
             for
             an
             excuse
             ,
             he
             demanded
             who
             he
             was
             ;
             the
             other
             answered
             that
             his
             Countrey
             bordered
             upon
             the
             dominions
             of
             the
             Barnaguz
             ,
             that
             is
             high-Admiral
             ,
             north-ward
             towards
             Ganfrila
             and
             Drafrila
             ,
             
             and
             that
             the
             late
             Zambaze
             Prince
             of
             Gorago
             had
             given
             him
             this
             Princesse
             his
             daughter
             for
             wife
             :
             whereupon
             the
             Negus
             caused
             her
             to
             be
             called
             ,
             and
             after
             a
             mutual
             acknowledgment
             ,
             weeping
             she
             told
             the
             Negus
             and
             Queen
             ,
             that
             but
             for
             hope
             of
             meeting
             again
             with
             her
             husband
             ,
             she
             would
             not
             have
             preserved
             her
             life
             ,
             but
             had
             in
             death
             wayted
             on
             her
             mother
             and
             sister
             .
          
           
             The
             Queen
             had
             gotten
             a
             promise
             from
             her
             that
             she
             would
             become
             Christian
             ,
             and
             being
             mov'd
             anew
             ,
             she
             said
             she
             was
             most
             ready
             ;
             then
             turning
             to
             the
             affianc'd
             Prince
             ,
             she
             declared
             to
             him
             that
             being
             a
             Christian
             she
             could
             not
             match
             with
             an
             Infidel
             ,
             and
             therefore
             requested
             him
             they
             might
             together
             receive
             their
             baptization
             :
             this
             at
             first
             seem'd
             very
             harsh
             to
             him
             ,
             yet
             at
             length
             by
             perswasions
             and
             manifestations
             ,
             they
             so
             prevailed
             ,
             that
             he
             condescended
             ,
             and
             both
             of
             them
             with
             divers
             Lords
             of
             his
             train
             were
             baptized
             together
             .
             The
             Negus
             released
             him
             of
             a
             certain
             tribute
             due
             ,
             which
             ,
             as
             likewise
             other
             Princely
             presents
             ,
             he
             gave
             his
             Lady
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XIII
             .
             The
             manner
             of
             service
             at
             the
             Negus's
             table
             ,
             the
             receipt
             of
             the
             Portuguese
             Embassadour
             .
          
           
             AS
             to
             the
             service
             at
             the
             Negus's
             table
             ,
             't
             is
             as
             magnificent
             as
             with
             any
             Prince
             on
             earth
             ,
             for
             the
             multitude
             of
             Officers
             :
             our
             curiosity
             found
             so
             much
             favour
             as
             to
             see
             it
             ,
             and
             amongst
             other
             things
             remarkable
             ,
             there
             were
             three
             pages
             in
             raz'd
             tissue
             ,
             suitable
             with
             a
             bed
             in
             a
             corner
             of
             the
             room
             ,
             as
             we
             perceived
             coming
             in
             ,
             the
             Negus's
             lodging
             as
             I
             suppos'd
             .
             These
             Pages
             brought
             to
             the
             Table
             three
             dishes
             made
             of
             a
             black
             wood
             they
             call
             Euate
             ,
             
             like
             to
             our
             Ebony
             ,
             of
             precious
             esteem
             with
             them
             ,
             for
             the
             property
             it
             hath
             to
             burst
             in
             pieces
             as
             soon
             as
             poyson
             comes
             within
             it
             .
             These
             dishes
             were
             half
             full
             ,
             one
             you
             must
             know
             with
             a
             sort
             of
             pear
             ,
             which
             cut
             in
             middle
             presents
             the
             perfect
             figure
             of
             a
             Crosse
             ,
             a
             strange
             rarity
             in
             a
             fruit
             ,
             the
             second
             half
             full
             of
             burning
             coals
             ,
             and
             the
             third
             of
             ashes
             .
             This
             to
             represent
             Christs
             Passion
             ,
             Death
             ,
             and
             Hell.
             
          
           
           
             The
             rest
             of
             the
             service
             was
             most
             splendid
             ,
             as
             well
             for
             state
             as
             delicacy
             of
             meats
             ,
             ingeniously
             dressed
             and
             perfumed
             ,
             with
             an
             odour
             so
             sweet
             and
             pleasant
             ,
             as
             't
             is
             impossible
             any
             could
             be
             more
             .
             The
             canopy
             of
             state
             over
             the
             Princes
             head
             was
             of
             the
             same
             as
             the
             bed
             and
             the
             Pages
             apparel
             were
             .
             There
             were
             others
             diversly
             habited
             ,
             but
             all
             rich
             ,
             and
             every
             one
             two
             distinct
             vestures
             ,
             one
             that
             had
             but
             a
             half-sleeve
             ,
             with
             bases
             falling
             over
             their
             buskins
             ,
             and
             hiding
             some
             part
             of
             their
             shoe
             .
             But
             I
             will
             relate
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             service
             ,
             when
             I
             deliver
             the
             reception
             of
             the
             Spanish
             Kings
             Embassadour
             ,
             
               Don
               Francisco
               di
               Lopes
            
             ,
             sent
             to
             the
             grand
             Neguz
             for
             leave
             to
             build
             Forts
             upon
             his
             coasts
             ,
             as
             well
             for
             the
             advance
             of
             commerce
             ,
             as
             the
             propagation
             of
             Religion
             .
             He
             came
             on
             land
             in
             Africa
             ,
             towards
             the
             river
             Souac
             ,
             near
             the
             Monastery
             of
             the
             Holy
             Ghost
             ,
             of
             the
             religious
             Observantines
             I
             spoke
             of
             before
             .
             We
             met
             with
             him
             before
             that
             in
             our
             travels
             ,
             and
             he
             came
             along
             with
             us
             as
             far
             as
             the
             head
             of
             that
             River
             ,
             where
             we
             set
             him
             on
             shore
             near
             the
             Church
             or
             the
             Monastery
             of
             the
             Holy
             Ghost
             ,
             which
             is
             one
             of
             the
             chiefest
             Fortifications
             the
             King
             of
             Ethiopia
             hath
             ,
             and
             't
             is
             there
             't
             is
             said
             300.
             religious
             are
             ,
             where
             he
             staid
             some
             dayes
             to
             refresh
             himself
             ,
             then
             took
             his
             journy
             towards
             the
             Court
             ,
             whither
             from
             that
             place
             he
             had
             4.
             or
             500.
             leagues
             of
             land
             to
             crosse
             ,
             and
             yet
             't
             was
             a
             fortune
             to
             him
             that
             the
             Court
             was
             no
             further
             remov'd
             ,
             for
             as
             it
             might
             have
             happened
             ,
             he
             might
             have
             had
             above
             700.
             leagues
             before
             he
             reacht
             thither
             .
             Being
             furnished
             with
             horses
             at
             this
             Monastery
             for
             himself
             and
             his
             company
             ,
             (
             who
             were
             some
             fourteen
             or
             fifteen
             in
             number
             ,
             he
             came
             ,
             as
             he
             since
             told
             us
             ,
             to
             another
             Church
             or
             Monastery
             some
             seven
             or
             eight
             leagues
             from
             thence
             ,
             but
             with
             extream
             trouble
             ,
             his
             horses
             so
             tiring
             ,
             that
             the
             servants
             were
             fain
             to
             carry
             the
             baggage
             themselves
             for
             two
             leagues
             together
             .
             At
             length
             he
             got
             to
             the
             Monastery
             of
             St.
             Dominick
             ,
             as
             he
             called
             it
             ,
             where
             he
             found
             good
             entertainment
             ,
             and
             changed
             his
             horses
             ,
             which
             were
             for
             no
             further
             service
             ,
             being
             so
             extreamly
             beaten
             out
             with
             travailing
             unshod
             ,
             as
             they
             use
             in
             those
             parts
             ,
             because
             they
             have
             not
             the
             art
             of
             shooing
             .
             As
             he
             was
             upon
             the
             point
             to
             depart
             thence
             ,
             there
             fell
             such
             an
             excesse
             of
             rains
             ,
             that
             the
             Rivers
             were
             so
             broken
             out
             ,
             that
             he
             was
             constrained
             to
             stay
             near
             a
             month
             longer
             ,
             and
             expect
             till
             they
             retir'd
             within
             their
             banks
             .
             Then
             he
             continued
             his
             journey
             ,
             and
             having
             crossed
             a
             vast
             Countrey
             came
             to
             Mongibir
             ,
             where
             he
             made
             a
             visit
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             who
             was
             then
             sick
             ,
             but
             used
             him
             with
             great
             civilities
             .
             The
             Embassadour
             offered
             him
             the
             advice
             of
             his
             Physician
             ,
             but
             he
             told
             him
             our
             Lord
             who
             had
             sent
             his
             grief
             should
             cure
             it
             .
             He
             furnished
             him
             with
             horses
             ,
             and
             appointed
             his
             own
             Son
             to
             conduct
             him
             even
             to
             the
             Court.
             By
             the
             way
             he
             met
             with
             many
             other
             Monasteries
             ,
             and
             mountainous
             and
             unpleasant
             Countries
             :
             thence
             he
             came
             to
             the
             Province
             of
             Tigremahon
             ,
             subject
             to
             the
             Negus
             ,
             who
             hath
             five
             kingdoms
             under
             his
             dominion
             :
             here
             't
             was
             he
             first
             drunk
             the
             honied
             wine
             kept
             in
             great
             ox-horns
             .
             
             From
             thence
             he
             travailed
             to
             Culusen
             ,
             and
             many
             other
             Countries
             ,
             till
             he
             arrived
             near
             Barra
             ,
             where
             the
             Court
             lay
             .
             As
             soon
             as
             we
             had
             notice
             of
             it
             ,
             we
             failed
             not
             to
             present
             our
             respects
             to
             him
             ,
             and
             he
             returned
             many
             civilities
             to
             the
             
               Sieur
               de
               lu
               Courb
            
             ,
             as
             the
             principal
             amongst
             us
             ,
             but
             neverthelesse
             with
             a
             Sossiego
             and
             Spanish
             gravity
             ,
             of
             which
             the
             Sieur
             seemed
             to
             take
             no
             notice
             ,
             for
             that
             we
             designed
             by
             his
             mediation
             to
             see
             the
             Negus
             at
             table
             ,
             which
             as
             yet
             we
             had
             not
             compassed
             ;
             though
             for
             his
             own
             part
             out
             of
             the
             gravity
             or
             vanity
             of
             his
             Countrey
             ,
             he
             disdained
             to
             see
             it
             ,
             yet
             by
             reason
             of
             his
             quality
             he
             might
             have
             done
             it
             without
             difficulty
             .
             This
             being
             observed
             by
             the
             
               Sieur
               de
               la
               Courb
            
             ,
             he
             so
             well
             feasted
             a
             Master
             of
             houshold
             to
             the
             Abuma
             ,
             that
             he
             promised
             us
             we
             should
             see
             him
             at
             supper
             ,
             as
             we
             did
             two
             dayes
             after
             :
             but
             I
             believe
             he
             first
             demanded
             his
             Masters
             licence
             ,
             then
             he
             brought
             us
             to
             the
             Monastery
             of
             Atania
             ,
             for
             the
             Negus
             seldom
             lodges
             in
             tents
             ,
             where
             he
             finds
             Monasteries
             or
             Churches
             ,
             as
             there
             are
             plenty
             in
             this
             Countrey
             .
             'T
             was
             there
             we
             saw
             the
             Prince
             sup
             ,
             in
             the
             manner
             I
             spoke
             of
             .
          
           
             As
             concerning
             the
             Embassadour
             ,
             the
             Negus
             having
             intelligence
             of
             his
             coming
             ,
             sent
             a
             handsom
             company
             of
             Cavaliers
             to
             receive
             him
             ,
             and
             some
             eight
             dayes
             before
             had
             sent
             a
             grand
             Serami
             to
             conduct
             him
             ,
             which
             Serami
             was
             not
             sparing
             of
             his
             cudgell
             to
             any
             upon
             the
             way
             ,
             that
             gave
             not
             the
             Embassadour
             honour
             ,
             who
             being
             met
             by
             these
             Cavaliers
             many
             salutes
             and
             complements
             were
             interchanged
             .
             Being
             arrived
             at
             the
             Camp
             they
             presented
             him
             a
             tent
             of
             Canvas
             ,
             which
             was
             something
             disliked
             by
             the
             Embassadour
             ,
             as
             being
             unsuitable
             to
             his
             quality
             ,
             neverthelesse
             he
             seemed
             to
             take
             no
             notice
             of
             it
             ;
             but
             the
             Serami
             perceiving
             something
             ,
             told
             him
             for
             excuse
             ,
             they
             used
             him
             no
             courser
             than
             the
             Prince
             himself
             who
             had
             no
             better
             :
             which
             gave
             satisfaction
             to
             the
             Embassadour
             :
             then
             they
             brought
             him
             in
             provision
             of
             victuals
             ,
             for
             him
             and
             his
             retinue
             .
             'T
             was
             three
             dayes
             before
             he
             had
             audience
             ,
             then
             some
             principall
             Gentlemen
             and
             Officers
             came
             for
             him
             by
             night
             ,
             and
             conducted
             him
             to
             the
             Court
             ,
             which
             was
             then
             at
             a
             goodly
             Monastery
             ;
             and
             being
             brought
             into
             the
             chamber
             of
             presence
             ,
             he
             found
             the
             Negus
             sitting
             on
             a
             bed
             of
             raz'd
             gold
             ,
             and
             silver
             tissue
             ,
             four
             pages
             in
             the
             same
             stuff
             standing
             bare
             at
             the
             bed●
             feet
             with
             lighted
             Flambeaus
             in
             their
             hands
             .
             The
             Embassadour
             made
             him
             a
             most
             respectfull
             reverence
             at
             seven
             or
             eight
             paces
             distance
             ,
             bowing
             exceeding
             low
             ,
             whereas
             others
             kisse
             the
             ground
             ;
             and
             the
             Negus
             unvailing
             a
             little
             one
             side
             of
             his
             face
             ,
             demanded
             the
             Presents
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             had
             sent
             him
             ,
             where
             the
             other
             being
             ready
             to
             answer
             ,
             supposing
             he
             should
             have
             a
             compleat
             audience
             ,
             the
             person
             that
             brought
             him
             in
             told
             him
             at
             present
             it
             might
             not
             be
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             King
             had
             seen
             him
             was
             sufficient
             for
             the
             first
             time
             ,
             and
             so
             without
             further
             ceremonies
             he
             delivered
             his
             letters
             ,
             which
             were
             read
             by
             an
             Interpreter
             .
             On
             the
             morrow
             about
             midnight
             the
             Embassadour
             was
             sent
             
             for
             again
             in
             the
             same
             sort
             and
             ceremony
             ;
             then
             the
             Embassadour
             carried
             the
             Present
             ,
             which
             was
             in
             pieces
             of
             silk
             ,
             spices
             ,
             and
             some
             rich
             and
             well-wrought
             arms
             .
             The
             Negus
             received
             them
             ,
             then
             dismis'd
             him
             ,
             causing
             one
             to
             tell
             him
             he
             should
             shortly
             be
             dispatch'd
             .
          
           
             The
             next
             day
             he
             was
             sent
             for
             again
             to
             Court
             ,
             where
             he
             dined
             with
             the
             King
             and
             Queen
             ,
             the
             King
             a
             little
             remov'd
             at
             some
             distance
             from
             them
             .
             The
             first
             service
             was
             three
             gold
             dishes
             ,
             the
             first
             full
             of
             fire
             ,
             the
             second
             of
             ashes
             ,
             and
             the
             third
             of
             the
             miraculous
             pears
             I
             spoke
             of
             ,
             in
             which
             ,
             being
             cut
             ,
             there
             appears
             a
             perfect
             naturall
             crosse
             ,
             representing
             our
             Redemption
             ,
             as
             the
             other
             eternall
             pains
             and
             death
             .
          
           
             Afterwards
             came
             all
             sorts
             of
             exquisite
             and
             delicate
             meats
             .
             The
             Embassadour
             having
             staid
             some
             months
             in
             the
             Court
             ,
             the
             Negus
             sent
             him
             a
             letter
             for
             his
             Master
             ,
             though
             letters
             are
             not
             in
             use
             with
             them
             ,
             content
             onely
             to
             send
             their
             messengers
             ,
             who
             deliver
             their
             missives
             by
             vocal
             relation
             :
             but
             this
             letter
             was
             at
             the
             proper
             instance
             of
             the
             Embassadour
             himself
             ,
             as
             he
             told
             me
             a
             good
             while
             after
             ,
             when
             I
             met
             him
             at
             Grenada
             in
             Spain
             .
          
           
             When
             I
             mentioned
             the
             Army
             of
             the
             Negus
             ,
             I
             forgot
             to
             tell
             you
             't
             is
             ranged
             in
             such
             sort
             ,
             that
             the
             Lanciers
             are
             quarter'd
             outmost
             round
             the
             Camp
             ,
             lined
             with
             the
             Cavalry
             ,
             and
             musqueteers
             within
             them
             ,
             all
             quarter'd
             in
             order
             ,
             and
             streets
             ,
             as
             in
             a
             Town
             :
             the
             Souldiers
             apart
             by
             themselves
             ,
             Merchants
             on
             one
             side
             ,
             and
             Artificers
             on
             the
             other
             ;
             six
             or
             seven
             thousand
             tents
             will
             serve
             for
             fourscore
             thousand
             men
             .
             The
             Cavalry
             most
             commonly
             consists
             of
             thirty
             thousand
             horse
             ,
             all
             unshod
             ,
             for
             they
             have
             not
             the
             art
             to
             shooe
             them
             ,
             stout
             and
             indefatigable
             ,
             being
             brought
             up
             by
             Cowes
             from
             which
             they
             take
             the
             calfs
             and
             put
             colts
             in
             their
             places
             .
          
           
             To
             conclude
             ,
             the
             Emperour
             ordinarily
             depends
             not
             upon
             his
             proprietary
             possessions
             :
             for
             bedes
             the
             gold
             and
             silver
             his
             people
             pay
             as
             tribute
             ,
             they
             pay
             him
             amber
             ,
             musk
             ,
             civet
             ,
             stones
             ,
             and
             all
             sorts
             of
             victuals
             and
             sustenance
             ;
             so
             as
             he
             hath
             not
             much
             use
             of
             money
             more
             then
             to
             pay
             his
             Officers
             and
             servants
             ,
             who
             are
             paid
             their
             stipend
             in
             gold
             or
             silver
             uncoin'd
             in
             gobbets
             exactly
             weighed
             ,
             besides
             such
             a
             proportion
             of
             diet
             every
             day
             for
             their
             livelyhood
             ,
             as
             in
             Italy
             ,
             Cardinals
             ,
             Princes
             ,
             and
             the
             Nobility
             use
             to
             do
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XIV
             .
             Of
             the
             kingdom
             and
             policy
             of
             Mongibir
             ,
             of
             the
             Mountain
             Amara
             ,
             where
             the
             Abissin
             Princes
             are
             .
          
           
             BEcause
             I
             have
             made
             mention
             of
             Mongibir
             ,
             
             I
             shall
             inform
             you
             that
             this
             Countrey
             ,
             the
             capitall
             Town
             whereof
             is
             called
             Scanfourin
             ,
             is
             subject
             to
             the
             Negus
             ,
             and
             neighbour
             to
             the
             Province
             of
             Calasen
             .
             The
             Natives
             are
             of
             a
             middle
             size
             and
             olive
             colour
             ,
             which
             makes
             them
             affect
             strangers
             exceedingly
             ,
             esteeming
             them
             more
             beautiful
             than
             themselves
             ;
             though
             very
             few
             come
             amongst
             them
             :
             for
             they
             are
             wretched
             ,
             base
             ,
             and
             timorous
             beyond
             imagination
             ,
             trembling
             at
             the
             report
             of
             a
             gun
             ,
             which
             they
             say
             is
             the
             Devils
             handycraft
             ,
             and
             call
             him
             Hocalsic
             ,
             that
             is
             a
             good
             man
             ,
             who
             carries
             none
             of
             these
             fire
             cudgels
             .
             Neverthelesse
             they
             maintain
             a
             continuall
             war
             upon
             the
             Calasens
             ,
             who
             are
             Christians
             ,
             and
             they
             Idolaters
             ,
             worshipping
             the
             sun
             ,
             the
             Negus
             never
             being
             able
             to
             reconcile
             them
             ,
             nor
             introduce
             Christian
             religion
             amongst
             them
             .
          
           
             Amongst
             other
             heresies
             they
             believe
             ,
             that
             after
             death
             the
             soule
             enters
             into
             another
             body
             ,
             which
             makes
             them
             indulge
             strangers
             so
             highly
             ,
             upon
             opinion
             they
             may
             be
             of
             their
             alliance
             ;
             yet
             they
             hold
             they
             cannot
             enter
             into
             the
             Calasenians
             ,
             nor
             the
             Suecans
             ,
             because
             they
             are
             Romarins
             ,
             that
             is
             Christians
             :
             
             nor
             delight
             to
             inhabit
             a
             body
             of
             a
             contrary
             Religion
             ,
             and
             so
             ceremonious
             and
             austere
             as
             ours
             is
             .
          
           
             The
             earth
             ,
             say
             they
             ,
             was
             made
             for
             our
             sustenance
             ,
             and
             't
             were
             indignity
             to
             the
             Maker
             not
             to
             make
             use
             of
             all
             which
             it
             produces
             .
             When
             one
             speaks
             to
             them
             of
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Heaven
             ,
             they
             say
             't
             is
             the
             mansion
             of
             the
             Gods
             and
             Lights
             ,
             and
             not
             of
             men
             ,
             and
             that
             God
             will
             have
             no
             communication
             with
             sinners
             ,
             who
             are
             unworthy
             to
             approach
             a
             thing
             so
             holy
             ,
             which
             shews
             they
             once
             had
             better
             knowledge
             of
             our
             mysteries
             ,
             
             though
             in
             the
             whole
             time
             of
             our
             travaile
             there
             ,
             we
             saw
             not
             any
             book
             or
             the
             least
             record
             of
             the
             true
             religion
             .
             They
             will
             invite
             Passengers
             to
             lodge
             with
             them
             ,
             and
             command
             their
             wives
             to
             keep
             them
             company
             ;
             while
             they
             go
             to
             the
             wood
             or
             river
             for
             entertainment
             for
             their
             guests
             ,
             their
             wives
             caresse
             them
             ,
             and
             esteem
             it
             a
             happinesse
             if
             they
             prove
             with
             child
             by
             a
             stranger
             ,
             which
             when
             they
             bring
             into
             the
             world
             ,
             they
             call
             it
             Gilchaquillan
             ,
             that
             is
             a
             child
             of
             the
             sun
             ,
             who
             being
             grown
             up
             ,
             the
             Prince
             takes
             him
             to
             his
             service
             ,
             saying
             ,
             this
             is
             the
             way
             to
             multiply
             his
             Nation
             with
             vertuous
             people
             .
             And
             what
             is
             more
             ,
             the
             wife
             is
             the
             better
             esteemed
             of
             her
             husband
             ;
             and
             the
             Prince
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             a
             male
             child
             ,
             sends
             him
             a
             little
             snake
             of
             gold
             or
             silver
             ,
             in
             
             form
             of
             an
             ear-pendant
             ,
             which
             renders
             him
             so
             qualified
             ,
             that
             the
             time
             may
             come
             he
             may
             be
             capable
             of
             the
             charge
             of
             Benchaye
             ,
             who
             is
             the
             person
             next
             to
             the
             King
             :
             if
             it
             be
             a
             girle
             she
             shall
             be
             married
             to
             a
             person
             of
             high
             degree
             .
             Though
             they
             want
             not
             mines
             of
             baleys
             ,
             rubies
             ,
             and
             of
             silver
             ,
             besides
             other
             mettals
             ,
             as
             tin
             and
             copper
             ,
             whence
             they
             get
             an
             earth
             which
             makes
             the
             most
             pure
             violet
             colour
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             wherewith
             they
             make
             their
             houses
             very
             gracefull
             to
             the
             eye
             ,
             neverthelesse
             their
             fancy
             is
             to
             paint
             their
             arms
             and
             legs
             ,
             specially
             the
             nails
             ,
             and
             hang
             pieces
             of
             old
             iron
             in
             their
             ears
             .
             A
             Portuguese
             one
             day
             shewed
             them
             a
             piece
             of
             gold
             against
             the
             sun
             ,
             which
             charmed
             them
             so
             ,
             that
             they
             immediately
             made
             it
             known
             to
             their
             king
             ,
             who
             resolved
             to
             have
             it
             at
             any
             price
             to
             hang
             in
             his
             ear
             ,
             as
             a
             thing
             miraculous
             and
             sacred
             ,
             and
             gave
             for
             it
             half
             a
             tun-weight
             of
             cinamon
             .
          
           
             As
             concerning
             the
             Articles
             of
             their
             Faith
             ,
             they
             have
             no
             Idols
             in
             their
             Temples
             ,
             but
             on
             solemn
             feasts
             being
             assembled
             they
             dance
             round
             ,
             and
             sing
             hymns
             in
             honour
             of
             the
             sun
             ,
             abstaining
             from
             sustenance
             till
             his
             setting
             .
             They
             acknowledge
             a
             place
             where
             sinners
             are
             tormented
             after
             death
             ,
             and
             some
             more
             grievously
             than
             others
             ,
             proportionably
             to
             their
             offences
             .
          
           
             Further
             they
             have
             no
             speculation
             ,
             being
             Masters
             neither
             of
             literature
             nor
             characters
             ,
             a
             simple
             people
             easie
             to
             deceive
             ,
             content
             with
             a
             bare
             sufficiency
             for
             livelyhood
             ,
             not
             studying
             how
             to
             make
             use
             of
             their
             national
             commodities
             to
             the
             best
             advantage
             :
             besides
             so
             kind
             ,
             they
             give
             freely
             to
             one
             another
             whatsoever
             they
             are
             possessed
             of
             ,
             and
             so
             grosse
             ,
             there
             are
             many
             things
             amongst
             them
             they
             know
             no
             name
             for
             ,
             and
             are
             absolute
             forrainers
             at
             a
             mile
             distance
             .
             Their
             onely
             traffick
             is
             for
             honied
             wine
             ,
             which
             is
             brought
             them
             from
             Suechan
             and
             Calasen
             ,
             in
             truck
             for
             wild
             beef-hides
             ,
             and
             Elephants
             ,
             which
             they
             sell
             to
             Biguen
             .
             They
             are
             of
             such
             fidelity
             in
             their
             commerce
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             really
             ignorant
             what
             't
             is
             to
             lye
             ,
             and
             keep
             their
             promise
             with
             religious
             observation
             .
             'T
             is
             true
             the
             Ingresses
             to
             the
             Countrey
             are
             very
             dangerous
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             robbers
             of
             diverse
             nations
             who
             rendezvous
             there
             ,
             but
             the
             King
             executes
             most
             severe
             justice
             on
             them
             that
             are
             apprehended
             ,
             condemning
             them
             to
             the
             jawes
             of
             wild
             beasts
             ,
             which
             he
             keeps
             in
             Parks
             .
          
           
             This
             Princes
             court
             is
             governed
             with
             good
             policy
             ,
             and
             is
             most
             commonly
             attended
             with
             four
             hundred
             tall
             men
             at
             arms
             ,
             drawn
             out
             of
             his
             Provinces
             called
             Marac
             ,
             which
             on
             the
             South
             confine
             on
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Couran
             ,
             small
             Countries
             ,
             but
             the
             Inhabitants
             have
             a
             particular
             renown
             for
             their
             fidelity
             :
             Besides
             he
             hath
             constantly
             near
             him
             400.
             horsemen
             well
             mounted
             ,
             and
             in
             his
             stable
             a
             thousand
             able
             horses
             at
             rest
             ,
             because
             being
             generally
             bare-foot
             ,
             they
             are
             apt
             to
             batter
             their
             hoofs
             .
             To
             march
             before
             him
             he
             hath
             50.
             
             Cavaliers
             whom
             they
             call
             the
             Joarmamir
             ,
             that
             is
             the
             chief
             Guard
             ,
             cloth'd
             in
             cotton
             cloth
             ,
             with
             bow
             and
             arrow
             in
             hand
             :
             then
             follow
             
             fifty
             Cavaliers
             more
             in
             cotton
             Cassocks
             variously
             painted
             ,
             with
             a
             short
             silk
             Cloak
             ,
             not
             unlike
             Meca
             Tapistry
             ,
             wearing
             on
             their
             head
             a
             cap
             in
             fashion
             like
             a
             Miter
             ,
             at
             their
             girdles
             hang
             little
             balls
             of
             steel
             with
             three
             pikes
             ,
             wherewith
             they
             seldom
             misse
             when
             they
             strike
             ,
             and
             at
             their
             Saddle
             bow
             a
             sharp'ned
             iron
             like
             the
             head
             of
             a
             lance
             .
             These
             they
             call
             the
             Kings
             Champions
             .
          
           
             These
             two
             troops
             march
             in
             the
             field
             about
             a
             bow-shoot
             before
             the
             Prince
             ,
             having
             between
             them
             fifty
             Elephants
             richly
             trapp'd
             with
             Tapistry
             of
             silk
             ,
             each
             bearing
             three
             or
             four
             men
             with
             strong
             bows
             ,
             and
             arrows
             three
             ells
             long
             ,
             Ethiopian
             bonnets
             on
             their
             head
             ,
             and
             Alparyates
             ,
             or
             open
             shooes
             on
             their
             feet
             :
             them
             they
             call
             Jourles
             ,
             that
             is
             Archers
             .
             Then
             50.
             
             Cavaliers
             mounted
             on
             white
             horses
             ,
             bearing
             balls
             of
             silver
             richly
             wrought
             ,
             in
             white
             short
             cloaks
             with
             silver
             buckles
             ,
             on
             their
             head
             a
             red
             bonnet
             hanging
             over
             their
             shoulders
             ,
             like
             a
             Chapperoon
             ,
             they
             term
             these
             
               Gouaique
               Soumimara
            
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             the
             Princes
             Councell
             of
             strangers
             .
             Then
             a
             hundred
             more
             well
             mounted
             ,
             stuck
             with
             abundance
             of
             feathers
             ,
             their
             horses
             covered
             with
             cases
             of
             Beares
             ,
             Lions
             ,
             or
             other
             beasts
             skins
             fringed
             with
             little
             coloured
             feathers
             ,
             a
             bow
             in
             a
             scarfe
             ,
             and
             a
             club
             in
             their
             hand
             of
             a
             sufficient
             length
             .
             In
             the
             last
             place
             comes
             up
             the
             troop
             which
             is
             called
             
               Mameiteque
               Ebaulbic
            
             ,
             or
             the
             Guard
             of
             the
             Body
             armed
             with
             long
             lances
             pointed
             with
             certain
             stones
             keen
             as
             any
             razor
             ,
             which
             next
             fire-pikes
             is
             the
             most
             dangerous
             arms
             I
             ere
             beheld
             .
             One
             amongst
             them
             bears
             the
             Standart
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             figure
             of
             a
             Sun
             ,
             and
             the
             King
             marches
             next
             after
             ,
             habited
             much
             after
             the
             sort
             as
             the
             
               Gouaique
               Soumimara
            
             ,
             a
             bonnet
             on
             his
             head
             ,
             banded
             with
             a
             white
             Taffety
             hanging
             over
             the
             horse
             cruppers
             ,
             with
             many
             devices
             representing
             the
             high
             atchievements
             of
             his
             Predecessours
             ,
             to
             satisfy
             the
             humour
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             who
             glory
             in
             generous
             Princes
             ,
             whose
             fame
             may
             live
             with
             posterity
             .
          
           
             Amongst
             other
             the
             fundamental
             lawes
             of
             this
             Nation
             ,
             there
             is
             one
             whereby
             the
             King
             is
             obliged
             to
             marry
             three
             wives
             all
             of
             his
             own
             quality
             ,
             without
             regard
             to
             their
             being
             forrainers
             ,
             or
             of
             a
             contrary
             religion
             ,
             holding
             that
             a
             good
             wife
             ought
             to
             make
             her
             husbands
             will
             her
             rule
             in
             all
             things
             .
             If
             they
             conform
             not
             precisely
             to
             this
             law
             ,
             they
             render
             their
             children
             incapable
             of
             succession
             ,
             and
             must
             be
             content
             with
             a
             bare
             pension
             ,
             and
             become
             subject
             to
             an
             elected
             King
             ,
             who
             possibly
             he
             might
             have
             raigned
             over
             himself
             .
             But
             this
             difference
             seldome
             happens
             amongst
             them
             ,
             and
             Tradition
             makes
             mention
             only
             of
             one
             Cbapoularin
             son
             of
             Jazalga
             ,
             whom
             his
             mother
             had
             instructed
             to
             adore
             the
             infernal
             spirit
             ,
             which
             was
             ground
             of
             much
             combustion
             in
             the
             State
             ,
             so
             as
             the
             mother
             and
             nine
             of
             her
             sons
             were
             massacred
             in
             a
             sedition
             ,
             and
             they
             elected
             for
             King
             a
             son
             of
             the
             last
             wife
             ,
             from
             whom
             the
             people
             received
             so
             prudent
             a
             Government
             ,
             that
             being
             dead
             ,
             they
             erected
             a
             statue
             to
             his
             memory
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             Market-place
             ,
             in
             the
             town
             of
             Biguen
             ,
             where
             it
             stands
             at
             this
             day
             .
             This
             is
             a
             town
             
             of
             exceeding
             strength
             ,
             mantled
             with
             good
             Bastions
             ,
             every
             street
             provided
             of
             chains
             for
             case
             of
             necessity
             ,
             girt
             with
             good
             ditches
             ,
             scituate
             upon
             the
             fair
             River
             Gambir
             ,
             abounding
             in
             fish
             ,
             which
             they
             fish
             for
             in
             little
             boats
             made
             of
             reeds
             ,
             capable
             only
             of
             two
             men
             .
             The
             King
             hawks
             at
             river
             in
             those
             boats
             ,
             as
             't
             is
             the
             ordinary
             way
             of
             the
             country
             .
             They
             use
             bridges
             of
             straw
             to
             crosse
             the
             rivers
             ,
             as
             they
             do
             in
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Garamel
             ,
             which
             straw
             they
             call
             Ingar
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             West-Indies
             they
             call
             it
             Tortora
             .
             The
             women
             appear
             freely
             in
             the
             streets
             ,
             their
             garments
             are
             a
             short
             gowne
             after
             the
             Arabian
             cut
             ,
             sleeves
             to
             the
             elbow
             onely
             ,
             linnen
             hose
             ,
             hanging
             on
             the
             left
             side
             a
             rich
             girdle
             colour'd
             in
             devices
             ,
             to
             distinguish
             maids
             from
             married
             women
             ,
             upon
             their
             head
             a
             linnen
             vaile
             curiously
             wrought
             ,
             hanging
             down
             their
             shoulders
             .
          
           
             Three
             times
             the
             year
             they
             admit
             commerce
             with
             the
             Suecheuians
             ,
             for
             their
             civility
             at
             Memite
             ,
             when
             they
             took
             away
             all
             their
             women
             ,
             and
             by
             expresse
             command
             of
             their
             King
             ,
             restored
             them
             without
             the
             least
             injury
             to
             their
             honour
             ,
             a
             most
             heroick
             action
             of
             a
             barbarous
             Prince
             .
             From
             this
             country
             of
             Suechen
             they
             receive
             very
             considerable
             commodities
             ,
             as
             likewise
             from
             Couran
             and
             Marat
             ,
             countreys
             where
             they
             have
             plenty
             of
             honied
             wines
             ,
             corne
             ,
             cattle
             ,
             fish
             ,
             and
             excellent
             fruits
             ,
             which
             they
             transport
             to
             Biguen
             without
             the
             least
             tribute
             for
             any
             thing
             whatsoever
             .
             When
             the
             Kings
             wives
             go
             abroad
             ,
             they
             are
             seated
             on
             Chariots
             ,
             in
             such
             manner
             as
             the
             Chineses
             or
             the
             Geneses
             are
             ,
             all
             three
             together
             ,
             in
             the
             same
             dresse
             like
             three
             sisters
             ,
             and
             with
             like
             affection
             .
             The
             Prince
             keeps
             a
             perfect
             amity
             amongst
             all
             the
             three
             ,
             a
             thing
             much
             to
             be
             admired
             .
             Three
             principal
             noble-men
             called
             Genelcoulbre
             ever
             aecompany
             them
             ,
             walking
             seven
             or
             eight
             paces
             before
             them
             ,
             with
             staves
             in
             their
             hands
             .
             The
             Ladies
             wear
             crowns
             of
             flowers
             and
             stones
             wonderful
             refulgent
             ,
             their
             face
             open
             ,
             with
             pendants
             in
             their
             ears
             of
             rich
             pearls
             ,
             and
             bracelets
             of
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             If
             they
             meet
             the
             King
             ,
             they
             descend
             from
             their
             Chariots
             ,
             and
             immediately
             ascend
             again
             without
             further
             complement
             ,
             as
             if
             they
             had
             never
             seen
             him
             .
             He
             makes
             a
             turn
             towards
             them
             ,
             then
             passes
             on
             ;
             and
             three
             of
             the
             chief
             of
             his
             train
             alight
             from
             horse
             ,
             and
             come
             kisse
             the
             Queens
             Chariots
             ,
             who
             deliver
             some
             certain
             words
             to
             them
             ,
             and
             so
             the
             Gentlemen
             remount
             .
             I
             often
             enquired
             what
             it
             might
             be
             they
             spoke
             ,
             but
             I
             could
             never
             be
             satisfied
             for
             the
             several
             relations
             told
             me
             .
             The
             Princes
             royall
             are
             educated
             in
             the
             Province
             of
             Marat
             ,
             with
             prudent
             persons
             well
             warn'd
             to
             instruct
             them
             in
             obedience
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             whom
             they
             visit
             once
             in
             the
             year
             ,
             which
             they
             divide
             into
             four
             seasons
             as
             we
             do
             .
             The
             Daughters
             remain
             near
             their
             Mothers
             ,
             where
             for
             their
             exercise
             they
             are
             taught
             to
             work
             the
             short
             coats
             ,
             which
             resemble
             the
             Tapistry
             of
             Meca
             ,
             which
             the
             King
             bestowes
             as
             presents
             on
             the
             Principal
             of
             his
             Court
             ,
             to
             whom
             he
             marries
             his
             daughters
             :
             these
             Persons
             by
             priviledge
             may
             have
             two
             wives
             more
             ,
             but
             of
             inferiour
             degree
             
             to
             his
             Lady-Royall
             ,
             and
             so
             may
             be
             elected
             Bene-Chayc
             ,
             an
             honourable
             office
             next
             his
             Majesty
             .
          
           
             The
             Court
             is
             well
             governed
             ,
             and
             very
             polite
             ,
             but
             the
             vulgar
             are
             exceeding
             grosse
             and
             ignorant
             .
             Daughters
             of
             the
             Nobility
             marry
             not
             but
             with
             husbands
             of
             vertue
             and
             valour
             .
             The
             King
             uses
             all
             endeavour
             to
             civilize
             the
             People
             ,
             but
             to
             no
             effect
             .
             Upon
             a
             time
             the
             King
             met
             a
             clowne
             carrying
             fish
             ,
             and
             asking
             him
             what
             he
             was
             ,
             received
             but
             a
             slight
             answer
             ;
             but
             being
             told
             't
             was
             the
             King
             spoke
             to
             him
             ,
             he
             was
             so
             overjoyed
             ,
             he
             would
             needs
             give
             him
             all
             his
             fish
             ,
             which
             the
             King
             refused
             ,
             but
             out
             of
             love
             he
             would
             needs
             force
             it
             upon
             him
             ,
             and
             kindly
             threw
             it
             all
             in
             his
             lap
             ,
             whereat
             the
             King
             laughed
             heartily
             ,
             and
             caused
             one
             to
             give
             him
             a
             thanks
             of
             a
             better
             price
             ,
             and
             made
             him
             come
             to
             Court
             ,
             whence
             he
             would
             part
             no
             more
             .
          
           
             Some
             dayes
             journey
             from
             Bilguca
             towards
             the
             Province
             of
             Marat
             ,
             Westward
             there
             is
             a
             mountain
             to
             imagination
             surpassing
             the
             highest
             steppe
             of
             the
             Ceuares
             in
             altitude
             ,
             which
             never
             wants
             snow
             ,
             no
             not
             in
             July
             when
             we
             surmounted
             it
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             end
             of
             Winter
             there
             .
             At
             the
             foot
             of
             the
             Mountain
             there
             is
             a
             gentile
             towne
             called
             Moulgas
             ,
             the
             inhabitants
             whereof
             are
             Jewes
             ,
             tributary
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Mongibir
             :
             one
             of
             these
             Jewes
             was
             our
             Hoste
             ,
             who
             gave
             us
             good
             entertainment
             ,
             and
             falling
             into
             discourse
             upon
             the
             Old
             Testament
             ,
             he
             took
             us
             for
             Jewes
             ,
             and
             presently
             we
             had
             a
             whole
             Synagogue
             about
             us
             to
             congratulate
             ,
             but
             they
             were
             soon
             scared
             away
             ,
             when
             we
             assured
             them
             we
             were
             Christians
             .
             Our
             Host
             presented
             us
             for
             a
             dainty
             with
             the
             flesh
             of
             Crocodile
             ,
             but
             not
             being
             used
             to
             it
             ,
             for
             my
             part
             I
             could
             not
             taste
             it
             ,
             for
             the
             apprehension
             I
             had
             of
             that
             furious
             creature
             ,
             though
             I
             were
             sufficiently
             satisfied
             the
             meat
             was
             wholesome
             ,
             white
             ,
             and
             sipid
             .
             He
             shewed
             us
             two
             Ducarfs
             ,
             the
             least
             I
             ever
             saw
             ,
             who
             for
             pastime
             he
             had
             hors'd
             upon
             a
             sheep
             .
             Having
             gotten
             an
             Elephant
             for
             the
             remove
             of
             our
             baggage
             and
             commodities
             ,
             we
             left
             Moulgas
             ,
             and
             came
             to
             Suarin
             ,
             the
             first
             Town
             in
             Marat
             ,
             a
             place
             of
             strength
             scituate
             upon
             a
             little
             Mountain
             ,
             whence
             there
             sallies
             a
             stream
             of
             water
             that
             turns
             three
             Mills
             .
             The
             people
             are
             kinde
             and
             courteous
             ,
             but
             Idolaters
             ,
             believing
             the
             Sunne
             to
             be
             the
             maker
             of
             all
             things
             ,
             and
             like
             them
             of
             Mongibir
             ,
             that
             Heaven
             is
             onely
             for
             the
             Gods
             ,
             and
             not
             for
             men
             .
          
           
             Thence
             we
             came
             to
             Moucal
             ,
             an
             uniform
             Town
             ,
             having
             eight
             ports
             ,
             which
             are
             all
             perspicable
             from
             the
             middle
             station
             of
             the
             Town
             :
             Before
             the
             Palace-Royall
             stands
             a
             Pyramid
             ,
             upon
             which
             there
             is
             the
             statue
             of
             a
             King
             named
             Soualin
             ,
             who
             once
             rescued
             this
             Town
             out
             of
             an
             enemies
             hands
             ,
             by
             the
             ayd
             of
             the
             Towneswomen
             ,
             who
             in
             the
             action
             attested
             an
             un-heard
             of
             Magnanimity
             ,
             for
             a
             monument
             whereof
             ,
             he
             enacted
             a
             Law
             in
             their
             favour
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             have
             three
             husbands
             ,
             but
             the
             men
             
             for
             their
             basenesse
             ,
             onely
             one
             Wife
             .
          
           
             Some
             few
             dayes
             journey
             from
             thence
             ,
             we
             entered
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Couran
             ,
             a
             good
             and
             fertile
             countrey
             ,
             but
             full
             of
             Forests
             ,
             infested
             with
             very
             dangerous
             wilde
             beasts
             ,
             and
             amongst
             others
             with
             a
             sort
             of
             fierce
             and
             ravenous
             dogges
             ,
             by
             which
             many
             Passengers
             are
             devoured
             ;
             as
             by
             the
             way
             we
             met
             with
             sufficient
             evidence
             in
             bones
             ,
             apparel
             ,
             and
             bagges
             of
             Pearles
             and
             Emeraulds
             .
          
           
             Afterwards
             we
             passed
             through
             divers
             countries
             ,
             as
             
               Souchalbi
               ,
               Choucay
            
             ,
             and
             others
             .
             In
             all
             these
             parts
             we
             far'd
             at
             a
             cheap
             rate
             ,
             for
             it
             cost
             us
             not
             in
             two
             dayes
             the
             value
             of
             a
             farthing
             ;
             the
             good
             people
             bringing
             us
             share
             of
             what
             prey
             they
             had
             in
             hunting
             ,
             came
             themselves
             to
             eat
             with
             us
             :
             for
             our
             exhilaration
             ,
             they
             used
             certain
             strange
             instruments
             which
             they
             played
             on
             .
             The
             women
             are
             reasonable
             faire
             ,
             very
             chast
             ,
             but
             ill
             apparelled
             .
             The
             maids
             at
             twenty
             yeares
             of
             age
             ,
             may
             marry
             whom
             they
             will
             ,
             without
             hinderance
             of
             either
             Father
             or
             Mother
             .
          
           
             When
             they
             solemnize
             matrimony
             ,
             they
             go
             to
             the
             Temple
             ,
             where
             the
             Father
             sayes
             to
             the
             young
             man
             ,
             I
             give
             thee
             my
             daughter
             for
             thy
             spouse
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             Father
             sayes
             the
             like
             to
             the
             maid
             .
             Then
             they
             take
             two
             sheeps
             hearts
             ,
             male
             and
             female
             ,
             and
             present
             them
             to
             the
             Priests
             ;
             who
             saying
             certain
             prayers
             ,
             burn
             them
             on
             the
             Altar
             ,
             then
             kisse
             the
             married
             couple
             ,
             and
             joyn
             them
             in
             mutuall
             embraces
             :
             then
             they
             feast
             with
             musick
             ,
             and
             deprive
             the
             maid
             of
             a
             lock
             of
             haire
             growing
             on
             the
             hind-part
             of
             her
             head
             ,
             as
             is
             the
             custom
             for
             all
             maids
             and
             widowes
             ,
             they
             religiously
             observe
             marriage
             all
             their
             lives
             ,
             in
             perfect
             peace
             and
             concord
             .
          
           
             
             To
             give
             account
             of
             the
             Mountain
             Amara
             ,
             whereof
             I
             made
             mention
             before
             ,
             which
             is
             in
             four
             degrees
             and
             a
             halfe
             of
             the
             Meridian
             ,
             where
             all
             the
             Princes
             of
             the
             blood
             are
             enclosed
             ,
             and
             carefully
             guarded
             ,
             't
             is
             a
             large
             Province
             ,
             adjacent
             to
             
               Belequanze
               ,
               Zoa
            
             ,
             and
             Ambian
             ,
             containing
             a
             good
             number
             of
             Towns
             ,
             Villages
             ,
             and
             Castles
             ,
             and
             is
             above
             150.
             leagues
             in
             circuit
             .
             Much
             about
             the
             middle
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             high
             risen
             mountain
             of
             the
             same
             name
             ,
             directly
             under
             the
             Equinoctiall
             line
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             proper
             Mansion
             of
             the
             Princes
             .
             There
             are
             some
             who
             relate
             wonders
             of
             the
             height
             ,
             extent
             ,
             beauty
             ,
             and
             richnesse
             of
             it
             ,
             making
             it
             a
             terrestriall
             Paradise
             ,
             but
             there
             is
             more
             probability
             in
             what
             I
             learnt
             of
             some
             inhabitants
             beyond
             it
             ,
             who
             say
             the
             Mount
             is
             round
             ,
             of
             but
             few
             leagues
             compass
             at
             the
             top
             ,
             exceeding
             high
             ,
             constituted
             of
             a
             rock
             cut
             like
             a
             wall
             ,
             of
             difficult
             ascent
             ,
             but
             onely
             by
             one
             certain
             way
             .
             There
             are
             Palaces
             and
             Gardens
             for
             accommodation
             of
             the
             Princes
             and
             their
             People
             ,
             besides
             a
             Monastry
             of
             S.
             Anthonies
             Order
             ,
             with
             corn
             ,
             fruit
             ,
             and
             cattle
             for
             their
             sustenance
             ,
             without
             any
             other
             water
             then
             rain
             ,
             which
             they
             preserve
             in
             Cesterns
             .
          
           
           
             
               Franciscus
               Aluarez
            
             neverthelesse
             saith
             ,
             this
             mountain
             is
             not
             to
             be
             rounded
             in
             lesse
             than
             fifteen
             dayes
             ,
             but
             I
             suppose
             he
             means
             at
             the
             very
             bottom
             :
             and
             that
             upon
             this
             huge
             mountain
             where
             't
             is
             exceeding
             cold
             ,
             there
             stand
             lesser
             which
             compose
             valleys
             ,
             where
             there
             are
             both
             Rivers
             and
             Fountains
             ,
             with
             some
             hamlets
             and
             habitations
             ;
             but
             having
             not
             been
             an
             eye-witnesse
             ,
             I
             report
             but
             what
             I
             have
             heard
             ,
             for
             't
             is
             death
             to
             a
             stranger
             to
             come
             there
             ,
             and
             the
             natives
             to
             have
             their
             hands
             and
             feet
             cut
             off
             .
          
           
             The
             Monastery
             is
             called
             
               Zio
               marina
               Christos
            
             ,
             
             the
             religious
             whereof
             employ
             themselves
             wholly
             in
             the
             service
             of
             their
             order
             ,
             which
             some
             report
             to
             be
             of
             huge
             number
             ,
             others
             lesse
             .
             All
             of
             them
             betake
             themselves
             to
             labour
             ,
             every
             one
             having
             his
             little
             cell
             apart
             for
             his
             devotions
             ,
             not
             entring
             the
             Church
             but
             on
             Festivals
             ,
             when
             they
             celebrate
             but
             one
             Masse
             onely
             .
             Their
             fasts
             are
             stupendous
             and
             incredible
             .
             The
             women
             receive
             the
             Communion
             in
             the
             porch
             or
             entrance
             ,
             not
             within
             the
             Church
             it self
             ,
             except
             on
             the
             feast
             of
             the
             Visitation
             ,
             when
             they
             have
             priviledge
             to
             enter
             .
             
             The
             chief
             of
             the
             Monastery
             is
             called
             the
             Barnagaz
             ,
             and
             by
             another
             name
             the
             Lebetera
             ,
             which
             means
             a
             Devote
             or
             Sage
             ,
             as
             't
             is
             called
             also
             the
             Church
             of
             Sages
             .
             Here
             the
             Princes
             of
             the
             blood
             are
             kept
             secured
             ,
             since
             the
             dayes
             of
             a
             king
             called
             Abraham
             ,
             who
             having
             many
             children
             received
             a
             vision
             in
             his
             sleep
             ,
             to
             this
             purpose
             ,
             for
             prevention
             of
             civil
             wars
             in
             the
             State.
             'T
             is
             forfeit
             of
             life
             for
             these
             Princes
             to
             come
             out
             of
             their
             enclosure
             ,
             except
             him
             who
             is
             immediately
             to
             succeed
             when
             time
             falls
             :
             then
             he
             comes
             forth
             and
             takes
             with
             him
             one
             who
             is
             most
             in
             his
             favour
             ,
             presenting
             gifts
             to
             all
             the
             rest
             ,
             to
             whom
             he
             sends
             a
             rich
             Crown
             set
             with
             stones
             ,
             which
             is
             given
             to
             him
             ,
             whom
             by
             unanimous
             consent
             they
             acknowledge
             chief
             ,
             and
             next
             to
             succession
             ,
             who
             is
             honoured
             next
             to
             the
             Negus
             himself
             :
             for
             there
             the
             succession
             goes
             by
             proximity
             of
             blood
             ,
             
             except
             power
             carry
             it
             as
             it
             hath
             often
             happened
             .
             Some
             say
             they
             call
             all
             of
             the
             blood-royal
             by
             the
             name
             of
             Israel
             .
             For
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Province
             of
             Amara
             ,
             't
             is
             very
             mountainous
             and
             very
             fruitfull
             ,
             the
             air
             good
             and
             temperate
             enough
             ,
             without
             discommodity
             ,
             but
             excesse
             of
             rains
             from
             mid
             -
             May
             to
             the
             middle
             of
             August
             ,
             according
             as
             other
             Countries
             all
             along
             the
             line
             .
             We
             had
             most
             of
             this
             relation
             from
             the
             Spanish
             Embassadour
             I
             mentioned
             ,
             who
             had
             great
             familiarity
             with
             Prince
             Gabriel
             ,
             who
             came
             out
             of
             the
             Mountain
             when
             David
             the
             last
             of
             that
             name
             deceased
             ,
             at
             the
             election
             of
             Nabur
             his
             confident
             friend
             ,
             who
             freed
             him
             from
             that
             Princely
             confinement
             ,
             and
             admitted
             him
             to
             live
             in
             his
             presence
             ,
             so
             long
             as
             in
             no
             sort
             he
             medled
             not
             in
             affairs
             of
             the
             State.
             Many
             other
             particulars
             of
             the
             Mountain
             we
             learnt
             of
             one
             of
             the
             Religious
             of
             the
             Monastery
             there
             ,
             who
             amongst
             other
             things
             told
             us
             ,
             how
             he
             once
             attended
             the
             Negus
             against
             the
             King
             of
             Geret
             ,
             assisted
             with
             the
             Kings
             of
             Abat
             and
             Eri
             ,
             who
             denied
             the
             customary
             tribute
             ,
             whom
             this
             Prince
             invaded
             as
             far
             as
             the
             Countries
             of
             Ganfrila
             and
             Drafrila
             ,
             who
             otherwise
             
             the
             Negus
             had
             absolutely
             lost
             ,
             for
             the
             Barnagaz
             who
             was
             Governour
             ,
             was
             then
             come
             to
             Court
             ,
             to
             do
             homage
             to
             the
             new
             Prince
             ,
             who
             understanding
             that
             his
             Countrey
             was
             seiz'd
             on
             ,
             with
             all
             possible
             expedition
             ,
             repaired
             thither
             with
             fifteen
             or
             sixteen
             thousand
             men
             ,
             and
             brought
             a
             seasonable
             relief
             ,
             assisted
             by
             a
             Prince
             called
             
               Lulibella
               Abelicano
            
             esteemed
             a
             Saint
             ,
             and
             in
             effect
             with
             a
             handfull
             of
             men
             in
             comparison
             of
             the
             Enemy
             ,
             they
             got
             but
             little
             lesse
             then
             a
             miraculous
             victory
             .
             This
             religious
             man
             told
             us
             many
             more
             very
             remarkable
             things
             of
             the
             death
             of
             the
             late
             Negus
             ,
             father
             to
             him
             who
             reigned
             when
             we
             were
             there
             ;
             a
             Prince
             so
             vertuous
             ,
             and
             so
             beloved
             of
             his
             people
             ,
             that
             after
             his
             death
             many
             of
             his
             chiefest
             Noblemen
             left
             their
             Fortunes
             and
             stately
             mansions
             ,
             and
             becoming
             recluse
             religious
             spent
             the
             remainder
             of
             their
             dayes
             in
             pennance
             .
             Amongst
             others
             a
             Prince
             who
             had
             espoused
             a
             sister
             to
             the
             deceased
             ,
             mourned
             with
             such
             passion
             ,
             that
             he
             fir'd
             his
             Palace
             ,
             and
             got
             himself
             to
             so
             uncouth
             and
             solitary
             a
             place
             ,
             that
             no
             man
             knew
             where
             to
             find
             him
             .
          
           
             'T
             was
             in
             a
             Cave
             in
             the
             wild
             of
             the
             woods
             ,
             where
             he
             concealed
             himself
             ,
             and
             this
             by
             the
             consent
             of
             his
             Lady
             ,
             who
             on
             her
             part
             with
             two
             of
             her
             daughters
             became
             a
             recluse
             Nun
             ,
             in
             a
             Monastery
             of
             women
             called
             Aranatingil
             ,
             to
             whom
             after
             decease
             of
             the
             Mother
             ,
             the
             Negus
             sent
             to
             perswade
             to
             become
             secular
             again
             ,
             and
             prevailed
             with
             the
             one
             who
             was
             married
             to
             the
             Prince
             of
             Dafila
             ,
             but
             the
             other
             called
             Agaria
             ,
             persisted
             in
             her
             devotion
             ,
             and
             proceeded
             to
             such
             sanctity
             ,
             that
             ,
             as
             they
             say
             ,
             by
             revelation
             ,
             she
             understood
             the
             Place
             where
             her
             father
             was
             retired
             ,
             and
             sent
             her
             Confessor
             to
             visit
             him
             ,
             whom
             he
             found
             in
             the
             hollow
             of
             a
             rock
             ,
             to
             which
             one
             must
             ascend
             by
             many
             steps
             ,
             and
             in
             one
             corner
             of
             the
             rock
             he
             had
             a
             little
             garden
             with
             a
             fountain
             ,
             and
             some
             Coco
             Dates
             ,
             which
             the
             Abissins
             call
             Miguel
             ,
             and
             other
             trees
             set
             round
             .
             There
             the
             Prince
             spent
             his
             daies
             with
             one
             onely
             servant
             ,
             living
             on
             the
             fruits
             of
             these
             trees
             .
             He
             was
             exceedingly
             beloved
             and
             lamented
             by
             the
             whole
             Court
             ,
             as
             well
             for
             his
             valour
             and
             vertue
             ,
             as
             for
             that
             he
             was
             of
             the
             bloud
             of
             Tigray
             ,
             being
             descended
             from
             the
             Emperour
             of
             Tigray
             :
             and
             the
             Negus
             himself
             ,
             holding
             wars
             with
             the
             King
             of
             Deli
             ,
             felt
             special
             want
             of
             him
             ;
             and
             coming
             to
             understand
             where
             he
             was
             concealed
             ,
             took
             the
             pains
             to
             go
             in
             person
             with
             his
             whole
             Army
             thither
             ,
             to
             entreat
             his
             assistance
             in
             a
             businesse
             of
             so
             main
             importance
             ,
             to
             the
             preservation
             of
             the
             Faith
             ,
             promising
             him
             that
             the
             wars
             ended
             ,
             he
             should
             return
             to
             his
             hermitage
             ;
             whereto
             the
             other
             would
             not
             be
             refractory
             ,
             but
             leaving
             his
             grotte
             ,
             and
             appearing
             to
             the
             Army
             ,
             they
             conceived
             so
             great
             a
             confidence
             of
             good
             successe
             in
             the
             war
             ,
             that
             with
             a
             generall
             shout
             they
             cryed
             out
             victory
             .
             'T
             was
             a
             noble
             pleasure
             to
             see
             the
             kindnesses
             wherewith
             the
             whole
             Court
             welcom'd
             the
             Prince
             ,
             some
             embracing
             his
             knees
             ,
             other
             casting
             themselves
             at
             his
             feet
             ,
             so
             great
             is
             the
             devotion
             of
             these
             people
             .
             Then
             arming
             him
             with
             arms
             of
             the
             skin
             of
             Coscuma
             ,
             back
             and
             
             breast
             ,
             and
             mounting
             him
             on
             a
             gallant
             horse
             with
             an
             azure
             Crosse
             in
             a
             white
             standart
             before
             them
             ,
             as
             on
             the
             day
             of
             battel
             ,
             they
             have
             a
             red
             Crosse
             of
             the
             colour
             of
             the
             Emperours
             tent
             ,
             they
             marched
             into
             the
             field
             ,
             and
             the
             war
             was
             prosperously
             ended
             to
             the
             wishes
             of
             the
             Negus
             :
             whether
             this
             Prince
             returned
             to
             his
             grotte
             or
             continued
             at
             Court
             I
             cannot
             tell
             .
             But
             to
             proceed
             ,
             the
             Province
             of
             Amara
             confines
             upon
             Angote
             ,
             divided
             by
             the
             River
             Ancona
             ,
             't
             is
             true
             that
             Olabi
             lies
             betwixt
             ,
             through
             which
             the
             River
             Cabella
             passes
             ,
             rising
             out
             of
             the
             lake
             of
             Amara
             ,
             abounding
             with
             Sea-horses
             ,
             by
             them
             called
             Gomaraes
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             
               Arabians
               Garmaran
            
             ,
             and
             another
             like
             to
             a
             Lamprey
             ,
             which
             being
             boiled
             in
             water
             ,
             makes
             pottage
             white
             as
             milk
             ,
             but
             red
             being
             boiled
             in
             milk
             .
             The
             Negus
             is
             esteemed
             one
             of
             the
             richest
             and
             most
             potent
             Princes
             in
             the
             Universe
             .
             His
             ordinary
             Army
             consists
             of
             thirty
             thousand
             horse
             and
             fifty
             thousand
             foot
             ,
             partly
             of
             tawny
             ,
             partly
             of
             entirely
             black
             people
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             heat
             of
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             though
             notwithstanding
             they
             have
             both
             winter
             and
             summer
             .
             The
             Prince
             never
             stayes
             in
             Town
             above
             three
             dayes
             ,
             and
             ever
             hath
             a
             well
             ordered
             Army
             in
             the
             field
             ,
             amply
             provided
             of
             all
             sorts
             of
             military
             ammunition
             ,
             and
             his
             Court
             walled
             with
             a
             strong
             and
             magnificent
             Guard.
             
          
           
             When
             any
             one
             sues
             for
             accesse
             to
             the
             Prince
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             Nobleman
             whose
             office
             is
             to
             question
             him
             ,
             what
             he
             is
             ,
             whence
             he
             comes
             ,
             and
             what
             he
             desires
             of
             his
             Majesty
             ,
             and
             holding
             him
             constantly
             by
             the
             hand
             at
             the
             gate
             of
             the
             Tent-Royal
             ,
             he
             speaks
             in
             a
             loud
             tone
             after
             a
             manner
             of
             singing
             ,
             and
             so
             gives
             the
             King
             notice
             of
             this
             persons
             arrivall
             ,
             who
             immediately
             receives
             a
             dispatch
             of
             his
             businesse
             in
             few
             words
             and
             short
             time
             .
          
           
             When
             the
             King
             marches
             into
             the
             field
             ,
             which
             is
             never
             without
             his
             Court
             and
             Army
             ,
             of
             above
             fourscore
             or
             a
             hundred
             thousand
             men
             ,
             he
             removes
             not
             above
             four
             or
             five
             miles
             a
             day
             ,
             ever
             lodging
             at
             Churches
             or
             Monasteries
             .
             The
             Army
             marches
             foremost
             ,
             with
             all
             the
             baggage
             packed
             up
             in
             baskets
             instead
             of
             coffers
             .
             This
             Court
             is
             not
             hung
             upon
             by
             such
             a
             rascallity
             as
             ours
             is
             ,
             nor
             is
             the
             Countrey
             harried
             and
             eaten
             up
             by
             such
             a
             rabble
             ,
             the
             villages
             contribute
             nothing
             ,
             but
             the
             whole
             is
             discharged
             out
             of
             the
             treasure
             and
             revenue
             of
             the
             Prince
             .
             After
             the
             Army
             is
             passed
             ,
             comes
             about
             three
             thousand
             Officers
             ,
             who
             carry
             the
             provisions
             for
             the
             Kings
             table
             ,
             wine
             in
             Barrels
             ,
             and
             meat
             in
             Panniers
             ,
             every
             one
             carrying
             his
             proportion
             on
             his
             head
             ,
             those
             who
             conduct
             them
             are
             called
             the
             Seraif
             :
             Then
             the
             Lords
             called
             the
             Serami
             follow
             afoot
             ,
             a
             javeline
             in
             their
             hand
             ,
             and
             a
             guilt
             falchion
             like
             a
             short
             sword
             by
             their
             side
             ,
             and
             the
             Priests
             bare-headed
             ,
             whereof
             four
             ,
             who
             serve
             by
             the
             Quarter
             ,
             carry
             the
             sacred
             stone
             for
             celebration
             .
          
           
             The
             Prince
             marches
             under
             a
             Canopy
             ,
             in
             an
             Apostolike
             habit
             of
             white
             silke
             ,
             with
             wide
             sleeves
             ,
             and
             a
             broad
             large
             hat
             .
          
           
           
             When
             the
             Court
             marches
             they
             are
             all
             well
             mounted
             ,
             but
             ill-armed
             ,
             for
             their
             Armes
             are
             neither
             so
             neat
             nor
             so
             well
             wrought
             as
             ours
             :
             The
             Prince
             hath
             one
             compleate
             suite
             of
             Armes
             which
             he
             puts
             on
             but
             seldom
             :
             The
             King
             of
             Spain
             presented
             him
             with
             a
             suit
             by
             his
             Embassadour
             ,
             which
             was
             musquet
             proof
             .
          
           
             Their
             ordinary
             Arms
             are
             half-pikes
             ,
             and
             battle-axes
             ,
             of
             which
             they
             know
             how
             to
             make
             good
             use
             .
             Their
             tents
             of
             thick
             strong
             cloth
             :
             the
             Prince's
             of
             white
             linnen
             lined
             with
             leather
             ,
             so
             spacious
             ,
             't
             is
             capable
             to
             comprehend
             twelve
             thousand
             persons
             ,
             domestick
             Officers
             ,
             and
             Servants
             ,
             as
             I
             said
             before
             ,
             and
             the
             Ladies
             of
             Honour
             to
             the
             Queen
             ,
             besides
             the
             Cavalry
             who
             serve
             by
             Quarter
             ,
             and
             are
             those
             who
             wear
             the
             Lions
             skin
             .
             In
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             Tent
             there
             stands
             a
             Church
             of
             vast
             circumference
             ,
             near
             to
             which
             the
             King
             and
             Queen
             onely
             inhabit
             ,
             for
             upon
             occasion
             of
             any
             conference
             ,
             they
             come
             into
             other
             apartements
             .
             His
             Tent
             alone
             is
             like
             a
             little
             Town
             ,
             containing
             within
             it
             his
             very
             stables
             ,
             all
             regularly
             composed
             ,
             and
             well
             governed
             .
             He
             hath
             his
             musick
             singing
             day
             and
             night
             ,
             the
             Musicians
             discharging
             their
             duties
             by
             turns
             ;
             though
             he
             be
             not
             in
             his
             Tent
             ,
             the
             same
             reverence
             and
             respect
             is
             observed
             as
             if
             he
             were
             present
             .
             He
             who
             hath
             the
             office
             to
             expostulate
             and
             induct
             those
             who
             make
             addresses
             to
             the
             Prince
             ,
             after
             he
             understands
             the
             businesse
             ;
             if
             he
             cannot
             of
             himself
             give
             satisfaction
             ,
             he
             repairs
             to
             the
             Prince
             ,
             to
             whom
             he
             relates
             the
             whole
             upon
             his
             knees
             ,
             without
             presuming
             to
             behold
             his
             face
             ,
             or
             rise
             up
             while
             the
             King
             speaks
             ,
             then
             returns
             and
             exacts
             the
             like
             reverence
             from
             others
             to
             himself
             .
          
           
             As
             touching
             Justice
             there
             ,
             't
             is
             equally
             and
             speedily
             administred
             ,
             without
             any
             tedious
             processe
             .
             If
             any
             man
             either
             in
             court
             or
             Army
             be
             found
             guilty
             of
             a
             crime
             ,
             he
             is
             immediately
             punished
             with
             bastinadoes
             ,
             the
             ordinary
             chastisement
             ,
             but
             they
             use
             also
             buffeting
             as
             the
             Turks
             do
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             tributary
             kingdoms
             and
             dominions
             under
             the
             Negus
             ,
             the
             Law
             is
             such
             ,
             that
             no
             one
             can
             confer
             the
             succession
             on
             his
             Children
             without
             expresse
             licence
             ,
             and
             't
             is
             seldome
             that
             the
             Sonne
             succeeds
             the
             Father
             ,
             but
             where
             he
             hath
             done
             some
             signall
             service
             for
             the
             State
             :
             insomuch
             as
             they
             are
             as
             it
             were
             Governments
             for
             life
             ,
             nor
             have
             they
             assurance
             to
             continue
             so
             long
             ;
             for
             sometimes
             the
             Prince
             to
             reward
             their
             services
             will
             deprive
             them
             of
             their
             Crown
             or
             Government
             to
             advance
             them
             to
             a
             higher
             .
             If
             he
             be
             displeased
             with
             any
             one
             ,
             he
             sends
             but
             a
             meer
             Serami
             or
             Lord
             ,
             with
             a
             verbal
             command
             onely
             ,
             for
             letters
             they
             have
             no
             use
             of
             ,
             and
             the
             subject
             Prince
             having
             notice
             of
             his
             arrivall
             ,
             puts
             on
             his
             Lions
             skin
             ,
             in
             token
             of
             obedience
             ,
             and
             meets
             him
             with
             all
             submission
             and
             civilities
             :
             whom
             the
             Serami
             having
             told
             that
             the
             King
             commands
             his
             presence
             ,
             without
             reply
             he
             immediately
             prepares
             for
             his
             journey
             ,
             with
             his
             treasure
             ,
             wife
             and
             children
             .
             
             The
             King
             afterwards
             disposes
             of
             him
             at
             his
             pleasure
             ,
             either
             detaining
             him
             at
             Court
             ,
             or
             sending
             him
             to
             the
             warres
             ,
             till
             he
             shall
             think
             to
             bestow
             on
             him
             some
             other
             government
             or
             dominion
             on
             better
             or
             worse
             according
             to
             his
             desert
             ;
             for
             this
             King
             is
             a
             benigne
             and
             equitable
             Prince
             ,
             exceedingly
             beloved
             of
             his
             subjects
             ,
             which
             supports
             the
             state
             in
             happy
             justice
             ,
             peace
             ,
             and
             tranquillity
             ,
             every
             one
             observing
             his
             duty
             :
             whence
             it
             proceeds
             that
             they
             regard
             not
             to
             erect
             any
             State
             by
             buildings
             ,
             having
             no
             assurance
             they
             stall
             descend
             to
             their
             heirs
             .
          
           
             The
             Crown
             revenues
             consist
             in
             corn
             ,
             wine
             ,
             cloth
             ,
             linnen
             ,
             silk
             ,
             silver
             ,
             not
             coyn
             ;
             but
             counted
             by
             weight
             ,
             for
             here
             there
             is
             no
             mint
             ,
             no
             more
             then
             in
             China
             .
             He
             hath
             also
             an
             impost
             upon
             salt
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             deer
             commodity
             here
             ,
             and
             in
             some
             places
             is
             used
             as
             mony
             .
             The
             Prince
             hath
             these
             payments
             out
             of
             the
             necessaries
             to
             livelyhood
             ,
             and
             hath
             his
             receivers
             in
             every
             town
             .
             His
             revenue
             is
             extraordinary
             great
             ,
             which
             he
             dispenses
             part
             in
             payment
             of
             his
             Army
             ,
             part
             in
             support
             of
             his
             family
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             to
             the
             Church
             and
             Poor
             .
          
           
             The
             countrey
             abounds
             in
             all
             commodities
             ,
             except
             spice
             and
             salt
             ,
             which
             comes
             from
             very
             forrain
             parts
             ,
             and
             are
             exceeding
             deer
             ,
             insomuch
             that
             for
             a
             little
             bag
             of
             salt
             ,
             you
             shall
             have
             what
             you
             desire
             ,
             weight
             for
             weight
             ;
             for
             what
             salt
             they
             have
             comes
             either
             from
             Egypt
             ,
             betwixt
             whom
             and
             them
             there
             are
             immense
             deserts
             ,
             or
             from
             other
             places
             seven
             or
             eight
             hundred
             leagues
             remote
             ,
             which
             sets
             such
             price
             upon
             it
             :
             As
             again
             they
             have
             their
             spices
             by
             the
             red
             Sea
             from
             
               Cochin
               Narsingue
            
             ,
             and
             elsewhere
             ,
             and
             as
             far
             as
             the
             West-Indies
             .
          
           
             All
             the
             Towns
             of
             the
             country
             are
             ill
             built
             and
             little
             ,
             and
             the
             reason
             is
             ,
             because
             the
             Prince
             resides
             so
             little
             in
             them
             ,
             and
             the
             Court
             is
             continually
             upon
             march
             and
             change
             of
             station
             .
             The
             principall
             are
             
               Barra
               ,
               Tiena
            
             ,
             and
             Barua
             ,
             whereof
             the
             greatest
             is
             not
             by
             a
             third
             part
             so
             big
             as
             Florence
             :
             They
             are
             all
             strongly
             wall'd
             ,
             and
             some
             well
             moated
             ,
             but
             Bastions
             with
             them
             are
             not
             used
             .
             The
             Fort
             or
             Citadel
             is
             commonly
             upon
             the
             gates
             of
             the
             Towns
             ,
             where
             they
             keep
             their
             Artillery
             ,
             whereof
             they
             have
             great
             store
             ,
             and
             say
             as
             well
             as
             the
             Chineses
             ;
             't
             is
             two
             thousand
             years
             since
             they
             first
             had
             the
             invention
             .
             I
             saw
             a
             piece
             upon
             a
             Chinese
             vessel
             of
             800.
             years
             cast
             ,
             and
             't
             is
             no
             small
             question
             ,
             if
             they
             had
             the
             invention
             from
             us
             ,
             or
             we
             from
             them
             ,
             as
             't
             is
             more
             likely
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             of
             such
             antiquity
             with
             them
             as
             they
             say
             ,
             or
             whether
             we
             happened
             upon
             it
             upon
             the
             like
             accident
             as
             they
             ,
             I
             transferre
             to
             more
             curious
             inspections
             .
          
           
             Amongst
             other
             things
             I
             observe
             it
             as
             most
             singular
             and
             laudable
             in
             these
             people
             ,
             that
             they
             bear
             a
             passionate
             affection
             to
             their
             Princes
             ,
             and
             so
             firm
             a
             fidelity
             that
             they
             submit
             to
             all
             sorts
             of
             torments
             ,
             yea
             to
             death
             ,
             rather
             then
             fail
             in
             their
             duties
             ;
             and
             will
             consent
             sooner
             to
             the
             destruction
             of
             their
             proper
             Parents
             ,
             then
             of
             their
             Princes
             :
             It
             being
             unheard
             of
             ,
             that
             any
             one
             ever
             conspir'd
             
             against
             his
             Prince
             ,
             and
             if
             it
             should
             ever
             happen
             ,
             they
             would
             extirpate
             him
             and
             his
             ,
             even
             to
             the
             child
             in
             the
             cradle
             ,
             saying
             ;
             there
             can
             be
             no
             lawful
             or
             valuable
             excuse
             for
             the
             subject
             that
             conspires
             against
             the
             King.
             A
             Tenent
             strange
             enough
             to
             the
             perversity
             of
             nearer
             nations
             ,
             and
             in
             particular
             to
             our
             unfortunate
             France
             ,
             who
             out
             of
             I
             know
             not
             what
             furious
             enraged
             and
             diabolical
             zeale
             ,
             hath
             too
             often
             dipt
             her
             paricide
             ●ands
             in
             the
             Royal
             blood
             .
             God
             grant
             her
             grace
             to
             imitate
             these
             loyal
             Abissins
             ,
             better
             Christians
             in
             this
             then
             she
             .
             In
             all
             crimes
             they
             use
             a
             most
             severe
             and
             exemplar
             Justice
             ;
             and
             a
             man
             once
             observed
             to
             be
             nefarious
             ,
             is
             hated
             and
             avoyded
             by
             all
             men
             :
             so
             as
             if
             for
             any
             fact
             he
             once
             fall
             under
             the
             hands
             of
             Justice
             ,
             he
             shall
             be
             so
             bastinadoed
             ,
             he
             shall
             feel
             it
             all
             dayes
             of
             his
             life
             .
             And
             on
             the
             contrary
             ,
             men
             of
             good
             lives
             are
             beloved
             and
             favoured
             by
             all
             men
             ,
             and
             if
             any
             misfortune
             befall
             him
             ,
             he
             shall
             finde
             every
             where
             assistance
             .
             The
             Prisons
             commonly
             are
             full
             of
             prisoners
             ,
             maintained
             at
             the
             Princes
             charge
             ,
             and
             't
             is
             but
             rarely
             that
             any
             suffer
             death
             in
             publick
             ,
             but
             commonly
             within
             the
             Prison
             where
             they
             fell
             the
             condemned
             with
             a
             club
             .
             They
             have
             likewise
             a
             most
             remarkable
             Rule
             for
             Creditors
             and
             Debtors
             :
             for
             if
             one
             sell
             ,
             or
             lend
             to
             another
             any
             thing
             ,
             upon
             condition
             of
             payment
             at
             a
             certain
             day
             ,
             and
             after
             the
             day
             past
             ,
             the
             Debtor
             hath
             not
             paid
             it
             ,
             the
             Creditor
             goes
             to
             the
             President
             or
             Judge
             ,
             to
             whom
             he
             opens
             his
             case
             :
             The
             Judge
             gives
             him
             a
             faire
             hearing
             ,
             and
             having
             given
             sufficient
             testimony
             ,
             the
             Judge
             delivers
             him
             a
             wand
             ,
             wherewith
             he
             goes
             to
             seek
             the
             Creditor
             ,
             and
             having
             found
             him
             ,
             with
             the
             end
             of
             that
             wand
             draws
             a
             circle
             round
             about
             him
             ,
             with
             command
             in
             the
             name
             of
             Justice
             not
             to
             stirre
             thence
             ,
             till
             he
             be
             satisfied
             ;
             then
             he
             must
             either
             discharge
             the
             debt
             ,
             or
             to
             prison
             without
             excuse
             or
             delay
             :
             and
             if
             he
             endeavour
             to
             escape
             ,
             't
             is
             death
             .
             Being
             in
             prison
             ,
             they
             assign
             him
             a
             day
             of
             payment
             ,
             on
             which
             if
             he
             perform
             not
             ,
             he
             must
             endure
             the
             cudgel
             ;
             then
             they
             assign
             him
             another
             day
             ,
             and
             so
             forward
             ,
             till
             he
             either
             pay
             the
             debt
             ,
             or
             dye
             with
             stripes
             ;
             or
             render
             his
             person
             slave
             to
             his
             Creditor
             ,
             till
             his
             service
             hath
             made
             satisfaction
             :
             Sometimes
             they
             have
             the
             favour
             to
             go
             get
             their
             bread
             abroad
             .
             So
             severely
             is
             Justice
             executed
             ,
             without
             respect
             of
             persons
             ,
             or
             bribery
             ;
             for
             in
             such
             case
             the
             Judge
             is
             both
             degraded
             ,
             and
             punished
             :
             but
             it
             happens
             very
             rarely
             because
             they
             have
             but
             few
             suits
             amongst
             them
             .
             If
             one
             be
             found
             to
             have
             accused
             another
             wrongfully
             ,
             he
             shall
             suffer
             the
             bastinado
             :
             again
             if
             one
             deny
             a
             fact
             whereof
             there
             is
             evident
             proof
             brought
             against
             him
             ,
             they
             put
             him
             to
             rack
             ,
             by
             screwing
             his
             fingers
             between
             two
             planks
             ,
             and
             in
             case
             he
             confesse
             not
             then
             ,
             they
             break
             his
             arms
             and
             legs
             .
             Their
             prisons
             are
             very
             large
             ,
             and
             capable
             to
             hold
             many
             ,
             where
             every
             prisoner
             labours
             for
             his
             living
             .
             The
             offendors
             by
             day
             have
             freedome
             of
             the
             house
             ,
             but
             at
             night
             are
             shut
             up
             in
             a
             room
             so
             close
             ,
             they
             can
             scarce
             stirre
             .
          
           
             In
             Ethiopia
             there
             are
             many
             Churches
             ,
             but
             of
             mean
             architecture
             ,
             
             though
             something
             after
             the
             Roman
             way
             ,
             with
             bells
             with
             wooden
             clappers
             ,
             which
             yield
             a
             very
             sweet
             sound
             .
             They
             have
             very
             little
             iron
             and
             very
             few
             fountains
             ;
             I
             remember
             not
             I
             saw
             above
             five
             or
             six
             throughout
             the
             countrey
             where
             I
             was
             .
             Their
             pictures
             are
             very
             course
             ,
             Statues
             ill
             proportioned
             ,
             without
             any
             figures
             of
             relief
             .
             
             There
             are
             Monasteries
             of
             all
             sorts
             ,
             more
             or
             lesse
             austere
             ,
             yea
             they
             have
             Religious
             that
             marry
             ,
             but
             no
             more
             then
             once
             .
             In
             the
             Church
             they
             never
             sit
             down
             ,
             but
             stand
             upright
             ,
             leaning
             at
             certain
             times
             on
             a
             kind
             of
             Crosiar
             ,
             or
             Crutch
             .
             They
             consecrate
             the
             Sacrament
             in
             a
             piece
             of
             bread
             according
             to
             the
             Greek
             rites
             ,
             and
             then
             in
             imitation
             of
             David
             before
             the
             Ark
             ,
             they
             use
             a
             motion
             in
             a
             manner
             of
             dancing
             in
             time
             of
             prayer
             ,
             then
             bow
             themselves
             very
             low
             :
             When
             they
             go
             forth
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             they
             hang
             those
             Crutches
             out
             of
             the
             Gate
             in
             a
             place
             covered
             for
             that
             purpose
             ,
             and
             every
             one
             knowes
             his
             own
             again
             .
             Their
             Priests
             live
             very
             exemplarly
             ,
             and
             in
             great
             austerity
             :
             In
             the
             Church
             they
             never
             demand
             any
             thing
             ,
             every
             man
             gives
             to
             whom
             he
             pleases
             .
             
             They
             have
             some
             amongst
             them
             who
             never
             eat
             flesh
             nor
             drink
             wine
             ,
             living
             on
             nothing
             but
             fruits
             ,
             hemp-seed
             ,
             such
             as
             we
             feed
             birds
             with
             here
             ,
             and
             other
             seeds
             unknown
             to
             us
             ,
             and
             on
             certain
             roots
             .
          
           
             Others
             there
             are
             of
             an
             order
             not
             so
             austere
             ,
             but
             every
             one
             ,
             upon
             pain
             of
             most
             rigorous
             correction
             ,
             observes
             the
             rule
             he
             hath
             made
             choyce
             of
             .
             There
             are
             Icronimites
             who
             ever
             go
             barefoot
             and
             bare-headed
             ,
             sleep
             upon
             the
             boards
             ,
             wear
             hair-cloth
             ,
             never
             taste
             wine
             nor
             flesh
             ,
             and
             are
             as
             't
             were
             continually
             in
             prayer
             ;
             Their
             Convents
             are
             in
             woods
             ,
             where
             with
             leave
             of
             superiours
             ,
             they
             walk
             at
             liberty
             ,
             without
             any
             communication
             ,
             but
             at
             confession
             .
             Their
             office
             holds
             from
             Mid-night
             till
             an
             hour
             before
             day
             ,
             then
             it
             rings
             to
             prayer
             ,
             then
             they
             repose
             an
             hour
             ,
             and
             return
             to
             sing
             the
             office
             of
             the
             Church
             ;
             which
             done
             ,
             they
             say
             Masse
             with
             extraordinary
             devotion
             ,
             then
             take
             their
             Sandals
             ,
             and
             sit
             down
             to
             a
             very
             innocent
             meal
             .
             They
             confesse
             not
             at
             all
             ,
             have
             commonly
             their
             eyes
             fixt
             on
             the
             ground
             ,
             and
             are
             much
             in
             solitude
             .
          
           
             A
             man
             when
             his
             wife
             is
             departed
             ,
             loses
             the
             repute
             of
             honesty
             ,
             if
             he
             become
             not
             religious
             .
             They
             rebaptize
             as
             often
             as
             they
             please
             ,
             and
             ever
             after
             confessions
             they
             go
             to
             a
             Priest
             in
             a
             corner
             of
             the
             Church
             to
             be
             baptized
             ,
             and
             you
             shall
             see
             those
             of
             the
             greatest
             age
             go
             to
             the
             Font
             like
             little
             infants
             .
          
           
             Some
             have
             said
             that
             they
             baptize
             in
             fire
             ,
             but
             't
             is
             nothing
             so
             ,
             for
             they
             use
             water
             onely
             as
             we
             do
             ,
             though
             their
             words
             are
             something
             discrepant
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             long
             precept-fasts
             ,
             and
             keep
             lent
             very
             strictly
             ,
             dispensation
             being
             allowed
             neither
             to
             Soldier
             nor
             Infant
             ,
             therefore
             this
             is
             the
             time
             the
             enemy
             chooses
             to
             invade
             them
             ,
             supposing
             they
             shall
             finde
             them
             weak
             .
             At
             Easter
             they
             communicate
             after
             the
             Greek
             rites
             ,
             and
             force
             the
             sucking
             infants
             to
             receive
             it
             ,
             giving
             
             them
             the
             Teat
             after
             it
             ,
             so
             that
             the
             Church
             is
             filled
             with
             the
             cries
             and
             bawling
             of
             children
             .
          
           
             Obstinate
             Hereticks
             they
             condemn
             to
             the
             fire
             ,
             but
             this
             hath
             not
             often
             occurred
             ,
             but
             with
             Moores
             who
             dissembled
             Christians
             .
             In
             summe
             ,
             the
             Ethiopians
             ,
             though
             Christians
             ,
             retain
             many
             ceremonies
             ,
             superstitions
             ,
             and
             heresies
             ,
             both
             of
             the
             Jewes
             and
             Grecians
             ,
             as
             Circumcision
             ,
             Purification
             ,
             the
             Sabbath
             ,
             abstinence
             from
             Swines
             flesh
             ,
             from
             Hare
             ,
             from
             blood
             ,
             from
             all
             things
             strangled
             ,
             and
             from
             certain
             fish
             .
             With
             the
             Grecians
             they
             deny
             the
             Procession
             of
             the
             Holy
             Ghost
             ,
             the
             two-fold
             will
             of
             Christ
             ,
             repeat
             Baptisme
             ,
             condemn
             the
             Councel
             of
             Calcedon
             in
             favour
             of
             Eutiches
             and
             Dioscorus
             ,
             hold
             that
             the
             soul
             freed
             from
             the
             body
             ,
             enters
             not
             into
             heaven
             till
             the
             dissolution
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             many
             other
             errours
             attributed
             to
             them
             ,
             denyed
             by
             some
             of
             them
             :
             but
             of
             this
             the
             Modern
             relations
             of
             the
             Jesuites
             ,
             afford
             better
             information
             ;
             who
             live
             amongst
             them
             ,
             and
             bring
             in
             a
             plentiful
             harvest
             to
             the
             Church
             ,
             by
             the
             conversion
             of
             these
             people
             to
             the
             Catholick
             and
             Roman
             Faith.
             
          
           
             Concerning
             the
             Prince
             he
             hath
             divers
             appellations
             ,
             as
             Senap
             and
             Negus
             which
             signify
             Emperour
             and
             King
             ,
             Belulgian
             or
             Beldigian
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             excellent
             or
             precious
             Lord
             ,
             and
             with
             the
             vulgar
             ,
             the
             Presteian
             ,
             whether
             the
             name
             came
             from
             an
             ancient
             Persian
             word
             which
             signifies
             Apostolical
             ,
             or
             whether
             in
             imitation
             of
             a
             King
             ,
             who
             sometime
             raigned
             in
             Tartary
             ,
             called
             the
             Presteian
             of
             India
             a
             Nestorian
             Christian
             ,
             who
             was
             vanquished
             ,
             and
             cast
             out
             by
             the
             Tartars
             ,
             and
             had
             this
             name
             from
             having
             a
             Crosse
             borne
             before
             him
             ,
             when
             he
             appeared
             in
             publick
             .
          
           
             Afterwards
             the
             Portuguese
             by
             the
             same
             name
             called
             the
             King
             of
             the
             Abissins
             ,
             either
             for
             a
             parity
             ,
             or
             because
             they
             apprehended
             him
             the
             Presteian
             of
             Asia
             and
             India
             ,
             so
             high
             in
             history
             for
             these
             three
             or
             four
             last
             Ages
             .
             But
             of
             all
             I
             have
             said
             ,
             and
             of
             all
             other
             particulars
             of
             the
             Empire
             of
             the
             Abissins
             ;
             their
             Manners
             ,
             
             Religion
             ,
             Speech
             ,
             and
             Power
             ,
             I
             referre
             my selfe
             to
             the
             more
             ample
             discourses
             of
             such
             as
             have
             written
             expressely
             ,
             whose
             residence
             and
             observation
             was
             of
             higher
             growth
             then
             mine
             ,
             content
             onely
             to
             have
             touched
             upon
             that
             little
             I
             observed
             passing
             through
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             and
             now
             I
             will
             revert
             to
             the
             Town
             of
             Barua
             ,
             which
             I
             left
             for
             this
             short
             digression
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XV.
             Of
             the
             Town
             of
             
               Barua
               ,
               Bagamidri
            
             ,
             and
             others
             .
             Stories
             of
             Sorcerers
             .
          
           
             BArua
             is
             a
             Town
             ,
             that
             for
             bulk
             and
             scituation
             may
             stand
             in
             Parallell
             with
             Samacara
             in
             Arabia
             the
             happy
             ,
             whereof
             I
             spake
             in
             the
             first
             part
             .
             It
             is
             raised
             upon
             a
             Mountain
             ,
             at
             the
             Foot
             whereof
             slides
             a
             lovely
             River
             called
             the
             
               Arabic
               Arat
            
             ,
             by
             the
             
               Abissins
               Morato
            
             ,
             which
             yields
             abundance
             of
             fish
             ,
             but
             chiefly
             store
             of
             Crocodiles
             ,
             which
             are
             excellent
             meat
             ,
             and
             they
             eat
             them
             chiefly
             in
             lent
             ,
             at
             which
             season
             there
             comes
             more
             plenty
             then
             at
             any
             time
             of
             the
             year
             besides
             .
             They
             come
             up
             from
             Nile
             ,
             and
             so
             disperse
             themselves
             through
             all
             the
             Rivers
             of
             Ethiope
             ,
             that
             fall
             upon
             it
             .
             This
             creature
             lives
             both
             on
             land
             and
             water
             ,
             is
             a
             great
             destruction
             of
             cattell
             ,
             chiefly
             of
             sheep
             ,
             whereof
             he
             is
             very
             licourous
             ,
             and
             will
             devour
             one
             at
             a
             morsel
             ,
             for
             want
             of
             them
             will
             break
             into
             gardens
             ,
             and
             eat
             the
             fruits
             .
             This
             creature
             is
             so
             subtle
             ,
             that
             he
             will
             hide
             himself
             near
             to
             houses
             ,
             and
             vent
             most
             heavie
             sighs
             ,
             to
             entice
             people
             to
             him
             and
             devoure
             them
             ,
             as
             it
             had
             fortuned
             to
             a
             poor
             woman
             at
             Barua
             ,
             who
             had
             been
             so
             taken
             and
             devoured
             ,
             but
             for
             the
             timely
             rescue
             of
             her
             husband
             ,
             howsoever
             was
             mutilated
             .
          
           
             The
             like
             happened
             to
             us
             going
             by
             night
             from
             Alexandria
             to
             Roussete
             ,
             for
             we
             saw
             one
             ,
             which
             we
             took
             for
             a
             block
             ,
             and
             as
             a
             servant
             belonging
             to
             the
             Consul
             of
             Alexandria
             ,
             stept
             before
             to
             take
             it
             up
             ,
             he
             was
             caught
             by
             this
             beast
             ,
             who
             with
             his
             tayle
             drew
             him
             under
             water
             ,
             and
             was
             never
             seen
             more
             .
          
           
             In
             fine
             having
             wandered
             to
             and
             fro
             amongst
             these
             townes
             of
             Ethiopia
             ,
             selling
             or
             trucking
             our
             Merchandizes
             ,
             we
             resolved
             to
             fall
             again
             upon
             our
             way
             to
             our
             country
             .
             In
             the
             company
             there
             were
             some
             Nubian
             Merchants
             of
             the
             town
             of
             Casas
             civill
             persons
             and
             good
             Christians
             .
             We
             consulted
             together
             of
             our
             way
             ,
             if
             we
             should
             take
             towards
             the
             River
             Falucia
             ,
             or
             make
             to
             Gayuelle
             ,
             along
             the
             River
             Morabon
             ,
             which
             runs
             to
             Barua
             .
             But
             our
             company
             being
             composed
             of
             persons
             of
             divers
             interests
             ,
             according
             to
             their
             affaires
             ,
             there
             arose
             some
             dispute
             ;
             but
             at
             last
             't
             was
             determined
             we
             should
             go
             by
             Gayuelle
             ,
             whither
             we
             had
             seven
             long
             dayes
             journey
             ,
             to
             avoyd
             the
             danger
             of
             robbers
             ,
             who
             are
             very
             infestuous
             to
             those
             parts
             ;
             as
             also
             the
             Tigars
             ,
             whereof
             there
             is
             store
             throughout
             all
             Ethiopia
             ,
             and
             so
             at
             length
             gaine
             Zuama
             ,
             or
             Bagamidri
             ,
             where
             we
             left
             our
             vessels
             ,
             and
             part
             of
             our
             goods
             .
             
             Then
             we
             travailed
             along
             the
             river
             through
             diverse
             wild
             and
             disinhabited
             places
             ,
             being
             ever
             ready
             upon
             our
             guard
             for
             robbers
             that
             might
             way-lay
             us
             to
             ransack
             what
             we
             had
             ,
             and
             so
             crossing
             Areal
             and
             Chaussabir
             two
             Provinces
             ,
             we
             met
             with
             Heardsmen
             of
             exceeding
             bignesse
             ,
             who
             kept
             tame
             goats
             ,
             which
             furnished
             us
             with
             milk
             and
             cheese
             ,
             and
             venison
             as
             much
             as
             we
             would
             have
             ,
             for
             a
             small
             quantity
             of
             salt
             in
             exchange
             ,
             being
             of
             opinion
             we
             had
             given
             them
             something
             of
             high
             price
             .
             Not
             long
             after
             we
             beheld
             Gazuelle
             ,
             and
             other
             small
             Townes
             ,
             where
             the
             greater
             part
             are
             Christians
             ,
             though
             they
             hold
             something
             of
             Judaism
             ,
             as
             I
             said
             before
             .
          
           
             As
             we
             thought
             to
             go
             take
             our
             dinner
             at
             Moradar
             ,
             about
             a
             league
             from
             Almina
             ,
             a
             stormy
             wind
             under
             a
             cloak
             of
             thick
             black
             clouds
             pursued
             us
             at
             the
             heels
             ,
             which
             made
             us
             keep
             near
             our
             boats
             ,
             that
             if
             the
             rain
             should
             surprize
             us
             we
             might
             have
             shelter
             at
             hand
             .
          
           
             At
             the
             instant
             ,
             two
             men
             and
             a
             Priest
             in
             a
             gray
             habit
             accosted
             us
             ,
             the
             Priest
             with
             his
             hat
             in
             his
             hand
             ,
             saluted
             us
             in
             Italian
             ,
             saying
             he
             was
             of
             Cagliari
             in
             Sardaignia
             ,
             and
             that
             't
             was
             his
             desire
             to
             return
             for
             his
             Countrey
             ,
             whence
             he
             came
             into
             Ethiopia
             with
             a
             Roman
             Bishop
             ,
             who
             passed
             to
             the
             other
             world
             at
             Magadeli
             :
             and
             understanding
             of
             some
             Italians
             that
             were
             travailing
             through
             Ethiopia
             for
             Egypt
             ,
             he
             had
             sought
             us
             out
             to
             be
             admitted
             into
             our
             company
             ,
             intending
             to
             take
             ship
             at
             Alexandria
             ,
             and
             steer
             the
             course
             for
             Italy
             ,
             and
             so
             for
             Rome
             .
             The
             two
             men
             that
             were
             with
             him
             gave
             us
             high
             commendations
             of
             him
             ,
             assuring
             us
             he
             would
             pay
             well
             for
             his
             passage
             ,
             for
             that
             the
             Bishop
             had
             left
             him
             threescore
             Doublons
             for
             his
             voyage
             .
             We
             made
             little
             answer
             ,
             but
             at
             the
             same
             time
             ,
             two
             Noblemen
             overtaking
             us
             in
             Palanquins
             ,
             or
             Littars
             born
             by
             slaves
             on
             their
             shoulders
             ,
             this
             Priest
             made
             to
             them
             and
             asked
             an
             alms
             ,
             and
             one
             of
             them
             gave
             him
             a
             piece
             of
             silver
             ,
             then
             presently
             returned
             to
             us
             ,
             and
             as
             familiarly
             as
             we
             had
             been
             acquainted
             all
             dayes
             of
             our
             life
             ,
             told
             us
             ,
             by
             asking
             one
             could
             loose
             nothing
             but
             the
             deniall
             .
          
           
             At
             length
             we
             came
             to
             Moradar
             ,
             where
             we
             stayed
             our
             boats
             ,
             as
             we
             had
             often
             done
             ,
             since
             the
             losse
             of
             
               Monsieur
               de
               la
               Courbs
            
             man
             ,
             in
             hope
             to
             find
             the
             body
             ,
             for
             he
             had
             rich
             things
             about
             him
             .
          
           
             Being
             at
             our
             Inne
             we
             smelt
             a
             strong
             sent
             ,
             and
             found
             't
             was
             some
             musk
             cats
             this
             Priest
             carried
             with
             him
             ,
             which
             he
             would
             have
             trucked
             with
             us
             for
             other
             commodities
             ,
             but
             we
             were
             loth
             to
             be
             troubled
             with
             such
             unwholsome
             things
             .
             There
             they
             brought
             us
             to
             table
             a
             dish
             of
             raw
             flesh
             ,
             well
             seasoned
             with
             salt
             and
             spices
             ,
             which
             was
             of
             delicate
             taste
             and
             an
             excellent
             meat
             .
             After
             dinner
             we
             observed
             certain
             people
             ,
             looking
             stedfastly
             in
             a
             bright
             shining
             bason
             ,
             and
             asking
             the
             reason
             ,
             they
             told
             us
             they
             were
             looking
             to
             see
             a
             troop
             of
             Devils
             that
             were
             going
             to
             a
             battail
             ,
             that
             was
             presently
             
             to
             be
             fought
             .
             We
             replyed
             if
             it
             might
             be
             without
             danger
             we
             should
             be
             very
             glad
             to
             participate
             with
             them
             ,
             and
             would
             content
             them
             with
             a
             piece
             of
             money
             ,
             which
             they
             accepted
             of
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Sieur
               de
               la
               Courb
            
             gave
             them
             what
             we
             promised
             .
             Hereupon
             one
             of
             them
             cast
             a
             kind
             of
             grease
             upon
             a
             chafing
             dish
             of
             burning
             coals
             ,
             which
             flamed
             and
             went
             out
             again
             ,
             and
             there
             arose
             a
             thick
             smoak
             ,
             then
             they
             perfumed
             the
             bason
             ,
             and
             oyled
             it
             with
             a
             sort
             of
             oyl
             ,
             and
             in
             an
             instant
             a
             formidable
             darknesse
             involved
             us
             ,
             and
             we
             saw
             passing
             in
             the
             air
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             great
             swarms
             of
             knats
             ,
             not
             being
             able
             to
             discern
             directly
             what
             likenesse
             they
             were
             of
             ,
             we
             desired
             the
             Magician
             he
             would
             stay
             them
             ,
             and
             ask
             these
             Demons
             or
             hags
             whither
             they
             went
             with
             such
             celerity
             ;
             then
             renewing
             the
             fumigations
             and
             muttering
             I
             know
             not
             what
             incantations
             betwixt
             the
             teeth
             ,
             we
             saw
             as
             't
             were
             swarms
             of
             Ants
             ,
             which
             removing
             on
             his
             command
             ,
             in
             imagination
             we
             saw
             the
             form
             of
             a
             body
             covered
             with
             linnen
             ,
             without
             being
             able
             to
             distinguish
             more
             :
             but
             this
             Phantasme
             drawing
             near
             us
             ,
             such
             horrour
             seized
             us
             ,
             that
             for
             my
             part
             the
             hair
             of
             my
             head
             so
             started
             up
             ,
             that
             it
             threw
             my
             cap
             on
             the
             ground
             ,
             and
             strait
             a
             most
             loathsom
             stink
             ,
             as
             't
             were
             of
             carrion
             ,
             filled
             the
             room
             :
             this
             thing
             gabbled
             something
             which
             the
             Magician
             understood
             ,
             and
             told
             us
             he
             learnt
             by
             these
             demons
             there
             was
             a
             battaile
             at
             hand
             ,
             to
             be
             fought
             by
             the
             king
             of
             Barma
             ,
             and
             thither
             they
             were
             travelling
             ,
             to
             receive
             the
             souls
             of
             the
             slaughtered
             ,
             that
             they
             had
             crossed
             a
             Sea
             of
             darknesse
             and
             horrour
             ,
             and
             the
             confines
             of
             a
             land
             where
             the
             Sun
             never
             shone
             ,
             nor
             Creature
             lived
             ,
             and
             things
             of
             the
             like
             kind
             which
             this
             man
             related
             .
          
           
             At
             last
             all
             vanished
             ,
             leaving
             a
             scene
             of
             such
             lovely
             trees
             ,
             that
             from
             thence-forward
             we
             were
             bewitched
             with
             no
             such
             unlucky
             ambition
             to
             see
             Diabolicall
             delusions
             :
             But
             to
             our
             businesse
             ,
             after
             many
             daies
             travaile
             we
             arrived
             at
             Bagamidri
             ,
             where
             we
             learnt
             the
             rest
             of
             our
             Company
             ,
             who
             would
             not
             come
             along
             with
             us
             ,
             stayed
             for
             us
             at
             Zambera
             ,
             or
             Zambre
             ,
             a
             gentile
             Town
             upon
             the
             lake
             of
             Zuame
             .
             We
             were
             thirteen
             dayes
             travelling
             this
             shore
             ,
             where
             we
             found
             many
             villages
             or
             hamlets
             ,
             but
             few
             good
             dwellings
             :
             
             from
             Zets
             to
             Casera
             which
             are
             the
             best
             Towns
             ,
             't
             is
             three
             dayes
             journey
             ,
             and
             from
             Abiari
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             Bishoprick
             of
             St.
             Abiblicano
             ,
             three
             more
             ,
             and
             to
             Cafata
             four
             :
             we
             had
             extraordinary
             rains
             all
             this
             way
             ,
             which
             neverthelesse
             hindered
             not
             our
             journey
             .
          
           
             We
             made
             five
             dayes
             from
             Cafate
             to
             Girat
             ,
             
             and
             two
             to
             Gisara
             in
             the
             Province
             of
             Ambian
             :
             from
             thence
             in
             six
             dayes
             we
             reached
             to
             Samodera
             a
             very
             neat
             Town
             betwixt
             two
             Rivers
             ,
             and
             in
             two
             and
             a
             half
             to
             Cosiana
             ,
             where
             we
             found
             the
             Princesse
             of
             Bilibranos
             ,
             with
             eight
             Almadies
             ,
             in
             whose
             Company
             we
             reached
             in
             three
             dayes
             to
             Cabestane
             ,
             in
             two
             more
             to
             Cabesera
             ,
             and
             in
             a
             day
             and
             a
             halfe
             to
             Ambadara
             ,
             or
             Ambadora
             .
          
           
           
             From
             thence
             we
             went
             to
             Albias
             or
             Albian
             ,
             a
             small
             Town
             ,
             but
             full
             stocked
             with
             people
             ,
             here
             we
             lodged
             at
             a
             Dragoyan
             merchants
             house
             ,
             who
             was
             married
             there
             ,
             and
             he
             let
             us
             want
             for
             nothing
             .
             At
             this
             Town
             ,
             in
             the
             River
             were
             abundance
             of
             tame
             ducks
             ,
             and
             a
             number
             of
             displumed
             geese
             ,
             as
             likewise
             most
             part
             of
             the
             ducks
             were
             ,
             the
             rest
             frizeled
             ,
             which
             caused
             a
             laughter
             amongst
             us
             ;
             to
             see
             these
             poor
             birds
             so
             ill
             apparelled
             ,
             which
             some
             of
             the
             Town
             observing
             ,
             and
             amongst
             them
             some
             of
             the
             Consuls
             or
             Magistrates
             themselves
             called
             the
             Abiari
             ,
             they
             told
             us
             ,
             when
             these
             should
             come
             to
             our
             table
             ,
             they
             would
             bring
             us
             a
             double
             pleasure
             both
             in
             eating
             and
             sleeping
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             we
             understood
             't
             was
             usual
             to
             pull
             their
             fowle
             alive
             to
             stuffe
             their
             beds
             with
             the
             feathers
             ,
             making
             little
             cases
             of
             tender
             Osiers
             ,
             which
             stuft
             with
             feathers
             ,
             compose
             a
             very
             easie
             lodging
             ,
             then
             for
             the
             meat
             't
             is
             both
             wholsom
             and
             delicate
             :
             for
             this
             purpose
             they
             fleece
             them
             twice
             a
             year
             :
             Sheep
             they
             have
             in
             abundance
             ,
             which
             are
             of
             admirable
             increase
             ,
             bringing
             young
             ones
             two
             or
             three
             times
             a
             year
             ,
             and
             very
             often
             two
             at
             a
             fall
             .
             They
             constantly
             coat
             them
             under
             covert
             by
             night
             ,
             holding
             for
             certain
             that
             the
             two
             stars
             which
             predominate
             in
             these
             parts
             in
             June
             and
             July
             ,
             which
             the
             Indians
             call
             Zobana
             ,
             
             rising
             in
             the
             East
             ,
             are
             mortiferous
             to
             their
             cattle
             :
             they
             have
             a
             custom
             they
             teach
             their
             heards
             to
             feed
             so
             as
             they
             turn
             their
             heads
             from
             them
             as
             they
             passe
             by
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             Town
             of
             Abbiar
             we
             had
             good
             entertainment
             for
             nothing
             ,
             all
             upon
             the
             Princes
             account
             ;
             But
             wheresoever
             we
             came
             we
             distributed
             some
             grains
             of
             salt
             ,
             which
             is
             very
             acceptable
             in
             those
             Countries
             ,
             as
             indeed
             throughout
             the
             whole
             Empire
             of
             
               Preste
               John
            
             ,
             being
             in
             effect
             their
             most
             currant
             money
             ,
             for
             that
             is
             ready
             truck
             for
             any
             thing
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             place
             we
             staid
             two
             dayes
             ,
             at
             the
             instance
             of
             the
             Magistrates
             and
             others
             of
             Quality
             ,
             and
             left
             our
             Almadies
             and
             goods
             in
             charge
             with
             some
             of
             our
             company
             ,
             to
             take
             the
             way
             to
             Amina
             ,
             and
             so
             upon
             a
             branch
             of
             the
             Tecassin
             ,
             visit
             the
             Town
             of
             Saba
             or
             Soba
             .
             We
             made
             it
             about
             nine
             miles
             before
             we
             arrived
             at
             Amina
             ,
             by
             a
             road
             carassed
             with
             the
             sweetest
             folliage
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             that
             is
             of
             dates
             ,
             citrons
             and
             oranges
             ,
             which
             grow
             there
             to
             a
             very
             great
             harvest
             .
             The
             fields
             are
             full
             stocked
             with
             cattle
             of
             all
             kinds
             ,
             and
             wild
             poultrey
             ,
             leaving
             their
             eggs
             upon
             the
             earth
             ,
             which
             the
             shepherds
             and
             others
             will
             not
             stoop
             for
             :
             we
             had
             good
             sport
             to
             catch
             these
             fowls
             wherein
             no
             one
             hath
             propriety
             ;
             amongst
             them
             some
             have
             combs
             like
             cocks
             ,
             and
             many
             other
             kinds
             there
             are
             .
          
           
             At
             Amena
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             pleasant
             Town
             ,
             there
             we
             agreed
             with
             a
             man
             to
             furnish
             us
             with
             two
             Bungi
             ,
             or
             barks
             ,
             to
             carry
             us
             to
             Saba
             and
             back
             again
             .
             The
             Bungi
             are
             little
             close
             boats
             like
             the
             Gondolaes
             of
             Venice
             ,
             toed
             by
             two
             Bibaries
             which
             are
             small
             bulls
             trained
             to
             it
             ,
             who
             go
             a
             constant
             trot
             .
             We
             went
             off
             in
             the
             
             morning
             and
             breakfasted
             above
             ten
             leagues
             off
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             swiftnesse
             of
             our
             Bibari
             .
          
           
             This
             branch
             of
             Tacassin
             is
             much
             about
             the
             rate
             of
             the
             ditch
             or
             channel
             of
             Pisa
             at
             Liuorne
             ;
             but
             towards
             Amina
             it
             runs
             soberly
             enough
             ,
             where
             fish
             is
             plenty
             and
             cheap
             ,
             as
             all
             other
             necessaries
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             fertility
             of
             the
             Countrey
             in
             all
             things
             .
             The
             whole
             Island
             or
             Countrey
             of
             Saba
             ,
             called
             by
             the
             Natives
             Maguedan
             ,
             or
             Soba
             ,
             is
             environed
             with
             two
             large
             Rivers
             ,
             Sabalete
             and
             Morabo
             ,
             washed
             with
             the
             Tecassin
             ,
             who
             runs
             thither
             to
             joyn
             with
             Nile
             ,
             of
             large
             extent
             ,
             very
             populous
             and
             fertile
             .
             The
             Inhabitants
             are
             Christians
             ,
             except
             some
             strangers
             of
             severall
             Religions
             ,
             there
             being
             liberty
             of
             conscience
             ,
             and
             freedom
             to
             enjoy
             their
             own
             Temples
             .
             There
             came
             in
             our
             company
             a
             man
             and
             his
             wife
             in
             a
             boat
             of
             his
             own
             ,
             both
             decently
             habited
             ,
             he
             wore
             a
             large
             two-corner'd
             cap
             of
             Chamlett
             :
             many
             discourses
             passed
             betwixt
             us
             ,
             his
             wife
             being
             very
             reserv'd
             and
             discreet
             in
             her
             husbands
             presence
             ,
             but
             in
             his
             absence
             more
             free
             and
             jolly
             .
          
           
             The
             evening
             brought
             us
             to
             a
             fair
             Town
             called
             Salete
             or
             Caleta
             ,
             a
             different
             from
             that
             which
             is
             'twixt
             Barra
             and
             Barua
             ,
             
             being
             300.
             leagues
             distant
             from
             one
             another
             :
             we
             landed
             in
             a
             spacious
             place
             ,
             much
             resembling
             the
             Tambou
             of
             Peru
             ,
             one
             house
             being
             reserv'd
             for
             entertainment
             of
             strangers
             ,
             where
             we
             beheld
             many
             gardens
             of
             pleasure
             ,
             and
             amongst
             the
             rest
             one
             appertaining
             to
             the
             Prince
             of
             Sabalete
             ,
             who
             is
             as
             't
             were
             Vice-roy
             ,
             or
             Governour
             of
             the
             Countrey
             .
             This
             garden
             in
             my
             judgement
             was
             the
             most
             pleasant
             I
             ever
             saw
             in
             any
             place
             ,
             full
             of
             all
             sorts
             of
             trees
             ,
             fruit
             trees
             and
             others
             ,
             with
             Bird-cages
             ,
             and
             trees
             bearing
             berries
             for
             the
             birds
             .
             
             Thence
             we
             went
             to
             dine
             at
             Saba
             ,
             where
             we
             staid
             some
             time
             ,
             as
             well
             to
             view
             the
             Town
             ,
             as
             for
             our
             small
             commerce
             and
             traffick
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XVI
             .
             Of
             the
             Queen
             of
             Saba
             ,
             and
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Caraman
             .
          
           
             THe
             Town
             of
             Saba
             or
             Soua
             ,
             and
             Soba
             and
             Sabin
             ,
             is
             not
             the
             same
             which
             is
             in
             the
             Isle
             of
             Meroe
             ,
             near
             the
             15.
             or
             16.
             degree
             beyond
             the
             line
             ,
             whereas
             this
             is
             onely
             in
             the
             7.
             or
             8.
             
             Some
             will
             have
             it
             the
             Queen
             of
             Saba
             came
             from
             hence
             ,
             others
             from
             the
             Saba
             in
             Meroe
             ,
             others
             from
             that
             in
             Arabia
             .
             This
             Queen
             ,
             by
             name
             Macheda
             ,
             or
             Nictoeris
             and
             Nicaula
             ,
             and
             with
             the
             
               Arabians
               ,
               Belchis
            
             ,
             they
             have
             it
             that
             she
             went
             from
             Saba
             to
             Mazua
             ,
             a
             port
             upon
             the
             red
             Sea
             ,
             that
             she
             went
             from
             thence
             to
             Mount
             Sina
             ,
             and
             thence
             in
             eight
             daies
             to
             Hierusalem
             ,
             that
             she
             presented
             Salomon
             with
             gold
             ,
             silver
             ,
             aromaticks
             ,
             precious
             woods
             ,
             and
             the
             true
             
             natural
             Balsome
             so
             much
             ever
             since
             esteemed
             ,
             growing
             onely
             in
             the
             gardens
             of
             Jericho
             .
             That
             she
             had
             one
             Son
             by
             Salomon
             ,
             whose
             name
             was
             Melilec
             ,
             from
             whom
             the
             Kings
             of
             Ethiopia
             are
             derived
             to
             this
             very
             age
             ;
             That
             Judaisme
             was
             at
             that
             time
             planted
             in
             Ethiopia
             ,
             whence
             't
             was
             afterwards
             driven
             in
             Candaces
             time
             ,
             when
             the
             Christian
             faith
             was
             established
             :
             but
             till
             then
             't
             is
             probable
             it
             kept
             footing
             there
             ,
             in
             that
             the
             Eunuch
             belonging
             to
             Queen
             Candace
             or
             Judith
             ,
             was
             travelling
             to
             Jerusalem
             ,
             to
             adore
             ,
             when
             he
             was
             converted
             by
             Saint
             Philip
             ;
             and
             indeed
             they
             retain
             still
             many
             Jewish
             ceremonies
             ,
             as
             I
             said
             before
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             those
             who
             recount
             several
             things
             of
             the
             Queen
             Saba
             ,
             which
             savour
             of
             the
             Talmud
             fables
             ,
             and
             the
             ragings
             of
             the
             Rabbins
             ,
             as
             her
             having
             intelligence
             how
             Salomon
             was
             building
             the
             Temple
             ,
             she
             made
             a
             visit
             to
             him
             with
             a
             numerous
             train
             ,
             a
             multitude
             of
             Cammels
             ,
             Elephants
             ,
             Mules
             ,
             and
             other
             beasts
             of
             burthen
             ,
             carrying
             great
             treasures
             .
             That
             she
             travers'd
             
               Nubia
               ,
               Cansila
               ,
               Dala
            
             ,
             and
             Tamatas
             ,
             and
             arriving
             in
             the
             lower
             Egypt
             ,
             she
             dismissed
             her
             Cavalry
             ,
             as
             incapable
             to
             travail
             the
             Deserts
             ,
             and
             crossing
             the
             red
             sea
             ,
             landed
             at
             Ziden
             a
             Port
             in
             Meca
             ,
             came
             to
             Medina
             ,
             and
             thence
             to
             Sina
             ,
             and
             in
             forty
             five
             dayes
             journy
             upon
             the
             Deserts
             to
             Palestine
             ,
             that
             being
             to
             passe
             over
             a
             river
             ,
             upon
             a
             piece
             of
             timber
             ,
             being
             informed
             by
             the
             prophetick
             spirit
             what
             it
             was
             ,
             she
             chose
             rather
             to
             wade
             through
             the
             water
             in
             her
             clothes
             ,
             then
             set
             her
             foot
             upon
             that
             wood
             ,
             wherein
             the
             Maker
             of
             the
             Universe
             for
             us
             ,
             should
             consummate
             his
             death
             and
             Passion
             ,
             and
             how
             of
             this
             beam
             then
             buried
             in
             the
             ground
             ,
             was
             afterwards
             fram'd
             the
             Crosse
             on
             which
             our
             Saviour
             suffered
             ;
             and
             many
             other
             things
             of
             like
             mettle
             they
             relate
             ;
             which
             they
             say
             come
             to
             them
             by
             tradition
             .
          
           
             Of
             Candace
             they
             say
             more
             ,
             she
             built
             the
             first
             Church
             in
             Ethiopia
             ,
             by
             the
             Title
             of
             S.
             Mary
             of
             Sion
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             sacred
             Table
             of
             the
             Altar
             was
             brought
             from
             thence
             .
             But
             reverting
             to
             Saba
             ,
             the
             ayre
             is
             temperate
             ,
             and
             the
             soyle
             exceeding
             fruitful
             ,
             loaded
             with
             Oranges
             and
             Lemons
             ,
             and
             covered
             with
             birds
             of
             game
             .
             They
             are
             a
             good
             natur'd
             people
             ,
             kind
             and
             civill
             ,
             of
             long
             life
             ,
             and
             not
             subject
             to
             many
             maladies
             ;
             and
             't
             is
             not
             improbable
             these
             are
             the
             
               Ethiopian
               Macrobees
            
             so
             much
             celebrated
             by
             the
             Ancients
             for
             Longaevity
             .
             They
             delight
             in
             good
             horses
             ,
             and
             chiefly
             in
             those
             brought
             from
             Persia
             and
             Arabia
             ,
             which
             they
             esteem
             the
             best
             of
             the
             world
             .
             They
             affect
             to
             go
             handsomely
             apparelled
             ,
             wearing
             two
             corner'd
             hats
             of
             Chamlet
             lin'd
             with
             cloth
             of
             cotton
             or
             silk
             ,
             their
             garments
             long
             ,
             their
             doublets
             and
             hose
             of
             the
             Mariners
             cut
             ,
             like
             them
             of
             Goa
             .
             The
             women
             are
             decently
             dressed
             in
             silk
             ,
             their
             face
             open
             ,
             with
             little
             round
             bonnets
             exquisitely
             wrought
             ;
             at
             the
             crown
             whereof
             ,
             which
             is
             slit
             ,
             comes
             out
             a
             lock
             of
             their
             hair
             ,
             deck'd
             with
             gemmes
             ;
             of
             pearls
             they
             wear
             abundance
             ,
             especially
             the
             Nobility
             ;
             others
             wear
             a
             vaile
             of
             linnen
             over
             their
             face
             .
             They
             have
             an
             hearb
             they
             call
             Amatura
             ,
             which
             makes
             the
             best
             Carnation
             and
             
             Nacar
             dye
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             being
             washed
             ,
             becomes
             an
             excellent
             crimson
             which
             never
             loses
             colour
             .
             The
             town
             in
             prospect
             may
             be
             aptly
             said
             like
             Tauris
             .
             Directly
             over
             against
             it
             on
             the
             other
             side
             the
             river
             ,
             stand
             two
             other
             towns
             and
             a
             spacious
             Village
             .
             The
             kingdome
             of
             Saba
             is
             stor'd
             with
             many
             other
             good
             towns
             ,
             as
             
               Madrara
               ,
               Ambadarae
            
             or
             
               Ambadora
               ,
               Mathida
            
             or
             
               Machada
               ,
               Betmaria
               ,
               Madraneli
            
             or
             Manadelli
             ,
             and
             others
             of
             great
             trade
             ,
             the
             people
             Christians
             ,
             of
             devotion
             enough
             ,
             but
             with
             some
             mixture
             of
             Judaisme
             .
             They
             worship
             Saints
             ,
             but
             above
             all
             the
             blessed
             Virgin
             ,
             and
             when
             the
             Angelical
             salutation
             ,
             or
             
               Ave
               Maria
            
             is
             rung
             ,
             the
             Prince
             ,
             if
             he
             be
             on
             horse-back
             descends
             to
             say
             the
             prayer
             on
             his
             knees
             ,
             otherwise
             he
             should
             be
             mulcted
             .
             They
             have
             a
             Legend
             of
             a
             Paralitick
             ,
             who
             being
             on
             horse-back
             ,
             and
             hearing
             the
             Bell
             ring
             ,
             without
             excuse
             presently
             alighted
             ,
             and
             was
             cured
             ;
             whereupon
             he
             became
             a
             Monk
             of
             S.
             Abiblicanus
             giving
             all
             his
             wealth
             to
             the
             poor
             .
             'T
             is
             death
             to
             blaspheme
             the
             name
             of
             God
             or
             the
             blessed
             Virgin
             ,
             and
             all
             both
             men
             and
             women
             ,
             as
             they
             are
             generally
             addicted
             to
             labour
             ,
             while
             they
             work
             sing
             pious
             songs
             to
             cheer
             them
             .
             Curtesans
             and
             publick
             Harlots
             are
             there
             expressely
             prohibited
             ,
             and
             severely
             punished
             .
             A
             Shoomaker
             seeing
             one
             who
             was
             very
             beautiful
             ,
             (
             for
             lewdnesse
             )
             led
             to
             punishment
             ,
             took
             her
             to
             wife
             ,
             and
             saved
             her
             ,
             for
             which
             he
             had
             a
             general
             applause
             of
             all
             men
             ,
             and
             she
             ever
             after
             lived
             vertuously
             and
             modestly
             during
             her
             matrimony
             .
             They
             bear
             great
             honour
             to
             the
             Crosse
             ,
             and
             salute
             it
             on
             their
             knees
             ,
             as
             oft
             as
             they
             finde
             one
             on
             the
             high
             way
             ,
             insomuch
             as
             one
             shall
             scarce
             see
             a
             Crosse
             without
             divers
             kneeling
             about
             it
             :
             When
             a
             Church
             ,
             Chappel
             ,
             or
             Oratory
             is
             to
             be
             erected
             ,
             they
             ring
             the
             Gadapi
             ,
             which
             means
             the
             bell
             of
             charity
             ,
             the
             bell
             made
             of
             baked
             clay
             ,
             and
             the
             clapper
             of
             wood
             ,
             which
             calls
             them
             together
             ;
             and
             a
             Calsena
             declares
             the
             necessity
             of
             the
             structure
             ,
             to
             which
             they
             make
             a
             general
             voluntary
             contribution
             .
             I
             have
             seen
             the
             very
             principal
             Ladies
             along
             the
             river
             ,
             carry
             ,
             two
             and
             two
             ,
             the
             necessaries
             to
             it
             ,
             as
             Stones
             ,
             Lime
             ,
             Sand
             ,
             and
             other
             materials
             ,
             which
             some
             will
             carry
             on
             their
             heads
             .
             The
             Princesse
             her self
             leads
             the
             way
             on
             such
             occasions
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             other
             Ladies
             follow
             her
             example
             .
             The
             men
             likewise
             do
             their
             parts
             ,
             and
             in
             certain
             stations
             stand
             religious
             persons
             ,
             with
             musical
             instruments
             to
             recreate
             the
             Lady-taskers
             ;
             on
             the
             other
             side
             't
             is
             the
             Princes
             part
             to
             provide
             fruits
             and
             other
             refreshments
             for
             them
             ,
             with
             tables
             set
             here
             and
             there
             ,
             furnished
             with
             all
             sorts
             of
             diet
             ,
             and
             wine
             of
             honey
             in
             large
             hornes
             ,
             for
             they
             seldom
             use
             other
             wine
             ,
             except
             some
             of
             Dates
             ;
             wine
             of
             the
             vine
             being
             forbidden
             by
             Law
             to
             all
             whatsoever
             .
             In
             this
             town
             is
             the
             Church
             of
             S.
             Mary
             of
             Sion
             ,
             of
             which
             I
             spoke
             before
             ,
             which
             they
             will
             have
             to
             be
             the
             first
             in
             Christendom
             ,
             built
             by
             the
             Queen
             of
             Saba
             ,
             wherein
             they
             deceive
             themselves
             ;
             there
             being
             more
             probability
             ,
             't
             was
             the
             Queen
             Candace
             ,
             or
             some
             other
             after
             her
             :
             for
             in
             the
             dayes
             of
             Salomon
             ,
             and
             long
             
             after
             ,
             there
             was
             no
             Temple
             but
             that
             of
             Jerusalem
             ,
             whither
             they
             resorted
             from
             all
             parts
             ,
             to
             the
             services
             and
             sacrifices
             at
             certain
             solemn
             feasts
             .
             There
             are
             300.
             
             Debeteres
             or
             Cannons
             belonging
             to
             this
             Church
             :
             There
             is
             likewise
             a
             stately
             Palace
             for
             the
             Tribunal
             Justice
             called
             the
             Macabate
             ,
             where
             they
             judge
             the
             Processe
             ,
             and
             Appeal
             to
             Tigray
             ,
             whereon
             they
             depend
             ;
             the
             Province
             being
             tributary
             to
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Tigray
             .
             The
             Town
             of
             Saba
             or
             Soba
             is
             properly
             upon
             that
             Nile
             which
             comes
             from
             Zaire
             ,
             for
             the
             other
             branch
             called
             Tecassin
             ,
             or
             Tagazzi
             ,
             descends
             from
             the
             Lake
             Baretna
             in
             high
             Ethiopia
             ,
             and
             they
             joyn
             about
             Ermita
             .
             From
             Saba
             ,
             before
             we
             went
             aboard
             ,
             we
             had
             a
             desire
             to
             go
             see
             the
             Town
             of
             Caraman
             ,
             the
             Seigniory
             whereof
             confines
             upon
             Gianamora
             ,
             or
             Gianamara
             towards
             the
             East
             and
             North
             ,
             towards
             the
             South
             upon
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Cauas
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             West
             upon
             the
             Province
             of
             Sieto
             ,
             which
             touches
             upon
             Nubia
             .
          
           
             Here
             is
             a
             Church
             dedicated
             to
             the
             sacred
             Virgin
             ,
             which
             is
             one
             of
             the
             most
             famous
             in
             the
             country
             ,
             for
             that
             by
             exquisite
             artifice
             't
             is
             cut
             out
             of
             the
             natural
             rock
             .
             Candaces
             Eunuch
             is
             said
             to
             be
             the
             Founder
             of
             it
             .
             Within
             we
             saw
             thirteen
             Domes
             or
             Niches
             excellently
             wrought
             with
             fine
             columns
             ,
             and
             drawing
             near
             the
             Altar
             in
             one
             of
             the
             Niches
             ,
             the
             picture
             of
             the
             Virgin
             with
             her
             infant
             Jesus
             crowned
             ,
             and
             a
             crescent
             at
             his
             feet
             ,
             then
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             Church
             the
             figure
             of
             a
             Bird
             ,
             signifying
             the
             Holy
             Ghost
             ,
             without
             any
             either
             image
             or
             figure
             in
             the
             whole
             Church
             :
             The
             Niches
             made
             Seats
             for
             the
             Priests
             ,
             in
             representation
             of
             the
             thirteen
             Apostles
             .
             They
             have
             many
             Sects
             amongst
             them
             .
             The
             chiefe
             Prelate
             wore
             a
             long
             garment
             close
             girt
             to
             him
             ,
             at
             which
             is
             fastened
             a
             picket
             capouch
             .
             The
             man
             shewed
             much
             gravity
             and
             Majesty
             ,
             and
             stood
             amazed
             when
             he
             saw
             us
             on
             our
             knees
             before
             the
             image
             of
             the
             Virgin
             ,
             whereof
             he
             desired
             to
             know
             the
             reason
             .
             But
             as
             there
             were
             but
             few
             amongst
             them
             of
             the
             ancient
             religion
             ,
             so
             omit
             they
             not
             to
             sing
             the
             Prime
             ,
             the
             third
             ,
             the
             sixt
             ,
             and
             other
             Canonical
             houres
             ,
             singing
             the
             Psalmes
             standing
             ,
             Interjecting
             many
             sentences
             ,
             and
             prophane
             ceremonies
             .
             They
             much
             rejoyced
             at
             our
             devotion
             to
             the
             blessed
             Virgin
             ,
             and
             began
             to
             cry
             out
             with
             great
             joy
             ,
             Anderi
             ,
             behold
             people
             of
             the
             farthest
             point
             of
             the
             world
             of
             our
             religion
             ,
             then
             shewing
             them
             our
             Primmers
             with
             some
             pictures
             in
             them
             ,
             they
             could
             not
             contain
             from
             kissing
             our
             garments
             ,
             welcoming
             us
             with
             such
             profound
             humility
             ,
             that
             in
             tendernesse
             we
             melted
             tears
             .
          
           
             
             The
             Prince
             of
             the
             place
             having
             heard
             of
             us
             ,
             and
             that
             we
             were
             entertained
             by
             these
             Priests
             ,
             conceived
             well
             of
             us
             ,
             and
             imagined
             we
             were
             Priests
             ,
             travailing
             towards
             Saba
             in
             Meroe
             ,
             to
             visit
             the
             chaire
             of
             a
             holy
             Prophet
             of
             the
             great
             God
             Magoura
             ,
             which
             they
             hold
             to
             be
             the
             Chaire
             Saint
             
               John
               Baptist
            
             preached
             in
             ,
             by
             them
             called
             
               Nabi
               Asista
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Robe
             King
             David
             danced
             in
             before
             the
             Ark
             ,
             preserved
             as
             a
             venerable
             Relick
             ,
             with
             a
             ring
             presented
             ,
             
             as
             they
             say
             ,
             by
             Salomon
             to
             the
             Queen
             of
             Saba
             ,
             a
             very
             splendid
             one
             ,
             and
             seems
             like
             a
             burning
             coale
             .
          
           
             Now
             being
             lodged
             in
             the
             Priests
             apartment
             ,
             he
             entertained
             us
             with
             excellent
             fare
             ,
             variety
             ,
             and
             well-dressed
             ,
             but
             the
             first
             dish
             seemed
             strange
             to
             us
             ,
             for
             't
             was
             flesh
             raw
             ,
             seasoned
             with
             spices
             ;
             't
             was
             of
             no
             ill
             taste
             ,
             but
             rather
             procuring
             appetite
             ;
             then
             we
             were
             served
             with
             all
             sorts
             of
             good
             meat
             .
             At
             this
             feast
             many
             came
             to
             accompany
             us
             ,
             and
             I
             suppose
             every
             one
             brought
             in
             a
             share
             ,
             for
             the
             people
             understanding
             us
             to
             be
             of
             their
             religion
             ,
             used
             us
             with
             great
             kindnesse
             ,
             and
             as
             we
             came
             out
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             kissed
             our
             garments
             ,
             and
             presented
             us
             with
             birds
             of
             divers
             kinds
             ,
             for
             which
             we
             shewed
             a
             gratitude
             ,
             but
             accepted
             nothing
             .
          
           
             While
             we
             were
             at
             Supper
             ,
             we
             had
             every
             one
             an
             Inhabitant
             sitting
             by
             him
             with
             a
             cup
             of
             Date
             wine
             in
             his
             hand
             ,
             others
             waiting
             to
             fill
             again
             when
             occasion
             was
             ,
             and
             not
             one
             of
             those
             who
             sate
             with
             us
             eat
             a
             bit
             ,
             but
             sate
             onely
             to
             entertain
             us
             .
             More
             we
             observed
             ,
             that
             in
             all
             the
             meats
             ,
             there
             was
             not
             one
             bone
             ,
             but
             so
             neatly
             ordered
             ,
             one
             could
             not
             perceive
             how
             they
             were
             taken
             out
             .
             There
             was
             no
             fruit
             for
             the
             last
             ,
             though
             they
             have
             great
             abundance
             ;
             but
             Plates
             full
             of
             little
             fryed
             cakes
             ,
             like
             fritters
             ,
             to
             which
             none
             of
             us
             had
             any
             great
             stomack
             ,
             yet
             to
             comply
             with
             them
             ,
             every
             one
             took
             one
             for
             a
             taste
             onely
             ,
             but
             for
             my
             part
             I
             liked
             them
             so
             well
             ,
             that
             two
             dousins
             scarce
             served
             my
             turn
             .
             After
             supper
             a
             great
             concourse
             came
             in
             to
             look
             upon
             us
             ,
             and
             some
             amongst
             them
             modestly
             desired
             me
             to
             shew
             them
             my
             Primmer
             ,
             for
             a
             picture
             of
             the
             blessed
             Virgin
             which
             was
             in
             it
             ,
             which
             I
             did
             ,
             and
             they
             took
             it
             ,
             and
             shrunk
             away
             so
             in
             the
             throng
             ,
             I
             could
             never
             hear
             more
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             After
             this
             they
             brought
             us
             to
             our
             lodging
             ,
             our
             beds
             were
             mats
             ,
             
             and
             Bernusse
             instead
             of
             sheets
             .
          
           
             That
             night
             we
             slept
             very
             well
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             morrow
             we
             went
             to
             hear
             their
             Church-service
             :
             where
             there
             was
             an
             extraordinary
             congregation
             .
             We
             sung
             a
             Salve
             before
             the
             Image
             of
             the
             Virgin
             ,
             and
             interpreted
             the
             signification
             to
             them
             ,
             wherewith
             they
             were
             extremely
             edified
             ,
             weeping
             for
             joy
             to
             see
             and
             hear
             us
             ,
             and
             learnt
             by
             heart
             what
             we
             had
             taught
             them
             ,
             for
             they
             are
             a
             very
             docile
             people
             ,
             and
             proclive
             to
             Religion
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XVII
             .
             Of
             some
             particular
             Towns
             in
             Ethiope
             ,
             visited
             by
             the
             Authour
             in
             his
             Peregrination
             .
          
           
             HAving
             stayed
             there
             some
             few
             dayes
             we
             returned
             back
             to
             Albiar
             ,
             where
             we
             found
             our
             company
             ,
             with
             our
             Almadies
             and
             goods
             ,
             then
             together
             we
             held
             our
             course
             upon
             the
             Nile
             for
             three
             dayes
             journey
             ,
             meeting
             neither
             with
             Town
             nor
             Village
             of
             any
             importance
             ,
             but
             we
             saw
             abundance
             of
             Cattle
             ,
             Bufflers
             ,
             Cammels
             ,
             and
             a
             sort
             of
             Goats
             ,
             which
             have
             hair
             soft
             and
             delicate
             ,
             as
             white
             silk
             ,
             then
             steecelesse
             sheep
             ;
             others
             all
             white
             but
             the
             head
             :
             Swine
             of
             extraordinary
             greatnesse
             ,
             which
             quietly
             carry
             boyes
             who
             guide
             them
             ,
             and
             travell
             them
             like
             horses
             ;
             but
             for
             Apes
             and
             Monkies
             ,
             't
             is
             incredible
             what
             number
             and
             variety
             there
             is
             in
             those
             parts
             ,
             besides
             many
             other
             Specieses
             of
             beasts
             unknown
             to
             us
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             day
             we
             passed
             by
             a
             corner
             of
             a
             wood
             ,
             which
             is
             in
             the
             famous
             desert
             of
             Goran
             ,
             whereof
             we
             had
             the
             prospect
             fifteen
             days
             before
             .
             There
             we
             found
             Tortoises
             of
             such
             prodigious
             greatnesse
             ,
             they
             will
             travel
             with
             a
             man
             upon
             them
             .
             The
             fourth
             day
             we
             came
             to
             a
             gentile
             town
             called
             Camissan
             ,
             where
             amongst
             other
             singularities
             ;
             their
             women
             are
             of
             extraordinary
             beauty
             ,
             who
             entertained
             us
             with
             many
             kindnesses
             ,
             and
             the
             more
             freely
             ,
             because
             there
             were
             but
             few
             men
             in
             town
             ,
             the
             greatest
             part
             being
             in
             the
             Princes
             attendance
             ,
             who
             at
             that
             time
             made
             a
             new
             entrance
             into
             Casila
             ,
             another
             Province
             upon
             the
             Nile
             .
             Then
             we
             came
             to
             Cassoudra
             three
             leagues
             from
             thence
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             a
             Colledge
             ,
             and
             a
             School
             of
             the
             Syriack
             language
             ,
             which
             the
             Mahometans
             of
             Dalascia
             ,
             as
             subjects
             to
             the
             Negus
             ,
             are
             obliged
             to
             maintain
             for
             their
             tribute
             ;
             at
             night
             we
             went
             to
             bed
             at
             Baza
             ,
             and
             were
             exceedingly
             molested
             with
             knats
             or
             cousins
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             a
             little
             coppice
             of
             Cassia
             ,
             by
             which
             we
             came
             ,
             and
             after
             that
             by
             another
             of
             Orange
             trees
             ,
             which
             kept
             us
             company
             as
             far
             as
             Baza
             .
             These
             knats
             breed
             in
             the
             fruit
             of
             the
             Cassia
             trees
             ,
             which
             is
             sweet
             ,
             and
             falling
             upon
             the
             ground
             soon
             corrupts
             ,
             as
             I
             said
             in
             another
             place
             ,
             speaking
             of
             Arabia
             .
          
           
             From
             Baza
             we
             made
             three
             dayes
             to
             Hermita
             ,
             a
             pretty
             town
             ,
             only
             one
             mile
             distant
             from
             Nile
             ,
             which
             comes
             not
             to
             it
             ,
             because
             the
             Channel
             is
             choaked
             up
             .
          
           
             The
             scituation
             is
             very
             pleasant
             ,
             standing
             in
             a
             thicket
             of
             Orange
             and
             Lemon
             trees
             :
             there
             again
             we
             saw
             those
             huge
             Tortoises
             ,
             which
             men
             ride
             on
             ,
             and
             't
             is
             a
             wonderful
             thing
             of
             those
             creatures
             ,
             they
             ,
             their
             heads
             cut
             off
             ,
             will
             live
             four
             or
             five
             dayes
             ,
             retaining
             their
             blood
             ,
             as
             we
             several
             times
             experienced
             .
          
           
           
             On
             the
             morrow
             ,
             holding
             on
             our
             journey
             ,
             we
             came
             to
             lodge
             at
             Fougira
             ,
             which
             stands
             in
             a
             wood
             of
             Orange
             trees
             ,
             that
             perfumes
             the
             air
             with
             a
             sweet
             odour
             .
             There
             we
             saw
             Archers
             so
             excellent
             they
             will
             shoot
             as
             directly
             as
             a
             Gunner
             :
             and
             they
             told
             of
             one
             that
             set
             an
             apple
             upon
             his
             sons
             head
             ,
             and
             shot
             it
             off
             with
             an
             arrow
             :
             we
             went
             to
             see
             the
             Governour
             of
             the
             Town
             ,
             who
             was
             lately
             married
             to
             a
             wealthy
             Lady
             ;
             and
             having
             made
             our
             respects
             to
             him
             ,
             he
             had
             little
             regard
             of
             us
             ,
             wherewith
             we
             were
             no
             more
             satisfied
             ,
             than
             we
             were
             with
             his
             Physiognomy
             ,
             which
             was
             very
             ill-favoured
             ,
             but
             well
             matched
             with
             his
             Ladies
             .
             We
             spent
             most
             part
             of
             the
             night
             to
             see
             the
             devices
             and
             sports
             the
             people
             made
             ,
             in
             honour
             of
             their
             Governours
             nuptials
             to
             delight
             his
             spouse
             .
             Leaving
             Fougira
             we
             went
             to
             Fougiara
             to
             bed
             ,
             a
             small
             but
             a
             pleasant
             Town
             ,
             having
             all
             the
             day
             had
             a
             violent
             storm
             at
             our
             back
             ,
             and
             happy
             it
             was
             our
             Almadies
             were
             well
             covered
             ;
             but
             here
             befell
             us
             a
             sad
             misfortune
             through
             the
             fault
             of
             the
             steers-man
             ,
             for
             holding
             too
             close
             to
             shore
             ,
             a
             torrent
             of
             water
             from
             this
             deluge
             of
             rain
             falls
             upon
             the
             open
             part
             of
             the
             vessel
             ,
             with
             such
             weight
             and
             force
             ,
             that
             in
             an
             instant
             we
             were
             all
             under
             water
             ,
             and
             all
             our
             gold
             ,
             silver
             ,
             and
             merchandize
             lost
             ,
             with
             our
             Interpreter
             ,
             and
             two
             servants
             .
             'T
             was
             a
             most
             deplorable
             thing
             to
             see
             a
             shipwrack
             so
             near
             the
             land
             .
             Yet
             I
             had
             notwithstanding
             the
             good
             fortune
             to
             save
             a
             woman
             ,
             who
             with
             her
             husband
             came
             aboard
             with
             us
             for
             Casiane
             ,
             but
             with
             this
             I
             had
             the
             hard
             fate
             ,
             that
             by
             preserving
             her
             I
             lost
             a
             little
             pannier
             of
             the
             chiefest
             curiosities
             I
             had
             ,
             which
             was
             a
             losse
             of
             importance
             to
             me
             ,
             and
             much
             grieved
             the
             good
             woman
             ,
             since
             it
             happened
             upon
             her
             occasion
             ,
             so
             as
             she
             beg'd
             of
             her
             husband
             to
             take
             it
             into
             consideration
             ,
             and
             to
             give
             me
             something
             in
             recompense
             when
             we
             came
             to
             Carsiane
             ;
             but
             he
             who
             was
             a
             subtle
             companion
             gave
             me
             good
             words
             ,
             which
             produced
             nothing
             .
             The
             truth
             ,
             is
             in
             this
             mischance
             ,
             if
             we
             had
             not
             been
             relieved
             by
             another
             Almadie
             ,
             we
             had
             all
             been
             cast
             away
             ,
             besides
             that
             the
             shore
             is
             infested
             with
             robbers
             ,
             and
             beasts
             of
             prey
             ,
             as
             Lions
             ,
             Tigars
             and
             others
             .
          
           
             'T
             is
             true
             the
             Lions
             here
             are
             not
             altogether
             so
             dangerous
             ,
             for
             they
             will
             not
             meddle
             with
             a
             man
             except
             they
             be
             first
             assaulted
             :
             but
             the
             Tigars
             are
             bloody
             and
             ravenous
             of
             mans
             flesh
             ,
             so
             as
             if
             they
             once
             compasse
             a
             man
             he
             is
             lost
             ,
             venturing
             upon
             horsemen
             themselves
             ,
             giving
             most
             stupendous
             leaps
             and
             assaults
             ,
             yea
             they
             will
             fearlesse
             break
             into
             the
             midst
             of
             a
             troop
             of
             horse
             .
             By
             night
             we
             got
             to
             Fougiara
             ,
             where
             we
             had
             a
             good
             supper
             provided
             ,
             but
             we
             could
             eat
             nothing
             for
             the
             terrour
             our
             late
             danger
             had
             left
             in
             us
             ,
             and
             the
             affliction
             for
             our
             great
             losse
             ,
             but
             for
             the
             men
             above
             all
             :
             For
             the
             
               Sieur
               de
               la
               Courb
            
             lost
             a
             servant
             that
             had
             serv'd
             him
             twenty
             years
             ,
             besides
             a
             thousand
             Spanish
             doublons
             ,
             and
             a
             pound
             of
             pearles
             ,
             by
             estimation
             of
             great
             value
             ,
             with
             great
             store
             of
             other
             rich
             commodities
             and
             curiosities
             .
             Notwithstanding
             't
             was
             our
             duty
             to
             embrace
             all
             with
             patience
             ,
             with
             praises
             to
             God
             that
             preserved
             our
             persons
             ,
             
             and
             in
             this
             misfortune
             the
             
               Sieur
               de
               la
               Courb
            
             had
             a
             bason
             full
             of
             gold
             ,
             of
             Pepitas
             ,
             (
             as
             the
             Spaniard
             calls
             them
             )
             or
             seeds
             given
             him
             by
             one
             of
             the
             Lords
             in
             our
             travaile
             ,
             which
             was
             in
             another
             Almadie
             with
             the
             rest
             of
             his
             people
             ,
             and
             now
             stood
             us
             in
             good
             stead
             .
             On
             the
             morrow
             we
             went
             to
             Carsiane
             ,
             and
             lodged
             at
             her
             house
             who
             was
             saved
             when
             our
             bark
             was
             lost
             ,
             she
             made
             us
             a
             free
             entertainment
             ,
             and
             upon
             her
             account
             we
             were
             visited
             by
             all
             the
             principall
             of
             the
             Town
             .
             There
             we
             rested
             our selves
             two
             daies
             ,
             and
             the
             good
             woman
             in
             acknowledgement
             of
             her
             obligation
             ,
             thought
             no
             treaty
             sufficient
             for
             me
             ,
             taking
             so
             much
             care
             for
             me
             that
             next
             morning
             she
             brought
             me
             a
             clean
             shirt
             ,
             and
             gave
             me
             other
             presents
             as
             she
             was
             able
             ,
             amongst
             the
             rest
             ,
             a
             peice
             of
             very
             sine
             cloth
             of
             Calicut
             to
             make
             me
             shirts
             .
             Thence
             we
             went
             to
             Saraboma
             or
             Saraboesun
             ,
             that
             so
             famous
             Island
             ,
             which
             the
             Ancients
             called
             Meroe
             ,
             and
             now
             Caeguere
             ,
             between
             the
             line
             and
             the
             Tropick
             .
          
           
             Some
             say
             't
             was
             originally
             called
             Saba
             ,
             and
             took
             the
             name
             of
             Meroe
             from
             a
             sister
             of
             Cambyses
             king
             of
             Persia
             .
             This
             Island
             is
             embraced
             by
             the
             two
             arms
             of
             Nile
             ,
             the
             one
             anciently
             called
             Astaboras
             the
             other
             Astupus
             ,
             or
             Astusapes
             ,
             which
             is
             on
             the
             west
             side
             .
             Saraboma
             standing
             betwixt
             two
             rivers
             like
             Saba
             ,
             is
             quite
             hidden
             in
             trees
             very
             pleasantly
             .
             There
             we
             saw
             not
             so
             much
             as
             one
             Trades-man
             ,
             or
             publick
             shop
             ,
             but
             every
             man
             in
             his
             own
             house
             works
             by
             himself
             .
             The
             greatest
             part
             spin
             wool
             or
             silk
             ,
             and
             dames
             of
             the
             best
             quality
             make
             stuffs
             of
             silk
             .
             In
             brief
             ,
             they
             all
             work
             except
             those
             of
             base
             repute
             .
             They
             are
             a
             people
             of
             honest
             and
             religious
             life
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             not
             a
             Malefactor
             ,
             nor
             a
             person
             in
             the
             hands
             of
             justice
             ,
             no
             Lawyers
             ,
             nor
             no
             Pettyfoggers
             .
             They
             celebrate
             Masse
             after
             the
             Georgian
             rites
             ,
             with
             some
             ceremonies
             of
             the
             Jew
             or
             Abissine
             .
             Through
             all
             the
             churches
             they
             say
             but
             one
             Masse
             a
             day
             ,
             as
             through
             the
             rest
             of
             all
             Ethiopia
             ,
             and
             all
             ,
             men
             ,
             women
             ,
             girls
             and
             infants
             ,
             must
             hear
             every
             day
             one
             :
             there
             cannot
             be
             a
             people
             better
             ,
             nor
             more
             devout
             .
          
           
             They
             generally
             observe
             lent
             ,
             and
             the
             greater
             part
             fast
             it
             entirely
             .
             They
             give
             the
             Communion
             to
             sucking
             infants
             ,
             use
             extream
             austerities
             ,
             are
             of
             very
             reserved
             life
             ,
             timorous
             to
             offend
             God
             in
             the
             least
             ,
             grounding
             themselves
             on
             the
             words
             of
             the
             Evangelist
             ,
             who
             saith
             ,
             
               Hardly
               shall
               the
               just
               man
               be
               saved
               .
            
          
           
             From
             thence
             we
             passed
             by
             many
             habitations
             of
             tents
             ,
             composed
             in
             the
             form
             of
             Tremisen
             ,
             or
             Ducalia
             ,
             where
             throughout
             ,
             the
             people
             were
             very
             large
             of
             person
             ,
             and
             stoutly
             armed
             ,
             and
             waited
             on
             with
             fierce
             dogs
             .
             Then
             we
             travailed
             five
             dayes
             ,
             not
             meeting
             with
             any
             Town
             but
             Guelba
             ,
             a
             place
             inconsiderable
             :
             nor
             durst
             we
             lodge
             there
             for
             fear
             of
             some
             injury
             ,
             but
             lay
             in
             our
             barks
             .
             As
             we
             passed
             along
             ,
             we
             enquired
             stil
             of
             the
             Country-men
             if
             they
             saw
             by
             the
             banks
             the
             bodies
             of
             any
             drowned
             men
             ,
             but
             in
             vain
             ,
             for
             we
             could
             learn
             no
             tidings
             .
             The
             fifth
             day
             we
             came
             to
             a
             fair
             Town
             called
             Essere
             ,
             in
             the
             same
             Isle
             of
             Meroe
             ,
             seated
             on
             a
             soyle
             covered
             with
             dates
             ,
             oranges
             ,
             and
             other
             fruit
             trees
             .
             They
             have
             likewise
             Coloquintida
             ,
             but
             make
             
             no
             account
             of
             it
             .
             We
             had
             sight
             of
             a
             wild
             Rhinocerot
             ,
             that
             was
             crossing
             a
             thick
             wood
             ,
             that
             with
             breaking
             the
             boughs
             as
             he
             went
             made
             the
             woods
             ring
             ,
             afterwards
             we
             saw
             the
             female
             follow
             him
             .
             The
             people
             of
             the
             Country
             venture
             not
             to
             destroy
             them
             ,
             for
             that
             he
             is
             so
             dangerous
             ,
             and
             his
             natural
             armour
             impenetrable
             .
          
           
             From
             Essere
             we
             made
             towards
             Bigan
             ,
             having
             taken
             in
             provision
             because
             we
             had
             four
             dayes
             journey
             thither
             .
             The
             way
             is
             something
             dangerous
             by
             reason
             of
             certain
             Cafies
             ,
             assassines
             who
             murther
             the
             passengers
             ,
             and
             live
             onely
             upon
             pillage
             .
             
             There
             they
             call
             them
             Tammatans
             ,
             because
             they
             are
             of
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Tamatas
             :
             They
             can
             subsist
             three
             or
             four
             dayes
             together
             ,
             without
             eating
             any
             more
             then
             a
             little
             butter
             ,
             and
             two
             dates
             a
             day
             :
             They
             are
             of
             a
             large
             size
             by
             a
             good
             span
             taller
             than
             the
             ordinary
             ,
             but
             very
             megre
             and
             lean
             ,
             and
             they
             never
             lie
             down
             .
          
           
             As
             we
             passed
             we
             saw
             vaste
             Countries
             but
             few
             inhabitants
             ,
             except
             some
             shepherds
             .
             But
             before
             we
             arrived
             at
             Bigan
             ,
             we
             came
             to
             a
             great
             hamlet
             ,
             called
             Carfouran
             ,
             where
             we
             went
             on
             shore
             to
             refresh
             and
             recreate
             a
             little
             :
             There
             we
             bought
             a
             barrel
             of
             wine
             of
             honey
             ,
             which
             barrel
             was
             made
             of
             a
             cane
             of
             one
             piece
             ,
             all
             but
             the
             ends
             .
             They
             have
             of
             these
             barrels
             that
             are
             wonderful
             large
             ;
             towards
             the
             West
             we
             saw
             a
             great
             field
             covered
             over
             with
             capers
             ,
             of
             which
             they
             make
             little
             account
             :
             we
             boiled
             a
             young
             calf
             ,
             which
             they
             gave
             us
             ,
             I
             think
             ,
             for
             fear
             we
             should
             do
             them
             some
             harm
             ,
             seeing
             us
             go
             in
             company
             ,
             and
             well
             appointed
             ,
             and
             every
             where
             we
             took
             passes
             of
             the
             Princes
             and
             Lords
             .
          
           
             Neverthelesse
             ,
             when
             we
             came
             away
             we
             gave
             them
             some
             few
             dragmes
             ,
             which
             are
             little
             square
             pieces
             of
             silver
             ,
             currant
             all
             along
             Nile
             up
             into
             high
             -
             Egypt
             ,
             and
             are
             taken
             by
             weight
             .
             Thence
             we
             came
             at
             night
             to
             Bigan
             ,
             and
             we
             neglected
             not
             as
             soon
             as
             we
             landed
             ,
             to
             go
             visit
             the
             Governour
             ,
             whom
             they
             call
             the
             Basira
             ;
             we
             shewed
             him
             the
             Negus's
             pasports
             ,
             which
             with
             great
             ceremony
             in
             token
             of
             reverence
             he
             laid
             upon
             his
             head
             ,
             shewed
             us
             great
             kindnesses
             ,
             and
             invited
             us
             to
             supper
             .
          
           
             He
             sent
             us
             to
             our
             lodging
             four
             great
             hornes
             of
             date-wine
             ,
             exceeding
             strong
             and
             searching
             ;
             for
             drinking
             it
             without
             water
             one
             would
             think
             himself
             on
             fire
             ,
             and
             I
             believe
             it
             passes
             through
             some
             distillatory
             :
             We
             kept
             it
             to
             take
             in
             mornings
             in
             the
             manner
             of
             strong-water
             .
             We
             returned
             the
             Governour
             some
             sweet-meats
             in
             exchange
             ,
             which
             were
             very
             acceptable
             ,
             and
             he
             gave
             us
             besides
             certain
             birds
             which
             are
             good
             meat
             ,
             in
             Province
             we
             call
             them
             Fransons
             ,
             with
             six
             turkeys
             ,
             and
             four
             white
             partridges
             .
             Departing
             from
             Bigan
             we
             came
             in
             one
             day
             as
             far
             as
             Casima
             ,
             directly
             over
             against
             the
             desert
             of
             Goran
             ,
             which
             lies
             on
             the
             East
             and
             South
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             This
             was
             a
             day
             of
             great
             pleasure
             to
             us
             ,
             passing
             still
             by
             Lawrels
             and
             other
             sorts
             of
             lovely
             and
             wholsom
             fruit-trees
             ,
             and
             meeting
             with
             many
             Towns
             and
             hamlets
             ,
             where
             they
             have
             horses
             in
             abundance
             :
             
             We
             saw
             there
             a
             great
             troop
             of
             Munkies
             passing
             by
             a
             lake
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             a
             Plain
             ,
             and
             a
             Gentleman
             fishing
             with
             Hawkes
             ,
             which
             took
             great
             store
             of
             good
             fish
             ,
             and
             carried
             them
             to
             their
             Master
             .
             The
             sight
             of
             this
             fishing
             retarded
             us
             above
             an
             houre
             ,
             though
             we
             had
             seen
             the
             like
             in
             several
             places
             in
             India
             .
             When
             the
             people
             saw
             we
             were
             delighted
             with
             their
             sport
             ,
             they
             brought
             us
             a
             good
             part
             of
             their
             fish
             ,
             as
             Eels
             ,
             Trouts
             ,
             Carps
             ,
             and
             Barbels
             ,
             and
             we
             returned
             them
             two
             fine
             horns
             excellently
             wrought
             ,
             full
             of
             Date
             wine
             .
             They
             walked
             by
             us
             upon
             the
             River
             Bank
             ,
             and
             desired
             us
             we
             would
             stay
             and
             drink
             with
             them
             ,
             mean
             while
             one
             of
             them
             wrote
             a
             note
             to
             the
             Lord
             of
             Casima
             ,
             whereupon
             when
             we
             were
             arrived
             ,
             he
             ordered
             us
             very
             noble
             accommodation
             ,
             sent
             us
             divers
             sorts
             of
             fruits
             ,
             and
             a
             dozen
             of
             rabbets
             black
             and
             white
             ;
             exceeding
             small
             ,
             but
             of
             excellent
             taste
             .
             With
             great
             courtesie
             ,
             he
             offered
             us
             any
             thing
             we
             had
             use
             of
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             morrow
             ,
             he
             invited
             us
             to
             dinner
             in
             his
             garden
             called
             the
             Motochon
             ,
             which
             word
             is
             vulgar
             Greek
             ,
             though
             used
             in
             Nubia
             .
             This
             garden
             was
             made
             at
             the
             Princes
             charge
             with
             great
             art
             ,
             full
             of
             abundance
             of
             trees
             ,
             graffed
             with
             several
             kindes
             one
             above
             another
             ,
             which
             to
             the
             eye
             is
             delightful
             to
             see
             several
             variety
             upon
             the
             same
             stock
             ,
             as
             amongst
             others
             two
             several
             sorts
             of
             figs.
             The
             like
             I
             have
             seen
             in
             the
             Isle
             of
             Chio
             ,
             and
             at
             Zaure
             ,
             at
             the
             Convent
             of
             S.
             Francis
             ,
             for
             there
             on
             the
             one
             side
             I
             have
             seen
             fruit
             ripening
             ,
             on
             the
             other
             side
             fruit
             decayed
             and
             rotten
             ,
             out
             of
             which
             corruption
             ,
             certain
             knats
             take
             life
             ,
             which
             immediately
             go
             and
             peck
             the
             others
             ,
             which
             makes
             them
             presently
             perish
             ,
             which
             otherwise
             would
             endure
             for
             ever
             ,
             an
             admirable
             thing
             in
             nature
             ,
             neverthelesse
             most
             true
             .
             There
             were
             besides
             certain
             trees
             which
             bear
             nuts
             as
             bigge
             as
             Estridge
             egges
             ,
             full
             of
             cotton
             ,
             as
             fine
             as
             silke
             .
          
           
             There
             were
             other
             sorts
             of
             fruit
             which
             I
             never
             saw
             but
             there
             ,
             and
             one
             amongst
             the
             rest
             ,
             leav'd
             like
             the
             Siccamore
             ,
             with
             fruit
             like
             the
             golden
             apple
             ,
             but
             no
             gall
             more
             bitter
             ,
             and
             within
             five
             kernels
             as
             big
             as
             Almonds
             ,
             the
             juyce
             whereof
             is
             sweet
             as
             sugar
             ,
             betwixt
             the
             shell
             and
             the
             nut
             there
             growes
             a
             thick
             skin
             of
             Carnation
             colour
             ,
             which
             taken
             before
             it
             be
             throughly
             ripe
             ,
             they
             preserve
             with
             Date-vinegar
             ,
             
             and
             makes
             an
             excellent
             sweet
             meat
             ,
             which
             they
             present
             to
             the
             King
             as
             a
             great
             curiosity
             .
             Another
             tree
             bears
             of
             the
             finest
             sort
             of
             Lacque
             for
             Painters
             .
             Also
             they
             sow
             here
             Orient
             Auil
             or
             Indico
             ,
             an
             hearb
             that
             makes
             a
             dye
             of
             great
             price
             ;
             whereof
             they
             make
             great
             traffick
             ,
             and
             profit
             .
          
           
             Besides
             ,
             they
             have
             another
             grain
             from
             which
             they
             draw
             an
             excellent
             oyle
             ,
             beyond
             that
             of
             Cinamon
             ,
             which
             they
             use
             for
             restoration
             of
             the
             spirits
             .
             Then
             they
             have
             a
             tree
             like
             a
             Pomegarnat
             ,
             which
             bears
             a
             most
             soveraign
             balme
             ,
             as
             I
             have
             had
             the
             experience
             :
             for
             I
             brought
             one
             of
             these
             nuts
             from
             thence
             ,
             which
             I
             had
             of
             this
             Governour
             in
             truck
             for
             a
             Turquese
             ,
             wherewith
             I
             did
             great
             cures
             amongst
             my
             friends
             .
          
           
           
             I
             should
             never
             conclude
             if
             I
             should
             write
             but
             half
             the
             curiosities
             of
             this
             garden
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             a
             collection
             of
             all
             the
             Oriental
             singularities
             :
             But
             that
             which
             seemed
             of
             all
             most
             rare
             and
             artificial
             ,
             was
             two
             hands
             of
             transparent
             Marble
             at
             the
             Fortal
             ,
             which
             held
             a
             bow
             bent
             ;
             when
             any
             one
             knock't
             at
             the
             gate
             ,
             the
             hands
             discharged
             arrowes
             upon
             them
             ,
             but
             the
             arrovves
             had
             no
             piles
             ,
             and
             the
             danger
             vvas
             not
             great
             :
             all
             this
             done
             by
             springs
             dexterously
             set
             on
             vvork
             .
             The
             beauty
             and
             excellence
             of
             this
             garden
             stay'd
             us
             tvvo
             vvhole
             dayes
             here
             in
             contemplation
             of
             the
             rarities
             .
          
           
             In
             fine
             ,
             we
             took
             our
             leave
             of
             this
             worthy
             Lord
             ,
             whom
             they
             called
             Lebetera
             ,
             and
             bent
             our
             course
             for
             Misan
             ,
             through
             which
             vve
             vvere
             to
             enter
             Nubia
             ,
             a
             kingdom
             vvhich
             confronts
             the
             Deserts
             of
             
               Goran
               ,
               Egypt
               ,
               Ganga
            
             ,
             and
             Borno
             ,
             the
             bounds
             of
             
               Preste
               Johns
            
             Empire
             ,
             vvhich
             confines
             on
             that
             side
             on
             Nubia
             and
             Egypt
             .
          
           
             We
             crossed
             many
             countries
             in
             a
             short
             space
             ,
             because
             Nile
             is
             more
             rapid
             and
             svvift
             here
             then
             in
             any
             other
             part
             ,
             for
             having
             reunited
             all
             his
             vvaters
             ,
             and
             meeting
             sometimes
             vvith
             open
             plain
             countries
             ,
             vvhere
             he
             spreads
             himself
             at
             length
             and
             breadth
             ,
             sometimes
             vvith
             rocks
             and
             mountains
             ,
             vvhich
             gird
             and
             straighten
             him
             ,
             he
             cannot
             so
             properly
             be
             said
             to
             glide
             or
             run
             ,
             as
             to
             precipitate
             himself
             headlong
             ,
             with
             falls
             that
             make
             such
             noyse
             ,
             it
             deafens
             the
             people
             round
             about
             .
             There
             are
             the
             Cataracts
             so
             celebrated
             in
             antiquities
             ,
             the
             great
             and
             the
             lesse
             ,
             not
             far
             above
             the
             ancient
             Townes
             ,
             Elephantina
             ,
             and
             Siena
             ,
             or
             Asna
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XVIII
             .
             A
             prodigious
             History
             of
             a
             young
             Abissin
             Prince
             ,
             by
             name
             Joel
             ,
             by
             enchantment
             transformed
             into
             an
             Ape
             .
          
           
             AS
             we
             passed
             along
             Nile
             in
             our
             Bark
             ,
             entertaining
             the
             day
             with
             various
             discourses
             ,
             one
             shewed
             me
             a
             book
             of
             many
             prodigious
             histories
             ,
             and
             amongst
             others
             ,
             this
             of
             Prince
             Joel
             ,
             of
             whom
             I
             had
             heretofore
             heard
             at
             Pegu
             ,
             where
             the
             story
             is
             represented
             in
             a
             Tapistry
             of
             the
             Kings
             ,
             after
             this
             manner
             .
             In
             Janamira
             a
             Province
             of
             Ethiopia
             ,
             there
             lived
             a
             Prince
             called
             
               Rostan
               Sofar
            
             ,
             otherwise
             Fafarin
             ,
             who
             by
             a
             first
             wife
             had
             a
             son
             named
             
               Alarin
               Sofar
            
             ,
             but
             usually
             called
             Joel
             ;
             and
             by
             a
             second
             wife
             two
             ,
             
               Aman
               Sofar
            
             and
             another
             whose
             name
             I
             know
             not
             .
             Not
             long
             before
             his
             death
             ,
             he
             made
             his
             will
             ,
             and
             left
             to
             Joel
             his
             eldest
             sonne
             ,
             his
             principial
             dominion
             ,
             and
             all
             his
             treasure
             ;
             betwixt
             the
             other
             two
             ,
             he
             divided
             the
             rest
             of
             his
             dominions
             .
             The
             guardian-ship
             of
             young
             Joel
             ,
             he
             committed
             to
             a
             friend
             ,
             to
             whom
             he
             discovered
             the
             place
             where
             
             the
             greatest
             part
             of
             his
             treasure
             lay
             hid
             ,
             which
             he
             had
             inclosed
             in
             a
             stone
             that
             was
             laid
             in
             the
             bowels
             of
             a
             wall
             .
             Three
             dayes
             after
             his
             decease
             ,
             this
             friend
             dyes
             with
             grief
             ,
             so
             as
             the
             treasure
             ,
             together
             with
             Joels
             person
             ,
             were
             left
             in
             the
             power
             of
             Rostans
             widow
             ,
             Joels
             step-mother
             :
             who
             ,
             ambitious
             the
             succession
             should
             come
             to
             her
             own
             children
             ,
             out
             of
             a
             frantick
             malice
             ,
             resolved
             to
             send
             Joel
             upon
             a
             specious
             pretence
             ,
             far
             enough
             from
             his
             Palace
             ,
             to
             a
             sister
             of
             hers
             ,
             a
             most
             powerful
             Magician
             ,
             who
             to
             raze
             out
             all
             remembrance
             of
             him
             ,
             should
             by
             vertue
             of
             charms
             ,
             transform
             him
             to
             an
             Ape
             ,
             giving
             out
             that
             he
             was
             lost
             ,
             and
             could
             by
             no
             means
             be
             heard
             of
             .
             
             They
             say
             the
             work
             was
             executed
             after
             this
             manner
             .
             This
             Sorceresse
             was
             blind
             ,
             but
             on
             the
             Sabbath
             that
             darknesse
             left
             her
             ,
             and
             she
             could
             see
             as
             others
             do
             :
             a
             :
             On
             a
             Sabbath
             day
             she
             took
             Joel
             with
             her
             to
             sacrifice
             to
             Sathan
             ,
             and
             do
             him
             such
             homage
             ,
             as
             his
             professed
             servants
             use
             to
             do
             .
             But
             he
             refusing
             to
             perpetrate
             such
             abhominable
             duties
             to
             the
             Prince
             of
             darknesse
             ,
             she
             resolved
             to
             dispatch
             him
             by
             murther
             ;
             but
             again
             moved
             to
             compassion
             by
             the
             gracious
             sweetnesse
             in
             his
             face
             ,
             she
             changed
             her
             designe
             .
             She
             composed
             a
             Bath
             wherein
             she
             put
             him
             ,
             and
             by
             power
             of
             her
             inchantmens
             ,
             transformed
             him
             to
             an
             exceeding
             pretty
             ,
             and
             tractable
             Ape
             ,
             superinducing
             an
             Apes
             skin
             over
             his
             humane
             shape
             ,
             so
             abstracting
             his
             reason
             and
             sence
             ,
             that
             little
             more
             remained
             in
             him
             then
             was
             proportionable
             to
             a
             meer
             sensual
             creature
             ,
             notwithstanding
             which
             a
             knowledge
             was
             something
             more
             perfect
             ,
             though
             he
             had
             not
             the
             use
             of
             articulate
             speech
             ,
             and
             with
             a
             marvellous
             addresse
             to
             render
             those
             little
             services
             to
             them
             of
             the
             family
             ,
             who
             cherished
             him
             ,
             and
             fancied
             him
             exceedingly
             .
          
           
             The
             deplorable
             Prince
             lived
             divers
             years
             in
             this
             condition
             ,
             at
             length
             he
             made
             his
             escape
             into
             the
             woods
             ,
             where
             he
             suffered
             great
             acerbities
             ,
             and
             often
             perplexed
             with
             illusions
             of
             the
             devill
             ,
             but
             was
             still
             assisted
             by
             an
             extraordinary
             flame
             of
             grace
             ,
             and
             the
             vigilancy
             of
             his
             guardian
             Angell
             ,
             who
             for
             his
             consolation
             appeared
             to
             him
             sometimes
             in
             the
             form
             of
             a
             dove
             ,
             sometimes
             in
             some
             other
             shapes
             of
             like
             quality
             .
             Mean
             while
             ,
             it
             being
             generally
             believed
             Joel
             was
             dead
             ,
             
               Aman
               Sofar
            
             his
             younger
             brother
             had
             possession
             of
             his
             fathers
             estate
             ,
             and
             enjoyed
             those
             wide
             dominions
             without
             contradiction
             .
             Upon
             a
             time
             as
             he
             progressed
             with
             a
             magnificent
             train
             towards
             the
             Province
             of
             Dafila
             ;
             he
             sate
             dovvn
             to
             refresh
             himself
             under
             a
             shade
             ,
             and
             caused
             the
             green
             bank
             of
             a
             cool
             fountain
             to
             be
             covered
             for
             his
             table
             ,
             the
             pretty
             Ape
             being
             at
             hand
             ,
             presented
             himself
             before
             his
             brother
             ,
             and
             addressing
             himself
             upright
             upon
             his
             feet
             ,
             by
             mute
             expressions
             seemed
             to
             beg
             some
             bread
             .
             Aman
             observing
             the
             quaintnesse
             of
             his
             dapper
             guest
             ,
             with
             a
             neat
             white
             flaxen
             beard
             ,
             soft
             as
             silk
             ,
             and
             his-body
             powder'd
             with
             Orange
             colour'd
             tufts
             ,
             bad
             some
             bread
             and
             meat
             should
             be
             given
             him
             on
             a
             Plate
             ,
             which
             before
             he
             would
             touch
             ,
             he
             went
             and
             washed
             his
             hands
             at
             the
             waste
             of
             the
             vvell
             .
             Aman
             vvas
             so
             taken
             
             vvith
             these
             Mimick
             civilities
             ,
             that
             he
             gave
             him
             drink
             in
             his
             ovvn
             cup
             of
             gold
             ,
             and
             entertained
             him
             as
             one
             of
             his
             train
             ,
             taking
             him
             along
             upon
             one
             of
             his
             Elephants
             ,
             'T
             is
             scarce
             imaginable
             hovv
             diligent
             and
             officious
             this
             poor
             creature
             vvas
             in
             their
             voyage
             ,
             hunting
             for
             vvater
             for
             them
             ,
             and
             climbing
             trees
             to
             get
             them
             fruits
             ;
             but
             '
             t
             vvas
             observed
             he
             would
             be
             Cup-bearer
             to
             none
             but
             his
             brother
             .
          
           
             Aman
             had
             married
             a
             Lady
             of
             high
             Descent
             ,
             and
             besides
             had
             a
             Concubine
             whose
             name
             was
             Amer
             ,
             and
             by
             both
             had
             many
             children
             .
             Joel
             being
             arrived
             at
             Court
             ,
             failed
             not
             to
             go
             kisse
             the
             hands
             of
             all
             his
             little
             nephewes
             ,
             and
             Neices
             ,
             and
             of
             his
             brothers
             lawfull
             consort
             ,
             which
             he
             did
             with
             so
             courtly
             a
             grace
             ,
             that
             Aman
             laughing
             ,
             said
             ,
             you
             are
             very
             imperfect
             in
             your
             courtship
             to
             Ladies
             ,
             if
             you
             complement
             the
             children
             ,
             and
             forget
             the
             mother
             ,
             upon
             which
             hint
             he
             immediately
             tender'd
             the
             like
             respects
             to
             the
             Concubine
             ,
             he
             had
             before
             performed
             to
             the
             wife
             .
             In
             a
             word
             ,
             there
             was
             not
             the
             least
             offence
             of
             bruitishnesse
             to
             be
             observed
             in
             the
             pretty
             Alsinge
             ,
             for
             so
             they
             named
             this
             little
             Ape
             ,
             insomuch
             that
             he
             himself
             in
             imitation
             of
             people
             would
             pare
             his
             nailes
             ;
             would
             still
             his
             Nephews
             when
             they
             cryed
             with
             plums
             ,
             and
             fruit
             he
             would
             have
             in
             a
             corner
             ,
             did
             all
             kind
             of
             offices
             for
             his
             brother
             and
             sister
             ,
             except
             such
             as
             were
             sordid
             and
             inferiour
             ,
             which
             he
             left
             for
             inferiour
             Officers
             .
          
           
             In
             Court
             there
             liv'd
             a
             Lady
             of
             Quality
             ,
             widow
             to
             the
             aforementioned
             Tutor
             of
             Joel
             ,
             with
             a
             most
             beautiful
             daughter
             of
             thirteen
             or
             fourteen
             years
             of
             Age
             called
             Eugenia
             ,
             or
             as
             others
             say
             Ozania
             ,
             who
             falling
             sick
             ,
             entreated
             her
             mother
             she
             would
             desire
             the
             Ape
             of
             Prince
             Aman
             ,
             to
             be
             some
             exhilaration
             to
             her
             with
             his
             blandishments
             he
             used
             to
             shew
             her
             when
             she
             came
             to
             Court
             to
             visit
             the
             Princesse
             ,
             which
             was
             easily
             granted
             .
             The
             Ape
             being
             brought
             ,
             as
             he
             had
             been
             some
             learned
             Physician
             ,
             immediately
             found
             the
             nature
             of
             her
             disease
             ,
             and
             presently
             applyed
             himself
             to
             make
             her
             merry
             :
             which
             divertisement
             betrayed
             her
             into
             the
             hands
             of
             sleep
             ,
             then
             he
             stept
             back
             to
             the
             Palace
             to
             communicate
             himselfe
             ,
             and
             play
             with
             his
             little
             kinsmen
             ,
             and
             returned
             not
             long
             after
             to
             visit
             the
             sick
             Lady
             newly
             waked
             ,
             stroaking
             her
             with
             his
             little
             hands
             ,
             which
             had
             something
             I
             know
             not
             what
             of
             finer
             make
             then
             other
             creatures
             of
             the
             same
             Species
             ,
             as
             I
             my selfe
             observed
             in
             the
             figure
             I
             saw
             at
             Pegu.
             By
             little
             and
             little
             ,
             so
             firme
             a
             friendship
             grew
             betwixt
             Joel
             and
             Eugenia
             ,
             that
             they
             could
             not
             be
             asunder
             ,
             especially
             the
             Lady
             who
             was
             astonished
             to
             reflect
             ,
             she
             should
             have
             so
             strong
             a
             passion
             for
             an
             Ape
             ,
             without
             knowledge
             of
             any
             cause
             or
             ground
             :
             That
             caused
             her
             greatest
             admiration
             was
             ,
             that
             one
             day
             paring
             her
             nayls
             ,
             she
             would
             needs
             pare
             the
             Alsinges
             also
             ,
             and
             viewing
             them
             attentively
             ,
             she
             observed
             some
             part
             of
             them
             to
             be
             covered
             with
             a
             thin
             skin
             like
             that
             of
             his
             armes
             ,
             which
             were
             better
             shap'd
             ,
             and
             more
             solid
             then
             his
             fellows
             .
             This
             put
             her
             often
             
             into
             musings
             ,
             till
             sleeping
             on
             a
             night
             in
             a
             vision
             ,
             she
             be
             held
             a
             venerable
             Matron
             covered
             with
             a
             white
             vaile
             ,
             who
             spake
             thus
             .
             
               Ozania
               my
               daughter
               ,
               wherefore
               protract
               ye
               to
               relieve
               my
               sonne
            
             Joel
             ,
             
               who
               is
               the
               selfe-same
               Ape
               you
               so
               tenderly
               cherish
               ,
               reduced
               to
               the
               deplorable
               estate
               you
               see
               him
               ,
               by
               the
               infernal
               cruelty
               of
               a
               Step-mother
               .
            
          
           
             
               But
               as
               it
               pleased
               the
               Creatour
               of
               all
               things
               to
               suffer
               this
               transformation
               ,
               and
               in
               this
               forme
               to
               preserve
               him
               to
               this
               houre
               ;
               since
               't
               is
               Heavens
               Decree
               he
               shall
               one
               day
               be
               your
               husband
               ,
               I
               recommend
               him
               to
               you
               .
               Faile
               not
               to
               soak
               him
               in
               a
               bath
               of
               those
               hearbs
               I
               have
               properly
               collected
               for
               him
               ,
               and
               laid
               them
               in
               such
               a
               place
            
             (
             she
             told
             her
             where
             )
             
               and
               you
               shall
               see
               his
               natural
               humane
               form
               restored
               him
               ,
               and
               he
               shall
               be
               your
               Spouse
               ,
               as
               I
               have
               already
               commanded
               him
               ,
               having
               appeared
               to
               him
               in
               the
               same
               posture
               and
               habit
               you
               now
               behold
               me
               .
               And
               that
               you
               may
               have
               no
               suspect
               of
               these
               my
               words
               ,
               as
               soon
               as
               you
               awake
               ,
               go
               to
               such
               a
               place
               of
               your
               garden
               ,
               where
               you
               shall
               find
               a
               stone
               ,
               which
               you
               shall
               break
               ,
               and
               within
               you
               shall
               finde
               a
               key
               of
               Treasure
               ,
               my
               husband
               put
               into
               your
               Fathers
               hands
               to
               keep
               for
            
             Joel
             .
             
               In
               unity
               may
               you
               both
               live
               long
               :
            
             And
             with
             these
             words
             she
             embraced
             and
             vanished
             .
             The
             Lady
             affrighted
             wakes
             ,
             and
             with
             a
             suddain
             shreek
             wakes
             her
             mother
             ,
             who
             suddainly
             ranne
             to
             know
             the
             matter
             ,
             to
             whom
             Eugenia
             relating
             her
             apparition
             ,
             the
             Mother
             soon
             called
             Prince
             Joel
             to
             remembrance
             ,
             how
             about
             his
             nine
             or
             ten
             yeares
             of
             age
             ,
             by
             the
             malice
             of
             his
             Mother-in-law
             ,
             he
             was
             lost
             ,
             no
             one
             knew
             how
             .
             Hereupon
             they
             both
             embraced
             the
             Ape
             Joel
             ,
             who
             had
             received
             the
             same
             vision
             ,
             and
             was
             as
             't
             were
             out
             of
             countenance
             to
             be
             so
             indulged
             by
             these
             Ladies
             ,
             to
             whose
             hands
             he
             paid
             his
             kisses
             ,
             but
             chiefly
             to
             his
             dear
             and
             best
             affected
             Eugenia
             .
          
           
             Together
             they
             went
             then
             to
             councel
             what
             was
             to
             be
             done
             in
             this
             conjuncture
             ,
             that
             they
             might
             not
             be
             liable
             to
             the
             indignation
             of
             Prince
             
               Aman
               Sophar
            
             .
             The
             Mother
             thought
             best
             ,
             before
             he
             reassumed
             his
             shape
             by
             vertue
             of
             the
             intended
             Bath
             ,
             that
             he
             should
             return
             to
             his
             brother
             ,
             and
             after
             some
             dayes
             of
             himself
             get
             away
             ,
             and
             then
             they
             would
             advise
             of
             what
             was
             to
             follow
             ;
             But
             in
             the
             first
             place
             they
             fetched
             the
             stone
             in
             the
             garden
             ,
             and
             putting
             it
             in
             a
             strong
             fire
             ,
             as
             they
             were
             directed
             by
             the
             vision
             ,
             it
             burst
             ,
             and
             they
             found
             a
             key
             ,
             and
             descending
             three
             steps
             in
             a
             little
             Arch
             ,
             they
             found
             a
             door
             ,
             which
             they
             opened
             with
             the
             key
             ,
             and
             found
             a
             great
             iron
             chest
             ,
             with
             a
             Masse
             of
             Jewels
             ,
             and
             Treasure
             ,
             with
             some
             notes
             of
             what
             Joels
             Father
             desired
             after
             his
             decease
             .
             This
             done
             ,
             Ozania's
             mother
             led
             back
             the
             Ape
             to
             Aman
             ,
             acknowledging
             her
             obligation
             ,
             for
             that
             the
             Ape
             had
             recovered
             her
             daughter
             .
             Joel
             then
             stayed
             some
             dayes
             at
             Court
             performing
             his
             wonted
             offices
             ,
             and
             application
             ,
             and
             as
             he
             went
             one
             day
             to
             gather
             some
             fruit
             for
             the
             children
             ,
             the
             
             peevish
             Gardener
             threw
             a
             stone
             at
             his
             face
             ,
             which
             fetcht
             some
             little
             bloud
             :
             upon
             this
             hurt
             he
             presently
             run
             away
             ,
             and
             was
             seen
             no
             more
             at
             Court
             ,
             for
             which
             all
             were
             much
             troubled
             ;
             Aman
             caused
             him
             to
             be
             sought
             for
             ,
             but
             they
             could
             find
             him
             no
             where
             ,
             not
             with
             Ozania
             her self
             .
             This
             while
             the
             Ape
             lay
             close
             in
             a
             bush
             ,
             til
             at
             night
             he
             stole
             secretly
             to
             the
             Ladies
             house
             to
             his
             fair
             Mistresse
             ,
             who
             suffered
             torments
             for
             him
             .
             There
             he
             found
             the
             bath
             in
             readinesse
             ,
             and
             being
             in
             it
             't
             was
             an
             admiration
             to
             behold
             how
             the
             skin
             which
             masked
             him
             over
             ,
             no
             sooner
             felt
             the
             heat
             of
             the
             water
             and
             vertue
             of
             the
             herbs
             ,
             but
             it
             dissolved
             to
             nothing
             like
             a
             mist
             ,
             chased
             by
             the
             wind
             ,
             or
             dissipated
             by
             the
             Sun.
             
          
           
             They
             then
             cloathed
             the
             Prince
             in
             splendid
             and
             rich
             apparell
             ,
             and
             the
             Ladies
             entertained
             and
             feasted
             him
             with
             an
             excesse
             of
             joy
             ,
             which
             he
             embraced
             with
             an
             affectionate
             tendernesse
             ,
             all
             three
             weeping
             for
             joy
             of
             so
             suddain
             and
             unhop'd
             for
             a
             blessing
             .
          
           
             The
             joy
             was
             generally
             through
             the
             house
             ,
             they
             to
             whom
             the
             secret
             was
             undiscovered
             ,
             supposed
             him
             to
             be
             some
             young
             Lord
             ,
             kinsman
             to
             the
             Lady
             who
             called
             him
             Nephew
             .
             Then
             they
             entred
             into
             consultation
             what
             course
             was
             best
             ,
             but
             Prince
             Joel
             in
             the
             first
             place
             ,
             would
             assure
             his
             faith
             to
             fair
             Ozania
             ,
             to
             whom
             he
             promised
             solemn
             Matrimony
             in
             fit
             time
             and
             place
             .
             After
             this
             they
             perused
             seriously
             the
             Testament
             of
             Prince
             
               Rostan
               Sofar
            
             ,
             father
             to
             Joel
             ,
             who
             in
             preference
             of
             Joel
             ,
             had
             disposed
             him
             all
             his
             treasure
             ,
             and
             the
             dominion
             of
             Chasubir
             .
             To
             his
             second
             Son
             he
             had
             given
             the
             Seniory
             of
             Sanat
             ,
             and
             other
             Territories
             ,
             with
             other
             subsequent
             disposals
             .
          
           
             All
             this
             they
             found
             signed
             and
             ratified
             by
             their
             Soveraign
             Lord
             and
             Emperour
             ,
             the
             Grand
             Negus
             ,
             for
             they
             found
             diverse
             letters
             ,
             many
             rich
             presents
             ,
             amongst
             which
             a
             cimeter
             with
             curious
             hangers
             .
             Now
             Christians
             of
             the
             Ethiopian
             rites
             ,
             they
             celebrate
             the
             marriage
             'twixt
             Joel
             and
             Eugenia
             in
             the
             open
             Church
             .
             And
             after
             some
             dayes
             of
             felicity
             ,
             they
             were
             of
             advice
             ,
             that
             before
             he
             discovered
             himself
             to
             
               Aman
               Sofar
            
             his
             best
             way
             would
             be
             to
             make
             his
             addresse
             to
             the
             Emperour
             of
             the
             Abissins
             ,
             that
             by
             his
             authority
             he
             might
             have
             restitution
             made
             him
             of
             the
             estate
             and
             treasure
             left
             him
             by
             the
             last
             will
             and
             disposition
             of
             his
             Father
             ,
             possessed
             for
             so
             long
             time
             by
             his
             Brother
             .
          
           
             In
             prosecution
             of
             this
             resolve
             ,
             he
             took
             his
             voyage
             in
             an
             ample
             and
             magnificent
             equipage
             ,
             and
             came
             to
             Barra
             ,
             where
             the
             Court
             then
             lay
             ,
             then
             having
             erected
             his
             Pavillions
             he
             advanced
             to
             the
             Palace
             gate
             ,
             and
             having
             caused
             the
             trumpets
             sound
             according
             to
             custom
             ,
             two
             principall
             Noblemen
             conducted
             him
             to
             the
             Princes
             presence
             ,
             where
             plac'd
             on
             his
             knees
             ,
             in
             few
             words
             he
             delivered
             the
             story
             of
             his
             fortunes
             .
          
           
             The
             Emperour
             with
             extream
             wonder
             called
             him
             to
             remembrance
             ,
             how
             he
             was
             lost
             in
             his
             youth
             ,
             and
             that
             rumour
             went
             ,
             
             his
             Mother-in-law
             had
             caused
             him
             to
             be
             strangled
             and
             cast
             into
             a
             River
             ;
             how
             she
             had
             been
             called
             to
             Court
             ,
             to
             answer
             these
             accusations
             ,
             and
             could
             hardly
             justifie
             her self
             .
          
           
             Prince
             Joel
             brought
             most
             rich
             Presents
             to
             his
             Majesty
             ,
             in
             a
             vessel
             of
             gold
             ,
             amongst
             the
             rest
             ,
             a
             delicate
             Clock
             with
             weights
             to
             it
             ,
             a
             most
             rich
             collar
             with
             a
             stone
             inchased
             ,
             of
             admirable
             vertue
             to
             stanch
             bloud
             ,
             as
             was
             experienc'd
             upon
             a
             goat
             ,
             which
             they
             wounded
             in
             three
             severall
             places
             ,
             and
             not
             a
             drop
             of
             bloud
             issued
             .
             The
             Emperour
             received
             Joel
             and
             his
             Presents
             with
             indulgements
             ,
             and
             desired
             his
             Lady
             who
             was
             come
             in
             company
             with
             him
             should
             visit
             the
             Queen
             ,
             who
             received
             her
             with
             exceeding
             kindnesses
             .
             The
             Emperour
             was
             seated
             on
             a
             Throne
             ,
             under
             a
             Canopy
             ,
             with
             large
             curtains
             ,
             called
             there
             a
             Mandilate
             .
          
           
             Princesse
             Ozania
             presented
             the
             Queen
             with
             chains
             of
             corrall
             ,
             a
             crosse
             of
             rich
             Rubies
             ,
             a
             Chrystall
             looking-glasse
             ,
             set
             in
             a
             fine
             Emerald
             ,
             and
             other
             beautifull
             presents
             out
             of
             the
             Treasury
             of
             Joels
             father
             .
          
           
             The
             customary
             Ceremonies
             of
             the
             presents
             performed
             ,
             the
             Emperour
             at
             the
             request
             of
             Joel
             ,
             dispatched
             a
             Calsena
             ,
             to
             summon
             
               Aman
               Sofar
            
             to
             come
             answer
             the
             matter
             at
             Court
             ,
             which
             strangely
             amazed
             him
             ,
             both
             for
             the
             demande
             and
             re-appearance
             of
             his
             brother
             Joel
             ,
             whom
             he
             thought
             dead
             long
             before
             .
          
           
             Notwithstanding
             to
             Court
             he
             came
             with
             all
             diligence
             ,
             and
             found
             the
             Negus
             removed
             many
             dayes
             journey
             from
             the
             place
             ,
             where
             Joel
             found
             him
             at
             first
             ,
             for
             the
             Court
             resides
             not
             above
             three
             daies
             in
             one
             place
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             numerous
             train
             which
             followes
             the
             Prince
             ,
             and
             at
             that
             time
             was
             in
             the
             Province
             of
             Gianamora
             ,
             a
             Countrey
             of
             Mahometans
             ,
             who
             were
             in
             rebellion
             for
             their
             imposts
             or
             customs
             .
             Assoon
             as
             Aman
             arrived
             ,
             he
             pitched
             his
             Tents
             ,
             and
             before
             he
             presented
             himself
             to
             the
             Emperour
             ,
             enquired
             for
             Joels
             quarter
             ,
             who
             having
             intelligence
             of
             his
             arrivall
             ,
             though
             the
             elder
             Brother
             prevented
             him
             with
             a
             visit
             ,
             and
             knew
             him
             exactly
             ,
             whereas
             the
             other
             had
             not
             of
             him
             the
             least
             knowledge
             :
             Neverthelesse
             at
             first
             sight
             ,
             as
             right
             bloud
             cannot
             dissemble
             ,
             he
             saw
             his
             Fathers
             face
             in
             Joel's
             ,
             and
             his
             heart
             melting
             ,
             he
             fell
             at
             his
             knees
             ,
             and
             wept
             .
             Joel
             raised
             him
             up
             ,
             kissed
             him
             ,
             and
             with
             mutuall
             embraces
             gave
             demonstration
             of
             joy
             and
             affection
             ,
             then
             supped
             together
             .
          
           
             Supper
             ended
             ,
             Aman
             with
             exemplar
             deference
             assured
             his
             Brother
             he
             ambitioned
             not
             to
             detain
             any
             thing
             from
             him
             that
             appertained
             to
             him
             ,
             but
             preferring
             his
             love
             before
             all
             worldly
             wealth
             ,
             since
             by
             divine
             providence
             he
             was
             returned
             ,
             after
             so
             long
             an
             absence
             ,
             wherein
             all
             gave
             him
             lost
             ,
             with
             a
             free
             heart
             he
             surrendred
             all
             he
             possessed
             into
             his
             hands
             ,
             beseeching
             he
             would
             have
             consideration
             on
             him
             and
             his
             children
             .
          
           
             Joel
             embraced
             him
             upon
             the
             same
             ,
             and
             told
             him
             he
             would
             
             share
             so
             with
             him
             ,
             that
             he
             should
             rest
             content
             ,
             and
             he
             desired
             to
             live
             with
             him
             in
             peace
             and
             amity
             :
             Then
             shewed
             him
             his
             Fathers
             Testament
             ,
             which
             was
             to
             regulate
             them
             both
             ,
             wherewith
             Aman
             was
             exceedingly
             satisfied
             ,
             onely
             he
             had
             a
             little
             regret
             for
             his
             Brothers
             matching
             with
             Ozania
             as
             inferiour
             to
             his
             quality
             ,
             beside
             that
             he
             had
             an
             opinion
             she
             used
             some
             surprizall
             or
             art
             to
             gain
             his
             brother
             ;
             for
             the
             present
             neverthelesse
             he
             dissembled
             it
             ,
             especially
             upon
             Joels
             relating
             the
             history
             of
             his
             life
             and
             transformation
             ,
             and
             recovery
             of
             his
             form
             ,
             manifesting
             the
             obligation
             he
             had
             to
             this
             good
             Lady
             was
             so
             great
             ,
             he
             could
             do
             no
             lesse
             than
             marry
             her
             daughter
             .
          
           
             Hereupon
             they
             resolved
             to
             go
             together
             to
             the
             Palace
             ,
             through
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             Army
             or
             Court
             ,
             which
             is
             ranked
             in
             Pavillions
             ,
             as
             a
             fair
             strong
             Town
             in
             streets
             and
             publick
             places
             .
          
           
             Then
             with
             accustomed
             ceremony
             they
             tendered
             their
             reverence
             to
             the
             Emperour
             ,
             to
             whom
             they
             signified
             the
             agreement
             and
             amicable
             accommodation
             betwixt
             them
             ,
             wherewith
             he
             was
             exceedingly
             pleased
             ;
             and
             looking
             on
             the
             sword
             by
             Joels
             side
             ,
             he
             told
             him
             he
             knew
             it
             to
             be
             the
             sword
             he
             heretofore
             sent
             his
             Father
             ,
             and
             if
             he
             would
             employ
             it
             in
             his
             service
             ,
             he
             should
             lose
             neither
             time
             nor
             labour
             .
             Then
             he
             called
             for
             two
             battle-axes
             for
             horsemen
             of
             an
             excellent
             temper
             ,
             and
             perfection
             ,
             enriched
             with
             precious
             stones
             ,
             in
             scabbards
             of
             silver
             guilt
             ,
             then
             drawing
             them
             out
             ,
             told
             them
             he
             desired
             they
             would
             both
             keep
             them
             in
             remembrance
             of
             him
             ,
             and
             that
             at
             the
             Palace
             gate
             stood
             two
             horses
             ready
             sadled
             ,
             which
             he
             gave
             them
             ,
             and
             exhorted
             them
             to
             live
             in
             peace
             and
             fraternall
             love
             .
             The
             Negus
             gave
             moreover
             to
             Joel
             ,
             in
             requital
             of
             his
             Presents
             ,
             two
             Elephants
             loaded
             with
             Matirals
             ,
             a
             kind
             of
             silver
             money
             not
             stamp'd
             in
             Ethiopia
             ,
             for
             there
             they
             make
             no
             sort
             of
             coin
             :
             one
             of
             which
             Joel
             gave
             to
             his
             brother
             ,
             together
             with
             the
             burthen
             .
             Likewise
             the
             Empress
             when
             Ozania
             or
             Eugenia
             came
             to
             receive
             her
             dismission
             ,
             presented
             her
             a
             chain
             of
             fair
             pearls
             ,
             of
             an
             exceeding
             size
             ,
             and
             a
             pair
             of
             ear-pendants
             ,
             of
             rubies
             which
             to
             the
             eye
             were
             two
             coals
             of
             fire
             .
          
           
             Having
             parted
             with
             the
             Court
             they
             sent
             all
             their
             baggage
             by
             land
             ,
             to
             return
             the
             same
             way
             they
             came
             ,
             and
             went
             themselves
             to
             Vangot
             ,
             and
             thence
             upon
             Zambre
             ,
             cut
             their
             voyage
             shorter
             by
             the
             half
             .
          
           
             At
             their
             arrivall
             Joel
             was
             welcomed
             with
             the
             joy
             and
             acclamations
             of
             all
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             and
             Aman
             surrendred
             into
             his
             hands
             all
             that
             he
             possessed
             of
             his
             till
             that
             time
             ,
             and
             retired
             to
             those
             Seniories
             that
             were
             allotted
             him
             :
             And
             Joel
             had
             by
             Ozania
             two
             sons
             ,
             Gabriel
             and
             Aman
             ,
             who
             succeeded
             after
             his
             death
             .
          
           
             Here
             ye
             have
             the
             Tragie-Comedie
             ,
             I
             mean
             the
             deplorable
             and
             afterwards
             happie
             adventures
             of
             Prince
             Joel
             ,
             who
             during
             his
             Apes
             life
             suffered
             all
             sorts
             of
             miseries
             ,
             seeking
             his
             Victuals
             with
             a
             thousand
             hazards
             and
             troubles
             ,
             often
             
             brought
             to
             events
             the
             last
             ,
             with
             hunger
             ,
             thirst
             ,
             cold
             and
             heat
             ,
             wandring
             through
             forrests
             and
             deserts
             ,
             often
             exposed
             to
             the
             malice
             of
             weather
             ,
             but
             more
             to
             the
             malice
             of
             men
             ,
             who
             proclaim
             a
             most
             mortall
             war
             against
             these
             creatures
             ,
             for
             spoyling
             gardens
             ,
             pillaging
             their
             trees
             before
             the
             fruit
             be
             ripe
             ,
             and
             committing
             many
             outrages
             on
             their
             poultry
             ,
             connies
             ,
             and
             domestick
             fowl
             ,
             for
             which
             cause
             they
             pursue
             them
             with
             stones
             ,
             bows
             ,
             and
             guns
             :
             So
             as
             he
             was
             forced
             to
             use
             his
             best
             providence
             and
             dexterity
             to
             evade
             these
             inconveniences
             :
             and
             told
             his
             Mother-in-law
             Isania
             ,
             he
             was
             often
             constrained
             to
             live
             on
             rats
             ,
             moles
             ,
             mice
             ,
             snakes
             ,
             worms
             ,
             and
             other
             vermine
             ,
             to
             prevent
             dying
             for
             hunger
             .
          
           
             Isania
             enjoying
             now
             a
             perfect
             tranquillity
             ,
             took
             great
             delight
             to
             hear
             the
             particulars
             of
             the
             afflicted
             life
             her
             Son
             led
             during
             his
             transformation
             ,
             and
             captivity
             .
             This
             life
             being
             properly
             a
             most
             cruell
             slavery
             ,
             when
             Magicians
             shall
             have
             power
             to
             transform
             a
             humane
             body
             ,
             contrary
             to
             his
             consent
             and
             will.
             And
             indeed
             he
             affirmed
             ,
             it
             often
             brought
             him
             into
             strange
             despairs
             ,
             even
             to
             cast
             himself
             from
             some
             precipice
             .
             So
             as
             one
             day
             being
             in
             this
             furious
             resolution
             ,
             another
             huge
             black
             Ape
             came
             to
             him
             ,
             and
             leading
             him
             to
             a
             dark
             deep
             well
             ,
             perswaded
             him
             to
             leap
             into
             it
             ,
             but
             terrified
             with
             the
             vacuity
             and
             darknesse
             ,
             he
             retired
             ;
             then
             a
             pure
             white
             bird
             came
             to
             him
             ,
             who
             freed
             him
             from
             this
             temptation
             ,
             and
             led
             him
             to
             a
             place
             where
             he
             found
             a
             pocket
             full
             of
             bread
             to
             satisfie
             his
             hunger
             .
             Again
             he
             related
             ,
             how
             following
             on
             a
             time
             a
             beast
             he
             saw
             at
             some
             distance
             ,
             it
             brought
             him
             at
             length
             to
             an
             assembly
             of
             people
             of
             all
             sexes
             and
             ages
             ,
             dancing
             to
             musick
             with
             their
             faces
             outwards
             :
             amongst
             the
             rest
             he
             saw
             a
             nurse
             of
             his
             ,
             who
             bestowed
             a
             garment
             on
             him
             ,
             for
             then
             he
             conceived
             he
             was
             returned
             to
             his
             pristine
             shape
             of
             man.
             That
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             all
             this
             he
             saw
             a
             Beare
             to
             whom
             all
             these
             people
             made
             adoration
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             nurse
             perswaded
             him
             to
             do
             the
             like
             ,
             assuring
             him
             this
             Lord
             was
             infinitely
             powerfull
             ,
             and
             could
             restore
             him
             to
             his
             estate
             and
             dominions
             ,
             and
             give
             him
             all
             sorts
             of
             content
             and
             pleasure
             ,
             upon
             condition
             he
             would
             do
             him
             homage
             as
             others
             did
             .
             But
             as
             a
             Christian
             ,
             he
             had
             a
             horrour
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             In
             apprehension
             he
             saw
             Tables
             brought
             in
             ,
             and
             covered
             with
             all
             sorts
             of
             dainties
             ,
             whereof
             they
             all
             eat
             ,
             and
             he
             amongst
             the
             rest
             ,
             but
             thought
             the
             meat
             very
             ill
             dressed
             ,
             and
             of
             an
             unsavoury
             taste
             .
             In
             the
             end
             all
             vanished
             ,
             and
             he
             staid
             behind
             like
             an
             Ape
             as
             before
             ,
             and
             in
             a
             vast
             solitude
             ,
             whence
             he
             had
             much
             difficulty
             to
             get
             forth
             .
          
           
             Telling
             this
             story
             ,
             dame
             Isania
             much
             admired
             to
             hear
             that
             Joels
             nurse
             who
             was
             her
             kinswoman
             should
             frequent
             Magicians
             Sabbaths
             ,
             and
             resolved
             to
             search
             the
             truth
             .
             Whereupon
             they
             went
             to
             visit
             her
             ,
             for
             she
             lived
             not
             farre
             off
             ,
             and
             found
             't
             was
             truth
             ,
             as
             the
             poor
             wretch
             confessed
             her selfe
             ;
             
             and
             Joel
             was
             of
             such
             abilities
             ,
             that
             by
             argument
             and
             eloquence
             ,
             he
             reduced
             her
             to
             the
             right
             way
             ,
             leaving
             that
             life
             of
             abomination
             ,
             and
             went
             to
             S.
             Mary
             of
             Sion
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             most
             celebrated
             Churches
             of
             Ethiopia
             ,
             the
             chief
             residence
             of
             their
             Abuma
             or
             Patriarch
             ,
             of
             whom
             with
             penance
             and
             contrition
             ,
             she
             received
             absolution
             ,
             and
             was
             exorcised
             together
             with
             a
             son
             of
             hers
             ,
             whom
             she
             had
             seduced
             to
             this
             accursed
             sodality
             .
          
           
             Her
             neighbours
             adde
             ,
             that
             there
             were
             about
             her
             certain
             marks
             where
             her
             flesh
             was
             insensible
             of
             pinching
             or
             piercing
             ,
             as
             we
             report
             of
             our
             witches
             here
             ,
             which
             shews
             the
             devil
             is
             every
             where
             the
             same
             .
             In
             summe
             ,
             their
             memorials
             in
             particular
             relate
             this
             story
             of
             Joel
             for
             a
             truth
             ,
             which
             I
             had
             also
             by
             relation
             from
             the
             people
             .
          
           
             'T
             is
             no
             small
             difficulty
             ,
             how
             these
             transformations
             can
             be
             made
             by
             the
             work
             of
             the
             devil
             ;
             for
             though
             sacred
             history
             mention
             the
             like
             of
             the
             Babylonian
             Emperour
             ,
             that
             was
             done
             by
             the
             plenipotentiary
             power
             of
             the
             Almighty
             ,
             and
             if
             the
             devil
             do
             the
             like
             ,
             
             't
             is
             but
             by
             meer
             illusion
             ,
             or
             by
             applying
             Actives
             to
             Passives
             ,
             and
             this
             no
             further
             then
             he
             hath
             permission
             from
             his
             soveraign
             Master
             ,
             who
             executes
             his
             just
             and
             secret
             judgements
             ,
             how
             ,
             and
             when
             he
             pleases
             .
          
           
             We
             have
             plenty
             of
             examples
             both
             ancient
             and
             modern
             of
             Anthropolychi
             ,
             or
             men
             turned
             to
             Wolves
             ,
             whether
             really
             ,
             or
             in
             apparance
             only
             by
             distracted
             fancies
             ,
             which
             doubtlesse
             is
             the
             ordinary
             way
             Magicians
             transform
             themselves
             into
             several
             sorts
             of
             beasts
             :
             and
             these
             Anthropolychi
             have
             been
             known
             to
             come
             into
             Villages
             ,
             and
             divers
             women
             and
             children
             have
             been
             murthered
             by
             them
             ,
             and
             that
             their
             teeth
             were
             short
             like
             a
             mans
             .
             I
             my selfe
             was
             present
             ,
             when
             my
             associate
             Cassis
             apprehended
             himself
             transformed
             to
             an
             horse
             at
             Transiana
             .
          
           
             In
             reference
             to
             what
             I
             have
             said
             ,
             I
             remember
             at
             the
             great
             Caire
             ,
             I
             saw
             a
             Jugler
             or
             Magician
             rather
             ,
             by
             name
             Harafit
             ,
             who
             had
             an
             Asse
             would
             do
             strange
             and
             supernatural
             feats
             ,
             and
             many
             opinion'd
             't
             was
             a
             young
             man
             so
             chang'd
             to
             get
             money
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Carabit
             ,
             and
             the
             beast
             understood
             both
             the
             word
             and
             the
             matter
             very
             well
             .
          
           
             For
             my
             part
             I
             thought
             him
             to
             be
             some
             reasonable
             creature
             ,
             or
             at
             least
             some
             beast
             possessed
             and
             agitated
             by
             a
             Demon
             ;
             for
             amongst
             other
             things
             he
             had
             judgement
             to
             distinguish
             the
             fairest
             woman
             in
             the
             company
             ,
             though
             they
             go
             all
             as
             't
             were
             masked
             and
             covered
             with
             an
             Huke
             that
             hides
             their
             face
             ,
             and
             a
             thousand
             other
             tricks
             ,
             far
             beyond
             what
             I
             saw
             of
             the
             famous
             horse
             Morace
             at
             Paris
             ,
             long
             agoe
             .
          
           
             Some
             would
             go
             further
             ,
             and
             have
             it
             to
             be
             the
             Magicians
             own
             proper
             son
             :
             so
             as
             the
             Clark
             of
             our
             ship
             ,
             another
             ,
             and
             my self
             ,
             out
             of
             curiosity
             would
             needs
             go
             see
             this
             Mountebank
             at
             his
             station
             at
             Brillac
             ,
             on
             the
             other
             side
             Nile
             ;
             where
             having
             wound
             him
             up
             with
             
             good
             chear
             ,
             and
             given
             him
             a
             handsome
             piece
             of
             money
             to
             unlock
             his
             secret
             ,
             the
             Clark
             told
             him
             if
             he
             would
             transform
             a
             young
             Grecian
             they
             had
             redeemed
             out
             of
             slavery
             ,
             they
             would
             give
             him
             an
             hundred
             Sequins
             ,
             for
             they
             had
             a
             design
             to
             make
             a
             benefit
             by
             selling
             him
             to
             the
             King
             of
             France
             ,
             whereto
             he
             consented
             ,
             and
             promised
             to
             effect
             it
             ,
             so
             that
             he
             who
             was
             to
             own
             the
             Asse
             and
             the
             Grecian
             both
             ,
             would
             renounce
             their
             Faith
             :
             and
             hereupon
             shewed
             him
             seven
             Figures
             for
             that
             purpose
             ,
             in
             every
             of
             which
             ,
             there
             was
             one
             name
             of
             these
             seven
             principal
             Demons
             ,
             and
             a
             book
             wherein
             there
             were
             most
             funestous
             and
             execrable
             things
             .
             But
             with
             horrour
             we
             were
             satisfied
             with
             the
             discovery
             of
             so
             much
             wickednesse
             ,
             and
             left
             him
             .
          
           
             As
             concerning
             the
             Androlychi
             ,
             I
             have
             not
             heard
             of
             any
             thing
             so
             strange
             ,
             as
             that
             the
             Governour
             of
             Bagaris
             related
             one
             day
             to
             me
             .
             He
             told
             me
             ,
             that
             going
             with
             some
             of
             his
             company
             from
             Lionac
             to
             Montpelier
             ,
             they
             overtook
             an
             old
             man
             with
             a
             sack
             on
             his
             shoulders
             ,
             going
             a
             great
             pace
             towards
             the
             same
             town
             ,
             a
             Gentleman
             of
             the
             company
             out
             of
             charity
             told
             him
             ,
             if
             he
             would
             ,
             one
             of
             his
             servants
             to
             ease
             him
             ,
             should
             carry
             his
             burthen
             for
             him
             ,
             at
             first
             he
             seemed
             unwilling
             to
             be
             troublesome
             ,
             but
             at
             length
             accepted
             the
             offer
             ,
             and
             a
             servant
             of
             the
             Commanders
             chamber
             called
             Nicholas
             took
             the
             burthen
             ,
             and
             being
             late
             ,
             every
             one
             doubled
             his
             pace
             ,
             that
             they
             might
             get
             in
             in
             good
             time
             ,
             telling
             the
             good
             old
             man
             ,
             they
             would
             goe
             before
             ,
             and
             he
             should
             finde
             them
             at
             the
             White-horse
             .
             The
             servant
             of
             the
             Chamber
             coming
             in
             with
             the
             first
             ,
             had
             a
             curiosity
             to
             see
             what
             was
             in
             the
             sack
             ,
             where
             he
             found
             a
             Wolfs
             skin
             ,
             so
             properly
             accommodated
             for
             the
             purpose
             ,
             that
             he
             had
             a
             strong
             fancy
             to
             disguise
             himselfe
             in
             it
             :
             whereupon
             he
             got
             it
             on
             his
             back
             ,
             and
             put
             his
             head
             within
             the
             head-piece
             of
             the
             skin
             ,
             as
             't
             were
             to
             shew
             his
             Master
             a
             Maskarade
             ,
             but
             immediately
             a
             fury
             seized
             him
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             Hall
             where
             they
             supped
             ,
             he
             made
             strait
             to
             the
             company
             at
             table
             ,
             and
             falling
             on
             them
             with
             teeth
             and
             nailes
             ,
             made
             a
             dangerous
             rude
             havock
             ,
             and
             hurt
             two
             or
             three
             of
             them
             ,
             so
             as
             the
             servants
             and
             others
             fled
             to
             their
             swords
             ,
             and
             so
             plyed
             the
             Wolf
             with
             wounds
             ,
             that
             they
             laid
             him
             on
             the
             ground
             ,
             and
             hurt
             in
             several
             places
             .
             But
             as
             they
             looked
             upon
             him
             ,
             they
             were
             amazed
             when
             they
             saw
             under
             the
             skin
             a
             poor
             youth
             wallowing
             in
             blood
             .
             They
             were
             fain
             to
             lay
             him
             presently
             on
             a
             bed
             ,
             taking
             order
             for
             his
             wounds
             and
             hurts
             ,
             whereof
             he
             was
             covered
             ;
             and
             was
             long
             before
             he
             could
             be
             cured
             :
             but
             this
             cured
             him
             of
             the
             like
             curiosity
             against
             another
             time
             .
             The
             company
             by
             this
             means
             had
             but
             a
             bad
             seasoned
             supper
             ,
             and
             many
             of
             them
             were
             sick
             either
             of
             hurt
             or
             apprehension
             .
             For
             the
             old
             man
             Wolf
             ,
             't
             was
             not
             known
             what
             became
             of
             him
             ,
             but
             't
             is
             probable
             ,
             that
             hearing
             of
             this
             tydie
             accident
             ,
             he
             was
             cautious
             to
             appear
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XIX
             .
             Of
             the
             Desert
             Beniermi
             ,
             and
             the
             Townes
             
               Dangala
               ,
               Machida
               ,
               Georgia
            
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             IN
             this
             Navigation
             ,
             which
             I
             have
             interrupted
             for
             this
             prodigigious
             story
             ,
             we
             met
             with
             a
             countryman
             upon
             a
             Mare
             ,
             who
             went
             aboard
             a
             Bark
             ,
             to
             crosse
             the
             river
             to
             the
             Province
             of
             Dafila
             :
             but
             the
             man
             never
             observed
             a
             Colt
             that
             followed
             him
             ,
             and
             leapt
             into
             the
             water
             to
             come
             after
             his
             damme
             ,
             which
             the
             man
             seeing
             ,
             he
             besought
             the
             Pilot
             to
             turn
             back
             and
             take
             him
             in
             ,
             but
             the
             Pilot
             would
             not
             be
             perswaded
             ,
             so
             as
             he
             was
             constrained
             to
             leap
             into
             the
             water
             himself
             to
             save
             the
             Colt
             :
             But
             had
             not
             we
             by
             good
             fortune
             been
             at
             hand
             to
             help
             him
             ,
             the
             poor
             man
             and
             his
             Colt
             had
             perished
             together
             ,
             the
             violence
             of
             the
             water
             carrying
             them
             both
             away
             .
             Being
             in
             safety
             ,
             he
             was
             so
             amazed
             and
             out
             of
             breath
             ,
             that
             he
             was
             not
             able
             to
             speak
             us
             thanks
             :
             But
             he
             told
             us
             afterwards
             his
             Master
             made
             him
             pay
             for
             the
             Colt
             ,
             because
             he
             had
             not
             tyed
             him
             fast
             .
          
           
             After
             this
             ,
             for
             four
             long
             houres
             we
             cut
             through
             a
             Desert
             ,
             they
             call
             Beniermi
             ,
             where
             we
             saw
             several
             kindes
             of
             wild
             beasts
             ;
             amongst
             the
             rest
             two
             Lions
             lying
             in
             a
             shade
             ,
             with
             their
             muzzles
             all
             bloody
             ;
             they
             stirred
             not
             at
             all
             at
             the
             sight
             of
             us
             ,
             though
             some
             were
             afraid
             ,
             they
             would
             have
             leapt
             into
             the
             Bark
             upon
             us
             .
             But
             others
             better
             experienced
             ,
             assured
             us
             no
             ,
             except
             they
             were
             disturbed
             ;
             for
             the
             noble
             and
             generous
             nature
             of
             the
             beast
             ,
             who
             are
             only
             dangerous
             to
             those
             that
             hurt
             them
             .
             Joyning
             upon
             these
             deserts
             ,
             we
             saw
             fair
             till'd
             fields
             ,
             some
             sow'd
             with
             Lupines
             and
             Beans
             ,
             others
             with
             sugar
             Canes
             .
          
           
             Being
             come
             to
             Misen
             we
             rested
             there
             one
             day
             ,
             then
             about
             two
             miles
             further
             we
             had
             sight
             of
             Cafa
             a
             gentile
             town
             ,
             and
             passing
             further
             into
             the
             country
             ,
             we
             went
             on
             shore
             at
             a
             gallant
             town
             on
             the
             coast
             of
             Nubia
             ,
             they
             call
             Hami
             ,
             to
             take
             in
             Melons
             and
             Potatoes
             ,
             the
             best
             of
             the
             world
             .
          
           
             And
             from
             thence
             steer'd
             towards
             Dangala
             a
             very
             good
             town
             ;
             but
             bearing
             so
             much
             upon
             the
             land
             ,
             our
             Almadie
             was
             so
             fast
             gravell'd
             ,
             we
             were
             forced
             to
             unload
             our
             goods
             ,
             which
             hinder'd
             us
             at
             least
             two
             hours
             ,
             and
             made
             us
             lye
             at
             Bisen
             ,
             four
             leagues
             short
             of
             Dangala
             ,
             whither
             we
             went
             on
             the
             morrow
             in
             the
             company
             of
             continual
             rain
             ,
             thunder
             ,
             and
             lightenings
             :
             which
             was
             the
             cause
             we
             could
             not
             go
             on
             the
             other
             side
             of
             Nile
             ,
             to
             see
             Dafila
             the
             chief
             town
             of
             the
             Province
             of
             the
             same
             denomination
             ,
             where
             one
             of
             the
             gallantest
             ,
             and
             most
             valiant
             Princes
             of
             the
             Negusian
             Empire
             reigns
             .
          
           
             Touching
             Dangala
             ,
             't
             is
             subject
             to
             Barnagus
             ,
             who
             at
             first
             had
             it
             in
             
             exchange
             for
             Cassina
             ,
             and
             since
             hath
             both
             by
             help
             of
             money
             .
             'T
             is
             in
             Nubia
             the
             opposite
             of
             the
             Province
             of
             Dafila
             ,
             which
             extends
             as
             far
             as
             Danfila
             .
             Thence
             in
             five
             dayes
             we
             came
             to
             Mara
             ,
             a
             neat
             town
             ,
             opposite
             to
             the
             Province
             of
             Ganfila
             ,
             on
             the
             other
             side
             of
             Nile
             .
             The
             country
             is
             well
             peopled
             ,
             and
             plentiful
             of
             all
             commodities
             ;
             amongst
             the
             rest
             there
             is
             a
             mine
             of
             the
             finest
             silver
             .
             Thence
             in
             two
             days
             to
             Bergan
             ,
             and
             in
             one
             more
             to
             Tiruti
             ,
             a
             town
             abounding
             in
             all
             things
             ,
             but
             very
             dirty
             .
             On
             the
             other
             side
             of
             Nile
             is
             Gourage
             in
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Tamatas
             .
             Then
             in
             two
             dayes
             seventeen
             leagues
             to
             Daerue
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             a
             mine
             of
             Lead
             and
             Antimony
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             great
             profit
             ,
             sending
             their
             mettals
             every
             where
             ,
             they
             mixe
             brasse
             in
             their
             money
             and
             call
             it
             Cazec
             .
          
           
             We
             had
             the
             pleasure
             there
             to
             see
             a
             morall
             representation
             of
             the
             Magdabens
             conversion
             ,
             which
             was
             full
             of
             delight
             and
             contemplation
             .
             Thence
             we
             had
             a
             desire
             to
             walk
             under
             the
             shades
             to
             Machida
             ,
             a
             town
             they
             will
             have
             to
             be
             built
             by
             the
             Queen
             of
             Saba
             ,
             who
             was
             so
             called
             ;
             and
             they
             told
             us
             we
             should
             see
             in
             the
             Church
             a
             very
             antique
             statue
             of
             this
             Queen
             ;
             but
             being
             arrived
             ,
             we
             saw
             nothing
             but
             the
             ruines
             of
             a
             town
             ,
             which
             neverthelesse
             shewed
             ,
             that
             in
             times
             past
             they
             had
             been
             something
             of
             noble
             .
             For
             there
             we
             saw
             the
             ruines
             of
             a
             Castle
             ,
             which
             we
             must
             needs
             judge
             to
             have
             been
             a
             place
             of
             great
             strength
             ,
             for
             that
             all
             the
             avenues
             were
             of
             difficult
             accesse
             .
             The
             day
             following
             we
             went
             to
             Fuingi
             or
             Fungi
             ,
             and
             thence
             in
             four
             dayes
             to
             Rifa
             ,
             then
             to
             
               Sania
               ,
               Asmona
               ,
               Canan
               ,
               Asna
               ,
            
             where
             there
             is
             a
             Castle
             called
             Asiar
             .
             Some
             will
             have
             it
             ,
             that
             the
             ancient
             ,
             and
             so
             much
             renowned
             town
             of
             Siena
             ,
             was
             there
             scituated
             directly
             under
             the
             Tropick
             on
             this
             side
             .
             Thence
             in
             four
             dayes
             to
             Banaa
             ;
             and
             on
             the
             other
             sidetowards
             the
             red
             sea
             is
             Georgian
             ,
             a
             town
             inhabited
             by
             Georgian
             Christians
             ,
             who
             have
             licence
             with
             flying
             banners
             from
             the
             Turk
             ,
             to
             visit
             the
             Sepulcher
             at
             Jerusalem
             ,
             without
             paying
             Toles
             ,
             or
             Imposts
             ,
             as
             others
             do
             .
             They
             recount
             a
             miracle
             upon
             these
             people
             ,
             when
             they
             were
             once
             persecuted
             by
             an
             Infidell
             King
             ,
             Almighty
             God
             covered
             the
             enemies
             with
             a
             continual
             darknesse
             ,
             whereby
             they
             were
             delivered
             :
             upon
             which
             subject
             the
             Arabian
             great
             Poet
             and
             Historian
             ,
             wrote
             some
             verses
             .
             But
             I
             have
             heard
             others
             say
             ,
             't
             is
             the
             same
             that
             happened
             to
             the
             countrey
             of
             Georgiane
             or
             Albania
             in
             Asia
             the
             greater
             ,
             in
             a
             part
             thereof
             called
             Bonhainson
             ,
             where
             the
             Christians
             were
             pursued
             by
             Saure
             King
             of
             Persia
             a
             Mahometan
             ,
             and
             being
             reduced
             to
             save
             themselves
             by
             flight
             ,
             he
             invironed
             them
             with
             his
             forces
             ,
             in
             which
             extremities
             they
             had
             recourse
             to
             their
             prayers
             ,
             and
             an
             obscurity
             came
             over
             the
             King
             and
             all
             his
             ,
             whereby
             the
             Christians
             had
             means
             to
             save
             themselves
             .
             Some
             say
             that
             a
             darknesse
             ever
             since
             continued
             in
             that
             part
             of
             the
             countrey
             ,
             and
             that
             no
             man
             dare
             come
             upon
             the
             ground
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             cries
             of
             men
             ,
             and
             neighing
             of
             horses
             are
             continually
             to
             be
             heard
             ,
             without
             knowing
             any
             ground
             for
             it
             .
          
           
           
             Having
             staid
             one
             day
             in
             the
             Town
             of
             Georgian
             ,
             or
             Georgia
             ,
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             we
             passed
             in
             two
             dayes
             to
             the
             town
             of
             Erir
             ,
             thence
             to
             Cosia
             ,
             then
             repassing
             Nile
             we
             came
             to
             Pemin
             ,
             the
             first
             Town
             of
             high
             -
             Egypt
             :
             Here
             they
             are
             all
             Moores
             ,
             but
             yet
             people
             of
             conscience
             ,
             and
             very
             courteous
             to
             us
             .
             Thence
             we
             went
             to
             complement
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             or
             Governour
             of
             the
             Town
             of
             Almona
             ,
             and
             to
             have
             his
             passe
             ,
             because
             we
             were
             to
             enter
             into
             a
             Countrey
             all
             Infidels
             ,
             and
             subject
             to
             the
             Grand
             Sinior
             .
             The
             Sultan
             favoured
             us
             with
             many
             testimonies
             of
             affection
             ,
             and
             sent
             by
             a
             Frigot
             to
             the
             other
             side
             of
             Nile
             ,
             to
             a
             garden
             in
             the
             Town
             of
             Tima
             for
             fruit
             for
             us
             ,
             amongst
             others
             Peaches
             of
             extraordinary
             size
             without
             stones
             ,
             but
             not
             so
             sweet
             nor
             good
             as
             ours
             in
             Europe
             .
          
           
             Thence
             in
             two
             daies
             we
             came
             to
             Grandole
             ,
             a
             very
             Mercantile
             Town
             ,
             and
             in
             two
             dayes
             more
             to
             Manucat
             ,
             a
             great
             Town
             of
             about
             a
             thousand
             fires
             ;
             but
             about
             a
             league
             from
             thence
             there
             is
             one
             more
             large
             and
             fair
             ,
             called
             Bazuelle
             ,
             or
             Bazielle
             ,
             which
             was
             heretofore
             esteemed
             the
             Suburbs
             of
             Caire
             .
             Here
             are
             the
             most
             sumptuous
             Mosquees
             of
             all
             Egypt
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             
               Gemit
               Azore
            
             ,
             
             or
             Hamore
             ,
             where
             the
             Mahometans
             go
             to
             render
             their
             vows
             ,
             with
             diverse
             offerings
             ,
             and
             hold
             this
             Mosquee
             was
             erected
             in
             the
             honour
             of
             a
             holy
             woman
             ,
             called
             Nacisse
             ,
             kinswoman
             to
             the
             false
             Prophet
             Mahomet
             ,
             people
             of
             a
             most
             austere
             life
             :
             within
             they
             give
             entertainment
             to
             divers
             sorts
             of
             Marabuts
             ,
             or
             hermites
             ,
             who
             are
             there
             to
             do
             penance
             .
             They
             recount
             many
             fabulous
             miracles
             ,
             amongst
             others
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             resurrection
             of
             a
             dead
             person
             ,
             pretended
             in
             the
             time
             of
             
               Soudan
               Saladin
            
             ,
             who
             had
             a
             servant
             called
             Aliaze
             ,
             married
             to
             a
             fair
             and
             rich
             young
             maid
             ,
             but
             she
             behav'd
             her self
             so
             ill
             towards
             him
             ,
             that
             her
             love
             was
             fixed
             on
             another
             object
             ,
             wherefore
             in
             despair
             he
             complained
             to
             the
             Cherif
             ,
             or
             Priest
             of
             the
             Mosquee
             .
             This
             Cherif
             bade
             him
             be
             of
             comfort
             ,
             and
             advised
             him
             for
             some
             dayes
             to
             conceale
             himself
             ,
             to
             see
             how
             his
             wife
             would
             take
             it
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             mean
             while
             the
             Cherif
             visited
             his
             wife
             ,
             and
             enquired
             most
             earnestly
             of
             her
             husband
             ,
             telling
             her
             if
             he
             were
             dead
             or
             lost
             ,
             through
             her
             occasion
             ,
             she
             was
             damn'd
             without
             hope
             :
             being
             troubled
             hereat
             ,
             she
             told
             him
             she
             had
             not
             seen
             him
             of
             fifteen
             or
             sixteen
             dayes
             ,
             and
             that
             she
             was
             much
             afflicted
             for
             his
             absence
             ,
             but
             that
             she
             would
             make
             a
             vow
             to
             God
             and
             the
             Prophet
             ,
             if
             she
             could
             have
             him
             again
             she
             would
             be
             more
             dutifull
             to
             him
             .
             At
             the
             same
             time
             ,
             by
             fortune
             ,
             there
             was
             taken
             up
             the
             body
             of
             a
             young
             man
             who
             was
             drowned
             in
             Nile
             ,
             so
             disfigured
             that
             he
             could
             not
             be
             known
             .
             The
             Cherif
             taking
             this
             opportunity
             ,
             and
             having
             conferred
             with
             her
             husband
             ,
             they
             concluded
             to
             take
             his
             body
             ,
             and
             cloathing
             it
             in
             a
             suit
             of
             his
             ,
             and
             putting
             his
             ring
             on
             his
             finger
             ,
             lay
             him
             in
             the
             Mosquee
             ,
             covered
             with
             a
             cloth
             ,
             and
             say
             't
             was
             the
             corps
             of
             this
             womans
             husband
             ,
             which
             was
             done
             ,
             and
             the
             woman
             hearing
             the
             news
             went
             presently
             ,
             and
             knowing
             the
             cloaths
             and
             the
             ring
             ,
             fell
             into
             a
             
             most
             passionate
             lamentation
             ,
             whereupon
             the
             Priest
             to
             comfort
             her
             told
             her
             ,
             that
             on
             condition
             she
             would
             make
             a
             9.
             dayes
             visit
             in
             the
             Mosquee
             ,
             the
             most
             blessed
             Prophet
             would
             restore
             her
             husband
             to
             life
             ,
             and
             told
             her
             something
             of
             a
             certain
             vision
             he
             had
             ,
             while
             he
             said
             the
             office
             of
             the
             dead
             .
             In
             brief
             ,
             with
             subtlety
             and
             authority
             he
             so
             prevailed
             with
             her
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             morning
             she
             went
             to
             the
             Mosquee
             to
             make
             her
             prayers
             and
             sacrifice
             ,
             to
             this
             purpose
             ,
             upon
             the
             Tomb
             where
             the
             Cherif
             the
             night
             before
             had
             hidden
             her
             husband
             ;
             and
             then
             the
             egregious
             Priest
             pronounc'd
             his
             conjurations
             over
             the
             dead
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             name
             of
             the
             great
             God
             ,
             their
             Prophet
             and
             Saint
             ,
             he
             should
             rise
             and
             comfort
             his
             disconsolate
             relict
             :
             which
             was
             no
             sooner
             said
             ,
             but
             the
             good
             fellow
             began
             to
             stir
             ,
             and
             cryed
             out
             ,
             behold
             I
             am
             here
             :
             then
             the
             Cherif
             rejoycing
             opened
             the
             monument
             ,
             and
             out
             marches
             the
             husband
             ,
             who
             embrac'd
             his
             wife
             ,
             overcome
             with
             joy
             for
             so
             great
             a
             miracle
             ,
             which
             was
             blown
             immediately
             through
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             ever
             since
             this
             Mosquee
             hath
             been
             devoutly
             frequented
             where
             every
             one
             makes
             their
             vows
             ,
             to
             obtain
             their
             wishes
             :
             and
             these
             are
             the
             goodly
             miracles
             of
             Mahomet
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XX.
             Of
             Grand
             Caire
             ,
             of
             Balm
             of
             Egypt
             ,
             of
             Nile
             ,
             of
             Crocodiles
             ,
             and
             the
             particulars
             of
             Egypt
             .
          
           
             HAving
             had
             a
             view
             of
             Bazuelle
             ,
             and
             the
             stately
             Mosquee
             ,
             which
             in
             perfection
             of
             architecture
             is
             not
             notwithstanding
             to
             be
             compared
             with
             our
             Churches
             of
             the
             better
             structure
             ,
             we
             came
             in
             four
             hours
             to
             the
             great
             Caire
             .
             First
             we
             arrived
             at
             Bebelot
             ,
             or
             Bebelloch
             ,
             which
             is
             but
             a
             Burrough
             or
             Suburbs
             of
             20000.
             fires
             ;
             then
             one
             league
             further
             ,
             to
             another
             called
             
               James
               Talon
            
             ,
             or
             
               Gemeth
               Tailon
            
             ;
             thence
             to
             another
             called
             Garafa
             ,
             or
             Charafa
             ,
             joyning
             upon
             the
             Grand
             Caire
             ,
             and
             at
             length
             to
             the
             people
             of
             Bebzuailac
             ,
             or
             Bulac
             .
          
           
             This
             great
             Town
             treads
             upon
             the
             ruines
             of
             the
             ancient
             Babylon
             and
             Memphis
             ,
             the
             residence
             first
             of
             the
             Pharoes
             kings
             of
             Egypt
             ,
             then
             of
             the
             first
             Saracine
             Emperours
             ,
             and
             the
             last
             Soudans
             and
             Califes
             of
             Babylon
             of
             Caire
             ,
             distinct
             from
             the
             Babylon
             of
             Chaldea
             ,
             who
             in
             our
             histories
             are
             called
             the
             Soudans
             ,
             and
             Califes
             of
             Balda
             ,
             or
             of
             Baudas
             ,
             or
             Bandas
             ,
             the
             same
             as
             Bagded
             .
          
           
             The
             Town
             of
             Caire
             ,
             or
             Alcayr
             ,
             writes
             six
             hundred
             yeares
             erection
             ,
             the
             first
             stone
             laid
             by
             a
             slave
             of
             
               Calife
               Elcaine
            
             ,
             by
             name
             Gehoar
             ,
             or
             Chetiq
             ,
             where
             the
             Califes
             of
             Egypt
             
             fixt
             their
             siege
             ,
             whilst
             they
             maintained
             another
             at
             Bagded
             ,
             and
             one
             at
             Cairoan
             ,
             a
             hundred
             miles
             from
             Thunis
             .
             This
             Towne
             having
             been
             long
             under
             the
             Soudans
             ,
             was
             as
             at
             last
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             1517.
             taken
             by
             the
             Turks
             ,
             who
             extirpated
             the
             Empire
             of
             the
             Mamelues
             .
             'T
             is
             seated
             upon
             a
             good
             place
             of
             the
             Nile
             ,
             and
             known
             by
             four
             principall
             divisions
             .
             One
             stands
             upon
             a
             rising
             or
             eminent
             place
             ,
             the
             other
             along
             the
             Nile
             more
             low
             ,
             where
             some
             say
             Memphis
             was
             heretofore
             ,
             and
             there
             Nile
             composes
             a
             sweet
             Isle
             full
             of
             lovely
             gardens
             .
             This
             part
             may
             be
             of
             eighty
             or
             ninety
             thousand
             fires
             ,
             inhabited
             by
             the
             wealthiest
             merchants
             .
             About
             two
             miles
             from
             thence
             there
             is
             another
             part
             ,
             of
             little
             lesse
             extent
             ,
             by
             the
             Inhabitants
             called
             Mubacar
             .
             Next
             is
             the
             ancient
             Town
             ,
             which
             the
             Inhabitants
             call
             Bezuela
             ,
             whereof
             we
             spoke
             before
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             magnificent
             and
             stately
             edifices
             ,
             and
             Mosquees
             ,
             and
             amongst
             others
             one
             very
             fair
             hospitall
             .
             This
             part
             consists
             of
             about
             twenty
             thousand
             fires
             ,
             stretching
             it self
             about
             half
             a
             league
             towards
             the
             West
             ,
             towards
             the
             South
             touches
             the
             Palace
             of
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             or
             Bascha
             ,
             and
             toward
             the
             North
             a
             little
             Suburb
             which
             they
             call
             Bebesor
             ,
             which
             runs
             bending
             towards
             the
             East
             ,
             to
             another
             of
             like
             greatnesse
             ,
             
               Jemet
               Taulon
            
             ,
             the
             name
             of
             the
             Soudan
             who
             founded
             it
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             part
             there
             is
             a
             spacious
             Palace
             ,
             and
             a
             sumptuous
             Colledge
             well
             founded
             ,
             whither
             they
             resort
             from
             all
             parts
             to
             study
             the
             sciences
             .
             About
             two
             miles
             from
             thence
             ,
             there
             is
             another
             well-built
             part
             Carafa
             .
             The
             ancient
             Town
             Bezuela
             ,
             or
             Bazieles
             ,
             otherwise
             called
             Mifuletif
             ,
             or
             Mifruletif
             ,
             is
             that
             where
             the
             famous
             Sepulcher
             of
             their
             pretended
             St.
             Nassisse
             ,
             the
             neice
             of
             Mahomet
             by
             his
             son
             in
             law
             Haly
             ,
             stands
             .
          
           
             On
             this
             side
             lies
             the
             garden
             which
             bears
             the
             plant
             of
             the
             true
             Balm
             ,
             so
             much
             renowned
             there
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Almatria
             ,
             
             and
             Christians
             Materea
             .
             This
             plant
             hath
             a
             leaf
             like
             Lentisk
             ,
             or
             Mastick
             tree
             ,
             which
             they
             prune
             every
             year
             as
             a
             vine
             ,
             as
             a
             Gardener
             told
             me
             ,
             who
             kept
             it
             ,
             't
             is
             but
             small
             ,
             and
             there
             is
             but
             little
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             Ethiopians
             say
             the
             Queen
             of
             Saba
             carried
             this
             plant
             to
             Salomon
             who
             caused
             it
             to
             be
             set
             in
             the
             gardens
             of
             Jericho
             ,
             and
             afterwards
             was
             transplanted
             to
             this
             place
             by
             the
             Sarazins
             ;
             but
             others
             say
             that
             't
             was
             first
             brought
             from
             Arabia
             the
             happie
             ,
             where
             all
             the
             balm
             that
             grows
             there
             at
             this
             day
             ,
             is
             of
             like
             vertue
             and
             quality
             .
          
           
             About
             the
             end
             of
             May
             they
             slit
             the
             bark
             ,
             not
             with
             iron
             ,
             but
             something
             else
             ,
             and
             the
             liquor
             distills
             out
             ,
             which
             they
             receive
             in
             a
             glasse
             .
             They
             adde
             that
             this
             plant
             will
             prosper
             with
             none
             but
             Christians
             ,
             and
             that
             it
             dyes
             in
             the
             hands
             of
             Infidels
             .
          
           
             In
             some
             places
             of
             the
             West
             Indies
             ,
             in
             
               Nova
               Hispania
            
             ,
             
             and
             Carthagenia
             ,
             there
             is
             some
             of
             no
             lesse
             esteem
             than
             this
             of
             Egypt
             ;
             it
             grows
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             a
             fountain
             ,
             which
             is
             like
             a
             
             draw-well
             .
             The
             Mahometans
             say
             when
             the
             blessed
             virgin
             was
             in
             Egypt
             ,
             she
             rested
             at
             this
             fountain
             ,
             and
             here
             washed
             the
             linnens
             of
             her
             child
             Jesus
             .
             A
             little
             on
             one
             side
             is
             an
             Island
             ,
             with
             a
             fair
             Palace
             ,
             where
             the
             Bascha
             goes
             sometimes
             for
             recreation
             ,
             't
             is
             called
             Michial
             .
             Here
             lies
             the
             head
             of
             the
             Channell
             ,
             or
             Aqueduct
             ,
             on
             which
             there
             stands
             a
             Column
             ,
             to
             foreknow
             the
             fertility
             or
             sterility
             of
             the
             year
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             heighth
             of
             the
             inundation
             of
             Nile
             .
          
           
             The
             Part
             of
             Caire
             which
             lies
             upon
             Nile
             is
             very
             large
             ,
             called
             Boubacon
             ,
             or
             Bebesoe
             ,
             and
             Boulac
             ,
             here
             land
             the
             vessels
             which
             come
             from
             Rosete
             ,
             or
             Alexandria
             ,
             and
             other
             parts
             .
          
           
             In
             sum
             ,
             this
             Town
             consists
             of
             many
             more
             Towns
             ,
             or
             Burroughs
             ,
             or
             Suburbs
             ,
             full
             of
             people
             ,
             and
             I
             believe
             in
             this
             Town
             there
             are
             as
             many
             souls
             ,
             as
             in
             all
             the
             rest
             of
             Egypt
             throughout
             ;
             and
             he
             had
             need
             of
             a
             good
             horse
             that
             would
             survey
             all
             these
             habitations
             ,
             in
             two
             ,
             nay
             in
             three
             dayes
             .
          
           
             The
             Basha's
             Palace
             is
             the
             same
             where
             the
             Soudans
             was
             ,
             and
             that
             while
             the
             Empire
             was
             in
             glory
             ,
             was
             one
             of
             the
             most
             rich
             and
             magnificent
             in
             the
             Universe
             ,
             as
             a
             French
             Authour
             describes
             it
             who
             was
             there
             in
             those
             times
             :
             There
             being
             many
             Courts
             ,
             every
             one
             with
             a
             guard
             ,
             Porches
             ,
             Galleries
             ,
             and
             Columns
             of
             Martle
             ,
             guilt
             vaults
             ,
             various-coloured
             pavements
             of
             Mosaick
             work
             ,
             frets
             ,
             carvings
             and
             sculptures
             ,
             pleasant
             large
             gardens
             ,
             fountains
             ,
             viviaries
             ,
             bird-cages
             ,
             and
             other
             singularities
             :
             All
             sorts
             of
             rich
             moveables
             ,
             stones
             ,
             gold
             and
             silver
             .
             The
             Calife
             or
             Soudan
             had
             a
             throne
             of
             massy
             gold
             ,
             and
             rarely
             was
             seen
             to
             any
             except
             Embassadours
             .
          
           
             The
             Ladies
             for
             the
             greatest
             part
             are
             attired
             in
             white
             ,
             with
             coats
             ,
             and
             a
             mask
             of
             the
             same
             colour
             ,
             a
             silk
             smock
             of
             diverse
             colours
             ,
             a
             little
             bonnet
             on
             their
             head
             ,
             of
             some
             rich
             stuffe
             ,
             with
             a
             band
             or
             wreath
             about
             it
             ,
             and
             over
             all
             a
             large
             vest
             or
             huke
             ,
             which
             covers
             the
             whole
             body
             .
          
           
             Touching
             the
             Inundation
             of
             the
             River
             Nile
             ,
             it
             advances
             moderately
             ,
             not
             doing
             any
             dammage
             :
             and
             when
             it
             comes
             they
             make
             a
             generall
             triumph
             ;
             then
             they
             run
             at
             the
             vest
             ,
             a
             certain
             game
             of
             prize
             amongst
             them
             ,
             and
             prepare
             ditches
             expresly
             to
             receive
             the
             water
             ,
             certain
             persons
             being
             substituted
             of
             purpose
             ,
             who
             ascend
             four
             or
             five
             dayes
             journey
             towards
             the
             Channell
             ,
             to
             see
             if
             the
             waters
             flow
             with
             vigour
             and
             violence
             ,
             and
             thence
             return
             with
             poste-haste
             ,
             and
             acquaint
             the
             Basha
             to
             what
             degree
             ;
             and
             when
             there
             is
             notice
             that
             't
             is
             arrived
             within
             half
             a
             dayes
             journey
             ,
             the
             Bascha
             with
             the
             whole
             Nobility
             mounts
             on
             horseback
             ,
             clothed
             in
             their
             apparell
             ,
             with
             the
             robe
             of
             Mahomet
             ,
             born
             by
             a
             Marabou
             ,
             in
             great
             triumph
             before
             them
             ;
             and
             by
             the
             way
             ,
             running
             the
             Masse
             ,
             shooting
             with
             a
             Bow
             at
             a
             golden
             apple
             upon
             the
             end
             of
             a
             Pike
             .
             First
             they
             ride
             three
             or
             four
             rings
             ,
             then
             running
             at
             high
             speed
             in
             a
             full
             career
             ,
             they
             let
             fly
             at
             the
             apple
             ,
             and
             he
             who
             do's
             best
             bears
             away
             the
             prize
             .
          
           
           
             And
             so
             they
             solemnize
             the
             arrival
             of
             the
             flood
             ,
             every
             one
             cleanses
             and
             prepares
             their
             cesterns
             ,
             to
             store
             up
             water
             for
             the
             whole
             year
             ;
             for
             they
             have
             neither
             draw-wells
             nor
             fountains
             ,
             that
             ever
             I
             saw
             :
             and
             it
             never
             rains
             there
             ,
             only
             every
             evening
             there
             falls
             a
             dew
             ,
             such
             as
             if
             one
             should
             sleep
             abroad
             ,
             he
             should
             be
             as
             wet
             ,
             as
             if
             he
             came
             out
             of
             the
             River
             .
             The
             like
             is
             in
             Peru
             ,
             where
             they
             never
             have
             rain
             .
             But
             instead
             thereof
             ,
             they
             are
             visited
             with
             a
             wind
             that
             fannes
             and
             moystens
             .
          
           
             The
             Paraguary
             ,
             or
             the
             River
             
               de
               la
               Plata
            
             at
             Brazill
             ,
             hath
             the
             like
             inundations
             as
             Nile
             ,
             but
             with
             more
             violence
             and
             rapidity
             ,
             and
             lodges
             full
             three
             moneths
             upon
             the
             land
             it
             waters
             ,
             whereas
             Nile
             comes
             quietly
             ,
             and
             retires
             with
             the
             same
             civility
             ,
             not
             staying
             before
             any
             town
             above
             15.
             or
             20.
             dayes
             .
             They
             contrive
             to
             build
             their
             houses
             upon
             hills
             ,
             and
             rising
             grounds
             ,
             to
             secure
             themselves
             from
             waters
             and
             humidity
             :
             In
             the
             countrey
             ,
             the
             houses
             for
             the
             greater
             part
             are
             built
             of
             loom
             ,
             of
             beast-dung
             ,
             and
             earth
             ,
             and
             there
             are
             some
             which
             have
             no
             other
             then
             tents
             of
             strong
             cloth
             of
             a
             reddish
             colour
             ;
             but
             they
             who
             live
             near
             the
             silver
             River
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             impetuous
             stream
             of
             the
             water
             which
             overturns
             ,
             and
             carries
             all
             before
             it
             ,
             are
             constrained
             to
             forsake
             their
             houses
             ,
             and
             for
             a
             time
             betake
             themselves
             to
             their
             Canoes
             ,
             where
             they
             lead
             the
             Ducks
             life
             ,
             till
             the
             flood
             retiring
             within
             its
             bounds
             ,
             leaves
             their
             dwellings
             to
             their
             possession
             again
             :
             But
             I
             am
             not
             certain
             if
             this
             happen
             by
             a
             constant
             annual
             course
             as
             in
             Egypt
             .
             The
             custome
             of
             triumphs
             at
             the
             arrival
             of
             the
             inundation
             of
             Nile
             ,
             we
             finde
             to
             have
             been
             amongst
             the
             ancient
             Egyptians
             ,
             amongst
             others
             they
             celebrated
             the
             great
             feast
             of
             Niloa
             towards
             the
             Summer-Solstice
             ,
             holding
             the
             River
             for
             a
             God
             ,
             whom
             they
             worshipped
             under
             the
             names
             of
             Osiris
             and
             Orus
             ,
             giving
             him
             the
             appellations
             of
             the
             Saviour
             of
             high
             Egypt
             ,
             Father
             and
             Creatour
             of
             the
             lower
             ,
             who
             water'd
             and
             manur'd
             their
             soyle
             .
             Now
             for
             the
             Crocodile
             ,
             there
             are
             great
             store
             in
             this
             River
             ,
             as
             there
             are
             in
             many
             other
             places
             of
             the
             East
             and
             West-Indies
             ,
             as
             I
             observed
             before
             .
          
           
             The
             Indians
             call
             them
             Caymans
             ,
             they
             have
             so
             lustful
             a
             greedinesse
             to
             Mans-flesh
             ,
             that
             they
             will
             venture
             for
             it
             with
             unspeakable
             outrage
             and
             vigour
             .
             A
             man
             walking
             by
             the
             River
             side
             with
             a
             little
             child
             in
             his
             hand
             ,
             a
             Crocodile
             leaps
             suddenly
             upon
             him
             ,
             and
             tore
             the
             boy
             out
             of
             his
             armes
             ,
             not
             being
             able
             to
             save
             him
             .
             If
             any
             one
             by
             chance
             fall
             in
             the
             water
             ,
             there
             's
             an
             end
             of
             him
             ,
             therefore
             't
             is
             exceeding
             dangerous
             to
             refresh
             or
             bathe
             there
             without
             good
             caution
             ;
             the
             very
             boats
             loaded
             with
             people
             have
             often
             perished
             by
             them
             .
             These
             creatures
             generally
             make
             cleare
             work
             ,
             their
             assaults
             being
             so
             forcible
             ,
             that
             from
             some
             they
             crop
             armes
             and
             legges
             ,
             others
             they
             devoure
             intirely
             :
             They
             hold
             a
             fierce
             and
             rude
             war
             with
             the
             Tigars
             ,
             't
             is
             a
             creature
             without
             tongue
             ,
             moving
             only
             the
             other
             chop
             ,
             contrary
             to
             the
             nature
             of
             all
             other
             creatures
             ;
             
             the
             Egyptians
             made
             him
             a
             part
             of
             their
             Idolatry
             .
             Some
             observe
             that
             they
             were
             not
             pernicious
             to
             the
             countrey
             hertofore
             ,
             as
             they
             have
             been
             particularly
             since
             the
             Mahometans
             usurped
             it
             .
             Again
             ,
             some
             say
             the
             ●ountrey
             hath
             been
             much
             the
             more
             infested
             with
             these
             creatures
             ,
             since
             a
             Governour
             of
             Egypt
             deprived
             them
             of
             a
             leaden
             Crocodile
             placed
             by
             enchantment
             ,
             like
             a
             Talisman
             ,
             in
             a
             certain
             place
             .
          
           
             From
             Caire
             down
             towards
             the
             sea
             ,
             they
             are
             not
             so
             dangerous
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             higher
             Egypt
             .
             Besides
             Crocodiles
             ,
             this
             River
             breeds
             Hipopotumes
             ,
             or
             Sea-horser
             ,
             with
             divers
             other
             Monsters
             and
             Fishes
             .
          
           
             About
             four
             leagues
             from
             Caire
             ,
             and
             one
             and
             a
             halfe
             off
             Nile
             ,
             stand
             the
             famous
             Pyramids
             of
             so
             prodigious
             a
             height
             ,
             and
             admirable
             structure
             ,
             erected
             heretofore
             by
             the
             ancient
             Kings
             of
             Egypt
             ,
             either
             for
             ostentation
             and
             monument
             of
             their
             greatnesse
             and
             magnificence
             ,
             or
             for
             custody
             of
             their
             treasure
             ,
             or
             for
             sepulture
             of
             their
             bodies
             .
             This
             structure
             is
             by
             so
             much
             the
             more
             stupendious
             ,
             for
             that
             the
             stones
             of
             such
             immensity
             and
             hardnesse
             were
             trasported
             so
             far
             with
             such
             cost
             and
             pains
             ,
             as
             some
             say
             from
             Arabia
             and
             Ethiopia
             :
             and
             these
             bulks
             not
             rear'd
             to
             that
             height
             ,
             with
             Cranes
             ,
             Scaffolds
             ,
             or
             other
             Engines
             as
             then
             not
             known
             ,
             but
             by
             Cavaliers
             ,
             and
             Platforms
             of
             earth
             ,
             by
             strength
             of
             arms
             ,
             and
             extremity
             of
             labour
             ,
             as
             't
             is
             related
             of
             the
             wonderful
             edifice
             of
             Jugas
             ,
             of
             Perou
             at
             Cusio
             and
             other
             places
             .
             'T
             is
             not
             without
             wonder
             to
             be
             consider'd
             ,
             that
             the
             greatest
             of
             the
             three
             which
             ,
             as
             they
             say
             ,
             was
             erected
             by
             Chemmis
             King
             of
             Egypt
             ,
             with
             the
             employment
             of
             360.
             thousand
             mens
             labour
             for
             twenty
             years
             together
             ,
             is
             at
             this
             day
             perfect
             and
             entire
             ,
             though
             three
             thousand
             years
             since
             the
             raising
             of
             it
             .
             They
             say
             on
             every
             side
             of
             the
             square
             near
             the
             Basis
             ,
             it
             is
             200.
             fathomes
             over
             ,
             and
             800.
             foot
             high
             ;
             't
             is
             hollow
             ,
             and
             within
             there
             are
             walks
             ,
             and
             a
             fair
             room
             where
             the
             Sepulcher
             may
             be
             .
             The
             other
             two
             are
             lesse
             and
             Massie
             ,
             one
             built
             by
             King
             Cophus
             ,
             the
             other
             by
             Mycerine
             ,
             or
             the
             Curtisan
             Bhodope
             .
          
           
             The
             bulk
             of
             these
             structures
             hath
             put
             them
             in
             the
             number
             of
             the
             seven
             wonders
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             some
             say
             the
             children
             of
             Israel
             were
             employed
             at
             the
             building
             of
             these
             enormious
             Fabricks
             .
             There
             is
             yet
             to
             be
             seen
             some
             remainder
             of
             a
             monster
             ,
             wonderfull
             both
             in
             form
             and
             quantity
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             a
             Sphinx
             wrought
             in
             Numidian
             or
             Serpentine
             marble
             extraordinary
             hard
             ,
             with
             humane
             face
             ,
             and
             the
             body
             of
             a
             Lyon
             ,
             as
             the
             ancients
             represented
             this
             monster
             .
             There
             is
             yet
             left
             a
             kind
             of
             Obeliske
             or
             Needle
             ,
             the
             work
             likewise
             of
             the
             Ancients
             ,
             which
             some
             attribute
             to
             King
             Pheron
             ,
             others
             to
             Philadelphe
             ;
             Howsoever
             those
             great
             Obelisks
             which
             are
             at
             this
             day
             at
             Rome
             ,
             
             were
             brought
             from
             thence
             ;
             as
             the
             Hieroglyphick
             letters
             engraved
             upon
             them
             testify
             ;
             for
             't
             was
             the
             holy
             and
             sacred
             Scripture
             of
             the
             ancient
             Egyptians
             .
          
           
             A
             side
             off
             those
             Pyramids
             beyond
             Nile
             Eastward
             towards
             the
             red
             Sea
             ,
             lyes
             the
             famous
             countrey
             called
             Ehebaida
             ,
             and
             her
             deserts
             ,
             
             where
             so
             many
             Christian
             Hermits
             and
             Anchorites
             lead
             their
             lives
             ,
             as
             S.
             Paul
             ,
             S.
             Anthony
             ,
             and
             others
             ,
             adorned
             heretofore
             with
             so
             many
             Towns
             ,
             filled
             with
             religious
             communities
             ,
             where
             there
             were
             more
             Monasteries
             and
             Churches
             ,
             then
             other
             houses
             ,
             and
             no
             corner
             where
             one
             might
             not
             hear
             day
             and
             night
             the
             Almighties
             praises
             .
             Amongst
             the
             rest
             't
             is
             said
             of
             Oxininchus
             ,
             that
             at
             the
             same
             time
             had
             in
             it
             ten
             thousand
             religious
             men
             ,
             and
             as
             many
             women
             ,
             who
             with
             emulation
             kept
             a
             marvellous
             hospitality
             for
             poor
             travellers
             and
             strangers
             .
             Here
             in
             Thebaida
             flourished
             heretofore
             the
             famous
             town
             of
             Thebes
             ,
             with
             a
             hundred
             Ports
             ,
             nothing
             whereof
             remaines
             but
             ruines
             .
          
           
             On
             the
             other
             side
             Westward
             lye
             the
             Deserts
             of
             Barea
             ,
             towards
             Barbary
             and
             Lybia
             ,
             where
             was
             the
             celebrated
             Temple
             and
             Oracle
             of
             Ammon
             ,
             visited
             by
             Alexander
             the
             great
             .
             In
             brief
             ,
             all
             Egypt
             is
             surrounded
             with
             Deserts
             ,
             and
             Sands
             ,
             except
             on
             the
             Sea
             coast
             .
             For
             on
             the
             West
             they
             had
             deserts
             of
             fifteen
             dayes
             over
             ,
             on
             the
             East
             the
             Thebaidan
             deserts
             for
             three
             or
             four
             dayes
             up
             to
             the
             Arabian
             Gulph
             :
             Then
             on
             the
             other
             side
             the
             red
             sea
             ,
             the
             great
             desert
             as
             far
             as
             Palestine
             ,
             where
             the
             Israelites
             were
             forty
             years
             ,
             of
             many
             dayes
             travail
             over
             .
          
           
             From
             Caire
             to
             Delbequi
             ,
             't
             is
             all
             Desert
             ,
             where
             Mummy
             is
             found
             ,
             
             or
             bodies
             dried
             in
             the
             Sand.
             Of
             it
             there
             is
             another
             sort
             ,
             which
             is
             of
             embalmed
             bodies
             found
             in
             ancient
             Sepulchers
             .
          
           
             These
             Deserts
             are
             above
             18.
             or
             20.
             dayes
             over
             ,
             and
             they
             who
             travail
             them
             ,
             ride
             upon
             Cammels
             in
             Wainscot
             cabbins
             for
             the
             great
             dust
             and
             heat
             ,
             with
             small
             holes
             for
             ayre
             and
             light
             ,
             where
             they
             both
             eat
             and
             sleep
             .
             For
             there
             is
             no
             greater
             danger
             then
             the
             winds
             in
             that
             place
             ,
             bearing
             and
             removing
             mountains
             of
             sand
             from
             one
             side
             to
             the
             other
             ,
             under
             which
             Passengers
             are
             often
             overwhelmed
             ,
             and
             lost
             (
             as
             heretofore
             whole
             Armies
             have
             been
             )
             without
             the
             least
             possibility
             of
             assistance
             to
             one
             another
             in
             the
             convoy
             ,
             which
             sometimes
             consists
             of
             ten
             or
             twelve
             thousand
             persons
             and
             more
             ,
             every
             one
             striving
             to
             save
             himselfe
             ,
             and
             go
             with
             the
             greatest
             speed
             they
             can
             without
             stay
             night
             or
             day
             ,
             there
             being
             no
             possibility
             to
             know
             a
             track
             ,
             though
             one
             should
             have
             passed
             a
             thousand
             times
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             continual
             variation
             of
             the
             sand
             ,
             which
             lyes
             to
             day
             in
             one
             manner
             ,
             to
             morrow
             in
             another
             ;
             so
             as
             through
             this
             sea
             of
             sand
             they
             must
             use
             their
             Pilot
             and
             compasse
             ,
             without
             hope
             of
             refreshment
             during
             the
             journey
             ,
             onely
             about
             fifteen
             leagues
             from
             Delbegut
             ,
             where
             a
             fair
             fountain
             proceeds
             from
             a
             neighbouring
             river
             ,
             which
             is
             thought
             to
             be
             an
             arm
             of
             Nile
             ,
             the
             water
             whereof
             is
             warm
             like
             Niles
             ,
             but
             something
             better
             .
             Afterwards
             they
             must
             again
             passe
             over
             Deserts
             and
             dangerous
             moveable
             mountains
             of
             sand
             ,
             which
             put
             me
             in
             mind
             of
             the
             gray
             Tents
             or
             Adonars
             ;
             with
             the
             Moores
             of
             Fez
             and
             Morocca
             ,
             which
             you
             shall
             see
             in
             a
             numerous
             heap
             upon
             a
             field
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             morrow
             no
             such
             thing
             ,
             but
             removed
             to
             another
             station
             :
             for
             so
             it
             is
             with
             these
             
             walking
             mountaines
             day
             by
             day
             still
             in
             motion
             ,
             differing
             from
             a
             mountain
             of
             sand
             of
             excessive
             height
             ;
             I
             saw
             since
             near
             the
             Town
             of
             Lima
             or
             of
             Rois
             in
             Poru
             ,
             which
             exalting
             to
             an
             extraordinary
             height
             amongst
             many
             other
             hills
             ,
             never
             alters
             or
             diminishes
             for
             any
             wind
             or
             storm
             that
             can
             assault
             it
             ;
             a
             thing
             much
             admired
             by
             all
             men
             ,
             and
             for
             this
             the
             Indians
             adore
             it
             as
             divine
             ;
             but
             of
             this
             we
             shall
             with
             Gods
             leave
             speak
             in
             another
             tract
             of
             a
             voyage
             to
             the
             West-Indies
             .
             But
             returning
             to
             the
             sands
             of
             Egypt
             ,
             't
             is
             thence
             the
             greatest
             part
             of
             Mummy
             or
             flesh
             buried
             and
             rosted
             in
             the
             sand
             is
             gotten
             ,
             which
             the
             wind
             uncovering
             ,
             the
             next
             passenger
             brings
             to
             town
             for
             trade
             ,
             it
             being
             very
             medicinable
             .
             Here
             you
             see
             a
             dead
             man
             is
             often
             more
             serviceable
             to
             the
             living
             ,
             then
             the
             living
             themselves
             ;
             yet
             some
             approve
             not
             of
             the
             physick
             :
             But
             howsoever
             embalmed
             flesh
             is
             prefer'd
             before
             it
             ,
             for
             the
             Aromatick
             drugs
             the
             Egyptians
             used
             for
             preservation
             of
             dead
             bodies
             ,
             wherein
             they
             were
             at
             great
             charge
             and
             study
             ,
             whether
             for
             their
             hope
             of
             resurrection
             ,
             or
             for
             the
             opinion
             of
             some
             Philosophers
             ,
             that
             soules
             should
             so
             long
             live
             after
             departure
             ,
             as
             the
             bodies
             remain
             intire
             and
             incorrupt
             :
             for
             which
             cause
             they
             seasoned
             and
             embalmed
             them
             with
             Bitumen
             ,
             Salt
             ,
             Frankincense
             ,
             Myrrhe
             ,
             and
             other
             Aromaticks
             ;
             and
             bodies
             thus
             embalmed
             and
             preserved
             for
             many
             ages
             ,
             by
             the
             Arabians
             are
             called
             Mummies
             .
             To
             proceed
             ,
             the
             land
             of
             Egypt
             is
             highly
             renowned
             for
             a
             very
             potent
             and
             wealthy
             kingdom
             ,
             where
             some
             say
             heretofore
             have
             been
             reckoned
             20.
             thousand
             wall'd
             towns
             ,
             to
             entertain
             the
             infinite
             multitude
             of
             Inhabitants
             she
             had
             in
             those
             dayes
             :
             but
             now
             there
             remaines
             but
             little
             of
             all
             this
             .
             The
             first
             Kings
             of
             the
             world
             were
             their
             Rulers
             ,
             from
             whom
             they
             derive
             their
             lines
             of
             so
             many
             thousand
             fabulous
             years
             .
             Their
             first
             and
             kings
             were
             called
             in
             the
             Scripture
             by
             the
             generall
             name
             of
             Pharoes
             ,
             then
             the
             Persians
             became
             their
             Masters
             ,
             afterwards
             the
             Greeks
             ,
             then
             at
             last
             the
             Romans
             ,
             till
             the
             Saracins
             got
             them
             under
             their
             Califes
             and
             Soudans
             ,
             and
             the
             Turks
             for
             this
             last
             age
             .
             The
             ayre
             is
             good
             and
             temperate
             ,
             the
             soyle
             fertile
             ,
             and
             abounding
             in
             all
             commodities
             ,
             but
             so
             plentiful
             of
             corn
             ,
             that
             't
             was
             held
             the
             Granary
             of
             Rome
             in
             her
             chiefest
             glory
             :
             in
             medals
             of
             antiquity
             ,
             Egypt
             was
             still
             figur'd
             with
             ears
             of
             corn
             .
          
           
             The
             country
             about
             Caire
             they
             call
             Sabida
             ,
             heretofore
             Sais
             ,
             and
             Egypt
             ,
             taken
             together
             Chibib
             ,
             in
             
               Heibrew
               Mitfraim
            
             by
             the
             name
             of
             the
             son
             of
             Chus
             who
             first
             possessed
             it
             ,
             thence
             the
             Arabians
             at
             this
             day
             call
             it
             Mesre
             .
          
           
             The
             region
             called
             Delta
             from
             the
             triangular
             form
             ,
             is
             the
             fertile
             part
             of
             it
             ,
             because
             't
             is
             water'd
             ,
             and
             cut
             through
             by
             seven
             branches
             or
             armes
             of
             Nile
             ;
             This
             country
             is
             exceeding
             fertile
             throughout
             ;
             but
             the
             rest
             from
             Caire
             to
             Ethiopia
             is
             not
             so
             ,
             but
             only
             along
             the
             Nile
             for
             three
             or
             four
             leagues
             on
             each
             side
             ,
             where
             the
             river
             flows
             ,
             the
             rest
             is
             sandy
             ,
             parched
             and
             waste
             ,
             except
             some
             places
             where
             the
             river
             comes
             in
             channels
             ,
             which
             they
             say
             were
             heretofore
             the
             work
             of
             Joseph
             ,
             son
             of
             Jacob.
             
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXI
             .
             Of
             the
             Town
             of
             Alexandria
             ,
             the
             Isle
             of
             Malta
             ,
             and
             the
             Authours
             return
             to
             Marseils
             .
          
           
             WE
             staid
             some
             dayes
             at
             Grand
             Caire
             ,
             where
             in
             the
             advance
             of
             my
             voyage
             I
             staid
             many
             moneths
             ;
             but
             before
             I
             go
             away
             ,
             I
             will
             tell
             you
             how
             we
             met
             there
             with
             a
             brother
             of
             my
             companion
             
               Guillen
               Cassis
            
             ,
             whom
             he
             had
             so
             basely
             abused
             at
             our
             coming
             from
             Meca
             ,
             as
             I
             said
             in
             another
             place
             ,
             when
             he
             cheated
             him
             of
             seven
             Cammels
             ,
             under
             colour
             to
             go
             to
             traffick
             in
             the
             red
             sea
             and
             Ethiopia
             ,
             and
             we
             passed
             into
             Arabia
             the
             happy
             ,
             to
             Persia
             ,
             the
             East
             Indies
             and
             Affrica
             ,
             where
             in
             all
             we
             were
             forth
             in
             our
             travailes
             six
             years
             and
             a
             halfe
             .
             But
             as
             soon
             as
             he
             perceived
             at
             a
             distance
             his
             brother
             Marat
             ,
             he
             got
             slily
             into
             a
             company
             ,
             that
             his
             brother
             might
             not
             take
             notice
             of
             him
             ;
             at
             length
             he
             passed
             by
             us
             ,
             with
             a
             fixed
             eye
             ,
             but
             said
             nothing
             ,
             no
             one
             thinking
             of
             him
             ;
             for
             my
             part
             I
             knew
             him
             not
             ,
             yet
             me
             thought
             I
             had
             seen
             him
             before
             ,
             till
             at
             last
             I
             called
             him
             to
             mind
             ,
             and
             told
             the
             whole
             story
             to
             our
             company
             ,
             who
             condemned
             it
             for
             an
             unworthy
             action
             .
             In
             fine
             ,
             the
             good
             fellow
             by
             this
             means
             scap'd
             a
             bad
             encounter
             .
          
           
             Being
             departed
             from
             Grand
             Caire
             we
             went
             to
             embarke
             in
             our
             Almadies
             which
             staid
             for
             us
             at
             Boulac
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             Rendezvous
             of
             all
             Merchants
             ,
             Christians
             ,
             and
             others
             ,
             who
             are
             bound
             for
             Alexandria
             .
             Thence
             we
             came
             in
             a
             day
             and
             a
             half
             to
             Auas
             ,
             where
             we
             met
             with
             my
             friend
             who
             had
             made
             all
             speed
             for
             fear
             of
             his
             brother
             .
             From
             Auas
             we
             came
             in
             a
             day
             and
             a
             half
             to
             Rousette
             ,
             called
             by
             the
             natives
             Raschill
             ,
             a
             town
             by
             the
             ancients
             called
             Metilis
             ,
             or
             Canapus
             ,
             upon
             an
             arm
             of
             Nile
             called
             Heraclettick
             ,
             which
             Historians
             call
             Rexi
             .
             At
             Roussetta
             we
             sold
             our
             Almadies
             ,
             and
             imbarked
             by
             night
             in
             a
             Germe
             ,
             and
             the
             next
             day
             were
             in
             Alexandria
             .
          
           
             Alexandria
             is
             a
             town
             half
             ruinate
             ,
             of
             little
             pleasure
             ,
             
             a
             most
             remarkable
             example
             of
             the
             inconstancy
             of
             worldly
             things
             ;
             that
             this
             town
             should
             now
             be
             brought
             to
             so
             lacerate
             a
             condition
             ,
             that
             was
             for
             many
             ages
             one
             of
             the
             most
             ample
             ,
             fair
             ,
             populous
             ,
             rich
             ,
             and
             flourishing
             towns
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             chiefly
             renowned
             for
             excellent
             and
             commodious
             scituation
             ,
             for
             her
             Founder
             Alexander
             the
             great
             ,
             for
             having
             been
             the
             Seat-royall
             of
             the
             Ptolomi●s
             ,
             for
             her
             so
             famous
             and
             frequented
             Haven
             ,
             for
             her
             proud
             buildings
             ;
             amongst
             the
             rest
             ,
             Pharoes
             tower
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             wonders
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             for
             her
             Academy
             renowned
             for
             all
             Sciences
             ,
             for
             being
             the
             mother
             of
             so
             many
             famous
             Philosophers
             ,
             great
             Doctors
             ,
             and
             holy
             Patriarcks
             who
             kept
             the
             christian
             faith
             so
             long
             flourishing
             in
             those
             parts
             ,
             briefly
             for
             so
             many
             ornaments
             of
             art
             and
             nature
             ,
             from
             which
             glory
             she
             fell
             after
             she
             
             was
             taken
             with
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             country
             by
             the
             Sarasins
             ,
             and
             their
             third
             
               Calife
               Homar
            
             ,
             so
             as
             after
             this
             consternation
             she
             never
             recovered
             any
             thing
             of
             her
             pristine
             splendour
             .
             But
             she
             remains
             a
             good
             Haven
             ,
             and
             a
             good
             landing
             place
             for
             all
             Merchandizes
             of
             the
             Levant
             and
             Indies
             ,
             where
             all
             Levantine
             Merchants
             ,
             Africans
             ,
             and
             Europians
             come
             to
             traffick
             .
             Heretofore
             the
             Romans
             ,
             afterwards
             the
             Ptolemies
             made
             it
             the
             greatest
             Mart
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             by
             the
             means
             of
             the
             sea
             and
             Nile
             ,
             drawing
             thither
             all
             sorts
             of
             drugs
             ,
             spices
             ,
             and
             other
             Arabian
             commodities
             from
             India
             by
             the
             red
             sea
             ,
             then
             by
             land
             to
             Nile
             ,
             and
             so
             to
             Alexandria
             .
             Since
             again
             under
             the
             Soudans
             this
             course
             was
             continued
             ,
             where
             the
             Venetians
             ,
             and
             all
             Europians
             fetched
             their
             spices
             ,
             till
             the
             Portuguese
             found
             out
             another
             way
             as
             we
             said
             in
             another
             place
             .
          
           
             I
             will
             say
             no
             more
             either
             of
             this
             town
             or
             Caire
             as
             places
             sufficiently
             understood
             in
             these
             parts
             by
             the
             ample
             relations
             of
             divers
             accurate
             travailers
             :
             only
             I
             shall
             observe
             ,
             that
             in
             this
             town
             when
             the
             Nile
             flowes
             ,
             they
             preserve
             sweet
             water
             in
             their
             Cesterns
             ,
             and
             make
             Channels
             to
             water
             their
             gardens
             .
             There
             is
             resident
             a
             Consul
             for
             the
             French
             Nation
             ,
             
               Le
               sieur
               de
               Rhode
            
             ,
             was
             then
             the
             person
             who
             shewed
             us
             much
             kindnesse
             ,
             and
             much
             admired
             our
             tedious
             and
             painful
             peregrination
             .
             He
             had
             his
             wife
             there
             with
             him
             ,
             by
             whom
             he
             had
             two
             twin
             daughters
             ,
             which
             for
             devotion
             he
             sent
             to
             take
             baptization
             at
             Jerusalem
             ,
             and
             twenty
             years
             after
             my
             own
             natural
             brother
             married
             one
             of
             these
             daughters
             called
             Lucretia
             ,
             by
             whom
             he
             had
             many
             children
             at
             Marsels
             .
             We
             travell'd
             all
             Africa
             to
             Alexandria
             ,
             in
             eight
             moneths
             .
          
           
             Having
             stayed
             some
             dayes
             in
             Alxandria
             ,
             we
             departed
             for
             Tripoli
             in
             Suria
             ,
             without
             accomplishing
             my
             vow
             to
             go
             to
             Jerusalem
             ,
             for
             which
             I
             had
             gone
             so
             much
             ground
             ,
             and
             there
             we
             went
             aboard
             the
             Christina
             of
             Marsels
             ,
             and
             were
             five
             monthes
             intire
             before
             we
             could
             arrive
             there
             ,
             for
             that
             having
             touched
             upon
             Malta
             ,
             we
             stayed
             some
             time
             to
             see
             the
             sports
             of
             their
             Carnavalle
             ,
             which
             stayed
             us
             awhile
             .
             By
             the
             way
             it
             happened
             that
             the
             Saylers
             having
             rifled
             a
             little
             vessell
             of
             Greek
             wine
             ,
             drunk
             so
             freely
             ,
             that
             one
             of
             them
             amongst
             the
             rest
             ,
             climbing
             the
             Mast
             to
             do
             his
             office
             ,
             knowing
             his
             own
             condition
             tyed
             himself
             for
             fear
             of
             falling
             ,
             and
             lay
             down
             in
             the
             scuttle
             ,
             where
             he
             slept
             two
             dayes
             before
             he
             waked
             .
             In
             the
             mean
             time
             ,
             the
             others
             calling
             for
             him
             to
             come
             to
             dinner
             ,
             and
             not
             hearing
             any
             answer
             ,
             they
             apprehended
             they
             had
             heard
             something
             fall
             into
             the
             sea
             the
             night
             before
             ,
             which
             made
             a
             great
             noyse
             ,
             and
             that
             't
             was
             the
             poor
             Marriner
             ,
             who
             was
             drowned
             in
             his
             drink
             ,
             whereupon
             the
             Steward
             of
             the
             ship
             rung
             the
             bell
             thrice
             ;
             then
             ,
             as
             the
             custom
             is
             ,
             threw
             a
             fire-brand
             into
             the
             sea
             ,
             and
             said
             aloud
             ,
             
               Gentlemen
               Mariners
               ,
               pray
               to
               God
               for
               the
               soul
               of
               poor
            
             Veran
             (
             that
             was
             his
             name
             )
             because
             
               through
               Gods
               mercy
               ,
               he
               rests
               with
               the
               soules
               of
               the
               faithful
               .
            
             Then
             every
             one
             kneeling
             down
             prayed
             for
             him
             ,
             then
             presently
             what
             goods
             he
             had
             were
             inventoried
             ,
             and
             prized
             .
             But
             the
             day
             following
             ,
             the
             Master
             of
             
             the
             ship
             ,
             whose
             name
             was
             
               Pier
               de
               Soulier
            
             for
             discovery
             of
             the
             land
             ;
             like
             a
             careful
             Marriner
             ,
             climbed
             the
             Maste
             himself
             ,
             but
             he
             was
             amazed
             ,
             when
             he
             found
             there
             the
             supposed
             dead
             man
             fast
             tyed
             ,
             and
             yet
             in
             a
             profound
             sleep
             ;
             but
             upon
             the
             Masters
             call
             ,
             he
             awaked
             suddenly
             ,
             which
             made
             the
             company
             very
             merry
             .
             That
             night
             we
             lay
             upon
             a
             dangerous
             sea
             ,
             and
             feared
             we
             were
             upon
             the
             Asquequi
             ,
             or
             Seques
             ,
             which
             towards
             the
             land
             is
             a
             bad
             bottome
             ,
             
             that
             which
             made
             us
             judge
             of
             it
             ,
             was
             certaine
             Mosse
             swimming
             upon
             the
             water
             ,
             which
             hangs
             to
             the
             rocks
             ,
             which
             made
             us
             very
             apprehensive
             .
             In
             the
             evening
             a
             huge
             Whale
             followed
             us
             as
             the
             Pilot
             told
             us
             ,
             who
             had
             discovered
             him
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             minding
             to
             leave
             us
             ,
             as
             he
             turned
             ,
             brushed
             so
             rudely
             upon
             the
             ship
             ,
             that
             it
             shook
             all
             over
             ,
             as
             it
             had
             dashed
             against
             a
             rock
             .
             At
             the
             instant
             every
             man
             affrighted
             ,
             cryed
             out
             for
             mercy
             ,
             supposing
             we
             were
             lost
             ,
             for
             we
             were
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             a
             vast
             sea
             ,
             where
             there
             was
             no
             possibility
             of
             safety
             .
             The
             Master
             presently
             ran
             to
             the
             Hold
             ,
             to
             see
             if
             the
             ship
             were
             founder'd
             ;
             on
             the
             other
             side
             the
             Pilot
             from
             the
             Poupe
             discovered
             the
             monstrous
             fish
             had
             left
             us
             ,
             and
             was
             gone
             with
             a
             hideous
             noyse
             ,
             so
             as
             we
             were
             safe
             ,
             and
             by
             Gods
             goodnesse
             freed
             of
             a
             desperate
             fear
             .
          
           
             After
             some
             dayes
             sayling
             on
             ,
             we
             came
             to
             touch
             at
             Malta
             ,
             and
             being
             Shrovetide
             ,
             we
             resolved
             to
             stay
             awhile
             to
             see
             the
             celebration
             of
             this
             feast
             ,
             and
             there
             we
             put
             off
             some
             pieces
             of
             fine
             cloth
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Calicut
             ,
             but
             the
             mischief
             was
             ,
             that
             the
             Courtizans
             ,
             of
             which
             they
             have
             there
             very
             subtle
             ones
             ,
             had
             good
             share
             of
             them
             ,
             cheating
             us
             of
             some
             crowns
             under
             colour
             of
             treating
             us
             at
             our
             own
             cost
             .
          
           
             Of
             this
             Island
             I
             will
             say
             no
             more
             ,
             then
             that
             at
             this
             day
             't
             is
             the
             Residence
             of
             the
             Knights
             Hospitallers
             of
             S.
             John
             of
             Jerusalem
             instituted
             in
             the
             year
             1134.
             in
             the
             time
             of
             Baldouin
             of
             Bourgos
             the
             third
             French
             King
             of
             Jerusalem
             ,
             for
             the
             security
             of
             them
             who
             went
             to
             the
             Holy-land
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             year
             1309.
             their
             great
             Master
             Villaret
             took
             by
             force
             of
             Armes
             the
             Isle
             of
             Rhodes
             from
             the
             Sarasins
             ,
             who
             usurpt
             it
             from
             the
             Greek
             Empire
             ,
             and
             there
             establisht
             the
             Residence
             of
             his
             Order
             ,
             and
             maintained
             it
             stoutly
             against
             the
             many
             attempts
             of
             the
             Soldans
             of
             Egypt
             ;
             but
             in
             the
             year
             1522.
             
             Turk
             Soliman
             carried
             it
             from
             the
             great
             Master
             
               Philip
               Villers
            
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             license
             of
             Pope
             Leo
             the
             tenth
             ,
             this
             great
             Master
             with
             his
             order
             retired
             to
             Viterbo
             till
             better
             times
             ;
             and
             divers
             places
             being
             propounded
             for
             their
             Residence
             ,
             as
             Sasda
             in
             
               Candia
               ,
               Serigo
               ,
               Elba
            
             ,
             and
             others
             :
             in
             conclusion
             they
             resolved
             to
             petition
             Charles
             the
             fifth
             for
             Malta
             ,
             to
             whom
             it
             belonged
             ,
             as
             dependant
             on
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Sicily
             ;
             against
             the
             
               French
               ,
               English
            
             ,
             and
             Italians
             ,
             who
             would
             have
             had
             no
             such
             obligation
             to
             the
             Emperour
             ,
             but
             at
             length
             they
             consented
             ,
             because
             it
             had
             good
             Havens
             ,
             and
             was
             near
             to
             Barbary
             ;
             so
             they
             got
             Malta
             and
             Goza
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             1529.
             without
             other
             tribute
             or
             condition
             ,
             then
             a
             solemne
             
             Masse
             annually
             ,
             and
             a
             Falcon
             every
             yeare
             to
             the
             Viceroy
             of
             Naples
             ,
             but
             withall
             that
             they
             should
             have
             free
             transport
             of
             corne
             from
             Sicily
             .
             This
             in
             effect
             was
             more
             advantage
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             then
             the
             other
             Nations
             of
             Christendome
             ,
             the
             Isle
             of
             Malta
             being
             a
             guard
             to
             all
             the
             Spanish
             and
             Italian
             Coasts
             under
             his
             dominion
             .
          
           
             The
             Order
             at
             first
             was
             divided
             by
             seven
             Languages
             ,
             three
             of
             France
             ,
             which
             were
             
               France
               ,
               Avernia
            
             ,
             and
             Provence
             ,
             then
             of
             
               Italy
               ,
               Germany
               ,
               England
            
             ,
             and
             Spain
             .
             Afterwards
             an
             eighth
             was
             added
             ,
             Spain
             being
             divided
             into
             Castile
             and
             Portugall
             ,
             and
             England
             being
             left
             out
             ,
             they
             took
             in
             Aragon
             .
          
           
             Of
             these
             eight
             Languages
             ,
             every
             one
             had
             two
             Electours
             for
             election
             of
             the
             Grand
             Master
             .
             These
             Grand
             Masters
             have
             for
             the
             greater
             part
             been
             French
             ,
             and
             the
             greatest
             part
             of
             the
             Order
             consists
             of
             our
             French
             Nobility
             ,
             but
             I
             shall
             speak
             no
             more
             of
             it
             ,
             being
             a
             matter
             so
             generally
             known
             .
          
           
             Having
             left
             Malta
             ,
             we
             set
             sayle
             for
             Marsells
             ,
             where
             we
             landed
             within
             few
             dayes
             ,
             setting
             a
             period
             to
             that
             long
             voyage
             ,
             which
             had
             cost
             us
             so
             much
             time
             ,
             paines
             and
             danger
             ;
             God
             be
             glorified
             who
             guided
             us
             to
             so
             safe
             a
             Port
             ,
             at
             the
             time
             of
             the
             great
             Commet
             ,
             whose
             extent
             was
             thirty
             degrees
             ,
             the
             taile
             pointing
             to
             the
             West
             ,
             embracing
             Sagittarius
             and
             Capricorne
             ,
             and
             appeared
             not
             in
             the
             Sublunary
             Region
             ,
             but
             the
             Celestial
             ,
             so
             as
             't
             was
             seen
             throughout
             the
             Indies
             both
             East
             and
             West
             .
             But
             I
             cannot
             omit
             to
             relate
             how
             ,
             when
             I
             came
             to
             my
             Fathers
             house
             ,
             who
             was
             then
             sixty
             five
             yeares
             of
             age
             he
             knew
             me
             not
             ,
             but
             thought
             me
             dead
             ,
             and
             had
             made
             my
             funeral
             six
             years
             before
             :
             so
             as
             seeing
             me
             in
             the
             Greek
             habit
             ,
             he
             took
             me
             for
             some
             stranger
             ,
             and
             asking
             me
             who
             I
             was
             ,
             I
             answered
             him
             in
             language
             barbarous
             enough
             ,
             I
             was
             a
             Grecian
             ,
             and
             't
             was
             but
             truth
             ,
             I
             had
             almost
             forgot
             my
             native
             language
             ,
             being
             very
             young
             when
             I
             left
             my
             countrey
             ,
             and
             for
             that
             I
             had
             discontinued
             it
             so
             long
             time
             .
             Some
             vulgar
             Greek
             I
             understood
             ,
             which
             I
             learnt
             at
             Canea
             in
             Candia
             ,
             where
             I
             staid
             six
             or
             seven
             moneths
             after
             our
             first
             shipw●ack
             .
          
           
             Then
             my
             Father
             who
             spoke
             good
             Greek
             ,
             having
             traffick'd
             a
             long
             time
             in
             that
             country
             ,
             asked
             me
             what
             was
             my
             businesse
             ,
             and
             telling
             him
             I
             came
             to
             dine
             with
             him
             ,
             he
             told
             me
             I
             was
             welcome
             ,
             and
             bad
             me
             draw
             near
             the
             fire
             ,
             as
             I
             did
             .
             Then
             he
             demanded
             who
             ,
             and
             of
             whence
             I
             was
             ,
             and
             telling
             him
             I
             was
             a
             Marsellian
             ,
             the
             sonne
             of
             one
             
               Raphael
               Blanc
            
             ,
             he
             was
             amazed
             ,
             and
             troubled
             ,
             and
             calling
             my
             mother
             ,
             told
             her
             a
             son
             of
             his
             was
             come
             from
             Sicily
             to
             visit
             him
             ,
             my
             father
             having
             had
             a
             former
             wife
             in
             Sicily
             ,
             by
             whom
             he
             had
             two
             children
             ,
             who
             lived
             there
             upon
             their
             mothers
             means
             :
             whereupon
             they
             both
             afforded
             me
             great
             indulgements
             ;
             but
             at
             length
             I
             declared
             my self
             to
             them
             ,
             and
             then
             there
             was
             amongst
             us
             such
             a
             tyde
             of
             tendernesses
             ,
             there
             was
             not
             
             room
             for
             words
             ,
             nor
             could
             we
             contain
             our
             tears
             of
             joy
             .
             Afterwards
             I
             related
             to
             them
             at
             leasure
             the
             strange
             and
             various
             adventures
             of
             my
             voyage
             ,
             shewing
             them
             divers
             curiosities
             I
             had
             brought
             along
             with
             me
             ,
             amongst
             others
             ,
             Asbeste
             linnen
             ,
             which
             is
             made
             clean
             with
             firing
             ,
             being
             incombustible
             linnen
             ,
             used
             by
             Indian
             Princes
             ,
             and
             Lords
             ,
             and
             are
             wrapt
             in
             it
             when
             their
             bodies
             are
             committed
             to
             the
             pile
             ,
             as
             the
             bodies
             of
             Roman
             Emperours
             were
             in
             ancient
             time
             .
             I
             have
             often
             shewed
             the
             experience
             of
             it
             to
             persons
             of
             quality
             in
             Provence
             .
             I
             shewed
             them
             the
             herb
             Falacit
             ,
             having
             this
             property
             ,
             that
             laying
             it
             under
             a
             bed
             all
             those
             loathsome
             Chemisses
             worms
             stock
             to
             it
             ,
             and
             so
             are
             killed
             .
             I
             brought
             it
             in
             a
             box
             ,
             but
             I
             was
             ill
             advised
             ,
             I
             brought
             not
             the
             seed
             to
             plant
             in
             these
             parts
             .
             I
             shewed
             them
             divers
             other
             things
             of
             singularity
             ,
             admired
             by
             many
             both
             of
             knowledge
             and
             quality
             .
             But
             before
             I
             conclude
             I
             shall
             tell
             you
             in
             order
             ,
             to
             this
             re-acknowledgement
             of
             my
             Father
             and
             Mother
             ,
             Brothers
             and
             Sisters
             ,
             what
             long
             after
             happened
             to
             me
             at
             Palerma
             in
             Sicily
             ,
             after
             my
             Father
             was
             dead
             .
          
           
             For
             calling
             to
             mind
             he
             had
             often
             told
             me
             he
             had
             a
             Son
             and
             Daughter
             there
             ,
             I
             made
             diligent
             enquiry
             for
             them
             :
             at
             first
             no
             one
             could
             tell
             any
             thing
             of
             them
             ,
             for
             that
             they
             were
             called
             by
             their
             Mothers
             name
             ,
             whose
             heirs
             they
             were
             ;
             and
             my
             Brother
             who
             was
             called
             
               Nazaro
               Bianco
            
             ,
             was
             called
             onely
             
               de
               Nazara
            
             ;
             but
             at
             length
             I
             enquired
             by
             so
             many
             tokens
             that
             I
             found
             out
             his
             house
             ,
             and
             going
             thither
             I
             was
             told
             he
             was
             sick
             ,
             which
             hindered
             me
             not
             ,
             but
             I
             went
             confidently
             up
             into
             the
             Chamber
             ,
             meeting
             a
             young
             maid
             upon
             the
             stairs
             ,
             blood
             which
             cannot
             lye
             ,
             told
             me
             that
             must
             needs
             be
             my
             Sister
             :
             neverthelesse
             without
             further
             notice
             ,
             desiring
             to
             see
             her
             Brother
             ,
             she
             led
             me
             to
             his
             Chamber
             ,
             and
             seating
             me
             near
             the
             bed
             where
             he
             lay
             ,
             I
             observed
             in
             him
             the
             very
             pattern
             of
             my
             Father
             ,
             and
             asking
             if
             he
             had
             not
             Brothers
             at
             Marseills
             ,
             he
             told
             me
             yea
             ,
             and
             asked
             if
             I
             knew
             them
             :
             whereupon
             many
             discourse●
             passed
             ,
             telling
             him
             divers
             news
             and
             recommendations
             .
          
           
             During
             our
             discourse
             ,
             this
             Sister
             of
             mine
             looked
             stedfastly
             upon
             me
             ,
             as
             she
             were
             ravished
             to
             see
             and
             hear
             me
             ,
             and
             I
             presenting
             my
             hand
             to
             her
             ,
             she
             kissed
             hers
             ,
             and
             took
             mine
             ,
             a
             thing
             not
             usuall
             in
             Italy
             ,
             and
             lesse
             in
             Sicily
             .
          
           
             Hereupon
             my
             Brother
             having
             caused
             a
             little
             daughter
             of
             his
             to
             be
             brought
             in
             ,
             I
             kissed
             her
             hand
             as
             I
             did
             my
             Sisters
             ,
             and
             taking
             a
             ring
             off
             my
             finger
             of
             an
             orientall
             fauset
             emerald
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             best
             I
             ever
             saw
             ,
             I
             presented
             it
             to
             her
             ,
             wherewith
             she
             was
             quite
             confounded
             ,
             and
             in
             doubt
             whether
             she
             should
             take
             it
             or
             no
             ;
             but
             telling
             her
             her
             Uncle
             sent
             it
             her
             by
             me
             ,
             with
             leave
             of
             her
             Mother
             who
             was
             present
             ,
             she
             accepted
             it
             ;
             and
             at
             the
             same
             instant
             I
             gave
             a
             fair
             table
             Rubie
             to
             my
             Sister
             .
             But
             as
             we
             were
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             these
             complements
             and
             discourse
             of
             our
             friends
             ,
             who
             should
             come
             into
             the
             chamber
             with
             a
             French
             garb
             and
             alacrity
             ,
             but
             the
             Governour
             of
             the
             Bastide
             ,
             nephew
             to
             the
             grand
             Prior
             of
             St.
             Giles
             ,
             and
             
             other
             Cavaliers
             my
             friends
             ,
             who
             knowing
             I
             was
             there
             came
             to
             seek
             me
             ,
             and
             by
             their
             calling
             upon
             my
             name
             my
             Brother
             and
             Sister
             knew
             me
             ,
             and
             confessed
             they
             had
             some
             suspicion
             of
             me
             when
             I
             gave
             the
             rings
             :
             my
             Sister
             told
             me
             at
             the
             instant
             she
             met
             me
             on
             the
             stairs
             ,
             she
             felt
             something
             extraordinary
             ,
             which
             made
             the
             colour
             rise
             in
             her
             face
             .
             Then
             we
             fell
             to
             embraces
             and
             rejoyces
             ,
             like
             the
             American
             women
             ,
             who
             when
             they
             will
             bid
             their
             friends
             welcom
             ,
             sit
             on
             the
             ground
             and
             weep
             ,
             and
             entertain
             them
             ,
             embrace
             ,
             and
             feast
             them
             weeping
             .
             So
             I
             staid
             there
             some
             six
             weeks
             in
             jollity
             and
             congratulation
             with
             my
             friends
             .
             I
             was
             willing
             to
             relate
             this
             passage
             ,
             as
             well
             to
             shew
             the
             various
             encounters
             of
             mans
             life
             ,
             as
             the
             instinct
             of
             bloud
             which
             will
             discover
             it self
             be
             it
             never
             so
             concealed
             and
             unknown
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXII
             .
             The
             Authours
             voyage
             to
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Morocca
             ,
             he
             is
             taken
             by
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             an
             accident
             befell
             the
             Authour
             at
             Arache
             ,
             The
             battel
             of
             Sebastian
             King
             of
             Portugall
             .
          
           
             BUt
             let
             us
             come
             back
             to
             my
             return
             to
             Marseills
             ,
             where
             I
             felt
             the
             custom
             of
             change
             to
             be
             of
             no
             small
             force
             ,
             which
             was
             so
             prevalent
             with
             me
             ,
             that
             I
             had
             scarce
             rested
             six
             moneths
             there
             ,
             but
             I
             grew
             weary
             ,
             finding
             neither
             the
             air
             ,
             customs
             ,
             nor
             manner
             of
             living
             agreeable
             ,
             I
             was
             so
             moulded
             to
             change
             and
             variety
             .
          
           
             As
             this
             inquietude
             possessed
             me
             ,
             it
             happened
             fortunately
             that
             one
             
               Don
               Guillerm
            
             passed
             by
             Marseills
             ,
             sent
             by
             Henry
             the
             3.
             
             Embassadour
             or
             Agent
             to
             Fez
             and
             Marocco
             ,
             and
             being
             very
             much
             a
             friend
             to
             my
             Father
             ,
             dining
             one
             day
             at
             our
             house
             ,
             he
             heard
             me
             speaking
             of
             my
             travails
             ,
             and
             was
             pleased
             with
             my
             conversation
             ;
             he
             asked
             me
             if
             I
             would
             go
             along
             in
             his
             company
             :
             And
             I
             was
             in
             a
             humour
             so
             well
             disposed
             that
             I
             accepted
             very
             willingly
             ,
             so
             he
             entertained
             me
             .
             This
             
               Don
               Guillerm
            
             was
             a
             Chirurgion
             born
             at
             Nice
             ,
             who
             travailing
             to
             Marocca
             ,
             was
             so
             happy
             as
             to
             cure
             the
             King
             of
             a
             pestilence
             ,
             with
             which
             he
             was
             visited
             at
             Constantinople
             ,
             which
             brought
             him
             in
             great
             esteem
             with
             the
             Prince
             ;
             Insomuch
             that
             he
             sent
             him
             to
             treat
             of
             an
             alliance
             with
             King
             Henry
             the
             third
             ,
             who
             returned
             him
             with
             presents
             to
             Molouco
             and
             Abdelmelech
             .
          
           
             Being
             thus
             agreed
             ,
             we
             parted
             from
             Marseills
             about
             sixty
             in
             
             company
             ,
             and
             imbarked
             upon
             a
             well-arm'd
             vessel
             ,
             within
             six
             dayes
             we
             came
             by
             night
             near
             upon
             the
             streight
             of
             Gibraltar
             ,
             but
             the
             stream
             was
             so
             violent
             it
             held
             us
             back
             till
             day
             ,
             and
             well-nigh
             cast
             us
             on
             shore
             near
             the
             Tower
             called
             the
             Devils
             mansion
             ,
             where
             no
             body
             ever
             lives
             :
             for
             they
             have
             a
             tradition
             that
             the
             master
             Mason
             which
             built
             it
             ,
             being
             not
             paid
             his
             price
             by
             him
             that
             set
             him
             on
             work
             ,
             gave
             it
             to
             fiends
             who
             have
             kept
             it
             ever
             since
             .
          
           
             Being
             thus
             driven
             on
             shore
             ,
             against
             the
             mount
             of
             Gibraltar
             ,
             as
             we
             endeavoured
             with
             strength
             to
             shove
             her
             off
             ,
             the
             vessel
             overturned
             ,
             and
             the
             mast
             and
             sails
             lay
             in
             the
             water
             ,
             which
             much
             amazed
             us
             ;
             but
             by
             happy
             fortune
             a
             Pilot
             of
             
               Marseills
               ,
               John
               Saffoulo
            
             ,
             being
             aboard
             with
             us
             for
             his
             private
             affairs
             ,
             seeing
             our
             danger
             ,
             and
             that
             every
             one
             was
             fled
             to
             the
             other
             side
             the
             deck
             ,
             fell
             to
             work
             and
             with
             an
             ax
             opening
             the
             side
             of
             the
             ship
             let
             in
             the
             water
             ,
             so
             as
             the
             weight
             set
             her
             upright
             ,
             and
             by
             Gods
             assistance
             we
             scaped
             this
             imminent
             danger
             ,
             being
             driven
             by
             a
             gentle
             gale
             to
             a
             point
             where
             we
             cast
             anchor
             .
          
           
             But
             notice
             hereof
             coming
             to
             the
             Spanish
             Gallies
             ,
             which
             lay
             at
             anchor
             not
             far
             thence
             ,
             they
             sent
             out
             presently
             to
             take
             us
             and
             bring
             us
             to
             the
             Town
             of
             Gibraltar
             ;
             while
             they
             were
             towing
             us
             along
             ,
             we
             cast
             into
             the
             Sea
             above
             two
             thousand
             cannon
             bullets
             ,
             and
             a
             great
             quantity
             of
             powder
             .
             The
             Spaniards
             hereupon
             accused
             us
             of
             treason
             ,
             for
             carrying
             ammunition
             to
             their
             enemies
             ,
             for
             they
             had
             found
             some
             barrels
             of
             powder
             which
             were
             left
             behind
             .
             Then
             coming
             aboard
             us
             ,
             like
             right
             ravenous
             wolves
             they
             ransack'd
             every
             where
             ,
             seizing
             all
             the
             merchandizes
             ,
             and
             opening
             the
             chests
             eat
             all
             that
             was
             good
             :
             amongst
             the
             rest
             searching
             a
             Physicians
             chest
             they
             found
             some
             purging
             lozanges
             ,
             whereof
             some
             of
             them
             eat
             in
             great
             quantity
             ,
             and
             found
             so
             sudden
             an
             effect
             ,
             they
             had
             scarce
             time
             to
             untie
             their
             breeches
             ,
             whereof
             two
             or
             three
             died
             ,
             saying
             ,
             we
             had
             poysoned
             them
             .
          
           
             Mean
             while
             they
             put
             Irons
             on
             our
             legs
             ,
             and
             removed
             us
             into
             the
             Galley
             ,
             with
             rude
             treatment
             and
             rough
             menaces
             ,
             till
             at
             last
             sentence
             passed
             upon
             us
             ,
             by
             which
             the
             Embassadour
             ,
             and
             ten
             of
             the
             chief
             Gentlemen
             were
             to
             loose
             their
             heads
             ,
             all
             the
             rest
             to
             the
             Gallies
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             The
             Embassadour
             hearing
             this
             sad
             sentence
             ,
             appealed
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             ,
             who
             confirmed
             the
             sentence
             ,
             saying
             no
             more
             than
             
               Loque
               es
               hecho
               es
               hecho
            
             .
             But
             by
             good
             fortune
             the
             Marseillian
             Pilot
             that
             was
             with
             us
             ,
             when
             he
             first
             saw
             the
             Galleys
             coming
             upon
             us
             ,
             cast
             himself
             privately
             into
             the
             Sea
             with
             some
             moneys
             ,
             and
             so
             gaining
             the
             land
             went
             to
             Madrid
             ,
             and
             this
             in
             consideration
             of
             one
             amongst
             us
             ,
             to
             whom
             he
             had
             promised
             his
             daughter
             in
             marriage
             .
             Being
             there
             ,
             and
             understanding
             the
             King
             had
             ratified
             this
             sentence
             of
             death
             ;
             he
             addressed
             himself
             presently
             to
             the
             most
             Serene
             
               Infanta
               Donna
               Isabella
            
             ,
             and
             so
             handsomly
             laid
             before
             her
             the
             inconveniences
             would
             ensue
             upon
             this
             execution
             ,
             which
             was
             sufficient
             
             to
             break
             the
             peace
             between
             the
             two
             kings
             ;
             that
             she
             moved
             with
             these
             reasons
             ,
             went
             immediately
             to
             the
             King
             her
             Father
             ,
             to
             petition
             for
             grace
             ,
             which
             was
             granted
             ,
             and
             we
             released
             ,
             to
             the
             discontent
             of
             them
             who
             thought
             to
             make
             a
             good
             booty
             of
             us
             and
             our
             goods
             .
          
           
             Being
             now
             again
             Masters
             of
             our
             lives
             ,
             goods
             ,
             and
             vessel
             ,
             after
             two
             months
             time
             ,
             which
             was
             spent
             in
             these
             proceedings
             ,
             we
             put
             to
             sea
             again
             upon
             our
             course
             to
             Arache
             ,
             a
             fort
             of
             importance
             in
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Fez
             ,
             about
             70.
             or
             80.
             miles
             from
             Gibraltar
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             a
             Port
             made
             by
             a
             River
             ,
             as
             at
             Goa
             in
             the
             Indies
             ,
             which
             is
             crossed
             with
             a
             bar
             of
             sand
             ,
             so
             as
             there
             is
             no
             coming
             in
             but
             at
             high
             water
             ,
             which
             is
             here
             every
             day
             ,
             but
             at
             Goa
             you
             may
             expect
             a
             month
             .
             Coming
             on
             shore
             there
             we
             were
             very
             well
             entertained
             ,
             and
             the
             Embassadour
             provided
             of
             horses
             ,
             and
             other
             necessaries
             to
             go
             to
             the
             King
             of
             
               Fez
               Abdelmelech
            
             ,
             who
             was
             then
             in
             great
             vexation
             for
             that
             Mahomet
             his
             nephew
             ,
             who
             disputed
             with
             him
             for
             the
             kingdom
             ,
             and
             whom
             he
             had
             defeated
             in
             many
             battails
             by
             the
             assistance
             of
             the
             Turk
             ,
             was
             newly
             scaped
             towards
             
               Don
               Sebastian
            
             ,
             King
             of
             Portugal
             ,
             to
             crave
             his
             aid
             .
             Being
             come
             from
             Arache
             to
             Miguine
             ten
             leagues
             from
             Fez
             ,
             seeing
             the
             Embassadour
             was
             to
             hold
             on
             his
             way
             to
             Morocca
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             we
             resolved
             four
             or
             five
             of
             us
             to
             go
             see
             Fez
             ,
             the
             capital
             Town
             of
             the
             Countrey
             .
             Having
             walked
             through
             Meguine
             ,
             beyond
             the
             Town
             we
             came
             to
             a
             Church-yard
             of
             the
             Mahometans
             ,
             where
             two
             of
             us
             making
             water
             ,
             it
             happened
             to
             be
             near
             the
             Sepulcher
             of
             one
             of
             their
             Marabons
             ,
             or
             Santons
             ,
             and
             being
             perceived
             by
             some
             of
             the
             Moores
             ,
             they
             would
             have
             stopt
             us
             ,
             but
             we
             defending
             our selves
             stoutly
             with
             fists
             and
             feet
             ,
             I
             got
             out
             of
             their
             hands
             ;
             but
             my
             heart
             failed
             when
             I
             saw
             fifty
             Archers
             of
             the
             Town-guard
             about
             us
             ,
             who
             paid
             me
             well
             for
             the
             blows
             I
             had
             given
             their
             fellows
             ,
             for
             they
             beat
             me
             most
             outrageously
             ,
             as
             they
             did
             the
             rest
             of
             us
             ,
             the
             very
             Children
             crying
             after
             me
             ,
             
               Tarasti
               Nazarani
            
             ,
             that
             is
             kill
             him
             ,
             at
             every
             word
             calling
             me
             Quichequet
             ,
             dog
             .
             At
             last
             I
             was
             brought
             before
             the
             Cadi
             ,
             or
             Judge
             ,
             to
             whom
             I
             kneeled
             ,
             but
             he
             made
             me
             lye
             along
             on
             the
             ground
             ,
             and
             gave
             me
             thirty
             lashes
             on
             the
             back
             ,
             with
             a
             whip
             of
             o●-sinews
             ,
             and
             as
             many
             bangs
             on
             the
             belly
             with
             an
             Indian
             cane
             ,
             so
             that
             I
             was
             almost
             dead
             ,
             with
             the
             blowes
             which
             had
             quite
             benum'd
             me
             ;
             yet
             again
             for
             these
             threescore
             bangs
             I
             must
             pay
             as
             many
             miticales
             in
             gold
             ,
             which
             are
             worth
             four
             franks
             a
             piece
             ,
             after
             all
             they
             laid
             me
             in
             prison
             ,
             with
             another
             bath'd
             in
             blood
             at
             the
             same
             time
             .
          
           
             Then
             they
             used
             all
             art
             possible
             to
             perswade
             me
             to
             renounce
             my
             faith
             .
             Amongst
             others
             came
             in
             one
             in
             scarlet
             ,
             and
             under
             pretense
             of
             some
             compassion
             on
             my
             youth
             ,
             spoke
             softly
             in
             the
             Spanish
             tongue
             ,
             I
             should
             be
             advised
             and
             have
             a
             care
             how
             I
             lost
             my
             soul
             .
          
           
             Not
             content
             with
             this
             they
             sent
             a
             young
             Spanish
             damsell
             to
             me
             cloathed
             in
             white
             ,
             with
             a
             Huke
             which
             covered
             her
             all
             over
             ,
             who
             after
             salutation
             ,
             expressed
             her
             resentment
             of
             my
             misfortune
             ,
             and
             
             with
             some
             words
             of
             consolation
             ,
             told
             me
             she
             was
             come
             to
             instruct
             me
             how
             to
             save
             my self
             from
             death
             ,
             and
             to
             set
             her
             at
             liberty
             immediately
             .
             I
             bent
             my
             thoughts
             upon
             the
             woman
             ,
             not
             as
             yet
             comprehending
             what
             she
             meant
             ,
             till
             she
             explained
             further
             that
             I
             should
             marry
             her
             ,
             and
             renounce
             my
             faith
             for
             a
             time
             ,
             and
             when
             the
             King
             of
             Portugal
             who
             was
             upon
             point
             to
             give
             battaile
             to
             the
             Marocco
             should
             be
             victorious
             ,
             we
             should
             have
             means
             to
             escape
             amongst
             the
             Christians
             .
          
           
             I
             must
             confesse
             ingenuously
             ,
             the
             words
             of
             this
             young
             maid
             made
             a
             strong
             assault
             upon
             me
             ,
             and
             made
             me
             take
             the
             matter
             into
             consideration
             ,
             but
             God
             gave
             me
             the
             grace
             to
             hold
             firme
             to
             my self
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             to
             satisfie
             her
             that
             neither
             for
             her
             beauty
             nor
             enjoyment
             of
             all
             the
             world
             ,
             would
             I
             ever
             renounce
             the
             faith
             of
             
               Jesus
               Christ
            
             my
             God
             ,
             so
             she
             took
             her
             leave
             .
             But
             after
             this
             the
             Judges
             themselves
             attended
             with
             the
             Executioner
             ,
             with
             his
             heading-knife
             at
             his
             side
             ,
             came
             to
             me
             ,
             and
             speaking
             to
             me
             ,
             told
             me
             I
             had
             committed
             a
             hainous
             crime
             ,
             but
             that
             there
             might
             be
             some
             remedy
             found
             ,
             that
             we
             had
             all
             one
             God
             the
             Creatour
             of
             all
             things
             ,
             and
             the
             benign
             common
             Father
             of
             all
             men
             ,
             who
             had
             sent
             divers
             Prophets
             for
             our
             instruction
             ,
             and
             to
             shew
             us
             the
             way
             of
             salvation
             ;
             but
             they
             having
             one
             more
             excellent
             than
             the
             rest
             ,
             they
             were
             obliged
             in
             all
             they
             could
             to
             augment
             the
             number
             of
             his
             Disciples
             ;
             so
             as
             to
             save
             my
             life
             there
             was
             no
             other
             way
             then
             by
             deniall
             of
             
               Jesus
               Christ
            
             :
             not
             that
             they
             esteemed
             his
             law
             nefarious
             ,
             for
             they
             knew
             he
             was
             likewise
             a
             great
             Prophet
             ,
             the
             breath
             of
             the
             Almighty
             ,
             and
             a
             great
             friend
             of
             Mahomet
             ;
             but
             because
             their
             law
             was
             the
             best
             and
             the
             most
             perfect
             .
          
           
             To
             this
             ,
             God
             assisting
             me
             with
             his
             extraordinary
             grace
             ,
             I
             with
             courage
             answered
             ,
             that
             rather
             then
             deviate
             voluntarily
             in
             the
             least
             from
             my
             Religion
             ,
             I
             would
             sacrifice
             a
             thousand
             lives
             if
             I
             were
             master
             of
             so
             many
             .
          
           
             Perceiving
             my
             constancy
             ,
             they
             told
             me
             I
             was
             ill
             advised
             ,
             neverthelesse
             to
             testifie
             their
             affection
             and
             consideration
             of
             my
             youth
             ,
             they
             would
             make
             me
             another
             offer
             which
             might
             conduce
             to
             the
             securing
             of
             my
             life
             :
             whereupon
             there
             was
             a
             sumptuous
             tapestry
             spread
             upon
             the
             floor
             ,
             with
             rich
             bracelets
             and
             pendants
             of
             value
             ,
             all
             this
             stirred
             me
             not
             ;
             so
             as
             seeing
             they
             gained
             nothing
             upon
             me
             ,
             the
             principall
             of
             them
             ,
             the
             Ermin
             ,
             
             pronounced
             sentence
             of
             death
             ,
             and
             at
             the
             instant
             the
             Executioner
             seizing
             on
             me
             made
             me
             lay
             my
             head
             on
             a
             block
             of
             wood
             ,
             and
             without
             further
             Ceremony
             with
             his
             weapon
             naked
             in
             his
             hand
             prepared
             to
             give
             the
             blow
             :
             but
             as
             he
             was
             hastening
             me
             to
             pull
             my
             doublet
             off
             that
             the
             collar
             might
             not
             hinder
             the
             blow
             ;
             God
             inspired
             one
             amongst
             the
             rest
             ,
             that
             told
             them
             they
             committed
             an
             errour
             to
             cut
             me
             off
             being
             so
             young
             ,
             for
             that
             't
             was
             against
             their
             Law
             to
             execute
             any
             one
             for
             
             that
             crime
             being
             under
             17.
             years
             of
             age
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             ought
             to
             inform
             themselves
             precisely
             of
             it
             :
             For
             in
             the
             Alcoran
             the
             severe
             law
             is
             ,
             that
             whosoever
             shall
             commit
             Formicat
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             pollute
             a
             holy
             place
             ,
             he
             ought
             not
             to
             be
             put
             to
             death
             ,
             onely
             chastized
             with
             bastinadoes
             ,
             and
             absolved
             .
          
           
             But
             this
             punishment
             was
             exceeding
             cruelly
             and
             fully
             inflicted
             upon
             me
             ,
             for
             I
             stood
             the
             fury
             of
             a
             multitude
             ,
             who
             in
             the
             instant
             came
             in
             ,
             and
             asking
             ,
             
               Chate
               quei
               feuti
               houat
               Romi
            
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             what
             hath
             this
             Christian
             done
             ,
             and
             being
             related
             ,
             they
             said
             ,
             haley
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             make
             room
             ,
             then
             they
             all
             fell
             upon
             me
             ,
             and
             laid
             on
             till
             they
             were
             weary
             ,
             so
             much
             as
             a
             decrepid
             ,
             horrid
             ,
             squalid
             old
             man
             ,
             who
             while
             he
             bestowed
             his
             labour
             on
             me
             ,
             told
             me
             ,
             that
             as
             I
             had
             presumed
             to
             pisse
             upon
             the
             head
             of
             one
             that
             waited
             on
             their
             great
             Prophet
             ,
             so
             after
             death
             the
             Saints
             should
             shit
             upon
             my
             soule
             ,
             which
             should
             feed
             upon
             that
             ordure
             till
             the
             Judgement-day
             ,
             and
             then
             be
             cast
             into
             flames
             amongst
             her
             fellowes
             .
             His
             opinion
             was
             approved
             of
             ,
             but
             the
             execution
             suspended
             .
          
           
             Mean
             while
             my
             Companions
             were
             escaped
             severall
             waies
             ,
             and
             crept
             into
             caves
             ,
             where
             one
             of
             them
             lived
             three
             dayes
             upon
             snailes
             ,
             so
             as
             they
             could
             no
             waies
             help
             me
             .
             But
             my
             misfortune
             coming
             to
             the
             eares
             of
             some
             Christian
             merchants
             ,
             who
             lived
             in
             Town
             ,
             they
             went
             immediately
             to
             supplicate
             the
             Judicature
             to
             have
             consideration
             of
             my
             youth
             ,
             that
             I
             was
             a
             Gentleman
             belonging
             to
             the
             Embassadour
             of
             France
             ,
             who
             would
             resent
             the
             affront
             ,
             and
             acquaint
             their
             Prince
             with
             it
             ,
             whence
             inconveniences
             might
             accrew
             .
          
           
             They
             were
             not
             so
             moved
             with
             these
             reasons
             ,
             but
             some
             bribes
             must
             be
             given
             ,
             so
             as
             the
             Merchants
             entring
             caution
             of
             a
             vast
             sum
             with
             me
             ,
             and
             obliging
             themselves
             for
             my
             re-appearance
             when
             time
             should
             be
             ,
             I
             was
             set
             at
             liberty
             :
             Of
             all
             those
             there
             was
             not
             one
             of
             my
             Countrey
             nor
             acquaintance
             .
          
           
             Being
             at
             large
             ,
             I
             was
             quartered
             in
             a
             noble
             house
             ,
             with
             a
             rich
             Portuguese
             Merchant
             ,
             who
             spared
             nothing
             for
             my
             recovery
             ,
             out
             of
             this
             sad
             estate
             .
          
           
             This
             Merchant
             ,
             by
             name
             
               Andrieto
               Gasparo
            
             ,
             born
             in
             the
             Island
             of
             Corsa
             ,
             had
             two
             Brothers
             at
             Marseills
             ,
             and
             knew
             my
             Father
             very
             well
             ,
             to
             whom
             he
             gave
             speedy
             intelligence
             of
             my
             misfortune
             ,
             and
             received
             an
             answer
             with
             expresse
             order
             ,
             to
             worke
             my
             delivery
             at
             what
             rate
             soever
             .
             Hereupon
             these
             worthy
             people
             advised
             together
             ,
             and
             resolved
             to
             send
             two
             men
             to
             court
             on
             dromedaries
             ,
             there
             called
             Bacambal
             ,
             which
             are
             beasts
             of
             extraordinary
             velocity
             ,
             that
             will
             go
             their
             hundred
             miles
             a
             day
             ,
             with
             the
             principall
             Rider
             ,
             and
             one
             to
             guide
             him
             ,
             with
             their
             baggage
             and
             necessary
             provisions
             for
             their
             journey
             .
          
           
             But
             by
             the
             way
             ,
             the
             Riders
             had
             need
             be
             well
             swath'd
             back
             and
             
             head
             for
             the
             extreme
             shakings
             they
             give
             the
             body
             ,
             as
             likewise
             to
             have
             their
             ears
             well
             stopt
             ,
             for
             being
             deafened
             with
             the
             hideous
             noyse
             they
             make
             by
             the
             way
             .
             They
             dispatched
             these
             two
             Courriers
             ,
             one
             strait
             to
             Marocca
             ,
             whither
             't
             was
             reported
             the
             King
             was
             gone
             ,
             the
             other
             
               Francisco
               Maria
            
             a
             Portuguese
             ,
             towards
             the
             Sea
             Coast
             to
             Alcasseur
             ,
             where
             he
             met
             with
             
               Muley
               Moluco
            
             ,
             to
             whom
             he
             was
             well
             known
             ,
             and
             laying
             himself
             at
             his
             feet
             ,
             related
             the
             proceedings
             to
             him
             .
             Whereupon
             the
             King
             caused
             the
             Embassadour
             of
             France
             who
             was
             there
             ,
             to
             be
             called
             ;
             in
             the
             end
             he
             resolved
             to
             return
             this
             Messenger
             with
             all
             speed
             ,
             with
             order
             and
             command
             to
             the
             Ermin
             of
             Mequine
             ,
             to
             discharge
             me
             without
             further
             caution
             .
             Upon
             Estradiors
             return
             ,
             he
             presented
             these
             letters
             to
             Ermin
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Judicature
             who
             received
             it
             with
             great
             ceremony
             and
             humilty
             ,
             laying
             it
             upon
             their
             head
             ,
             and
             so
             I
             had
             my
             freedome
             ,
             and
             my
             life
             saved
             ,
             with
             sufficient
             marks
             to
             remember
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             future
             be
             better
             advised
             at
             my
             cost
             ;
             for
             I
             felt
             the
             stripes
             longer
             after
             :
             and
             indeed
             this
             is
             the
             greatest
             danger
             we
             ranne
             amongst
             the
             Infidells
             .
             Besides
             ,
             it
             cost
             me
             deere
             ,
             for
             I
             was
             fain
             to
             present
             the
             Gentlemen
             of
             the
             Judicature
             ,
             with
             a
             barrell
             of
             Safron
             ,
             and
             some
             Tapistry
             hangings
             for
             their
             curtesie
             ,
             who
             afterwards
             in
             testimony
             of
             their
             Amity
             ,
             sent
             me
             to
             Fez
             a
             magnificent
             present
             of
             a
             fat
             sheep
             ,
             and
             some
             other
             comestible
             things
             ,
             as
             bisquet
             ,
             sugar
             ,
             cheese
             ,
             and
             abundance
             of
             dates
             ,
             and
             that
             was
             all
             I
             got
             .
          
           
             At
             my
             departure
             with
             these
             worthy
             Merchants
             ,
             one
             of
             their
             wives
             called
             Causabonna
             ,
             in
             return
             for
             a
             bladder
             of
             Musk
             I
             presented
             her
             ,
             gave
             me
             six
             fine
             shirts
             ,
             with
             caps
             ,
             and
             handkerchers
             .
             At
             my
             return
             from
             Africa
             ,
             going
             back
             for
             Arache
             this
             way
             ,
             I
             failed
             not
             to
             visit
             my
             good
             friends
             these
             Merchants
             ,
             and
             was
             likewise
             to
             see
             the
             
               Ermin
               Mahomet
               Mustapha
            
             ,
             who
             by
             reason
             of
             my
             change
             of
             habit
             and
             countenance
             ,
             at
             first
             knew
             me
             not
             ;
             but
             afterwards
             gave
             me
             noble
             entertainment
             ,
             for
             his
             heart
             was
             Christian
             ▪
             and
             made
             us
             taste
             his
             good
             wine
             ,
             and
             eate
             with
             him
             ,
             offering
             me
             gold
             ,
             but
             I
             refused
             it
             ,
             notwithstanding
             I
             must
             needs
             take
             them
             ,
             saying
             they
             belonged
             to
             me
             ;
             being
             some
             Duckets
             given
             him
             for
             the
             Mutton
             ,
             and
             other
             things
             that
             were
             sent
             to
             me
             ,
             so
             as
             he
             made
             the
             account
             but
             even
             :
             which
             shews
             how
             just
             this
             man
             was
             .
          
           
             And
             he
             it
             was
             that
             in
             my
             suffering
             came
             to
             advise
             me
             to
             stand
             firm
             ,
             and
             not
             renounce
             my
             faith
             ,
             and
             religion
             .
             He
             had
             two
             wives
             of
             most
             perfect
             beauty
             ,
             and
             he
             told
             me
             if
             any
             occasion
             should
             occurre
             to
             draw
             him
             out
             of
             Barbary
             ,
             he
             would
             embrace
             baptization
             ,
             there
             being
             throughout
             these
             parts
             ,
             no
             meanes
             to
             exercise
             Christian
             Religion
             ,
             for
             I
             heard
             not
             one
             Masse
             so
             long
             as
             I
             was
             here
             ,
             neither
             at
             Fez
             ,
             nor
             other
             townes
             where
             there
             are
             abundance
             of
             Christians
             .
             They
             will
             not
             allow
             of
             Priests
             ,
             which
             is
             otherwise
             at
             Constantinople
             ,
             where
             there
             are
             above
             
             twenty
             Churches
             ,
             where
             they
             celebrate
             divine
             service
             ,
             both
             in
             
               Greek
               ,
               Latine
            
             ,
             and
             Abissinian
             ,
             and
             is
             free
             exercise
             of
             Religion
             for
             all
             Christians
             :
             and
             if
             the
             body
             of
             a
             Christian
             be
             to
             be
             interred
             at
             any
             distance
             from
             thence
             ,
             the
             Priests
             with
             the
             crosse
             go
             publickly
             for
             it
             ,
             and
             carry
             it
             whither
             they
             please
             ,
             without
             the
             least
             injury
             from
             any
             one
             ,
             upon
             pain
             of
             being
             well
             punished
             .
          
           
             During
             this
             progresse
             of
             affairs
             ,
             King
             Mahomet
             had
             agitated
             so
             with
             Sebastian
             King
             of
             Portugal
             ,
             that
             he
             was
             upon
             the
             march
             with
             a
             potent
             Army
             ,
             and
             that
             many
             vessels
             were
             already
             arrived
             at
             
               Arzille
               ,
               Oran
               ,
               Tanger
            
             ,
             and
             Cerote
             ,
             forts
             on
             the
             African
             coast
             in
             the
             Christians
             hands
             :
             whereof
             
               Muley
               Malouco
            
             being
             advertized
             ,
             made
             diligent
             preparation
             ,
             and
             first
             takes
             a
             march
             into
             the
             mountains
             against
             the
             Arabians
             ,
             whom
             he
             distrusted
             to
             be
             of
             his
             nephews
             party
             .
             He
             took
             course
             to
             dis-arm
             them
             totally
             ,
             and
             disabled
             them
             of
             sixteen
             thousand
             good
             horses
             ,
             for
             which
             he
             promised
             good
             payment
             ,
             and
             mounted
             on
             them
             so
             many
             musqueteers
             with
             red
             caps
             ;
             thus
             securing
             the
             Arabians
             ,
             and
             blocking
             up
             all
             avenues
             that
             they
             might
             not
             come
             upon
             his
             back
             .
             By
             this
             means
             having
             raised
             an
             Army
             of
             sixty
             thousand
             horse
             ,
             he
             advanced
             to
             Alcassour
             ,
             or
             Alcasquinir
             ,
             about
             fifteen
             leagues
             from
             Arache
             ,
             with
             his
             Brother
             
               Muley
               Hamet
               .
               Don
               Sebastian
            
             on
             the
             other
             side
             appeared
             there
             with
             about
             sixteen
             or
             eighteen
             thousand
             horse
             and
             foot
             ,
             
               Portuguese
               ,
               Castillians
               ,
               Italians
            
             ,
             and
             Germans
             .
          
           
             On
             the
             4.
             of
             August
             the
             battaile
             was
             given
             ,
             wherein
             the
             King
             of
             Portugall
             was
             slain
             ,
             and
             his
             Army
             wholly
             defeated
             :
             Mahomet
             flying
             to
             Arzille
             to
             save
             himself
             ,
             was
             drowned
             ,
             fording
             the
             River
             of
             Mucazen
             ,
             which
             runs
             by
             Arache
             ,
             though
             bravely
             mounted
             .
             Above
             twelve
             thousand
             Christians
             fell
             there
             ,
             besides
             many
             prisoners
             ,
             amongst
             whom
             were
             ●00
             .
             women
             ,
             and
             200.
             sucking
             infants
             .
             I
             was
             my self
             at
             this
             fight
             ,
             with
             about
             threescore
             Marseillians
             more
             ,
             whereof
             few
             came
             off
             .
             Malouco
             dyed
             of
             sicknesse
             in
             his
             time
             of
             triumph
             ,
             and
             his
             young
             Brother
             
               Muly
               Hamet
            
             succeeded
             ,
             whose
             race
             continues
             to
             this
             day
             .
             I
             saw
             the
             body
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Portugall
             carried
             away
             in
             a
             chest
             ,
             filled
             with
             unslack'd
             lime
             to
             preserve
             it
             ,
             begged
             of
             King
             
               Muley
               Hamet
            
             ,
             by
             
               Andrietto
               Gasparo
               Corse
            
             ,
             his
             great
             favourite
             ,
             who
             sent
             it
             to
             Lisbone
             ,
             for
             which
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             sent
             him
             a
             rich
             present
             in
             recompense
             ,
             and
             interred
             it
             in
             the
             Church
             of
             Belen
             .
             'T
             is
             true
             ,
             I
             understood
             since
             by
             some
             Portuguese
             slaves
             ,
             that
             this
             was
             the
             body
             of
             a
             Swisse
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             King
             being
             beaten
             from
             his
             Horse
             escaped
             :
             and
             indeed
             some
             years
             after
             one
             appeared
             ,
             who
             said
             he
             was
             the
             King
             of
             Portugal
             ,
             and
             shewed
             severall
             testimonies
             ,
             but
             howsoever
             he
             was
             executed
             in
             Spain
             as
             an
             Impostor
             ,
             after
             so
             many
             who
             described
             this
             battle
             at
             large
             ,
             and
             faithfully
             ,
             I
             will
             content
             my self
             to
             say
             onely
             what
             I
             saw
             .
             Thus
             then
             ,
             the
             whole
             Portuguese
             Cavalry
             being
             landed
             ,
             drew
             up
             in
             two
             squadrons
             .
             
               Don
               John
            
             of
             Cordoua
             ,
             Commander
             in
             chief
             of
             the
             one
             advanced
             towards
             Alcassar
             ,
             where
             the
             Moores
             
             attack'd
             them
             severall
             times
             ,
             and
             standing
             obstinately
             to
             their
             pikes
             broke
             their
             ranks
             ,
             but
             the
             Christians
             falling
             on
             with
             their
             pistols
             ,
             Azimut
             their
             Commander
             in
             chief
             was
             slain
             ,
             then
             the
             rest
             made
             no
             great
             resistance
             ,
             so
             as
             the
             Moores
             not
             used
             to
             this
             sort
             of
             arms
             ,
             fell
             into
             disorder
             and
             fled
             ,
             which
             put
             such
             vanity
             in
             the
             Christians
             ,
             that
             they
             lay
             in
             the
             field
             ,
             in
             hope
             to
             take
             Alcassar
             ,
             five
             leagues
             from
             Arache
             ,
             being
             both
             between
             two
             Rivers
             ,
             a
             league
             distant
             one
             from
             another
             .
             
               Don
               Sebastian
            
             to
             prevent
             surprizall
             by
             night
             ,
             surrounded
             his
             Army
             with
             waggons
             ,
             carts
             ,
             baggage
             ,
             utensils
             barrels
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             train
             of
             Artillery
             .
          
           
             
               Don
               Aluaro
               Perez
            
             led
             the
             Van
             ,
             with
             five
             hundred
             horse
             ,
             and
             twelve
             hundred
             Landsquenets
             ,
             guarded
             on
             the
             right
             with
             the
             River
             ,
             on
             the
             left
             with
             pikes
             ,
             barely
             armed
             with
             a
             corslet
             ,
             and
             a
             thousand
             Musqueteers
             in
             the
             head
             ,
             who
             marched
             the
             faster
             to
             get
             at
             some
             distance
             from
             the
             Army
             ,
             to
             provoke
             the
             Moores
             to
             fall
             upon
             them
             with
             hope
             of
             being
             releived
             by
             ten
             thousand
             Arabians
             under
             the
             command
             of
             Armabachi
             then
             with
             the
             Portuguese
             who
             suspended
             to
             declare
             themselves
             for
             hazarding
             their
             fortunes
             ,
             wives
             ,
             and
             children
             they
             knew
             not
             how
             ,
             for
             they
             had
             intelligence
             how
             the
             King
             of
             Fez
             had
             drained
             their
             Countrey
             ,
             and
             blocked
             up
             the
             avenues
             to
             hinder
             relief
             coming
             to
             his
             Nephew
             .
             Hereupon
             they
             made
             a
             stand
             ,
             resolving
             not
             to
             declare
             themselves
             ,
             advertising
             Soliman
             the
             son
             of
             Armabachi
             ,
             that
             they
             would
             stand
             Neuters
             ,
             till
             time
             should
             advise
             them
             what
             to
             do
             ,
             under
             the
             conduct
             of
             
               Amet
               Sarran
            
             ,
             a
             prudent
             Commander
             ,
             who
             had
             engaged
             to
             Malouco
             ,
             that
             he
             would
             be
             ready
             at
             his
             command
             .
          
           
             But
             
               Courco
               Abrahin
            
             who
             led
             five
             thousand
             Moorish
             horse
             being
             young
             and
             gallant
             ,
             ambitious
             to
             do
             something
             of
             noble
             ,
             sent
             to
             Sarran
             ,
             that
             if
             he
             would
             second
             him
             he
             would
             give
             battaile
             ,
             but
             Sarran
             answered
             't
             was
             no
             policy
             to
             attack
             an
             Army
             well
             rang'd
             and
             defended
             with
             Artillery
             ,
             without
             more
             possibility
             :
             so
             that
             day
             he
             did
             nothing
             ,
             onely
             four
             Moores
             well
             mounted
             made
             a
             bravado
             .
          
           
             I
             went
             along
             with
             one
             Hercules
             ,
             a
             Cannoneer
             ,
             and
             
               John
               Sassello
            
             a
             Marseillian
             ,
             to
             view
             the
             Portuguese
             Army
             ,
             which
             was
             a
             noble
             prospect
             ,
             all
             we
             disliked
             was
             the
             burthensome
             number
             of
             women
             and
             children
             .
          
           
             The
             13.
             of
             
               July
               ,
               Aluarez
            
             about
             day
             break
             spied
             
               Courco
               Abrahin
            
             with
             his
             five
             thousand
             Moores
             :
             and
             with
             a
             grand
             stratagem
             drew
             them
             under
             shot
             of
             all
             his
             Musqueteers
             ,
             and
             five
             field-pieces
             ,
             that
             made
             a
             great
             slaughter
             .
             These
             Moores
             were
             all
             defeated
             ,
             and
             their
             Leader
             slain
             ,
             to
             the
             great
             glory
             of
             
               Don
               Aluarez
            
             ,
             and
             Captain
             Balliotin
             ,
             Commander
             of
             the
             Lansquenets
             ,
             
               Don
               Sebastian
            
             view'd
             all
             the
             combat
             with
             exceeding
             delight
             ,
             embraced
             Aluarez
             returning
             with
             victory
             ,
             and
             gave
             him
             a
             rich
             Rubie
             in
             a
             Jewel
             ,
             set
             round
             vvith
             diamonds
             ,
             which
             he
             tied
             himself
             in
             his
             hat
             ,
             and
             to
             Banastarin
             and
             to
             Baliotin
             Captains
             of
             the
             Lansquenets
             ,
             and
             Arquebusiers
             ,
             to
             
             each
             a
             rich
             Diamond
             .
             The
             
               Moorish
               King
            
             gave
             likewise
             to
             Alvarez
             his
             Cimeterre
             of
             an
             excellent
             temper
             ,
             and
             a
             scabbard
             of
             great
             price
             .
             Of
             these
             five
             thousand
             horse
             ,
             not
             above
             three
             hundred
             escaped
             ;
             of
             Christians
             ,
             there
             dyed
             not
             above
             twenty
             ,
             and
             fifty
             wounded
             .
          
           
             Malouco
             hearing
             of
             this
             defeat
             was
             exceedingly
             troubled
             ,
             and
             blam'd
             Sarran
             ,
             that
             he
             came
             not
             in
             with
             relief
             .
             Hereupon
             he
             draws
             his
             Army
             towards
             the
             Sea
             side
             ;
             but
             the
             French
             Embassadour
             advised
             him
             rather
             to
             take
             course
             with
             the
             Arabians
             ,
             who
             had
             engaged
             to
             bring
             in
             to
             Mahomet
             fifty
             thousand
             horse
             ,
             and
             to
             fall
             upon
             them
             before
             they
             got
             into
             a
             body
             .
             He
             accepted
             the
             Councell
             and
             marched
             against
             them
             ,
             and
             put
             the
             country
             of
             Loyassan
             and
             others
             to
             fire
             and
             sword
             :
             The
             Arabians
             submitted
             ,
             and
             promised
             him
             all
             obedience
             ,
             but
             he
             being
             cautious
             ,
             and
             fearing
             their
             perfidiousnesse
             ,
             took
             all
             their
             horses
             ,
             and
             left
             the
             men
             for
             the
             next
             harvest
             ,
             so
             with
             dexterity
             he
             prevented
             that
             danger
             .
          
           
             Thence
             he
             returned
             towards
             the
             Sea-coast
             ,
             and
             began
             already
             to
             be
             ill
             disposed
             ,
             which
             proceeded
             from
             excessive
             constipation
             or
             Melancholy
             :
             from
             the
             beginning
             of
             his
             sicknesse
             he
             never
             came
             on
             horse-back
             ,
             but
             went
             ever
             in
             his
             Littar
             .
             He
             was
             a
             benigne
             and
             courteous
             Prince
             ,
             affectionate
             to
             his
             friends
             ,
             without
             state
             or
             distance
             ,
             speaking
             affably
             to
             them
             ,
             and
             rendring
             salutes
             with
             great
             civility
             .
             But
             on
             the
             other
             side
             he
             was
             cruell
             to
             his
             enemies
             ,
             in
             justice
             rigorous
             ,
             but
             chiefly
             to
             such
             as
             injured
             the
             Sutlers
             ,
             as
             to
             a
             boy
             who
             putting
             his
             hand
             into
             a
             pannier
             ,
             stole
             three
             dates
             ,
             the
             Sutler
             complaining
             ,
             he
             caused
             three
             of
             his
             fingers
             to
             be
             cut
             off
             .
             Some
             who
             had
             intention
             to
             turn
             to
             Mahomet
             ,
             he
             made
             them
             be
             rammed
             into
             a
             Cannon
             ,
             and
             fire
             set
             to
             it
             .
          
           
             The
             fourth
             of
             August
             ,
             at
             that
             time
             when
             the
             prodigious
             Planet
             menaced
             Portugal
             and
             Marocca
             ,
             the
             King
             of
             Portugal
             having
             made
             his
             prayers
             ,
             and
             received
             a
             benediction
             from
             the
             Bishop
             of
             Conimbria
             ,
             mounted
             on
             a
             white
             horse
             caparison'd
             with
             gold
             and
             green
             ,
             of
             about
             five
             and
             twenty
             years
             of
             age
             ,
             with
             something
             a
             rising
             nose
             ,
             a
             good
             stature
             ,
             his
             lip
             a
             little
             hanging
             ,
             went
             through
             all
             the
             Army
             ,
             to
             animate
             and
             encourage
             the
             souldiers
             .
             Some
             say
             the
             Bishop
             of
             Conimbria
             dreamed
             the
             night
             before
             ,
             that
             the
             battel
             was
             lost
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             were
             all
             slaves
             ,
             as
             it
             came
             to
             passe
             ;
             and
             that
             upon
             this
             alone
             he
             sent
             his
             treasure
             ,
             and
             all
             things
             he
             had
             of
             value
             to
             Arzille
             ,
             which
             served
             for
             his
             ransom
             afterwards
             .
          
           
             Malouco
             the
             same
             day
             about
             eleven
             in
             the
             fore-noon
             ,
             left
             his
             Littar
             and
             mounted
             on
             horse-back
             ,
             vested
             in
             a
             rich
             robe
             of
             cloth
             of
             gold
             ,
             wrought
             with
             a
             folliage
             ,
             a
             Cimeterre
             at
             his
             side
             ,
             his
             saddle
             set
             over
             with
             precious
             stones
             ,
             and
             thus
             went
             from
             rank
             to
             rank
             ,
             encouraging
             his
             men
             to
             combat
             .
             His
             Army
             marched
             in
             good
             order
             like
             a
             half-cressent
             ,
             drums
             of
             the
             Morisco
             very
             small
             ,
             beat
             ,
             and
             the
             Fifes
             founded
             a
             shriller
             sound
             then
             the
             Trumpet
             .
             'T
             was
             thought
             the
             battels
             should
             have
             been
             given
             on
             Sunday
             the
             third
             ,
             but
             't
             was
             
             defer'd
             to
             the
             fourth
             ,
             and
             Sebastian
             and
             Mahomet
             were
             advised
             to
             stay
             battel
             till
             the
             approach
             of
             night
             ,
             because
             the
             Arabians
             promised
             to
             come
             over
             to
             them
             ,
             and
             leave
             Malouco
             ,
             which
             proved
             false
             ,
             and
             they
             were
             so
             disappointed
             .
             King
             Sebastian
             was
             armed
             ,
             as
             the
             day
             before
             ,
             in
             green
             Armes
             ,
             upon
             a
             white
             horse
             one
             of
             the
             best
             in
             Portugal
             .
          
           
             The
             Moores
             Army
             was
             rampar'd
             on
             the
             left
             hand
             with
             the
             River
             .
             Sebastian
             thought
             himself
             sure
             of
             the
             Arabians
             assistance
             ,
             and
             specially
             of
             Melouco's
             Van-guard
             ,
             which
             was
             all
             of
             Arabians
             ,
             and
             for
             this
             reason
             stayed
             till
             night
             ,
             that
             they
             might
             not
             be
             perceived
             .
             'T
             was
             in
             a
             field
             of
             above
             two
             large
             leagues
             every
             way
             ,
             without
             either
             tree
             or
             stone
             .
             Before
             the
             Van-guard
             marched
             ,
             the
             Light-horse-men
             mounted
             on
             the
             Arabians
             horses
             ,
             composing
             the
             point
             of
             the
             Cressent
             ,
             and
             were
             wholly
             cut
             off
             with
             the
             Cannon
             .
             The
             Arabians
             seeing
             this
             rout
             ,
             thought
             good
             to
             do
             the
             like
             ;
             but
             not
             perceiving
             a
             man
             of
             the
             other
             Battalia's
             fall
             ,
             they
             set
             a
             good
             face
             on
             it
             ,
             by
             force
             
               Muley
               Hammet
            
             being
             at
             hand
             to
             instigate
             them
             .
             The
             battail
             at
             length
             grew
             hot
             ,
             and
             the
             Arabians
             performed
             nothing
             of
             what
             they
             had
             promised
             :
             Molouco
             employed
             the
             remaining
             houres
             of
             his
             life
             in
             giving
             order
             for
             victory
             :
             The
             King
             of
             Portugal
             and
             the
             Moor
             remained
             on
             the
             ground
             as
             well
             as
             Molouco
             ,
             the
             one
             slain
             ,
             the
             other
             drowned
             ,
             and
             the
             third
             dead
             of
             infirmity
             in
             his
             Littar
             ,
             Hamet
             remaining
             only
             victorious
             ,
             and
             heire
             of
             all
             .
          
           
             
               Don
               Sebastian
            
             did
             wonders
             in
             his
             own
             person
             ,
             but
             overpowred
             with
             number
             ,
             he
             hung
             his
             handkercher
             on
             the
             point
             of
             a
             lance
             in
             token
             of
             yeilding
             ,
             but
             the
             rascally
             Moores
             ignorant
             of
             this
             practice
             ,
             run
             upon
             him
             ,
             and
             those
             that
             stood
             with
             him
             ,
             and
             put
             them
             all
             to
             the
             Sword.
             The
             slaughter
             was
             great
             ,
             but
             chiefly
             of
             those
             who
             went
             along
             with
             the
             baggage
             ,
             who
             were
             as
             many
             or
             more
             then
             all
             the
             Army
             .
          
           
             There
             were
             some
             mingled
             themselves
             amongst
             the
             dead
             ,
             to
             save
             their
             lives
             .
             'T
             was
             sad
             to
             see
             200.
             sucking
             children
             ,
             and
             above
             800.
             women
             ,
             boyes
             ,
             and
             girles
             ,
             who
             followed
             father
             and
             mother
             ,
             thinking
             to
             inhabit
             this
             country
             ,
             who
             had
             loaded
             chains
             and
             cords
             to
             fetter
             the
             Moores
             ,
             and
             served
             for
             the
             Christians
             themselves
             ,
             of
             whom
             there
             are
             17.
             thousand
             prisoners
             ,
             the
             two
             hundred
             infants
             ,
             and
             the
             eight
             hundred
             women
             not
             reckon'd
             .
             As
             to
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Fez
             or
             Marocca
             ,
             heretofore
             Mauritania
             ,
             or
             Tingitania
             ,
             't
             is
             of
             vast
             extent
             ,
             and
             amongst
             others
             hath
             the
             two
             potent
             towns
             of
             Fez
             and
             Marocca
             .
          
           
             Fez
             is
             the
             Capitall
             of
             the
             kingdom
             ,
             strong
             in
             scite
             and
             people
             ,
             seated
             on
             two
             great
             hills
             ,
             being
             able
             upon
             occasion
             to
             raise
             sixty
             thousand
             horse
             :
             of
             sumptuous
             edifice
             ,
             of
             the
             Persian
             building
             ,
             embellished
             with
             Folliages
             of
             gold
             and
             azure
             ,
             their
             walls
             strong
             ,
             streets
             cleanly
             kept
             ,
             being
             a
             Captain
             for
             every
             one
             ,
             with
             strong
             gates
             at
             the
             ends
             for
             their
             security
             ,
             and
             crossed
             with
             chaines
             ;
             a
             
             fair
             river
             called
             also
             Fez
             passes
             through
             the
             middle
             .
          
           
             This
             River
             is
             divided
             into
             two
             channels
             ,
             one
             towards
             the
             South
             ,
             which
             waters
             Fez
             the
             new
             ,
             the
             other
             towards
             the
             West
             ,
             watering
             Fez
             the
             old
             ,
             besides
             divers
             fountains
             which
             creep
             through
             Subterranean
             channels
             .
          
           
             The
             houses
             for
             the
             greatest
             part
             are
             of
             brick
             ,
             with
             Towres
             and
             Tarrasses
             ,
             where
             the
             women
             prune
             themselves
             in
             the
             evening
             ,
             for
             they
             seldom
             stirr
             abroad
             .
             There
             are
             Mosquees
             of
             fair
             building
             with
             their
             Marabouts
             for
             their
             service
             ;
             the
             Principall
             called
             Cairimen
             is
             of
             as
             large
             circumference
             as
             the
             Town
             of
             Arles
             ,
             with
             31.
             principall
             gates
             ,
             sustained
             by
             38.
             large
             Arches
             in
             length
             ,
             and
             20.
             in
             breadth
             ,
             every
             night
             900.
             lamps
             are
             lighted
             ,
             and
             on
             festivall
             dayes
             ,
             as
             in
             their
             Romadan
             ,
             the
             feast
             of
             S.
             John
             ,
             the
             Nativity
             of
             our
             Lord
             ,
             more
             Lamps
             without
             number
             upon
             brasse
             candlesticks
             ,
             where
             after
             Mid-night
             they
             sing
             Mattens
             .
             Sixty
             leagues
             from
             hence
             is
             Marocca
             chief
             of
             all
             other
             kingdomes
             under
             that
             Empire
             ,
             as
             
               Hea
               ,
               Ducalea
               ,
               Gusula
               ,
               Hascora
            
             and
             Trelle
             :
             as
             Fez
             hath
             under
             it
             ,
             
               Tesmenia
               ,
               Asgar
               ,
               Flabat
               ,
               Errif
               ,
               Garet
               ,
               Escaus
               ,
            
             &c.
             
          
           
             This
             Town
             was
             built
             ,
             or
             rather
             augmented
             by
             a
             Prince
             ,
             called
             Mansor
             in
             the
             year
             1024.
             scituate
             in
             a
             Plain
             invironed
             with
             Date-trees
             .
             He
             built
             there
             a
             Magnificent
             Mosquee
             ;
             there
             is
             the
             high
             tower
             with
             three
             Spires
             ,
             on
             which
             stand
             three
             balls
             of
             gold
             ,
             of
             twenty
             thousand
             Miticales
             ,
             or
             two
             hundred
             and
             twenty
             five
             pounds
             weight
             a
             piece
             ,
             
               Muley
               Malouco
            
             would
             have
             had
             them
             for
             his
             warres
             ,
             but
             the
             Inhabitants
             would
             not
             permit
             him
             ,
             whereupon
             the
             Janissaries
             that
             came
             from
             Constantinople
             to
             assist
             Malouco
             ,
             made
             some
             Musquet
             shot
             ,
             and
             pierced
             them
             in
             divers
             places
             .
             He
             promised
             them
             that
             after
             a
             time
             he
             would
             set
             the
             like
             there
             again
             ,
             but
             the
             others
             answered
             ,
             if
             he
             should
             dye
             ,
             all
             was
             lost
             ;
             as
             his
             great
             Grand-father
             who
             sold
             the
             foundation
             rents
             of
             the
             Hospitall
             of
             Fez
             ,
             and
             dyed
             before
             he
             could
             restore
             them
             ,
             so
             as
             't
             was
             lost
             to
             the
             poor
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXIII
             .
             Of
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             Marocca
             and
             Fez.
             
          
           
             MArocca
             stretches
             it selfe
             very
             farre
             ,
             and
             the
             parts
             Northward
             joyn
             upon
             the
             countrey
             of
             Asgar
             ,
             crossing
             the
             Mountaines
             of
             Gouraigoura
             ,
             thirty
             leagues
             from
             Fez
             ,
             whence
             there
             flowes
             a
             lovely
             River
             which
             runnes
             Westward
             ,
             and
             joynes
             with
             the
             River
             Bar
             ,
             where
             there
             are
             vast
             Plaines
             and
             Pastures
             without
             stone
             ,
             like
             the
             Camargue
             of
             Arles
             .
          
           
             The
             Arabians
             call
             this
             countrey
             Suambiz
             ,
             a
             countrey
             abounding
             in
             Cattell
             ,
             and
             fronts
             upon
             another
             Nation
             of
             the
             Arabians
             called
             Aluzar
             ,
             and
             betwixt
             these
             two
             people
             ,
             there
             is
             ever
             a
             mortall
             warre
             and
             hatred
             .
          
           
             The
             People
             of
             Asgar
             confine
             Northward
             on
             the
             Ocean
             ,
             Westward
             on
             the
             River
             Buragray
             ,
             which
             cuts
             through
             Forests
             full
             of
             Celoquintida
             ,
             and
             Oranges
             ,
             rendring
             a
             most
             pleasant
             odour
             ,
             Southward
             on
             the
             River
             Bonazar
             ,
             inhabited
             by
             those
             wealthy
             Arabians
             called
             Alalur
             ,
             whence
             come
             a
             brave
             company
             of
             Cavaliers
             .
          
           
             Here
             there
             are
             many
             faire
             Townes
             ,
             as
             
               Argac
               ,
               Larais
            
             ,
             and
             
               Casar
               ,
               Alcahir
            
             ,
             or
             Elcabir
             ,
             that
             is
             the
             Grand
             Palace
             built
             by
             the
             great
             Mansor
             ,
             upon
             an
             encounter
             hee
             had
             ,
             being
             lost
             a
             hunting
             ,
             and
             Northward
             the
             countrey
             of
             Habar
             .
          
           
             The
             Region
             of
             Habat
             ,
             or
             Elbabat
             ,
             ends
             also
             on
             this
             side
             the
             Ocean
             ,
             beginning
             from
             the
             South
             to
             the
             River
             Gonarga
             ,
             or
             Orga
             ,
             and
             Suerga
             ,
             and
             from
             the
             East
             to
             the
             Straight
             .
             The
             Principall
             City
             is
             Azaget
             or
             Ezageu
             ,
             which
             stands
             upon
             the
             hanging
             of
             a
             Hill
             ,
             neare
             to
             the
             River
             Gourga
             ,
             and
             hath
             many
             other
             good
             Townes
             ,
             as
             
               Agla
               ,
               Tonser
               ,
               Merga
               ,
               Omar
               ,
            
             and
             others
             upon
             the
             Straight
             ,
             conquered
             by
             the
             Portuguese
             ,
             as
             Arzile
             ,
             and
             others
             ;
             and
             joynes
             to
             the
             Province
             of
             Errif
             ,
             which
             beginnes
             at
             the
             Straight
             ;
             and
             Eastward
             stretches
             as
             farre
             as
             the
             River
             Necor
             ,
             Northward
             to
             the
             Mediterranean
             .
             The
             principall
             town
             of
             it
             is
             Targa
             ,
             or
             Terga
             ,
             upon
             the
             said
             sea
             ,
             who
             traffick
             with
             the
             People
             of
             Tunnis
             ,
             and
             Bisette
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             besides
             the
             Townes
             of
             
               Jelles
               ,
               Gebba
            
             ,
             and
             others
             .
             Garet
             joynes
             to
             this
             Province
             ,
             which
             reaches
             as
             farre
             as
             the
             Deserts
             of
             Numidia
             ,
             and
             the
             Cities
             there
             
             are
             
               Mazelle
               ,
               Megger
            
             and
             others
             ,
             where
             there
             are
             many
             Mines
             of
             Iron
             .
          
           
             This
             Countrey
             joynes
             upon
             the
             Region
             of
             Chaus
             ,
             which
             Westward
             runnes
             to
             the
             River
             Barnagara
             ,
             that
             goes
             to
             the
             borders
             of
             Lybia
             ,
             with
             her
             townes
             of
             
               Teurere
               ,
               Besornin
            
             ,
             &c.
             
             It
             extends
             as
             farre
             as
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             Telesin
             ,
             exceeding
             rich
             ,
             which
             on
             the
             West
             bounds
             upon
             the
             Rivers
             Moluia
             and
             La
             ,
             South
             upon
             the
             deserts
             of
             Numidia
             ,
             comprehending
             from
             West
             to
             East
             near
             four
             hundred
             miles
             ,
             environed
             with
             many
             great
             deserts
             ,
             confining
             on
             the
             blacks
             ,
             and
             hath
             two
             remarkable
             Havens
             ,
             Marzalquibir
             ,
             and
             Oran
             ,
             besides
             the
             townes
             of
             
               Gualdida
               ,
               Hauan
            
             ,
             the
             great
             City
             of
             Nodroma
             ,
             and
             Telesin
             the
             capitall
             ,
             where
             the
             King
             resides
             ,
             who
             keeps
             a
             magnificent
             Court.
             
          
           
             There
             is
             also
             Constantina
             ,
             the
             Walls
             whereof
             are
             black
             stone
             polished
             ,
             scituate
             upon
             a
             Mountain
             at
             the
             foot
             whereof
             the
             River
             Sufamar
             runnes
             .
             About
             it
             are
             other
             Provinces
             ,
             whereof
             some
             joyn
             to
             the
             desert
             of
             Barqua
             ,
             which
             borders
             upon
             Tenez
             ,
             a
             City
             of
             Numidia
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             North
             embraces
             the
             Province
             of
             Daro
             ,
             which
             joynes
             upon
             Sequelme
             or
             Segelmesse
             ,
             taking
             name
             from
             the
             capitall
             towne
             ,
             and
             extends
             to
             the
             River
             of
             Zez
             ,
             which
             confines
             on
             the
             Deserts
             of
             Lybia
             .
          
           
             All
             these
             countries
             are
             inhabited
             by
             severall
             barbarous
             people
             ,
             as
             
               Zonetes
               ,
               Azonagia
               ,
               Zabara
               ,
               Egilefe
               ,
            
             and
             runnes
             to
             the
             Province
             of
             Chenega
             ,
             which
             joyns
             to
             the
             Mountaine
             of
             Atlas
             .
             This
             Mountaine
             reaches
             to
             the
             Deserts
             of
             Numidia
             ,
             amongst
             which
             there
             is
             one
             countrey
             terminates
             upon
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Bugia
             ,
             called
             Zeb
             ,
             on
             the
             North
             having
             Biledulgerib
             ,
             or
             Numidia
             .
          
           
             Lybia
             is
             of
             great
             extent
             ,
             and
             Numidia
             larger
             .
             In
             Lybia
             are
             the
             vast
             Deserts
             of
             Zonzaga
             and
             Zuenziga
             ,
             almost
             all
             inhabited
             on
             the
             skirts
             ,
             with
             Arabians
             ,
             who
             have
             the
             blacks
             on
             the
             West
             and
             South
             called
             Galata
             ,
             confining
             upon
             Tombur
             .
             In
             the
             middle
             is
             the
             Desert
             of
             Zarat
             ,
             which
             is
             two
             hundred
             miles
             over
             ,
             without
             any
             habitation
             :
             but
             the
             desert
             of
             Aroboan
             affords
             some
             comfort
             ,
             and
             it
             joynes
             upon
             Tombur
             .
             Then
             next
             are
             the
             deserts
             of
             Hair
             ,
             over
             which
             lyes
             the
             passage
             from
             Tombur
             to
             Telensin
             .
          
           
             We
             leave
             the
             Desert
             of
             Gosde
             on
             the
             right
             hand
             for
             the
             numbers
             of
             fierce
             beasts
             that
             resort
             thither
             :
             then
             to
             the
             desert
             of
             Gir
             ,
             which
             on
             the
             North
             confines
             on
             
               Tuas
               ,
               Tegerin
            
             and
             Damesab
             ,
             which
             hath
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Agades
             on
             the
             South
             ,
             a
             countrey
             plentifull
             of
             Herbage
             ,
             Fountaines
             ,
             and
             Manna
             ,
             which
             they
             use
             much
             in
             their
             Diet
             ,
             and
             Pottages
             ;
             they
             have
             such
             abundance
             of
             it
             ,
             it
             renders
             them
             exceeding
             strong
             and
             agile
             ,
             they
             likewise
             ,
             boyled
             with
             water
             ,
             
             make
             drink
             of
             it
             .
             They
             are
             subjects
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Tombur
             ,
             and
             border
             upon
             Cano
             another
             kingdome
             tributary
             to
             Tombur
             .
             The
             people
             are
             all
             black
             as
             pitch
             .
             Near
             the
             Town
             of
             of
             Masar
             in
             
               Arabia
               Salban
            
             ,
             there
             was
             once
             a
             Gulph
             of
             the
             Sea.
             There
             was
             formerly
             a
             Temple
             dedicated
             to
             Venus
             ,
             where
             maids
             did
             prostitute
             themselves
             for
             pleasure
             or
             profit
             ,
             they
             report
             :
             but
             a
             famous
             Courtisan
             ,
             beautiful
             and
             rich
             ,
             by
             name
             Ameliga
             ,
             being
             courted
             by
             divers
             Princes
             and
             great
             persons
             ,
             would
             accept
             of
             nothing
             from
             them
             ,
             only
             obliging
             them
             to
             give
             something
             to
             the
             poor
             ,
             using
             these
             words
             ,
             
               Honour
               the
               Goddesse
            
             Ameliza
             
               to
               whom
               you
               offer
               this
            
             ;
             which
             made
             her
             famous
             through
             all
             Africa
             ,
             so
             as
             they
             came
             from
             very
             forrain
             parts
             to
             see
             her
             ,
             and
             the
             King
             of
             Bodumal
             sued
             to
             have
             her
             to
             wife
             ,
             which
             she
             refused
             :
             amongst
             others
             there
             was
             a
             Maraban
             who
             visiting
             her
             ,
             erected
             a
             magnificent
             Temple
             to
             her
             ,
             which
             was
             immediately
             frequented
             with
             a
             concourse
             of
             people
             ,
             and
             everyone
             repair'd
             thither
             to
             obtain
             their
             desire
             ,
             provided
             they
             were
             able
             of
             member
             ,
             otherwise
             't
             was
             not
             to
             be
             looked
             for
             .
             The
             People
             of
             
               Guiner
               ,
               Tombur
            
             ,
             and
             others
             were
             of
             this
             devotion
             .
             The
             Priests
             of
             the
             Temple
             received
             the
             word
             ,
             and
             render'd
             them
             at
             certain
             houres
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Melli
             't
             is
             very
             wealthy
             ,
             by
             reason
             't
             is
             cut
             through
             with
             the
             black
             river
             or
             Senega
             ,
             or
             a
             branch
             of
             it
             ,
             or
             rather
             a
             channell
             made
             by
             hand
             ,
             so
             as
             't
             is
             very
             fruitfull
             in
             Dates
             ,
             Raisins
             ,
             Cotton
             ,
             and
             other
             commodities
             ;
             for
             't
             is
             said
             this
             River
             flowes
             as
             Nile
             does
             ,
             and
             at
             the
             same
             houres
             :
             They
             have
             abundance
             of
             Canoes
             ,
             or
             boats
             of
             one
             piece
             ,
             in
             which
             they
             travaile
             upon
             their
             little
             negotiations
             ,
             passing
             from
             kingdome
             to
             kingdome
             ,
             moved
             out
             of
             the
             History
             of
             Jonas
             ,
             who
             they
             say
             came
             on
             shore
             there
             .
             They
             make
             great
             benefit
             of
             Whales
             ,
             and
             believe
             no
             Whale
             can
             passe
             that
             way
             without
             bursting
             .
          
           
             An
             ancient
             Gentleman
             of
             Siban
             told
             me
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             yeare
             one
             thousand
             five
             hundred
             seventy
             one
             ,
             walking
             on
             the
             shore
             ,
             he
             saw
             three
             great
             Whales
             ,
             which
             being
             entered
             the
             Gulph
             ,
             made
             a
             most
             horrid
             noyse
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             morrow
             one
             of
             them
             was
             cast
             up
             with
             his
             belly
             slit
             ,
             as
             it
             had
             been
             done
             with
             a
             knife
             ,
             the
             other
             two
             were
             carried
             away
             with
             the
             streame
             of
             the
             water
             .
             Whether
             this
             be
             a
             miracle
             or
             magick
             ,
             I
             will
             not
             judge
             .
          
           
             Melli
             borders
             upon
             Gago
             ;
             and
             Gago
             is
             the
             better
             countrey
             of
             the
             two
             ,
             and
             though
             Melli
             have
             the
             better
             townes
             ,
             yet
             the
             other
             is
             of
             much
             more
             esteem
             for
             many
             things
             ,
             but
             chiefly
             for
             the
             quantity
             of
             gold
             ,
             brought
             thither
             by
             the
             Moores
             from
             all
             parts
             ,
             and
             this
             gold
             is
             very
             exquisite
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             most
             part
             of
             their
             pieces
             of
             a
             crown
             and
             halfe
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Miticales
             .
             But
             Melly
             hath
             the
             glory
             from
             all
             her
             
             neighbours
             for
             a
             fair
             Colledge
             of
             their
             Prophet
             Haly
             ,
             where
             all
             the
             other
             kingdomes
             come
             to
             study
             the
             Sciences
             :
             there
             being
             many
             learned
             Doctors
             of
             their
             kind
             .
             Thither
             for
             this
             purpose
             repaires
             the
             youth
             of
             Cambre
             ,
             the
             chief
             town
             of
             Tambur
             ,
             as
             also
             from
             Gago
             and
             other
             place
             .
             Gago
             is
             a
             Town
             of
             great
             traffick
             where
             there
             is
             a
             great
             Mart
             for
             pepper
             ,
             and
             slaves
             of
             all
             parts
             of
             Christendom
             ,
             whom
             they
             employ
             in
             Mines
             ,
             there
             being
             some
             who
             for
             avarice
             bring
             their
             own
             children
             for
             this
             purpose
             .
             Gago
             borders
             Eastward
             on
             Cober
             ,
             and
             the
             capital
             towns
             of
             these
             two
             countries
             are
             200.
             leagues
             distant
             .
             They
             are
             also
             under
             the
             inundation
             of
             Niger
             ,
             which
             manures
             the
             countrey
             ,
             and
             makes
             it
             plentifull
             in
             cattle
             ,
             and
             provisions
             :
             the
             reason
             the
             people
             apply
             themselves
             more
             to
             husbandry
             then
             study
             ,
             and
             so
             are
             grosse
             and
             rustick
             .
             Westward
             from
             thence
             lyes
             the
             great
             
               Cape
               Serrelyonne
            
             ,
             on
             the
             East
             the
             kingdome
             of
             Agades
             ,
             then
             
               Cano
               ,
               Zegeg
            
             ,
             which
             breeds
             such
             store
             of
             horse
             ,
             then
             Zanfara
             and
             Guangara
             Northward
             ,
             whose
             King
             hath
             a
             Guard
             of
             7000.
             men
             ,
             foot
             and
             horse
             ,
             with
             bowes
             and
             Cimeterres
             .
             Then
             comes
             Borro
             which
             runs
             above
             five
             hundred
             miles
             Eastward
             ,
             having
             on
             the
             South
             the
             Deserts
             of
             Get
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             North
             those
             of
             Barea
             .
             They
             are
             a
             brutish
             people
             ,
             and
             entertain
             their
             wives
             in
             common
             .
             Towards
             the
             Piroc
             are
             the
             Deserts
             of
             Goran
             ,
             towards
             Ethiopia
             :
             there
             are
             people
             in
             abundance
             ,
             and
             a
             party
             of
             Giloses
             ,
             who
             come
             thither
             by
             reason
             of
             a
             sedition
             ,
             and
             a
             party
             from
             Zenega
             who
             came
             thither
             by
             reason
             that
             a
             daughter
             of
             the
             king
             of
             Azangues
             being
             married
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Gambra
             ,
             finding
             she
             was
             no
             maid
             ,
             repudiated
             her
             ,
             whereof
             arose
             great
             warres
             amongst
             them
             .
          
           
             The
             people
             of
             Temesne
             say
             they
             were
             the
             Founders
             of
             Marocca
             ,
             they
             use
             a
             finer
             language
             then
             others
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             
               Aquela
               Marig
            
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             the
             noble
             language
             ,
             the
             other
             kingdomes
             of
             Africa
             speaking
             but
             a
             rude
             language
             in
             comparison
             .
             Another
             called
             Sigay
             ,
             which
             goes
             in
             the
             kingdomes
             of
             
               Galatas
               ,
               Tombut
            
             ,
             and
             
               Guinée
               ,
               Meli
               ,
               Gago
            
             different
             from
             the
             rest
             :
             another
             at
             Juber
             ,
             which
             cannot
             be
             written
             ,
             because
             of
             the
             gutturall
             pronunciation
             ,
             and
             goes
             as
             far
             as
             Cana
             and
             Casena
             :
             Again
             at
             
               Hea
               ,
               Gangara
               ,
               Borne
            
             ,
             they
             use
             other
             languages
             .
             At
             
               Sena
               ,
               Terga
               ,
               Gueziga
            
             ,
             and
             Lenta
             ,
             they
             expresse
             themselves
             well
             ,
             something
             like
             the
             African
             ,
             and
             pronounce
             in
             the
             throat
             ,
             but
             distinctly
             .
             They
             are
             much
             contented
             to
             see
             a
             stranger
             learn
             their
             language
             .
          
           
             I
             was
             acquainted
             with
             a
             Physician
             learned
             in
             all
             these
             Languages
             ,
             as
             likewise
             in
             
               Latine
               ,
               Greeke
            
             ,
             and
             Italian
             ,
             and
             French
             ,
             reasonable
             well
             .
             One
             night
             being
             in
             bed
             in
             the
             same
             Chamber
             with
             him
             ,
             and
             Captain
             
               Thomas
               Martin
            
             ,
             on
             a
             suddain
             enters
             a
             Moor
             ,
             mine
             Host
             having
             brought
             him
             in
             ,
             with
             a
             slave
             carrying
             a
             Torch
             ,
             cover'd
             from
             head
             to
             foot
             with
             woollen
             cloth
             ,
             who
             saluted
             us
             in
             French
             :
             seeing
             him
             so
             black
             I
             blessed
             my self
             ,
             taking
             him
             for
             a
             devill
             ,
             whereat
             he
             laughed
             ,
             bidding
             
             me
             I
             should
             not
             be
             afraid
             ,
             for
             there
             was
             no
             danger
             .
             He
             kissed
             his
             hand
             ,
             and
             took
             mine
             with
             many
             kindnesses
             and
             expressions
             ,
             that
             he
             could
             not
             have
             slept
             if
             he
             had
             not
             seen
             me
             ,
             entreating
             me
             to
             come
             to
             him
             on
             the
             morrow
             ,
             to
             communicate
             to
             me
             a
             matter
             of
             importance
             .
             Asking
             how
             he
             came
             so
             perfect
             in
             our
             tongue
             ,
             he
             told
             me
             he
             was
             once
             servant
             to
             one
             Charbi
             at
             Marseills
             ,
             that
             he
             had
             had
             businesse
             with
             my
             father
             ,
             whom
             he
             named
             ,
             and
             my
             brother
             :
             that
             he
             had
             been
             a
             slave
             9
             years
             ,
             then
             redeemed
             himself
             .
             On
             the
             morrow
             he
             was
             with
             us
             at
             our
             first
             stirring
             ,
             and
             we
             took
             a
             walk
             together
             ,
             and
             then
             he
             invited
             us
             to
             dinner
             to
             his
             house
             ,
             which
             was
             very
             noble
             .
             I
             demanded
             of
             him
             how
             a
             person
             of
             such
             quality
             had
             remained
             so
             long
             in
             slavery
             :
             he
             told
             me
             that
             for
             five
             years
             his
             ransom
             being
             a
             thousand
             duckets
             was
             lost
             .
             He
             had
             four
             horses
             in
             his
             stable
             ,
             his
             lodging
             chamber
             was
             gilt
             ,
             and
             had
             many
             other
             very
             fair
             rooms
             .
             He
             had
             one
             wife
             only
             ,
             and
             he
             would
             never
             marry
             other
             ,
             but
             would
             live
             like
             a
             Christian
             .
             His
             wife
             was
             fair
             in
             perfection
             .
             He
             gave
             me
             high
             commendations
             to
             his
             wife
             that
             she
             might
             be
             courteous
             to
             me
             ,
             and
             she
             was
             therefore
             very
             civill
             to
             us
             :
             He
             shewed
             us
             all
             his
             house
             ,
             and
             a
             fair
             Library
             of
             well-bound
             books
             ,
             and
             shewed
             me
             how
             the
             Africans
             had
             been
             Lords
             of
             a
             great
             part
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             shewing
             me
             a
             Book
             titled
             Albazer
             full
             of
             curiosities
             ,
             and
             histories
             of
             the
             renowned
             Africans
             ,
             as
             
               Hannibal
               ,
               Massinissa
               ,
               Septimus
               Severus
            
             Emperour
             ,
             and
             many
             other
             Kings
             ,
             Princes
             ,
             and
             Bishops
             ,
             as
             St.
             Augustine
             and
             others
             .
          
           
             I
             asked
             him
             why
             he
             followed
             not
             the
             Law
             of
             so
             many
             holy
             Bishops
             .
             He
             told
             me
             he
             was
             not
             so
             far
             divided
             ,
             and
             that
             in
             their
             
               Alcoran
               Mahomet
            
             confesses
             that
             
               Jesus
               Christ
            
             was
             greater
             than
             he
             :
             that
             he
             met
             him
             in
             the
             sixth
             heaven
             and
             humbled
             himself
             to
             him
             ,
             beseeching
             him
             to
             pray
             to
             God
             for
             him
             ,
             which
             he
             never
             did
             to
             other
             Prophets
             ,
             who
             all
             beg
             of
             Mahomet
             to
             pray
             to
             God
             for
             them
             .
             So
             as
             this
             man
             wanted
             nothing
             of
             a
             Christian
             but
             Baptisme
             ;
             and
             told
             us
             that
             having
             paid
             his
             ransom
             ,
             if
             his
             Master
             Churbi
             the
             Consul
             had
             not
             pressed
             him
             to
             marry
             a
             young
             widow
             whom
             he
             dearly
             lov'd
             ,
             he
             had
             willingly
             become
             Christian
             .
             He
             was
             a
             man
             very
             upright
             ,
             wise
             ,
             and
             vertuous
             ,
             and
             if
             he
             would
             marry
             other
             wives
             ,
             of
             the
             chiefest
             in
             Town
             he
             might
             have
             plenty
             .
             He
             told
             me
             as
             a
             secret
             that
             the
             Governour
             of
             Arzille
             ,
             who
             was
             in
             heart
             of
             the
             Spanish
             opinion
             ,
             would
             have
             given
             his
             daughter
             in
             marriage
             ,
             if
             he
             would
             have
             become
             Christian
             ,
             he
             had
             likewise
             a
             particular
             affection
             for
             Christians
             .
             This
             is
             that
             Arzille
             which
             in
             the
             year
             1421.
             was
             conquered
             by
             Cordoue
             the
             Moor
             ,
             which
             
               Don
               Alphonso
            
             ,
             King
             of
             Portugal
             regained
             from
             him
             .
          
           
             But
             to
             return
             to
             Marocca
             ,
             I
             shall
             speak
             of
             what
             I
             have
             often
             seen
             in
             Mountains
             of
             Ziz
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             how
             the
             people
             have
             a
             familiarity
             with
             serpents
             ,
             and
             very
             infants
             will
             play
             with
             them
             .
             The
             Mahometans
             having
             it
             by
             precept
             of
             Law
             ,
             to
             kill
             none
             of
             these
             pernicious
             creatures
             ,
             
             insomuch
             as
             I
             was
             once
             reproved
             by
             one
             of
             them
             for
             throwing
             a
             stone
             at
             a
             toad
             .
          
           
             Being
             departed
             from
             Sequeline
             ,
             we
             crossed
             the
             Mountains
             of
             Ziz
             ,
             which
             takes
             beginning
             at
             the
             skirts
             of
             Mezetazu
             ,
             towards
             the
             West
             ,
             and
             terminates
             at
             Telde
             ,
             towards
             Numidia
             .
             The
             Arabians
             call
             it
             Segelmesse
             ,
             which
             are
             fifteen
             Mountains
             where
             these
             Serpentine
             people
             inhabit
             ,
             which
             the
             people
             call
             Zanaga
             ,
             who
             keep
             company
             with
             serpents
             ,
             and
             have
             their
             gardens
             full
             of
             toads
             .
             'T
             is
             true
             there
             are
             amongst
             them
             Magicians
             of
             divers
             kinds
             ,
             whereof
             some
             can
             charm
             these
             reptile
             Creatures
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             Indies
             they
             charm
             the
             Caymanes
             and
             Tiburons
             ,
             
             that
             these
             fish-monsters
             devour
             not
             them
             who
             fish
             for
             pearls
             ,
             they
             call
             these
             Magicians
             Malurman
             .
             In
             these
             Mountains
             of
             Ziz
             there
             are
             other
             Magicians
             ,
             who
             boast
             they
             can
             cure
             all
             diseases
             ,
             
             them
             they
             call
             Mahazin
             ,
             and
             are
             in
             great
             esteem
             .
             Another
             sort
             called
             Zairan
             conjure
             tempests
             ,
             lightenings
             ,
             hails
             ,
             and
             other
             Meteors
             ,
             which
             are
             hurtfull
             to
             fruits
             .
             I
             remember
             I
             there
             saw
             a
             Magician
             ,
             who
             perceiving
             a
             horrid
             tempest
             approaching
             in
             a
             thick
             black
             cloud
             ,
             which
             would
             quite
             destroy
             their
             Seytume
             ,
             or
             olives
             then
             in
             flower
             ,
             he
             made
             a
             hole
             in
             the
             ground
             ,
             and
             with
             certain
             words
             urined
             in
             it
             ,
             which
             diverted
             the
             storm
             to
             another
             part
             :
             yet
             they
             have
             another
             sort
             they
             call
             Machabell
             ,
             who
             say
             they
             can
             cure
             all
             diseases
             in
             cattle
             .
             Others
             called
             Sadahachar
             ,
             who
             have
             power
             over
             devils
             ,
             and
             can
             compell
             them
             to
             any
             place
             they
             command
             them
             :
             They
             have
             alwaies
             one
             amongst
             them
             ,
             and
             they
             call
             them
             white
             devils
             .
             Others
             very
             skilfull
             in
             Geomancy
             ,
             who
             can
             shew
             spirits
             in
             a
             bright
             bason
             like
             a
             looking-glasse
             ,
             which
             represents
             what
             is
             desired
             :
             Others
             they
             have
             that
             cause
             beasts
             or
             men
             to
             languish
             and
             die
             ;
             but
             this
             last
             sort
             is
             not
             onely
             amongst
             Infidels
             ,
             I
             have
             seen
             them
             likewise
             amongst
             Christians
             .
             For
             being
             once
             at
             Seville
             in
             Spain
             ,
             I
             knew
             a
             Flemish
             Limner
             excellent
             in
             his
             art
             ,
             who
             languisht
             by
             this
             means
             ,
             betwitch'd
             by
             a
             famous
             strumpet
             called
             
               Segnora
               Maria
               de
               Villara
            
             ,
             who
             would
             have
             served
             a
             Comrade
             of
             his
             in
             like
             sort
             ,
             with
             certain
             biskets
             wherewith
             she
             entertained
             him
             ,
             whereof
             one
             was
             charm'd
             and
             the
             other
             not
             ;
             but
             he
             suspecting
             some
             villany
             ,
             cunningly
             conveyed
             it
             to
             her
             own
             plate
             ,
             and
             took
             another
             .
             Afterwards
             she
             doubting
             nothing
             gave
             him
             one
             to
             present
             to
             his
             wife
             ,
             with
             a
             curious
             purse
             .
             But
             he
             returning
             home
             made
             triall
             on
             a
             dog
             ,
             who
             immediately
             fell
             to
             howling
             ,
             and
             dyed
             .
             Mean
             while
             the
             Bisket
             which
             the
             Curtizan
             had
             taken
             unawares
             ,
             began
             to
             work
             ,
             whereupon
             perceiving
             her self
             lost
             ,
             she
             sent
             for
             her
             friend
             ,
             who
             acknowledged
             he
             had
             given
             her
             the
             morsel
             ,
             ignorant
             what
             it
             was
             .
             Hereupon
             she
             desired
             him
             for
             a
             last
             service
             ,
             he
             would
             go
             to
             a
             certain
             place
             in
             a
             garden
             out
             of
             Town
             ,
             and
             cut
             a
             cord
             which
             he
             should
             find
             tied
             to
             a
             tree
             ;
             which
             taking
             some
             friends
             with
             him
             he
             did
             ,
             and
             found
             a
             toad
             tied
             by
             the
             leg
             at
             the
             end
             of
             the
             cord
             ,
             and
             he
             had
             no
             sooner
             cut
             it
             but
             the
             Curtizan
             died
             .
             I
             was
             
             in
             Sevill
             when
             this
             happened
             ,
             and
             seeing
             the
             body
             of
             this
             woman
             going
             to
             buriall
             ,
             he
             who
             was
             the
             principal
             actor
             told
             me
             the
             story
             ,
             for
             we
             lodg'd
             in
             the
             same
             house
             .
             And
             his
             wife
             upon
             this
             strange
             effect
             durst
             no
             longer
             wear
             the
             purse
             she
             sent
             her
             .
          
           
             In
             order
             to
             this
             I
             will
             relate
             you
             two
             other
             examples
             of
             Sorcerers
             ,
             which
             happened
             in
             our
             Countrey
             of
             Provence
             ,
             one
             of
             a
             Shoemaker
             at
             Aix
             .
             On
             the
             day
             he
             was
             married
             a
             witch
             tied
             a
             knot
             upon
             a
             point
             ,
             with
             certain
             words
             ,
             and
             laid
             it
             on
             the
             Altar
             in
             time
             of
             Masse
             ,
             and
             afterwards
             put
             it
             in
             a
             hole
             .
             For
             five
             or
             six
             years
             these
             people
             could
             never
             live
             together
             ,
             till
             the
             witch
             being
             apprehended
             before
             her
             death
             ,
             confessed
             where
             the
             point
             was
             ,
             which
             was
             found
             together
             with
             crosses
             ,
             caracters
             ,
             and
             sacred
             words
             :
             The
             witch
             was
             burn'd
             alive
             ,
             and
             the
             shoemakers
             wife
             afterwards
             became
             with
             child
             .
          
           
             The
             other
             of
             a
             Marsellian
             ,
             who
             being
             in
             love
             with
             a
             maid
             ,
             whom
             her
             friends
             would
             not
             consent
             should
             marry
             him
             ,
             was
             advised
             to
             go
             to
             
               Baile
               de
               Luc
            
             ,
             a
             grand
             Sorcerer
             ,
             who
             made
             him
             make
             an
             offering
             to
             Sathan
             ,
             then
             drawing
             a
             circle
             on
             the
             ground
             ,
             he
             divided
             it
             in
             seven
             parts
             ,
             and
             in
             each
             placed
             a
             character
             ,
             signifying
             the
             name
             of
             a
             Devil
             ,
             who
             should
             appear
             to
             him
             in
             what
             form
             he
             would
             ,
             and
             carry
             him
             whithersoever
             he
             desired
             .
             But
             the
             other
             not
             being
             over
             confident
             named
             the
             form
             of
             man
             ,
             but
             the
             Sorcerer
             would
             have
             the
             form
             of
             a
             beast
             .
             In
             fine
             ,
             the
             other
             for
             money
             procured
             him
             to
             let
             him
             have
             the
             caracter
             of
             a
             Demon
             with
             him
             to
             his
             own
             home
             ,
             to
             make
             tryal
             of
             ,
             and
             made
             choice
             of
             the
             name
             Leviathan
             ,
             and
             about
             midnight
             went
             to
             do
             this
             work
             at
             his
             Mistresses
             door
             ,
             the
             Magician
             having
             told
             him
             't
             would
             work
             the
             more
             forcibly
             .
             He
             then
             laid
             the
             Caracter
             upon
             a
             stone
             and
             on
             his
             knees
             made
             his
             prayers
             to
             Leviathan
             to
             assist
             him
             in
             his
             enterprize
             .
          
           
             He
             said
             this
             prayer
             five
             times
             ,
             then
             on
             a
             sudden
             the
             devill
             appeared
             in
             a
             hideous
             and
             horrible
             form
             ,
             which
             the
             poor
             man
             having
             not
             courage
             to
             endure
             ,
             fell
             in
             a
             trance
             on
             the
             ground
             for
             three
             hours
             together
             .
             Afterwards
             returning
             to
             himself
             ,
             he
             got
             up
             ,
             took
             his
             ticket
             ,
             and
             returned
             home
             sad
             and
             vext
             at
             his
             want
             of
             courage
             .
             He
             cast
             the
             Caracter
             in
             the
             fire
             ,
             whence
             broke
             three
             such
             claps
             of
             thunder
             ,
             as
             if
             the
             house
             should
             have
             sunk
             to
             hell
             .
             The
             Father
             ,
             Mother
             ,
             and
             Sisters
             ran
             to
             see
             what
             the
             matter
             was
             ,
             but
             he
             seemed
             to
             know
             nothing
             .
             The
             poor
             man
             being
             in
             this
             distresse
             ,
             came
             to
             me
             ,
             for
             he
             was
             my
             friend
             ,
             and
             telling
             me
             the
             proceedings
             asked
             my
             advice
             ,
             with
             most
             desperate
             speeches
             ,
             saying
             ,
             that
             to
             gain
             his
             love
             he
             did
             not
             care
             to
             be
             damned
             .
             Whereupon
             I
             advised
             him
             in
             the
             best
             sort
             I
             could
             ,
             telling
             him
             that
             this
             way
             though
             he
             should
             gain
             his
             Mistresse
             ,
             nothing
             but
             misery
             could
             befall
             him
             ;
             then
             I
             made
             him
             promise
             me
             to
             go
             together
             to
             a
             Capucin
             of
             my
             acquaintance
             to
             reconcile
             him
             ,
             and
             receive
             his
             diabolical
             renunciation
             ;
             but
             this
             miserable
             man
             came
             not
             according
             to
             appointment
             ,
             persisting
             in
             his
             accursed
             resolution
             .
          
           
           
             Mean
             while
             the
             maid
             having
             knowledge
             of
             all
             ,
             married
             honourably
             with
             another
             ,
             and
             left
             the
             wretched
             man
             infamous
             and
             disgraced
             ,
             to
             a
             Tragick
             death
             .
             Now
             to
             conclude
             this
             discourse
             of
             Africa
             ,
             I
             saw
             there
             certain
             beasts
             ,
             the
             like
             whereof
             I
             never
             saw
             in
             India
             East
             or
             West
             ,
             they
             call
             them
             Pachacou
             ,
             like
             foxes
             ,
             and
             are
             of
             so
             strange
             and
             ravenous
             a
             nature
             ,
             that
             if
             they
             wind
             a
             dead
             corps
             before
             it
             be
             interr'd
             ,
             they
             will
             scrape
             and
             mine
             till
             they
             get
             to
             it
             ,
             and
             eat
             it
             to
             the
             bones
             ,
             some
             call
             them
             Chicali
             ,
             they
             live
             onely
             on
             flesh
             .
             And
             I
             remember
             that
             a
             poor
             boy
             ,
             servant
             to
             one
             of
             our
             company
             ,
             being
             dead
             ,
             we
             buried
             him
             in
             a
             sandy
             ground
             ,
             and
             as
             deep
             as
             we
             could
             ,
             but
             the
             day
             following
             we
             found
             him
             drawn
             out
             of
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             knawed
             to
             the
             bones
             .
             Not
             imagining
             how
             this
             came
             to
             passe
             ,
             we
             went
             next
             evening
             to
             watch
             ,
             and
             found
             't
             was
             those
             beasts
             ,
             who
             came
             in
             a
             troop
             to
             hunt
             after
             such
             booty
             :
             We
             hit
             one
             of
             them
             so
             with
             a
             stone
             ,
             that
             he
             lay
             for
             dead
             ,
             and
             as
             we
             were
             viewing
             him
             ,
             as
             a
             strang
             thing
             ,
             on
             a
             sudden
             he
             leapt
             up
             and
             ran
             away
             ,
             which
             made
             us
             think
             this
             Creature
             is
             exceeding
             crafty
             ,
             that
             can
             dissemble
             death
             so
             naturally
             .
             The
             Arabians
             call
             him
             Duburh
             ,
             the
             
               Africans
               ,
               Ilef
            
             .
          
           
             A
             while
             after
             this
             battail
             ,
             I
             went
             aboard
             at
             Lareche
             ,
             and
             came
             to
             Calis
             ,
             a
             hundred
             miles
             from
             thence
             ,
             so
             to
             
               San
               Loucas
            
             ,
             then
             to
             Seuille
             ,
             16.
             leag
             .
             from
             Calis
             ,
             going
             thither
             by
             the
             Gadalquivir
             :
             and
             received
             some
             money
             I
             had
             a
             letter
             of
             exchange
             for
             from
             Fez
             ,
             I
             went
             to
             Grenado
             ,
             two
             dayes
             journey
             from
             Seuille
             ,
             so
             down
             to
             Cordoua
             ,
             and
             Guadix
             ,
             and
             meeting
             with
             a
             waggon
             loaded
             with
             wool
             ,
             I
             came
             to
             Cartagena
             ,
             then
             following
             the
             coast
             to
             
               Malaga
               ,
               Valencia
               ,
               Barcelona
            
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             to
             Marseills
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           
             THE
             THIRD
             PART
             Of
             the
             Famous
             TRAVAILS
             OF
             VINCENT
             le
             BLANC
             His
             Voyage
             to
             CONSTANTINOPLE
             .
          
           
             REturning
             from
             Africa
             ,
             I
             embarked
             in
             a
             Scette
             at
             Arache
             ,
             and
             together
             with
             
               John
               Safolt
            
             ,
             the
             Navigator
             that
             preserved
             us
             from
             wrack
             at
             Gibraltar
             came
             to
             Cadiz
             ,
             and
             thence
             to
             Marseills
             ,
             where
             after
             three
             or
             four
             moneths
             rest
             ,
             with
             the
             same
             Master
             I
             went
             to
             sea
             again
             in
             a
             vessell
             fraught
             for
             Constantinople
             .
             We
             set
             saile
             at
             Marseills
             the
             twenty
             fourth
             of
             January
             ,
             and
             arrived
             at
             this
             great
             town
             ,
             the
             capitall
             of
             the
             Western
             Empire
             ,
             on
             the
             twenty
             second
             of
             February
             following
             ,
             having
             crossed
             the
             Archipelagus
             ,
             and
             touched
             in
             at
             the
             Isle
             and
             Town
             of
             Seio
             ,
             or
             Asion
             ,
             where
             we
             heard
             a
             sad
             disaster
             ,
             of
             a
             Lover
             ,
             that
             in
             despair
             killed
             himself
             ,
             and
             bequeathed
             his
             whole
             substance
             to
             his
             Mistresse
             ,
             the
             ground
             of
             his
             destruction
             :
             There
             at
             a
             Convent
             of
             Franciscans
             ,
             we
             saw
             the
             Fig-trees
             ;
             the
             fruit
             whereof
             never
             ripens
             ,
             till
             certain
             knats
             ingendered
             of
             the
             corruption
             of
             another
             ,
             they
             call
             the
             Sicamore
             Fig
             ,
             bites
             it
             ;
             and
             then
             it
             ripens
             immediately
             ,
             and
             is
             
             exceeding
             delicate
             .
             Constantinople
             hath
             been
             the
             subject
             of
             so
             many
             ingenious
             pens
             ,
             who
             have
             and
             daily
             do
             pourtray
             both
             the
             Town
             ,
             and
             the
             Empire
             ,
             the
             Court
             and
             State
             of
             the
             Grand
             Senior
             ,
             his
             Officers
             ,
             Religion
             ,
             Customs
             ,
             and
             other
             particulars
             of
             the
             Turks
             ,
             that
             I
             shall
             enlarge
             my selfe
             no
             further
             ,
             then
             to
             say
             't
             is
             admirable
             for
             pleasant
             scituation
             ,
             and
             beautiful
             aspect
             at
             distance
             ,
             though
             the
             intrinsick
             corresponds
             not
             ;
             for
             the
             streets
             lye
             extremely
             sordid
             ,
             out
             of
             the
             negligence
             or
             rusticity
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             who
             think
             of
             nothing
             but
             gain
             ,
             and
             avarice
             ,
             without
             regard
             to
             decency
             either
             in
             their
             houses
             ,
             or
             streets
             .
             The
             Grand
             Senior
             ,
             Bashaws
             ,
             and
             such
             ,
             have
             magnificent
             Palaces
             painted
             with
             gold
             and
             azure
             ,
             after
             the
             Persian
             .
             Her
             Founder
             Constantine
             the
             Great
             dismantled
             Rome
             and
             all
             the
             Province
             of
             the
             Empire
             to
             adorn
             this
             his
             new
             City
             ,
             which
             in
             imitation
             of
             ancient
             Rome
             he
             seated
             on
             seven
             hills
             :
             afterwards
             Justinian
             erected
             the
             magnificent
             Church
             of
             our
             Saviour
             ,
             or
             S.
             Sophia
             ,
             of
             circular
             Modell
             ,
             by
             which
             pattern
             the
             Sarasins
             built
             their
             Temple
             ,
             or
             Mosque
             at
             Meca
             ,
             though
             there
             be
             much
             difference
             betwixt
             them
             ,
             that
             at
             Meca
             ,
             being
             only
             brick
             building
             ,
             supported
             with
             abundance
             of
             Pillars
             .
          
           
             Constantinople
             hath
             within
             nothing
             graceful
             ,
             but
             the
             Princes
             Seraglioes
             ,
             the
             Mosques
             ,
             Hospitalls
             ,
             and
             the
             Bashaws
             Palaces
             built
             by
             the
             art
             and
             industry
             of
             their
             slaves
             ,
             as
             heretofore
             at
             Rome
             :
             likewise
             these
             Bashaws
             for
             the
             greatest
             part
             are
             Renegado-Christians
             ,
             or
             Christians
             children
             ,
             of
             more
             elegancy
             then
             the
             naturall
             Turk
             ,
             the
             most
             avaricious
             people
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             who
             without
             mony
             ,
             afford
             not
             the
             least
             civility
             imaginable
             .
          
           
             Constantinople
             is
             scituate
             on
             a
             Promotory
             environed
             on
             all
             sides
             ,
             except
             the
             West
             ,
             with
             the
             Sea
             ,
             with
             a
             Gulph
             or
             Channell
             on
             the
             North
             ,
             and
             Port
             Pera
             ,
             or
             Galata
             secured
             with
             a
             chain
             as
             Malta
             is
             .
             Pera
             is
             as
             't
             were
             a
             Suburbs
             beguirt
             with
             Walls
             ,
             raised
             in
             Anastasius
             the
             Emperours
             time
             ,
             who
             fortified
             it
             .
             Within
             the
             circumference
             there
             are
             four
             good
             Ports
             besides
             this
             .
             On
             the
             Land
             side
             't
             is
             double
             wall'd
             ,
             with
             good
             ditches
             equall'd
             ,
             slankard
             and
             rampar'd
             ,
             no
             work
             of
             the
             Turks
             notwithstanding
             ,
             but
             the
             ancient
             Christians
             ,
             who
             possessed
             it
             ,
             and
             since
             repaired
             by
             them
             .
             'T
             is
             of
             triangular
             form
             ,
             one
             point
             towards
             the
             West
             ,
             the
             other
             two
             declining
             with
             falls
             and
             windings
             towards
             the
             sea
             on
             the
             South
             side
             .
             From
             some
             houses
             in
             Pera
             ,
             one
             may
             take
             a
             view
             of
             the
             scite
             and
             precinct
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             perceive
             how
             it
             opens
             it self
             into
             three
             Angles
             ,
             the
             one
             towards
             the
             Port
             of
             the
             Islands
             ,
             a
             second
             to
             the
             River
             Port
             ,
             and
             the
             third
             points
             upon
             the
             Grand
             Siniors
             Seraglio
             ,
             which
             takes
             up
             the
             side
             of
             the
             hill
             ,
             that
             embosoms
             the
             Gulph
             towards
             Pera
             ,
             the
             height
             whereof
             is
             a
             shelter
             to
             the
             vessels
             that
             ride
             on
             that
             side
             ,
             and
             here
             the
             Sultans
             ,
             and
             Sultanesses
             Gardens
             are
             .
             The
             Seraglio
             is
             of
             a
             noble
             and
             delightfull
             Fabrick
             ,
             for
             it
             hath
             both
             land
             and
             sea
             for
             prospect
             ,
             which
             from
             the
             Mount
             surveyes
             the
             champain
             .
             There
             are
             long
             ridings
             adjacent
             ,
             
             enclosed
             with
             high
             walls
             ,
             and
             beautifyed
             with
             columns
             of
             discolour'd
             marble
             ,
             and
             tall
             trees
             ranked
             in
             walkes
             .
             Within
             the
             Seraglio
             is
             the
             Temple
             of
             S.
             Sophia
             ,
             since
             the
             demolishment
             of
             a
             number
             of
             goodly
             Churches
             ,
             made
             their
             Mosque
             :
             having
             left
             none
             for
             the
             Greek
             Christian
             service
             ,
             but
             those
             of
             S.
             Peter
             ,
             S.
             Thomas
             ,
             S.
             Theodoret
             ,
             Saint
             Luke
             ,
             S.
             Lazarus
             ,
             Saint
             John
             ,
             and
             S.
             Sebastian
             ;
             now
             in
             the
             Patriarcks
             hands
             where
             Christians
             celebrate
             with
             permission
             .
          
           
             The
             Turks
             practice
             a
             Religion
             in
             Part
             and
             countenance
             meerly
             ,
             without
             regard
             to
             law
             either
             divine
             or
             humane
             :
             
             relying
             for
             their
             faith
             upon
             others
             ,
             without
             further
             indagation
             ,
             and
             conditionally
             that
             their
             Prophet
             were
             not
             mistaken
             :
             Their
             principal
             care
             is
             the
             manage
             of
             their
             affaires
             ,
             to
             be
             esteemed
             wise
             ,
             and
             enjoy
             the
             pleasures
             of
             the
             world
             .
             They
             esteem
             Christians
             far
             short
             of
             them
             ,
             yet
             notwithstanding
             they
             allow
             Christ
             to
             be
             born
             of
             a
             Virgin
             ,
             that
             he
             was
             a
             great
             Prophet
             ,
             and
             the
             Breath
             of
             the
             mighty
             God.
             There
             have
             risen
             amongst
             them
             some
             Sectaries
             ,
             who
             held
             him
             a
             greater
             Prophet
             then
             Mahomet
             :
             but
             some
             being
             so
             bold
             as
             to
             publish
             it
             ,
             were
             dragg'd
             by
             the
             heels
             ,
             had
             their
             brains
             beaten
             out
             ,
             and
             were
             made
             food
             for
             dogs
             .
             The
             prohibition
             to
             dispute
             of
             their
             law
             they
             observe
             exactly
             ,
             for
             manifesting
             the
             impertinence
             and
             absurdity
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             diverse
             interpretations
             of
             their
             Alcaron
             ,
             which
             would
             intangle
             them
             in
             a
             thousand
             confusions
             .
             They
             place
             their
             Paradise
             intirely
             in
             sensual
             pleasure
             ,
             as
             in
             gustfull
             and
             delicate
             meat
             and
             drink
             ,
             in
             fair
             women
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             ;
             and
             doubt
             not
             salvation
             ,
             if
             they
             abstain
             from
             wine
             and
             swines
             flesh
             .
             Their
             Talismansat
             and
             Cadileschers
             ,
             their
             Doctors
             preach
             them
             this
             wholesome
             doctrine
             :
             telling
             them
             the
             Paradise
             promised
             to
             Christians
             where
             there
             is
             neither
             meat
             nor
             drink
             ,
             is
             for
             poor
             and
             wretched
             creatures
             ;
             in
             theirs
             they
             make
             good
             cheer
             ,
             so
             carnal
             ,
             and
             below
             spirit
             are
             these
             people
             .
             The
             Priests
             must
             be
             a
             little
             learned
             in
             the
             course
             of
             the
             Sun
             and
             Moon
             ,
             for
             the
             knowledge
             of
             their
             Feasts
             and
             New-Moons
             :
             they
             go
             daily
             upon
             the
             steeple
             of
             their
             Mosque
             ,
             and
             proclaim
             the
             hours
             of
             prayer
             to
             God
             and
             their
             Prophet
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             Religious
             of
             several
             orders
             ,
             some
             like
             men
             in
             desperation
             ,
             counterfeiting
             the
             ideot
             ,
             others
             dissembling
             simplicity
             ,
             others
             that
             most
             frantickly
             torment
             themselves
             to
             death
             ,
             women
             who
             ring
             themselves
             with
             wire
             ,
             as
             we
             do
             Mares
             ,
             but
             of
             this
             I
             have
             said
             sufficiently
             in
             my
             Treatise
             of
             Persia
             .
             The
             Mufti
             is
             their
             Grand
             Patriarck
             ,
             who
             decides
             all
             differences
             in
             Religion
             and
             disputes
             amongst
             the
             Priests
             ,
             and
             the
             Grand
             Sinior
             himself
             cannot
             wave
             his
             sentence
             ,
             who
             owes
             him
             such
             respect
             ,
             that
             he
             rises
             from
             his
             seat
             to
             receive
             him
             when
             he
             makes
             a
             visit
             to
             him
             ,
             and
             seats
             him
             by
             him
             .
             The
             determination
             of
             civill
             and
             criminal
             causes
             is
             committed
             to
             the
             Soubassi
             or
             
               Gadilescher
               Basha
               ,
               Armin
            
             ,
             or
             Arcair
             .
             This
             Mufti
             as
             of
             the
             line
             of
             Mahomet
             ,
             weares
             a
             green
             
             Turbith
             ,
             the
             Emir
             wears
             it
             also
             ;
             not
             for
             holinesse
             ,
             but
             for
             authority
             .
             These
             Emir
             are
             egregious
             Hypocrites
             ,
             as
             are
             the
             Deruis
             ,
             who
             wear
             the
             Cimeterre
             ,
             and
             under
             colour
             of
             executing
             divine
             Justice
             ,
             commit
             a
             thousand
             murders
             in
             the
             country
             .
             There
             are
             others
             who
             go
             in
             troops
             ,
             and
             coming
             to
             a
             Village
             beg
             almes
             upon
             their
             knees
             ,
             which
             Turks
             give
             them
             liberally
             ,
             and
             they
             eat
             it
             in
             the
             place
             ,
             neverthesse
             having
             done
             ,
             for
             all
             this
             charity
             ,
             all
             they
             can
             meet
             alone
             ,
             they
             omit
             not
             to
             pillage
             and
             murther
             .
          
           
             During
             my
             stay
             at
             Constantinople
             ,
             there
             died
             
               Basha
               Zabahim
            
             ,
             a
             person
             of
             worthy
             repute
             according
             to
             his
             law
             :
             Being
             departed
             ,
             his
             death
             was
             notified
             to
             all
             the
             people
             ,
             who
             came
             in
             a
             multitude
             and
             wept
             for
             him
             ,
             and
             according
             to
             custome
             he
             was
             interred
             without
             the
             town
             .
             Persons
             of
             such
             quality
             at
             their
             decease
             ever
             bequeath
             to
             pious
             uses
             ,
             as
             to
             the
             foundation
             of
             an
             Hospitall
             ,
             or
             Mosque
             ,
             or
             the
             like
             ;
             officers
             clad
             in
             duskish
             course
             rugs
             ,
             give
             notice
             to
             the
             people
             to
             pray
             for
             the
             soule
             of
             this
             pious
             Lord
             :
             His
             nearest
             kindred
             covered
             with
             fine
             white
             linnen
             from
             head
             to
             foot
             ,
             go
             to
             the
             house
             and
             attend
             at
             the
             gate
             ,
             no
             man
             entring
             in
             but
             the
             Master
             .
             Such
             as
             are
             more
             remote
             ,
             are
             only
             vail'd
             over
             the
             face
             with
             a
             fine
             cloth
             ,
             which
             hangs
             down
             to
             the
             girdle
             .
             They
             are
             known
             by
             their
             wailings
             and
             lamentations
             ,
             which
             they
             duplicate
             when
             they
             come
             together
             .
             Then
             come
             forth
             all
             the
             Domesticks
             in
             gray
             Ash-coloured
             cloth
             ,
             next
             come
             twelve
             horses
             ,
             with
             clothes
             of
             the
             like
             drawing
             on
             the
             ground
             ,
             the
             leaders
             clothed
             with
             the
             same
             .
             These
             horses
             seem
             to
             weep
             ,
             and
             by
             intermissions
             to
             sigh
             and
             sobbe
             ,
             which
             they
             are
             brought
             to
             by
             rubbing
             their
             nostrils
             with
             a
             certain
             drugge
             ,
             while
             the
             people
             thinking
             them
             to
             weep
             really
             ,
             accompany
             them
             with
             tears
             and
             lamentations
             .
          
           
             Then
             follow
             four
             in
             gray
             with
             four
             banners
             trailing
             on
             the
             ground
             ,
             then
             four
             more
             trailing
             Arms
             ,
             Pikes
             ,
             Javelins
             ,
             Cimeters
             ,
             Bowes
             ,
             and
             Arrows
             ,
             all
             with
             like
             lamentation
             ;
             next
             comes
             the
             Corps
             contrary
             to
             us
             with
             the
             head
             foremost
             ,
             clothed
             in
             a
             rich
             garment
             ,
             born
             by
             six
             men
             well
             habited
             ,
             six
             more
             holding
             up
             the
             Pall
             of
             the
             same
             colour
             ;
             with
             the
             robes
             ,
             with
             a
             black
             Turbant
             ,
             upon
             which
             there
             is
             a
             green
             ribband
             of
             a
             finger
             breadth
             ,
             signifying
             the
             heaven
             promised
             by
             their
             Prophet
             ,
             and
             upon
             the
             Turbant
             a
             bundle
             of
             feathers
             of
             great
             value
             .
          
           
             All
             his
             Allies
             and
             Friends
             follow
             after
             weeping
             covered
             with
             white
             ,
             by
             the
             head
             of
             the
             Corps
             walk
             four
             Talimassans
             ,
             reading
             prayers
             for
             the
             dead
             ,
             these
             assisted
             at
             his
             departure
             ,
             and
             are
             obliged
             for
             some
             charity
             bestowed
             on
             them
             to
             pray
             for
             him
             all
             the
             yeare
             ;
             when
             they
             come
             to
             the
             crossing
             of
             a
             street
             ,
             the
             Corps
             stayes
             ,
             and
             a
             Talimassan
             with
             a
             loud
             voyce
             cryes
             ,
             
               Ala
               Ramani
               arban
               Muhis
               la
               ala
               ila
               ala
               ale
               Huma
               ala
               .
            
             Which
             meanes
             ,
             God
             is
             mercifull
             ,
             pray
             to
             God
             for
             him
             ;
             and
             with
             that
             the
             Priests
             ,
             with
             Tallow
             Tapers
             walk
             round
             the
             Corps
             ,
             repeating
             the
             same
             words
             ,
             and
             thus
             conduct
             him
             to
             
             his
             Sepulcher
             ,
             lin'd
             with
             thin
             boards
             and
             roof'd
             over
             :
             for
             nine
             dayes
             all
             his
             kindred
             visit
             the
             tomb
             with
             lamentations
             ,
             whither
             they
             bring
             provision
             for
             the
             Priests
             and
             poor
             ;
             for
             whom
             there
             is
             almes
             assigned
             ,
             and
             this
             ,
             they
             say
             ,
             maintains
             them
             till
             the
             resurrection
             ;
             when
             the
             breath
             of
             God
             will
             judge
             in
             favour
             of
             the
             Prophet
             ,
             who
             gives
             testimony
             of
             their
             good
             works
             before
             the
             divine
             Tribunal
             .
          
           
             Meanwhile
             the
             widow
             of
             the
             deceased
             layes
             out
             for
             birds
             kept
             in
             cages
             ,
             which
             she
             buys
             and
             sets
             at
             liberty
             ,
             that
             the
             merciful
             God
             may
             so
             free
             the
             soule
             of
             the
             departed
             ,
             as
             she
             hath
             shewed
             mercy
             to
             the
             birds
             ,
             and
             poor
             :
             With
             the
             Turks
             Processe
             is
             decided
             ,
             
             according
             to
             the
             letter
             of
             the
             Alcoran
             .
             Near
             the
             Seraglio
             gate
             is
             the
             Diuan
             ,
             where
             the
             Principals
             sit
             in
             scarlet
             robes
             .
             The
             second
             Tribunall
             or
             Diuan
             ,
             is
             within
             the
             Seraglio
             hard
             by
             the
             other
             ,
             where
             sit
             the
             four
             Bachats
             ,
             with
             the
             grand
             Seniors
             Secretary
             ,
             three
             Cadeleschers
             and
             the
             Beglierbeg
             ,
             who
             is
             as
             high-Constable
             .
             Here
             are
             criminall
             causes
             determined
             ,
             and
             all
             that
             concerns
             the
             Militia
             ,
             and
             pay
             of
             Janissaries
             and
             Souldiers
             ,
             attended
             by
             the
             Dragoman
             ,
             one
             skilled
             in
             all
             languages
             ,
             for
             the
             benefit
             of
             strangers
             ;
             for
             people
             of
             all
             sorts
             come
             to
             these
             tryals
             ,
             and
             't
             is
             allowed
             to
             any
             one
             to
             see
             Justice
             executed
             .
             The
             Dragoman
             takes
             perfect
             information
             ,
             that
             no
             man
             may
             be
             surprized
             in
             his
             cause
             ,
             and
             then
             makes
             report
             to
             the
             Diuan
             .
             The
             Judges
             are
             ever
             of
             a
             graceful
             presence
             ,
             holding
             for
             a
             principle
             ,
             that
             a
             fair
             mind
             was
             never
             covered
             with
             a
             foule
             face
             ,
             or
             very
             rarely
             .
             They
             afford
             a
             fair
             attention
             ,
             and
             as
             diligent
             to
             a
             child
             as
             to
             the
             grand
             Senior
             .
             In
             the
             Diuan
             there
             is
             a
             private
             window
             where
             sometimes
             the
             Grand
             Senior
             ,
             stands
             to
             hear
             the
             Justice
             of
             the
             Court
             ,
             which
             keeps
             him
             in
             awe
             and
             remembrance
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             an
             equall
             and
             speedy
             Justice
             administred
             by
             the
             States
             gratis
             ,
             nor
             can
             they
             admit
             either
             of
             presents
             or
             mediations
             .
             Bad
             causes
             are
             rewarded
             with
             good
             bangs
             ,
             all
             done
             with
             weight
             and
             measure
             ,
             for
             to
             the
             Judges
             't
             is
             death
             to
             proceed
             otherwise
             .
             In
             affairs
             of
             importance
             where
             the
             grand
             Senior
             ought
             to
             take
             cognizance
             ,
             the
             Cadileschir
             makes
             the
             report
             to
             him
             ,
             and
             he
             sentences
             as
             he
             pleases
             .
             There
             are
             other
             Courts
             and
             Judicatories
             in
             severall
             places
             of
             the
             Town
             ,
             for
             multitude
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             who
             for
             the
             most
             frivolous
             things
             appeale
             to
             Justice
             .
             The
             
               Cadis
               ,
               Armis
            
             ,
             and
             Soubassi
             ,
             are
             the
             Judges
             ,
             who
             for
             transgression
             are
             discharged
             of
             their
             office
             .
             The
             high
             Court
             of
             the
             Seraglio
             sits
             all
             day
             ,
             from
             morning
             to
             night
             ,
             where
             they
             are
             provided
             of
             three
             meals
             a
             day
             ;
             before
             they
             enter
             ,
             at
             nine
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             evening
             ,
             no
             man
             being
             allowed
             to
             stir
             out
             ,
             but
             the
             Visier
             ,
             keeper
             of
             the
             seale
             ,
             who
             before
             he
             can
             seale
             any
             dispatch
             ,
             must
             acquaint
             the
             grand
             Senior
             .
             Three
             dayes
             a
             week
             these
             grand
             Sessions
             are
             held
             ,
             Saturday
             ,
             Sunday
             ,
             and
             Monday
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             Tuesday
             ,
             in
             occurrence
             of
             great
             affairs
             ,
             or
             of
             strangers
             :
             the
             other
             four
             dayes
             are
             
             assigned
             to
             the
             Courts
             of
             the
             four
             Bachats
             ,
             who
             dispatch
             the
             rest
             ,
             and
             sit
             in
             places
             appointed
             ,
             whence
             on
             the
             Saturday
             they
             faile
             not
             to
             be
             at
             the
             grand
             Sessions
             ,
             where
             all
             attend
             ,
             seated
             with
             crossed
             arms
             ,
             and
             their
             feet
             close
             together
             ,
             till
             the
             grand
             Basha
             appear
             ;
             to
             whom
             they
             addresse
             themselves
             with
             great
             reverence
             ,
             then
             to
             their
             seats
             with
             rigorous
             silence
             .
             The
             Basha
             with
             a
             list
             of
             papers
             in
             hand
             ,
             looking
             round
             ,
             observes
             him
             who
             prepares
             to
             plead
             ,
             then
             with
             his
             hand
             gives
             him
             a
             sign
             to
             speak
             ,
             and
             having
             heard
             the
             complaint
             ,
             then
             hears
             the
             adverse
             party
             ,
             and
             with
             great
             prudence
             judges
             and
             gives
             sentence
             .
          
           
             In
             case
             of
             murther
             they
             make
             particular
             inquiry
             of
             all
             accessaries
             ,
             and
             they
             scape
             not
             without
             a
             good
             fine
             that
             could
             ,
             and
             hindered
             not
             the
             murther
             :
             For
             all
             that
             are
             present
             are
             bound
             under
             fine
             and
             penal
             punishments
             to
             apprehend
             the
             murtherer
             ,
             and
             bring
             him
             to
             the
             Soubassi
             ,
             the
             Cadi's
             Lieutenant
             ,
             who
             having
             heard
             the
             matter
             gives
             judgement
             .
             I
             was
             at
             Constantinople
             in
             the
             time
             of
             Amurath
             grand
             Son
             to
             the
             
               Sultan
               Soliman
            
             ,
             where
             by
             one
             
               Bernard
               Nadal
            
             a
             Marseillian
             ,
             I
             learnt
             many
             particulars
             of
             the
             Court
             :
             He
             was
             taken
             by
             the
             Turks
             in
             his
             youth
             ,
             and
             presented
             to
             the
             Soliman
             ,
             who
             made
             him
             renegado
             ,
             and
             his
             page
             .
             He
             made
             me
             an
             exact
             relation
             of
             the
             whole
             Court
             and
             Seraglio
             ,
             out
             of
             which
             I
             collected
             some
             memorials
             that
             I
             lost
             .
             I
             can
             humbly
             say
             ,
             God
             made
             me
             an
             instrument
             to
             regain
             this
             man
             ,
             who
             came
             back
             to
             Marseills
             ,
             while
             his
             Father
             and
             Mother
             were
             yet
             alive
             ,
             where
             he
             was
             reconciled
             to
             the
             Church
             ,
             but
             sometime
             after
             going
             to
             sea
             ,
             was
             by
             the
             Turks
             retaken
             ,
             and
             put
             to
             death
             .
             Of
             the
             Seraglio
             I
             remember
             he
             told
             me
             that
             within
             the
             second
             gate
             upon
             the
             left
             hand
             is
             the
             Princes
             kitchin
             ,
             not
             comparable
             to
             those
             in
             our
             Royal
             Palaces
             ;
             he
             reckon'd
             all
             the
             Officers
             to
             me
             ,
             which
             I
             set
             not
             down
             .
             Beyond
             that
             is
             the
             great
             hall
             ,
             or
             chamber
             of
             the
             
               Agas
               Capigis
            
             ,
             or
             Cadun
             ,
             the
             door-guards
             ,
             a
             different
             office
             from
             the
             Chaous
             ,
             who
             are
             exempt
             from
             guarding
             .
             Of
             this
             guard
             there
             are
             a
             great
             number
             ,
             divided
             by
             thirty
             to
             a
             Company
             .
             The
             third
             gate
             opens
             into
             gardens
             ,
             set
             with
             dates
             ,
             and
             trees
             of
             other
             sorts
             ;
             at
             the
             bottom
             whereof
             is
             a
             fair
             Subterranean
             apartment
             ,
             sumptuously
             stored
             with
             riches
             ,
             on
             the
             top
             stands
             a
             golden
             Mund
             ,
             and
             on
             that
             a
             Cressant
             .
             Here
             the
             Prince
             bathes
             in
             hot
             seasons
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             eats
             ;
             here
             he
             gives
             audience
             to
             Embassadours
             ,
             conducted
             through
             divers
             gates
             and
             Courts
             ,
             for
             ostentation
             of
             the
             State
             and
             magnificence
             of
             the
             Palace
             ,
             the
             rich
             columns
             ,
             Mosaick
             Tapestries
             ,
             &c.
             
             He
             gives
             audience
             to
             Embassadours
             onely
             twice
             ;
             when
             they
             arrive
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             depart
             ,
             and
             then
             for
             a
             speciall
             favour
             reaches
             them
             his
             right
             hand
             to
             kisse
             .
             In
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             chamber
             stands
             a
             great
             globe
             of
             Chrystal
             ,
             
             exceeding
             delightfull
             to
             the
             eye
             ,
             for
             the
             diversity
             of
             colours
             it
             presents
             ,
             enriched
             round
             with
             fair
             diamonds
             ,
             rubies
             ,
             and
             emeralds
             .
             At
             one
             end
             of
             the
             Chamber
             is
             a
             door
             where
             the
             grand
             Senior
             goes
             to
             visit
             the
             Sultanaes
             ,
             while
             the
             Basha's
             entertain
             the
             
             Embassadours
             ;
             for
             the
             second
             room
             is
             for
             his
             wives
             and
             Ladies
             ,
             where
             none
             enters
             but
             Eunuchs
             .
             Nadal
             that
             I
             spoke
             of
             as
             a
             Favourite
             ,
             went
             in
             often
             with
             the
             Prince
             ,
             and
             was
             fortunate
             in
             this
             that
             the
             Sultan
             excused
             him
             from
             castration
             ,
             for
             fear
             of
             loosing
             of
             him
             ,
             many
             loosing
             their
             lives
             by
             it
             ,
             though
             when
             't
             is
             done
             they
             are
             cast
             in
             a
             sleep
             ,
             by
             vertue
             of
             a
             stupifying
             water
             .
             He
             told
             me
             the
             Ladies
             would
             blandish
             him
             exceedingly
             ,
             and
             that
             there
             was
             one
             who
             daily
             said
             the
             rosary
             of
             the
             blessed
             virgin
             ,
             and
             was
             daughter
             to
             the
             Prince
             of
             Natolia
             .
             The
             Sultan
             keeps
             ten
             pages
             ,
             as
             grooms
             of
             his
             chamber
             to
             dresse
             and
             undresse
             him
             ,
             who
             serve
             not
             by
             quarter
             ,
             but
             attend
             the
             Prince
             continually
             ,
             as
             Pages
             of
             honour
             :
             They
             are
             cul'd
             out
             of
             many
             more
             ,
             and
             ordinarily
             are
             chosen
             by
             their
             Physnomy
             ,
             or
             good
             face
             .
             'T
             is
             the
             office
             of
             one
             of
             these
             to
             go
             every
             morning
             to
             the
             Chasna
             ,
             or
             Treasurer
             for
             fourty
             duckets
             to
             put
             in
             the
             Grand
             Seniors
             pocket
             for
             his
             charity
             ,
             and
             bounty
             ;
             at
             night
             when
             he
             goes
             to
             bed
             ,
             all
             the
             money
             left
             in
             his
             pockets
             the
             Pages
             of
             honour
             divide
             amongst
             them
             ,
             where
             they
             often
             find
             the
             sum
             compleat
             ,
             the
             grand
             Seniors
             affairs
             not
             allowing
             him
             leisure
             to
             think
             of
             it
             .
             They
             fetch
             every
             day
             the
             like
             sum
             for
             his
             sports
             .
             These
             Pages
             watch
             all
             night
             by
             the
             Prince
             ,
             two
             and
             two
             by
             turns
             ,
             and
             have
             Flambeaus
             burning
             ,
             till
             Sun
             rising
             that
             the
             Prince
             rises
             :
             for
             then
             from
             a
             high
             steeple
             the
             Dalliman
             calls
             every
             one
             to
             prayers
             .
             The
             Prince
             assoon
             as
             he
             is
             ready
             goes
             to
             the
             Mosquee
             ,
             and
             if
             he
             please
             ,
             takes
             his
             Pages
             of
             honour
             to
             attend
             him
             ;
             sometimes
             to
             take
             the
             air
             he
             goes
             on
             horse
             to
             a
             Mosquee
             more
             remote
             ,
             and
             then
             is
             attended
             in
             handsom
             order
             .
             Furthermore
             the
             Porter
             or
             Capaigis
             ,
             
             hath
             authority
             to
             punish
             any
             that
             shall
             raise
             any
             broiles
             in
             the
             Palace
             ,
             and
             suffers
             no
             man
             to
             go
             in
             with
             armes
             .
             The
             Querriship
             comprehends
             300.
             goodly
             horses
             ,
             twelve
             whereof
             are
             reserved
             for
             the
             Princes
             saddle
             alone
             ,
             on
             which
             onely
             the
             pages
             of
             honour
             may
             ride
             :
             there
             are
             other
             stables
             for
             above
             six
             thousand
             horse
             ,
             as
             3000.
             palfreys
             ,
             called
             there
             Deuagilar
             .
             There
             are
             a
             number
             of
             horses
             besides
             ,
             and
             the
             Master
             of
             horse
             they
             call
             
               Bashaw
               Abrahor
            
             .
          
           
             In
             my
             time
             't
             was
             thus
             ,
             perhaps
             things
             are
             altered
             since
             ,
             I
             onely
             touch
             upon
             this
             Court
             passing
             by
             ,
             with
             reference
             to
             more
             ample
             relations
             extant
             of
             this
             subject
             .
          
           
             I
             was
             not
             forth
             in
             this
             voyage
             to
             Constantinople
             above
             eight
             months
             ,
             but
             I
             returned
             the
             same
             year
             to
             Marseills
             ,
             where
             I
             found
             the
             Town
             in
             much
             inquietude
             ,
             for
             apparition
             of
             certain
             spirits
             in
             the
             house
             of
             one
             
               George
               Trian
            
             ,
             who
             had
             had
             two
             wives
             both
             deceased
             .
             These
             Goblins
             made
             strange
             noyses
             ,
             and
             presented
             strange
             illusions
             ,
             as
             Tiran
             reported
             ,
             in
             effect
             it
             much
             disturbed
             the
             neighbours
             ,
             at
             last
             all
             was
             set
             at
             rest
             by
             a
             neighbour
             that
             discovered
             there
             remained
             some
             things
             unsatisfied
             ,
             by
             one
             of
             the
             wives
             ,
             which
             she
             appeared
             to
             reveale
             .
          
           
           
             Going
             one
             day
             to
             visit
             Monsieur
             ,
             the
             Count
             of
             Carsa
             ,
             living
             then
             at
             Marseills
             ,
             discoursing
             of
             this
             accident
             ,
             he
             related
             to
             me
             severall
             things
             of
             this
             kind
             ;
             amongst
             others
             ,
             that
             being
             on
             a
             time
             with
             two
             friends
             at
             Susa
             in
             ●eemont
             ,
             they
             were
             told
             at
             their
             lodging
             how
             there
             was
             a
             Chamber
             haunted
             with
             spirits
             ,
             and
             strangely
             molested
             with
             horrible
             rumblings
             :
             hereupon
             they
             were
             taken
             with
             a
             curiosity
             to
             lie
             in
             this
             chamber
             ,
             whatsoever
             their
             host
             could
             say
             to
             disswade
             them
             ;
             their
             evenings
             discourse
             was
             onely
             of
             apparitions
             ,
             which
             one
             amongst
             them
             absolutely
             denied
             ,
             saying
             't
             was
             all
             but
             fables
             ,
             and
             phantasticall
             imaginations
             :
             But
             lying
             all
             together
             in
             the
             same
             bed
             ,
             about
             midnight
             the
             Count
             wakes
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             light
             of
             a
             Flambeau
             they
             had
             left
             burning
             ,
             he
             saw
             some
             Monks
             both
             black
             and
             white
             ,
             reading
             their
             Breviaries
             by
             the
             blew
             light
             of
             a
             Taper
             ,
             that
             made
             the
             whole
             chamber
             of
             the
             same
             colour
             :
             he
             could
             not
             understand
             a
             word
             they
             said
             ,
             though
             he
             observed
             them
             diligently
             :
             he
             was
             seiz'd
             with
             such
             horrour
             he
             could
             not
             speak
             to
             his
             bed-fellowes
             ,
             onely
             jogged
             the
             next
             with
             his
             elbow
             ,
             who
             slept
             as
             he
             were
             charm'd
             ;
             and
             when
             he
             saw
             the
             Monks
             with
             grave
             steps
             draw
             nearer
             the
             bed
             ,
             his
             fear
             redoubled
             ,
             and
             though
             their
             swords
             lay
             hard
             by
             him
             ,
             terrour
             onely
             possessed
             him
             .
             He
             thought
             the
             Monks
             muttering
             some
             words
             ,
             turned
             off
             the
             cloaths
             ,
             took
             one
             of
             his
             companions
             out
             of
             the
             bed
             ,
             and
             burnt
             him
             to
             ashes
             in
             a
             great
             fire
             ;
             and
             in
             effect
             one
             of
             them
             was
             gone
             and
             never
             heard
             off
             more
             ,
             and
             none
             but
             himself
             and
             one
             more
             left
             in
             the
             bed
             .
          
           
             I
             remember
             also
             that
             being
             at
             St.
             Bauma
             ,
             while
             Godfrey
             the
             accursed
             sorcerer
             was
             there
             ,
             as
             they
             carv'd
             him
             fish
             ,
             being
             Lent
             ,
             and
             laid
             it
             on
             his
             trencher
             ,
             he
             seemed
             still
             to
             eat
             ,
             yet
             there
             was
             nothing
             lesse
             on
             his
             trencher
             ;
             and
             Father
             Michaelis
             exorcizing
             
               Magdalen
               de
               la
               Palu
            
             ,
             asked
             her
             what
             it
             meant
             ?
             who
             answered
             he
             could
             not
             eat
             of
             all
             things
             ;
             and
             that
             the
             Devils
             brought
             him
             human
             flesh
             ,
             of
             which
             he
             fed
             and
             left
             the
             rest
             ,
             And
             divers
             Sorcerers
             executed
             at
             Aix
             ,
             have
             confessed
             that
             in
             their
             Sabbaths
             ,
             most
             commonly
             they
             feed
             on
             such
             fare
             .
          
           
             This
             makes
             me
             doubt
             whether
             those
             Goblins
             or
             Sorcerers
             ,
             seen
             by
             the
             Count
             ,
             carried
             not
             the
             poor
             Gentleman
             away
             for
             the
             like
             provision
             ;
             for
             he
             was
             never
             seen
             more
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             two
             remained
             frighted
             and
             astonished
             almost
             to
             death
             .
             Notwithstanding
             
               de
               Carsis
            
             ,
             so
             he
             was
             called
             ,
             was
             a
             prudent
             and
             valiant
             person
             ;
             and
             the
             third
             that
             scaped
             with
             the
             Count
             ,
             was
             called
             Vieramont
             .
             I
             made
             the
             same
             year
             a
             journey
             into
             Italy
             ,
             and
             coming
             to
             Pecholi
             to
             visit
             some
             friends
             ,
             being
             in
             bed
             at
             an
             Inne
             ,
             I
             heard
             a
             strange
             noyse
             ,
             and
             a
             voice
             that
             called
             me
             by
             my
             name
             ,
             which
             I
             took
             to
             be
             the
             voice
             of
             my
             mother
             ,
             who
             told
             me
             she
             was
             dead
             :
             frighted
             wherewith
             I
             fell
             into
             lamentations
             ,
             till
             my
             Brother-in-law
             over-heard
             me
             ,
             and
             came
             with
             a
             candle
             ,
             who
             understanding
             the
             matter
             reassured
             me
             .
             But
             continuing
             in
             sadnesse
             ,
             about
             six
             dayes
             after
             going
             from
             Pecholi
             ,
             
             I
             fortuned
             luckily
             on
             a
             Marseillian
             Merchant
             ,
             my
             acquaintance
             ,
             who
             came
             but
             four
             dayes
             before
             from
             thence
             ,
             and
             assured
             me
             he
             left
             my
             mother
             in
             health
             ,
             so
             I
             found
             't
             was
             but
             a
             meer
             illusion
             .
             Afterwards
             in
             the
             same
             voyage
             going
             from
             Rome
             to
             Naples
             ,
             betwixt
             Aquila
             and
             Abruzza
             ,
             we
             lodged
             in
             a
             village
             called
             Chelana
             ,
             where
             mine
             host
             having
             seen
             us
             well
             accommodated
             in
             bed
             ,
             retired
             to
             another
             room
             ,
             for
             fear
             of
             spirits
             that
             haunted
             that
             :
             and
             in
             good
             earnest
             we
             had
             a
             very
             troublesome
             night
             of
             it
             ,
             not
             able
             to
             rest
             for
             ratlings
             and
             jinglings
             ,
             both
             upon
             the
             stairs
             and
             in
             the
             Chamber
             ,
             without
             perceiving
             any
             thing
             ,
             much
             ado
             to
             comfort
             one
             another
             ,
             and
             't
             was
             to
             no
             purpose
             ,
             we
             called
             mine
             hoste
             ;
             who
             in
             the
             morning
             excused
             himself
             the
             best
             he
             could
             ,
             and
             all
             passed
             in
             laughter
             ;
             but
             coming
             back
             that
             way
             we
             found
             the
             house
             pulled
             down
             ,
             and
             a
             Church
             building
             in
             the
             place
             .
          
           
             Then
             returning
             into
             France
             ,
             we
             passed
             by
             Beaucaire
             ,
             where
             we
             supped
             with
             the
             
               Sieur
               de
               St.
               Andre
            
             ,
             Governour
             of
             Montpelier
             ,
             and
             telling
             him
             of
             these
             spirits
             ,
             being
             a
             Protestant
             ,
             he
             made
             a
             scoffe
             at
             it
             ;
             but
             the
             best
             was
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             night
             as
             he
             lay
             in
             bed
             ,
             he
             was
             waked
             with
             such
             a
             noise
             ,
             that
             leaping
             to
             his
             sword
             ,
             he
             cryed
             out
             ,
             and
             raised
             us
             all
             ;
             supposing
             thieves
             were
             robbing
             the
             house
             ,
             but
             finding
             doors
             and
             windows
             all
             fast
             ,
             he
             was
             amazed
             ,
             and
             made
             an
             oath
             he
             would
             never
             jest
             at
             spirits
             again
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             Authours
             voyage
             into
             Italy
             .
          
           
             REturning
             to
             Marseills
             in
             a
             time
             of
             sicknesse
             ,
             I
             went
             to
             sea
             again
             ,
             in
             a
             vessel
             bound
             for
             Brasile
             ,
             under
             the
             command
             of
             Captain
             
               James
               Varin
            
             .
             Our
             sufferings
             in
             this
             voyage
             were
             great
             ,
             specially
             in
             our
             return
             ,
             when
             we
             were
             glad
             for
             food
             to
             eat
             all
             manner
             of
             leather
             ,
             Munkeys
             ,
             Parrots
             ,
             and
             Rats
             ,
             which
             passed
             for
             plovers
             .
             I
             was
             the
             most
             troubled
             with
             a
             young
             Marsellian
             I
             brought
             along
             with
             me
             ,
             one
             
               William
               Vias
            
             ,
             a
             neighbour
             ,
             a
             most
             malicious
             untoward
             fellow
             ,
             who
             did
             me
             not
             the
             least
             service
             ,
             though
             I
             laid
             in
             provision
             for
             him
             ,
             and
             paid
             his
             passage
             .
             He
             quarrelled
             with
             every
             one
             ,
             and
             was
             beaten
             by
             every
             one
             ,
             without
             any
             amendment
             ,
             growing
             worse
             and
             worse
             .
          
           
             Once
             he
             was
             soundly
             bang'd
             for
             saying
             he
             would
             kill
             the
             Captain
             ,
             and
             had
             my
             advice
             been
             followed
             ,
             they
             should
             have
             made
             a
             Fricassee
             of
             him
             ,
             as
             I
             saw
             one
             served
             at
             Brasile
             ,
             as
             I
             shall
             relate
             in
             my
             second
             voyage
             to
             the
             West
             Indies
             .
          
           
             At
             our
             return
             ,
             we
             came
             a
             shore
             at
             Haure
             ,
             where
             I
             dismissed
             him
             ,
             and
             came
             alone
             to
             Marseilles
             ,
             where
             I
             married
             the
             most
             perverse
             woman
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             so
             as
             when
             I
             thought
             to
             have
             spent
             the
             remainder
             of
             my
             life
             in
             repose
             ,
             I
             was
             constrained
             
             to
             wander
             again
             for
             quietnesse
             ,
             and
             in
             effect
             made
             a
             voyage
             to
             Portugall
             ,
             to
             barter
             some
             pearls
             .
          
           
             I
             laid
             in
             Merchandizes
             proper
             for
             Cadiz
             ,
             as
             Camlots
             of
             the
             East
             ,
             cloth
             ,
             corall
             ,
             and
             two
             hundred
             crowns
             in
             gold
             ,
             upon
             letters
             of
             exchange
             to
             
               Hierome
               Viguer
            
             of
             Chativa
             ,
             and
             an
             hundred
             pistols
             ,
             I
             deposited
             with
             
               Noe
               Menestier
            
             ,
             which
             I
             lost
             ;
             yet
             he
             an
             honest
             man
             ;
             for
             this
             Viguier
             a
             Spaniard
             ,
             used
             such
             sleights
             and
             delays
             ,
             that
             I
             was
             constrained
             to
             quit
             all
             ,
             by
             a
             misfortune
             which
             befell
             me
             .
             For
             waiting
             for
             my
             money
             at
             his
             Brothers
             house
             one
             Emanuele
             ,
             one
             evening
             coming
             out
             of
             a
             Church
             ,
             there
             stood
             discoursing
             a
             companie
             of
             Cannons
             ,
             who
             seeing
             me
             in
             a
             French
             dresse
             ,
             according
             to
             that
             degenerous
             custome
             of
             the
             Spaniard
             ,
             began
             to
             affront
             me
             ,
             which
             I
             waved
             with
             patience
             ;
             and
             telling
             them
             how
             injurious
             't
             was
             to
             abuse
             a
             stranger
             thus
             meerly
             passing
             by
             them
             ,
             they
             wanted
             not
             much
             to
             come
             from
             words
             to
             blows
             with
             me
             and
             my
             man
             :
             Hereupon
             I
             complained
             to
             the
             Duke
             of
             Gandia
             ,
             who
             gave
             me
             no
             other
             satisfaction
             than
             to
             refer
             me
             to
             the
             Bishop
             ,
             from
             whom
             I
             returned
             with
             as
             little
             satisfaction
             .
          
           
             Thus
             discontented
             I
             left
             the
             Town
             ,
             and
             removed
             to
             Cadiz
             ,
             by
             the
             way
             I
             lighted
             upon
             one
             of
             these
             venerable
             Cannons
             travailing
             for
             Valencia
             ,
             well
             mounted
             ,
             and
             glasses
             before
             his
             eyes
             to
             preserve
             them
             from
             the
             wind
             ;
             now
             I
             having
             this
             opportunity
             for
             my
             revenge
             ,
             gave
             him
             such
             a
             buffet
             that
             I
             broke
             his
             glasse
             ,
             and
             sent
             him
             senselesse
             to
             the
             ground
             :
             then
             upon
             the
             spur
             doubled
             my
             pace
             to
             Guadix
             ,
             where
             't
             was
             my
             hard
             fortune
             to
             loose
             a
             bill
             of
             exchange
             I
             had
             for
             cloth
             I
             sold
             at
             Valence
             .
             thence
             by
             Granado
             I
             went
             to
             Cadiz
             ,
             where
             some
             small
             negotiations
             being
             dispatched
             ,
             I
             returned
             for
             Provence
             :
             But
             having
             some
             prick
             in
             conscience
             for
             my
             treaty
             of
             the
             Cannon
             of
             Gandia
             ,
             I
             went
             to
             a
             Priest
             to
             confesse
             my self
             ,
             who
             considering
             the
             species
             of
             my
             fault
             ,
             turned
             me
             over
             to
             the
             Bishop
             ,
             who
             absolved
             me
             ,
             and
             for
             penance
             obliged
             me
             to
             make
             a
             pilgrimage
             to
             Rome
             :
             I
             performed
             it
             ,
             and
             coming
             to
             Saint
             Peters
             Church
             ,
             to
             confesse
             me
             to
             one
             of
             the
             Penitentiaries
             ,
             with
             long
             slaves
             ,
             by
             ill
             luck
             he
             prooved
             a
             Spaniard
             ,
             and
             understanding
             I
             had
             beaten
             a
             Cannon
             of
             Gandia
             ,
             was
             much
             concerned
             ,
             howsoever
             gave
             me
             absolution
             .
          
           
             
             At
             this
             time
             there
             was
             an
             Almner
             of
             the
             Popes
             ,
             who
             had
             the
             disposing
             of
             ten
             or
             twelve
             thousand
             duckets
             to
             the
             poor
             yearly
             ,
             and
             as
             they
             say
             ,
             reserved
             a
             good
             share
             for
             himself
             ;
             so
             as
             in
             few
             yeares
             he
             became
             exceeding
             rich
             ,
             but
             very
             avaritious
             :
             Whereupon
             some
             good
             fellows
             there
             ,
             were
             resolved
             to
             shew
             him
             a
             trick
             ,
             and
             partake
             with
             him
             ;
             for
             this
             purpose
             one
             of
             them
             opens
             a
             shop
             of
             small
             commodities
             ,
             with
             some
             curiosities
             and
             antick
             medals
             of
             gold
             and
             silver
             .
          
           
             This
             Almner
             as
             he
             came
             from
             Church
             ,
             went
             every
             day
             to
             
             converse
             with
             this
             new
             Merchant
             ,
             who
             still
             shewed
             him
             rarities
             ,
             whereof
             sometimes
             he
             bought
             ,
             sometimes
             not
             .
             At
             last
             when
             their
             familiaritie
             was
             confirmed
             ,
             behold
             another
             of
             the
             pack
             ,
             disguised
             like
             a
             slave
             ,
             an
             iron
             plate
             about
             his
             neck
             ,
             and
             a
             red
             cap
             ,
             stands
             to
             beg
             at
             St.
             Peters
             porch
             ,
             and
             as
             the
             Almner
             came
             by
             ,
             besought
             a
             charity
             of
             him
             :
             the
             other
             seeing
             him
             of
             a
             good
             aspect
             ,
             asked
             him
             what
             he
             was
             ?
             who
             answered
             he
             was
             a
             poore
             Gentleman
             newly
             come
             out
             of
             slavery
             ,
             and
             having
             his
             conscience
             burthened
             ,
             desired
             he
             would
             hear
             his
             confession
             .
             So
             entring
             the
             Church
             ,
             this
             Gallant
             told
             him
             a
             long
             story
             ,
             how
             he
             had
             been
             divers
             years
             captive
             to
             
               Dragut
               Rais
            
             that
             famous
             Pirate
             ,
             that
             at
             length
             he
             made
             him
             groom
             of
             his
             Chamber
             ,
             and
             trusted
             him
             with
             all
             his
             money
             and
             jewels
             ,
             and
             that
             his
             Master
             being
             slain
             at
             the
             siege
             of
             Malta
             ,
             he
             took
             a
             jewell
             of
             extraordinary
             value
             ,
             and
             a
             sum
             of
             duckets
             ,
             and
             came
             with
             the
             Fleet
             to
             Constantinople
             ,
             where
             he
             met
             with
             means
             to
             get
             into
             Christendom
             ,
             and
             return
             to
             his
             Countrey
             with
             his
             wealthy
             prize
             .
          
           
             The
             Almner
             was
             on
             fire
             ,
             to
             have
             a
             sight
             of
             the
             rich
             piece
             ,
             and
             told
             him
             if
             it
             were
             a
             thing
             of
             that
             value
             ,
             he
             would
             procure
             his
             holinesse
             to
             buy
             it
             :
             The
             slave
             then
             conjuring
             him
             to
             secrecy
             by
             the
             name
             of
             God
             ,
             shewed
             him
             a
             fawcet
             Chrystall
             ,
             artificially
             coloured
             with
             Dragons
             bloud
             ,
             which
             made
             it
             of
             an
             admirable
             lustre
             ;
             wherewith
             the
             Almner
             dazled
             ,
             desired
             him
             he
             might
             shew
             it
             to
             a
             Merchant
             a
             friend
             of
             his
             ,
             of
             knowledge
             in
             such
             things
             ,
             so
             they
             went
             together
             to
             the
             Merchant
             ,
             who
             viewing
             the
             jewell
             ,
             made
             unusuall
             admirations
             ,
             as
             at
             an
             excessive
             treasure
             ,
             telling
             him
             't
             was
             worth
             many
             thousand
             duckets
             ;
             whereby
             his
             longing
             growing
             stronger
             ,
             after
             many
             offers
             and
             refusals
             betwixt
             the
             slave
             and
             him
             ,
             they
             at
             length
             bargained
             for
             two
             and
             twenty
             thousand
             crowns
             ,
             which
             he
             paid
             upon
             the
             naile
             :
             Whereupon
             the
             Merchant
             shuts
             up
             shop
             ,
             packs
             away
             ,
             and
             vanishes
             with
             the
             slave
             ,
             never
             to
             be
             heard
             of
             .
          
           
             Meanwhile
             the
             Almner
             was
             so
             swell'd
             with
             his
             purchase
             ,
             that
             he
             could
             not
             contain
             himself
             ,
             imagining
             by
             this
             means
             he
             might
             arrive
             at
             any
             office
             or
             dignity
             whatsoever
             ,
             and
             fancied
             himself
             Pope
             already
             ,
             with
             this
             Carbuncle
             in
             his
             Tiara
             :
             For
             some
             dayes
             he
             concealed
             it
             ,
             not
             discovering
             the
             least
             to
             his
             very
             nearest
             friends
             .
             At
             length
             meeting
             with
             two
             Goldsmiths
             of
             his
             old
             acquaintance
             ,
             he
             shewed
             it
             them
             ,
             and
             would
             know
             their
             opinion
             of
             the
             value
             ,
             or
             near
             the
             matter
             ;
             who
             perceiving
             it
             a
             counterfeit
             carbuncle
             ,
             laughed
             heartily
             ,
             and
             said
             't
             was
             a
             pretty
             Chrystall
             ,
             and
             might
             be
             worth
             some
             few
             realls
             ,
             which
             so
             stroke
             the
             good
             man
             ,
             that
             overcome
             with
             grief
             and
             vexation
             ,
             he
             betook
             himself
             to
             his
             bed
             ,
             whence
             he
             never
             rose
             again
             .
             Thus
             was
             the
             good
             man
             abused
             by
             the
             knavish
             cheats
             .
          
           
             To
             second
             this
             ,
             I
             shall
             tell
             you
             of
             an
             exploite
             was
             put
             
             upon
             me
             in
             this
             very
             voyage
             .
             I
             intended
             for
             Naples
             ,
             to
             buy
             some
             horses
             ,
             for
             which
             purpose
             I
             had
             a
             good
             handsom
             sum
             of
             money
             I
             had
             taken
             for
             pearls
             I
             brought
             from
             Lisbone
             ,
             and
             sold
             to
             the
             Marquesse
             of
             Oraison
             ,
             which
             I
             had
             put
             in
             two
             bags
             ,
             whereof
             one
             I
             ever
             carried
             about
             me
             .
             One
             day
             passing
             through
             the
             market
             Colonna
             ,
             I
             observed
             a
             Goldsmith
             well
             furnished
             with
             jewels
             ,
             and
             having
             cheapned
             a
             good
             diamond
             of
             about
             four
             or
             five
             carrats
             weight
             ,
             and
             a
             good
             luster
             ,
             by
             reason
             the
             Bishop
             of
             Marseills
             desired
             me
             to
             buy
             him
             one
             if
             I
             met
             with
             a
             good
             bargain
             ;
             we
             agreed
             for
             threescore
             and
             odd
             pistols
             ,
             which
             I
             laid
             down
             ;
             but
             he
             recanting
             and
             demanding
             more
             ,
             I
             withdrew
             my
             money
             .
             Upon
             this
             comes
             in
             a
             man
             in
             good
             fashion
             ,
             his
             beard
             white
             ,
             and
             a
             black
             velvet
             cap
             ,
             and
             told
             me
             in
             private
             if
             I
             would
             buy
             a
             good
             diamond
             ,
             or
             other
             jewels
             ,
             he
             would
             shew
             me
             those
             were
             good
             ,
             and
             at
             a
             reasonable
             rate
             .
             I
             took
             the
             man
             for
             some
             Senatour
             ,
             or
             person
             of
             quality
             ,
             and
             followed
             him
             ,
             though
             the
             Goldsmith
             pulled
             me
             by
             the
             sleeve
             ,
             to
             come
             into
             his
             shop
             again
             .
             As
             we
             went
             along
             ,
             my
             Gentleman
             entertained
             me
             with
             discourse
             of
             severall
             jewels
             he
             had
             at
             his
             Chamber
             ,
             without
             Port
             Popolo
             ,
             at
             last
             he
             had
             brought
             me
             to
             a
             place
             out
             of
             all
             wayes
             ,
             near
             the
             
               Palle
               Malle
            
             ,
             by
             the
             wall
             side
             ;
             I
             began
             to
             suspect
             some
             mischief
             when
             I
             heard
             a
             Faquin
             by
             the
             way
             bid
             farewell
             ,
             such
             a
             one
             calling
             him
             by
             his
             name
             ;
             and
             as
             I
             was
             thinking
             to
             take
             my
             leave
             of
             him
             ,
             and
             go
             back
             again
             ,
             I
             was
             seized
             upon
             by
             four
             or
             five
             Ruffians
             ,
             who
             set
             a
             dagger
             to
             my
             breast
             ,
             and
             made
             me
             deliver
             my
             purse
             ,
             and
             the
             bag
             I
             had
             about
             me
             ,
             and
             my
             guide
             vanished
             so
             as
             I
             could
             see
             him
             no
             more
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             miserable
             condition
             I
             came
             back
             to
             Rome
             ,
             full
             of
             shame
             and
             sadnesse
             ,
             and
             though
             I
             spoke
             not
             a
             word
             of
             it
             ,
             yet
             my
             misfortune
             was
             immediately
             divulged
             through
             all
             Rome
             ,
             how
             I
             had
             been
             cheated
             by
             one
             in
             such
             cloaths
             ,
             who
             was
             known
             and
             famous
             for
             such
             a
             one
             ,
             he
             was
             not
             long
             after
             apprehended
             and
             meeting
             me
             I
             knew
             him
             not
             at
             all
             ,
             having
             cut
             his
             hair
             and
             changed
             his
             cloathes
             ,
             and
             stoutly
             denyed
             the
             fact
             .
             They
             shewed
             me
             some
             pieces
             of
             gold
             ,
             which
             I
             claimed
             as
             my
             own
             ,
             but
             that
             was
             all
             I
             could
             get
             .
          
           
             Notwithstanding
             he
             was
             within
             few
             dayes
             after
             ,
             with
             two
             of
             his
             Comrades
             hanged
             ,
             convicted
             of
             divers
             other
             robberies
             .
          
           
             Being
             upon
             return
             to
             Marseills
             I
             made
             a
             digression
             towards
             the
             river
             Genes
             ,
             and
             Malta
             ,
             and
             by
             reason
             the
             plague
             was
             at
             Martigues
             ,
             I
             could
             not
             without
             difficulty
             be
             admitted
             into
             
               Ville
               Franche
            
             ,
             to
             take
             a
             bill
             of
             health
             to
             crosse
             the
             River
             Genes
             ,
             where
             they
             are
             exceeding
             severe
             upon
             such
             occasions
             .
          
           
             The
             day
             after
             I
             arrived
             ,
             coming
             abroad
             two
             houres
             before
             day
             to
             take
             fresh
             ayr
             ,
             I
             heard
             a
             doleful
             voyce
             coming
             ,
             as
             I
             thought
             ,
             from
             
               Capo
               Ferino
            
             ,
             that
             cryed
             ,
             Alas
             ,
             kill
             me
             not
             ,
             and
             take
             all
             I
             
             have
             ;
             and
             after
             some
             profound
             groanes
             cease
             .
             The
             day
             brought
             the
             matter
             to
             light
             ,
             and
             it
             appears
             a
             poor
             man
             was
             murthered
             by
             some
             of
             Nice
             ,
             persons
             of
             quality
             ,
             and
             free
             from
             suspition
             .
          
           
             For
             these
             people
             with
             the
             Castle-Frigot
             went
             aboard
             a
             Bark
             ,
             and
             having
             put
             all
             to
             the
             sword
             ,
             and
             pilladged
             ,
             sunk
             it
             :
             but
             God
             for
             his
             just
             judgement
             permitted
             him
             ,
             who
             sate
             at
             helme
             to
             leap
             into
             the
             water
             ,
             and
             being
             ignorant
             of
             swimming
             ,
             they
             say
             a
             Dolphin
             came
             betwixt
             his
             legges
             and
             carried
             him
             to
             shore
             ,
             then
             knocking
             at
             the
             Castle
             Gate
             ,
             he
             was
             brought
             wet
             as
             he
             was
             ,
             before
             the
             Governour
             ,
             to
             whom
             he
             related
             ,
             that
             some
             with
             the
             Castle
             Frigot
             had
             boarded
             their
             vessell
             ,
             and
             used
             them
             as
             I
             told
             you
             .
             The
             Governour
             amazed
             at
             the
             matter
             ,
             called
             for
             him
             who
             had
             charge
             of
             the
             Frigot
             ,
             to
             know
             to
             whom
             he
             had
             delivered
             it
             ,
             who
             told
             him
             that
             such
             and
             such
             had
             taken
             it
             without
             asking
             ,
             because
             he
             had
             ever
             allowed
             them
             the
             priviledge
             .
          
           
             The
             Governour
             put
             on
             his
             clothes
             and
             went
             to
             the
             shore
             ,
             where
             he
             found
             his
             Frigot
             drawn
             on
             land
             ,
             and
             a
             boy
             washing
             away
             some
             blood
             which
             was
             in
             it
             ;
             for
             it
             seems
             one
             of
             the
             Bark
             endeavouring
             to
             escape
             ,
             they
             took
             him
             ,
             killed
             him
             ,
             and
             threw
             him
             into
             the
             sea
             .
             The
             Governour
             quietly
             asked
             what
             he
             was
             doing
             ,
             he
             cunningly
             answered
             ,
             they
             had
             in
             the
             night
             taken
             a
             great
             Fish
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             was
             washing
             away
             the
             blood
             .
             In
             the
             instant
             came
             he
             who
             had
             taken
             away
             the
             Frigot
             ,
             to
             give
             good
             morrow
             to
             the
             Governour
             ,
             whom
             the
             Marriner
             immediately
             knew
             ,
             and
             cryed
             out
             ,
             that
             was
             he
             who
             had
             done
             the
             fact
             ;
             whereupon
             the
             Gentleman
             ,
             with
             two
             others
             ,
             were
             brought
             to
             the
             Castle
             ,
             and
             upon
             triall
             executed
             ;
             two
             more
             escaped
             ,
             but
             being
             taken
             afterwards
             ,
             paid
             the
             same
             rates
             ,
             confessing
             many
             more
             murthers
             ,
             and
             vessels
             sunk
             ;
             amongst
             others
             ,
             one
             wherein
             were
             22.
             
             Religious
             ,
             Jesuits
             ,
             and
             Capucins
             ,
             whom
             they
             wrapt
             all
             in
             a
             saile
             ,
             and
             cast
             into
             the
             sea
             ,
             having
             pilladged
             what
             they
             had
             .
          
           
             Thence
             we
             went
             to
             the
             Town
             of
             Genes
             in
             company
             of
             one
             Alari
             ,
             who
             had
             brought
             Hawkes
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             and
             was
             going
             towards
             the
             Dutchy
             of
             Vrbina
             ,
             and
             being
             at
             Vay
             about
             three
             or
             four
             miles
             from
             Savona
             ,
             they
             would
             not
             suffer
             us
             on
             any
             conditions
             to
             passe
             further
             ,
             and
             of
             necessity
             we
             must
             turn
             our
             course
             to
             the
             mountains
             of
             Mountferrat
             a
             country
             pester'd
             with
             Bandits
             ,
             and
             such
             other
             ;
             in
             which
             passage
             we
             were
             rob'd
             ,
             and
             poor
             Alari
             lost
             above
             two
             thousand
             franks
             which
             he
             had
             in
             his
             Valice
             .
          
           
             We
             met
             with
             many
             difficulties
             in
             this
             passage
             ,
             crossing
             through
             narrow
             passages
             ,
             fill'd
             up
             with
             snow
             by
             Alcare
             to
             
               Casoanta
               ,
               Alexandria
               ,
               Placenta
               ,
               Parma
               ,
               Bolonia
               ,
               Florence
            
             and
             Rome
             ,
             where
             we
             arrived
             against
             the
             canonization
             of
             some
             Saints
             .
          
           
             I
             got
             Letters
             from
             
               Sieur
               Guileo
               Falio
            
             Embassadour
             of
             Malta
             for
             some
             of
             the
             money
             owing
             me
             by
             the
             Grand
             Master
             .
             Thence
             we
             came
             to
             Naples
             where
             such
             a
             famine
             raigned
             ,
             that
             the
             women
             in
             mutiny
             threw
             stones
             at
             the
             Governour
             in
             his
             Coach
             ,
             the
             Cardinal
             
             and
             Sapata
             ,
             whose
             heeles
             saved
             his
             life
             .
          
           
             Then
             we
             took
             a
             Frigot
             for
             Messina
             ,
             and
             by
             edict
             we
             were
             to
             take
             no
             more
             bread
             aboard
             then
             for
             half
             a
             day
             ;
             I
             brought
             halfe
             a
             crowns
             worth
             ,
             which
             I
             hid
             under
             the
             Planks
             :
             we
             had
             been
             undone
             if
             it
             had
             been
             found
             ,
             and
             the
             souldiers
             were
             exact
             searchers
             ;
             we
             suffer'd
             some
             hardship
             when
             we
             had
             no
             bread
             to
             our
             meat
             ,
             yet
             so
             we
             passed
             two
             dayes
             intire
             :
             and
             putting
             in
             at
             the
             Pouilla
             ,
             we
             could
             not
             amongst
             all
             the
             Fisher-men
             for
             any
             money
             buy
             a
             morsel
             ,
             nor
             could
             have
             any
             thing
             amongst
             them
             but
             fish
             ,
             which
             we
             afterwards
             trucked
             with
             a
             youth
             for
             bread
             ,
             he
             had
             in
             reserve
             ;
             coming
             to
             Asilla
             ,
             there
             we
             got
             bread
             ;
             thence
             to
             Messina
             through
             the
             Straight
             ,
             so
             dangerous
             for
             three
             or
             four
             leagues
             ,
             where
             violence
             of
             the
             winde
             cast
             us
             on
             the
             Rocks
             .
             I
             got
             as
             well
             as
             I
             could
             to
             land
             ,
             but
             seeing
             some
             women
             left
             in
             the
             Bark
             ,
             and
             ready
             to
             perish
             ,
             I
             perswaded
             a
             young
             shoomaker
             to
             assist
             me
             ,
             nnd
             in
             effect
             ,
             carrying
             them
             on
             our
             backs
             through
             the
             boysterous
             waves
             ,
             we
             got
             them
             safe
             to
             shore
             ,
             for
             which
             afterwards
             they
             vouchsafed
             us
             not
             so
             much
             as
             thanks
             .
          
           
             At
             Messina
             I
             understood
             the
             
               Sieur
               de
               Mantis
            
             was
             with
             his
             Gallion
             at
             Saragossa
             ,
             being
             dispersed
             from
             his
             Admirall
             ,
             and
             seven
             or
             eight
             more
             that
             put
             to
             sea
             together
             at
             Marseills
             ,
             and
             lighting
             upon
             Sanson
             the
             famous
             Pirat
             ,
             with
             his
             six
             ships
             they
             maintained
             a
             long
             fight
             ,
             at
             length
             the
             S.
             Katharine
             torn
             with
             the
             Cannon
             sunk
             ,
             and
             had
             it
             not
             been
             for
             
               Monsieur
               de
               l'Isle
            
             Captain
             of
             the
             Admiral
             ,
             things
             had
             gone
             worse
             ,
             but
             night
             parted
             them
             .
             
               De
               Mantis
            
             ,
             his
             ship
             repaired
             ,
             intended
             to
             put
             to
             sea
             to
             seek
             his
             company
             ,
             but
             there
             was
             news
             brought
             that
             Sanson
             with
             six
             tall
             ships
             waited
             his
             coming
             forth
             within
             Cannon
             shot
             of
             the
             Haven
             mouth
             .
             Notwithstanding
             the
             oddes
             ,
             
               de
               Mantis
            
             resolved
             to
             fight
             him
             single
             .
             'T
             was
             the
             admiration
             of
             all
             that
             saw
             him
             hoyse
             sayle
             ,
             looking
             on
             him
             as
             a
             frantick
             man
             ,
             leading
             two
             or
             three
             hundred
             men
             to
             the
             Butchery
             ,
             but
             this
             censure
             was
             changed
             into
             applause
             ,
             when
             they
             beheld
             him
             environed
             with
             six
             Turkish
             ships
             ,
             whose
             Cannons
             made
             the
             sea
             seem
             on
             fire
             ▪
             of
             which
             engagement
             he
             cleared
             himself
             ,
             and
             restored
             them
             a
             bloody
             requitall
             .
          
           
             His
             vessel
             endured
             seven
             hundred
             Cannon
             shot
             ,
             he
             lost
             twelve
             men
             ,
             and
             the
             Turks
             above
             three
             hundred
             ,
             besides
             what
             wounded
             .
             Thus
             victorious
             he
             returned
             to
             Saragossa
             ,
             where
             he
             was
             saluted
             with
             Cannon
             from
             all
             the
             Forts
             ,
             and
             received
             into
             the
             town
             with
             an
             eminent
             honour
             and
             endearments
             ,
             for
             his
             boldnesse
             to
             attack
             these
             six
             men
             of
             war
             well
             mann'd
             and
             commanded
             by
             an
             English
             Renegado
             ,
             the
             most
             daring
             and
             desperate
             Pirate
             on
             the
             sea
             ,
             who
             on
             the
             other
             side
             incensed
             with
             his
             disgrace
             ,
             new
             mann'd
             his
             vessels
             ,
             and
             reinforced
             them
             with
             two
             Gallies
             ,
             and
             three
             hundred
             Muskettiers
             :
             The
             Grand
             Master
             
               de
               Vignacourt
            
             had
             intelligence
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             
               de
               Mantis
            
             arriving
             at
             Malta
             ,
             with
             his
             torne
             vessel
             ,
             he
             repaired
             it
             ;
             and
             at
             the
             same
             time
             the
             ships
             of
             Marseills
             
             coming
             from
             Suria
             ,
             put
             in
             there
             .
             Sanson
             having
             put
             to
             sea
             ,
             rode
             in
             sight
             of
             
               Cape
               Passaro
            
             ,
             whereof
             the
             Grand
             Master
             gave
             notice
             to
             the
             Marsellian
             vessels
             laden
             with
             Merchandises
             .
             Mantis
             with
             his
             Admirall
             design'd
             to
             fall
             upon
             the
             Pirats
             ,
             whereupon
             I
             had
             some
             doubt
             if
             I
             were
             best
             go
             from
             Malta
             to
             Sicily
             ,
             for
             't
             was
             ten
             dayes
             since
             I
             had
             my
             dispatches
             from
             the
             grand
             Master
             ,
             who
             amongst
             other
             things
             had
             given
             me
             order
             to
             procure
             him
             three
             Gallies
             ,
             built
             with
             all
             possible
             expedition
             :
             I
             was
             loth
             to
             imbark
             with
             
               de
               Mantis
            
             ,
             for
             the
             hazard
             he
             was
             engag'd
             in
             ,
             though
             of
             favour
             he
             promised
             me
             civill
             usage
             ,
             and
             I
             employed
             my
             best
             art
             ,
             with
             the
             Master
             of
             a
             ship
             ,
             to
             carry
             me
             to
             Ligorne
             ,
             and
             thence
             to
             Marseilles
             ,
             promising
             to
             load
             him
             with
             Gally
             timber
             for
             Sicily
             ,
             so
             as
             he
             resolved
             accordingly
             ,
             and
             that
             we
             might
             passe
             unperceived
             of
             the
             Turks
             ,
             we
             set
             not
             saile
             till
             towards
             the
             approach
             of
             night
             .
             The
             grand
             Master
             being
             advertised
             of
             our
             intention
             ,
             sent
             the
             Galley
             
               de
               la
               Religion
            
             ,
             to
             call
             us
             in
             again
             ,
             to
             my
             extream
             vexation
             ,
             having
             attended
             so
             long
             for
             a
             passage
             ;
             But
             after
             I
             with
             my
             goods
             was
             set
             a
             ashore
             ,
             the
             Master
             had
             liberty
             to
             go
             whither
             he
             pleased
             :
             The
             grand
             Master
             blam'd
             me
             exceedingly
             ,
             for
             that
             the
             Turks
             lay
             then
             in
             the
             Channell
             ,
             which
             was
             true
             ,
             and
             in
             effect
             the
             vessel
             was
             taken
             next
             day
             ,
             so
             as
             I
             had
             the
             better
             luck
             to
             escape
             .
             Mean
             while
             the
             Gallion
             of
             Malta
             was
             making
             ready
             to
             execute
             the
             Kings
             command
             ,
             and
             within
             fifteen
             dayes
             't
             was
             ready
             to
             be
             brought
             to
             the
             key
             ,
             where
             
               de
               Mantis
            
             ,
             with
             the
             Marseillian
             vessels
             staid
             for
             it
             ,
             to
             put
             out
             together
             for
             the
             coast
             of
             France
             ▪
             at
             the
             same
             time
             the
             Gallies
             of
             Malta
             were
             departing
             for
             Sicily
             ,
             and
             
               de
               Mantis
            
             ,
             being
             in
             the
             Kings
             ship
             ,
             where
             he
             commanded
             for
             his
             Majesty
             ,
             saluted
             them
             not
             as
             they
             passed
             by
             ,
             whereat
             the
             Knights
             were
             much
             incensed
             ,
             looking
             upon
             it
             as
             a
             point
             of
             honour
             ,
             advertising
             the
             grand
             Master
             that
             he
             ought
             to
             fire
             all
             the
             Fort
             artillery
             upon
             him
             ,
             and
             sink
             him
             :
             But
             the
             prudent
             Lord
             managed
             the
             affaire
             with
             more
             moderation
             ;
             and
             three
             dayes
             after
             the
             Galley
             being
             made
             ready
             to
             launch
             ,
             and
             being
             brought
             to
             the
             key
             ,
             they
             asked
             
               de
               Montis
            
             who
             lay
             before
             the
             Palace
             ,
             if
             he
             would
             salute
             the
             Galley
             of
             Malta
             ,
             when
             it
             came
             to
             the
             key
             ;
             and
             answering
             resolutely
             no
             ,
             there
             passed
             tart
             words
             from
             both
             sides
             ,
             with
             menaces
             they
             would
             make
             him
             do
             it
             per-force
             ;
             but
             he
             persisted
             ,
             that
             he
             would
             lose
             his
             life
             first
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             had
             no
             such
             Commission
             ;
             and
             when
             they
             demanded
             to
             see
             his
             Commission
             ,
             he
             refused
             it
             in
             plaine
             termes
             .
          
           
             But
             the
             grand
             Master
             desirous
             to
             accommodate
             all
             this
             ,
             found
             out
             this
             expedient
             :
             'T
             is
             an
             order
             of
             Malta
             ,
             when
             the
             grand
             Master
             comes
             upon
             the
             shore
             ,
             all
             the
             vessels
             in
             the
             Haven
             salute
             him
             ,
             with
             three
             volleyes
             of
             Cannon
             :
             now
             he
             gave
             order
             that
             about
             seven
             next
             morning
             the
             Gallion
             should
             fall
             down
             to
             the
             key
             ,
             at
             which
             time
             he
             exactly
             contrived
             to
             appear
             upon
             the
             shore
             ,
             under
             pretence
             of
             going
             that
             way
             to
             Masse
             at
             a
             sumptuous
             Church
             he
             had
             
             built
             with
             a
             faire
             fountaine
             before
             it
             ,
             that
             cast
             up
             waters
             a
             Pike
             high
             .
          
           
             His
             coming
             was
             no
             sooner
             discovered
             ,
             but
             all
             the
             vessels
             prepared
             with
             haste
             to
             salute
             him
             ,
             and
             
               de
               Mantis
            
             the
             foremost
             ,
             as
             a
             thing
             not
             to
             be
             deny'd
             gave
             him
             all
             his
             Cannon
             as
             well
             of
             his
             own
             vessel
             as
             of
             the
             Admiralls
             commanded
             by
             the
             
               Sieur
               d'Isle
            
             ,
             and
             at
             the
             instant
             ,
             all
             the
             other
             vessels
             did
             the
             like
             ,
             so
             as
             nothing
             was
             to
             be
             seen
             but
             smoak
             and
             fire
             .
             At
             that
             very
             point
             the
             Gallion
             with
             her
             blazing
             Standart
             ,
             a
             S.
             John
             upon
             her
             poop
             ,
             enter'd
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             Haven
             ,
             and
             thought
             this
             discharge
             of
             Ordnance
             was
             a
             salute
             for
             her
             ,
             who
             returned
             them
             the
             like
             with
             her
             roaring
             Ordnance
             ,
             and
             thus
             by
             the
             prudence
             of
             the
             great
             Master
             ,
             the
             difference
             was
             composed
             .
          
           
             All
             this
             while
             Sanson
             lay
             at
             sea
             waiting
             for
             
               de
               Mantis
            
             ,
             but
             having
             intelligence
             that
             the
             Gallion
             was
             of
             the
             company
             ,
             he
             was
             better
             advised
             ,
             and
             knowing
             himself
             too
             weak
             to
             close
             with
             us
             ,
             hoysed
             sayle
             and
             went
             his
             way
             ,
             leaving
             a
             Galley
             to
             round
             us
             ,
             and
             view
             our
             equipage
             ,
             which
             came
             one
             morn
             before
             the
             Gallion
             ,
             and
             made
             a
             turn
             in
             the
             head
             of
             the
             whole
             Fleet
             ,
             the
             Gallion
             gave
             him
             two
             culverins
             ,
             and
             
               de
               Mantis
            
             one
             ,
             and
             with
             this
             salute
             they
             parted
             ,
             and
             we
             came
             safe
             to
             Marseills
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             Authours
             Voyage
             to
             Guinea
             .
          
           
             BEing
             at
             Sevill
             for
             traffick
             of
             stones
             and
             pearles
             ,
             I
             met
             with
             some
             Marseillians
             ,
             who
             had
             bought
             of
             the
             English
             a
             vessel
             at
             a
             good
             penny-worth
             ,
             they
             had
             taken
             at
             sea
             ;
             they
             invited
             me
             into
             their
             company
             ,
             and
             from
             Sevill
             being
             bound
             for
             Cadiz
             ,
             by
             that
             we
             got
             some
             sixteen
             leagues
             at
             sea
             ,
             they
             had
             so
             prevailed
             with
             me
             ,
             that
             for
             trade
             I
             was
             resolved
             to
             joyn
             with
             them
             ,
             whose
             design
             was
             for
             the
             white
             Cape
             ,
             by
             others
             called
             the
             Cape
             of
             fishing
             ,
             to
             load
             themselves
             with
             fish
             ,
             which
             there
             they
             have
             for
             taking
             ,
             there
             being
             such
             abundance
             ,
             that
             but
             for
             salting
             they
             might
             lade
             many
             vessels
             in
             a
             days
             space
             :
             within
             ten
             days
             we
             came
             to
             
               Cape
               Nona
            
             ,
             where
             we
             took
             in
             fresh
             water
             ,
             and
             seven
             dayes
             after
             we
             arrived
             at
             the
             white
             Cape
             ,
             a
             main
             shelter
             in
             the
             winter
             season
             ,
             where
             the
             fish
             lye
             so
             thick
             ,
             the
             ship
             brushes
             ,
             and
             rubbes
             upon
             them
             as
             't
             were
             sayling
             through
             a
             shelf
             of
             sand
             .
          
           
             There
             we
             found
             two
             vessels
             ,
             a
             Fleming
             and
             a
             Marseillian
             ;
             the
             Master
             whereof
             was
             
               John
               Baptista
               le
               vust
            
             called
             Servat
             ,
             who
             for
             his
             Merchant
             employed
             Aurigues
             :
             the
             15.
             of
             November
             we
             were
             upon
             a
             River
             of
             Guinea
             called
             Senega
             .
          
           
             I
             ever
             carried
             with
             me
             a
             little
             memorial
             or
             diurnall
             ,
             where
             I
             set
             down
             all
             the
             curiosities
             I
             met
             with
             ,
             for
             which
             purpose
             I
             informed
             my self
             of
             the
             scituation
             of
             the
             countrey
             ,
             the
             quality
             of
             the
             Prince
             and
             government
             ,
             of
             which
             I
             will
             make
             a
             brief
             relation
             .
          
           
           
             Guinea
             on
             the
             West
             is
             bounded
             with
             the
             River
             Senega
             ,
             which
             ingulfs
             into
             the
             Ocean
             at
             sixteen
             degrees
             to
             the
             North
             ,
             and
             the
             borders
             of
             Angela
             are
             at
             thirteen
             .
             Guinea
             is
             divided
             into
             the
             high
             and
             the
             low
             ;
             the
             high
             Guinea
             inclines
             to
             the
             North
             ,
             the
             lower
             lyes
             along
             the
             Senega
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Jeni
             ,
             and
             reaches
             to
             the
             kingdome
             Manicongo
             ,
             that
             begins
             at
             the
             first
             degree
             of
             the
             Line
             .
             Upon
             the
             coast
             of
             
               Cape
               Verde
            
             ,
             are
             many
             Islands
             of
             one
             appellation
             ,
             the
             principal
             is
             of
             S.
             James
             ,
             in
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             Portuguese
             ,
             since
             the
             year
             1446.
             where
             they
             have
             a
             well-fortified
             town
             ,
             and
             a
             Bishoprick
             stil'd
             Civitad
             :
             an
             Island
             of
             60.
             miles
             in
             length
             ,
             and
             36.
             in
             breadth
             ,
             a
             mountanous
             country
             ,
             where
             they
             have
             never
             rain
             but
             in
             September
             and
             October
             ,
             which
             comprehend
             their
             winter
             .
             The
             valleyes
             are
             fertile
             ,
             and
             afford
             excellent
             Melons
             the
             year
             round
             ,
             Dates
             and
             Sugar-canes
             in
             abundance
             ,
             flesh
             of
             all
             sorts
             ,
             Fowle
             and
             Venison
             ,
             with
             beards
             of
             horses
             and
             special
             good
             .
             'T
             is
             inhabited
             as
             that
             of
             S.
             Thomas
             ,
             by
             a
             conflux
             of
             all
             nations
             ,
             and
             the
             ayre
             being
             unwholesome
             ,
             they
             transport
             their
             infirm
             to
             an
             Island
             two
             leagues
             distant
             called
             Praya
             ,
             under
             a
             fine
             climate
             ;
             the
             ayr
             healthful
             ,
             and
             a
             commodious
             Haven
             betwixt
             two
             fair
             Rivers
             ,
             which
             compose
             two
             gulphs
             for
             harbours
             ,
             one
             whereof
             is
             capable
             to
             containe
             many
             vessels
             in
             security
             ,
             having
             before
             the
             mouth
             of
             it
             a
             little
             Island
             ,
             which
             guards
             it
             from
             the
             Maritime
             gusts
             ,
             and
             the
             land
             lying
             high
             ,
             defends
             it
             from
             windes
             by
             shore
             .
             The
             other
             Islanders
             affect
             to
             land
             at
             this
             Port
             ,
             for
             that
             the
             rest
             are
             pester'd
             with
             sands
             ;
             and
             chiefly
             ,
             Borlouento
             and
             S.
             Thomas
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             ever
             some
             vessel
             cast
             away
             .
             This
             Isle
             lyes
             close
             upon
             the
             Isle
             of
             Mago
             ,
             otherwise
             called
             Barlouento
             ,
             and
             near
             to
             
               Bona
               Vista
            
             ,
             Saint
             Nicholas
             ,
             Saint
             Anthony
             ,
             Saint
             Vincent
             ,
             Saint
             Lucie
             ,
             and
             Fell
             ,
             Islands
             plentifull
             of
             Cattle
             ,
             and
             Venison
             ,
             the
             inhabitants
             applying
             themselves
             onely
             to
             the
             chase
             ,
             powdering
             the
             flesh
             to
             sell
             to
             strangers
             ,
             as
             the
             skinnes
             likewise
             .
          
           
             A
             little
             Eastward
             lyes
             the
             Isle
             
               del
               Fuego
            
             where
             they
             get
             as
             good
             wine
             as
             in
             the
             Canaries
             :
             next
             is
             the
             Isle
             of
             Braua
             ,
             full
             of
             Venison
             ,
             and
             wilde
             Beeves
             ,
             whereof
             the
             Hydes
             are
             much
             sought
             after
             ,
             as
             being
             thick
             and
             tough
             .
             But
             to
             Guinea
             ,
             the
             kingdome
             of
             the
             Jalofes
             is
             the
             first
             ,
             which
             beginnes
             Northward
             at
             the
             River
             Senega
             ,
             hath
             the
             Ocean
             on
             the
             West
             ,
             the
             Jalofes
             called
             Fonlogageias
             ,
             on
             the
             East
             ,
             and
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Barbessin
             on
             the
             South
             :
             't
             is
             above
             a
             hundred
             and
             fifty
             leagues
             in
             length
             ,
             of
             several
             commodities
             there
             is
             abundance
             ;
             as
             gold
             and
             silver
             ,
             which
             the
             natives
             conceale
             with
             all
             care
             from
             strangeers
             ,
             though
             in
             dealing
             with
             them
             't
             is
             plain
             they
             have
             store
             ,
             for
             that
             by
             whiles
             they
             produce
             some
             unfined
             .
             Taboucaton
             is
             their
             chief
             town
             .
             They
             are
             Blacks
             ,
             but
             of
             good
             shape
             ,
             the
             women
             comely
             ,
             round-faced
             ,
             with
             eyes
             lively
             and
             attractive
             .
             The
             men
             are
             martial
             ,
             dextrous
             in
             throwing
             a
             Javelin
             ,
             which
             
             they
             will
             throw
             with
             as
             exact
             arm
             as
             we
             shoot
             with
             our
             Gunnes
             .
             They
             ride
             on
             good
             horses
             ,
             clothe
             as
             the
             African
             ,
             in
             short
             breeches
             ;
             a
             large
             Harnus
             ,
             like
             a
             sheet
             of
             wollen
             covers
             them
             from
             head
             to
             foot
             ,
             shod
             with
             Date-tree
             Sandals
             .
             Vpon
             the
             coast
             they
             have
             the
             good
             and
             well-fortified
             Haven
             Beziguche
             ,
             whose
             entrance
             is
             skreen'd
             with
             a
             fair
             Island
             ,
             much
             frequented
             with
             strangers
             trading
             for
             the
             Indies
             .
             Here
             are
             many
             Portuguese
             setled
             amongst
             them
             ,
             some
             married
             ,
             others
             who
             think
             of
             nothing
             but
             to
             heap
             up
             gold
             ,
             living
             something
             after
             the
             Barbarian
             .
             Many
             of
             the
             Blacks
             go
             naked
             ,
             painted
             with
             dissolved
             gold
             ,
             their
             bodies
             carved
             ,
             and
             drawn
             with
             a
             various
             tincture
             ,
             as
             azure
             ,
             red
             and
             yellow
             ,
             which
             hold
             their
             life-time
             .
             There
             are
             amongst
             them
             maids
             adorned
             in
             the
             same
             manner
             ,
             with
             great
             pendants
             in
             their
             ears
             ,
             and
             their
             lips
             pierced
             like
             the
             Brasilians
             ,
             they
             are
             generally
             libidinous
             ,
             and
             given
             over
             to
             luxury
             .
             They
             who
             are
             thus
             engraved
             and
             inlay'd
             with
             paints
             ,
             or
             juyce
             of
             hearbs
             ,
             most
             commonly
             do
             it
             for
             want
             ,
             and
             this
             curiosiry
             is
             their
             attire
             .
          
           
             Throughout
             the
             coast
             we
             find
             abundance
             of
             leather
             ;
             wax
             ,
             gold
             ,
             silver
             ivory
             ,
             and
             Amber-gris
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             reason
             the
             
               English
               ,
               Hollanders
            
             ,
             and
             Flemings
             ,
             visit
             them
             so
             oft
             .
          
           
             The
             Jalofes
             are
             easie
             of
             belief
             ,
             and
             inclined
             to
             Christianity
             ;
             when
             they
             behold
             the
             Moon
             ,
             they
             make
             strong
             ejulations
             ,
             with
             sorts
             of
             adoration
             :
             They
             adore
             yet
             some
             other
             Idols
             ,
             which
             neverthelesse
             fixe
             not
             their
             faith
             ,
             the
             Mahometans
             on
             one
             side
             who
             impugne
             them
             with
             their
             law
             ,
             on
             the
             other
             the
             Portuguese
             preaching
             ours
             ,
             and
             their
             own
             Priests
             charming
             them
             with
             their
             delusions
             ,
             and
             Idolatries
             .
             They
             make
             their
             sacrifices
             in
             the
             woods
             ,
             making
             large
             hollow
             trees
             their
             Temples
             ,
             where
             they
             keep
             many
             Idols
             to
             which
             they
             sacrifice
             pulse
             ,
             Mill
             ,
             Rice
             ;
             and
             the
             blood
             of
             beasts
             ,
             whose
             flesh
             they
             eat
             .
          
           
             The
             countrey
             of
             Bracala
             confines
             upon
             the
             rapide
             River
             of
             Gambra
             ,
             which
             in
             the
             mouth
             is
             five
             good
             leagues
             over
             ,
             ships
             cannot
             enter
             it
             without
             a
             direct
             wind
             ,
             with
             which
             they
             may
             advance
             three
             hundred
             leagues
             within
             the
             Countrey
             .
             This
             River
             cuts
             the
             great
             kingdome
             of
             Mandinga
             in
             the
             middle
             ,
             peopled
             with
             Blacks
             ,
             Idolaters
             ,
             and
             abundance
             of
             Sorcerers
             ,
             wicked
             ,
             treacherous
             ,
             and
             base
             people
             .
             When
             they
             hold
             a
             counsel
             ,
             t
             is
             in
             a
             cavern
             under
             ground
             to
             secure
             them
             from
             the
             prying
             of
             strangers
             .
             They
             have
             store
             of
             Brasil
             wood
             ,
             as
             good
             as
             they
             of
             America
             ,
             and
             upon
             the
             river
             many
             townes
             and
             villages
             where
             they
             mantain
             many
             vessels
             of
             Warre
             to
             encounter
             with
             any
             whatsoever
             ,
             but
             upon
             advantage
             .
             This
             countrey
             ends
             Southward
             at
             the
             Cape
             of
             S.
             Mary
             30.
             leagues
             from
             the
             river
             Chougala
             ,
             by
             the
             Portuguese
             called
             S.
             Dominick
             .
             There
             are
             two
             nations
             of
             the
             same
             quality
             ,
             the
             Barbachins
             called
             Ariates
             ,
             and
             Falupes
             who
             trade
             in
             nothing
             but
             fish
             and
             cattel
             .
             They
             have
             an
             excellent
             
             way
             to
             take
             the
             sea-oxe
             ,
             the
             skins
             whereof
             they
             make
             great
             use
             of
             .
             They
             apply
             themselves
             to
             till
             the
             soyle
             ,
             and
             get
             Mill
             ,
             Rice
             ,
             Pulse
             ,
             and
             other
             graine
             .
          
           
             Out
             of
             this
             countrey
             comes
             the
             River
             Casamanca
             ,
             bounded
             Northward
             with
             the
             Jabundos
             ,
             on
             the
             South
             ,
             with
             the
             people
             of
             Bemum
             ,
             who
             on
             the
             East
             have
             the
             Casangas
             .
             Of
             late
             yeares
             the
             Portuguese
             have
             discovered
             a
             way
             by
             an
             Arme
             of
             the
             Sea
             to
             Casangas
             ,
             and
             for
             this
             purpose
             have
             erected
             a
             good
             Fort
             upon
             the
             cheek
             of
             it
             called
             S.
             Philips
             .
             This
             kingdome
             reaches
             Northward
             to
             Jaren
             ,
             and
             together
             do
             homage
             to
             the
             Sultanship
             of
             Mandinga
             ,
             rich
             in
             gold
             and
             silver
             ,
             having
             excellent
             mines
             .
          
           
             The
             Prince
             keeps
             his
             Court
             in
             the
             Town
             of
             Senrigo
             ,
             more
             Eastward
             by
             a
             hundred
             leagues
             ,
             then
             the
             Cape
             of
             Palmes
             ;
             all
             the
             Blacks
             ,
             as
             well
             of
             high
             as
             low
             Guinea
             ,
             acknowledge
             this
             King
             ,
             whereas
             the
             inhabitants
             along
             the
             Rivers
             ,
             
               Faraca
               ,
               Nigrate
            
             ,
             and
             Budomel
             obey
             the
             King
             of
             Tombut
             ,
             Lord
             of
             three
             kingdomes
             of
             Blacks
             .
          
           
             This
             countrey
             is
             called
             by
             the
             
               Protuguese
               Mandimanca
            
             ,
             where
             they
             adore
             the
             Moon
             ,
             called
             by
             them
             the
             Bariamari
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             the
             God
             of
             night
             or
             darknesse
             ,
             and
             offer
             sacrifices
             to
             it
             in
             the
             most
             obscure
             woods
             ,
             in
             hollow
             trees
             ,
             at
             midnight
             ;
             as
             they
             do
             likewise
             at
             Cassanga
             ,
             who
             have
             one
             China
             for
             their
             principal
             Idol
             ,
             in
             whose
             honour
             they
             goe
             on
             procession
             the
             twenty
             ninth
             of
             November
             ,
             about
             Midnight
             .
             One
             of
             their
             Priests
             or
             Magicians
             with
             them
             called
             Acacani
             ,
             bearing
             a
             banner
             of
             silk
             ,
             with
             a
             faggot
             of
             Vine
             branches
             ,
             and
             divers
             bones
             of
             dead
             men
             .
             I
             believe
             they
             are
             bones
             of
             such
             as
             have
             made
             voluntary
             sacrifice
             of
             themselves
             to
             this
             Demon
             ,
             who
             appeares
             to
             them
             after
             divers
             manners
             ;
             this
             Ensign
             weares
             a
             garment
             of
             woven
             twigges
             ,
             at
             which
             there
             hang
             divers
             heads
             of
             little
             dogs
             ,
             Munkeys
             ,
             and
             other
             small
             creatures
             .
             Procession
             ended
             ,
             they
             repose
             the
             Idols
             within
             the
             same
             tree
             ,
             and
             burne
             most
             sweet
             perfumes
             to
             it
             ,
             sacrificing
             Mill
             ;
             then
             make
             their
             prayers
             and
             depart
             .
          
           
             In
             their
             dealings
             these
             people
             are
             lawlesse
             ,
             trading
             in
             slaves
             with
             the
             Portuguese
             and
             others
             ,
             which
             they
             rapine
             from
             all
             parts
             ,
             and
             make
             their
             Market
             of
             them
             ,
             to
             a
             miserable
             slavery
             .
             The
             Cassangarians
             neighbour
             upon
             another
             Nation
             called
             Lebouramos
             ,
             who
             live
             along
             the
             River
             Saint
             Domingo
             ,
             by
             the
             natives
             called
             Jarin
             ,
             full
             of
             fish
             ,
             but
             a
             dangerous
             Haven
             ,
             for
             the
             Sands
             and
             Rocks
             which
             lye
             before
             it
             .
          
           
             Towards
             the
             North
             is
             Guinalla
             ,
             another
             River
             ;
             in
             the
             mouth
             whereof
             ,
             the
             Portuguese
             have
             built
             a
             Fort
             they
             call
             
               Sancta
               Cruz
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Haven
             Guinalla
             .
          
           
             They
             are
             Negroes
             ,
             which
             they
             term
             Beafares
             ,
             abominable
             thieves
             ,
             making
             prey
             of
             one
             another
             ,
             to
             sell
             to
             the
             Portuguese
             .
             The
             King
             of
             Guinalla
             keeps
             a
             great
             State
             ,
             hath
             a
             numerous
             guard
             of
             Archers
             ,
             besides
             fifty
             huge
             strong
             dogges
             ,
             all
             armed
             with
             
             skin
             of
             sea-oxe
             dressed
             for
             the
             purpose
             ,
             and
             made
             of
             proof
             ,
             to
             every
             one
             a
             keeper
             .
             In
             Townes
             by
             night
             they
             have
             no
             other
             guards
             then
             such
             dogges
             ,
             who
             once
             turned
             loose
             ,
             spare
             no
             man
             ,
             so
             as
             there
             is
             no
             stirring
             out
             of
             dores
             ,
             without
             danger
             of
             being
             worried
             .
             This
             they
             do
             to
             defend
             themselves
             from
             such
             as
             by
             night
             come
             to
             break
             their
             houses
             ,
             which
             are
             onely
             turfe
             covered
             with
             leaves
             ,
             to
             carry
             away
             Negroes
             for
             the
             Market
             .
             The
             King
             hath
             a
             mutiplicity
             of
             wives
             ,
             and
             believes
             that
             such
             wives
             as
             dye
             with
             him
             for
             company
             ,
             meet
             him
             in
             the
             other
             world
             ,
             and
             become
             his
             wives
             again
             ;
             but
             since
             they
             heard
             the
             true
             doctrine
             by
             some
             Fathers
             of
             S.
             Francis
             ,
             who
             shew'd
             them
             their
             folly
             ,
             they
             have
             not
             been
             so
             extravagant
             .
             Some
             of
             them
             were
             baptized
             ,
             and
             went
             along
             with
             the
             Portuguese
             .
          
           
             At
             the
             side
             of
             Guinala
             comes
             out
             a
             branch
             which
             runnes
             to
             Port
             Begama
             ,
             and
             a
             few
             leagues
             higher
             divides
             again
             in
             two
             ,
             and
             upwards
             ,
             delivers
             it self
             to
             the
             Sea.
             The
             Portuguese
             hold
             this
             Port
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Balola
             ,
             and
             the
             people
             on
             this
             branch
             are
             called
             Lansados
             .
             Both
             these
             are
             good
             Havens
             joyntly
             inhabited
             by
             the
             Portuguese
             and
             the
             Natives
             .
             For
             from
             the
             Meridionall
             point
             of
             this
             River
             to
             
               Cape
               Vergas
            
             ,
             there
             are
             three
             nations
             mingled
             with
             the
             Portuguese
             ,
             the
             
               Malus
               ,
               Ebagas
            
             ,
             and
             Cosolins
             .
          
           
             Now
             from
             the
             South
             of
             that
             Cape
             begins
             a
             fair
             well-peopled
             Province
             they
             call
             Gatulia
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Portuguese
               Serellionna
            
             ,
             that
             is
             a
             point
             throwing
             it self
             into
             the
             sea
             by
             the
             side
             of
             a
             great
             river
             of
             the
             same
             appellation
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             a
             hollow
             concavity
             roaring
             like
             a
             Lyon.
             This
             is
             a
             very
             pleasant
             country
             ,
             full
             of
             Groves
             of
             Brasill
             trees
             ,
             and
             Vines
             which
             they
             have
             not
             knowledge
             to
             dresse
             ,
             abundance
             of
             Midian
             Figges
             which
             they
             call
             Bancanes
             ,
             Sugar-canes
             grow
             without
             planting
             ;
             Besides
             ,
             they
             have
             good
             conveniences
             ,
             as
             Mills
             and
             Engines
             to
             make
             their
             Sugar
             ;
             for
             they
             have
             Mines
             in
             all
             parts
             .
             There
             is
             Rice
             ,
             Cotton
             ,
             Cattle
             innumerable
             ,
             Fish
             ,
             Pepper
             in
             abundance
             ,
             and
             more
             keen
             and
             pure
             then
             other
             ;
             but
             there
             is
             prohibition
             upon
             life
             to
             carry
             any
             to
             Spain
             or
             Portugal
             ,
             for
             spoyling
             the
             sale
             of
             that
             which
             comes
             from
             India
             .
          
           
             Likewise
             there
             are
             Mines
             of
             Gold
             and
             Silver
             ,
             Ivory
             ,
             Amber-gris
             white
             and
             black
             ;
             in
             brief
             ,
             't
             is
             absolutely
             a
             land
             of
             promise
             and
             delights
             .
             This
             Pepper
             the
             Portuguese
             call
             
               Dimienta
               de
               cola
            
             ,
             one
             would
             take
             it
             for
             a
             Chestnut
             ,
             it
             growes
             in
             a
             shell
             ,
             though
             without
             prickles
             .
             Other
             strangers
             who
             come
             to
             traffick
             for
             it
             ,
             lade
             with
             it
             ,
             but
             the
             Spaniard
             dares
             not
             take
             a
             grain
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             country
             there
             is
             variety
             ,
             and
             abundance
             of
             Birds
             ;
             a
             sort
             of
             Ape
             they
             call
             a
             Baris
             ,
             he
             is
             great
             and
             strong
             ,
             the
             inhabitants
             take
             them
             with
             nets
             ,
             traps
             and
             other
             engines
             ,
             entrapping
             the
             sire
             and
             dam
             ,
             with
             the
             young
             ones
             set
             in
             cages
             .
             They
             use
             them
             but
             
             rudely
             ,
             and
             beat
             them
             till
             they
             cry
             like
             children
             ;
             make
             them
             walk
             upon
             two
             feet
             ,
             tying
             the
             foremost
             in
             their
             pole
             to
             a
             stick
             :
             besides
             make
             them
             do
             many
             offices
             ,
             as
             fetch
             water
             in
             a
             pitcher
             ,
             wash
             dishes
             ,
             blow
             the
             fire
             ,
             draw
             wine
             ,
             fetch
             meat
             from
             the
             Butcher
             ,
             and
             any
             other
             domesticall
             charre
             :
             But
             amongst
             all
             they
             will
             still
             be
             committing
             their
             petitlarcenies
             for
             meat
             and
             drink
             ,
             but
             are
             well
             corrected
             for
             it
             .
             The
             sport
             is
             ,
             when
             they
             turn
             the
             spit
             ,
             to
             see
             how
             he
             will
             smell
             the
             meat
             ,
             and
             turning
             his
             great
             shaggy
             head
             with
             hanging
             hair
             ,
             flyly
             watch
             if
             any
             body
             see
             him
             ,
             and
             they
             must
             be
             very
             vigilant
             ,
             or
             he
             shews
             them
             a
             trick
             for
             the
             roast
             .
             As
             it
             happened
             to
             a
             Portuguese
             ,
             who
             had
             invited
             certain
             Merchants
             ;
             but
             when
             they
             came
             to
             take
             up
             dinner
             ,
             Mr.
             Jack-turn-spit
             ,
             had
             made
             use
             of
             one
             of
             the
             legs
             of
             a
             Turky-cock
             .
             His
             Master
             for
             the
             present
             beat
             him
             not
             ,
             for
             the
             necessary
             use
             they
             had
             of
             him
             ;
             who
             filled
             them
             wine
             and
             washed
             their
             glasses
             ,
             and
             still
             at
             last
             took
             his
             cup
             when
             it
             came
             to
             his
             turn
             ,
             and
             with
             his
             rogueries
             made
             them
             very
             merry
             .
          
           
             To
             proceed
             ,
             the
             Portuguese
             make
             a
             good
             time
             with
             these
             Negroes
             ,
             who
             bring
             them
             unrefined
             gold
             for
             things
             inconsiderable
             ,
             and
             to
             facilitate
             their
             traffick
             upon
             a
             point
             of
             the
             Sea
             called
             Corco
             ,
             five
             degrees
             North
             ,
             they
             have
             built
             a
             Fort
             near
             a
             Town
             ,
             inhabited
             by
             the
             Natives
             and
             Portuguese
             together
             .
             The
             whole
             Countrey
             of
             
               Serri
               Lionna
            
             is
             exceeding
             populous
             ,
             and
             watered
             with
             fair
             Rivers
             ,
             bounded
             with
             tall
             dates
             ,
             and
             great
             orange
             trees
             .
             The
             first
             River
             from
             
               Capo
               Verga
            
             ,
             the
             Countreymen
             call
             Piterones
             ,
             the
             Spaniards
             
               di
               Pietro
            
             ,
             dividing
             into
             many
             branches
             ,
             which
             interweave
             the
             land
             ,
             and
             compose
             many
             Islands
             ,
             by
             the
             Negroes
             called
             Cagasian
             ;
             where
             at
             an
             ebbing
             tide
             they
             find
             Amber-gris
             :
             for
             which
             cause
             the
             Portuguese
             built
             a
             good
             Town
             there
             ,
             co-inhabited
             by
             Portugueses
             and
             Negroes
             ;
             where
             they
             live
             so
             strangely
             ,
             't
             is
             hard
             to
             know
             a
             Christian
             from
             a
             Pagan
             ,
             nor
             is
             it
             easie
             to
             judge
             who
             lives
             the
             better
             ;
             there
             are
             at
             least
             two
             thousand
             ,
             Christians
             onely
             by
             name
             ,
             living
             and
             dying
             like
             Pagans
             .
          
           
             After
             this
             River
             there
             are
             two
             more
             ,
             Capor
             and
             Tanabasira
             ,
             descending
             from
             a
             high
             Mountain
             ,
             called
             Machamala
             ,
             where
             stands
             a
             great
             rock
             of
             Chrystal
             ,
             with
             divers
             Pyramids
             of
             the
             same
             ,
             hanging
             from
             the
             top
             downwards
             ;
             almost
             entirely
             in
             the
             air
             ,
             two
             or
             three
             spans
             distant
             from
             the
             ground
             ,
             which
             seems
             a
             great
             wonder
             ,
             for
             touching
             it
             with
             the
             least
             fillip
             ,
             it
             sounds
             like
             a
             bell
             .
             They
             say
             't
             is
             a
             congelation
             ,
             made
             so
             by
             the
             heat
             of
             the
             Sun
             ,
             which
             melting
             the
             foot
             of
             the
             Rock
             ,
             left
             these
             points
             hanging
             in
             the
             air
             .
             'T
             is
             for
             a
             truth
             that
             certain
             Magicians
             on
             a
             feast
             ,
             carried
             their
             Idols
             thither
             ,
             whither
             they
             ran
             from
             all
             sides
             to
             the
             sacrifice
             ,
             two
             thousand
             notwithstanding
             lost
             their
             lives
             ,
             and
             the
             Priests
             in
             the
             first
             place
             ;
             for
             making
             their
             sacrifice
             and
             suffumigation
             at
             the
             foot
             of
             the
             Chrystall
             rock
             ,
             the
             roof
             at
             which
             these
             Pyramids
             hung
             ,
             shook
             ,
             so
             as
             they
             broke
             and
             crushed
             to
             pieces
             the
             greater
             part
             of
             
             them
             .
             The
             Devil
             having
             not
             power
             to
             hinder
             the
             extraordinarie
             heate
             of
             the
             Sacrifices
             from
             dissolving
             the
             congelations
             ,
             since
             which
             time
             no
             one
             comes
             near
             this
             Chrystall
             grotte
             .
          
           
             Something
             farther
             North
             there
             are
             other
             great
             Rivers
             ,
             which
             render
             this
             Province
             of
             Serrilyonna
             as
             a
             pack
             of
             Islands
             ▪
             particularly
             over
             against
             the
             mouth
             of
             one
             of
             them
             ,
             there
             are
             two
             very
             pleasant
             and
             good
             ,
             the
             one
             called
             Toro
             ,
             where
             are
             rocks
             called
             St.
             Anne
             ,
             which
             bear
             pearl
             oysters
             ,
             yet
             they
             go
             not
             to
             fish
             for
             them
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             Sea-monsters
             ,
             which
             have
             swallowed
             some
             who
             ventured
             .
          
           
             In
             one
             degree
             to
             the
             South
             ,
             lye
             the
             Islands
             Dolos
             and
             Tansente
             ,
             inhabited
             with
             Dates
             ,
             Sugar-canes
             ,
             Citrons
             ,
             and
             abundance
             of
             Cattell
             ,
             covered
             with
             Rice
             ,
             Millet
             ,
             and
             long
             Pepper
             .
          
           
             To
             conclude
             ,
             these
             Blacks
             are
             governed
             by
             a
             King
             ,
             and
             have
             Judges
             who
             administer
             justice
             to
             them
             ,
             whom
             they
             call
             Foncos
             .
             At
             certain
             times
             the
             King
             in
             a
             various
             coloured
             robe
             ,
             comes
             into
             a
             room
             hang'd
             with
             mat
             ,
             set
             round
             with
             seats
             for
             Counsellours
             ,
             whom
             they
             call
             Seitequi
             ,
             and
             Advocates
             to
             plead
             for
             both
             parties
             .
             The
             Counsellors
             speak
             their
             opinion
             ,
             and
             the
             King
             gives
             sentence
             ,
             which
             is
             immediately
             executed
             .
          
           
             When
             the
             King
             of
             Guinalla
             dies
             ,
             who
             governs
             many
             kingdoms
             ,
             there
             go
             twelve
             Seitequi
             ,
             in
             long
             gowns
             of
             divers
             colours
             ,
             made
             of
             feathers
             ,
             with
             twelve
             trumpetters
             before
             them
             ,
             sounding
             the
             more
             dolefully
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             a
             certain
             skin
             they
             make
             use
             of
             ,
             for
             rendering
             the
             note
             more
             sharp
             ,
             and
             proclaim
             his
             death
             :
             whereupon
             every
             one
             comes
             out
             of
             his
             house
             ;
             mussled
             in
             a
             white
             cloath
             :
             while
             the
             allyes
             of
             the
             deceased
             assemble
             to
             elect
             another
             .
             They
             take
             the
             corps
             and
             wash
             it
             ,
             burn
             the
             bowels
             before
             their
             Idol
             ,
             and
             preserve
             the
             ashes
             to
             be
             embalmed
             with
             his
             body
             .
             His
             Funerals
             are
             not
             celebrated
             till
             the
             next
             moon
             ,
             when
             the
             people
             assemble
             from
             all
             parts
             of
             his
             dominion
             ,
             bringing
             balm
             ,
             incense
             ,
             ambergris
             ,
             white
             and
             black
             ,
             musk
             ,
             and
             other
             aromaticks
             ,
             to
             burn
             and
             perfume
             his
             body
             ;
             which
             then
             six
             principall
             persons
             ,
             in
             robes
             of
             white
             silke
             ,
             bear
             to
             his
             Sepulcher
             ,
             flutes
             and
             hoboyes
             sounding
             mournfully
             ,
             and
             attended
             with
             a
             concourse
             of
             people
             cloathed
             in
             white
             cloth
             ,
             sadly
             singing
             and
             lamenting
             .
             The
             Princes
             who
             are
             in
             election
             are
             mounted
             on
             horses
             caparisoned
             with
             white
             ,
             and
             themselves
             cloathed
             with
             the
             like
             .
             The
             corps
             laid
             in
             the
             monument
             well
             closed
             and
             cimented
             ,
             they
             return
             to
             the
             Palace
             to
             feast
             and
             make
             good
             cheer
             .
             On
             the
             morrow
             is
             the
             election
             of
             a
             new
             King
             ,
             and
             as
             they
             say
             ,
             't
             is
             made
             according
             to
             divine
             inspiration
             ,
             without
             favour
             or
             affection
             .
             Then
             four
             Bacharin
             ,
             or
             twelve
             Seitequi
             go
             to
             his
             house
             ,
             bind
             him
             and
             lay
             him
             upon
             a
             Palanquin
             ,
             four
             carry
             him
             to
             the
             Palace
             ,
             where
             the
             chief
             Bachir
             unbinds
             him
             ,
             gives
             him
             three
             rude
             lashes
             with
             a
             whip
             ,
             he
             being
             on
             his
             knees
             
             makes
             a
             speech
             of
             remonstrance
             to
             him
             ;
             then
             takes
             him
             by
             the
             beard
             or
             ear
             ,
             and
             sayes
             to
             him
             ,
             If
             I
             deliver
             you
             this
             Scepter
             will
             you
             bring
             such
             a
             shame
             upon
             me
             ,
             as
             to
             be
             a
             Tyrant
             to
             your
             people
             ?
             whereto
             he
             answers
             
               nec
               Bachir
            
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             no
             my
             Lord.
             The
             other
             then
             striking
             harder
             sayes
             ,
             do
             you
             promise
             this
             by
             the
             living
             God
             ,
             he
             answers
             
               Nec
               Bachis
               Ameleichina
            
             ,
             which
             is
             ,
             before
             the
             Almighty
             God
             ,
             I
             promise
             it
             .
             Then
             they
             vest
             him
             in
             Royall
             robes
             ,
             put
             a
             triple
             Scepter
             in
             his
             right
             hand
             ,
             a
             lance
             in
             his
             left
             ;
             then
             that
             person
             casts
             himself
             at
             his
             feet
             ,
             and
             craves
             his
             pardon
             ;
             this
             done
             ,
             he
             goes
             in
             triumph
             through
             the
             Town
             ,
             where
             all
             rejoyce
             and
             bring
             him
             presents
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             I.
             The
             Authours
             voyage
             in
             the
             West
             -
             Indies
             ,
             The
             description
             ,
             length
             ,
             and
             distances
             of
             America
             .
          
           
             THe
             coast
             of
             America
             taken
             intirely
             as
             it
             lies
             on
             the
             North
             Sea
             ,
             from
             end
             to
             end
             ,
             containes
             near
             upon
             six
             thousand
             leagues
             ,
             as
             I
             have
             found
             it
             in
             two
             severall
             voyages
             :
             the
             first
             when
             I
             went
             from
             Marseilles
             in
             the
             Salamander
             ,
             laded
             by
             one
             Boudar
             ,
             under
             the
             command
             of
             
               James
               Varin
            
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             with
             
               John
               Andes
            
             ,
             who
             carried
             me
             from
             Marseilles
             to
             Cadiz
             .
             This
             new
             world
             is
             a
             continent
             from
             the
             Northern
             Sea
             to
             the
             Southern
             ,
             and
             Northward
             extends
             to
             
               Groneland
               ,
               Island
            
             ,
             &c.
             from
             Island
             they
             esteem
             it
             200.
             leagues
             to
             Ronevado
             ,
             thence
             110.
             leagues
             to
             
               Cape
               Maluas
            
             ,
             the
             Countrey
             of
             Labrador
             ,
             opposite
             to
             the
             Isles
             of
             Divels
             :
             frō
             Maluas
             to
             the
             cape
             of
             Marcos
             60.
             to
             cape
             Belgado
             50.
             
             This
             coast
             is
             of
             200.
             leagues
             in
             right
             line
             ,
             lying
             on
             the
             same
             bound
             ,
             and
             buts
             upon
             the
             River
             St.
             Laurence
             ,
             where
             Captain
             Velasco
             a
             Spaniard
             landed
             ,
             who
             found
             it
             to
             be
             a
             good
             air
             ,
             the
             Countrey
             well
             peopled
             ,
             and
             full
             stocked
             with
             cattle
             :
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             River
             he
             went
             upon
             an
             Island
             so
             covered
             with
             pidgeons
             ,
             they
             could
             not
             passe
             for
             treading
             on
             them
             .
             He
             sayes
             the
             people
             called
             Piperons
             were
             giants
             of
             ten
             foot
             high
             ,
             but
             kind
             and
             affable
             .
             This
             Captain
             Velasco
             thought
             this
             gulf
             had
             been
             an
             arm
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             and
             sailed
             upwards
             above
             200.
             leagues
             ,
             meeting
             with
             divers
             habitations
             ,
             where
             they
             live
             meerly
             upon
             venison
             and
             fish
             ,
             butter
             and
             cheese
             .
             They
             presented
             him
             divers
             sheep
             ,
             goats
             and
             kids
             ,
             and
             in
             lieu
             Velasco
             presented
             Cacique
             a
             rich
             sword
             and
             poniard
             ,
             and
             a
             watchet-Tassata
             coat
             .
          
           
             The
             people
             wear
             short
             cloaks
             of
             skins
             ,
             neatly
             made
             up
             ,
             and
             
             instead
             of
             bread
             have
             another
             substance
             which
             is
             very
             tastefull
             ,
             't
             is
             a
             root
             whereof
             being
             dryed
             they
             make
             meale
             ,
             then
             taking
             odoriferous
             flowers
             ,
             they
             boile
             them
             together
             in
             earthen
             pots
             ,
             scum
             them
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             a
             good
             quantity
             of
             milke
             and
             salt
             ,
             then
             binding
             this
             close
             in
             goat-skins
             ,
             they
             lay
             it
             for
             two
             or
             three
             daies
             in
             the
             sun
             ,
             and
             it
             becomes
             firm
             as
             Parmasan
             cheese
             ,
             which
             they
             eat
             for
             excellent
             bread
             .
          
           
             The
             disclosure
             of
             this
             River
             frames
             a
             square
             harbour
             ,
             extending
             as
             far
             as
             Bacalaos
             :
             From
             this
             harbour
             or
             gulf
             to
             Florida
             ,
             is
             6000.
             leagues
             ,
             from
             thence
             to
             
               Baya
               del
               Rio
            
             60.
             leagues
             ;
             thence
             to
             the
             Islands
             70.
             l.
             in
             40.
             d.
             to
             
               Rio
               fendo
            
             75.
             l.
             in
             the
             River
             of
             Gama
             70.
             l.
             43.
             d.
             Cape
             
               St.
               Maria
            
             50.
             l.
             Cape
             
               de
               Baco
            
             50.
             l.
             
               Rio
               di
               Sancto
               Antonio
            
             100.
             l.
             Cape
             
               di
               Arenos
            
             80.
             l.
             passing
             by
             the
             harbour
             called
             in
             those
             parts
             Ariousa
             ,
             the
             Cape
             whereof
             is
             in
             23.
             degrees
             ,
             thence
             to
             Cape
             Alegano
             ,
             or
             of
             the
             Princes
             ,
             75.
             leagues
             ,
             to
             the
             River
             Cambinga
             or
             Jordan
             ,
             and
             70.
             to
             the
             Cape
             St.
             Helen
             in
             32.
             degrees
             ,
             to
             
               Rio
               secco
            
             40.
             to
             
               La
               Croix
            
             20.
             
             (
             Berugon
             in
             the
             Indies
             )
             thence
             to
             Cagnoval
             or
             Cannaveral
             40.
             leagues
             ,
             People
             of
             Cano
             or
             Cagnoval
             ,
             the
             point
             of
             Cagnoval
             in
             28.
             degrees
             ,
             and
             to
             Florida
             40.
             leagues
             ,
             the
             tongue
             of
             Land
             extending
             it self
             100.
             leagues
             by
             Sea
             ,
             over
             against
             Caba
             ;
             on
             the
             East
             Behame
             or
             Lucaros
             ,
             the
             point
             of
             Florida
             in
             15.
             degrees
             ,
             thence
             to
             the
             
               Angle
               di
               Baccho
            
             ,
             100.
             leagues
             ,
             
               Ancon
               du
               Baxos
            
             ,
             and
             to
             
               Rio
               Nives
            
             ,
             and
             
               Rio
               di
               Flores
            
             ,
             20.
             leagues
             ,
             and
             20.
             to
             the
             harbour
             of
             
               Spirito
               Sancto
            
             ,
             by
             the
             Indians
             called
             Caulatan
             ,
             70.
             leagues
             in
             28.
             degrees
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             200.
             leagues
             to
             the
             River
             
               di
               Palmo
            
             ,
             30.
             leagues
             over
             ,
             thence
             to
             the
             River
             of
             
               Pescadoros
               ,
               (
               Ind.
               Sotassi
            
             )
             under
             the
             Tropick
             ,
             thence
             to
             Panonco
             35.
             leagues
             ,
             to
             
               villa
               ricca
            
             70.
             to
             
               San
               Jouan
               de
               Loua
            
             ,
             a
             famous
             port
             ,
             5.
             leagues
             ,
             from
             the
             Shallous
             of
             Vega
             to
             the
             river
             Aluarado
             40.
             leagues
             (
             
               Ind.
               Papa
               Jouapan
            
             )
             to
             Cauacalo
             ,
             fl
             .
             50.
             and
             to
             Guisalua
             fl
             .
             50.
             18.
             degrees
             ,
             thence
             to
             Cape
             Rotundo
             80.
             leagues
             ,
             by
             the
             way
             stand
             Chagraton
             and
             Lazaro
             ,
             thence
             to
             Cape
             Catuco
             90.
             leagues
             ,
             (
             Jacatan
             )
             21.
             degrees
             ,
             thence
             to
             Florida
             900.
             leagues
             ,
             from
             the
             gulf
             of
             Mexico
             60.
             leagues
             ,
             where
             there
             are
             strange
             currents
             and
             falls
             of
             water
             ;
             from
             the
             edg
             of
             the
             gulph
             to
             
               Rio
               grande
            
             120.
             leagues
             ,
             passing
             by
             
               Punto
               di
               Mugeres
            
             ,
             and
             the
             harbour
             
               di
               la
               Ascension
               :
               Rio
               grande
            
             bosomes
             it self
             in
             the
             Sea
             in
             17.
             degrees
             ,
             thence
             to
             Cape
             Cameroze
             150.
             leagues
             ,
             thus
             30.
             to
             Queras
             ,
             30.
             to
             Caualles
             ,
             thirty
             to
             Trionfada
             ,
             30.
             to
             Honduma
             ,
             and
             20.
             to
             Camzone
             ,
             thence
             to
             Agata
             ,
             or
             
               Gratia
               dios
            
             70.
             leagues
             in
             14.
             degrees
             ,
             Cartago
             is
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             coast
             of
             
               Gratia
               a
               dios
            
             ,
             to
             
               di
               San
               Guadero
            
             60.
             leagues
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             great
             waste
             out
             of
             the
             Lake
             Nicaraga
             ,
             thence
             to
             Zanbara
             40.
             leagues
             ,
             and
             to
             
               Nombre
               di
               dios
            
             60.
             
             Vetagua
             is
             the
             mid-way
             .
          
           
             From
             
               Nombre
               de
               dios
            
             to
             Sucatan
             is
             good
             500.
             leagues
             ,
             the
             Isthmus
             is
             but
             5.
             leagues
             ,
             but
             from
             Escarpoucos
             't
             is
             17.
             from
             
               Nombre
               de
               dios
            
             to
             Faralones
             70.
             leagues
             ,
             8.
             degrees
             ,
             there
             was
             a
             design
             to
             
             cut
             this
             Isthmus
             ,
             but
             some
             were
             of
             opinion
             that
             the
             South-sea
             lying
             higher
             would
             fall
             in
             and
             drown
             all
             .
             By
             the
             way
             we
             meet
             with
             Aola
             and
             the
             
               Porto
               de
               Missa
            
             ,
             so
             called
             ,
             for
             that
             the
             Prince
             that
             discovered
             it
             ,
             caused
             Masse
             to
             be
             said
             there
             in
             thanks
             for
             the
             success
             .
             The
             harbour
             of
             Ordea
             ,
             thence
             to
             Carthagena
             70.
             thence
             to
             St.
             Martha
             50.
             leagues
             ,
             by
             the
             Port
             of
             Zembra
             ,
             and
             
               Rio
               grande
            
             :
             thence
             to
             Cape
             
               de
               vello
            
             50.
             leagues
             ,
             and
             thence
             to
             
               Sancto
               Domingo
            
             100.
             leagues
             ,
             from
             
               Cape
               de
               vello
            
             to
             Guiboucas
             40.
             leagues
             ,
             then
             the
             Gulph
             of
             Venusuela
             ,
             extending
             it self
             80.
             leagues
             ,
             to
             Cape
             St.
             Romano
             :
             thence
             to
             Gulph
             Tuste
             50.
             leagues
             ,
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             Gulph
             is
             Curiana
             :
             thence
             to
             the
             Gulph
             Cariari
             100.
             leagues
             ,
             the
             coast
             is
             in
             10.
             degrees
             :
             There
             is
             
               Porto
               di
               Cassia
               Tistula
               Chiribichi
            
             ,
             and
             Cumana
             fl
             .
             the
             point
             of
             
               Areya
               ,
               Cubaga
            
             ,
             or
             the
             Isle
             of
             Pearle
             ,
             or
             the
             Margarite
             :
             from
             this
             point
             to
             the
             Salines
             is
             60.
             leagues
             ,
             thence
             to
             
               Cape
               Anegades
            
             8.
             degrees
             ,
             80.
             leagues
             ,
             where
             in
             a
             bosome
             lies
             the
             harbour
             of
             Paria
             ,
             from
             Anegades
             to
             
               Ric
               dolee
            
             50.
             leagues
             ,
             six
             degrees
             :
             thence
             to
             Oreglane
             ,
             or
             
               di
               Amazonas
            
             fl
             .
             110.
             leagues
             ,
             from
             
               Nombre
               di
               dios
            
             to
             Oreglane
             800.
             leagues
             ,
             a
             river
             that
             in
             the
             mouth
             is
             50.
             leagues
             over
             ,
             there
             the
             first
             that
             arrived
             to
             traffick
             were
             massacred
             by
             the
             women
             .
          
           
             Douglane
             and
             Onaragnen
             ,
             which
             is
             15.
             leagues
             broad
             in
             4.
             degrees
             ,
             are
             held
             100.
             leagues
             distant
             ,
             thence
             't
             is
             100.
             leagues
             to
             the
             
               Angla
               di
               S.
               Luca
            
             ,
             and
             a
             hundred
             to
             
               Cape
               Promero
            
             :
             thence
             to
             Cape
             St.
             Augustine
             ,
             in
             8
             degrees
             ,
             70
             leagues
             ,
             the
             next
             land
             to
             Vfo
             ,
             for
             from
             thence
             to
             
               Cape
               Verde
            
             ,
             is
             500
             leagues
             ,
             thence
             to
             the
             Gulph
             
               di
               '
               Todos
               Sanctos
            
             100
             leagues
             ,
             in
             13
             degrees
             ;
             by
             the
             way
             is
             the
             river
             St.
             Francesco
             ,
             and
             the
             river
             Reali
             :
             thence
             to
             
               Cape
               Abralosoios
            
             100
             leagues
             ,
             a
             Coast
             full
             of
             shelves
             ,
             conceal'd
             rocks
             ,
             and
             bars
             of
             sands
             ,
             very
             dangerous
             ,
             wherefore
             they
             must
             hold
             20
             miles
             off
             to
             sea
             ,
             in
             13
             and
             18
             degrees
             ,
             from
             
               de
               Fue
            
             to
             the
             point
             
               bono
               Abrigo
            
             ,
             thence
             to
             the
             Point
             St.
             Michael
             50
             leagues
             ,
             and
             60
             to
             the
             river
             St.
             Francisco
             ,
             six
             and
             twenty
             degrees
             ,
             thence
             to
             Tibiquiri
             one
             hundered
             leagues
             ,
             in
             the
             road
             the
             Port
             Patos
             ,
             Port
             
               Fariol
               ,
               Sigaro
               ,
               Toubanaco
            
             ,
             &c.
             
             Thence
             to
             Plata
             fifty
             leagues
             ,
             five
             and
             thirty
             degrees
             ;
             from
             St.
             Augustino
             there
             is
             six
             hundered
             and
             sixty
             leagues
             ;
             from
             the
             Mouth
             of
             it
             to
             the
             Point
             St.
             Helen
             sixty
             five
             leagues
             ;
             thence
             to
             
               Arenas
               Gordas
            
             thirty
             leagues
             ;
             to
             low
             Anegado
             fourty
             ;
             to
             Tierrabaxa
             fifty
             ;
             to
             
               Baya
               sin
               fondo
            
             sixty
             ;
             a
             Gulfe
             in
             one
             and
             fourty
             ;
             to
             
               Arifices
               de
               Loubos
            
             fourty
             ,
             to
             Cape
             Saint
             Domingo
             five
             and
             fourty
             ;
             to
             Chiquera
             ,
             or
             
               Cape
               Bianco
            
             twenty
             ;
             to
             the
             river
             Saint
             
               John
               Serran
            
             twenty
             ;
             called
             
               Agova
               de
               Trabaios
            
             nine
             and
             fourty
             degrees
             ;
             thence
             to
             the
             Promont
             ,
             at
             the
             thousand
             Virgins
             ,
             the
             Streight
             ends
             .
             The
             summe
             is
             twelve
             hundered
             leagues
             ,
             from
             Venosuela
             to
             Desrado
             ,
             a
             Cape
             in
             the
             Mouth
             of
             the
             Streight
             from
             North
             to
             
             South
             .
             From
             
               Cape
               Desrado
            
             to
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             Straight
             not
             far
             from
             the
             Bell
             ,
             a
             Rock
             which
             seems
             to
             cover
             the
             mouth
             of
             it
             ,
             to
             the
             South
             sea
             70.
             leagues
             ;
             the
             bounds
             are
             first
             
               Cape
               Promero
            
             ,
             49.
             degrees
             ;
             thence
             to
             Salmas
             44.
             degrees
             ,
             and
             165.
             leagues
             from
             Salmas
             to
             
               Cape
               Hermoso
            
             ,
             110.
             leagues
             ,
             and
             44.
             degrees
             ;
             thence
             to
             the
             River
             S.
             Francesco
             60.
             to
             
               Rio
               Sancto
            
             120.
             leagues
             ,
             to
             Chirinaca
             100.
             leagues
             ,
             31.
             d.
             not
             farre
             off
             Gest
             and
             
               Rio
               de
               Plata●
            
             to
             Chinca
             or
             
               Rio
               de
               Plobados
            
             200.
             leagues
             ,
             22.
             degrees
             ,
             to
             Arequippa
             ,
             18.
             degrees
             ,
             90.
             l.
             to
             Lima
             12.
             degrees
             ,
             140.
             leagues
             ,
             to
             
               Cape
               Anguilla
            
             100.
             leagues
             ,
             Truxillo
             and
             other
             Ports
             are
             upon
             this
             coast
             :
             Thence
             to
             
               Cape
               Bianco
            
             40.
             leagues
             ,
             and
             60.
             to
             
               Cape
               Helena
            
             ,
             2.
             degrees
             ;
             thence
             to
             Guegemir
             70.
             leagues
             ,
             the
             Cape
             Saint
             Laurenzo
             :
             They
             finde
             it
             to
             be
             thence
             to
             Cape
             S.
             Augustine
             ,
             1000.
             leagues
             ;
             thence
             to
             the
             River
             of
             Peru
             100.
             leagues
             ,
             the
             way
             lyes
             by
             the
             Gulf
             S.
             Matthew
             ,
             the
             River
             S.
             James
             ,
             and
             S.
             John
             of
             Peru
             :
             to
             the
             gulf
             S.
             Michael
             70.
             leagues
             6.
             degrees
             ,
             extending
             50.
             leagues
             ,
             from
             thence
             to
             Panama
             8.
             degrees
             155.
             leagues
             ,
             the
             17.
             of
             
               Novemb.
               de
               dios
               :
               Perou
            
             of
             1000.
             in
             breadth
             ,
             and
             1200.
             in
             length
             :
             Corrcalatron
             4065.
             leagues
             ,
             from
             Panama
             to
             Teouentepée
             650.
             leagues
             ,
             adding
             70.
             leagues
             from
             the
             coast
             of
             Panama
             to
             the
             Point
             of
             Aguera
             :
             From
             the
             Bruche
             100.
             leagues
             ,
             from
             thence
             100.
             to
             the
             
               Cape
               Bianco
            
             ,
             where
             the
             Port
             Heiradura
             ,
             and
             100.
             to
             the
             Port
             of
             the
             possession
             of
             Niqueraga
             ,
             12.
             degrees
             ;
             thence
             to
             the
             gulf
             Fonseca
             15.
             to
             Cortega
             20.
             to
             
               Rio
               grande
            
             30.
             to
             the
             River
             of
             Guali-Mala
             45.
             to
             Sitoula
             50.
             joyning
             to
             the
             Lake
             of
             Cortes
             ,
             which
             is
             twenty
             five
             long
             ,
             and
             eight
             broad
             ;
             from
             this
             Lake
             to
             
               Porto
               Pourado
            
             100.
             and
             40.
             to
             Crantepee
             ,
             which
             runnes
             from
             North
             to
             South
             ,
             with
             the
             River
             Coasacalco
             in
             13.
             degrees
             ;
             and
             there
             compleat
             the
             650.
             leagues
             ,
             from
             Tecoantepee
             to
             Colima
             100.
             leagues
             ,
             by
             the
             way
             is
             Escapulio
             and
             Zacatula
             :
             from
             Colima
             to
             
               Cape
               Coruentes
            
             100.
             leagues
             ,
             20.
             degrees
             ;
             betwixt
             them
             is
             the
             
               Porto
               de
               Nativitad
            
             ,
             thence
             to
             Chiamelan
             60.
             under
             the
             Tropick
             ,
             where
             are
             the
             Havens
             Calisto
             and
             Vanderas
             ,
             from
             Chiamelan
             to
             the
             deep
             River
             ,
             or
             
               R.
               de
               Miraslores
            
             250.
             leagues
             ,
             33.
             degrees
             .
             In
             this
             space
             of
             250.
             leagues
             ,
             they
             passe
             the
             River
             of
             S.
             
               Michael
               ,
               Logagaual
               ;
               Porto
               del
               Remedio
               ,
               Cape
               Vermego
               ,
            
             the
             Port
             of
             Ports
             ,
             the
             Passe
             of
             Miraflores
             ,
             to
             the
             point
             of
             Balenas
             200.
             leagues
             ,
             or
             California
             going
             to
             
               Porto
               Escondido
            
             :
             By
             the
             way
             you
             come
             to
             
               Belen
               Port
               del
               fuego
            
             ,
             the
             gulph
             of
             Canoas
             ;
             the
             Isle
             of
             Pearles
             called
             Tarrarequi
             :
             from
             the
             point
             of
             Balenas
             to
             
               Cape
               Courantes
            
             ,
             't
             is
             80.
             leagues
             ,
             where
             comes
             in
             the
             sea
             of
             Cortez
             ,
             like
             to
             the
             Adriatick
             ,
             being
             something
             coloured
             from
             the
             point
             
               de
               Valenas
            
             100.
             leagues
             to
             the
             point
             of
             Abad
             ,
             and
             as
             much
             to
             the
             
               Cape
               Lingano
            
             30.
             degrees
             ,
             from
             thence
             to
             the
             Cape
             of
             Bruz
             ,
             fifty
             leagues
             ,
             and
             one
             hundred
             and
             fifteen
             to
             the
             Port
             of
             Sardinia
             .
          
           
           
             On
             this
             coast
             is
             the
             Crick
             S.
             Michael
             and
             the
             gulf
             
               de
               los
               fuegos
            
             ,
             and
             the
             white
             coast
             resembling
             the
             coast
             of
             Brasile
             ,
             so
             as
             one
             would
             think
             white
             linnen
             hung
             there
             :
             from
             Sardinia
             to
             
               Terra
               Nevada
            
             150.
             l.
             passing
             by
             the
             Port
             of
             
               Todos
               santos
               Cape
               Gabeca
               ,
               Cape
               Nevado
               ,
               Golfo
               ,
               Primero
               :
               Sierra
               Nevada
               in
            
             40.
             d.
             This
             is
             the
             last
             country
             ,
             which
             runs
             North
             to
             Labrador
             .
             Thus
             we
             find
             the
             South
             sea
             to
             contain
             3375.
             l.
             and
             the
             Notth
             5960.
             l.
             together
             9300.
             l.
             new
             Mexico
             ,
             1000.
             l.
             in
             circuit
             :
             comprehending
             15.
             large
             inhabited
             Provinces
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             II.
             The
             Authours
             Departure
             ,
             Particulars
             of
             Demingo
             .
          
           
             FRom
             the
             Port
             of
             
               Sancta
               Maria
            
             ,
             in
             37.
             degrees
             we
             steer'd
             the
             ordinary
             course
             of
             the
             Canaries
             ,
             whither
             't
             is
             590.
             miles
             ,
             the
             gulf
             
               de
               las
               Yegas
            
             lying
             in
             the
             way
             .
             The
             Canaries
             ,
             heretofore
             called
             the
             Fortunate
             ,
             had
             that
             appellation
             from
             some
             terrible
             and
             sanguinary
             dogs
             which
             were
             there
             ,
             going
             in
             packs
             like
             sheep
             ,
             and
             at
             this
             day
             there
             is
             abundance
             of
             them
             exceeding
             fierce
             and
             dangerous
             .
             Of
             these
             Islands
             there
             is
             the
             grand
             
               Canari
               ,
               Tenerif
               ,
               Palma
               ,
               Gomora
               ,
               du
               Fez
               ,
               Fortaventura
               ,
            
             and
             others
             lesse
             ,
             to
             about
             28.
             degrees
             .
          
           
             They
             afford
             divers
             curiosities
             ,
             amongst
             which
             Mount
             Pic
             in
             Tenerif
             ;
             which
             I
             esteem
             to
             be
             one
             of
             the
             highest
             on
             the
             earth
             ,
             Libanus
             it self
             is
             not
             so
             high
             by
             halfe
             ,
             much
             lesse
             Mount
             Gibel
             in
             Sicily
             ,
             for
             it
             may
             be
             discovered
             at
             120.
             miles
             distance
             ,
             and
             is
             the
             first
             land
             the
             Marriners
             discover
             at
             sea
             ,
             when
             they
             come
             from
             Spain
             .
          
           
             This
             is
             not
             to
             be
             ascended
             but
             two
             moneths
             in
             the
             year
             ,
             July
             and
             August
             ,
             for
             the
             extreme
             colds
             ,
             and
             because
             't
             is
             commonly
             covered
             with
             snow
             ,
             which
             cooles
             the
             ayre
             to
             such
             a
             degree
             ,
             that
             one
             cannot
             breath
             upon
             it
             without
             iminent
             danger
             of
             life
             .
             From
             the
             top
             of
             this
             ,
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Islands
             are
             all
             discoverable
             ,
             and
             amongst
             them
             one
             which
             seems
             rather
             an
             illusion
             then
             a
             reality
             :
             For
             one
             plainly
             views
             the
             Isle
             ,
             and
             go
             to
             the
             place
             you
             find
             nothing
             .
             They
             have
             three
             names
             for
             it
             ,
             the
             Fortunate
             ,
             the
             Inchanted
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Not
               to
               be
               found
            
             :
             and
             there
             is
             no
             more
             to
             be
             learned
             of
             it
             ,
             only
             the
             common
             people
             say
             't
             is
             an
             Island
             inhabited
             by
             Christians
             ,
             
             and
             that
             God
             prohibits
             they
             should
             be
             discovered
             :
             for
             my
             part
             I
             have
             seen
             it
             as
             I
             have
             the
             others
             ,
             and
             I
             believe
             't
             is
             conceal'd
             with
             clouds
             which
             are
             exhal'd
             from
             the
             abundance
             of
             fresh
             water
             there
             ,
             which
             render
             it
             so
             obscure
             to
             be
             found
             out
             .
          
           
           
             In
             the
             Isle
             of
             Tenerife
             there
             is
             a
             cave
             in
             a
             firm
             Rock
             .
             where
             the
             heardsmen
             in
             bad
             weather
             shelter
             their
             cattle
             ,
             't
             is
             some
             5.
             leagues
             from
             St.
             Christophers
             .
             They
             report
             that
             heretofore
             there
             was
             an
             apparition
             of
             extraordinary
             splendour
             ,
             with
             an
             image
             of
             the
             blessed
             virgin
             ,
             which
             wrought
             many
             miracles
             ,
             and
             was
             the
             reason
             of
             a
             Church
             built
             by
             the
             title
             of
             
               Nuestra
               Sennora
               de
               la
               candelaria
            
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             a
             monastary
             of
             Dominicans
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             Island
             of
             Iron
             is
             that
             miraculous
             tree
             ,
             the
             leaves
             whereof
             distill
             water
             ,
             which
             suffices
             the
             inhabitants
             for
             drink
             .
             The
             tree
             is
             alwaies
             hooded
             with
             a
             thin
             cloud
             ,
             of
             colour
             between
             gray
             and
             white
             ,
             and
             never
             extenuates
             for
             wind
             nor
             tempest
             ,
             nor
             suffers
             any
             motion
             ,
             whence
             is
             deduced
             all
             the
             liquor
             ,
             which
             the
             tree
             emits
             so
             plentifully
             into
             cesterns
             placed
             for
             the
             purpose
             ,
             that
             it
             waters
             both
             the
             Inhabitants
             and
             the
             heards
             of
             the
             whole
             Island
             ,
             there
             being
             no
             other
             water
             at
             all
             ,
             so
             as
             without
             this
             't
             would
             lye
             waste
             and
             desert
             ,
             and
             by
             this
             is
             rendered
             inhabitable
             and
             fruitfull
             .
          
           
             Having
             taken
             in
             provisions
             at
             the
             Canaries
             ,
             we
             continued
             our
             course
             towards
             the
             Desseada
             ,
             crossing
             the
             great
             pacifick
             gulph
             ,
             which
             may
             be
             said
             one
             of
             the
             calmest
             Seas
             of
             the
             world
             ;
             for
             during
             the
             fourty
             dayes
             we
             were
             upon
             it
             ,
             we
             perceived
             not
             the
             least
             alteration
             ,
             but
             an
             air
             or
             gentle
             gale
             blew
             equally
             and
             constantly
             without
             ceasing
             ;
             so
             as
             vessels
             are
             there
             almost
             alwaies
             driven
             by
             the
             Poupe
             ,
             without
             scarce
             ever
             using
             saile
             for
             above
             two
             thousand
             four
             hundred
             and
             ninety
             two
             miles
             to
             Desseada
             ;
             which
             takes
             name
             from
             the
             desire
             they
             have
             to
             get
             thither
             ,
             there
             being
             no
             other
             land
             betwixt
             that
             and
             the
             Canaries
             ,
             passing
             the
             gulph
             ,
             the
             voyage
             taking
             up
             sometimes
             thirty
             two
             dayes
             ,
             sometimes
             thirty
             five
             ,
             as
             it
             happens
             .
          
           
             Desseado
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             Antillaes
             ,
             was
             the
             first
             Columbus
             discovered
             in
             his
             second
             voyage
             ,
             where
             from
             the
             Canaries
             he
             arrived
             in
             twenty
             dayes
             ,
             't
             is
             in
             15.
             degrees
             towards
             the
             North.
             Thence
             they
             come
             to
             Domingo
             ,
             a
             good
             and
             a
             fertile
             Island
             in
             eighteen
             degrees
             :
             The
             inhabitants
             are
             sanguinary
             ,
             and
             man-eaters
             ,
             practising
             all
             sort
             of
             guile
             ,
             to
             betray
             strangers
             to
             their
             broach
             .
          
           
             They
             are
             dextrous
             archers
             ,
             and
             seldom
             misse
             their
             mark
             ,
             their
             bow●
             ten
             or
             twelve
             foot
             long
             ,
             and
             their
             arrows
             will
             pierce
             a
             corselet
             good
             sword
             proof
             ;
             they
             are
             made
             of
             a
             hard
             and
             strong
             wood
             they
             call
             Sourgar
             ,
             whereof
             they
             poyson
             the
             pile
             .
             They
             live
             upon
             venison
             ,
             grapes
             ,
             and
             fruit
             ,
             both
             men
             and
             women
             go
             absolutely
             naked
             ,
             adore
             the
             Sun
             ,
             have
             little
             stock
             more
             than
             a
             few
             garden
             utensils
             ,
             a
             bed
             made
             of
             cotton
             in
             the
             manner
             of
             netting
             ,
             hanging
             from
             one
             side
             of
             the
             house
             to
             the
             other
             ,
             which
             is
             round
             ,
             made
             of
             straw
             ,
             called
             Tortora
             .
             Their
             goods
             are
             all
             in
             common
             ,
             and
             what
             they
             have
             they
             eat
             together
             .
             They
             are
             not
             injurious
             to
             one
             another
             ,
             are
             very
             Martial
             ,
             their
             armes
             ,
             clubs
             of
             eight
             foot
             long
             ,
             made
             like
             Bel-clappers
             ,
             which
             they
             will
             mannage
             very
             effectually
             ;
             but
             
             they
             affect
             their
             bow
             more
             than
             their
             club
             .
             They
             have
             some
             Priests
             in
             their
             Gentilism
             ,
             whom
             they
             call
             Chaouris
             ,
             who
             solemnize
             certain
             ceremonies
             and
             feasts
             .
             There
             being
             a
             necessity
             of
             taking
             in
             fresh
             water
             ,
             some
             of
             the
             ship
             of
             Cape
             Moulini
             ,
             would
             needs
             go
             on
             shore
             ,
             and
             but
             that
             some
             of
             the
             Company
             disswaded
             him
             ,
             the
             Captain
             himself
             had
             gone
             with
             them
             ,
             howsoever
             he
             sent
             the
             Masters
             mate
             ,
             with
             twenty
             resolute
             men
             and
             twelve
             Musqueteers
             .
             Our
             Captain
             Noguena
             seeing
             this
             rash
             enterprize
             ,
             knowing
             the
             humour
             of
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             immediately
             sent
             a
             shore
             thirty
             of
             his
             men
             ,
             whereof
             twenty
             were
             musqueteers
             to
             assist
             them
             :
             but
             they
             were
             no
             sooner
             at
             the
             fountain
             ,
             but
             they
             perceived
             two
             hundred
             Savages
             making
             towards
             them
             ,
             and
             had
             they
             not
             by
             the
             perswasions
             of
             some
             cast
             up
             a
             bulwark
             ,
             the
             successe
             had
             proved
             worse
             with
             them
             .
             The
             musquetteers
             playing
             on
             them
             ,
             the
             Sauages
             with
             terrour
             began
             to
             run
             ,
             having
             lost
             four
             or
             five
             of
             their
             men
             ,
             whereupon
             ours
             thought
             they
             had
             been
             freed
             of
             them
             ,
             but
             were
             amazed
             when
             they
             perceived
             them
             rallyed
             ,
             and
             advancing
             from
             another
             side
             came
             on
             with
             such
             fury
             ,
             that
             had
             it
             not
             been
             for
             good
             conduct
             ours
             had
             had
             the
             worst
             of
             it
             ;
             for
             our
             Musqueteers
             were
             so
             amazed
             they
             knew
             not
             how
             to
             give
             fire
             ,
             and
             for
             all
             ours
             could
             do
             ,
             they
             left
             seven
             or
             eight
             of
             our
             men
             behind
             them
             ;
             for
             with
             main
             strength
             they
             bore
             down
             our
             Barricado
             ,
             but
             by
             Gods
             assistance
             ours
             repulsed
             them
             so
             vigorously
             ,
             that
             some
             of
             theirs
             remained
             on
             the
             place
             ,
             and
             we
             were
             relieved
             very
             seasonably
             .
          
           
             They
             had
             a
             resolution
             to
             fetch
             off
             their
             fellowes
             ,
             but
             seeing
             they
             could
             not
             ,
             retreated
             ,
             and
             left
             us
             in
             peace
             ;
             one
             that
             we
             preserved
             alive
             was
             quite
             amazed
             ,
             and
             made
             us
             good
             laughing
             ,
             with
             his
             mows
             and
             monkey
             faces
             .
             He
             was
             stark
             naked
             ,
             round
             visaged
             ,
             and
             flat-nosed
             like
             a
             dog
             .
             We
             asked
             in
             whom
             he
             believed
             ,
             he
             answered
             in
             Toquilla
             and
             Toupan
             ,
             that
             is
             the
             Sun
             and
             the
             thunder
             .
             He
             was
             instructed
             in
             the
             Faith
             ,
             and
             afterwards
             baptized
             .
             These
             people
             know
             not
             what
             tillage
             is
             ,
             and
             eat
             no
             bread
             ,
             but
             of
             a
             root
             they
             call
             Taquen
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             meal
             ,
             in
             Brasile
             they
             call
             it
             Caouin
             ,
             they
             dry
             it
             ,
             and
             grind
             it
             ,
             and
             boyling
             it
             with
             water
             ,
             make
             drink
             of
             it
             ,
             't
             is
             in
             taste
             like
             sowr
             milk
             .
             The
             root
             in
             the
             mouth
             is
             more
             sharp
             than
             unripe
             chesnuts
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             a
             tree
             called
             Sarboul
             ,
             growing
             naturally
             in
             the
             woods
             bears
             fruit
             all
             the
             year
             ,
             't
             is
             firm
             as
             a
             Meloun
             ,
             and
             looks
             like
             those
             golden
             apples
             which
             in
             Spain
             they
             call
             Berengenas
             .
             A
             kind
             of
             flower
             they
             also
             make
             of
             fish
             ,
             as
             they
             do
             in
             Brasile
             ,
             drying
             it
             against
             the
             Sun
             ,
             't
             is
             sharp
             and
             grates
             the
             throat
             of
             those
             that
             are
             not
             used
             to
             it
             .
             Beasts
             they
             have
             abundance
             of
             all
             kinds
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Pascous
             ,
             that
             is
             sheep
             .
             They
             are
             great
             Fishers
             ,
             their
             boats
             of
             that
             straw
             they
             call
             Tortora
             ,
             and
             have
             likewise
             some
             of
             timber
             all
             of
             a
             piece
             ,
             like
             Canoes
             .
          
           
             At
             their
             nuptials
             they
             use
             some
             Ceremonies
             ,
             their
             Priests
             put
             on
             them
             a
             kind
             of
             open
             shoes
             ,
             the
             Spaniard
             calls
             Aspargates
             ,
             the
             
             Indians
             Otrya
             .
             They
             shooe
             them
             both
             with
             these
             shooes
             ,
             then
             change
             them
             ,
             and
             afterwards
             restore
             them
             to
             their
             Chaouris
             .
             While
             a
             maid
             ,
             she
             is
             free
             to
             her
             pleasurc
             ,
             but
             married
             she
             is
             lyable
             to
             death
             if
             she
             transgresse
             .
             They
             are
             neither
             avaricious
             nor
             ambitious
             ,
             saying
             as
             the
             earth
             was
             sufficient
             to
             feed
             their
             Fathers
             ,
             so
             't
             wil
             them
             ;
             and
             't
             is
             a
             folly
             to
             waste
             our
             shortned
             life
             with
             care
             :
             the
             meanest
             is
             as
             good
             as
             the
             best
             amongst
             them
             .
          
           
             The
             Spaniards
             who
             live
             in
             the
             Town
             of
             St.
             Domingo
             use
             them
             very
             harshly
             ,
             for
             which
             cause
             they
             call
             them
             Salbini
             ,
             that
             is
             Tyrants
             .
             Abundance
             become
             Christians
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             are
             most
             zealous
             adorers
             of
             the
             Sun
             and
             Thunder
             ,
             and
             offer
             a
             kind
             of
             Sacrifice
             to
             them
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             III.
             A
             violent
             Tempest
             ,
             The
             Isle
             of
             Cuba
             ,
             and
             Hispaniola
             ,
             The
             customes
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             and
             their
             Kings
             .
          
           
             FRom
             Domingo
             about
             336.
             miles
             ,
             lies
             Nauasse
             in
             17.
             degrees
             ,
             a
             very
             small
             but
             a
             good
             Island
             ,
             and
             neighbouring
             to
             it
             another
             called
             Jamaica
             ,
             in
             length
             150.
             miles
             ,
             in
             breadth
             40.
             
             These
             Islands
             are
             lyable
             to
             a
             wind
             the
             Indians
             call
             Vracans
             ,
             or
             Foracans
             ,
             most
             violent
             and
             dangerous
             to
             Saylors
             ,
             who
             do
             what
             is
             possible
             to
             avoid
             it
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             discover
             it
             rising
             ,
             rather
             then
             be
             surpriz'd
             at
             sea
             ,
             they
             lie
             in
             harbour
             two
             or
             three
             months
             together
             .
             Betwixt
             these
             two
             Islands
             were
             we
             overtaken
             with
             one
             of
             these
             stormes
             ,
             which
             assaulted
             us
             with
             such
             fury
             ,
             as
             if
             all
             the
             Infernals
             had
             been
             broke
             loose
             ,
             for
             it
             bore
             away
             sailes
             and
             yards
             ,
             tore
             the
             cordage
             with
             other
             most
             prodigious
             effects
             ;
             it
             rose
             all
             in
             an
             instant
             ,
             and
             before
             we
             could
             think
             of
             it
             ,
             cast
             away
             a
             vessel
             of
             our
             Company
             laden
             with
             Souldiers
             ,
             going
             to
             relieve
             Truxillo
             ,
             infested
             by
             the
             English
             .
             We
             saved
             divers
             of
             them
             by
             a
             bridge
             of
             planks
             cast
             into
             the
             Sea
             ,
             and
             fastened
             to
             the
             Ship
             with
             a
             strong
             cable
             .
             The
             first
             time
             we
             saved
             twenty
             six
             men
             and
             a
             woman
             ,
             whose
             coats
             had
             kept
             her
             floating
             on
             the
             water
             :
             But
             the
             second
             time
             we
             cast
             it
             forth
             when
             there
             were
             more
             upon
             it
             ,
             close
             by
             the
             Ship
             side
             the
             cable
             broke
             ,
             and
             all
             these
             poor
             people
             so
             near
             recovery
             perished
             ;
             and
             we
             had
             not
             strength
             to
             make
             another
             we
             were
             so
             num'd
             and
             strark
             ,
             with
             the
             cold
             this
             wind
             brings
             along
             with
             it
             ,
             so
             as
             't
             was
             lamentable
             to
             behold
             these
             poor
             people
             perish
             for
             want
             of
             help
             ;
             and
             no
             assistance
             could
             be
             had
             from
             the
             other
             vessel
             ,
             being
             in
             the
             evening
             so
             driven
             from
             us
             that
             we
             could
             hear
             no
             more
             of
             it
             .
             All
             
             the
             night
             we
             heard
             the
             sad
             cryes
             of
             people
             ,
             calling
             for
             help
             ,
             which
             we
             knew
             not
             how
             to
             give
             them
             ,
             and
             when
             day
             came
             ,
             we
             saw
             nothing
             either
             of
             ship
             or
             person
             .
          
           
             Some
             of
             them
             died
             as
             soon
             as
             they
             got
             aboard
             our
             ship
             .
             Amongst
             the
             rest
             they
             had
             a
             Capuchin
             Father
             worthy
             of
             record
             for
             his
             constancy
             and
             resolution
             ,
             
             who
             in
             the
             very
             sea
             exhorted
             them
             ,
             and
             called
             upon
             them
             to
             dye
             well
             ,
             and
             recommend
             themselves
             into
             the
             hands
             of
             God
             ,
             heard
             their
             confessions
             ,
             and
             gave
             them
             absolution
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             died
             amongst
             them
             encouraging
             and
             giving
             consolations
             to
             the
             very
             last
             .
             This
             tempest
             consists
             not
             of
             a
             single
             wind
             ,
             but
             of
             all
             the
             four
             together
             ,
             which
             so
             incumber
             a
             vessel
             ,
             that
             it
             cannot
             stir
             neither
             forward
             nor
             backward
             .
             The
             day
             brought
             us
             some
             comfort
             ,
             but
             we
             were
             still
             persecuted
             with
             the
             tempest
             ,
             and
             waves
             that
             flew
             upon
             us
             with
             such
             violence
             ,
             that
             at
             every
             blow
             we
             thought
             we
             should
             have
             perished
             ,
             as
             I
             believe
             we
             had
             ,
             had
             we
             not
             resolved
             to
             cast
             all
             over-board
             .
             Then
             without
             further
             dispute
             ,
             or
             more
             words
             ,
             seven
             or
             eight
             of
             us
             taking
             a
             draught
             of
             wine
             ,
             a
             little
             to
             reinvigourate
             us
             in
             our
             extreme
             feeblenesse
             ,
             we
             betooke
             to
             cast
             our
             fraught
             over-board
             ,
             Cloth
             ,
             Tapestry
             ,
             Camlets
             ,
             Moccadoes
             ,
             Corrall
             ,
             Hunney
             ,
             Wines
             ,
             &c.
             with
             such
             celerity
             ,
             that
             in
             an
             houre
             we
             cast
             more
             over-board
             then
             was
             laded
             in
             a
             day
             ;
             and
             t
             was
             happy
             we
             did
             so
             ,
             for
             immediately
             we
             perceiv'd
             the
             Vessell
             to
             be
             more
             lusty
             ;
             and
             I
             and
             my
             partners
             had
             the
             happinesse
             to
             see
             the
             goods
             we
             laded
             to
             beare
             our
             charges
             ,
             cast
             into
             the
             sea
             in
             the
             first
             place
             ,
             which
             as
             little
             troubled
             us
             ,
             as
             if
             they
             had
             been
             none
             of
             ours
             ,
             being
             satisfy'd
             with
             the
             fruition
             of
             our
             lives
             ;
             after
             all
             we
             were
             constrain'd
             to
             cut
             down
             the
             maine
             Mast
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             sayles
             was
             unfurl'd
             ,
             which
             made
             a
             strange
             noise
             ,
             and
             exceedingly
             annoy'd
             the
             Vessell
             ;
             wherefore
             the
             Captain
             commanded
             the
             saylers
             to
             go
             up
             and
             furle
             it
             ,
             but
             at
             that
             time
             he
             was
             ill
             heard
             ,
             and
             worse
             obey'd
             ;
             
             thereupon
             one
             who
             was
             more
             obedient
             and
             resolute
             then
             the
             rest
             ,
             undertook
             it
             ,
             as
             he
             mounted
             they
             called
             to
             him
             to
             encourage
             him
             ,
             but
             by
             that
             time
             he
             got
             to
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             Mast
             ,
             the
             winde
             had
             seiz'd
             him
             ,
             and
             he
             cryed
             out
             
               Juro
               a
               mi
               vida
               Senior
               que
               el
               Viente
               me
               despega
               las
               manos
               de
               las
               cuerdas
            
             ;
             I
             sweare
             to
             you
             Sirs
             ,
             the
             winde
             teares
             my
             hands
             from
             the
             ropes
             ,
             and
             with
             that
             crying
             Santiago
             ,
             he
             fell
             down
             upon
             the
             Deck
             ,
             he
             had
             better
             have
             falne
             besides
             it
             ,
             for
             he
             dyed
             within
             three
             houres
             after
             .
             The
             Tempest
             continu'd
             ,
             and
             the
             Vessell
             being
             light
             ,
             could
             not
             uphold
             the
             Mast
             against
             the
             stupendous
             force
             of
             the
             storme
             and
             the
             waves
             ,
             which
             took
             some
             of
             our
             men
             over-board
             :
             whereupon
             we
             down
             with
             the
             main
             Mast
             ,
             but
             in
             the
             fall
             the
             cordage
             broke
             ,
             and
             is
             tumbled
             into
             the
             sea
             ,
             and
             carried
             some
             men
             along
             with
             it
             ,
             the
             vessel
             reeling
             quite
             down
             on
             one
             side
             with
             the
             weight
             of
             the
             mast
             was
             immediately
             filled
             with
             water
             ,
             and
             recoyling
             to
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             very
             many
             were
             lost
             ,
             without
             possibility
             to
             relieve
             them
             ,
             the
             rest
             of
             us
             left
             desolate
             to
             sorrow
             and
             distresse
             .
             
             The
             vessel
             being
             assaulted
             by
             so
             many
             several
             winds
             ,
             cannot
             move
             any
             way
             except
             some
             one
             wind
             be
             mightier
             than
             the
             rest
             :
             For
             these
             vessels
             are
             not
             by
             half
             so
             able
             as
             ours
             are
             .
          
           
             Besides
             these
             winds
             cause
             so
             unsufferable
             a
             frigidity
             ,
             that
             one
             cannot
             endure
             to
             look
             into
             the
             air
             ,
             cut
             like
             a
             razor
             ,
             and
             make
             ones
             limbs
             stiffe
             and
             immoveable
             as
             a
             piece
             of
             wood
             .
             For
             my
             part
             my
             face
             was
             hard
             and
             strark
             as
             any
             stone
             .
             I
             am
             of
             opinion
             the
             Devill
             comes
             in
             it
             ,
             for
             I
             believe
             that
             naturally
             no
             wind
             can
             break
             a
             strong
             cable
             ,
             as
             't
             were
             a
             thread
             .
             At
             last
             as
             it
             pleased
             our
             good
             God
             the
             tempest
             ceased
             ,
             and
             the
             ordinary
             Breezes
             return
             .
             By
             good
             fortune
             we
             had
             one
             sayle
             left
             in
             reserve
             ,
             which
             we
             used
             to
             our
             advantage
             in
             the
             best
             manner
             we
             could
             ,
             scarce
             finding
             rope
             sufficient
             for
             it
             ,
             the
             tempest
             had
             so
             broken
             our
             cordage
             ,
             so
             we
             then
             sayled
             on
             .
             'T
             is
             true
             the
             sea
             was
             yet
             so
             turbulent
             and
             contumacious
             ,
             that
             we
             were
             as
             fearful
             as
             ever
             ;
             for
             this
             kind
             of
             storm
             is
             more
             dangerous
             in
             the
             end
             then
             the
             begining
             ;
             and
             we
             might
             behold
             the
             waves
             ,
             like
             two
             engaged
             armies
             plying
             one
             another
             with
             continual
             assaults
             ,
             without
             intermission
             .
             But
             in
             fine
             ,
             it
             became
             a
             little
             calmer
             ,
             and
             we
             came
             in
             view
             of
             Cape
             S.
             Anthony
             ,
             a
             point
             of
             the
             Isle
             of
             Cuba
             discoverable
             a
             long
             way
             off
             ;
             till
             we
             arrived
             there
             the
             storm
             left
             us
             not
             :
             nor
             do
             I
             know
             that
             I
             had
             so
             famous
             an
             encounter
             in
             all
             my
             voyages
             in
             Asia
             and
             Africa
             ,
             though
             in
             my
             travail
             to
             Alexandria
             ,
             three
             leagues
             off
             Candia
             our
             ship
             sunk
             ,
             in
             the
             depth
             of
             Winter
             ,
             and
             about
             mid-night
             :
             which
             was
             nothing
             compar'd
             to
             these
             diabolical
             Vracanes
             ,
             for
             there
             we
             contest
             but
             with
             one
             wind
             ,
             here
             we
             are
             surrounded
             with
             all
             the
             winds
             at
             once
             ,
             whence
             it
             comes
             ,
             that
             few
             escape
             .
          
           
             
             Cuba
             is
             one
             of
             the
             principal
             Islands
             of
             the
             Indies
             in
             22.
             d.
             in
             circuit
             630.
             miles
             ,
             120.
             miles
             over
             .
             'T
             is
             the
             most
             fruitful
             in
             all
             America
             ,
             full
             of
             fruits
             of
             all
             sorts
             ,
             Mines
             of
             gold
             and
             brasse
             ,
             and
             hath
             Ravana
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             fairest
             and
             securest
             Havens
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             the
             coming
             in
             being
             narrow
             ,
             flanked
             on
             both
             sides
             with
             strong
             Towers
             ,
             and
             a
             town
             with
             an
             impregnable
             Cittadel
             .
             Where
             the
             Fleets
             of
             Peru
             and
             
               Nombre
               de
               Dios
            
             put
             in
             for
             provisions
             ,
             the
             Isle
             abounding
             in
             all
             commodities
             ,
             and
             plentiful
             of
             all
             properties
             for
             maritime
             travail
             .
             'T
             is
             as
             't
             were
             a
             suburbs
             to
             the
             Indies
             ,
             having
             not
             above
             130.
             leagues
             off
             sea
             to
             S.
             
               John
               de
               Loua
            
             on
             the
             firm
             land
             in
             
               Nova
               Spania
            
             .
          
           
             The
             Island
             abounds
             particularly
             in
             fish
             ,
             and
             amongst
             the
             rest
             in
             a
             sort
             of
             sea
             Breezes
             ,
             which
             Spaniards
             call
             
               Besée
               Espada
            
             who
             is
             very
             sanguinary
             ,
             and
             greedy
             of
             mans
             flesh
             .
             So
             as
             no
             man
             dare
             bathe
             himselfe
             for
             fear
             of
             these
             ravenous
             creatures
             ,
             the
             teeth
             whereof
             cut
             like
             any
             rasor
             ,
             and
             upon
             their
             back
             have
             three
             Pikes
             like
             Partisans
             .
             He
             is
             so
             greedy
             of
             mans
             flesh
             ,
             that
             he
             will
             follow
             a
             vessell
             three
             hundred
             leagues
             outright
             without
             appearing
             ,
             in
             hope
             of
             a
             corps
             .
             They
             likewise
             call
             them
             Taburintes
             ,
             or
             Tiburins
             ,
             a
             Captain
             told
             me
             ,
             that
             
             coming
             from
             Florida
             one
             followed
             him
             500.
             leagues
             without
             appearing
             ,
             and
             that
             arriving
             at
             
               Por●o
               Rico
            
             ,
             the
             fish
             was
             taken
             with
             a
             sheeps
             head
             ,
             &
             horns
             in
             his
             belly
             ,
             which
             he
             had
             brought
             from
             Florida
             ,
             where
             't
             was
             cast
             into
             the
             sea
             .
             They
             go
             likewise
             up
             into
             the
             rivers
             .
          
           
             As
             to
             their
             Crocodiles
             ,
             they
             are
             covered
             with
             skin
             so
             firm
             ,
             't
             is
             impossible
             to
             pierce
             it
             ,
             except
             under
             the
             belly
             where
             he
             is
             easily
             vulnerable
             .
             As
             I
             said
             before
             ,
             in
             the
             East
             Indies
             Ethiopia
             they
             make
             meat
             of
             them
             ,
             the
             flesh
             being
             very
             good
             ,
             but
             here
             they
             do
             not
             .
             In
             like
             manner
             here
             is
             abundance
             of
             all
             other
             sorts
             of
             fish
             ,
             as
             well
             such
             as
             breed
             in
             our
             seas
             ,
             as
             others
             .
          
           
             This
             Island
             was
             discovered
             by
             Columbus
             in
             his
             second
             navigation
             ,
             and
             called
             Juane
             ,
             afterwards
             Ferdinand
             and
             Isabella
             ;
             from
             Ferdinand
             King
             of
             Spain
             ,
             as
             before
             of
             Juane
             his
             daughter
             .
             'T
             is
             in
             length
             230.
             leagues
             ,
             on
             the
             East
             it
             hath
             the
             Isle
             of
             Hispaniola
             or
             Hairi
             ,
             on
             the
             West
             Jucatan
             ,
             and
             the
             Gulf
             of
             Mexio
             ,
             on
             the
             South
             Jamaica
             or
             S.
             James
             ,
             and
             Northward
             the
             Lucayes
             ,
             and
             the
             channel
             of
             Bahama
             .
             There
             we
             finde
             many
             townes
             ,
             and
             habitations
             of
             Spaniards
             ,
             who
             began
             to
             plant
             ,
             or
             rather
             to
             supplant
             in
             the
             year
             1511.
             
             For
             they
             used
             such
             abominable
             cruelties
             ,
             that
             in
             a
             short
             time
             they
             almost
             extirpated
             all
             the
             Natives
             :
             beginning
             with
             the
             King
             or
             
               Catique
               Haiuey
            
             ,
             whom
             they
             burnt
             alive
             for
             publishing
             to
             his
             subjects
             the
             cruelty
             used
             by
             the
             Spaniards
             in
             the
             Isle
             of
             Hairy
             or
             Hispaniola
             .
             The
             Mines
             destroyed
             many
             of
             them
             ;
             and
             
               Las
               Cafas
            
             sayes
             ,
             that
             being
             there
             ,
             he
             saw
             in
             four
             moneths
             seven
             thousand
             children
             starved
             to
             death
             ;
             for
             both
             their
             fathers
             and
             mothers
             were
             held
             so
             strictly
             to
             their
             labour
             in
             the
             Mines
             ,
             they
             had
             not
             freedom
             to
             look
             after
             their
             families
             .
          
           
             The
             Isle
             Hispaniola
             was
             discovered
             by
             the
             same
             Columbus
             in
             his
             first
             navigation
             in
             the
             year
             1492.
             began
             to
             be
             inhabited
             in
             1494.
             and
             was
             otherwise
             called
             
               Hairy
               Quisquera
            
             ,
             and
             Cipaugi
             ,
             
             or
             Cibai
             ,
             being
             in
             circuit
             about
             400.
             leagues
             :
             It
             abounds
             in
             fruit
             ,
             sugar
             ,
             cattle
             ,
             and
             Mines
             of
             gold
             and
             copper
             .
             This
             Island
             had
             many
             Caciques
             or
             potent
             Kings
             ,
             amongst
             them
             the
             King
             of
             Magna
             or
             Magana
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             Champion
             ,
             or
             the
             field
             ,
             was
             Paramount
             ,
             who
             is
             called
             Guarionexi
             .
             These
             Kings
             lived
             peaceably
             ,
             without
             any
             great
             State.
             Their
             chiefest
             expense
             was
             in
             Dancers
             ,
             Musicians
             ,
             and
             Wrestlers
             ,
             who
             were
             for
             his
             Majesties
             recreation
             both
             in
             his
             Palace
             and
             progresse
             .
             He
             was
             carried
             by
             men
             upon
             a
             frame
             set
             with
             feathers
             of
             divers
             fine
             colours
             ,
             and
             those
             dancers
             danced
             before
             him
             .
             The
             people
             held
             their
             King
             for
             a
             God
             ,
             and
             the
             meanest
             of
             them
             could
             raise
             an
             Army
             of
             sixteen
             thousand
             men
             armed
             with
             skins
             of
             wild
             beasts
             ,
             Clubbes
             of
             wood
             with
             a
             keen
             stone
             at
             the
             end
             ,
             which
             they
             called
             Courcoumachi
             ;
             they
             had
             likewise
             bows
             and
             arrows
             pil'd
             with
             bone
             .
             Together
             they
             were
             able
             to
             raise
             fourscore
             thousand
             men
             ,
             holding
             good
             correspondence
             with
             one
             another
             ,
             interchanging
             visits
             at
             80.
             or
             a
             hundred
             leagues
             
             distance
             ,
             without
             other
             businesse
             then
             to
             be
             merry
             .
             They
             are
             a
             strenuous
             people
             ,
             docile
             ,
             and
             capable
             of
             religion
             ,
             were
             it
             not
             for
             the
             unsufferable
             Tyranny
             of
             the
             Spaniard
             ,
             who
             of
             four
             hundred
             thousand
             soules
             found
             on
             this
             Island
             ,
             have
             left
             scarce
             the
             hundreth
             part
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             cause
             you
             meet
             scarce
             with
             any
             thing
             but
             desolation
             ;
             and
             dead
             mens
             bones
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             of
             these
             kingdomes
             is
             called
             Mangna
             ,
             a
             fertile
             soyle
             with
             many
             good
             and
             large
             rivers
             ,
             in
             length
             80.
             leagues
             ,
             from
             the
             South
             sea
             to
             the
             North
             invironed
             with
             mountaines
             ,
             amongst
             which
             are
             these
             Cibar
             ,
             where
             are
             gold
             mines
             of
             23.
             
             Carats
             and
             a
             half
             ,
             the
             second
             kingdome
             is
             Sigouaya
             :
             the
             third
             Magana
             or
             Magnane
             :
             the
             fourth
             Xantiga
             :
             the
             fifth
             Hegay
             .
          
           
             
             Magana
             abounds
             in
             gold
             and
             sugar
             ,
             and
             ,
             different
             from
             the
             rest
             ,
             the
             King
             is
             created
             by
             election
             .
             The
             King
             dead
             ,
             foure
             Tabusamin
             ,
             who
             are
             principal
             Peeres
             ,
             assemble
             the
             people
             at
             the
             Palace
             of
             Bibical
             ,
             a
             Conquerour
             ,
             and
             establisher
             of
             the
             state
             .
          
           
             This
             Bibical
             was
             the
             miracle
             of
             his
             time
             for
             strength
             ,
             who
             came
             hither
             from
             Mecheoarin
             on
             the
             Continent
             in
             Mexico
             to
             visit
             his
             brother
             ,
             servant
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Mangna
             ,
             and
             one
             of
             his
             chief
             dancers
             ;
             being
             here
             ,
             would
             needs
             see
             the
             other
             dominions
             of
             the
             Island
             :
             
             at
             Sigouaya
             ,
             where
             the
             exercise
             of
             wrestling
             is
             much
             in
             request
             ,
             he
             made
             some
             stay
             ,
             as
             indeed
             in
             war
             it self
             the
             matter
             is
             decided
             as
             much
             or
             more
             by
             vigour
             of
             arm
             as
             weapon
             ,
             and
             being
             very
             perfect
             ,
             he
             entered
             lists
             with
             the
             best
             amongst
             them
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             Princes
             presence
             came
             off
             with
             such
             advantage
             ,
             that
             he
             gained
             the
             honour
             of
             a
             Lions
             skin
             ,
             a
             matter
             so
             considerable
             with
             them
             ,
             that
             in
             warre
             ,
             't
             is
             worne
             by
             none
             but
             persons
             of
             quality
             .
          
           
             Invited
             by
             the
             King
             he
             stayed
             at
             Court
             ,
             but
             the
             King
             of
             Mangna
             ,
             with
             whom
             his
             brother
             was
             ,
             having
             notice
             ,
             he
             sent
             expressely
             to
             have
             him
             return
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             would
             find
             an
             honourable
             employment
             for
             him
             ;
             withall
             ,
             sent
             him
             an
             ample
             present
             ,
             not
             in
             wealth
             ,
             but
             Mexican
             curiosities
             as
             Jewels
             ,
             to
             hang
             in
             the
             ears
             and
             lips
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             ;
             the
             people
             not
             prizing
             so
             much
             gold
             ,
             as
             innocent
             and
             simple
             gaity
             ;
             and
             with
             great
             reason
             liberty
             above
             all
             .
             All
             the
             Kings
             civilities
             ,
             nor
             his
             brothers
             entreaties
             ,
             could
             draw
             him
             from
             the
             Prince
             of
             Sigouay
             ,
             
             who
             had
             designed
             him
             to
             march
             with
             a
             hundred
             Indians
             into
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Magana
             ,
             and
             take
             a
             strong
             town
             called
             Saalan
             ;
             for
             that
             it
             maintained
             it self
             a
             free
             town
             ,
             and
             would
             submit
             to
             no
             Prince
             .
             With
             much
             joy
             Bibical
             received
             the
             Commission
             ,
             and
             by
             his
             valour
             reduced
             the
             place
             to
             his
             Princes
             obedience
             ,
             with
             many
             famous
             gallantries
             ,
             putting
             numbers
             to
             the
             sword
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             to
             flight
             .
             Their
             Bastion
             called
             Courcoumeca
             barrocadoed
             with
             timber
             twice
             mans
             height
             ,
             he
             took
             by
             assault
             .
          
           
             By
             this
             means
             not
             the
             town
             alone
             ,
             but
             the
             whole
             countrey
             was
             
             subjugated
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Sigouaya
             ,
             who
             repayed
             Bibical
             with
             collation
             of
             honours
             ,
             and
             erected
             him
             monumental
             trophies
             of
             stone
             with
             this
             inscription
             
               Aray
               jourcoumac
               Bifical
            
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             a
             man
             worthy
             of
             principality
             .
             Gibbeleca
             the
             Kings
             sister
             became
             so
             passionate
             a
             lover
             of
             him
             ,
             that
             she
             resolved
             to
             marry
             him
             ,
             though
             her
             brother
             in
             displeasure
             secur'd
             her
             in
             a
             secret
             prison
             :
             Biblical
             freed
             her
             ,
             married
             her
             ,
             and
             carried
             her
             to
             Magana
             ,
             where
             he
             made
             himselfe
             King
             of
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             which
             so
             incensed
             the
             brother
             ,
             he
             used
             all
             meanes
             to
             destroy
             him
             ,
             for
             which
             purpose
             he
             suborned
             an
             Indian
             ,
             who
             from
             an
             ambush
             shot
             him
             on
             the
             high
             way
             with
             a
             poysoned
             shaft
             :
             this
             so
             moved
             Biblical
             ,
             that
             he
             invaded
             him
             with
             a
             vigorous
             and
             violent
             warre
             ,
             assisted
             by
             his
             brother
             Gouayquibal
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             overthrew
             him
             ;
             but
             the
             venome
             of
             the
             wound
             he
             had
             formerly
             received
             ,
             by
             degrees
             so
             prevailed
             over
             him
             that
             he
             dyed
             ,
             swelled
             and
             black
             as
             a
             coale
             ,
             leaving
             no
             child
             behind
             him
             .
             The
             people
             petitioned
             the
             Dowager
             she
             would
             marry
             again
             ,
             that
             they
             might
             have
             a
             Prince
             to
             govern
             them
             ,
             whereto
             ,
             though
             with
             difficulty
             ,
             she
             at
             last
             condescended
             ,
             and
             called
             a
             Councel
             ,
             where
             't
             was
             ordered
             that
             the
             most
             strong
             and
             active
             should
             succeed
             and
             marry
             the
             Queen
             .
          
           
             Then
             they
             proclaimed
             an
             Assembly
             at
             all
             exercises
             of
             strength
             ,
             as
             leaping
             ,
             wrestling
             ,
             and
             Clubbe-fight
             ,
             in
             which
             amongst
             them
             all
             one
             Calips
             prov'd
             eminent
             ,
             and
             was
             made
             King.
             For
             his
             chief
             Councel
             he
             elected
             the
             deceased
             Kings
             brother
             ,
             to
             whom
             he
             gave
             his
             sister
             in
             marriage
             ;
             and
             since
             that
             time
             the
             Kings
             have
             been
             elected
             by
             strength
             ,
             which
             custome
             continued
             to
             Moulsamberc
             ,
             who
             died
             at
             the
             Spaniards
             invasion
             .
          
           
             This
             Island
             was
             heretofore
             exceedingly
             vexed
             with
             the
             Canibales
             of
             the
             Antilles
             ,
             and
             other
             neighbour-Islands
             ,
             who
             come
             to
             hunt
             men
             and
             women
             as
             others
             do
             savage
             beasts
             ,
             
             the
             men
             to
             eat
             them
             ,
             and
             the
             women
             for
             procreation
             .
          
           
             This
             Island
             ,
             though
             under
             the
             torrid
             Zone
             enjoyes
             a
             temperate
             ayre
             ,
             and
             almost
             a
             perpetual
             spring
             by
             meanes
             of
             Mountains
             which
             shelter
             it
             from
             the
             North
             ,
             and
             refresh
             it
             ,
             as
             in
             most
             parts
             under
             the
             Zone
             .
          
           
             The
             Fecundity
             of
             the
             soyle
             is
             such
             ,
             that
             corn
             sowed
             produces
             most
             great
             and
             long
             eares
             ,
             of
             above
             a
             thousand
             cornes
             in
             an
             ear
             :
             Besides
             ,
             it
             yields
             Gold
             ,
             Mastick
             ,
             Aloes
             ,
             Cotton
             ,
             Silk
             ,
             Sugars
             ,
             Spices
             ,
             Pepper
             ,
             and
             Ginger
             ;
             with
             Jucan
             and
             Cassaue
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             their
             bread
             .
             'T
             was
             from
             hence
             the
             Spaniards
             first
             took
             and
             brought
             into
             Europe
             the
             Morbus
             ,
             and
             remedy
             ,
             Guaicum
             .
             Here
             chiefly
             raign
             the
             furious
             winds
             called
             Vracans
             or
             Foracanes
             ,
             furies
             that
             rend
             trees
             ,
             dash
             the
             waves
             against
             the
             sky
             ,
             destroying
             Navies
             ,
             and
             other
             prodigies
             .
          
           
             But
             as
             these
             people
             were
             delivered
             from
             the
             cruelty
             of
             the
             Canibales
             ,
             they
             fell
             under
             that
             of
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             a
             hundred
             
             times
             worse
             ,
             who
             laid
             the
             Island
             with
             the
             rest
             of
             her
             neighbours
             desert
             and
             depopulate
             ,
             though
             the
             Natives
             at
             their
             landing
             used
             them
             with
             all
             humanity
             ;
             but
             they
             fell
             presently
             to
             bloudy
             butchery
             ,
             carrying
             them
             slaves
             to
             other
             Countries
             ,
             and
             reduced
             them
             to
             such
             despair
             ,
             that
             the
             wretches
             thought
             better
             to
             use
             violence
             on
             themselves
             and
             children
             ,
             
             then
             to
             be
             led
             slaves
             under
             these
             Salbins
             ,
             thieves
             and
             tyrants
             .
          
           
             
             As
             one
             of
             these
             miserable
             Kings
             was
             going
             to
             be
             burnt
             ,
             a
             Father
             of
             St.
             Francis
             ,
             exhorted
             him
             to
             baptism
             ;
             he
             liked
             well
             of
             all
             he
             told
             him
             of
             eternal
             life
             ,
             and
             heaven
             ,
             but
             understanding
             the
             Spaniards
             went
             thither
             also
             ,
             he
             lost
             his
             vocation
             ,
             saying
             in
             his
             language
             ,
             
               Heiti
               siltiba
               Salbin
               ,
               Spaniards
            
             in
             heaven
             and
             I
             with
             them
             ,
             fie
             ,
             fie
             :
             adding
             he
             had
             rather
             live
             with
             the
             Yares
             ,
             the
             Devil
             ,
             and
             so
             dyed
             ;
             they
             destroyed
             all
             generally
             ,
             &
             being
             glutted
             &
             weary
             with
             slaughter
             they
             made
             markets
             of
             the
             rest
             ,
             as
             of
             Cattle
             ,
             to
             toyle
             and
             carry
             burthens
             ,
             not
             regarding
             any
             countermands
             of
             the
             Spanish
             King
             to
             keep
             them
             slaves
             .
             These
             new
             guests
             at
             first
             they
             called
             children
             of
             the
             Sun
             ,
             but
             afterwards
             they
             changed
             their
             stile
             and
             called
             them
             Solbins
             and
             Devils
             ,
             and
             with
             good
             reason
             ,
             when
             these
             new-comes
             would
             lay
             insupportable
             burthens
             on
             them
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             failed
             or
             fainted
             ,
             cut
             off
             their
             heads
             to
             save
             a
             labour
             of
             unlocking
             an
             iron
             collar
             about
             their
             neck
             to
             put
             upon
             another
             .
             Notwithstanding
             they
             were
             a
             people
             very
             capable
             of
             religion
             and
             doctrine
             ,
             as
             appeared
             in
             such
             as
             were
             converted
             ,
             who
             proved
             very
             pious
             Christians
             ;
             but
             these
             unfashionable
             Doctors
             had
             mind
             on
             nothing
             but
             to
             satisfie
             their
             insatiable
             avarice
             and
             ambition
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             IV.
             Of
             the
             coasts
             of
             new
             -
             Spain
             ,
             of
             the
             torrid
             Zone
             ,
             and
             winds
             which
             blow
             there
             .
          
           
             HAving
             staid
             some
             dayes
             in
             Cuba
             to
             recruit
             ,
             we
             took
             ship
             again
             to
             continue
             our
             voyage
             .
             Noguera
             Captain
             of
             the
             vessel
             we
             came
             in
             ,
             was
             very
             sorry
             to
             part
             with
             us
             ,
             and
             made
             large
             profession
             to
             one
             of
             our
             Company
             for
             the
             service
             he
             had
             done
             him
             ,
             and
             gave
             him
             three
             hundred
             Reals
             ,
             offering
             if
             he
             would
             return
             to
             Sicily
             with
             him
             ,
             he
             would
             give
             him
             the
             command
             of
             a
             vessel
             ,
             share
             equally
             what
             was
             gained
             ,
             and
             ever
             esteem
             him
             as
             a
             brother
             .
             Our
             comrade
             engaged
             himself
             at
             his
             return
             ,
             accepting
             but
             the
             half
             of
             his
             money
             ,
             and
             that
             upon
             importunity
             ,
             which
             he
             presented
             to
             a
             Lady
             the
             Captain
             had
             brought
             with
             him
             from
             Spain
             ,
             and
             she
             returned
             him
             a
             Crucifix
             set
             with
             emeralds
             ,
             and
             so
             they
             parted
             with
             much
             resentment
             ;
             the
             Captain
             protesting
             he
             had
             perished
             
             but
             for
             God
             and
             the
             Levantisks
             ;
             with
             particular
             acknowledgment
             of
             what
             we
             did
             in
             Domingo
             at
             their
             going
             for
             water
             .
             He
             recommended
             us
             to
             a
             Captain
             who
             was
             very
             civil
             to
             us
             ,
             and
             would
             accept
             of
             nothing
             for
             our
             passage
             .
          
           
             We
             came
             to
             the
             Cape
             of
             St.
             Anthony
             ,
             and
             thence
             with
             good
             advice
             steer'd
             the
             course
             towards
             Foudora
             or
             Houduras
             :
             't
             is
             not
             the
             ordinary
             way
             for
             Fleets
             ,
             when
             they
             go
             directly
             to
             St.
             
               John
               de
               Loua
            
             in
             new
             Spain
             ,
             having
             seven
             hundred
             miles
             to
             crosse
             ,
             sayling
             in
             view
             of
             fruitful
             Campeche
             ,
             in
             the
             land
             of
             Jacatan
             .
             The
             Port
             of
             St.
             John
             is
             a
             well-fortified
             Town
             ,
             and
             amply
             provided
             of
             artillery
             :
             in
             19.
             degrees
             from
             thence
             to
             Mexico
             ,
             they
             hold
             it
             seventy
             leagues
             ,
             and
             fifty
             to
             
               vera
               Cruz
            
             ,
             a
             place
             hot
             and
             unhealthfull
             ,
             
             but
             plentifull
             in
             provisions
             ,
             about
             two
             hundred
             miles
             from
             Mexico
             .
          
           
             This
             quarter
             is
             called
             
               La
               Vega
            
             ,
             a
             shallow
             ,
             not
             a
             haven
             ;
             these
             two
             places
             so
             neere
             neighbours
             ,
             differ
             exceedingly
             in
             the
             ayre
             ,
             for
             at
             
               Vera
               Cruz
            
             't
             is
             extraordinary
             bad
             ;
             and
             at
             St.
             Johns
             t
             is
             excellently
             good
             ;
             as
             indeed
             thoroughout
             all
             Mexico
             ,
             a
             good
             Country
             ,
             and
             well
             inhabited
             both
             by
             Natives
             and
             Spaniards
             :
             temperate
             enough
             ,
             and
             contains
             sixteen
             great
             Provinces
             .
             Then
             there
             is
             the
             new
             Mexico
             ,
             lately
             discovered
             ,
             and
             whereof
             there
             is
             further
             discovery
             every
             day
             ,
             and
             is
             of
             wonderfull
             extent
             ,
             as
             likewise
             the
             Mexican
             language
             goes
             very
             farre
             .
          
           
             From
             St.
             
               John
               de
               Loua
            
             Coasting
             along
             by
             
               Jucatan
               Hunduras
            
             ,
             and
             Nicaruga
             ,
             we
             came
             to
             
               Nombre
               de
               Dios
            
             ,
             in
             the
             Northern
             sea
             ;
             and
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             in
             the
             southern
             to
             Parama
             ,
             and
             thence
             to
             Peru
             ,
             &c.
             
             Now
             t
             is
             necessary
             to
             understand
             there
             commonly
             blowes
             a
             winde
             they
             call
             Brizes
             ,
             which
             carries
             Vessells
             by
             the
             Poope
             ,
             from
             the
             east
             to
             the
             Indies
             ,
             which
             winde
             rises
             in
             28
             degrees
             of
             Artick
             altitude
             ,
             towards
             the
             Torrid
             ,
             following
             the
             Minense
             and
             rapid
             motion
             of
             the
             Heavens
             in
             that
             Hemisphere
             ,
             more
             like
             a
             gentle
             blast
             ,
             or
             a
             breathing
             of
             the
             ayre
             ,
             then
             a
             winde
             ,
             so
             quietly
             it
             beares
             vessells
             along
             ,
             without
             any
             alteration
             ,
             or
             contrary
             violence
             ;
             as
             in
             other
             Parts
             among
             the
             Tropicks
             ,
             where
             the
             strongest
             carries
             it
             his
             way
             ,
             and
             where
             diverse
             Raigne
             according
             to
             the
             diverse
             times
             and
             seasons
             .
          
           
             The
             other
             windes
             are
             Tramontone
             ,
             or
             north
             ,
             south
             ,
             east
             ,
             west
             ,
             south-east
             ,
             north-west
             ,
             north-east
             ,
             south-west
             .
             The
             Brizes
             come
             east-ward
             ,
             and
             serve
             very
             well
             from
             the
             Canaries
             to
             Cuba
             :
             from
             Spain
             to
             the
             Canaries
             the
             voyage
             is
             more
             difficult
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             diverse
             windes
             ,
             which
             blow
             in
             the
             Gulfe
             
               de
               Las
               Yequas
            
             ;
             and
             betwixt
             that
             and
             the
             Continent
             are
             other
             windes
             ,
             which
             blow
             opposite
             ,
             and
             often
             force
             to
             lye
             along
             in
             the
             Haven
             in
             expectation
             of
             a
             faire
             gale
             .
          
           
             But
             as
             these
             Brize
             windes
             in
             going
             ,
             afford
             a
             delightfull
             accommodation
             ,
             so
             in
             returne
             they
             prove
             our
             vexation
             :
             for
             we
             must
             go
             without
             the
             Tropicks
             to
             fetch
             the
             south-west
             ,
             otherwise
             we
             
             have
             the
             Brizes
             in
             our
             teeth
             ,
             which
             force
             us
             to
             beare
             up
             higher
             for
             others
             ,
             and
             be
             perpetually
             tacking
             about
             to
             the
             roade
             of
             Terretta
             :
             In
             so
             much
             that
             one
             may
             sooner
             go
             twice
             ,
             then
             return
             once
             from
             the
             Indies
             ;
             the
             return
             is
             so
             labourous
             ,
             I
             meane
             for
             them
             who
             come
             from
             new
             Spain
             to
             Seuille
             ;
             for
             from
             Peru
             they
             have
             the
             same
             Navigation
             ,
             as
             the
             ships
             that
             go
             by
             the
             Brizes
             from
             the
             Canaries
             to
             the
             Indies
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             south
             sea
             .
             Coming
             from
             Peru
             ,
             they
             have
             the
             winde
             in
             the
             Poope
             as
             farr
             as
             Lima
             ,
             in
             twelve
             degrees
             ,
             which
             carries
             them
             to
             17
             ,
             to
             the
             
               Port
               Guatulio
            
             in
             new
             Spain
             .
             Then
             they
             must
             go
             fetch
             the
             south-west
             in
             the
             elevation
             of
             27
             degrees
             above
             :
             nor
             is
             there
             any
             certainty
             of
             it
             ,
             for
             sometimes
             these
             windes
             raigne
             there
             ;
             sometimes
             the
             north-west
             ,
             and
             Tramontane
             invade
             the
             Regions
             :
             They
             call
             them
             neverthelesse
             Brizes
             ,
             as
             coming
             from
             the
             motion
             of
             the
             same
             Hemisphere
             ;
             sometimes
             they
             bring
             along
             with
             them
             so
             exceeding
             a
             frigidity
             ,
             that
             though
             the
             sea
             ever
             naturally
             yeild
             a
             certain
             warmth
             of
             it selfe
             ,
             I
             never
             felt
             so
             much
             cold
             as
             in
             these
             parts
             ;
             and
             but
             for
             the
             Wines
             we
             laid
             in
             at
             our
             return
             ,
             we
             had
             suffered
             much
             more
             .
          
           
             
             'T
             is
             then
             certain
             ,
             that
             they
             who
             go
             to
             the
             Indies
             must
             make
             use
             of
             these
             prosperous
             windes
             ,
             and
             to
             gaine
             them
             must
             keep
             in
             the
             lowest
             elevation
             possible
             ,
             for
             the
             neerer
             they
             come
             to
             the
             Equinoctiall
             ,
             the
             more
             certaine
             and
             constant
             are
             these
             Brize
             windes
             ,
             as
             nearer
             to
             the
             motion
             .
          
           
             For
             this
             reason
             the
             sea
             from
             the
             Canaries
             is
             called
             the
             Ladies
             sea
             ;
             from
             this
             benigne
             Winde
             ,
             as
             is
             also
             the
             southerne
             sea
             beyond
             Peru
             ,
             and
             so
             along
             westward
             .
             Notwithstanding
             this
             rule
             is
             not
             so
             generall
             ,
             but
             in
             the
             Torrid
             of
             the
             East
             -
             Indies
             there
             are
             two
             anniversary
             principall
             windes
             ,
             east
             and
             west
             ,
             which
             by
             turnes
             raigne
             six
             moneths
             together
             ,
             more
             or
             lesse
             ,
             called
             the
             Mousons
             ,
             or
             Mnessons
             ,
             as
             I
             said
             in
             another
             place
             .
          
           
             
             As
             to
             the
             quality
             of
             the
             
               Torrid
               Zone
            
             ,
             contrary
             to
             what
             Antiquity
             delivers
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             impenetrable
             ,
             and
             absolutely
             disinhabitable
             for
             the
             excessive
             hea●e
             of
             the
             perpendicular
             rays
             of
             the
             sun
             ,
             I
             have
             spoken
             sufficiently
             in
             another
             place
             ;
             and
             shewed
             it
             to
             be
             the
             most
             temperate
             place
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             best
             inhabited
             ,
             full
             of
             large
             lakes
             ,
             rivers
             ,
             and
             showers
             at
             certain
             seasons
             and
             houres
             ,
             and
             windes
             which
             refresh
             and
             fertilize
             in
             an
             admirable
             manner
             .
          
           
             According
             to
             naturall
             Philosophy
             there
             was
             reason
             to
             believe
             these
             parts
             disinhabitable
             ,
             and
             scorched
             with
             the
             fervour
             of
             the
             sun
             ,
             who
             is
             verticall
             to
             them
             ;
             but
             experience
             had
             not
             acquainted
             them
             with
             the
             lakes
             and
             rivers
             that
             lye
             almost
             all
             along
             this
             same
             Zone
             ,
             and
             chiefly
             in
             America
             ,
             so
             cooling
             and
             moistening
             ,
             that
             they
             allay
             the
             heats
             to
             a
             moderate
             temper
             ;
             
             and
             by
             a
             mystery
             at
             the
             extremity
             of
             winter
             produce
             drynesse
             ,
             and
             in
             summer
             rains
             and
             humidity
             ;
             so
             as
             in
             many
             places
             they
             are
             forced
             to
             retire
             to
             their
             Canoes
             to
             avoid
             the
             emanations
             of
             the
             rivers
             ,
             
               Orlano
               ,
               Plata
               ,
               Paraguay
            
             ,
             and
             others
             which
             lay
             the
             circumjacent
             Countreys
             like
             seas
             ,
             to
             which
             the
             spacious
             lakes
             are
             a
             second
             meanes
             ;
             like
             as
             the
             Egyptians
             in
             time
             of
             Niles
             inundations
             ,
             retire
             to
             their
             field-houses
             of
             dung
             ,
             loome
             and
             straw
             set
             upon
             the
             highest
             points
             .
             But
             the
             people
             ,
             upon
             Portogay
             and
             Plata
             ,
             they
             quite
             abandon
             theirs
             ,
             and
             betake
             themselves
             to
             their
             Canoes
             ,
             or
             Pirago●a
             ,
             upon
             the
             water
             like
             Ducks
             ,
             and
             returne
             not
             till
             the
             floud
             is
             sunk
             ,
             so
             that
             the
             extreamest
             heats
             of
             the
             Torrid
             produce
             their
             rains
             ,
             and
             when
             the
             heate
             slackens
             ,
             it
             rains
             not
             at
             all
             :
             But
             out
             of
             the
             Torrid
             and
             the
             Tropick
             ,
             these
             qualities
             change
             ,
             their
             raine
             coming
             together
             with
             the
             cold
             of
             winter
             ,
             as
             here
             with
             the
             heat
             of
             summer
             :
             For
             the
             Sun
             where
             't
             is
             most
             forcible
             exhales
             vapours
             in
             more
             abundance
             ,
             which
             breaking
             fall
             in
             plentifull
             showers
             .
             They
             who
             live
             in
             towns
             and
             plantations
             built
             on
             grounds
             of
             advantage
             ,
             pass
             these
             flouds
             and
             rains
             with
             satisfaction
             ,
             and
             their
             fruits
             of
             the
             earth
             ,
             no
             more
             than
             in
             Egypt
             are
             not
             destroyed
             and
             lost
             :
             But
             the
             more
             vulgar
             and
             savage
             sort
             who
             live
             in
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             that
             can
             neither
             sow
             nor
             plow
             ,
             retreat
             to
             their
             barks
             with
             a
             heap
             of
             roots
             ,
             and
             such
             fruit
             as
             the
             earth
             affords
             them
             naturally
             :
             They
             have
             abundance
             of
             Cattle
             likewise
             ,
             which
             they
             feed
             with
             the
             Josni
             they
             call
             Tortora
             ,
             which
             they
             eat
             also
             themselves
             ,
             cover
             their
             houses
             with
             it
             ,
             make
             their
             boats
             and
             fewell
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             True
             ,
             the
             air
             throughout
             the
             torrid
             is
             not
             of
             one
             quality
             ,
             there
             being
             some
             places
             burnt
             for
             want
             of
             lakes
             ,
             fountains
             or
             rivers
             ,
             or
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             huge
             barren
             mountains
             ,
             as
             in
             other
             parts
             of
             
               Ethiopia
               ,
               Guiney
            
             ,
             deserts
             of
             Africa
             ,
             the
             Andes
             ,
             mountains
             of
             Peru
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             .
             And
             hence
             it
             comes
             ,
             that
             according
             to
             the
             diverse
             constitutions
             under
             the
             same
             line
             you
             have
             blacks
             in
             one
             place
             ,
             and
             whites
             in
             another
             :
             and
             as
             the
             extremity
             of
             these
             qualities
             hot
             and
             dry
             ,
             render
             some
             places
             dis-inhabitable
             ,
             so
             the
             abundance
             of
             water
             ,
             lakes
             ,
             marshes
             ,
             and
             great
             rivers
             ,
             with
             their
             constant
             inundations
             ,
             render
             others
             as
             little
             habitable
             :
             as
             in
             the
             greatest
             part
             of
             America
             ,
             where
             this
             inconvenience
             is
             such
             ,
             that
             the
             rivers
             swel'd
             with
             the
             summer
             rains
             ,
             at
             every
             turn
             break
             out
             of
             their
             limits
             ,
             with
             such
             impetuosity
             and
             violence
             ,
             they
             force
             and
             carry
             all
             before
             them
             ,
             nor
             can
             one
             travaile
             for
             dirt
             ,
             and
             mud
             of
             marshes
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             V.
             Of
             South
             and
             North
             America
             ,
             The
             Qualities
             ,
             and
             Discovery
             .
          
           
             AMerica
             for
             the
             greatest
             part
             is
             not
             inhabited
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             huge
             barren
             and
             cold
             mountains
             ,
             and
             little
             plain
             for
             a
             long
             way
             ,
             abundance
             of
             sandy
             and
             barren
             forrests
             ,
             as
             in
             Egypt
             and
             Lybia
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             neither
             habitation
             nor
             commodity
             of
             living
             ;
             huge
             trees
             bearing
             nourishment
             neither
             for
             man
             nor
             beast
             ;
             onely
             in
             some
             parts
             there
             are
             trees
             yeild
             some
             refreshment
             to
             passengers
             ,
             with
             a
             leaf
             like
             the
             vine
             and
             fruit
             like
             the
             Quince
             ,
             but
             more
             soft
             ,
             and
             in
             taste
             like
             the
             apples
             of
             Italy
             ,
             called
             
               Mele
               Rose
            
             ,
             but
             sweeter
             .
             The
             tree
             is
             high
             and
             fair
             like
             a
             mulberry
             :
             The
             fruit
             never
             heats
             upon
             the
             tree
             ,
             and
             very
             little
             being
             gathered
             ,
             but
             quenches
             thirst
             ,
             and
             refreshes
             more
             than
             any
             fruit
             in
             the
             world
             ;
             
             wherefore
             the
             Indians
             will
             go
             fifteen
             or
             twenty
             leagues
             to
             look
             it
             :
             and
             being
             extream
             hot
             ,
             lay
             pieces
             of
             it
             on
             their
             forehead
             and
             cheeks
             ,
             which
             refreshes
             as
             well
             as
             eating
             it
             ,
             be
             the
             heat
             never
             so
             violent
             .
             But
             't
             is
             exceeding
             dangerous
             for
             strangers
             ;
             for
             the
             Indians
             are
             so
             jealous
             of
             this
             fruit
             that
             they
             will
             suffer
             no
             others
             to
             eat
             it
             ,
             but
             beat
             their
             brains
             out
             ,
             as
             they
             did
             at
             Curaufour
             ,
             where
             they
             killed
             a
             number
             of
             Spaniards
             for
             eating
             them
             ,
             which
             they
             after
             eat
             themselves
             .
             To
             conclude
             ,
             the
             fruit
             ,
             how
             long
             soever
             it
             continues
             in
             the
             sun
             ,
             looses
             not
             its
             freshnesse
             .
          
           
             
             Of
             the
             three
             Regions
             America
             may
             be
             divided
             into
             ,
             there
             are
             the
             two
             outmost
             ,
             the
             high
             and
             the
             low
             ,
             and
             the
             interiour
             .
             The
             lower
             is
             along
             the
             Sea
             coast
             ,
             hot
             and
             moist
             ,
             having
             few
             or
             no
             rains
             in
             many
             places
             unpeopled
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             deep
             sands
             ,
             marshes
             ,
             and
             standing
             waters
             ,
             which
             make
             the
             Countrey
             unwholsome
             .
             But
             the
             plains
             from
             Peru
             to
             Chila
             are
             more
             temperate
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             fresh
             and
             fruitfull
             vales
             ,
             whereof
             there
             are
             store
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             is
             the
             land
             of
             Hamen
             ,
             cold
             and
             dry
             ,
             well
             peopled
             ,
             plentifull
             in
             herbage
             ,
             and
             rich
             in
             mines
             .
          
           
             The
             interiour
             is
             the
             best
             ,
             and
             't
             was
             the
             Spaniards
             kind
             fortune
             or
             rather
             Providence
             ,
             that
             landed
             them
             there
             at
             first
             :
             for
             had
             it
             been
             any
             where
             else
             ,
             they
             had
             never
             or
             with
             more
             difficulty
             attained
             their
             design
             ,
             for
             the
             scarcity
             of
             commodities
             to
             live
             upon
             after
             their
             diet
             ,
             very
             different
             from
             that
             of
             the
             Natives
             .
             But
             at
             the
             very
             first
             they
             fell
             upon
             the
             best
             parts
             ,
             as
             the
             Isles
             of
             Hispaniola
             and
             Cuba
             :
             and
             on
             the
             continent
             on
             the
             one
             side
             new
             Spain
             ,
             on
             the
             other
             Peru
             ,
             and
             many
             other
             ,
             all
             good
             Countries
             ,
             full
             ,
             and
             temperate
             ,
             which
             yeilded
             them
             such
             plenty
             of
             commodities
             for
             livelihood
             ,
             and
             rich
             mettals
             .
             For
             this
             middle
             division
             abounds
             
             corn
             ,
             fruit
             ,
             cattle
             ,
             pastures
             ,
             and
             forrests
             ,
             the
             air
             wholsome
             ,
             and
             the
             Countrey
             pleasant
             and
             commodious
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             cattle
             in
             great
             abundance
             ,
             as
             sheep
             ,
             goats
             ,
             beeves
             ,
             horses
             ,
             and
             others
             .
             They
             preserve
             a
             stock
             of
             wild
             beeves
             for
             their
             hides
             ,
             wherewith
             they
             lade
             ships
             for
             Europe
             ;
             and
             make
             a
             good
             traffick
             of
             them
             to
             supply
             our
             vanity
             for
             coaches
             boots
             ,
             and
             other
             uses
             of
             leather
             .
             The
             soyle
             in
             some
             parts
             is
             proper
             enough
             for
             vines
             ,
             but
             the
             Spaniards
             will
             admit
             no
             plantation
             of
             them
             ,
             for
             taking
             away
             the
             profit
             of
             the
             wine
             brought
             from
             Spain
             ,
             for
             which
             they
             carry
             back
             good
             gold
             and
             silver
             .
             But
             notwithstanding
             their
             prohibitions
             in
             New
             -
             Spain
             ,
             they
             have
             planted
             them
             for
             ease
             of
             their
             burthensome
             tributes
             ;
             for
             they
             made
             no
             conscience
             to
             impose
             fifty
             or
             sixty
             crowns
             upon
             a
             tun
             of
             Spanish
             wine
             ;
             which
             they
             get
             at
             a
             better
             rate
             upon
             the
             place
             ,
             where
             they
             prosper
             excellently
             well
             .
          
           
             Mexico
             ,
             or
             New
             -
             Spain
             ,
             where
             one
             still
             ascends
             unperceivably
             ,
             is
             a
             good
             and
             fruitful
             Countrey
             ,
             rather
             better
             than
             Peru
             towards
             Cusco
             and
             Gouamanga
             ,
             and
             Aroquipa
             ,
             which
             is
             likewise
             very
             fertile
             ;
             but
             this
             is
             without
             comparison
             ,
             and
             would
             be
             yet
             better
             if
             the
             Mountaines
             were
             nearer
             ,
             to
             mitigate
             the
             excessive
             heat
             .
             Notwithstanding
             the
             Spanish
             women
             affect
             it
             so
             much
             that
             they
             will
             come
             two
             thousand
             leagues
             by
             sea
             ,
             leaving
             their
             Native
             Countrey
             to
             settle
             here
             ,
             and
             this
             in
             no
             small
             number
             :
             For
             in
             the
             Fleet
             that
             went
             one
             thousand
             five
             hundred
             ninety
             two
             ,
             they
             reckon
             that
             in
             thirty
             vessels
             that
             were
             cast
             away
             ,
             there
             perished
             above
             800.
             women
             ,
             and
             many
             small
             infants
             :
             Some
             were
             going
             with
             their
             husbands
             ,
             others
             with
             their
             friends
             ,
             and
             others
             of
             their
             own
             inclination
             ;
             and
             not
             a
             year
             but
             they
             transport
             a
             great
             number
             .
             And
             't
             is
             no
             wonder
             they
             expose
             themselves
             to
             this
             danger
             ,
             living
             exceeding
             miserably
             in
             Spain
             ,
             where
             there
             are
             abundance
             of
             single
             women
             that
             work
             or
             worse
             for
             their
             living
             .
          
           
             America
             ,
             the
             new
             world
             is
             divided
             into
             two
             principall
             parts
             ,
             North
             and
             South
             ,
             both
             as
             'twere
             Peninsula's
             ,
             fastened
             to
             by
             the
             streight
             or
             neck
             of
             land
             ,
             of
             
               Nombre
               di
               dios
            
             and
             Panama
             ,
             and
             betwixt
             them
             is
             comprized
             the
             great
             Archipelagus
             of
             all
             those
             Islands
             ,
             
               Antillias
               ,
               Luccaes
               ,
               Barlouente
               ,
               Sotauente
            
             and
             others
             ,
             whereof
             we
             spoke
             already
             ,
             towards
             the
             great
             Mexican
             gulph
             .
          
           
             The
             North
             part
             might
             be
             taken
             to
             begin
             very
             near
             the
             North
             pole
             ,
             and
             according
             to
             some
             at
             Groenland
             ,
             which
             they
             will
             have
             to
             be
             upon
             the
             Continent
             of
             America
             :
             from
             thence
             we
             come
             by
             the
             streights
             of
             
               Hudscas
               ,
               Davis
               Forbisher
            
             and
             others
             ,
             which
             are
             thought
             to
             crosse
             to
             the
             Orientall
             and
             Tartarian
             sea
             ;
             but
             here
             they
             appear
             rather
             gulphs
             and
             arms
             of
             the
             Sea
             then
             streights
             :
             Then
             we
             come
             to
             the
             Lands
             of
             
               Estotiland
               ,
               Labrador
               ,
               Cortereal
            
             ,
             New
             -
             France
             or
             Canada
             ,
             and
             
               Bacaleos
               ,
               Norembeck
               ,
               Virginia
            
             ,
             New
             -
             Nideoland
             ,
             or
             the
             New-Low-Countries
             ,
             Florida
             ,
             and
             New
             -
             Spain
             ,
             or
             Mexico
             ,
             as
             well
             the
             old
             as
             new
             ,
             and
             the
             lands
             above
             
             new
             
               Granada
               ,
               Mar
               Vermeio
               ,
               California
               ,
               Quiuira
               ,
            
             or
             new
             A●bion
             ,
             and
             Anian
             to
             the
             famous
             Streight
             of
             land
             ,
             or
             sea
             of
             the
             same
             name
             ,
             which
             joynes
             ,
             or
             divides
             North
             Asia
             ,
             or
             high
             Tartarie
             ,
             from
             this
             part
             of
             America
             .
             And
             't
             is
             probable
             that
             this
             way
             for
             many
             Ages
             men
             and
             beasts
             have
             passed
             ,
             who
             have
             peopled
             this
             new
             World
             ,
             whether
             from
             
               China
               ,
               Tartarie
               ,
               Moscovia
            
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             ,
             or
             as
             farr
             as
             Scandia
             ,
             or
             from
             elsewhere
             carried
             by
             the
             windes
             ,
             cast
             up
             by
             shipwrack
             ,
             or
             coming
             upon
             designe
             ,
             or
             for
             ease
             of
             people
             ,
             alwayes
             growing
             onward
             :
             But
             this
             dispute
             I
             leave
             to
             be
             decided
             by
             better
             abilities
             ,
             being
             out
             of
             my
             reach
             ,
             and
             no
             part
             of
             my
             design
             .
          
           
             
             South
             America
             from
             
               Jucatan
               ,
               Honduras
            
             ,
             and
             Nicanagua
             to
             the
             Streight
             of
             Panama
             ,
             proceeds
             by
             
               Vraba
               ,
               Dariena
               ,
               Castilia
               ,
               Dor
               ,
               Venesusla
               ,
               Paria
               ,
               Cabagna
               ,
               Cumana
               ,
               Curibana
               ,
            
             and
             further
             up
             into
             the
             famous
             Land
             of
             Guinea
             ;
             then
             comes
             the
             vast
             Territory
             ,
             or
             Coast
             of
             Brasile
             ,
             of
             above
             1000
             leagues
             ;
             Patagona
             ,
             and
             Chica
             ,
             to
             the
             Streights
             of
             Magellan
             and
             Maire
             ;
             and
             at
             last
             ascending
             towards
             the
             South-sea
             ,
             by
             Chila
             and
             Peru
             ,
             to
             the
             Isthmus
             of
             Mannama
             .
          
           
             As
             for
             the
             Parts
             southward
             ,
             beyond
             the
             Streights
             ,
             towards
             the
             Land
             of
             Fou
             ,
             or
             Queinos
             ,
             to
             the
             Isles
             of
             Salomon
             ,
             new
             Guinea
             ,
             and
             others
             ,
             't
             is
             not
             yet
             knowne
             what
             they
             are
             .
          
           
             As
             to
             the
             Discovery
             of
             this
             New
             World
             ,
             leaving
             that
             common
             question
             ,
             If
             our
             Ancestors
             had
             any
             knowledge
             of
             it
             ,
             t
             was
             first
             made
             by
             Columbus
             ,
             in
             the
             yeare
             1492.
             afterwards
             successively
             ,
             by
             
               Americus
               Vespasius
               ,
               Cabot
               ,
               Cortercall
               ,
               Cupral
               ,
               Verazan
               ,
               Cortez
               Pisarra
               ,
            
             and
             at
             last
             by
             Sir
             
               Francis
               Drake
            
             ,
             Sir
             
               Walter
               Rawley
               ,
               Forbisher
               ,
               Davis
               ,
               Hudson
               ,
            
             and
             others
             .
          
           
             Towards
             the
             Lands
             of
             Labrador
             and
             Canada
             ,
             one
             Captaine
             Velasco
             ,
             a
             Spaniard
             ,
             passing
             that
             way
             ,
             entred
             the
             river
             of
             Canada
             ,
             or
             St.
             Laurens
             ,
             and
             taking
             it
             for
             an
             Arme
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             having
             a
             faire
             winde
             ,
             sayl'd
             up
             about
             200
             leaugues
             ,
             where
             he
             found
             many
             Townes
             and
             Villages
             inhabited
             by
             people
             called
             Piperones
             ,
             of
             an
             extraordinary
             stature
             ,
             as
             ten
             foote
             high
             ,
             or
             more
             ,
             people
             kinde
             enough
             ,
             and
             tractable
             ,
             spending
             their
             time
             only
             in
             hunting
             and
             fishing
             :
             their
             ordinary
             diet
             milke
             and
             cheese
             .
          
           
             Upon
             a
             Sunday
             ,
             coming
             on
             shore
             to
             celebrate
             Masse
             ,
             there
             came
             innumerable
             Savages
             to
             admire
             our
             Sevice
             and
             Ceremonies
             ,
             as
             a
             thing
             altogether
             new
             to
             them
             .
             They
             presented
             the
             Spaniards
             abundance
             of
             sheep
             ,
             Kids
             and
             goats
             ,
             and
             they
             might
             have
             taken
             off
             the
             common
             what
             Cows
             and
             Cattel
             they
             would
             .
          
           
             A
             people
             otherwise
             not
             very
             Military
             ,
             but
             exceeding
             simple
             ,
             and
             use
             Barkes
             ,
             like
             the
             
               Brasilian
               Canoes
            
             .
             The
             Captaine
             ,
             in
             gratuity
             ,
             gave
             to
             the
             cheife
             of
             them
             a
             handsome
             sword
             and
             dagger
             ,
             who
             by
             signes
             let
             him
             understand
             ,
             he
             had
             nothing
             to
             returne
             him
             but
             50
             Cows
             ,
             and
             200
             sheep
             ,
             desiring
             him
             to
             accept
             
             them
             for
             accomodation
             for
             his
             company
             .
          
           
             Part
             of
             them
             he
             took
             ,
             and
             gave
             him
             a
             Coate
             of
             Azure
             Tafeta
             ,
             which
             he
             highly
             esteemed
             and
             admir'd
             ,
             and
             went
             confidently
             abord
             them
             with
             a
             score
             of
             his
             men
             ;
             and
             at
             severall
             times
             came
             little
             boats
             loaded
             with
             fruit
             ,
             which
             this
             Lord
             had
             provided
             to
             present
             the
             Captain
             with
             ;
             at
             his
             departure
             he
             fired
             some
             Cannons
             ,
             which
             strangely
             amazed
             these
             poor
             people
             ,
             who
             thought
             the
             World
             at
             an
             end
             ;
             they
             go
             cloath'd
             with
             skins
             ,
             commodiously
             sew'd
             together
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             Land
             of
             Labrador
             ,
             and
             beyond
             Northward
             ,
             are
             abundance
             of
             Mountains
             and
             Forrests
             ,
             where
             there
             are
             numbers
             of
             wilde
             beasts
             ,
             and
             amongst
             others
             huge
             beares
             ,
             and
             great
             Griffins
             all
             white
             ,
             which
             are
             nothing
             like
             those
             of
             the
             East
             ,
             or
             Africa
             ,
             which
             are
             gray
             ,
             only
             a
             little
             red
             under
             the
             belly
             ,
             but
             both
             of
             them
             have
             but
             two
             feet
             ,
             and
             not
             foure
             as
             they
             are
             painted
             .
             They
             have
             also
             Partridges
             ,
             and
             other
             sorts
             of
             birds
             all
             white
             .
          
           
             A
             little
             higher
             lies
             the
             frozen
             sea
             ,
             
             which
             some
             say
             is
             not
             a
             sea
             frozen
             ,
             but
             land
             covered
             with
             ice
             .
             An
             Indian
             ,
             one
             Irica
             ,
             told
             me
             that
             in
             his
             youth
             he
             had
             been
             in
             the
             Land
             of
             Labrador
             ,
             which
             the
             Natives
             call
             Vchacara
             ,
             which
             borders
             on
             a
             Countrey
             called
             Alfringa
             ,
             and
             that
             crossing
             from
             Province
             to
             Province
             ,
             he
             saw
             seas
             of
             Vast
             extent
             ,
             all
             frozen
             ,
             and
             the
             people
             assur'd
             him
             t
             was
             not
             a
             Sea
             ,
             but
             Land
             ,
             covered
             with
             fresh
             water-ice
             ,
             a
             thing
             hard
             to
             be
             credited
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             not
             any
             Townes
             ,
             but
             Villages
             ,
             where
             on
             little
             hills
             they
             live
             in
             timber
             houses
             ,
             covered
             with
             hides
             of
             Beifes
             ,
             and
             other
             beasts
             .
             The
             people
             are
             Whites
             ,
             kinde
             and
             affable
             .
             This
             Coast
             extends
             to
             the
             space
             of
             400
             leagues
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             large
             river
             they
             call
             
               de
               tres
               Hermanos
            
             ,
             which
             some
             Spanish
             were
             about
             to
             crosse
             ,
             but
             could
             not
             for
             snows
             .
             Some
             imagine
             here
             is
             a
             streight
             ,
             that
             goes
             into
             the
             Orientall
             sea
             ,
             others
             that
             t
             is
             an
             Arme
             of
             the
             sea
             only
             .
          
           
             Some
             take
             this
             for
             the
             river
             
               Rio
               Neuado
            
             ,
             which
             on
             one
             side
             coasts
             this
             Countrey
             for
             200
             leagues
             ;
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             to
             the
             Bay
             of
             Maluas
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             Gulph
             Merosco
             lyes
             the
             Isle
             of
             Devills
             ,
             so
             called
             because
             they
             hold
             it
             to
             be
             haunted
             with
             spirits
             ,
             as
             many
             of
             the
             eastern
             Islands
             are
             ,
             as
             I
             observed
             in
             another
             place
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             Tawnies
             amongst
             them
             ,
             they
             weare
             in
             their
             eares
             rings
             of
             gold
             and
             silver
             ,
             their
             cloaths
             lin'd
             with
             Martins
             ,
             and
             other
             furrs
             ,
             amongst
             them
             there
             live
             some
             Britains
             and
             English
             men
             .
          
           
             Next
             lies
             the
             Countrey
             called
             Bacaleos
             ,
             or
             Bacca-Lao
             ,
             
             so
             called
             from
             our
             fishing
             for
             Codds
             there
             ,
             to
             which
             the
             Seamen
             give
             that
             terme
             .
             That
             place
             is
             so
             thronged
             with
             this
             sort
             of
             fish
             ,
             that
             sometimes
             they
             cumber
             a
             Vessell
             in
             sayling
             .
          
           
             The
             coast
             from
             thence
             to
             Florida
             is
             about
             900
             l.
             The
             Country
             is
             
             cold
             like
             Flanders
             ,
             and
             under
             almost
             the
             same
             climate
             .
             The
             people
             are
             Idolaters
             ,
             and
             bruitish
             ,
             void
             of
             civility
             ,
             except
             along
             the
             shore
             where
             the
             French
             inhabit
             ;
             there
             they
             live
             better
             ,
             and
             eat
             not
             mans
             flesh
             as
             the
             rest
             round
             about
             them
             do
             .
             They
             live
             in
             obedience
             to
             one
             they
             elect
             out
             of
             the
             most
             potent
             amongst
             them
             ,
             many
             Islands
             adjacent
             are
             possessed
             by
             the
             French.
             
          
           
             Not
             far
             from
             thence
             lyes
             the
             Countrey
             called
             Chicora
             ,
             the
             people
             whereof
             are
             of
             extraordinary
             size
             ,
             they
             wear
             their
             hair
             down
             to
             their
             girdle
             ,
             the
             women
             much
             longer
             :
             They
             believe
             the
             immortality
             of
             the
             soule
             ,
             and
             that
             after
             death
             they
             transmigrate
             to
             a
             better
             Countrey
             than
             their
             own
             .
          
           
             They
             keep
             stocks
             of
             tame
             Deer
             ,
             which
             they
             drive
             to
             pasture
             as
             we
             do
             Cows
             and
             Oxen
             ;
             from
             them
             they
             make
             excellent
             cheese
             which
             mingled
             with
             a
             sort
             of
             clouted
             cream
             ,
             is
             a
             very
             delicate
             dish
             .
          
           
             The
             English
             say
             the
             land
             of
             Bacalaos
             was
             first
             discovered
             by
             one
             Cabor
             ,
             sent
             thither
             by
             Henry
             the
             7.
             
             King
             of
             England
             ;
             to
             which
             the
             Spaniards
             consent
             not
             ,
             much
             lesse
             the
             French
             ,
             who
             trafick'd
             here
             long
             before
             any
             other
             Nation
             .
          
           
             Chicora
             lyes
             upon
             the
             Continent
             a
             little
             above
             Bacalaos
             ,
             and
             according
             to
             some
             is
             part
             of
             it
             ,
             as
             likewise
             the
             Country
             of
             Hari
             .
             The
             Spaniards
             say
             that
             
               Licenciado
               Ayllon
            
             going
             from
             Hispaniola
             ,
             run
             along
             all
             these
             coasts
             ,
             and
             amongst
             others
             visited
             Chicora
             .
             They
             feed
             here
             on
             the
             roots
             of
             
               Jucca
               ,
               Casabe
            
             and
             Potataes
             .
             They
             have
             variety
             of
             Idolatries
             ,
             and
             Idols
             ,
             with
             a
             thousand
             ceremonies
             ,
             superstitions
             ,
             and
             feasts
             .
             Their
             great
             God
             they
             call
             Mateozunga
             ,
             the
             lesser
             Quexuga
             ,
             and
             fancy
             a
             Mahometan
             Paradise
             ,
             of
             all
             sorts
             of
             pleasures
             ,
             musick
             ,
             dancing
             ,
             feminine
             embraces
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             They
             believe
             the
             rotundity
             of
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             that
             't
             is
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             Universe
             ,
             and
             that
             by
             consequence
             there
             are
             Antipodes
             .
             Their
             Priests
             abuse
             them
             with
             a
             thousand
             prodigies
             and
             impostures
             :
             widows
             ,
             if
             their
             husbands
             died
             naturally
             ,
             marry
             not
             again
             ,
             but
             if
             by
             Justice
             or
             other
             violence
             they
             may
             .
             No
             man
             hath
             more
             than
             one
             wife
             ,
             except
             the
             King
             ,
             who
             may
             have
             two
             .
             They
             compose
             their
             year
             of
             12.
             moons
             ,
             all
             their
             commerce
             is
             in
             exchange
             .
             They
             have
             excellent
             remedies
             for
             all
             diseases
             ,
             by
             means
             of
             their
             patriot
             herbs
             ,
             wherein
             they
             have
             good
             knowledge
             ,
             amongst
             others
             they
             have
             one
             called
             Guachi
             ,
             against
             choler
             .
             The
             
               Spaniard
               Ayllon
            
             recounted
             many
             other
             particulars
             of
             Chicora
             ,
             that
             't
             was
             of
             great
             extent
             ,
             and
             contained
             many
             Provinces
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             VI.
             Of
             Canada
             ,
             or
             new
             France
             .
          
           
             CAnada
             ,
             or
             new
             France
             ,
             was
             discovered
             ,
             and
             frequented
             by
             the
             Brittains
             and
             Normans
             ,
             in
             the
             yeare
             1504
             ,
             and
             before
             that
             also
             ;
             since
             again
             by
             Verraz●n
             ,
             who
             took
             possession
             of
             the
             Coast
             and
             Continent
             for
             King
             Francis
             the
             first
             ,
             which
             hath
             continued
             from
             time
             to
             time
             to
             this
             day
             .
          
           
             The
             Countrey
             hath
             not
             any
             Mines
             of
             gold
             ,
             as
             they
             know
             of
             ,
             but
             white
             Corall
             it
             yeilds
             ,
             called
             Esurqui
             ,
             and
             some
             Jasper
             and
             cassidone
             stones
             ,
             with
             abundance
             of
             Beavers
             ,
             wherein
             consists
             their
             traffick
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             discovered
             a
             tree
             ,
             called
             Aneda
             ,
             or
             Zuaboya
             ,
             much
             like
             our
             nut-tree
             ,
             the
             decoction
             whereof
             is
             a
             soveraine
             ,
             and
             present
             remedy
             for
             a
             disease
             ,
             common
             in
             this
             Country
             ,
             which
             infects
             them
             like
             a
             plague
             ,
             from
             head
             to
             foot
             ,
             with
             a
             violent
             contraction
             of
             the
             sinews
             ,
             stinking
             breath
             ,
             and
             mouth
             running
             with
             purtefication
             ,
             as
             at
             Scurbut
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             seizes
             on
             the
             vitall
             spirits
             ,
             and
             with
             extreme
             torments
             finishes
             their
             lives
             :
             but
             Providence
             hath
             furnished
             them
             with
             this
             remedy
             Aneda
             ,
             as
             Carter
             in
             his
             Voyages
             observes
             .
          
           
             All
             these
             Countreys
             of
             
               Bacaleos
               ,
               Caneda
               ,
               Hochelaga
            
             ,
             are
             comprised
             under
             the
             name
             of
             New-found-Lands
             ,
             or
             new
             France
             ,
             frequented
             these
             many
             yeares
             by
             the
             French
             for
             fishing
             of
             Cods
             .
             For
             in
             the
             exact
             description
             ,
             I
             refer
             myselfe
             to
             Histories
             ,
             and
             published
             Relations
             ;
             only
             I
             will
             repeat
             what
             severall
             ,
             who
             have
             travailed
             it
             ,
             have
             told
             me
             .
          
           
             Canada
             extends
             it selfe
             by
             a
             point
             south-west
             ,
             within
             the
             Countrey
             of
             Goulmaran
             ,
             coming
             up
             to
             the
             River
             Diquero
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             a
             spacious
             Town
             of
             the
             same
             name
             ,
             otherwise
             called
             Sougoubal
             ,
             where
             the
             King
             keepes
             his
             Court
             ;
             towards
             the
             sea
             it
             joynes
             with
             Baraleol
             ,
             and
             the
             New-found-Lands
             ;
             the
             Natives
             of
             extraordinary
             stature
             ,
             favoured
             like
             them
             of
             new
             Mexico
             ,
             heavy
             like
             a
             gilt
             Morian
             ,
             they
             are
             of
             a
             cruell
             nature
             ,
             warring
             upon
             their
             neighbours
             ,
             and
             there
             are
             of
             them
             that
             eat
             Mans
             flesh
             :
             they
             inhabit
             up
             as
             farr
             as
             the
             great
             river
             Hochelaga
             ,
             and
             use
             boats
             made
             of
             the
             barke
             of
             a
             tree
             ,
             at
             the
             getting
             of
             this
             barke
             ,
             they
             use
             particular
             ceremonies
             ,
             and
             prayers
             to
             their
             Idols
             ,
             to
             protect
             them
             in
             warr
             in
             which
             they
             are
             assisted
             with
             Virgins
             dedicated
             to
             the
             Gods
             ,
             as
             our
             Religious
             .
          
           
             Some
             amongst
             them
             are
             of
             more
             humanity
             and
             assasibility
             ,
             addicting
             themselves
             only
             to
             fishing
             ,
             which
             they
             will
             willingly
             do
             for
             strangers
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             derives
             himselfe
             from
             the
             first
             stock
             which
             peopled
             
             world
             after
             the
             deluge
             ,
             whereof
             they
             have
             some
             light
             .
          
           
             They
             bear
             great
             reverence
             to
             the
             Sun
             for
             the
             light
             and
             benefit
             they
             receive
             .
             They
             feed
             on
             bread
             made
             of
             fish
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             as
             in
             Florida
             ;
             live
             in
             common
             ,
             and
             diverse
             families
             under
             a
             roof
             .
             Men
             have
             several
             wives
             ,
             whom
             they
             marry
             with
             little
             ceremony
             ,
             and
             leave
             them
             when
             they
             please
             .
             Their
             King
             they
             call
             the
             great
             Sagamos
             or
             Sahagama
             ,
             that
             is
             the
             great
             King
             ,
             whom
             they
             carry
             upon
             a
             Sindela
             of
             cotton
             ,
             mixt
             with
             feathers
             ,
             very
             curious
             and
             artificiall
             :
             women
             wait
             at
             his
             table
             ,
             nor
             will
             he
             trust
             men
             with
             any
             thing
             of
             his
             diet
             ;
             as
             he
             passes
             by
             ,
             all
             bow
             with
             great
             respect
             ,
             none
             is
             capable
             of
             succession
             but
             the
             eldest
             Son
             ,
             all
             the
             other
             Children
             are
             subjects
             ;
             for
             which
             cause
             the
             other
             wives
             ,
             rather
             choose
             abortion
             ,
             then
             to
             live
             to
             see
             it
             .
          
           
             After
             the
             Kings
             decease
             ;
             they
             live
             perpetual
             widows
             ,
             and
             in
             signe
             of
             mourning
             immediately
             put
             on
             the
             Singaye
             ,
             make
             incisions
             in
             their
             face
             ,
             then
             laying
             gum
             on
             a
             fire
             ,
             hold
             over
             their
             faces
             that
             smoak
             may
             colour
             the
             scarifications
             ,
             with
             this
             gum
             ,
             and
             oyle
             of
             date-stones
             ,
             the
             meaner
             sort
             make
             their
             face
             black
             and
             orange-tawny
             ,
             their
             hair
             hangs
             loose
             about
             their
             shoulders
             ,
             having
             nothing
             about
             their
             head
             but
             the
             Singaye
             ,
             which
             they
             wear
             as
             the
             Moors
             do
             their
             hair
             ,
             appearing
             both
             under
             and
             over
             it
             .
             This
             is
             made
             of
             feathers
             of
             a
             bird
             they
             call
             Tanaps
             :
             the
             Americans
             esteem
             this
             bird
             ominous
             ,
             when
             they
             meet
             it
             .
             The
             vulgar
             women
             wear
             other
             plumes
             with
             cotton
             ,
             but
             they
             neither
             marry
             the
             second
             time
             .
          
           
             The
             men
             wear
             apparel
             of
             Deer-skins
             usefully
             contrived
             ,
             one
             arm
             uncovered
             ,
             and
             so
             they
             wear
             their
             garment
             like
             a
             scarf
             ,
             their
             breeches
             like
             the
             Egyptians
             ,
             but
             not
             so
             long
             .
             The
             Countrey
             is
             exceeding
             cold
             ,
             and
             lyable
             to
             earth-quakes
             ,
             for
             which
             they
             sacrifice
             to
             their
             Idols
             ,
             whereof
             they
             have
             one
             in
             figure
             ,
             half
             a
             man
             ,
             and
             half
             a
             serpent
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Andouagni
             ,
             and
             adorn
             him
             in
             a
             rich
             habit
             ,
             and
             their
             Country
             diamonds
             ,
             which
             are
             not
             so
             good
             as
             others
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             mines
             ,
             but
             none
             very
             good
             ,
             fruits
             of
             many
             sorts
             ,
             and
             amongst
             others
             a
             tree
             called
             Coltan
             ,
             which
             yeilds
             an
             excellent
             liquor
             that
             they
             make
             drink
             of
             ,
             their
             King
             drinking
             nothing
             else
             .
             Vines
             grow
             there
             in
             abundance
             ,
             naturally
             without
             labour
             ,
             exceedingly
             loaded
             with
             grapes
             ,
             but
             they
             have
             not
             the
             skill
             to
             make
             wine
             of
             them
             ,
             except
             they
             have
             been
             lately
             shewed
             :
             they
             have
             pumpions
             and
             gourds
             which
             they
             eat
             roasted
             ,
             oyle
             out
             of
             Date-stones
             ,
             very
             sweet
             and
             soveraign
             in
             diseases
             .
             One
             tree
             there
             is
             which
             takes
             away
             any
             feaver
             in
             few
             hours
             .
             They
             are
             great
             hunters
             ,
             and
             wear
             engines
             like
             raquets
             on
             their
             feet
             ,
             whereby
             they
             go
             the
             lighter
             on
             the
             snow
             in
             pursuit
             of
             their
             chace
             .
             Of
             late
             years
             the
             English
             have
             changed
             the
             appellations
             the
             French
             gave
             these
             Countries
             ,
             of
             New
             -
             France
             ,
             and
             Canada
             ,
             to
             New
             -
             England
             ,
             New
             -
             Scotland
             ,
             
             and
             New
             Brittanny
             above
             ,
             before
             called
             Labrador
             ,
             and
             Estotiland
             .
          
           
             Goulmaran
             is
             the
             name
             of
             a
             river
             and
             a
             country
             ,
             where
             the
             savages
             chief
             food
             is
             fish
             ,
             of
             which
             they
             have
             abundance
             ,
             and
             drying
             it
             in
             the
             sun
             make
             flower
             ,
             which
             they
             eat
             without
             other
             baking
             :
             they
             eat
             the
             flesh
             of
             their
             enemies
             ;
             they
             house
             in
             caverns
             or
             cabbins
             of
             straw
             ,
             without
             either
             apparel
             or
             houshold-stuffe
             more
             then
             Gourds
             which
             the
             soyle
             produces
             in
             abundance
             :
             great
             store
             of
             cattle
             which
             fatten
             themselves
             without
             further
             care
             ;
             they
             live
             in
             common
             ,
             and
             admit
             no
             strangers
             to
             inhabit
             amongst
             them
             .
             Their
             mortal
             enemies
             are
             the
             Siniga
             neighbouring
             Mountaneers
             ,
             covered
             at
             halfes
             with
             beast
             skins
             ;
             and
             these
             nations
             as
             professed
             enemies
             ,
             eat
             one
             another
             .
             For
             arms
             ,
             they
             have
             staves
             ,
             bows
             ,
             and
             slings
             ,
             wherein
             they
             are
             very
             effectual
             ,
             being
             strong
             and
             good
             wrestlers
             .
             They
             lead
             into
             the
             field
             troops
             of
             fierce
             and
             strong
             dogs
             ,
             and
             fling
             them
             the
             head
             ,
             hands
             ,
             and
             feet
             of
             an
             enemy
             for
             reward
             ;
             they
             only
             spare
             their
             wives
             to
             whom
             they
             yield
             all
             honour
             ,
             and
             marry
             with
             them
             .
             There
             is
             not
             amongst
             them
             any
             sort
             of
             Science
             ,
             Learning
             ,
             or
             Character
             :
             they
             believe
             the
             soul
             immortal
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Sun
             created
             the
             world
             ,
             whom
             they
             call
             Courcourant
             ▪
             and
             the
             Moon
             Beleida
             :
             live
             like
             brothers
             ,
             without
             any
             Law
             of
             property
             ,
             every
             man
             hath
             his
             wife
             ,
             and
             with
             her
             is
             satisfied
             ;
             no
             distinction
             of
             sin
             amongst
             them
             ,
             vice
             nor
             vertue
             :
             all
             equal
             ,
             onely
             a
             particular
             reverence
             to
             one
             chief
             as
             their
             King
             ,
             whom
             they
             call
             Caraybalan
             :
             They
             shave
             their
             head
             and
             beard
             with
             a
             root
             called
             Meite
             ,
             which
             dryed
             at
             the
             Sun
             ,
             they
             make
             into
             powder
             ,
             and
             apply
             it
             plaister-wise
             all
             night
             .
             Maids
             deflowr'd
             before
             Matrimony
             ,
             never
             marry
             ,
             though
             the
             fact
             is
             no
             dishonour
             to
             them
             .
          
           
             Their
             Singay
             by
             the
             advantage
             of
             their
             mountains
             ,
             often
             fall
             upon
             them
             ;
             they
             have
             a
             sort
             of
             trunks
             through
             which
             they
             will
             blow
             their
             poysoned
             arrowes
             with
             strange
             vigour
             ,
             and
             wound
             incurably
             .
             They
             are
             of
             admirable
             Footmanship
             ,
             and
             will
             fly
             like
             Grayhounds
             before
             a
             pursuing
             enemy
             ,
             and
             on
             such
             occasions
             their
             dogges
             stand
             them
             in
             good
             stead
             .
             They
             scatter
             about
             the
             fields
             certain
             poysoned
             paste
             for
             the
             enemies
             dogges
             ,
             and
             lest
             their
             own
             should
             be
             taken
             with
             it
             ,
             they
             hold
             them
             up
             tyed
             :
             he
             that
             hath
             two
             with
             him
             thinks
             himself
             secure
             .
             When
             the
             dogge
             winds
             any
             thing
             ,
             if
             the
             Master
             cryes
             Taip
             ,
             the
             dogge
             stayes
             till
             his
             Master
             hath
             viewed
             his
             prey
             :
             they
             carry
             burthens
             like
             horses
             .
             Their
             houses
             are
             of
             straw
             ,
             and
             their
             burrowes
             are
             fortified
             with
             Timber-Palizadoes
             ,
             which
             they
             poyson
             against
             the
             invading
             enemy
             .
             Of
             the
             same
             straw
             they
             cover
             their
             houses
             ,
             they
             make
             bridges
             ,
             and
             never
             make
             bridge
             of
             stone
             ;
             which
             straw-bridges
             are
             of
             good
             firmnesse
             .
             They
             have
             some
             houses
             made
             of
             earth
             ,
             mingled
             with
             chopt
             straw
             .
             The
             Charaybalan
             or
             King
             ,
             walks
             through
             the
             country
             with
             no
             attendance
             but
             dogges
             ,
             and
             allowes
             no
             man
             to
             approach
             him
             .
             These
             dogges
             are
             his
             guard
             ,
             being
             very
             fierce
             ;
             
             and
             
             when
             they
             find
             any
             thing
             ,
             they
             first
             look
             on
             their
             Masters
             face
             ,
             to
             understand
             if
             they
             should
             eat
             it
             or
             not
             ,
             and
             stand
             for
             good
             servants
             :
             the
             enemy
             hath
             strong
             apprehension
             of
             them
             .
             These
             dogges
             have
             great
             tayles
             like
             Bulles
             ,
             and
             it
             hath
             been
             knowne
             that
             they
             have
             assaulted
             and
             defeated
             a
             good
             body
             of
             men
             ▪
             so
             as
             the
             race
             of
             them
             is
             prized
             at
             a
             high
             rate
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             VII
             .
             Of
             Virginia
             and
             Florida
             ,
             Fountains
             of
             youth
             ,
             dangerous
             love
             .
          
           
             ON
             the
             South
             and
             East
             of
             all
             these
             parts
             lyes
             Virginia
             ,
             discovered
             by
             Sir
             
               Walter
               Rawleigh
            
             and
             the
             English
             ,
             and
             Florida
             ,
             first
             found
             by
             
               Sebastian
               Cabot
            
             an
             English
             Navigator
             in
             the
             yeare
             1496.
             as
             he
             looked
             for
             another
             matter
             :
             and
             more
             perfectly
             afterwards
             discovered
             by
             
               John
               Ponce
            
             of
             Lyons
             who
             so
             christened
             it
             ,
             because
             he
             arrived
             on
             Palme-Sunday
             in
             French
             ,
             called
             Flowre-Sunday
             ,
             or
             else
             because
             he
             found
             the
             land
             fragrant
             and
             spread
             with
             flowers
             .
          
           
             This
             is
             a
             country
             of
             wide
             circuit
             towards
             34.
             degrees
             ,
             having
             on
             the
             East
             the
             Channel
             of
             Bahama
             the
             Lucays
             and
             Virginia
             ,
             on
             the
             West
             Mexico
             and
             the
             gulph
             Panuco
             ,
             on
             the
             South
             it
             looks
             upon
             Cuba
             or
             Jucatan
             ,
             and
             on
             that
             side
             extends
             above
             200.
             leagues
             to
             the
             24.
             degree
             :
             on
             the
             North
             lyes
             Canada
             ,
             New
             France
             ,
             and
             the
             Auanares
             ,
             towards
             this
             point
             or
             tongue
             of
             land
             ,
             in
             form
             of
             an
             Isthmus
             ,
             't
             is
             dangerous
             sayling
             for
             the
             opposite
             winds
             and
             currents
             of
             water
             .
             The
             natives
             are
             strong
             and
             turbulent
             ,
             eat
             their
             enemies
             of
             war
             ,
             but
             their
             friends
             and
             confederates
             never
             ,
             not
             for
             any
             extremity
             .
             The
             men
             eradicate
             their
             beards
             to
             appear
             more
             lovely
             and
             pleasing
             to
             the
             women
             :
             pierce
             their
             nose
             and
             ears
             ,
             and
             hang
             in
             rings
             and
             jewels
             :
             they
             marry
             not
             till
             40
             years
             of
             age
             ,
             and
             the
             woman
             25.
             holding
             that
             the
             children
             will
             be
             more
             robustious
             .
             Women
             before
             matrimony
             observe
             not
             chastity
             ,
             and
             without
             dishonour
             :
             but
             after
             marriage
             they
             will
             forfeit
             life
             as
             soon
             as
             their
             fidelity
             .
          
           
             North
             they
             border
             on
             the
             Aunares
             ,
             and
             beyond
             them
             the
             Abardaos
             ,
             a
             cruell
             and
             wicked
             people
             ,
             continually
             in
             warre
             ,
             and
             use
             a
             thousand
             subtleties
             to
             ensnare
             their
             enemies
             ,
             but
             especially
             by
             night
             ,
             first
             laying
             their
             Engines
             or
             Caltrops
             ,
             then
             give
             the
             Alarme
             ,
             and
             seem
             to
             flye
             ;
             so
             the
             enemies
             pursuing
             ,
             are
             often
             taken
             in
             these
             trappes
             ;
             as
             they
             likewise
             take
             wilde
             beasts
             :
             as
             they
             on
             the
             other
             side
             make
             conceal'd
             pits
             for
             them
             to
             fall
             in
             .
          
           
           
             There
             are
             also
             the
             Jagares
             ,
             a
             people
             so
             swift
             ,
             they
             boast
             they
             can
             take
             a
             Deere
             in
             plain
             running
             ,
             and
             indeed
             the
             Deere
             there
             are
             not
             so
             wilde
             .
             For
             they
             feed
             in
             fields
             ,
             in
             Heards
             like
             Cows
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             their
             ordinary
             sustenance
             .
             
               Ponce
               de
               Leon
            
             sayes
             he
             sent
             one
             of
             these
             people
             with
             a
             letter
             ,
             and
             some
             provision
             to
             his
             company
             ,
             and
             in
             few
             houres
             he
             went
             and
             came
             thirty
             1.
             
          
           
             They
             are
             cloathed
             with
             skins
             of
             beasts
             ,
             but
             cheifly
             Deere
             ,
             which
             they
             dresse
             very
             artificially
             .
          
           
             Then
             there
             are
             the
             Apalchen
             and
             Chahamo
             ,
             people
             intirely
             barbarous
             and
             brutish
             ,
             who
             adore
             and
             sacrifice
             to
             devills
             ,
             that
             appeare
             to
             them
             in
             diverse
             formes
             .
             The
             whole
             Countrey
             abounds
             in
             all
             Commodities
             ;
             as
             flesh
             of
             all
             sorts
             ,
             and
             fish
             ,
             and
             they
             say
             there
             are
             Mines
             of
             Gold
             and
             Silver
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             no
             great
             account
             .
             They
             have
             a
             King
             ,
             whom
             foure
             of
             the
             Principall
             amongst
             them
             beare
             in
             the
             skin
             of
             a
             Saliabe
             ,
             a
             beast
             like
             a
             Hart
             :
             apparrelled
             with
             skins
             ,
             and
             set
             with
             feathers
             ;
             they
             adore
             the
             Sun
             ,
             and
             believe
             the
             immortality
             of
             the
             soule
             :
             and
             that
             some
             go
             to
             Heaven
             ,
             and
             others
             to
             the
             bowells
             of
             the
             earth
             .
             Towards
             the
             Promontory
             of
             Baxos
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             fishing
             of
             ordinary
             pearles
             ,
             neither
             so
             fine
             nor
             great
             as
             in
             the
             River
             of
             Palmes
             ,
             and
             Margarita
             ;
             nor
             do
             the
             Natives
             much
             esteem
             them
             ,
             and
             value
             more
             a
             measure
             of
             
               Sperma
               Caetae
            
             ,
             then
             a
             handfull
             of
             pearles
             .
          
           
             The
             people
             of
             Canada
             ma●●
             a
             greater
             account
             of
             them
             :
             for
             the
             women
             weare
             them
             in
             their
             eares
             .
             In
             many
             places
             they
             build
             their
             houses
             in
             forme
             of
             a
             Cressant
             ,
             in
             Honour
             of
             the
             Moone
             ,
             and
             cover
             them
             with
             barkes
             of
             trees
             ,
             or
             sea
             reeds
             .
          
           
             For
             Armes
             they
             use
             Bows
             ,
             and
             poysoned
             Arrowes
             ,
             as
             doth
             the
             greater
             part
             of
             America
             .
             They
             are
             much
             given
             to
             Hunt
             and
             Fish
             .
             For
             more
             of
             the
             description
             of
             the
             Country
             ,
             and
             the
             manners
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             I
             refer
             my selfe
             to
             the
             French
             and
             Spanish
             relations
             .
          
           
             I
             will
             only
             make
             mention
             of
             one
             miracle
             in
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             attested
             by
             the
             
               Licentiados
               ,
               Ayllon
               ,
               Figuerra
            
             ,
             and
             other
             Spaniards
             of
             Quality
             ;
             't
             is
             a
             fountain
             of
             Youth
             ,
             whereof
             the
             water
             being
             drunke
             ,
             not
             only
             mitigates
             all
             maladies
             ,
             but
             makes
             the
             old
             young
             again
             ,
             restoring
             decayed
             strength
             and
             vigour
             ,
             whereof
             they
             saw
             the
             experience
             in
             an
             old
             decrepid
             man
             ,
             quite
             worne
             out
             ,
             who
             became
             vigorous
             and
             lusty
             ,
             that
             married
             and
             got
             children
             .
          
           
             The
             Spaniards
             advanced
             not
             into
             the
             Country
             ,
             finding
             the
             People
             Martiall
             ,
             bloody
             ,
             and
             violent
             enemies
             to
             them
             ;
             which
             I
             suppose
             proceeded
             rather
             from
             cruelties
             ,
             they
             themselves
             exercised
             ,
             then
             the
             inclinations
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             whom
             the
             French
             ,
             who
             used
             them
             mildely
             ,
             found
             quite
             otherwise
             .
             And
             we
             see
             that
             
               Once
               de
               Leon
            
             leaving
             them
             by
             reason
             of
             their
             salvagenesse
             ,
             one
             
               Ferdinand
               de
               Sot●
            
             ,
             in
             
             the
             year
             one
             thousand
             five
             hundred
             thirty
             four
             for
             booty
             and
             discovery
             of
             Mines
             ,
             made
             a
             voyage
             thither
             :
             where
             he
             committed
             a
             thousand
             cruelties
             upon
             the
             people
             ,
             and
             the
             Catiques
             themselves
             ;
             so
             as
             at
             last
             ,
             in
             revenge
             he
             and
             all
             his
             company
             were
             massacred
             .
          
           
             Afterwards
             
               Pamphilio
               de
               Naruanez
            
             brought
             a
             good
             Colony
             into
             the
             River
             of
             Palmes
             ,
             where
             either
             by
             tempest
             or
             want
             ,
             the
             greater
             part
             perished
             .
             Then
             in
             the
             year
             one
             thousand
             forty
             nine
             ,
             some
             Religious
             of
             Saint
             Benedicts
             order
             were
             sent
             thither
             ,
             who
             had
             but
             little
             better
             successe
             ,
             so
             as
             the
             countrey
             remaining
             unplanted
             by
             any
             forrainers
             ,
             in
             the
             yeare
             one
             thousand
             five
             hundred
             sixty
             two
             ,
             our
             French
             went
             to
             make
             a
             conquest
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             Lo
             here
             the
             first
             discovery
             and
             taking
             possession
             of
             these
             territories
             ,
             by
             Verazan
             in
             the
             name
             of
             King
             Francis
             the
             first
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             1524.
             
             For
             Admirall
             Chatillon
             ,
             ambitious
             the
             French
             should
             have
             the
             honour
             and
             Empire
             of
             those
             parts
             ,
             had
             induced
             Charles
             the
             ninth
             to
             commission
             
               John
               Ribaut
               Diepois
            
             ,
             to
             go
             plant
             there
             at
             his
             own
             cost
             and
             charges
             ;
             advised
             to
             the
             designe
             by
             a
             French-man
             ,
             who
             under
             the
             stile
             of
             a
             Levantisk
             ,
             and
             Savoyard
             ,
             not
             a
             French-man
             ,
             had
             before
             made
             a
             voyage
             that
             way
             to
             New
             Spain
             .
          
           
             Ribaut
             with
             a
             good
             party
             ●f
             French
             souldiers
             ,
             and
             Marriners
             ,
             first
             touch
             at
             the
             Cape
             of
             France
             ,
             so
             named
             by
             him
             ,
             in
             thirty
             eight
             degrees
             ,
             and
             the
             faire
             River
             May
             which
             he
             so
             called
             ,
             because
             he
             arrived
             there
             on
             the
             first
             of
             May.
             There
             the
             Indians
             and
             their
             King
             gave
             him
             kinde
             entertainment
             ,
             and
             many
             presents
             were
             interchanged
             :
             ours
             gave
             them
             bracelets
             of
             Tinne
             ;
             Bills
             ,
             Looking-glasses
             ,
             and
             Knives
             :
             They
             returned
             Plumes
             of
             red
             feathers
             ,
             Baskets
             of
             twigges
             finely
             platted
             ,
             and
             skinnes
             of
             beasts
             ingeniously
             figured
             .
             On
             further
             they
             found
             other
             Rivers
             ,
             to
             which
             they
             gave
             the
             names
             of
             
               Seine
               ,
               Somme
               ,
               Loire
               ,
               Charante
               ,
               Garoma
               ,
               Gironda
               ,
               Belle
            
             and
             others
             within
             lesse
             then
             sixty
             leagues
             off
             coast
             ,
             then
             upon
             the
             River
             Jordan
             they
             cast
             Anchor
             ,
             and
             called
             that
             place
             Port
             Royal
             ,
             where
             they
             set
             up
             the
             Armes
             of
             France
             ,
             as
             they
             did
             in
             the
             River
             May
             ,
             upon
             a
             stone
             pillar
             .
             Ribaut
             upon
             his
             designe
             of
             planting
             ,
             built
             a
             Fort
             he
             called
             Charles-Fort
             ,
             in
             the
             mouth
             of
             a
             faire
             River
             by
             the
             natives
             called
             Toubachire
             ,
             by
             Chenonceau
             ;
             and
             placing
             in
             it
             Captain
             Albert
             with
             twenty
             souldiers
             ,
             and
             foure
             pieces
             of
             Ordnance
             ,
             he
             returned
             for
             France
             ,
             bringing
             for
             a
             shew
             some
             pieces
             of
             Rock
             streaked
             with
             gold
             and
             silver
             ,
             and
             abundance
             of
             Munkeys
             and
             Paraquitoes
             ,
             promising
             to
             return
             shortly
             with
             a
             considerable
             Colony
             of
             men
             and
             women
             .
          
           
             Here
             Captain
             Albert
             Governour
             of
             the
             Fort
             falls
             in
             love
             with
             a
             daughter
             of
             one
             of
             the
             principal
             Caoiques
             ,
             very
             fair
             
             and
             coming
             ,
             whom
             he
             had
             procured
             into
             the
             Fort
             with
             her
             Fathers
             consent
             ;
             
             the
             maid
             holding
             it
             for
             a
             great
             honour
             to
             be
             affected
             by
             strangers
             .
             But
             here
             upon
             a
             souldier
             one
             of
             the
             chiefest
             and
             gallantest
             of
             the
             company
             ,
             becomes
             her
             servant
             also
             ,
             and
             by
             so
             much
             the
             more
             ardent
             for
             some
             countenance
             she
             shewed
             him
             though
             in
             private
             :
             the
             Captain
             perceiving
             it
             ,
             he
             fell
             into
             such
             rage
             ,
             he
             would
             have
             killed
             him
             ,
             but
             for
             fear
             of
             mutiny
             amongst
             the
             souldiers
             ;
             so
             thought
             better
             to
             set
             him
             a
             shore
             in
             a
             desert
             Island
             ,
             three
             leagues
             from
             thence
             ,
             promising
             to
             send
             him
             provision
             from
             time
             to
             time
             :
             but
             not
             performing
             accordingly
             ,
             the
             poor
             man
             was
             brought
             to
             such
             extremity
             ,
             he
             had
             no
             sustenance
             but
             Oysters
             ,
             Tortoise
             egges
             ,
             Birds
             that
             he
             took
             with
             his
             hand
             ,
             and
             hearbs
             ,
             and
             was
             forced
             to
             creep
             into
             hollow
             trees
             ,
             for
             security
             from
             wilde
             beasts
             ,
             especially
             Crocodiles
             ,
             whereof
             there
             are
             great
             store
             ;
             nor
             did
             his
             sword
             and
             punniard
             stand
             him
             in
             small
             stead
             against
             them
             .
             The
             very
             Apes
             and
             Munkies
             were
             vexatious
             to
             him
             .
             Sometimes
             for
             better
             security
             he
             climbed
             into
             trees
             ,
             and
             ,
             they
             say
             ,
             falling
             asleep
             one
             night
             in
             a
             tree
             ,
             he
             tumbled
             down
             on
             the
             back
             of
             a
             Crocodile
             ,
             that
             was
             come
             a
             shore
             for
             his
             prey
             ,
             't
             was
             hard
             to
             say
             which
             was
             most
             frighted
             ,
             but
             he
             pursued
             the
             Crocodile
             to
             the
             River
             side
             ,
             being
             but
             slow
             of
             pace
             by
             reason
             of
             his
             short
             legges
             ,
             and
             heavie
             body
             .
          
           
             Certain
             Indians
             fishing
             ,
             saw
             the
             miserable
             condition
             of
             this
             poor
             man
             ,
             and
             advertised
             his
             comerades
             in
             the
             Fort
             ,
             who
             incensed
             against
             their
             Captaine
             for
             this
             and
             other
             rigours
             killed
             him
             ,
             and
             fetched
             back
             the
             souldier
             halfe
             dead
             with
             hunger
             :
             then
             chose
             another
             Captaine
             ,
             and
             constrained
             by
             necessity
             to
             return
             into
             France
             ;
             by
             help
             of
             the
             Indians
             ,
             they
             built
             a
             little
             Bark
             ,
             nailed
             with
             wooden
             pinnes
             ,
             and
             fitted
             with
             Sayles
             of
             such
             linnen
             as
             they
             had
             ,
             victualled
             with
             the
             round
             corne
             of
             the
             countrey
             ,
             they
             call
             Mays
             ,
             and
             powdered
             flesh
             but
             were
             driven
             to
             such
             exigent
             by
             the
             way
             ,
             they
             were
             fain
             to
             cast
             lots
             ,
             who
             should
             be
             so
             unhappy
             ,
             as
             to
             be
             food
             for
             the
             rest
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             year
             one
             thousand
             five
             hundred
             sixty
             four
             ,
             Captain
             Landoniere
             was
             sent
             thither
             with
             three
             vessels
             ,
             who
             built
             Fort
             Caroline
             upon
             the
             River
             May
             ,
             and
             thence
             made
             some
             inroads
             upon
             the
             Continent
             ;
             amongst
             other
             things
             he
             relates
             a
             flash
             of
             lightening
             the
             most
             horrid
             and
             prodigious
             was
             ever
             heard
             of
             :
             for
             it
             covered
             and
             burnt
             above
             five
             hundred
             Acres
             of
             Meadow
             ,
             green
             ,
             and
             watered
             ,
             roasted
             the
             Fowle
             ,
             
             and
             continued
             for
             three
             dayes
             without
             ceasing
             .
             The
             year
             following
             Captain
             Ribaut
             returned
             thither
             with
             his
             son
             ,
             and
             about
             four
             hundred
             men
             and
             women
             to
             compose
             his
             colony
             ,
             and
             till
             the
             soyle
             .
          
           
             He
             was
             upon
             opening
             a
             Mine
             of
             Gold
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             rock
             
             was
             come
             to
             fine
             gold
             ,
             of
             the
             bignesse
             of
             needle
             points
             ,
             about
             30.
             leagues
             from
             the
             sea
             :
             but
             afterwards
             being
             about
             to
             go
             on
             with
             the
             work
             effectually
             ;
             he
             was
             unexpectedly
             surprized
             by
             Spaniards
             who
             used
             him
             and
             his
             company
             with
             all
             cruelty
             ,
             and
             treachery
             imaginable
             .
          
           
             Our
             Histories
             relate
             the
             passage
             at
             large
             ,
             so
             as
             our
             Forts
             were
             taken
             ,
             and
             all
             our
             countrymen
             hanged
             or
             murthered
             .
             Young
             Ribaut
             escap't
             ,
             came
             back
             into
             France
             and
             complained
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             
             who
             wrote
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             about
             it
             ;
             but
             he
             onely
             sent
             order
             to
             the
             Viceroy
             of
             New
             Spain
             ,
             to
             informe
             himself
             of
             the
             matter
             ,
             and
             accordingly
             to
             do
             justice
             :
             which
             neverthelesse
             was
             forgotten
             ,
             and
             so
             the
             outrage
             was
             unsatisfied
             ,
             till
             the
             year
             1567.
             that
             Captain
             Gourgues
             nobly
             undertook
             the
             revenge
             at
             his
             own
             charges
             ,
             and
             bravely
             drove
             out
             all
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             and
             demolished
             their
             Forts
             .
             I
             shall
             make
             no
             further
             progresse
             ,
             for
             that
             the
             Histories
             of
             Florida
             ,
             make
             large
             relations
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             VIII
             .
             Of
             Mexico
             :
             the
             nature
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             their
             Kings
             ,
             sacrifices
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             FRom
             Florida
             by
             degrees
             we
             arrive
             at
             New
             Spaine
             ,
             or
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Mexico
             .
             A
             countrey
             extending
             in
             length
             and
             breadth
             from
             the
             River
             Tanasco
             or
             Grisalue
             towards
             the
             West
             ,
             or
             Jucatan
             ,
             to
             the
             Province
             of
             Caliacan
             ,
             and
             the
             river
             Saint
             Michael
             bounded
             on
             the
             North
             with
             new
             Granada
             ,
             and
             the
             Provinces
             of
             new
             Mexico
             .
             On
             the
             South
             lyes
             the
             great
             gulph
             of
             the
             pacifick
             sea
             of
             Mexico
             .
             On
             the
             East
             the
             River
             Panuco
             ,
             and
             the
             skirts
             of
             Florida
             .
          
           
             The
             kingdome
             of
             Mexico
             is
             otherwise
             called
             Culbuca
             ,
             and
             Anauas
             by
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             it
             holds
             dominion
             from
             Panuco
             to
             Dariene
             ,
             which
             divides
             it
             from
             Peru.
             The
             principal
             Provinces
             are
             
               Guatemala
               ,
               Xalisco
               ,
               Chalcos
               ,
               Taica
               ,
               Mechoachan
               ,
               Tlascalan
               ,
               Acapulco
               ,
               Culiacan
               ,
               Tezuco
               ,
               Tescuco
               ,
               Huaca-chalque
               ,
               Huacachala
               ,
               Claortomaca
               ,
               Maxalcinco
               ,
               Gistecapan
               ,
            
             and
             others
             .
          
           
             New
             Spaine
             is
             one
             of
             the
             most
             excellent
             Provinces
             of
             the
             New
             World
             ,
             fully
             inhabited
             ,
             pure
             ayre
             ,
             abounding
             in
             corne
             ,
             and
             all
             sorts
             of
             graine
             ,
             Cattle
             ,
             Mines
             of
             Gold
             ,
             and
             chiefely
             of
             Silver
             ,
             wanting
             nothing
             but
             oyle
             and
             wine
             .
          
           
             The
             principal
             and
             capital
             town
             is
             Temistican
             or
             Temoxtitlan
             ,
             
             or
             Temuistican
             ,
             upon
             a
             Lake
             of
             thirty
             Leagues
             in
             circute
             ,
             is
             contained
             threescore
             thousand
             Houses
             ,
             at
             the
             time
             the
             Spaniards
             took
             it
             ,
             under
             the
             famous
             
               Ferdinand
               Cortez
            
             .
             The
             lake
             is
             of
             two
             waters
             ,
             salt
             and
             fresh
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             rivers
             that
             enter
             it
             .
             There
             are
             many
             other
             great
             Townes
             ,
             but
             less
             then
             Mexico
             .
          
           
             Before
             they
             received
             Christianity
             ,
             they
             were
             all
             great
             Idolaters
             ,
             and
             given
             to
             strange
             superstitions
             ,
             many
             whereof
             they
             continue
             still
             .
             Their
             Sacrifices
             were
             formidable
             ,
             Fathers
             not
             scrupling
             to
             make
             their
             own
             children
             victims
             .
          
           
             The
             Mexicans
             are
             an
             ingenuous
             people
             ,
             and
             of
             experience
             in
             all
             sorts
             of
             workes
             ,
             particularly
             in
             Tapestry
             of
             feathers
             ,
             where
             they
             have
             things
             artificially
             drawne
             to
             the
             life
             .
             The
             Soyle
             abounds
             in
             all
             sorts
             of
             fruits
             ,
             and
             commodities
             for
             livelihood
             ,
             as
             well
             naturall
             as
             adventitious
             :
             even
             vines
             ,
             whereof
             they
             have
             very
             good
             ,
             notwithstanding
             the
             prohibition
             to
             plant
             any
             .
          
           
             True
             ,
             in
             many
             parts
             the
             grapes
             come
             not
             to
             perfect
             maturity
             ;
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             abundant
             rains
             in
             June
             and
             July
             ,
             when
             the
             grapes
             begin
             to
             ripen
             ,
             so
             as
             they
             soake
             raine
             ,
             and
             corrupt
             ,
             wherefore
             they
             are
             forced
             to
             eat
             them
             halfe
             green
             .
             Some
             have
             try'd
             to
             make
             wine
             ,
             but
             it
             proves
             sharp
             ,
             and
             more
             like
             wine
             of
             quinces
             ,
             then
             grapes
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             planted
             olive-trees
             ,
             which
             come
             to
             good
             growth
             ,
             and
             full
             of
             leaves
             ,
             but
             without
             fruit
             .
             All
             sorts
             else
             grow
             well
             and
             plentifully
             .
             The
             wine
             they
             drink
             comes
             all
             from
             Spaine
             ,
             and
             is
             very
             deare
             ,
             for
             it
             cost
             five
             of
             us
             three
             crowns
             a
             day
             for
             our
             parts
             ,
             and
             a
             good
             bargaine
             ,
             the
             plenty
             of
             mony
             making
             all
             things
             deare
             ,
             for
             a
             bed
             12
             realls
             a
             night
             .
          
           
             In
             Peru
             t
             is
             yet
             dearer
             ,
             though
             they
             get
             very
             good
             wine
             and
             figs
             ,
             as
             likewise
             in
             the
             Isles
             of
             Barlouento
             ,
             and
             Cuba
             .
             There
             are
             many
             Forrests
             by
             the
             Indians
             called
             Arcaboucos
             ,
             store
             of
             
               Ebony
               Gu●acum
            
             ,
             or
             
               Lignum
               Sanctum
            
             ,
             wide
             and
             thick
             Forrests
             of
             Cedars
             ,
             Laurells
             ,
             Dates
             ,
             Pines
             ,
             Oaks
             ,
             and
             hearbs
             of
             all
             sorts
             ,
             proceeding
             from
             the
             nature
             of
             the
             Climate
             ,
             being
             hot
             and
             moist
             .
             The
             greater
             part
             of
             the
             ground
             lies
             notwithstanding
             uncultivated
             ,
             
             for
             want
             of
             Labourers
             ,
             of
             which
             they
             have
             none
             ,
             but
             some
             Blacks
             of
             Maniconga
             and
             Guinea
             ,
             lazy
             people
             ,
             and
             no
             good
             workers
             .
          
           
             The
             Country
             is
             not
             very
             populous
             ,
             many
             more
             women
             then
             men
             ,
             by
             reason
             warr
             and
             labour
             consumes
             them
             .
          
           
             The
             extent
             of
             these
             Regions
             is
             admirable
             ,
             nay
             infinite
             ,
             in
             respect
             of
             the
             few
             Inhabitants
             ,
             and
             less
             agriculture
             ;
             for
             this
             late
             discovered
             Mexico
             contains
             above
             15
             Provinces
             ,
             of
             above
             a
             thousand
             leagues
             in
             circuite
             ,
             where
             there
             are
             as
             faire
             Towns
             and
             buildings
             as
             in
             Europe
             .
          
           
             Good
             part
             speak
             the
             Mexico
             Tongue
             .
             Farther
             on
             there
             succeed
             severall
             unknowne
             Nations
             ,
             without
             number
             :
             Some
             Religious
             went
             thither
             to
             Preach
             the
             Faith
             ,
             but
             the
             Savages
             devoured
             them
             .
          
           
           
             'T
             is
             not
             yet
             found
             out
             what
             Territories
             border
             with
             
               Cape
               Mendocino
               ,
               California
            
             ,
             high
             Florida
             ,
             new
             Mexico
             ,
             and
             others
             towards
             the
             North
             Pole
             ,
             no
             more
             then
             what
             is
             beyond
             the
             Streight
             of
             Magellan
             ,
             higher
             by
             56.
             or
             57.
             degrees
             .
          
           
             The
             Inhabitants
             of
             old
             Mexico
             ,
             do
             intirely
             apply
             themselves
             to
             the
             Trades
             and
             wayes
             of
             the
             Spaniard
             ,
             being
             grown
             good
             Weavers
             ,
             and
             make
             all
             sorts
             of
             silke
             stuffs
             :
             in
             like
             manner
             they
             are
             docile
             and
             judicious
             ,
             and
             such
             as
             are
             become
             Christians
             ,
             follow
             the
             Doctrine
             most
             religiously
             .
          
           
             The
             Countrey
             is
             of
             such
             a
             scituation
             ,
             that
             you
             ascend
             wherever
             you
             go
             from
             the
             sea
             Coast
             ,
             but
             so
             easily
             you
             perceive
             it
             not
             .
             So
             coming
             from
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             land
             to
             the
             Sea-ward
             ,
             you
             descend
             on
             which
             side
             soever
             ,
             but
             so
             ,
             as
             afterwards
             one
             admires
             how
             they
             ascended
             mounted
             so
             high
             ,
             or
             came
             so
             low
             ;
             all
             the
             Mexican
             Territory
             is
             of
             this
             quality
             and
             scituation
             .
          
           
             
             The
             Mexicans
             derive
             themselves
             originally
             from
             other
             parts
             ,
             the
             Ancient
             Inhabitants
             were
             barbarous
             ,
             and
             eat
             nothing
             but
             venison
             ,
             which
             they
             called
             Chichimeques
             ,
             and
             Otomies
             ;
             then
             the
             Navatalks
             came
             from
             the
             North
             ,
             from
             Provinces
             ,
             which
             since
             are
             joyned
             to
             New
             Mexica
             ,
             who
             peopled
             ,
             cultivated
             ,
             and
             civiliz'd
             the
             soyle
             and
             Nation
             :
             But
             withall
             they
             introduced
             their
             strange
             Idolatries
             ,
             and
             horrible
             sacrifices
             of
             men
             and
             infants
             ,
             whereof
             they
             perpetrate
             abundance
             every
             yeare
             :
             Whereby
             't
             is
             very
             probable
             that
             not
             only
             this
             ,
             but
             all
             the
             other
             Countreys
             are
             inhabited
             with
             people
             deriv'd
             from
             the
             North
             ,
             whither
             the
             Asians
             and
             Europians
             may
             have
             passed
             by
             little
             and
             little
             by
             the
             Streights
             ,
             either
             of
             Sea
             ,
             or
             Land
             ,
             as
             we
             have
             already
             demonstrated
             .
          
           
             These
             Mexicans
             being
             well
             setled
             ,
             chose
             a
             King
             to
             Govern
             them
             ,
             who
             was
             one
             Acamipixtsi
             ,
             a
             Mexican
             Lord
             ,
             who
             had
             married
             a
             daughter
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Cublivacan
             ,
             an
             ancient
             people
             of
             the
             Country
             :
             since
             which
             time
             they
             have
             ever
             had
             Kings
             ,
             not
             by
             succession
             ,
             but
             Election
             ,
             continued
             to
             the
             ninth
             and
             last
             King
             Montezuma
             ,
             taken
             by
             Cortez
             :
             under
             which
             Kings
             they
             had
             diverse
             Warrs
             ,
             and
             tooke
             in
             many
             neighbors
             ,
             augmenting
             it
             to
             a
             great
             state
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             was
             not
             Elected
             by
             the
             Commons
             ,
             but
             by
             4
             Principall
             of
             the
             Court
             ,
             and
             had
             the
             Crowne
             from
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             Tescaio
             .
          
           
             But
             the
             King
             Elect
             ,
             before
             he
             receives
             his
             Crown
             ,
             is
             obliged
             to
             go
             fight
             the
             Enemy
             ,
             and
             bring
             such
             a
             number
             of
             Prisoners
             to
             their
             Sanguinary
             sacrifices
             .
             If
             he
             faile
             in
             the
             first
             expedition
             ,
             they
             excuse
             it
             ,
             but
             if
             the
             second
             time
             ,
             they
             poyson
             him
             ,
             and
             choose
             another
             .
             If
             he
             returne
             victorious
             ,
             they
             conduct
             him
             with
             great
             ceremony
             to
             the
             Temple
             ,
             where
             they
             make
             the
             great
             sacrifice
             ,
             with
             processions
             ,
             and
             musick
             ,
             through
             the
             Town
             .
             He
             was
             crowned
             with
             a
             Crown
             like
             a
             Miter
             ,
             and
             every
             one
             made
             
             oath
             to
             serve
             him
             to
             the
             last
             drop
             of
             bloud
             ;
             then
             was
             conducted
             with
             great
             magnificence
             to
             the
             Pallace-Royal
             ,
             the
             Electors
             called
             Laceocal
             ,
             marching
             first
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             Princes
             of
             the
             Lance
             ,
             then
             the
             Lacaterret
             ,
             or
             Thunder-bolts
             of
             men
             ,
             who
             are
             the
             gallantest
             of
             the
             Cavaliers
             ,
             then
             Hazeuocal
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             bloud-shedders
             ,
             and
             the
             Lilbancalqui
             ,
             Knights
             of
             the
             black
             lance
             .
             These
             four
             orders
             were
             his
             Majesties
             privy
             Council
             :
             in
             the
             Town
             they
             had
             other
             Councils
             for
             administration
             of
             Justice
             .
             When
             the
             King
             went
             to
             the
             Temple
             ,
             an
             hundred
             men
             marched
             before
             him
             with
             great
             bows
             taller
             than
             themselves
             ;
             then
             100.
             more
             with
             long
             staves
             with
             a
             hardbroad
             keen
             stone
             in
             the
             end
             ,
             with
             which
             he
             will
             cut
             off
             a
             horse-head
             ;
             I
             have
             seen
             one
             cut
             a
             sheep
             in
             two
             with
             it
             ,
             those
             they
             call
             
               a
               la
               a
               tilpeo
            
             .
          
           
             The
             Kings
             Pallace
             is
             sumptuous
             and
             magnificent
             ,
             a
             Parke
             by
             it
             stored
             with
             wilde
             beasts
             of
             all
             sorts
             ,
             ponds
             full
             of
             fish
             ,
             with
             boates
             of
             rich
             worke
             ,
             and
             cages
             for
             Birds
             .
             The
             Pallace
             is
             composed
             of
             separate
             apartments
             ,
             and
             severall
             habitations
             for
             the
             Courtiers
             ,
             every
             one
             according
             to
             his
             dignitie
             and
             degree
             .
          
           
             The
             Mexican
             Kings
             had
             high
             esteem
             for
             men
             of
             valour
             ,
             and
             rewarded
             them
             very
             amply
             ,
             by
             which
             means
             they
             were
             so
             well
             served
             in
             their
             wars
             ,
             and
             got
             so
             many
             victories
             .
             Their
             weapons
             were
             clubs
             with
             keen
             stones
             ,
             lances
             ,
             pikes
             ,
             a
             sort
             of
             javelins
             ,
             at
             the
             throwing
             whereof
             they
             were
             exceeding
             dextrous
             ,
             bows
             ,
             arrows
             ,
             little
             targets
             ,
             and
             a
             head-piece
             with
             a
             plume
             of
             feathers
             ;
             coats
             of
             Lions
             ,
             Bears
             ,
             Tigers
             ,
             and
             other
             beasts-skins
             ,
             great
             runners
             ,
             and
             wrastlers
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             of
             Montezuma
             in
             his
             Militia
             had
             an
             order
             of
             Knights
             ,
             that
             from
             the
             Crown
             had
             their
             hair
             tyed
             with
             carnation
             ribbons
             ,
             rich
             feathers
             ,
             and
             a
             scarf
             of
             the
             same
             colour
             ,
             who
             for
             every
             gallant
             atchievement
             they
             have
             done
             ,
             have
             so
             many
             waves
             fastened
             ,
             and
             hanging
             over
             their
             shoulders
             .
             This
             King
             was
             of
             that
             order
             ,
             as
             he
             is
             to
             be
             seen
             represented
             in
             his
             statue
             at
             Chapultapes
             .
             This
             habit
             was
             very
             stately
             ,
             enriched
             with
             plumes
             of
             all
             colours
             ,
             and
             makes
             the
             Spaniards
             deck
             themselves
             with
             feathers
             in
             imitation
             ,
             and
             adorn
             their
             horses
             with
             them
             :
             another
             order
             of
             Knights
             there
             was
             called
             Agourlas
             ,
             clad
             in
             another
             manner
             ,
             and
             with
             other
             differences
             ;
             then
             there
             were
             the
             Ataroncos
             ,
             the
             Tigers
             ,
             the
             Blacks
             armed
             from
             head
             to
             foot
             in
             fight
             ,
             the
             others
             half
             armed
             :
             Their
             cloaths
             of
             Combi
             ,
             cotton
             and
             other
             things
             ,
             these
             had
             license
             to
             eat
             in
             gold
             and
             silver
             vessels
             ,
             a
             thing
             not
             allowed
             to
             others
             ;
             who
             were
             apparelled
             with
             courser
             cloathes
             ,
             called
             Nequen
             .
          
           
             These
             first
             Knights
             lodge
             in
             the
             Kings
             Palace
             ,
             and
             have
             their
             apartments
             amply
             accommodated
             ,
             whom
             I
             cannot
             compare
             better
             than
             to
             the
             Mayl'd
             Knights
             at
             Malta
             ,
             distinguished
             in
             divers
             companies
             ,
             by
             the
             Titles
             of
             Princes
             ,
             Eagles
             ,
             Tigers
             ,
             and
             Blacks
             .
             The
             rest
             of
             his
             Valiant
             Militia
             lodged
             in
             other
             divisions
             apart
             ,
             assigned
             
             them
             by
             the
             Council
             ,
             and
             upon
             pain
             of
             death
             could
             not
             change
             their
             lodging
             .
             This
             Militia
             was
             so
             well
             ordered
             and
             disciplined
             that
             they
             stroke
             ,
             terrour
             in
             the
             neighbouring
             people
             .
             And
             what
             was
             most
             to
             be
             admired
             ,
             that
             they
             could
             keep
             so
             many
             different
             Nations
             in
             concord
             ,
             for
             the
             perfection
             of
             the
             Country
             drew
             people
             from
             all
             parts
             thither
             .
             
             There
             is
             one
             sort
             of
             people
             amongst
             them
             called
             Chalcas
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             men
             of
             the
             streight
             ,
             which
             argues
             them
             to
             be
             a
             people
             come
             from
             the
             streight
             :
             others
             called
             Souchimilcos
             ,
             that
             is
             field
             men
             ;
             others
             Tapaneras
             ,
             men
             of
             the
             bridge
             ;
             others
             
               Alcapousalcas
               ,
               Couluas
            
             ,
             crookback'd
             :
             Tsaluicas
             ,
             mountain-men
             .
             All
             these
             Nations
             are
             come
             to
             inhabit
             ,
             and
             feed
             on
             Mexica
             ;
             to
             build
             Towns
             and
             Burroughs
             ,
             and
             that
             as
             their
             Characters
             shew
             above
             seven
             or
             eight
             hundred
             years
             since
             .
             The
             Tlascaltecaes
             never
             agreed
             with
             the
             Mexicans
             ,
             but
             assisted
             the
             Spaniards
             against
             them
             ,
             and
             in
             compensation
             are
             eased
             of
             tributes
             ,
             and
             have
             many
             priviledges
             ;
             and
             possesse
             the
             room
             the
             Chichimeras
             who
             fled
             from
             their
             homes
             at
             the
             approach
             of
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             so
             much
             they
             were
             astonished
             with
             that
             new
             way
             of
             war
             ,
             esteeming
             them
             children
             of
             the
             Sun.
             
          
           
             
             The
             Tsalcaltecaes
             used
             a
             stragatem
             to
             dispossesse
             the
             Chichimecaes
             ,
             who
             made
             good
             resistance
             at
             first
             ,
             for
             under
             colour
             of
             a
             feast
             of
             amity
             ,
             while
             these
             were
             drinking
             ,
             the
             others
             stole
             away
             their
             arms
             ,
             and
             so
             got
             their
             ends
             .
             The
             History
             whereof
             stands
             at
             this
             day
             painted
             in
             the
             Countrey
             .
             The
             original
             people
             were
             Gyants
             ,
             as
             appears
             by
             bones
             of
             dead
             men
             ,
             and
             teeth
             as
             big
             as
             pullets
             eggs
             .
             They
             who
             remained
             by
             little
             and
             little
             ,
             conformed
             themselves
             to
             the
             others
             .
          
           
             The
             Mexicans
             had
             a
             most
             truculent
             custom
             ,
             to
             sacrifice
             their
             prisoners
             of
             war
             ,
             and
             enemies
             ,
             to
             their
             gods
             ,
             and
             in
             want
             of
             them
             their
             own
             natural
             children
             .
             The
             Priests
             or
             Papas
             performed
             the
             sacrifice
             opening
             the
             breast
             of
             the
             miserable
             victim
             ,
             and
             with
             the
             heart
             sprinkled
             the
             Idol
             to
             appease
             it
             ,
             and
             watered
             the
             stairs
             and
             the
             temple
             with
             his
             blood
             .
             In
             Peru
             they
             made
             the
             like
             sacrifice
             of
             children
             ,
             from
             four
             to
             ten
             years
             old
             ,
             with
             such
             madnesse
             that
             they
             would
             slaughter
             200.
             at
             a
             time
             ,
             and
             this
             for
             the
             health
             and
             prosperity
             of
             their
             Ingas
             or
             Kings
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             of
             maids
             drawn
             out
             of
             their
             Monasteries
             .
          
           
             
             To
             gain
             their
             Childrens
             consent
             ,
             they
             tell
             them
             they
             shall
             be
             immediately
             made
             Saints
             ,
             and
             go
             straight
             to
             heaven
             amongst
             the
             gods
             :
             At
             Peru
             at
             decease
             of
             their
             Kings
             they
             slaughter
             a
             number
             of
             his
             servants
             to
             attend
             and
             wait
             upon
             him
             in
             the
             other
             world
             .
             This
             custom
             of
             bloody
             sacrifices
             was
             common
             through
             all
             the
             parts
             and
             Islands
             of
             the
             new
             world
             .
          
           
             What
             is
             admirable
             ,
             in
             Coluacane
             ,
             as
             also
             in
             
               Jacatan
               ,
               Vraba
            
             ,
             and
             Dariena
             ,
             there
             are
             many
             circumcised
             ,
             whence
             arises
             a
             question
             ,
             whether
             they
             came
             from
             the
             ten
             Tribes
             ,
             sent
             to
             Tarty
             and
             Arsarach
             .
          
           
           
             The
             Mexicans
             chief
             god
             ,
             or
             wooden
             Idol
             ,
             was
             Vitzilipatzli
             ,
             
             whom
             the
             Toucouacans
             or
             Te●calhuacans
             ,
             the
             first
             civilizers
             of
             Mexico
             brought
             with
             them
             in
             a
             Tabernacle
             of
             Sea-reeds
             ,
             who
             promised
             to
             make
             them
             Lords
             of
             this
             vaste
             Countrey
             ,
             shewed
             them
             the
             way
             to
             it
             ,
             and
             how
             to
             keep
             it
             ,
             which
             at
             this
             day
             is
             to
             be
             seen
             in
             historical
             paintings
             ,
             as
             I
             have
             often
             my self
             observed
             .
             In
             prosecution
             they
             built
             lofty
             Temples
             ,
             and
             instituted
             their
             Feasts
             and
             bloudy
             Sacrifices
             ,
             whereof
             I
             spoke
             before
             .
          
           
             The
             Devil
             ,
             that
             Ape
             of
             the
             Almighty
             ,
             would
             imitate
             what
             we
             read
             of
             the
             Ark
             in
             the
             old
             Testament
             ,
             conducting
             the
             children
             of
             Israel
             ,
             and
             other
             mysteries
             ;
             the
             stile
             this
             Seducer
             uses
             ,
             to
             gain
             credit
             and
             adoration
             from
             these
             abused
             people
             .
             And
             the
             Indians
             in
             memory
             of
             this
             Ark
             ,
             to
             this
             day
             place
             a
             case
             of
             reeds
             upon
             the
             Altar
             .
          
           
             Being
             in
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             Tabin
             ,
             and
             passing
             on
             to
             the
             Countrey
             of
             S●iton
             ,
             we
             visited
             the
             Lord
             of
             the
             Territories
             Palace
             ,
             where
             amongst
             divers
             figures
             of
             Princes
             ,
             there
             was
             one
             of
             a
             King
             with
             an
             emerald
             hanging
             in
             his
             nose
             :
             whom
             we
             were
             informed
             was
             King
             of
             Mexico
             ,
             and
             how
             after
             the
             decease
             of
             Montezuma
             ,
             one
             Tlacaeler
             a
             person
             of
             high
             valour
             ,
             was
             elected
             King
             ,
             or
             Lord
             of
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             who
             neverthelesse
             waved
             the
             offer
             ,
             saying
             he
             had
             charge
             enough
             in
             the
             ordering
             his
             own
             dominions
             .
          
           
             The
             Mexicans
             perceiving
             his
             resolution
             ,
             requested
             he
             would
             name
             them
             a
             King
             ,
             and
             then
             he
             elected
             Ticoci●
             ,
             son
             of
             the
             King
             deceased
             ,
             who
             being
             young
             was
             constantly
             assisted
             with
             the
             counsel
             of
             Tlacaeler
             .
          
           
             This
             King
             had
             his
             nose
             pierced
             ,
             and
             an
             Emerald
             hang'd
             in
             it
             ,
             and
             hence
             in
             their
             books
             and
             monuments
             ,
             this
             King
             is
             figured
             with
             his
             nose
             pierced
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             Temples
             of
             Peru
             they
             set
             the
             Image
             of
             Pachacamas
             with
             a
             Monde
             under
             his
             Feet
             ,
             who
             they
             said
             had
             a
             Spirit
             that
             he
             sent
             upon
             earth
             to
             execute
             his
             will
             ;
             that
             being
             a
             potent
             crowned
             King
             ,
             he
             went
             naked
             ,
             for
             their
             example
             ,
             and
             that
             in
             his
             hand
             he
             bore
             a
             dart
             to
             exterminate
             those
             of
             bad
             lives
             ,
             and
             called
             him
             Chinnequil
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             the
             Ghost
             of
             the
             Great
             Creatour
             .
          
           
             Letters
             they
             had
             none
             ,
             onely
             a
             sort
             of
             significant
             Characters
             ,
             figures
             and
             draughts
             like
             Hieroglyphicks
             ,
             which
             they
             continue
             still
             to
             expresse
             the
             mysteries
             of
             Christianisme
             .
             They
             will
             form
             all
             their
             words
             and
             discourses
             in
             these
             figures
             and
             paintings
             ,
             as
             when
             they
             would
             say
             ,
             
               I
               confesse
               me
               to
               Almighty
               God
            
             :
             they
             draw
             a
             Priest
             sitting
             ,
             a
             man
             at
             his
             feet
             upon
             his
             knees
             ▪
             and
             over
             them
             three
             faces
             in
             one
             ,
             signifying
             the
             Trinity
             ,
             and
             something
             lower
             the
             image
             of
             the
             Virgin
             with
             her
             infant
             ,
             &c.
             and
             pictures
             of
             
             Saints
             and
             Angels
             .
             In
             this
             manner
             they
             expresse
             all
             by
             figure
             ,
             which
             asks
             a
             long
             time
             to
             signifie
             a
             matter
             of
             importance
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             a
             whole
             day
             to
             draw
             it
             .
             Wherefore
             in
             all
             great
             Towns
             there
             are
             those
             that
             sell
             papers
             ,
             with
             all
             necessary
             and
             ordinary
             communications
             ready
             delineated
             .
          
           
             Their
             Records
             ,
             Histories
             ,
             Calendars
             ,
             and
             Annals
             ,
             were
             ever
             expressed
             in
             this
             manner
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             IX
             .
             The
             Mexican
             year
             ,
             their
             Paradise
             ,
             Infernall
             ,
             and
             their
             Dances
             .
          
           
             THe
             Mexican
             year
             was
             divided
             into
             eighteen
             moneths
             ,
             of
             twenty
             dayes
             to
             a
             moneth
             ,
             and
             the
             five
             dayes
             over
             they
             set
             apart
             for
             feasts
             ,
             sacrifices
             ,
             and
             recreations
             .
             The
             year
             began
             in
             March
             with
             the
             coming
             of
             the
             leaf
             ,
             each
             month
             having
             a
             particular
             pourtraict
             .
          
           
             The
             Peruians
             more
             properly
             divided
             their
             year
             into
             12.
             months
             ,
             or
             moons
             ,
             wherein
             they
             exquisitely
             compacted
             all
             the
             dayes
             of
             the
             year
             ,
             which
             they
             began
             in
             January
             .
          
           
             These
             months
             they
             deciphered
             by
             12.
             columns
             in
             order
             ,
             with
             names
             signifying
             the
             feasts
             contained
             ,
             and
             the
             seasons
             to
             sow
             ,
             reap
             ,
             
             &c.
             the
             first
             was
             Soucangae
             ,
             the
             2.
             
             Rayme
             ,
             then
             
               Hostino●●qui
               ,
               Aucayqui
               ,
               Ar●ucouqui
               ,
               Caualiarqui
               ,
               J●urtaqui
               ,
               Jouapaqui
               ,
               Cayarayme
               ,
               Payconeo
               ,
               Jomarayme
               ,
               Ayamara
               ,
            
             the
             twelfth
             .
          
           
             They
             pourtrayed
             the
             Sun
             and
             Moon
             ,
             and
             by
             certain
             distinctions
             ,
             knew
             the
             full
             and
             the
             qualities
             of
             it
             .
             The
             Mexicans
             had
             a
             mooving
             wheel
             ,
             whereon
             the
             months
             ,
             feasts
             ,
             and
             seasons
             ,
             were
             set
             with
             distinct
             cyphers
             .
             For
             the
             seven
             dayes
             are
             not
             founded
             upon
             the
             solary
             or
             lunary
             course
             ,
             but
             with
             the
             Hebrewes
             upon
             the
             creation
             ,
             and
             our
             number
             of
             Planets
             with
             the
             Pagans
             .
          
           
             The
             years
             are
             denoted
             by
             severall
             signes
             ,
             from
             four
             to
             four
             ,
             of
             thirteen
             years
             each
             division
             ,
             which
             in
             25.
             years
             contained
             the
             whole
             period
             ,
             and
             concluded
             the
             circle
             .
          
           
             
             So
             the
             people
             of
             Chicora
             divided
             their
             year
             into
             twelve
             Moones
             ,
             in
             Coluacana
             they
             use
             the
             Lunary
             Months
             ,
             and
             call
             the
             Months
             Books
             .
             The
             Moon
             in
             their
             language
             is
             T●na
             ,
             the
             Sun
             Tanaric
             .
             
             I
             have
             often
             enquired
             of
             the
             use
             of
             this
             Mexican
             wheel
             ,
             but
             could
             never
             understand
             it
             :
             it
             moves
             very
             slowly
             ,
             and
             goes
             round
             every
             Month
             ,
             noting
             the
             periods
             ,
             and
             account
             of
             years
             ,
             as
             to
             say
             :
             such
             a
             thing
             was
             done
             in
             such
             a
             year
             ,
             de●yphered
             by
             a
             Temple
             ,
             a
             Rose
             ,
             a
             Rabbet
             ,
             a
             Stone
             ,
             the
             four
             
             marks
             of
             the
             wheel
             .
             When
             a
             little
             needle
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             wheel
             comes
             to
             point
             at
             the
             period
             of
             fifty
             years
             ,
             then
             are
             they
             stroken
             with
             a
             strong
             apprehension
             ,
             believing
             the
             world
             is
             to
             be
             ended
             ,
             and
             for
             three
             or
             four
             dayes
             before
             lament
             ,
             and
             make
             Sacrifices
             to
             appease
             the
             angry
             gods
             ;
             but
             when
             it
             arrives
             at
             the
             point
             ,
             they
             leave
             their
             Sacrifices
             ,
             break
             all
             their
             utensils
             ,
             as
             they
             were
             to
             die
             at
             the
             instant
             ,
             lay
             themselves
             on
             the
             ground
             with
             extream
             contusion
             for
             their
             bad
             lives
             ,
             and
             terrour
             of
             approaching
             torments
             :
             and
             having
             spent
             a
             day
             and
             night
             thus
             dolefully
             ,
             upon
             appearance
             of
             the
             next
             day
             ,
             which
             they
             never
             thought
             to
             see
             ,
             they
             go
             strait
             to
             visit
             the
             wheel
             ,
             which
             now
             hath
             entered
             a
             new
             circulation
             ;
             then
             repleat
             with
             joy
             they
             render
             a
             thousand
             benedictions
             to
             the
             gods
             for
             the
             grace
             received
             ,
             whereof
             they
             thought
             themselves
             unworthy
             ,
             with
             engagements
             of
             reformation
             for
             the
             future
             .
             Then
             prepare
             for
             a
             solemne
             fast
             abstaining
             till
             night
             from
             all
             sustenance
             :
             for
             three
             dayes
             they
             observe
             these
             fasts
             ,
             without
             company
             with
             their
             wives
             .
          
           
             After
             this
             their
             Priests
             or
             Papaes
             ,
             with
             12.
             men
             and
             youths
             in
             feather
             garments
             ,
             dancing
             silently
             to
             musick
             ,
             bear
             the
             Idol
             of
             their
             God
             Vriacocha
             ,
             followed
             with
             a
             number
             of
             boyes
             and
             girls
             in
             white
             ,
             decked
             with
             flowers
             and
             feathers
             of
             various
             colours
             ,
             then
             the
             Religious
             in
             their
             proper
             habits
             ,
             next
             come
             12.
             sheep
             for
             sacrifice
             ,
             then
             the
             principal
             persons
             with
             tapers
             in
             their
             hands
             ,
             then
             follow
             the
             whole
             multitude
             of
             men
             and
             women
             ,
             with
             hymns
             and
             gratifications
             ,
             up
             to
             a
             Mountain
             :
             from
             whence
             they
             observantly
             return
             to
             the
             Temple
             .
             Amongst
             them
             there
             are
             some
             that
             furiously
             lash
             their
             bare
             shoulders
             with
             thorns
             of
             Mangouay
             ,
             so
             as
             the
             Temple
             runs
             with
             bloud
             ,
             wherewith
             the
             Priests
             wash
             the
             face
             of
             their
             Idol
             .
             After
             this
             the
             sheep
             with
             their
             ears
             peirced
             ,
             and
             a
             thousand
             gayties
             were
             dejugulated
             ,
             and
             with
             them
             some
             Children
             were
             sacrificed
             ,
             whilest
             others
             dance
             and
             sing
             about
             them
             ,
             the
             Priests
             instructing
             and
             encouraging
             them
             to
             it
             .
          
           
             But
             before
             the
             Feast
             ,
             they
             compound
             a
             meat
             of
             the
             flesh
             of
             certain
             venemous
             Creatures
             ,
             Mace
             ,
             Tobacco
             ,
             and
             certain
             roots
             ,
             which
             the
             Priests
             eating
             ,
             a
             Devil
             enters
             their
             bodies
             ,
             and
             they
             fall
             into
             a
             fury
             ;
             then
             they
             begin
             their
             ball
             .
             The
             feast
             is
             called
             Procrayme
             .
             Every
             year
             they
             have
             the
             like
             Sacrifices
             ,
             beginning
             with
             fasts
             and
             lamentations
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             processions
             likewise
             ,
             and
             with
             dances
             and
             songs
             carry
             their
             Idols
             very
             solemnly
             ,
             still
             concluding
             with
             bloudy
             sacrifices
             .
          
           
             When
             Lords
             and
             Masters
             dye
             ,
             their
             Servants
             sacrifice
             themselves
             in
             hope
             to
             serve
             their
             Masters
             in
             the
             other
             world
             ,
             and
             if
             through
             indiscretion
             or
             want
             they
             were
             not
             paid
             and
             well
             rewarded
             in
             this
             life
             ;
             suppose
             it
             shall
             be
             amply
             done
             in
             
             the
             next
             .
             They
             believe
             the
             immortality
             of
             the
             soule
             ,
             felicity
             for
             the
             good
             ,
             and
             the
             wicked
             to
             be
             tormented
             by
             the
             Devil
             ,
             whom
             for
             this
             reason
             they
             adore
             ,
             wearing
             his
             counterfeit
             in
             their
             ears
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             shew
             them
             some
             favour
             when
             they
             come
             to
             the
             Abysse
             .
             They
             believe
             that
             after
             death
             their
             actions
             are
             presented
             and
             pleaded
             before
             the
             great
             God
             ,
             who
             gives
             definitive
             sentence
             one
             way
             or
             other
             to
             eternity
             .
          
           
             They
             believe
             no
             reformation
             ,
             as
             the
             Bretellians
             ▪
             and
             others
             believe
             no
             hell
             ,
             but
             that
             all
             go
             to
             live
             merrily
             with
             their
             forefathers
             .
             In
             some
             parts
             they
             embalm
             the
             Corps
             ,
             and
             together
             interr
             their
             whole
             treasure
             .
             In
             other
             parts
             they
             lay
             victuals
             and
             drink
             by
             them
             ,
             in
             opinion
             God
             sometimes
             confines
             their
             souls
             to
             their
             Sepulchers
             ,
             so
             as
             they
             may
             want
             sustenance
             .
          
           
             
             The
             Indians
             when
             they
             fall
             sick
             ,
             present
             their
             Priests
             with
             divers
             rarities
             ,
             that
             they
             would
             make
             prayers
             for
             their
             health
             ;
             But
             if
             their
             disease
             grow
             vigorous
             ,
             with
             Brasile
             they
             die
             a
             shirt
             vermillion
             ,
             and
             send
             it
             to
             be
             sacrificed
             for
             their
             recovery
             ;
             also
             they
             send
             divers
             prayers
             figured
             in
             Characters
             to
             be
             burned
             with
             shels
             ,
             they
             call
             
               vila
               coronea
            
             .
             Likewise
             they
             sacrifice
             sheep
             ,
             and
             the
             rarest
             of
             birds
             ,
             nay
             slaves
             themselves
             terming
             this
             hurlauical
             :
             as
             that
             of
             the
             feasts
             contauical
             ,
             wherein
             they
             mingle
             odoriferous
             woods
             called
             Jauli
             ,
             resembling
             the
             Lemon
             tree
             ,
             together
             with
             ceremonial
             prayers
             .
          
           
             Against
             their
             Enemies
             they
             have
             other
             Sacrifices
             ,
             as
             to
             burn
             their
             Effigies
             ,
             with
             the
             pictures
             of
             severall
             venemous
             and
             mortiferous
             Creatures
             ,
             the
             Priest
             pronouncing
             ,
             
               So
               perish
               the
               strength
               of
               our
               enemies
               ,
            
             then
             they
             sacrifice
             a
             black
             sheep
             kept
             long
             from
             food
             ,
             and
             the
             Priest
             cries
             ,
             
               So
               let
               the
               heart
               of
               our
               enemies
               be
               weakned
               .
            
          
           
             To
             Rivers
             they
             sacrifice
             the
             shels
             that
             come
             from
             them
             ,
             to
             fountains
             fruits
             and
             vertual
             herbs
             ;
             holding
             there
             is
             nothing
             on
             earth
             which
             hath
             not
             his
             like
             in
             heaven
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             hold
             a
             correspondence
             :
             and
             that
             any
             thing
             of
             good
             operation
             on
             earth
             ,
             is
             acceptable
             to
             their
             gods
             in
             heaven
             .
             In
             what
             condition
             soever
             ,
             in
             health
             or
             sicknesse
             ,
             peace
             or
             war
             ,
             on
             all
             occasions
             they
             have
             recourse
             to
             prayers
             and
             sacrifice
             ,
             even
             to
             immolation
             of
             their
             slaves
             and
             children
             .
             The
             Mexicans
             dis-avow
             all
             peace
             with
             their
             neighbouring
             enemies
             ,
             the
             
               Tapacques
               ,
               Ilascalcans
            
             and
             Mechoachans
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             be
             stored
             with
             prisoners
             of
             war
             for
             sacrifice
             ,
             &
             hold
             these
             wretches
             for
             Saints
             and
             celestiall
             ,
             when
             they
             go
             with
             consent
             .
          
           
             
             Dancing
             was
             very
             frequent
             with
             the
             Mexicans
             ,
             mixing
             many
             Ceremonies
             and
             superstitions
             ,
             the
             Lords
             themselves
             the
             most
             grave
             ,
             and
             of
             what
             office
             soever
             ,
             disdained
             it
             not
             ,
             and
             to
             use
             the
             Mitecos
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             dancings
             in
             stately
             rooms
             ,
             or
             gardens
             ,
             with
             spirituall
             songs
             ,
             rather
             a
             sort
             of
             adoration
             than
             a
             dance
             .
             One
             Indian
             hangs
             about
             anothers
             neck
             ,
             then
             he
             dances
             to
             a
             taber
             or
             flute
             ,
             others
             shew
             a
             thousand
             postures
             and
             agilities
             of
             body
             ,
             like
             our
             
             tumblers
             .
             They
             have
             sometimes
             their
             Muscurades
             called
             Quacones
             ,
             disguising
             themselves
             like
             Devils
             ,
             and
             glory
             in
             this
             dance
             .
             Likewise
             dancers
             on
             the
             rope
             ,
             standing
             with
             their
             head
             down
             and
             feet
             up
             ,
             with
             a
             thousand
             Turn-overs
             ,
             and
             Gamboles
             ;
             others
             dance
             with
             an
             extraordinary
             weight
             on
             their
             shoulders
             ,
             and
             this
             they
             call
             Tanquil
             ,
             then
             comes
             another
             and
             leaps
             upon
             this
             weight
             ,
             yet
             he
             dances
             still
             ,
             though
             painfully
             .
             Then
             all
             weaving
             Arms
             ,
             and
             singing
             ,
             dance
             in
             a
             ring
             very
             prettily
             without
             the
             least
             trouble
             to
             one
             another
             ,
             then
             in
             couples
             by
             turns
             they
             fall
             out
             ,
             and
             dance
             about
             the
             ring
             in
             several
             manners
             ,
             at
             last
             joyn
             all
             together
             .
             For
             this
             they
             adorn
             themselves
             with
             their
             best
             attire
             ,
             and
             still
             sing
             prayers
             and
             praises
             to
             their
             Gods.
             
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             X.
             Burning
             mountains
             ,
             the
             Conquest
             of
             Mexico
             ,
             and
             some
             particular
             trees
             .
          
           
             AMongst
             the
             Mexican
             Marvailes
             are
             the
             burning
             mountaines
             ,
             which
             vomit
             forth
             flames
             ,
             and
             thick
             smoak
             ,
             more
             or
             lesse
             ,
             
             according
             to
             the
             matter
             that
             feeds
             the
             fire
             ,
             shut
             up
             in
             the
             bowels
             of
             the
             earth
             .
          
           
             The
             most
             famous
             of
             these
             Mountaines
             for
             height
             and
             compasse
             are
             the
             Guatamala
             ,
             discernable
             at
             vast
             distance
             on
             the
             South
             sea
             .
             A
             Spanish
             Priest
             out
             of
             avarice
             would
             needs
             sound
             this
             Mountain
             ,
             supposing
             the
             bottom
             to
             be
             full
             of
             gold
             :
             This
             Priest
             was
             called
             Mossen
             born
             at
             Antequera
             who
             came
             to
             the
             Indies
             with
             Pirarow
             at
             the
             time
             of
             
               Ferdinand
               Cortez
            
             conquest
             :
             he
             had
             a
             sister
             living
             with
             him
             ,
             who
             had
             a
             fair
             daughter
             ,
             whom
             the
             Captain
             married
             to
             
               Lazart
               d'
               Almadia
            
             ,
             Clark
             of
             the
             ship
             ,
             promising
             1000.
             duckets
             in
             marriage
             :
             But
             the
             Clark
             being
             jealous
             of
             his
             Captain
             ,
             left
             his
             wife
             in
             Spain
             ,
             and
             the
             Captain
             being
             come
             on
             shore
             with
             grief
             for
             his
             Mistresse
             absence
             dyed
             ,
             to
             whom
             by
             his
             last
             will
             he
             ratified
             the
             1000.
             duckets
             :
             Mean
             while
             the
             Clark
             took
             command
             of
             the
             vessel
             ,
             and
             arrived
             in
             New
             Hispaniola
             ,
             where
             the
             Priest
             was
             very
             welcome
             ,
             Priests
             being
             there
             very
             acceptable
             ,
             and
             was
             accommodated
             in
             the
             town
             of
             Sanda
             ,
             where
             he
             lived
             in
             great
             esteem
             for
             sincerity
             and
             devotion
             ,
             so
             in
             few
             years
             he
             grew
             very
             wealthy
             .
             But
             not
             content
             with
             this
             ,
             upon
             suggestion
             that
             the
             flaming
             Mountain
             ,
             not
             farre
             thence
             was
             a
             Mine
             of
             gold
             ,
             he
             thought
             to
             get
             inestimable
             riches
             out
             of
             it
             :
             
             for
             this
             purpose
             he
             caused
             a
             strong
             iron
             chain
             to
             be
             made
             ,
             to
             the
             measure
             of
             the
             height
             of
             the
             Mountain
             ,
             which
             he
             had
             taken
             by
             Artizans
             ,
             then
             by
             
             strength
             of
             men
             began
             to
             cut
             a
             way
             for
             portage
             of
             his
             necessaries
             ;
             which
             could
             not
             be
             done
             but
             at
             great
             expence
             :
             a
             mans
             labour
             there
             being
             worth
             two
             crowns
             a
             day
             ,
             neverthelesse
             avarice
             made
             him
             passe
             it
             easily
             :
             But
             this
             beginning
             was
             a
             mean
             matter
             ,
             for
             he
             must
             continue
             the
             labourers
             ,
             being
             yet
             not
             advanced
             far
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             height
             of
             the
             Mountain
             ,
             and
             firmnesse
             of
             the
             rock
             ,
             which
             he
             must
             cut
             through
             :
             nor
             though
             many
             looked
             upon
             the
             enterprize
             as
             extravagant
             and
             inconsiderate
             ,
             yet
             the
             Priest
             every
             day
             got
             nearer
             to
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             Furnace
             ,
             with
             expence
             of
             time
             ,
             labour
             ,
             and
             difficulty
             .
             After
             four
             moneths
             space
             ;
             the
             ponderous
             chains
             and
             chaldrons
             ,
             with
             great
             cost
             and
             paine
             were
             drawne
             up
             .
             The
             good
             man
             boasted
             ,
             he
             doubted
             not
             now
             to
             come
             shortly
             to
             his
             ends
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             had
             a
             revelation
             of
             it
             in
             his
             sleep
             :
             at
             length
             all
             these
             iron
             Engines
             were
             set
             in
             order
             ,
             and
             the
             work-men
             to
             the
             number
             of
             50.
             began
             to
             let
             down
             a
             Chaldron
             well
             fastened
             to
             a
             strong
             chain
             of
             iron
             with
             other
             Engines
             secured
             ,
             and
             the
             Priest
             himself
             set
             his
             hand
             to
             the
             work
             :
             But
             as
             they
             thought
             to
             draw
             up
             the
             Chaldron
             full
             of
             rich
             melted
             mettle
             ,
             the
             strength
             of
             the
             fire
             consumed
             all
             ,
             and
             they
             hardly
             escaped
             without
             burning
             their
             hands
             and
             feet
             ,
             so
             violent
             a
             heat
             burst
             out
             upon
             them
             .
             The
             Priest
             halfe
             mad
             cry'd
             out
             ,
             the
             Devil
             had
             broken
             his
             chain
             with
             a
             thousand
             curses
             ,
             ready
             to
             throw
             himself
             headlong
             into
             the
             Precipice
             ,
             covered
             over
             with
             soot
             and
             cindars
             ,
             and
             frying
             with
             heat
             ,
             fright
             ,
             and
             toyle
             ,
             that
             he
             looked
             like
             a
             right
             fury
             ;
             running
             like
             a
             mad-man
             to
             and
             fro
             ;
             the
             rest
             in
             little
             better
             condition
             ,
             the
             greatest
             part
             being
             lam'd
             and
             consum'd
             with
             labour
             ,
             and
             the
             violence
             of
             heat
             which
             had
             even
             melted
             them
             .
             The
             good
             man
             at
             last
             was
             brought
             to
             his
             lodging
             in
             extreme
             torment
             ,
             where
             they
             laid
             him
             to
             bed
             in
             so
             much
             grief
             and
             discomfort
             ,
             that
             he
             was
             the
             pitty
             of
             the
             world
             .
             Waking
             in
             the
             night
             he
             was
             surprized
             with
             such
             a
             rage
             ,
             that
             he
             gave
             himself
             several
             stabbes
             in
             the
             throat
             with
             his
             knife
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             morning
             his
             sister
             coming
             to
             visit
             him
             ,
             found
             him
             steep'd
             in
             blood
             and
             gastly
             ,
             half
             dead
             ,
             whereupon
             she
             cryed
             out
             for
             help
             ,
             and
             friends
             came
             immediately
             in
             ,
             and
             a
             Chirurgion
             applyed
             the
             country
             balsom
             so
             fortunately
             to
             his
             wounds
             ,
             that
             he
             was
             well
             within
             few
             dayes
             ;
             neverthelesse
             for
             extreme
             griefe
             and
             sullennesse
             he
             could
             eat
             nothing
             ,
             at
             last
             he
             languished
             to
             death
             ,
             having
             consum'd
             all
             he
             had
             gotten
             ,
             besides
             what
             his
             sister
             had
             ,
             and
             other
             friends
             whom
             he
             quite
             ruined
             .
          
           
             The
             poor
             woman
             lived
             a
             while
             after
             ,
             but
             miserably
             ,
             her
             Son-in
             law
             making
             some
             voyages
             betwixt
             the
             Indies
             and
             Spain
             ,
             in
             the
             best
             sort
             he
             could
             ,
             who
             afterwards
             had
             other
             strange
             misfortunes
             upon
             his
             wives
             account
             ,
             esteemed
             the
             daughter
             of
             that
             unfortunate
             Priest·
          
           
             The
             last
             King
             of
             
               Mexico
               Montezuma
            
             was
             so
             potent
             ,
             that
             he
             had
             three
             thousand
             men
             for
             his
             guard
             ,
             and
             could
             bring
             three
             hundred
             thousand
             fighting
             men
             into
             the
             field
             .
             He
             sacrificed
             every
             
             year
             above
             20000
             persons
             to
             his
             Idols
             .
             His
             revenue
             in
             gold
             ,
             silver
             ,
             precious
             stones
             ,
             pearles
             ,
             cotton
             ,
             furres
             ,
             and
             fruit
             was
             infinite
             ,
             he
             had
             thirty
             feudatary
             Kings
             under
             him
             ,
             
             each
             whereof
             command
             a
             hundred
             thousand
             vassals
             .
             He
             gained
             nine
             battailes
             against
             his
             enemies
             ,
             and
             was
             nine
             times
             victorious
             in
             close
             lists
             :
             He
             kept
             such
             State
             and
             Majesty
             ,
             that
             none
             durst
             look
             in
             his
             face
             .
             He
             was
             slain
             in
             an
             insurrection
             of
             the
             Mexicans
             against
             Cortez
             ,
             and
             his
             Nephew
             Catamazin
             chosen
             in
             his
             place
             ;
             but
             he
             continued
             not
             long
             .
          
           
             Mexica
             was
             conquered
             by
             
               Ferdinand
               Cortez
            
             ,
             born
             at
             Medelin
             ,
             
             in
             Estremadura
             ,
             who
             came
             to
             the
             West
             Indies
             in
             the
             year
             1485.
             and
             1519.
             went
             from
             Cuba
             to
             the
             conquest
             of
             Mexica
             ,
             discovered
             before
             by
             
               Fr.
               Fermandez
               de
               Cordoua
            
             ,
             who
             first
             found
             Jucatan
             in
             1517.
             and
             by
             the
             intelligence
             he
             had
             from
             Velasco
             Governour
             of
             Cuba
             ,
             he
             sent
             his
             Nephew
             
               John
               de
               Grizalua
            
             ,
             who
             went
             as
             far
             as
             
               San
               Jouan
               de
               Vsua
            
             ,
             and
             took
             possession
             of
             the
             countrey
             for
             the
             King
             of
             
               Spain
               .
               Velasco
            
             sent
             afterwards
             one
             Osio
             to
             relieve
             Grizalua
             ,
             but
             he
             returned
             without
             advancing
             further
             .
             Cortez
             undertook
             the
             invasion
             with
             five
             hundred
             souldiers
             ,
             his
             Captains
             ,
             
               Auilla
               ,
               Porto
               Carrecco
               ,
               Orda
               ,
               Escalente
               Salsedo
               ,
               Olid
               ,
               Escouar
               ,
               Aluarada
               ,
            
             and
             others
             .
             He
             gain'd
             the
             Kingdom
             with
             great
             toyle
             and
             industry
             ,
             defeated
             ,
             and
             took
             the
             King
             Montezuma
             ;
             afterwards
             being
             driven
             out
             by
             the
             Mexicans
             ,
             with
             a
             neighbouring
             people
             their
             enemies
             he
             returned
             ,
             and
             brought
             them
             absolutely
             under
             the
             yoke
             .
             The
             Indians
             called
             him
             Malnixa
             ,
             as
             a
             God
             descended
             from
             heaven
             .
             Amongst
             the
             Spaniards
             themselves
             he
             had
             great
             enemies
             ,
             as
             
               Garary
               ,
               Estrada
               ,
               Olid
            
             ,
             and
             Navez
             ,
             whom
             he
             routed
             ,
             and
             compleated
             his
             conquest
             .
             The
             Emperour
             made
             him
             Marquesse
             
               del
               Valla.
            
             He
             was
             indued
             with
             all
             the
             qualities
             of
             a
             Spaniard
             vertuous
             and
             vitious
             .
             He
             was
             bold
             ,
             valiant
             ,
             suddain
             in
             execution
             ,
             clear
             spirited
             ,
             subtle
             ,
             patient
             ,
             and
             resolute
             ;
             but
             ambitious
             ,
             out
             of
             measure
             cruell
             ,
             and
             libidinous
             .
             He
             dyed
             in
             Spain
             ,
             at
             the
             age
             of
             63.
             in
             the
             year
             1546.
             
             He
             conquered
             in
             Mexica
             from
             12.
             to
             15.
             degrees
             .
             The
             town
             of
             Mexica
             is
             in
             19.
             degrees
             :
             about
             the
             8.
             of
             May
             ,
             and
             the
             16.
             of
             July
             the
             Sun
             is
             perpendicular
             .
             The
             countrey
             is
             temperate
             ,
             but
             rather
             hot
             then
             cold
             ,
             clothes
             there
             not
             being
             tedious
             or
             troublesome
             ,
             nor
             nakednesse
             importune
             ,
             or
             broyling
             .
          
           
             The
             Mines
             are
             not
             so
             wealthy
             as
             in
             Peru
             :
             but
             more
             profitable
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             lesse
             charge
             and
             danger
             .
             Besides
             gold
             ,
             silver
             ,
             iron
             ,
             and
             brasse
             ;
             they
             bring
             from
             thence
             sugar
             ,
             cochenell
             ,
             cotton
             ,
             plumage
             ,
             honey
             ,
             wax
             ,
             balm
             ,
             amber
             ,
             salt
             ,
             medicinable
             drugges
             ,
             &c.
             and
             few
             vessels
             return
             light
             ,
             which
             is
             not
             in
             
               Peru
               ,
               Spain
            
             being
             enriched
             as
             well
             from
             one
             as
             the
             other
             .
             For
             though
             there
             is
             so
             much
             treasure
             to
             be
             exhausted
             ,
             yet
             there
             is
             not
             so
             much
             danger
             .
             The
             faith
             hath
             made
             a
             farther
             progresse
             ,
             the
             countrey
             is
             better
             peopled
             ,
             the
             natives
             better
             ordered
             ,
             more
             regular
             ,
             better
             Markets
             
             of
             cattle
             ,
             horses
             ,
             sugars
             ,
             and
             meat
             ,
             wherein
             Peru
             cannot
             compare
             ,
             which
             doubtlesse
             would
             be
             better
             if
             it
             had
             more
             rain
             .
          
           
             The
             natives
             wondring
             why
             the
             Spaniards
             were
             inquisitive
             of
             gold
             and
             silver
             ,
             at
             first
             they
             made
             them
             believe
             't
             was
             to
             cure
             them
             of
             a
             pain
             at
             their
             heart
             ,
             whereto
             they
             were
             subject
             ,
             but
             in
             time
             they
             found
             it
             did
             hold
             them
             there
             indeed
             .
          
           
             Cortez
             to
             bring
             these
             people
             in
             obedience
             to
             his
             King
             ,
             told
             them
             he
             was
             Emperour
             of
             all
             the
             Christians
             ,
             the
             greatest
             Lord
             on
             earth
             ,
             who
             had
             under
             him
             more
             Kingdomes
             and
             Provinces
             then
             other
             Kings
             had
             subjects
             .
             
             That
             his
             government
             was
             founded
             on
             Justice
             ,
             and
             proceeded
             immediately
             from
             God
             ,
             that
             he
             was
             accomplished
             with
             all
             vertues
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Monarchy
             of
             the
             whole
             Universe
             ,
             was
             by
             right
             his
             inheritance
             ,
             and
             other
             Spanish
             boasts
             and
             vanities
             .
          
           
             Concerning
             the
             particulars
             of
             this
             great
             country
             ,
             besides
             what
             I
             have
             said
             already
             .
             In
             the
             Province
             of
             Mechoacan
             ,
             there
             is
             an
             excellent
             root
             of
             the
             same
             name
             with
             the
             countrey
             ,
             by
             others
             called
             Jeheurais
             ,
             of
             the
             same
             vertue
             to
             purge
             ,
             as
             Rhubarb
             ,
             but
             more
             light
             and
             white
             ,
             and
             purges
             with
             lesse
             violence
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             great
             traffick
             in
             Spain
             ,
             where
             't
             is
             worth
             three
             or
             four
             realls
             the
             pound
             ,
             and
             there
             almost
             nothing
             .
             'T
             is
             taken
             by
             the
             weight
             of
             a
             Crown
             pulveriz'd
             in
             an
             egge
             ,
             wine
             ,
             or
             broth
             .
             I
             have
             seen
             greater
             effects
             of
             it
             then
             Rhubarb
             .
             It
             may
             be
             kept
             four
             or
             five
             years
             or
             longer
             with
             care
             ,
             but
             there
             is
             such
             abundance
             ,
             they
             matter
             it
             not
             .
          
           
             By
             information
             of
             the
             natives
             ,
             some
             of
             the
             Spaniards
             were
             cured
             of
             diseases
             by
             this
             root
             ,
             and
             so
             it
             became
             famous
             .
             'T
             is
             called
             
               Indian
               Rhubarb
            
             .
             Amongst
             other
             trees
             in
             Mexico
             or
             the
             land
             of
             Caperous
             ,
             there
             is
             the
             famous
             tree
             of
             Muguey
             ,
             whereof
             they
             tell
             as
             many
             wonders
             ,
             and
             several
             uses
             ,
             as
             of
             the
             Eastern
             Cocos
             ,
             for
             it
             yields
             water
             ,
             wine
             ,
             vinegar
             ,
             oyle
             ,
             honey
             ,
             wax
             ,
             thread
             ,
             and
             needles
             ;
             
             so
             as
             this
             is
             sufficient
             to
             keep
             a
             man.
             After
             drawing
             fresh
             water
             ,
             the
             fruit
             will
             be
             like
             sweet
             small
             nuts
             .
             The
             water
             a
             little
             boyled
             becomes
             good
             wine
             ;
             more
             boyled
             ,
             like
             burnt
             wine
             ,
             which
             coagulate
             again
             excellent
             honey
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             Syrupes
             :
             The
             first
             water
             set
             in
             the
             Sun
             makes
             good
             vinegar
             :
             From
             the
             leaves
             issues
             sweet
             milk
             ,
             and
             out
             of
             the
             leaves
             you
             may
             draw
             thread
             ,
             strong
             enough
             to
             make
             cloth
             .
             I
             brought
             with
             me
             two
             shirts
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             some
             of
             the
             fruit
             ,
             as
             perfect
             into
             Europe
             ,
             as
             it
             grew
             on
             the
             tree
             ,
             for
             the
             rind
             is
             very
             thick
             ,
             and
             that
             preserves
             it
             .
             cloth
             made
             of
             this
             yarne
             ,
             will
             ever
             have
             some
             dark
             gray
             streaks
             in
             it
             .
             About
             the
             leaves
             grow
             little
             prickles
             ,
             so
             strong
             and
             hard
             ,
             they
             use
             them
             for
             needles
             ,
             and
             sew
             with
             no
             other
             .
             There
             are
             many
             who
             live
             on
             this
             tree
             alone
             ,
             which
             puts
             forth
             leaves
             upon
             leaves
             continually
             ,
             and
             in
             such
             abundance
             ,
             that
             the
             tree
             is
             covered
             over
             from
             the
             root
             to
             the
             top
             ,
             which
             makes
             it
             unshapely
             .
             To
             make
             it
             pregnant
             ,
             they
             lay
             cindars
             to
             the
             root
             :
             the
             wood
             is
             of
             such
             quality
             ,
             it
             endures
             twice
             as
             long
             in
             the
             fire
             as
             any
             other
             ,
             and
             when
             
             they
             will
             keep
             fire
             a
             long
             time
             ,
             they
             use
             a
             piece
             of
             this
             wood
             .
          
           
             Balm
             comes
             from
             a
             tree
             something
             like
             a
             Pomegranate
             tree
             ,
             and
             it
             produces
             several
             sorts
             of
             several
             vertues
             .
             The
             first
             is
             Opobalsamo
             ,
             excellent
             for
             wounds
             and
             the
             plague
             ,
             of
             gold
             colour
             like
             Ambar
             :
             another
             sort
             is
             something
             white
             :
             another
             sort
             is
             press'd
             out
             the
             leaves
             and
             sprigges
             burnt
             ;
             of
             such
             vertue
             ,
             't
             will
             draw
             any
             iron
             out
             of
             the
             flesh
             .
          
           
             I
             brought
             some
             into
             France
             ,
             wherewith
             I
             did
             most
             admirable
             cures
             of
             wounds
             ,
             and
             old
             ulcers
             which
             had
             eaten
             to
             the
             very
             bone
             .
          
           
             In
             a
             word
             ,
             't
             is
             most
             soveraigne
             for
             wounds
             ,
             paines
             in
             the
             sides
             ,
             contagions
             ,
             and
             holding
             a
             little
             in
             the
             mouth
             ,
             preserves
             from
             bad
             ayrs
             .
          
           
             They
             much
             esteeme
             another
             tree
             called
             Cacao
             ,
             as
             the
             fruit
             is
             of
             great
             use
             and
             traffick
             ,
             which
             passes
             with
             them
             as
             money
             to
             buy
             all
             commodities
             .
             The
             fruit
             is
             like
             an
             Almond
             ,
             a
             little
             lesse
             :
             They
             are
             never
             without
             Cacoas
             in
             their
             pockets
             ,
             to
             buy
             what
             they
             want
             ,
             for
             alms
             ,
             or
             to
             eat
             ;
             
             and
             't
             will
             keep
             a
             long
             time
             .
             The
             Province
             of
             Guatima
             produces
             them
             in
             abundance
             ,
             where
             they
             make
             a
             precious
             drink
             of
             it
             ,
             that
             accordingly
             mixt
             cools
             ,
             or
             heats
             :
             it
             makes
             good
             wine
             .
             They
             make
             Cakes
             of
             it
             good
             for
             the
             stomack
             ,
             and
             ptisick
             ,
             't
             is
             like
             an
             Almond
             tree
             ,
             the
             leaves
             a
             little
             broader
             ,
             and
             of
             a
             thicker
             body
             .
             To
             make
             it
             prosper
             ,
             they
             plant
             another
             by
             the
             side
             of
             it
             :
             't
             is
             very
             tender
             ,
             and
             suffers
             equally
             by
             cold
             and
             heat
             .
          
           
             This
             latter
             tree
             they
             call
             Cacaos
             mother
             ,
             because
             it
             preserves
             it
             from
             the
             injuries
             of
             the
             weather
             .
             Whosoever
             hath
             this
             tree
             ,
             they
             esteem
             him
             happy
             and
             pious
             ,
             in
             opinion
             ,
             if
             he
             were
             not
             such
             ,
             their
             God
             would
             not
             have
             sent
             him
             this
             tree
             :
             and
             when
             such
             a
             tree
             dyes
             ,
             they
             believe
             the
             Master
             hath
             committed
             some
             heinous
             crime
             .
          
           
             In
             like
             manner
             they
             have
             their
             Coca
             in
             high
             esteem
             at
             Peru
             ,
             which
             being
             chewed
             and
             held
             in
             the
             mouth
             ,
             marvellously
             revives
             the
             spirit
             .
             'T
             is
             of
             very
             delicate
             taste
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             great
             traffick
             to
             Potossi
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             Gold
             and
             Silver
             Mines
             in
             Mexico
             ,
             I
             will
             speak
             jointly
             with
             those
             of
             Peru.
             
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XI
             .
             Of
             new
             Spain
             ,
             the
             Provinces
             thereof
             ,
             and
             of
             Peru.
             
          
           
             NEw
             Spain
             is
             the
             greatest
             Dominion
             in
             North
             America
             ,
             as
             Peru
             in
             the
             South
             .
             Betwixt
             both
             lyes
             
               Jucatan
               ,
               Hondura
               ,
               Nicaragua
               ,
               Veraga
               ,
            
             or
             
               Nombre
               de
               Dios
               &
               Panama
            
             ,
             which
             chain
             them
             together
             .
          
           
             
             Jucatan
             is
             a
             point
             of
             land
             which
             extends
             to
             the
             21.
             degree
             ,
             like
             a
             peninsula
             ,
             being
             in
             the
             streightest
             place
             from
             Xicalanco
             to
             Chotemal
             some
             hundred
             leagues
             over
             :
             the
             country
             was
             first
             discovered
             by
             one
             Fernandez
             in
             one
             thousand
             five
             hundred
             and
             seventeen
             .
             afterwards
             by
             Grisalua
             ,
             who
             came
             from
             Cuba
             to
             the
             Isle
             of
             Cosumel
             ,
             or
             Saint
             Crois
             ,
             thence
             to
             
               Campechia
               ,
               Champatron
            
             ,
             and
             Tauasco
             .
          
           
             Hondura
             was
             first
             discovered
             by
             Columbus
             in
             his
             last
             voyage
             ,
             1502.
             last
             by
             one
             Casan
             who
             setled
             the
             Plantation
             of
             Tucillo
             in
             1515.
             
             
               Pedrarias
               d'
               Avila
            
             ,
             in
             1519.
             planted
             the
             Colonies
             in
             
               Nombre
               de
               Dios
            
             ,
             and
             Panama
             towards
             the
             South
             Sea
             ;
             the
             first
             discoverer
             of
             that
             sea
             was
             
               Vasco
               Muntz
            
             ,
             coming
             from
             Dariana
             in
             1513.
             who
             with
             great
             joy
             rendred
             thanks
             to
             God
             ,
             and
             took
             possession
             for
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             .
          
           
             Betwixt
             
               Nombre
               de
               Dios
            
             and
             Panama
             ,
             't
             is
             17.
             or
             18.
             leagues
             of
             Marshes
             ,
             Mountains
             ,
             and
             craggy
             asperous
             rocks
             ,
             full
             of
             fierce
             wild
             beasts
             of
             all
             kinds
             ,
             and
             a
             multitude
             of
             Apes
             that
             make
             a
             very
             troublesome
             noyse
             .
             They
             transport
             their
             Merchandise
             from
             sea
             to
             sea
             ,
             either
             by
             land
             with
             convoyes
             ,
             or
             by
             the
             river
             Chagra
             to
             about
             five
             leagues
             from
             Panama
             ,
             
             and
             then
             by
             land
             with
             Convoy
             .
             They
             have
             often
             thought
             of
             cutting
             this
             Isthmus
             in
             the
             streightest
             place
             ,
             but
             the
             difficulty
             of
             the
             Rocks
             and
             Mountains
             by
             the
             way
             ,
             besides
             the
             doubt
             if
             the
             seas
             are
             levell
             ,
             as
             at
             the
             Egyptian
             Isthmus
             ,
             hindred
             the
             proceeding
             .
          
           
             A
             Colony
             at
             
               Sancta
               Maria
               Antiqua
            
             in
             Dariana
             ,
             displanted
             for
             the
             unsoundnesse
             of
             the
             ayre
             :
             for
             but
             throwing
             warm
             water
             on
             the
             ground
             ,
             toads
             ,
             and
             other
             venemous
             creatures
             would
             engender
             .
          
           
             Advancing
             towards
             the
             East
             ,
             we
             came
             to
             the
             Provinces
             of
             Vraba
             ,
             S.
             
               Martha
               ,
               Cartagena
               ,
               Popayan
               ,
               Dorado
               ,
            
             new
             Estramadora
             ,
             new
             
               Granada
               ,
               Venecuela
               ,
               Castilia
               Doro
               ,
               Bagota
               ,
            
             new
             
               Andolousia
               ,
               Paria
               ,
               Cahaqua
               Cumana
               ,
            
             &c.
             
          
           
             South
             lyes
             Dariana
             ,
             then
             the
             great
             kingdome
             of
             Peru
             ,
             then
             Chila
             to
             the
             Streight
             .
          
           
             Dariana
             was
             planted
             by
             one
             Anchisa
             ,
             there
             are
             Cowes
             with
             feet
             ,
             like
             Mules
             ,
             and
             hornlesse
             .
          
           
           
             Peru
             according
             to
             some
             extends
             from
             Dariana
             to
             Chila
             others
             clipping
             it
             from
             Popayan
             North
             ,
             to
             Chila
             South
             .
             It
             took
             name
             from
             the
             River
             Peru
             in
             two
             degrees
             Northward
             ;
             the
             Provinces
             thereof
             are
             
               Quito
               ,
               Quixos
               ,
               Popayan
               ,
               Canela
               ,
               Pacamores
               ,
               Gualsonge
               ,
            
             then
             
               Collao
               ,
               Carchas
               ,
               Anedas
               ,
               Tecuman
               ,
            
             to
             Chila
             .
          
           
             Popayan
             is
             about
             two
             hundred
             leagues
             in
             length
             ,
             and
             forty
             in
             breadth
             ,
             lying
             upon
             new
             Granada
             towards
             the
             East
             .
             The
             Provinces
             are
             
               Antioch
               ,
               Tataho
               ,
               Anserma
               ,
               Arma
               ,
               Pacoura
               ,
               Catapa
               ,
               Quinhaya
               ,
               Calix
               ,
            
             and
             Pasto
             .
          
           
             Anserma
             70.
             leagues
             from
             Antioch
             is
             called
             by
             the
             Indians
             Ombra
             ;
             but
             the
             Spaniards
             seeing
             the
             Inhabitants
             hold
             salt
             in
             their
             hand
             ,
             and
             call
             it
             Anser
             ,
             thought
             the
             town
             had
             been
             so
             called
             ,
             and
             continued
             that
             name
             :
             there
             is
             a
             passage
             over
             the
             river
             Saint
             Martha
             at
             that
             town
             .
             Arma
             is
             of
             note
             for
             rich
             Mines
             :
             Parmoura
             hath
             also
             silver
             Mines
             :
             the
             Province
             of
             Arbi
             extends
             to
             the
             Mountains
             of
             Cordilleras
             ,
             which
             runs
             a
             thousand
             leagues
             Southward
             :
             on
             that
             side
             which
             stretches
             to
             the
             sea
             ,
             they
             never
             have
             raines
             by
             reason
             the
             South
             ,
             and
             South-West
             winds
             blowing
             continually
             ,
             drive
             the
             clouds
             away
             ,
             whereby
             this
             part
             is
             barren
             without
             tree
             ,
             fruit
             ,
             or
             grasse
             .
             but
             the
             other
             side
             onely
             a
             league
             distant
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             rains
             ,
             abounds
             in
             fruits
             and
             all
             commodities
             .
          
           
             In
             Quinbaya
             at
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Cordilleras
             over
             against
             Andes
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             famous
             burning
             mountain
             .
             In
             the
             Province
             of
             Pastro
             there
             is
             a
             large
             valley
             called
             Arris
             ever
             cold
             ,
             both
             winter
             and
             summer
             .
             All
             these
             parts
             are
             well
             peopled
             ,
             and
             the
             Inhabitants
             not
             so
             bloody
             ,
             nor
             man-eaters
             as
             in
             other
             parts
             ;
             living
             under
             a
             government
             and
             obedience
             to
             their
             Prince
             ,
             and
             believe
             in
             the
             resurrection
             after
             death
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             shall
             live
             in
             fields
             of
             peace
             ,
             with
             all
             sorts
             of
             delights
             .
          
           
             Peru
             extends
             from
             Pasto
             to
             Chila
             ,
             
             ends
             Southward
             at
             the
             River
             Manto
             ,
             North
             at
             
               Augar
               Mayo
            
             :
             here
             are
             vast
             sandy
             Plains
             as
             far
             as
             the
             Indies
             ,
             where
             the
             heat
             is
             extreme
             ,
             while
             snow
             lyes
             on
             the
             Mountains
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             diversity
             of
             the
             seasons
             ;
             I
             remember
             when
             I
             went
             to
             Sicily
             ,
             walking
             on
             the
             coast
             of
             Calabria
             in
             the
             beginning
             of
             March
             ,
             winter
             was
             so
             sharp
             ,
             there
             was
             not
             the
             least
             sprout
             of
             a
             Vine
             to
             be
             seen
             ,
             whereas
             in
             Sicily
             I
             found
             them
             a
             span
             high
             ,
             young
             beanes
             ,
             good
             Artichocks
             ,
             and
             they
             mowed
             green
             corn
             ,
             to
             give
             the
             blades
             to
             horses
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             part
             between
             the
             sea
             and
             the
             Codilleras
             called
             Sanaria
             ,
             for
             want
             of
             wood
             ,
             they
             get
             a
             certain
             earth
             out
             of
             the
             water
             ,
             which
             they
             dry
             and
             make
             turfes
             ,
             like
             those
             in
             the
             low
             countreys
             :
             the
             Mountains
             are
             the
             most
             desert
             and
             arduous
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             of
             long
             extent
             ,
             running
             from
             Panama
             to
             the
             streight
             :
             they
             throw
             down
             divers
             Rivers
             ,
             and
             compose
             very
             fertile
             Valleys
             .
          
           
             At
             the
             point
             of
             Sagotta
             at
             the
             entrance
             into
             those
             vast
             plains
             ,
             betwixt
             the
             Mountains
             and
             the
             Sea
             ,
             lyes
             a
             wide
             countrey
             ,
             
             covered
             with
             nothing
             but
             sand
             ,
             like
             the
             deserts
             of
             Arabia
             ,
             but
             not
             so
             white
             :
             some
             shrubs
             there
             are
             ,
             or
             rather
             stalks
             ,
             strong
             as
             the
             Caper
             sprigges
             in
             the
             deserts
             of
             Palestine
             ,
             the
             same
             we
             call
             salt
             grasse
             ,
             which
             refreshes
             the
             passengers
             exceedingly
             ,
             and
             continues
             till
             May.
             The
             seasons
             differ
             but
             little
             in
             
               Quito
               Cagnales
               ,
               Santiago
               ,
               de
               porto
               Vieio
               Cusco
               ,
               Cagnata
               ,
               Collao
               ,
               Charcas
               .
            
          
           
             
             The
             Province
             of
             Quito
             is
             called
             by
             the
             
               Spaniards
               Poblada
               de
               San
               Francesco
            
             ,
             and
             the
             capitall
             town
             S.
             Francis
             of
             Quito
             .
             The
             length
             of
             Peru
             from
             Quito
             to
             Chila
             is
             some
             six
             hundred
             leagues
             ,
             the
             breadth
             about
             fifty
             .
             The
             countrey
             is
             divided
             into
             three
             parts
             ,
             the
             Plaines
             upon
             the
             sea
             side
             ,
             about
             ten
             leagues
             over
             ,
             the
             Mountains
             and
             Valleys
             twenty
             leagues
             ,
             the
             Forests
             and
             Lawns
             twenty
             leagues
             ,
             within
             which
             little
             space
             of
             fifty
             leagues
             ;
             there
             is
             such
             difference
             ,
             that
             it
             rains
             as
             't
             were
             alwayes
             in
             one
             part
             ,
             in
             another
             not
             at
             all
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             middle
             upon
             the
             mountaines
             seldome
             .
          
           
             The
             Cordileras
             which
             run
             from
             Pole
             to
             Pole
             by
             the
             names
             of
             Andes
             and
             Sierra
             ,
             are
             very
             different
             though
             in
             the
             same
             elevation
             :
             one
             side
             covered
             with
             woods
             ,
             where
             it
             rains
             ,
             and
             is
             ever
             hot
             ;
             the
             other
             side
             bare
             and
             cold
             ,
             winter
             and
             summer
             .
             These
             mountains
             go
             for
             a
             thousand
             leagues
             in
             view
             of
             one
             another
             ,
             dividing
             at
             Cusco
             ,
             where
             they
             inclose
             the
             Province
             of
             Collao
             ,
             a
             Champaign
             countrey
             full
             of
             Lakes
             and
             Rivers
             .
             Next
             Collao
             lyes
             Charcas
             a
             mountanous
             countrey
             ,
             rich
             in
             Mines
             .
             Quito
             is
             under
             the
             Equinoctial
             abounding
             in
             all
             sorts
             of
             fruit
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             two
             harvests
             in
             the
             year
             .
          
           
             The
             spring
             lasts
             from
             Aprill
             to
             November
             ,
             and
             from
             October
             to
             March
             their
             rains
             ,
             which
             they
             esteem
             their
             winter
             .
             Here
             they
             have
             of
             those
             famous
             sheep
             called
             Pacos
             which
             serve
             as
             properly
             for
             carriage
             as
             horses
             :
             of
             the
             height
             of
             an
             ordinary
             asse
             ,
             long
             legges
             ,
             deep
             belly
             ,
             long
             and
             risen
             neck
             ,
             and
             the
             head
             like
             ours
             in
             Europe
             .
             They
             draw
             and
             do
             any
             work
             ,
             the
             flesh
             is
             wholesome
             and
             savory
             ,
             fresh
             or
             salt
             :
             these
             beasts
             are
             tame
             ,
             and
             apt
             to
             be
             brought
             to
             labour
             .
          
           
             Out
             of
             the
             Province
             of
             Cognata
             towards
             the
             East
             comes
             the
             great
             River
             Maragnon
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             West
             lyes
             the
             Province
             of
             Gouacabilcas
             ,
             the
             capital
             whereof
             is
             Guayaquil
             ,
             then
             
               Porto
               Veio
            
             ,
             where
             are
             good
             Mines
             ,
             as
             I
             shall
             relate
             hereafter
             .
          
           
             The
             Province
             of
             Santiago
             is
             South
             under
             the
             Equinoctial
             ,
             containing
             
               Porto
               de
               Passao
            
             ,
             the
             River
             S.
             
               Jaques
               ,
               Tamebamba
            
             ,
             point
             S.
             Ellen
             ,
             Valley
             of
             Chaga
             ,
             Mount
             
               Christo
               ,
               Cheramica
               ,
               Manta
               ,
               Sapil
            
             and
             other
             towns
             .
             Their
             houses
             are
             of
             timber
             covered
             for
             the
             best
             part
             with
             Tortota
             ,
             a
             fort
             of
             reeds
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             many
             uses
             .
             Then
             comes
             the
             Province
             of
             Caxamolca
             from
             the
             town
             of
             Traxillo
             to
             Gouancabanca
             ,
             and
             it
             may
             be
             fifty
             leagues
             over
             .
             In
             this
             country
             Pizaro
             took
             King
             Atabalipa
             .
          
           
             
             Then
             followes
             the
             Province
             of
             Casio
             ,
             with
             a
             town-royall
             of
             
             the
             same
             name
             fenced
             with
             divers
             walls
             ,
             13.
             degrees
             to
             the
             South
             ,
             the
             Countrey
             is
             cold
             and
             mountainous
             ,
             but
             the
             valleys
             fertile
             .
             The
             principal
             Nobility
             of
             the
             Empire
             resided
             here
             ,
             who
             held
             long
             ears
             for
             a
             grace
             and
             beauty
             ,
             for
             the
             hanging
             of
             many
             jewels
             ,
             whence
             the
             Spaniards
             called
             them
             Oreiones
             ,
             the
             most
             magnificent
             in
             Peru.
             East
             lye
             the
             mountains
             of
             Andes
             .
             There
             are
             the
             Canches
             and
             Ayauires
             ,
             great
             Souldiers
             .
             The
             chief
             Towns
             are
             
               Houtoncana
               ,
               Chicano
               ,
               Cachahurara
            
             .
             The
             Inhabitants
             of
             all
             these
             parts
             go
             cloathed
             ,
             and
             neighbour
             upon
             the
             Province
             of
             Collao
             ,
             the
             largest
             of
             all
             ,
             having
             the
             Andes
             on
             the
             East
             ,
             on
             the
             South
             Suchiabo
             .
             The
             principal
             Towns
             are
             ,
             Culy
             and
             
               Chilane
               ,
               Acos
               ,
               Pamoura
               ,
               Pomata
               ,
               Cepita
               ,
            
             and
             Tiquanaco
             ,
             and
             reaches
             to
             Carocoles
             .
             'T
             is
             a
             flat
             Countrey
             and
             hath
             many
             rivers
             :
             and
             the
             great
             lake
             of
             Titicata
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             the
             Isle
             of
             Lead
             ,
             because
             within
             it
             is
             an
             Island
             that
             yeilds
             lead
             :
             't
             is
             80.
             leagues
             in
             compasse
             ,
             and
             in
             some
             places
             is
             so
             many
             fathoms
             deep
             ,
             many
             rivers
             fall
             into
             it
             ,
             and
             it
             again
             discharges
             into
             another
             called
             the
             Oulagas
             .
          
           
             The
             last
             Province
             of
             Peru
             neighbouring
             to
             Chila
             is
             called
             Charcas
             ,
             in
             which
             as
             the
             Town
             of
             Plata
             ,
             the
             Capital
             ,
             
             where
             the
             famous
             mines
             of
             Porco
             and
             Potossi
             are
             .
             Potossi
             of
             four
             or
             five
             houses
             ,
             built
             at
             first
             to
             fine
             their
             mettal
             ,
             by
             degrees
             is
             grown
             a
             fair
             Town
             in
             2●
             .
             and
             22.
             degrees
             :
             where
             notwithstanding
             the
             sterility
             of
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             all
             commodities
             abound
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             rich
             mine
             ;
             of
             such
             power
             and
             attraction
             is
             wealth
             .
             Next
             to
             Charcas
             is
             the
             Province
             of
             Chila
             ,
             which
             they
             hold
             to
             be
             500.
             leagues
             over
             to
             the
             Streight
             .
          
           
             'T
             is
             an
             admiration
             to
             observe
             the
             quality
             of
             Peru
             ,
             on
             this
             side
             .
             For
             here
             there
             is
             but
             one
             wind
             ,
             not
             that
             which
             in
             the
             Torrid
             universally
             blowes
             Eastward
             ,
             as
             we
             said
             ,
             but
             this
             is
             South
             and
             Southwest
             ;
             without
             which
             't
             were
             not
             to
             be
             inhabited
             for
             the
             drynesse
             of
             the
             place
             ,
             but
             this
             wind
             renders
             it
             very
             healthfull
             :
             for
             't
             is
             to
             be
             observed
             that
             in
             this
             Countrey
             it
             never
             rains
             ,
             snows
             ,
             
             or
             thunders
             ,
             nor
             any
             thing
             that
             may
             refresh
             it
             ,
             but
             this
             wind
             alone
             effects
             it
             .
             On
             both
             sides
             of
             the
             Countrey
             are
             the
             high
             Mountains
             Cordilleras
             ,
             productive
             of
             fair
             trees
             ,
             and
             there
             ,
             as
             in
             other
             places
             they
             have
             variety
             of
             weather
             ,
             hot
             ,
             cold
             ,
             rain
             ,
             snow
             :
             and
             on
             both
             sides
             the
             mountains
             are
             bare
             and
             cold
             in
             extremity
             .
             This
             Countrey
             is
             long
             and
             narrow
             ,
             composed
             of
             plains
             ,
             mountains
             ,
             and
             valleys
             :
             The
             plains
             are
             by
             the
             Sea-coast
             ;
             on
             the
             other
             side
             the
             Mountains
             are
             reasonable
             good
             ,
             but
             some
             hungry
             enough
             .
             The
             plain
             may
             be
             of
             thirty
             or
             fourty
             miles
             broad
             ,
             from
             West
             to
             East
             ,
             and
             holds
             the
             length
             from
             North
             to
             South
             .
             And
             't
             is
             strange
             that
             in
             some
             parts
             they
             never
             have
             any
             rain
             ,
             and
             in
             others
             more
             than
             they
             wish
             for
             ,
             being
             but
             fourty
             or
             fifty
             Leagues
             distant
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             plains
             then
             it
             never
             rains
             ,
             all
             they
             ever
             have
             is
             a
             dew
             ,
             which
             is
             so
             slender
             it
             never
             wets
             at
             all
             .
             Their
             houses
             are
             covered
             
             with
             straw
             or
             reeds
             .
             In
             the
             mountains
             they
             feed
             on
             those
             wild-goats
             that
             have
             the
             Besar
             stone
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             likewise
             store
             of
             sheep
             ,
             and
             cows
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Guanacos
             and
             Pacos
             ,
             abundance
             of
             Apes
             and
             Munkeys
             ,
             making
             most
             exotick
             faces
             upon
             passengers
             ,
             
             some
             you
             shall
             see
             chattering
             their
             teeth
             ,
             others
             scratching
             their
             bellies
             ,
             here
             one
             running
             with
             three
             or
             four
             young
             ones
             under
             her
             armes
             ,
             there
             another
             upon
             a
             tree
             that
             stirs
             nor
             at
             all
             ;
             but
             the
             mischief
             is
             ,
             if
             we
             carry
             them
             out
             of
             their
             own
             air
             they
             die
             immediately
             .
             Besides
             there
             are
             infinite
             Parrots
             upon
             the
             trees
             that
             never
             shun
             the
             passengers
             ;
             but
             the
             young
             ones
             for
             fear
             thrust
             the
             head
             under
             the
             Mothers
             wing
             ;
             and
             if
             we
             take
             one
             of
             these
             without
             the
             Mother
             they
             dye
             immediately
             .
          
           
             Some
             valleys
             are
             better
             than
             others
             ,
             as
             those
             of
             
               Yneay
               Andagaylas
            
             ,
             and
             those
             that
             run
             up
             to
             Cusco
             ,
             the
             Town-Royall
             ,
             heretofore
             great
             and
             populous
             ,
             now
             ruined
             by
             the
             Spaniards
             .
             The
             Cordilleras
             ,
             mountains
             of
             a
             thousand
             leagues
             long
             ,
             where
             they
             divide
             and
             separate
             ,
             compose
             the
             large
             Campania
             of
             Collao
             .
             The
             Countrey
             towards
             Titicata
             is
             barren
             ,
             without
             either
             bread
             or
             wine
             ,
             but
             the
             inhabitants
             live
             upon
             a
             root
             called
             Papas
             ,
             which
             they
             dry
             ,
             and
             make
             a
             course
             bread
             of
             it
             ,
             called
             Choignos
             ;
             the
             Countrey
             neverthelesse
             populous
             for
             the
             heards
             of
             cattle
             ,
             goats
             ,
             and
             sheep
             it
             breeds
             .
             There
             is
             abundance
             of
             venison
             ,
             partridges
             ,
             and
             other
             sorts
             of
             game
             .
          
           
             The
             vales
             of
             Charcas
             yield
             good
             ground
             ,
             and
             the
             Mountains
             are
             rich
             in
             Mines
             .
             The
             reason
             they
             have
             no
             rain
             in
             some
             parts
             ,
             is
             want
             of
             matter
             for
             exhalation
             ,
             there
             being
             nothing
             but
             sand
             ,
             and
             neither
             Rivers
             nor
             Fountains
             .
             There
             are
             some
             draw-wells
             of
             excessive
             depth
             ,
             
             it
             being
             impossible
             to
             derive
             water
             from
             other
             parts
             ,
             for
             the
             interposition
             of
             the
             mountains
             .
             Besides
             there
             blowing
             no
             wind
             but
             one
             ,
             without
             any
             other
             to
             oppose
             it
             ,
             that
             can
             engender
             no
             vapours
             .
             Where
             the
             Mountains
             are
             not
             so
             very
             high
             ,
             there
             they
             have
             sometimes
             rains
             ,
             as
             at
             
               Arica
               ,
               Arequipa
            
             ,
             and
             some
             other
             places
             .
             Notwithstanding
             ,
             the
             other
             parts
             where
             it
             rains
             not
             ,
             by
             means
             of
             the
             wind
             are
             fertilized
             even
             to
             wonder
             ,
             and
             grasse
             grows
             through
             the
             sand
             which
             feeds
             the
             Cattle
             exceedingly
             ,
             as
             it
             doth
             near
             Lima
             ,
             where
             grasse
             grows
             on
             a
             Mountain
             entirely
             sand
             .
          
           
             In
             May
             ,
             when
             we
             first
             begin
             to
             feel
             heats
             in
             Europe
             ,
             in
             Peru
             they
             are
             extream
             cold
             ,
             where
             the
             Toumacaui
             reigns
             ,
             as
             at
             Potossi
             and
             through
             all
             the
             Countrey
             of
             Charca
             ,
             as
             't
             were
             the
             heart
             of
             Peru
             ;
             a
             wind
             more
             cold
             and
             piercing
             than
             any
             in
             Flanders
             ,
             and
             at
             Potossi
             is
             indurable
             ,
             though
             the
             Mountain
             be
             higher
             than
             
               Nostre
               Dame
               de
               la
               garde
            
             ,
             at
             Marseills
             ,
             or
             Mount
             Martre
             at
             Paris
             :
             there
             is
             a
             lesse
             Mountain
             at
             the
             side
             of
             it
             ,
             called
             
               Guayna
               Potossi
            
             ,
             or
             young
             Potossi
             ,
             both
             of
             a
             colour
             ,
             red
             without
             any
             verdure
             .
             The
             air
             is
             very
             intemperate
             ,
             either
             hot
             or
             cold
             in
             extremity
             ,
             so
             as
             an
             
             hermit
             would
             scarce
             live
             there
             ,
             yet
             the
             ambition
             of
             gold
             and
             silver
             makes
             it
             pleasant
             to
             every
             one
             .
             
             The
             Mines
             were
             first
             discovered
             by
             Indians
             ,
             amongst
             whom
             one
             acquainted
             his
             master
             Villaroel
             a
             Spaniard
             ,
             who
             became
             Lord
             of
             it
             ,
             paying
             the
             fifth
             to
             his
             King
             ,
             about
             1545.
             
          
           
             One
             of
             the
             wonders
             of
             Peru
             ,
             nay
             of
             the
             whole
             earth
             ,
             is
             the
             Mountain
             Perlaca
             ,
             where
             the
             air
             is
             so
             cold
             ,
             thin
             ,
             and
             piercing
             ,
             that
             it
             causes
             passengers
             to
             vomit
             ,
             to
             that
             extremity
             they
             bring
             up
             bloud
             and
             kils
             them
             with
             intolerable
             gripings
             :
             and
             if
             the
             travailers
             make
             not
             all
             possible
             speed
             't
             is
             no
             scaping
             :
             for
             in
             this
             short
             passage
             of
             four
             or
             five
             dangerous
             leagues
             ,
             men
             loose
             their
             senses
             ,
             and
             often
             their
             horses
             or
             what
             they
             ride
             on
             will
             stand
             immoveable
             ,
             without
             sense
             either
             of
             spur
             or
             whip
             ,
             so
             as
             they
             are
             constrained
             to
             run
             on
             foot
             ,
             and
             drive
             their
             beasts
             before
             them
             .
          
           
             Some
             cover
             their
             eyes
             ,
             others
             stop
             their
             ears
             ,
             and
             their
             nose
             ,
             others
             muffle
             and
             lap
             their
             head
             and
             whole
             body
             .
             Others
             put
             their
             head
             in
             a
             bag
             of
             herbs
             ,
             and
             aromatick
             drugs
             ,
             others
             carry
             cordials
             to
             eat
             ,
             others
             eat
             not
             of
             all
             day
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             not
             have
             so
             much
             matter
             to
             vomit
             ;
             but
             oftentimes
             this
             serves
             not
             the
             turn
             ,
             when
             one
             is
             in
             this
             pernicious
             place
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             nothing
             to
             be
             heard
             but
             laments
             and
             vomitings
             ,
             and
             notwithstanding
             that
             the
             Sun
             shine
             never
             so
             clear
             ,
             this
             vapour
             hath
             still
             its
             force
             :
             some
             go
             other
             wayes
             a
             side
             off
             ,
             but
             they
             still
             find
             the
             same
             inconvenience
             ,
             and
             the
             danger
             sometimes
             more
             great
             :
             all
             the
             wayes
             are
             exceeding
             bad
             ,
             and
             the
             worst
             by
             the
             Sea
             side
             .
          
           
             The
             whole
             extent
             of
             this
             quarter
             is
             not
             above
             five
             and
             twenty
             leagues
             ,
             without
             people
             ,
             beasts
             ,
             trees
             ,
             or
             grasse
             ,
             so
             desert
             is
             the
             place
             ,
             and
             beyond
             the
             Countrey
             extends
             500.
             leagues
             :
             At
             the
             foot
             of
             these
             Mountains
             there
             are
             some
             rascally
             Innes
             ,
             they
             call
             Tambos
             ,
             where
             one
             finds
             but
             wretched
             entertainment
             .
             This
             is
             the
             high-road
             from
             Peru
             to
             Chila
             :
             At
             the
             foot
             of
             the
             Mountain
             towards
             the
             Sea
             ,
             one
             would
             think
             the
             passage
             more
             benign
             ,
             but
             there
             reigns
             a
             wind
             chiefly
             in
             
               May
               ,
               June
               ,
               July
            
             ,
             and
             August
             ,
             which
             cools
             and
             penetrates
             with
             extremity
             ,
             so
             as
             fingers
             and
             toes
             freeze
             and
             fall
             off
             with
             cold
             ,
             the
             greatest
             part
             perish
             in
             passing
             ,
             and
             the
             wind
             renders
             them
             incorruptible
             .
          
           
             Of
             burning
             mountains
             we
             have
             spoken
             sufficiently
             in
             Mexico
             ,
             some
             there
             are
             in
             Peru
             towards
             Arequipa
             ,
             which
             throw
             forth
             stones
             ;
             others
             onely
             smoak
             ,
             others
             flaming
             pumice
             stones
             ,
             some
             vomiting
             flames
             and
             cinders
             ,
             others
             scalding
             winds
             .
          
           
             In
             Mexico
             ,
             near
             a
             place
             called
             
               la
               Peubla
               de
               los
               angelos
            
             ,
             
             there
             is
             a
             hill
             five
             and
             twenty
             leagues
             high
             ,
             answerable
             to
             another
             on
             the
             top
             of
             a
             Mountain
             ;
             where
             when
             it
             thunders
             it
             makes
             an
             Echo
             that
             shakes
             the
             whole
             Countrey
             :
             a
             formidable
             thing
             to
             those
             that
             are
             not
             used
             to
             it
             .
             Near
             Guatimala
             in
             1586.
             for
             six
             moneths
             this
             hill
             casts
             out
             flames
             and
             cinders
             ,
             followed
             with
             earthquakes
             ,
             that
             they
             have
             thought
             the
             Countrey
             had
             been
             ruined
             .
             All
             Mexico
             
             and
             Peru
             are
             subject
             to
             these
             earth-quakes
             ,
             and
             chiefly
             on
             the
             Sea-coasts
             ,
             from
             Chila
             to
             Quito
             ,
             For
             above
             200.
             leagues
             ,
             the
             Sea-men
             with
             astonishment
             beheld
             flames
             rising
             from
             these
             mountains
             ,
             and
             afterwards
             learnt
             that
             the
             Town
             of
             Guatimala
             was
             almost
             entirely
             swallowed
             in
             the
             earth-quake
             .
             In
             1587.
             it
             reached
             200.
             leagues
             distance
             ,
             and
             at
             St.
             Croix
             ,
             the
             Refectorian
             of
             the
             Dominicans
             was
             beaten
             dead
             ,
             and
             twenty
             of
             the
             religious
             killed
             under
             the
             vaults
             .
             The
             Inhabitants
             of
             Guatimala
             having
             notice
             made
             a
             timely
             retreat
             .
             There
             are
             of
             these
             Mountaines
             near
             Lima
             ,
             and
             another
             at
             Arequipa
             ,
             to
             which
             you
             must
             ascend
             two
             dayes
             in
             sand
             .
          
           
             Most
             parts
             of
             this
             India
             are
             subject
             to
             these
             furnaces
             ,
             and
             earth-quakes
             ,
             and
             chiefly
             near
             the
             Sea.
             Near
             
               Leon
               de
               Nicaragae
            
             there
             is
             a
             terrible
             one
             ,
             where
             sometimes
             by
             night
             the
             flames
             may
             be
             discerned
             25.
             leagues
             ,
             in
             discourse
             whereof
             Benzoni
             relates
             the
             same
             of
             a
             Jacobin
             ,
             as
             Acosta
             of
             a
             Priest
             at
             Guatimala
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             Province
             of
             Seiron
             near
             the
             Town
             of
             Bousan
             ,
             is
             mount
             Malat
             ,
             where
             is
             one
             of
             the
             most
             conspicuous
             furnaces
             of
             the
             Indies
             ,
             next
             that
             of
             Guatimala
             ;
             for
             the
             hill
             at
             the
             bottom
             hath
             five
             mouths
             ,
             and
             at
             the
             top
             one
             ,
             which
             is
             more
             formidable
             than
             the
             other
             five
             ,
             for
             casting
             out
             fire
             ,
             with
             miraculous
             fury
             ;
             but
             this
             is
             by
             intervals
             ,
             sometimes
             nothing
             but
             smoak
             appearing
             ,
             at
             other
             times
             throwing
             up
             burning
             stones
             ,
             specially
             when
             the
             wind
             Tourmacaui
             reigns
             :
             during
             which
             time
             there
             is
             heard
             a
             most
             hideous
             tumult
             and
             tempest
             within
             .
             One
             King
             went
             about
             to
             quench
             it
             with
             water
             ,
             but
             in
             vain
             ,
             the
             fire
             encreasing
             the
             more
             ,
             on
             which
             design
             divers
             perished
             ,
             and
             amongst
             the
             rest
             a
             near
             Allie
             of
             the
             Kings
             ,
             in
             whose
             memory
             he
             made
             a
             statue
             ,
             adorned
             with
             plumes
             ,
             mounted
             on
             an
             Elephant
             ,
             and
             armed
             with
             skin
             of
             Crocodile
             .
             All
             that
             passed
             by
             it
             ,
             prostrated
             before
             it
             with
             great
             humility
             ,
             believing
             the
             Prince
             happy
             ,
             as
             being
             deify'd
             by
             their
             God
             ;
             this
             fire
             which
             they
             adore
             as
             a
             Divinity
             .
             The
             Mexicans
             call
             these
             furnaces
             
               Popocatepech
               ,
               Popoca
            
             signifying
             smoak
             ,
             and
             tepech
             a
             Mount.
             The
             Neighbouring
             Inhabitants
             in
             their
             Armes
             ,
             and
             Ensignes
             bear
             a
             flaming
             Mountain
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XII
             .
             Of
             certain
             Fountains
             ,
             Lakes
             ,
             Rivers
             ,
             &c.
             in
             this
             Countrey
             .
          
           
             NEar
             Potossi
             at
             the
             bottom
             of
             the
             vale
             Tarapaye
             ,
             there
             lyes
             a
             Lake
             ,
             round
             as
             't
             were
             drawn
             with
             a
             compasse
             ,
             and
             the
             water
             so
             hot
             ,
             that
             but
             at
             the
             brims
             there
             is
             no
             enduring
             it
             ,
             but
             thirty
             paces
             forward
             't
             is
             impossible
             ,
             notwithstanding
             the
             Countrey
             round
             about
             is
             excessive
             cold
             .
             In
             the
             middle
             it
             boyles
             and
             runs
             round
             ,
             that
             you
             would
             think
             some
             tempest
             were
             underneath
             .
             From
             this
             Lake
             they
             draw
             a
             Channell
             that
             sets
             certain
             Leather-Engines
             at
             worke
             ,
             usefull
             for
             the
             Mines
             ,
             without
             any
             waste
             of
             the
             water
             .
             Titicaca
             in
             Collao
             is
             famous
             for
             largenesse
             ,
             and
             bearing
             vessels
             of
             burthen
             :
             fish
             abounds
             in
             it
             ,
             whereof
             the
             Inhabitants
             round
             about
             take
             great
             quantity
             ,
             very
             sweet
             ,
             good
             ,
             and
             commodious
             for
             passengers
             ,
             to
             whom
             they
             freely
             give
             part
             of
             their
             fish
             ,
             taking
             them
             with
             certain
             hand
             Engines
             .
             If
             a
             Priest
             come
             that
             way
             they
             will
             present
             him
             a
             thousand
             civilities
             ,
             and
             he
             is
             happy
             with
             whom
             he
             will
             lodge
             .
             One
             is
             in
             perfect
             security
             amongst
             them
             ,
             not
             understanding
             what
             theft
             meanes
             ,
             and
             you
             may
             trust
             them
             with
             all
             the
             treasure
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             while
             you
             live
             like
             good
             Christians
             .
          
           
             Throughout
             the
             Countrey
             there
             are
             abundance
             of
             other
             Lakes
             ,
             as
             that
             of
             Eupama
             in
             Brasile
             ,
             whence
             so
             many
             Rivers
             issue
             ;
             and
             amongst
             others
             the
             great
             Paraguay
             ,
             or
             Plata
             ,
             which
             make
             inundations
             like
             Nile
             ,
             but
             not
             so
             moderately
             ,
             for
             Nile
             comes
             without
             any
             injury
             ,
             but
             on
             the
             contrary
             with
             all
             commodity
             :
             whereas
             Plata
             breaks
             with
             fury
             into
             the
             Countrey
             for
             three
             months
             together
             ,
             coursing
             from
             the
             Cordilleras
             in
             Peru
             to
             the
             South
             Sea.
             They
             have
             a
             way
             to
             passe
             rivers
             upon
             floats
             of
             gourds
             or
             pumpions
             fastened
             together
             ,
             which
             they
             use
             for
             all
             sort
             of
             carriage
             ,
             in
             some
             places
             they
             have
             bridges
             of
             straw
             .
             The
             Spaniards
             have
             built
             stone
             bridges
             ,
             which
             the
             Indians
             much
             admire
             ,
             and
             at
             first
             had
             no
             confidence
             to
             trust
             themselves
             upon
             bridges
             in
             the
             air
             .
          
           
             Now
             for
             their
             Fountains
             ,
             near
             the
             cape
             St.
             Helen
             in
             Peru
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             Fountain
             of
             liquor
             burns
             like
             oyl
             :
             't
             is
             a
             certain
             Bitumen
             ,
             or
             Gum
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Copey
             ,
             or
             Copal
             ,
             that
             never
             decreases
             ,
             how
             much
             soever
             is
             taken
             out
             .
             Marriners
             use
             to
             liquor
             their
             cordage
             with
             it
             .
             The
             like
             is
             in
             the
             Isle
             of
             Lobos
             ,
             in
             Mexico
             ,
             which
             the
             Marriners
             can
             smell
             three
             miles
             at
             Sea
             ,
             and
             more
             ,
             if
             the
             wind
             ●it
             right
             .
          
           
             In
             Cusco
             there
             are
             Fountaines
             ,
             the
             water
             whereof
             immediately
             
             congeals
             into
             white
             salt
             ,
             in
             which
             Peru
             abounds
             .
             In
             Guancauesica
             there
             are
             hot
             springs
             that
             condense
             to
             stone
             ,
             whereof
             they
             build
             their
             houses
             ;
             but
             the
             water
             drunk
             is
             mortall
             :
             wherefore
             they
             stop
             up
             all
             high-wayes
             to
             it
             ,
             for
             it
             causes
             a
             present
             heavinesse
             ,
             and
             then
             they
             die
             immediately
             .
             They
             have
             many
             other
             fountains
             hot
             and
             cold
             close
             together
             ,
             some
             whereof
             cure
             the
             French
             disease
             ,
             though
             never
             so
             confirmed
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             Sassaparilla
             that
             grows
             in
             them
             .
          
           
             In
             Peru
             there
             is
             a
             sheam
             red
             as
             bloud
             ,
             for
             that
             called
             
               Rio
               Vermeio
            
             .
          
           
             In
             Caramel
             they
             have
             another
             Fountain
             cures
             all
             feavers
             ,
             and
             purges
             like
             Rhubarb
             ;
             the
             water
             is
             brackish
             and
             salt
             at
             the
             first
             taste
             ,
             but
             afterwards
             one
             feels
             nothing
             ,
             but
             may
             drink
             his
             fill
             without
             dammage
             :
             it
             drives
             through
             the
             body
             all
             that
             is
             malignant
             ,
             then
             passes
             clear
             .
             I
             thought
             I
             should
             have
             vomited
             my
             bowels
             up
             ,
             but
             afterwards
             I
             found
             my self
             sound
             and
             cheerfull
             ,
             and
             cured
             of
             a
             Rhume
             in
             my
             teeth
             I
             had
             been
             troubled
             with
             for
             a
             long
             time
             .
             I
             drunk
             three
             flagons
             a
             day
             ,
             and
             still
             it
             provoked
             me
             to
             drink
             more
             :
             They
             come
             to
             it
             from
             all
             parts
             ,
             and
             for
             all
             diseases
             ,
             even
             for
             wounds
             .
             And
             the
             place
             is
             made
             so
             necessary
             one
             may
             bath
             in
             it
             .
             'T
             is
             onely
             hurtfull
             to
             hot
             livers
             .
          
           
             Round
             about
             it
             are
             tents
             of
             straw
             ,
             and
             beds
             of
             cotton
             ,
             and
             sheep-skins
             ,
             where
             you
             shall
             have
             all
             accomodation
             for
             a
             small
             matter
             ,
             and
             they
             will
             officiously
             fetch
             and
             furnish
             you
             with
             any
             thing
             you
             want
             ,
             amongst
             others
             they
             bring
             us
             a
             fowle
             called
             Magnota
             ,
             more
             delicate
             than
             a
             patridge
             ,
             another
             that
             is
             white
             and
             black
             ,
             and
             eats
             like
             a
             capon
             ,
             and
             abundance
             of
             turtles
             .
             But
             of
             Lakes
             ,
             where
             is
             there
             any
             so
             admirable
             as
             that
             whereon
             the
             Towne
             of
             Mexica
             is
             seated
             ?
             whereof
             one
             part
             by
             reason
             of
             Salt-peter
             at
             the
             bottome
             is
             salt
             as
             the
             Sea
             ,
             the
             other
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             Rivers
             that
             fall
             into
             it
             fresh
             as
             any
             Fountaine
             ,
             each
             division
             being
             ten
             leagues
             in
             length
             ,
             and
             five
             in
             breadth
             ,
             and
             three
             dayes
             journey
             in
             circuite
             ,
             with
             a
             delightfull
             Mountain
             in
             the
             middle
             ,
             and
             a
             bath
             hot
             as
             that
             at
             Baleru
             .
             In
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             Lake
             is
             the
             Charnell
             of
             green
             Tombs
             ,
             ever
             covered
             with
             herbs
             and
             flowers
             .
          
           
             The
             Spaniards
             have
             laid
             most
             of
             the
             Town
             dry
             ,
             being
             before
             in
             the
             manner
             of
             Venice
             ,
             and
             have
             made
             conduits
             that
             convey
             water
             throughout
             the
             Towne
             ,
             and
             chiefly
             round
             the
             walls
             .
             Out
             of
             avarice
             the
             new
             Conquerours
             admit
             not
             the
             Indians
             to
             fish
             on
             the
             Lake
             without
             license
             ,
             who
             now
             ,
             contrary
             to
             Articles
             ,
             enjoy
             not
             their
             ancient
             liberties
             ,
             neither
             in
             this
             nor
             other
             things
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             three
             Causwayes
             lead
             to
             the
             Town
             ,
             of
             halfe
             a
             league
             long
             .
             They
             account
             upon
             4000.
             houses
             of
             Spaniards
             ,
             
             and
             thirty
             thousand
             Indians
             :
             For
             Rivers
             you
             have
             there
             spacious
             Lakes
             ,
             or
             rather
             Seas
             ,
             as
             the
             Magdala
             in
             the
             Province
             of
             St.
             Martha
             called
             
               Rio
               grande
            
             ,
             then
             the
             Orenoque
             towards
             Castilia
             of
             gold
             ,
             and
             Venesuela
             .
             The
             silver
             River
             in
             Brasile
             coming
             from
             Mountaines
             far
             remote
             from
             Peru
             ,
             above
             all
             ,
             the
             great
             Ozeilliana
             ,
             or
             Maragnon
             ,
             and
             Amasones
             ,
             which
             cuts
             through
             the
             South
             America
             ,
             from
             Chachaneyas
             ,
             and
             Quito
             ,
             through
             infinite
             Territories
             and
             Dominions
             ,
             to
             the
             Northern
             Sea.
             
          
           
             This
             River
             comes
             from
             the
             Province
             of
             Araquixo
             ,
             or
             
               de
               los
               Quixos
            
             ,
             near
             to
             Popayan
             ,
             and
             thirty
             leagues
             from
             the
             South-Sea
             ,
             discovered
             first
             by
             
               Francisco
               Orellano
            
             ,
             a
             Spanish
             Captain
             ,
             sent
             thither
             by
             
               Gonzala
               Pizarra
            
             ,
             who
             had
             sought
             a
             long
             this
             River
             for
             the
             land
             of
             Canela
             ;
             and
             missing
             the
             wealth
             he
             sought
             for
             ,
             and
             finding
             the
             trees
             few
             in
             number
             ,
             
             and
             of
             small
             value
             ;
             not
             lighting
             on
             the
             Country
             of
             the
             Prince
             surnamed
             Dorado
             ,
             in
             1562.
             he
             sent
             Orellano
             with
             fifty
             men
             to
             seek
             provision
             ,
             view
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             and
             attend
             his
             coming
             in
             an
             appointed
             place
             .
          
           
             The
             Captain
             following
             the
             stream
             ,
             which
             still
             grew
             wider
             by
             the
             Rivers
             that
             every
             where
             augmented
             it
             ,
             going
             fifty
             leagues
             a
             day
             ;
             without
             oar
             or
             labour
             ,
             for
             a
             long
             while
             he
             discovered
             no
             habitations
             :
             go
             up
             again
             he
             could
             not
             ,
             and
             by
             land
             there
             was
             nothing
             but
             woods
             and
             bushes
             ,
             after
             he
             had
             suffered
             plenty
             of
             hunger
             ,
             he
             met
             with
             severall
             people
             ,
             and
             of
             severall
             tongues
             ,
             and
             conditions
             ,
             some
             mild
             and
             courteous
             ,
             others
             fierce
             and
             savage
             ;
             pursuing
             his
             way
             without
             card
             ,
             compasse
             ,
             or
             guide
             ,
             by
             many
             Islands
             and
             populous
             Countryes
             ,
             amongst
             others
             of
             Amazons
             the
             female
             Archers
             ,
             of
             whom
             there
             are
             some
             Curtisans
             ,
             
             at
             Brasile
             ,
             not
             much
             discrepant
             from
             those
             Antiquity
             renowns
             in
             Asia
             ,
             who
             co-inhabit
             not
             with
             men
             ,
             and
             at
             certain
             times
             have
             Neighbours
             come
             over
             to
             them
             for
             procreation
             ,
             to
             whom
             again
             they
             transmit
             the
             Males
             ,
             and
             keep
             the
             Girles
             .
          
           
             After
             a
             tedious
             Navigation
             ,
             and
             many
             turns
             and
             compasses
             for
             above
             seventeen
             hundred
             leagues
             upon
             this
             River
             ,
             he
             came
             to
             the
             confusion
             of
             it
             in
             the
             North
             Sea
             ,
             fourty
             leagues
             over
             ,
             following
             the
             Coast
             he
             arrived
             at
             Cubaga
             ,
             or
             the
             Isle
             of
             Pearles
             ,
             which
             is
             above
             four
             hundred
             leagues
             ,
             whence
             Orellano
             with
             14.
             of
             his
             men
             being
             recruited
             ,
             came
             to
             S.
             Domingo
             ,
             afterwards
             made
             an
             ample
             relation
             to
             the
             Emperour
             ,
             where
             Ouiede
             took
             his
             instructions
             ,
             and
             inserted
             it
             in
             his
             History
             .
          
           
             Meanwhile
             Pizarra
             expected
             ,
             and
             having
             suffered
             extream
             hunger
             ,
             seeing
             Orellanio
             came
             not
             ,
             he
             returned
             to
             Quito
             much
             troubled
             ,
             he
             found
             not
             the
             sought
             for
             Dorado
             ,
             a
             golden
             Prince
             indeed
             ,
             who
             wore
             no
             other
             garment
             but
             pulverized
             Gold
             lay'd
             on
             with
             gumme
             ,
             with
             
             which
             he
             goes
             dayly
             covered
             .
             To
             conclude
             ,
             this
             is
             one
             of
             the
             greatest
             and
             longest
             rivers
             on
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             washes
             more
             lands
             and
             people
             than
             any
             other
             .
             Afterwards
             many
             other
             Spaniards
             sailed
             it
             ,
             as
             
               Salinas
               Orhia
            
             ,
             and
             others
             .
          
           
             Adde
             hereto
             the
             great
             Lake
             or
             Ocean
             
               Guiana
               ,
               Parimi
            
             ,
             and
             Manoa
             ,
             in
             Countries
             discovered
             by
             the
             English
             ,
             Sir
             
               Walter
               Rawley
            
             in
             1595
             ,
             who
             equals
             it
             with
             the
             Caspian
             Sea
             ,
             that
             containes
             many
             Islands
             .
             The
             capital
             Town
             is
             Manoa
             ,
             a
             Countrey
             rich
             in
             gold
             ,
             fruit
             ,
             and
             cattle
             .
             North
             lies
             Castile
             of
             gold
             ,
             Paria
             and
             Caribana
             ,
             West
             new
             Andalousia
             ,
             and
             Peru
             ,
             South
             
               Omaga
               ,
               Pegu
               ,
               Picora
               ,
               Paguana
               ,
            
             East
             
               Tisnado
               ,
               Brasile
            
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             Concerning
             beasts
             in
             America
             ,
             there
             are
             great
             numbers
             as
             well
             the
             naturall
             of
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             as
             Europian
             transported
             ,
             which
             are
             multiplyed
             exceedingly
             .
             
             Amongst
             others
             in
             Mexico
             there
             is
             one
             the
             Spaniards
             call
             an
             Armadillo
             ,
             armed
             with
             scales
             like
             the
             Rhinocerot
             ,
             in
             shape
             like
             a
             little
             pig
             ,
             about
             the
             size
             of
             a
             Cat
             ,
             and
             lives
             in
             Burroughs
             like
             a
             Rabbet
             .
             The
             Pacacou
             like
             a
             fox
             ,
             that
             preys
             on
             dead
             mens
             carcases
             ,
             and
             digs
             them
             up
             how
             deep
             soever
             ,
             I
             have
             seen
             of
             them
             in
             Asia
             and
             Africa
             ,
             where
             they
             call
             them
             Chicali
             .
          
           
             
             There
             are
             the
             Birds
             called
             Conderos
             ,
             which
             the
             
               Chaca
               poyas
            
             of
             Peru
             adore
             ;
             these
             will
             carry
             away
             a
             sheep
             ,
             tear
             in
             pieces
             and
             eat
             him
             ;
             they
             are
             ash-coloured
             like
             a
             Sea-Crow●
             :
             others
             again
             so
             minute
             they
             seeme
             rather
             Flyes
             or
             Gnats
             .
          
           
             
             Another
             sort
             that
             is
             as
             't
             were
             all
             feathers
             ,
             and
             none
             or
             little
             flesh
             ,
             and
             as
             they
             say
             never
             comes
             upon
             the
             earth
             .
             Their
             feathers
             are
             of
             various
             colours
             ,
             in
             perfection
             beautifull
             ,
             when
             they
             rest
             they
             hang
             on
             a
             bough
             by
             the
             tayle
             ,
             clasped
             round
             it
             :
             their
             plumes
             are
             worn
             and
             much
             esteemed
             .
          
           
             In
             Marseills
             I
             saw
             one
             sold
             for
             500.
             crowns
             ,
             in
             Portugall
             they
             come
             at
             60.
             
             The
             Indians
             of
             these
             curious
             feathers
             make
             Pourtraicts
             as
             artificiall
             as
             those
             in
             colours
             ,
             nor
             can
             they
             well
             be
             discerned
             asunder
             .
          
           
             
             The
             Guacamayes
             have
             more
             beautifull
             and
             curious
             feathers
             than
             the
             Paraquito
             .
             They
             affect
             plumes
             throughout
             all
             India
             ,
             but
             in
             Mexica
             above
             others
             ,
             for
             wear
             ,
             for
             adornement
             of
             their
             Temples
             and
             Idols
             ,
             and
             to
             make
             pourtraicts
             of
             their
             fashion
             .
             Feathers
             are
             there
             good
             chaffer
             ,
             I
             saw
             an
             Indian
             truck
             pearls
             with
             a
             Leuantian
             ,
             (
             so
             they
             term
             us
             )
             for
             feathers
             he
             brought
             with
             him
             ,
             which
             cost
             him
             but
             five
             Crowns
             ,
             and
             he
             had
             above
             three
             hundred
             pearls
             for
             them
             .
             This
             was
             a
             poor
             Marriner
             who
             made
             a
             fortune
             by
             it
             ,
             
             for
             he
             made
             many
             voyages
             afterwards
             to
             the
             Indies
             ,
             with
             a
             good
             ship
             ,
             and
             merchandizes
             of
             his
             own
             .
          
           
             They
             wear
             them
             likewise
             in
             their
             dances
             .
             First
             one
             called
             the
             Tamari
             dances
             single
             ,
             then
             makes
             a
             signe
             to
             a
             Lady
             to
             come
             dance
             with
             him
             ,
             then
             others
             follow
             after
             the
             same
             rule
             ;
             
             but
             they
             never
             kisse
             nor
             touch
             hands
             ,
             and
             use
             all
             respect
             to
             their
             women
             .
          
           
             Of
             fish
             ,
             there
             are
             abundance
             of
             Crocodiles
             and
             Tiburons
             ,
             
             that
             are
             man-eaters
             .
             The
             Manati
             that
             suckles
             her
             young
             ones
             with
             teats
             ,
             hath
             legges
             to
             walk
             by
             land
             ,
             and
             eats
             fruit
             and
             grasse
             :
             the
             flesh
             is
             good
             like
             veale
             ,
             there
             are
             many
             about
             the
             Isles
             of
             Barleuento
             ,
             the
             coasts
             of
             
               Peru
               ,
               Cape
               Magdalen
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Isles
             of
             Salomon
             .
          
           
             They
             are
             very
             good
             to
             salt
             ,
             and
             eat
             like
             powder'd
             beef
             .
             There
             are
             abundance
             of
             Whales
             ,
             but
             they
             are
             ignorant
             how
             to
             take
             them
             .
             The
             Floridans
             take
             them
             ,
             and
             make
             their
             chiefest
             sustenance
             of
             them
             ,
             the
             flesh
             dryed
             in
             the
             Sun
             ,
             they
             make
             into
             flower
             ,
             and
             without
             wetting
             eat
             it
             in
             powder
             ,
             and
             it
             nourisheth
             exceedingly
             .
             Another
             fish
             with
             wings
             flyes
             as
             swift
             as
             an
             arrow
             ,
             they
             are
             like
             Mackarels
             ,
             but
             not
             so
             good
             meat
             .
             The
             Meri
             that
             swim
             alwayes
             against
             stream
             ,
             and
             the
             Indians
             say
             ,
             in
             August
             ,
             have
             a
             worm
             in
             their
             head
             ,
             vexing
             them
             ,
             and
             makes
             them
             go
             upward
             ,
             that
             the
             water
             entring
             at
             a
             little
             hole
             ,
             may
             refresh
             them
             .
          
           
             Another
             sort
             called
             Perpil
             streaked
             with
             divers
             colours
             ,
             that
             they
             eat
             roasted
             ,
             and
             is
             meat
             for
             sick
             persons
             .
             They
             have
             soals
             of
             extraordinary
             growth
             ,
             weighing
             ten
             or
             twelve
             pound
             ,
             but
             the
             flesh
             is
             hard
             .
          
           
             Vicognes
             are
             like
             Deer
             without
             hornes
             ,
             greater
             then
             Goats
             ,
             living
             on
             Mountains
             without
             fear
             of
             frost
             or
             snow
             ,
             in
             their
             bowels
             they
             have
             a
             stone
             of
             the
             vertue
             of
             the
             Unicorne
             ,
             or
             Besar
             ,
             against
             poyson
             :
             they
             bear
             a
             wool
             as
             fine
             as
             silk
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             Summer
             garments
             that
             refresh
             them
             .
             The
             flesh
             is
             good
             against
             divers
             diseases
             ,
             the
             stone
             is
             like
             a
             Pullets
             egge
             ,
             black
             ,
             or
             gray
             ;
             this
             beast
             they
             say
             having
             eaten
             some
             poysonous
             hearbs
             ,
             eats
             another
             called
             Capas
             ,
             proper
             against
             poyson
             ,
             and
             so
             breeds
             this
             stone
             of
             the
             same
             vertue
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             little
             wild
             swine
             called
             Saynes
             ,
             that
             go
             in
             heards
             ,
             and
             are
             very
             dangerous
             :
             others
             that
             are
             also
             very
             dangerous
             to
             take
             if
             the
             hunters
             have
             not
             good
             assistance
             ,
             which
             are
             good
             meat
             ,
             and
             the
             grease
             of
             them
             serves
             for
             oyle
             ,
             for
             Spanish
             oyle
             is
             there
             very
             deare
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             likewise
             a
             very
             heavie
             beast
             called
             Manaquail
             ,
             covered
             with
             Pikes
             like
             the
             Hedge-hog
             ,
             that
             will
             dart
             them
             at
             a
             distance
             ,
             a
             snowt
             like
             a
             hogge
             ,
             but
             nothing
             so
             big
             ,
             and
             a
             short
             foot
             ,
             he
             is
             very
             good
             meat
             .
             There
             is
             also
             another
             sort
             of
             Crocodile
             ,
             of
             which
             we
             found
             one
             hunting
             in
             the
             Forest
             of
             Caramel
             ,
             and
             we
             judged
             him
             to
             be
             seven
             or
             eight
             paces
             long
             ,
             and
             after
             we
             had
             viewed
             him
             a
             while
             '
             we
             raised
             him
             ,
             and
             put
             him
             to
             flight
             with
             strange
             ejulations
             .
          
           
             Of
             Apes
             and
             Munkies
             there
             are
             great
             numbers
             of
             all
             sors
             ,
             and
             sizes
             .
             Some
             as
             little
             as
             rattes
             or
             mice
             ,
             with
             a
             white
             beard
             ,
             that
             will
             imitate
             all
             they
             see
             ,
             and
             are
             very
             serviceable
             ,
             as
             I
             have
             seen
             
             at
             Sevill
             ,
             that
             seem
             to
             have
             a
             kind
             of
             reason
             .
             In
             Candia
             I
             saw
             another
             that
             the
             Master
             bidding
             him
             go
             stand
             Centinel
             ,
             and
             look
             if
             he
             could
             discover
             any
             sayle
             ,
             would
             presently
             climbe
             the
             Mast
             ,
             or
             get
             upon
             the
             Lanthorne
             ,
             and
             if
             he
             discovered
             any
             vessel
             ,
             would
             make
             signs
             ,
             and
             cry
             out
             ,
             and
             was
             ever
             very
             certain
             .
          
           
             Their
             sheep
             called
             Lamas
             or
             Pac●s
             serve
             for
             all
             carriages
             ,
             with
             fine
             wool
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             Combi
             and
             Auafra
             for
             their
             apparel
             .
             One
             of
             these
             sheep
             will
             carry
             eight
             heavie
             jarres
             ,
             nine
             or
             ten
             leagues
             a
             day
             ,
             but
             like
             mules
             they
             are
             humoursome
             ,
             and
             one
             must
             have
             patience
             to
             please
             them
             ,
             and
             expect
             their
             good
             mood
             before
             they
             will
             travail
             .
          
           
             In
             new
             Spain
             they
             have
             the
             Espoulcou
             about
             the
             size
             of
             a
             Hare
             ,
             with
             a
             furre
             so
             fine
             ,
             't
             is
             not
             for
             any
             but
             persons
             of
             quality
             to
             wear
             it
             ;
             they
             say
             the
             blood
             of
             it
             drunk
             breaks
             the
             stone
             in
             the
             bladder
             in
             few
             dayes
             .
          
           
             For
             spices
             ,
             in
             the
             Isle
             of
             Barlouento
             there
             is
             abundance
             of
             sugars
             (
             as
             also
             in
             Brasile
             )
             Ginger
             ,
             Mastick
             ,
             Aloes
             ,
             Cassia
             ,
             Cinamon
             .
             In
             Carabana
             they
             have
             likewise
             Cinamon
             ,
             and
             in
             Canela
             upon
             Orellana
             beyond
             the
             Quixos
             where
             
               Gonzala
               Pizarra
            
             went
             to
             look
             it
             ,
             for
             he
             was
             told
             in
             form
             it
             was
             little
             different
             from
             that
             in
             
               Borneo
               ,
               Moluccos
            
             and
             Leilan
             ,
             that
             the
             other
             grew
             in
             canes
             and
             reeds
             ,
             but
             this
             on
             certain
             fair
             trees
             that
             bore
             a
             fruit
             like
             an
             Acorne
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             bark
             was
             Cinamon
             :
             the
             fruit
             is
             not
             pleasant
             ,
             nor
             the
             bark
             so
             good
             as
             the
             Cane
             ;
             neverthelesse
             they
             make
             use
             of
             both
             .
             Pizarra
             at
             length
             ,
             after
             great
             toyle
             ,
             found
             the
             trees
             upon
             a
             Mountain
             ,
             in
             small
             number
             ,
             and
             of
             little
             value
             .
          
           
             Other
             trees
             of
             such
             compasse
             ,
             good
             dwellings
             may
             be
             made
             within
             the
             bodies
             of
             them
             which
             they
             call
             Sesbiraich
             ,
             some
             in
             new
             Hispaniola
             ,
             eight
             men
             cannot
             fathom
             about
             ,
             and
             of
             a
             flight
             shot
             in
             height
             ,
             on
             the
             top
             whereof
             they
             make
             Arbours
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XII
             .
             The
             Mines
             of
             the
             New
             World.
             
          
           
             AMongst
             other
             rarities
             and
             riches
             ,
             the
             New
             World
             produces
             Mines
             of
             Gold
             and
             Silver
             ,
             pearles
             and
             precious
             stones
             in
             divers
             places
             ,
             and
             chiefly
             in
             new
             Spain
             and
             Peru
             ,
             which
             of
             all
             parts
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             are
             most
             indulged
             with
             these
             advantages
             of
             nature
             ,
             though
             other
             parts
             of
             Asia
             and
             Africa
             have
             them
             in
             some
             abundance
             ,
             and
             Europe
             likewise
             :
             but
             it
             appeares
             America
             had
             the
             principal
             and
             better
             portion
             ,
             as
             well
             in
             these
             as
             other
             Dowries
             ,
             as
             I
             have
             before
             mentioned
             .
          
           
             In
             divers
             Islands
             they
             finde
             most
             wealthy
             Mines
             ,
             as
             in
             
               Hispaniola
               ,
               
               Cuba
            
             and
             the
             rest
             upon
             the
             great
             gulph
             ;
             again
             ,
             in
             
               Carabana
               ,
               Veragna
               ,
               Castile
            
             of
             gold
             ,
             the
             country
             of
             Dorado
             ,
             or
             Es●ramador
             .
             In
             new
             Spain
             ,
             there
             are
             these
             of
             silver
             
               Paxuco
               ,
               Tasco
            
             ,
             
             
               Zupango
               ,
               Guanaxato
               ,
               Tumazlan
            
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             in
             Acapulco
             .
          
           
             At
             the
             gold
             and
             silver
             mines
             they
             coyne
             not
             ,
             for
             want
             of
             Artists
             ,
             but
             they
             cut
             pieces
             and
             gobbits
             ,
             whereon
             they
             mark
             the
             price
             from
             one
             reall
             to
             eight
             ,
             and
             so
             send
             them
             to
             Spain
             .
             The
             Mines
             belong
             to
             Merchants
             ,
             who
             give
             so
             much
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             some
             four
             ,
             some
             five
             
               per
               centum
            
             .
             For
             want
             of
             men
             that
             can
             and
             will
             work
             ,
             they
             get
             the
             mettle
             with
             much
             difficulty
             ,
             being
             the
             toyle
             wherein
             the
             Spaniards
             have
             spent
             the
             lives
             of
             so
             many
             thousands
             ,
             nay
             millions
             of
             miserable
             Indians
             .
          
           
             The
             Mines
             are
             exceeding
             deep
             ,
             where
             the
             workmen
             are
             much
             inconvenienced
             with
             water
             ,
             and
             with
             damps
             that
             poyson
             them
             :
             few
             free-men
             will
             venture
             themselves
             ,
             and
             the
             meanest
             slave
             hath
             his
             three
             crownes
             a
             day
             ,
             who
             are
             often
             buried
             under
             the
             falls
             of
             the
             Mine
             ,
             so
             as
             by
             this
             means
             by
             degrees
             ,
             
             the
             generation
             of
             the
             Indians
             will
             be
             in
             short
             time
             totally
             consumed
             ,
             who
             are
             constrained
             to
             undergo
             the
             work
             to
             get
             their
             livelyhood
             ,
             how
             good
             Christians
             soever
             they
             are
             ;
             and
             to
             speak
             uprightly
             ,
             looking
             on
             the
             insatiable
             avarice
             of
             the
             Spaniard
             ,
             and
             the
             misery
             these
             Mines
             put
             them
             to
             ,
             't
             is
             hard
             to
             judge
             who
             is
             the
             better
             ,
             the
             slaves
             or
             the
             natives
             ;
             for
             the
             slaves
             ,
             for
             800.
             or
             1000.
             crowns
             may
             redeem
             themselves
             again
             ;
             the
             extreme
             colds
             they
             meet
             with
             at
             the
             bottom
             ,
             often
             strikes
             them
             dead
             ,
             having
             little
             or
             no
             wine
             to
             relieve
             them
             :
             being
             a
             barren
             country
             ,
             and
             the
             least
             glasse
             of
             wine
             at
             the
             price
             of
             a
             Reall
             ,
             the
             smallest
             money
             they
             have
             amongst
             them
             ,
             where
             they
             use
             not
             to
             stamp
             any
             Demy-Realls
             :
             if
             a
             man
             will
             live
             but
             with
             moderation
             ,
             his
             wine
             will
             stand
             him
             in
             a
             crown
             a
             day
             ,
             which
             cuts
             their
             gaines
             the
             shorter
             :
             they
             pay
             dear
             for
             apparell
             ,
             and
             principally
             for
             shooes
             ,
             which
             rot
             with
             continually
             standing
             in
             water
             :
             They
             have
             the
             better
             of
             it
             ,
             that
             work
             at
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             Mine
             ,
             for
             they
             hand
             the
             materials
             from
             one
             to
             another
             ,
             and
             so
             have
             the
             benefit
             to
             see
             the
             day
             light
             ,
             whereas
             they
             below
             see
             not
             but
             by
             candle-light
             :
             the
             depth
             is
             sometimes
             a
             thousand
             ,
             or
             two
             thousand
             steps
             ,
             which
             are
             fac'd
             with
             boards
             ,
             or
             leather
             ,
             
             or
             't
             were
             impossible
             to
             endure
             it
             :
             But
             again
             ,
             't
             is
             much
             more
             inconvenient
             to
             one
             that
             is
             not
             used
             to
             it
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             ayre
             ,
             that
             makes
             one
             vomit
             in
             extremity
             ,
             as
             I
             experienced
             going
             in
             one
             day
             ,
             though
             I
             had
             travailed
             all
             the
             seas
             in
             the
             Universe
             ,
             without
             the
             least
             motion
             .
             Now
             the
             silver
             Mine
             containes
             four
             several
             vaines
             ,
             (
             or
             Veta●
             ,
             as
             the
             Spaniard
             terms
             them
             )
             of
             different
             stone
             ,
             as
             they
             are
             likewise
             different
             mettles
             ,
             which
             run
             all
             from
             West
             to
             East
             ,
             of
             not
             above
             two
             ells
             broad
             ,
             and
             every
             vain
             is
             of
             several
             oares
             ,
             as
             silver
             ,
             brasse
             ,
             tin
             ,
             and
             iron
             .
             The
             largest
             Mine
             any
             Merchant
             may
             purchase
             ,
             i●
             of
             80.
             ells
             ,
             and
             no
             more
             ;
             for
             which
             he
             hath
             the
             Kings
             Patent
             :
             there
             are
             some
             very
             small
             Mines
             ,
             that
             are
             not
             of
             above
             4.
             ells
             ,
             but
             they
             
             may
             sink
             down
             to
             the
             center
             if
             they
             can
             without
             incroaching
             on
             his
             neighbour
             :
             and
             if
             it
             happen
             that
             one
             makes
             the
             least
             incision
             beyond
             the
             direct
             line
             ;
             mining
             upon
             another
             ,
             he
             loses
             all
             he
             hath
             by
             confiscation
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             Veta
             or
             vein
             of
             silver
             there
             are
             78.
             
             Mines
             belonging
             to
             several
             Masters
             ,
             except
             some
             one
             hath
             rented
             several
             ,
             the
             tin
             Mine
             hath
             24.
             
             Masters
             ,
             every
             one
             his
             particular
             Mine
             ,
             they
             go
             lesse
             and
             lesse
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             quality
             of
             the
             mettle
             ,
             as
             that
             of
             brasse
             is
             lesse
             ,
             iron
             lesse
             then
             that
             .
             There
             is
             a
             gate
             ,
             and
             goods
             locks
             to
             every
             Mine
             ,
             they
             work
             by
             turnes
             ,
             otherwise
             they
             could
             never
             endure
             it
             ,
             the
             ayre
             is
             so
             strong
             and
             pernicious
             .
          
           
             The
             silver
             Mine
             may
             be
             150.
             ells
             deep
             ,
             toylsome
             to
             the
             labourers
             ,
             especially
             the
             slaves
             ,
             whose
             backs
             are
             loaded
             with
             silver
             ,
             and
             their
             legges
             with
             iron
             .
             When
             a
             Mine
             yields
             five
             for
             a
             hundred
             ,
             't
             is
             sufficient
             .
          
           
             Great
             art
             is
             required
             to
             direct
             the
             Mine
             ,
             sometimes
             they
             can
             neither
             find
             men
             nor
             Mine
             ,
             being
             all
             for
             want
             of
             good
             direction
             ,
             overwhelmed
             :
             wherefore
             Geometry
             is
             very
             necessary
             .
          
           
             Silver
             generally
             lyes
             betwixt
             two
             rocks
             or
             mountains
             ,
             the
             one
             very
             soft
             ,
             the
             other
             as
             hard
             ,
             and
             ever
             in
             the
             very
             middle
             .
             There
             are
             several
             sorts
             of
             it
             ▪
             the
             finest
             is
             called
             Casilla
             by
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             by
             the
             Indians
             Tacana
             ,
             of
             Ambar
             colour
             ,
             the
             other
             more
             black
             ;
             and
             there
             is
             of
             other
             colours
             .
             I
             took
             all
             to
             be
             the
             same
             ,
             perceiving
             nothing
             of
             silver
             in
             any
             stone
             ,
             but
             the
             workmen
             know
             it
             perfectly
             .
             The
             oare
             they
             carry
             to
             little
             furnaces
             to
             be
             fin'd
             .
             When
             the
             stone
             is
             good
             ,
             a
             hundred
             weight
             yields
             fifty
             pieces
             of
             eight
             ,
             some
             not
             above
             thirty
             ,
             nay
             five
             ;
             but
             the
             richest
             of
             all
             ,
             two
             hundred
             and
             above
             .
             There
             is
             not
             a
             Mine
             but
             hath
             belonging
             to
             it
             at
             least
             four
             thousand
             of
             these
             little
             furnaces
             ,
             some
             five
             or
             six
             thousand
             ,
             as
             that
             at
             Caratecas
             and
             Potossi
             .
             You
             would
             think
             you
             saw
             an
             Army
             of
             the
             bellows-blowers
             .
          
           
             
             They
             have
             one
             Mine
             of
             Quick-silver
             ,
             the
             heat
             whereof
             emits
             a
             most
             pernicious
             vapour
             that
             destroyes
             them
             all
             ;
             makes
             them
             lose
             their
             teeth
             ,
             and
             often
             their
             senses
             and
             understanding
             .
             Staying
             by
             it
             but
             a
             quarter
             of
             an
             hour
             ,
             I
             was
             almost
             stupified
             to
             a
             stone
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             likewise
             that
             were
             with
             me
             ,
             and
             had
             sped
             worse
             ,
             if
             notice
             had
             not
             been
             given
             us
             .
             They
             get
             an
             earth
             they
             call
             Azague
             ,
             which
             melted
             yields
             quick-silver
             ,
             with
             which
             they
             use
             to
             purify
             the
             silver
             ,
             and
             have
             it
             likewise
             from
             Spain
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             a
             Mine
             near
             Sevill
             ,
             for
             this
             at
             Cacatera
             will
             not
             suffice
             .
             The
             silver
             being
             fin'd
             and
             made
             money
             ,
             they
             carry
             it
             upon
             sheep
             to
             the
             Sea-side
             ,
             to
             ship
             it
             for
             Spain
             .
             The
             fining
             of
             it
             is
             troublesome
             ,
             for
             often
             it
             must
             passe
             the
             fire
             seven
             or
             eight
             times
             .
          
           
             They
             bring
             to
             Spain
             every
             year
             12.
             or
             13.
             millions
             more
             or
             lesse
             ,
             whereof
             the
             fifth
             comes
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             the
             rest
             to
             the
             Masters
             .
             There
             was
             one
             in
             few
             years
             got
             two
             hundred
             thousand
             crownes
             and
             more
             for
             his
             share
             ;
             and
             when
             he
             dyed
             ,
             had
             not
             a
             sheet
             to
             bury
             
             him
             in
             .
             Of
             gold
             there
             is
             several
             sorts
             ,
             the
             Popitas
             ,
             or
             gobbets
             ,
             or
             grains
             of
             gold
             ,
             absolute
             gold
             ,
             pure
             and
             neat
             ,
             without
             mixture
             ,
             wanting
             neither
             furnace
             nor
             melting
             ,
             ready
             for
             the
             stamp
             ,
             being
             perfect
             by
             nature
             .
          
           
             The
             massiest
             I
             ever
             saw
             was
             but
             of
             three
             pounds
             ,
             yet
             't
             was
             presented
             to
             the
             Spanish
             King
             for
             twenty
             pounds
             .
          
           
             Out
             of
             the
             Mounts
             of
             Libani
             in
             Cuba
             ,
             there
             was
             one
             taken
             weighing
             3310.
             weighs
             ,
             each
             weigh
             worth
             fourteen
             or
             fifteen
             realls
             ,
             which
             with
             infinite
             other
             riches
             was
             cast
             away
             at
             sea
             ,
             going
             for
             Spain
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             no
             silver
             comes
             pure
             from
             the
             Mine
             except
             some
             small
             bit
             which
             they
             call
             
               Capa
               di
               plata
            
             ,
             pure
             silver
             .
          
           
             Another
             sort
             of
             gold
             inserted
             in
             stone
             of
             the
             Mine
             ,
             hard
             to
             be
             extracted
             ;
             in
             breaking
             which
             stone
             ,
             one
             discerns
             little
             lustre
             of
             gold
             ,
             in
             some
             lesse
             ,
             in
             some
             none
             at
             all
             .
          
           
             The
             most
             delicate
             gold
             I
             ever
             saw
             ,
             was
             a
             stone
             tranfixt
             as
             't
             were
             with
             prickles
             of
             gold
             ,
             like
             a
             Hedge-hogge
             ,
             refulgent
             both
             within
             and
             without
             ,
             this
             gold
             is
             the
             best
             and
             finest
             of
             all
             .
          
           
             Another
             sort
             is
             in
             sees
             or
             powder
             ,
             found
             in
             rivers
             ,
             't
             is
             pure
             ,
             and
             needs
             passe
             but
             one
             fire
             .
          
           
             Such
             are
             found
             in
             the
             rivers
             of
             the
             Isles
             of
             Barlouento
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             Pasaguey
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             The
             best
             gold
             is
             of
             
               Chila
               ,
               Quito
            
             ,
             and
             Granado
             .
          
           
             The
             Mine
             of
             Carauana
             ,
             in
             Peru
             ,
             and
             Vuldiuia
             in
             Chila
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             most
             perfect
             ,
             is
             of
             twenty
             three
             Carats
             ,
             and
             a
             halfe
             ,
             as
             likewise
             at
             Varaquae
             .
          
           
             Silver
             abounds
             in
             the
             rich
             mines
             of
             Potosi
             ,
             and
             the
             Province
             of
             Charcas
             .
          
           
             Next
             the
             Mine
             of
             Porto
             not
             farre
             off
             ;
             likewise
             very
             rich
             ,
             but
             of
             little
             benefit
             for
             want
             of
             workmen
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             unsound
             ayre
             ,
             and
             extreme
             cold
             ,
             and
             water
             which
             drownes
             it
             ,
             but
             in
             Potosi
             't
             is
             not
             so
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             time
             of
             Jugas
             King
             of
             Peru
             ,
             the
             Mine
             of
             Porto
             was
             open
             and
             wrought
             in
             ,
             but
             not
             that
             of
             Potossi
             which
             was
             not
             discovered
             ,
             till
             the
             Spaniards
             time
             .
          
           
             This
             is
             the
             richer
             ,
             and
             yields
             most
             .
          
           
             At
             the
             first
             they
             drew
             forth
             every
             week
             above
             two
             thousand
             Weighs
             ,
             or
             Castillans
             ,
             whereof
             the
             gain
             came
             to
             forty
             thousand
             .
          
           
             They
             fish
             for
             pearle
             in
             the
             South
             sea
             ,
             
             neare
             Pa●ama
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             North
             sea
             in
             divers
             places
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             Isle
             
             Margareta
             towards
             the
             coast
             of
             Paria
             ,
             where
             the
             Oysters
             feed
             upon
             Cubuca
             ,
             and
             surname
             it
             so
             .
             There
             are
             very
             large
             and
             precious
             of
             them
             ,
             I
             have
             seen
             one
             no
             bigger
             then
             a
             nut
             sold
             for
             three
             thousand
             duckets
             ,
             there
             are
             of
             higher
             price
             .
             The
             Master
             of
             the
             South
             fishing
             ,
             assured
             me
             he
             saw
             one
             as
             bigge
             as
             an
             indifferent
             egge
             .
             There
             were
             three
             brought
             to
             Lisbone
             that
             paid
             a
             duty
             of
             sixteen
             thousand
             duckets
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             as
             is
             to
             be
             seen
             in
             the
             Register
             of
             Contracts
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             a
             sort
             they
             call
             stars
             ,
             another
             demi-stars
             ,
             others
             
               Cadenetas
               Pedreria
            
             ,
             &c.
             
             Allofat
             ,
             or
             minute-pearls
             ,
             and
             seed-pearls
             ,
             and
             those
             of
             greater
             price
             ,
             Quilates
             ,
             or
             Carats
             .
             For
             this
             fishing
             they
             choose
             the
             best
             winded
             men
             ,
             and
             such
             as
             can
             contain
             longest
             under
             water
             .
             
             At
             
               Barlouento
               ,
               Cula
            
             ,
             and
             Hispaniola
             ,
             I
             have
             seen
             them
             stay
             three
             quarters
             of
             an
             hour
             under
             water
             ,
             and
             I
             was
             told
             they
             have
             had
             some
             have
             continued
             the
             whole
             houre
             .
             The
             General
             of
             Margaita
             keeps
             many
             of
             these
             men
             ,
             who
             are
             slaves
             to
             him
             called
             Bouze
             ,
             and
             are
             ready
             enough
             to
             pilfer
             the
             best
             and
             sell
             them
             ,
             though
             't
             is
             forbidden
             upon
             life
             to
             buy
             them
             .
             The
             Master
             must
             use
             all
             fair
             means
             to
             get
             them
             out
             of
             their
             hands
             with
             something
             else
             ,
             otherwise
             they
             will
             sooner
             return
             them
             to
             the
             sea
             then
             let
             him
             have
             them
             ,
             if
             he
             give
             them
             not
             wine
             and
             good
             cheer
             .
          
           
             The
             Incas
             make
             no
             use
             of
             pearls
             ,
             unwilling
             out
             of
             benignity
             to
             expose
             their
             subjects
             to
             so
             much
             danger
             ;
             but
             the
             Spaniards
             are
             nothing
             so
             scrupulous
             ,
             they
             make
             their
             poor
             slaves
             dive
             ten
             or
             twelve
             fathom
             deep
             ,
             to
             tear
             oysters
             from
             the
             rock
             :
             and
             to
             fortify
             their
             lungs
             for
             retention
             of
             breath
             ,
             they
             keep
             them
             fasting
             ,
             and
             hold
             them
             to
             a
             diet
             .
          
           
             One
             was
             brought
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             bigge
             as
             a
             Pidgeons
             egge
             ,
             valued
             at
             14000.
             duckets
             ;
             by
             some
             at
             a
             hundred
             thousand
             ,
             and
             't
             was
             called
             a
             Peregrina
             .
             The
             Negro
             that
             extracted
             it
             from
             the
             oyster
             had
             his
             liberty
             for
             it
             ,
             and
             the
             Master
             was
             made
             Arguazilmaior
             of
             Parama
             .
          
           
             For
             Emeraulds
             there
             is
             a
             Mine
             in
             Mexico
             ,
             at
             new
             Granado
             in
             Peru
             ,
             near
             Manta
             and
             
               Porto
               Vieio
            
             .
             I
             bought
             an
             excellent
             one
             of
             an
             Abissin
             Merchant
             ,
             which
             surpassed
             in
             hardnesse
             and
             lustre
             ,
             any
             of
             Mexico
             and
             Peru
             ;
             Being
             in
             company
             with
             a
             friend
             ,
             he
             desired
             it
             of
             me
             ,
             and
             I
             gave
             it
             him
             ;
             but
             two
             dayes
             after
             ,
             I
             perceived
             it
             broken
             upon
             his
             finger
             ,
             whereat
             he
             much
             admired
             ,
             and
             I
             told
             him
             the
             reason
             :
             which
             was
             ,
             he
             had
             had
             familiarity
             with
             a
             woman
             ,
             but
             he
             was
             ashamed
             to
             acknowledge
             it
             ,
             there
             being
             none
             but
             Idolaters
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             great
             basenesse
             .
          
           
             Another
             time
             being
             in
             an
             Indian
             Town
             ,
             Inhabited
             by
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             
             I
             had
             an
             Emerauld
             ,
             which
             a
             Lady
             ,
             daughter
             to
             the
             Lalcayde
             or
             Governour
             of
             the
             place
             desired
             to
             buy
             ;
             but
             on
             the
             morrow
             she
             sent
             for
             me
             ,
             complaining
             I
             had
             sold
             her
             a
             broken
             
             stone
             ,
             which
             I
             disavowed
             ;
             at
             last
             I
             asked
             her
             if
             her
             husband
             were
             in
             town
             ,
             and
             answering
             no
             ,
             I
             whispered
             to
             her
             smiling
             ,
             she
             had
             then
             been
             kinde
             to
             some
             friend
             ,
             whereat
             she
             stood
             amazed
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             end
             acknowledged
             the
             truth
             ,
             taking
             me
             to
             be
             skilled
             in
             divination
             .
             The
             like
             happened
             another
             time
             to
             another
             friend
             of
             mine
             ,
             who
             acknowledged
             the
             like
             truth
             :
             for
             such
             is
             the
             vertue
             of
             this
             stone
             if
             it
             be
             good
             and
             fine
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             old
             Mine
             .
             There
             are
             very
             fair
             ones
             ,
             and
             of
             great
             price
             ,
             did
             not
             the
             plenty
             of
             them
             make
             them
             lesse
             esteemed
             ,
             I
             once
             saw
             one
             weighed
             four
             ounces
             ,
             sold
             for
             6000.
             realls
             .
          
           
             The
             Emerald
             incorporated
             within
             a
             rock
             ,
             is
             like
             the
             mettle
             contained
             ,
             and
             while
             't
             is
             imperfect
             ,
             the
             rock
             will
             be
             vein'd
             with
             green
             and
             white
             ,
             and
             opening
             the
             rock
             ,
             the
             Emerauld
             lyes
             there
             imperfect
             ,
             of
             the
             colour
             of
             the
             rock
             ,
             green
             and
             white
             ;
             so
             as
             to
             have
             it
             come
             to
             maturity
             ,
             they
             leave
             it
             there
             till
             nature
             bring
             it
             to
             perfection
             ,
             and
             go
             digge
             another
             place
             for
             riper
             :
             The
             Mexicans
             had
             a
             custome
             to
             peirce
             the
             nose
             and
             chin
             of
             their
             Idols
             ,
             to
             put
             Emeraulds
             in
             them
             :
             one
             of
             their
             kings
             himselfe
             had
             his
             nose
             so
             bor'd
             and
             adorn'd
             with
             an
             Emerauld
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             was
             surnam'd
             Nose-bor●d
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XIV
             .
             Of
             Peru
             ,
             Of
             the
             Kings
             or
             Incas
             ;
             and
             of
             the
             Country
             of
             Chila
             .
          
           
             PEru
             was
             first
             discovered
             by
             
               Vasco
               Munes
               de
               Balbon
            
             ,
             
             in
             the
             year
             1515.
             and
             the
             first
             Haven
             knowne
             ,
             was
             
               Porto
               Vieio
            
             under
             the
             Equinoctial
             .
             The
             Dominions
             of
             Peru
             under
             the
             Incas
             reached
             from
             Quito
             to
             Charcas
             700.
             leagues
             ,
             then
             to
             Chila
             500.
             leagues
             .
             By
             tradition
             't
             is
             about
             500.
             yeares
             since
             the
             Natives
             of
             Peru
             living
             barbarously
             ,
             without
             civility
             ,
             law
             ,
             or
             policy
             ;
             some
             amongst
             them
             esteemed
             ,
             descended
             from
             heaven
             ,
             and
             a
             generation
             of
             the
             Sun
             ,
             civilized
             the
             rest
             ,
             and
             modelized
             the
             government
             .
             The
             first
             King
             was
             called
             
               Ma●ca
               Capac
            
             ,
             all
             his
             Progeny
             and
             successors
             Incas
             ,
             Kings
             ,
             as
             
               Manco
               Capac
            
             sole
             King.
             
          
           
             This
             first
             instituted
             adoration
             of
             the
             Sun
             amongst
             them
             ,
             with
             their
             Temples
             and
             Sacrifices
             .
             Their
             Priests
             or
             Sages
             are
             called
             Amantas
             ,
             who
             believe
             the
             immortality
             of
             the
             soule
             ,
             after
             death
             rest
             for
             the
             good
             ,
             and
             torment
             for
             the
             wicked
             ,
             with
             resurrection
             of
             bodies
             .
          
           
             These
             Kings
             ,
             or
             Incas
             ,
             enacted
             good
             lawes
             ,
             and
             by
             degrees
             extended
             the
             Empire
             to
             the
             state
             the
             Spaniards
             found
             
             it
             in
             .
             And
             like
             as
             the
             Roman
             Empire
             was
             as
             the
             hand
             of
             providence
             to
             reunite
             and
             sweeten
             the
             rude
             and
             savage
             on
             this
             side
             ,
             so
             in
             a
             manner
             the
             Monarchy
             of
             the
             Incas
             in
             Peru
             did
             the
             same
             amongst
             these
             grosse
             and
             wilde
             Idolaters
             ,
             living
             like
             bruites
             ,
             to
             modelize
             and
             regulate
             them
             ,
             
             and
             at
             last
             lead
             them
             to
             the
             knowledge
             of
             the
             true
             God
             ,
             as
             now
             it
             hath
             .
          
           
             Notwithstanding
             't
             is
             to
             be
             admired
             ,
             that
             in
             such
             darknesse
             and
             ignorance
             of
             all
             moral
             and
             and
             natural
             sciences
             ,
             their
             Amantas
             or
             Sages
             ,
             should
             have
             a
             sort
             of
             knowledge
             of
             the
             courses
             of
             the
             Sun
             ,
             and
             Moon
             ,
             
             and
             other
             stars
             ,
             for
             they
             knew
             in
             some
             kinde
             the
             annual
             motion
             of
             he
             Sun
             ,
             and
             the
             vulgar
             counted
             their
             yeares
             by
             the
             harvests
             .
             They
             likewise
             understood
             the
             Solstices
             ,
             observing
             them
             of
             eight
             days
             in
             the
             East
             at
             Cusco
             ,
             and
             another
             number
             in
             the
             West
             :
             they
             reckoned
             the
             moneths
             by
             Moons
             ,
             allowing
             twelve
             in
             the
             year
             ,
             adding
             though
             grossely
             ,
             the
             eleven
             dayes
             over-plus
             ,
             at
             the
             points
             of
             Solstice
             ;
             observed
             the
             Equinoctials
             ,
             whence
             in
             September
             they
             made
             the
             principal
             feast
             of
             the
             Sun.
             
          
           
             The
             Equinoctial
             they
             found
             by
             the
             shadow
             of
             a
             pillar
             ,
             and
             the
             Eclipses
             in
             like
             manner
             ,
             during
             which
             time
             ,
             they
             think
             the
             Sun
             angry
             with
             them
             ,
             and
             the
             moon
             sick
             .
             The
             king
             took
             the
             Rainbow
             for
             his
             Arms
             and
             device
             .
             They
             kept
             all
             accounts
             by
             knots
             upon
             strings
             of
             various
             colours
             :
             and
             they
             had
             some
             harmony
             of
             Musick
             in
             songs
             and
             Instruments
             of
             Canes
             fastened
             together
             ,
             four
             and
             four
             ,
             in
             the
             nature
             of
             Organs
             ,
             whereon
             they
             could
             expresse
             their
             passions
             of
             love
             ,
             content
             ,
             or
             sorrow
             .
             They
             had
             also
             some
             Poetry
             and
             verse
             ,
             in
             measure
             with
             Meetre
             ,
             and
             called
             their
             Poets
             Harauee
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             Inventors
             .
          
           
             Their
             Temples
             were
             of
             stone
             magnificently
             built
             ,
             sumptuous
             for
             gold
             and
             silver
             .
             The
             statue
             of
             the
             Sun
             was
             massy
             gold
             ,
             which
             a
             Spaniard
             took
             and
             gam'd
             away
             in
             a
             night
             ,
             whereupon
             one
             said
             by
             way
             of
             je●r
             ,
             that
             he
             had
             plaid
             away
             the
             Sun
             before
             he
             was
             up
             .
             Of
             precious
             stones
             ,
             they
             have
             none
             but
             Emeraulds
             ,
             and
             Torqueses
             ,
             the
             country
             yields
             neither
             Diamonds
             ,
             nor
             Rubies
             .
          
           
             In
             their
             golden
             garden
             were
             all
             sorts
             of
             hearbs
             and
             plants
             ,
             trees
             ,
             flowers
             ,
             fruits
             ,
             animals
             of
             massy
             gold
             ,
             and
             silver
             to
             the
             life
             ;
             In
             short
             ,
             the
             Spaniard
             found
             there
             unspeakable
             wealth
             ,
             yet
             all
             was
             nothing
             in
             comparison
             of
             that
             the
             Natives
             concealed
             ,
             or
             cast
             into
             the
             Sea
             or
             Lakes
             ,
             which
             could
             never
             be
             recovered
             .
             There
             were
             Monasteries
             of
             maids
             dedicated
             to
             the
             Sun
             ,
             bound
             to
             perpetual
             virginity
             ,
             and
             never
             beholding
             other
             person
             ,
             the
             superiours
             called
             them
             Mamacunes
             .
          
           
             
             The
             last
             of
             these
             Incas
             was
             Atahualpa
             the
             14
             ,
             from
             
               Manco
               Capac
            
             .
          
           
             Leon
             the
             7.
             
             Inca
             ,
             called
             Viracocha
             was
             a
             great
             souldier
             and
             Conquerour
             ,
             who
             saw
             in
             a
             vision
             one
             of
             their
             Gods
             Viracocha
             a
             Phantasm
             ,
             with
             long
             Mustachoes
             ,
             and
             a
             long
             gown
             ,
             of
             the
             Spaniards
             fashion
             ,
             whom
             for
             this
             cause
             they
             call
             Viracocha
             ,
             the
             Indians
             having
             no
             beard
             ,
             and
             wearing
             short
             garments
             .
             They
             say
             this
             Phantasme
             
             foretold
             the
             arrival
             of
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             an
             unknown
             people
             ,
             who
             should
             take
             away
             their
             Estates
             and
             Religion
             .
          
           
             Tapangui
             the
             tenth
             King
             ,
             atchieved
             great
             conquests
             ,
             and
             extended
             his
             Empire
             to
             Chisa
             ,
             above
             1000.
             leagues
             ,
             and
             built
             the
             fortification
             of
             Cusco
             ,
             that
             seems
             rather
             rocks
             grafted
             together
             by
             enchantment
             ,
             than
             an
             edifice
             built
             by
             industry
             and
             strength
             of
             men
             ;
             for
             the
             vastnesse
             of
             the
             stones
             of
             38.
             foot
             long
             ,
             and
             18.
             broad
             ,
             when
             they
             had
             use
             neither
             of
             Iron
             ,
             Waggons
             ,
             Oxen
             ,
             Cranes
             nor
             Pullies
             ,
             but
             fetched
             all
             from
             remote
             parts
             by
             humane
             strength
             .
          
           
             The
             12.
             
             
               Inca
               Huaina
               Capat
            
             ,
             by
             the
             Spaniards
             called
             Guainaecauan
             ,
             that
             made
             the
             famous
             roads
             ,
             with
             the
             monumentall
             stones
             and
             Innes
             from
             Quito
             to
             Cusco
             ,
             for
             above
             500.
             leagues
             ,
             the
             one
             by
             the
             Mountains
             ,
             the
             other
             along
             the
             Sea
             shore
             upon
             the
             plain
             ,
             works
             far
             surpassing
             all
             the
             Romans
             boast
             of
             ,
             for
             length
             ,
             art
             ,
             labour
             ,
             and
             cost
             ;
             besides
             the
             rich
             and
             prodigious
             chain
             of
             gold
             ,
             every
             link
             wrist
             thick
             ,
             made
             for
             a
             sort
             of
             dance
             never
             found
             by
             the
             Spaniards
             .
          
           
             This
             King
             was
             capable
             of
             the
             true
             Religion
             ,
             for
             he
             would
             reason
             that
             the
             Sun
             could
             not
             be
             the
             Soveraign
             God
             ,
             but
             that
             there
             must
             be
             one
             more
             powerful
             that
             commanded
             his
             perpetual
             circulation
             ;
             because
             were
             the
             Sun
             his
             own
             master
             he
             would
             sometimes
             rest
             for
             his
             pleasure
             ,
             not
             for
             necessity
             ;
             whereas
             the
             Soveraign
             God
             ought
             to
             enjoy
             the
             most
             perfect
             tranquillity
             without
             perturbation
             ,
             which
             was
             not
             seen
             in
             the
             Sun.
             
          
           
             King
             Huiana
             now
             in
             peace
             at
             his
             palace
             of
             Tamipampa
             ,
             in
             1515.
             had
             intelligence
             of
             certain
             strangers
             ,
             not
             altogether
             unknown
             ,
             that
             coasted
             the
             shore
             of
             his
             Dominions
             :
             First
             
               Nunez
               Balboa
            
             discovered
             it
             in
             1513.
             afterwards
             Pizarra
             and
             his
             Company
             ,
             who
             first
             gained
             it
             in
             1531.
             
          
           
             The
             news
             much
             disturbed
             the
             King
             ,
             
             calling
             to
             mind
             an
             ancient
             oracle
             amongst
             them
             ,
             how
             a
             forraign
             bearded
             people
             should
             conquer
             and
             destroy
             their
             Empire
             :
             besides
             in
             1512.
             they
             had
             divers
             presages
             that
             portended
             the
             same
             .
             For
             which
             reason
             the
             King
             dying
             advised
             his
             Sons
             ,
             with
             the
             white
             men
             with
             beards
             that
             were
             to
             be
             their
             Masters
             ,
             and
             the
             Indians
             in
             excuse
             ,
             that
             they
             no
             better
             defended
             themselves
             against
             such
             a
             handfull
             of
             Spaniards
             ,
             say
             't
             was
             not
             for
             want
             of
             courage
             ,
             but
             in
             obedience
             to
             the
             orders
             and
             premonitions
             of
             their
             Prince
             .
          
           
             Huiana
             had
             by
             all
             his
             wives
             above
             300.
             children
             ,
             yet
             but
             one
             legitimate
             ,
             called
             Hilascar
             ,
             by
             his
             wife
             who
             was
             his
             Sister
             ,
             and
             one
             other
             by
             his
             dear
             Concubine
             ,
             called
             Acabalipa
             ;
             to
             whom
             he
             left
             the
             kingdom
             of
             Quito
             ,
             and
             Huascat
             reigned
             soveraign
             at
             Cusco
             :
             But
             Acabalipa
             to
             throw
             off
             his
             homage
             to
             his
             Brother
             ,
             invaded
             him
             with
             a
             bloudy
             war
             ,
             defeated
             him
             ,
             and
             took
             him
             ,
             and
             put
             to
             death
             all
             the
             Incas
             ,
             and
             Princes
             of
             the
             blood-Royal
             ,
             
             that
             he
             might
             reign
             sole
             King
             ,
             though
             according
             to
             the
             Sanctions
             of
             
             the
             State
             not
             capable
             ,
             his
             Mother
             being
             Daughter
             neither
             of
             Coya
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             a
             Queen
             ,
             nor
             of
             Palla
             ,
             a
             Princess
             of
             the
             blood
             .
             He
             gave
             death
             to
             above
             two
             hundred
             of
             his
             Brothers
             ,
             then
             to
             as
             many
             of
             his
             alliance
             as
             he
             could
             lay
             hands
             on
             :
             as
             well
             men
             as
             women
             ,
             with
             cruell
             torments
             ;
             and
             extended
             his
             tyranny
             upon
             the
             very
             servants
             ,
             and
             officers
             royal
             ,
             with
             fire
             ,
             violations
             ,
             and
             other
             villanies
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             Province
             of
             Canares
             alone
             ,
             he
             put
             to
             death
             sixty
             thousand
             men
             ,
             because
             they
             had
             held
             with
             his
             Brother
             ,
             and
             covered
             the
             land
             with
             carcases
             ,
             and
             horrible
             desolations
             .
             In
             recompense
             this
             villain
             was
             justly
             punished
             by
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             more
             wicked
             than
             himself
             ,
             and
             they
             afterwards
             by
             themselves
             not
             finding
             any
             that
             could
             exceed
             them
             again
             in
             villany
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             year
             1526.
             
             
               Francisco
               Pizarra
            
             ,
             and
             
               Diego
               Almagro
            
             ,
             being
             at
             Panarma
             ,
             having
             lived
             a
             long
             time
             in
             the
             Indies
             ,
             and
             assisted
             at
             the
             conquest
             of
             
               Vraba
               Cartagena
            
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             ,
             resolved
             upon
             the
             expedition
             and
             discovery
             of
             Peru
             ,
             where
             they
             met
             with
             ill-favoured
             entertainments
             at
             their
             first
             landing
             .
             Then
             Pizarra
             going
             to
             Spain
             obtained
             the
             chief
             command
             in
             the
             designed
             conquest
             ;
             and
             with
             four
             of
             his
             Brothers
             ,
             
               Diego
               ,
               Almagro
            
             ,
             and
             others
             ,
             made
             their
             invasion
             in
             the
             year
             1531.
             with
             most
             fortunate
             success
             :
             Acabalipa
             they
             took
             ,
             who
             paid
             a
             ransom
             of
             gold
             and
             silver
             ,
             neverthelesse
             they
             gave
             him
             an
             ignominious
             death
             by
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             Hangman
             .
          
           
             Thus
             was
             this
             mighty
             and
             opulent
             Empire
             conquered
             by
             a
             handfull
             of
             Spaniards
             ,
             divine
             providence
             in
             inscrutible
             councels
             ,
             making
             the
             avarice
             ,
             cruelty
             ,
             and
             other
             vices
             of
             these
             Victors
             instrumentall
             ,
             to
             bring
             these
             people
             to
             the
             knowledge
             of
             the
             true
             God.
             
          
           
             Now
             is
             the
             time
             the
             Spaniards
             glut
             their
             avarice
             ,
             and
             cruelty
             ,
             perpetrate
             all
             insolencies
             and
             truculencies
             imaginable
             ,
             which
             have
             been
             so
             fully
             represented
             ,
             observed
             ,
             and
             exaggerated
             by
             their
             own
             histories
             and
             Authours
             ,
             I
             shall
             not
             need
             to
             paint
             them
             in
             any
             other
             colours
             :
             but
             they
             all
             or
             the
             greatest
             part
             paid
             dear
             for
             it
             ,
             when
             by
             intestine
             discord
             ,
             envy
             ,
             and
             amutinies
             amongst
             themselves
             ,
             they
             butchered
             one
             another
             ,
             and
             so
             revenged
             the
             nefarious
             treatment
             of
             the
             poor
             Indians
             ;
             and
             those
             who
             overstood
             this
             self-destruction
             were
             justly
             executed
             by
             the
             command
             of
             Charles
             the
             fifth
             ,
             who
             commissioned
             certain
             Licenciados
             
               Vacca
               de
               Gastro
            
             ,
             and
             Gasca
             ,
             to
             pronounce
             severe
             justice
             upon
             these
             seditious
             Mutineers
             :
             there
             the
             
               Pizarras
               ,
               Almagros
            
             ,
             and
             others
             ,
             all
             perished
             .
          
           
             The
             fifth
             Viceroy
             established
             in
             Peru
             ,
             was
             
               Blasius
               Nuez
            
             ,
             1544.
             
             Lima
             ,
             or
             the
             Town
             of
             Kings
             ,
             was
             founded
             at
             this
             time
             ,
             first
             by
             Pizarra
             ,
             in
             1533.
             afterwards
             the
             residence
             of
             the
             Viceroys
             ,
             the
             seat
             of
             Parliament
             ,
             Inquisition
             ,
             University
             ,
             and
             the
             Metropolitan
             Church
             of
             the
             whole
             Countrey
             .
          
           
           
             As
             to
             Chila
             ,
             that
             wide
             Countrey
             ,
             which
             the
             Incas
             could
             never
             subdue
             ,
             Almagro
             first
             discovered
             it
             ,
             then
             in
             1540.
             o●e
             Valdi●ia
             entred
             ,
             and
             over-run
             it
             ,
             but
             he
             found
             such
             opposition
             of
             the
             Araucans
             ,
             a
             small
             people
             of
             this
             great
             Territory
             ,
             that
             he
             breathed
             his
             last
             there
             ,
             was
             slain
             and
             eaten
             ,
             and
             from
             that
             time
             for
             50.
             years
             they
             held
             the
             Spaniards
             in
             play
             ,
             with
             good
             order
             and
             military
             discipline
             ;
             they
             had
             learnt
             of
             one
             Lanearo
             ,
             an
             Indian
             ,
             sometime
             page
             to
             Valdiuia
             ,
             and
             afterwards
             revolted
             against
             him
             .
             This
             Arauco
             is
             a
             small
             division
             in
             Chila
             ,
             not
             above
             ten
             leagues
             ▪
             in
             length
             and
             seven
             broad
             ,
             upon
             the
             Sea-side
             ,
             and
             breeds
             the
             most
             warlike
             people
             of
             the
             Indies
             ,
             upon
             which
             account
             the
             Spaniards
             stiled
             it
             
               El
               estado
               in
               domito
            
             ,
             wherein
             are
             contained
             the
             vales
             of
             
               Ponco
               ,
               Purto
               ,
               Tucapol
               ,
               Angol
               ,
               Cauten
               ,
            
             &c.
             and
             the
             Towns
             of
             the
             Conception
             ,
             and
             the
             Imperiall
             .
          
           
             In
             1599.
             the
             Arucans
             took
             and
             demolished
             the
             Town
             and
             Fort
             Valdiuia
             ,
             and
             others
             ,
             putting
             all
             the
             Spaniards
             to
             sword
             ,
             man
             woman
             and
             child
             ,
             and
             sacked
             and
             burnt
             all
             ,
             and
             had
             repossessed
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Country
             had
             they
             not
             been
             repulsed
             .
          
           
             This
             constant
             war
             with
             the
             Araucans
             gave
             occasion
             to
             the
             famous
             Poet
             
               Alonzo
               de
               Ercilla
            
             ,
             to
             make
             his
             Poem
             the
             Auracana
             ,
             where
             he
             describes
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             and
             their
             war
             with
             the
             Spaniard
             ,
             and
             begins
             with
             this
             vanity
             ,
             truely
             poetical
             and
             Romantick
             Spaniard-like
             .
          
           
             
               No
               Las
               damas
               ,
               Amor
               ,
               no
               gentilezas
            
             
               Di
               cavalieros
               canto
               enamorados
               ,
            
             
               Ni
               las
               Maestras
               ,
               regales
               y
               ternezas
            
             
               De
               amorosos
               a
               feijos
               y
               cay
               dados
               ;
            
             
               Mas
               el
               valor
               ,
               los
               huecos
               ,
               las
               proesas
            
             
               De
               aquelles
               Espagnoles
               esbercadòs
            
             
               Que
               a
               la
               cermi
               de
               Arauco
               no
               do
               madae
            
             
               Pasieron
               duro
               y
               ago
               ,
               per
               la
               espada
               .
            
          
           
             Here
             I
             observe
             a
             singularity
             amongst
             these
             people
             ,
             in
             election
             of
             their
             Chief
             ,
             or
             Captain
             Generall
             ,
             who
             is
             the
             man
             that
             can
             carry
             longest
             a
             great
             tree
             like
             a
             date
             tree
             upon
             his
             shoulders
             ;
             as
             one
             Canpolican
             who
             was
             chosen
             did
             for
             three
             dayes
             together
             ,
             without
             the
             least
             rest
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XV.
             Of
             the
             streight
             of
             Magellan
             .
          
           
             
             FRom
             Chila
             the
             next
             is
             the
             streight
             of
             Magellan
             ,
             of
             about
             100.
             leagues
             in
             length
             ,
             and
             not
             much
             more
             in
             breadth
             ,
             or
             any
             waies
             ,
             which
             is
             not
             to
             be
             survey'd
             till
             you
             are
             well
             within
             the
             land
             :
             The
             tides
             are
             strong
             and
             dangerous
             ,
             principally
             from
             the
             South
             sea
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             narrow
             entrance
             in
             the
             mouth
             ,
             and
             a
             multitude
             of
             rocks
             and
             mountains
             before
             the
             mouth
             of
             it
             ,
             which
             render
             the
             passage
             hard
             to
             find
             ,
             and
             being
             but
             a
             little
             out
             at
             sea
             one
             can
             perceive
             nothing
             of
             it
             ,
             so
             as
             you
             must
             go
             cast
             about
             with
             the
             cock-boat
             ,
             though
             otherwise
             you
             know
             the
             way
             and
             the
             true
             heighth
             ,
             which
             is
             about
             52.
             degrees
             .
             There
             is
             one
             very
             high
             Mountain
             hard
             upon
             the
             mouth
             ,
             called
             
               la
               campana
            
             ,
             being
             in
             form
             like
             a
             bell
             .
             The
             shallowest
             place
             is
             fifteen
             or
             twenty
             fathoms
             ,
             and
             a
             very
             good
             bottom
             .
          
           
             The
             South
             sea
             enters
             thirty
             leagues
             within
             ,
             amongst
             very
             high
             Mountains
             covered
             with
             snow
             ,
             the
             North
             sea
             enters
             it
             seventy
             leagues
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             where
             they
             find
             bottoms
             in
             many
             places
             ,
             as
             on
             the
             contrary
             ,
             on
             the
             South
             side
             the
             depth
             is
             such
             no
             ship
             can
             ride
             at
             anchor
             .
             On
             the
             North
             side
             there
             are
             expatiate
             plains
             and
             champians
             upon
             the
             firm
             land
             ,
             and
             divers
             Rivers
             that
             fall
             into
             this
             streight
             ,
             shaded
             with
             odoriferous
             trees
             ,
             which
             shews
             the
             goodnesse
             of
             the
             soyle
             .
             It
             containes
             some
             Islands
             not
             to
             be
             ventured
             on
             without
             discretion
             .
          
           
             The
             Inhabitants
             on
             the
             South
             side
             are
             exceeding
             little
             ,
             on
             the
             North
             of
             Gyants
             stature
             ,
             whom
             in
             Magellan
             they
             call
             Paragous
             ,
             for
             their
             great
             feet
             :
             
             they
             clothe
             with
             skins
             of
             sheep
             and
             other
             beasts
             for
             the
             rigidnesse
             of
             the
             Climate
             .
             These
             are
             a
             people
             without
             civility
             ,
             
             law
             ,
             or
             policy
             ,
             wandring
             up
             and
             down
             without
             any
             certain
             abode
             ,
             reposing
             in
             Cabins
             ,
             and
             no
             other
             arms
             than
             bow
             and
             arrows
             ;
             when
             we
             speak
             to
             them
             and
             they
             understand
             not
             the
             language
             ,
             they
             lift
             their
             eyes
             to
             heaven
             .
             They
             live
             upon
             flesh
             dried
             in
             the
             Sun
             ,
             enemies
             to
             none
             ,
             but
             give
             themselves
             wholly
             to
             chase
             and
             fishing
             .
          
           
             This
             Streight
             is
             vexed
             with
             forcible
             tides
             from
             both
             sides
             ,
             which
             like
             two
             Cells
             encounter
             with
             a
             most
             obstreperous
             fragour
             ,
             where
             the
             danger
             is
             great
             ,
             and
             chiefly
             in
             winter
             ,
             when
             the
             winds
             rage
             there
             with
             more
             violence
             :
             for
             the
             Streight
             is
             never
             free
             from
             winds
             ,
             no
             not
             in
             summer
             :
             divers
             vessels
             perish
             in
             crossing
             the
             Rocks
             ,
             which
             seem
             an
             Archipelagus
             of
             Islands
             ,
             both
             those
             on
             the
             South-sea-side
             ,
             and
             those
             which
             come
             from
             Lima.
             
          
           
             The
             immense
             depth
             on
             the
             South
             side
             renders
             the
             sea
             more
             navigable
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             North
             the
             length
             of
             the
             fall
             breaks
             the
             
             force
             of
             the
             waves
             ,
             so
             as
             there
             is
             no
             great
             danger
             but
             in
             the
             narrowest
             ,
             and
             in
             some
             places
             of
             not
             above
             a
             musket
             shot
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             winter
             the
             Sea
             is
             higher
             than
             in
             Summer
             ,
             and
             the
             passage
             wider
             ,
             notwithstanding
             the
             sailing
             is
             nothing
             more
             secure
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             crosse
             winds
             and
             colds
             .
             Some
             are
             of
             opinion
             that
             the
             Tides
             do
             not
             meet
             at
             the
             same
             time
             ,
             but
             as
             it
             flowes
             on
             one
             side
             it
             ebbs
             on
             the
             other
             ,
             by
             a
             locall
             remotion
             of
             the
             sea
             :
             but
             they
             are
             deceived
             ,
             for
             't
             is
             certain
             that
             the
             floud
             comes
             in
             and
             goes
             out
             on
             both
             sides
             at
             the
             same
             time
             ,
             like
             as
             the
             boyling
             of
             a
             pot
             rising
             from
             the
             center
             disperses
             to
             all
             parts
             ,
             and
             cooling
             ,
             ceases
             all
             together
             :
             this
             hath
             been
             proved
             by
             experience
             ,
             that
             at
             the
             same
             time
             the
             floud
             came
             thirty
             leagues
             form
             the
             South
             ,
             and
             seventy
             from
             the
             North
             ,
             the
             Sea
             swelling
             from
             both
             parts
             ,
             as
             the
             Pilots
             observed
             ,
             following
             the
             course
             of
             the
             Moon
             ,
             the
             Tides
             augmenting
             or
             diminishing
             according
             to
             her
             state
             ,
             the
             Tide
             and
             Ebbe
             coming
             sooner
             or
             later
             by
             three
             quarters
             of
             an
             hour
             daily
             conformable
             to
             the
             course
             of
             that
             plannet
             :
             The
             Spaniards
             call
             the
             high-tide
             at
             the
             new-moon
             
               Cabeza
               de
               aguas
            
             ,
             the
             tide
             at
             the
             full
             
               Aguas
               viuas
            
             ,
             the
             low
             tides
             in
             the
             wane
             ,
             
               Aguas
               muertas
            
             .
          
           
             This
             so
             admirable
             motion
             of
             the
             Sea
             seems
             rather
             a
             combat
             ,
             or
             like
             the
             boiling
             of
             water
             in
             a
             pot
             over
             a
             fire
             ,
             then
             a
             locall
             remotion
             ,
             which
             neverthelesse
             I
             refer
             to
             Naturalists
             .
          
           
             The
             streight
             begins
             Northward
             at
             the
             Cape
             of
             eleven
             thousand
             Virgins
             ,
             as
             Magellan
             called
             it
             ,
             and
             ends
             Southward
             at
             
               Cape
               Victoria
            
             :
             in
             the
             middle
             stood
             the
             Towne
             and
             Fortresse
             of
             St.
             Philip
             ,
             which
             afterwards
             ,
             the
             Inhabitants
             perishing
             with
             hunger
             and
             cold
             was
             called
             the
             Port
             of
             Famine
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             that
             passed
             this
             streight
             was
             
               Ferdinand
               Magallanes
            
             a
             Portuguese
             ,
             who
             had
             both
             heard
             and
             seen
             something
             of
             it
             in
             their
             cards
             .
             'T
             was
             in
             1519.
             when
             he
             went
             to
             find
             a
             road
             to
             the
             Moluccas
             that
             way
             ,
             for
             Charles
             the
             fifth
             .
          
           
             Afterwards
             one
             
               Pedro
               Sarmicates
            
             passed
             the
             streight
             from
             North
             to
             South
             ;
             from
             South
             to
             North
             few
             passe
             ,
             for
             the
             danger
             and
             difficulty
             to
             find
             the
             way
             .
             Since
             that
             the
             famous
             Argonautes
             who
             went
             round
             the
             world
             by
             Sea
             ,
             as
             Sir
             
               Francis
               Drake
            
             in
             one
             thousand
             five
             hundred
             seventy
             nine
             ,
             Candish
             in
             one
             thousand
             five
             hundred
             eighty
             five
             ,
             
               Oliuier
               de
               Nort
            
             in
             one
             thousand
             five
             hundred
             ninety
             nine
             ,
             and
             of
             fresher
             memory
             
               Spilberg
               ,
               le
               Maire
               ,
               Hermita
               ,
            
             and
             others
             .
             But
             
               le
               Maire
            
             in
             1618.
             a
             little
             further
             ,
             in
             some
             fifty
             six
             or
             fifty
             seven
             degrees
             ,
             towards
             the
             South
             ,
             found
             the
             new
             Streight
             ,
             called
             by
             his
             own
             name
             much
             shorter
             ,
             and
             much
             easier
             than
             the
             other
             ,
             not
             being
             above
             eight
             leagues
             in
             length
             ,
             and
             the
             breadth
             wide
             and
             facile
             :
             the
             Spaniards
             came
             thither
             afterwards
             ,
             and
             gave
             it
             the
             name
             Saint
             Vincent
             .
          
           
             Upon
             the
             North-side
             the
             streight
             of
             Magellan
             are
             abundance
             
             of
             winglesse
             birds
             ,
             
             that
             live
             in
             holes
             in
             the
             ground
             ,
             fat
             and
             good
             meat
             ,
             they
             called
             Pinguins
             .
          
           
             Sir
             
               Francis
               Drake
            
             found
             many
             good
             Harbours
             in
             the
             Streight
             ,
             where
             good
             fresh
             waters
             came
             ;
             but
             they
             are
             not
             easy
             to
             enter
             ,
             for
             the
             strong
             and
             turbulent
             windes
             that
             raigne
             there
             .
             The
             Land
             on
             both
             sides
             lies
             exceeding
             high
             ,
             and
             banked
             with
             inaccessible
             Mountains
             ,
             particularly
             on
             the
             South
             and
             East
             ,
             where
             they
             are
             ever
             covered
             with
             snow
             .
          
           
             The
             breadth
             in
             some
             places
             is
             of
             two
             ,
             three
             ,
             or
             foure
             leagues
             ,
             in
             the
             narrowest
             of
             one
             ,
             or
             of
             two
             musket
             shots
             .
             'T
             is
             excessive
             cold
             ,
             and
             never
             without
             snow
             and
             ice
             ,
             the
             trees
             notwithstanding
             ever
             green
             ,
             and
             laden
             with
             fruit
             .
          
           
             From
             this
             Streight
             by
             
               Cape
               Foendo
            
             ,
             and
             the
             White
             Cape
             ,
             they
             ascend
             again
             into
             the
             silver
             river
             ,
             where
             begins
             Brasile
             in
             35
             degrees
             beyond
             the
             line
             ,
             reaching
             to
             the
             River
             of
             Amazons
             ,
             under
             the
             Line
             .
             This
             silver
             river
             ,
             or
             
               Paravai
               Parana
            
             ,
             and
             Paraguay
             ,
             disgorging
             altogether
             like
             
               Cordillera
               ,
               de
               serra
               ,
               Muada
            
             in
             Peru
             and
             Charcas
             over-flow
             the
             whole
             Countrey
             ,
             so
             as
             the
             Inhabitants
             for
             that
             time
             live
             in
             Canoes
             ,
             fastned
             to
             Trees
             ,
             till
             the
             floud
             be
             retired
             within
             the
             banks
             .
             At
             the
             mouth
             t
             is
             about
             35.
             leagues
             over
             ,
             but
             further
             within
             the
             Land
             fifty
             ;
             being
             streightened
             towards
             the
             Mouth
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             Mountains
             ,
             and
             compassing
             a
             number
             of
             Islands
             :
             this
             River
             rises
             near
             the
             Town
             of
             Plata
             ,
             towards
             Potossi
             ,
             whence
             it
             takes
             name
             .
             Others
             derive
             it
             from
             the
             great
             lake
             called
             Eupania
             ,
             where
             the
             other
             Rivers
             take
             birth
             ,
             as
             Maragnon
             ,
             but
             it
             should
             rather
             be
             Parana
             ,
             which
             afterwards
             falls
             into
             the
             silver
             River
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             that
             came
             within
             the
             mouth
             of
             this
             River
             ,
             was
             
               Americus
               Vesputius
            
             ,
             sent
             by
             the
             King
             of
             Portugall
             to
             discover
             Brasile
             ,
             in
             the
             yeare
             fifteen
             hundered
             and
             one
             ,
             and
             supposing
             it
             a
             passage
             from
             the
             South
             sea
             to
             the
             Moluccas
             ,
             satisfied
             himselfe
             ,
             and
             returned
             without
             looking
             farther
             .
          
           
             After
             that
             ,
             in
             the
             yeare
             fifteen
             hundered
             and
             twelve
             ,
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             sent
             one
             
               John
               Solis
            
             ,
             who
             named
             it
             Solis
             .
             In
             fifteen
             hundered
             twenty
             five
             
               Sebastian
               Ganor
            
             made
             a
             farther
             advance
             up
             the
             River
             ,
             and
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             silver
             he
             found
             amongst
             the
             people
             ,
             or
             rather
             because
             the
             head
             of
             it
             lies
             near
             the
             Town
             Plata
             ,
             towards
             Potossi
             ,
             called
             it
             the
             silver
             River
             ,
             or
             Plata
             .
          
           
             The
             Inhabitants
             along
             the
             River
             are
             of
             large
             stature
             ,
             long-lived
             ,
             light
             ,
             and
             nimble
             of
             foot
             ,
             use
             bows
             and
             slings
             in
             warr
             ,
             and
             speak
             the
             Patagonick
             Language
             ,
             or
             the
             Chicaan
             :
             of
             later
             times
             the
             Spaniards
             have
             ascended
             this
             River
             as
             farr
             as
             Charcas
             and
             Colao
             .
          
           
             The
             other
             river
             I
             mentioned
             is
             above
             fifty
             leagues
             in
             the
             mouth
             ,
             and
             rises
             amongst
             the
             Mountains
             of
             Cuntisuya
             ,
             near
             Cusco
             ,
             the
             Indians
             call
             it
             Apurimac
             ,
             principall
             ,
             and
             Capacmaya
             ,
             
             the
             Prince
             of
             Rivers
             .
             It
             runs
             from
             South
             to
             North
             above
             five
             hundred
             leagues
             from
             his
             source
             at
             the
             equinoctiall
             :
             Then
             it
             turns
             to
             the
             East
             for
             650.
             leagues
             in
             a
             right
             line
             ,
             and
             goes
             with
             windings
             and
             turns
             ,
             for
             above
             a
             thousand
             five
             hundred
             leagues
             ,
             two
             miles
             to
             the
             league
             .
          
           
             This
             is
             the
             greatest
             River
             upon
             the
             earth
             ,
             
             which
             at
             his
             infusion
             keeps
             the
             Sea
             fresh
             for
             many
             leagues
             :
             first
             discovered
             by
             the
             Pinsons
             of
             Siville
             in
             the
             year
             1500.
             then
             Orellana
             sailed
             it
             from
             the
             source
             almost
             to
             the
             end
             in
             1543.
             't
             is
             filled
             with
             severall
             Islands
             ,
             and
             the
             Tide
             mounts
             above
             a
             hundred
             leagues
             :
             They
             find
             Meragnon
             to
             be
             seventy
             leagues
             Southward
             ,
             distant
             from
             Orellana
             ,
             that
             rises
             from
             the
             great
             Peruian
             lakes
             ,
             which
             descend
             from
             the
             Mountains
             covered
             with
             snow
             :
             others
             put
             them
             both
             in
             one
             :
             it
             may
             be
             falling
             so
             close
             together
             into
             the
             Sea
             ,
             they
             may
             joyn
             waters
             ,
             and
             Orellana
             bear
             the
             name
             of
             both
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XVI
             .
             Of
             Brasile
             ,
             the
             Conquest
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Brasilians
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             BRasile
             is
             a
             large
             Province
             of
             America
             appertaining
             to
             the
             Crown
             of
             Portugall
             ,
             extending
             from
             25.
             degrees
             to
             the
             second
             from
             North
             to
             South
             ,
             some
             ten
             degrees
             in
             breadth
             from
             East
             to
             West
             ,
             from
             fort
             Para
             in
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             great
             River
             of
             Amazons
             to
             Plata
             .
          
           
             Maragnon
             bounds
             it
             Northward
             in
             two
             degrees
             ,
             Plata
             South
             in
             thirty
             five
             ,
             on
             the
             East
             the
             excelse
             and
             inaccessible
             Mountains
             of
             Peru
             ,
             
             and
             on
             the
             East
             the
             Ethiopian
             or
             Atalantick
             Sea
             ,
             as
             likewise
             on
             the
             North.
             For
             the
             Country
             ,
             the
             benignity
             and
             sweetnesse
             of
             the
             air
             ,
             and
             water
             ,
             and
             the
             fertility
             of
             soyle
             is
             a
             miracle
             in
             such
             a
             Climate
             and
             temperature
             :
             which
             renders
             the
             Inhabitants
             of
             so
             healthfull
             and
             long
             life
             :
             and
             though
             the
             Climate
             be
             under
             the
             Torrid
             ,
             there
             come
             freshgales
             from
             the
             Sea
             that
             moderate
             it
             ,
             so
             as
             it
             becomes
             a
             delicate
             habitation
             ,
             having
             every
             morning
             some
             mists
             and
             dews
             ,
             which
             the
             Sun
             afterwards
             dissolves
             into
             air
             .
             Here
             you
             meet
             with
             nothing
             but
             fair
             open
             fields
             ,
             pleasant
             hills
             ,
             fertile
             mountains
             ,
             fresh
             valleys
             ,
             green
             meadows
             ,
             abundance
             of
             woods
             ,
             rivers
             ,
             and
             fountains
             of
             excellent
             waters
             ,
             with
             infinite
             plenty
             of
             all
             sorts
             of
             trees
             ,
             plants
             ,
             fruits
             ,
             grain
             ,
             cattle
             ,
             sugar
             ,
             balm
             .
             In
             a
             word
             't
             is
             for
             necessaries
             and
             delights
             ,
             the
             fullest
             Country
             on
             the
             earth
             .
             Of
             strange
             Creatures
             there
             is
             the
             Cerigon
             ,
             in
             shape
             and
             bigness
             like
             a
             Fox
             ,
             betwixt
             
             yellow
             and
             gray
             ,
             whose
             belly
             is
             like
             a
             purse
             or
             pocket
             ,
             wherein
             she
             saves
             her
             young
             ones
             when
             she
             is
             hunted
             :
             another
             the
             Portuguese
             call
             Pereza
             ,
             for
             his
             slow
             gate
             ,
             in
             fifteen
             dayes
             not
             going
             a
             stones
             cast
             ,
             nor
             can
             any
             force
             drive
             him
             faster
             ,
             he
             feeds
             on
             nothing
             but
             leaves
             of
             trees
             ,
             and
             't
             is
             some
             dayes
             work
             for
             him
             to
             climb
             up
             and
             come
             down
             .
             There
             are
             Camelions
             whereof
             I
             have
             spoken
             in
             another
             place
             .
          
           
             Betwixt
             Brasile
             and
             the
             Cape
             of
             
               bona
               Esperanza
            
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             Gulph
             of
             1200.
             leagues
             ,
             formidable
             and
             furious
             for
             winds
             and
             tempests
             .
          
           
             The
             Countrey
             is
             divided
             into
             nine
             Governments
             ,
             or
             Captainships
             ,
             wherein
             are
             7.
             
             Colonies
             of
             Portugueses
             along
             the
             coast
             ,
             that
             is
             
               Tamaraco
               ,
               Pernanbuco
               ,
               Todos
               santos
               ,
            
             or
             
               San
               Saluador
               ,
               Puerto
               seguro
               ,
               espiritu
               santo
               ,
               Paraibi
               ,
               Genero
            
             and
             others
             :
             the
             Capes
             of
             S.
             Augustine
             ,
             and
             St.
             Vincent
             ,
             the
             River
             St.
             Francis
             &c.
             
          
           
             
             The
             first
             discoverers
             were
             Vespusius
             ,
             the
             Pinions
             Lopez
             ,
             and
             Cabral
             about
             1500.
             
          
           
             
               Pedro
               Aluarez
               Cabral
            
             made
             the
             principall
             discovery
             in
             1500.
             being
             sent
             by
             King
             Emanuel
             for
             the
             East
             Indies
             ;
             but
             a
             tempest
             cast
             him
             here
             ,
             and
             he
             named
             it
             the
             countrey
             of
             St.
             Chrosse
             ,
             and
             the
             place
             he
             landed
             on
             
               Porto
               Seguro
            
             .
          
           
             Cabral
             for
             that
             time
             contented
             himself
             with
             taking
             possession
             ,
             and
             the
             Kings
             of
             Portugall
             being
             full
             of
             concernments
             in
             Africa
             and
             the
             East
             ,
             neglected
             new
             conquests
             :
             till
             Emanuell
             not
             long
             before
             his
             death
             ,
             sent
             thither
             one
             
               Gonzalo
               Cotello
            
             ,
             who
             sailed
             on
             along
             the
             coast
             not
             without
             trouble
             and
             danger
             ,
             and
             returned
             without
             any
             advantage
             .
          
           
             Afterwards
             King
             John
             the
             ●
             .
             sent
             
               Christopher
               Jago
            
             ,
             who
             discovered
             about
             1100.
             leagues
             upon
             the
             coast
             ,
             amongst
             others
             the
             Bay
             of
             
               Todos
               Santos
            
             ,
             where
             in
             the
             River
             Paraguasu
             he
             found
             two
             French
             vessels
             traficking
             with
             the
             Natives
             ;
             which
             shewes
             the
             French
             men
             traded
             with
             this
             Nation
             before
             the
             Portugueses
             had
             any
             knowledge
             of
             it
             .
             This
             Jago
             barbarously
             sunk
             their
             vessels
             ,
             and
             murthered
             all
             the
             men
             ,
             done
             like
             the
             Spaniard
             who
             though
             he
             cannot
             discover
             and
             possesse
             all
             ,
             will
             not
             suffer
             others
             to
             do
             it
             .
          
           
             
             From
             that
             time
             the
             Kings
             continued
             sending
             thither
             ,
             and
             divided
             the
             Countrey
             into
             Captainries
             ,
             and
             
               Duarte
               Coello
            
             fortified
             himself
             in
             that
             of
             Pernanluco
             ,
             assaulted
             perpetually
             by
             the
             Natives
             ,
             who
             like
             the
             benign
             humour
             of
             the
             French
             much
             better
             .
             In
             like
             manner
             other
             Portugueses
             with
             their
             Kings
             Patents
             accommodated
             themselves
             in
             other
             Captainries
             ,
             as
             
               Pedro
               Contino
            
             ,
             on
             the
             River
             St.
             Francis
             ,
             and
             the
             Bay
             
               de
               todos
               Santos
            
             ,
             where
             they
             planted
             sugar-canes
             ,
             and
             built
             Engines
             to
             make
             it
             .
             But
             the
             Captain
             at
             last
             was
             defeated
             ,
             and
             had
             his
             brains
             beaten
             out
             by
             the
             T●p●●bous
             ,
             his
             neighbours
             and
             enemies
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             Governour
             or
             Captain
             Generall
             of
             all
             Brasile
             ,
             was
             
             one
             
               Thomas
               de
               Sosa
            
             in
             one
             thousand
             five
             hundred
             forty
             nine
             ,
             with
             a
             Fleet
             of
             one
             thousand
             souldiers
             ,
             and
             some
             Jesuites
             brought
             thither
             to
             convert
             the
             Natives
             ,
             who
             were
             placed
             in
             the
             town
             of
             
               San
               Saluador
            
             :
             one
             
               Fernandez
               Sardinia
            
             was
             the
             first
             Bishop
             of
             Brasill
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             one
             thousand
             five
             hundred
             and
             fifty
             .
          
           
             The
             French
             under
             Villegagnon
             ,
             
             would
             have
             planted
             there
             in
             one
             thousand
             five
             hundred
             fifty
             five
             ;
             about
             the
             river
             Ganabara
             ,
             in
             twenty
             three
             degrees
             :
             but
             the
             successe
             is
             too
             well
             known
             ,
             which
             happened
             through
             our
             own
             errour
             ,
             and
             the
             ill
             usage
             of
             the
             Portuguese
             :
             nor
             was
             it
             better
             in
             one
             thousand
             five
             hundred
             ninety
             four
             ,
             one
             thousand
             six
             hundred
             and
             four
             ,
             and
             one
             thousand
             six
             hundred
             and
             twelve
             towards
             Margnon
             ,
             where
             our
             former
             errour
             ,
             and
             the
             basenesse
             of
             the
             Portuguese
             ,
             shut
             us
             quite
             out
             of
             this
             country
             :
             But
             the
             Hollanders
             afterwards
             with
             better
             fortune
             ,
             better
             resolution
             ,
             and
             more
             patience
             ,
             have
             since
             established
             themselves
             .
             The
             French
             notwithstanding
             had
             most
             right
             for
             the
             commerce
             they
             had
             with
             the
             Nation
             from
             time
             to
             time
             ,
             who
             loved
             them
             naturally
             ,
             as
             they
             hated
             the
             Portuguese
             ,
             and
             indeed
             all
             others
             .
          
           
             The
             Brasilians
             are
             said
             originally
             to
             have
             come
             some
             ages
             since
             from
             ●eru
             ,
             advancing
             thither
             by
             progression
             from
             time
             to
             time
             .
          
           
             The
             Natives
             are
             exceeding
             barbarous
             ,
             eaters
             of
             humane
             flesh
             ,
             but
             their
             enemies
             onely
             :
             go
             totally
             naked
             both
             men
             and
             women
             ,
             of
             hue
             betwixt
             yellow
             and
             green
             ,
             low
             and
             flat
             nosed
             ;
             for
             by
             custome
             when
             a
             child
             is
             born
             ,
             they
             crush
             their
             noses
             ,
             as
             we
             do
             by
             whelps
             ,
             but
             females
             are
             not
             so
             served
             .
             The
             men
             are
             beardlesse
             ,
             and
             with
             great
             care
             keep
             themselves
             so
             with
             small
             pincers
             .
             They
             make
             holes
             in
             their
             chins
             so
             bigge
             ,
             they
             will
             thrust
             their
             tongues
             through
             them
             ,
             an
             ugly
             thing
             to
             look
             upon
             ,
             enchasing
             precious
             stones
             ,
             and
             hold
             this
             for
             a
             beauty
             .
             The
             women
             have
             holes
             in
             their
             ears
             ,
             and
             wear
             glasse
             pendants
             they
             get
             in
             truck
             ▪
          
           
             They
             wear
             onely
             a
             small
             ●u●t
             of
             cotton
             upon
             their
             haire
             ,
             and
             maids
             the
             like
             ;
             for
             the
             rest
             stark
             naked
             .
             But
             I
             observe
             their
             nakednesse
             yeilds
             lesse
             provocation
             to
             concupiscence
             ,
             then
             the
             apparel
             and
             ornaments
             of
             ours
             :
             For
             going
             naked
             ,
             they
             are
             sordid
             and
             nasty
             ,
             though
             never
             so
             handsome
             by
             nature
             :
             they
             are
             free
             for
             any
             mans
             voluptuousness
             ,
             both
             maids
             and
             widows
             ,
             but
             married
             women
             are
             particular
             to
             their
             husbands
             ▪
             so
             long
             as
             they
             are
             alive
             ;
             ●ut
             they
             have
             variety
             of
             customes
             ,
             as
             they
             have
             variety
             of
             people
             .
             They
             live
             according
             to
             nature
             upon
             such
             provision
             as
             the
             earth
             of
             it self
             produces
             :
             the
             root
             whereof
             they
             make
             their
             bread
             and
             drink
             ,
             is
             a
             good
             material
             :
             another
             they
             call
             Pachouqui
             ,
             in
             taste
             like
             a
             Chesnut
             ,
             they
             brought
             of
             these
             into
             Spain
             ,
             where
             they
             prosper
             well
             ;
             the
             Spaniard
             calls
             them
             Pacates
             .
             Of
             beasts
             there
             are
             abundance
             ,
             and
             all
             kindes
             of
             Venison
             ,
             and
             they
             are
             
             very
             dexterous
             in
             killing
             it
             with
             their
             bow
             ,
             wherein
             they
             shoot
             exactly
             .
          
           
             Divers
             of
             ours
             being
             taken
             ,
             have
             naturalized
             amongst
             them
             ,
             whether
             for
             that
             they
             had
             not
             means
             to
             escape
             ,
             or
             voluntarily
             ,
             having
             wife
             and
             children
             with
             them
             ,
             of
             whom
             ours
             have
             learned
             much
             of
             their
             manners
             and
             language
             :
             but
             the
             misery
             is
             ,
             divers
             of
             them
             have
             fallen
             to
             frequent
             their
             Superstitions
             and
             Idolatries
             :
             when
             we
             did
             inculcate
             to
             them
             to
             leave
             that
             unfortunate
             and
             bruitish
             life
             ,
             they
             answered
             us
             with
             nothing
             but
             sighs
             and
             tears
             ,
             though
             they
             knew
             us
             for
             French-men
             ,
             nor
             would
             have
             discovered
             themselves
             such
             to
             us
             ,
             had
             not
             one
             of
             us
             found
             it
             out
             by
             observing
             how
             attentively
             they
             harkened
             to
             our
             language
             ,
             and
             as
             we
             told
             them
             they
             were
             Christians
             ,
             one
             amongst
             them
             answered
             no
             ,
             which
             shewed
             they
             understood
             us
             ,
             and
             in
             effect
             one
             of
             them
             was
             a
             Rocheler
             ,
             the
             other
             of
             Saint
             Malo
             ,
             who
             were
             taken
             in
             one
             thousand
             five
             hundred
             seventy
             one
             ,
             going
             towards
             the
             Cape
             of
             Saint
             Anthony
             to
             look
             water
             :
             Five
             of
             them
             the
             Savages
             eat
             and
             preserved
             three
             for
             their
             youth
             ;
             they
             are
             exceeding
             greedy
             of
             humane
             flesh
             ,
             and
             hold
             it
             the
             most
             delicate
             of
             all
             other
             .
          
           
             Otherwise
             these
             people
             live
             in
             great
             innocency
             in
             little
             round
             Cabbins
             ,
             without
             moveable
             or
             utensil
             ,
             except
             some
             silly
             vessel
             of
             earth
             or
             wood
             ,
             and
             a
             cotton
             bed
             like
             a
             fishing-net
             hanging
             in
             the
             ayre
             :
             they
             are
             very
             credulous
             ,
             and
             understanding
             their
             language
             a
             small
             matter
             might
             convert
             them
             .
          
           
             Generally
             they
             believe
             the
             immortality
             of
             the
             soule
             ,
             and
             that
             after
             death
             they
             go
             to
             dance
             with
             their
             Fathers
             behind
             the
             mountains
             ▪
             for
             all
             their
             delight
             is
             in
             dancing
             ,
             and
             dance
             perpetually
             ,
             if
             they
             have
             the
             least
             leisure
             ;
             as
             they
             eat
             at
             all
             hours
             ,
             without
             observation
             of
             any
             order
             :
             Sometimes
             rise
             at
             midnight
             to
             eat
             ,
             and
             never
             drink
             till
             they
             have
             quite
             ended
             :
             some
             believe
             that
             the
             soules
             of
             such
             as
             have
             lived
             well
             ,
             according
             to
             their
             law
             of
             nature
             ,
             transmigrate
             into
             beautiful
             bodies
             ,
             and
             others
             on
             the
             contrary
             for
             punishment
             into
             deformed
             and
             squalid
             ones
             ,
             which
             in
             a
             manner
             is
             the
             Metempsycosy
             of
             Pythagoras
             ,
             whereof
             we
             spoke
             in
             the
             East
             Indies
             .
          
           
             The
             Sourons
             and
             Carmels
             who
             live
             upon
             the
             River
             of
             Plata
             ,
             towards
             Paraguay
             have
             but
             one
             wife
             ,
             whom
             they
             petition
             her
             father
             for
             ,
             who
             never
             denies
             her
             to
             brave
             and
             martial
             men
             ,
             all
             vertue
             and
             honour
             lying
             in
             that
             :
             at
             their
             marriages
             the
             Priests
             Caraibes
             or
             pages
             ,
             perform
             some
             ceremonies
             ,
             causing
             them
             to
             change
             shooes
             :
             of
             houshold
             stuffe
             ,
             they
             have
             nothing
             but
             a
             couch
             ,
             a
             cotton
             bed
             ,
             and
             an
             Estere
             of
             straw
             ,
             or
             sea-reeds
             .
             The
             father
             gives
             her
             in
             a
             basket
             cotton
             girdles
             ,
             and
             other
             ribbands
             to
             bind
             her
             hair
             ,
             and
             feathers
             for
             her
             hushand
             .
          
           
             All
             is
             in
             common
             except
             their
             wives
             ,
             who
             keep
             a
             severe
             fidelity
             to
             their
             husbands
             ,
             never
             transgressing
             ,
             if
             otherwise
             they
             are
             punished
             without
             remission
             ,
             or
             fly
             the
             countrey
             ,
             in
             other
             crimes
             
             they
             are
             not
             so
             rigorous
             :
             maids
             and
             widows
             use
             all
             freedom
             ;
             and
             if
             a
             husband
             find
             his
             wife
             a
             maid
             ,
             he
             esteemes
             himself
             unhandsomely
             married
             ,
             and
             that
             she
             must
             needs
             be
             contemptible
             ,
             for
             that
             no
             man
             hath
             medled
             with
             her
             .
          
           
             Contention
             betwixt
             man
             and
             wife
             seldom
             or
             never
             happens
             ,
             and
             when
             it
             does
             ,
             they
             hold
             it
             to
             proceed
             from
             the
             displeasure
             of
             their
             Gods
             ,
             and
             make
             sacrifices
             to
             appease
             them
             .
          
           
             The
             women
             being
             delivered
             ,
             they
             swathe
             the
             child
             with
             a
             cotton
             fillet
             without
             other
             clothes
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             foul
             themselves
             ,
             make
             them
             clean
             with
             sand
             ,
             and
             lay
             them
             on
             their
             faces
             on
             the
             ground
             to
             sleep
             ,
             where
             they
             lye
             without
             further
             danger
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             certain
             experienced
             hearbs
             which
             they
             lay
             about
             them
             being
             near
             child-bed
             ,
             which
             are
             very
             beneficial
             to
             them
             ;
             and
             rejoyce
             much
             at
             the
             birth
             of
             a
             child
             ,
             especially
             a
             Male-child
             ;
             and
             the
             joy
             is
             general
             ,
             all
             crying
             out
             ,
             That
             is
             ,
             the
             Infant
             shall
             take
             revenge
             of
             their
             enemies
             .
          
           
             They
             eat
             upon
             the
             ground
             ,
             or
             else
             on
             a
             sort
             of
             reeds
             ,
             
             wherewith
             they
             likewise
             cover
             their
             Cabbins
             ;
             they
             sleep
             commonly
             in
             the
             open
             ayre
             without
             the
             least
             inconvenience
             ,
             so
             sweet
             and
             temperate
             is
             their
             climate
             .
          
           
             Letters
             nor
             characters
             they
             have
             none
             ,
             but
             are
             very
             ignorant
             ,
             Mandioc
             a
             root
             is
             their
             chiefest
             diet
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             flower
             ,
             and
             eat
             it
             without
             baking
             ,
             likewise
             boyled
             with
             water
             ,
             it
             makes
             them
             drink
             in
             taste
             like
             turned
             milke
             :
             they
             make
             flower
             also
             of
             fish
             dryed
             in
             the
             Sun
             ,
             are
             great
             hunters
             ,
             and
             good
             archers
             .
          
           
             Brasil
             or
             Araboutan
             is
             their
             principal
             traffick
             ,
             which
             both
             men
             and
             women
             go
             a
             long
             way
             for
             ,
             and
             bring
             it
             on
             their
             shoulders
             to
             truck
             for
             glasse
             toyes
             ,
             little
             knives
             and
             looking-glasses
             .
          
           
             Brasil
             is
             a
             tree
             of
             more
             then
             ordinary
             height
             ,
             with
             small
             leaves
             ,
             and
             infructiferous
             .
             many
             kindes
             of
             it
             ,
             yellow
             ,
             white
             ,
             and
             carnation
             .
          
           
             They
             make
             their
             chaffer
             with
             Merchants
             ,
             without
             language
             ,
             setting
             their
             wood
             an
             end
             on
             one
             side
             ,
             and
             what
             they
             would
             buy
             on
             the
             other
             ,
             and
             so
             bargaining
             by
             signes
             ,
             every
             one
             takes
             away
             his
             own
             .
          
           
             In
             some
             places
             they
             make
             drink
             of
             a
             root
             called
             Piroua
             ,
             which
             hath
             a
             sent
             that
             flyes
             into
             the
             head
             of
             those
             that
             are
             not
             used
             to
             it
             ;
             it
             refreshes
             like
             Tisan
             ,
             of
             Orange
             colour
             ,
             when
             't
             is
             boyled
             .
          
           
             Being
             at
             Caramel
             ,
             they
             feasted
             us
             exceedingly
             ,
             with
             the
             best
             dainties
             they
             had
             ,
             and
             on
             all
             occasions
             invited
             us
             to
             eat
             with
             them
             ,
             admiring
             our
             wayes
             ,
             and
             highly
             taken
             with
             our
             civilities
             :
             amongst
             other
             things
             it
             seemed
             strange
             to
             them
             ,
             why
             we
             so
             oft
             took
             off
             our
             hats
             ,
             but
             informing
             them
             it
             was
             to
             do
             honour
             ,
             they
             were
             satisfied
             :
             they
             invited
             us
             to
             marry
             there
             ,
             and
             live
             with
             them
             ,
             offering
             us
             their
             
             fairest
             women
             ,
             and
             much
             affected
             our
             manners
             ,
             and
             apparell
             .
          
           
             
             At
             Feasts
             most
             commonly
             they
             make
             their
             designes
             of
             Warre
             upon
             their
             enemies
             for
             prisoners
             ;
             and
             presently
             joyning
             all
             together
             ,
             do
             reverence
             to
             the
             Sun
             ,
             promising
             the
             fairest
             prisoners
             for
             a
             sacrifice
             ,
             if
             he
             prosper
             them
             ;
             then
             choosing
             four
             of
             the
             best
             experienced
             amongst
             them
             ,
             they
             obey
             them
             without
             exception
             .
             They
             march
             with
             certain
             Instruments
             that
             make
             a
             loud
             noyse
             like
             drummes
             ,
             and
             are
             stuck
             with
             abundance
             of
             feathers
             :
             their
             Armes
             are
             Clubbes
             of
             Brasil
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Sangal
             or
             Araboutan
             :
             bowes
             longer
             then
             ordinary
             ,
             and
             arrowes
             without
             piles
             ;
             of
             wood
             so
             hard
             ,
             they
             are
             as
             effectuall
             as
             steel'd
             :
             Thus
             equipag'd
             ,
             they
             will
             march
             fifteen
             or
             twenty
             leagues
             into
             the
             Mountaines
             ,
             to
             surprize
             their
             enemies
             ,
             whom
             they
             seldome
             take
             unprovided
             ,
             and
             there
             will
             they
             fight
             with
             a
             bloody
             obstinacy
             ,
             preferring
             death
             before
             captivity
             :
             it
             being
             their
             satisfaction
             and
             glory
             ,
             to
             take
             their
             enemies
             alive
             ,
             and
             feast
             with
             their
             flesh
             .
             Having
             taken
             any
             they
             bind
             them
             ,
             use
             them
             well
             ,
             marry
             them
             with
             their
             sisters
             ,
             or
             whom
             they
             will
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             live
             together
             till
             the
             day
             of
             sacrifice
             :
             the
             evening
             before
             ,
             they
             acquaint
             them
             with
             it
             in
             a
             friendly
             way
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             accepts
             it
             with
             alacrity
             ,
             feasting
             and
             dancing
             all
             together
             :
             The
             day
             come
             ,
             they
             lead
             him
             round
             the
             town
             or
             habitation
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             people
             follow
             him
             with
             joy
             and
             triumph
             ,
             the
             boyes
             shouting
             and
             jeering
             him
             ;
             who
             without
             dejection
             boasts
             his
             own
             feats
             and
             prowesse
             ;
             reproaches
             them
             that
             he
             has
             done
             as
             much
             for
             some
             of
             theirs
             ,
             and
             that
             his
             slaughter
             shall
             be
             revenged
             at
             full
             ,
             then
             reckons
             up
             all
             theirs
             ,
             that
             he
             and
             his
             party
             have
             eaten
             :
             the
             other
             still
             singing
             and
             dancing
             ,
             regardlesse
             of
             what
             he
             sayes
             :
             coming
             to
             the
             place
             of
             execution
             ,
             they
             unbind
             him
             ,
             and
             bid
             him
             before
             his
             death
             revenge
             himself
             the
             best
             he
             can
             ;
             
             then
             he
             with
             whatsoever
             comes
             to
             his
             hand
             ,
             falls
             on
             ,
             and
             layes
             at
             any
             one
             he
             can
             reach
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             wounds
             such
             as
             make
             not
             a
             timely
             evasion
             ,
             then
             come
             two
             with
             Clubbes
             ,
             and
             at
             a
             blow
             beat
             him
             to
             the
             ground
             ;
             presently
             they
             rip
             him
             ,
             take
             out
             his
             bowels
             ,
             and
             deliver
             the
             heart
             to
             their
             Caraibs
             or
             Priests
             ,
             to
             sacrifice
             to
             their
             Gods
             ,
             the
             Sun
             ,
             and
             thunder
             ;
             then
             washing
             the
             carcasse
             in
             warme
             water
             ,
             they
             cut
             it
             in
             pieces
             ,
             broyle
             it
             upon
             a
             wooden
             Gridiron
             ,
             never
             turning
             till
             it
             be
             fully
             enough
             on
             one
             side
             ,
             and
             then
             feast
             all
             together
             .
          
           
             They
             assault
             their
             enemies
             in
             their
             habitations
             ,
             which
             are
             surrounded
             with
             a
             sort
             of
             pointed
             Palizadoes
             to
             gore
             the
             assaylants
             :
             the
             others
             storme
             it
             in
             the
             weakest
             place
             ,
             and
             being
             robustious
             and
             strong
             backed
             ,
             ever
             strive
             to
             come
             to
             hand-fight
             .
          
           
           
             The
             miserable
             wife
             of
             the
             prisoner
             ,
             makes
             most
             sad
             moan
             ,
             and
             specially
             if
             she
             be
             with
             child
             ,
             foreknowing
             they
             will
             do
             the
             like
             for
             her
             infant
             ,
             when
             it
             shall
             come
             to
             two
             or
             three
             years
             old
             ,
             a
             strange
             cruelty
             ,
             and
             so
             swallow
             their
             own
             bloud
             ,
             under
             pretence
             't
             is
             the
             child
             of
             an
             enemy
             .
          
           
             Savages
             though
             they
             are
             ,
             there
             appeares
             something
             of
             good
             natural
             reason
             in
             them
             ,
             which
             by
             instruction
             and
             addresse
             might
             be
             improved
             ,
             As
             when
             we
             reproach
             them
             with
             their
             nakednesse
             ,
             they
             retort
             that
             we
             are
             the
             stupid
             and
             unreasonable
             to
             conceale
             what
             God
             hath
             so
             liberally
             given
             us
             ,
             and
             have
             we
             nothing
             to
             doe
             with
             our
             money
             ,
             but
             to
             cast
             it
             away
             upon
             clothes
             ,
             things
             of
             no
             use
             ,
             being
             borne
             without
             them
             .
          
           
             Another
             asked
             me
             one
             day
             why
             we
             Christians
             would
             hazard
             our
             lives
             in
             so
             long
             voyages
             ,
             
             if
             it
             were
             to
             see
             or
             possesse
             their
             countrey
             ,
             to
             which
             we
             had
             no
             right
             ?
             and
             saying
             't
             was
             for
             neither
             ,
             but
             onely
             to
             fetch
             some
             things
             of
             gaine
             amongst
             them
             :
             and
             what
             gaine
             ,
             said
             he
             ,
             a
             scurvy
             piece
             of
             wood
             ,
             and
             other
             things
             as
             little
             worth
             ?
             And
             telling
             him
             ,
             that
             wood
             was
             of
             value
             in
             our
             countrey
             ,
             and
             usefull
             to
             our
             livelyhood
             :
             And
             how
             ,
             said
             he
             ,
             is
             your
             countrey
             so
             wretched
             ,
             it
             yields
             you
             not
             sufficient
             for
             life
             ,
             and
             sustenance
             ?
          
           
             I
             answered
             ,
             the
             countrey
             had
             a
             good
             sufficiency
             in
             it
             to
             maintain
             us
             ;
             but
             we
             desired
             to
             get
             wealth
             for
             the
             felicity
             of
             our selves
             and
             posterity
             .
          
           
             And
             what
             sayes
             he
             ,
             will
             these
             riches
             advance
             you
             in
             Gods
             favour
             ,
             will
             they
             preserve
             from
             death
             ,
             or
             can
             you
             carry
             them
             with
             you
             ?
             and
             replying
             ,
             't
             was
             for
             none
             of
             all
             this
             ,
             but
             that
             we
             took
             a
             felicity
             to
             leave
             it
             to
             our
             children
             :
             Well
             ,
             said
             he
             ,
             if
             the
             soyle
             were
             sufficient
             to
             maintain
             you
             and
             your
             Fathers
             before
             you
             ,
             why
             should
             it
             not
             do
             the
             same
             for
             your
             children
             and
             posterity
             .
          
           
             They
             alledge
             the
             same
             reason
             ,
             when
             we
             blame
             them
             for
             not
             cultivating
             their
             land
             ,
             saying
             since
             it
             kept
             their
             fathers
             ,
             't
             will
             not
             faile
             to
             maintain
             them
             and
             their
             children
             .
             So
             these
             silly
             people
             live
             free
             from
             all
             passion
             ,
             avarice
             ,
             ambition
             ,
             envie
             ,
             and
             labour
             of
             body
             or
             spirit
             .
          
           
             If
             they
             get
             any
             thing
             that
             is
             good
             ,
             they
             call
             in
             their
             neighbours
             ,
             and
             make
             merry
             together
             ,
             with
             perfect
             friendship
             ,
             candor
             ,
             and
             freedome
             ,
             without
             quarrels
             or
             calumnies
             ,
             go
             freely
             to
             one
             another
             ,
             and
             eat
             what
             they
             finde
             ,
             with
             a
             good
             will.
             
          
           
             They
             have
             a
             drink
             of
             the
             root
             Cavain
             ,
             which
             the
             Carmels
             call
             Piroa
             ,
             made
             thus
             ,
             they
             boyle
             the
             root
             with
             water
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             use
             it
             ,
             they
             stirre
             it
             together
             and
             drink
             it
             warm
             ,
             this
             tastes
             like
             turned
             milk
             ,
             but
             in
             some
             places
             for
             a
             dainty
             ,
             
             the
             maids
             chew
             the
             root
             ,
             then
             boyle
             it
             ,
             and
             make
             a
             most
             exquisit
             drink
             .
          
           
             In
             some
             parts
             there
             is
             a
             sort
             of
             root
             called
             Elcout
             ,
             of
             the
             taste
             of
             a
             nut
             ,
             which
             I
             hold
             the
             best
             amongst
             them
             ,
             't
             is
             of
             great
             vertues
             ,
             but
             the
             excesse
             dries
             ;
             infused
             with
             another
             called
             Monqueil
             ,
             it
             purges
             without
             violence
             :
             they
             have
             an
             herb
             that
             growes
             low
             with
             leaves
             a
             hand-broad
             ,
             that
             cures
             all
             sorts
             of
             soares
             and
             wounds
             ,
             of
             which
             I
             had
             once
             a
             triall
             .
             For
             falling
             from
             a
             rock
             ,
             I
             got
             seven
             or
             eight
             very
             troublesome
             hurts
             ,
             and
             an
             Indian
             with
             this
             leafe
             ,
             cured
             me
             in
             three
             dayes
             .
          
           
             I
             have
             seen
             the
             same
             in
             Egypt
             ,
             in
             Italy
             also
             ,
             and
             believe
             't
             is
             in
             France
             .
          
           
             Another
             root
             they
             have
             called
             a
             Jehearit
             ,
             that
             purges
             like
             Rhubarbe
             ,
             but
             more
             gently
             :
             I
             believe
             't
             is
             the
             same
             that
             comes
             from
             new
             Spain
             called
             Mechouacan
             .
          
           
             Another
             that
             purges
             ,
             being
             laid
             Emplaister-wise
             on
             the
             stomack
             :
             women
             lay
             it
             on
             the
             heads
             of
             their
             daughters
             ,
             to
             emit
             their
             Mestruits
             making
             them
             stand
             with
             their
             feet
             together
             upon
             a
             stone
             ,
             and
             a
             sleight
             incision
             ,
             to
             draw
             that
             blood
             without
             pain
             .
          
           
             Brasilians
             ,
             ,
             and
             chiefly
             the
             Toupina●ba
             are
             kinde
             to
             strangers
             ,
             specially
             the
             French
             ,
             and
             freely
             part
             with
             their
             victuals
             to
             them
             .
          
           
             A
             woman
             when
             she
             would
             be
             kinde
             ,
             or
             entertain
             one
             ,
             she
             seats
             her self
             on
             the
             ground
             ,
             and
             weeps
             as
             she
             had
             been
             beaten
             ,
             then
             on
             a
             suddain
             addresses
             her self
             with
             a
             thousand
             blandishments
             ,
             inviting
             him
             freely
             to
             the
             pleasure
             of
             her
             daughters
             .
             I
             have
             knowne
             some
             so
             base
             amongst
             us
             ,
             that
             buckled
             with
             these
             idolatrous
             girles
             ,
             a
             thing
             most
             detestable
             .
          
           
             They
             are
             absolutely
             without
             letters
             or
             characters
             ,
             and
             in
             pronunciation
             use
             not
             
               F.
               L.
               R.
            
             So
             as
             we
             may
             thence
             derive
             ,
             they
             are
             without
             Faith
             ,
             without
             Law
             ,
             and
             without
             Royalty
             .
          
           
             They
             are
             addicted
             to
             Divinations
             and
             superstitions
             ,
             and
             their
             Priests
             are
             sorcerers
             :
             by
             an
             ancient
             tradition
             they
             have
             some
             obscure
             knowledge
             of
             the
             deluge
             :
             some
             believe
             reward
             and
             punishment
             of
             good
             and
             evill
             after
             death
             ,
             others
             ,
             not
             ;
             but
             all
             believe
             the
             immortality
             of
             the
             soule
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             shall
             remain
             the
             same
             they
             were
             in
             this
             life
             ,
             and
             at
             the
             houre
             of
             their
             death
             :
             they
             interre
             their
             dead
             ,
             and
             for
             several
             dayes
             lay
             meat
             in
             the
             Sepulcher
             ,
             with
             a
             cotton
             bed
             :
             they
             have
             no
             King
             ,
             nor
             superiour
             to
             command
             them
             ,
             every
             linage
             living
             apart
             in
             a
             several
             valley
             ,
             and
             change
             their
             habitation
             according
             to
             fancy
             ;
             many
             families
             living
             under
             the
             same
             roof
             :
             great
             hunters
             ,
             fishers
             ,
             and
             swimmers
             ,
             exceeding
             
             vindicative
             :
             of
             a
             turbulent
             spirit
             ,
             and
             inclined
             to
             Warre
             ,
             the
             same
             in
             prosperity
             and
             adversity
             ,
             endure
             hunger
             with
             patience
             ,
             when
             they
             have
             nothing
             to
             eat
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             have
             they
             gourmandize
             ,
             and
             drink
             drunk
             after
             their
             fashion
             .
             The
             good
             or
             evill
             that
             befalls
             them
             some
             attribute
             to
             destiny
             ,
             others
             to
             fortune
             or
             chance
             .
          
           
             They
             are
             divided
             into
             several
             nations
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             most
             part
             enemies
             :
             as
             the
             Sourons
             ,
             and
             the
             Carmils
             ,
             and
             the
             Tapus
             ,
             whom
             they
             call
             Savages
             ,
             who
             are
             enemies
             to
             all
             ,
             as
             more
             wilde
             and
             bloody
             then
             the
             rest
             .
          
           
             The
             Cariges
             are
             more
             soft
             and
             humane
             ,
             who
             inhabit
             beyond
             the
             Winter
             Tropick
             two
             leagues
             from
             the
             Sea
             ;
             they
             inhabit
             on
             high
             ground
             ,
             and
             sow
             the
             Mandior
             :
             then
             there
             are
             the
             
               Oeuetacas
               ,
               Margaiars
               ,
               Toupinanbas
            
             ,
             and
             others
             :
             these
             last
             are
             those
             our
             French
             have
             had
             commerce
             withall
             ,
             of
             whom
             we
             have
             ample
             printed
             relations
             :
             and
             there
             might
             have
             had
             good
             plantations
             ,
             had
             we
             made
             use
             of
             our
             time
             ,
             and
             moderated
             our
             passions
             .
          
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XVII
             .
             The
             Isle
             of
             S.
             Thomas
             ,
             according
             to
             a
             description
             made
             to
             the
             Authour
             ,
             by
             
               Sieur
               de
               la
               Courb
            
             ,
             and
             Cassis
             .
          
           
             THis
             Island
             is
             under
             the
             Equinoctiall
             between
             the
             Isles
             of
             Prince
             and
             Anchan
             ,
             discovered
             by
             the
             Portuguese
             in
             their
             first
             navigation
             to
             the
             East
             .
          
           
             The
             Isle
             of
             Saint
             Thomas
             hath
             fifty
             leagues
             of
             sound
             land
             ,
             was
             discovered
             on
             Saint
             Thomas
             day
             ,
             that
             gave
             name
             of
             it
             .
             It
             beares
             little
             more
             then
             Sugar-Canes
             ,
             planted
             by
             the
             Portuguese
             ,
             but
             the
             trees
             are
             ever
             green
             .
             The
             Portuguese
             built
             here
             the
             town
             Pauoazan
             ,
             The
             Haven
             whereof
             looks
             towards
             Ethiopia
             .
          
           
             At
             first
             all
             Nations
             inhabited
             there
             ,
             but
             at
             present
             the
             Portuguese
             will
             have
             none
             but
             themselves
             ,
             and
             the
             French
             who
             are
             exceedingly
             beloved
             ,
             for
             a
             French
             Jesuite
             who
             propagated
             Religion
             exceedingly
             in
             this
             Isle
             .
          
           
             The
             natives
             are
             some
             white
             ,
             some
             black
             ,
             and
             marry
             still
             in
             their
             own
             colour
             .
             The
             town
             is
             pleasant
             ,
             and
             the
             whole
             land
             is
             full
             of
             Sugar-Canes
             ,
             which
             fill
             the
             Island
             with
             flyes
             ,
             as
             Arabia
             is
             infested
             with
             the
             same
             creatures
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             Cassia
             there
             :
             Sugar
             is
             so
             cheap
             ,
             that
             for
             eight
             Realls
             you
             may
             have
             a
             hundred
             weight
             ,
             but
             it
             has
             this
             fault
             ,
             't
             will
             not
             easily
             dry
             ;
             in
             exchange
             they
             carry
             thither
             Wines
             ,
             Cheese
             ,
             Leather
             ,
             Clothes
             ,
             because
             neither
             Vine
             ,
             nor
             Corne
             ,
             will
             prosper
             there
             .
          
           
             Upon
             a
             Vine
             there
             the
             grape
             will
             be
             green
             on
             one
             side
             ,
             and
             ripe
             on
             the
             other
             ;
             and
             blossoms
             at
             the
             same
             time
             .
          
           
             Their
             Gardens
             produce
             all
             sorts
             of
             herbes
             and
             fruit
             ,
             but
             stone-fruit
             ;
             but
             above
             all
             ,
             Figges
             ,
             and
             Melons
             .
          
           
             The
             root
             Igname
             growes
             there
             in
             abundance
             ,
             very
             wholesome
             boyled
             ,
             or
             raw
             .
          
           
             Likewise
             Millet
             which
             they
             call
             Zaboucou
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             excellent
             things
             with
             Sugar
             ;
             the
             soyle
             is
             strong
             ,
             inclining
             to
             a
             yellow
             ,
             and
             in
             some
             parts
             reddish
             ,
             where
             the
             dew
             of
             the
             night
             tempers
             it
             like
             waxe
             ,
             so
             as
             it
             never
             comes
             to
             dust
             :
             They
             bend
             their
             Sugar-Canes
             to
             the
             East
             ,
             and
             say
             they
             prosper
             best
             then
             :
             they
             may
             have
             there
             some
             seventy
             Sugar-mills
             .
          
           
             These
             Engines
             or
             Mills
             ,
             resemble
             the
             Samaritane
             at
             Pont-neuf
             in
             Paris
             ,
             easily
             rising
             and
             falling
             .
          
           
           
             That
             which
             displeases
             is
             ,
             they
             pour
             it
             into
             great
             caldrons
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             like
             honey
             ,
             then
             they
             make
             it
             in
             loaves
             hardly
             dry
             ,
             you
             never
             seeing
             any
             so
             solid
             from
             thence
             as
             from
             Madero
             ,
             nor
             is
             it
             worth
             so
             much
             though
             they
             use
             all
             possible
             art
             to
             refine
             it
             :
             They
             purify
             it
             with
             cindars
             .
             At
             the
             plantations
             far
             from
             water
             the
             Blacks
             fetch
             water
             to
             set
             the
             mills
             at
             work
             .
             The
             sugar
             being
             drawn
             they
             give
             the
             canes
             to
             the
             swine
             ,
             which
             fattens
             them
             ,
             and
             makes
             the
             flesh
             of
             excellent
             taste
             ,
             and
             wholsome
             ;
             from
             mid-May
             to
             mid-August
             they
             have
             Eastern
             winds
             wherewith
             they
             dry
             their
             Sugars
             ,
             without
             which
             they
             could
             never
             do
             it
             ;
             for
             all
             other
             windes
             are
             adversaries
             to
             them
             ,
             because
             of
             the
             raines
             they
             stirr
             up
             in
             the
             other
             months
             .
          
           
             The
             Island
             is
             unhealthfull
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             corrupted
             ayr
             :
             their
             houses
             are
             good
             ,
             built
             and
             covered
             with
             timber
             ,
             out
             of
             the
             abundance
             of
             huge
             high
             trees
             .
          
           
             All
             nations
             heretofore
             went
             thither
             by
             reason
             of
             franck
             traffick
             ;
             but
             now
             they
             must
             pay
             tribute
             ,
             all
             but
             the
             French
             ,
             who
             enjoy
             the
             same
             immunities
             as
             the
             Portuguese
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             many
             slaves
             from
             Guinea
             ,
             brought
             by
             the
             Corsairs
             to
             be
             sold
             .
          
           
             Captain
             
               Ribaut
               Diepois
            
             took
             a
             vessell
             with
             diverse
             whole
             families
             ,
             men
             ,
             women
             ,
             and
             children
             ,
             whom
             he
             set
             free
             on
             land
             ,
             but
             caused
             two
             Blacks
             to
             hang
             the
             Master
             and
             five
             Marriners
             .
             'T
             is
             a
             cruell
             inhumanity
             to
             carry
             the
             Father
             away
             by
             violence
             into
             perpetuall
             slavery
             ,
             while
             his
             poor
             family
             is
             exposed
             to
             misery
             and
             starving
             .
             They
             marry
             the
             slaves
             amongst
             themselves
             ,
             for
             breed
             ,
             like
             a
             race
             of
             horses
             ;
             who
             continue
             slaves
             by
             inheritance
             :
             whereas
             in
             the
             East
             at
             ten
             yeares
             end
             they
             are
             made
             free-men
             :
             they
             have
             but
             one
             day
             in
             the
             weeke
             free
             to
             themselves
             ,
             which
             they
             employ
             industriously
             ,
             in
             making
             themselves
             fine
             to
             be
             acceptable
             to
             their
             Mistresses
             .
          
           
             The
             Portuguese
             of
             St.
             Thomas
             following
             the
             humour
             of
             their
             Nation
             ,
             have
             a
             vanity
             to
             have
             their
             slaves
             grow
             rich
             ,
             and
             walke
             with
             gravity
             like
             them
             ,
             and
             will
             give
             them
             a
             hundred
             or
             two
             hundred
             Crownes
             ,
             to
             buy
             Turks
             for
             their
             gain
             and
             ease
             .
             They
             bring
             the
             greater
             part
             to
             be
             baptized
             ,
             and
             marry
             together
             ,
             providing
             them
             of
             a
             livelyhood
             .
             They
             celebrate
             certain
             feasts
             like
             the
             Basks
             ,
             with
             drums
             beaten
             by
             hand
             ,
             and
             songs
             to
             them
             ,
             and
             have
             their
             meetings
             under
             the
             shade
             of
             trees
             .
             The
             slaves
             yearly
             choose
             one
             amongst
             them
             for
             their
             Prince
             ,
             to
             command
             and
             govern
             at
             their
             meetings
             ,
             who
             seats
             himself
             in
             the
             middle
             ,
             and
             then
             they
             give
             him
             one
             of
             these
             drums
             ,
             and
             with
             both
             hands
             above
             his
             head
             he
             makes
             a
             most
             harmonious
             musick
             ,
             together
             with
             flutes
             ,
             and
             other
             instruments
             ,
             looking
             on
             their
             Mistresses
             with
             a
             thousand
             munkey
             tricks
             ,
             while
             they
             dance
             and
             
             trip
             
               Moresco
               Sarabrands
            
             to
             them
             again
             .
             They
             go
             together
             to
             fetch
             their
             Prince
             at
             his
             Masters
             ,
             who
             first
             makes
             them
             a
             collation
             ,
             then
             bringing
             forth
             the
             Prince
             decked
             with
             flowers
             ,
             a
             scepter
             in
             one
             hand
             ,
             and
             a
             nosegay
             in
             the
             other
             ,
             they
             carry
             him
             on
             their
             shoulders
             in
             a
             Palanquin
             ,
             to
             the
             place
             of
             dancing
             ,
             where
             their
             Mistresses
             meet
             them
             .
             The
             Prince
             first
             dances
             with
             his
             Mistresse
             ,
             &
             then
             the
             others
             follow
             .
             The
             Prince
             
               de
               la
               '
               amour
            
             ,
             called
             the
             Arcadit
             ,
             salutes
             his
             Lady
             ,
             and
             then
             with
             gravity
             presents
             her
             the
             Posie
             ,
             which
             she
             receives
             ,
             and
             dances
             with
             amorous
             smiles
             and
             simpers
             .
             Afterwards
             they
             all
             attend
             the
             Prince
             to
             his
             Masters
             house
             ,
             where
             the
             nuptials
             are
             consummated
             ,
             provided
             they
             become
             Christians
             .
          
           
             At
             that
             time
             
               Sieur
               de
               la
               Courb
            
             was
             there
             ,
             there
             was
             a
             Portuguese
             Lady
             ,
             widow
             of
             a
             Merchant
             ,
             called
             Bornauente
             ,
             rich
             ,
             fair
             ,
             and
             young
             ,
             to
             whom
             the
             chiefest
             of
             the
             Island
             sued
             for
             marriage
             ,
             and
             she
             would
             give
             ear
             to
             none
             ,
             because
             she
             would
             not
             put
             her self
             under
             subjection
             .
             She
             kept
             divers
             slaves
             ,
             and
             there
             arriving
             a
             vessel
             laden
             with
             slaves
             ,
             she
             bought
             some
             ,
             and
             one
             amongst
             the
             rest
             of
             so
             handsome
             garb
             and
             addresse
             ,
             she
             judged
             him
             to
             be
             of
             good
             extraction
             ,
             whereupon
             asked
             whence
             he
             was
             ?
             he
             told
             her
             he
             was
             of
             Danieta
             ,
             the
             Son
             of
             a
             wealthy
             Nobleman
             ,
             who
             had
             intelligence
             of
             his
             captivity
             ,
             and
             would
             shortly
             free
             him
             ,
             that
             he
             was
             taken
             fishing
             in
             a
             small
             boat
             ;
             and
             enquiring
             further
             of
             his
             religion
             ,
             she
             perceived
             he
             was
             an
             Idolater
             .
          
           
             But
             the
             Lady
             taken
             with
             his
             gracefull
             behaviour
             ,
             used
             him
             with
             all
             possible
             kindnesse
             ,
             and
             one
             day
             her
             lust
             bearing
             her
             away
             ,
             she
             resolved
             to
             call
             him
             to
             her
             Chamber
             ,
             and
             receive
             a
             satisfaction
             from
             him
             ;
             for
             which
             purpose
             having
             sent
             for
             him
             ,
             in
             expectation
             she
             lay
             down
             upon
             her
             bed
             ,
             fell
             fast
             asleep
             ,
             and
             in
             a
             dream
             thought
             something
             came
             that
             rudely
             pulled
             the
             sheet
             from
             under
             her
             :
             waking
             affrighted
             ,
             she
             called
             her
             maid
             ,
             and
             related
             the
             vision
             to
             her
             ;
             the
             maid
             wished
             her
             to
             lay
             by
             such
             troubles
             ,
             and
             commend
             her selfe
             cordially
             to
             Almighty
             God
             :
             On
             the
             morrow
             she
             rose
             early
             and
             went
             to
             her
             Confessor
             ,
             to
             whom
             she
             related
             the
             whole
             ,
             and
             he
             gave
             her
             for
             penance
             to
             sell
             this
             slave
             ,
             and
             never
             to
             see
             him
             more
             ;
             promising
             he
             would
             be
             her
             chapman
             ,
             and
             buy
             him
             to
             be
             his
             boatman
             ,
             when
             he
             went
             to
             take
             the
             aire
             .
          
           
             The
             Lady
             made
             her
             advantage
             of
             his
             proffer
             ,
             and
             doubting
             the
             slave
             to
             be
             some
             Demon
             or
             Magician
             sent
             him
             to
             the
             Priest
             ,
             who
             bought
             him
             to
             his
             sad
             misfortune
             ;
             for
             rowing
             along
             by
             the
             shore
             to
             take
             the
             air
             ,
             there
             came
             a
             sudden
             gust
             from
             the
             land
             that
             overturned
             the
             boat
             :
             Now
             the
             Priest
             swimming
             well
             made
             to
             shore
             ,
             but
             the
             slave
             with
             a
             pole
             dashed
             his
             brains
             out
             ,
             and
             himself
             was
             never
             heard
             of
             after
             .
          
           
           
             In
             this
             Island
             the
             Rats
             do
             great
             mischief
             ,
             eating
             their
             Sugar
             loaves
             ,
             whatsoever
             they
             can
             do
             to
             prevent
             it
             .
             Here
             upon
             a
             Mountain
             there
             are
             certain
             trees
             that
             distill
             water
             continually
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             Isle
             of
             Iron
             in
             the
             Canaries
             ;
             these
             trees
             are
             ever
             hooded
             with
             a
             thick
             cloud
             ,
             which
             moystens
             them
             in
             such
             sort
             that
             they
             yield
             sufficient
             to
             water
             all
             their
             fields
             of
             Sugar-canes
             ,
             whereas
             that
             in
             the
             Isle
             of
             Iron
             distills
             but
             at
             certain
             hours
             .
          
        
      
       
         FINIS
         .
      
    
     
       
         
         
         
           A
           Table
           of
           the
           principal
           ,
           and
           most
           remarkable
           things
           ,
           contained
           in
           this
           Book
           .
        
         
           
             
               A.
               
            
             
               ALexandria
               .
               Page
               2.
               
            
             
               Aleppo
               .
               Page
               30.5
               .
            
             
               Aman
               
                 a
                 town
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Aman
               
                 a
                 river
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Antioche
               .
               Page
               4
            
             
               
                 The
                 Authour
                 preserved
              
               .
               Page
               3
            
             
               Amon
               
                 a
                 mountain
              
               .
               Page
               5
            
             
               Arnon
               
                 a
                 torrent
              
               Page
               8
            
             
               
                 A
                 sad
                 accident
                 in
                 the
                 deserts
                 .
              
               Page
               10
            
             
               
                 Apparitions
                 in
                 the
                 deserts
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Arabian
               robbers
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               
                 The
                 three
              
               Arabia's
               .
               Page
               11
            
             
               Aden
               .
               Page
               13
            
             
               Arabia
               
                 the
                 happy
              
               .
               Page
               18
            
             
               Alibenali
               .
               Page
               18
            
             
               Albacoure
               
                 a
                 mountain
              
               Page
               23
            
             
               Aden
               
                 how
                 fortified
              
               .
               Page
               24
            
             
               Asses
               of
               Dalascia
               .
               Page
               26
            
             
               Amarous
               dames
               .
               Page
               56.30
               .
            
             
               Reca
               .
               Page
               28
            
             
               Abrazador
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Amurath
               
                 slain
                 by
                 a
              
               Tribullian
               
                 souldier
                 ,
                 disguised
                 like
                 a
              
               Deruis
               .
               Page
               39
            
             
               Amicabir
               .
               Page
               40
            
             
               Amiracor
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Ageleps
               .
               Page
               41
            
             
               Areca
               
                 a
                 fruit
                 common
                 in
                 the
              
               Indies
               .
               Page
               45
            
             
               
                 An
                 accident
              
               .
               Page
               47
            
             
               Anthropophage
               .
               Page
               65
               
                 
                   
                     a
                     vast
                     Army
                  
                   .
                   Page
                   72
                
                 
                   
                     a
                     prodigious
                     age
                  
                   .
                   Page
                   86
                
              
            
             
               Andreman
               
                 an
                 Island
              
               .
               Page
               90
               
                 
                   
                     a
                     sad
                     accident
                  
                   .
                   ibid.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Amber
               Gris.
               Page
               99
               
                 
                   
                     admirable
                     obedience
                  
                   .
                   Page
                   121
                
              
            
             
               Adultry
               punished
               .
               Page
               141
            
             
               Accidents
               
                 to
                 the
                 Authour
              
               .
               Page
               143
            
             
               Armies
               
                 in
                 the
              
               East
               vast
               .
               Page
               148
            
             
               Apes
               .
               Page
               149.159
               .
            
             
               Adventures
               of
               Amador
               
                 a
                 Limner
              
               .
               Page
               176
            
             
               Asia
               .
               Page
               182
            
             
               Africa
               described
               .
               Page
               177
            
             
               Africans
               
                 that
                 adore
                 the
                 Sun.
              
               Page
               180
            
             
               Africa
               
                 prodigious
                 in
                 greatnesse
              
               .
               Page
               181
            
             
               Africa
               
                 as
                 't
                 is
                 divided
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Aquiloa
               
                 a
                 Kingdom
                 ,
                 Town
                 ,
                 and
                 Island
                 :
              
               Page
               191
            
             
               Abyssins
               
                 imprint
                 a
                 crosse
                 upon
                 their
                 flesh
                 .
              
               Page
               196
            
             
               Agisimba
               
                 a
                 country
              
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 history
                 and
                 strange
                 adventure
                 of
                 Prince
              
               Alfondi
               .
               Page
               204
            
             
               
                 A
                 history
                 of
                 the
                 amours
                 of
                 Princesse
              
               Abderane
               .
               Page
               206
            
             
               
                 The
                 Authours
                 voyage
                 into
              
               Ethiope
               .
               Page
               211
            
             
               
                 The
                 country
                 of
                 the
              
               Abyssins
               
                 known
                 anciently
                 by
                 the
                 name
                 of
              
               Ethiope
               under
               Egypt
               .
               Page
               212
            
             
               The
               Abyssins
               
                 reverence
                 to
                 sacred
                 places
              
               .
               Page
               216
            
             
               Saint
               Abiblicanus
               
                 venerable
                 in
              
               Bagamidri
               .
               Page
               218
            
             
               Amazons
               Page
               219
            
             
               Arietes
               ,
               Apostles
               :
               Page
               226
            
             
               Amara
               
                 a
                 mountain
              
               .
               Page
               238
            
             
               Archers
               excellent
               .
               Page
               257
               
                 
                   
                     an
                     unfortunate
                     accident
                     to
                     the
                     
                     Authour
                     .
                  
                   ibid.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Attire
               
                 of
                 the
                 Ladies
                 in
              
               Caire
               .
               Page
               276
            
             
               Ammon
               
                 an
                 Oracle
              
               .
               Page
               279
            
             
               Alexandria
               .
               Page
               281
            
             
               
                 The
                 Authours
                 arrival
                 at
              
               Marseils
               .
               Page
               284
            
             
               
                 The
                 Authour
                 taken
                 by
                 the
              
               Spaniards
               Page
               287
            
             
               
                 The
                 Authours
                 hard
                 usage
                 by
                 the
                 Turks
                 .
              
               Page
               288
            
             
               Alcahir
               
                 a
                 town
                 in
              
               Morocca
               .
               Page
               297
            
             
               Asgar
               
                 a
                 country
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Bashaw
               Abrahor
               
                 Master
                 of
                 the
                 horse
                 to
                 the
              
               Sultan
               .
               Page
               311
            
             
               
                 The
                 Authours
                 sufferings
                 at
                 Sea.
              
               Page
               313
            
             
               
                 The
                 Authours
                 affront
                 at
              
               Gandia
               .
               Page
               314
            
             
               
                 The
                 Authour
                 cheated
              
               .
               Page
               316
            
             
               
                 The
                 Authours
                 voyage
                 for
              
               Guinea
               .
               Page
               320
            
             
               America
               described
               ;
               
                 the
                 length
                 and
                 distances
              
               .
               Page
               327
            
             
               The
               Americans
               
                 upon
                 Saint
              
               Laurenzo
               ,
               
                 their
                 habit
                 and
                 diet
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Antilles
               
                 Isles
                 of
              
               Canibals
               .
               Page
               339
            
             
               America
               
                 how
                 divided
              
               .
               Page
               344
            
             
               South-America
               .
               Page
               346
            
             
               
                 A
                 corruptive
                 ayre
              
               .
               Page
               370
            
             
               Arma
               
                 of
                 ●ote
                 for
                 rich
                 Mines
              
               .
               Page
               371
            
             
               Amazons
               .
               Page
               379
            
             
               
                 A
                 peculiar
                 motion
                 of
                 the
                 Sea
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 strait
              
               Magellan
               .
               Page
               393
            
          
        
         
           
             
               B.
               
            
             
               BUrning
               sands
               .
               Page
               9
            
             
               Books
               
                 of
                 the
                 lives
                 and
                 sects
                 of
              
               Mahomets
               successors
               .
               Page
               13
            
             
               Benjamin
               .
               Page
               19
            
             
               Biharen
               .
               Page
               30
            
             
               Benmir
               .
               Page
               32
            
             
               Babylon
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Bagded
               .
               Page
               32
               ,
               33.
               
            
             
               Balsora
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Bacchat
               .
               Page
               35
            
             
               Besoart
               stone
               :
               Page
               36
            
             
               Barcas
               .
               Page
               40
            
             
               Batinisar
               ,
               
                 and
                 her
                 Carpets
              
               .
               Page
               44
            
             
               Baticola
               .
               Page
               54
            
             
               Bisnegar
               .
               Page
               72.74
               .
            
             
               
                 A
                 History
                 of
                 the
                 King
                 of
              
               Bisnegar
               .
               Page
               73
            
             
               Bramins
               high
               Priests
               .
               Page
               75
            
             
               Barrs
               of
               gold
               .
               Page
               94
            
             
               Ball-play
               .
               Page
               99.155
               .
            
             
               Betell
               
                 a
                 tree
              
               .
               Page
               101
            
             
               Birds
               
                 of
                 Paradise
              
               .
               Page
               115
            
             
               Beasts
               
                 trained
                 up
                 to
                 hunt
              
               .
               Page
               166
            
             
               
                 A
                 bloody
                 battell
              
               .
               Page
               178
            
             
               Birds
               
                 of
                 strange
                 nature
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Belugara
               ,
               
                 a
                 town
                 in
              
               Monopotapa
               .
               Page
               186
            
             
               Butua
               
                 a
                 Province
              
               .
               Page
               198
            
             
               Bagamidri
               ,
               
                 a
                 town
                 in
              
               Ethiopia
               .
               Page
               218.
               
            
             
               Bagamidri
               
                 called
                 Imperial
                 ,
                 and
                 why
              
               ?
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Bagamidri
               
                 a
                 kingdom
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Bagamadri
               
                 how
                 bounded
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Barua
               
                 a
                 town
              
               .
               Page
               241.227
               .
            
             
               Biguen
               
                 a
                 strong
                 town
              
               .
               Page
               235
            
             
               Bridges
               
                 of
                 straw
              
               .
               Page
               236
            
             
               Baza
               ,
               
                 a
                 pleasant
                 town
              
               .
               Page
               256
            
             
               Beniermi
               
                 a
                 desert
              
               .
               Page
               271
            
             
               Bazuelle
               
                 a
                 fair
                 town
              
               Page
               273
            
             
               
                 Natural
                 Balsome
                 ,
                 and
                 how
                 it
                 growes
                 .
              
               Page
               275
            
             
               Barua
               
                 an
                 Isle
              
               .
               Page
               321
            
             
               Bracala
               ,
               
                 a
                 country
              
               .
               Page
               322
            
             
               Baris
               ,
               
                 an
                 Ape
                 very
                 serviceable
              
               .
               Page
               325
            
             
               Bread
               
                 made
                 of
                 fish
              
               .
               Page
               333
            
             
               Beseé
               espada
               ,
               
                 a
                 dangerous
                 fish
              
               .
               Page
               336
            
             
               
                 A
                 History
                 of
              
               Bibical
               .
               Page
               338
            
             
               Breezes
               winds
               .
               Page
               341
            
             
               Bacaltos
               
                 why
                 so
                 called
                 ,
                 a
                 coast
                 annoyed
                 with
                 fish
                 .
              
               Page
               347
            
             
               Bacaltos
               
                 discovered
                 by
                 an
              
               English
               man.
               Page
               348
            
             
               
                 Strange
                 beasts
              
               .
               Page
               380
            
             
               Birds
               
                 of
                 prodigious
                 greatness
              
               .
               ib.
               
            
             
               
                 A
                 good
                 bargain
              
               .
               Page
               380
            
             
               Brasile
               described
               .
               Page
               395
            
             
               Brasile
               
                 a
                 fruitful
                 ,
                 and
                 for
                 pleasure
                 
                 a
                 miraculous
                 country
                 .
              
               ibid.
               
            
             
               
                 Strange
                 beasts
                 in
              
               Brasile
               .
               Page
               397
            
             
               Brasile
               divided
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Brasile
               
                 by
                 whom
                 discoverrd
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Brasilians
               ,
               
                 their
                 nature
                 ,
                 their
                 weare
                 ,
                 and
                 ornaments
                 .
              
               Page
               397
            
             
               Brasilians
               Religion
               .
               Page
               398
            
             
               Brasilian
               
                 ceremonies
                 at
                 marriage
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               The
               Brasilian
               customes
               .
               Page
               399
            
             
               The
               Brasilian
               
                 way
                 of
                 traffick
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Brasilians
               man-eaters
               .
               Page
               400
            
             
               Brasilians
               
                 their
                 arms
                 and
                 wars
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Brasilian
               
                 usage
                 of
                 prisoners
                 at
                 war.
              
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Brasilians
               
                 kind
                 to
                 strangers
              
               .
               Page
               402
            
             
               Brasilians
               
                 given
                 to
                 divinations
                 and
                 superstitions
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               C.
               
            
             
               CAire
               .
               Page
               2
            
             
               Candia
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Chrysorrhas
               .
               Page
               4
            
             
               Carauane
               .
               Page
               9
               
                 
                   
                     A
                     cheat
                  
                   .
                   Page
                   12
                
              
            
             
               Cassia
               .
               Page
               19
            
             
               Cinamon
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               
                 A
                 Cutler
              
               .
               Page
               5
            
             
               Cassis
               
                 deceived
                 his
                 brother
              
               .
               Page
               13
            
             
               Carauanes
               from
               Aleppo
               ,
               Damas
               ,
               
                 and
                 the
                 grand
              
               Cair
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Cassis
               
                 his
                 treachery
              
               .
               Page
               17
            
             
               Chicali
               .
               Page
               19
            
             
               Cosan
               ,
               or
               Cosara
               ,
               
                 a
                 River
              
               .
               Page
               20
            
             
               Camaran
               
                 an
                 Island
              
               .
               Page
               23
            
             
               Camara
               .
               Page
               25
            
             
               Camelots
               .
               Page
               26
            
             
               Caymans
               or
               Crocodils
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Ceyfadin
               .
               Page
               29
            
             
               Cimites
               of
               Persia
               .
               Page
               31
            
             
               A
               Marseillan
               Curtisan
               .
               Page
               35
            
             
               Casbin
               .
               Page
               36
            
             
               Cusa
               .
               Page
               39
            
             
               Calander
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Caidsidibir
               .
               Page
               40
            
             
               Cassandera
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Christianisme
               
                 in
                 the
              
               Indies
               .
               Page
               42
            
             
               Cambaye
               
                 a
                 town
              
               .
               Page
               45
               ,
               46.
               
            
             
               
                 Children
                 sold
                 by
                 Parents
              
               .
               Page
               47.85
               .
            
             
               Calicut
               .
               Page
               57
            
             
               Cochins
               scituation
               .
               Page
               62
            
             
               Cinamon
               .
               Page
               67
            
             
               Circles
               
                 of
                 poysoned
                 iron
              
               .
               Page
               75
            
             
               Christian
               
                 faith
                 preached
                 in
                 the
              
               Indians
               ,
               
                 and
                 by
                 whom
              
               ,
               Page
               76
            
             
               Ceremonies
               .
               Page
               89
            
             
               Cruelty
               
                 of
                 the
              
               Javans
               .
               Page
               98
            
             
               Chiamay
               
                 a
                 famous
                 Lake
              
               .
               Page
               105
            
             
               Castigay
               
                 an
                 Idoll
              
               .
               Page
               107
            
             
               Chaubanoys
               disaster
               .
               Page
               108
            
             
               Caipomo
               
                 a
                 River
              
               .
               Page
               112
            
             
               Confession
               
                 amongst
                 Idolaters
              
               .
               Page
               124
            
             
               Communions
               extravagant
               .
               Page
               129
            
             
               Cannons
               
                 in
                 the
              
               Indies
               
                 from
                 all
                 antiquity
              
               .
               Page
               132
            
             
               Cock-fights
               .
               Page
               138
            
             
               Ceremonies
               .
               Page
               143
            
             
               Casubi
               
                 a
                 kingdom
              
               .
               Page
               154
            
             
               Casubi
               
                 a
                 town
              
               .
               Page
               155
            
             
               Cocos
               
                 and
                 the
                 benefit
              
               .
               Page
               156
            
             
               
                 The
                 Cape
                 of
                 Palmes
              
               .
               Page
               180
            
             
               Cape
               of
               Natall
               .
               Page
               183
               
                 
                   
                     where
                     Christianity
                     first
                     planted
                     in
                  
                   Africa
                   .
                   ibid.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Crocodiles
               ,
               
                 and
                 how
                 taken
              
               Page
               185
            
             
               Christians
               in
               Belugara
               .
               Page
               187
            
             
               Courtesy
               
                 of
                 savages
              
               .
               Page
               195
            
             
               Courtesy
               
                 of
                 the
                 Prince
                 of
              
               Belugara
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Suguelane
               
                 a
                 town
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 entertainment
                 of
                 that
                 town
                 ,
                 with
                 their
                 customes
                 .
              
               Page
               197
            
             
               
                 The
                 Court
                 of
              
               Abissina
               
                 under
                 tents
                 in
                 the
                 field
              
               .
               Page
               215
            
             
               Combats
               
                 of
                 savage
                 beasts
              
               .
               Page
               222
            
             
               Couzan
               
                 a
                 kingdom
              
               Page
               238
            
             
               Ceremonies
               
                 at
                 matrimony
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Crown
               
                 revenues
                 of
                 the
                 grand
              
               Negus
               .
               Page
               243
            
             
               Churches
               ,
               
                 and
                 Church-service
                 
                 in
              
               Ethiopia
               .
               Page
               244
            
             
               Candace
               Queen
               .
               Page
               252
            
             
               Caraman
               
                 a
                 town
              
               .
               Page
               254
            
             
               
                 A
                 Church
                 cut
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 natural
                 Rock
                 founded
                 by
              
               Candaces
               Eunuke
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               
                 The
                 Chair
                 of
                 Saint
              
               John
               Babtist
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               
                 The
                 celebrated
                 cataracts
              
               .
               Page
               261
            
             
               Christians
               
                 delivered
                 from
                 Infidels
                 by
                 miracle
              
               .
               Page
               272
            
             
               Caire
               
                 built
                 upon
                 the
                 ruines
                 of
              
               Babylon
               ,
               and
               Memphis
               .
               Page
               274
            
             
               Crocodiles
               ,
               
                 and
                 their
                 nature
              
               .
               Page
               277
            
             
               Constantina
               
                 a
                 town
                 in
              
               Morocca
               .
               Page
               298
            
             
               Constantinople
               ,
               
                 the
                 scituation
                 and
                 founder
              
               .
               Page
               306
            
             
               
                 A
                 stupendious
                 rock
                 of
                 Christal
              
               .
               Page
               325
            
             
               Canaries
               ,
               
                 why
                 so
                 called
              
               .
               Page
               331
               
                 
                   A
                   
                     Cave
                     in
                     a
                     rock
                     once
                     a
                     Church
                     .
                  
                   Page
                   332
                
              
            
             
               Cuba
               
                 the
                 most
                 fruitful
                 Island
                 of
              
               America
               .
               Page
               336
            
             
               Crocodiles
               
                 good
                 meat
              
               .
               Page
               337
            
             
               Canibals
               
                 hunt
                 men
                 ,
                 and
                 why
              
               .
               Page
               339
            
             
               Cruelty
               
                 of
                 the
              
               Spaniards
               .
               Page
               340
            
             
               Coasts
               of
               Mexico
               .
               Page
               341
            
             
               Canada
               ,
               or
               New-France
               ,
               
                 by
                 whom
                 discovered
              
               .
               Page
               349
               
                 
                   
                     the
                     King
                     of
                  
                   Canada
                   
                     whence
                     extracted
                  
                   .
                   Page
                   350
                
                 
                   the
                   Canadans
                   
                     nature
                     ,
                     religion
                     ,
                     laws
                     ,
                     habit
                     ,
                     and
                     customes
                     .
                  
                   ibid.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     An
                     example
                     of
                     covetousnesse
                  
                   .
                   Page
                   365
                
              
            
             
               Cordileras
               
                 vast
                 extended
                 mountaines
                 of
                 wonderful
                 scituation
                 .
              
               Page
               372
            
             
               Cosca
               
                 a
                 Province
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Charcas
               
                 a
                 Province
                 in
              
               Peru.
               Page
               373
               
                 
                   
                     the
                     Calandar
                     of
                  
                   Peru.
                   Page
                   388
                
              
            
             
               Cruelty
               revenged
               .
               Page
               389
            
             
               Chica
               
                 a
                 country
              
               .
               Page
               392
            
          
        
         
           
             
               D.
               
            
             
               DAmas
               .
               Page
               5
            
             
               A
               Deruis
               .
               Page
               6.39
            
             
               Dan
               Caerea
               .
               Page
               7
            
             
               Dalatia
               .
               Page
               22
            
             
               Dehir
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Dalascia
               
                 a
                 town
              
               :
               Page
               25
               
                 
                   
                     A
                     strange
                     dispute
                  
                   .
                   Page
                   27
                
              
            
             
               Derbent
               .
               Page
               35
            
             
               Delicacies
               .
               Page
               38
            
             
               Durmisar
               .
               Page
               39
            
             
               Diu
               
                 assaulted
                 by
                 the
              
               Turk
               ,
               Page
               44
            
             
               Delidecan
               .
               Page
               49
            
             
               Dinari
               ,
               Page
               50
               
                 
                   
                     Country
                     dames
                  
                   .
                   Page
                   74
                
                 
                   A
                   
                     declaring
                     of
                     war.
                  
                   Page
                   75
                
                 
                   
                     Diamond
                     mines
                  
                   .
                   Page
                   83
                
                 
                   
                     the
                     Devill
                     adored
                  
                   .
                   Page
                   99
                
              
            
             
               Dead
               
                 bodies
                 eaten
              
               .
               Page
               104
               
                 
                   
                     How
                     drugges
                     are
                     brought
                     into
                  
                   Europe
                   .
                   Page
                   133
                
              
            
             
               Documents
               for
               Princes
               .
               Page
               136
               
                 
                   
                     The
                     devil's
                  
                   dance
                   .
                   Page
                   143
                
                 
                   
                     A
                     dance
                     in
                     Armes
                  
                   .
                   Page
                   164
                
                 
                   
                     Deserts
                     frightfull
                  
                   .
                   Page
                   174
                
              
            
             
               Dumes
               
                 a
                 river
              
               .
               Page
               191
            
             
               King
               Davids
               robe
               .
               Page
               254
            
             
               Dangala
               
                 a
                 town
              
               .
               Page
               272
            
             
               Delusion
               
                 of
                 a
                 Mahometan
                 Priest
              
               .
               Page
               274
            
             
               Deserts
               of
               Caire
               ,
               
                 and
                 how
                 travailed
              
               .
               Page
               279
               
                 
                   
                     a
                     difference
                     ingeniously
                     reconciled
                  
                   .
                   Page
                   319
                
              
            
             
               Domingo
               
                 an
                 Island
              
               .
               Page
               332
            
             
               
                 Inhabitants
                 of
              
               Domingo
               ,
               
                 their
                 Nature
                 ,
                 Lawes
                 ,
                 Customes
                 ,
                 and
                 Religion
                 .
              
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Discovery
               
                 of
                 the
                 new
                 World.
              
               Page
               346
               
                 
                   The
                   Devil
                   
                     Gods
                     ape
                  
                   .
                   Page
                   361
                
              
            
             
               Dancers
               
                 on
                 the
                 rope
                 in
              
               Mexico
               .
               Page
               365
               
                 
                   
                     a
                     discovery
                  
                   .
                   Page
                   379
                
              
            
             
               Diving
               men
               .
               Page
               386
            
          
        
         
           
           
             
               F.
               
            
             
               A
               
                 Fatall
                 execution
              
               .
               Page
               6
            
             
               Erithreos
               
                 a
                 King.
              
               Page
               23
            
             
               Ecade
               .
               Page
               40
            
             
               Ebony
               .
               Page
               56
            
             
               Euate
               
                 a
                 precious
                 wood
              
               .
               Page
               81
            
             
               
                 A
                 story
                 of
                 an
                 Elephant
              
               .
               Page
               117
            
             
               
                 The
                 manner
                 of
                 their
                 keeping
              
               .
               Page
               118
            
             
               Exorcisms
               .
               Page
               150
            
             
               
                 Number
                 of
                 Elephants
                 in
              
               Pegu.
               Page
               135
            
             
               Extent
               of
               Africa
               .
               Page
               178
            
             
               
                 The
                 Empire
                 of
                 the
              
               Abissins
               .
               Page
               180
            
             
               Extent
               
                 of
                 the
              
               Abissins
               country
               .
               Page
               212
            
             
               Ethiopians
               
                 descended
                 from
              
               Chus
               
                 the
                 sonne
                 of
              
               Cham
               
                 the
                 first
                 Idolaters
              
               .
            
             
               Euate
               ,
               
                 a
                 precious
                 vessel
                 ,
                 that
                 endures
                 no
                 poyson
                 .
              
               Page
               216
            
             
               
                 An
                 entertainment
              
               .
               Page
               255
            
             
               Ermin
               
                 a
                 Judge
                 with
                 the
              
               Turks
               .
            
             
               Election
               
                 of
                 the
                 King.
              
               Page
               327
            
             
               Encrease
               
                 of
                 corn
                 admirable
              
               .
               Page
               339
            
             
               Election
               
                 of
                 the
                 King
                 of
              
               Mexico
               .
               Page
               358
            
             
               Earthquakes
               .
               Page
               375
            
             
               Emerald
               
                 enemy
                 to
                 inconstancy
              
               .
               Page
               386
            
          
        
         
           
             
               F.
               
            
             
               FErragous
               .
               Page
               17
            
             
               Frankincense
               .
               Page
               19
            
             
               Forests
               .
               Page
               38
            
             
               
                 Prodigious
                 food
              
               .
               Page
               46
            
             
               The
               French
               
                 pox
                 in
              
               Indies
               .
               Page
               51
            
             
               Fish
               charmed
               .
               Page
               72
            
             
               
                 A
                 fortunate
                 escape
              
               .
               Page
               96
            
             
               Two
               Franciscans
               eaten
               .
               Page
               98
            
             
               
                 Strange
                 funerals
              
               .
               Page
               104
            
             
               Faithful
               trading
               .
               Page
               111
            
             
               Fraternal
               amity
               .
               Page
               145
            
             
               Faith
               
                 of
                 the
              
               Indians
               .
               Page
               154
            
             
               French
               
                 highly
                 esteemed
                 in
                 the
              
               East
               .
               Page
               162
            
             
               
                 A
                 female
                 guard
                 for
                 a
                 King.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 flowing
                 of
              
               Nile
               
                 whence
                 it
                 proceeds
              
               .
               Page
               217
            
             
               Fidelity
               
                 in
                 subjects
              
               .
               Page
               243
            
             
               Flesh
               
                 eaten
                 raw
                 for
                 a
                 dainty
              
               .
               Page
               255
            
             
               Fougira
               
                 an
                 odoriferous
                 town
              
               .
               Page
               257
            
             
               
                 The
                 fountain
                 where
                 the
                 Virgin
              
               Mary
               
                 rested
                 ,
                 when
                 she
                 fled
                 into
              
               Egypt
               .
               Page
               276
            
             
               Figs
               
                 of
                 particular
                 quality
              
               .
               Page
               305
            
             
               
                 A
                 gallant
                 fight
                 at
                 Sea.
              
               Page
               318
            
             
               Del
               Fuego
               
                 an
                 Isle
              
               .
               Page
               321
            
             
               
                 A
                 mystical
                 fruit
              
               .
               Page
               344
            
             
               Florida
               
                 discovered
                 ,
                 and
                 described
              
               .
               Page
               352
            
             
               Florida
               ,
               
                 why
                 so
                 called
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Floridans
               ,
               
                 their
                 nature
                 ,
                 and
                 customes
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Floridans
               wealthy
               .
               Page
               353
            
             
               
                 The
                 miraculous
                 Fountain
                 of
                 youth
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               French
               
                 hanged
                 in
              
               Florida
               .
               Page
               356
            
             
               
                 A
                 fountain
                 of
                 hot
                 oyle
              
               .
               Page
               377
            
             
               
                 A
                 fountain
                 congealing
                 immediatly
              
               .
               Page
               378
            
             
               Fountains
               
                 medicinable
                 with
                 accommodation
                 for
                 the
                 sick
                 .
              
               Page
               358
            
             
               Fish
               in
               Mexico
               
                 both
                 useful
                 and
                 dangerous
              
               .
               Page
               381
            
             
               French
               
                 naturalized
                 amongst
                 the
              
               Brasilians
               .
               Page
               398
            
          
        
         
           
             
               G.
               
            
             
               GRots
               
                 of
                 persecuted
                 Christians
              
               .
               Page
               5
            
             
               Ginger
               .
               Page
               26
            
             
               Gedri
               .
               Page
               30
            
             
               Gezempee
               .
            
             
               Goa
               Page
               50
            
             
               Ganges
               
                 a
                 River
              
               .
               Page
               83.88
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 Gulph
              
               Bengala
               .
               Page
               84
            
             
               Giraffe
               
                 a
                 beast
              
               .
               Page
               105
            
             
               Gaypoumo
               
                 a
                 strange
                 River
              
               .
               Page
               106
            
             
               Gunnes
               .
               Page
               110
            
             
               Geographers
               mistaken
               .
            
             
               
               Griffins
               .
               Page
               115.152
            
             
               Grages
               extraordinary
               .
               Page
               155
            
             
               Guber
               
                 how
                 bounded
              
               .
               Page
               179
            
             
               Goragues
               
                 wild
                 and
                 sanguinary
                 people
              
               .
               Page
               227
            
             
               
                 A
                 Garden
                 at
              
               Casima
               ,
               
                 most
                 pleasant
              
               .
               Page
               261
            
             
               Guinea
               
                 how
                 bounded
              
               .
               Page
               321
            
             
               Gambra
               
                 a
                 famous
                 River
              
               .
               Page
               322
            
             
               Guinalla
               
                 a
                 Kingdom
                 ,
                 a
                 River
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 Haven
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 king
                 of
              
               Guinalla
               
                 's
                 State.
              
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Gutulea
               
                 a
                 pleasant
                 country
                 ,
                 the
                 riches
                 thereof
                 .
              
               Page
               324
            
             
               Gold
               
                 for
                 things
                 inconsiderable
              
               .
            
             
               Goulmaran
               ,
               
                 the
                 name
                 of
                 a
                 River
                 and
                 countrey
                 .
              
               Page
               351
            
             
               Goulmarans
               
                 their
                 nature
                 ,
                 housing
                 ,
                 habit
                 ,
                 diet
                 ,
                 religion
                 ,
                 warre
                 ,
                 and
                 innocence
                 .
              
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Goulmarans
               ,
               
                 their
                 armies
                 of
                 dogges
              
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               H.
               
            
             
               HUnting
               .
               Page
               38
            
             
               Hali.
               Page
               38
            
             
               Hamar
               .
               Page
               38
            
             
               
                 A
                 History
                 of
                 a
                 Bear.
              
               Page
               78
            
             
               
                 A
                 history
                 of
                 a
              
               Spanish
               woman
               
                 and
                 a
                 Monkey
              
               .
               Page
               79
            
             
               Hunting
               
                 of
                 Elephants
              
               .
               Page
               92
            
             
               Hermophrodites
               .
               Page
               92
            
             
               
                 A
                 history
                 of
                 Serpents
              
               .
               Page
               105
            
             
               Horses
               .
               Page
               110
            
             
               Holy
               
                 ashes
                 ,
                 and
                 holy
                 water
              
               .
               Page
               121
            
             
               Hens
               
                 black
                 of
                 flesh
              
               .
               Page
               127
            
             
               
                 A
                 deplorable
                 history
                 of
                 two
                 Princes
                 .
              
               Page
               144
            
             
               Horses
               
                 and
                 their
                 breeding
              
               .
               Page
               166
            
             
               
                 A
                 Royall
                 hunting
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               
                 A
                 history
                 of
                 an
              
               Incubus
               .
               Page
               175
            
             
               Horses
               
                 sucked
                 by
                 Cowes
              
               .
               Page
               202
            
             
               
                 Dexterous
                 horsemen
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               
                 A
                 history
                 of
                 Prince
              
               Aranubi
               .
               Page
               220
            
             
               Hereticks
               
                 condemned
                 to
                 fire
                 with
                 the
              
               Ethiopians
               .
               Page
               246
            
             
               
                 A
                 prodigious
                 history
                 of
                 Prince
              
               Joel
               .
               Page
               261
            
             
               
                 A
                 history
                 of
                 the
                 Popes
              
               Almne
               .
               Page
               314
            
             
               
                 An
                 accidental
                 destruction
                 of
                 Idolaters
              
               .
               Page
               325
            
             
               Hispaniola
               
                 by
                 whom
                 discovered
                 ,
                 and
                 when
                 .
              
               Page
               337
            
             
               In
               Hispaniola
               ,
               
                 the
                 people
                 how
                 governed
                 ,
                 their
                 Laws
                 and
                 Nature
                 .
              
               ibid.
               
            
             
               
                 A
                 history
                 of
                 a
                 slave
              
               .
               Page
               406
            
          
        
         
           
             
               I.
               
            
             
               Jurabi
               
                 a
                 guide
                 uses
                 the
                 Compasse
              
               .
               Page
               10
            
             
               Jewes
               thieves
               .
               Page
               12
            
             
               Jesrab
               
                 a
                 town
              
               .
               Page
               13
            
             
               Jubara
               Abrahams
               mountain
               .
               Page
               15
            
             
               Saint
               John
               Baptist
               .
               Page
               21
            
             
               Ibram
               .
               Page
               25
            
             
               Ismael
               Sophy
               .
               Page
               39
            
             
               Icorma
               .
               Page
               39
            
             
               Inhabitans
               of
               Genoa
               .
               Page
               41
            
             
               Ivory
               .
               Page
               47
            
             
               Idolatry
               .
               Page
               50
            
             
               
                 A
                 miraculous
                 discovery
                 of
                 innocence
              
               .
               Page
               53
            
             
               Idoll
               
                 of
                 a
              
               Monkeys
               tooth
               .
               Page
               69
            
             
               Indian
               
                 earthen
                 ware
              
               .
               Page
               78
            
             
               Idolaters
               
                 fear
                 of
                 Christianisme
              
               .
               Page
               88
            
             
               Idolaters
               superstitious
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Java
               
                 an
                 Island
              
               .
               Page
               96
            
             
               Infirme
               eaten
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Inhabitants
               of
               Sapara
               .
               Page
               98
            
             
               Idolatrous
               ,
               and
               Mahometan
               Martyrs
               .
               Page
               125
            
             
               Idolls
               of
               Pegu.
               Page
               125
            
             
               Idolls
               
                 destroyed
                 by
                 the
              
               Portugals
               .
               Page
               123
            
             
               
                 The
                 Image
                 of
                 the
                 Virgin
              
               Mary
               
                 in
                 the
              
               Indies
               respected
               .
               Page
               154
            
             
               Interrement
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Interrements
               .
               Page
               168
            
             
               Igname
               
                 a
                 delicate
                 root
              
               .
               Page
               182
            
             
               
               Janiharou
               ,
               
                 a
                 Town
                 and
                 River
              
               .
               Page
               185
            
             
               Joguia
               
                 a
                 root
              
               .
               Page
               186
            
             
               Justice
               
                 betwixt
                 Creditor
                 and
                 Debtor
                 ,
                 severe
                 .
              
               Page
               244
            
             
               Joconomites
               ,
               
                 an
                 austere
                 order
              
               .
               Page
               245
            
             
               
                 Kingdome
                 of
                 the
              
               Jalofes
               .
               Page
               321
            
             
               Jalofes
               
                 have
                 person'd
                 and
                 qualified
                 their
                 ornaments
                 and
                 nature
                 .
              
               Page
               322
            
             
               Jalofes
               
                 in
                 their
                 dealings
                 lawlesse
              
               .
               Page
               323
            
             
               
                 An
                 Island
                 seen
                 and
                 not
                 known
                 .
              
               Page
               331
            
             
               The
               Isbane
               
                 of
                 Iron
              
               .
               Page
               332
            
             
               Jagares
               
                 famous
                 for
                 swiftnesse
              
               .
               Page
               353
            
             
               Jucatan
               described
               .
               Page
               370
            
             
               Incas
               
                 Kings
                 of
              
               Peru.
               Page
               387
            
             
               
                 The
                 Isle
                 of
                 Saint
              
               Thomas
               described
               .
               Page
               404
            
          
        
         
           
             
               K.
               
            
             
               A
               Kingdome
               left
               for
               heaven
               .
               
                 Page
                 88
              
            
             
               Kingdomes
               conquered
               by
               
                 Pegu.
                 Page
                 112
              
            
             
               Kingdomes
               tributary
               to
               the
               Emperour
               of
               the
               
                 Abyssins
                 .
                 Page
                 213
              
            
             
               Knights
               of
               Malta
               ,
               and
               their
               institution
               .
               
                 Page
                 283
              
            
          
        
         
           
             
               L.
               
            
             
               LIbanus
               .
               Page
               4
            
             
               Ladamum
               .
               Page
               19
            
             
               Lacca
               .
               Page
               26
            
             
               Lawes
               in
               Narsingue
               .
               Page
               74
            
             
               Lagi
               
                 a
                 town
              
               .
               Page
               113
            
             
               Largaray
               
                 a
                 Kingdom
              
               .
               Page
               177
            
             
               
                 The
                 Isle
                 of
                 Saint
              
               Laurence
               ,
               
                 or
                 Madagascar
              
               .
               Page
               182
            
             
               
                 In
                 the
                 Isle
                 of
                 Saint
              
               Laurence
               ,
               
                 how
                 they
                 employ
                 the
                 Inhabitants
              
               .
               Page
               184
            
             
               Lacque
               
                 for
                 painting
              
               .
               Page
               260
            
             
               Lions
               
                 their
                 nature
              
               .
               Page
               271
            
             
               Saint
               Laurence
               
                 a
                 river
                 in
                 the
              
               East-Indies
               .
               Page
               327
            
             
               
                 An
                 unfortunate
                 love
              
               Page
               355
            
             
               
                 A
                 prodigious
                 lightning
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               M.
               
            
             
               MAnna
               .
               Page
               4
            
             
               Morets
               entertainment
               .
               Page
               8
            
             
               
                 A
                 description
                 of
              
               Medina
               .
               Page
               13
            
             
               Mahomets
               tombe
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Mahomets
               birth
               .
               Page
               14
            
             
               Mahomets
               law
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Medina
               
                 taken
                 by
              
               Mahomet
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Marabuts
               sacrificators
               .
               Page
               15
            
             
               Mahometan
               ceremonies
               .
               Page
               15
            
             
               Mazara
               
                 a
                 beast
              
               .
               Page
               19
            
             
               Mirrhe
               .
               Page
               20
            
             
               Mezua
               .
               Page
               25
            
             
               Machif
               .
               Page
               35
            
             
               
                 The
                 Virgin
              
               Mary
               
                 honoured
                 by
                 the
              
               Indians
               .
               Page
               50.
               
            
             
               
                 A
                 most
                 admirable
                 medicine
              
               .
               Page
               56
            
             
               Maladives
               Isles
               .
               Page
               72
            
             
               
                 A
                 history
                 of
                 the
                 Magicians
                 of
              
               Pegu.
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Merchants
               deceived
               .
               Page
               74
            
             
               Musk
               ,
               
                 and
                 from
                 whence
              
               .
               Page
               81
            
             
               Metempsicosis
               .
               Page
               94.97
            
             
               Malaca
               ,
               
                 and
                 the
                 traffick
              
               .
               Page
               102
            
             
               Martaban
               .
               Page
               106
            
             
               
                 A
                 miraculous
                 delivery
                 of
                 a
                 Christian
                 exposed
                 to
                 beasts
                 to
                 be
                 devoured
                 .
              
               Page
               116
            
             
               Meat
               perfumed
               .
               Page
               137
            
             
               Mandronella
               
                 a
                 town
              
               .
               Page
               152
            
             
               
                 A
                 Monkey
                 armed
              
               .
               Page
               160
            
             
               Militia
               of
               Transiana
               .
               Page
               165
            
             
               Mountains
               remarkable
               .
               Page
               168
               
                 
                   Mummy
                   .
                   Page
                   169
                
              
            
             
               Mountain
               
                 of
                 the
                 Sun.
              
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Mastiffes
               
                 for
                 prey
              
               .
               Page
               175
            
             
               Magicians
               .
               Page
               180
            
             
               Madrogan
               
                 the
                 chief
                 towns
                 of
              
               Monopotapa
               .
               Page
               200
            
             
               The
               Monopotapian
               
                 Kings
                 habit
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               
                 The
                 King
                 of
              
               Monopotapa's
               
                 Pallace
                 .
                 
                 service
                 ,
                 officers
                 ,
                 and
                 magnificence
                 .
              
               Page
               201
            
             
               
                 The
                 King
                 of
              
               Monopotapa's
               
                 accoutrement
                 for
                 the
                 warre
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               
                 The
                 order
                 of
                 his
              
               Militia
               .
               Page
               202
            
             
               Military
               Mastiffes
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               The
               Monopotapian
               
                 Eunuchs
                 how
                 clothed
                 ,
                 and
                 their
                 office
                 .
              
               ibid.
               
            
             
               The
               Monopotapian
               punishments
               .
               Page
               203
            
             
               Monopotapian
               
                 Princes
                 are
                 distinguished
                 by
                 a
                 Lyons
                 skin
                 .
              
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Manica
               
                 a
                 gold
                 Mine
              
               .
               Page
               194
            
             
               Mount
               
                 Manica
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 ruines
                 of
                 stupendous
                 structures
                 .
              
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Magnificence
               
                 of
                 the
              
               Negus
               .
               Page
               203
            
             
               
                 Three
                 mysticall
                 dishes
              
               .
               Page
               226
            
             
               The
               Mongibir
               
                 Kings
                 resignation
              
               .
               Page
               230
            
             
               Mongibir
               
                 a
                 Kingdom
              
               .
               Page
               233
            
             
               Mongibirians
               low-spirited
               and
               timerous
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Mongibirians
               
                 Idolaters
                 worship
                 the
                 Sun.
              
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Mongibirians
               
                 opinion
                 of
                 the
                 Christians
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Magnificence
               in
               Mongibir
               .
               Page
               234
            
             
               
                 A
                 mountain
                 never
                 free
                 from
                 snow
                 .
              
               Page
               337
            
             
               Moucall
               
                 an
                 uniforme
                 town
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               
                 A
                 passionate
                 mourning
              
               .
               Page
               240
            
             
               
                 The
                 march
                 of
                 the
                 grand
              
               Negus
               .
               Page
               241
            
             
               Monkes
               married
               .
               Page
               245
            
             
               
                 Men
                 turned
                 into
                 Wolves
              
               .
               Page
               269
            
             
               
                 A
                 man
                 turned
                 into
                 an
                 Asse
                 by
                 Magick
                 .
              
               ibid.
               
            
             
               
                 A
                 magical
                 relation
              
               .
               Page
               270
            
             
               
                 A
                 famous
                 Mosquee
              
               .
               Page
               273
            
             
               Mummi
               .
               Page
               279
            
             
               Morocca
               .
               Page
               297
            
             
               Melli
               
                 a
                 kingdome
                 very
                 wealthy
              
               .
               Page
               299
            
             
               Magicians
               
                 of
                 divers
                 kinds
              
               .
               Page
               302
            
             
               
                 A
                 cruell
                 murther
              
               .
               Page
               317
            
             
               
                 The
                 Crick
              
               S.
               Michael
               .
               Page
               331
            
             
               Marriage
               in
               Domingo
               .
               Page
               334
            
             
               Mexico
               
                 and
                 the
                 coasts
              
               .
               Page
               341.345
            
             
               Mexico
               
                 how
                 called
                 and
                 described
              
               .
               Page
               356
            
             
               Mexicans
               
                 ingenious
                 and
                 Idolaters
              
               .
               Page
               357
            
             
               
                 Of
                 the
                 temperature
                 of
              
               Mexico
               .
               ib.
               
            
             
               
                 The
                 ancient
              
               Mexicans
               .
               Page
               358
            
             
               The
               Mexicans
               armes
               .
               Page
               359
            
             
               
                 The
                 King
                 Montezuma
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Mexicans
               
                 divided
                 into
                 several
                 nations
              
               .
               Page
               360
            
             
               Mexicans
               Religion
               .
               Page
               361
            
             
               The
               Mexican
               
                 year
                 and
                 month
              
               .
               Page
               362
            
             
               The
               Mexican
               wheel
               .
               Page
               363
            
             
               
                 Their
                 superstitions
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Mappes
               
                 of
                 Africa
                 defective
              
               .
               Page
               178
            
             
               Monbaze
               
                 a
                 country
              
               .
               Page
               188
            
             
               Monbaze
               
                 in
                 extent
              
               .
               Page
               189
            
             
               
                 A
                 merry
                 passage
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               
                 How
                 in
              
               Monbaze
               
                 they
                 receive
                 Embassadours
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Melinde
               
                 a
                 town
                 &
                 kingdom
              
               .
               Page
               190
            
             
               Melons
               of
               Excellency
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               
                 The
                 Prince
                 of
              
               Melinde
               
                 a
                 grave
                 Justiciar
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Mozambique
               
                 a
                 kingdome
              
               .
               Page
               191
            
             
               
                 The
                 Inhabitants
                 of
              
               Mozambique
               .
               Page
               192
            
             
               Magnice
               
                 a
                 River
              
               .
            
             
               Monopotapa
               
                 an
                 Empire
              
               .
               Page
               198
            
             
               Monopotapians
               Idolaters
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Magicians
               
                 proceedings
                 in
              
               Monopotapa
               .
               Page
               199
            
             
               Mexican
               
                 festivals
                 and
                 dances
              
               .
               Page
               363
            
             
               Mexican
               
                 sacrifices
                 and
                 ceremonies
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Mountains
               burning
               .
               Page
               365.376
            
             
               Mexican
               Mascarades
               ,
               called
               Quacones
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Mexico
               
                 by
                 whom
                 conquered
              
               .
               Page
               367
            
             
               
                 The
                 King
                 of
              
               Mexico
               
                 's
                 state
                 and
                 strength
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               
                 Wealth
                 of
              
               Mexico
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Monkeys
               .
               Page
               374
            
             
               Mines
               in
               Potossi
               .
               Page
               375
            
             
               Mines
               
                 of
                 silver
                 and
                 gold
                 the
                 nature
                 and
                 manner
                 of
                 working
                 in
                 them
                 .
              
               Page
               383
            
          
        
         
           
           
             
               N
            
             
               NIcotiana
               .
               Page
               39
            
             
               Nahassan
               .
               Page
               40
            
             
               Nutmegs
               .
               Page
               100
            
             
               Nestorians
               .
               Page
               126
            
             
               Number
               
                 of
                 nine
                 amongst
                 the
              
               Tartars
               .
               Page
               177
            
             
               Niger
               and
               Gambra
               
                 rivers
                 flowing
                 as
              
               Nile
               .
               Page
               179
            
             
               The
               Negus
               ,
               
                 his
                 triumphant
                 entrance
              
               .
               Page
               227
            
             
               
                 Service
                 at
                 the
                 Negus
                 table
              
               .
               Page
               226
            
             
               Navasse
               
                 an
                 Island
              
               .
               Page
               334
            
             
               New-found-lands
               ,
               what
               .
               Page
               349
            
          
        
         
           
             
               O
            
             
               OReb
               .
               Page
               11
            
             
               Ormus
               .
               Page
               30
               ,
               31.13.29
               .
            
             
               Outor
               .
               Page
               17
            
             
               Ostander
               .
               Page
               40
            
             
               Oyl
               
                 of
                 cinamon
              
               :
               Page
               68
            
             
               Ostridges
               .
               Page
               115
            
             
               
                 An
                 oraculous
                 Idol
              
               .
               Page
               123
            
             
               Ordinance
               in
               China
               from
               antiquity
               .
               Page
               243
            
             
               Oximinchus
               
                 famous
                 for
                 multitude
                 of
                 religious
                 persons
                 .
              
               Page
               279
            
             
               Obsequies
               
                 of
                 the
                 King
                 of
              
               Guinalla
               .
               Page
               326
            
             
               
                 An
                 order
                 of
                 knighthood
              
               .
               Page
               359
            
             
               Orellana
               
                 the
                 greatest
                 of
                 rivers
              
               .
               Page
               395
            
          
        
         
           
             
               P
            
             
               A
               
                 Just
                 punishment
                 of
                 the
                 perfidious
              
               .
               Page
               3
            
             
               St.
               Paul's
               imprisonment
               .
               Page
               6
            
             
               Provision
               
                 for
                 the
                 deserts
              
               .
               Page
               9
            
             
               
                 The
                 Prophets
                 City
              
               .
               Page
               10
            
             
               Pecher
               
                 a
                 Haven
              
               .
               Page
               19
            
             
               Persia
               ,
               
                 and
                 the
                 bounds
              
               .
               Page
               31
            
             
               Pitch
               .
               Page
               33
            
             
               
                 The
                 Powerfull
                 State
                 of
                 the
                 Kings
                 of
              
               Persia
               .
               Page
               37
            
             
               Plucciander
               .
               Page
               40
            
             
               Places
               
                 in
                 the
              
               Indies
               .
               Page
               41
            
             
               The
               Portuguese
               
                 conquest
                 in
                 the
                 East
              
               .
               Page
               42
            
             
               Purcelans
               .
               Page
               51
            
             
               
                 A
                 sad
                 fate
                 of
                 Pirats
              
               .
               Page
               52
            
             
               Presumption
               
                 of
                 the
              
               Portugals
               .
               Page
               55
            
             
               
                 A
                 strange
                 History
                 of
                 a
              
               Portugais
               Captain
               .
               Page
               63
            
             
               
                 An
                 unheard
                 of
                 curtesie
                 from
                 the
                 hand
                 of
                 a
                 Pirat
                 .
              
               Page
               64
            
             
               Punishment
               
                 of
                 the
                 wicked
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Perfidiousness
               
                 of
                 Pirats
              
               .
               Page
               65
            
             
               Pearle
               fishing
               .
               Page
               68
            
             
               
                 The
                 manner
                 of
                 pearle
                 fishing
              
               .
               Page
               72
            
             
               Polouis
               the
               Divells
               Isles
               .
               Page
               71
            
             
               
                 Subtle
                 poyson
              
               .
               Page
               85
            
             
               Pirats
               ,
               
                 how
                 taken
              
               .
               Page
               85
            
             
               Pegu.
               Page
               112.108
               ,
               109
            
             
               Peguan
               Armies
               .
               Page
               121
            
             
               Punishments
               
                 for
                 crimes
              
               .
               Page
               124
            
             
               Peguans
               ,
               
                 whence
                 derived
              
               .
               Page
               128
            
             
               The
               Peguan
               Creed
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               The
               Peguans
               diet
               .
               Page
               131
            
             
               The
               Peguan
               salutations
               .
               Page
               132
            
             
               The
               Peguans
               
                 Military
                 exercises
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               The
               Peguan
               
                 Kings
                 Coronation
              
               .
               Page
               133
            
             
               Peguan
               
                 ceremonies
                 at
                 creation
                 of
                 their
                 King.
              
               Page
               135
            
             
               
                 The
                 King
                 of
              
               Pegues
               Revenues
               .
               Page
               139
            
             
               Peguan
               Justice
               .
               Page
               140
            
             
               A
               Peguan
               policy
               .
               Page
               141
            
             
               Priests
               
                 dispose
                 of
                 war.
              
               Page
               144
            
             
               The
               Peguan
               yeare
               .
               Page
               147
            
             
               Philosophy
               
                 of
                 the
              
               Indians
               .
               Page
               171
            
             
               
                 The
                 point
                 of
                 St.
              
               Anthony
               .
               Page
               183
            
             
               Persipolis
               ,
               
                 and
                 the
                 ruines
                 of
                 structures
              
               .
               Page
               194
            
             
               
                 A
                 passage
                 Magicall
              
               .
               Page
               199
            
             
               
                 No
                 prison
                 in
              
               Monopotapa
               .
               Page
               200
            
             
               Poyson
               
                 common
                 ,
                 and
                 deare
                 in
              
               Monopotapa
               ,
               
                 and
                 the
                 reason
              
               .
               Page
               203
            
             
               Preste
               Johns
               Mansion
               .
               Page
               220
            
             
               Preste
               John's
               Justice
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Priests
               
                 singing
                 Psalmes
                 in
                 state
              
               .
               Page
               225
            
             
               
               
                 A
                 Princesse
                 prisoner
                 restored
                 to
                 her
                 lover
                 .
              
               Page
               229
            
             
               
                 A
                 figurative
                 peare
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               
                 Perfumed
                 meat
              
               .
               Page
               230
            
             
               
                 Prostitution
                 of
                 wives
              
               .
               Page
               233
            
             
               Paraguary
               
                 hath
                 the
                 like
                 inundations
                 as
              
               Nile
               .
               Page
               277
            
             
               Piramids
               
                 of
                 prodigious
                 structure
              
               .
               Page
               277
            
             
               Piperons
               Giants
               .
               Page
               327
            
             
               Pit
               
                 the
                 highest
                 mount
                 in
                 the
                 world
                 .
              
               Page
               331
            
             
               Peru
               
                 why
                 so
                 called
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 description
                 .
              
               Page
               371
            
             
               Peru
               
                 in
                 extent
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               
                 A
                 passage
                 so
                 cold
                 ,
                 't
                 is
                 extremely
                 dangerous
                 .
              
               Page
               375
            
             
               Plumes
               
                 in
                 use
              
               .
               Page
               380
            
             
               Peru
               discovered
               .
               Page
               387
            
             
               Peru
               
                 by
                 whom
                 civilized
              
               .
               Page
               388
            
             
               Peru
               
                 taken
                 by
                 the
              
               Spaniard
               .
               Page
               390
            
             
               Paragous
               people
               .
               Page
               392
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Q.
               
            
             
               QUinsay
               .
               Page
               103
            
             
               Queen
               Tyrada
               .
               Page
               104
            
             
               Quiloa
               
                 a
                 town
                 of
                 antiquity
              
               .
               Page
               191
               
                 
                   
                     A
                     Queen
                     ,
                     and
                     nine
                     sons
                     massacred
                     for
                     worshipping
                     the
                     Devill
                     .
                  
                   Page
                   235
                
              
            
             
               Quite
               
                 a
                 Province
              
               .
               Page
               372
            
          
        
         
           
             
               R.
               
            
             
               RImadan
               .
               Page
               21
            
             
               Rivers
               of
               Persia
               .
               Page
               32
            
             
               Religious
               
                 orders
                 amongst
                 the
              
               Turks
               .
               Page
               39
            
             
               Resolution
               
                 in
                 extremity
              
               Page
               91
            
             
               
                 Continual
                 rains
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Rubarbe
               .
               Page
               106
            
             
               Respect
               
                 to
                 strangers
              
               .
               Page
               134
            
             
               Repudiation
               .
               Page
               141
            
             
               Reward
               
                 of
                 valour
              
               .
               Page
               144
            
             
               Reconcilements
               .
               Page
               156
            
             
               The
               Rhinocerot
               
                 of
                 the
              
               Escuriel
               .
               Page
               260
            
             
               Rivers
               in
               Suama
               .
               Page
               194
            
             
               Manica
               
                 a
                 gold
                 Mine
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Manica
               
                 a
                 mount
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 ruines
                 of
                 structures
                 there
                 of
                 strange
                 thicknesse
                 .
              
               ibid.
               
            
             
               
                 The
                 Religion
                 of
                 the
              
               Abyssins
               .
               Page
               215
            
             
               Religions
               
                 of
                 several
                 orders
                 in
              
               Abissina
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Rivers
               in
               Abissina
               .
               Page
               216
            
             
               Reception
               
                 of
                 the
              
               Portugal
               
                 Embassadour
                 at
                 the
              
               Negus
               
                 's
                 Court.
              
               Page
               231
            
             
               
                 An
                 heroick
                 restoration
                 of
                 captive
                 women
              
               Page
               236
            
             
               Religion
               
                 of
                 the
              
               Ethiopians
               .
               Page
               245
            
             
               Religion
               of
               Saba
               .
               Page
               253
            
             
               
                 A
                 miraculous
                 cure
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Religion
               
                 and
                 customes
                 of
                 the
              
               Sarabomians·
               Page
               258
            
             
               
                 A
                 wild
              
               Rhinocerot
               .
               Page
               259
            
             
               Religion
               
                 of
                 the
              
               Jalofes
               .
               Page
               323
            
             
               Rauana
               
                 the
                 securest
                 Haven
              
               .
               Page
               336
            
             
               Religious
               
                 devoured
                 by
                 Savages
              
               .
               Page
               357
            
             
               Rivers
               in
               Peru.
               Page
               179
            
             
               
                 Good
                 natural
                 reasons
                 from
                 Savages
              
               .
               Page
               401
            
          
        
         
           
             
               S.
               
            
             
               SHipwrack
               
                 of
                 the
                 Authour
                 in
              
               Candia
               .
               Page
               2
            
             
               A
               malicious
               shipwrack
               .
               Page
               3
            
             
               Sahanir
               
                 a
                 mountain
              
               .
               Page
               5
            
             
               Silks
               .
               Page
               5
            
             
               
                 The
                 Sea
              
               of
               Sodome
               .
               Page
               10
            
             
               Mount
               Sina
               .
               Page
               11
            
             
               Sarazins
               whence
               called
               .
               Page
               14
            
             
               
                 Black
                 sand
              
               .
               Page
               19
            
             
               Storax
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Sabea
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Sequemir
               
                 his
                 state
              
               .
               Page
               20
            
             
               Salsidas
               devotes
               .
               Page
               20.40
            
             
               
                 Read
                 Sea.
              
               Page
               23
            
             
               Sabeans
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Spices
               .
               Page
               24
            
             
               Suachan
               .
               Page
               25
            
             
               Santal
               .
               Page
               26
            
             
               Socotoro
               
                 famous
                 for
              
               Ambargris
               .
               
               Page
               28
            
             
               A
               Stratagem
               .
               Page
               34
            
             
               Sumachia
               .
               Page
               35
            
             
               Samarcant
               .
               Page
               37
            
             
               Sotismel
               ,
               Sinbarate
               .
               Page
               37
            
             
               Seleres
               .
               Page
               38
            
             
               Sophy
               .
               Page
               38
            
             
               Sacar
               .
               Page
               39
            
             
               Sanosaraden
               .
               Page
               49
            
             
               Samorin
               Page
               57
            
             
               Seraglio
               .
               Page
               85
            
             
               Sartagan
               
                 a
                 town
              
               .
               Page
               88
            
             
               Siam
               
                 a
                 kingdom
              
               .
               Page
               103
            
             
               Statues
               
                 of
                 beaten
                 gold
              
               .
               Page
               110
            
             
               Sacrifices
               
                 for
                 the
                 dead
              
               .
               Page
               127
            
             
               Superstitious
               salutations
               .
               Page
               128
            
             
               Sacathy
               
                 a
                 mortiferous
                 plant
              
               .
               Page
               130
            
             
               Sodomy
               
                 not
                 prohibited
              
               .
               Page
               139
            
             
               Sacrifices
               
                 of
                 proper
                 children
              
               .
               Page
               142
            
             
               Sugar
               
                 used
                 in
                 building
              
               .
               Page
               150
            
             
               Sinabo
               
                 a
                 kingdom
              
               .
               Page
               163
            
             
               Serpents
               
                 good
                 meat
              
               .
               Page
               174
            
             
               Sonderia
               
                 an
                 Island
              
               .
               Page
               183
            
             
               Secora
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               A
               
                 superstitious
                 ceremony
              
               .
               Page
               191
            
             
               
                 The
                 state
                 the
              
               Negus
               
                 is
                 received
                 into
                 towns
                 with
              
               .
               Page
               224
            
             
               Scanfourin
               ,
               
                 the
                 capital
                 town
                 of
              
               Mongibir
               .
               Page
               234
            
             
               Salt
               
                 exceeding
                 precious
              
               .
               Page
               249
            
             
               Sorcerers
               .
               Page
               247
            
             
               Subtilty
               of
               Crocodiles
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               A
               
                 star
                 in
              
               Ethiopia
               mortiferous
               .
               Page
               250
            
             
               Salete
               
                 a
                 fair
                 town
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 most
                 pleasant
                 garden
                 there
                 .
              
               Page
               251
            
             
               Saba
               Queen
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Saba
               ,
               or
               Soua
               ,
               
                 a
                 town
              
               .
               Page
               252
            
             
               Swine
               
                 for
                 carriage
                 like
                 horses
              
               .
               Page
               256
            
             
               Saraboma
               a
               
                 famous
                 Island
              
               .
               Page
               258
            
             
               Sebastian
               
                 king
                 of
              
               Portugal
               
                 defeated
                 and
                 slain
                 by
                 the
              
               Moors
               .
               Page
               292
            
             
               
                 Familiarity
                 with
                 Serpents
              
               .
               Page
               301
            
             
               
                 Examples
                 of
                 Sorcery
              
               .
               Page
               303
            
             
               Seraglio
               of
               Constantinople
               .
               Page
               306
            
             
               
                 Temple
                 of
                 Saint
              
               Sophia
               .
               Page
               307
            
             
               Seraglio
               described
               .
               Page
               310
            
             
               Serri
               Leonna
               
                 a
                 country
              
               Page
               325
            
             
               Sarboul
               
                 a
                 fruit
                 growing
                 all
                 the
                 year
                 .
              
               Page
               333
            
             
               
                 Frozen
                 sea
              
               .
               Page
               347
            
             
               
                 A
                 Stratagem
              
               .
               Page
               360
            
             
               Spanish
               vanity
               .
               Page
               368
            
             
               Seasons
               
                 of
                 the
                 year
                 in
              
               Peru.
               Page
               372
            
             
               Sheep
               
                 for
                 carrige
              
               .
               Page
               382
            
             
               
                 The
                 Strait
                 of
              
               Magellan
               .
               Page
               392
            
             
               Sugar
               
                 exceeding
                 cheap
              
               .
               Page
               404
            
          
        
         
           
             
               T.
               
            
             
               TRade
               in
               Arabia
               .
               Page
               23
            
             
               A
               
                 strange
                 tempest
              
               .
               Page
               27
            
             
               Trade
               from
               Ormus
               .
               Page
               30
            
             
               Tauris
               
                 a
                 town
              
               .
               Page
               34
            
             
               Trade
               of
               Tauris
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               
                 Principall
                 towns
                 of
              
               Persia
               .
               Page
               35
            
             
               Thais
               ,
               Alexanders
               Curtisan
               .
               Page
               36
            
             
               A
               
                 miraculous
                 tyde
              
               .
               Page
               45
            
             
               Toumacant
               
                 a
                 Western
                 wind
              
               .
               Page
               63
            
             
               Treason
               punished
               .
               Page
               73
            
             
               Saint
               Thomas
               
                 his
                 shrine
              
               .
               Page
               76
            
             
               Ternassery
               .
               Page
               80
            
             
               Tydes
               
                 from
                 North
                 to
                 South
                 ,
                 meet
                 in
                 the
                 strait
                 of
              
               Magellan
               .
               Page
               109
            
             
               Tahaba
               .
               Page
               111
            
             
               Trienniall
               governments
               .
               Page
               120
            
             
               
                 The
                 martyrdom
                 of
                 S.
              
               Thomas
               .
               Page
               126
            
             
               A
               
                 tempest
                 calm'd
                 by
                 charms
              
               .
               Page
               124
            
             
               Testimonies
               
                 of
                 love
              
               .
               Page
               142
            
             
               Tygars
               hunted
               .
               Page
               159
            
             
               
                 The
                 King
                 of
              
               Transiana
               
                 his
                 curiosity
                 and
                 affability
              
               .
               Page
               161
            
             
               Transiana
               
                 a
                 town
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 valour
                 of
                 the
                 women
                 there
                 .
              
               Page
               163
            
             
               Tazatay
               
                 a
                 kingdom
              
               .
               Page
               169
            
             
               Tartary
               Page
               163
            
             
               The
               Tartars
               conquests
               .
               Page
               180
            
             
               
                 The
                 King
                 of
              
               Tombut
               
                 's
                 majesty
              
               .
               Page
               179
            
             
               Trees
               
                 that
                 yield
                 drink
                 and
                 thread
              
               .
               Page
               184
            
             
               
                 The
                 Isle
                 of
                 thieves
              
               .
               Page
               186
            
             
               The
               Talmassaca
               
                 a
                 garment
                 of
                 
                 difference
                 for
                 nobility
                 in
              
               Monopotapa
               .
               Page
               202
            
             
               Land
               Tortoyses
               .
               Page
               211
            
             
               Tributes
               
                 to
                 the
                 Emperour
                 of
                 the
              
               Abyssins
               .
               Page
               213
            
             
               
                 A
                 magnificent
                 triumph
              
               .
               Page
               228
               
                 
                   Titles
                   of
                   Preste
                   John.
                   Page
                   246
                
              
            
             
               Tortoises
               
                 useful
                 for
                 travel
              
               .
               Page
               256
            
             
               Tamatans
               pillagers
               .
               Page
               251
            
             
               Triumphs
               
                 at
                 the
                 inundation
                 of
              
               Nile
               .
            
             
               Thebaida
               
                 and
                 the
                 deserts
              
               .
               Page
               279
            
             
               Turkish
               
                 proceedings
                 against
                 the
                 Authour
              
               .
               Page
               290
            
             
               Temesne
               
                 and
                 the
                 people
                 thereof
              
               .
               Page
               300
            
             
               The
               Turks
               Religion
               .
               Page
               307
            
             
               Turks
               
                 have
                 religious
                 of
                 several
                 orders
              
               .
               Page
               307
            
             
               Turkish
               Obsequies
               .
               Page
               308
            
             
               Turkish
               Justice
               .
               Page
               309
            
             
               Taboucaton
               
                 the
                 chief
                 town
                 in
                 the
                 kingdom
                 of
                 the
              
               Jalofes
               .
               Page
               321
            
             
               
                 A
                 miraculous
                 tree
                 that
                 continually
                 distills
                 water
                 .
              
               Page
               332
            
             
               
                 A
                 terrible
                 tempest
                 called
                 an
              
               Aroucane
               
                 and
                 remarkable
                 passages
                 in
                 it
              
               .
               Page
               335
            
             
               Temistican
               
                 the
                 capital
                 town
                 in
              
               New-Spain
               .
               Page
               356
            
             
               
                 A
                 tree
                 yielding
                 linnen
                 ,
                 and
                 all
                 necessaries
                 .
              
               Page
               368
            
             
               
                 Balsom
                 from
                 a
                 tree
                 of
                 soveraign
                 vertue
                 .
              
               Page
               369
            
             
               
                 Fruit
                 used
                 for
                 money
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Temper
               of
               Peru.
               Page
               374
            
          
        
         
           
             
               V.
               
            
             
               UNicorns
               horns
               .
               Page
               15
            
             
               
                 The
                 Virgin
              
               Peru.
               Page
               199
            
             
               Virginia
               
                 by
                 whom
                 discover'd
              
               .
               Page
               352
            
             
               
                 Description
                 of
              
               Virginia
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               
                 Vnknown
                 lands
              
               .
               Page
               357
            
             
               
                 A
                 remarkable
                 vision
                 foreshewing
                 the
                 arrivall
                 of
                 the
              
               Spaniards
               in
               Peru.
               Page
               389
            
             
               Vanity
               
                 of
                 the
              
               Portugals
               .
               Page
               405
            
          
        
         
           
             
               W.
               
            
             
               WIne
               
                 sold
                 by
                 Apothecaries
              
               .
               Page
               9
            
             
               
                 A
                 draw-well
              
               at
               Outor
               .
               Page
               18
            
             
               Spanish
               Wax
               .
               Page
               26
            
             
               Women
               chosen
               .
               Page
               38
            
             
               Women
               
                 bought
                 and
                 sold
              
               .
               Page
               47
            
             
               Wives
               
                 in
                 common
              
               .
               Page
               62
            
             
               
                 A
                 war
                 for
                 a
                 white
                 Elephant
                 .
              
               Page
               103
               113
            
             
               White
               
                 Elephants
                 adored
              
               .
               Page
               114
            
             
               Winds
               called
               Monsouns
               
                 cold
                 in
                 extremity
              
               .
               Page
               150
            
             
               Widows
               married
               .
               Page
               155
            
             
               Wood
               
                 to
                 strike
                 fire
              
               .
               Page
               158
            
             
               Women
               swimmers
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               
                 A
                 furious
                 wind
                 called
              
               Tafon
               .
               Page
               182
            
             
               Winds
               
                 that
                 preserve
                 bodies
                 incorruptible
              
               .
               Page
               187
            
             
               Wine
               
                 in
                 Oxe
                 horns
              
               .
               Page
               230
            
             
               Walking
               mountains
               .
               Page
               280
            
             
               
                 A
                 Whale
              
               .
               Page
               283
            
             
               
                 A
                 remarkable
                 accident
                 of
                 Whales
              
               .
               Page
               299
            
             
               
                 Singular
                 windes
              
               .
               Page
               342
            
             
               
                 A
                 wind
                 of
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 rain
                 .
              
               Page
               373
            
             
               Water
               
                 boyling
                 hot
                 by
                 nature
              
               .
               Page
               377
            
             
               Winglesse
               Birds
               .
               Page
               394
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Z.
               
            
             
               ZAcharies
               tombe
               .
               Page
               6
            
             
               Zibit
               .
               Page
               13
            
             
               Zagathy
               .
               Page
               34
            
             
               
                 King
                 of
              
               Zeilan
               :
            
             
               Zinguebar
               .
               Page
               192
            
             
               Zunam
               
                 an
                 Island
              
               .
               Page
               293
            
             
               Zaflan
               
                 a
                 Lake
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Zaire
               and
               Zambre
               
                 two
                 rivers
              
               .
               ib.
               
            
             
               Zuama
               
                 a
                 river
                 by
                 the
                 Portugals
                 called
              
               Rio
               del
               spiritu
               santo
               .
               Page
               218
            
             
               Zio
               Marina
               Christos
               
                 a
                 Monastary
              
               .
               Page
               239
            
             
               
                 The
                 torrid
                 zone
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 quality
                 of
                 the
                 climat
                 .
              
               Page
               342
            
          
        
         
           FINIS
           :
        
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
      
       
         Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
         
           Notes for div A49883-e5610
           
             Alexandria
             .
             Caire
             .
          
           
             His
             return
             and
             shipwrack
             in
             Candia
             .
          
           
             Turluru
             Isle
             Canee
             .
          
           
             A
             ma●icious
             shipwrack
             .
          
           
             Just
             punishment
             of
             the
             persidious
             .
          
           
             The
             Author
             preserved
             .
          
           
             Antioche
             .
          
           
             Libanus
             .
          
           
             Manna
             .
          
           
             Chrysorrhoas
             .
          
           
             Aman.
             
          
           
             Aleppo
             .
          
           
             Damas.
             
          
           
             A
             F●ench
             Cutler
             .
          
           
             Amon
             and
             Sahanir
             ,
             Mounains
             :
          
           
             Grots
             of
             persecuted
             Christians
             .
          
           
             Aman
             and
             Pharphar
             Rivers
             .
          
           
             Silkes
             .
          
           
             Zacharies
             Tomb
             
          
           
             
               St.
               Pauls
            
             Imprisonment
             .
          
           
             A
             fatall
             Execution
             .
          
           
             A
             Dervis
             .
          
           
             Armin.
             
          
           
             Dan
             Caesarea
             .
          
           
             Benin
             Macharib
             fo●
             Misor
             .
          
           
             The
             Torrent
             Arnor
             .
          
           
             Morets
             entertainment
             .
          
           
             Wine
             sold
             by
             Apothecaries
             .
          
           
             Provisions
             for
             the
             deserts
             .
          
           
             Caravane
             .
          
           
             Burning
             sands
             .
             Want
             of
             water
             .
          
           
             Dead
             sea
             of
             Sodome
             .
          
           
             Jurabi
             a
             Guide
             uses
             the
             Compass
             .
          
           
             Sad
             accidents
             in
             the
             deserts
             .
          
           
             Apparitions
             in
             the
             deserts
             .
          
           
             Arabian
             Robbers
             .
          
           
             Montsina
             called
             Lurle
             or
             Tur.
             
          
           
             Oreb
             called
             Saint
             Cather-mount
             .
          
           
             The
             three
             Arabia's
             ,
             the
             desert
             ,
             the
             stony
             ,
             and
             the
             happy
             .
          
           
             M●ka
             Medina
             .
             Metar
             .
             Alcoran
             .
          
           
             Zidem
             ,
             a
             Haven
             .
          
           
             J●soreh
             .
          
           
             Jewes
             ●hieves
             .
          
           
             A
             cheat
             .
          
           
             Medinat
             .
             al.
             Nabi
             .
          
           
             Jesrab
             .
          
           
             Cassis
             deceived
             his
             brother
             .
          
           
             Zibit
             ,
             Aden
             ,
             Ormus
             .
          
           
             Description
             of
             Medina
             .
          
           
             Mahomets
             tombe
             .
          
           
             Caravan
             of
             Aleppo
             .
             Dumas
             and
             Grand-Cair
             .
          
           
             Books
             of
             the
             lives
             and
             Sects
             of
             Mahomets
             successours
             .
          
           
             Surazins
             :
             Saraca
             ,
             or
             Elfarabk
             .
          
           
             Mahomets
             birth
             .
          
           
             Mahomets
             law
             .
          
           
             Alcoran
             .
          
           
             Medina
             taken
             by
             Mahomet
             .
          
           
             Iubara
             Abrahams
             Mountains
             ,
             Marabouts
             sacrificators
             .
          
           
             Mahometan
             ceremonies
             .
          
           
             Cassis
             his
             treachery
             .
          
           
             Ferragous
             .
             Outor
             .
          
           
             A
             draw
             well
             at
             Outor
             .
          
           
             Arabia
             the
             happy
             .
          
           
             Zibit
             .
             Alibenali
             .
          
           
             Black
             sand
             .
          
           
             Frankinsence
             .
             Storax
             Benjamin
             .
          
           
             Sabea
             .
          
           
             Aloes
             .
             Ladanum
             .
             Cinamon
             :
             Cassia
             .
          
           
             Mazari
             .
             Chicali
             .
          
           
             Pecher
             ,
             a
             Haven
             .
          
           
             Myrrhe
             .
          
           
             Cosan
             ,
             or
             Cosara
             River
             .
          
           
             His
             state
             ▪
             
          
           
             Salsidas
             devotes
             :
          
           
             Romadan
             .
          
           
             S.
             John
             Baptist
             ▪
             
          
           
             Dalata
             .
          
           
             Debir
             .
          
           
             Trade
             in
             Arabia
             .
          
           
             Cameran
             Isle
             .
          
           
             Red
             sea
             .
          
           
             King
             Erithreus
             .
          
           
             Sabeans
             ,
             Homerites
             .
          
           
             Aden
             .
          
           
             Abacoure
             or
             Bacoure
             .
          
           
             The
             trade
             of
             Aden
             .
          
           
             Spices
             ,
             and
             the
             trade
             from
             time
             to
             time
             .
          
           
             Aden
             how
             fortified
             .
          
           
             Cameran
             .
          
           
             Dalascia
             .
          
           
             Mezua
             .
          
           
             Ibrani
             .
             Camera
             .
          
           
             Suachan
             .
          
           
             Camelots
             .
          
           
             Lacca
             .
          
           
             Spanish
             wax
             .
          
           
             Ginger
             .
          
           
             Santall
             .
          
           
             Dalascia
             Asses
             .
          
           
             Caymans
             or
             Crocodile
             .
          
           
             A
             strange
             dispute
             and
             a
             tempest
             ensuing
             .
          
           
             Duma
             the
             Peguans
             false
             .
             god
             .
             Lucifer
             .
          
           
             Strange
             tempest
             .
          
           
             Amorous
             dames
             .
          
           
             Socotora
             .
          
           
             Ormus
             .
          
           
             Ceyfadin
             .
             Albuquerque
             .
          
           
             King
             of
             Ormus
             .
          
           
             Gedri
             .
          
           
             Baharen
             .
          
           
             Areca
             .
          
           
             Abrazador
             .
          
           
             Alep
             .
          
           
             Trade
             from
             O●mus
             .
          
           
             King
             of
             Ormus
             .
          
           
             Ormus
             regained
             by
             the
             Persian
             .
          
           
             Persia
             ,
             and
             her
             bounds
             .
          
           
             Cymits
             of
             Persia
             .
          
           
             The
             Provinces
             of
             Persia
             .
          
           
             Rivers
             
          
           
             Towns
             of
             Persia
             .
          
           
             Benmir
             .
          
           
             Babylon
             .
          
           
             Bagded
             .
          
           
             Pitch
             or
             Bitume
             .
          
           
             Balsora
             .
          
           
             Bagded
             .
          
           
             Tauris
             or
             Tabris
             ,
             formerly
             Terva
             ,
             or
             Gerva
             .
          
           
             Zagathy
             .
          
           
             Xabas
             ,
             or
             Abas
             and
             Mirza
             .
          
           
             Trade
             of
             Tauris
             .
          
           
             Principall
             Towns
             of
             Persia
             .
          
           
             Derbent
             .
          
           
             Sumachia
             .
             Bacchat
             .
          
           
             Gezempee
             .
          
           
             Machif
             .
          
           
             Marseilian
             Curtizan
             .
          
           
             Bezap
             or
             Bezouart
             .
          
           
             casbin
             and
             Siras
             .
          
           
             Thais
             Alexanders
             Cu●tizan
             .
          
           
             Samarcant
             .
          
           
             Sorismell
             Sinderate
             .
          
           
             The
             Powerful
             state
             of
             the
             Kings
             of
             Persia
             .
          
           
             Delicacies
             .
          
           
             Seleris
             .
          
           
             Women
             chosen
             .
          
           
             Hunting
             .
          
           
             Forrests
             .
          
           
             Sophy
             signifies
             wise
             .
          
           
             Hali.
             
          
           
             Hamar
             .
          
           
             Cufa
             .
          
           
             Ismael
             .
             Sophy
             .
          
           
             Sorts
             of
             religious
             orders
             amongst
             the
             
               Turks
               .
               Sacar
            
             .
          
           
             Icorma
             .
          
           
             Calender
             :
          
           
             Deruis
             cut-throats
             .
          
           
             Nicotiane
             .
          
           
             Some
             say
             that
             Amurath
             was
             killed
             by
             a
             Tribullian
             soldier
             ,
             guised
             inhabit
             of
             a
             Deruis
             .
          
           
             Durmisar
             .
          
           
             Erade
             .
          
           
             Pluviander
             .
          
           
             Barcas
             .
          
           
             Salsidas
             .
          
           
             Amicabir
             .
          
           
             Nabassan
             .
          
           
             Ostader
             .
          
           
             Amirachor
             .
          
           
             Caidsidibir
             .
          
           
             Cassander●
             
          
           
             Ageleps
             Archilep
             in
             Pegu.
             
          
           
             Inhabitants
             of
             Genua
             .
          
           
             Places
             in
             the
             Indies
             .
          
           
             The
             Portugais
             conquests
             in
             the
             East
             .
          
           
             Christianis●e
             in
             the
             Indies
             .
          
           
             Batinisir
             and
             her
             Carpets
             .
          
           
             Diu
             assaulted
             by
             the
             Tu●k
             .
          
           
             Areca
             a
             fruit
             common
             in
             the
             Indies
             .
          
           
             Cambaye
             Town
             .
          
           
             A
             miraculous
             tide
             ;
          
           
             The
             King
             at
             this
             time
             is
             tributary
             to
             the
             Grand
             Mogull
             .
          
           
             Prodigious
             food
             .
          
           
             Women
             bought
             and
             sold
             .
          
           
             Ivory
             :
          
           
             Children
             sold
             by
             Parents
             .
          
           
             An
             accident
             .
          
           
             Deli-Decan
             .
          
           
             Sano
             sararadin
             .
          
           
             Malabar
             Mandova
             .
             Goa
             Guari
             ,
             Rivers
             .
          
           
             B●nactaru
             .
          
           
             Isle
             of
             Goa
             .
          
           
             Idolatry
             .
             Dinary
             .
          
           
             The
             Virgin
             Mary
             Honoured
             by
             the
             Indians
             .
          
           
             Purcelains
             
          
           
             Mordesin
             .
             diseases
             Scorbus
             .
          
           
             Churches
             at
             Goa
             .
          
           
             A
             sad
             fate
             of
             Pirats
             .
          
           
             Provence
             a
             Province
             in
             
               France
               .
               Aubaynea
            
             town
             in
             France
             .
          
           
             A
             miraculous
             discovery
             of
             innocence
             .
          
           
             Barcelor
             .
          
           
             Baticola
             .
          
           
             Presumption
             of
             the
             Portugais
             .
          
           
             The
             strength
             of
             Cananor
             .
          
           
             Naires
             are
             Gentlemen
             .
          
           
             A
             most
             admirable
             medicine
             .
          
           
             Ebony
             .
          
           
             Areca
             .
          
           
             Calicut
             .
          
           
             Samorin
             .
          
           
             Jonque
             .
          
           
             Gondola
             .
          
           
             Cochin
             .
          
           
             Pepper
             of
             all
             sorts
             .
          
           
             Miticale
             weight
             of
             a
             crown
             and
             a
             half
             .
          
           
             Cochins
             scituation
             :
          
           
             severall
             Christians
             at
             Cochin
             .
          
           
             Women
             are
             common
             .
          
           
             Toumacaui
             a
             western
             wind
             in
             force
             towards
             Potereau
             and
             
               Peru.
               Jenibaron●
            
             .
          
           
             Portuguais
             go
             from
             Cohin
             into
             Portugall
             .
          
           
             A●
             strange
             History
             of
             a
             Portuguais
             Captain
             ,
             and
             certain
             French
             Pirates
             .
          
           
             An
             unheard
             of
             curtesie
             from
             the
             hand
             of
             a
             Pyrate
             .
          
           
             Punishment
             of
             the
             wicked
             .
          
           
             Cassia
             .
          
           
             The
             Pir●ts
             perfidiousnesse
             .
          
           
             Antropophayes
             .
          
           
             Marvellous
             seasons
             in
             the
             same
             parallells
             .
          
           
             Cinamon
             .
          
           
             Oyle
             of
             Cinnamon
             .
          
           
             Butter
             and
             Hony.
             
          
           
             Rubyes
             .
          
           
             Betale
             a
             pearle-fishing
             .
             A
             fish
             charmed
             .
          
           
             Matouca
             a
             Ruby
             .
          
           
             King
             of
             Zeilan
             .
          
           
             Bread
             made
             of
             Rice
             .
          
           
             Camouch
             Haven
             .
             Streight
             of
             Zeilan
             .
          
           
             Jafanapatan
             .
          
           
             Manar
             an
             Island
             .
          
           
             Badages
             .
          
           
             Idoll
             of
             a
             Monkeys
             tooth
             .
          
           
             Hanimam
             a
             Monkey
             .
          
           
             Pescaria
             .
          
           
             The
             manner
             of
             fishing
             for
             pearl
             .
          
           
             Fish
             charmed
             .
          
           
             Chitmi
             are
             Commissioners
             .
          
           
             Setin
             .
          
           
             Baharem
             .
          
           
             Paraves
             .
          
           
             Maldives
             Isles
             .
          
           
             Polovis
             the
             devills
             Isle
             .
          
           
             History
             of
             the
             Magitian
             of
             Pegu.
             
          
           
             Bisnegar
             or
             Marsingue
             ,
          
           
             A
             vast
             Army
             .
          
           
             Horsebits
             
          
           
             History
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Bisnegar
             .
          
           
             Var
             or
             Viridi
             .
          
           
             Pagont
             .
          
           
             Transiane
             .
          
           
             Treason
             punished
             .
          
           
             Timeragi
             .
          
           
             Gondariane
             .
          
           
             Merchant
             deceived
             .
          
           
             Chandegry
             :
          
           
             Narsingue
             .
          
           
             Thatched
             houses
             .
          
           
             Lawes
             observed
             at
             Narsingue
             .
          
           
             Coutry
             Dames
             .
          
           
             Bramins
             High-Priests
             .
          
           
             Thus
             did
             the
             Bardes
             amongst
             the
             ancient
             Gauls
             .
          
           
             A
             manner
             of
             declaring
             war
             :
          
           
             Poysoned
             circles
             of
             Iron
             .
          
           
             Palecate
             .
          
           
             S.
             Thomas
             his
             shrine
             .
          
           
             Christian
             faith
             preached
             in
             the
             Indies
             and
             by
             whom
             .
          
           
             Chaldean
             tongue
             .
             Meliapur
             signifies
             a
             pea-bird
             .
          
           
             St.
             Thomas
             intomb'd
             .
          
           
             Albuna
             in
             Aethiopia
             .
          
           
             Indian
             earthen
             ware
             .
          
           
             Nutmegs
             .
          
           
             Calanfour
             a
             Clovegilliflowr
             .
          
           
             A
             story
             of
             a
             Bear.
             
          
           
             Ismahan
             .
          
           
             B●zari
             .
          
           
             Agarida
             .
          
           
             Sagistan
             Town
             .
          
           
             History
             of
             a
             Spanish
             woman
             and
             a
             Monkey
             .
          
           
             Maginus
             and
             Bartheme
             say
             this
             town
             stands
             between
             Bengale
             and
             Narsingue
             ,
             Modern
             Authours
             between
             Malalaca
             and
             Nateabam
             ,
             unlesse
             there
             are
             two
             towns
             of
             the
             same
             name
             .
          
           
             Ternassery
             .
          
           
             Musk
             ,
             and
             from
             whence
             .
          
           
             Euate
             .
             Bettell
             wood
             .
          
           
             
               Quelba
               Maturane
            
             .
             Diamond
             mines
             .
          
           
             Bengale
             ,
             or
             Batacouta
             .
          
           
             Ganges
             River
             .
          
           
             The
             Gulfe
             Bengale
             .
          
           
             Seraglio
             guarded
             .
          
           
             Subtle
             poyson
             .
          
           
             Children
             sold
             in
             market
             .
          
           
             Apura
             .
          
           
             A
             prodigious
             age
             .
          
           
             Bonane
             is
             an
             ●ndian
             fig.
             
          
           
             A
             kingdom
             left
             for
             heaven
             
          
           
             The
             Idolaters
             fear
             of
             Christianisme
             .
          
           
             Sartagan
             .
          
           
             Idolaters
             superstitions
             .
          
           
             The
             river
             Ganges
             how
             esteemed
             .
          
           
             Strange
             ceremonies
             .
          
           
             Andemaon
             .
          
           
             Sad
             accident
             .
          
           
             Caselba
             .
          
           
             Resolution
             in
             extremity
             .
          
           
             Sumatrans
             Insularies
             false
             people
             .
          
           
             Continual
             rains
             .
          
           
             Bahar
             Peper
             .
          
           
             Hunting
             of
             Elephants
             .
          
           
             Hermophrodites
             .
          
           
             English
             and
             Hollanders
             in
             this
             Island
             .
          
           
             Names
             of
             fruits
             .
          
           
             Golden
             coyne
             .
          
           
             Barres
             of
             gold
             .
          
           
             Two
             Arms
             of
             the
             sea
             ,
             
               Nicobar
               ,
               Catarana
            
             ,
             called
             Sombrero
             .
          
           
             Metempsycoses
             .
          
           
             Severall
             Kingdomes
             .
          
           
             The
             infirm
             eaten
             .
          
           
             A
             fortunate
             escape
             .
          
           
             Camorre
             .
          
           
             Metympsphy●as●s
             .
          
           
             Two
             Franciscans
             eaten
             .
          
           
             Japara
             .
          
           
             Igname
             .
             Gouera
             .
          
           
             Pirates
             how
             taken
             .
          
           
             Cruelty
             of
             the
             Javans
             .
          
           
             A
             sort
             of
             ball-play
             or
             Tennis
             ,
             the
             like
             at
             Mexico
             .
          
           
             Bantan
             .
          
           
             The
             devil
             adored
             .
          
           
             French
             at
             Bantan
             .
          
           
             Ambergris
             .
          
           
             To
             be
             impaled
             is
             to
             have
             a
             stake
             thrust
             thorough
             the
             fundament
             and
             to
             come
             out
             of
             the
             mouth
             .
          
           
             Nutmegs
             of
             Banda
             .
          
           
             Touman
             .
          
           
             Cocuma
             .
          
           
             Ginger
             .
          
           
             Betel
             .
          
           
             Durions
             :
          
           
             Malaca
             :
             Ophir
             .
          
           
             The
             traffick
             of
             Malaca
             .
          
           
             Quinsay
             .
          
           
             Siam
             .
          
           
             War
             for
             a
             white
             Elephant
             .
          
           
             The
             Empire
             of
             Sornao
             .
          
           
             Odiva
             .
          
           
             Lugor
             .
          
           
             Pretty
             women
             .
          
           
             Tirada
             ,
             Queen
             .
          
           
             Strange
             Funeralls
             .
          
           
             Dolefull
             Instruments
             .
          
           
             Dead
             body
             eaten
             .
          
           
             Gigraff
             a
             beast
             ,
             got
             by
             a
             Camell
             ,
             and
             a
             female
             Panther
             .
          
           
             Unicornes
             
          
           
             Chiamay
             Lake
             .
          
           
             A
             story
             of
             serpents
             .
          
           
             Espaluco
             .
          
           
             Martaban
             .
          
           
             Gaypoumo
             .
          
           
             Dougon
             .
          
           
             Laque
             .
          
           
             Rubarbe
             .
          
           
             Aloes·
             
          
           
             Banean
             &
             Satalico
             sacrificators
             .
             Castigay
             an
             Idoll
             .
          
           
             Chaubaina's
             disaster
             .
          
           
             Pegu.
             
          
           
             Seas
             from
             North
             and
             South
             meet
             in
             the
             strait
             of
             Magellan
             .
          
           
             Maskaret
             of
             Bourdeaux
             .
          
           
             Garonnne
             River
             .
          
           
             Kingdom
             of
             Pegu.
             
          
           
             Empire
             of
             Pegu's
             length
             .
             Town
             of
             Pegu.
             
          
           
             Iron
             Guns
             :
          
           
             Good
             horses
             ,
             and
             from
             whence
             .
          
           
             Statues
             of
             beaten
             gold
             .
          
           
             Other
             of
             silver
             .
          
           
             Ganze
             a
             mixt
             mettle
             .
          
           
             Byze
             a
             coyne
             .
          
           
             Tahaba
             .
          
           
             Goudons
             or
             Merchants
             houses
             .
          
           
             Taregha
             .
          
           
             Faithful
             trading
             .
          
           
             Sensals
             true
             .
          
           
             River
             Cappum●
             .
          
           
             Geographers
             deceived
             .
          
           
             Siami
             or
             Siammon
             .
          
           
             Canarane
             .
          
           
             Talcada
             .
          
           
             Kingdoms
             conquered
             by
             Pegu.
             
          
           
             Ayr
             at
             Pegu
             is
             temperate
             Hermaphrodites
             :
          
           
             War
             for
             a
             white
             Elephant
             .
          
           
             Lagi
             .
          
           
             White
             Elephants
             adored
             .
          
           
             Aguari
             the
             musk
             .
             car
             .
             Sindero
             .
          
           
             Unicorn
             .
          
           
             Besouarts
             :
          
           
             Tanarif
             .
             Tiscan
             .
          
           
             Griffin
             .
          
           
             Ostriches
             .
          
           
             Water
             fowle
             .
          
           
             Francolin
             .
             a
             red
             leyd
             fowle
             ,
             bigger
             then
             a
             Godwit
             .
          
           
             Miracle
             of
             a
             Christian
             ,
             exposed
             to
             beasts
             to
             be
             devoured
             .
          
           
             Asoufar●
             
          
           
             Telansin
             .
          
           
             How
             they
             raise
             an
             Army
             .
          
           
             Triennial
             Governours
             .
          
           
             Zimbou
             .
          
           
             Admirable
             obedience
             .
          
           
             Differences
             quickly
             decided
             ;
          
           
             Areca
             .
             Betel
             .
          
           
             Peguans
             Armes
             .
          
           
             The
             Kings
             march
             .
          
           
             A
             jester
             baptized
             .
          
           
             Big
             canes
             .
          
           
             A
             Vision
             .
             A
             heathen
             King
             converted
             .
          
           
             S.
             Thomas
             mar●yred
             .
             Oysima
             .
          
           
             Nestorians
             .
          
           
             Tempest
             .
          
           
             Charms
             against
             the
             tempest
             .
          
           
             Confession
             amongst
             Idolaters
             .
          
           
             Vldarin
             :
          
           
             Punishments
             for
             crimes
             .
          
           
             Idolatrous
             and
             Mahometan
             Martyrs
             .
          
           
             Deruis
             Martyrs
             .
          
           
             Talapoyes
             .
          
           
             Idols
             of
             Pegu.
             
          
           
             Bleeding
             sacrifices
             .
          
           
             Holy
             ashes
             and
             holy
             water
             .
             An
             oraculous
             Idol
             .
          
           
             Idols
             destroyed
             by
             the
             Portuguese
             .
          
           
             The
             tooth
             of
             an
             ape
             .
          
           
             Fotoque
             an
             Idoll
             .
          
           
             The
             flesh
             of
             hens
             black
             .
          
           
             Sacrifices
             for
             the
             dead
             .
          
           
             M●tempsycose
             .
          
           
             Superstitious
             salutations
             .
             Asses
             for
             chase
             .
          
           
             Peguans
             whence
             derived
             .
          
           
             The
             Peguans
             creed
             .
          
           
             Jesuites
             in
             Pegu.
             
          
           
             Conversion
             and
             truth
             .
          
           
             Extravagant
             communions
             .
          
           
             Zibi
             demons
             .
          
           
             Possessed
             .
          
           
             Exorcisms
             .
          
           
             Sacathy
             .
          
           
             Coranita
             and
             the
             Sacrifice
             .
          
           
             The
             Peguans
             diet
             .
          
           
             Salutations
             .
          
           
             Military
             exercises
             .
          
           
             Cannons
             .
          
           
             Medicinable
             drugs
             Cocos
             .
          
           
             Summer
             in
             Pegu.
             
          
           
             Rubarbe
             .
          
           
             How
             drugs
             are
             brought
             into
             Europe
             .
          
           
             Royall
             Officers
             .
          
           
             Coronation
             of
             the
             King.
             
          
           
             Gadalaro
             .
          
           
             Amicassen
             .
          
           
             Respect
             given
             to
             strangers
             .
             Amirsent
             .
          
           
             Zanfart
             .
          
           
             Atefiar
             .
          
           
             Caranizi
             .
          
           
             Archilet
             .
          
           
             Dramont
             .
          
           
             Number
             of
             Elephants
             in
             Pegu.
             
          
           
             Creation
             of
             the
             Prince
             ,
             and
             the
             Ceremonies
             .
          
           
             A
             Crown
             of
             lead
             .
          
           
             Wholsome
             documents
             for
             Princes
             .
          
           
             The
             Ashes
             what
             .
          
           
             Shoulders
             kissed
             .
          
           
             Feasts
             for
             the
             people
             
          
           
             Subject
             Princes
             .
          
           
             Talcadifs
             .
          
           
             Viands
             perfumed
             :
          
           
             Presents
             to
             the
             King.
             
          
           
             Besistan
             Cock-fight
             .
          
           
             Revenues
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Pegu.
             
          
           
             Calin
             a
             mettle
             .
          
           
             Sodomie
             .
          
           
             Bells
             for
             beasts
             only
             .
          
           
             Honour
             and
             service
             to
             the
             King.
             
          
           
             Justice
             &
             officers
             .
          
           
             Debtors
             sold
             .
          
           
             Hospitals
             .
          
           
             All
             employed
             in
             Pegu.
             
          
           
             Silk
             upon
             trees
             .
          
           
             A
             great
             policy
             .
          
           
             Adultery
             punished
             .
          
           
             Marriage
             .
          
           
             Repudiation
             .
          
           
             Testimonies
             of
             love
             .
          
           
             Sacrifice
             of
             their
             own
             children
             .
          
           
             Palpes
             ,
             or
             Priests
             .
          
           
             The
             devils
             dance
             .
          
           
             Strange
             accidents
             to
             the
             authour
             .
          
           
             Feasts
             and
             ceremonies
             .
          
           
             Laudative
             songs
             .
          
           
             How
             the
             Priests
             dispose
             of
             wars
             .
          
           
             Reward
             of
             valour
             .
          
           
             A
             deplorable
             History
             of
             two
             Princes
             .
          
           
             Fraternal
             amity
             .
          
           
             Curiosity
             and
             predictions
             dangerous
             .
          
           
             A
             reasonable
             condition
             .
          
           
             An
             unfortunate
             meeting
             .
          
           
             Talc
             instead
             of
             glasse
             .
          
           
             Musicall
             Instruments
             .
          
           
             Hydrac
             .
          
           
             The
             Peguan
             yeares
             .
          
           
             Alterations
             in
             Pegu
             .
          
           
             Vast
             Armies
             in
             the
             East
             .
          
           
             Apes
             .
          
           
             Fismans
             .
          
           
             Fruit●
             .
          
           
             Civit
             cats
             .
          
           
             Mines
             .
          
           
             Mounsons
             windes
             cold
             in
             extremity
             .
             Debtors
             slayes
             .
          
           
             Sugar
             used
             in
             buildings
             .
          
           
             Elephants
             instructed
             .
          
           
             Women
             .
          
           
             Unicorns
             hornes
             .
          
           
             Estriffe
             or
             a
             G●iffon
             .
          
           
             Mandranel
             
          
           
             Califerech
             .
          
           
             Fanon
             money
             .
          
           
             Chiza
             .
          
           
             Artipan
             .
          
           
             Ramata
             .
          
           
             Sanacarin
             ,
             or
             virgin
             .
          
           
             The
             Indians
             faith
             .
          
           
             Interment
             and
             Ceremonies
             .
          
           
             Widowes
             ,
             how
             remarried
             .
          
           
             Ball
             play
             
          
           
             Sapony
             ,
             a
             mo●tiberous
             herb
             .
          
           
             Casubi
             ,
             and
             the
             ayre
             .
          
           
             Women
             .
          
           
             Goncha
             grapes
             .
          
           
             Manna
             .
          
           
             Long
             life
             .
          
           
             Furs
             .
          
           
             Cocos
             the
             benefit
             of
             the
             tree
             .
          
           
             Confession
             in
             Casubi
             .
          
           
             Procession
             
          
           
             Reconcilements
             .
          
           
             This
             is
             partly
             taken
             out
             of
             the
             Ecclesiasticall
             History
             out
             of
             
               Socrates
               Sedomenes
               .
               Theodoret
            
             and
             
               Ruffinus
               .
               Ardesius
            
             and
             Frumentius
             .
          
           
             Wood
             to
             strike
             fire
             .
          
           
             Macharana
             .
          
           
             Women
             swimers
             .
          
           
             Quinsin
             .
          
           
             Pudomel
             .
          
           
             Poultry
             .
          
           
             Money
             .
          
           
             Bindi
             .
          
           
             Apes
             importunate
             .
          
           
             Azoufa
             .
          
           
             Chicali
             .
          
           
             Ira's
             ,
             A
             beast
             of
             the
             same
             nature
             as
             the
             Chicali
             ,
             but
             red
             .
          
           
             Tygars
             ▪
             
          
           
             Tygar
             skins
             .
          
           
             Tygar
             hunting
             .
          
           
             Elephants
             .
          
           
             A
             story
             of
             the
             Rhinocerot
             of
             Escurial
             .
          
           
             Very
             dangerous
             Wolfes
             .
          
           
             An
             armed
             Monkey
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             of
             Transiana
             his
             curiosity
             ,
             and
             affability
             .
          
           
             Esteem
             of
             the
             French
             on
             the
             East
             .
          
           
             The
             Courb's
             present
             .
          
           
             Birds
             of
             Paradise
             .
          
           
             Transiana
             .
          
           
             Women
             ,
          
           
             Jewels
             ,
             and
             to
             whom
             .
          
           
             Adultery
             punished
             .
          
           
             Maids
             free
             .
          
           
             A
             female
             guard
             for
             the
             King.
             
          
           
             A
             dance
             in
             armes
             .
          
           
             Viluaires
             .
          
           
             Lambri
             .
          
           
             The
             militia
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Transiana
             .
          
           
             Horses
             and
             their
             breeding
             .
          
           
             Beasts
             brought
             up
             to
             hunt
             .
          
           
             Chase
             of
             recreation
             .
          
           
             Apes
             .
          
           
             Ront
             .
             Armes
             .
          
           
             Beasts
             skins
             .
          
           
             Rhubarb
             .
          
           
             Remarkable
             Mountaines
             .
          
           
             Interments
             
          
           
             Divorces
             .
          
           
             Nubis
             Priests
             .
          
           
             Mummy
             .
          
           
             Fidelity
             for
             the
             Merchants
             in
             India
             .
          
           
             The
             mountain
             of
             the
             sun
             .
          
           
             Tambo
             an
             Inne
             .
          
           
             Ridiculous
             opinions
             of
             the
             surrising
             .
          
           
             Lapland
             .
          
           
             
               Sabooram
               Liberia
            
             in
             high
             Tartary
             .
          
           
             The
             Indians
             strange
             opinions
             in
             Astronomy
             .
          
           
             The
             Indians
             Iliaca
             and
             Piliaca
             .
          
           
             This
             must
             be
             the
             dog
             or
             Medusa's
             head
             .
          
           
             Six
             Poles
             with
             the
             Indians
             .
          
           
             The
             Zodiack
             .
          
           
             St.
             Basil
             in
             Exameron
             .
          
           
             The
             Earth
             square
             with
             the
             Chinesses
             .
          
           
             The
             opinion
             of
             the
             G●eek
             Philosophy
             ,
             of
             the
             forme
             of
             the
             Earth
             .
          
           
             Antripodes
             ,
             by
             whom
             not
             believed
             .
          
           
             Virgill
             ,
             Bishop
             of
             Strasbourg
             .
          
           
             Sinabo
             .
          
           
             Drogomania
             may
             be
             Dragoian
             ,
             or
             Turcomania
             .
             Deserts
             of
             Tartary
             .
          
           
             Persian
             Asses
             .
          
           
             Serpents
             good
             meat
             .
          
           
             fier●e
             dogs
             
          
           
             Volmous
             .
          
           
             This
             must
             be
             the
             great
             Mogor
             .
          
           
             A
             History
             of
             an
             Incubus
             .
          
           
             Phlegon
             Trallianus
             .
          
           
             The
             adventures
             of
             Amador
             a
             Painter
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A49883-e57930
           
             Maps
             of
             Africa
             defective
             .
          
           
             The
             extent
             of
             Africa
             .
          
           
             See
             
               Pliny
               l.
            
             5.
             c.
             1.
             of
             the
             Cavarian●
             of
             Affrick
             .
          
           
             Leon
             of
             
               Africa
               ,
               lib.
            
             1.
             cap.
             11.
             
          
           
             Majesty
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Tombut
             .
          
           
             Africans
             who
             adore
             the
             Sun.
             
          
           
             The
             Empire
             of
             the
             Abissins
             .
          
           
             The
             prodigious
             greatnesse
             of
             Africa
             .
          
           
             The
             division
             of
             Africa
             .
          
           
             Read
             
               Andrew
               Corsals
            
             letter
             of
             this
             Island
             .
          
           
             A
             Topography
             of
             the
             Island
             S.
             Laurence
          
           
             Chreumain
             or
             Indian
             Safron
             .
             
               Garcias
               l.
            
             1.
             c.
             39.
             
          
           
             Igname
             or
             Inhame
             a
             root
             .
          
           
             The
             occupations
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             of
             Madagascar
             .
          
           
             Birds
             of
             Paradice
             .
          
           
             Crocodils
             ,
             and
             the
             manner
             how
             to
             take
             them
             .
          
           
             Janiharou
             a
             Town
             and
             River
             .
          
           
             Isles
             of
             Theives
             .
          
           
             The
             Coco
             tree
             .
          
           
             The
             root
             Joguia
             .
          
           
             Belugara
             .
          
           
             Windes
             which
             preserve
             bodies
             incorruptible
             .
          
           
             Lib.
             11.
             c.
             2.
             
          
           
             Christians
             in
             B●lugara
             .
          
           
             The
             town
             of
             Monbaze
             .
          
           
             A
             merry
             passage
             ,
             see
             the
             like
             story
             in
             the
             first
             part
             .
          
           
             The
             manner
             how
             they
             receive
             Embassadors
             .
          
           
             Melinde
             Town
             and
             Kingdom
             .
          
           
             Melons
             of
             excellency
             ,
          
           
             The
             Prince
             of
             M●linde
             a
             g●ave
             Justiciar
             .
          
           
             Quiloa
             ,
             Zanguefar
             ,
             Zanzebar
             .
          
           
             The
             river
             Humes
             .
          
           
             Mozambique
             .
          
           
             Salomons
             gold
             .
          
           
             Zinguebar
             .
          
           
             Abassins
             .
          
           
             The
             Isle
             Zunan
             .
          
           
             The
             lake
             Zaflan
             .
          
           
             Magnice
             a
             river
             .
          
           
             Zaire
             and
             Zembre
             .
          
           
             Rivers
             in
             Suama
             .
          
           
             Divers
             rivers
             in
             Couama
             .
          
           
             Goldmines
             .
          
           
             Alvarez
             testifies
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             mines
             of
             Chaxumo
             ,
             there
             are
             stones
             of
             64
             fathoms
             ,
             six
             in
             breadth
             ,
             and
             three
             height
             .
          
           
             The
             author
             changes
             the
             design
             of
             his
             first
             voyage
             .
          
           
             The
             courtesie
             of
             savages
             .
          
           
             The
             Abifsins
             imprint
             a
             Crosse
             on
             their
             flesh
             .
          
           
             Suguelane
             .
          
           
             agisimba
             .
          
           
             Monopotapa
             .
          
           
             Mines
             of
             salt
             .
          
           
             Madrogan
             the
             chief
             town
             of
             Monopotapa
             .
          
           
             Subjects
             zealous
             to
             their
             Prince
             .
          
           
             Lions
             skins
             
          
           
             Land
             Tortoises
             .
          
           
             The
             extent
             of
             the
             Abissins
             country
             .
          
           
             Manzua
             .
          
           
             C●dignus
             &
             others
             .
          
           
             Kingdomes
             .
          
           
             Tributes
             paid
             to
             
               Preste
               John.
            
             
          
           
             Ethiopia
             double
             .
          
           
             The
             Abissins
             religion
             .
          
           
             See
             Aluarez
             ch
             .
             41.
             
          
           
             The
             reverence
             they
             bear
             to
             sacred
             places
             .
          
           
             Causes
             of
             the
             flowing
             of
             Nile
             .
          
           
             
               Abba
               Licanus
            
             who
             some
             say
             baptized
             Candace
             the
             Queen
             Aluarez
             .
             ch
             .
             14
             ,
          
           
             Amazons
             .
          
           
             People
             black
             and
             white
             .
          
           
             Aranuhi
             .
          
           
             A
             hundred
             weight
             .
          
           
             Calscenas
             ,
             P●este
             J●hns
             messengers
             .
             Aluaca
             .
             141.
             
          
           
             Aua.
             c
             8.
             
          
           
             Betudete
             a
             grear
             officer
             .
             Al.
             c.
             69.
             
          
           
             Tabuto
             the
             altar
             stone
             .
          
           
             Ariates
             .
          
           
             The
             triumphall
             entrance
             of
             the
             Negus
             into
             Barra
             .
          
           
             Ganfrila
             and
             Drafrila
             .
          
           
             Al.
             calls
             it
             Gauete
             .
          
           
             Mongibir
             .
          
           
             Romarins
             Christians
             
          
           
             Strange
             prostitution
             of
             wives
             .
          
           
             See
             
               Al.
               cap.
            
             58.
             and
             59.
             
          
           
             
               This
               is
            
             Domine
             miserere
             nobis
             
          
           
             Aluarez
             cals
             them
             Debiteres
             .
             The
             cannons
             of
             Ethiopia
             .
             Of
             this
             Abraham
             See
             Al.
             ca.
             54.
             
          
           
             Israelites
             is
             as
             much
             as
             Princes
             of
             the
             blood-royal
             ,
             or
             officers
             descended
             from
             those
             Jews
             who
             came
             thither
             in
             the
             daies
             of
             
               Salomon
               .
               Al.
            
             c.
             61.
             
             &
             138.
             
          
           
             Alu.
             saith
             the
             Priests
             &
             Cannons
             are
             single
             ,
             Monkes
             married
             .
          
           
             Instituted
             since
             Al.
             time
             ,
             who
             speaks
             not
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             Look
             
               Al.
               G●es
               ,
               Godagne
            
             ,
             and
             the
             modern
             relations
             of
             the
             Jesuites
             .
          
           
             Abiblicains
             .
          
           
             Bilibranos
             the
             name
             of
             a
             Monastery
             .
             Dragoyan
             or
             Doragila
             in
             sum
             .
             See
             
               Mark
               Pol.
            
             l.
             3.
             
             ●
             .
             17
             .
          
           
             Or
             Zabano
             as
             the
             Persians
             call
             them
             .
             See
             the
             first
             part
             ,
             c.
             37.
             which
             must
             be
             Medusa's
             head
             ,
             or
             the
             dog
             ,
             or
             one
             of
             Orion
             .
          
           
             Al.
             sayes
             they
             call
             it
             Berenegus
             c
             46.
             
             Sabalete
             a
             river
             .
             Al.
             ca.
             52.
             
          
           
             Saba
             called
             Sabin
             by
             Al.
             c.
             41.
             
          
           
             May
             be
             the
             Monastery
             of
             
               Abba
               Gariman
            
             .
          
           
             Bernusse
             a
             sort
             of
             African
             cloth
             .
          
           
             Tamatan
             .
          
           
             Lacque
             sanguine
             colour
             for
             Painters
             .
          
           
             The
             same
             we
             read
             in
             the
             History
             of
             Ganfredi
             .
          
           
             See
             if
             this
             may
             be
             ,
             in
             S
             
               Aug.
               l.
            
             18.
             c.
             18.
             
             
               De
               civitate
               Dei.
            
             
          
           
             See
             
               Leon.
               Afr.
            
             l.
             8.
             
          
           
             Truebalm
             
               Pe
               Mar.
            
             in
             his
             
               Lega
               .
               babil
            
             .
             l.
             3.
             who
             sayes
             't
             is
             in
             the
             year
             1502
             this
             plant
             was
             lost
             .
          
           
             See
             Monardes
             .
          
           
             Hieroglyphicks
             .
          
           
             Mummie
             .
          
           
             Alexandria
             ▪
             
          
           
             Seques
             Sbelus
             heretofore
             Syrtes
             .
          
           
             Ermin
             a
             Judge
             .
          
           
             Leon.
             Abr.
             
               l.
               3.
            
             
          
           
             Mahazin
             .
             Zaira
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A49883-e92610
           
             The
             Turks
             Religion
             .
          
           
             Turk●sh
             justice
             .
          
           
             A
             descripti●n
             of
             the
             Seraglio
             .
          
           
             
               Bashaw
               Abrahor
            
             the
             master
             of
             horse
             .
          
           
             A
             History
             .
          
           
             The
             fortunate
             Island
             
          
           
             A
             violent
             tempest
             .
          
           
             Aroucane●
             .
          
           
             Cuba
             an
             Island
             .
          
           
             Espaniola
             .
          
           
             Magana
             .
          
           
             The
             History
             of
             Bibical
             .
          
           
             King
             Biblical
             .
          
           
             The
             Isles
             of
             the
             Antilles
             .
             Canibals
             hunt
             men
             and
             women
             .
          
           
             Cruelty
             of
             the
             Spaniards
             .
          
           
             Indians
             aversion
             to
             the
             Spaniard
             .
          
           
             Coast
             of
             Mexico
             .
          
           
             Admirable
             windes
             .
          
           
             The
             Torrid
             Zone
             .
          
           
             A
             mystical
             fruit
             .
          
           
             Three
             regions
             of
             America
             .
          
           
             South
             America
             .
          
           
             The
             frozen
             Sea.
             
          
           
             Bacalao
             Codfish
             .
          
           
             Military
             dogs
             .
          
           
             Unfortunate
             love
             .
          
           
             A
             prodigious
             lightning
             .
          
           
             French
             hanged
             in
             Florida
             .
          
           
             The
             temperature
             of
             Mexico
             .
          
           
             The
             Ancient
             Mexicans
             .
          
           
             People
             of
             Mexica
             .
          
           
             A
             stratagem
             .
          
           
             The
             Mexicans
             sacrifices
             .
          
           
             The
             Mexicans
             Ido●
             ▪
             
          
           
             The
             Mexican
             year
             &
             month
             .
          
           
             Chicora
             .
          
           
             The
             Mexican
             wheel
             
          
           
             Ceremonies
             and
             Prayers
             .
          
           
             Their
             dances
             .
          
           
             Burning
             Mountains
             .
          
           
             A
             History
             of
             a
             covetous
             Priest
             
          
           
             Montezama
             King
             of
             Mexica
             .
          
           
             Ferdinand
             Cortez
             conquered
             Mexica
             .
          
           
             Spanish
             vanity
             .
          
           
             A
             tree
             yielding
             all
             necessaries
             .
          
           
             Fruit
             used
             for
             mony
             .
          
           
             Jucataen
             .
          
           
             Panama
             .
          
           
             The
             extent
             of
             Peru.
             
          
           
             Q●ito
             .
          
           
             Casio
             .
          
           
             Plata
             .
          
           
             A
             wind
             of
             the
             use
             of
             rain
             .
          
           
             Munkeys
             .
          
           
             Temper
             of
             Peru.
             
          
           
             Mines
             in
             Potossi
             .
          
           
             Earthquakes
             .
          
           
             A
             discovery
             .
          
           
             Amazon●●
             
          
           
             Strange
             beasts
             .
          
           
             Birds
             of
             prodigious
             greatness
             .
          
           
             Tabala
             .
          
           
             Plumes
             in
             use
             .
          
           
             A
             good
             bargain
             .
          
           
             Fish
             of
             Mexico
             .
          
           
             Mines
             of
             silver
             .
          
           
             Mines
             of
             gold
             and
             silver
             .
          
           
             The
             manner
             of
             their
             working
             in
             the
             Mine
             .
          
           
             Quicksilver
             .
          
           
             Pearle-fishing
             ▪
             
          
           
             Men
             divers
             .
          
           
             Emeralds
             enemies
             of
             incontinency
             .
          
           
             Peru
             by
             whom
             discovered
             .
          
           
             By
             whom
             civilized
             .
          
           
             Calander
             of
             Peru.
             
          
           
             Incas
             ,
             or
             Kings
             of
             Peru.
             
          
           
             Presage
             of
             the
             Spaniards
             arrivall
             .
          
           
             Cruelty
             revenged
             .
          
           
             The
             strait
             of
             Magellan
             .
          
           
             Paragows
             .
          
           
             Chica
             a
             Countrey
             .
          
           
             Wingless
             birds
             .
          
           
             The
             river
             Orellan●
             .
          
           
             Brasile
             .
          
           
             Brasile
             by
             whom
             discovered
             .
          
           
             In
             1533.
             
          
           
             Villegagnon
             .
          
           
             Customes
             of
             the
             Brasilians
             ,
          
           
             Brasilians
             man-eaters
             .
          
           
             Prisoners
             of
             War.
             
          
           
             Savages
             indued
             with
             reason
             .